initial commit of ebook 38081HEADmain

90 files changed, 64351 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/38081-8.txt b/38081-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b83545c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,19515 @@
+Project Gutenberg's The Inhabitants of the Philippines, by Frederic H. Sawyer
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Inhabitants of the Philippines
+
+Author: Frederic H. Sawyer
+
+Release Date: November 21, 2011 [EBook #38081]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE INHABITANTS OF THE PHILIPPINES ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Tamiko I. Rollings, Jeroen Hellingman and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+(This file was produced from images generously made
+available by Cornell University Digital Collections)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                   THE INHABITANTS OF THE PHILIPPINES
+
+                                   By
+
+                           FREDERIC H. SAWYER
+
+                   Memb. Inst. C.E., Memb. Inst. N.A.
+
+
+
+                                 London
+
+                Sampson Low, Marston and Company Limited
+                          St. Dunstan's House
+                    Fetter Lane, Fleet Street, E.C.
+                                  1900
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                                London:
+              Printed by William Clowes and Sons, Limited,
+                   Stamford Street and Charing Cross.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+The writer feels that no English book does justice to the natives
+of the Philippines, and this conviction has impelled him to publish
+his own more favourable estimate of them. He arrived in Manila with a
+thorough command of the Spanish language, and soon acquired a knowledge
+of the Tagal dialect. His avocations brought him into contact with all
+classes of the community--officials, priests, land-owners, mechanics,
+and peasantry: giving him an unrivalled opportunity to learn their
+ideas and observe their manners and customs. He resided in Luzon
+for fourteen years, making trips either on business or for sport all
+over the Central and Southern Provinces, also visiting Cebú, Iloilo,
+and other ports in Visayas, as well as Calamianes, Cuyos, and Palawan.
+
+Old Spanish chroniclers praise the good breeding of the natives,
+and remark the quick intelligence of the young.
+
+Recent writers are less favourable; Cañamaque holds them up to
+ridicule, Monteverde denies them the possession of any good quality
+either of body or mind.
+
+Foreman declares that a voluntary concession of justice is regarded by
+them as a sign of weakness; other writers judge them from a few days'
+experience of some of the cross-bred corrupted denizens of Manila.
+
+Mr. Whitelaw Reid denounces them as rebels, savages, and treacherous
+barbarians.
+
+Mr. McKinley is struck by their ingratitude for American kindness
+and mercy.
+
+Senator Beveridge declares that the inhabitants of Mindanao are
+incapable of civilisation.
+
+It seems to have been left to French and German contemporary
+writers, such as Dr. Montano and Professor Blumentritt to show a more
+appreciative, and the author thinks, a fairer spirit, than those who
+have requited the hospitality of the Filipinos by painting them in
+the darkest colours. It will be only fair to exempt from this censure
+two American naval officers, Paymaster Wilcox and Mr. L. S. Sargent,
+who travelled in North Luzon and drew up a report of what they saw.
+
+As regards the accusation of being savages, the Tagals can claim to
+have treated their prisoners of war, both Spaniards and Americans
+with humanity, and to be fairer fighters than the Boers.
+
+The writer has endeavoured to describe the people as he found them. If
+his estimate of them is more favourable than that of others, it may
+be that he exercised more care in declining to do business with, or
+to admit to his service natives of doubtful reputation; for he found
+his clients punctual in their payments, and his employés, workmen
+and servants, skilful, industrious, and grateful for benefits bestowed.
+
+If the natives fared badly at the hands of recent authors, the Spanish
+Administration fared worse, for it has been painted in the darkest
+tints, and unsparingly condemned.
+
+It was indeed corrupt and defective, and what government is not? More
+than anything, it was behind the age, yet it was not without its
+good points.
+
+Until an inept bureaucracy was substituted for the old paternal rule,
+and the revenue quadrupled by increased taxation, the Filipinos were
+as happy a community as could be found in any colony. The population
+greatly multiplied; they lived in competence, if not in affluence;
+cultivation was extended, and the exports steadily increased.
+
+The natives were secured the perpetual usufruct of the land they
+tilled, they were protected against the usurer, that curse of East
+and West.
+
+In guaranteeing the land to the husbandman, the "Laws of the Indies"
+compare favourably with the law of the United States regarding
+Indian land tenure. The Supreme Court in 1823 decided that "discovery
+gives the dominion of the land discovered to the States of which the
+discoverers were the subjects."
+
+It has been almost an axiom with some writers that no advance was
+made or could be made under Spanish rule.
+
+There were difficulties indeed. The Colonial Minister, importuned on
+the one hand by doctrinaire liberals, whose crude schemes of reform
+would have set the Archipelago on fire, and confronted on the other
+by the serried phalanx of the Friars with their hired literary bravos,
+was very much in the position of being between the devil and the deep
+sea, or, as the Spaniards phrase it "entre la espada y la pared."
+
+Even thus the Administration could boast of some reforms and
+improvements.
+
+The hateful slavery of the Cagayanes had been abolished; the forced
+cultivation of tobacco was a thing of the past, and in all the
+Archipelago the corvée had been reduced.
+
+A telegraph cable connecting Manila with Hong Kong and the world's
+telegraph system had been laid and subsidized. Telegraph wires were
+extended to all the principal towns of Luzon; lines of mail steamers
+to all the principal ports of the Archipelago were established and
+subsidized. A railway 120 miles long had been built from Manila to
+Dagupan under guarantee. A steam tramway had been laid to Malabon,
+and horse tramways through the suburbs of Manila. The Quay walls of
+the Pasig had been improved, and the river illuminated from its mouth
+to the bridge by powerful electric arc lights.
+
+Several lighthouses had been built, others were in progress. A
+capacious harbour was in construction, although unfortunately defective
+in design and execution. The Manila waterworks had been completed
+and greatly reduced the mortality of the city. The schools were well
+attended, and a large proportion of the population could read and
+write. Technical schools had been established in Manila and Iloilo, and
+were eagerly attended. Credit appears to be due to the Administration
+for these measures, but it is rare to see any mention of them.
+
+As regards the Religious Orders that have played so important a part
+scarcely a word has been said in their favour. Worcester declares
+his conviction that their influence is wholly bad. However they take
+a lot of killing and seem to have got round the Peace Commission and
+General Otis.
+
+They are not wholly bad, and they have had a glorious history. They
+held the islands from 1570 to 1828, without any permanent garrison
+of Spanish regular troops, and from 1828 to 1883 with about 1500
+artillerymen. They did not entirely rely upon brute force. They are
+certainly no longer suited to the circumstances of the Philippines
+having survived their utility. They are an anachronism. But they have
+brought the Philippines a long way on the path of civilisation. Let us
+be just; what British, French, or Dutch colony, populated by natives,
+can compare with the Philippines as they were till 1895?
+
+And what about American rule? It has begun unfortunately, and has
+raised a feeling of hatred in the natives that will take a generation
+to efface. It will not be enough for the United States to beat down
+armed resistance. A huge army must be maintained to keep the natives
+down. As soon as the Americans are at war with one of the Great Powers,
+the natives will rise; whenever a land-tax is imposed there will be
+an insurrection.
+
+The great difference between this war and former insurrections is
+that now for the first time the natives have rifles and ammunition,
+and have learned to use them. Not all the United States Navy can
+stop them from bringing in fresh supplies. Unless some arrangement
+is come to with the natives, there can be no lasting peace. Such an
+arrangement I believe quite possible, and that it could be brought
+about in a manner satisfactory to both parties.
+
+This would not be, however, on the lines suggested in the National
+Review of September under the heading, "Will the United States withdraw
+from the Philippines?"
+
+Three centuries of Spanish rule is not a fit preparation for
+undertaking the government of the Archipelago. But Central and Southern
+Luzon, with the adjacent islands, might be formed into a State whose
+inhabitants would be all Tagals and Vicols, and the northern part into
+another State whose most important peoples would be the Pampangos,
+the Pangasinanes, the Ilocanos, and the Cagayanes; the Igorrotes and
+other heathen having a special Protector to look after their interests.
+
+Visayas might form a third State, all the inhabitants being of that
+race, whilst Mindanao and Southern Palawan should be entirely governed
+by Americans like a British Crown Colony.
+
+The Sulu Sultanate could be a Protectorate similar to North Borneo
+or the Malay States. Manila could be a sort of Federal District, and
+the Consuls would be accredited to the President's representative,
+the foreign relations being solely under his direction. There should
+be one tariff for all the islands, for revenue only, treating all
+nations alike, the custom houses, telegraphs, post offices, and
+lighthouse service being administered by United States officials,
+either native or American. With power thus limited, the Tagals,
+Pampangos, and Visayas might be entrusted with their own affairs, and
+no garrisons need be kept, except in certain selected healthy spots,
+always having transports at hand to convey them wherever they were
+wanted. If, as seems probable, Mr. McKinley should be re-elected,
+I hope he will attempt some such arrangement, and I heartily wish him
+success in pacifying this sorely troubled country, the scene of four
+years continuous massacre.
+
+The Archipelago is at present in absolute anarchy, the exports have
+diminished by half, and whereas we used to travel and camp out in
+absolute security, now no white man dare show his face more than a
+mile from a garrison.
+
+Notwithstanding this, some supporters of the Administration in the
+States are advising young men with capital that there is a great
+opening for them as planters in the Islands.
+
+There may be when the Islands are pacified, but not before.
+
+To all who contemplate proceeding to or doing any business, or taking
+stock in any company in the Philippines, I recommend a careful study
+of my book. They cannot fail to benefit by it.
+
+
+Red Hill, Oct. 15th, 1900.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+SALÁMAT.
+
+
+The author desires to express his hearty thanks to all those who have
+assisted him.
+
+To Father Joaquin Sancho, S.J., Procurator of Colonial Missions,
+Madrid, for the books, maps and photographs relating to Mindanao,
+with permission to use them.
+
+To Mr. H. W. B. Harrison of the British Embassy, Madrid, for his
+kindness in taking photographs and obtaining books.
+
+To Don Francisco de P. Vigil, Director of the Colonial Museum, Madrid,
+for affording special facilities for photographing the Anitos and
+other curiosities of the Igorrotes.
+
+To Messrs. J. Laurent and Co., Madrid, for permission to reproduce
+interesting photographs of savage and civilised natives.
+
+To Mr. George Gilchrist of Manila, for photographs, and for the use
+of his diary with particulars of the Tagal insurrection, and for
+descriptions of some incidents of which he was an eye-witness.
+
+To Mr. C. E. de Bertodano, C.E., of Victoria Street, Westminster,
+for the use of books of reference and for information afforded.
+
+To Mr. William Harrison of Billiter Square, E.C., for the use of
+photographs of Vicols cleaning hemp.
+
+To the late Mr. F. W. Campion of Trumpets Hill, Reigate, for the
+photograph of Salacot and Bolo taken from very fine specimens in his
+possession, and for the use of other photographs.
+
+To Messrs. Smith, Bell and Co. of Manila, for the very complete table
+of exports which they most kindly supplied.
+
+To Don Sixto Lopez of Balayan, for the loan of the Congressional
+Record, the Blue Book of the 55th Congress, 3rd Session, and other
+books.
+
+To the Superintendent of the Reading Room and his Assistants for
+their courtesy and help when consulting the old Spanish histories in
+the noble library of the British Museum.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ALPHABETICAL LIST OF WORKS CITED, REFERRED TO, OR STUDIED WHILST
+PREPARING THIS WORK.
+
+
+Abella, Enrique--'Informes' (Reports).
+
+Anonymous--'Catálogo Oficial de la Exposicion de Filipinas';
+'Filipinas: Problema Fundamental,' 1887; 'Relacion de las Yslas
+Filipinas,' 1595; 'Las Filipinas se pierden,' a scurrilous Spanish
+pamphlet, Manila, 1841; 'Aviso al publico,' account of an attempt
+by the French to cause Joseph Bonaparte to be acknowledged King of
+the Philippines.
+
+Barrantes Vicente--'Guerras piraticas de Filipinas contra Mindanaos
+y Joloanos,' Madrid, 1878, and other writings.
+
+Becke, Louis--'Wild Life in Southern Seas.'
+
+Bent, Mrs. Theodore--'Southern Arabia.'
+
+Blanco, Padre--'Flora Filipina.'
+
+Blumentritt, Professor Ferdinand--'Versuch einer Ethnographie der
+Philippinen' (Petermann's).
+
+Brantôme, Abbé de--(In Motley's 'Rise of the Dutch Republic.')
+
+Cavada, Agustin de la--'Historia, Geografica, Geologica, y estadistica
+de Filipinas,' Manila, 1876, 1877.
+
+Centeno, José--'Informes' (Reports).
+
+Clifford, Hugh--'Studies in Brown Humanity,' 'In Court and Kampong.'
+
+Comyn, Tomas de.
+
+Crawford, John--'History of the Indian Archipelago,' Edinburgh, 1820;
+'Descriptive Dictionary of the Indian Islands,' London, 1856.
+
+Cuming, E. D.--'With the Jungle Folk.'
+
+Dampier, William--(from Pinkerton).
+
+De Guignes--'Voyage to Pekin, Manila, and Isle of France.'
+
+D'Urville, Dumont.
+
+Foreman, John--'The Philippine Islands,' first and second editions.
+
+Garcilasso, Inca de la Vega--'Comentarios Réales.'
+
+Gironière, Paul de la--'Vingt ans aux Philippines.'
+
+Jagor, F.--'Travels in the Philippines.'
+
+Jesuits, Society of--'Cartas de los P.P. de la Cia de Jesus de la
+mision de Filipinas,' Cuads ix y x (1891-95); 'Estados Generales,'
+Manila, 1896, 1897; 'Mapa Politica Hidrografica'; 'Plano de los
+Distritos 2o y 5o de Mindanao'; 'Mapa de Basilan.'
+
+Mas, Sinibaldo de--'Informe sobre el estado de las Yslas Filipinas
+en 1842.'
+
+Montano, Dr. J.--'Voyage aux Philippines,' Paris, 1886.
+
+Monteverde, Colonel Federico de--'La Division Lachambre.'
+
+Morga, Antonio de--'Sucesos de las Yslas Filipinas,' Mejico, 1609.
+
+Motley, John Lothrop--'Rise of the Dutch Republic.'
+
+Navarro, Fr. Eduardo--'Filipinas. Estudio de Asuntos de momento,' 1897.
+
+Nieto José--'Mindanao, su Historia y Geographia,' 1894.
+
+Palgrave, W. G.--'Ulysses, or Scenes in Many Lands'; 'Malay Life in
+the Philippines.'
+
+Petermann--'Petermanns Mitth.', Ergänzungsheft Nr 67, Gotha, 1882.
+
+Pigafetta--'Voyage Round the World,' Pinkerton, vol. ii.
+
+Prescott--'Conquest of Peru.'
+
+Posewitz, Dr. Theodor--'Borneo, its Geology and Mineral Resources.'
+
+Rathbone--'Camping and Tramping in Malaya.'
+
+Reyes, Ysabelo de los--Pamphlet.
+
+Rizal--'Noli me Tangere.'
+
+St. John, Spenser--'Life in the Forests of the Far East.'
+
+Torquemada, Fray Juan--'Monarquia Indiana.'
+
+Traill, H. D.--'Lord Cromer.'
+
+Vila, Francisco--'Filipinas,' 1880.
+
+Wallace, Alfred R.--'The Malay Archipelago.'
+
+Wingfield, Hon. Lewis--'Wanderings of a Globe-trotter.'
+
+Worcester, Dean C.--'The Philippine Islands and their People.'
+
+Younghusband, Major--'The Philippines and Round About.'
+
+
+
+Magazine Articles.
+
+
+Scribner (George F. Becker)--'Are the Philippines Worth Having?'
+
+Blackwood (Anonymous)--'The Case of the Philippines.'
+
+Tennie, G. Claflin (Lady Cook)--'Virtue Defined' (New York Herald).
+
+
+
+
+Speeches.
+
+
+President McKinley: To the 10th Pennsylvania Regiment, Pittsburgh.
+
+Mr. Whitelaw Reid: To the Miami University, Ohio.
+
+Senator Hoar, in the Senate.
+
+Blue Book--55th Congress, 3rd Session, Doc. No. 62, Part I.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+INTRODUCTORY AND DESCRIPTIVE.
+
+Chapter I.
+
+Extent, Beauty and Fertility.
+                                                                   Pages
+    Extent, beauty and fertility of the Archipelago--Variety of
+    landscape--Vegetation--Mango trees--Bamboos                      1-6
+
+Chapter II.
+
+Spanish Government.
+
+    Slight sketch of organization--Distribution of
+    population--Collection of taxes--The stick                      7-13
+
+Chapter III.
+
+Six Governors-General.
+
+    Moriones--Primo de Rivera--Jovellar--Terreros--Weyler
+    --Despujols                                                    14-23
+
+Chapter IV.
+
+Courts of Justice.
+
+    Alcaldes--The Audiencia--The Guardia Civil--Do not hesitate
+    to shoot--Talas                                                24-30
+
+Chapter V.
+
+Tagal Crime and Spanish Justice.
+
+    The murder of a Spaniard--Promptitude of the Courts--The
+    case  of Juan de la Cruz--Twelve years in prison waiting
+    trial--Piratical outrage in Luzon--Culprits never tried;
+    several die in prison                                          31-47
+
+
+HISTORICAL.
+
+Chapter VI.
+
+Causes of Tagal Revolt.
+
+    Corrupt officials--"Laws of the Indies"--Philippines a
+    dependency of Mexico, up to 1800--The opening of the Suez
+    Canal--Hordes of useless officials--The Asimilistas--
+    Discontent, but no disturbance--Absence of crime--Natives
+    petition for the expulsion of the Friars--Many signatories
+    of the petition punished                                       48-56
+
+Chapter VII.
+
+The Religious Orders.
+
+    The Augustinians--Their glorious founder--Austin Friars
+    in England--Scotland--Mexico--They sail with Villalobos
+    for the Islands of the Setting Sun--Their disastrous voyage
+    --Fray Andres Urdaneta and his companions--Foundation of
+    Cebú and Manila with two hundred and forty other towns--
+    Missions to Japan and China--The Flora Filipina--The
+    Franciscans--The Jesuits--The Dominicans--The Recollets--
+    Statistics of the religious orders in the islands--Turbulence
+    of the friars--Always ready to fight for their country--
+    Furnish a war ship and command it--Refuse to exhibit the
+    titles of their estates in 1689--The Augustinians take up
+    arms against the British--Ten of them fall on the field of
+    battle--Their rectories sacked and burnt--Bravery of the
+    archbishop and friars in 1820--Father Ibañez raises a
+    battalion--Leads it to the assault of a Moro Cotta--Execution
+    of native priests in 1872--Small garrison in the islands--
+    Influence of the friars--Their behaviour--Herr Jagor--Foreman
+    --Worcester--Younghusband--Opinion of Pope Clement X.--Tennie
+    C. Claflin--Equality of opportunity--Statesque figures of the
+    girls--The author's experience of the Friars--The Philippine
+    clergy--Who shall cast the first stone!--Constitution of the
+    orders--Life of a friar--May become an Archbishop--The Chapter 57-70
+
+Chapter VIII.
+
+Their Estates.
+
+    Malinta and Piedad--Mandaloyan--San Francisco de
+    Malabon--Irrigation works--Imus--Calamba--Cabuyao--Santa
+    Rosa Biñan--San Pedro Tunasan--Naic--Santa Cruz--Estates a
+    bone of contention for centuries--Principal cause of revolt
+    of Tagals--But the Peace Commission guarantee the Orders in
+    possession--Pacification retarded--Summary--The Orders must
+    go!--And be replaced by natives                                71-78
+
+Chapter IX.
+
+Secret Societies.
+
+    Masonic Lodges--Execution or exile of Masons in 1872--The
+    "Asociacion Hispano Filipina"--The "Liga Filipina"--The
+    Katipunan--Its programme                                       79-83
+
+Chapter X.
+
+The Insurrection of 1896-97.
+
+    Combat at San Juan del Monte--Insurrection spreading--Arrival
+    of reinforcements from Spain--Rebel entrenchments--Rebel arms
+    and artillery--Spaniards repulsed from Binacáyan--and from
+    Noveleta--Mutiny of Carabineros--Prisoners at Cavite attempt
+    to escape--Iniquities of the Spanish War Office--Lachambre's
+    division--Rebel organization--Rank and badges--Lachambre
+    advances--He captures Silang--Perez Dasmariñas--Salitran
+    --Anabo II.                                                    84-96
+
+Chapter XI.
+
+The Insurrection of 1896-97--continued.
+
+    The Division encamps at San Nicolas--Work of the native
+    Engineer soldiers--The division marches to Salitran--Second
+    action at Anabo II.--Crispulo Aguinaldo killed--Storming the
+    entrenchments of Anabo I.--Burning of Imus by the rebels--
+    Proclamation by General Polavieja--Occupation of Bacoor--
+    Difficult march of the division--San Antonio taken by assault
+    --Division in action with all its artillery--Capture of
+    Noveleta--San Francisco taken by assault--Heavy loss of the
+    Tagals--Losses of the division--The division broken up--
+    Monteverde's book--Polaveija returns to Spain--Primo de Rivera
+    arrives to take his place--General Monet's butcheries--The pact
+    of Biak-na-Bato--The 74th Regiment joins the insurgents--The
+    massacre of the Calle Camba--Amnesty for torturers--Torture
+    in other countries                                            97-108
+
+Chapter XII.
+
+The Americans in the Philippines.
+
+    Manila Bay--The naval battle of Cavite--General Aguinaldo--
+    Progress of the Tagals--The Tagal Republic--Who were the
+    aggressors?--Requisites for a settlement--Scenes of
+    drunkenness--The estates of the religious orders to be
+    restored--Slow progress of the campaign--Colonel Funston's
+    gallant exploits--Colonel Stotsenburg's heroic death--
+    General Antonio Luna's gallant rally of his troops at
+    Macabebe--Reports manipulated--Imaginary hills and jungles
+    --Want of co-operation between Army and Navy--Advice of Sir
+    Andrew Clarke--Naval officers as administrators--Mr.
+    Whitelaw Reid's denunciations--Senator Hoar's opinion--Mr.
+    McKinley's speech at Pittsburgh--The false prophets of the
+    Philippines--Tagal opinion of American Rule--Señor Mabini's
+    manifesto--Don Macario Adriatico's letter--Foreman's
+    prophecy--The administration misled--Racial antipathy--The
+    curse of the Redskins--The recall of General Otis--McArthur
+    calls for reinforcements--Sixty-five thousand men and forty
+    ships of war--State of the islands--Aguinaldo on the Taft
+    Commission                                                   109-123
+
+Chapter XIII.
+
+Native Admiration for America.
+
+    Their fears of a corrupt government--The islands might be
+    an earthly paradise--Wanted, the man--Rajah Brooke--Sir
+    Andrew Clarke--Hugh Clifford--John Nicholson--Charles
+    Gordon--Evelyn Baring--Mistakes of the Peace Commission--
+    Government should be a Protectorate--Fighting men should
+    be made governors--What might have been--The Malay race--
+    Senator Hoar's speech--Four years' slaughter of the Tagals   124-128
+
+
+RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINES.
+
+Chapter XIV.
+
+Resources of the Philippines.
+
+    At the Spanish conquest--Rice--the lowest use the land
+    can be put to--How the Americans are misled--Substitutes
+    for rice--Wheat formerly grown--Tobacco--Compañia General
+    de Tabacos--Abacá--Practically a monopoly of the
+    Philippines--Sugar--Coffee--Cacao--Indigo--Cocoa-nut oil
+    --Rafts of nuts--Copra--True localities for cocoa palm
+    groves Summary--More sanguine forecasts--Common-sense view   129-138
+
+Chapter XV.
+
+Forestal.
+
+    Value exaggerated--Difficulties of labour and transport--
+    Special sawing machinery required--Market for timber in the
+    islands--Teak not found--Jungle produce--Warning to investors
+    in companies--Gutta percha                                   139-142
+
+Chapter XVI.
+
+The Minerals.
+
+    Gold: Dampier--Pigafetta--De Comyn--Placers in Luzon--
+    Gapan--River Agno--The Igorrotes--Auriferous quartz from
+    Antaniac--Capunga--Pangutantan--Goldpits at Suyuc--Atimonan
+    --Paracale--Mambulao--Mount Labo--Surigao River Siga--
+    Gigaquil, Caninon-Binutong, and Cansostral Mountains--
+    Misamis--Pighoulugan--Iponan--Pigtao--Dendritic gold from
+    Misamis--Placer gold traded away surreptitiously--Cannot
+    be taxed--Spanish mining laws--Pettifogging lawyers--
+    Prospects for gold seekers. Copper: Native copper at Surigao
+    and Torrijos (Mindoro)--Copper deposits at Mancayan worked
+    by the Igorrotes--Spanish company--Insufficient data--
+    Caution required. Iron: Rich ores found in the Cordillera of
+    Luzon--Worked by natives--Some Europeans have attempted but
+    failed--Red hematite in Cebú--Brown hematite in Paracale--
+    Both red and brown in Capiz--Oxydised iron in Misamis--
+    Magnetic iron in San Miguel de Mayumo--Possibilities. Coal
+    (so called): Beds of lignite upheaved--Vertical seams at
+    Sugud--Reason of failure--Analysis of Masbate lignite.
+    Various minerals: Galena--Red lead--Graphite--Quicksilver--
+    Sulphur Asbestos--Yellow ochre--Kaolin, Marble--Plastic
+    clays--Mineral waters                                        143-157
+
+Chapter XVII.
+
+Manufactures and Industries.
+
+    Cigars and cigarettes--Textiles--Cotton--Abacá--Júsi--Rengue
+    --Nipis--Saguran--Sinamáy--Guingon--Silk handkerchiefs--Piña
+    --Cordage--Bayones--Esteras--Baskets--Lager beer--Alcohol--
+    Wood oils and resins--Essence of Ylang-ilang--Salt--Bricks--
+    Tiles--Cooking-pots--Pilones--Ollas--Embroidery--Goldsmiths'
+    and silversmiths' work--Salacots--Cocoa-nut oil--Saddles and
+    harness--Carromatas--Carriages--Schooners--Launches--Lorchas
+    --Cascos--Pontines--Bangcas--Engines and boilers--Furniture
+    --Fireworks--Lanterns--Brass Castings--Fish breeding--Drying
+    sugar--Baling hemp--Repacking wet sugar--Oppressive tax on
+    industries--Great future for manufactures--Abundant labour--
+    Exceptional intelligence                                     158-163
+
+
+Chapter XVIII.
+
+Commercial and Industrial Prospects.
+
+    Philippines not a poor man's country--Oscar F. Williams'
+    letter--No occupation for white mechanics--American
+    merchants unsuccessful in the East--Difficulties of living
+    amongst Malays--Inevitable quarrels--Unsuitable climate--The
+    Mali-mali or Sakit-latah--The Traspaso de hambre--Chiflados
+    --Wreck of the nervous system--Effects of abuse of alcohol--
+    Capital the necessity--Banks--Advances to cultivators--To
+    timber cutters--To gold miners--Central sugar factories--
+    Paper-mills--Rice-mills--Cotton-mills--Saw-mills--Coasting
+    steamers--Railway from Manila to Batangas--From Siniloan to
+    the Pacific--Survey for ship canal--Bishop Gainzas' project
+    --Tramways for Luzon and Panay--Small steamers for Mindanao
+    --Chief prospect is agriculture                              164-172
+
+
+SOCIAL.
+
+Chapter XIX.
+
+Life in Manila. (A Chapter for the Ladies.)
+
+    Climate--Seasons--Terrible Month of May--Hot winds--Longing
+    for rain--Burst of the monsoon--The Alimóom--Never sleep on
+    the ground floor--Dress--Manila houses--Furniture--
+    Mosquitoes--Baths--Gogo--Servants--Wages in 1892--The
+    Maestro cook--The guild of cooks--The Mayordomo--Household
+    budget, 1892--Diet--Drinks--Ponies--Carriage a necessity for
+    a lady--The garden--Flowers--Shops--Pedlars--Amusements--
+    Necessity of access to the hills--Good Friday in Manila      173-187
+
+Chapter XX.
+
+Sport. (A Chapter for Men.)
+
+    The Jockey Club--Training--The races--An Archbishop
+    presiding--The Totalisator or Pari Mutuel--The Manila
+    Club--Boating club--Rifle clubs--Shooting--Snipe--Wild
+    duck--Plover--Quail--Pigeons--Tabon--Labuyao, or jungle
+    cock--Pheasants--Deer--Wild pig--No sport in fishing         188-191
+
+
+GEOGRAPHICAL.
+
+Chapter XXI.
+
+Brief Geographical Description of Luzon.
+
+    Irregular shape--Harbours--Bays--Mountain ranges--Blank
+    spaces on maps--North-east coast unexplored--River and
+    valley of Cagayan--Central valley from Bay of Lingayen
+    to Bay of Manila--Rivers Agno, Chico, Grande--The Pinag of
+    Candaba--Project for draining--River Pasig--Laguna de Bay--Lake
+    of Taal--Scene of a cataclysm--Collapse of a volcanic cone 8000
+    feet high--Black and frowning island of Mindoro--Worcester's
+    pluck and endurance--Placers of Camarines--River Vicol--The
+    wondrous purple cone of Mayon--Luxuriant vegetation
+    192-200
+
+
+
+THE INHABITANTS OF THE PHILIPPINES.
+
+    Description of their appearance, dress, arms, religion, manners
+    and customs, and the localities they inhabit, their agriculture,
+    industries and pursuits, with suggestions as to how they can be
+    utilised, commercially and politically. With many unpublished
+    photographs of natives, their arms, ornaments, sepulchres and
+    idols.
+
+
+Aboriginal Inhabitants.
+
+    Scattered over the Islands.
+
+Chapter XXII.
+
+Aetas or Negritos.
+
+    Including Balúgas, Dumágas, Mamanúas, and Manguiánes         201-207
+
+
+PART I.
+
+Inhabitants of Luzon and Adjacent Islands.
+
+Chapter XXIII.
+
+    Tagals (1)                                                   208-221
+
+Chapter XXIV.
+
+    Tagals as Soldiers and Sailors                               222-237
+
+Chapter XXV.
+
+    Pampangos (2)                                                238-245
+
+Chapter XXVI.
+
+    Zambales (3)--Pangasinanes (4)--Ilocanos (5)--Ibanags or
+    Cagayanes (6)                                                246-253
+
+Chapter XXVII.
+
+    Igorrotes (7)                                                254-267
+
+Chapter XXVIII.
+
+    Isinays (11)--Abacas (12)--Italones (13)--Ibilaos
+    (14)--Ilongotes (15)--Mayoyaos and Silipanes (16)
+    --Ifugaos (17)--Gaddanes (18)--Itetapanes (19)
+    --Guinanes (20)                                              268-273
+
+Chapter XXIX.
+
+    Caláuas or Itaves (21)--Camuangas and Bayabonanes (22)
+    --Dadayags (23)--Nabayuganes (24)--Aripas (25)--Calingas
+    (26)--Tinguianes (27)--Adangs (28)--Apayaos (29)--
+    Catalanganes and Irayas (30-31)                              274-282
+
+Chapter XXX.
+
+    Catubanganes (32)--Vicols (33)                               283-287
+
+Chapter XXXI.
+
+The Chinese in Luzon.
+
+    Mestizos or half-breeds                                      288-294
+
+
+PART II.
+
+The Visayas and Palawan.
+
+Chapter XXXII.
+
+The Visayas Islands.
+
+    Area and population--Panay--Negros--Cebú--Bohol--Leyte
+    --Samar                                                      295-299
+
+Chapter XXXIII.
+
+The Visayas Race.
+
+    Appearance--Dress--Look upon Tagals as foreigners--
+    Favourable opinion of Tomas de Comyn--Old Christians--
+    Constant wars with the Moro pirates and Sea Dayaks--Secret
+    heathen rites--Accusation of indolence unfounded--Exports
+    of hemp and sugar--Ilo-ilo sugar--Cebú sugar--Textiles--A
+    promising race                                               300-306
+
+
+Chapter XXXIV.
+
+The Island of Palawan, or Paragua.
+
+    The Tagbanúas--Tandulanos--Manguianes--Negritos--Moros of
+    southern Palawan--Tagbanúa alphabet                          307-320
+
+
+PART III.
+
+Mindanao, Including Basilan.
+
+Chapter XXXV.
+
+Brief Geographical Description.
+
+    Configuration--Mountains--Rivers--Lakes--Division
+    into districts--Administration--Productions--Basilan         321-330
+
+Chapter XXXVI.
+
+The Tribes of Mindanao.
+
+    Visayas (1) [Old Christians]--Mamanúas (2)--Manobos (3)
+    --Mandayas (4)--Manguángas (5)--Montéses or Buquidnónes(6)
+    --Atás or Ata-as (7)--Guiangas (8)--Bagobos (9)              331-351
+
+Chapter XXXVII.
+
+The Tribes of Mindanao--continued.
+
+    Calaganes (10)--Tagacaolos (11)--Dulanganes (12)--Tirurayes
+    (13)--Tagabelies (14)--Samales (15)--Vilanes (16)--
+    Subanos (17)                                                 352-360
+
+Chapter XXXVIII.
+
+The Moros, or Mahometan Malays (18 to 23).
+
+    Illanos (18)--Sanguiles (19)--Lutangas (20)--Calibuganes
+    (21) Yacanes (22)--Samales (23)                              361-373
+
+Chapter XXXIX.
+
+    Tagabáuas (24)                                               374-375
+
+The Chinese in Mindanao.
+
+    N.B.--The territory occupied by each tribe is shown on the general
+    map of Mindanao by the number on this list.
+
+Chapter XL.
+
+The Political Condition of Mindanao, 1899.
+
+    Relapse into savagery--Moros the great danger--Visayas
+    the mainstay--Confederation of Lake Lanao--Recall of
+    the Missionaries--Murder and pillage in Davao--Eastern
+    Mindanao--Western Mindanao--The three courses--Orphanage
+    of Tamontaca--Fugitive slaves--Polygamy an impediment to
+    conversion--Labours of the Jesuits--American Roman Catholics
+    should send them help                                        376-388
+
+
+APPENDIX.
+
+    Chronological Table                                             389
+    Table of Exports for twelve Years                               411
+    Estimate of Population                                          415
+    Philippine Budget of 1897 compared with Revenue of 1887    416, 417
+    Value of Land in several Provinces of Luzon                     418
+    List of Spanish and Filipino Words used in the Work             419
+    Cardinal Numbers in Seven Malay Dialects                        422
+
+
+
+
+
+LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
+
+
+Portrait of the Author                                      Frontispiece
+View on the Pasig with Bamboos and Canoe                    To face p. 6
+Facsimile of Cédula Personal                                          53
+Some of the rising generation in the Philippines                      75
+Map of the Philippine Islands                                        150
+Group of women making Cigars                                         158
+Salacots and Women's Hats                                            160
+Author's office, Muelle Del Rey, ss. Salvadora, and Lighters
+called "Cascos"                                                      161
+River Pasio showing Russell and Sturgis's former office              166
+Tower of Manila Cathedral after the Earthquakes, 1880              168-9
+Suburb of Malate after a typhoon, October 1882, when thirteen
+ships were driven ashore
+Author's house at Ermita                                             177
+Fernery at Ermita                                                    185
+A Negrito from Negros Island                                         207
+A Manila Man                                                       208-9
+A Manila Girl
+Tagal Girl wearing Scapulary                                         216
+Carabao harnessed to native Plough; Ploughman, Village, and
+Church Between                                                     226-7
+Paddy Field recently planted
+Paulino Marillo, a Tagal of Laguna, Butler to the author             229
+A Farderia, or Sugar Drying and Packing Place                        240
+Igorrote Spearmen and Negriot Archer                                 254
+Anitos of Northern Tribes                                            258
+Aitos of the Igorrotes                                               258
+Coffin of an Igorrote Noble, with his Coronets and other Ornaments   259
+Weapons of the Highlands of Luzon                                    261
+Igorrote Dresses and Ornaments, Water-Jar, Dripstones, Pipes,
+and Baskets                                                          264
+Anitos, Highlands                                                    266
+Anito of the Igorrotes                                               266
+Igorrote Drums                                                       266
+Tinguianes, Aeta, and Igorrotes                                      276
+Vicols Preparing Hemp:--                                             287
+    Cutting the Plant
+    Separating the Petioles
+    Adjusting under the Knife
+    Drawing out the Fibre
+Visayas Women at a Loom                                              305
+Lieut. P. Garcia and Local Militia of Baganga, Caraga (East Coast)   333
+Atás from the Back Slopes of the Apo                                 347
+Heathen Guiangas, from the Slopes of the Apo                         349
+Father Gisbert, S.J. exhorting a Bagobo Datto and his Followers
+to Abandon their custom of making Human Sacrifices                 350-1
+The Datto Manib, Principal Bagani of the Bagabos, with some Wives
+and Followers and Two Missionaries                                 350-1
+The Moro Sword and Spear                                             363
+Moros of the Bay of Mayo                                             367
+Moro Lantacas and Coat of Mail                                       373
+Seat of the Moro Power, Lake Lanao                                   377
+Double-barrelled Lantaca of Artistic Design and Moro Arms            387
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE INHABITANTS OF THE PHILIPPINES.
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+EXTENT, BEAUTY AND FERTILITY.
+
+    Extent, beauty, and fertility of the Archipelago--Variety of
+    landscape--Vegetation--Mango trees--Bamboos.
+
+
+Extent.
+
+The Philippine Archipelago, in which I include the Sulu group, lies
+entirely within the northern tropic; the southernmost island of the
+Tawi-tawi group called Sibutu reaches down to 4° 38' N., whilst Yami,
+the northernmost islet of the Batanes group, lies in 21° 7' N. This
+gives an extreme length of 1100 miles, whilst the extreme breadth is
+about 680 miles, measured a little below the 8th parallel from the
+Island of Balábac to the east coast of Mindanao.
+
+Various authorities give the number of islands and islets at 1200 and
+upwards; many have probably never been visited by a white man. We need
+only concern ourselves with the principal islands and those adjacent
+to them.
+
+From the hydrographic survey carried out by officers of the Spanish
+Navy, the following areas have been calculated and are considered
+official, except those marked with an asterisk, which are only
+estimated.
+
+
+                                  Sq. Miles.    Sq. Miles.
+
+    Luzon                                          42,458
+
+    Babuyanes Islands                   272
+    Batanes Islands                     104
+    Mindoro                           4,153
+    Catanduanes                         721
+    Marinduque                          332
+    Polillo                             300
+    Buriás                              116
+    Ticao.                              144
+    Masbate                           1,642
+                                      -----         7,784
+                                                   ------
+    Total Luzon and adjacent islands               50,242
+
+    Visayas, etc.
+    Panay                            4,898
+    Negros                           3,592
+    Cebú                             2,285
+    Bohol                            1,226
+    Leyte                            3,706
+    Samar                            5,182
+                                     -----         20,889
+
+    Mindanao                                       34,456
+    Palawan and Balabac                             5,963
+    Calamianes Islands                                640
+                                                  -------
+    Area of principal islands                     112,190
+
+
+The Spanish official estimate of the area of the whole Archipelago
+is 114,214 square miles [1] equivalent to 73,000,000 acres, so that
+the remaining islands ought to measure between them something over
+2000 square miles.
+
+
+
+Beauty and Fertility.
+
+Lest I should be taxed with exaggeration when I record my impressions
+of the beauty and potential wealth of the Archipelago, so far as I
+have seen it; I shall commence by citing the opinions of some who,
+at different times, have visited the islands.
+
+I think I cannot do better than give precedence to the impressions
+of two French gentlemen who seem to me to have done justice to the
+subject, then cite the calm judgment of a learned and sagacious Teuton,
+and lastly quote from the laboured paragraphs of a much-travelled
+cosmopolite, at one time Her Britannic Majesty's Consul at Manila.
+
+Monsieur Dumont D'Urville says: "The Philippines, and above all
+Luzon, have nothing in this world to equal them in climate, beauty
+of landscape, and fertility of soil. Luzon is the finest diamond that
+the Spanish adventurers have ever found.
+
+"It has remained uncut in their hands; but deliver over Luzon to
+British activity and tolerance, or else to the laborious tenacity
+of the Dutch Creoles, and you will see what will come out of this
+marvellous gem."
+
+Monsieur de Guignes says: "Of the numerous colonies belonging to
+the Spaniards, as one of the most important must indisputably be
+reckoned the Philippines. Their position, their great fertility, and
+the nature of their productions, render them admirably adapted for
+active commerce, and if the Spaniards have not derived much benefit
+from them, to themselves and to their manner of training is the fault
+to be ascribed."
+
+Herr Jagor, speaking of the Province of Bulacan, says the roads were
+good and were continuously shaded by fruit trees, cocoa and areca
+palms, and the aspect of this fruitful province reminded him of the
+richest districts in Java, but he found the pueblos here exhibited
+more comfort than the desas there.
+
+Mr. Gifford Palgrave says: "Not the Ægean, not the West Indian,
+not the Samoan, not any other of the fair island clusters by which
+our terraqueous planet half atones for her dreary expanses of
+grey ocean and monotonous desert elsewhere, can rival in manifold
+beauties of earth, sea, sky, the Philippine Archipelago; nor in all
+that Archipelago, lovely as it is through its entire extent, can any
+island vie with the glories of Luzon."
+
+
+
+Variety of Landscape.
+
+If I may without presumption add my testimony to that of these
+illustrious travellers, I would say that, having been over a great
+part of South America, from Olinda Point to the Straits of Magellan,
+from Tierra del Fuego to Panama, not only on the coasts but in the
+interior, from the Pampas of the Argentine and the swamps of the Gran
+Chaco to where
+
+
+        "The roots of the Andes strike deep in the earth
+        As their summits to heaven shoot soaringly forth;"
+
+
+having traversed the fairest gems of the Antilles and seen some of the
+loveliest landscapes in Japan, I know of no land more beautiful than
+Luzon, certainly of none possessing more varied features or offering
+more striking contrasts.
+
+Limestone cliffs and pinnacles, cracked and hollowed into labyrinthine
+caves, sharp basalt peaks, great ranges of mountains, isolated
+volcanic cones, cool crystalline springs, jets of boiling water,
+cascades, rivers, lakes, swamps, narrow valleys and broad plains,
+rocky promontories and coral reefs, every feature is present, except
+the snow-clad peak and the glacier.
+
+
+
+Vegetation.
+
+Vegetation here runs riot, hardly checked by the devastating typhoon,
+or the fall of volcanic ashes. From the cocoa-nut palm growing on
+the coral strand, from the mangrove, building its pyramid of roots
+upon the ooze, to the giant bamboo on the banks of the streams, and
+the noble mango tree adorning the plains, every tropical species
+flourishes in endless variety, and forests of conifers [2] clothe
+the summits of the Zambales and Ilocan mountains.
+
+As for the forest wealth, the trees yielding indestructible timber
+for ships, houses or furniture, those giving valuable drugs and
+healing oils, gums and pigments, varnishes, pitch and resin, dyes,
+sap for fermenting or distilling, oil for burning, water, vinegar,
+milk, fibre, charcoal, pitch, fecula, edible fungi, tubers, bark and
+fruits, it would take a larger book than this to enumerate them in
+their incredible variety.
+
+
+
+Mango Trees.
+
+A notable feature of the Philippine landscape is the mango tree. This
+truly magnificent tree is often of perfect symmetry, and rears aloft on
+its massive trunk and wide-spreading branches a perfect dome of green
+and glistening leaves, adorned in season with countless strings of
+sweet-scented blossom and pendent clusters of green and golden fruit,
+incomparably luscious, unsurpassed, unequalled.
+
+Beneath that shapely vault of verdure the feathered tribes find
+shelter. The restless mango bird [3] displays his contrasted plumage of
+black and yellow as he flits from bough to bough, the crimson-breasted
+pigeon and the ring-dove rest secure.
+
+These glorious trees are pleasing objects for the eye to rest on. All
+through the fertile valleys of Luzon they stand singly or in groups,
+and give a character to the landscape which would otherwise be
+lacking. Only the largest and finest English oaks can compare with
+the mango trees in appearance; but whilst the former yield nothing
+of value, one or two mango trees will keep a native family in comfort
+and even affluence with their generous crop.
+
+
+
+Bamboos.
+
+
+On the banks of the Philippine streams and rivers that giant grass,
+the thorny bamboo, grows and thrives. It grows in clumps of twenty,
+forty, fifty stems. Starting from the ground, some four to six inches
+in diameter, it shoots aloft for perhaps seventy feet, tapering to
+the thickness of a match at its extremity, putting forth from each
+joint slender and thorny branches, carrying small, thin, and pointed
+leaves, so delicately poised as to rustle with the least breath of air.
+
+The canes naturally take a gradual curve which becomes more and more
+accentuated as their diameter diminishes, until they bend over at
+their tops and sway freely in the breeze.
+
+I can only compare a fine clump of bamboos to a giant plume of green
+ostrich feathers. Nothing in the vegetable kingdom is more graceful,
+nothing can be more useful. Under the blast of a typhoon the bamboo
+bends so low that it defies all but the most sudden and violent
+gusts. If, however, it succumbs, it is generally the earth under it
+that gives way, and the whole clump falls, raising its interlaced
+roots and a thick wall of earth adhering to and embraced by them.
+
+Piercing the hard earth, shoving aside the stones with irresistible
+force, comes the new bamboo, its head emerging like a giant artichoke.
+
+Each flinty-headed shoot soars aloft with a rapidity astonishing to
+those who have only witnessed the tardy growth of vegetation in the
+temperate zone. I carefully measured a shoot of bamboo in my garden
+in Santa Ana and found that it grew two feet in three days, that is,
+eight inches a day, 1/3 inch per hour. I could see it grow. When
+I commenced to measure the shoot it was eighteen inches high and
+was four inches in diameter. This rapid growth, which, considering
+the extraordinary usefulness of the bamboo ought to excite man's
+gratitude to Almighty Providence, has, to the shame of human nature,
+led the Malay and the Chinaman to utilise the bamboo to inflict death
+by hideous torture on his fellow men. (See Tûkang Bûrok's story in
+Hugh Clifford's 'Studies of Brown Humanity.')
+
+Each joint is carefully enveloped by nature in a wrapper as tough as
+parchment, covered, especially round the edges, with millions of small
+spines. The wrapper, when dry, is brown, edged with black, but when
+fresh the colours are remarkable, pale yellow, dark yellow, orange,
+brown, black, pale green, dark green, black; all shaded or contrasted
+in a way to make a Parisian dress designer feel sick with envy.
+
+This wrapper does not fall off till the joint has hardened and acquired
+its flinty armour so as to be safe from damage by any animal.
+
+It would take a whole chapter to enumerate the many and varied uses
+of the bamboo.
+
+Suffice it to say that I cannot conceive how the Philippine native
+could do without it.
+
+Everlastingly renewing its youth, perpetually soaring to the sky,
+proudly overtopping all that grows, splendidly flourishing when meaner
+plants must fade from drought, this giant grass, which delights the
+eyes, takes rank as one of God's noblest gifts to tropical man.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+SPANISH GOVERNMENT.
+
+    Slight sketch of organization--Distribution of
+    population--Collection of taxes--The stick.
+
+
+The supreme head of the administration was a Governor-General or
+Captain-General of the Philippines. The British Colonial Office has
+preserved this Spanish title in Jamaica where the supreme authority
+is still styled Captain-General and Governor-in-Chief.
+
+In recent years no civilian has been Governor-General of
+the Philippines, the appointment being given or sold to a
+Lieutenant-General, though in 1883 a Field-Marshal was sent out. But
+in 1874 Rear-Admiral Malcampo obtained the post, and a very weak and
+foolish Governor-General he turned out to be.
+
+In former times military men did not have a monopoly of such posts,
+and civilians, judges, priests, and bishops have held this appointment.
+
+The Governor-General had great powers. Practically, if not legally,
+he had the power of life and death, for he could proclaim martial
+law and try offenders by court-martial. He was ex officio president
+of every corporation or commission, and he could expel from the
+Islands any person, whether Spaniard, native, or foreigner, by a
+decree declaring that his presence was inconvenient.
+
+
+
+Slight Sketch of Organization.
+
+He could suspend or remove any official, and in fact was almost
+despotic. On the other hand he had to remember two important
+limitations. Unless he supported the religious orders against all
+comers he would have the Procurators of these wealthy corporations, who
+reside in Madrid, denouncing him to the Ministry as an anti-clerical,
+and a freemason, and perhaps offering a heavy bribe for his removal. If
+he made an attempt to put down corruption and embezzlement in the
+Administration, his endeavours would be thwarted in every possible way
+by the officials, and a formidable campaign of calumny and detraction
+would be inaugurated against him. The appointment was for a term
+of three years at a salary of $40,000 per annum, and certain very
+liberal travelling allowances.
+
+Since the earthquake of 1863 the official residence of the
+Governors-General was at Malacañan, on the River Pasig in the ward of
+San Miguel. This is now the residence of the American Governor. He had
+a troop of native Lancers to escort him when he drove out, and a small
+corps of Halberdiers for duty within the palace and grounds. These
+latter wore a white uniform with red facings, and were armed with a
+long rapier and a halberd. They were also furnished with rifles and
+bayonets for use in case of an emergency.
+
+When the Governor-General drove out, every man saluted him by raising
+his hat--and when he went to the Cathedral he was received by the
+clergy at the door, and, on account of being the Vice-Regal Patron,
+was conducted under a canopy along the nave to a seat of honour.
+
+His position was in fact one of great power and dignity, and it was
+felt necessary to surround the representative of the king with much
+pomp and state in order to impress the natives with his importance
+and authority.
+
+There was a Governor-General of Visayas who resided at Cebu, and was
+naturally subordinate to the Governor-General of the Philippines. He
+was usually a Brigadier-General.
+
+In case of the death or absence of the Governor-General, the
+temporary command devolved upon the Segundo Cabo, a general officer
+in immediate command of the military forces. Failing him, the Acting
+Governor-Generalship passed to the Admiral commanding the station.
+
+The two principal departments of the administration were the
+Intendencia or Treasury, and the Direction of Civil Administration.
+
+The Archipelago is divided into fifty-one provinces or districts,
+according to the accompanying table and map.
+
+
+                      Distribution of Population.
+
+        Provinces.                  Males.  Females.    Total.
+
+        Abra                       21,631    21,016    42,647
+        Albay                     127,413   130,120   257,533
+        Antique                    60,193    63,910   124,103
+        Balábac                     1,912        27     1,939
+        Bataán                     25,603    24,396    49,999
+        Batangas                  137,143   137,932   275,075
+        Benguet (district)          8,206    12,104    20,310
+        Bohol                     109,472   117,074   226,546
+        Bontoc                     40,515    41,914    82,429
+        Bulacán                   127,455   124,694   252,149
+        Burías                         84        44       128
+        Cagayán                    37,157    35,540    72,697
+        Calamianes                  8,227     8,814    17,041
+        Camarines Norte            15,931    14,730    30,661
+        Camarines Sur              78,545    77,852   156,400
+        Cápiz                     114,827   128,417   243,244
+        Cavite                     66,523    65,541   132,064
+        Cebú                      201,066   202,230   403,296
+        Corregidor (island of)        216       203       419
+        Cottabato                     788       494     1,282
+        Dávao                         983       712     1,695
+        Ilocos Norte               76,913    79,802   156,715
+        Ilocos Sur                 97,916   103,133   201,049
+        Ilo-Ilo                   203,879   206,551   410,430
+        Infanta (district)          4,947     4,947     9,894
+        Isabela de Basilan            454       338       792
+        Isabela de Luzon           20,251    18,365    38,616
+        Islas Batanes               4,004     4,741     8,745
+        Isla de Negros            106,851    97,818   204,669
+        Laguna                     66,332    66,172   132,504
+        Lepanto                     8,255    16,219    24,474
+        Leyte                     113,275   107,240   220,515
+        Manila                    137,280   120,994   258,274
+        Masbate and Ticao           8,835     8,336    17,171
+        Mindoro                    29,220    28,908    58,128
+        Misamis                    46,020    42,356    88,376
+        Mórong                     21,506    21,556    43,062
+        Nueva Ecija                63,456    60,315   123,771
+        Nueva Vizcaya               8,495     7,612    16,107
+        Pampanga                  114,425   111,884   226,309
+        Pangasinán                149,141   144,150   293,291
+        Principe (district)         2,085     2,073     4,158
+        Puerto Princesa               350       228       578
+        Romblón                    14,528    13,626    28,154
+        Samar                      92,330    86,560   178,890
+        Surigao                    28,371    27,875    56,246
+        Tarlac                     42,432    40,325    82,757
+        Tayabas                    27,886    25,782    53,668
+        Unión                      55,802    57,568   113,370
+        Zambales                   49,617    44,934    94,551
+        Zamboanga                   7,683     6,461    14,144
+                                --------- --------- ---------
+                                2,794,876 2,762,743 5,557,619
+
+
+The above figures are taken from the official census of 1877.
+
+This is the latest I have been able to find.
+
+In the Appendix is given an estimate of the population in 1890, the
+author puts the number at 8,000,000, and at this date there may well
+be 9,000,000 inhabitants in the Philippines and Sulus.
+
+It will be seen that these provinces are of very different extent,
+and vary still more in population, for some have only a few hundred
+inhabitants, whilst others, for instance, Cebú and Ilo-Ilo have
+half-a-million.
+
+Each province was under a Governor, either civil or military. Those
+provinces which were entirely pacified had Civil Governors, whilst
+those more liable to disturbance or attack from independent tribes
+or from the Moors had Military Governors. Up to 1886 the pacified
+provinces were governed by Alcaldes-Mayores, who were both governors
+and judges. An appeal from their decisions could be made to the
+Audiencia or High Court at Manila.
+
+From the earliest times of their appointment, the Alcaldes were allowed
+to trade. Some appointments carried the right to trade, but most of
+the Alcaldes had to covenant to forego a large proportion of their very
+modest stipends in order to obtain this privilege. By trade and by the
+fees and squeezes of their law courts they usually managed to amass
+fortunes. In 1844 the Alcaldes were finally prohibited from trading.
+
+This was a rude system of government, but it was cheap, and a populous
+province might only have to maintain half-a-dozen Spaniards.
+
+Each town has its municipality consisting of twelve principales,
+all natives, six are chosen from those who have already been
+Gobernadorcillos. They are called past-captains, and correspond to
+aldermen who have passed the chair. The other six are chosen from
+amongst the Barangay headmen. From these twelve are elected all
+the officials, the Gobernadorcillo or Capitan, the 1st, 2nd and 3rd
+lieutenants, the alguaciles (constables), the judges of the fields, of
+cattle, and of police. The Capitan appoints and pays the directorcillo
+or town clerk, who attends to the routine business.
+
+For the maintenance of order, and for protecting the town against
+attack, there is a body of local police called Cuadrilleros. These
+are armed with bolos and lances in the smaller and poorer towns,
+but in more important places they have fire-arms usually of obsolete
+pattern. But in towns exposed to Moro attack the cuadrilleros are
+more numerous, and carry Remington rifles.
+
+The Gobernadorcillos of towns were directly responsible to the
+governor of the province, the governor in case of emergency reported
+direct to the Governor-General, but for routine business through
+the Director-General of Civil Administration, which embraced the
+departments of Public Works, Inspection of Mines and Forests, Public
+Instruction, Model Farms, etc.
+
+The collection of taxes was under the governors of provinces assisted
+by delegates of the Intendant-General. It was directly effected by
+the Barangay headman each of whom was supposed to answer for fifty
+families, the individuals of which were spoken of as his sácopes. His
+eldest son was recognised as his chief assistant, and he, like his
+father, was exempt from the tribute or capitation tax.
+
+The office was hereditary, and was not usually desired, but like the
+post of sheriff in an English county it had to be accepted nolens
+volens.
+
+No doubt a great deal of latitude was allowed to the Barangay Chiefs
+in order that they might collect the tax, and the stick was often in
+requisition. In fact the chiefs had to pay the tax somehow, and it
+is not surprising that they took steps to oblige their sácopes to pay.
+
+I, however, in my fourteen years' experience, never came across such a
+case as that mentioned by Worcester, p. 295, where he states that in
+consequence of a deficiency of $7000, forty-four headmen of Siquijor
+were seized and exiled, their lands, houses and cattle confiscated,
+and those dependent on them left to shift for themselves. The amount
+owing by each headman was under $160 Mexican, equal to $80 gold, and
+it would not take much in the way of lands, houses, and cattle to pay
+off this sum. However, it is true that Siquijor is a poor island. But
+on page 284 he maintains that the inhabitants of Siquijor had plenty
+of money to back their fighting-cocks, and paid but little attention
+to the rule limiting each man's bet on one fight to $50. From this
+we may infer that they could find money to bet with, but not to pay
+their taxes.
+
+
+
+
+Collection of Taxes.
+
+Natives of the gorgeous East very commonly require a little persuasion
+to make them pay their taxes, and I have read of American millionaires
+who, in the absence of this system, could not be got to pay at all. Not
+many years ago, there was an enquiry as to certain practices resorted
+to by native tax-collectors in British India to induce the poor Indian
+to pay up; anybody who is curious to know the particulars can hunt
+them up in the Blue Books--they are unsuitable for publication.
+
+In Egypt, up to 1887, or thereabouts, the "courbash" [4] was in use
+for this purpose. I quote from a speech by Lord Cromer delivered about
+that time ('Lord Cromer,' by H. D. Traill): "The courbash used to be
+very frequently employed for two main objects, viz.: the collection of
+taxes, and the extortion of evidence. I think I may say with confidence
+that the use of the courbash as a general practice in connection either
+with collection of taxes or the extortion of evidence has ceased."
+
+But we need not go so far East for examples of collecting taxes by
+means of the stick. The headmen of the village communities in Russia
+freely apply the lash to recalcitrant defaulters.
+
+It would seem, therefore, that the Spaniards erred in company with
+many other nations. It was by no means an invention of theirs, and
+it will be remembered that some of our early kings used to persuade
+the Jews to pay up by drawing their teeth.
+
+
+
+Its Good Points.
+
+The Government and the laws partook of a patriarchal character,
+and notwithstanding certain exactions, the Spanish officials and
+the natives got on very well together. The Alcaldes remained for
+many years in one province, and knew all the principal people
+intimately. I doubt if there was any colony in the world where as
+much intercourse took place between the governors and the natives,
+certainly not in any British colony, nor in British India, where the
+gulf ever widens. In this case, governors and governed professed
+the same religion, and no caste distinctions prevailed to raise a
+barrier between them. They could worship together, they could eat
+together, and marriages between Spaniards and the daughters of the
+native landowners were not unfrequent. These must be considered
+good points, and although the general corruption and ineptitude of
+the administration was undeniable, yet, bad as it was, it must be
+admitted that it was immeasurably superior to any government that
+any Malay community had ever established.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+SIX GOVERNORS-GENERAL.
+
+    Moriones--Primo de Rivera--Jovellar--Terreros--Weyler--Despujols.
+
+
+Moriones.
+
+During my residence in the Islands--from 1877 to 1892--there were
+six Governors-General, and they differed very widely in character
+and ideas.
+
+The first was Don Domingo Moriones y Murillo, Marquis of Oroquieto,
+an austere soldier, and a stern disciplinarian. He showed himself to
+be a man of undaunted courage, and of absolutely incorruptible honesty.
+
+When he landed in Manila he found that, owing to the weakness of
+Admiral Malcampo, his predecessor, the Peninsular Regiment of Artillery
+had been in open mutiny, and that the matter had been hushed up. After
+taking the oath of office, and attending a Te Deum at the Cathedral,
+he mounted his horse, and, attended by his aides-de-camp, rode to the
+barracks, and ordered the regiment to parade under arms. He rode down
+the ranks, and recognised many soldiers who had served under him in
+the Carlist wars.
+
+He then stationed himself in front of the regiment, and delivered a
+remarkable and most stirring oration. He said that it grieved him to
+the heart to think that Spanish soldiers, sent to the Philippines to
+maintain the authority of their king and country, many of whom had
+with him faced the awful fusillade of Somorrostro, and had bravely
+done their duty, could fall so low as to become callous mutineers,
+deaf to the calls of duty, and by their bad conduct tarnish the
+glory of the Spanish Army in the eyes of all the world. Such as
+they deserved no mercy; their lives were all forfeited. Still he
+was willing to believe that they were not entirely vicious, that
+repentance and reform were still possible to the great majority. He
+would, therefore, spare the lives of most of them in the hope that
+they might once more become worthy soldiers of Spain. But he would
+decimate them; every tenth man must die.
+
+He then directed the lieutenant-colonel in command to number off the
+regiment by tens from the right.
+
+Let the reader ponder upon the situation. Here was a mutinous
+veteran regiment that for months had been the terror of the city,
+and had frightened the Governor-General and all the authorities into
+condoning its crimes.
+
+In front of it sat upon his horse one withered old man. But that
+man's record was such that he seemed to those reckless mutineers to
+be transfigured into some awful avenging angel. His modest stature
+grew to a gigantic size in their eyes; the whole regiment seemed
+hypnotized. They commenced numbering. It was an impressive scene--the
+word ten meant death. The men on the extreme right felt happy; they
+were sure to escape. Confidently rang out their voices: one, two,
+three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine--then a stop. The doomed
+wretch standing next would not say the fatal word. Moriones turned
+his glance upon the captain of the right company, and that officer
+perceived that the crisis of his life had arrived, and that the next
+few seconds would make or mar him; one instant's hesitation would cost
+him his commission. Drawing and cocking his revolver, he held it in
+front of the forehead of the tenth man, and ordered him to call out
+ten. Placed thus between the alternative of instant death or obedience,
+the unhappy gunner complied, and the numbering of the whole line was
+accomplished. The number tens were ordered to step out of the ranks,
+were disarmed, placed under arrest, and notified that they would
+be shot next morning. As regards the others, all leave was stopped,
+and extra drills ordered. Great interest was exerted with Moriones to
+pardon the condemned men, and he did commute the death sentence on
+most of them, but the ring-leaders were shot the following morning,
+others imprisoned, and fifty were sent back to Spain in the same
+vessel as Admiral Malcampo, whose pampering of them had ruined their
+discipline. So much for the courage of Moriones. It was a wonderful
+example of the prestige of lawful authority, but of course the risk
+was great.
+
+To him was due the construction of the Manila Waterworks. A sum of
+money had been left a century before by Don Francisco Carriedo, who
+had been general of a galleon, to accumulate until it was sufficient
+to pay for the waterworks, which ought to have been begun years
+before. However, the parties who held these funds, like certain
+Commissioners we know of at home, had little desire to part with the
+capital, and it was only the determination of General Moriones that
+triumphed over their reluctance.
+
+Manila ought to be ever grateful to Moriones for this. He also
+tried to get some work out of the Obras Publicas Department, and,
+in fact, he did frighten them into exerting themselves for a time,
+by threatening to ship the Inspector-General of Public Works back to
+Spain, unless the Ayala bridges were completed on a certain day.
+
+But the greatest thing that Moriones did for the Philippines was when
+he prevented the sale of the Government tobacco-culture monopoly to
+some Paris Jews. Whilst he was staying at the Convent of Guadalupe
+he received a letter from Cánovas, at the time Prime Minister of
+Spain. It informed him that a project was entertained of selling the
+Crown monopoly of the cultivation and manufacture of tobacco in the
+Philippines to a Franco-Spanish syndicate, and added, "The palace is
+very interested," meaning that the King and the Infantas were in the
+affair. It announced that a Commission was about to be sent by the
+capitalists to enquire into the business, and wound up by requesting
+Moriones to report favourably on the affair, for which service he
+might ask any reward he liked. The carrying out of this project meant
+selling the inhabitants of Cagayan into slavery.
+
+I had this information from a gentleman of unblemished truth and
+honour, who was present at the receipt of the letter, and it was
+confirmed by two friars of the Augustinian Order under circumstances
+that left no doubt upon my mind as to their accuracy.
+
+Although Cánovas was at the time in the height of his power, and
+although the King was interested in the matter going through, Moriones
+indignantly refused to back up the proposal. He wrote or cabled to
+Cánovas not to send out the Commission, for if it came he would send
+it back by the same vessel. He reported dead against the concession,
+and told the Prime Minister that he was quite prepared to resign,
+and return to Spain, to explain his reasons from his seat in the
+Senate. What a contrast this brave soldier made to the general run
+of men; how few in any country would have behaved as he did!
+
+This was not the only benefit Moriones conferred upon the tobacco
+cultivators of Cagayán, for he did what he could to pay off the debt
+owing to them by the Treasury.
+
+
+
+Primo de Rivera.
+
+The next Governor-General was Don Fernando Primo de Rivera, Marquis
+of Estella, and he was the only one with whom I was not personally
+acquainted. During the cholera epidemic of 1882, when 30,000 persons
+died in the city and province of Manila, he showed ability and firmness
+in the arrangements he made, and he deserves great credit for this. But
+corruption and embezzlement was rampant during his time. Gambling was
+tolerated in Manila and it was currently reported that twenty-five
+gambling houses were licensed and that each paid $50 per day, which
+was supposed to go to the Governor-General. Emissaries from these
+houses were stationed near the banks and mercantile offices, and
+whenever a collector was seen entering or leaving carrying a bag of
+dollars, an endeavour was made to entice him to the gambling table,
+and owing to the curious inability of the native to resist temptation,
+these overtures were too frequently successful.
+
+The whole city became demoralised, servants and dependants stole from
+their employers and sold the articles to receivers for a tenth of
+their value in order to try their luck at the gaming table. A sum of
+$1250 per day was derived from the gambling-houses and was collected
+every evening.
+
+Notwithstanding all these abuses, Primo de Rivera maintained good
+relations with the natives; he was not unpopular, and no disturbances
+occurred during his first government. He owed his appointment to King
+Alfonso XII., being granted three years' pillage of the Philippine
+Islands as a reward for having made the pronunciamento in favour
+of that monarch, which greatly contributed to putting him upon the
+throne. He and his friends must have amassed an enormous sum of
+money, for scarcely a cent was expended on roads or bridges during
+his government, the provincial governors simply pocketed every dollar.
+
+
+
+
+Jovellar.
+
+He was succeeded by Field-Marshal Don Joaquim Jovellar, during
+whose time the tribute was abolished and the Cédulas Personales tax
+instituted. Jovellar appeared to me to be a strictly honourable man,
+he refused the customary presents from the Chinese, and bore himself
+with much dignity. His entourage was, however, deplorable, and he
+placed too much confidence in Ruiz Martinez, the Director of Civil
+Administration. The result was that things soon became as bad as in
+the previous governor's time. Jovellar was well advanced in years,
+being nearly seventy. He had many family troubles, and the climate
+did not agree with him.
+
+I remember one stifling night, when I was present at Malacañan at
+a ball and water fête, given to Prince Oscar, a son of the King of
+Sweden. The Governor-General had hardly recovered from an illness,
+and had that day received most distressing news about two of his sons,
+and his daughter Doña Rosita, who was married to Colonel Arsenio
+Linares, was laid up and in danger of losing her sight.
+
+Yet in that oppressive heat, and buttoned up in the full dress uniform
+of a field-marshal, Jovellar went round the rooms and found a kind
+word or compliment for every lady present. I ventured to remark how
+fatigued he must be, to which he replied, "Yes, but make no mistake,
+a public man is like a public woman, and must smile on everybody."
+
+During his time, owing to symptoms of unrest amongst the natives,
+the garrison of Manila and Cavite was reinforced by two battalions
+of marines.
+
+
+
+Terrero.
+
+He was succeeded by Don Emilio Terrero y Perinat, a thorough soldier
+and a great martinet. I found him a kind and courteous gentleman,
+and deeply regretted the unfortunate and tragic end that befell him
+after his return to Spain. I saw a good deal of Field-Marshal Jovellar
+and of General Terrero, having been Acting British Consul at the end
+of Jovellar's and the beginning of Terrero's Government. I kept up my
+acquaintance with General Terrero all the time he was in the islands,
+and was favoured with frequent invitations to his table, where I met
+all the principal officials.
+
+Things went on quietly in his time and there was little to record
+except successful expeditions to Joló and Mindanao, causing an
+extension of Spanish influence in both places.
+
+
+
+Weyler.
+
+Terrero was succeeded by Don Valeriano Weyler, Marquis of Ténérife,
+the son of a German doctor, born in Majorca, who brought with him
+a reputation for cruelties practised on the Cuban insurgents during
+the first war.
+
+Weyler was said to have purchased the appointment from the wife of a
+great minister too honest to accept bribes himself, and the price was
+commonly reported to have been $30,000 paid down and an undertaking
+to pay the lady an equal sum every year of his term of office.
+
+Weyler is a small man who does not look like a soldier. He is clever,
+but it is more the cleverness of a sharp attorney than of a general
+or statesman.
+
+Curiously enough the Segundo Cabo at this time was an absolute
+contrast. Don Manuel Giron y Aragon, Marquis of Ahumada, is descended
+from the Kings of Aragon, and to that illustrious lineage he unites
+a noble presence and a charm of manner that render him instantly
+popular with all who have the good fortune to meet him. No more
+dignified representative of his country could be found, and I send
+him my cordial salutation wherever he is serving.
+
+During Weyler's term another expedition to Mindanao was made and
+some advantages secured. Some disturbances occurred which will be
+mentioned in another chapter, and secret societies were instituted
+amongst the natives. Otherwise the usual bribery and corruption
+continued unchecked.
+
+There was a great increase in the smuggling of Mexican dollars from
+Hong Kong into Manila, where they were worth 10 per cent. more. The
+freight and charges amounted to 2 per cent., leaving 8 per
+cent. profit, and according to rumour 4 per cent. was paid to
+the authorities to insure against seizure, as the importation was
+prohibited under heavy penalties.
+
+At this time I was Government Surveyor of Shipping, and one day
+received an order from the captain of the port to proceed on board
+the steamer España with the colonel of carbineers and point out to him
+all hollow places in the ship's construction where anything could be
+concealed. This I did, but remembering Talleyrand's injunction, and
+not liking the duty, showed no zeal, but contented myself with obeying
+orders. The carbineers having searched every part of the ship below,
+we came on deck where the captain's cabin was. A corporal entered
+the cabin and pulled open one of the large drawers. I only took one
+glimpse at it and looked away. It was chock full of small canvas bags,
+and no doubt the other drawers and lockers were also full. Yet it did
+not seem to occur to any of the searchers that there might be dollars
+in the bags, and it was no business of mine. Nothing contraband had
+been found in the ship, and a report to that effect was sent in. I
+sent the colonel an account for my fee, which was duly paid from the
+funds of the corps.
+
+Weyler returned to Spain with a large sum of money, a far larger sum
+than the whole of his emoluments. He had remitted large sums in bills,
+and having fallen out with one of his confederates who had handled some
+of the money, this man exhibited the seconds of exchange to certain
+parties inimical to Weyler, with the result that the latter was openly
+denounced as a thief in capital letters in a leading article of the
+Correspondencia Militar of Madrid. Weyler's attorneys threatened to
+prosecute for libel, but the editor defied them and declared that he
+held the documents and was prepared to prove his statement. The matter
+was allowed to drop. Weyler was thought to have received large sums
+of money from the Augustinians and Dominicans for his armed support
+against their tenants. It was said that the Chinese furnished him with
+a first-rate cook, and provided food for his whole household gratis,
+besides making presents of diamonds to his wife. And for holding back
+certain laws which would have pressed very hardly upon them, it was
+asserted that the Celestials paid him no less than $80,000. This is
+the man who afterwards carried out the reconcentrado policy in Cuba
+at the cost of thousands of lives, and subsequently returning with
+a colossal fortune to Spain, posed as a patriot and as chief of the
+military party.
+
+
+
+
+Despujols.
+
+To Weyler succeeded a man very different in appearance and character,
+Don Emilio Despujols, Conde de Caspe.
+
+Belonging to an ancient and noble family of Catalonia, holding his
+honour dear, endowed with a noble presence and possessed of an ample
+fortune, he came out to uplift and uphold the great charge committed
+to him, and rather to give lustre to his office by expending his own
+means than to economise from his pay, as so many colonial governors
+are accustomed to do. He established his household upon a splendid
+scale, and seconded by his distinguished countess, whose goodness
+and munificent charities will ever be remembered, he entertained on a
+scale worthy of a viceroy and in a manner never before seen in Manila.
+
+Despujols rendered justice to all. Several Spaniards whose lives
+were an open scandal, were by his order put on board ship and sent
+back to Spain. Amongst these was one who bore the title of count,
+but who lived by gambling.
+
+Another was a doctor who openly plundered the natives. Like a Mahometan
+Sultan of the old times, Despujols was accessible to the poorest who
+had a tale of injustice and oppression to relate.
+
+The news that a native could obtain justice from a governor-general
+flew with incredible rapidity. At last a new era seemed to
+be opening. A trifling event aroused the enthusiasm of the
+people. Despujols and his countess drove to the Manila races with
+their postillions dressed in shirts of Júsi and wearing silver-mounted
+salacots instead of their usual livery. I was present on this occasion
+and was struck with the unwonted warmth of the governor-general's
+reception from the usually phlegmatic natives. Despujols became
+popular to an extent never before reached. He could do anything with
+the natives. Whenever his splendid equipages appeared in public he
+received an ovation. Quite a different spirit now seemed to possess
+the natives. But not all the Spaniards viewed this with satisfaction;
+many whose career of corruption had been checked, who found their
+illicit gains decreased, and the victims of their extortion beginning
+to resist them, bitterly criticised the new governor-general.
+
+The religious orders finding Despujols incorruptible and indisposed
+to place military forces at the disposal of the Augustinians
+and Dominicans to coerce or evict refractory tenants, then took
+action. Their procurators in Madrid made a combined attack on
+Despujols, both in the reptile press and by representations to the
+ministry. They succeeded, and Despujols was dismissed from office by
+cable. Rumour has it that the Orders paid $100,000 for Despujols's
+recall. For my own part I think this very likely, and few who know
+Madrid will suppose that this decree could be obtained by any other
+means.
+
+He laboured under a disadvantage, for he did not pay for his
+appointment as some others did. If he had been paying $30,000 a year
+to the wife of a powerful minister, he would not have been easily
+recalled. Or if, like another governor-general, he had been in debt
+up to the eyes to influential creditors, these would have kept him
+in power till he had amassed enough to pay them off.
+
+I am of opinion that had Despujols been retained in Manila, and had
+he been given time to reform and purify the administration, the chain
+of events which has now torn the Philippines for ever from the grasp
+of Spain would never have been welded. Whoever received the priests'
+money, whoever they were who divided that Judas-bribe, they deserve
+to be held in perpetual execration by their fellow-countrymen, and
+to have their names handed down to everlasting infamy.
+
+Despujols left Manila under a manifestation of respect and devotion
+from the foreign residents, from the best Spaniards and from every
+class of the natives of the Philippines, that might well go far to
+console him for his unmerited dismissal. He must have bitterly felt
+the injustice with which he was treated, but still he left carrying
+with him a clear conscience and a harvest of love and admiration that
+no previous governor-general had ever inspired.
+
+For if Moriones manifested courage, energy and incorruptible honesty
+under what would have been an irresistible temptation to many another
+man, that rude soldier was far from possessing those personal gifts,
+the fine presence and the sympathetic address of Despujols, and
+inspired fear rather than affection.
+
+Yet both were worthy representatives of their country; both were
+men any land might be proud to send forth. Those two noble names are
+sufficient to redeem the Spanish Government of the Philippines from
+the accusation of being entirely corrupt, too frequently made against
+it. They deserve an abler pen than mine to extol their merits and
+to exalt them as they deserve above the swarm of pilferers, and sham
+patriots, who preceded and succeeded them. To use an Eastern image,
+they may be compared to two noble trees towering above the rank
+vegetation of some poisonous swamp. For the honour of Spain and of
+human nature in general, I have always felt grateful that I could say
+that amongst the governors-general of the Philippines whom I had known
+there were at least two entitled to the respect of every honest man.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+COURTS OF JUSTICE.
+
+    Alcaldes--The Audiencia--The Guardia Civil--Do not hesitate
+    to shoot--Talas.
+
+
+The foulest blot upon the Spanish Administration in all her former
+colonies was undoubtedly the thorough venality of her infamous Courts
+of Justice. Unfortunately, amongst the heterogeneous population of
+the Philippines, a low standard of morality prevails and has prevailed
+from the earliest times. The natives at the time of the conquest were
+partly civilised, so far as building houses and cultivating their lands
+by slave labour is concerned. But notwithstanding the assertions of
+the Filipinos, the late Dr. Rizal and others, a study of the ancient
+authors demonstrates that they were sunk in ignorance and superstition,
+and that their customs were those of semi-savages. When they came under
+the rule of the Spaniards, they might have made great advances if the
+administration of the laws had been confided to persons of honour
+capable of interpreting that wise code, the "Laws of the Indies,"
+in the noble and Christian spirit which had inspired their makers.
+
+But what class of man was it that the Spaniards appointed to this
+office?
+
+Thomas de Comyn, p. 134, says: "It is quite common to see a barber
+or footman of a governor, a sailor or a deserter, transformed into an
+Alcalde-Mayor, Sub-delegate, and War Captain of a populous province,
+without other counsel than his own rude intelligence (understanding)
+nor other guide than his passions."
+
+What could be expected from such men as these, living in such an
+atmosphere? And if some solitary alcalde might cherish in his heart
+some spark of honour, some lingering love of justice, there were
+two elements in the country to extinguish that spark, to smother
+that feeling.
+
+Woe betide the alcalde who would decide a case, whatever its merits,
+adversely to any one of the religious orders. I personally knew
+an alcalde who (at a great price) had obtained the government of
+the province of Batangas, from whence his immediate predecessor,
+also well-known to me, had retired with a large fortune, but leaving
+everybody contented so far as could be seen. He had kept on good terms
+with the priests. His successor unfortunately forgot this cardinal rule
+and allowed himself to be identified with some anti-clerical Spaniards.
+
+Every kind of trouble fell upon that man, and finally he was recalled
+to Manila and received a severe reprimand from General Primo de Rivera,
+who was said to have received $12,000 for turning him out.
+
+He was removed from wealthy Batangas and sent to the fever-stricken
+capital of Tayabas, a wretchedly poor Government, affording few
+opportunities for peculation. He escaped with his life, but his wife, a
+very charming Spanish lady, succumbed to the malaria. Similar instances
+of the results of being, or being thought to be, an anti-clerical,
+will occur to old residents in the Philippines. The arm of the Church
+was long and its hand was a heavy one.
+
+The second influence I referred to is the presence of the heathen
+Chinee in the islands. To a Chinaman the idea that a judge should
+take bribes seems as natural a thing as that a duck should take to
+the water. And yet the Chinaman will not, unless he knows he is on the
+right track, brutally push his bribe under the judge's nose. Either he
+or one of his countrymen will from the judge's arrival have rendered
+him good service. Does the judge want a gardener or cook? Ah-sin soon
+provides an excellent one who never asks for his wages. Have some
+visitors arrived at the Alcaldia Ah-sin sends in a dozen chickens,
+a turkey, and the best fruits. Is it the judge's name-day? The wily
+Celestial presents a few cases of wine and boxes of fine cigars. Is
+the roof of the Alcaldia leaking--a couple of Chinese carpenters will
+set it right without sending a bill for it. Then, having prepared the
+way, should Ah-sin be summoned before the alcalde, he may confidently
+hope that his patron will not hurriedly give judgment against him, and
+that he will probably get a full opportunity to present substantial
+reasons why the suit should be decided in his favour. In fact, the
+practice of the alcalde's courts was only a shade better than that of
+the Chinese Yamens, where the different cases are put up to auction
+amongst the magistrates and knocked down to the highest bidders, who
+then proceed on a course of extortion, by arrest and by the torture
+of witnesses, to make all they can out of them.
+
+In an alcalde's court, there would be several mestizo or native writers
+or auxiliaries. Some of them were what is called meritórios, that is,
+unpaid volunteers. Of course, they expect to receive gratuities from
+the suitors and would take care to mislay their documents if they were
+neglected. Sometimes the alcalde was so lazy that he left the whole
+matter in the hands of his subordinates and signed whatever they laid
+before him. I have been a witness of this, and have even remonstrated
+with a judge for so doing. He, however, said he had the greatest
+confidence in his subordinates and that they dare not deceive him.
+
+Bad as the alcalde's courts were, I think that the culminating point
+of corruption was the Audiencia of Manila. Escribano, abogado, júez,
+auditor, fiscál, vied with each other in showing that to them, honour
+and dignity were mere empty words. They set the vilest examples to
+the mestizos and natives, and, unfortunately, these have been only
+too apt pupils, and having little to lose, were often ready to go one
+better than the Spaniards, who after all had to keep up appearances. I
+cannot adequately express the loathing I feel for all this tribe. I
+look upon a highwayman as a gentleman compared to them, for he does
+risk his life, and you may get a shot at him, but these wretches ruin
+you in perfect safety.
+
+They dress their wives, they nourish their children, upon the reward
+of roguery, the price of perjury, the fruits of forgery, the wages
+of some wicked judgment.
+
+What can be expected of the spawn of these reptiles, what but by the
+process of evolution to be more envenomed than their progenitors? Is
+there not amongst all the multitudinous Philippines some desert
+island where the people trained in the Spanish courts and all their
+breed could be deported, where they might set up a court, and bring
+actions against each other and cheat and lie and forge till they die?
+
+What a Godsend for the Philippines were this possible, if besides
+getting rid of the Spanish judges, they could now get rid of their
+aiders and abettors, their apt pupils and would-be successors.
+
+Bribery is a fine art, and there were those in Manila who were well
+versed in its intricacies. We heard one day of a decree by a judge
+against the Hong Kong and Shanghai Banking Corporation. Club gossip
+asserted that the judge who issued the decree had lost some hundreds of
+dollars at the gambling table of the Casino the night before, and that
+the artistic corrupter had called on him in the morning with the means
+to pay the debt of honour and to try his luck again. The judge was
+known not to have the means of paying, yet he paid and simultaneously
+issued his decree. Old Manila hands drew their inference.
+
+The record of these courts from the earliest times is one
+long-continued infamy. Thank God that is over and a new chapter has
+begun. I rejoice exceedingly that their sins have at last overtaken
+them, and I recognise that, though
+
+
+               "The mills of God grind slowly,
+                Yet they grind exceeding small."
+
+
+Owing to the demoralisation of the mestizo and native lawyers by these
+vile examples, it will be very difficult to break the traditions of
+venality and to find men worthy to occupy the bench.
+
+These courts were not only corrupt, but they were inept. At a time
+when brigandage prevailed and many notorious criminals were apprehended
+almost red-handed, convictions could not be got, and the bandits were
+liberated on various pretexts.
+
+So great was the scandal that Moriones issued a decree that all persons
+accused of gang-robbery should be tried by a military tribunal. And
+he appointed a permanent court-martial for this purpose, to the
+great disgust of all the lawyer element. These courts were abolished
+some years later after his return to Spain; then the Guardia Civil
+made their own arrangements, and the mortality amongst bandits was
+excessive. When some well-known robber was by any chance taken alive,
+he always, so they said, tried to escape by running away from his
+captors, and this obliged them to fire upon him. They never missed
+on these occasions, and it was thought that the range never exceeded
+ten paces and was often less.
+
+However necessary this military action may be, it is, undoubtedly
+liable to abuse, and the power of life and death is a great one to
+put in the hands of a junior officer or non-commissioned officer of
+police. The Guardia Civil, an armed force with Spanish officers and
+native soldiers, was organised in 1867, and I must say that I looked
+upon it as an excellent institution, the terror of evil-doers and a
+protection to all law-abiding people. My native friends, however, are
+of a different opinion. They accuse the Guardia Civil, both Spaniards
+and natives, of behaving in an arbitrary and cruel manner, and with
+practising extortion upon defenceless natives. They are accused of
+torturing witnesses to extort evidence, and this charge was no doubt
+true in many cases.
+
+On the other hand, the bandits or tulisanes were exterminated by this
+corps of picked men, and security to life and property was assured. At
+the formation of this corps the officers and men were very carefully
+selected. The Governor-General himself examined the records of every
+officer, and only Spanish gentlemen of the highest character were
+appointed. Similarly the soldiers were natives who had served their
+time in the army without having a crime noted against them. But in
+later years this precaution was relaxed, and colonels of regiments
+were allowed to dump their rubbish into this corps.
+
+I knew of a case where a Filipino with Irish blood in him was posted
+as a lieutenant to this corps and behaved most abominably. I am
+glad to say, however, that he was sent out of the islands. This was
+only another instance of the fact that whatever the natives have to
+complain of the Spaniards, the mestizos, and their own rich people,
+treat them and have always treated them far worse.
+
+Both officers and men were well paid and were dressed in a very
+smart and neat uniform, well suited to the climate, which they kept
+spick and span whatever service they were on. They were armed with
+Remington rifles and bayonets, and in addition carried a heavy chopping
+knife. They were posted at all the chief towns of Luzon and in some
+of the Visayas Islands. The greatest crime a native could commit
+was to kill a Guardia Civil, and such a matter never came before a
+Civil Court. If the slayer by any chance was not killed on the spot,
+he would probably be shot at sight. If apprehended, he would be tried
+by a court-martial composed of officers of the Guardia Civil, and,
+needless to say, there would be no monkeying with the verdict nor
+with the sentence, which would be promptly carried out.
+
+Even to resist the Guardia Civil was so great a crime that the
+sentence of a court-martial in such a case was penal servitude for life
+(Cadéna Perpétua).
+
+How surprised a London rough would be at this severity after being
+accustomed to expiate the most brutal assaults upon the police by a
+fine of a few shillings.
+
+To sum up the Guardia Civil, I may say that their practice was
+comprised in five memorable words, addressed to a similar corps
+by Mr. A. J. Balfour in his energetic days, a most sensible order,
+that he may well be proud of: "Do not hesitate to shoot."
+
+Amongst other duties of the Guardia Civil in bygone years was the
+making of periodical expeditions against the remontados and the hill
+tribes, officially designated Talas, or cuttings down.
+
+At certain favourable seasons of the year, especially before harvest
+time, the Guardias, accompanied by some Cuadrilleros, and on important
+occasions by a company of native infantry, marched up into the more
+accessible hills.
+
+The hill-men obstructed the tracks in the most difficult places by
+cutting down trees and making abattis.
+
+They also placed sharp bamboo spikes carefully concealed in the earth
+or mud of the footpaths, and these, if trodden on, inflicted most
+dangerous wounds that were apt to gangrene. Sometimes if they had
+much at stake, the hill-men or outlaws would venture an ambuscade, and
+hurl their javelins or send a flight of arrows amongst their enemies.
+
+But even the boldest races rarely came to close quarters, for their
+weapons were no match against rifles and bayonets. So, led by their
+spies, the Spanish forces laboured upwards, and on arriving at the
+hamlets of the mountaineers or outlaws they burnt down the rude
+huts, reaped the crops, taking away what they could and burning
+the remainder.
+
+They cut down every fruit tree and took special care to destroy every
+tobacco plant. They then retired, leaving a scene of devastation
+behind them.
+
+If any of the hill-men fell into their hands their fate depended upon
+whether there were any murders to avenge or upon the humanity of the
+officer in command. This wanton destruction was committed chiefly in
+the interests of the tobacco monopoly, but also in order to force
+the hillmen to come down and reside in the towns. It had, however,
+an entirely contrary effect, for the savages either retired into more
+inaccessible regions, or perhaps abandoned cultivation and lived a
+roving, marauding life like the Itetapanes and Catubanganes.
+
+Since the abolition of the tobacco monopoly the Talas have been less
+frequent, and there was a feeling amongst the authorities that these
+cruel and demoralising expeditions should be discontinued, unless in
+cases where the hill-men had given great provocation.
+
+The Spaniards are, of course, not the only nation to make these
+forays. In the last campaign against the Afridis the British
+troops were employed, under orders, to blow up the houses, break the
+mill-stones, and cut down the trees of the enemy, not even sparing the
+shade trees round a mosque. It was probably the only way to inflict
+punishment on the Afridis.
+
+The worst feature is that in all such cases a crop of bitter hatred
+is sown in the hearts of the sufferers, which matures later on,
+and which is handed down from one generation to another.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+TAGAL CRIME AND SPANISH JUSTICE.
+
+    The murder of a Spaniard--Promptitude of the Courts--The case of
+    Juan de la Cruz--Twelve years in prison waiting trial--Piratical
+    outrage in Luzon--Culprits never tried; several die in prison.
+
+
+The penal code of the Philippines, which came into force in 1884,
+declares it impossible to consider as an aggravation of an offence the
+circumstance of colour or race in the offender, for the criminal is
+to be punished for his crime and not for the condition of inferiority
+to which nature has condemned him.
+
+It goes on to say that on the other hand his condition should not
+be allowed to attenuate the sentence, for that would constitute an
+odious privilege, an unbearable inequality.
+
+It therefore proudly proclaims the equality of all races before the
+law. These are noble words; we shall see how they work out in practice.
+
+The case of Juan de la Cruz shows us that a criminal investigation
+can drag on for twelve years without coming on for trial when the
+victims are natives and of lowly station. I could cite cases where the
+victims were British subjects, and the murderers were never punished,
+and another case where a Frenchman was the victim. The murderer
+in this case was to have been pardoned by the Governor-General,
+but the French consul threatened to haul down his flag and leave
+the islands unless the assassin was executed; and he was executed,
+the consul attending to see the sentence carried out
+
+The British Foreign Office does not encourage its agents to such
+energetic acts. To obtain the good graces of the Foreign Office a
+consul should be devoid of talent or originality. Mediocrity is the
+condition sought for. It is never advisable for one of Her Britannic
+Majesty's consuls to be active in protecting Her Britannic Majesty's
+subjects. What he must aim at if he wishes for consideration and
+promotion is to give the Foreign Office no trouble. The ideal consul
+would be he who is only heard of once a quarter, when he certifies
+that he is alive, and asks that his salary may be paid.
+
+I will relate a murder that made an impression on me at the time,
+where the victim was a Spaniard. In June of 1881, I was at Santa
+Cruz in the Laguna Province for several days, making experiments
+with some patent centrifugals, steaming and drying the fine Laguna
+sugar. Quite close to the camarin, where the machines were at work,
+lived an elderly Spaniard who was a government employé in some
+subordinate position. I think he was the Subdelegado de Hacienda,
+or sub-provincial treasurer. I had once or twice called upon the old
+gentleman, whose appearance and manners were above his official rank,
+and had been politely received by him. On completing my experiments,
+I called to take leave of him, and was sorry to find him suffering
+from fever, and very weak.
+
+I returned to Manila, and next day was horrified to read in a newspaper
+that he had been murdered in the night by his two servants. This
+atrocious crime, committed on a helpless and infirm old man, with every
+circumstance of premeditation and barbarity, and with the object of
+robbery, roused the indignation of every European. The culprits were
+soon apprehended, and such expedition was used by the Promotor Fiscal
+and the court, that within a week from the perpetration of the murder
+the two servants were garrotted on a scaffold erected near the scene
+of their barbarous crime.
+
+Such is the rapidity with which the Philippine courts could act when
+a Spaniard was the victim and when public opinion was deeply stirred
+by some shocking tragedy.
+
+
+
+The case of Juan de la Cruz.
+
+The following narrative of events, which occurred in 1886, will give
+the reader a good idea of the furious passions that may lurk under
+the inscrutable features of the Philippine Malay, and will also serve
+to illustrate the procedure of the Spanish criminal courts when the
+victims are natives and when nothing can be made out of the case. Four
+of the five actors or victims in the tragedy were well known to me,
+and I learned all the particulars at first hand and at the time,
+from those who took steps to deliver over the culprit to justice.
+
+The decked steam launch Laguimanoc belonged to Gustav Brown, a ship
+carpenter, and was hired by the Varadero, or Slipway Company of
+Cañacao, near Cavite, to keep up communication with Manila, whilst
+the slip was being constructed.
+
+I was consulting engineer to the company, and Mr. J. L. Houston was
+the resident engineer in charge of the work. Both of us made frequent
+voyages in this launch between Cañacao and Manila. The crew consisted
+of a patron (coxswain) named Juan de la Cruz, an engine-driver,
+a stoker, and a boy, all Tagals.
+
+Juan de la Cruz was an elderly man with grey hair, and in figure thin
+and wiry. He was a good man at his duty, one of the silent Indians
+whom I have always found to be the best. A thorough sailor, he had
+served under many a flag, and sailed o'er many a sea, both in tropic
+and in northern climes.
+
+The engine-driver and the stoker were brothers, strong and well-built
+young fellows, and smart at their work. The boy was an active lad,
+quite pleased to be employed on a steam-boat.
+
+One day, the stoker, going through the blacksmith's shop, saw a piece
+of square steel, which had been cut off a long bar, lying on the
+floor, and it struck him that it would be better than a hammer for
+breaking coal. So he annexed it without leave, and got one end drawn
+out and rounded so that he could easily hold it. This made a very
+efficient coal-breaker, the sharp edges divided the lumps with great
+ease. It was about eighteen inches long, and one and three-quarter
+inches square. The patron was married, and his wife lived in Manila,
+but, sailor-like, he had provided himself with a sweetheart, at the
+other end of his run, where he spent more time than in the Pasig,
+and had become intimate with a damsel of San Roque, a village between
+the Varadero and Cavite. Things went on apparently all right for some
+time; the launch making almost daily trips between Cañacao and Manila,
+and the elderly patron alternating between the conjugal domicile and
+the dwelling of his mistress. She was young, and, as native girls go,
+a pretty woman. Come of a strange and unknown mixture of races, and
+bred up amongst a community noted for its profligacy, she knew how
+to make the best use of her charms and was well fitted to captivate
+the weather-beaten seaman.
+
+He, if not desirable in himself, held a well paid post, and was able
+to place her above want.
+
+Already fifty years old, he was as susceptible as a youth and far more
+in earnest. Day by day, as he basked in her smiles, his infatuation
+increased till he became violently enamoured of his charmer.
+
+What could be more natural than that the crew of the launch should
+become acquainted with the patron's mistress? Soon the engine-driver
+and the stoker were her constant visitors. The damsel had a kind word
+and a smile for both, and doubtless contrasted their vigorous youth
+and shapely forms with the shrunken figure of her elderly protector,
+and their lively conversation with his glum silence.
+
+In the end, no doubt, the damsel refused them nothing.
+
+Trouble was now brewing. The grim sailor was not the man to let
+himself be wronged with impunity. All the elements of a tragedy were
+present. Things no longer went smoothly on board the Laguimanoc, and
+her voyages lost their regularity. Something was perpetually going
+wrong with the engines, pieces or fittings disappeared unaccountably,
+usually pieces of copper or brass. The engine-driver was blamed,
+but he succeeded in averting his impending discharge. Could he
+have foreseen the consequences of remaining, he would have promptly
+discharged himself.
+
+On board the launch mutual distrust prevailed. The engine-driver must
+have known that it was the patron who had thrown overboard the fittings
+in his absence, hoping to get him discharged, but he held his peace.
+
+The silent figure at the tiller made no sign; no trace of emotion
+could be seen on the Sphinx-like face, no reproaches passed his lips,
+not the slightest manifestation of resentment. But underneath that
+imperturbable calm there existed the steadfast determination to have
+a full and bloody revenge on all who had offended him. The Laguimanoc
+made a voyage to Manila one Saturday to take up the resident engineer
+who often spent his Sundays there, the launch remaining in the
+river. On Monday morning when he came down to the launch he found
+that the safety valve was missing from its seat, and was delayed till
+another could be procured.
+
+No explanations of the loss of this piece could be got, and the
+Laguimanoc proceeded with the resident engineer to Cañacao and made
+fast to the jetty.
+
+A crisis was now reached. The abstraction of the safety-valve could
+not be overlooked, and some one would have to go. An inquiry was
+to be made, but on Tuesday morning the patron walked up the jetty,
+and reported to Mr. Gustav Brown, who was the foreman of the works,
+that the engine-driver and stoker were absent. He stated that they
+had gone ashore in the night, and had not returned. Nothing could
+be learned about them; nobody had seen them; their kits were still
+on board. As the day wore on they did not come nor send any message;
+so a report of their disappearance was sent to the judge at Cavite.
+
+An engine-fitter from the works was sent on board to take charge
+of the engine, and another stoker was engaged; the launch resuming
+her running. The work of the Varadero proceeded as usual; divers
+were preparing the foundations to receive the immense gridiron
+which was shortly to be launched and sunk in place. It was a busy
+scene of organised labour under a skilful resident engineer; every
+difficulty foreseen and provided for, materials delivered in good time,
+notwithstanding obstructions; not an unnecessary auger-hole bored,
+not a stroke of an adze thrown away.
+
+From the Sleepy Hollow of the naval arsenal opposite jealous eyes
+watched the work proceed. Every art of vexation and obstruction that
+bitter envy could devise had for years been employed to prevent
+the building of this slip, and onerous and unfair conditions had
+been inserted in the concession. But Anglo-American persistence and
+industry had succeeded so far, and in the hands of Messrs. Peel,
+Hubbell & Co. and their advisers, the work was now well advanced.
+
+The obsolete corvette Doña Maria Molina was moored off the
+coaling-wharf adjoining the Varadero, and when one of her boats was
+going on shore the sailors noticed two dead bodies floating in the
+water, and reported this to the officer of the watch, who ordered
+them to tow the bodies to the shore towards Punta Sangley, and drag
+them up on the sand above high-water mark. The bodies were lashed
+together with a piece of new rope having a blue strand in the centre,
+and had a good-sized piece of white granite attached as a sinker. On
+looking at the lashings no one could doubt that the work had been
+done by an able seaman. The bodies presented ghastly wounds, both had
+fractures of the skull, and gaping cuts on the throat and abdomen;
+they had also been gnawed by fishes. The swelling of the bodies had
+sufficed to bring them to the surface, stone and all.
+
+The news of the finding of the corpses did not immediately reach
+the Varadero, and they were conveyed to Cavite, and buried just as
+they were found, tied together with the ropes and stone, without
+being identified. It seemed nobody's business to trouble about them,
+notwithstanding the evident fact that they had been murdered. The
+Manila newspapers did not mention the circumstance.
+
+But at this time other events happened. The patron of the launch
+disappeared without taking his kit with him. Then the boy disappeared,
+and I may as well at once say that, from that time to this, that
+boy has never been heard of by the Varadero Company, who were his
+employers. Next, that gay and lascivious damsel of San Roque, whose
+unbridled sensuality had wrought the trouble, also disappeared as
+mysteriously as the others.
+
+Dr. Juan Perez, of Cavite, was the medical attendant to the staff
+of the Varadero, and used to call there every afternoon. On hearing
+from him about the discovery of the bodies, the resident engineer
+at once thought of his missing men, and the flight of the patron
+confirmed his suspicions. A minute examination of the launch was
+made, and revealed some stains of blood which had not been entirely
+removed by the usual washing down. Several small cuts such as might
+be made with the point of a bolo were found in the flat skylight
+of the cabin, and a deeper cut on the bulwark rail, starboard side
+forward, opposite the skylight. A working rope was missing from the
+launch. It had only recently been supplied to it, and had been cut
+off a whole coil purchased a few weeks before from a sailing-vessel,
+for the use of the Varadero. That rope had a blue strand in the
+centre. Gustav Brown put on a diving-dress, and went down at the head
+of the northern jetty, where the launch used to lie, and carefully
+examined the bottom. Presently his eye rested on an object that he
+recognised. It was the square steel coal-breaker used by the stoker,
+and he brought it up.
+
+Meanwhile, a new coxswain had been found for the launch, and as the
+old patron had left his vessel illegally, there was ground for his
+arrest on that score, so orders were given to the new patron and
+to the engine-driver to give him into custody if he came to claim
+his kit. Next time the launch arrived in Manila, sure enough the
+old patron appeared to fetch his belongings, and was taken to the
+calaboose of the captain of the port. The resident engineer called on
+that official, and, as a result of their conversation, the prisoner
+was put on board the launch to be conveyed to Cavite.
+
+With all the stoicism of the Malay, he sat quite still and silent;
+his impassive features betrayed no sign of anxiety or remorse.
+
+But if the principal actor in this bloody tragedy could thus compose
+his mind, it was not so with others who knew more or less what had
+happened, but whose dread and hatred of the law and its myrmidons
+had kept their tongues quiet.
+
+When the launch approached the Varadero near enough for the prisoner
+to be recognised, an unusual commotion occurred amongst the swarm of
+native workmen. A mysterious magnetism, an inexplicable vibration,
+pervaded the crowd. Unfelt by the senses, it acted on the mind, and
+seemed simultaneously to convey to each individual an identical idea.
+
+The patron was a prisoner, therefore his crime was known; no good
+could be done by keeping silent. Before this nobody knew anything
+about the disappearance of the two men. Now it leaked out, but only in
+confidence to Gustav Brown, whom they trusted. The native divers had
+seen the bodies when at their work on the foundations, and had moved
+them farther off out of their way. Men working at the jetties had seen
+them when they floated, but had looked in another direction. In fact,
+the corpses had been recognised, and the crime was known to scores
+of native and Chinese workmen, but no word or hint ever reached the
+foreman or the engineer till the culprit was arrested.
+
+Now there were sufficient details to reconstitute the tragic scene.
+
+The amour of the brothers with the San Roque girl was known, and also
+the well-founded jealousy of the patron, who at first endeavoured
+to obtain the engine-driver's discharge by the means already
+mentioned. This not succeeding, he determined to kill both of them,
+and without showing a sign of the deadly hatred that possessed him,
+calmly awaited his opportunity.
+
+On the Monday night, 7th June, after the incident of the safety-valve,
+the launch was moored alongside the Varadero jetty, and the two
+brothers lay fast asleep on the flat top of the cabin skylight,
+each wrapped in his blanket.
+
+A native sleeps hard, and is not easily awakened, nor when aroused
+does he quickly regain his faculties. It is an important point in
+the Malay code of manners never to awaken any person suddenly, for
+it is believed that, during sleep, the soul is absent from the body,
+wandering around, and must be given time to return, otherwise serious,
+even fatal consequences, may ensue. The awakened person may become
+an idiot, or some great harm may happen to the unmannerly one who
+awakened him. Many natives have as great a fear of the wandering
+soul of a sleeping person as of an evil spirit or ghost. The soul
+is said to return to the body in the form of a small black ball,
+which enters the mouth.
+
+Moreover, one of the greatest, in fact, the most terrible, curse that
+can be uttered by many tribes, is, "May you die sleeping," for it
+means death to body and soul. That, however, was the fate reserved for
+the brothers. Towards midnight, when the cooking-fires in the coolie
+quarters had burnt down, and the chatter of the Chinese had subsided,
+when the last lights in the Europeans' houses had been extinguished,
+and not a sound broke the stillness of the night, the patron addressed
+himself to the performance of his bloody task. Slipping his sharpened
+bolo through his belt, he descended into the engine-room, and, seizing
+the coal-breaker, crept forward to where the doomed men slumbered,
+perhaps dreaming of the charms of that dark damsel, the enjoyment
+of whose embraces was to cost them so dear. Meanwhile, their fate
+approached; their time was come.
+
+The patron was past his prime; privations at sea and dissipation on
+shore had sapped his strength. But bitter hatred nerving his arm,
+with lightning rapidity and terrific force he discharged a blow on
+each sleeper's unprotected head. The sharp edge of the steel bar
+crashed deep into their skulls, driving in the splintered bone upon
+the brain. One agonised shudder from each, then all was still. A
+European murderer might have been satisfied with this. Not so a
+Tagal. A ceremony still remained to be accomplished. Their blood must
+flow; they must suffer mutilation. Seizing his bolo, the assassin now
+vented his rage in cutting and thrusting at the bodies. The heavy
+and keen-edged blade fell repeatedly, cutting great gashes on the
+throats and bellies of the victims, whilst streams of gore ran down
+the waterways, and trickled out at the scuppers, staining the white
+sides of the launch with crimson streaks.
+
+His blood-thirst assuaged, his vengeance partly accomplished, and
+his spirit comforted by his desperate deed, the murderer probably
+paused for a time, and began to consider how he could conceal his
+crime. No sign of movement anywhere. Apparently the dull sounds of the
+blows had fallen on no mortal ear. Presently, taking up one of his
+working ropes, he mounted the jetty, and walked to the shore, where
+there lay a pile of stone ballast. It was white granite, discharged
+from a sailing-ship that had come from Hong Kong in ballast, and it
+had been purchased for the Varadero. Selecting a suitable piece,
+he carried it to the end of the jetty, and lowered it by the rope
+into the launch. Then, descending, he firmly lashed the two bodies
+together, and fastened the stone to them. Then he drew the bodies to
+the side, preparatory to launching them overboard. Now an incident
+occurred. It is thought that one of the two men was not quite dead,
+notwithstanding his dreadful wounds, and that recovering consciousness,
+and perceiving what awaited him, seized the rail in his death-grasp,
+and resisted the attempt to throw him over.
+
+The patron must once again have had recourse to his murderous bolo,
+bringing it down on the clenched hand, for a deep cut was found on
+the rail with blood driven into the pores of the wood by that savage
+blow. The tendons severed, the hand unclasped, and next moment the
+bodies slid over the rail and down underneath the keel of the launch in
+some four fathoms of water. Throwing the steel coal-breaker after them,
+the patron's next task was to wash away the traces of his crime, and
+this he did fairly well so that nothing was noticed, till, suspicion
+being aroused, a careful scrutiny was made, with the result already
+mentioned. It is not known whether the boy knew anything of the tragedy
+performed so near him, for he was never questioned, having apparently
+disappeared off the face of the earth as soon as the bodies were
+found. What the patron did afterwards can only be conjectured. Guilty
+of two atrocious murders, and of savage mutilation of the slain,
+could he have composed himself to a quiet and dreamless slumber? Or
+was his imagination fired to further revenge by dream-pictures of his
+once-loved mistress in the arms of her youthful lovers? All that is
+known is that he presented himself to the foreman early on the Tuesday
+morning, and reported the absence of the two men without showing on
+his dark visage the slightest sign of trouble or emotion.
+
+We left the patron a prisoner on the launch. Now it became
+necessary to give him in charge to the judicial authorities, for
+it was getting late in the afternoon. They did not show any undue
+eagerness to receive him. The judge first applied to explained that
+he was only acting temporarily, that the judge had departed, having
+been transferred to another place, and that the new judge had not
+yet arrived, therefore he much regretted he could not take up the
+case. An appeal was then made to the Gobernador-Politico-Militar, who
+most courteously explained that a civil court was established in the
+province with full jurisdiction, both criminal and civil, so that he
+could not interfere. It was now nearly sunset, and the prisoner had
+been on the launch all day. The resident engineer then called on the
+Commandante of Cañacao--a naval officer who had a few marines at his
+disposal--and obtained as a personal favour that the prisoner should
+be temporarily secured in the guard-room. The next day the resident
+engineer proceeded to Cavite, and, accompanied by Dr. Juan Perez,
+visited the principal authorities, and eventually succeeded in getting
+the prisoner lodged in jail, and a charge of murder entered against
+him. The bodies of the victims were never exhumed for examination. The
+resident engineer made a declaration, which was taken down in writing,
+and on one of his busiest days he was peremptorily summoned to appear
+before the judge, and solemnly ratify his testimony.
+
+About three days after Juan de la Cruz was lodged in Cavite jail,
+the dead body of the San Roque damsel, gashed by savage blows of the
+fatal bolo, was left by the ebb on the sands of Parañaque, a village
+just across the little Bay of Bacoor opposite to San Roque. She had
+paid with her life for her frailty as many another woman has done in
+every clime. From the appearance of the body it was thought it had
+been several days in the water.
+
+No legal evidence was forthcoming to fix the crime on any one,
+although few of those who knew the story harboured a doubt that the
+assassin of the two brothers was the murderer of the girl also.
+
+Juan de la Cruz remained in prison, and from time to time, but with
+increasing intervals, the resident engineer, the foreman and others
+were cited by the judge, interrogated, then cited again to ratify
+their declarations.
+
+The espediente, a pile of stamped paper, grew thicker and thicker,
+but the trial seemed no nearer. Month after month rolled on, the
+Varadero was finished, ships were drawn up, repaired and launched,
+Juan continued in prison.
+
+The resident engineer departed to other climes, and was soon expending
+his energy in building the great harbour at La Guayra. I was the means
+of obtaining an order for six gun-boats for the Varadero Company. They
+were built, launched, tried and delivered, and steamed away to overawe
+the piratical Moros. Still Juan continued in prison. Judges came and
+judges went, but the trial came no nearer. Year after year a judge
+of the Audiencia came in state to inspect the prisoners, and year
+after year Juan was set down as awaiting his trial.
+
+In December, 1892, I left the Philippines for Cuba and Juan de la
+Cruz was still in Cavite jail.
+
+Dr. Juan Perez, the surgeon who had examined the corpses, died, having
+wrongly diagnosed his own case, and Dr. Hugo Perez, a half caste,
+was appointed in his stead. Gustav Brown, the foreman, wearied of the
+monotony of ship repairing, became possessed by a longing to resume his
+nomadic life amongst the palm-clad islands of the Pacific. He purchased
+a schooner and embarked with his wife and family. First running down
+to Singapore to take in trade-goods for bartering with the natives,
+he sailed away for the Carolines where his wife's home lay. He never
+reached them; for, soon after leaving Singapore, he came to a bloody
+end at the hands of his Chinese crew, who killed and decapitated him.
+
+The insurrection broke out in Cavite Province, Colonel Mattone's column
+was defeated by the insurgents with great slaughter. Dr. Hugo Perez,
+the successor of Dr. Juan Perez, was suspected of sympathising with
+the rebels, and, needless to say, he soon came to a bloody end. He
+did not have to wait long for his trial.
+
+In 1896, Mr. George Gilchrist, the engineer at the Varadero, who was
+not in the Philippines when the murders were committed, was cited by
+the judge, and asked if he could identify the prisoner ten years after
+his arrest! Two years more passed, and in April, 1898, Mr. Gilchrist
+returned to Scotland for a well-earned holiday. When he left Cañacao,
+Juan de la Cruz was still in prison awaiting his trial.
+
+He may have escaped when the rebels occupied Cavite after Admiral
+Dewey's victory over the Spanish Squadron in the Bay of Bacoor.
+
+For the murderer no pity need be felt, he certainly had nothing to
+gain and all to lose by a trial. A double murder, premeditated,
+accompanied by acts of great barbarity, and committed at night,
+constitutes by the Penal Code a capital offence with three aggravating
+circumstances which would forbid all hope of clemency.
+
+But what can be thought of courts so remiss in their duty? How many
+innocent prisoners have waited years for their trial? How many have
+died in prison?
+
+
+
+Piratical Outrage in Luzon.
+
+At Laguimanóc, a port and village in the Province of Tayabas, there
+resided an Englishman, Mr. H. G. Brown, who had been many years in
+the Philippines. By the exercise of untiring industry, by braving
+the malaria of the primeval forests, and by his never-failing tact in
+dealing with the officials of the Woods and Forests on the one hand,
+and with the semi-barbarous and entirely lawless wood-cutters on
+the other, he had built up an extensive business in cutting timber
+in the state forests of Southern Luzon and the adjacent islands. He
+was owner of several sailing vessels, had a well-appointed saw-mill,
+and a comfortable residence at Languimanóc. He employed large numbers
+of wood-cutters; all under advances of pay, who were scattered about
+the Provinces of Tayabas, and Camarines Norte over a considerable area.
+
+His business was so considerable that he paid the Government fully
+$30,000 per year as royalty on timber which was mostly shipped to
+Hong Kong and Shanghai.
+
+In order to facilitate a business so profitable to them the Government
+placed a Custom House official at Atimónan, in the Bay of Lamon on
+the Pacific coast, to clear and despatch his timber vessels loaded
+at Atimónan, Gumacas, Lopez, Alabat Island, or other places. To show
+how little Mr. Brown spared himself, I may mention that not even
+the dreaded jungle-fever of Mindoro prevented him from personally
+superintending the loading of several vessels at different ports of
+that pestilential island. In persistence and pluck he was a worthy
+predecessor of Professor D. C. Worcester, who years afterwards showed
+his Anglo-Saxon determination in the same fearsome spot.
+
+One day in December of 1884, Mr. Brown being absent in Hong Kong,
+and his manager, Mr. Anderson, busy on the Pacific coast, looking
+after the loading of a vessel, the out-door superintendent, a Swede
+named Alfred Olsen, was in charge of the house, office, and saw-mill
+at Laguimanóc, and was attending to the loading of the Tartar, one
+of Mr. Brown's ships which was anchored in the bay taking in timber
+for China. She had a native crew who occasionally of an evening, when
+ashore to enjoy themselves, got up a disturbance with the villagers. On
+board this vessel there were, as is usual, two Carabineros or Custom
+House guards to prevent smuggling.
+
+Although no one in the village suspected it, two large canoes full of
+armed men were lying concealed behind a point in Capuluan Cove on the
+opposite side of the Bay. At eight o'clock in the evening, it being
+quite dark, they came across, and in perfect order, according to a
+pre-arranged plan advanced in silence on the village. The assailants
+numbered twenty-eight men, and were variously armed with lances, bolos
+and daggers. Only the leader bore a revolver. A guard was left on the
+canoes, four of the gang were stationed at the door of Mr. Brown's
+house, and others at strategic points, whilst the main body attacked
+the Tribunal close by which was also the estanco where there was some
+Government money, postage stamps and stamped paper. At all Tribunales
+there are a couple of cuadrilleros, or village constables on guard,
+armed usually with lance and bolo. These men did their duty and
+manfully resisted the pirates. In the combat which ensued, the sergeant
+of the Cuadrilleros was killed and some on both sides were wounded,
+but the pirates got the best of the fight, and plundered the estanco.
+
+In the meantime, Olsen, having heard the uproar, may have thought that
+the crew of the Tartar were again making a disturbance. At all events
+he left the house unarmed and unsuspicious, thus walking into the trap
+laid for him. The Tagals have a great respect for fire-arms, more
+especially for the revolvers and repeating rifles of the foreigner,
+thus they did not venture to enter the house, but the moment Olsen
+stepped out into the darkness and before he could see round about
+him, he was attacked by two men on each side, who plunged their
+daggers into his body, piercing his lungs. Bleeding profusely and
+vomiting blood he rushed back into the house towards his bedroom to
+get his revolver which was under the bed. His assailants, however,
+followed him into the room and butchered him before he could grasp
+it. At least the revolver was afterwards found in its case with the
+perfect impress of his blood-stained hand upon the oaken lid. A native
+boy named Pablo, about eight years old, was in the house at the time,
+and in his terror squeezed himself into a narrow space behind the door
+and escaped discovery, although he was an eye-witness of the crime.
+
+By this time the alarm had spread all over the little village, and
+the noise was heard on board the Tartar. The two Carabineros, taking
+their Remingtons and cartridge boxes, had themselves paddled on shore,
+and marching up the stairs which led to the rocky eminence on which
+the village stands, bravely advanced against the pirates although
+out-numbered by more than ten to one. They fired their rifles,
+but the gang rushed upon them and in a moment they were cut down,
+and according to Tagal custom, their bellies were ripped open. The
+pirates having now overcome all opposition and having plundered
+the estanco, and the inevitable Chinaman's shop, transferred their
+attention to Mr. Brown's house, which they ransacked, taking the
+contents of the safe, a collection of gold and silver coins, seven
+Martini-Henry rifles with ammunition, and two revolvers, as well as
+any other things they deemed of value. They burst open the desks,
+drawers, and wardrobes, cutting and hacking the furniture with their
+bolos in wanton mischief. Then embarking their spoil, they sailed
+away with the land breeze.
+
+Information had been sent off to the nearest post of the Guardia Civil,
+and on its receipt, an officer with a force of that corps instantly
+set off and captured one party of the pirates red-handed as they
+beached their canoe. Within a week twenty-six had been captured and
+one shot dead whilst escaping. There only remained the leader. He,
+as it was afterwards discovered, was concealed in a secluded wood a
+few miles from Sariaya, and one night he was speared by the Captain
+of Cuadrilleros of that town, who is said to have had valid reasons
+for getting him out of the way.
+
+This band of pirates were a mixed lot; some of them were principales or
+members of the town council of Sariaya, a picturesque little place on
+the southern slope of Mount Banajao, and some from San Juan de Boc-boc;
+others were ordinary inhabitants, a few were outlaws from the San Juan
+mountains, and four or five were fishermen whom the gang had met on
+their passage by sea and had invited to accompany them. This custom
+of Convites is explained in Chapter XXV. Of course the fishermen,
+when interrogated, declared they had been pressed into the service,
+but in fact very few natives have the moral courage to decline so
+pleasing an entertainment, as it appeals to a feeling deeply seated
+in their hearts, the love of rapine, only to be restrained by the
+heavy hand of a military police "who do not hesitate to shoot." The
+provincial doctor arrived next morning with the judge who was to take
+the depositions of the villagers and draw up the sumario. Olsen was
+dead, the sergeant of Cuadrilleros also and one of the Carabineros,
+but strange to say, in spite of a dozen ghastly wounds, the other
+one was still alive, though his bowels were protruding, having fallen
+out through the gash which it is the Tagal custom to finish off with.
+
+When the provincial doctor saw him, he said, "Nothing can possibly
+be done for him," and departed. So, abandoned to his own resources,
+he replaced the bowels himself, and getting one of the villagers to
+bind him up, he eventually recovered. He was seen by Mr. Brown a year
+or two later, and is probably alive now. This seems extraordinary, but
+a similar case occurred to a man who had worked under me. An English
+bricklayer named John Heath had been employed building furnaces and
+kilns in Manila, and having completed his work, took to farming and
+rented some grass meadows (sacate lands) at Mandaloyan. One night he
+and another Englishman staying with him were attacked in his house by a
+party of Tagals with drawn bolos. The visitor, although wounded, leaped
+from the window and escaped, but Heath was cut down, then lifted on to
+the window sill, hacked about, and finally, according to Tagal custom,
+ripped open and left for dead. Yet this man also entirely recovered,
+and after a year seemed as strong as ever, although he was advised
+not to exert his strength. This outrage was clearly agrarian, and was,
+I feel sure, committed by those who had previously rented these lands
+and had been turned out. No one was ever punished for it.
+
+To return to the gang of pirates; two had been killed, the rest were
+in prison. Year after year passed, still they remained in prison;
+judges came, stayed their term, were promoted and went, but still
+these men were never sentenced.
+
+In 1889, I visited Laguimanóc to make a plan and valuation of the
+property, as the business was about to be taken over by a Limited
+Liability Company, established in Hong Kong. This was five years after
+the date of the murders, some of the prisoners had died in prison, the
+others were awaiting their sentence. But I found that the Government
+had established a sergeant's post of the Guardia Civil in the village,
+which effectually prevented a repetition of the outrage.
+
+A year later I again visited Laguimanóc, but the trial of the prisoners
+was no further advanced. No less than nine of them died in prison,
+still no sentence was pronounced. Even for a Philippine Court this
+was extraordinary, for the gang had committed the unpardonable crime
+"Resistencia a fuerza armada" (Resistance to an armed force), and could
+have been tried by Court-martial and summarily shot. They had also
+dared to lay their profane hands on the sacred money-box containing
+a portion of the "Real Haber" (Government money), so that it was not
+only a question of murder and robbery of private people. But the Civil
+Court, negligent, slothful, and corrupt, could not be got to convict,
+and a few years ago, Mr. Brown having left the islands, the surviving
+prisoners were pardoned by the Queen Regent on the occasion of the
+young King's birthday.
+
+The contrast between the military and civil elements in this case is
+very strong.
+
+The military element performed its duties thoroughly well, under great
+difficulties, and promptly arrested the malefactors. In my experience
+this has been always the case, and I draw from it the conclusion
+that military Government is essential to the pacification of the
+Philippines and that authority must be backed up by a native force
+of constabulary under American officers who must be young and active.
+
+Such offences as piracy or gang-robbery should never come before a
+Civil Court, but should be promptly settled by court-martial before
+which no technicalities or legal subtleties need be taken into account.
+
+A firm, nay, a heavy hand over the Philippines is the most merciful
+in the long run.
+
+I am sorry to have to relate that the Company which took over
+Mr. Brown's business did not long prosper. Whilst he remained at the
+head of it, all went well, but as soon as he left to take a much-needed
+rest, it began to fail. The personality of the individual is everything
+in most Spanish countries and especially in the Philippines. No
+manager could be found who could keep on terms with the officials,
+control the wild wood-cutters or risk jungle-fever by entering the
+forests to personally inspect the work.
+
+The organization decayed and the business went to pieces. Let intending
+investors take note.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+CAUSES OF TAGAL REVOLT.
+
+    Corrupt officials--"Laws of the Indies"--Philippines a dependency
+    of Mexico up to 1800--The opening of the Suez Canal--Hordes
+    of useless officials--The Asimilistas--Discontent, but no
+    disturbance--Absence of crime--Natives petition for the expulsion
+    of the Friars--Many signatories of the petition punished.
+
+
+The Spanish Colonial system was based upon the simple and
+well-recognised principle of rewarding political services to the
+Government in power, by the pillage of a colony.
+
+Sometimes special circumstances rendered it necessary for the
+Government to send out the man best fitted to cope with a critical
+situation, but in normal times the good old corrupt plan was followed.
+
+The appointment of a Governor-General would be arranged by the Prime
+Minister and submitted for the approval of the monarch. The Colonial
+Minister, like the other subordinate ministers, counted for little in
+a Cabinet presided over by such commanding personalities as Cánovas,
+or Sagásta. They were, in fact, mere heads of departments.
+
+In another chapter I have remarked that it was generally believed
+that General Weyler purchased his appointment as Governor-General of
+the Philippines, by a cash payment and an annual subsidy.
+
+There were, however, certain officials whom it would be unjust to
+class with those who practically had to rob for their living, because
+they were subject to dismissal at any moment. These unfortunates knew
+perfectly well that integrity and ability would not ensure them a
+single day's grace. Whenever the man in power wanted that place for
+his cousin or his uncle, out they would go. Similarly, if they had any
+interest, misbehaviour would not lose the appointment. Considering
+the system, the wonder was that some of them were honest, not that
+most of them were thieves.
+
+Amongst those who had fixed appointments were the Inspector-General
+of Forests and his assistants. Every British and American resident
+in, or visitor to Manila, will remember a Catalan gentleman, Don
+Sebastian Vidal y Soler and his charming wife Dona Ella Paoli de
+Vidal, a lady from Philadelphia. Vidal was a man of great learning
+and equal modesty, a man of the strictest honour, kind-hearted and
+charitable in the extreme. He was well-known in America, in London,
+Paris, and Amsterdam, and wherever botanists congregate. His death
+in 1890 was universally regretted.
+
+In the same branch of the service there was another gentleman whom
+I must name. Don José Sainz de Baranda, at one time acting Colonial
+Secretary, is a most courteous gentleman, whose high character and
+marked ability were well worthy of the confidence reposed in him by
+General Terrero. Any country might be proud to own Señor Sainz de
+Baranda. For my part I preserve the most agreeable remembrances of
+these two friends.
+
+In the Department of Public Works there were men of considerable
+attainments as engineers--Don Eduardo Lopez Navarro, author of the
+project for the new harbour; Don Genaro Palacios, who designed and
+carried out the waterworks and designed the Church of Saint Sebastian,
+in both of which works I took part; and Señor Brockman, who constructed
+several lighthouses in different parts of the Archipelago. I feel bound
+to say that so far as my knowledge went, there was no corruption or
+underhand work in either the Inspection of Forests or the Public Works.
+
+As to the patronage of other civil offices I have had the procedure
+explained to me by a Spaniard well up in the subject, and I give an
+imaginary instance to illustrate the system.
+
+When a political party came into power and the question of forming
+the Cabinet was being debated, Señor M----, a leader of a group of
+deputies, might say, "I renounce the honour of entering the Cabinet,
+and instead will take the Presidency of the Chamber and the right to
+appoint the Collector of Customs at Havana, the Intendant General of
+Hacienda at Manila, and the Governor of Batangas, with a dozen second
+and third class governorships or judgeships."
+
+If this was agreed to, perhaps, after some haggling, Señor M----
+distributed the nominations to the lower appointments amongst his
+supporters, who disposed of them for their own advantage.
+
+The nominations to the higher offices remained the absolute private
+property of Señor M----, and he proceeded to pick out men up to the
+job, to undertake the appointments. Some of them paid him large sums
+in cash, and others entered into contracts binding themselves to remit
+him monthly a large proportion of their emoluments and pickings. In
+some cases it was stipulated that if a single payment was in default,
+the unfortunate employé would be instantly dismissed. I have personally
+known of this condition. Those he nominated referred to him as their
+padrino or godfather.
+
+The actual holders of the offices referred to would then be summarily
+dismissed, however well they might have behaved whilst serving, and
+the new horde would be installed in their places and would use every
+means to fill their pockets and to pay their padrino.
+
+Complaints against them were not likely to lead to their removal, for
+they were protected in Madrid by the powerful political interest of
+their padrino. If they kept within the criminal law, they had little
+to fear, however greedy they might be.
+
+Some of the governors and other officials had the talent of filling
+their pockets without making enemies. I have already referred to
+a Governor of Batangas, as eminent in this line. It must not be
+supposed that the illicit gains of the officials were extorted from
+the individual native. They were principally drawn from the fallos,
+or local tax in redemption of polos or personal service. This money
+ought to have been employed in repairing roads, bridges, and public
+buildings. But as nearly the whole was diverted into the pockets
+of the officials and their padrinos, the roads became impassable in
+the wet season, the bridges, if of wood, rotted, if of stone, were
+thrown down by the earthquakes or carried away by floods, whilst the
+tribunales (town halls), fell into decay. I have known cases where
+a planter has been unable for months to send his sugar down to the
+port for shipment, as it was absolutely impossible for carts to pass
+along the road in the wet season. In a wealthy and populous province
+like Batangas, the fallos were sufficient to have paved all the main
+roads in the province with granite and to have bridged every stream.
+
+I may mention here a characteristic trait of Spanish
+administration. When a river-bridge fell down, they not only did
+not repair or renew it, but they put up to auction the monopoly of
+ferrying vehicles and passengers across the stream. The purchaser of
+the right fastened a rattan across the river and provided a couple
+of canoes with a platform of cane laid over them, which served to
+ferry vehicles across by means of the rope; one or two at a time at a
+rather heavy charge. This truly Spanish method provided a revenue for
+the Administration, or pickings for an official, instead of requiring
+an outlay for a new bridge.
+
+Still, the natives, never having known anything better, supported
+these drawbacks with remarkable equanimity. They were left very much
+to themselves, and were not interfered with nor worried. The army
+was small and the conscription did not press heavily upon them.
+
+They lived under the "Leyes de Indias" (may their makers have found
+favour with God), a code of laws deserving of the greatest praise
+for wisdom and humanity. They protected the native against extortion,
+constituting him a perpetual minor as against the usurer. He could not
+be sued for more than five dollars. Compare this wise disposition with
+what has been going on in India ever since the British Government has
+administered it, where the principal occupation of the lower courts
+is to decree the foreclosure of mortgages on the ryot's patches of
+land at the suit of the village usurer. The result has been that
+in some provinces the small landowner class who furnished fighting
+men for the Indian Army has almost disappeared. It is only now in
+1900 that something is proposed to be done to remedy this evil, and
+knowing my countrymen, I quite expect some weak-kneed compromise will
+be arrived at.
+
+The "Leyes de Indias" conferred upon the native the perpetual usufruct
+of any land that he kept under cultivation; and this right descended
+from father to son.
+
+As a result of these laws, most of the arable land in Luzon, Cebú,
+and some other islands belongs to the natives to this day, although
+many of them have no other title than possession. The natives also had
+the privilege of cutting timber in the forests for house-building or
+repairing, or for making a canoe free of dues. They could also cut
+bamboos for their fences or roofs and collect firewood.
+
+These privileges were restricted to natives, and were not extended
+to Spaniards or Chinese. The taxes paid by the natives were light
+and they could live and thrive.
+
+Had these wise and admirable laws been carried out in the spirit in
+which they were made, the Philippines might have been Spanish to this
+day and the natives would have had little to complain of.
+
+The Philippines were for nearly three centuries after their discovery
+by the Spaniards a mere dependency of Mexico, communication being kept
+up by an annual galleon or sometimes two sailing between Acapulco and
+Manila through the Strait of San Bernardino. The long and tedious
+voyage deterred all but priests and officials from proceeding to
+the Philippines.
+
+When this route was given up, which happened some ten years before the
+Independence of Mexico, which was proclaimed in 1820, communication
+with the Peninsula was by sailing vessels via the Cape of Good
+Hope. That was a voyage that would not be lightly undertaken either
+going or returning. Spaniards who then came to the Archipelago often
+stayed there for the rest of their lives.
+
+The opening of the Suez Canal in 1869 and the establishment of a
+line of steamers bringing Manila within thirty days of Barcelona was
+the most important event in the history of the Philippines since the
+conquest, and it had the gravest consequences. It greatly stimulated
+the trade of the Philippines, but it enormously increased the number of
+Spaniards in the Islands. Hordes of hungry-looking Iberians arrived
+by every steamer with nominations to posts for which most of them
+possessed no qualification. It seemed as if all the loafers of the
+Puerta del Sol and the Calle de Alcalá were to be dumped in the
+Philippines and fed by the Treasury.
+
+Places had to be found for them, and a bureaucratic administration
+partly copied from French practice, was rapidly substituted for
+the old paternal régime. New departments were organised or the old
+ones greatly extended. Far more money was spent on the salaries
+of engineers and assistant-engineers than on public works. The
+salaries of the officials of the Woods and Forests exceeded the
+revenue derived from dues on timber cut in the Crown forests,
+and their regulations seriously interfered with the privileges of
+the natives previously mentioned, and caused great discontent. The
+salaries of the Inspectors of Mines were almost a useless expense,
+for there was no revenue derived from mines, in fact there were no
+mines, only placers and washings. A medical service was organised at
+great cost and to little advantage. Doctors were appointed to reside
+at the hot springs, and one could not take a bath there without paying
+a fee. Model farms and Schools of Agriculture were started, to find
+places for more Spaniards, for the officials received their salaries,
+but no funds were forthcoming for material or establishment.
+
+In 1886 there took place the separation of the executive and the
+judicial functions, and eighteen civil governors were appointed to
+the principal provinces. Later on, eighteen judges of first instance
+were nominated to these same provinces. After centuries of rule,
+the Alcaldes Mayores were abolished.
+
+Then came a period when certain bureaucrats in Madrid conceived what
+they thought a vast and patriotic idea. They founded a school of
+politicians who called themselves Asimilistas. Their grand idea was
+to assimilate the administration of the Philippines to that of the
+Mother Country. They thought it wise to assimilate the institutions
+of a tropical dependency with eight millions of native inhabitants,
+of whom one-sixth part were independent heathen or Mahometans, to
+the gradually evolved institutions of Old Spain.
+
+By way of a commencement they began to speak and write of the
+Philippines as "that beautiful province of Spain." The Philippine army
+had always been distinct from the Peninsular army, but now by a paper
+reform it was embodied in it, and the regiments were re-numbered,
+the 1st Visayas Regiment becoming the 74th, etc. This was considered
+to be a strong link to bind together the Mother Country and the Colony.
+
+The extra expense of these crowds of employés and of some expeditions
+to Mindanao and Joló was very heavy, accordingly every year saw
+some new and oppressive tax. In 1883 the "Tributo," or tribute that
+had been paid by the natives since the conquest, was replaced by a
+tax on the Cédula Personal, or document of identity, and this was
+paid by all adults of both sexes, whether Spaniards, foreigners,
+or half-castes. In the Appendix will be found a facsimile of my cédula.
+
+The Customs duties were several times raised, sometimes without much
+notice. A tax on all trades and professions, on horses and carriages,
+a heavy port tax, a vexatious tax on all animals slaughtered, even down
+to a sucking pig, taxes on the hand-looms used by the women in their
+spare time, taxes on sugar-mills, rice-mills, on boats and lighters,
+and on houses; all these and many more were collected.
+
+There were also serious agrarian disputes between the Dominicans,
+the Augustinians, and the tenants on their estates, owing to
+excessive rents demanded by the friars. All these circumstances
+brought about a great change in the relations between the Spaniards
+and the natives. Whereas formerly the wealthy native kept open house
+on feast days, and received with pleasure the visits of Spaniards,
+generally elderly men used to the country and speaking the language
+of the people, he now found his house invaded by a crowd of young
+officials new to the country and its ways, who fell on the eatables
+like a swarm of famishing locusts, and soon devoured the turkeys
+and hams and other good things he had provided to entertain his
+friends. Besides, his women-folk would probably not be treated by the
+new-comers with the courtesy and consideration they had been used to.
+
+An estrangement gradually made itself felt, and increased year by
+year, in direct proportion to the influx of Spaniards. Not one in a
+hundred of these did any useful work or added in any way to the wealth
+of the community. They were the drones of the hive, and were in fact
+directly harmful, for they had to be supported from the Treasury, and
+they irritated the natives by their illegal exactions and overbearing
+conduct whenever they came in contact with them.
+
+Still year after year passed without disturbances. From 1877 to 1892,
+whilst I was in the country, I can testify that almost perfect order
+reigned. The fighting in Mindanao and Joló went on as a matter of
+course like the Acheen war in Sumatra, and an expedition was sent
+against the Igorrotes. But in the civilised districts of Luzon and
+Visayas good order was kept. The only outbreak I remember was the
+religious excitement in Samar, which closed when the false gods were
+shot down.
+
+Crime was infrequent, and in those fourteen years I do not think
+half-a-dozen executions took place. There was less risk of burglary in
+Manila than in a London suburb. Whatever their faults I must give the
+Spanish Administration credit for the perfect order they kept. Manila,
+in this respect, compared favourably with Hong Kong, and still better
+with Singapore, where the authorities, perhaps remembering the fate of
+Governor Eyre of Jamaica, and in terror of Exeter Hall, tolerated the
+incredible insolence of the Chinese secret societies. These villainous
+organisations, which in Singapore successfully defied the law, never
+raised their heads in Manila, and Rajah Brooke showed how to treat
+them in Sarawak.
+
+In pursuance of the Asimilista policy, in July 1887, the Penal Code
+was put in force in the Philippines by peremptory order from the
+Government at Madrid, and much against the opinion of experienced
+officials. In December of the same year the Civil Code was promulgated.
+
+It cannot be said that these reforms, however well-intended,
+produced any beneficial effect on the natives. Combined with the great
+increase in taxation, they intensified the discontent that was always
+smouldering, more especially in the hearts of the native priests. Their
+grievances against the religious orders, and more particularly against
+the Recollets, who had been compensated for the handing over of their
+benefices in Mindanao to the Jesuits, at the expense of the secular
+clergy, were the cause of their bitter hatred of the Spanish friars.
+
+In 1883 Field-Marshal Jovellar had thought it necessary to strengthen
+the small garrison by bringing out two battalions of Marine
+Infantry. However it was not till March 1st, 1888, that some natives
+and mestizos, emboldened by the fact that an anti-clerical, D. Jose
+Centeno, a mining engineer, was Acting Civil Governor of Manila,
+walked in procession to his official residence and presented a petition
+addressed to the Governor-General, demanding the immediate expulsion of
+the friars of the religious orders, and of the Archbishop, whom they
+declared unworthy to occupy the Primacy of the Islands. They further
+demanded the secularisation of the benefices and the confiscation of
+the estates of the Augustinians and the Dominicans.
+
+To this petition there were 810 signatures, but when the signatories
+were summoned and examined, most of them (as is their custom) declared
+they did not know what they had signed, and denied that they wished
+the friars to be expelled.
+
+The petition was said to have been written by Doroteo Cortes, a
+mestizo lawyer, but I am told he did not sign it.
+
+This manifestation, sixteen years after the mutiny at Cavite, seems
+to have had some relation to that event, for the petition accused
+the friars of compassing the death of Father Burgos, by subornation
+of justice.
+
+The result of this appeal of the natives was that the principal persons
+who took part in it were banished, or sent to reside at undesirable
+spots within the Archipelago.
+
+There were some agrarian disturbances at Calamba and Santa Rosa,
+one of the estates of the Dominicans, in 1890.
+
+I may say that only the Augustinians, the Dominicans, and the
+Recollets possess landed estates, and that I have had the opportunity
+of examining several of them. They are all situated in Tagal territory,
+and as they are the pick of the lands, their possession by the friars
+has caused great heart-burnings amongst the Tagals--there has been
+a smouldering agrarian discontent for years.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+THE RELIGIOUS ORDERS.
+
+    The Augustinians--Their glorious founder--Austin Friars in
+    England--Scotland--Mexico--They sail with Villalobos for the
+    Islands of the Setting Sun--Their disastrous voyage--Fray Andres
+    Urdaneta and his companions--Foundation of Cebú and Manila
+    with two hundred and forty other towns--Missions to Japan and
+    China--The Flora Filipina--The Franciscans--The Jesuits--The
+    Dominicans--The Recollets--Statistics of the religious orders in
+    the islands--Turbulence of the friars--Always ready to fight for
+    their country--Furnish a war ship and command it--Refuse to exhibit
+    the titles of their estates in 1689--The Augustinians take up arms
+    against the British--Ten of them fall on the field of battle--Their
+    rectories sacked and burnt--Bravery of the archbishop and friars in
+    1820--Father Ibañez raises a battalion--Leads it to the assault of
+    a Moro Cotta--Execution of native priests in 1872--Small garrison
+    in the islands--Influence of the friars--Their behaviour--Herr
+    Jagor--Foreman--Worcester--Younghusband--Opinion of Pope Clement
+    X.--Tennie C. Claflin--Equality of opportunity--Statuesque figures
+    of the girls--The author's experience of the Friars--The Philippine
+    clergy--Who shall cast the first stone?--Constitution of the
+    orders--Life of a friar--May become an archbishop--The chapter--The
+    estates--The Peace Commission--Pacification retarded--Who will
+    collect the rents?
+
+
+Before referring further to these estates it may be as well to give a
+brief sketch of the religious orders, whose existence is bound up with
+the history of the Philippines, to the conversion and civilisation of
+which they have so largely contributed. They won the islands for Spain,
+they held them for centuries, and now, having served their purpose,
+they have lost them, doubtless for ever.
+
+The Augustinians were the pioneers in converting the inhabitants of the
+Philippines, and they have maintained their predominance ever since.
+
+I therefore begin my description with this venerable order, and it
+will be proper to say something about its glorious founder.
+
+The following data are taken from the 'Encyclopædia Britannica'
+and other sources.
+
+Augustine (Aurelius Augustinus) one of the four great fathers of
+the Latin Church, and admittedly the greatest of the four, was born
+at Tagaste (Tajelt), a town of Numidia, North Africa, A.D. 354. His
+father, Patricius, was a burgess of this town, and was still a pagan
+at the time of his son's birth.
+
+His mother, Mónica, was not only a Christian, but a woman of the most
+elevated, tender, and devoted piety, whose affectionate and beautiful
+enthusiasm have passed into a touching type of womanly saintliness
+for all ages.
+
+Augustine studied rhetoric at Madaura and Carthage, and visited Rome
+and Milan.
+
+He passed many years in unrest of mind and doubt, but ultimately a
+passage from Romans xii. 13, 14 seemed to pour the light of peace into
+his heart. He became a Christian and was baptised in his thirty-third
+year. Patricius was also converted and baptised, and Monica found the
+desire of her life fulfilled and her dear ones united to her in faith.
+
+After some years of retirement, Augustine made a journey to Hippo
+Regius, a Roman colony on the River Rubricatus in North Africa,
+and became a presbyter.
+
+His principal writings are 'The City of God,' 'Confessions,' and
+'The Trinity.'
+
+He died during the siege of Hippo by the Vandals at the age of 75.
+
+The theological position and influence of Augustine may be said to
+be unrivalled. No single name has ever exercised such power over the
+Christian Church, and no one mind has ever made such an impression
+upon Christian thought.
+
+The Augustinians look upon this great Christian moralist as their
+founder, and reverence his memory and that of his saintly mother.
+
+Whether he personally drew up the rules they observe or not, they
+were his disciples, following in his foot-steps, and finding their
+inspiration in his writings and example.
+
+Great indeed must have been the magnetic force of that vehement nature
+that it could give an impetus to his followers that carried them all
+over Europe, that made them the companions of the discoverers and
+conquerors of the New World, and that filled their hearts with zeal
+and courage to face the dangers of the great lone ocean in company
+with Villalobos and Legáspi.
+
+The Order traces its inception to the town of Hippo, and fixes
+the date at A.D. 395. Many, doubtless, were its vicissitudes, but
+in the year 1061, and again in 1214, we find the Order remodelled
+and extended. The Augustinians were very numerous in England and
+Scotland. In 1105 they had settled at Colchester and at Nostell, near
+Pontefract. Later they had abbeys at Bristol, Llantony, Christchurch,
+Twynham, Bolton and London, where part of their church (Austin Friars)
+is still standing. Altogether they had 170 houses in England. Their
+first house in Scotland was at Scone in 1114, and they soon had 25
+houses, including churches or abbeys at Inchcolm in the Firth of Forth,
+St Andrew's, Holyrood, Cambuskenneth and Inchaffray.
+
+The Austin Friars or Black Canons were then described as an order of
+regular clergy holding a middle position between monks and secular
+canons, almost resembling a community of parish priests living under
+rule, and they have retained these characteristics to the present day.
+
+They were numerous in Spain, and some of the other Orders, such as the
+Dominicans or Preaching Friars, the Franciscans, and the Recollets,
+may almost be looked upon as offshoots of this venerable order, for
+they conformed to its general rule, with certain additions. Thus the
+Dominicans, founded by Saint Dominic de Guzman, were incorporated in
+1216 by a Bull of Pope Honorius III. and adopted a rule of absolute
+poverty or mendicancy in addition to the usual vows of chastity
+and obedience.
+
+This Order held its first chapter in 1220 at Bologna, under the
+presidency of its founder.
+
+The vows of poverty of this powerful Order have not prevented it
+from holding large estates in the Philippines, from owning blocks
+of buildings in Manila and Hong Kong, and from having a huge sum
+invested in British and American securities. These however belong to
+the Corporation and not to the individual members.
+
+From Spain the Augustinians spread to Mexico and assisted the
+Franciscans, who were the pioneers there under Father Bartolomé
+de Olmédo and Father Martin de Valencia, to gather in the abundant
+harvest. Father Toribio de Benavénte was one of twelve Franciscans
+sent out in 1523, and he has left records of the success of these
+missionaries. They opened schools and founded colleges, and in
+twenty years nine millions of converts had been admitted into the
+Christian fold.
+
+By this time Magellan had passed the narrow straits, and sailing
+across the vast solitudes of the Pacific had reached the Visayas
+Islands to meet his fate, and Sebastian de Elcano had completed the
+circumnavigation of the globe and had arrived in Spain with accounts
+of the new lands which the expedition had discovered.
+
+When, in 1542, Captain Ruy Lopez de Villalobos sailed from Natividad
+(Mexico) for the Islands of the Setting Sun, only to die of grief at
+Amboyna, there accompanied him a group of Augustinian Friars. After
+the loss of his vessels the survivors took ship for Goa and from
+thence returned to Europe, arriving at Lisbon in August 1549, seven
+years after leaving the port of Natividad.
+
+The Order has carefully preserved the names of these early
+missionaries; they are, Frs. Jeronimo de San Esteban, Sebastian de
+Trasierra, Nicolas de Perea, Alonso Alvarado.
+
+In the expedition under General Don Miguel Lopez de Legáspi, which
+sailed in 1564, Fray Andres Urdanéta, an Augustinian, went as chief
+navigator and cartographer, and the following friars accompanied him:
+Frs. Andres de Aiguirre, Martin de Rada, Diego Herrero, Pedro Gamboa.
+
+Since founding the city of Cebú in 1570, and the city of Manila
+the following year, the Augustinians have continued to found town
+after town, and down to 1892 had founded no less than two hundred
+and forty-two, administered by two hundred and forty-seven priests
+of the Order as by the following table:--
+
+
+Year 1892.
+
+        Summary of Towns founded by the Augustinians.
+
+        Handed over to other Orders              28
+        Amalgamated with other towns             11
+        Administered by Augustinians            203
+                                                ---
+                        Total                   242
+
+
+Population of the above 203 towns, 2,082,181.
+
+The Augustinians in the Philippine Islands.
+
+    In Parish Ministry.
+                       Parish Priests               188
+                       Stewards                      37
+                       Coadjutors                     7
+                       Vicars (learning dialects)     3
+                       Missionaries                  12
+                                                    ---
+                                                    247
+
+    Residing in the convents of Manila, Cebú, and Guadalupe.
+                       Superiors or Office bearers   19
+                       Conventual Priests             7
+                       Students                      14
+                       Invalids                       6
+                       Lay Brethren                  17
+                                                     --
+                                                     63
+                                                    ===
+                            Total                   310
+
+
+In former years this Order had established missions in Japan, and they
+were very successful in making converts, but during the persecution
+many members of the Order lost their lives, or, as they phrase it,
+"attained the palm of martyrdom."
+
+At the present time they maintain seven missionaries in the province
+of Hun-nan in China. In Spain they support three colleges, Valladolid,
+La Vid, and La Escorial. They are also in charge of the magnificent
+church of that extraordinary palace, and of the priceless library of
+which they are editing a catalogue.
+
+The Augustinians have published a great many works, such as grammars
+and vocabularies of the native dialects, and many books of devotion.
+
+One of their leading men, Father Manuel Blanco, was a most learned
+and laborious botanist. He collected and classified so many of the
+Philippine plants that the Order decided to complete his work and
+publish it. Fray Andres Naves and Fray Celestino Fernandez Villar,
+both well-known to me, worked for years at this, and were assisted
+by my illustrious friend H. E. Don Sebastian Vidal Soler and others.
+
+The result is a most sumptuous and magnificent work--published in
+Manila--there being four folio volumes enriched by many hundreds
+of coloured plates of the different trees, shrubs, orchids and
+lianas, most beautifully executed from water-colour paintings by
+D. Regino Garcia and others. This monumental book is called the
+'Flora Filipina.' It received a diploma of honour at the International
+Colonial Exhibition of Amsterdam in 1883. The British Museum possesses
+a copy, but unfortunately most of the work was destroyed by fire in
+the bombardment of the Convent of Guadalupe during the war.
+
+However, the widow of Señor Vidal, now Mrs. Amilon of Philadelphia,
+still has some copies to dispose of.
+
+I hope that what I have said about the Augustinians will show that
+they are not the lazy and unprofitable persons they are sometimes
+represented. The same may be said of the Dominicans.
+
+The Augustinians were followed, after an interval of seven years,
+by the Franciscans, four years after that by the Jesuits, six years
+after the Jesuits came the Dominicans.
+
+Last of all came the Recollets, or bare-footed Augustinians.
+
+The following Table gives the numbers of friars of the five religious
+orders in the Philippines, at the dates mentioned, taken from their own
+returns. The first column gives the dates of the first foundation of
+the Order, the second the date of its arrival in the Archipelago. The
+other columns give the statistics of baptisms, marriages and deaths,
+taken from the parish registers.
+
+
+Statement of the Population Administered by the Religious Corporations
+and Secular Clergy in the Philippines, 1896.
+
+Year of Foundation or Revival.
+|    Year of Arrival.
+|    |    Corporation.   Towns.
+|    |    |              |    Provinces.
+|    |    |              |    |  Friars.
+|    |    |              |    |  |      Baptisms.  Marriages.
+|    |    |              |    |  |      |          |       Burials.
+|    |    |              |    |  |      |          |       |       Souls.
+395  1570 Augustinians   203  16   310  98,731     20,355  83,051  2,082,131
+1061
+1532 1606 Recollets      194  20   192  56,259     11,439  40,008  1,175,156
+1208 1577 Franciscans    153  15   455  38,858     11,927  35,737  1,010,753
+1216 1587 Dominicans      69  10   206  27,576      7,307  32,336    699,851
+1534 1581 Jesuits [5]     33   6   167  15,302 [6]  2,017   4,937    191,493
+          Secular Clergy  ..  ..    ..     ..         ..      ..     967,294
+                                 -----                             ---------
+             Total               1,330                             6,126,678
+
+
+N.B.--
+The population of the Islands according to the census of 1877  5,995,160
+Probable Christian population, 1899                            8,000,000
+
+
+These holy men have, since very early times, shown themselves rather
+turbulent, and then and always endeavoured to carry matters with a
+high hand. Thus in 1582 we find them refusing to admit the diocesan
+visit of the Bishop of Manila, and that old dispute has cropped
+up on and off many times since then. At the same time we find them
+taking the part of the natives against the Encomenderos. They have
+always been ready to fight for their country and to subscribe money
+for its defence. When Acting Governor Guido de Lavezares headed the
+column which attacked the pirate Li-ma-Hon, he was accompanied by
+the Provincial of the Augustinians. In 1603 all the friars in Manila
+took up arms against the revolted Chinese, and three years later the
+Augustinians not only furnished a war ship to fight the Portuguese,
+but provided a captain for it in the person of one of their Order,
+Fray Antonio Flores. It appears that the estates of the Augustinians
+and the Dominicans were very early a bone of contention, for in 1689
+a judge arrived in Manila, and, in virtue of a special commission he
+had brought from Madrid, he required them to present their titles. This
+they refused to do, and the judge was sent back to Mexico, and a friend
+of the friars was appointed as Commissioner in his place. Then the
+friars condescended to unofficially exhibit their titles. Now more
+than two centuries after the first abortive attempt, the question of
+the ownership of these lands is still under discussion.
+
+During the British occupation of Manila in 1763 the friars took up
+arms in defence of their flag, and gave their church bells to be
+cast into cannon. No less than ten Augustinians fell on the field
+of battle. The British treated them with great severity, sacking and
+destroying their rectories and estate houses, and selling everything
+of theirs they could lay hands on. I have visited the ruins of the
+old estate house of Malinta which was burnt by the British.
+
+In 1820, when the massacre of foreigners by the Manila mob took
+place, owing the cowardice of General Folgueras, the archbishop and
+friars marched out in procession to the scene of the disturbance and
+succeeded in saving many lives. In 1851 a Recollet, Father Ibañez,
+raised a battalion from his congregation, trained and commanded it. He
+took the field at Mindanao and with the most undaunted bravery led his
+men to the assault of a Moro Cotta, or fort, dying like our General
+Wolfe at the moment of victory. Not one man of this battalion ever
+deserted or hung back from the combats, for the worthy priest had
+all their wives under a solemn vow never to receive them again unless
+they returned victorious from the campaign.
+
+The religious orders have frequently interfered to protect the
+natives against the civil authorities, and were often on very good
+terms with the mass of their parishioners. The greatest jealousy of
+them was felt by the native clergy.
+
+The military revolt which broke out in Cavite in 1872, was doubtless
+inspired by this class, who saw that a policy had been adopted of
+filling vacancies in all benefices except the poorest, with Spanish
+friars instead of natives. The condemnation of Burgos, Gomez,
+and Zamora, three native priests who were executed at Manila soon
+after the suppression of the revolt, is ascribed by the natives and
+mestizos to the subornation of justice to the friars, who are said
+to have paid a large sum for their condemnation.
+
+However this may be, there is no doubt that since that date the
+feeling against the friars has become intensified.
+
+The friars were the chief outposts and even bulwarks of the government
+against rebellions. Almost every rising has been detected by them,
+many plots being revealed by women under the seal of confession. It
+was only by the assistance of the friars that the islands were held
+by Spain for so many centuries almost without any military force.
+
+The islands were not conquered by force of arms--the people were
+converted almost without firing a shot.
+
+The greater part of the fighting was to protect the natives against
+Chinese pirates, Japanese corsairs, Dutch rovers, or the predatory
+heathen.
+
+The defensive forces consisted of local troops and companies of
+Mexican and Peruvian Infantry. It is only since 1828 that Manila has
+been garrisoned by regular troops from the Peninsula.
+
+During my residence in the islands I do not think there were more than
+1500 Spanish troops in garrison in the whole islands, except when
+some marines were sent out. These troops belonged to the Peninsular
+Regiment of Artillery, and were a very fine looking set of men.
+
+That this small force could be sufficient is evidently due to the
+influence of the friars in keeping the people quiet.
+
+Yet the feeling of a great majority of Spanish civilians was against
+the friars, and I think many of those who supported them, only did
+so from interested motives.
+
+The consequence was that as the number of Spaniards increased, the
+influence of the friars diminished, for the Spanish anti-clericals
+had no scruples in criticising the priests and in speaking plainly
+to the natives to their prejudice.
+
+The friars have fared badly at the hands of several writers on the
+Philippines; but it will be noticed that those who know the least
+about them speak the worst of them.
+
+Herr Jagor, who was much amongst them, bears witness to the strict
+decorum of their households, whilst he very justly says that the
+behaviour of the native clergy leaves something to be desired.
+
+Foreman hints at horrors, and with questionable taste relates how he
+found amongst a priest's baggage some very obscene pictures.
+
+Worcester thinks the priests' influence wholly bad. From what he
+states in his book, he must have come across some very bad specimens
+amongst the smaller islands where he wandered.
+
+Younghusband, who perhaps got his information at the bar of the Manila
+Club, describes them as "monsters of lechery."
+
+There is a tradition that when the conclusions of a tribunal
+favourable to the canonisation of Santa Rosa de Lima, Patroness of
+the Indies, were laid before Pope Clement X., that Pontiff manifested
+his incredulity that a tropical climate could produce a saint. He
+is even credited with the saying that bananas and saints are not
+grown together.
+
+The tradition may be erroneous, but there is something in the opinion
+that deserves to be remembered.
+
+Temperature does have something to do with sexual morality, and in
+comparing one country with another an allowance must be made for the
+height of the thermometer.
+
+The friars in the Philippines are but men, and men exposed to great
+temptations. We should remember the tedium of life in a provincial
+town, where, perhaps, the parish priest is the only European, and
+is surfeited with the conversation of his native curates, of the
+half-caste apothecary and the Chinese store-keeper. He has neither
+society nor amusement.
+
+I have previously remarked upon the position of women in the
+Philippines. I may repeat that their position, both by law and custom,
+is at least as good as in the most advanced countries.
+
+I remember reading with great interest, and, perhaps, some sympathy,
+a remarkable article in the New York Herald, of January 10th, 1894,
+headed "Virtue Defined," signed by Tennie C. Claflin (Lady Cook),
+and it seemed to me a plea for "equality of opportunity" between the
+sexes, if I may borrow the phrase from diplomacy. Well, that equality
+exists in the Philippines. Whilst unmarried, the girls enjoy great
+freedom. In that tolerant land a little ante-nuptial incontinence
+is not an unpardonable crime in a girl any more than in a youth,
+nor does it bar the way to marriage.
+
+The girls whilst young possess exceedingly statuesque figures, and what
+charms they have are nature's own, for they owe nothing to art. Their
+dress is modest, yet as they do not wear a superfluity of garments,
+at times, as when bathing, their figures are revealed to view.
+
+Bearing in mind the above condition of things and that the priest
+is the principal man in the town and able to do many favours to his
+friends, it is not surprising if some of the young women, impelled
+by the desire of obtaining his good graces, make a dead set at
+him, such as we sometimes see made at a bachelor curate in our own
+so-very-much-more frigid and, therefore, moral country. The priest,
+should he forget his vows of celibacy, is a sinner, and deserving
+of blame for failing to keep the high standard of virtue which his
+Church demands. But I do not see in that a justification for calling
+him a monster. Have we never heard of a backslider in Brooklyn, or of
+a clerical co-respondent at home, that we should expect perfection in
+the Philippines? As for the statements that the priests take married
+women by force, that is an absurdity. The Tagals are not men to suffer
+such an outrage.
+
+The toleration enjoyed by the girls, above referred to, is a heritage
+from heathen times, which three centuries of Christianity have failed
+to extirpate. In fact, this is a characteristic of the Malay race.
+
+During the many years I was in the islands I had frequent occasion to
+avail myself of the hospitality of the priests on my journeys. This was
+usually amongst the Augustinians, the Dominicans and the Recollets. I
+declare that on none of those many occasions did I ever witness
+anything scandalous, or indecorous in their convents, and I arrived
+at all hours and without notice.
+
+As to Younghusband's denouncement of them as "monsters of lechery,"
+I would say that they were notoriously the most healthy and the
+longest-lived people in the islands, and if that most unjust accusation
+was true, this could hardly be the case. It should be remembered
+that the priest of any large town would be a man advanced in years
+and therefore less likely to misconduct himself.
+
+There was also the certainty that any open scandal would be followed
+by punishment from the provincial and council of the order. I have
+known a priest to be practically banished to a wretched hamlet amongst
+savages for two years for causing scandal.
+
+Some late writers speak of the native clergy as if they were of
+superior morality and better behaved than the Spanish priests. That
+appreciation does not commend itself to those who have had some
+experience of the Philippine clergy.
+
+Some of those I have known were of very relaxed morals, not to say
+scandalous in their behaviour. The Philippine Islands, in short, are
+not the chosen abode of chastity: but I do not know why the Spanish
+friars should be singled out for special censure in this respect.
+
+I can truly say that I was not acquainted with any class out there
+entitled to cast the first stone.
+
+Each of the orders (except the Jesuits) is a little republic governed
+or administered by officers and functionaries elected by the suffrages
+of the members. The head of the order is a Superior or General,
+who resides in Rome, but the head in the Philippines is called the
+Provincial.
+
+The brethren render him the greatest respect and obedience, kneeling
+down to kiss his hand.
+
+There is a council to assist the provincial, they are called
+definidores or padres graves, the exact nomenclature varies in the
+different orders.
+
+There is a Procurator or Commissary in Madrid, a Procurator-General
+in Manila, a Prior or Guardian to each convent not being a rectory,
+an Orator or preacher, lay-brethren in charge of estates or of works,
+parish priests, missionaries, and coadjutors, learning the native
+dialects.
+
+The members of the order were appointed to benefices according to
+their standing and popularity amongst their brethren. The neophytes are
+trained in one of the seminaries of the order in Spain; for instance,
+the Augustinians have colleges at Valladolid, La Vid, and La Escorial,
+with more than 300 students.
+
+When a young priest first arrived in the Philippines, he was sent as
+a coadjutor to some parish priest to learn the dialect of the people
+he is to work amongst. Then he would be appointed a missionary to the
+heathen, where he lived on scanty pay, amongst savages, either in the
+highlands of Luzon or in some remote island, remaining there for two or
+three years. His first promotion would be to a parish consisting of a
+village of thatched houses (nipa) and, perhaps, the church and convent
+would be of the same material. This meant a constant and imminent
+dread of the almost instantaneous destruction of his dwelling by
+fire. Perhaps there is communication with Manila once a month, when,
+by sending to the nearest port, he may get letters and newspapers and
+receive some provisions, an occasional cask of Spanish red wine, some
+tins of chorizos (Estremeño smoked sausages), a sack of garbanzos,
+or frijóles, a box of turron de Alicante, and some cigars from the
+procuration of the convent in Manila. These would be charged to his
+account, and frugally as he might live, many a year might pass over
+his head before he would be out of debt to his Order. And poor as he
+might be, he would never refuse his house or his table to any European
+who might call upon him. Later on, if his conduct had satisfied his
+superiors, the time would come when he would get nominated to a more
+accessible and more profitable parish, that would quickly enable him
+to pay off the debt due to the procuration. He would have a church
+and convent of stone, keep a carriage and pair of ponies, and begin to
+have a surplus, and to contribute a little to the funds of his Order.
+
+Soon he would become Padre Grave, and begin to have influence with
+his colleagues. He would be removed to a richer town and nominated
+Vicario Foráneo, equivalent to an archdeacon in England. Later on,
+he might be elected a Definidor, or councillor. Then, perhaps,
+one of the great prizes of the order fell to his lot. He might be
+appointed parish priest of Taal or Biñan, worth at least ten thousand
+dollars a year, or of rich Lipa, high amongst its coffee groves (now,
+alas! withered), which used to be worth twenty thousand dollars in a
+good year. He would treat himself well, and liberally entertain all
+who visited him, and governors of provinces, judges, officers of the
+Guardia Civil, would often be seen at his table.
+
+He would make large contributions to the funds of the Order, with
+the surplus revenue of his parish.
+
+If, however, the priest whose career we have been following, had
+shown sufficient character for a champion, and had become popular
+in the Order, he might, perhaps, be elected Provincial, and then,
+disposing of the influence of his Order, some day get himself made a
+Bishop or even Archbishop of Manila, should a vacancy occur, and so
+become a prince of the Church.
+
+Whatever talents a friar had, a sphere could always be found for
+their exercise. If he had a gift for preaching, he could be appointed
+Orator of the Order. If he was good at Latin and Greek, he could be
+made a professor at the university. If he was a good business man,
+he could be chosen procurator. If he had diplomatic talents, he could
+be made commissary of the order at Madrid. In any case he was sure
+to be taken care of to the end of his days.
+
+As for the Orders in themselves, I have already said that,
+excepting the Society of Jesus, they are little republics, and that
+office-holders are elected by the votes of the members. When a general
+Chapter of the Order is held for this purpose, the members come from
+all parts and assemble in their convent in Manila.
+
+I am sorry to say that there has sometimes been so much feeling aroused
+over the question of the distribution of the loaves and fishes, that
+the opposing parties have broken up the chairs and benches to serve
+as clubs, and furiously attacked each other in the battle royal,
+and with deplorable results.
+
+In consequence of this, when the chapter or general assembly was to
+be held, the governor-general nominated a royal commissary, often
+a colonel in the army, to be present at these meetings, but only to
+interfere to keep the peace. It was something of an anomaly to see a
+son of Mars deputed to keep the peace in an assembly of the clergy. The
+meeting commenced with prayer, then one by one all the dignitaries
+laid down their offices and became private members of the Order,
+so that at the end of this ceremony every one was absolutely equal.
+
+Then the eldest rose and solemnly adjured any one present who held a
+Bull of the Holy Father, to produce it then and there under pain of
+major excommunication. Three times was this solemn warning delivered.
+
+It owes its origin, perhaps, to some surprise sprung on a brotherhood
+in former days, yet it is to be noted that one of the privileges of
+their Catholic majesties the kings of Spain was, that no Bull should
+run in their dominions without their approval.
+
+Then free from outside interference, and all present being on an
+equal footing the election takes place. Amidst great excitement
+the Provincial, the Procurator, the Orator, the Definidores, or
+Councillors, are chosen according to their popularity, or as they are
+deemed best fitted to advance the interests of the voter or the Order.
+
+The selection of office-holders is a matter of the greatest importance
+to the members, as those in power distribute the benefices and are
+apt to be more alive to the merits of their supporters, than to the
+pretensions of those who have voted for others.
+
+But, however divided they may be on these occasions, they unite against
+any outsider, and unless the question is evidently personal, he who
+offends a member finds the Order ranged against him, and, perhaps,
+the other Orders also, for in matters affecting their interests
+the Orders act in unison, and as has been said, have succeeded in
+removing not only governors of provinces, but governors-general also
+when these have failed to do their bidding.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+THEIR ESTATES.
+
+    Malinta and Piedad--Mandaloyan--San Francisco de
+    Malabon--Irrigation works--Imus--Calamba--Cabuyao--Santa
+    Rosa--Biñan--San Pedro Tunasan--Naic--Santa Cruz--Estates a
+    bone of contention for centuries--Principal cause of revolt
+    of Tagals--But the Peace Commission guarantee the Orders in
+    possession--Pacification retarded--Summary--The Orders must
+    go!--And be replaced by natives.
+
+
+The Augustinians own some fine estates near Manila. In 1877 I visited
+Malinta and Piedad, which, according to an old plan exhibited to
+me, drawn by some ancient navigator, measured over 14,000 acres in
+extent, a good part of which was cultivated and under paddy; still a
+large expanse was rocky, and grew only cogon (elephant grass). The
+lay-brother in charge, Aureliano Garcia, confided to me that he
+went about in fear, and expected to end his life under the bolos
+of the tenants. I was then new to the country, and saw no signs of
+discontent. I afterwards visited Mandaloyan, another estate nearer
+Manila. This was nearly all arable land. The house was large and
+commodious, and was used as a convalescent home for the friars. I have
+not a note of the extent of this estate, but it occupies a great part
+of the space between the rivers Maibonga and San Juan, to the north
+of the Pasig. The lay-brother in charge, Julian Ibeas, did not seem at
+all anxious about his safety. The land here was more fertile than that
+of Malinta, and there was water carriage to a market for the crops.
+
+In view of my report, which was not, however, unduly optimistic, my
+clients deputed me to ask the Augustinians for a lease of the above
+three estates for twenty-five years, the rent to be $40,000 [7]
+per year for three years, and each year after that an addition of
+a thousand dollars, so that the ultimate rent would be $62,000 per
+annum. However, after taking some time to consider, the procurator
+declined the offer.
+
+On the above estates there was little or nothing done by the owners
+to improve the land. They had limited themselves to building large
+and convenient houses and granaries for their own accommodation,
+and to entertain their friends.
+
+In 1884 I constructed a pumping station on the River Tuliajan in this
+estate, and laid a pipe line right through the property to supply fresh
+water to the sugar refinery at Malabon, five miles distant. I had no
+difficulty in obtaining permission, indeed, Fray Arsenio Campo (now
+Bishop of Nueva Cáceres) facilitated the work in every way. The only
+protest was by Doroteo Cortes, a half-caste lawyer, who interposed
+as the pipe had to pass between two fish-ponds belonging to him,
+and he extorted a blackmail $800 to withdraw his opposition. Let the
+reader contrast the behaviour of the Spaniard and the half-caste,
+now posing as an "Americanista."
+
+San Francisco de Malabon, another possession of theirs, is a
+magnificent property, situated on the fertile, well-watered land
+that slopes from the summits of the Tagaytay range, north of the vast
+crater-lake of Bombon, to the shores of the ever-famous Bay of Bacoor,
+the scene of Spain's naval collapse.
+
+Through the volcanic soil three rivers, the Ilang-ilang, the
+Camanchíle, and the Jálan, have cut deep gashes down to the bed-rock,
+on the surface of which the rapid waters rush downwards to the sea.
+
+A nobly-proportioned house of stone, almost a fortress, was planted
+where it commanded a grand, a stately view. From its windows the
+spectator looked over fields of waving grain, over fruit trees, and
+town and hamlets, down to the sea shore, and across the vast expanse
+of placid bay to where in the far north solitary Arayat rears his
+head. The thick walls and lofty roof excluded the solar heat, and the
+green-painted Venetians saved the inmate from the glare. Very welcome
+was that hostel, furnished in severe ecclesiastical almost mediæval
+style, to me, after the dusty up-hill drive of eight miles from Cavite.
+
+I visited this estate in 1879, and found that extensive irrigation
+works had been carried out. A new dam on one of the rivers, about
+fifty feet high, was approaching completion. Unfortunately, the
+work had been executed by a lay-brother, a stone mason, without
+professional supervision. He was ignorant of the necessity of taking
+special precautions when preparing the seat for the dam. Although
+he had a bed of volcanic tuff to build upon he would not go to the
+trouble to cut into and stop all faults and crevices in the rock
+before laying his first course of masonry, and he hurried on the job
+to save expense as he supposed. For the same reason he did not attempt
+to follow the correct profile of the dam. When the pressure came on,
+the water spouted up in little fountains, and gradually increased as
+it cut away the soft stone. I advised them what to do, and after a
+good deal of work, Portland cement and puddled clay got them out of
+their difficulty.
+
+About four miles to the eastward of San Francisco de Malabon, and
+on the same volcanic soil, is the great estate of Imus belonging to
+the Recollets, or unshod Augustinians. It is about five miles from
+the landing-place at Bacoor. Here again three rivers run through the
+property, and the view from the house is the same.
+
+The house itself was a grim fortress and served the rebels well in
+1896, for they found arms and ammunition in it, and successfully
+defended it against General Aiguirre who had to retire, being unable
+to take it without artillery.
+
+In 1897 the army of General Lachambre advanced against Imus, and on
+the 24th March took the outer defences of the town, notwithstanding
+the determined resistance of the Tagals, of whom three hundred were
+killed in a hand-to-hand combat. Next day the estate house, which
+adjoins the town and had been for six months the stronghold of the
+Katipunan, was bombarded and burnt, only the ruins remain.
+
+There are extensive works of irrigation at this place also, and
+formerly a large sugar works was built here by the owners, but it
+failed, as there was no one fit to take charge of it.
+
+I have not visited this Hacienda, and cannot give its extent or value.
+
+Of all the Orders the greatest land-owners are the Dominicans. They
+have vast estates in Calamba, Cabuyáo, Santa Rosa, Biñan, and San Pedro
+Tunasán, all on the Lake of Bay, also at Naic and Santa Cruz on the
+Bay of Manila. I have several times visited their estates at the first
+two places, and can affirm that they have expended considerable sums
+in building dams for irrigating the lands, and I supplied them with
+some very large cast-iron pipes for the purpose of making a syphon
+across a ravine or narrow valley to convey water for irrigating the
+opposite plain. They have consequently very largely increased the
+value of these lands.
+
+The house at Calamba, solidly built of stone, with a strong and high
+encircling wall, served as a fortified camp and headquarters for the
+Spanish army in operation against the rebels in 1897.
+
+This estate of Calamba has earned a sad notoriety in the Philippines,
+for the disputes which constantly arose between the administration
+and their tenants.
+
+It is hardly too much to say that the possession of estates has been
+fatal to the Orders. They claim to have always been good and indulgent
+landlords, but the fact remains that all these estates are in Tagal
+territory, that only the Tagals revolted, and that the revolt was
+directed against the Orders because of their tyranny and extortions,
+and because they were landlords and rack renters.
+
+It was, is now, and ever will be an Agrarian question that will
+continue to give trouble and be the cause of crime and outrage until
+settled in a broad-minded and statesman-like manner.
+
+These estates have been a bone of contention for centuries, and
+were a principal cause of the last revolt of the Tagals. Yet the
+Peace Commission at Paris appears to have given the three Orders
+a new title to their disputed possessions by guaranteeing to the
+Church the enjoyment of its property, which, if the Spaniards had
+continued to rule the islands, must ultimately have been taken from
+it in the natural course of events, as has happened in every other
+Catholic country.
+
+I have no doubt that the pacification of the Philippines by the
+American forces has been greatly retarded, and is now rendered
+more difficult, by this clause, which must have been accepted by the
+American commissioners under a misapprehension of its import, and from
+imperfect information as to the status quo. This difficult matter can
+still be arranged, but it will require the outlay of a considerable
+sum of money, which, however, would eventually be recouped.
+
+In present circumstances I venture to say that a garrison would be
+needed at each estate to protect an administrator or collector, for the
+Tagal tenants are as averse to paying rent for land as any bog-trotter
+in Tipperary. I do not envy anybody who purchases these estates, nor
+would I consider the life of such a one a good risk for an insurance
+company, if he intended to press the tenants for rents or arrears.
+
+To sum up the Religious Orders, they were hardy and adventurous
+pioneers of Christianity, and in the evangelisation of the Philippines,
+by persuasion and teaching, they did more for Christianity and
+civilisation than any other missionaries of modern times.
+
+Of undaunted courage they have ever been to the front when calamities
+threatened their flocks; they have witnessed and recorded some of the
+most dreadful convulsions of nature, volcanic eruptions, earthquakes,
+and destructive typhoons. In epidemics of plague and cholera they
+have not been dismayed, nor have they ever in such cases abandoned
+their flocks.
+
+When an enemy has attacked the islands they have been the first to
+face the shot. Only fervent faith could enable these men to endure
+the hardships, and overcome the dangers that encompassed them.
+
+They have done much for education, having founded schools for both
+sexes, training colleges for teachers, the university of St. Thomas
+in Manila, and other institutions.
+
+Hospitals and asylums attest their charity. They were formerly,
+and even lately, the protectors of the poor against the rich, and of
+the native against the Spaniard. They have consistently resisted the
+enslavement of the natives.
+
+They restrained the constant inclination of the natives to wander
+away into the woods and return to primitive savagery by keeping them
+in the towns, or, as they said, "Under the bells."
+
+On the other hand, peace and plenty (those blessings for which we
+pray), have corrupted and demoralised the Orders. No longer liable at
+any moment to be called upon to fight for their lives, the sterner
+virtues have decayed. Increased production and export enriched the
+people, a gold coinage was introduced, and the friars allowed avarice
+to possess their souls.
+
+In those lands of perpetual summer no death duties have to be paid
+to a Chancellor of the Exchequer, as in this island of fog and mist.
+
+But the friars have a system of charges for performing the funeral
+ceremonies, which comes to much the same in the end. I call it a
+system; it is a very simple system, and consists in extorting as
+much as they can get, taking into consideration the wealth of the
+family. To give an instance, I have been assured by a son of Capitan
+Natalio Lopez, of Balayan, a native gentleman well known to me,
+that the parish priest charged the family six hundred dollars for
+performing their father's funeral ceremony. The same rule applies to
+baptisms and marriages, and this abuse calls for redress, and for the
+establishment of fixed fees according to the position of the parties.
+
+Each friar, as a parish priest, was an outpost of the central
+government, watching for symptoms of revolt. Only thus could the
+Spaniards hold the archipelago with fifteen hundred Peninsular troops,
+and a small squadron of warships.
+
+The greatest, and the best-founded, complaint of the natives against
+the priests, was that whoever displeased them, either in personal
+or money matters, was liable to be denounced to the authorities as
+a filibuster, and to be torn from home and family and deported to
+some distant and probably unhealthy spot, there to reside, at his own
+cost, for an indefinite time, by arbitrary authority, without process
+of law. Such a punishment, euphoniously termed "forced residence,"
+sometimes involved the death of the exile, and always caused heavy
+expense, as a pardon could not be obtained without bribing some one.
+
+Ysabelo de los Reyes, and other natives, accuse the friars of extorting
+evidence from suspected persons by torture. I fear there can be no
+doubt that many victims, including a number of the native clerics,
+suffered flagellation and other tortures at the hands of the friars
+for the above purpose. The convents of Nueva-Cáceres and of Vigan,
+amongst other places, were the scenes of these abominable practices,
+and Augustinians, Dominicans and Franciscans, have taken part in
+them. This is referred to at greater length in another part of this
+work under the heading, "The Insurrection of 1896."
+
+Individual friars were sometimes, nay, often, very worthy parish
+priests. I have known many such. But a community is often worse
+than the individuals of which it is composed. One might say with
+the Italian musician who had served for many years in a cathedral,
+and had obtained the promise of every individual canon to support
+his application for a pension, when he was told that the chapter had
+unanimously refused his request:
+
+"The canons are good, but the chapter is bad."
+
+A board will jointly do a meaner action than the shadiest director
+amongst them, and should it comprise one or two members of obtrusive
+piety, that circumstance enables it to disregard the ordinary standard
+of right and wrong with more assurance.
+
+There is a law in metallurgy which has a curious analogy to this law
+of human nature. It is this: An alloy composed of several metals of
+different melting-points, will fuse at a lower temperature than that
+of its lowest fusing constituent.
+
+The Orders, then, have been of the greatest service in the past; they
+have brought the Philippines and their inhabitants to a certain pitch
+of civilisation, and credit is due to them for this much, even if
+they could go no farther. For years their influence over the natives
+has been decreasing, and year by year the natives have become more
+and more antagonistic to priestly rule.
+
+A considerable intellectual development has taken place of late years
+in the Philippines. The natives are no longer content to continue
+upon the old lines; they aspire to a freer life. Many even harbour
+a sentiment of nationality such as was never thought of before.
+
+But if the Orders had lost ground with the natives and with many
+Spaniards, their influence still preponderated. Owners of vast estates,
+possessors of fabulous riches, armed with spiritual authority, knowing
+the secrets of every family, holding the venal courts of justice as in
+the hollow of their hand, dominating the local government, standing
+above the law, and purchasing the downfall of their enemies from the
+corrupt ministries in Madrid, these giant trusts, jealous of each
+other, yet standing firmly shoulder to shoulder in the common cause,
+constitute a barrier to progress that can have no place nor use under
+an American Protectorate. They are an anachronism in the twentieth
+century, and they must disappear as corporations from the Philippines.
+
+They should not, however, be buried under an avalanche of contumely
+and slander; their long and glorious past should be remembered, and in
+winding up their estates due regard should be paid to the interests
+of every member. I cannot here intimate how this is to be done, for
+it is an intricate subject, rendered more complex by the reluctance
+of the American Government to interfere in religious matters, even
+though they are so bound up with the politics of the Philippines that
+no pacification can be effected without following popular sentiment
+upon this point.
+
+So far as the landed estates are concerned, the settlement could
+be arrived at by a commission with ample powers. In the meantime,
+no sale of these estates should be recognised.
+
+The benefices held by the friars should be gradually bestowed upon
+the secular clergy, as suitable men can be found. The native clergy
+have always been badly used by the friars; they have had to suffer
+abuse and ignominious treatment. They have not been in a position to
+develop their dignity and self-respect.
+
+I have spoken of them in general as leaving something to be desired
+as to decorous conduct, but they will doubtless improve when placed
+in positions of consideration and responsibility.
+
+Amongst them are men of considerable learning; some have passed
+brilliant examinations in theology and canon law.
+
+As regards piety, Malays, whether heathen, Mahometan or Christian,
+take their religion lightly, and we must not expect too much. I
+daresay they are pious enough for the country and the climate.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+SECRET SOCIETIES.
+
+    Masonic Lodges--Execution or exile of Masons in 1872--The
+    "Associacion Hispano Filipina"--The "Liga Filipina"--The
+    Katipunan--Its programme.
+
+
+Fray Eduardo Navarro, Procurator of the Augustinians, and Ysabelo de
+los Reyes, an Ilocano, and author of some notable works, agree that
+the first masonic lodge of the Philippines was founded in Cavite
+about 1860. The latter states that Malcampo and Mendez-Nuñez,
+two distinguished naval officers, were the founders. Soon after
+this, another lodge was founded in Zamboanga, also under naval
+auspices. After 1868, a lodge was founded in Manila by foreigners,
+a wealthy Filipino being secretary. Another lodge was founded in
+Pandakan, another in Cebú, and still another in Cavite, to which
+Crisanto Reyes and Maximo Inocencio belonged.
+
+These lodges at first had only Peninsular Spaniards or other Europeans
+as members, but gradually Creoles, Mestizos, and natives, joined the
+brotherhood, and subscribed liberally to its funds.
+
+The Catholic clergy have always looked upon Masons as most dangerous
+enemies, and many pontiffs have launched their anathemas against the
+brotherhood. But, so far as one can see, to quote from 'The Jackdaw
+of Rheims,' "No one seemed a penny the worse."
+
+Masonry grows and flourishes in spite of them all. To give an
+example. Many years ago, in the very Catholic city of Lima, I attended
+the civil funeral of a priest, the learned Doctor Don Francisco de
+Paula Gonzales Vigil, who died excommunicate. Twelve thousand men,
+including the Masons with their insignia, deputations from the Senate
+and Chamber, from the Municipality, Army, Navy, and other bodies,
+formed the funeral cortège. The Municipality presented a tomb in the
+public cemetery, which is one of the finest in the world, and an orator
+pronounced an impassioned eulogy upon the virtues and patriotism of the
+deceased. It was a wonderful manifestation, and remains graven upon my
+memory. On that day every priest and friar found something to occupy
+himself with at home. Whatever may be the case in Great Britain or in
+the United States, there can be no doubt that in Catholic countries
+the lodges are antagonistic to the clergy and the Church.
+
+The lodges in the Philippines were founded by anti-clerical Spaniards
+of liberal views, and the Creoles, Mestizos and natives who joined
+them found brethren disposed to sympathise with them and to work with
+them against the friars. There was no idea of revolting against the
+mother country, but rather to introduce a more liberal government,
+with representation for the civilised provinces in the Spanish
+Córtes. It must be remembered that this representation had already
+existed, and only required to be revived. There had been deputies
+to the Córtes-Generales from 1810 to 1814, and from 1820 to 1823,
+and Procuradores from 1834 to 1837.
+
+The Córtes of Cadiz, on 14th October, 1810, declared:--
+
+
+    "The kingdoms and provinces of America and Asia are, and ought to
+    have been always, reputed an integral part of the Spanish monarchy,
+    and for that same, their natives and free inhabitants are equal
+    in rights and privileges to those of the peninsula."
+
+
+These are very noble words, and, delivered in the majestic language
+of Castile by some enthusiastic orator, must have gone straight to
+the hearts of those that heard them.
+
+Spain is as celebrated for orators as Great Britain for the lack of
+them. Our generation has never produced a speaker like Castelar. But,
+unfortunately for the Philippines, these grand and sonorous phrases
+dissolved in air, and led to nothing practical. The friars stoutly
+opposed what to them seemed dangerous innovations; they were
+successful, and darkness again prevailed.
+
+The insurrection of Cavite, in 1872, resulted in the execution or
+exile of many members of the masonic body, and the brotherhood was
+for some years under a cloud.
+
+The Peninsular Spaniards dissociated themselves from the revolutionary
+party. To use a simile which has been employed in England to describe
+the difference between Liberals and Radicals, they were "going by
+the same train, but not going so far."
+
+The Creoles and Mestizos gradually founded new societies, which were
+alleged to aim at obtaining reforms by legal and constitutional means.
+
+"The Asociacion Hispano-Filipina" had for its first president Doroteo
+Cortés, and amongst its officers Ambrosio Rianzares Bautista, Pedro
+Serrano, and Deodato Arellano.
+
+The "Liga Filipina" was founded by Dr. Rizal and Domingo Franco;
+its first president was shot. Nearly all the members were Masons;
+they were well off, and of fair education, not inclined to put their
+persons or property in danger. They did not want to fight. Their
+programme may be summed up as follows:--
+
+
+    1. Expulsion of the friars, and confiscation of their estates.
+    2. The same political, administrative and economical concessions
+       as had been granted to Cuba. Freedom of the press, and freedom
+       of association.
+    3. Equalisation of the Philippine and Peninsular armies, and a
+       just division of Civil Service posts between natives and
+       Spaniards.
+    4. Return to owners of lands usurped by the friars, and sale of
+       such lands as really belonged to the Orders.
+    5. Prevention of insults to the Philippine natives, either in
+       sermons or in the press.
+    6. Economy in expenditure. Reduction of imposts. Construction of
+       railways and public works.
+
+
+It was certainly not without risk to be a member of one of these
+societies, for the Orders are vindictive in the extreme, and are not
+troubled with scruples when it is a question of punishing an opponent.
+
+Still, the Creole and Mestizo element were made cautious by
+the possession of property, and its members cannot be called
+fighting-men. They did not intend to run the risk of having holes
+bored through them.
+
+They founded newspapers in Spain; they wrote violent articles,
+they made speeches, they obtained the support of some Liberals and
+anti-clericals in the Peninsula, and numbered many adherents in the
+islands. Still, they were comparatively harmless. Not so, however,
+was a society which was formed of very different elements. Taking a
+hint, perhaps, from the murderous brotherhood of the Ku-Klux-Klan,
+some resolute and courageous Tagals imagined and formed that terrible
+secret society, the Katipunan. There is no K in the Spanish alphabet,
+but this letter is found in the Malay dialects, and consequently
+in Tagal. Therefore, the symbol of the society, K.K.K., was as
+distinctly anti-Spanish as was the full title, which was represented
+by the initials--
+
+
+                               N M A N B
+
+
+The words corresponding to these initials were:--
+
+
+            Kataas-taasan   Kagalang-gálang   Katipunan
+        or  Sovereign       Worshipful        Association
+
+            Nang     Manga     Anac  Nang     Bayan
+            of the   (plural)  sons  of the   Country.
+
+
+They used signs and passwords. There were three grades of members:--
+
+
+        1st grade   Katipun     word Anak nang bayan.
+        2nd grade   Kanal       word Gom-bur-za. [8]
+        3rd grade   Bayani.
+
+
+Andrés Bonifacio, a warehouse-keeper in the service of Messrs. Fressel
+& Co., of Manila, was the guiding spirit of this society, and at
+the meeting of 1st January, 1896, the Supreme Council was elected
+as follows:--
+
+
+        President             Andrés Bonifacio.
+        Fiscal and Doctor     Emilio Jacinto ó Dison, alias Ping Kian.
+        Treasurer             Vicente Molina.
+        Councillors           Pantaleon Torres.
+                              Hermengildo Reyes.
+                              Francisco Carreon.
+                              José Trinidad.
+                              Balbino Florentine
+                              Aguedo del Rosario.
+
+
+                                   K
+                                  K K
+                                 Z LL B
+
+
+The members of the Katipunan were poor people--writers, common
+soldiers, washermen, mechanics, and tenants on the friars'
+estates. They subscribed small sums monthly for the purchase of arms,
+and for other expenses. Bearing in mind how many conspiracies had been
+denounced to the priests by the women, the leaders of this movement
+gave their meetings the outward appearance of benevolent associations,
+and directed the members to represent the society to their wives in
+that light.
+
+Later on a woman's lodge, with twenty-five members was organised,
+under the presidency of Marina Dison, but the women were not informed
+of the true object of the society.
+
+Fray Eduardo Navarro, Procurator of the Augustinians, in a
+cleverly-written work, entitled 'The Philippines; a Study of Certain
+Matters of Moment,' published in 1897, prints under No. 3 of the
+Appendix the title granted by the Walana Lodge, No. 158, certifying
+that "our dear sister, Purificacion Leyva, has been initiated in the
+degree of Companion-Mason at the session of 8th April, 1894."
+
+On reading this work, I infer that the friars considered the Katipunan
+a Masonic body, but this is a mistake. The Katipunan adopted some
+of the Masonic paraphernalia, and some of the initiatory ceremonies,
+but were in no sense Masonic lodges.
+
+The programme of the Katipunan was, in its own words, "to redeem the
+Philippines from its tyrants, the friars, and to found a communistic
+republic." This was simple and direct, and they meant it.
+
+How many men were affiliated to this society cannot be known. Estimates
+range from 10,000 to 50,000 members. I think there can be no doubt
+that it was the most potent factor in the insurrection of 1896, and
+that its members, unlike the Creoles and Mestizos, were ready to give
+their lives for their cause.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+THE INSURRECTION OF 1896-97.
+
+    Combat at San Juan del Monte--Insurrection spreading--Arrival
+    of reinforcements from Spain--Rebel entrenchments--Rebel arms
+    and artillery--Spaniards repulsed from Binacáyan--and from
+    Noveleta--Mutiny of Carabineros--Prisoners at Cavite attempt
+    to escape--Iniquities of the Spanish War Office--Lachambre's
+    division--Rebel organization--Rank and badges--Lachambre
+    advances--He captures Silang--Perez Dasmariñas--Salitran--Anabo II.
+
+
+The Augustinians take credit to themselves that one of their order,
+Father Mariano Gil, parish priest of Tondo, discovered the existence
+of the revolutionary conspiracy, on the 19th August. But already on
+the 5th of July a lieutenant of the Guardia Civil had declared in
+a written report that there were over 14,000 men belonging to the
+valley of the Pasig, affiliated to the conspiracy.
+
+A council of the authorities was convened on the 6th of August, but
+nothing was done. On that same date, however, the Governor of Batangas
+telegraphed that a discovery of arms, ammunition and Republican flags
+had been made at Taal. In consequence of this, General Blanco ordered
+some arrests to be made.
+
+On the 19th, Father Gil gave information to General Blanco that
+he had discovered the existence of a secret revolutionary society,
+and two days later Blanco reported to the Government in Madrid that
+there existed a vast organization of secret societies.
+
+At this time the garrison of Manila consisted of some 1500 men, most of
+them being natives. As arrests were being continually made, the members
+of the Katipunan, or those suspected of being such, left their homes
+and took to the woods although very poorly equipped with fire-arms.
+
+On 30th August a party of the rebels under Sancho Valenzuela,
+Modesto Sarmiento, and others had a fight with some native cavalry
+and Guardias Civiles at San Juan del Monte near Manila. The rebels
+lost heavily in killed, their chiefs were taken prisoners and shot
+on the 4th September, at the Paseo de la Luneta.
+
+A Spanish artilleryman was murdered by some rebels at Pandacan about
+this time, and martial law was proclaimed.
+
+The Guardia Civil, all native soldiers, was now concentrated in
+Manila abandoning their outlying posts. After many vacillations and
+contradictory cablegrams to the Government in Madrid, General Blanco
+now definitely asked for large reinforcements.
+
+On September 1st, the people of Noveleta revolted and killed a captain
+and a lieutenant of the Guardia Civil and three days later the rebels
+penetrated to the town of Caridad, close to Cavite.
+
+Early in September rebels were in arms, and dominating great part
+of the Provinces of Manila, Cavite, Batangas, Bulacan, Pampanga and
+Nueva Écija.
+
+By the middle of the month rebel bands appeared in Tarlac, Pangasinán,
+Laguna, Morong and Tayabas.
+
+On the 9th September, the Cavite rebels attacked San Roque, which is
+close to the town of Cavite, and burned part of it. On the 12th,
+thirteen persons who had been convicted by a court-martial of
+complicity in the revolt were shot in Cavite.
+
+The cables from General Blanco to the Madrid Government were all this
+time misleading and contradictory, and showed that he had no grasp
+of the state of affairs. These dispatches were subjected to severe
+criticism in the Heraldo, a Madrid newspaper.
+
+By the middle of September troops arrived from Zamboanga and other
+southern stations, and the garrison of Manila was brought up to
+6000 men, two-thirds of whom were natives. Reinforcements were sent
+to Cavite, for the rebels were in great force about Silang, Imus,
+and Noveleta.
+
+On the 17th September another attack was made by the rebels on San
+Roque, but was repulsed.
+
+On the 1st October the mail steamer Cataluña arrived with a battalion
+of marines from Spain, greatly to the delight of the Spaniards,
+who gave the force an enthusiastic reception.
+
+Next day the ss. Monserrat arrived with more troops, and from this
+time forward troops kept pouring in.
+
+Still General Blanco remained on the defensive in and around the city
+of Manila and the town of Cavite, and repulsed attacks made by the
+rebels on the magazines at Binancáyan and Las Piñas.
+
+The rebels were now firmly established over the rest of the Province
+of Cavite. The natural features of this part of Luzon made the
+movements of regular troops extremely difficult. The country
+abounds in rivers which run from south to north parallel to each
+other at short distances. They run at the bottom of deep ravines,
+which present excellent positions for defence. Many of these rivers
+have dams across them and the sluices in these might be opened by
+the defenders, or the dams could be blown up in case a column of the
+assailants should be entangled in the ravine below, when they would
+inevitably be overwhelmed in the descending torrent.
+
+In places the country could be flooded and thus be rendered impassable
+for troops.
+
+But the industry of the rebels, skilfully directed, had added
+enormously to these natural advantages. From the reports of
+eye-witnesses I can affirm that the entrenchments of the Tagals were
+colossal. Tagals and Boers have demonstrated that a competitive
+examination is not necessary to enable fighting-men to entrench
+themselves. The Tagal lines ran from the delta of the Zapote River to
+Naic in an almost unbroken line, approximately parallel to the coast.
+
+They were doubled and trebled in front of villages or towns and across
+the roads.
+
+The trace was en crémaillère, the section being 6 feet thick at the
+top and 8 feet high, the exterior face vertical, with a revetment
+of bamboos fastened together with rattans. It was in fact a bank of
+earth built up against a strong bamboo fence.
+
+The defenders fired through loop-holes left in the parapet, and were
+very well covered, but they could only fire straight before them
+and horizontally.
+
+The defences of the towns had thicker and loftier parapets; in some
+cases there were three tiers of loop-holes properly splayed.
+
+The insurgents were very insufficiently armed, and at first there were
+ten men to a rifle. The man who was reputed the best shot carried
+the rifle and cartridge belt, and if he was killed or wounded in
+an engagement, the next best shot took the weapon and continued the
+fight. In the early actions there was scarcely ever a rifle left on
+the ground by the insurgents.
+
+The only cannon the rebels had at first were some ancient brass
+swivel guns called falconetes or lantácas, which they took from the
+estate-houses at Imus and Malabon.
+
+They also had some brass mortars like quart pots, which are used
+for firing salutes on feast days. These they fastened at an angle
+to blocks of wood, thus making small howitzers, quite effective at
+short range. They loaded these with the punchings from boiler-plates
+and broken cooking-pots.
+
+They showed a considerable ingenuity in making cannon out of any
+materials at hand. They would take a steel boiler-tube, a stay tube
+for choice, say about three inches bore and a quarter of an inch
+thick. Plugging up one end and drilling a touch-hole, they would
+drive this tube into a hole bored in a log of hard wood turned on the
+outside to a taper, then they drove eight or nine wrought-iron rings
+over the wood. They drilled through the wood to suit the touch-hole
+and the gun was ready.
+
+They fitted no trunnions, but mounted this rude cannon upon a solid
+block of wood.
+
+In other cases they made some wire guns by lapping steel boiler-tubes
+with telegraph-wire.
+
+Towards the end of the campaign of Lachambre's division against the
+rebels, some modern field-pieces of eight centimètres were captured
+from them, but it is not clear where these came from.
+
+To supplement their scanty stock of rifles, they made some hand-guns
+of gas-tube. These were fired by applying a match or lighted cigar
+to the touch-hole, and would seem to be very clumsy weapons. But I
+may say that when on a visit to the estate of Palpa, in Peru, I saw a
+Chinaman who was in charge of the poultry corral, kill a hawk hovering,
+with a similar gun.
+
+The Spanish Military and Naval Authorities now took the revolt very
+seriously, and on the 8th November the squadron comprising the
+Castilla, Reina Cristina, and other vessels, and the guns of the
+forts at Cavite and Puerto Vaga, opened upon the rebel position at
+Cavite, Viejo, Noveleta, Binancáyan, and other places within range,
+and kept it up for hours. The next morning the firing was resumed
+at daylight, supplemented by the guns from launches and boats well
+inshore. Troops were landed under the protection of the squadron,
+and advanced against the entrenchments of Binancáyan. They delivered
+three frontal attacks with great gallantry, reaching the parapet each
+time, but were beaten back, leaving many dead upon the ground. No
+flanking attack was possible here for the parapet extended for many
+miles each way.
+
+A simultaneous attack was made upon Noveleta by a column of 3000
+Spanish and native infantry under Colonel Fermin Diaz Mattoni.
+
+This force started from Cavite and marched through Dalahican and
+along the road to Noveleta. This road is a raised causeway running
+through a mangrove swamp, having deep mud on each side impassable
+for troops. This is at least a mile of swamp, and the troops advanced
+along the causeway and crossed a bridge which spanned a muddy creek.
+
+No enemy was in sight, and the town was not far off. Suddenly the
+head of the column fell into a most cunningly devised pitfall. The
+road had been dug out, the pit covered with wattle, and the surface
+restored to its original appearance. The bottom of the pit was set
+with pointed bamboo stakes which inflicted serious wounds upon those
+that fell upon them.
+
+At the moment of confusion the rebels opened a withering fire from
+concealed positions amongst the mangroves upon the column standing
+in the open.
+
+The Spaniards and native troops made great efforts to get forward,
+but could not stand the fire and had to retire. When they got back
+to the bridge it was down, and they had to wade across the creek
+under a close fire from the rebels hidden amongst the mangroves. In
+this action the Spaniards are said to have lost 600 killed and many
+hundreds wounded. The loss fell principally on the 73rd and 74th
+Regiments of Native Infantry.
+
+The rebels were greatly encouraged, and got possession of a large
+number of rifles, with ammunition and accoutrements.
+
+Both these attacks were made under the direction of General Blanco,
+who witnessed them from a lofty staging erected within the lines of
+Dalahican. After these disasters he resumed the defensive, except that
+the squadron and the batteries at Cavite and Puerto Vaga frequently
+bombarded the rebel positions.
+
+At this time thousands of natives were in prison in Manila awaiting
+their trial. A permanent court-martial had been organised to try the
+suspects. Great numbers were shot, and many hundreds were transported
+to the Caroline Islands, to Ceuta, and Fernando Pó. Wealthy natives
+were mercilessly blackmailed, and it is reported that those who were
+discharged had to pay large sums for their release.
+
+The Spanish Volunteers in Manila committed many arbitrary and even
+outrageous actions, and aroused the hatred of the natives far more
+than the regular troops did. They allowed their patriotism to carry
+them into most lamentable excesses.
+
+On the 25th February a rising and mutiny of the Carbineers or
+Custom-House Guards took place in Manila at the captain of the port's
+office. The scheme miscarried and was only partially successful. The
+officer on duty was shot, and also the sergeant, and the rebels made
+off with some rifles and ammunition.
+
+The volunteers and some troops hastily called together pursued the
+rebels through Tondo as far as the Leper Hospital, till nightfall,
+the last volley being fired at 6.15 P.M. In this affair the mutineers
+lost a great many men, but some of them got away and joined the rebels.
+
+Blanco had not been severe enough with the rebels or suspected
+rebels to please the friars. His management of the attacks upon
+Noveleta and Binancáyan had been faulty, and his health was bad. It
+was not surprising, having the priests against him, and the military
+dissatisfied, that he was recalled. He left at the end of 1896. General
+Polavieja, an officer who had risen from the ranks by his military
+talents, and who, when serving in Cuba, had very accurately gauged the
+situation, and had made a remarkably clever report to the government,
+was sent out to replace Blanco. Polavieja was inexorable with the
+rebels and their sympathisers. Military executions took place about
+once a week for two months. Francisco Roxas, a mestizo ship-owner,
+Numeriano Adriano, and many other mestizos and natives were shot at
+the Paseo de la Luneta.
+
+On December 6th the prisoners in Cavite jail rose, murdered their
+jailer, and attempted to escape. One hundred and fifty prisoners were
+concerned in this affair. Of these, forty-seven were shot in the
+streets of the town, and twenty-one were captured, whilst thirteen
+were shot in the bushes behind Cañacao. Those recaptured were tried
+for prison-breaking, and were all shot the next morning.
+
+By the beginning of 1897, a large number of troops had arrived from
+Spain. They were, however, largely conscripts, raw youths who had never
+handled a rifle, mere raw material in fact, sent out without uniform
+or equipment, many having only what they stood up in, or at most,
+having a spare shirt and a singlet tied up in a handkerchief. We talk
+about the shortcomings of our War Office officials, and certainly
+they sometimes give examples of wooden-headed stupidity, and are
+behind the age in many particulars. But for deliberate inhumanity,
+for utter callousness to human suffering, to loss of health and
+life, I think the Spanish War Office could hardly be outdone. And I
+speak of their misdeeds from personal knowledge in the Philippines
+and in Cuba. What an enormous amount of suffering was caused to the
+working-people of Spain by the sending to Cuba and to the Philippines
+of over 200,000 men in 1895-96. Never in this generation were men
+shipped away so destitute of clothing, provisions, surgeons and
+medical comforts. Never have I seen troops in the field with such
+wretched equipment, or so devoid of transport, tents, and supplies.
+
+Whatever successes they achieved were secured by the inborn valour of
+the troops, and by extraordinary exertions on the part of the generals
+and staff to improvise on the spot what the national treasury should
+have supplied them with at the commencement of hostilities.
+
+The raw recruits having been drilled and exercised with the rifle were
+organised in fifteen battalions and called Cazadores (chasseurs). These
+battalions, with four regiments of native infantry and some native
+volunteers, were formed into brigades under Generals Cornell, Marina,
+Jaramillo and Galbis. The first three brigades constituted a division,
+which was placed under the command of General Lachambre, an officer
+of great energy, and of long experience in the Cuban wars.
+
+By the beginning of 1897 the Tagal rebellion had concentrated its
+forces in the province of Cavite. Embers of rebellion still smouldered
+in other provinces of Luzon, but many rebels from outlying places
+had thrown in their lot with those of Cavite, and in great numbers,
+very indifferently supplied with arms and ammunition, but amply with
+provisions, they confidently awaited the long-prepared attack of
+the Spanish forces behind the formidable entrenchments that their
+persevering labour had raised. In the interval they had organised
+themselves after a fashion, and had instituted a reign of terror
+wherever they held sway.
+
+The organisation of the rebels in the province of Cavite was of a
+somewhat confused nature, and seemed to respond to the ambition and
+influence of particular individuals rather than to any systematic
+principle.
+
+Thus Silang was declared a vice-royalty under Victor Belarmino,
+styled Victor I.
+
+The rest of the province was divided into two districts, each ruled
+by a council; the first was Imus and its vicinity, under Bernardino
+Aguinaldo with ministers of war, of the treasury, of agriculture and
+of justice.
+
+The second was San Francisco de Malabon, presided over by Mariano
+Alvarez, with ministers of state as above.
+
+But above the kingdom of Silang and the two republics, the President
+of the Katipunan, Andres Bonifacio, held sway as lieutenant of the
+Generalissimo Emilio Aguinaldo. He resided in his palace at San
+Francisco, and from there dictated his orders. The supreme power was
+in the hands of Aguinaldo.
+
+All these authorities exercised despotic power, and certainly
+ill-treated and robbed their own countrymen who did not desire to
+join them, far more than the Spaniards have ever done in the worst
+of times. They frequently inflicted the death-penalty, and their
+so-called courts-martial no more thought of acquitting an accused
+person than a regimental court-martial in England would. The terrible
+President of the Katipunan ultimately became a victim of one of these
+blood-thirsty tribunals.
+
+Their military organization was curious. The province was sub-divided
+into military zones. First Silang, second Imus, third Bacoor, fourth
+San Francisco de Malabon, fifth Alfonso. Each zone had an army which
+consisted of all the population able to work, and was divided into two
+parts, the active or fighting force and the auxiliary but non-combatant
+part. The active force was divided into regiments and companies, and
+these last into riflemen and spearmen, there being commonly five of
+the latter to one of the former. Besides the usual military ranks,
+they instituted the following functionaries:
+
+
+    Minister of Marine                   Marcelo de los Santos.
+    Principal Chaplain to the Forces     Eladio Almeyda.
+    Intendant-General of Taxes           Silvestre Aguinaldo.
+    General of Artillery                 Crispulo Aguinaldo.
+    Inspector of Ordnance Factories      Edilberto Evangelista.
+    General of Engineers
+    Judge Advocate General               Santos Nocón.
+
+
+All the above held the rank of lieutenant-general. The badges of rank
+were as follows:
+
+
+Rebel Badges of Rank.
+
+Generalissimo,          K on the hat or cap.
+                        Z. L. I. B. on the arm.
+                        Vertically stacked Maltese cross, K, and Maltese
+                        cross on the left breast.
+
+Lieutenant Generals,    K in concentric circles with eight segments.
+
+Marshals,               K in lower half of concentric circles.
+
+Brigadiers,             K in triangle with circle at each corner.
+
+Colonels,               Three K's surrounding Maltese cross.
+
+                        K
+Majors,                 K
+                        K
+
+The Ministers,          K
+
+The Secretary to the
+Generalissimo,          K K K
+
+
+The rebels occupied the whole of the province of Cavite, except the
+fortified town of that name containing the naval arsenal, and a small
+strip on the shores of the Laguna where the Spanish troops were posted.
+
+Cornell's brigade was at Calamba and Marina's brigade at Biñan. They
+had outlying detachments amounting to 1500 men at Santa Cruz, Santo
+Domingo, Tayabas, and along the line from Tanáuan to Bañadero, leaving
+each brigade 4000 men for the advance into the rebel territory. The
+divisional troops numbered about 1300, making a total of 9300
+combatants.
+
+The brigade under Jaramillo had its headquarters in Taal, Batangas
+Province, with outlying detachments at Batangas, Calacá, Lián Balayan
+and Punta Santiago, and a force holding the line of the Pansipit River,
+altogether amounting to 1000 men, leaving 1600 free to operate.
+
+Besides this a fourth brigade, not belonging to the division,
+having General Galbis as brigadier, was extended along the northern
+bank of the Zapote River, under the immediate orders of the
+governor-general. The Lakes of Bay and Bombon (Taal) were guarded
+by armed steam-launches and other small craft, whilst the gunboats
+of the squadron patrolled the sea coast. The rebel province was thus
+held in a grip of iron.
+
+On the 12th February, 1897, General Lachambre reported himself ready
+to advance. General Polavieja ordered Jaramillo to attack the rebel
+trenches at Bayuyungan on the 14th, and to keep up the attack until
+Lachambre had seized Silang, when he was to attack Talisay on the Lake
+of Taal. The marines at Dalahican were ordered to attack Noveleta,
+whilst Lachambre was to advance on the 15th, the two brigades taking
+different routes, but converging on Silang.
+
+The march was extremely difficult, and the nine-centimètre guns were
+only taken through, at the cost of most strenuous efforts. The enemy
+tenaciously defended every favourable position, and were only driven
+off at the cost of many lives.
+
+On the 19th, Silang, one of the principal rebel towns, was taken
+by assault and at the point of the bayonet, after a preparatory
+bombardment in which the artillery fired 105 rounds of shell, whilst
+25,000 rifle cartridges were used by the infantry.
+
+The rebels lost 2000 men killed and wounded, whilst the Spanish losses
+were 12 killed and 70 wounded. The town was strongly entrenched and
+stoutly defended, and its capture with so small a loss may justly
+be called a creditable operation. Marina's brigade attacked from the
+south and Cornell's brigade from the east.
+
+The action lasted from 7 to 11.30 A.M. The rebels were discouraged,
+but still, on the 22nd, they delivered an attack as if they would
+retake the town, and pressed on with great fury. They killed four of
+the Spaniards and wounded twenty-one, but in the end were driven off,
+leaving 400 dead on the ground. The houses in Silang were found fully
+furnished and provisioned. In the house of the so-called Viceroy of
+Silang, Victor Belarmino, the principal ornament of the sala was a
+chromo-lithograph portrait of the Queen Regent.
+
+The church-doors were wide open and the altars profusely
+illuminated. On the sacristy table lay the priestly robes and
+ornaments, ready, doubtless, for the celebration of a Te Deum for the
+expected victory. But he who was to wear them, the celebrated Tagal
+Bishop, lay with a bullet through his heart across the parapet he
+had fiercely defended.
+
+Lachambre preserved the best houses around the church and convent and
+utilised them as storehouses, hospital, and barracks, burning the
+rest of the town as a punishment to the rebels. He then garrisoned
+and fortified the post and connected it with the telegraph line.
+
+On the 24th Lachambre marched from Silang, his main body advancing by
+the direct route to Perez Dasmariñas parallel to the River Casundit,
+a flanking force of three companies guarding the left of the column,
+whilst Lieutenant Colonel Villalon, with a battalion and a half
+having started an hour earlier than the main body, took the road to
+Palimparan, having the Rio Grande on his right, and by his advance
+protecting the right flank of the column. Villalon advanced rapidly,
+and, brushing aside all opposition, rushed Palimparan with a loss
+of one killed and one wounded, killing seven of the rebels in the
+attack. Here he bivouacked, and at sunset was joined by another
+force consisting of half a brigade under Colonel Arizon, detached
+from General Galbis' force on the Zapote River.
+
+In the meantime the main body had advanced to within three miles of
+Perez Dasmariñas and bivouacked at the hamlet called Sampalcoc. On
+the following day Perez Dasmariñas was taken by assault, after a
+short bombardment by the mountain batteries. The rebels were strongly
+entrenched, and made a stout resistance. They had flooded the rice
+fields to the east of the town and rendered them impassable.
+
+The town was attacked from the south and west, but it took hours of
+hard fighting for the Spaniards to break in, and even then the rebels
+fought hand to hand, and many preferred death to surrender. Those
+who fled were taken in flank by Arizon's force, which approached the
+northern end of the town from the eastward. The loss of the Spaniards
+was 21 killed and 121 wounded, whilst the natives left 400 dead at
+the foot of their defences, and a great number were killed outside
+the town.
+
+The early part of the defence was directed by Aguinaldo, but he fled
+when the Spanish forces closed up, leaving Estrella, an ex-sergeant
+of the Guardia Civil, in his place. Estrella fled later on when the
+Spaniards had entered the town. Unintimidated by this rude lesson,
+the rebels that same night fired into the town, and on the 27th they
+attacked a column which went out to make a reconnaissance towards
+Palimparan, and gave a mountain battery a chance, which they promptly
+took, of getting at a dense body of them with case. The artillery fired
+22 rounds in this action, and the infantry used 63,000 cartridges. The
+Spanish loss was two killed and ten wounded, whilst the rebels lost
+at least 300.
+
+The church, convent, and stone homes round the Plaza of Perez
+Dasmariñas were loopholed and prepared for defence, and occupied
+by a garrison of two companies of infantry. Owing, however, to the
+difficulty of bringing up supplies, the division could not resume its
+advance till the 7th March. Then the division took the eastern road to
+Imus, whilst the half brigade under Arizon marched by a parallel road
+on the right flank, which converged upon the Imus road at Salitran,
+a village with a large stone estate-house belonging to the Recollets,
+strongly entrenched and held by the rebels.
+
+On arriving within range two guns of Cornell's brigade opened fire
+on the estate-house from an eminence, but after the fifth round the
+Spanish flag was shown from the house, it having been occupied by
+Arizon's force arriving from the east after a very slight resistance,
+for the rebels seemed to have no one in command. They had prepared
+for an attack from the east, but when they found the Spaniards
+arriving in great force upon their right flank, enfilading their
+strong entrenchments, they became demoralised and took to flight.
+
+The scouts now reported that a formidable entrenchment a mile and a
+quarter long, was occupied by the rebels about a mile north of the
+village. This entrenchment, called Anabo II., covered both the roads
+to Imus, and each flank rested on a deep ravine--the eastern end had
+a redoubt, and the western end a flanking epaulement.
+
+The ground in front was perfectly open, and there was difficulty in
+making a flanking attack, so General Zabala, with a half brigade,
+made a direct attack. The fighting line gradually advanced, taking
+such cover as the pilápiles of the rice-fields could give, until they
+arrived within 100 yards of the parapet, when Zabala, waving high
+his sword, gave the order for the assault, falling a moment after
+pierced through the breast by a shot from a lantaca. Two captains fell
+near him, but the lieutenants led their companies to the assault;
+the cazadores sprang across the ditch and clambered up the high
+parapet with the agility and fury of leopards, bayoneting those of
+the defenders who remained to fight it out, and sending volley after
+volley into those who had taken to flight.
+
+The Spanish loss was 11 killed and 33 wounded, whilst 200 of the rebels
+were killed. This heavy loss did not however appear to intimidate them
+in the least, for on the 8th they made two desperate attempts to retake
+the position, in both of which they came within close range of the
+Spaniards, who poured repeated volleys into them by word of command,
+whilst the mountain-guns played upon them with ease. In this action
+the Spaniards lost 5 killed and 25 wounded, and they calculated the
+rebel killed at 300.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+THE INSURRECTION OF 1896-97--CONTINUED.
+
+    The Division encamps at San Nicolas--Work of the native engineer
+    soldiers--The division marches to Salitran--Second action at
+    Anabo II.--Crispulo Aguinaldo killed--Storming the entrenchments
+    of Anabo I.--Burning of Imus by the rebels--Proclamation by
+    General Polavieja--Occupation of Bacoor--Difficult march of the
+    division--San Antonio taken by assault--Division in action with
+    all its artillery--Capture of Noveleta--San Francisco taken by
+    assault--Heavy loss of the Tagals--Losses of the division--The
+    division broken up--Monteverde's book--Polavieja returns to
+    Spain--Primo de Rivera arrives to take his place--General Monet's
+    butcheries--The pact of Biak-na-Bato--The 74th Regiment joins
+    the insurgents--The massacre of the Calle Camba--Amnesty for
+    torturers--Torture in other countries.
+
+
+On the 10th (March) the division marched to Presa-Molino, which was
+occupied that same evening, and leaving three companies of infantry to
+guard the position, the division continued its march through a most
+difficult country, arriving in the afternoon on the Zapote River,
+in touch with the 4th Brigade, formerly commanded by Galbis and now
+by Barraquer.
+
+From there Lachambre with his staff rode over to Parañaque, and
+reported himself to the Captain-General Polavieja.
+
+The troops encamped on the downs of San Nicolas, one brigade on
+each side of the River Zapote. Notwithstanding the comparatively
+favourable emplacement of the camp, the troops and their officers
+suffered severely from the effect of the climate upon frames weakened
+by over-exertion, by indifferent nourishment and by sleeping on
+the ground. Malarial fevers, intestinal catarrh, dysentery, and
+rheumatism sapped their vitality, whilst nostalgia preyed upon the
+younger soldiers and depressed their spirits. Since the 15th February
+the division had lost in killed, wounded, and invalided, no less than
+135 officers, and troops in greater proportion.
+
+Yet still greater exertions were to be required from the soldiers. The
+4th Brigade was incorporated in the division, and two additional
+battalions, one from the 3rd Brigade and the other from the Independent
+Brigade, brought the number of combatants nearly up to 12,000.
+
+Having previously made a practicable road by Almansa to Presa Molino
+and Salitran, defended by redoubts at the most difficult fords,
+and having organised his transport with such means as the country
+afforded, Lachambre again set out, his objective being Imus, but the
+attack was to be from Salitran.
+
+The work of the native engineer soldiers, and of the 74th Native
+Regiment in constructing this road and the redoubts, merits the
+highest praise, and it must be admitted that it is almost impossible
+for an army of white men to carry on a campaign in the Philippines
+or in similar territory, without the assistance of native pioneer or
+engineer troops.
+
+The road being ready, and the convoys of provisions having gone
+forward, on the morning of the 22nd March the division started on
+its march to Salitran, where it arrived on the evening of the 23rd,
+having had some sharp skirmishes on the way.
+
+Early on the 24th the division set out for Imus, and once more the
+formidable trenches and redoubts of Anabo II., restored, strengthened,
+and crowded with determined defenders, barred their path. These works
+had once already been taken by assault, and had cost the division
+the loss of the brave General Zabala and other officers and men.
+
+Protected on each flank by a deep ravine with a river at the bottom,
+and with open ground in front, the attack had been rendered more
+difficult by flooding the arable land before the trenches, and the
+position of the rebels was an exceedingly strong one. Lachambre had
+to accept a direct attack, but he sent a body of troops forward on
+each flank to advance simultaneously and overlap the ends of the
+entrenchment.
+
+The infantry deployed, the firing line advanced under fire without
+stopping to within three hundred yards of the parapet, when
+they halted, taking what cover they could and keeping up a steady
+fire. Then the mountain battery was brought up and fired common shell
+at close range, breaching the parapet. A rush forward soon brought
+the firing-line within 150 yards of the parapet. General Marina,
+watching the engagement well to the front, had one of his staff
+officers killed at his side; seeing the favourable moment arrive,
+he gave the order for the assault.
+
+Once more the troops exhibited their conspicuous bravery. The long
+line, led by its officers, dashed forward with the bayonet, the
+bugles sounding the charge, and with impetuous speed, soon reached
+the parapet. However terrible the attack, the stout-hearted Tagals
+stood firm, disdaining to fly.
+
+Bolo and bayonet clashed, European courage and Malay fury had full
+play, till in the end, as ever in equal numbers and in stand-up fight,
+the European prevailed. Many of the defenders fell, the rest sought
+safety in flight.
+
+The engagement lasted two and a half hours without cessation, and
+over three hundred rebel dead were counted in or near the works,
+amongst them was Crispulo Aguinaldo, a brother of General Emilio
+Aguinaldo. The Spaniards lost 9 killed and 108 wounded.
+
+After a short rest the division resumed the advance upon Imus, and
+bivouacked after marching about a couple of miles.
+
+On the 25th the advance was continued on a broad front. Scarcely had
+the division marched for half-an-hour when the leading ranks came
+in sight of another line of entrenchments more than two miles long,
+six feet high, and five feet thick, well protected with cane fences in
+front, one of these being at a distance of 100 yards from the parapet.
+
+Lachambre orders the centre to make a direct attack and the wings a
+flanking movement. The rebels retain their fire till the Spaniards
+arrive within two hundred yards, and then the parapet is crowned with
+flame both from small arms and lantacas. The scene of the day before
+was repeated, the parapet stormed, with a rebel loss of over six
+hundred. After a short halt the advance against Imus was resumed. The
+distance was short, and the appearance of the thousands of bayonets
+and the explosion of a few shells produced an indescribable panic
+amongst the inhabitants and the many who had come from other towns
+to assist in the defence.
+
+They took to flight, disregarding the protests of their leaders
+Emilio Aguinaldo and Andrés Bonifacio. In order to cover his retreat,
+the former ordered the magazine to be blown up and the town to be
+burned. This delayed the advance of the Spaniards in the centre, but
+the wings moved forward and the thousands of fugitives were exposed to
+a flanking fire, and more than eight hundred of them bit the dust. It
+was afternoon before Lachambre could enter what remained of Imus,
+when as a mark of honour for their splendid services, the colour
+of the 74th Regiment of Native Infantry was raised upon the tower
+of the church--all the troops presenting arms and afterwards giving
+enthusiastic cheers.
+
+Thus was taken the citadel of the Katipunan with a loss to the
+Spaniards of 25 killed and 129 wounded.
+
+The taking of Imus gave General Polavieja an opportunity of offering
+an amnesty to the rebels, which he did not neglect. On the 26th of
+March he issued a proclamation offering pardon to all who had borne
+arms against the Royal Authority, or who had assisted the rebels,
+provided they presented themselves before Palm Sunday the 11th of
+April. Leaders of the rebels were to present themselves with their
+forces and arms.
+
+On the 26th March the division, leaving a garrison in Imus, started
+for Bacoor to take the defences in reverse, and such was the effect on
+the rebels of their defeat at Imus and of the advance in overwhelming
+force, that they fled, and the division occupied Bacoor almost without
+firing a shot.
+
+It was otherwise with Binacayan, for Marina's Brigade having made a
+reconnaissance in force on the 28th, were received with a heavy fire,
+and after an hour's skirmish in which some were killed on each side,
+they returned to their camp at Bacoor; Lachambre considering that
+an attack in that direction would result in a useless waste of life,
+for the advance would be along narrow causeways across swamps. Having
+received provisions and ammunition by sea from Manila, he returned
+with his division to Imus, the garrison of which had not been molested
+by the rebels.
+
+At daylight on the 31st March, the division left Imus and marched
+across country in a westerly and southerly direction, fording numerous
+streams running at the bottom of deep ravines, as well as many
+irrigating canals and ditches. Soon after the start the right flank
+was fired upon, the fire increasing as the column moved forward. The
+engineers had to improve the approaches to the fords of the Rivers
+Julian and Batong Dalig under fire.
+
+The leading brigade carried several entrenchments on its front and
+flank without halting, but extending skirmishes on either flank to
+beat off the enemy. The rear brigade was attacked on both flanks and
+had to fight a rearguard action as well. The division bivouacked for
+the night at Bacao, a point from which it threatened the rebel towns of
+San Francisco, Santa Cruz, Rosario and Noveleta, all within easy reach.
+
+The losses on the day's march were 6 killed and 37 wounded, whilst
+400 rebel killed were counted on open ground, and many must have
+fallen amongst the bushes and trees.
+
+They, however, were not at all dismayed, and surrounded the bivouac
+at night, firing repeated volleys and engaging the outposts.
+
+On the following day (1st April), the division with all its baggage
+crossed the River Ladron, and took up a position in the centre of a
+large tract of rice-fields, having Noveleta on the north, San Francisco
+on the south, Rosario and Santa Cruz to the west, and San Antonio on
+the east. San Antonio was first taken by assault after the parapet
+had been breached by the fire of two batteries of mountain guns. The
+fugitive Tagals who escaped with their lives took refuge in Noveleta.
+
+The situation was now as follows: Arizon's Brigade threatened Noveleta,
+Marina's Brigade threatened Rosario and Sarralde's Brigade attacked
+Santa Cruz--the baggage being in the centre and out of fire.
+
+At this moment a dense mass of the enemy issuing from San Francisco,
+made a desperate attack upon the Spaniards nearest to them.
+
+The whole of the division with its twelve guns, was now in action
+and surrounded by the enemy, Lachambre in the centre keenly watching
+the fight. When he judged the right moment had arrived, he ordered
+Arizon's Brigade to storm Noveleta.
+
+The Brigade greeted this order with thundering shouts of "Viva España,"
+and with the pluck that has always distinguished the Spanish soldier
+when well led, carried the entrenchments at a run, and fought a hand to
+hand combat with the defenders, who were either killed or driven out,
+notwithstanding that these were the very best of the rebel troops,
+amongst them being many of Aguinaldo's Guards, wearing a special
+uniform, some of them having served in the native regiments. Here,
+again, the 74th Native Infantry distinguished themselves by their
+remarkable bravery, and once more their colour was displayed from
+the church tower as a recognition of their valuable and loyal services.
+
+The capture of Noveleta placed the division in communication with
+the marines occupying the entrenchments of Dalahican.
+
+This action cost the division 11 killed and 58 wounded, but many
+hundreds of the rebels were killed.
+
+In consequence of this, the rebels abandoned Cavite, Viejo, and
+Binacayan, which were occupied the following day without resistance.
+
+The rebels, however, on the 4th, and again on the 5th, attacked the
+troops in Noveleta and sustained the combat for some time, killing
+10 and wounding 33 Spanish, but leaving 50 of their own dead on
+the ground.
+
+On the 6th the division marched from Noveleta, which was occupied
+by a garrison of marines, and took the direction of San Francisco,
+the advanced guard in extended order across the same open ground upon
+which the engagement of April 1st was fought. The rebel positions
+on the right flank were marked by lines of skirmishers with their
+supports and reserves. The Tagals had, however, inundated the part
+of this plain immediately in front of the town, and the advance was
+made with great difficulty; the guns and ammunition boxes having to
+be carried by the gunners with the assistance of the infantry. With
+undaunted bravery the troops struggled on under a heavy fire, but
+Lachambre, realising the difficulty and the danger incurred, changed
+the direction of the advance. The right wing under Arizon inclined to
+the right, and the left, under Marina, bore away to the left. Half a
+brigade crossed the River Ladron, notwithstanding the opposition of
+the rebels, and attacked the town from the east. Firmer ground was soon
+reached, the guns that had cost so much labour taking up, were mounted,
+and a rain of shell soon fell amongst the rebels. The infantry poured
+in steady volleys, advancing in the intervals of firing. The whole
+combined attack being within a proper distance for the final rush,
+Lachambre gave the word, and like greyhounds released, the Spanish
+and native infantry leaped to the assault. The parapet was high and
+deep the ditch, for the defenders had not spared their labour on it,
+and as the Spanish line reached the edge, the rebels boldly mounted
+the parapet and discharged their arms at close quarters. In this
+critical moment the moral superiority of the white man once more was
+manifest. The Spanish troops reached the parapet and a hand-to-hand
+combat with the bolder rebels took place, the bayonet against the
+spear or bolo. The less-determined of the enemy fled, and in a few
+minutes 120 Tagals lay dead against the parapet, and five guns and
+eighty rifles remained as trophies to the victors. The companies
+re-formed for the pursuit, but the enemy fired the thatched huts
+to interpose a curtain of flame between them and their pursuers; a
+measure which was only partially successful, for some of the troops,
+nimbly darting through the lanes, shot down or bayoneted many of
+the fugitives, killing 400 in the pursuit, besides those who died at
+the entrenchments. The Spanish loss was 25 killed and 125 wounded,
+including several officers. The fighting had lasted four hours over
+very difficult ground, and the troops were exhausted. Lachambre
+therefore camped in the town, which has many fine edifices and a
+spacious, church and convent. The bells of the church, in a joyful
+peal, announced the Spanish triumph. The rebels were under the command
+of Andrés Bonifacio, the President of the formidable Katipunan. This
+terrible blow to the insurrection was followed by the occupation of
+the towns of Santa Cruz and Rosario, without firing a shot.
+
+Many of the natives had joined the rebellion under compulsion, and
+had long desired to submit themselves. Now they came in by hundreds
+every day to claim the amnesty offered by General Polavieja.
+
+Fifty-two days had the campaign lasted, fifty-seven combats had taken
+place, and the total loss of the division was 1 general, 14 officers,
+and 168 men killed, and 56 officers and 910 men wounded. Probably a
+far larger number died or were invalided from disease, induced by the
+fatigue, exposure and privations inseparable from such a campaign,
+especially as most of the men were mere youths, raw recruits, and
+with little possibility of taking care of themselves, even if they
+knew how. Notwithstanding the excessive fatigue and the depressing
+nature of the surroundings, the Spanish troops maintained a fine
+martial spirit, and ever showed themselves ready to respond to
+the calls made upon them. They were well led by their officers,
+who devoted themselves unsparingly in their country's service, and
+they had confidence in their generals, who were untiring in their
+exertions to do their best for their men. Lachambre displayed the
+greatest solicitude for the well-being of the force under his command;
+whilst showing the utmost resolution, and pushing his attacks home
+in every case, yet he sacrificed his men as little as possible, and
+always had patience to wait till his flanking attacks could join in
+the assault. The distances the division had to traverse were very
+small, but the absence of roads and bridges made the provisioning of
+the army a matter of the utmost difficulty.
+
+Those who know the poverty of the Spanish Army in animals,
+vehicles, and stores, will understand what Lachambre and his staff
+accomplished. On the 12th April, 1897, the division was broken up,
+and the brigades were stationed at various places in Cavite and the
+neighbouring provinces.
+
+The general, brigadiers, officers, and troops, are fortunate in having
+as chronicler of their exploits, so painstaking and appreciative an
+officer as Lieut.-Colonel Don Federico de Monteverde y Sedano, who in
+his book, 'La Division Lachambre,' published in 1898, gives a detailed
+account of the campaign, with sketches illustrative of the various
+actions. Señor Monteverde does justice to every Spaniard, from the
+divisional-general downwards. I could wish he had said something more
+about the services of the 73rd and 74th Regiments of Native Infantry,
+who seem to have been always in the forefront of the battle and where
+the hardest work was being done, as in assisting the magnificent
+engineer corps, without whom I doubt if the campaign could have been
+successful. His book, however, is invaluable to those who may have
+to conduct operations in the Philippines, and the invariable success
+achieved by Lachambre, contrasts remarkably with the failures in the
+early part of the rebellion, and one cannot help seeing a parallel
+between this little war and the greater one in South Africa. Each was
+mismanaged at the beginning, but as soon as the invading forces were
+organised in one command, success was achieved.
+
+A few days after the breaking up of the division, General Polavieja
+embarked for Spain, very much broken in health. In a letter written
+on the 9th March to the Minister of War, Polavieja declared himself
+too ill to ride and asked for his relief. He, however, still remained
+at Parañaque, directing the campaign till after the capture of San
+Francisco.
+
+The Spanish press took sides for or against him, the papers advocating
+the interests of the friars praised him, whilst the Liberal press
+held him up to ridicule.
+
+There is no doubt that he directed the military operations in an
+efficient manner, but under his government the arbitrary arrests,
+cruelties, and tortures, inflicted upon all who were suspected of being
+sympathisers with the rebels, or from whom money would be extorted,
+that had begun under Blanco, continued and increased. For Blanco,
+having been informed of the cruelties inflicted, issued an order
+forbidding the practice.
+
+The next governor-general was General Primo de Rivera, who had held
+that office from 1880 to 1883, and had found it a very profitable
+one. He arrived on the 23rd April and went to the front on the 29th;
+on the 4th May, Naic was taken, also a small place called Quintana,
+and Indang. At Naic there was very heavy fighting, and some at Indang.
+
+The troops then advanced to Maragondón, which was taken on the 10th
+after a most stubborn resistance, the Spaniards losing many men and
+the rebels still more heavily.
+
+This place was the last where the rebels made a stand, in Cavite
+province. After this defeat they dispersed in roving bands and kept
+on the move.
+
+The whole province was a scene of desolation, towns burnt, churches
+bombarded, stone houses blown up, property looted, putrefying bodies
+lying about in hundreds, the fields laid waste, the cattle driven off,
+the country depopulated, a remnant of the inhabitants hiding in the
+woods; a few of the bolder ones returned to the ruined houses. Such
+was the result of this unhappy rebellion.
+
+I have this description from an eye-witness, and he assured me that he
+had been told by a colonel commanding one of the most distinguished
+regiments engaged in the campaign, that not less than 30,000 natives
+lost their lives in that province alone during the rebellion.
+
+The rebels gave no quarter to Spaniards, and the Spaniards only
+occasionally took prisoners. However, once taken they were usually
+released after being exhorted to return to their homes.
+
+Whilst the operations of Lachambre's division were proceeding in
+Cavite, General Monet, with a force of 3000 men, was carrying on an
+indiscriminate butchery of men, women, and children, in Bulacan and
+Pampanga, but he displayed no military qualities, and ultimately
+escaped, leaving his forces to surrender.
+
+The Spanish Volunteers in Manila continued their series of abominable
+outrages, although in August, Primo de Rivera issued a decree
+forbidding intimidation, plundering and ravishing. He was ultimately
+obliged to disband them.
+
+Driven out of Cavite, the remnant of the rebels under Aguinaldo took
+refuge in the hills and held a strong position near Angat, in the
+province of Bulacan. As it would have taken a long time to reduce them,
+Primo de Rivera tried conciliation, and employed Don Pedro Paterno,
+a native gentleman of means, who had been educated in Spain, as
+mediator. By his instrumentality, an arrangement was arrived at which,
+after being approved by the Government in Madrid, was signed by the
+mediator as attorney for the rebels and the governor-general for Spain.
+
+This, known as the pact of Biak-na-bato, was signed on December
+14th, 1897.
+
+In consequence, Aguinaldo and a number of the prominent rebels were
+escorted to Hong Kong by a relative of the governor-general, and
+there received a sum of $400,000, being the first instalment of the
+sum agreed upon.
+
+They lived in a quiet and economical manner upon their own
+resources. They did not divide the indemnity nor convert it to their
+own use, but kept it as a war fund in case of need.
+
+The event showed the wisdom of this course, for Primo de Rivera had
+led them to understand that an amnesty and reforms were to follow,
+but, apparently, had caused the Spanish Government to look upon the
+arrangement in a very different light, and he subsequently denied
+that any treaty existed. No reforms were ever granted, and things
+in Luzon went on in the same old way. The friars joined in raising
+a large subscription for Primo de Rivera, and this seemed to incline
+him more favourably towards them.
+
+The amnesty was disregarded, and the priests continued their arbitrary
+courses against those who had been concerned in the rebellion. Bands
+of marauders infested the provinces and the country was in a very
+unsettled state, some insurgent bands approaching Cavite.
+
+On March 24th, the 74th Regiment of Native Infantry in garrison at
+that town, the regiment that had distinguished itself so remarkably in
+Lachambre's division, being always in the front, was ordered to march
+out against them. Whatever the reason, whether they felt that their
+splendid services had not been duly acknowledged, or, as is likely,
+their pay was months in arrears, they refused to march against their
+own countrymen. Eight corporals were called out of the ranks and shot
+then and there in the presence of the regiment, which was again ordered
+to advance, and a threat made that a refusal would mean death to all.
+
+All did refuse and were sent to barracks to await sentence. The next
+morning the entire regiment with arms and equipment, marched out
+and deserted in a body to the insurgents, saying they were willing
+to fight the foreign enemies of Spain, but not against their own
+friends. The following day another regiment joined them, but I have
+no note of its number.
+
+It was now that an event occurred in Manila that showed how little
+desire there was amongst the Spaniards to treat the natives with
+ordinary justice, much less to conciliate them.
+
+This was the massacre of the Calle de Camba, quite a short distance
+from the American Consulate, and it was perpetrated on the 25th and
+26th of March. On the first of those day a number of Visayan sailors
+from the vessels in the Pasig had assembled in a house in the above
+street, which was their usual resort.
+
+Somehow the story got about that an illegal assembly was being held,
+and the police, without more ado, attacked the meeting and shot down
+a dozen, taking sixty-two prisoners. The next morning the whole of
+these prisoners were marched to the cemetery, and all shot, though
+many them were known to have been merely passing by at the time.
+
+This is vouched for by Mr. Oscar F. Williams in an official letter
+to Mr. Cridler, dated 27th March, 1898. It could hardly have been
+a mere coincidence that a revolt of the Visayas broke out about ten
+days later, when they made a desperate attack upon the city of Cebú
+in which many lives were lost and much property damaged.
+
+It seems hardly worth while to relate any more instances of Tagal
+revenge or Spanish brutality. The country that had been almost pacified
+was now again in revolt and amongst the insurgents were two battalions
+of well-trained and veteran troops.
+
+But now events were impending of transcendent importance--the
+Spanish-American War had broken out.
+
+Previously, however, Primo de Rivera left Manila to return to Spain,
+but before going he granted an amnesty to all who had tortured
+suspected persons to extort evidence from them.
+
+Some of the victims had died under torture rather than bear witness
+against their friends, for the Tagal is a Stoic after the manner
+of the Red Indian. Others survive, mere wrecks, maimed for life,
+and living mementoes of Spanish cruelty.
+
+Torture for extracting evidence from suspected persons is illegal in
+all Christian countries and their dependencies, and also in Japan,
+but has not yet been entirely routed out in British India nor in
+Egypt. In 1897, four cases of police torture in the North-West
+Provinces and Oudh, ended in convictions.
+
+In Spain, some police officers are now on their trial for applying
+the thumb-screw to the fingers of anarchist prisoners in the Castle
+of Monjuich with such severity, that one of them, a railway porter,
+lost the use of his hands and arms. And Ysabelo de los Reyes, a native
+of Ilocos, declares that he was tortured in the same prison by thirst,
+having been fed upon salt food and deprived of water.
+
+Last March (1900), a captain of police was tried at Sambor, in
+Austrian Galicia, for torturing prisoners with the thumb-screw
+and by deprivation of food, and was sentenced to a long term of
+imprisonment. In Corea, China, and Siam, torture forms part of the
+legal procedure before sentence, to say nothing of the various
+and lingering deaths the judge may order after the prisoner has
+confessed. Let us hope that now there will be no more of it in the
+Philippines.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+THE AMERICANS IN THE PHILIPPINES.
+
+    Manila Bay--The naval battle of Cavite--General
+    Aguinaldo--Progress of the Tagals--The Tagal Republic--Who
+    were the aggressors?--Requisites for a settlement--Scenes
+    of drunkenness--The estates of the religious orders to be
+    restored--Slow progress of the campaign--Colonel Funston's
+    gallant exploits--Colonel Stotsenburg's heroic death--General
+    Antonio Luna's gallant rally of his troops at Macabebe--Reports
+    manipulated--Imaginary hills and jungles--Want of co-operation
+    between army and navy--Advice of Sir Andrew Clarke--Naval officers
+    as administrators--Mr. Whitelaw Reid's denunciations--Senator
+    Hoar's opinion--Mr. McKinley's speech at Pittsburgh--The false
+    prophets of the Philippines--Tagal opinion of American Rule--Señor
+    Mabini's manifesto--Don Macario Adriatico's letter--Foreman's
+    prophecy--The administration misled--Racial antipathy--The curse
+    of the Redskins--The recall of General Otis--McArthur calls
+    for reinforcements--Sixty-five thousand men and forty ships of
+    war--State of the islands--Aguinaldo on the Taft Commission.
+
+
+
+Manila Bay.
+
+The width of the entrance to the vast Bay of Manila is nine and a
+half marine miles from shore to shore. It is divided into two unequal
+channels by the Island of Corregidor and Pulo Caballo, and a rock
+called El Frayle, about a mile and a half from the southern shore,
+farther reduces that channel.
+
+The Boca Chica, or northern entrance between Corregidor Island and
+Punta Lasisi, is two marine miles wide, and in the middle of the
+channel the depth of water is about thirty fathoms.
+
+The Boca Grande, or southern entrance between Pulo Caballo and El
+Frayle, is three and a half marine miles wide, with a depth of water
+in the fairway of about twenty fathoms.
+
+In both channels the tide rushes in and out with great force.
+
+With channels of such a width there was no difficulty in taking a
+squadron in at night, and little chance of suffering damage from the
+hastily improvised batteries of the Spaniards.
+
+And it will be evident to all having the slightest knowledge of
+submarine mining that the conditions are most unfavourable to defence
+by such means. As a matter of fact, the Spaniards possessed only
+nine obsolete submarine mines fitted to explode by contact. These
+were sent over to Corregidor, but were not sunk, as it was obvious
+that they were useless.
+
+On the other hand, it was a perfect position for the employment of
+torpedo boats or gunboats, there being excellent anchorage for such
+craft on both sides of the Channel and in Corregidor Cove. But at the
+time of the declaration of war, the Spaniards had no torpedo boats
+in the Philippines. The Elswick-built cruisers Isla de Cuba and Isla
+de Luzon were fitted with torpedoes, and might have been watching the
+channels for a chance to use them. Admiral Montojo knows best why he
+did not detach them on this service.
+
+There was then nothing to prevent the entrance of the American
+Squadron; the mines, torpedo boats and narrow channels only existed
+in the imagination of some American newspaper correspondents.
+
+But Admiral Dewey's exploit does not need any such enhancing, it
+speaks for itself.
+
+To any one having a knowledge of the Spanish navy, and especially
+of the squadron of the Philippines, the result of an action against
+an American Squadron of similar force could not be doubtful. As a
+matter of fact the Spanish ships, except the two small cruisers
+built at Elswick in 1887, were quite obsolete. The Castilla and
+Reina Cristina were wooden vessels, standing very high out of the
+water, and making admirable targets, whilst their guns were small,
+some of them had been landed at Corregidor, though never placed in
+battery. The boilers of one vessel were in the arsenal.
+
+But even allowing for the fact that the tonnage of the American
+Squadron was half as much again as that of the Spaniards, and that
+they had more than twice as many, and heavier guns, no one would
+have supposed it possible that the Spanish Squadron could have been
+completely destroyed without inflicting any damage upon the enemy.
+
+It was indeed a brilliant victory, reflecting great credit upon
+Admiral Dewey and the officers and crews of the American ships, not
+only for what they did that day, but for their careful preparation
+that enabled them to score so decided a success.
+
+The Spanish sailors put up a good fight and showed pluck, but they
+had no skill as gunners, and so failed in the hour of their country's
+need. Admiral Montojo bravely commanded his fleet, but as soon as
+the action was over he seems to have considered that his duty had
+terminated, for he returned to his Villa in San Miguel, leaving the
+remnants of his squadron and the Cavite arsenal to its fate.
+
+We must infer that Admiral Dewey's victory and its consequences
+were not foreseen by the American Government, for they had made no
+preparations to send troops to Manila, and from the time they learned
+of the destruction of the Spanish Squadron, till they had assembled
+a force strong enough to take and hold the city, three weary months
+elapsed. This was a very hap-hazard way of making war, and the delay
+cost many thousands of lives as will be seen later on.
+
+
+
+General Aguinaldo.
+
+On the 19th May, 1898, Don Emilio Aguinaldo, former chief of the
+insurgents, arrived in Manila in pursuance of an arrangement with
+the American Consul-General at Singapore. He came with a suite of
+seventeen persons on board an American gunboat, and after an interview
+with Admiral Dewey, was landed at Cavite and given two field-pieces,
+a number of rifles and a supply of ammunition.
+
+He soon reasserted himself as the leader of the insurrection, which was
+already in active progress, and gained some signal successes against
+the Spaniards. On the 24th May he issued a proclamation enjoining his
+followers to make war in a civilized manner and to respect property.
+
+I do not intend to discuss the negotiations between Mr. Pratt and
+Aguinaldo, nor between the latter and Admiral Dewey. This subject
+has been very fully treated by Mr. Foreman in the second edition of
+his book. The treating with Aguinaldo was not approved by Mr. Day at
+Washington, and the Consul-General and Consuls who had participated
+in it, and even taken credit for it, were severely rapped over the
+knuckles and promptly adopted an apologetic tone (see Blue Book). But
+whatever was the agreement with Aguinaldo, it is evident that had it
+not been for his assistance and that of the insurgents, the Spanish
+forces could have retired from Manila to Tarlac or other place inland
+out of reach of the guns of the fleet and could have prolonged their
+resistance for years.
+
+
+
+The Tagal Republic.
+
+The Tagals had made much progress since the insurrection of
+1896-7. Their ideas had advanced considerably since their rudimentary
+organization in the Province of Cavite, as can be gathered from the
+improved style of the various proclamations and decrees published
+by Aguinaldo.
+
+They now organized a Government, a real Civil Administration, extending
+over a great part of Luzon, and sent an expedition to Visayas. They
+established a Constitution, a representative government, and reopened
+the courts and schools, whilst the native clergy carried on public
+worship as usual. Aguinaldo repeatedly asserted the determination
+of the Tagal people to fight to the death for independence. At this
+time the insurgents held 9000 Spaniards as prisoners of war, and they
+claimed to have 30,000 men under arms.
+
+Paymaster Wilcox, U.S.N., and Mr. Leonard R. Sargent who travelled
+through part of Luzon for more than 600 miles, and during six weeks,
+reported [9] to Admiral Dewey that a regular and orderly Administration
+had been established, and was in full working order.
+
+Aguinaldo was at the head of this Government and of the army
+co-operating with the American forces by the written request of General
+Anderson. This should have ensured him and those with him at the very
+least courteous and considerate treatment at the hands of the American
+Commanders, and in fact he received this from Admiral Dewey. But as
+soon as the direction of affairs passed into the hands of the general
+commanding the army the deeply-rooted contempt felt by Americans for
+the coloured races was allowed full play, Aguinaldo and his staff
+found themselves ignored, or treated with scarcely veiled contempt,
+and the estrangement was gradually increased.
+
+I do not know which party was the aggressor on February the 4th, 1899,
+each swears that it was the other. The cui bono test cuts both ways,
+for whilst it appears that the attack on Manila secured two doubtful
+votes in the Senate for the ratification of the Treaty whereby the
+Philippines were bought from Spain, on the other hand, Aguinaldo may
+have felt it necessary to prove to America that the Philippines would
+fight rather than bow their necks to the Yankee yoke. So that both
+parties may have had an interest in beginning hostilities. In any case,
+the next day Aguinaldo offered to withdraw to a greater distance if an
+armistice was arranged, but Otis declared that "fighting must go on."
+
+Personally, I think that if a sympathetic and conciliatory attitude had
+been adopted, had the local government established been recognized,
+had Aguinaldo and his staff been given commissions in the Native
+Army or Civil Service, and the flower of the Tagal Army taken into
+the service of the United States, a peaceful settlement could have
+been made on the lines of a Protectorate.
+
+I therefore look upon the war as unnecessary, and consider the lives
+already sacrificed, and that will have to be sacrificed, as absolutely
+thrown away.
+
+The tragical side of American unpreparedness is manifest in the state
+of anarchy in which the whole Archipelago has been plunged by the
+American unreadiness to occupy the military posts as soon as they were
+vacated by the Spanish garrisons. A hideous orgy of murder, plunder,
+and slave-raiding has prevailed in Visayas, and especially in Mindanao.
+
+Three conditions were essential to a peaceful settlement:--
+
+First.--A broad-minded and sympathetic representative of America,
+fully authorized to treat, and a lover of peace.
+
+Second.--A strict discipline amongst the American forces.
+
+Third.--The principal aim and object of the Tagal insurrection must
+be secured.
+
+General Otis does not seem to me to fulfil the first condition,
+he lacked prestige and patience, and he showed that he had an
+insufficient conception of the magnitude of his task by occupying
+himself with petty details of all kinds and by displaying an ill-timed
+parsimony. Apparently he had no power to grant anything at all,
+and only dealt in vague generalities which the Tagals could not be
+expected to accept.
+
+As regards the second point, I regret that I am not personally
+acquainted with the gentlemen from Nebraska, Colorado, Dakota and
+other states serving in the United States Army or volunteers. I have
+no doubt that they are good fighting-men, but from all I can hear
+about them they are not conspicuous for strict military discipline,
+and too many of them have erroneous ideas as to the most suitable
+drink for a tropical climate.
+
+Manila was in the time of the Spaniards a most temperate city; a
+drunken man was a very rare sight, and would usually be a foreign
+sailor. Since the American occupation, some hundreds of drinking
+saloons have been opened, and daily scenes of drunkenness and
+debauchery have filled the quiet natives with alarm and horror. When
+John L. Motley wrote his scathing denunciation of the army which the
+great Duke of Alva led from Spain into the Low Countries, "to enforce
+the high religious purposes of Philip II.," not foresee that his
+words would be applicable to an American Army sent to subjugate men
+struggling to be free "for their welfare, not our gain," nor that this
+army, besides bringing in its train a flood of cosmopolitan harlotry,
+[10] would be allowed by its commander to inaugurate amongst a strictly
+temperate people a mad saturnalia of drunkenness that has scarcely
+a parallel.
+
+Such, however, is undoubtedly the case, and I venture to think that
+these occurrences have confirmed many of the Tagals in their resolve
+rather to die fighting for their independence than to be ruled over
+by such as these.
+
+More important still was it to take care that the Tagal insurrection
+should not have been in vain. That rebellion probably cost fifty
+thousand human lives, immense loss of property, and untold misery. It
+was fought against the friars and was at last triumphant. The
+Spanish friars had been expelled and their lands confiscated. Were
+the Americans to bring them back and guarantee them in peaceable
+possession, once more riveting on the chain the Tagals had torn off?
+
+This seems to have been General Otis' intention. I think he might
+have stood upon the accomplished fact. But he did not.
+
+The Treaty of Peace under Article VIII. declares that the cession
+cannot in any respect impair the rights of ecclesiastical bodies
+to acquire and possess property, whilst Article IX. allows Spanish
+subjects to remain in the Islands, to sell or dispose of their property
+and to carry on their professions. Presumably General Otis felt bound
+by the Treaty in which these general stipulations had been embodied
+by the Peace Commission, in direct contradiction to the advice
+given them by Mr. Foreman (see p. 463, 55th Congress, 3rd Sess.,
+Doc. No. 62, part 1), who pointed out the necessity of confiscating
+these lands, but Mr. Gray replied: "We have no law which will allow
+us to arbitrarily do so."
+
+As soon as the effect of the treaty was known, Archbishop Nozaleda,
+who had fled to China from the vengeance he feared, returned to
+Manila. He seemed to have a good deal of interest with General Otis,
+and this did not please the natives, nor inspire them with confidence.
+
+Furthermore, it was reported and generally believed that the friars'
+vast estates had been purchased by an American Syndicate who would
+in due time take possession and exploit them.
+
+One can understand the Tagals' grief and desperation; all their blood
+and tears shed in vain! The friars triumphant after all!
+
+I do not wish to trace the particulars of the wretched war that
+commenced February, 1899, and is still (October, 1900) proceeding.
+
+In it the Americans do not seem to have displayed the resourcefulness
+and adaptability one would have expected from them. For my part, I
+expected a great deal, for so many American generals being selected
+from men in the active exercise of a profession, or perhaps controlling
+the administration of some vast business, they ought naturally to
+have developed their faculties, by constant use, to a far greater
+degree than men who have vegetated in the futile routine of a barrack
+or military station. They prevailed in every encounter, but their
+advance was very slow, and their troops suffered many preventible
+hardships. We know very little as to what happened, for the censors,
+acting under instructions from General Otis, prevented the transmission
+of accurate information; nothing was cabled, except the accounts of
+victories gained by the American troops.
+
+It would not be right, however, to pass over the fighting without
+rendering due tribute to the heroism of the American officers and
+soldiers.
+
+Who can forget Colonel Funston's gallant exploit in crossing the Rio
+Grande on a raft under fire with two companies of Kansas Infantry
+and enfilading the Tagals' position? Or his leading part of same
+regiment in a charge upon an enemy's earthwork near Santo Tomás,
+where he was wounded?
+
+What could be finer than the late Colonel Stotsenburg's leading of the
+Nebraska regiment in the attack on Quíngua, where he was killed? And
+since we are speaking of brave men, shall we not remember the late
+General Antonio Luna and his gallant rally of his army in the advance
+from Macabébe, when he fearlessly exposed himself on horseback to
+the American fire, riding along the front of his line? To justify
+the slow progress of the army, jungles, forests, swamps and hills
+were introduced on the perfectly flat arable land such as that around
+Malolos, Calumpit, and San Fernando, extending in fact all the way from
+Manila to Tarlac. [11] This country supports a dense population, and
+almost every bit of it has been under the plough for centuries. The
+only hill is Arayat. During the dry season, say from November to
+May or June, the soil is baked quite hard, and vehicles or guns can
+traverse any part of it with slight assistance from the pioneers. The
+only obstacles are the small rivers and creeks, mostly fordable, and
+having clumps of bamboos growing on their banks providing a perfect
+material for temporary bridges or for making rafts.
+
+The campaign was marked by an absence of co-operation between the land
+and sea forces. Admiral Dewey, apparently, was not pleased with the
+way things were managed, for he is said to have stayed on board his
+ship for months at a time. The warships remained at anchor in Manila
+Bay whilst arms [12] and ammunition were landed at the outposts or
+on the coasts without hindrance, and it was not till November that
+troops were landed at Dagupan, the northern terminus of the railway,
+though this obviously ought to have been done in February, so as to
+attack the enemy front and rear.
+
+The necessity for small gunboats soon made itself felt, but such
+was the jealousy of the army towards the navy that it was decided
+that these must be army gunboats, and General Otis is reported to
+have purchased thirteen small gunboats at Zamboanga, in March 1899,
+without consulting or informing Admiral Dewey or even asking for an
+escort for them. It so happened that the Spaniards evacuated Zamboanga
+before any American forces arrived, and the insurgents promptly took
+possession of the gunboats already paid for and proceeded to plunder
+them of everything useful to them. A native account says that they
+took the gunboats up the Rio Grande into the interior, but this is
+denied by the Americans. Ultimately a cruiser was sent down to convoy
+the gunboats, and if I am correctly informed, they were commissioned
+in charge of junior naval officers.
+
+Obviously, the services of the navy should have been utilised to the
+utmost extent, and advantage should have been taken of the prestige
+they had gained by the victory over the Spaniards, and of the great
+popularity and sympathetic personality of Admiral Dewey. A serious
+responsibility rests upon whoever allowed jealousy to prevent the
+co-operation of the land and sea forces, since by failing to secure
+this they needlessly sacrificed the lives of American soldiers and
+prolonged the war.
+
+Lieut.-General Sir Andrew Clarke, R.E., a former governor of the
+Straits Settlements, and the greatest authority in England on the
+affairs of the Malay States and Islands, was good enough to write a
+letter which was forwarded to Mr. Day, and published in the Blue Book,
+p. 628.
+
+He pointed out that, although a moderate military force might be
+desirable at one or two important centres, a naval force was of more
+value, especially gunboats able to move freely amongst the islands
+and ascend the many rivers and inlets of the sea.
+
+Therefore to the fleet and its officers he advised that political
+and civil administration of the Philippines should, at least in the
+first instance, be entrusted. Sir Andrew believed, and I venture to
+say that I thoroughly agree with him, that amongst the officers of
+the United States navy, active and retired, can be found many men of
+wide experience, broad views, and generous sympathy well fitted to
+administer the affairs of the protectorate. Sir Andrew also advised,
+as Foreman did, and as I do, that the members of the Religious
+Orders, i.e., the Augustinians, the Dominicans, the Franciscans,
+and the Recollets, should be advised to return to Spain, receiving
+compensation for their property.
+
+Sir Andrew Clarke summed up his advice as follows: "Enlist native
+sympathy by fairness and justice, and rule through native agents,
+supervised by carefully selected American residents."
+
+As the fleet, by destroying the Spanish squadron, had rendered it
+possible to bring troops by sea, and by capturing the arsenal and
+blockading the Port of Manila, had invigorated the insurrection,
+and in fact had brought about the cession of the islands by Spain,
+it would appear to outsiders that it and its officers had a strong
+claim to the leading part in completing the settlement and pacification
+of the Archipelago for which the best authorities considered them to
+possess special qualifications. Besides, if peace was really wanted,
+it would have been better to entrust the negotiations to the man
+who had had his fight rather than to one looking for his chance. The
+craze for military renown is nowhere more rampant than in the United
+States. Occasions are few and far between, and we must not expect
+generals to throw them away and fly in the face of Providence.
+
+This, however, did not commend itself to those who pull the strings;
+we ignore the reasons, but we see the result. Perhaps it was thought
+that to allow Dewey to add to his victor's laurel wreath the palm of
+the pacificator would be too much honour for one man, and might raise
+him to an inconvenient height in the estimation of his fellow citizens.
+
+A year and twenty days after his decisive victory Admiral Dewey sailed
+from Manila in his flagship. Wherever the British ensign flew he was
+received with every demonstration of honour and respect both by naval
+and military officers and by civilians. His reception in New York was
+marked by an almost delirious enthusiasm. But long before he arrived,
+Mr. Whitelaw Reid, disgusted with the conduct of the campaign, made
+a speech at the Miami University and denounced the President for
+neglect of duty which brought on the war in the Philippines.
+
+He said: "If the bitterest enemy of the United States had sought to
+bring upon it in that quarter the greatest trouble in the shortest
+time, he could have devised for that end no policy more successful than
+the one we have already pursued." It must be added that Mr. Whitelaw
+Reid, perhaps to prevent being accused of having sympathy with the
+enemy, denounced Aguinaldo and the Tagals as rebels, savages and
+treacherous barbarians, unfit for citizenship or self-government, and
+declared that the Philippines belong to America by right of conquest.
+
+I suppose Mr. Whitelaw Reid, or perhaps any citizen of the United
+States, has a right to denounce his own President, and certainly
+the management of the Philippine annexation has been bad from the
+beginning.
+
+But I think Mr. McKinley was badly served by the Peace Commission. They
+seem to me to have made many and egregious mistakes.
+
+1. They took General Merritt's opinion that the Tagals would submit,
+and accepted Mr. Foreman's assurance of Tagal plasticity and
+accommodating nature.
+
+2. They disregarded the intimation of D. Felipe Agoncillo, the
+accredited agent of the Tagals, that these would accept no settlement
+to which they were not parties.
+
+3. They treated several millions of civilised Christian people like
+a herd of cattle to be purchased with the ranch.
+
+4. Under Article VIII., they guaranteed the religious orders the
+possession of estates already taken from them.
+
+5. Under Article IX., they gave the expelled friars the right to
+return and exercise their profession.
+
+To illustrate their careless procedure, I may add that they did not
+even accurately determine the boundaries of the Archipelago to be
+ceded, and now, in August 1900, $100,000 is to be paid to Spain for
+Sibutu and Cagayan Sulu Islands, left out by mistake. If any man has a
+right to say, "Save me from my friends," that man is William McKinley.
+
+As regards Aguinaldo and the Tagals, I think that Mr. Whitelaw Reid's
+irritation at their protracted resistance has led him on too far. I
+prefer the opinion of Senator Hoar, who, speaking in the Senate of
+three proclamations of Aguinaldo, said: "Mr. President, these are
+three of the greatest state papers in all history. If they were found
+in our own history of our own revolutionary time we should be proud
+to have them stand by the side of those great state papers which
+Chatham declared were equal to the masterpieces of antiquity."
+
+In the same speech he says, and I commend his words to the reader's
+attention: "Mr. President, there is one mode by which the people of
+the Philippine Islands could establish the truth of the charges as
+to their degradation and incapacity for self-government which have
+been made by the advocates of Imperialism in this debate, and that
+mode is by submitting tamely and without resistance to the dominion
+of the United States."
+
+Mr. Whitelaw Reid, however, was perfectly right in one thing. The
+Philippines belong (or will belong) to America by right of conquest. On
+August 28th, 1899, Mr. McKinley addressed the 10th Pennsylvania
+Regiment at Pittsburgh soon after their arrival from Manila. He
+said: "The insurgents struck the first blow. They reciprocated
+our kindness with cruelty, our mercy [13] with Mausers.... They
+assailed our sovereignty, and there will be no useless parley until
+the insurrection is suppressed and American authority acknowledged
+and established. The Philippines are ours as much as Louisiana, by
+purchase, or Texas, or Alaska." Here we get down to the bed rock,
+and discard all flimsy pretences. The Americans have undertaken a war
+of conquest, they bought it in fact, but I fear they are not happy
+either about its material progress or its moral aspect. We shall have
+to wait till November to see what they think about it.
+
+But whenever the cost in lost lives, ruined health, and shattered
+minds, to say nothing of dollars, comes to be known, there will be
+a great outcry in America.
+
+Mr. McKinley and his advisers are much to be pitied, for they were
+misled by the information given them by those they relied on.
+
+
+
+The False Prophets of the Philippines.
+
+Here is an extract from General Merritt's evidence taken from the
+Blue Book, fifty-sixth congress, third session, document No. 62,
+part I, p. 367:
+
+
+    Mr. Reid: Do you think any danger of conflict is now reasonably
+    remote?
+
+    General Merritt: I think there is no danger of conflict as long as
+    these people think the United States is going to take possession
+    there. If they imagine or hear from any source that the Spaniards
+    are to be reinstated there, I think they will be very violent.
+
+    Mr. Davis: Suppose the United States, by virtue of a treaty with
+    Spain, should take Luzon ... paying no attention to the insurgents
+    --how would that be taken by Aguinaldo?
+
+    General Merritt: I think Aguinaldo and his immediate following
+    would resist it; but whether he could resist to any extent I do not
+    know, because his forces are divided. I believe that, as matters
+    go, Aguinaldo will lose more or less of his power there.
+
+    The Chairman: If the United States should say, We will take this
+    country and govern it our own way, do you think they would submit
+    to it?
+
+    General Merritt: Yes, sir.
+
+    Mr. Davis: How many troops in your opinion will be necessary to
+    administer the government of this island--to secure the
+    administration of our government there?
+
+    General Merritt: From 20,000 to 25,000 would be requisite at first.
+
+
+I admire the conviction of this distinguished officer that the benefits
+of American rule would be highly appreciated by the Tagals, of whom,
+by-the-bye, he knew next to nothing, having only been a few weeks in
+Manila amongst sycophantic Mestizo-Americanistas.
+
+That interesting people were, however, of a different opinion. On
+p. 4582 of the 'Congressional Record,' I find that Señor Mabini, in
+a manifesto published at San Isidro, April 15th, 1899, states that
+"race hatred is much more cruel and pitiless among the Anglo-Saxons"
+(he is comparing them with the Spaniards). Again he says, "Annexation,
+in whatever form it may be adopted, will unite us for ever to a nation
+whose manners and customs are different from our own, a nation which
+hates the coloured race with a mortal hatred, and from which we could
+never separate ourselves except by war." The outbreaks against the
+negroes that have recently happened [August, 1900] in New Orleans,
+Liberty City, Georgia, and in New York, seem to justify Señor Mabini's
+remarks.
+
+Don Macario Adriatico, in an answer to a message of General Miller,
+writing from Jaro, January 3rd, 1900, says: "It could easily be
+conceived that the Philippines would not suffer a new reign, least of
+all of a nation on whose conscience the curse of the Redskins rests
+as a heavy load."
+
+In other documents they refer to the probable action of the Trusts,
+and anticipate that, what with the Sugar Trust, the Tobacco Trust,
+and the Hemp Trust, they would soon find themselves reduced to the
+condition of porters and workmen, or even of domestic servants.
+
+They seem to have an intelligent anticipation of what will probably
+befall them when conquered, and hence their desperate resistance to
+a large American army.
+
+But let us now turn up the evidence of another expert on the
+Philippines, Mr. John Foreman, who also ventured to prophesy what
+the Tagals would do (Blue Book, before mentioned, p. 443).
+
+
+    Mr. Foreman (answering Mr. Day): "The Tagals are of a very
+    plastic nature, willing in their nature (sic), I should say, to
+    accommodate themselves and take up any new established dominion
+    which might be decided upon, and I think they would fall into
+    any new system adopted.
+
+    "The inhabitants of the Central Islands or Visayas are more
+    uncouth, decidedly less hospitable, and somewhat more averse
+    to associations and relations with outsiders than the Tagals,
+    but I think they would easily come under sway. They want a little
+    more pressure and would have to be guided, more closely watched,
+    and perhaps a little more of the iron hand used than in Luzon."
+
+
+Thus was the administration in Washington misled, and it is probable
+that the American military chiefs reported that they could easily
+overcome all opposition, so they were allowed to try.
+
+Yet in June, 1900, we read, "The recall of General Otis is taken
+to mean that the administration considers the war to be at an end,
+and that there is no longer any necessity for military rule."
+
+General McArthur is appointed to the command, however, and the first
+thing he does is to cable to Washington for more troops, whilst Admiral
+Remey asks for an extra battalion of marines. These are to be sent,
+also at least three regiments of infantry. Sixty-five thousand men
+and forty ships of war are now admitted to be the proper garrison to
+hold down the Philippines.
+
+However necessary reinforcements may be, so deep is the racial
+antipathy between the United States' soldiers, white or black,
+and the natives, that every additional man sent out is a source of
+disaffection, and even exasperation. Not only will the volunteers
+become demoralised and diseased in mind and body by their sojourn in
+America's new possession, but the very fact of their presence renders
+the pacification of the country more difficult. The more troops are
+kept there, the more discontented the natives will be.
+
+To bring this chapter up to date, the position seems to be as follows:
+There is a recrudescence of activity amongst the insurgents; fighting
+is going on over a great part of the Archipelago, the American troops
+are harassed and overworked, sickness is rife, including the bubonic
+plague; yet, notwithstanding all this, the Taft Commission has taken
+over the administration of the islands from September 1st.
+
+The date fixed is not a convenient one for the Commission, as it is
+in the middle of the rainy season, but it has probably been selected
+to suit the presidential campaign in America.
+
+Aguinaldo has issued a proclamation warning the Filipinos against the
+Taft Commission, which, he says, has no authority from Congress; does
+not represent the sentiments of the American people, and is simply the
+personal instrument of Mr. McKinley sent out to make promises which
+it has no power to keep, and which the United States Government will
+not be bound to observe. He denounces the Americanistas, and threatens
+condign punishment to all who accept offices under the Commission. It
+would appear that a settlement on present lines is still some way off.
+
+Judge Taft seems to have inherited the cheerful optimism of General
+Otis. On September 1st he reported that the insurrection is virtually
+ended, and on 20th forwarded another favourable report. On 21st,
+General McArthur cabled accounts of engagements in several provinces
+of Luzon. The American troops at Pekin are being hurried to Manila,
+as the reinforcement of General McArthur is absolutely imperative.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+NATIVE ADMIRATION FOR AMERICA.
+
+    Their fears of a corrupt government--The islands might be an
+    earthly paradise--Wanted, the man--Rajah Brooke--Sir Andrew
+    Clarke--Hugh Clifford--John Nicholson--Charles Gordon--Evelyn
+    Baring--Mistakes of the Peace Commission--Government should be a
+    protectorate--Fighting men should be made governors--What might
+    have been--The Malay race--Senator Hoar's speech--Four years'
+    slaughter of the Tagals.
+
+
+Not a few of the natives in arms were, and still are, sincere admirers
+of the true greatness of the United States. The noble deeds and words
+of America's great men attain the summit of human grandeur in their
+fervid imaginations.
+
+The statesmen and the historians of the great Republic receive their
+tribute of praise from Filipino lips.
+
+The names of Washington, Lincoln, Prescott, Motley, are known and
+honoured by them. Were the natives treated according to the immortal
+principles of right and justice laid down or praised by such as
+these, they would welcome the tutelage, and, in fact, all Asia might
+envy them.
+
+But they will never consent to become the prey of the politician,
+the boss, the monopolist, and the carpet-bagger, and from these they
+must be assured of protection before they will submit.
+
+What confidence can they have in a form of government under which
+the tariffs on their great staples will be made in the interests of
+their American competitors.
+
+Under such a system, and with a pension list steadily growing by
+millions of dollars year by year, their comfortable competence would,
+in a few years, be reduced to the hideous poverty of over-taxed
+British India.
+
+Having passed so many years amongst this people, I may be expected
+to give some opinion as to whether the Philippines can be governed
+by America.
+
+The islands were badly governed by Spain, yet Spaniards and natives
+lived together in great harmony, and I do not know where I could
+find a colony in which the Europeans mixed as much socially with
+the natives. Not in Java, where a native of position must dismount
+to salute the humblest Dutchman. Not in British India, where the
+Englishwoman has now made the gulf between British and native into
+a bottomless pit.
+
+It will be difficult for the Americans to avoid this social ostracism
+of the natives, and in this respect they are not likely to do as well
+as the Spaniards, being less tolerant.
+
+As regards the administration of the government, no doubt great
+improvements can be made; but I abstain from prophecy, remembering
+Merritt's and Foreman's want of success in that line. There is
+certainly a wonderful opportunity to show the world how to govern a
+tropical protectorate or dependency.
+
+So rich a country with so intelligent and industrious a population
+only requires good guidance to make it an earthly paradise. But
+the guidance should be given by the gentle hand of an elder sister,
+and not by the boot of a frontier ruffian.
+
+Much as our officials praise the administration of the Indian
+Empire, I think it quite possible with a few years of disinterested
+tutelage to weld the Philippines into a nation, more united, freer,
+happier, richer and better educated, than the finest state in that
+vast possession. What is wanted is The Man, no stubborn and tactless
+general "spoiling for a fight," harsh, peremptory, overbearing, but
+a civilian of the highest rank, or a naval officer, one of America's
+very best, full of sympathy, tact and patience, yet firm as Stonewall
+Jackson. He must have a gracious presence, and "magnetism" in the
+highest degree, for he must rule by personal influence, by inspiring
+confidence and affection.
+
+Not otherwise did Rajah Brooke obtain his election to the sovereignty
+of Sarawak; Sir Andrew Clarke pacify the Malay Peninsula; nor is it
+otherwise that Hugh Clifford is leading the Malays of North Borneo
+to peaceful pursuits.
+
+The man, when found, must be invested with absolute power, and be
+backed up by all the forces of the Republic.
+
+The British Government gave America an example of what to avoid
+when it sacrificed Governor Eyre, of Jamaica, to a shrieking gang
+of pseudo-philanthropists, when, in a great emergency, whilst the
+honour of white women and the lives of men were at the mercy of a mob
+of negroes, he omitted some legal technicality before hanging one of
+the cowardly instigators.
+
+However, I do not think America will go back on her sons like that.
+
+Great Britain has produced some men who could have taken up the
+burden of the Philippines. It happens that the three I shall cite
+were all soldiers, but their extraordinary magnetic qualities by no
+means proceeded from their profession.
+
+The God-like man who died at Delhi, the beloved of John Lawrence,
+would have made an ideal ruler: the people would have worshipped him.
+
+The hero who died at Khartoum could have ruled the Philippines,
+or any Asiatic or African country, and the people would have loved him.
+
+To quote one who is still with us, Lord Cromer has coped with
+difficulties of a different kind, yet, perhaps, as great as those of
+the Philippines, and in a few years has changed the face of the land of
+Pharaoh, and lightened the lot of millions. This has been done by the
+assistance of a few engineers, administrators, judges and soldiers. He
+and all of them have displayed the most unfailing tact and patience,
+indomitable courage and fortitude, and each has put honour and duty
+before all. Men like John Nicholson, Charles Gordon and Evelyn Baring,
+are rare, but their peers doubtless exist amongst Americans of the good
+old colonial stock, and it is the President's business to find them,
+and send them out to protect and govern America's great dependency.
+
+America has, I suppose, taken these islands from Spain to save them
+from the ruthless [14] Teuton, and to show the world that she can
+do for the Philippines what we have done for Egypt. Unfortunately,
+she began wrong by treating with Spain, and buying the islands,
+as if the natives were cattle on a ranch.
+
+Then the Peace Committee went wrong over the estates of the Religious
+Orders, as before explained.
+
+In my opinion, the form of government should be a protectorate,
+varying in character with the civilisation of the different islands,
+the executive functions being in the hands of the natives whenever
+possible, but under inspection to prevent abuses. On this basis peace
+could, I think, be made, and then America should remember that the
+most worthy of the natives are precisely those who have been in arms
+for their freedom. Their chiefs (with one or two exceptions), are the
+men who should be appointed to govern provinces, and the fighting-men
+enrolled in the native army.
+
+No offices of government should be given to the so-called
+Americanistas, who are mostly people who need not be taken into
+account, and whose support is worth nothing. They will go on with
+their pettifogging and their pawnbroking, and that is enough reward
+for them. They are Americanistas because they cannot help themselves,
+and not from any attachment to American ways. Formerly the Spaniards
+protected them; now the American bayonets stand between them and the
+Tagal bolos.
+
+Without this, well they know that what happened to the mulattos in
+Hayti would surely happen to them sooner or later--perhaps sooner.
+
+It is, indeed, sad to see what is, and to think what might have been
+accomplished by a little patience, a little forbearance, a tinge of
+sympathy, for a gallant people struggling for freedom and light. But
+no patience was vouchsafed to them, no forbearance was shown them,
+nor can I discover in what has been done the faintest sign of sympathy
+for them.
+
+Yet the Malay race can claim to have enlisted the sympathies of
+some not undistinguished men. Rajah Brooke, Spenser St. John, Hugh
+Clifford, Professor Blumentritt, Louis Becke, Joseph Conrad--the
+names that first occur to me--have all confessed to an affection for
+them. The old Spanish conquerors speak of their dignified courtesy
+and gentle manners.
+
+There are, however, in America, generous souls who can judge
+the Tagals fairly and even indulgently. I do not allude to those
+who raise a clamour to discredit the administration for political
+purposes, but to the noble, eloquent, and truly patriotic speech,
+inspired in the best traditions of the United States, delivered by
+Mr. Hoar in the Senate on April 17th. I hope that touching appeal to
+the national conscience will bear fruit, and that, by the exercise
+of true statesmanship, an end may be put to this dreadful war, and
+a pacification effected satisfactory to Filipinos and Americans.
+
+For four long years, slaughter and destruction have ravaged one of
+the fairest lands on earth, converting what might be a paradise into
+a pandemonium.
+
+What evils have these poor Tagals not suffered in that time? Arbitrary
+imprisonment, torture, confiscation of property, banishment to
+unhealthy places, military executions, bombardments, the storming and
+burning of towns, indiscriminate slaughter, and the bubonic plague,
+added to the calamities they are always exposed to--volcanic eruptions,
+floods, earthquakes, typhoons, locusts, epidemics.
+
+Famine seems to be the only calamity they have been free from, but
+even that may not be far distant.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINES.
+
+    At the Spanish conquest--Rice--the lowest use the land
+    can be put to--How the Americans are misled--Substitutes
+    for rice--Wheat formerly grown--Tobacco--Compañia
+    General de Tabacos--Abacá--Practically a monopoly of the
+    Philippines--Sugar--Coffee--Cacao--Indigo--Cocoa-nut oil--Rafts of
+    nuts--Copra--True localities for cocoa palm groves--Summary--More
+    sanguine forecasts--Common-sense view.
+
+
+
+Agricultural.
+
+The great wealth of the Archipelago is undoubtedly to be found in
+the development of its agriculture. Although the Central and Ilocan
+Mountains in Luzon and parts of Mindanao are rich in gold, it is the
+fertile land, the heavy rainfall and the solar heat, that must be
+utilized to permanently enrich the country. The land is there and the
+labour is there, and all that is wanting is capital, and a settled
+government that will make roads and bridges and keep them in repair,
+clear the rivers of obstructions and improve the ports, and above
+all, establish and maintain some tolerable courts of justice. The
+sun, the rain, the soil, and the hardy Philippine farmer will do the
+rest--a population equal to that of Java could live in affluence in
+the Philippines.
+
+The agriculture of the Philippines at the time of the first arrival
+of the Spaniards consisted mainly in the cultivation of rice. It is to
+the Spaniards that the natives owe the introduction of maize, coffee,
+cacao, sesame, tobacco, the indigo plant, the sweet potato, and many
+fruits. They also imported horses, horned cattle, and sheep. But
+the great development of the cultivation of sugar and hemp is almost
+entirely due to British capital, with some assistance from Americans.
+
+The natives probably learned from the Chinese how to terrace the
+hillsides and the sloping lands, and how to erect the pilápiles, or
+small dykes, for retaining the rain. At that time, and for centuries
+after, taxes were paid in paddy as they have been in Japan until
+quite recently.
+
+Under the heading "Tagals," a description is given of the planting
+of paddy, and an illustration shows the aspect of a newly-planted
+paddy-field or tubigan. Mountain rice-lands are called bacores or
+dalatanes. The cutting and harvesting of paddy is paid for in kind,
+sometimes in Camarines Sur, a third of the crop is given for getting
+it in, but in the province of Manila it is cultivated in equal shares
+to the farmer and the owner of the land.
+
+By looking at the illustration it will be seen that, the fields
+being divided into such small patches of irregular shapes at
+different levels, it would be difficult, if not impossible, to use a
+reaping-machine. I have elsewhere given the reasons for my opinion
+that the cultivation of rice is the lowest use that the land and
+the husbandmen can be put to, and whenever the cultivation is given
+up, it is probably an indication that the cultivators are raising
+some more profitable crop, and earning money by exporting valuable
+produce, wherewith to import rice from countries in a lower stage
+of civilisation.
+
+This is most certainly the case in the Philippines, and year by year,
+as the exports of hemp, sugar and tobacco have increased, the imports
+of rice from Saigon and Rangoon have risen correspondingly. And yet the
+United States' Department of Agriculture, issued in the latter part of
+1899 a circular with the title,'Plant Products of the Philippines,'
+[15] which, amongst other inaccurate appreciations, says: "It seems
+strange that an almost exclusively agricultural country should not
+produce enough food for its own population, but such is at present the
+case with regard to the Philippines." It proceeds to say that in some
+years the value of rice imported into Manila from Saigon was valued
+at $2,000,000. But I would point out to the author of that circular
+that the export of the three great staples of the Philippines in
+those years averaged, perhaps, $30,000,000, and this, evidently,
+could not have been accomplished if they had cultivated their own rice.
+
+The Spaniards sometimes raised this same groundless clamour, and,
+perhaps, the author of the circular took it from them; but I look
+upon it as a great mistake arising from insufficient knowledge of
+the subject. The rice imported into Manila is largely shipped to the
+tobacco and hemp provinces, Cagayan and Albay, where the people are
+exclusively employed in the cultivation and preparation of those
+valuable products, and are far richer, and on a higher grade of
+civilisation than the rice-growers of Cochin China.
+
+In the Philippines themselves, the people of the rice-growing districts
+are the poorest and most backward of all.
+
+Besides paddy, the natives cultivate the dava or míjo (Panicum
+miliaceum), the mongo, a species of lentil (Phaseolus mungo), called
+in some provinces balat or balatong, for their own consumption.
+
+When rice is dear, they mix a certain amount of maize with it, and
+when it is really scarce they eat the seeds of the sorghum (Holcus
+saccharatus) instead of it. They also make an infusion of these seeds,
+which is not unlike barley-water. The camote (Impomoea batata) is
+the principal food of the more uncivilised tribes.
+
+All the natives find a great resource in the banana, which the Tagals
+called saguin. The following varieties are excellent: Bungulan,
+Lacatan, Ternate, and Tindoc.
+
+Wheat was formerly grown in northern Luzon. The late Archbishop
+of Manila, Fray Pedro Payo, informed me that, when he was a parish
+priest years ago, he always ate bread made from Philippine flour,
+which he thought far better and safer than the Californian flour that
+had superseded it.
+
+Tobacco is an important crop in the Philippines, and from the year
+1781 was cultivated in Cagayan as a government monopoly. In the
+villages of that province the people were called out by beat of drum
+and marched to the fields under the gobernadorcillo and principales,
+who were responsible for the careful ploughing, planting, weeding,
+and tending, the work being overlooked by Spanish officials. Premiums
+were paid to these and to the gobernadorcillos, and fines or floggings
+were administered in default. The native officials carried canes,
+which they freely applied to those who shirked their work.
+
+In another part of the book I have referred to the series of abuses
+committed under the monopoly: how the wretched cultivators had to
+bribe the officials in charge of the scales to allow them the true
+weight, and the one who classified the leaves, so that he should
+not reject them as rubbish and order them to be destroyed; in fact,
+they had to tip every official in whose power it was to do them any
+injustice. Finally, they received orders on the treasury for the
+value of their tobacco, which were not paid for months, or, perhaps,
+for years. They sometimes had to sell their orders for 50 percent of
+the face value, or even less.
+
+However, even the Spanish official conscience can be aroused, and at
+the end of 1882 the monopoly was abolished.
+
+Here it is only right to honourably mention a Spanish gentleman to
+whom the natives of the Cagayan Valley in a great measure owe their
+freedom. Don Jose Jimenez Agius was Intendente General de Hacienda,
+and he laboured for years to bring about this reform, impressed
+with the cruelty and injustice of this worst form of slavery. The
+Cagayanes were prohibited from growing rice, but were allowed as
+an indulgence to plant a row or two of maize around their carefully
+tilled tobacco-fields.
+
+Possibly this circumstance has led the author of the circular I have
+before quoted to make the extraordinary statement: "Tobacco, as a
+cultivated crop, is generally grown in the same field as maize." Does
+he think it grows wild anywhere?
+
+In 1883, the "Compañia General de Tabacos de Filipinas" was established
+in the islands, the capital being raised in Paris and Barcelona.
+
+This Company has been under very capable management; the technical
+department being overlooked by M. Armand Villemer, a French engineer
+of great ability and experience. The Company has done a great deal
+to improve the cultivation of the plant and the preparation of the
+leaf. They run light draught paddle-steamers and barges on the Cagayan
+River, and sea-going screw-steamers from Aparri to Manila.
+
+Their estates are mentioned under the heading "Cagayanes."
+
+Besides the Cagayan Valley, the following Provinces produce tobacco
+in considerable quantities.
+
+In Luzon, the Ilocos North and South, Abra, Union, Nueva Ecija. Also
+Masbate, Ticao, and most of the Visayas Islands. The Igorrote also
+raise a considerable quantity.
+
+The quantity of tobacco and cigars exported since 1888 is given in
+the Appendix; and, seeing the enormous extent of land still available
+in the Cagayan Valley, there can be no doubt that the production can
+be very largely increased as the demand grows.
+
+The export of leaf tobacco from Manila, the only shipping port, has
+increased from 204,592 quintals in 1888, to 287,161 quintals in 1897,
+and during the same period the export of cigars has increased from
+109,109 mil to 171,410 mil.
+
+The cultivation of the Musa textilis is almost a monopoly of the
+Philippines, and, indeed, of certain parts of them.
+
+Volcanic soil, a certain elevation above the sea, and exposure to
+the breezes of the Pacific, a bright sun and an ample rainfall,
+seem necessary to the production of a fine quality of this fibre.
+
+Several attempts have been made to produce this fibre elsewhere; the
+Government of British India sent a gentleman to Manila to study the
+question. He wrote a report, but I have never heard that any abacá
+was produced.
+
+The plant was said to grow wild all along the Sarawak rivers; but
+here again some mistake must have been made, for nothing seems to
+have come of it.
+
+There is, in fact, nothing so far to compete with it, and there
+is an immense and growing market. The price has lately fluctuated
+enormously, and I do not intend to prophesy what profits might be
+made in planting it.
+
+In 1897, no less than 915,338 bales were exported, about 114,400
+tons, and if we take the average price at that time as $15 per bale,
+we get a sum of over $13,730,000 as the value of that year's export,
+the largest in quantity, but not in value.
+
+The export of hemp has been almost entirely developed by British and
+American enterprise, and dates from very recent times.
+
+The spread of the sugar-cane cultivation in the Philippines from the
+year 1870 was rapid, and is in great measure due to the advances
+made by British and American houses to the planters. It was for
+many years a most profitable business, and this is proved by the
+large and handsome houses of the planters in the towns of the sugar
+districts. The continual increase of the beet sugar production, however
+brought down prices to such an extent as to reduce the profits below
+the heavy interest paid on loans or advances. But it seems now that
+bottom has been reached, and that rising prices and more economical
+methods of financing and of manufacturing will give the planters a
+fresh start. Those who know what has been and is being done by central
+sugar factories in Cuba, will not doubt the possibility of doing
+better in the Philippines, where labour is cheaper and is on the spot.
+
+Under the headings Pampangos, Pangasinanes, and Visayas, will be found
+many interesting particulars of the working of sugar plantations in
+these provinces.
+
+In 1893, the export of sugar amounted to 260,000 tons; since then it
+has declined, but in 1897 it still amounted to close on 200,000 tons.
+
+The export of coffee has almost entirely ceased, and the cause is
+ascribed to the ravages of an insect which destroys the bushes. Lipa,
+in Batangas province, was the great coffee centre, and became one
+of the richest towns in Luzon. Notwithstanding this prosperity, the
+plantations were never cultivated with proper care. Weeding was much
+neglected. In 1888, the export reached 107,236 piculs, but in 1897
+it had fallen to 2111 piculs.
+
+There is an opening for coffee-planting on many of the elevated
+plateaux of the islands, and capital with skill ought to find its
+reward.
+
+The Moros of Lake Lanao export a certain quantity of coffee of
+indifferent appearance but excellent flavour.
+
+Cacao grows well in many parts of the Archipelago, but I have never
+seen any large plantations of it. A few trees may be seen in the
+gardens of old houses, but they must be protected from insects and
+rats, and require looking after.
+
+The quantity raised in the islands is not sufficient to supply the
+home demand, so that cacao beans are imported from Venezuela and
+chocolate from Spain.
+
+It is a risky business to plant cacao in the northern Philippines;
+the trees are delicate and suffer from the typhoons. And the produce
+is so valuable that, unless watched at night or protected in some way,
+the cones may when nearly ripe be carried away by thieves.
+
+In Palawan, where the typhoons do not ravage, I have seen cacao trees
+30 feet high, with an abundant crop.
+
+The plant from which indigo is elaborated was cultivated in former
+years to a considerable extent in some provinces, notably the Ilocos,
+but the export trade was destroyed by the adulterations of the Chinese.
+
+In 1895, 6672 quintals were exported from Manila, but only 462 quintals
+in 1896. Ten specimens of Ilocos indigo were shown at the Madrid
+Exhibition of 1887, and the price varied from $12 to $67 per quintal.
+
+For home use the dye is sold in a liquid form, contained in large
+earthen jars called tinajas. It is known as Tintarron.
+
+Sesame and other oil-giving seeds are cultivated to a small extent
+in several provinces, but neither the seed nor the oil figure in the
+list of exports.
+
+The cocoa-nut palm grows in most of the lowlands of the Philippines,
+except in the North of Luzon. In suitable soil it grows to the very
+edge of the sea, as in the Cuyos Islands, In the provinces of Laguna
+and Tayabas there are large numbers of these trees and a lively
+business is carried on in making oil from nuts or in sending them to
+Manila for the market or for shipment.
+
+When large quantities are to be sent, they are formed into rafts in
+a very ingenious manner, each nut being attached by a strip of its
+own fibre without any rope being required.
+
+These rafts are sometimes a hundred feet long and ten or twelve feet
+wide, and are navigated across the lake and down the Pasig. Finally
+they are brought alongside a steamer, the nuts are cut adrift and
+thrown into the hold through the cargo ports.
+
+The nuts that are to be used for making oil are stripped of their
+husks and cut in halves. They then pass to a workman who is provided
+with an apparatus called a Cutcuran. This is mounted upon a trestle
+and consists of a revolving shaft of hard polished wood, carrying
+on its overhanging end an iron disc about three inches in diameter
+having teeth like the rowel of a spur.
+
+This is set edgeways in a slot in the shaft. On each side of the
+trestle near the ground is a treadle; from one of these a cotton
+cord passes over the shaft taking a round turn and is made fast
+to the other treadle. The operator sits astride the trestle with a
+foot on each treadle. By working them alternately he produces a rapid
+revolution of the shaft in alternate directions, and the cutting disc
+being double-edged it cuts both ways. By holding a half nut against
+the revolving cutter he in a few seconds rasps out every particle of
+the nut which falls upon a tray in fine shreds.
+
+The shredded material is then heated in a cast-iron pan over a slow
+fire, and whilst hot is filled into bags of strong material which
+are placed in the press.
+
+This is constructed entirely of hard wood, and the pressure is obtained
+by driving wedges with a heavy mallet.
+
+The system is primitive, but all the apparatus is practical and
+very cheap.
+
+D. Carlos Almeida of Biñan stated to me in 1890 that 400 large
+cocoa-nuts gave by this process one tinaja or jar of oil, equivalent
+to 10½ English gallons, which was then worth on the spot six Mexican
+dollars. It is sold in Manila. At this time cocoa-nuts were sold in
+Santa Cruz, the capital of the Laguna, for about $15 per thousand. The
+oil cake was used either to feed pigs or as a manure about the roots
+of coffee-plants. The owner of cocoa-palm groves in Luzon or Visayas
+lives in anxiety during several months of each year, for should
+the vortex of a typhoon pass over or near his plantation, a large
+proportion of his trees may be destroyed.
+
+The true locality for such plantations is in the southern and western
+parts of Mindanao and Palawan, to the south of a line drawn from
+the northern point of Mindanao to Busuánga Island in the Calamianes,
+preferring the most sheltered spots.
+
+In this region the danger from typhoons is inconsiderable, and the
+trees flourish exceedingly. I have been shown trees in bearing at
+Puerta Princesa which I was assured were only three years old. I
+saw older trees bearing immense bunches of nuts, too many to count,
+and it seemed wonderful to see a slender trunk bearing aloft sixty
+feet in the air so heavy a load. From fifty to one hundred trees
+can be planted on an acre according to the space allowed to each,
+and when in full bearing after six or seven years each tree might
+give eighty nuts in a year. The crop goes on all the year round.
+
+Copra is prepared from the nuts either by drying the whole nut under
+cover in the shade, allowing the water to become absorbed and then
+breaking up the kernel for bagging, or else by breaking it up first
+of all and drying it in the sun.
+
+In the first case a large airy shed is required, and the process takes
+three months. In the latter case three days of sunshine will suffice,
+but the kernels must be protected from the dew at night and from any
+chance shower of rain. Artificial heat does not produce good copra,
+and besides is expensive to apply.
+
+Making copra is one of the most paying enterprises in the Philippines,
+but it requires capital to be laid out several years beforehand,
+unless a plantation can be bought to start with.
+
+Previous to 1890, the quantity of copra exported was so small that
+no record was kept of it. In that year 74,447 piculs were exported,
+and the trade has gone up by leaps and bounds, so that in 1897 no
+less than 811,440 piculs were sent out, over fifty thousand tons.
+
+The present position of agriculture seems to be that there are in
+the Philippines somewhere about six millions of civilised Christian
+people tilling eight million acres of land, and exporting some thirty
+million dollars' worth of produce each year. They also raise a large
+quantity of food-stuffs for their own consumption, but import perhaps
+a couple of million dollars' worth of rice because it is cheaper to
+buy it than to grow it, as we in England import wheat for the same
+reason. The area of land under cultivation is computed at one-ninth
+of the total area of the islands.
+
+The author of the circular Plant Products of the Philippines, to
+which I have before referred, makes the following remarks: "In view of
+the natural fertility of the soil and the vast extent of these rich
+lands not yet under cultivation, it is safely assumed that the total
+agricultural production of the islands could be increased tenfold."
+
+This gentleman seems to be of a sanguine disposition, and he reminds
+me rather of Oscar F. Williams' cheerful optimism. But in one way he
+is more cautious than that gentleman. He does not fix a time for his
+prophecy to be accomplished.
+
+I would point out, however, that in the seventy-five million acres
+comprised in the islands there are volcanic cones, peaks of basalt,
+stony plains, unexplored regions, swamps and other undesirable
+localities for establishing farms or plantations, and that some of the
+good lands are held by warlike tribes who would resent any intrusion
+into their domains.
+
+There are, it is true, great tracts of land in Mindanao and Palawan,
+and no doubt in time they will come under cultivation.
+
+Taking everything into consideration, I hold to my view that with
+peace, honest government and a good Vagrancy law, the export of
+produce might be doubled in twenty years if capital is forthcoming in
+sufficient amount. The land is worth nothing without the husbandmen,
+and it will take the Philippines a long time to recover from the
+devastating effects of the insurrection of 1896-7 and the American
+war of subjugation.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+FORESTAL.
+
+    Value exaggerated--Difficulties of labour and transport--Special
+    sawing machinery required--Market for timber in the islands--Teak
+    not found--Jungle produce--Warning to investors in companies--Gutta
+    percha.
+
+
+During the three and a quarter centuries the Spaniards have held the
+Philippines, the forests of Luzon have supplied enormous quantities
+of the finest timber for building houses, churches, convents, bridges,
+warships, lighters and canoes. No care has ever been taken to replant,
+and the consequence is that at this day long logs of many kinds most
+wanted are not obtainable, all the large trees of valuable timber have
+long ago been cut, and only in the most distant and least accessible
+places are any worth having to be found.
+
+The greatest nonsense is talked about the value of the Philippine
+forests, but in fact it is only in the fever-stricken Island of
+Mindoro, and in certain parts of Palawan and Mindanao, that any large
+and valuable trees can be found.
+
+Labour is a great difficulty; wood-cutters are scarce, and they are a
+wild, unruly lot; only men inured to such a rough life can resist the
+malaria of the woods, and even they are occasionally down with fever.
+
+Chinamen would not venture into the forests, and only the natives
+of each district are available, as they do not care to go far from
+their houses. In order to engage them it is necessary to make them
+advances of money which it will seldom be possible to recover. A good
+deal of tact is required in dealing with the cutters, they are very
+independent and will not put up with abuse. A considerable capital
+is required to give advances to, and feed these men, also for buying
+buffaloes, which die unless good care is taken of them.
+
+If a cutter can be found who has buffaloes of his own, it is better
+to hire them with him, as then they are sure to be taken care of.
+
+The dragging the large logs to a river or port can only be done by
+teams of buffaloes. The conditions prevailing prevent the employment
+of chutes, wire ropes and winding engines, or tram-lines.
+
+The valuable trees do not grow together in numbers as in the forests
+of California and Oregon, but are found at considerable distances
+from each other. It is therefore only possible to commence the use
+of mechanical conveyance at the spot where the logs can be assembled
+by animal labour. Even so, the number of logs from any district will
+be so small that it will hardly pay to lay down a tramway.
+
+The logs are squared in the woods and the butt ends are rounded like
+the runners of a sleigh, two holes are chopped at the top corners
+with a small adze called a palacol, through which rattans are passed
+for the buffaloes to be yoked to. They are then dragged down to the
+river or sea. The wood is too heavy to float, and bundles of bamboos
+are attached to it to give it buoyancy.
+
+The idea of putting up saw-mills in the forests is absurd--for the
+reason given above.
+
+The wood is very hard and tough, and specially made machinery is
+required to work it.
+
+The framing must be heavier, the feed lighter, and the teeth of
+the saws much smaller and with less set. I have had some excellent
+machinery and saws specially made in England for this purpose, by
+Thomas Robinson & Son of Rochdale, but I sent home logs of the woods
+required to be worked, for the saws, planers, and moulding cutters
+to be made to suit. The ordinary sawing machinery as shown in trade
+catalogues would be of no use at all.
+
+The whole business is extremely risky, it requires a manager, immune
+to jungle fever, a man of great vigour yet patient and tactful. Such a
+man, understanding the native ways, would probably succeed after years
+of hard and dangerous work; but I warn any one thinking of taking up
+this business that in Luzon valuable trees are few and far between,
+and distant from port or river, whilst in other islands where there
+are timber trees they stand there because no one could ever be induced
+to go and cut them.
+
+As for exporting these timbers to the United States or other places,
+there is no need to do that, for demand for timber in Manila and other
+towns is greater than the supply, and iron construction is increasing
+in consequence.
+
+Oregon or Norway pine is of no use for building purposes in the
+Philippines, for it would be devoured within a year or two by the anay
+(white ants). I am told, however, that in spite of warnings the United
+States military authorities have constructed stables and storehouses
+of this timber.
+
+I think it quite useless to mention the names of the different
+Philippine timbers, as those who take an interest in them can purchase
+the 'Manual de Maderero' (Wood-cutters' Manual) and obtain all the
+information they require from it.
+
+Molave is the most important, being proof against the white ants,
+and almost imperishable. Ypil and yacal are splendid woods for large
+roofs. They can be obtained long enough for tie-beams, even for wide
+spans, and excellent roof-frames can be made by bolting them together.
+
+On the Zambales mountains and in Benguet and Lepanto there are
+forests of coniferæ. When the Manila-Dagupan Railway was being
+built, I had some sample sleepers brought down from thence. They
+were quite suitable, but could only be used if thoroughly creosoted,
+as otherwise they would merely provide food for the white ants. As
+there are no gasworks in the Islands, creosote could not be produced,
+nor would it pay to import it from Hong Kong or elsewhere on account
+of the freight and duties.
+
+There is no market in the islands for pine and no one cuts the
+trees. They are not of great size. The Igorrotes burn them to clear
+the land for planting.
+
+True ebony is not found in the forests, but a very handsome and heavy
+wood, called Camagon, is the nearest approach to it, being dark-brown
+nearly black, streaked with bright yellow. It is found of larger size
+than ebony and is sold by the pound.
+
+Teak has often been reported to exist and samples of the alleged
+teak have been shown to me. On comparing them with teak from
+Rangoon a considerable difference was noted and the characteristic
+odour was absent. My own impression is that there is no teak in
+the Philippines. I have paid two dollars a cubic foot for teak in
+Manila and if there was any to be had, this price would, I think,
+have fetched it out.
+
+As for such jungle produce as gum-damar, canes, and rattans, if the
+reader will refer to my remarks on Palawan he will see that the most
+valuable products are mostly worked out, and that in any case this
+is not white man's business.
+
+There is, however, one branch that, in view of increasing scarcity
+and rising price, should be carefully looked after by the Philippine
+Administration; I refer to the collection of gutta-percha in
+Mindanao. This caused quite a boom for a short time, but as usual
+the Chinamen got hold of the stuff and mixed it with various kinds
+of rubbish, so that it was soon discredited in the European market.
+
+An official of high-standing might be appointed to the double office of
+Protector of the Natives, and Conservator of the Forests in Mindanao,
+and rules for collecting the gutta without destroying the trees should
+be prepared and enforced by personal visits from the conservator and
+his deputies, to whom all the gutta should be handed, being paid for
+in cash. This would probably yield a large revenue to the Government
+and greatly benefit the natives, for they might receive half the value
+of the gutta instead of the minute fraction the Chinese now give them.
+
+The reader who has perused the previous remarks will no longer be
+liable to be caught by tales of the fabulous riches of the Philippine
+forests. And, above all, he should keep clear of any companies that
+may be formed to exploit them. Energetic and tactful individuals may
+succeed, but the success will be due to personal qualities, and will
+be contemporaneous with that gifted party and disappear with him. This
+is what happened to the "Laguimanoc Saw Mills and Timber Company"
+as soon as the founder left.
+
+A large proportion of the jungle produce of Mindanao, Palawan, and
+the smaller Southern Islands is smuggled away by the Chinese traders
+to Sandakan or Singapore.
+
+All that appears in the Table of Exports is two or three hundred tons
+of gum copal shipped each year from Manila.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+THE MINERALS.
+
+    Gold: Dampier--Pigafetta--De Comyn--Placers in
+    Luzon--Gapan--River Agno--The Igorrotes--Auriferous
+    quartz from Antaniae--Capunga--Pangutantan--Goldpits at
+    Suyuc--Atimonan--Paracale--Mambulao--Mount Labo--Surigao--River
+    Siga--Gigaquil, Caninon-Binutong, and Cansostral
+    Mountains--Misamis--Pighoulugan--Iponan--Pigtao--Dendritic gold
+    from Misamis--Placer gold traded away surreptitiously--Cannot
+    be taxed--Spanish mining laws--Pettifogging lawyers--Prospects
+    for gold seekers. Copper: Native copper at Surigao and
+    Torrijos (Mindoro)--Copper deposits at Mancayan worked by
+    the Igorrotes--Spanish company--Insufficient data--Caution
+    required. Iron: Rich ores found in the Cordillera of Luzon--Worked
+    by natives--Some Europeans have attempted but failed--Red
+    hematite in Cebú--Brown hematite in Paracale--Both red and
+    brown in Capiz--Oxydized iron in Misamis--Magnetic iron
+    in San Miguel de Mayumo--Possibilities. Coal (so called):
+    Beds of lignite upheaved--Vertical seams at Sugud--Reason
+    of failure--Analysis of Masbate lignite. Various Minerals:
+    Galena--Red lead--Graphite--Quicksilver--Sulphur Asbestos--Yellow
+    ochre--Kaolin, Marble--Plastic clays--Mineral waters.
+
+
+It is a great mistake to suppose that nothing is known of the geology
+and mineralogy of the Philippines, or that no attempts have been made
+to exploit them.
+
+The maps of the Archipelago are marked in dozens or hundreds of places,
+coal, copper, lead, iron, gold, and a number of works treating of
+the subject have been published. Amongst the authors are the mining
+engineers, Don Enrique Abella and Don José Centeno. But some of their
+most important reports are still in manuscript, for the revenues of
+the Philippines were almost entirely absorbed in paying the salaries
+of the officials, and there was a great disinclination to spend money
+in any other way.
+
+At the Philippine Exhibition, held at Madrid in 1887, more than
+seven hundred specimens of auriferous earths or sand, gold quartz,
+and ores of various metals were shown, and in this branch alone there
+were 109 exhibitors from all parts of the Archipelago.
+
+Besides ores there were the tools and utensils used by the miners,
+and models of the furnaces and forges in which the metals were reduced
+and worked, with the metals in different stages of concentration or
+manufacture, and a complete show of the finished products.
+
+A great many Mining Companies have been formed in Spain or in Manila
+at different times which have all failed from a variety of causes,
+want of skill, bad management, costly administration, or because the
+richness of the vein or seam had been exaggerated.
+
+The difficulty of getting labour is considerable, as mining is a work
+the generality of natives do not care to take up, although in some
+provinces they are used to it, for example, in Camarines Norte and
+in Surigao.
+
+Employers seem to forget that the ordinary food of a native, rice
+and fish, is not sufficiently nourishing to enable him to do hard
+and continuous work, such as is required in mining. A higher rate of
+pay than the current wage is essential, to allow the miner to supply
+himself with an ample ration of beef or pork, coffee and sugar,
+and provision should be made for him to be comfortably housed.
+
+In this complaint of want of labour it is not always the native who
+is to blame, and if a mine cannot afford to pay a reasonable price
+for labour, it had better stand idle.
+
+Probably the one great reason why mines have not prospered in the
+Philippines is that there has never been slavery there, as in Cuba,
+Peru, Mexico, Brazil, ancient Egypt, and other great mining countries,
+where whole populations have been used up to minister to the avarice
+of their fellow-men.
+
+Names of some Metals in Tagal.
+
+
+                    Gold              Guinto.
+                    Silver            Pilac.
+                    Copper            Tangsó.
+                    Lead              Tinga.
+                    Tin               Tinga puti.
+                    Iron              Bacal.
+                    Steel             Patalím.
+                    Forged Steel      Binalon.
+                    Coal              Uling.
+
+
+
+Gold.
+
+From my remarks upon the other minerals it will be seen that I have
+no illusions on the immediate prospects of working them.
+
+With gold, however, it is different. For centuries large quantities
+have been collected or extracted, mostly, no doubt, from placers,
+still some rich veins are known to exist.
+
+The early writers agree that gold is plentiful. Dampier says: "Most,
+if not all, the Philippine Islands are rich in gold."
+
+Speaking of the Batanes Islanders, he says:--
+
+
+"They have no sort of coin, but they have small crumbs of the metal
+before described" (he seemed at first to doubt whether it was gold),
+which they bind up very safe in plantain leaves or the like. This
+metal they exchange for what they want, giving a small quantity of
+it--about two or three grains--for a jar of drink that would hold
+five or six gallons. They have no scales, but give it by guess."
+
+
+In the 'Relacion de las Islas Filipinas,' 1595(?), the author remarks
+that the Tagals "like to put on many ornaments of gold, which they
+have in great abundance."
+
+Farther on, he says of Luzon:--
+
+
+"The people of this island are very clever in knowing" (valuing)
+"gold, and they weigh it with the greatest subtleness and delicacy
+which has ever been seen; the first thing they teach their children
+is to know gold and the weights used for it, for amongst them there
+is no other money."
+
+
+Farther on, he says:--
+
+
+"Ilocos ... has much gold, for the principal mines of these islands
+are in the mountain ranges of this province, of which they get the
+advantage, for they trade with the miners more than any people. The
+Spaniards have many times endeavoured to people the mines so as to
+work them, but it has not been possible up to the present, although
+the Governor, Gonzalo Ronquillo, took the greatest pains, and it cost
+him many men, the country being so rough and destitute of provisions."
+
+
+In Pigafetta's 'Voyage Round the World' (Pinkerton), Vol. ii., p. 333,
+we read that at Caraga (Mindanao) a man offered an ingot of massive
+gold for six strings of glass beads.
+
+On p. 331, he says:--
+
+
+"The king who accompanied us informed us that gold was found in his
+island in lumps as large as walnuts, and even as an egg, mingled with
+earth; that they used a sieve for sifting it, and that all his vessels,
+and even many of the ornaments of his house were of this metal."
+
+
+On p. 348, he says that he saw many utensils of gold in the house of
+the Raja or King of Butuan.
+
+On p. 349, we find the following remarks:--
+
+
+"What most abounds is gold. Valleys were pointed out to me in which
+by signs they made me comprehend there were more lumps of gold than
+we had hair on our heads, but that, for the want of iron, the mines
+exact greater labour to work them than they feel inclined to bestow."
+
+
+Coming down to later days, Thomas de Comyn, 1810, writes:--
+
+
+"Gold abounds in Luzon and in many of these islands; but as the
+mountains which contain it are in the power of pagan Indians, the veins
+are not worked, nor even the mines known. These savages collect it
+from placers or streams, and bring it as dust to the Christians who
+inhabit the plains, in exchange for coarse cloth or fire-arms, and
+at times they have brought it in grains of one or two ounces' weight.
+
+"It is the general opinion that this class of mines abound in the
+province of Caraga, situated on the east of the great island of
+Mindanao, and that there, as well as at various other points, gold
+is found of 22 carat fine."
+
+
+He states that the Royal Fifth, or rather Tenth (for it was found the
+mines could not pay a fifth, and it was reduced by half), in the year
+1809 amounted to $1144. This would represent an extraction of gold
+equal to only $11,440; but this was probably but a small part of the
+whole, as from the circumstances of the case the gold dust from the
+washings would be surreptitiously disposed of, and only the few mines
+that were worked, paid the tax. I had occasion, about twelve years
+ago, to make inquiry how much gold was raised in Camarines Norte,
+and a person well-informed on the subject estimated it at a value of
+$30,000 gold dollars.
+
+Gold is certainly very widely distributed in the islands. I have
+seen women washing the sands of the River San José del Puray in the
+province of Manila, and noted what small specks they collected. I
+was informed that their average earnings were about 25 cents per
+day. Whether these sands could be dredged and washed mechanically on
+a large scale with profit I cannot say.
+
+In 1890, I ascended the Puray River and went up the Arroyo Macaburabod
+to where it bifurcates. There, close to the boundary of the province
+of Manila and district of Moron, I found a face of disintegrated
+quartz glittering with large crystals of iron pyrites.
+
+This was near a geological frontier where the igneous and sedimentary
+rocks joined, and the neighbourhood was highly mineralized, there being
+iron, coal, and gold within a short distance. I took a large number
+of samples, and the analyst Anacleto del Rosario declared that one
+of them gave an assay of 17 dwts. of gold to the ton. But of course
+such assays prove nothing, for the accidental presence of a grain of
+gold in the sample would make all the difference in the results.
+
+Near Gapan in Nueva Écija more profitable washings are situated,
+and at times large numbers of men and women are to be seen at work,
+especially after a sudden flood has come down. The sands of the River
+Agno also yield gold, and the washing for it is quite an industry
+amongst the Pangasinan women about Rosales, but the return is said
+to be small. But after a north-westerly gale has heaped up the black
+sand at the mouth of this river in the Bay of Lingayen, the people
+turn out in numbers to wash it, and sometimes have better luck. But
+although these washings are poor, a considerable quantity of gold
+is obtained from the Igorrotes, and there is no doubt that these
+people have for centuries worked quartz veins or pockets, and that
+they only extract sufficient for their modest requirements in the way
+of purchasing cattle, cloth, and tools. They do not hoard any gold,
+for they say that it is safer in the mine than in their houses. When
+one of them requires a few ounces he goes to his mine, gets it out,
+and immediately proceeds to purchase what he wants. Possibly they
+do not consider the supply inexhaustible, and they have thought for
+to-morrow, or for those who will come after them. It is not their
+object to exhaust the bounties of nature in the shortest possible time.
+
+When they have found a rich pocket they build a house over the pit,
+and when not at work they cover the hole with roughly-hewn planks or
+logs ; they take precautions in disposing of the detritus, so that
+it does not call attention from a distance.
+
+In the Exhibition of 1887 the Comandante Politico-Militar of
+the Province of Benguet showed samples of auriferous quartz from
+Antaniac and from Capunga, also quartz with visible threads of gold
+from the latter place, also leaf gold from the veins, two specimens
+of auriferous quartz from Pangutantan with gold extracted from it,
+and gold-dust from the River Agno.
+
+Other exhibits included specimens of gold-bearing rock from Lepanto
+and Infantas, and compact auriferous quartz from the celebrated
+gold-pits of Suyuc near Mancayan. All these quartz reefs are worked
+by the Igorrotes.
+
+Gold is also found near Atimonan in Tayabas, but the neighbourhood of
+Paracale and Mambulao, and the slopes of Mount Labo are most famous
+in Manila.
+
+During the last century large quantities of gold were taken from
+the surface-workings, which are now exhausted, or only afford a
+miserable living to the natives who treat the auriferous earths in
+a very primitive way.
+
+The gold having been taken, the next thing was to use the reputation of
+the mines to attract capital, and this was done to some considerable
+extent, one company being founded on the ruins of another. One of the
+later ones was the "Ancla de Oro," or Golden Anchor, but its capital
+was expended without results. The late Don Antonio Enriquez, a Spanish
+gentleman well-known to British and Americans in Manila, worked some
+mining properties there for some years, and had faith in them.
+
+He consulted me about them, and I forwarded some samples of the ores
+to my agents in London, who had them analyzed by Messrs. Johnson &
+Matthey, but the results were not encouraging, and did not confirm
+the analysis made in Manila.
+
+About 1890, Messrs. Peele, Hubbell & Co. got out an American mining
+expert, whose name I forget, but I believe he was a mining engineer
+of high standing. He spent some time at Mambulao and Paracale, and
+made a careful examination of the country. It was understood that
+his report did not encourage any further expenditure in prospecting
+or development. But of late years further attempts have been made to
+boom the place, and the Mambulao Gold Mining Syndicate, London, 1893,
+has been formed. I am unaware on what new information the promoters
+rely to justify their bringing this place again before the public.
+
+Surigao, in the old kingdom of Caraga, is rich in gold which is very
+widely disseminated. Father Llovera, a missionary who, in March, 1892,
+made an excursion up the River Siga to visit some unbaptized Mamanúas
+in the mountains, declares that the sands contain much gold, so much
+so that particles were plainly visible. This river takes its rise in
+the eastern Cordillera, between Cantilan and Jabonga, and runs in a
+north-easterly direction into the southern part of Lake Mainit. The
+missionary also declares that veins of gold were visible in some of
+the pieces of rock lying in the bed of the river, which they broke
+to examine. But he does not seem to have brought back any specimens,
+as one would expect.
+
+His declaration is confirmed by Dr. Montano, a French traveller and
+skilled explorer, who however does not say that he saw the gold dust
+amongst the sand.
+
+From Surigao to Gigaquil the people are engaged in washing the sands
+for gold.
+
+Foreman states that for many months remittances of four or five
+pounds weight of gold were sent from Mindanao to a firm in Manila,
+and that it was alluvial gold from Surigao extracted by the natives.
+
+Don José Centeno, Inspector of Mines, says in a report: "The most
+important workings effected in Surigao are in the Caninon-Binutong
+and Cansostral mountains, a day's journey from the town.
+
+"These mountains consist of slaty talc much metamorphosed, and of
+serpentine. In the first are found veins of calcite and quartz from
+half-an-inch to three inches thick, in which especially in the calcite
+the gold is visible mixed with iron and copper pyrites, galena and
+blende. It is a remarkable circumstance that the most mineralized
+veins run always in an east and west direction, whilst the poor
+and sterile veins always follow another direction. The workings are
+entirely on the surface, as the abundance of water which flows to
+them prevents sinking shafts, and nothing is known of the richness
+at depth. Rich and sterile parts alternate, the gold being mostly in
+pockets. From one of the veins in Caninoro in a length of eighteen
+inches one hundred ounces of gold were taken."
+
+Some time after this find, Messrs. Aldecoa & Co., a Manila firm,
+erected stamps at Surigao, and a certain amount of gold was sent up by
+every steamer to Manila, but in spite of the apparently favourable
+circumstances, the enterprise was ultimately abandoned and the
+machinery removed.
+
+I do not know the reason, but people in Manila are so used to the
+collapse of mining companies that it is regarded as their natural
+and inevitable end, and no explanations are required.
+
+Nieto (p. 75) mentions the northern parts of the province of Surigao
+and Misamis as the richest in gold. In Misamis there is both alluvial
+gold and rich quartz reefs, the richest known spots being Pighoulugan
+on the River Cagayan, Iponan and Pigtao. The ore at the latter place
+is auriferous iron pyrites, called by the natives Inga.
+
+Nuggets weighing from two and a half to four ounces have been found in
+these places, so that Pigafetta's stories are not without foundation.
+
+On March 20th, 1888, a clerk of Don Louis Génu, a merchant in Manila,
+called upon me on business and exhibited a large pickle bottle full
+of gold which he had just received from Cagayan de Misamis. There
+were several pounds weight of it, and I carefully examined it with
+a lens. I found it in pieces, many of them half an inch or more in
+length, slightly flattened, and having minute particles of white
+quartz adhering to them, and a few loose particles of quartz. The
+pieces were not water-worn, and had evidently formed part of a seam
+of dendritic or lace gold, such as I had seen exhibited by a vendor
+of mining properties in Denver, Col., just a year before.
+
+This exhibit opened my eyes to the possibilities of gold mining in
+Mindanao, but I did not leave my business to go prospecting.
+
+The natives of this part of Mindanao look upon washing for gold as
+their chief resource. A certain quantity of what they collect is used
+to make ornaments, and passes from hand to hand instead of coin in
+payment of gambling debts, and stakes lost at cockfights. The Mestizos
+and Chinamen get hold of the rest and send it away surreptitiously,
+so that no statistics can be collected. It is impossible to tax gold
+collected in this way, but the Government might derive a profit by
+establishing posts in each district where gold would be purchased
+at a fixed price and so get, say, ten or twenty per cent. out of it
+instead of allowing the Chinese and Mestizos to make perhaps forty
+or fifty per cent. according to the ignorance of the vendor.
+
+Foreman is probably quite right in saying that the influence of the
+friars has always been exerted against any mining company, whether
+Spanish or foreign. They did not want a rush of miners and Jews to
+the Philippines. But now, under the American Government, their power
+must decline, and new undertakings will, in a measure, be free from
+this hindrance.
+
+The Spanish mining laws and regulations are excellent and a perfect
+model for legislation on the subject. They are based on the principle
+that the ownership of the surface gives no title to the minerals
+underneath, which belong to the State. The owner can, however, obtain
+a title by developing a mine.
+
+The ingenuity and unscrupulousness of that vile breed, the native
+Pica-Pleito or pettifogging lawyer, has greatly contributed to stop
+Europeans from proceeding with mining enterprises, as success would
+bring down these blackmailers in swarms.
+
+It is to be hoped that the new government will lay a heavy hand on
+these birds of prey. Rightly considered, they are only a species of
+vermin, and should have verminous treatment.
+
+Now that the fortune of war has handed over the sovereignty of the
+Philippines to an enterprising and energetic race, I cannot doubt
+that the mystery of centuries will be dispelled.
+
+Amongst the Californian, Colorado, or Nevada volunteers, there
+should be men having the courage, the knowledge of prospecting,
+and the physical strength necessary for success in this quest, if
+they can obtain permission from their superiors to attempt it. The
+prospects are so good that they should not have any difficulty in
+getting capitalists to finance them.
+
+They will require to go in a strong party to prevent being cut off
+by the savages, and to escort their supplies of provisions.
+
+As deer and wild pig abound they will be able to supply themselves in a
+great measure with meat by sending out a couple of good shots to hunt.
+
+For such as these gold mining ought to be most remunerative, and
+enable those who survive the many perils to retire with a fortune
+after a few years of hard work. But so far as I know there is not at
+present sufficient information about any mines in the Philippines,
+whether of gold or any other metal, to warrant the establishment of
+companies for purchasing and working them.
+
+Mining claims can be staked out and registered under the present
+laws by natives or foreigners, but in limited areas, and placers or
+river beds can be worked by all without leave or license, and cannot
+be monopolised.
+
+I wish to avoid prophesy, but I shall be much surprised if the
+Philippines, in American hands, do not turn out in a few years an
+important gold-producing country.
+
+
+
+Copper.
+
+Native copper has been found in several places in the islands,
+amongst them are Surigao and Torrijos in Mindoro.
+
+In the article on the Igorrotes, I have spoken of the copper mines
+of Mancayan, and related how, when worked by the savages they were
+successful to the extent of supplying themselves with cooking-pots,
+trays and ornaments, besides leaving an annual surplus of about
+nineteen tons of copper, which was sold.
+
+A Spanish company obtained the concession about 1864, and drove out
+the natives.
+
+The title was the Sociedad Minera de Mancayan, and they experienced
+considerable difficulties in getting a merchantable product, their
+science being at a disadvantage compared to the practical knowledge
+of the Igorrotes. They, however, persevered, and got up to a make of
+about 180 tons in one year--nearly ten times the production obtained
+by the Igorrotes. But the usual fate of Philippine mining companies
+overtook them, and the works were closed in 1875, it was said from
+scarcity of labour.
+
+Several kinds of ores are found at Mancayan, almost on the surface,
+red, black and grey copper, also sulphates and carbonates of copper.
+
+About Mambulao cupro-ferruginous quartz and copper pyrites are found,
+but are not worked.
+
+I am quite unable to venture any opinion on the prospects of
+copper-mining and smelting in the Philippines, but no doubt experts
+will shortly obtain the necessary data to decide what can be done,
+but capital should be laid out with great caution, and the many
+difficulties of climate, carriage and labour taken into consideration.
+
+
+
+Iron.
+
+There is plenty of iron ore in the Philippines. In Luzon it occurs
+plentifully in the western spurs of the Cordillera all the way from
+Bosoboso to San Miguel de Mayumo, and it is now worked near the latter
+place in a primitive way. Plough-shares, cooking-pots and bolos are the
+principal productions; the fuel used in all cases is charcoal. I sent
+to the Philippine Exhibition of 1887 at Madrid a dozen bolos made from
+native iron. The ore is very rich, giving 70 to 80 per cent. of iron;
+when polished it is of a beautiful silvery white colour, very tough,
+and of the finest quality. Attempts have been made by Europeans to
+work the iron ores of Luzon, but they have invariably ended in the
+bankruptcy of the adventurers, and in one case even in suicide.
+
+When deer-shooting at the Hacienda de San Ysidro above Bosoboso many
+years ago, I learned from the natives there that in the next valley,
+not far from the hamlet of Santa Ines, there existed the remains
+of some old iron-works, abandoned years ago. They said there were
+unfinished forgings still lying about, amongst them two anchors. I
+did not, however, go to examine them, being intent on shooting.
+
+Red hematite is found in Cebú, brown hematite in Paracale and other
+parts of Camarines Norte, and both red and brown in Capiz. In Misamis
+oxydized iron is found. Some of the iron about San Miguel de Mayumo
+is magnetic.
+
+I do not believe that at present, and for many years to come, it is
+possible to work these ores and make iron and steel to compete with
+American or British imported iron.
+
+But the time may come when, under different conditions, these
+remarkable ores may be turned to account; in fact, it is asserted a
+scarcity of high class iron ore will soon occur, in which case the
+Philippine ores of such extraordinary richness will come into use.
+
+
+
+Coal.
+
+It is common to see coal mentioned amongst the mineral resources of
+the Philippines, but so far as I have been able to learn, no true
+coal has been found there, nor in any of the adjacent islands. There
+are beds of lignite of varying quality, and when enthusiastic finders
+are told of the poor quality of their samples, they reply at once,
+"It will be better at depth."
+
+The Philippine formations seem to greatly resemble those of Borneo,
+and there it was found that the lignite got poorer at depth, so that
+mines were abandoned from this cause alone.
+
+The Philippine beds of lignite have been violently upheaved by the
+cataclysms of former ages, and are often turned up vertically,
+as at the mines of Sugud in Albay. I was consulted about these
+mines after a considerable sum had been thrown away. The Spanish
+engineer employed commenced by building himself a commodious house;
+he then laid a tramway from the port to where the mine was to be,
+and bought a winding engine. The available capital was expended,
+and nothing more was done.
+
+The position of the seams at Sugud very much resembles the occurrence
+of the seams at the Pengaron mine in Borneo, which stopped work 18th
+October, 1884, after a precarious existence of thirty-six years, on
+account of the poor quality of the coal and the relatively high cost
+of extraction. This is on the authority of Dr. Theodor Posewitz in
+'Borneo: its Geology and Mineral Resources,' 1892, and what follows
+so exactly applies to all the so-called coal in the Philippines,
+that I shall quote the paragraph:--
+
+
+P. 480.--"A number of analyses were carried out, and practical tests
+were applied on board various ships. The result was always ore or
+less favourable, yet nobody would have the coal."
+
+
+The coal mine in the British Colony of Labuan was given up after
+several years' working.
+
+People blame the Spanish Government, the priests, the natives,
+the roads, but the reason of failure in the Philippines is very
+simple. "Nobody would have the coal," that is to say on board ship. The
+lignite could be used on land, but there is little demand for it,
+except for navigation. Some of it is liable to spontaneous combustion
+in the bunkers, some is so charged with sulphur as to be bad for the
+furnaces, or else it will not keep steam. I doubt if there is any good
+coal between Japan and Australia, and as long as coal from there can
+be delivered at present prices in Manila, I don't advise anybody to put
+money into Philippine coal unless they know more about it than I do.
+
+It has often been said that the Philippines have never been
+explored. This is, however, only true of certain regions, and as
+regards beds of the so-called coal you will find them marked on the
+maps all over the principal islands.
+
+If you proceed to the village nearest the spot, you will find, very
+probably, that the seam has been known for a century, and that pits or
+adits have been made and a lot of money spent to no purpose. Nobody
+ever made any money out of Philippine lignite that I know of, but I
+don't prophesy whether anybody ever will.
+
+I append an analysis of some so-called coal that was brought me from
+Masbate in 1889.
+
+
+    Analysis of Masbate Lignite.
+
+    Laboratory of A. del Rosario y Sales.
+
+    No. 1367. 16th April, 1889.
+
+    Lignite from Masbate.
+
+        Colour, black.
+        Physical condition, fragile.
+        Fracture, splintery.
+        Colour, when reduced to powder, blackish brown.
+        Burns with difficulty, giving a short flame; not very smoky, and
+        leaves a brick-red ash.
+        Coke not very spongy, pulverulent and lightly agglutinated.
+        Density at 33° C., 1·3082.
+
+    Analysis.
+
+               Hygroscopic water             3.73
+               Volatile constituents        45.49
+        Coke   Fixed carbon                 48.20
+                     Ash Silica             12
+                     Aluminic                2.46
+                     Ferric, calcic
+                     Magnesic
+                     Chloric
+                     Sulphuric acids, etc.
+
+                                           100.00
+
+
+    Coke = 50.79.   Equivalent calories                       5203.44
+    Ash  =  2.58.   Absolute calorific effect, centesimal       64.41
+    Sulphur per 100 of lignite                                   0.1633
+    Iron calculated in metallic state                            1.2173
+    Lead reduced by 1 gramme of combustible (mean) by
+    Berthier's assay grammes                                    21.90
+
+
+
+Various Minerals.
+
+Lead.--Galena is found in Tayabas and in Camarines Norte; in the
+latter province there is found chromate of lead with ferruginous
+quartz. This ore is often found mixed with iron or copper pyrites,
+and sometimes with blende.
+
+I have seen samples of galena from Cebú which was said to be
+auriferous, but I have never heard that any of these ores have been
+worked anywhere in the islands.
+
+If it should be found profitable to smelt the gold-bearing ores, as
+is so splendidly done at Denver, Col., the galena will be necessary
+to the success of the process.
+
+Red Lead is found in Camarines Norte and other places.
+
+Graphite.--In 1891 some pieces of this valuable mineral were shown
+to me by a native, who said he had found the ore in Mindoro, but he
+would not say from what locality.
+
+Quicksilver.--I have seen small bottles of this handed round by
+native disciples of Ananias. But I have never seen a bit of cinnabar
+or other ore of mercury, and I shall not believe there is any of this
+metal in the Philippines until I see the ore in situ, or have good
+testimony to that effect.
+
+Sulphur abounds; there are several places where it can be obtained
+in large quantities near the volcanoes.
+
+Asbestos.--This curious mineral would not strike a native as being
+of value.
+
+All I can say about it is that at the Madrid Exhibition of 1887 a
+specimen of this substance was shown by the Civil Governor of Ilocos
+Norte as having been found in that province.
+
+Yellow Ochre is found in Batangas, Camarines, Albay, Leyte and Antique,
+amongst other places.
+
+Kaolín is found in Manila, Batangas and Camarines Sur, and probably
+in many other places.
+
+Marble of a yellowish colour has been quarried at Montalban. I
+have used some of it, but found it full of faults, and not very
+satisfactory.
+
+Plastic Clays for pottery and for making bricks and tiles abound.
+
+Mineral Waters.--As might be expected in a volcanic region, hot
+springs and mineral waters of very varied constituents abound.
+
+I do not think that the analyses of these would interest the general
+reader.
+
+I may say that I have derived great benefit from the hot-springs of
+Los Baños on the lake, and greatly regretted that I could not remain
+at the extraordinary vapour baths of Tibi near Tabaco.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+MANUFACTURES AND INDUSTRIES.
+
+    Cigars and cigarettes--Textiles--Cotton--Ahacá--Júsi--Rengue--Nipis
+    --Saguran--Sinamáy--Guingon--Silk handkerchiefs--Piña--Cordage--
+    Bayones--Esteras--Baskets--Lager beer--Alcohol--Wood oils and
+    resins--Essence of Ylang-ilang--Salt--Bricks--Tiles--Cooking-pots--
+    Pilones--Ollas--Embroidery--Goldsmiths' and silversmiths' work--
+    Salacots--Cocoa-nut oil--Saddles and harness--Carromatas--Carriages
+    --Schooners--Launches--Lorchas--Cascos--Pontines--Bangcas--Engines
+    and boilers--Furniture--Fireworks--Lanterns--Brass Castings--Fish
+    breeding--Drying sugar--Baling hemp--Repacking wet sugar--Packing
+    tobacco and cigars--Oppressive tax on industries--Great future for
+    manufactures--Abundant labour--Exceptional intelligence.
+
+
+The manufactures of the Philippines, such as they are, have been
+mentioned when describing the different tribes or peoples and only
+a summary is necessary here.
+
+The making of cigars and cigarettes employs probably 30,000 people in
+the Province of Manila, the vast majority being women. But the best
+cigars are made by men who have been trained under skilled operatives
+brought from Havana.
+
+A vast improvement has taken place since the Government monopoly has
+been abolished, and now the Manila cigars are as well-made and are
+put up in as tastefully decorated boxes as the Havanas.
+
+Cigarettes are now largely made by machines; the Compañia de Tabacos
+de Filipinas having rows of them in their factories.
+
+Textiles are made in hand-looms all over the Archipelago by the women
+in their spare time.
+
+But in certain Provinces large numbers of women are regularly employed
+at the loom-working for those who make a business of it. In Ilocos and
+Union very excellent coverlets, sheets, serviettes, handkerchiefs and
+towels are woven from cotton, as well as the fabrics called abacá,
+júsi or rengue, nipis, saguran, sinamay and guingon. This last is
+very suitable for military or naval uniforms; it is a blue cotton
+cloth similar to what sailors call dungaree.
+
+In some of the towns of Pampanga and Bulacan, notably in Baliúag
+where the people are specially clever and industrious, excellent silk
+handkerchiefs are woven. In Camarines and Albay the fabrics of abacá
+are more commonly woven, and in Cebú the women are accustomed to work
+at the loom.
+
+But it is from Ilo-ilo and neighbourhood that a very large trade is
+done with the other islands in many kinds of textiles. There also the
+Visayas work industriously at it as a trade and produce most beautiful
+fabrics of piña, silk, cotton, and abacá, as well as the cheaper sorts
+for the use of the working classes. In some of the mixed materials a
+beautiful effect is produced by running stripes of silk, either white
+or of the most brilliant colours, lengthways through the piece. I
+have sent some of these júsi dress fabrics to ladies in England and
+they have been greatly appreciated when made up by a bonne faiseuse.
+
+They are very suitable for wearing in the Philippines or elsewhere
+in the tropics, being light and gauzy. This material, as well as
+some of the other fine gauzy fabrics, takes a long time to make in
+a hand-loom, the advance is imperceptible. I should like to put some
+of the calumniators of the Filipinos to work a hand-loom and make a
+dress-length of júsi. I think every one would recant before he had
+made a yard.
+
+At the Philippine Exhibition of 1887 there were more than three hundred
+exhibitors of textiles, and one of them, the Local Board of Namaypacan
+in the Province of Union, showed one hundred and forty-five different
+kinds of cloths.
+
+There are several rope-works at Manila and the material used is abacá,
+the ropes produced are equal to any to be had anywhere.
+
+In Camarines Sur both harness and hammocks are made from this material.
+
+In the Provinces ropes are made of cabo-negro, a black fibre from the
+wild palm, said to be indestructible; of burí, of fibre from the anabó,
+of the bark of the lapuit, and of rattan. Bayones or sacks for sugar,
+estéras or sleeping mats, hats and cigar cases, and baskets of all
+sorts, are made at different places and from the commonest up to the
+very finest. That called the Tampipi is now regularly kept in stock
+in London, and is very handy for travelling.
+
+There is a lager beer brewery in Manila that must have piled up money
+since the American garrison arrived.
+
+Alcohol is distilled both from sugar and from the juice of the
+nipa-palm (Nipa fructicans).
+
+The oils and resins of Ilocos have been mentioned when describing the
+Ilocanos; they are not exported, finding a ready market in the country.
+
+Essence of Ylang-ylang is distilled in Manila and other towns; it
+used to fetch formerly 1000 francs per kilogramme.
+
+Salt is made at many places between Parañaque and Cavite.
+
+Bricks, tiles, cooking pots [bangas], stoves [calanes], sugar moulds
+[pilones], and draining pots for the pilones [ollas], are made in
+many provinces.
+
+The industry of the women is also shown by the very beautiful
+embroideries of all sorts, either in white or coloured silks or in
+gold or silver. Some of this latter work, however, is done by men.
+
+In some cases they introduce seed-pearls or brilliant fish-scales in
+their work. The slippers worn by the women on grand occasions are
+often works of art, being richly embroidered in silver and gold on
+cherry coloured velvet.
+
+Some notable pieces of goldsmiths' and silversmiths' work have been
+done in Manila, and in the provinces some of the natives carve bolo
+handles and other articles out of buffalo horn and mount them in
+silver with much taste.
+
+The salacots, or native hats, are beautifully woven by hand from
+narrow strips of a cane called nito [lygodium], and the headmen have
+them ornamented with many pieces of repoussé silver (see Illustration).
+
+Cocoa-nut oil is expressed in the province of the Laguna, in Manila
+and other places. Soap of the ordinary kind is manufactured from it.
+
+Saddles and harness are made in all the leading towns, and the ordinary
+country vehicle, the carromata, is made in the chief towns of provinces
+and some others; but some of the components, such as the springs,
+and axle-arms and boxes are imported. But in Manila really elegant
+carriages are constructed, the leather for the hoods, the cloth for
+the linings, the lamps, as well as a good deal of the ironwork, being,
+however imported.
+
+In former years large frigates have been built, armed, and fitted out
+at Cavite and other ports, but at present the ship-building industry
+is in decadence, and the shipwrights capable of directing so important
+a job have died out. The increasing scarcity and high price of timber
+is now a difficulty, and sailing vessels are in little demand. Small
+steamers and launches are now built, but larger steamers are ordered
+from Hong Kong or Singapore, or, in case of vessels well able to make
+the passage, the order goes to England.
+
+The native craft called lorchas, pailebotes, pontines, barotos, paraos,
+cascos, guilálos, barangayanes, bangcas, vintas and salisipanes are
+still built in large numbers. The last are very light and fast craft
+used by the Moros on their piratical expeditions.
+
+Engines and boilers for steam launches are made in Manila, church
+bells are cast of a considerable size; iron castings are also made.
+
+Amongst the miscellaneous articles manufactured are all sorts of
+household furniture, fireworks and lanterns. Dentists, painters,
+sculptors and photographers all practise their trades.
+
+There is no doubt that the Filipinos have learnt a certain amount
+from the Spaniards as regards their manufactures; but, on careful
+consideration, I think they have learnt more from the Chinese. Their
+first sugar-mills were Chinese and had granite rollers, and from them
+they learnt the trick that many a moulder might not know, of casting
+their sugar-pans in a red-hot mould and cooling slowly and so getting
+the metal extremely thin yet free from defects. The casting of brass
+cannon and of church bells has been learnt from them, and doubtless
+they taught the Igorrotes how to reduce the copper ores and to refine
+that metal. Again, the breeding of fish, an important business near
+Manila, and the manufacture of salt round about Bacoor comes from
+them. I am not sure whether the hand-loom in general use is of the
+Chinese pattern, but I think so.
+
+Distilling the nipa juice is certainly a Chinese industry, as also
+the preparation of sugar for export. This is done in establishments
+called farderias, and is necessary for all sugar made in pilones
+or moulds. The procedure is described under the head of Pampangos,
+and an illustration is given of the process of drying the sugar on
+mats in the sun.
+
+Many native men and women and numbers of Chinese coolies are employed
+in Manila, Ilo-ilo, and Cebú in preparing produce for shipment.
+
+The hemp used to come up from the provinces loose or merely twisted
+into rolls to be pressed into bales at the shipping ports, but of
+late years several presses have been erected at the hemp ports in
+Southern Luzon and on the smaller islands.
+
+There are a number of hemp-presses in Manila, each requiring about
+sixty coolies to work it, and one or two clerks to attend to the
+sorting and weighing.
+
+They were paid so much per bale pressed.
+
+Steam, or hydraulic presses, would long ago have been substituted but
+for the fact that the clerks or personeros were each allowed one or
+two deadheads on the pay list, and this was so profitable to them
+that they strongly opposed any changes, and none of the merchants
+cared to take the risk of the innovations.
+
+Two presses were set in line, astride a pair of flat rails, a small
+one called the Bito-bito for the first pressure on the pile of hemp,
+and the large one to squeeze down the bale to its proper size.
+
+They were simply screw presses having hardwood frames set deep into
+massive stone foundations and surrounded by a granite pavement.
+
+A pair of these presses, i.e., a Bito-bito and a press erected in
+Manila under my direction in 1888, cost $4400, the woodwork foundation
+and pavement costing $2850, and the screws, nuts, capstan-heads,
+etc., costing $1550. The small press had a screw 4 inches diameter
+and 6 feet long, and was worked by two or four men. The large press
+had a screw 8 1/4 inches diameter, and 12 feet long.
+
+Both screws worked in deep gun-metal nuts and had capstan-heads. When
+the large press was near the end of its travel the capstan bars
+were manned by forty coolies putting out their utmost strength and
+shouting to encourage each other as they tramped round on the upper
+floor keeping step.
+
+The turn out was about 250 bales from daylight to dark. Each bale
+weighed 2 piculs, say 280 lbs., or eight to the English ton. The
+bales should measure 10 cubic feet, that is a density of 28 lbs. per
+cubic foot. The hemp could be pressed into a smaller volume, but it
+is asserted that the fibre would be seriously damaged. Sometimes from
+careless pressing the bales measure 12 cubic feet. They swell after
+leaving the press and after being moved.
+
+At the date I have mentioned, the charge for screwage was 50 cents
+per picul, but it has been raised since then.
+
+Dry sugar was exported in its original bags, and loading and shipping
+cost 12½ cents per picul. Wet sugar usually required repacking for
+export, and the charge for discharging the coaster and rebagging was
+17½ cents per picul, as well as 12½ cents for loading and shipping.
+
+It lost 2½ per cent. in weight in repacking and 10 per cent. during
+the voyage in sailing vessel to Europe or America. So that altogether
+one-eighth of the total was lost to the shipper, and there was a
+good perquisite to the skipper or mate in pumping the molasses out
+of the bilges.
+
+The repacking was usually done by natives, and the old mat bags
+scraped by women who receive half the sugar they save. The mats are
+sold to the distillers and are thrown into their fermenting vats,
+to assist in the manufacture of pure Glenlivat or Bourbon whisky,
+Jamaica rum or Hollands gin.
+
+In 1891 I saw on board a steamer just arrived from Antwerp hundreds
+of cases containing empty gin bottles packed in juniper husk, the
+labels and capsules bearing the marks of genuine Hollands.
+
+They were consigned to one of the Manila distillers, and must have
+enabled that respectable firm to make a large profit by selling their
+cheap spirit as imported liquor.
+
+Undoubtedly the manufactures and industries of the Philippines are in
+a primitive condition, but the tax called the Contribucion Industrial
+has discouraged improvements, for as soon as any improved machinery
+or apparatus was adopted, the tax-gatherer came down upon the works
+for an increased tax. Thus any sort of works employing a steam-engine
+would be charged at a higher rate. This tax, if it cannot be abolished,
+should be reformed.
+
+There is a great future before the manufactures of the Philippines,
+for the people are industrious, exceptionally intelligent, painstaking
+and of an artistic temperament, so that an ample supply of labour is
+always available for any light work if reasonably remunerated. They
+will not need much teaching, and only require tactful treatment to
+make most satisfactory operatives.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL PROSPECTS.
+
+    Philippines not a poor man's country--Oscar F. Williams' letter--No
+    occupation for white mechanics--American merchants unsuccessful
+    in the East--Difficulties of living amongst Malays--Inevitable
+    quarrels--Unsuitable climate--The Mali-mali or Sakit-latah--The
+    Traspaso de hambre--Chiflados--Wreck of the nervous system--Effects
+    of abuse of alcohol--Capital the necessity--Banks--Advances to
+    cultivators--To timber cutters--To gold miners--Central sugar
+    factories--Paper-mills--Rice-mills--Cotton-mills--Saw-mills--Coasting
+    steamers--Railway from Manila to Batangas--From Siniloan to the
+    Pacific--Survey for ship canal--Bishop Gainzas' project--Tramways
+    for Luzon and Panay--Small steamers for Mindanao--Chief prospect
+    is agriculture.
+
+
+The commercial prospects of the Islands are great, even if we do not
+instantly take for gospel the fairy tales we are told about Manila
+becoming the centre of the trade of the Pacific. There can be no
+doubt that if peace and an honest administration can be secured,
+capital will be attracted and considerable increase in the export of
+hemp, tobacco, and sugar will gradually take place as fresh land can
+be cleared and planted. As I have elsewhere said, the Philippines
+in energetic and skilful hands will soon yield up the store of gold
+which the poor Spaniards have been so mercilessly abused for leaving
+behind them. But the Philippines are not and never will be a country
+for the poor white man.
+
+A white man cannot labour there without great danger to his health. He
+cannot compete with the native or Chinese mechanic, in fact he is not
+wanted there at all. For my part, I would never employ a white man
+there as a labourer or mechanic, if I could help it, more especially
+an Englishman or an American, for I know from experience what the
+result would be. As foreman or overseer a white man may be better,
+according to his skill and character.
+
+Now let me, as soon as possible, expose the absurdity of a mischievous
+letter, which I fear may already have done much harm, but I hope my
+warning may do something to counteract its effects. I quote from the
+Blue Book so often mentioned: pp. 330-1.
+
+
+
+Mr. Williams to Mr. Day.
+
+U. S. S. Baltimore, Manila Bay,
+July 2nd, 1898.
+
+Sir,
+
+* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
+
+If long occupation or possession on the part of our government
+be considered, I believe early and strenuous efforts should be
+made to bring here from the United States men and women of many
+occupations--mechanics, teachers, ministers, ship-builders, merchants,
+electricians, plumbers, druggists, doctors, dentists, carriage and
+harness makers, stenographers, type-writers, photographers, tailors,
+blacksmiths, and agents for exporting, and to introduce American
+products natural and artificial of many classes. To all such I pledge
+every aid, and now is the time to start. Good government will be
+easier the greater the influx of Americans.
+
+My despatches have referred to our present percentage of export
+trade. If now our exports come here as intestate, duty free, we have
+practical control of Philippine trade, which now amounts to many
+millions, and because of ingrafting of American energy and methods
+upon the fabulous natural and productive wealth of these islands,
+can and probably will be multiplied by twenty during the coming
+twenty years. All this increment should come to our nation and not
+go to any other.
+
+* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
+
+I hope for an influx this year of 10,000 ambitious Americans, and
+all can live well, become enriched....
+
+
+(Signed) O. F. Williams,
+Consul.
+
+
+
+I venture to say that the man who wrote this astonishing letter,
+taking upon himself the responsibility of advising "early and strenuous
+efforts" to send from the United States thousands of men and women
+of many occupations to Manila, and of assuring them that "all could
+live well and become enriched," knew nothing at all about the state
+of the Philippine Islands, and is a most unsafe guide.
+
+What on earth would all these tradespeople find to do in the
+Islands? Where could they be housed? How could they be supported? If
+they came in numbers, the doctors and druggists might indeed find
+full employment prescribing and making up medicine for the many
+sufferers from tropical ailments, especially the typhoid fevers,
+that would attack the unacclimatised immigrants and the ministers
+could earn their daily bread by reading the Burial Service, whilst
+the type-writers would be busy typing letters to friends at home
+announcing the deaths that occurred; and warning them against
+coming to starve in Manila. But I defy any one to explain how the
+ship-builders, electricians, plumbers, tailors and blacksmiths are
+to make a living. As regards merchants or agents for exporting,
+I may say that Americans have not been very successful in Manila in
+this capacity. The great and influential firm of Russell & Sturgis
+came to grief through over-trading, and another noteworthy firm,
+Messrs. Peele, Hubbell & Co. failed from rash speculations in sugar,
+and not from any persecutions by the Spanish authorities, as has been
+falsely stated in a magazine article. I speak with knowledge on the
+matter, as I was well acquainted with this firm, having been their
+Consulting Engineer for the construction of the Slipway at Cañacao for
+which they were agents. I think it only right to say that the gentlemen
+who were heads of these American firms were worthy upholders of the
+high reputation of their country. They failed, but no imputations
+rested on the characters of the partners, and I have always heard
+them spoken of with great respect, especially amongst the natives.
+
+Those of them who were personally known to me were men who invariably
+showed every courtesy and consideration to all who came in contact with
+them, whether Europeans or natives. Notwithstanding their misfortunes
+they were a credit to their country, and they did a good deal towards
+the development of the trade of the Philippines.
+
+I believe that the estates of Russell & Sturgis when realised,
+paid all their liabilities in full, and besides left considerable
+pickings in the hands of the liquidators and their friends. Two or
+three firms were built up out of their ruins. Some Chinese half-castes
+and natives had received heavy advances from this firm, especially
+about Molo and Yloilo. One well-known individual had received $60,000,
+and when summoned before the court he claimed the benefit of the 'Laws
+of the Indies,' by which his liability was limited to $5. The judge,
+however, ordered him to repay the principal at the rate of a dollar
+a month! I had this information from the judge himself.
+
+Curiously enough, American merchants have been equally unsuccessful
+in other parts of the Far East. Many will remember the failure of
+Messrs. Oliphant & Co., the great China merchants, agents for the
+American Board of Missions, [16] notwithstanding their desperate effort
+to retrieve their position by reviving the coolie trade with Perú, and
+in later days Messrs. Russell & Co. of Hong Kong also came to grief.
+
+I can give no explanation of the reasons for these four great failures,
+but I conjecture that all these firms were in too much of a hurry,
+and tried to "hustle the East." Yet in face of this calamitous
+experience, Oscar F. Williams advises more to come, "pledges every
+aid," and predicts that "trade can, and probably will, be multiplied
+by twenty during the coming twenty years."
+
+For my part, I should think it great progress if the exports and
+imports of the Philippines could be doubled in twenty years. The
+idea of sending plumbers to Manila where lead pipes are not used,
+is a comicality only matched by the suggestion that tailors are
+wanted amongst a population dressed in cotton shirts and trousers,
+and where the white people wear veranda-made white duck suits.
+
+Both notions are more suitable for a comic opera than for an official
+document.
+
+There is only one more paragraph in this letter that I need comment on.
+
+Mr. Williams says: "Good government will be easier, the greater the
+influx of Americans."
+
+To those who know the East there is no necessity to argue on this
+point. I therefore state dogmatically that the presence of white
+settlers or working people in the Islands would add enormously to
+the difficulties of government. This is my experience, and during
+the Spanish Administration it was generally admitted to be the case.
+
+In British India the Government does not in the least degree favour the
+immigration of British workmen. The only people who are recognised as
+useful to that country are capitalists and directors of Agricultural
+or Industrial enterprises.
+
+A large number of American mechanics turned loose amongst the
+population would infallibly, by their contempt for native customs,
+and their disregard of native feeling, become an everlasting source
+of strife and vexation. Impartial justice between the parties would
+be unattainable; the whites would not submit to be judged by a native
+magistrate, and the result would be a war of races.
+
+It may be taken as probable that there is no crime, however heinous,
+that could be committed by an American upon a native, that would
+involve the execution of the death penalty on the criminal. [17] On
+the other hand, I can quite believe that natives laying their hands
+upon Americans, whatever the provocation, would be promptly hanged,
+if they were not shot down upon the spot. The natives, it should
+be remembered, are revengeful, and will bide their time; either to
+use the bolo upon one who has offended them, to burn down his house,
+set fire to his crop, or put a crow-bar in amongst his machinery. I
+fear that American brusqueness and impatience would often lead to
+these savage reprisals.
+
+I think, therefore, that the American Administration of the Philippines
+should be empowered to prevent or regulate the immigration of
+impecunious Americans or Europeans whose presence in the Islands
+must be extremely prejudicial to the much-desired pacification. No,
+the poor white is not wanted in the Islands, he would be a curse, and
+a residence there would be a curse to him. He would decay morally,
+mentally, and physically. The gorgeous East not only deteriorates
+the liver, but where a white man lives long amongst natives, he
+suffers a gradual but complete break-up of the nervous system. This
+peculiarity manifests itself amongst the natives of the Far East
+in the curious nervous disorder which is called mali-mali in the
+Philippines and sakit-latah amongst the Malays of the Peninsula and
+Java. It seems to be a weakening of the will, and on being startled,
+the sufferer entirely loses self-control and imitates the movements
+of any person who attracts his attention. It is more prevalent amongst
+women than men. I remember being at a performance of Chiarini's Circus
+in Manila, when General Weyler and his wife were present. The clown
+walked into the ring on his hands, and a skinny old woman amongst the
+spectators who suffered from the mali-mali at once began to imitate
+him with unpleasing results, and had to be forcibly restrained by
+the scandalised bystanders.
+
+Running amok marks a climax of nerve disturbance, when the sufferer,
+instead of committing suicide, prefers to die killing others.
+
+He usually obtains his wish, and is killed without compunction,
+like a mad dog.
+
+Both natives and white residents are at times in rather a low
+condition of health, and if after exercise or labour they fail to get
+their meal at the proper time, when it comes they cannot eat. In its
+lighter form this is called desgána or loss of appetite, but I have
+seen natives collapse under such circumstances with severe headache
+and chills. This more serious form is known as traspaso de hambre,
+and is sometimes the precursor of fever and nervous prostration.
+
+The Roman Catholic Church has had the wisdom to recognise and make
+allowance for the liability of residents and natives of the Philippines
+to this serious disorder, and has relaxed the usual rules of fasting,
+as being dangerous to health.
+
+Amongst the Europeans who have been long in the Islands, many are
+said to be "chiflado," a term I can only render into English by the
+slang word cracked. This occurs more particularly amongst those who
+have been isolated amongst the natives.
+
+It is not easy to account for, but the fact is undeniable. I have
+heard it ascribed to "telluric influence," but that is a wide and
+vague expression. Perhaps the explanation may be found in the extreme
+violence of the phenomena of nature.
+
+The frequent earthquakes, the almost continuous vibration of the soil,
+the awe-inspiring volcanic eruptions, with their sooty black palls of
+ash darkening the sky for days together, over hundreds of miles, the
+frightful detonations, [18] the ear-splitting thunder, the devastating
+rage of the typhoons, the saturated atmosphere of the rainy season,
+and the hot dry winds of Lent, with the inevitable conflagrations,
+combine with depressing surroundings and anxieties to wreck the nerves
+of all but the strongest and most determined natures. If to all this
+the white resident or sojourner in the Philippines adds the detestable
+vice of intemperance, or even indulges in a liberal consumption of
+spirits, then instead of merely shattering his nerves, he is likely
+to become a raving maniac, for it takes much less whisky to bring on
+delirium tremens there, than it does in a temperate climate.
+
+Long sojourn in some other lands appears to act in a different
+manner. In tropical Africa it seems to be the moral balance that
+is lost. The conscience is blunted if not destroyed, the veneer of
+civilisation is stripped off, the white man reverts to savagery. The
+senseless cruelties of Peters, Lothaire, Voulet, Chanoine, and of
+some of the outlying officials of the Congo Free State are not mere
+coincidences. They must be ascribed to one common cause, and that is
+debasement by environment. The moral nature of a white man seems to
+become contaminated by long isolation amongst savages as surely as
+the physical health by living amongst lepers.
+
+If a poor white man wishes to sink to the level of a native, he has
+only to marry a native woman, and his object will be fully attained in
+a few years. But he will find it very much to his pecuniary interest,
+for she will buy cheaper and sell dearer than he can, and will
+manage his house and his business too, most economically. Some of her
+relations will come and live with him, so that he will not feel lonely,
+and a half-caste family will grow up round about him, talking the
+dialect of their mother, which he, perhaps, does not understand. But if
+the poor white man takes out a white wife, he will probably have the
+pain and distress of seeing her fade away under the severity of the
+climate, which his means do not permit him to alleviate. White women
+suffer from the heat far more than men. Children cannot be properly
+brought up there after the age of twelve. They must either be sent
+home to be educated, or allowed to deteriorate and grow up inferior
+to their parents in health, strength, and moral fibre. When I think
+of these things, I feel amazed at Oscar F. Williams' presumption
+in writing that letter. I hope that not many have taken his advice,
+and that any who have will call on him to fulfil his imprudent pledges.
+
+However, now I have done with the poor white man. Capital is the
+great necessity of the Philippines. The labour is there if Generals
+Otis and McArthur have left any natives alive.
+
+More banks are wanted. At present there are three important banks in
+Manila, and two of them have branches in Yloilo. The Hong Kong and
+Shanghai Banking Corporation has the largest resources; next comes the
+Chartered Bank of India, Australasia, and China, and lastly the Banco
+Español Filipino. The first two give the most perfect facilities for
+business. I was only interested in importing, but certainly nothing
+more could be desired by an importer than their system of opening
+credits against shipping documents; for practically he only had to
+pay for the goods when they arrived in Manila. All their business
+was done in the most expeditious manner, and I could suggest no
+improvement on their methods.
+
+The Banco Español Filipino was in a measure under government control,
+its procedure was consequently very slow, and its ways those of
+bygone days.
+
+These banks, however, did not advance money to cultivators to clear
+lands, plant crops, or erect machinery, as the returns are too slow,
+not to say doubtful. Yet this is what is wanted; banks in Manila
+and the chief towns that will advance money for such purposes, under
+the advice of experts personally acquainted with the cultivators and
+their lands. Such a business certainly requires great intelligence
+and discernment.
+
+Still there is a future for such banks, for agriculturists have to
+pay enormous rates of interest and commissions for money to carry
+on their plantations. Such banks could also finance timber-cutters,
+gold miners, and other bona fide workers.
+
+Amongst the enterprises I have recommended when writing about
+the Pampangos, and others engaged in planting sugar-cane, is the
+establishment of central sugar factories in suitable localities. Such
+undertakings, judiciously administered, would have every prospect
+of success.
+
+There is also room for paper-mills, rice-mills, cotton-mills,
+and saw-mills, but all these, especially the last, need careful
+consideration for the selection of the locality where they are to be
+placed. The manufacture of various kinds of leather could be greatly
+extended and improved. There is employment for more coasting steamers
+and schooners. The latter and hulls of small steamers can be built
+in the country from the native timber.
+
+Although the development of means of communication is all-important,
+it is evident from the configuration of the Archipelago that no great
+length of railway is required, nor would it pay to construct them
+in so mountainous a country. Water-carriage is all-important. In
+Luzon a line of railway might be made from Manila to Batangas with
+a branch into the Laguna province. It would traverse a fertile and
+thickly-populated country.
+
+A short line of railway or electric tramway from near Siniloan on
+the Lake to the Pacific would be most useful in giving access to and
+developing the eastern coast, or contra costa, as it is called. This
+coast is very backward in every way, indeed from Baler to Punta
+Escarpada on its extreme north, it is quite unknown, and remains in the
+possession of the Dumagas, an aboriginal tribe of heathen savages of
+low type, just as at the time of the Spanish conquest; and it would be
+worth while to study the question of cutting a ship-canal through this
+narrow strip of land if the mouth could be protected from the Pacific
+surf. There is also Bishop Gainza's project that might be revived, that
+of cutting a canal for country craft from Pasacao in Camarines Sur to
+the River Vicol. In Negros and Panay some short lines from the ports
+through the sugar lands might pay if constructed very economically.
+
+Tramways between populous towns not far apart in Luzon and Panay
+would probably pay very well, as the people are fond of visiting
+their friends.
+
+It will probably be many years before Mindanao will be in a position
+to warrant the construction of railways. The island has relapsed into
+barbarism as a consequence of the withdrawal of the Spanish garrisons
+and detachments, and of nearly all the Jesuit missionaries.
+
+It could, however, give employment to a flotilla of small steamers
+and sailing vessels on its northern and southern coasts.
+
+Such is my opinion in brief upon the possibilities of the development
+of industries and commerce.
+
+That the commerce of the islands, now mainly British, will ultimately
+pass into American hands, can scarcely be doubted. They are not yet
+firmly seated in power, but their attitude to British and foreign firms
+is already sufficiently pronounced to allow an observant onlooker to
+make a forecast of what it will be later on.
+
+Dominating Cuba, holding the Philippines, the Sandwich Islands and
+Porto Rico, the Americans will control the cane sugar trade, the
+tobacco trade, and the hemp trade, in addition to the vast branches
+of production they now hold in their hands.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX.
+
+LIFE IN MANILA.
+
+(A CHAPTER FOR THE LADIES.)
+
+    Climate--Seasons--Terrible Month of May--Hot
+    winds--Longing for rain--Burst of the monsoon--The
+    Alimóom--Never sleep on the ground floor--Dress--Manila
+    houses--Furniture--Mosquitoes--Baths--Gogo--Servants--Wages
+    in 1892--The Maestro cook--The guild
+    of cooks--The Mayordomo--Household budget,
+    1892--Diet--Drinks--Ponies--Carriage a necessity for a lady--The
+    garden--Flowers--Shops--Pedlars--Amusements--Necessity of access
+    to the hills--Good Friday in Manila.
+
+
+
+Climate.
+
+The average shade temperature of Manila all the year round is 83°
+Fahrenheit. The highest I have ever seen there was 96°, at 2 P.M. in
+May, and the lowest 68°, at 6 A.M. in December.
+
+The temperature of the sea-water on the shore at Malate is usually
+82°, and that of well-water about the same. The water-pipes from the
+reservoir at San Juan del Monte are not buried, but are carried on an
+embankment. They are partly shaded from the sun by clumps of bamboos,
+but on a hot afternoon the water sometimes attains a temperature
+of 90°.
+
+Those figures are high, yet the heat is mitigated by the sea-breeze,
+and the nights are usually cool enough to allow a refreshing sleep.
+
+The climate of Manila is not harmful to the constitutions of healthy
+Europeans or Americans between twenty and fifty years of age, provided
+they at once adopt a mode of life suitable to the country, and in
+clothing, diet, habits and recreations, adapt themselves to the new
+conditions. On the other hand, I apprehend that, for persons of either
+sex over fifty who have had no previous experience of life in the
+tropics, there will be great difficulty in acclimatising themselves,
+and the mortality amongst such will be abnormal. Ladies' complexions
+will not suffer more than if they lived in a steam-heated house in
+Harlem, New York.
+
+In all this part of the world the weather depends upon the
+monsoons. These blow with great regularity over the ocean, six months
+from the north-east and six months from the south-west. Their action
+on any particular place is, however, modified by the situation of
+mountains with regard to that place. The changes of the monsoon occur
+in April--May and October--November. It is the south-west monsoon
+that brings rain to Manila, and it has a fine stretch of the China
+Sea to career over, all the way, in fact, from the shores of Sumatra,
+till it drives the billows tumbling and foaming into the bay.
+
+The typhoons form far out in the Pacific near the region of the Western
+Carolines, and, whirling round the opposite way to the hands of a
+watch, they proceed on a curve that may strike Luzon, or, perhaps,
+go on for a thousand miles or more, and carry death and destruction
+to the fishermen of Fo Kien or Japan.
+
+When a typhoon passes clear, the usual result is several days of
+continuous heavy rain, but the air is cleared and purified. But should
+the vortex of the cyclone pass over your residence, you will not be
+likely to forget it for the rest of your life.
+
+The year in Manila may be roughly divided into three seasons:--
+
+
+    Rainy Season--June, July, August, September. In these four months
+    about 100 inches of rain may fall, and 20 more in the rest of
+    the year.
+    Cool Season (so-called)--October, November, December, January.
+    Hot Season--February, March, April, May.
+
+
+May is the terrible month of the year, the month of fevers and
+funerals. Let all who can, leave Manila before this month arrives.
+
+Hot, dry winds, dust-laden, pervade the houses, and have such an
+effect even on well-seasoned hardwoods, that tables, wardrobes and
+door-panels, split from end to end, or from top to bottom, with a
+noise like a pistol-shot, leaving cracks a quarter of an inch wide
+that gape till the rainy season restores the moisture.
+
+At this time the heat is at its maximum, and all nature gasps or
+fades. Not a drop of rain has fallen for months, the roads are inches
+deep in dust, the rivers nearly stagnant, and covered with a green
+scum, the whole country quite brown, the vegetation burnt up by the
+sun. Only the cockroaches rejoice; at this season they fly at night,
+and you may have a few fine specimens of the Blatta Orientalis alight
+on your face, or on the back of your neck, should you doze a moment
+on your long chair. Personally, I am proof against a good deal, but
+must confess that the hairy feet of a cockroach on my face or neck
+make me shudder.
+
+As the month draws to a close, every afternoon the storm-clouds
+gather over the Antipolo Hills. All Manila, lying in the glare and
+dust, prays for rain. Overhead, a sky like burnished copper darts
+down heat-rays that penetrate the roofs, and literally strike the
+heads of the occupants. The dry air is surcharged with electricity to
+such an extent that every living thing feels the powerful influence;
+the sweetest natures become irritable, and quite ready to admit that
+"this is, indeed, a beastly world."
+
+The nervous system suffers, the newspapers relate cases of stabbing,
+or even running amok amongst the natives, and perhaps some suicides
+occur. If, as not unfrequently happens, you should at this time
+receive an invitation to the funeral of a friend or compatriot just
+deceased from typhoid fever, and to be buried within twenty-four
+hours, you will begin to wonder whether Manila is good enough for
+you. Day after day the rain-clouds disperse amidst the rumbling of
+a distant thunder-storm, and day after day do longing eyes watch for
+their coming, and hope for the cloud-burst.
+
+At last, when the limit of endurance seems reached, a cool breath of
+air heralds the downpour. The leaves rustle, the feathery bamboos
+incline before the blast, the sky darkens, the cataracts of heaven
+are loosed, and the water tumbles down in torrents.
+
+Now keep yourself in the house, and on the upper floor, and let the
+water from your roofs run to waste. The natives, usually so careless of
+a wetting, avoid bathing or wetting themselves with the first waters,
+which they consider dangerous, and not without reason. The exhalations
+from the newly-wetted earth are to be avoided; these earth-vapours are
+called by the Tagals Alimóom. Now the dust is washed off the roofs and
+leaves, and in three days the fallows are covered with small shoots
+of grass or weeds, the maidenhair ferns and mosses spring from every
+stone wall. The reign of dust is over; the reign of mud begins. Now the
+frogs inaugurate their nightly concerts. After a time you get used to
+the deafening noise; you do not even hear it. But they suddenly stop,
+and you are astonished at the stillness.
+
+As the rainy season proceeds, the air is almost entirely saturated
+with moisture: the saturation in August sometimes exceeds 97 per cent.
+
+Now green mould will grow upon your boots and other leather articles,
+if left a couple of days without cleaning. Everything feels damp,
+and it is a good plan to air your wardrobe round a brazier of red-hot
+charcoal.
+
+You will have noticed that the natives universally build their houses
+upon piles. So do the Malays all over the Far East. This is the
+expression of the accumulated experience of centuries, and you will
+be wise to conform to it by never sleeping on the ground floor. To
+a dweller in the Philippines this tip is worth the price of the book.
+
+
+
+Dress.
+
+The dress of both sexes should be as light as possible; my advice is,
+wear as little as possible, and wear it thin and loose. The access
+of air to the body is necessary to carry off the perspiration, some
+of which is in the form of vapour.
+
+Ladies will find the greatest comfort in the simple but elegant
+dresses called batas, which are princess robes made of embroidered
+cambric or lawn. The materials for these dresses can be purchased in
+Manila, and excellent sempstresses and embroiderers can be hired at
+moderate wages, and the dresses made in the house. For the evenings,
+thin silk or muslin dresses, cut low, are most suitable.
+
+Men who are young and robust should wear white duck jackets,
+and trousers without waistcoats. Elderly men, or those subject to
+rheumatism, will do well to wear thin flannel suits. The material
+for these can be got in Hong Kong. For travelling and shooting,
+unbleached linen, guingon, or rayadillo, is the best material,
+made into Norfolk jackets and pantaloons. I always found white or
+brown leather shoes the best wear, and canvas shooting-boots capped
+and strapped with leather. A Panama hat, or a solar topee, is the
+best head-wear. If one has to be much in the sun, a white umbrella,
+lined with green, should be carried. Dress is not an expensive item
+in Manila. Up to 1892, the washing for a whole family, with bed and
+table-linen, could be done for $12 per month.
+
+
+
+Houses.
+
+Most of the older houses in Manila are of ample size, and well suited
+to the climate, but some of the newer ones, built to the designs
+of a Spanish architect, and having glass windows, are very hot and
+uncomfortable. It is essential to live in a good-sized house, so
+as to escape the heat by moving to a different part as the sun goes
+round. Thus you will have your early breakfast in one corner of the
+balcony; your tiffin, perhaps, on the ground floor; your tea in the
+open corridor looking on the garden, and your dinner, at 7.30 P.M.,
+in the dining-room under the punkah.
+
+House-rent is paid monthly, and, up to 1892, a good detached house of
+moderate size could be got in one of the best suburbs for $100 per
+month, and for less in Santa Ana. Such a house would stand in its
+own garden, and would have stables for several horses, and shelter
+for one or two carriages.
+
+I understand that house-rent is now nearly doubled in consequence
+of the American competition. From their lavish expenditure, we must
+infer that the new-comers possess large private means in addition to
+their salaries.
+
+
+
+Furniture.
+
+The furnishing of a tropical house is much simplified, because no
+carpets or curtains are needed. The floors are of polished hardwood,
+and they take a good deal of work to keep them in good order. A
+few rugs can be put down here and there, if a little colour is
+required. Where the floor is bad, Chinese matting can be laid down at
+small expense. Some of the Mestizos import costly furniture, but few
+of the European residents attempted to follow their example. Vienna
+bent-wood furniture, with cane seats, was commonly used, and was very
+suitable, also bamboo or rattan furniture, brought from China or made
+in the country. Such things as wardrobes or bookcases should have
+ring-bolts on each side for lashing to the walls. A child or grown
+person might be killed by a heavy piece of furniture falling on it
+during an earthquake.
+
+Furniture of all sorts is made in Manila of Red Narra, or other
+wood, by Chinese cabinet-makers, who will work to purchasers'
+requirements. Very excellent teak-wood furniture is made in Hong Kong
+and Shanghai.
+
+The problem of furnishing a large house for a moderate sum, and making
+it comfortable, and at the same time artistic and refined, is not a
+difficult one, and has often been very satisfactorily solved in Manila.
+
+Large stoneware flower-pots and pedestals can be purchased in Manila,
+and no more suitable ornament can be found than handsome palms, ferns,
+or flowering plants, for halls, corridors, or reception rooms.
+
+The beds should be large, and have thin, hard mattresses and horse-hair
+pillows stuffed rather hard. The coolest thing to lie upon is a fine
+grass mat, or petate. Covering is seldom required. On the bed will
+be seen a large bolster lying at right angles to the pillows, so as
+to be parallel to the sleeper. The use of this is not apparent to
+the newly-arrived Briton or American. This is the Abrazador, used
+throughout the boundless East.
+
+The candidate for repose, whether on the hard bed, or harder floor
+or deck, lies on his side, and rests his upper arm and leg on the
+Abrazador, thus relieving his hip and shoulder from much of his
+weight. He takes care to keep it a little way off his body to allow
+the air to circulate.
+
+A mosquito-net must be fitted to every bed, but may not always be
+required. In the sleeping-room there should be no curtains, and
+the least possible amount of furniture, and, during the hot season,
+the bed should stand in the middle of the room. It is advisable to
+have no light in the bedroom, but good lights are a necessity in
+the dressing-rooms.
+
+By being careful about this you will keep your bedroom free from
+mosquitoes. Petroleum is commonly used in the Philippines for lighting,
+and unless the lamps are of the best quality, and carefully trimmed,
+there is considerable danger of accident. I used to keep some plants
+in pots in each room so as to throw the earth over any oil that might
+get alight. Whenever there was a shock of earthquake, I extinguished
+the petroleum lamps, and lighted candles instead. And whenever we went
+out to a dinner or dance, every petroleum lamp was extinguished, and
+cocoanut-oil lights or candles substituted in case of an earthquake
+whilst we were out.
+
+Frequent baths are indispensable to good health in Manila. Enormous
+earthenware tubs, made in China, can be procured. These are placed
+in the bath-room, and filled in the evening, so that the water gets
+refreshingly cool during the night. It is not at all advisable to get
+into the water, as the effect is not so good as dashing the water over
+the head with a small bucket called a tabo. By using the water thus,
+and rubbing the skin briskly with a towel, a reaction soon sets in,
+and the bather feels quite invigorated.
+
+A bath of this kind when rising, and another before dressing for
+dinner, will do much to mitigate the rigour of the climate.
+
+From several stories told me by friends recently returned from Manila,
+it would seem that the Americans there, or some of them, at least,
+are not sufficiently alive to the necessity of daily baths, but I
+refrain from giving particulars.
+
+This seems strange when one remembers the profusion with which baths
+are provided in all the modern hotels in the great cities of America.
+
+Now I must tell you about gogo. This is the dried bark of a creeper
+that grows wild in the woods, and it is the finest thing possible to
+keep your hair in order.
+
+There are several kinds of this plant, the three most commonly used
+are gogo bayugo (Entada scandens Benth.); gogong casay (Peltophorum
+ferrugineum Benth.); gogong paltaning (Albizzia saponaria Blum.).
+
+As washing the hair with gogo is one of the luxuries of the
+Philippines, I shall describe how it is done.
+
+A servant pounds a piece of the stem and bark, and steeps it in a
+basin, twisting and wringing it occasionally until the soluble part
+has been extracted. He then adds to the liquor two or three limes,
+squeezing the juice out, and soaking the peel. He also throws in
+a handful of crushed citron-leaves, and strains the liquor through
+muslin.
+
+The servant then ladles this over your head with a calabash, or
+cocoa-nut shell, whilst you rub your hair with your hands.
+
+As the liquor is strongly alkaline, you must be careful to keep
+your eyes closed until the head has been rinsed with water. Your
+hair-wash is made fresh whenever you want it, and may cost from two
+to three pence.
+
+The fragrance of the citron-leaves is delicious, and when you have
+rinsed and dried your hair, you will find it as soft, as bright, and as
+sweet-smelling as the costliest perfumes of Bond Street could make it.
+
+
+
+Servants.
+
+In the good old times we were well off for servants in Manila. They
+flocked up from the provinces seeking places, and those employers
+who took pains to enquire closely into the antecedents of applicants,
+could almost ensure being well served.
+
+Englishmen paid good wages, and paid punctually, hence they could
+command the best servants.
+
+Personally, I may say that I kept my servants for years--some nearly
+the whole time I was in the islands. I had very little trouble with
+any of them. There are people who say that they have no feeling,
+but I remember that when I embarked with my family on leaving Manila,
+my servants, on taking leave at the wharf, were convulsed with tears
+at our departure.
+
+A family living comfortably in a good-sized house would require the
+following servants:--
+
+
+                                                     Wages in 1892.
+                                                     Dollars.
+
+    Mayordomo, or steward, who would act as butler    8 per month.
+    Two houseboys, one would valet the master, the
+    other would trim lamps and pull the punkah, @ $6 12 per month.
+    Sempstress or maid to mistress                    6 per month.
+    Gardener or coolie, would carry water for
+    baths, sweep and water                            6 per month.
+    Coachman, would look after one pair of horses
+    and carriage                                     12 per month.
+    Food for six servants, @ $3 each                 18 per month.
+    Maestro cook                                     18 per month.
+                                                     --
+                                                     80
+
+
+American competition for servants has more than doubled these rates
+of pay. Cooks get $50 now.
+
+The house-boys and maid live in the house, and sleep on the floor,
+with a grass mat and pillows. The mayordomo sometimes lives quite
+near, being, perhaps, a married man. The coachman has his room by
+the stables, and the gardener lives in the lodge, or in a small hut
+in the garden.
+
+The maestro-cook does not usually sleep on the premises. He
+arrives about 11 A.M., bearing two baskets depending from a pinga,
+or palma-brava staff, resting on his shoulder. These baskets will
+contain the day's marketing--eggs, fish, meat, chicken, salad,
+tomatoes, bananas, firewood, and many other things.
+
+He promptly sets to work, and by twelve, or half-past, presents a
+tiffin of three or four courses.
+
+His afternoon is devoted to preparing the more elaborate dinner due
+at 7.30 P.M., when he will be ready to serve soup, fish, entrées,
+a roast, a curry, and sweets, all conscientiously prepared, and sent
+in hot. Most excellent curries are made in Manila, both by Chinamen
+and natives. To my mind, the best are made from prawns, from crab,
+or from frogs' legs. If you cannot eat anything else at dinner,
+you can always make out with the curry.
+
+The dinner over, the cook asks for orders, and takes his departure,
+to return with perfect punctuality the following day.
+
+The Chinese cooks all belong to a guild, which is a trades' union
+and a co-operative society, and are bound to follow the rules.
+
+They would never dream of going into a market and bidding one against
+the other.
+
+Their system is to assemble early every morning at the guild house,
+and for each man to state his requirements. A scribe then tabulates the
+orders--so many turkeys, so many chickens, etc., and two experienced
+cooks are commissioned as buyers to go into the market and purchase
+the whole lot, the provisions being afterwards fairly divided amongst
+the members, each having his turn to get the choice pieces, such as
+saddle of mutton, kidneys, etc. But if a dinner-party is contemplated,
+the cook who has to prepare it gets the preference.
+
+They thus obtain everything much cheaper than the native cooks, even
+after taking a good squeeze for themselves. I believe that they have
+a fixed percentage which they charge, and would consider it dishonest
+to take any more, whilst the guild would not approve of their taking
+any less.
+
+If you send away your cook, the guild will settle for you who is
+to replace him. All your culinary fancies will be well known to the
+council of the guild, and they will pick out a man up to your standard.
+
+It was customary to give the cook a fixed sum per day to provide
+tiffin and dinner, and this was paid once a week.
+
+I found that two dollars a day was sufficient to amply provide for my
+family, and I could have one guest to tiffin or dinner without notice,
+and be confident that the meal would be sufficient. In fact, this was
+part of my agreement with the cook. By giving short notice, the dinner
+could be extended for two or three people at an additional charge.
+
+The cook rendered no account of the money he received; but, if I
+was not satisfied with the meals he provided, I admonished him,
+and if he did not do better I discharged him. I may say, however,
+that there was very seldom cause for complaint, for the Chinese are
+thorough business men.
+
+When a dinner-party was given, the cook provided according to order,
+and sent in his bill for the extras. There was no housekeeping, and
+no need to order anything, and you knew exactly how much you were
+spending weekly, and how much a dinner-party cost.
+
+The cleaning and polishing your plate and glass, the laying the
+table, the tasteful adorning of it with variegated leaves, with
+ferns or flowers, and the artistic folding of the serviettes, may
+with confidence be left to the mayordomo's care; every detail will
+be attended to down to the ylang-ylang flowers in the finger-bowls.
+
+With such servants as these, the mistress of the house, free from
+domestic cares, may take her shower-bath, and, clad in Kabaya
+and Sarong, await the moment when she must resume the garments of
+civilisation, and receive her guests looking as fresh, in spite of
+the thermometer, as if she had stepped out of a coupé in Piccadilly
+or Fifth Avenue. Ladies used to the ministry of Irish Biddy or Aunt
+Chloe ought to fancy themselves transported to heaven when they find
+themselves at the head of a household in Manila.
+
+I append a note of household expenses for a family living moderately
+in Manila in 1892. I suppose the cost has been doubled under American
+rule.
+
+
+
+Household Budget in 1892.
+
+For a family of three adults and three children.
+
+
+                                                    Mexican Dollars.
+
+House-rent                                          per month   100
+Servants' wages and food                            per month    80
+Washing                                             per month    12
+Forage and grain for two ponies                     per month    16
+Allowance to cook for market                        per month    60
+Extra for two dinner-parties of six or eight
+guests each                                                      20
+Bill at Almacen (grocery store) for groceries,
+ordinary wines, spirits, and petroleum              per month    65
+Bill at Botica (drug store) for soda water, ice
+and various articles                                per month    20
+Case of champagne for dinner-parties                per month    25
+Repairs to carriage, shoeing horses, materials
+for cleaning stable, etc.                           per month    10
+Garden expenses--plants, tools, hose                per month     5
+Subscriptions to clubs, telephone, newspapers,
+and charities                                       per month    20
+Tobacco and cigars                                  per month     7
+Taxes on servants and horses                        per month    10
+Clothing for self and family                        per month    50
+Pocket money, entertainments, and sundries          per month   100
+                                                               -----
+                                                    Per month   600
+
+                                               Say $7,200 per annum.
+
+
+
+Diet.
+
+For the benefit of Boston readers (if I should be lucky enough to
+have any in that learned city), I may say that pork and beans is not
+a suitable diet for a tropical country. I should also forbid the "New
+England dinner," and roast goose, or sucking pig, stewed terrapin,
+and pumpkin pie. A light diet of eggs or the excellent fish to be had
+in Manila, chickens fattened on maize, beef or mutton, once a day,
+and rice, vegetables and salad, with plenty of ripe fruit, according
+to the season, is desirable. The fare can be diversified by oysters,
+prawns, crabs, wild duck, snipe, and quail, all of which are cheap
+and very good in the season. There are no pheasants in Luzon, but
+the jungle cock (labuyao) is as good or better.
+
+In the tropics a good table is a necessity, for the appetite needs
+tempting. Such a diet as I have mentioned will keep you in health,
+especially if you are careful not to eat too much, but to eat of the
+best. If you economise on your table you will have to spend the money
+at the drug-store. Taboo pork, because--well, when you have been a
+week or two in the country you will not need to ask why--Moses and
+Mahomet knew what they were about.
+
+My remarks about drinks are intended for the men, as ladies do not
+need any advice on this subject. In a tropical climate it is necessary
+to be very careful in the use of spirits.
+
+Having lived for more than twenty-five years in the tropics, and
+having kept my health remarkably well, I feel warranted in giving my
+experience. I have made surveys, or directed works, in many climates,
+exposed to all weathers, and I know that the very worst thing a man
+can take, if he has to work or march in the sun, is spirits. There is
+nothing that will predispose him to sunstroke as much as spirits. For
+marching, walking, or shooting, in the sun, I know nothing like cold
+tea without milk or sugar. It should be poured off the leaves after
+infusing for two minutes.
+
+When you reach shelter you can take a lemon squash or a cagelada--this
+is the juice of cageles (a kind of orange) with sugar and water--which
+is a most cooling drink. Never take spirits to buck you up to your
+work. Whatever spirits you drink, let it be after sunset. I am a
+believer in drinking wine at meals; it makes me shudder to see people
+drinking tea, lemonade, or milk, with their dinners, and laying up
+for themselves torments from dyspepsia, for which they have to swallow
+pills by the boxful.
+
+
+
+Ponies.
+
+There is a race of ponies in the islands that is descended from Spanish
+and Arab horses, and owing to an absolutely haphazard breeding, the
+size has diminished, although the symmetry has been preserved. Those
+from Ilocos are the smallest, but they are the hardiest and most
+spirited.
+
+A pair of ponies and a Victoria is an absolute necessity for a lady
+in Manila, and I have little doubt that an American judge would
+declare the "failure to provide" to be cruelty and grant a divorce
+if applied for.
+
+Both harness and carriages are made in the city, but imported harness
+can be had, better finished, at double the price.
+
+In my time a fine pair of ponies could be bought for $200 to $300;
+a new Victoria for $500, and harness for $60. The cost of keeping a
+pair of ponies was $16 per month, and a coachman $12 per month, food,
+and livery. What the cost is now I have no information.
+
+The public carriages were not fit for a lady to use, though sometimes a
+suitable one could be hired by the week or month from a livery stable.
+
+The ponies are wonderfully strong and sure-footed. I weigh over 200
+lbs., yet some of these ponies have carried me about all day over
+rough ground without stumbling. They carry a lady beautifully, and
+riding is the best form of exercise a lady can take.
+
+
+
+The Garden.
+
+The garden will be a great source of occupation to the mistress of
+the house. If it is sheltered from the wind and supplied with water,
+she can grow almost anything. And plants will come up quickly, too,
+under the influence of the heat and moisture.
+
+There are nursery gardens at Pasay, where all sorts of plants and
+seedlings can be obtained; in fact, these are hawked about morning
+and evening.
+
+The so-called gardener rarely has much skill, but he will clean up
+the garden and water it, and do what he is told.
+
+The most beautiful and delicate ferns can be grown, and
+magnificent orchids got to flower, if they are well sheltered in
+a mat-shed. Bananas and pines grow without trouble, and radishes,
+salads, tomatoes, cucumbers, and melons, can be raised.
+
+
+
+Shops.
+
+You can get most things you want in Manila. The drug-stores are mostly
+in German hands, but there is one English one where the usual English
+articles can be got.
+
+There is an ample supply of wines, spirits, and preserved provisions
+at the grocers, and the drapers keep on hand any quantity of silks,
+muslins, and piece-goods, with all the necessary fixings. French and
+German shoes are in plenty.
+
+The goods in the jewellers' shops and in the fancy bazaars are all of
+a very florid style, to suit the gaudy taste of the wealthy Filipinos.
+
+Such piece-goods and haberdashery as are in common use are brought
+round to the ladies at their own houses by Chinese hawkers, who,
+having small expenses, sell remarkably cheap.
+
+They are always very civil and attentive, and will gladly get you
+any article that they have not in stock at the moment.
+
+Ladies save going about in the heat and dust by purchasing from
+these men.
+
+
+
+Amusements.
+
+The amusements for ladies were limited to riding, lawn-tennis, boating,
+picnics, and frequent dances. I remember many delightful dances
+in Manila. One was given to the officers of the U.S.S. Brooklyn,
+and another to the U.S.S. Richmond. At the latter, the ladies were
+in traje del pais, i.e., dressed as natives and mestizas. And very
+handsome some of them looked. Now and again some theatrical company
+would come over, mostly from Saigon. There were a good many dinner
+parties given amongst the British community, and weekly receptions
+at most of the principal houses, during the time I lived in Manila,
+where you could get a little game of cards, dance, flirt, or take it
+easy, just as you liked.
+
+The ladies very wisely took a rest from two to four, to be fresh for
+the evening. The proper hour for calling was at 9 P.M. or 10 A.M. on
+Sundays after High Mass.
+
+I knew several ladies, English and American, who look back upon a
+term of years spent in Manila as the happiest in their lives.
+
+Children born in Manila can remain there without damage to their
+health till ten or twelve years old, and after having spent a few
+years at home are indistinguishable from children born and brought
+up in England.
+
+The principal thing lacking in Manila is means of access to the hills
+where people could go occasionally for a change and during the hot
+season. I have little doubt that the Americans will provide this
+before long.
+
+Manila was not without its frivolous element; but there was one
+period of the year when all frivolities were suspended, and religious
+observances monopolised the people's time. That was in Lent, and the
+ceremonies culminated on Good Friday.
+
+The Very Noble and always Loyal City of Manila celebrates the
+greatest day of the Christian year very devoutly. On foot, and robed
+in black, its inhabitants high and low throng the churches and attend
+the procession.
+
+All shops are closed, vehicular traffic is suspended, the ensigns
+hang at half-mast, the yards of ships are crossed in saltire; not a
+sound is heard.
+
+The capital and the whole of the civilised Philippines mark the
+crucifixion of our Saviour by two days of devotion, of solemn
+calm. Under Spanish rule a stately procession, attended by the highest
+and the humblest, filed slowly through the silent streets, the Civil
+Government, the Law, the Army, the Navy, the Municipality and the
+Religious Orders, being represented by deputations in full dress,
+who followed bare-headed the emblems of the faith in the presence of
+an immense crowd of natives, who bent the knee and bowed the head in
+homage to the crucified Saviour.
+
+I never failed to witness this imposing spectacle when in Manila,
+and it was mortifying to me to remember that Good Friday in London
+is nothing but a vulgar holiday, and that probably not one person out
+of a hundred in its vast population realises in the least degree the
+event that solemn fast is intended to commemorate.
+
+The death-like stillness of Good Friday remained unbroken till High
+Mass was over on Saturday morning, when the cathedral bells rang out
+a joyous peal, soon taken up by the bells of the numerous churches
+in the city and all over the provinces.
+
+The ensigns were run up to the staff or peak, the yards were squared,
+and royal salutes thundered out over land and sea, whilst clouds of
+white smoke enveloped the moss-grown ramparts of the saluting battery,
+and the useless, lumbering masts and spars of the flagship. Then
+steam-whistles and sirens commenced their hideous din, the great doors
+of the houses were thrown open, and hundreds of bare-backed ponies,
+with half-naked grooms, issued at full gallop to the sea or river.
+
+Then Manila resumed its every-day life till the next Holy Thursday
+came round.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX.
+
+SPORT.
+
+(A CHAPTER FOR MEN.)
+
+    The Jockey Club--Training--The races--An archbishop
+    presiding--The Totalisator or Pari Mutuel--The Manila
+    Club--Boating club--Rifle clubs--Shooting--Snipe--Wild
+    duck--Plover--Quail--Pigeons--Tabon--Labuyao, or jungle
+    cock--Pheasants--Deer--Wild pig--No sport in fishing.
+
+
+Manila was not so badly off for sport as might be thought. The
+pony-races, conducted under the auspices of the Jockey Club, excited
+the greatest interest amongst all classes.
+
+The ponies underwent their training at the race-course in Santa Mesa,
+and their owners and other members of the club were provided with
+early breakfast there. The native grooms took as much interest in
+the success of the pony they attended as the owner, and they backed
+their favourite for all they were worth.
+
+Only members were allowed to ride, and the weights were remarkably
+heavy for such small ponies. When the races came off, business was
+almost suspended for three days, and all Manila appeared at the
+race-course. There were sometimes two thousand vehicles and immense
+crowds on foot.
+
+The ladies in their most resplendent toilettes were received by the
+stewards, presented with elegantly-bound programmes, and conducted
+to their places on the grand stand.
+
+Presently a military band would strike up the "Marcha Réal," as the
+Governor-General's equipage entered the enclosure, and that exalted
+personage, dressed in black frock coat and silk hat, white trousers
+and waistcoat, with the crimson silk sash of a general, just peeping
+from under his waistcoat, was conducted to his box, followed by his
+suite and the favoured persons invited to join his party.
+
+The highest authority in the country presided and handed the prizes to
+the winning jockeys, who were brought up to him by the vice-president
+of the club. But on an occasion when the Governor-General and Segundo
+Cabo were absent, I witnessed the races which were presided over
+by no less a personage than His Grace the Archbishop of Manila,
+Fray Pedro Payo, in his archiepiscopal garments, and smoking a big
+Havana cigar. The old gentleman enjoyed the sport and most graciously
+presented the handsome prizes to the winners.
+
+Betting was conducted by the totalisator, or pari-mutuel, the bet
+being five dollars, repeated as often as you liked. As I presume my
+readers understand this system, I shall not describe it. The natives
+bet amongst themselves to a considerable amount.
+
+Pavilions were erected by different clubs or bodies, and a
+profuse hospitality characterised each day. Winners of large
+silver cups usually filled them with champagne and passed them
+round. Bets were made with the ladies as an excuse for giving them
+presents. Dinner-parties were given in the evenings at private houses,
+and there were dinners at the clubs. There were two race-meetings in
+the year. No doubt this sport, temporarily interrupted by insurrection
+and war, will again flourish when tranquillity prevails.
+
+There was a boating-club in connection with the British Club at
+Nagtajan, now removed to Ermita, and some very good skiffs and boats
+were available. There was a regatta and illuminated procession of
+boats each year.
+
+Polo clubs and rifle clubs had a rather precarious existence,
+except that the Swiss Rifle Club was well kept up, and there were
+some excellent shots in it. There was a lawn tennis club, which had
+ladies and gentlemen as members, and some very good games were played
+there and valuable prizes given.
+
+Shooting was a favourite sport with many Englishmen and a few mestizos.
+
+Excellent snipe-shooting is to be had in all the paddy-fields around
+Manila and the lake. But at San Pedro on the Pasig, there is a wide
+expanse of rough ground with clumps of bushes, and it was here that
+the most exciting sport was to be had, and it took some shooting
+to get the birds as they flew across the openings between the
+bushes. Snipe-shooting began in September, when the paddy was high
+enough to give cover, and lasted to the end of November. The birds,
+when they first arrived, were thin, but they soon put on flesh, and
+by November were fat and in splendid condition for the table. There
+is no better bird to be eaten anywhere than a Manila snipe. Bags of
+eighty were sometimes made in a morning by two guns.
+
+Excellent wild-duck and teal-shooting was to be got on and around
+the lake and on the Pinag de Candaba, and wherever there was a sheet
+of water. When crossing the lake I have seen wild fowl resting on the
+surface in such enormous numbers that they looked like sandbanks. They
+are not easy to approach, but I have killed some by firing a rifle
+into the flock. The crested-lapwing and the golden-plover are in
+plenty, and on the seashores widgeon and curlew abound. Inland, on
+the stubbles, there are plenty of quail. Pigeons of all sorts, sizes,
+and colours, abound at all times, especially when the dap-dap tree
+opens its large crimson blossoms. Some kinds of brush-turkeys, such
+as the tabon, a bird (Megapodius cuningi) the size of a partridge,
+that lays an egg as large as a goose egg and buries it in a mound of
+gravel by the shore, are found.
+
+The labuyao, or jungle cock, is rare and not easy to shoot in a
+sportsmanlike way, although a poacher could easily shoot them on a
+moonlight night.
+
+In the Southern Islands some remarkable pheasants of most brilliant
+plumage are to be found, and whilst in Palawan I obtained two good
+specimens of the pavito real (Polyplectron Napoleonis), a very handsome
+game bird with two sharp spurs on each leg. They are rather larger
+than a partridge, but their fan-shaped tails have two rows of eyes
+like a peacock's tail, there being four eyes in each feather.
+
+Deer and wild-pig abound, and can be shot within four hours' journey of
+Manila by road. Round about Montalban is a good place for them. They
+are plentiful at Jala-jala, on the lake at Porac in Pampanga, and
+round about the Puerto Jamelo and Pico de Loro, at the mouth of Manila
+Bay. In fact, they are found wherever there is cover and pasture for
+them. The season is from December to April.
+
+The usual way is to go with a party of five or six guns and employ
+some thirty native beaters, each bringing one or two dogs.
+
+The guns are stationed in suitable spots and the beaters and their
+dogs, fetching a compass, extend their line and drive the game up to
+the guns. This is rather an expensive amusement, as you have to pay
+and feed the beaters and their dogs; but it is very good sport, and
+in proceeding and returning to camp from two beats in the morning and
+two in the afternoon, you got quite as much exercise as you want or as
+is good for you. The venison and wild-pig is very good eating, but it
+is difficult to get it to Manila fresh, whatever precautions you take.
+
+Taken all round, Luzon is well supplied with game, and may be
+considered satisfactory from a sportsman's point of view.
+
+There is no sport to be had in fishing; in Luzon, so far as I know,
+there are no game fish. When living on the banks of the Rio Grande,
+near Macabébe, I noticed some natives taking fish at night by placing
+a torch on the bow of a canoe, which was paddled by one man slowly
+along near the bank, another man standing in the bow with a fish-spear
+of three prongs, similar to the "grains" used in England. As the fish
+came up to the light he struck at them with his spear and managed to
+pick up a good many.
+
+This appeared good sport, and I arranged for a native to come for me
+in a canoe with torch, and I borrowed a spear. We started off, but
+there was some difficulty in standing up in a small, narrow canoe,
+and darting the spear. My first stroke was a miss, the fish escaped;
+my second, however, was all right, and I shook my catch off the spear
+into the canoe, but the native shouted out, "Másamang áhas pó!" (a
+poisonous snake, sir) not forgetting to be polite even in that
+somewhat urgent situation. The snake was wriggling towards me, but
+I promptly picked him up again on the spear and threw him overboard,
+much to my own relief and that of the Pampanga.
+
+It was one of those black and yellow water-snakes, reputed as
+poisonous. That was enough fishing for me, and I remembered that I had
+a particular appointment at home, and left fishing to professionals.
+
+Curiously enough, fish cannot be taken by the trawl, for a mestizo
+got out a trawling steamer with gear, and men to handle it, and after
+repeated trials in different places, had to give it up as a bad job.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI.
+
+BRIEF GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION OF LUZON.
+
+    Irregular shape--Harbours--Bays--Mountain ranges--Blank
+    spaces on maps--North-east coast unexplored--River and
+    valley of Cagayan--Central valley from Bay of Lingayen
+    to Bay of Manila--Rivers Agno, Chico, Grande--The Pinag of
+    Candaba--Project for draining--River Pasig--Laguna de Bay--Lake
+    of Taal--Scene of a cataclysm--Collapse of a volcanic cone 8000
+    feet high--Black and frowning island of Mindoro--Worcester's pluck
+    and endurance--Placers of Camarines--River Bicol--The wondrous
+    purple cone of Mayon--Luxuriant vegetation.
+
+
+The island of Luzon is of so irregular a shape that it cannot be
+intelligibly described without the aid of a map.
+
+That part of it to the north and west of the isthmus of Tayabas lies
+with its longitudinal axis due north and south, and has a fairly
+even coast line, there being only two great indentations, the Bays of
+Lingayen and Manila, both on the west coast. There are also on that
+side and to the south the smaller bays of Subic, Balayan, Batangas,
+and Tayabas.
+
+On the east coast of this northern part are the unimportant bays of
+Palanan, Dilasac, Casiguran and Baler, besides the great bay of Lamon,
+sheltered by the islands Calbalete and Alabat.
+
+But in the remainder of Luzon, from the isthmus of Tayabas eastward
+and southward, the coast line is most irregular, and the width much
+reduced. A chain of mountains commencing at and forming the two
+above-mentioned islands and running in a south-easterly direction
+forms the peninsula of Tayabas.
+
+Another range, starting near the Bay of Sogod, runs a little south of
+east as far as Mount Labo (1552 metres), turns south-east, and runs
+along the southern shore of the fertile valley of the River Vicol,
+and with many a break and twist and turn reaches Mount Bulusan, whose
+slopes run down to the waters of the Strait of San Bernardino. The
+convolutions of this range form on the south the secure harbour of
+Sorsogon, and on the north the bays of Albay, Tabaco, Lagonoy and
+Sogod, besides a multitude of smaller ports and bays, for the coast
+line is wonderfully broken up by spurs of the main ranges running out
+into the sea. Luzon generally is very mountainous, and more especially
+so that part lying to the north of 16° 5', where the great ranges
+of mountains run in crooked lines but with general north and south
+direction. The range running parallel to the Pacific coast is called,
+in its most southern part, the Caraballos de Baler, and the rest of
+it, up to Punta Escarpada, is known as the Cordillera del Este, or
+the Sierra Madre. The central range, starting from Mount Caraballo in
+the latitude before mentioned, is called the Cordillera Central for
+about a degree of latitude, and from there is known as the Cordillera
+del Norte, terminating at Punta Lacatacay, in longitude 121° east
+of Greenwich.
+
+The mountains on the western coast are not so lofty, nor do they form
+a connected range. They are known as the Sierras de Ilocos. Some of
+these ranges are thirty or forty miles long. There are cuts in places
+where rivers find an outlet to the sea, such as the Rio Grande de
+Laoag, the Rio Abra, and some lesser streams. All these ranges have
+spurs or buttresses. Those of the Central Cordillera extend as far,
+and join with, the coast range on the west, covering the whole country
+and leaving no large plain anywhere, for the valley of the Abra though
+long is very narrow. There is a little flat land about Vigan.
+
+But the eastern spurs of the central range, in the part of Luzon under
+consideration, do not interlace with the spurs of Sierra Madre, but
+leave a magnificent valley more than two degrees of latitude in length
+and varying breadth. This is the only great valley of northern Luzon,
+and through it runs the Rio Grande de Cagayan and its tributaries,
+the Magat and the Rio Chico, with numerous minor streams.
+
+Coasting steamers with about twelve feet draught cross the bar of
+the Rio Grande and lie at Aparri. The river is navigable in the dry
+season as far as Alcalá for light draught steamers. Alligators abound
+in these rivers. In this valley, which extends through the provinces
+of Cagayan and Isabela up into Nueva Vizcaya, there is to be found a
+great extension of rich alluvial soil on which can be raised, besides
+other tropical crops, most excellent tobacco, the cultivation of
+which was for many years obligatory upon the inhabitants, who were
+forbidden to grow rice.
+
+Little has been done in the way of making a trigonometrical survey of
+the Highlands of Luzon, but some military reconnaissance sketches have
+been made from time to time by staff or engineer officers employed in
+building forts, and from these several maps have been compiled. One of
+the most complete of these is by that intrepid explorer and painstaking
+geographer, D'Almonte. Another map has been published by Colonel
+Olleros. It must be admitted that these maps do not agree with each
+other, but that is not unusual in maps of the Philippines, and results
+from a custom of the Spanish engineers of doing too much in the office
+and not enough in the field. Colonel Olleros has, however, on his map
+shown the lesser known mountain ranges very vaguely, and has left more
+than a thousand square miles of territory quite blank. This tract lies
+between the central range and the Cagayan River, and is inhabited by
+the Apayaos, Calingas, Aripas, and Nabayuganes. Olleros also leaves
+some large blanks on the east coast, and he is quite right to do so,
+for this coast has hardly been visited since Salcedo sailed past it at
+the time of the Conquest, and nothing is known about that part of the
+island which remains to this day in possession of the savage Dumagas,
+a Negrito tribe. That coast is almost entirely destitute of shelter,
+and is exposed to the full force of the Pacific surf. It is made more
+dangerous by tidal waves which are formed either by distant cyclones
+or by submarine upheavals and occur without warning.
+
+The largest and richest valley in Luzon is that which extends without
+a break from the shores of the Bay of Lingayen to the Bay of Manila,
+having an area of some 3000 square miles, and comprising the best
+part of the Provinces of Pangasinan, Tarlac, Nueva Écija, Pampanga,
+Bulacan and Manila.
+
+The town of Tarlac is situated about half-way between the two bays,
+and approximately marks the watershed. About half-way between Tarlac
+and the northern shores of Manila Bay there rises from the plain an
+isolated mountain of volcanic origin, Mount Arayat. The crater has been
+split through and the mountain thus shows two peaks. It is covered with
+forest to the very summit. Arayat was thrown up within historic times,
+and the Indians have a tradition that it was completed in one night,
+which is a most unlikely story.
+
+Mount Arayat is 2880 feet in height, and in fine weather is plainly
+visible from Manila and Cavite, and even from the mouth of the bay.
+
+The principal rivers of this valley are the Agno, the Dagupan, the
+Rio Grande and the Rio Chico of Pampanga.
+
+The Agno rises in the mountains of Lepanto, runs south through the
+province of Benguet, and S.W., W. and N.W. in Pangasinan into a
+labyrinth of creeks communicating by many mouths with the Bay of
+Lingayen. The river between Dagupan and San Isidro is navigable
+for vessels drawing seven or eight feet, and such craft could reach
+Salasa. From there to Rosales only lighters of very small draught
+could pass, and after a long spell of dry weather rice-boats drawing
+only one foot sometimes run aground. Its principal tributaries are
+the Tarlac and the Camiling, with dozens of smaller streams bringing
+the whole drainage of the eastern slopes of the Zambales mountains
+from Mount Iba to San Isidro.
+
+The Dagupan river rises in the mountains about the limits of Union and
+Benguet and runs parallel to the Agno to 16° N. lat., and between it
+and the sea. Then it turns to the westward, and runs past the towns
+of Urdaneta, Sta, Barbara, and Calasiao, entering the Bay of Lingayen
+at Dagupan. It has a multitude of small tributaries which are very
+differently shown on D'Almonte's and Olleros' maps, and undoubtedly
+this part has never been surveyed.
+
+The Pampanga river has its source on the southern slopes of the
+Caraballo, in about 16° 10' N. lat. It runs south in two branches,
+the Rio Grande and the Rio Chico; the first, being the easternmost,
+receives the drainage from the western slopes of the Cordillera del
+Este, whilst the Chico receives tributaries from both sides in the
+flat country and also the overflow from the Lake of Canarem.
+
+These two branches unite just north of Mount Arayat, and continue in
+a southerly direction. The river is navigable for small craft drawing
+three feet as far as Candaba in the dry season, and in the rainy
+season as far as San Isidro in Nueva Écija. When in flood during
+the rainy season, this river brings down a large body of water and
+annually overflows its banks in certain places, where gaps occur. The
+escaping water spreads itself over a low plain forming an inundation
+some sixteen miles long and several miles wide, called the Pinag de
+Candaba. This remains during the rainy season, and when the level
+of the Rio Grande has fallen sufficiently, the water of the Pinag
+commences to fall also, and during the middle and latter part of the
+dry season, and the beginning of the rainy season, only patches of
+water remain here and there, which are utilized for breeding fish,
+and a crop is raised on the land left dry. A project for draining
+the Pinag and reclaiming the land was many years ago got up by a
+Spanish colonel of engineers, and, at the request of an English
+company, I went up to investigate and report on it. I found that,
+irrespective of the difficulties and expense of the proposed works,
+the vested rights of the natives of the many towns and villages in
+and around the Pinag rendered it impossible to carry out the scheme.
+
+Vast flocks of wild duck and other water-fowl frequent the Pinag,
+and good sport is to be had there. Below the Pinag the river spreads
+itself over the low country, forming a labyrinths of creeks mostly
+navigable for craft drawing three to four feet, but the mouths are
+all very shallow and the bars can only be crossed about high tide. The
+water is brackish or salt. An immense extent of country is intersected
+by these creeks, certainly 200 square miles, and there are said to
+be 120 mouths connecting with the bay. With the exception of two or
+three of the principal channels, this swamp has never been surveyed,
+and what is shown on the map is merely guessed at. The muddy soil
+is covered with mangrove in the low parts submerged at each tide,
+and with the Nipa palm where the banks rise above high water. Under
+the heading Pampangos will be found particulars of the manufacture
+of nipa-thatch carried on here, and of collecting and distilling
+the juice. With the exception of a few half-savage natives the only
+living things are wildfowl, fish in abundance, alligators, snakes,
+and blue crabs. This is indeed a great dismal swamp, more especially
+at low tide.
+
+It is difficult to find one's way in these creeks, and although
+I frequently traversed them, I found it necessary to take a swamp
+Indian as a guide.
+
+The city of Manila is situated astride the River Pasig on a strip
+of land between the Bay of Manila and a great sheet of freshwater
+called the Lake of Bay. In consequence of this situation, Manila
+can communicate by the bay, the lake, the creeks and rivers with the
+provinces of Bataan, Pampanga, Nueva Écija, Bulacan, Morong, Laguna,
+and Cavite. Until the opening of the Manila-Dagupan railroad the
+whole transport of the Archipelago was by water, and the possession
+of navigable rivers meant progress and wealth, whilst the absence
+of rivers meant stagnation and poverty. Around the city the land is
+quite flat, but at about four miles distance there is a sharp rise
+to a plateau of volcanic tuff, the surface of which is from sixty to
+eighty feet above sea level, of which more anon. The River Pasig is
+the overflow from the lake and the outlet for the River San Mateo,
+which runs into it at right angles. The lake serves as a receiver for
+the great floods that come down the San Mateo valley; for the level of
+that river at Santolan, the intake of the waterworks, sometimes rises
+more than twenty feet. When this occurs, the flood on reaching the
+Pasig is divided; part runs into the lake, and part into the bay. The
+current of the Pasig in that part between the junction of the San
+Mateo and the outlet from the lake is reversed. Then when the flood
+subsides, the water which has entered the lake runs out very slowly
+into the bay, for the head produced by the greatest flood becomes
+insignificant from being spread over the vast extent of the lake.
+
+Rice, sugar, cocoa-nuts, bamboos, timber, and fruits are the principal
+products of the province of La Laguna. The inhabitants supply the
+Manila markets with poultry. The Pasig and the lake are navigated by
+light draught steamers which ply daily to Biñan, Calamba, and Santa
+Cruz. There are also numerous native small craft, which bring down
+the produce. To the south of Manila the province of Cavite slopes
+gently up from the shores of the bay and from the lake to the
+high cliffs at the northern end of the volcanic lake of Taal. The
+valley is intersected by numerous streams all of which run into the
+bay. Part of this province, near Manila, is a stony and sandy desert,
+but other parts of it are extremely fertile, and large crops of rice,
+with some coffee, and cacao, and fruits, are raised. The Augustinians
+and Dominicans have large estates here, and have expended considerable
+sums on dams to retain water for irrigation.
+
+The Lake of Bombon, or Taal, has in its centre an island containing
+the remains of the volcano. From the nature of the surrounding
+country it is conjectured that on the spot now occupied by the lake
+a volcanic mountain, some 8000 feet high, formerly stood. The great
+bed of volcanic tuff already mentioned, extending from thence up to
+Meycauayan more than sixty miles distant, is thought to have been
+ejected from that lofty volcano, leaving a vast hollow cone, which
+ultimately collapsed, causing a convulsion in the surrounding country
+that must have rivalled the famous cataclysm of Krakatoa. This is
+the opinion of D. José Centeno, a mining engineer employed by the
+Spanish Government, and was fully confirmed by my learned friend,
+the late Rev. J. E. Tenison-Wood, who carefully examined the locality,
+and studied all the records.
+
+The province of Batangas is very rich and fertile; it has some
+mountains, but also a considerable extension of sloping or flat
+land. In beauty it will compare with the best parts of Surrey, such
+as the view from Leith Hill, looking south. Sugar and coffee are the
+principal products, and the towns of Taal, Baúang, Batangas, and Lipa
+are amongst the wealthiest of Luzon. The fields are well cultivated,
+and oxen are much used, both for ploughing and for drawing carts. The
+beef in this province is excellent.
+
+Opposite to this beautiful and wealthy province lies the huge island
+of Mindoro. Ever black and gloomy does it look, its lofty mountains
+almost perpetually shrouded in rain-clouds. When I lived in Balayan
+I had a good view of this island from my windows, and can scarcely
+remember its looking otherwise than dark and forbidding. Nothing
+comes from it but timber and jungle produce. There are known to be
+some beds of lignite. Only the coast is known, and the jungle fever
+prevents exploration. The island of Marinduque is healthier and more
+advanced. It produces hemp of fine quality.
+
+The province of Tayabas is very mountainous, and is still mostly
+covered with forest; there are no wide valleys of alluvial soil. Some
+rice is grown, also large quantities of cocoa-nuts, and some coffee
+and cacao. Timber and jungle produce form the principal exports. I
+have seen many specimens of minerals from this province and think it
+would be well worth prospecting. But the climate is unhealthy, and
+dangerous fevers prevail. This circumstance has been useful to the
+Spanish Government, for when a governor or official had made himself
+disliked he could be appointed to Tayabas with a fair prospect of
+getting rid of him either by death or by invaliding in two or three
+years at most.
+
+Camarines Norte is also mountainous, and there is not much cultivation,
+only a little rice and hemp. The population is very sparse,
+and the inhabitants are mostly employed (when they do anything)
+in washing for gold at Mambulao, Paracale, and other places on the
+Pacific coast. If they strike a pocket, or get a nugget, they go on
+the spree till they have spent it all and can get no more credit,
+and then unwillingly return to work. Camarines Sur possesses a wide
+expanse of fertile soil in the valley of the River Bicol, in which
+are the Lakes of Buhi and Bato, and the Pinag of Baao. The Bicol
+rises in the province of Albay and runs through the whole length of
+Camarines Sur, generally in a north-westerly direction, running into
+the great Bay of San Miguel. It is navigable for small vessels up
+to the town of Nueva Cáceres. Alligators abound here. A gap in the
+coast range gives access to this valley from the port of Pasacao. The
+ground is level for leagues around, yet from this plain two extinct
+volcanoes rear their vast bulk, the Ysarog, 6500 feet high, and
+the Yriga, nearly 4000 feet high. Camarines Sur contains more than
+five times as many inhabitants as Camarines Norte, although not very
+different in area. Their principal occupation is the cultivation of
+the extensive rice lands. They also produce some hemp and a little
+sugar. Large quantities of rice are exported to Manila, to Albay,
+and to Bisayas. Cattle are raised in the island of Buriás, which
+belongs to this province; it also produces some palm sugar. This
+province is much richer than either Tayabas or Camarines Norte.
+
+The province of Albay is the southernmost and easternmost part of
+Luzon, and is one of the richest and most beautiful regions of that
+splendid island. The northern part, which commences at Punta Gorda
+on the Bay of Lagonoy, is similar to the neighbouring Camarines Sur,
+as is also the western part, about the shores of Lake Bato. A little
+to the southward, however, the gigantic Mayon rears its peak 8000
+feet into the sky. The symmetry of this wondrous cone is but feebly
+rendered by the photograph. Some of the most violent eruptions of this
+remarkable volcano are mentioned under another heading in the Appendix.
+
+On this volcanic soil, with the life-giving heat of the sun tempered
+by frequent rains, the vegetable kingdom flourishes in the utmost
+luxuriance. Tree-ferns, lianas, orchids, palms grow vigorously. On
+the mountain slopes the Musa textilis, or abacá plant, finds its most
+congenial habitat. Little rice is grown, the inhabitants being mostly
+engaged in the more remunerative occupation of planting and preparing
+this fibre.
+
+A description of the manner of its preparation, with photographs
+of the growing plants and of the apparatus for cleaning the fibre,
+will be found under the description of the Vicols.
+
+The island of Catanduanes belongs to Albay province, and its
+characteristics and productions are the same. The configuration of
+the province of Albay is most favourable to the production of this
+fibre. The plant seems to require a light volcanic soil, a certain
+height above the sea, and exposure to the Pacific breezes in order
+to flourish.
+
+To summarise the description of Luzon we may say that its agricultural
+wealth, present and future, lies in the valley of the Rio Grande
+of Cagayan, in the great valley lying between the Gulf of Lingayen
+and the shores of the Bay of Manila, in the rich lands of Cavite,
+Batangas, and Laguna, in the valley of the River Bicol, and on the
+slopes of the volcanoes of Albay.
+
+The production of the great northern valley is principally tobacco;
+of the middle valley, sugar and rice; of the southern valley, rice,
+and of the volcanic slopes, Manila hemp. The Sierras of Ilocos are
+highly mineralised, as are also the mountains of Tayabas, whilst as
+already stated washing for gold is the principal industry of Camarines
+Norte. Parts of this great island, as in Bulacan and Pampanga, support
+a dense population of 500 to the square mile; whilst, in other parts,
+hundreds or even thousands of square miles are absolutely unknown,
+and are only populated by a few scattered and wandering savages,
+many of whom have never seen a white man.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE INHABITANTS OF THE PHILIPPINES.
+
+
+Description of their appearance, dress, arms, religion, manners
+and customs, and the localities they inhabit, their agriculture,
+industries and pursuits, with suggestions as to how they can be
+utilized, commercially and politically. With many unpublished
+photographs of natives, their arms, ornaments, sepulchres, and idols.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII.
+
+Aetas or Negritos, Including Balúgas, Dumágas, Mamanúas, and
+Manguiánes.
+
+
+These people are generally considered to be the aborigines of the
+Philippines, and perhaps at one time inhabited the entire group. The
+invasion of the Malays dispossessed them of the littoral, and of
+the principal river valleys, and the Spanish Conquest drove them
+gradually back into the mountains. It seems strange that these
+irreclaimable savages should be able from their eyries on Mount
+Mariveles to distinguish a great city with its Royal and Pontifical
+University and yet remain unconverted, uncivilised, and independent
+of all authority, just as they were before Legaspi arrived.
+
+They are a race of negroid dwarfs of a sooty black colour, with
+woolly hair, which they wear short, strong jaws, thick lips, and
+broad flat noses. The men I have seen in the jungle near Porac and at
+Mariveles were about 4 feet 8 inches in height, and the women about
+a couple of inches shorter. The men only wore a cord round the waist
+with a cloth passed between their legs. The women wore a piece of
+cloth around the hips, and as ornaments some strings of beads round
+their necks. However, like many other savages in the Philippines and
+elsewhere, those of them, both men and women, who are accustomed to
+traffic with the Christian natives, are possessed of clothes which
+they put on whenever they enter a village. Their appearance was not
+prepossessing; the skin of a savage is rarely in good order or free
+from some scaly eruption, and the stomach is commonly unduly distended
+from devouring large quantities of vegetable food of an innutritious
+character. Still they were not so unpleasing as might be supposed,
+for although their figures are not good according to our standards,
+nor are their muscles well developed, either on arms or legs,
+yet there was a litheness about them that gave promise of extreme
+agility and great speed in running. As a matter of fact, they do
+run fast, and climb trees in a surprising way. The Tagals and other
+Malays who go barefooted use their toes to pick up an object on the
+ground rather than stoop as a European would do, but the toes of the
+Negritos are more like fingers. They come near the Quadrumanes in
+this respect. The men carried bows, about five feet six inches long
+and a quiver full of iron-pointed arrows--also a wood-knife, or bolo,
+very roughly made. The former they make themselves; but the latter
+they obtain from the Tagals. I can confirm from my own experience a
+statement of various travellers, that they are fond of lying close
+to fires or in the warm ashes, for when I arrived at a bivouac
+of these people near Porac, their skins were covered with ashes,
+and I saw that they had recently arisen from their favourite lair,
+the prints of their forms being plainly visible. They had with them
+some wretched starveling dogs which assist them in the chase.
+
+It would seem that the Negritos must be descended from a race which
+formerly extended over a vast area, for remains of them exist in
+Southern India, in the mountains of Ceylon, and in the Andaman Islands.
+
+In the Malay Peninsula they are called Semang. From the description
+of them given by Hugh Clifford, in his interesting book, 'In
+Court and Kampong,' they appear to be identical with the Philippine
+Negritos. Crauford, in his 'History of the Indian Archipelago,' gives
+the measurement of a Negrito from the hills of Kêdah as four feet
+nine inches. Mr. F. V. Christian, in a paper recently read before
+the Royal Geographical Society, stated that he had found tombs of
+Negritos on Pónapé one of the Caroline group.
+
+The Negritos build no houses, and are nomadic, in the sense of
+moving about within a certain district. They live in groups of
+twenty or thirty under a chief or elder, and take his advice about
+camping and breaking up camp, which they do according to the seasons,
+the ripening of jungle fruit, movements of game, etc. They seem to
+have great reverence for their dead and for their burial-grounds,
+and apparently dislike going far away from these places where they
+suppose the souls of their ancestors are wandering. They bury their
+dead, placing with them food and weapons for their use, and erect a
+rough shelter over the graves.
+
+It would be curious to learn the opinion of these poor savages
+on the proceedings of some learned Teuton, prowling around their
+graveyards in search of skulls and skeletons for the Berlin or Dresden
+Ethnographical Museum.
+
+They have no tribal organisation and even make war on other groups,
+seeking victims for the death-vengeance. They are therefore unable
+to assemble in large numbers; nor is it easy to see how they could
+subsist if they did so. They put up rough sloping shelters against
+the sun and wind, consisting of a framework of saplings or canes,
+covered with coarse plaited mats of leaves which they carry with them
+when they move their camp.
+
+In Pampanga and Bataan, they are occasionally guilty of cattle
+stealing, and even of murdering Christians, if a favourable opportunity
+presents itself. In such a case an expedition of the Cuadrilleros of
+the neighbouring towns is sent against them.
+
+If they can be found, their bows and arrows are no match for
+the muskets of the Cuadrilleros, and some of them are sure to be
+killed. After a time peace is restored.
+
+The trade for jungle produce is too profitable to the Christians for
+them to renounce it, whatever the authorities may order.
+
+The Negritos do not cultivate the ground but subsist on jungle fruits
+and edible roots, their great luxury is the wild honey which they
+greedily devour, and they barter the wax with the Christians for
+rice and sweet potatoes. They also hunt the deer and wild pigs, and
+as Blumentritt says, they eat everything that crawls, runs, swims,
+or flies, if they can get it. They chew buyo like the Tagals and
+other Malays, and are inordinately fond of smoking.
+
+They are said to hold the lighted end of their cigars in their mouths,
+a thing I have seen done by the negroes on the Isthmus of Panama.
+
+They appear to have no religion, but are very superstitious. They
+celebrate dances at the time of full moon, the women forming a ring
+and the men another ring outside them, something like a figure in the
+Kitchen Lancers. They move round to the sound of some rude musical
+instruments in opposite directions.
+
+Whether this performance is intended as a mark of respect to the
+moon, or is merely held at the full for the convenience of the light,
+I cannot say.
+
+Several travellers have stated that they sacrifice pigs when
+it thunders. As thunder-storms are very frequent and often of
+extraordinary violence in the Philippines, this custom would imply the
+possession of a large number of pigs on the part of the Negritos. Those
+of Mariveles and of the Zambales mountains do not appear to possess
+any domestic animals, except dogs, and they find it difficult to
+kill the wild pigs, active as they are. Consequently, I think this
+must apply to those Negrito tribes, such as the Balúgas and Dumágas,
+of whose condition I shall speak later. They are also said to offer
+up prayers to the rainbow. This offering can be made with greater
+ease than the sacrifice of a pig, but the frequency of rainbows at
+certain seasons will keep them pretty closely to their devotions.
+
+Ratzel, 'History of Mankind,' vol. i., p. 471, says: Among the Negritos
+of Luzon, a fabulous beast with a horse's head which lives in trees
+is venerated under the name of Balendik. And on p. 478: When killing
+an animal, the Negritos fling a piece heavenwards crying out at the
+same time, "This is for thee."
+
+They show great respect for old age, and the British War Office might
+learn something from them for they are reported to tend with love
+and care every old man of warlike repute.
+
+Their language largely consists of curious clicks and grunts, and
+those of them who trade with the Christians usually learn enough of
+the local dialect to do the necessary bargaining.
+
+There are some varieties of the Negritos who are more or less mixed
+up with the Malays, but their origin is not clear.
+
+The Malay women are very unprejudiced, perhaps there are no women
+on earth more ready to form temporary or permanent alliances with
+foreigners: they do not disdain even the Chinamen. They perhaps do
+not like them, but they know that John Chinaman makes a good husband,
+provides liberally for his family, and does not expect his wife to
+do any hard work.
+
+By some writers the Malay women, notably the Visayas, are accused
+of unbounded sensuality (Anto. de Morga. Sucesos de Filipinas),
+but anyhow the Tagal women draw the line at Negritos, and will have
+nothing to do with them.
+
+Fray Gaspar de San Agustin however thought that the Visaya women
+would not be so particular.
+
+This being so, the hybrid races in Luzon must have sprung from the
+union of Remontados--that is to say, of Malays who took refuge in
+the hills either from a natural love for savage life, or as fugitives
+from justice--with the Negrito women.
+
+Amongst these varieties are the Balúgas, who live in the eastern
+cordillera of Nueva Écija, in north and south Ilocos, and in the
+mountains of Tayabas. Some of these people have advanced a step in
+civilisation, they build huts and do a little rude cultivation.
+
+The Dumágas, another hybrid race, occupy the eastern slopes of the
+Sierra Madre from the northern frontier of El Principe district to the
+Bay of Palanan, where the last Tagal village is situated, the Tagals
+thinly peopling the shores. But from Palanan to Punta Escarpada the
+whole coast is in the undisputed possession of the Dumágas.
+
+The Dumágas keep up a friendly communication with the few Christian
+villages near them, and do a small trade with them. They even work on
+their lands and help in fishing for a small remuneration, generally
+paid in cotton cloth.
+
+They have no known religion, they marry without ceremony, and are
+said to disregard the ties of kinship.
+
+Those who live far from the Christian villages are said to be entirely
+brutal and devoid of all virtue, for they will sell their own children
+for a little rice. They are almost irreclaimable from their savage
+and independent character.
+
+Some of these Dumágas live amongst the Irayas and the Catalangánes,
+two heathen and semi-independent tribes showing signs of Mongolian
+blood, who occupy a considerable stretch of country in the province of
+Cagayan between the Rio Grande and the Sierra Madre, say about twenty
+geographical miles north and south of the 17th parallel. These Dumágas
+intermarry with the tribes they live amongst, and have adopted their
+dress, religion, and customs.
+
+The Mamanúas, also a hybrid race, inhabit the mountains of the
+north-east promontory of Mindanao. They are few in number. There were,
+in 1887, four Jesuit mission stations amongst them, three of which
+are on Lake Mainit, or Sapongan, as it is called on some maps.
+
+The Manguiánes, who are probably a hybrid Negrito-Visaya race, occupy
+almost the whole interior of Mindoro, up to within two leagues of the
+coast. There are a few in the mountains of Romblon and Tablas. There
+are three varieties of these people, those residing near the western
+coast are much whiter, with lighter hair and full beards.
+
+Those living in the centre of the island are of a darker colour, have
+sloping foreheads and less intelligence, while those of the southern
+part, by their oblique eyes, aquiline noses and olive colour, show
+signs of Chinese blood.
+
+They are docile and do not fly from civilised man. A primitive
+agriculture and the collection of jungle produce enables them to
+obtain from the Christians, in exchange, rice, knives, bells, gongs,
+tobacco, and buyo. They are not much advanced in religion, but are
+very superstitious. They believe that the spirits of their ancestors
+and relations never leave the places where they lived, but remain to
+protect their descendants and families. There is noted amongst these
+people a strong sense of morality and honesty, which unfortunately
+is not recognised by their Christian neighbours, who are accustomed
+to oppress them with the most exaggerated usury.
+
+Since these words were written, Dean C. Worcester has published his
+book on the Philippines, and amply confirms these remarks. He saw
+a good deal of the Manguiánes, and bears testimony to their honesty
+and morality, and adds: "On the whole, after making somewhat extensive
+observations amongst the Philippine natives, I am inclined to formulate
+the law that their morals improve as the square of the distance from
+churches and other civilising influences."
+
+He gives some particulars of their laws, and of their ordeals, which
+are common to many of the Malays. There are some Manguiánes in the
+Island of Palawan. They inhabit the mountains in the interior of
+the southern part of the island, and little is known about them,
+for the pirate races, or Mahometan Malays, who occupy the coasts,
+keep a strict watch to prevent their communicating with outsiders.
+
+The few who have been seen by the Spaniards, are said to be
+industrious, and physically similar to the Tagbanuas. Their customs
+are said to be influenced by their constant intercourse with the
+Mahometans. They were thought to number about 4000 in 1887, by Don
+Felipe Canga Arguelles, the Governor of the Island. The Moors appear
+to oppress the Manguiánes of Palawan much as the Christian natives
+do the Manguiánes of Mindoro.
+
+The illustration represents a Negrito from the Island of Negros, a very
+favourable specimen of his race. He wears the head-dress of a chief,
+and is armed with a bow and arrow of portentous length. His figure,
+though not muscular, gives promise of great agility.
+
+The Negritos of Palawan are few in number, and resemble those of
+Mariveles. They use a piece of cloth, made of the inner bark of a
+tree as their only garment. They call this the Saligan. They inhabit
+the upper parts of the mountains between Babuyan and Barbacan, say
+from 10° to 10° 20' N. latitude. They do a little agriculture in a
+primitive fashion. The men clear the land, the men and women together
+do the planting, and the women alone the reaping.
+
+Their arms are bows and arrows, and the only education of the young
+is in archery, which is taught them by their mothers from their
+earliest infancy.
+
+They are said to be generous, hospitable, and inoffensive, but
+extremely revengeful if they are ill-treated. They have no religion,
+but perform certain ceremonies from time to time. Canga-Arguelles
+computed them to number about 500 in 1887.
+
+The only use the Negritos can be to the United States will be as
+a subject of study for the elucidation of problems in ethnography,
+and to furnish skeletons for the museums.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+PART I.
+
+Luzon and Adjacent Islands.
+
+
+
+
+
+Chapter XXIII.
+
+Tagals (1). [19]
+
+
+The most important race in the Archipelago is the Tagal, or Tagalog,
+inhabiting Central Luzon, including the following provinces:--
+
+Batangas, Bulacan, Bataan, Camarines Norte, Cavite, Laguna, Manila,
+part of Nueva Écija and Tayabas, the districts of Infanta, Morong,
+and part of Principe, also the Island of Corregidor and the coast
+of Mindoro. They probably number about one million five hundred
+thousand souls.
+
+Antonio de Morga, in his work 'Sucesos de Philipinas,' says (p. 126):
+"The women wear the báro and saya, and chains of gold upon their
+necks, also bracelets of the same. All classes are very clean in
+their persons and clothing, and of good carriage and graceful (de
+buen ayre y gracia").
+
+They are very careful of their hair, washing it with gogo and anointing
+it with ajonjoli oil [20] perfumed with musk.
+
+In the 'Relacion de las Islas Philipinas,' 1595 (?), the anonymous
+author said of the Tagals: "The people of this province are the best
+of all the Islands, more polite, and more truly our friends. They
+go more clothed than the others, the men as well as the women. They
+are light-coloured people of very good figures and faces, and like
+to put on many ornaments of gold, which they have in great abundance."
+
+In other respects, however, they seem, from the same author, to be
+less worthy of praise, for he goes on to tell us: When some principal
+man died, in vengeance of his death they cut off many heads, with
+which they made many feasts and dances.... They had their houses
+full of wood and stone idols, which they called Tao-tao and Lichac,
+for temples they had none. And they said that when one of their
+parents or children died the soul entered into one of these idols,
+and for this they reverenced them and begged of them life, health,
+and riches. They called these idols anitos, and when they were ill
+they drew lots to find which of these had given them the illness,
+and then made great sacrifices and feasts to it.
+
+They worshipped idols which were called Al Priapo Lacapati, Meilupa,
+but now, by the goodness of God, they are enlightened with the grace
+of the Divine Gospel and adore the living God in spirit.
+
+The old writer then remarks on the cleverness and sharpness of the
+boys, and the ease with which they learned to read and write, sing,
+play, and dance.
+
+This characteristic appears general to the Malay race, for, speaking
+of the Javanese, Crauford says: They have ears of remarkable delicacy
+for musical sounds, are readily taught to play upon any instrument
+the most difficult and complex airs.
+
+According to Morga, at the time of the Conquest, the Tagals wrote
+their language in the Arabic character. He says: They write well in
+these Islands; most people both men and women, can write. This tends
+to show that the equality of the sexes, which I shall refer to later,
+has been customary from ancient times.
+
+Tomas de Comyn (1810) says:
+
+The population of the capital, in consequence of its continual
+communication with the Chinese and other Asiatics, with the sailors
+of different nations, with the soldiers, and with the Mexican convicts
+who are generally mulattoes, and who arrive in some number every year,
+has come to be a mixture of all the bloods and features, or otherwise
+a degeneration of the primitive race.
+
+At Cainta, on a branch of the Pasig, the natives are darker, taller,
+and of a different type. This is accounted for by the fact that,
+in 1762-63, during the English invasion, a regiment of Madras Sepoys
+occupied the town for many months, long enough, in fact, to modify the
+native type to such an extent as to be plainly visible 125 years later.
+
+Crauford says that some Christian inhabitants of Ternate followed
+their priests (Jesuits) to Luzon when the Spaniards were driven out of
+Molucas by the Dutch in 1660. They were located in Marigondon. There
+is now a town called Ternate between Marigondon and the sea, near
+Punta Restinga. But, with the exception of the capital and these
+two places, I think the Tagals have not greatly altered in physical
+characteristics since the Conquest--notwithstanding Ratzel's statement
+that "Spanish-Tagal half-breeds in the Philippines may be numbered
+by the hundred thousand," which I consider erroneous.
+
+The fact is, that wherever a small number of male Europeans live
+amongst a native race, the effect on the type is smaller than may
+be supposed, and what there is becomes obliterated or disseminated
+in course of time. Colour may be a little altered, but all the other
+characteristics remain. The mestizas are not so prolific as the native
+women, and notwithstanding Jagor's assertion to the contrary, they
+often marry natives, and especially if their father has died while
+they were young. I knew in the town of Balayan three handsome sisters,
+daughters of a Spaniard who had died many years before. Although they
+lived in a house which had been at one time the finest in the town,
+and still retained some remnants of its former grandeur, they had
+reverted entirely to the native customs and dress. They spoke only
+Tagal, and all three of them married natives.
+
+The tendency of the Philippine native to revert to old customs is
+well marked, and I agree with Jagor when he says: "Every Indian
+has an innate inclination to abandon the hamlets and retire into
+the solitude of the woods, or live isolated in the midst of his own
+fields," in fact to Remontar.
+
+The Tagals are considered by Wallace as the fourth great tribe of the
+Malay race. He only mentions the Tagals, but in fact the population
+of the Archipelago, except the Negritos and some hybrids, belongs
+to the Malay race, although slightly mixed with Chinese and Spanish
+blood in a few localities. They are here and there modified by mixture
+with other races, and everywhere by their environment, for they have
+been Roman Catholics and subject to Spanish influence, if not rule,
+for upwards of three centuries.
+
+They differ little in physical appearance from the Malays proper
+inhabiting the Peninsula, and although their manners and customs are
+somewhat changed, their nature remains the same. They retain all the
+inherent characteristics of the Malay.
+
+The Tagal possesses a great deal of self-respect, and his demeanour is
+quiet and decorous. He is polite to others, and expects to be treated
+politely himself. He is averse to rowdiness or horse-play of any kind,
+and avoids giving offence.
+
+
+
+Characteristics--Family Life.
+
+For an inhabitant of the tropics he is fairly industrious, sometimes
+even very hard working.
+
+Those who have seen him poling cascos against the stream of the Pasig
+will admit this.
+
+He is a keen sportsman, and will readily put his money on his favourite
+horse or game-cock; he is also addicted to other forms of gambling. The
+position taken by women in a community is often considered as a
+test of the degree of civilisation it has attained. Measured by this
+standard, the Tagals come out well, for amongst them the wife exerts
+great influence in the family, and the husband rarely completes any
+important business without her concurrence.
+
+Crauford considers the equality of the sexes to be general throughout
+the Indian Archipelago, more particularly in the Island of Celebes,
+where the inhabitants are the most warlike of all.
+
+The Tagals treat their children with great kindness and forbearance,
+those who are well-off show much anxiety to secure a good education
+for their sons, and even for their daughters.
+
+Parental authority extends to the latest period in life. I have seen
+a man of fifty years come as respectfully as a child to kiss the
+hands of his aged parents when the vesper bell sounded, and this
+notwithstanding the presence of several European visitors in the house.
+
+Children, in return, show great respect to both parents, and come
+morning and evening to kiss their hands. I may remark that their
+manner of kissing is different to ours. They place the nose and lips
+against the cheek or hand of the person to be saluted, and draw in
+the breath strongly.
+
+
+
+Appearance--Manners.
+
+The Malays in general are not, perhaps, a handsome race, their flat
+noses disfigure them in the eyes of the recently-arrived European or
+American, and it takes time to get accustomed to them.
+
+Still, their rich brown skin often covers a symmetrical, lithe and
+agile figure, the small hands and feet denoting their Turanian origin.
+
+The youth of both sexes up to the age of puberty are not seldom
+of striking beauty, and their appearance is not belied by their
+behaviour. They are trained in good manners from their earliest youth,
+both by precept and example.
+
+Palgrave says of them: "Nowhere are family bonds closer drawn, family
+affections more enduring, than amongst the Malay races.... His family
+is a pleasing sight, much subordination and little restraint, unison in
+gradation, liberty not license. Orderly children, respected parents,
+women subject, but not suppressed, men ruling, but not despotic,
+reverence with kindness, obedience in affection, these form a lovable
+picture, nor by any means a rare one in the villages of the Eastern
+Isles."
+
+It may here be interesting to note the very contradictory opinions
+that have been expressed upon this subject.
+
+
+John Foreman.                       W. G. Palgrave.
+
+'The Philippine Islands,'           'Malay Life in the Philippines,'
+p. 194.                             p. 146.
+
+"Home discipline and training       "Children early trained by
+of manners are quite ignored,       precept and example to good
+even in the well-to-do families.    manners, show less disposition
+Children are left without           to noise and mischief than is
+control, and allowed to do just     ordinary elsewhere at their
+as they please, hence they          age."
+become ill-behaved and boorish."
+
+
+As will be seen in my text, my own experience rather confirms
+Palgrave's opinion, and I should say that even the children of the
+peasantry would compare favourably both in manners and intelligence
+with the children at the Board Schools in London, and to say nothing
+of Glasgow or Liverpool.
+
+Amongst the Tagals, it is customary when speaking of or to a man to use
+the prefix Si--thus Si José, Mr. Joseph--whilst a woman is spoken of
+or to as Aling Maria, Miss Mary. The word Po is used for Sir. Thus:
+Óo-po--Yes, sir; Hindí-po--No, sir; Uala-po--There is none, sir;
+Mayroóm-po--There is some, sir.
+
+
+
+Cleanliness.
+
+The sense of personal dignity and self-respect, the dominant feeling
+in the Malay nature, is shown in the Tagals by a general cleanliness
+in their persons and clothing. They usually live near water, and
+nearly all of them can swim.
+
+The heat of the climate makes bathing a pleasure, and as the
+temperature of the sea or river is commonly 83°F., a prolonged
+immersion causes no inconvenience.
+
+On the morning of a feast-day the number of bathers is increased,
+and at the time of high tide, a very large proportion of the
+population seems to be in the water, both sexes and all ages mixing
+indiscriminately, the adults decently covered and all behaving
+themselves as decorously as the bathers at Brighton, Newport, or
+Atlantic City.
+
+They have not yet arrived at that precise stage of civilisation that
+develops the Rough, the Larrikin, or the Hooligan. Palgrave says:
+A Malay may be a profligate, a gambler, a thief, a robber, or a
+murderer, he is never a cad.
+
+Palgrave had not great opportunities of knowing the Tagals, but I
+confirm the above opinion, although I do not agree with the views on
+the future of the Philippines, and what is best for them, expressed
+in his fantastic and hyphen-infested verbiage, all seemingly written
+for effect.
+
+
+
+Superstitions.
+
+The Tagal is extremely superstitious, and like his kinsman, the
+Dayak, he is a believer in omens, although he has not reduced them
+so completely to a system, and three centuries of Christianity have
+diverted his superstitions into other channels.
+
+In his mind, each cave, each ravine, each mountain, each pool, each
+stream, has its guardian spirit, to offend or to startle which may
+be dangerous. These are the jinni of Southern Arabia and Socotra.
+
+The Balete tree (Ficus Urostigima--Sp.) corresponds to our Witch Elm,
+and certainly at night has a most uncanny appearance. Each of these
+great trees has its guardian spirit or Tic-balan.
+
+Daring, indeed, would be the Indian who would pass such a tree,
+enter a cave, ascend a mountain, or plunge into a pool without bowing
+and uttering the Pasing tabi sa nono [By your leave, my Lord] that
+may appease the spirit's wrath, just as the Bedouin of Dhofar cry,
+"Aleik Soubera--aleik soubera," to propitiate the jinni.
+
+His mental attitude in this respect reminds me of a story told me
+many years ago by a lady residing in Hampshire. A lady neighbour of
+hers inquired from her whether she taught her children to bow when
+the Devil's name was mentioned. My informant replied in the negative,
+whereupon the lady remarked, "I do, I think it is safer." This is the
+way with the Tagal, he bows because he thinks it is safer. If that
+prudent lady is still alive and may chance to read this, she may be
+pleased to learn that her opinion is shared by the whole Malay race.
+
+Child-birth has its anxieties everywhere, and the more artificial
+the life the woman has led, the more she suffers at that critical
+time. The Tagal woman whose naturally supple frame has never been
+subjected to tight-lacing, nor compressed within a tailor-made costume,
+has a far easier time of it than her European sister, but superstition
+and quackery combine to terrify and ill-use her.
+
+The Patianac, an evil spirit, profits by the occasion, and his
+great delight is to obstruct the birth, or to kill and devour the
+infant. The patianac might be busy elsewhere, but from the ridge-pole
+of the house a bird of ill-omen, the dreadful Tic-tic, raises a warning
+cry, for its office and delight is to call the attention of the evil
+spirit to the opportunity of doing mischief. Instantly every door
+and window is closed and every chink stopped to prevent its entrance,
+whilst the anxious father and his kinsmen, naked as they were born,
+walk around and underneath the house, slashing the air with sticks
+or bolos to frighten away the spirit. Sometimes a man will get up on
+the ridge-pole to drive away the Tic-tic.
+
+Meanwhile, in the stifling room, it is too often the case that violent
+means are used to expedite the birth, so violent indeed, that they
+sometimes result in the permanent injury or in the death of the woman.
+
+Some years ago the Government instituted an examination for midwives,
+and only those were allowed the practice who had been properly
+instructed, so that these absurdities and cruelties are on the wane,
+except amongst the poorest or in outlying districts.
+
+The Asúan is merely a cannibal ghost, but the Tagal ghost throws
+stones, a thing I have not heard of a ghost doing in Europe.
+
+All sorts of stories are told about the Asúan, similar to ghost
+stories in other lands.
+
+About 1891 a house in Malate was stoned night after night, and
+although every effort was made to find out the authors, they were
+never discovered, and the natives steadfastly believed it to be the
+doing of the Asúan.
+
+There is another superstitious idea firmly rooted in the minds of
+the Tagals and other natives, of which the following is an instance:
+A villainous-looking native had been captured with some property stolen
+from my house, and was sent to the lock-up at the police station, from
+whence he promptly escaped, but was recaptured later. My coachman,
+a most meritorious servant who had been with me for years, assured
+me in an impressive manner, and with an air of conviction, that
+the culprit was one of those wizards who are able to pass through
+a keyhole by drawing themselves out into the thinness of a piece of
+string, and my other servants accepted this view implicitly.
+
+The famous Tulisanes or bandits, thoroughly believe in the power of the
+Antin-Antin or amulet to render them invulnerable to bullets. It is,
+indeed, remarkable that notwithstanding the numbers of these criminals
+who have been shot by the Guardia Civil with their Antin-Antin upon
+them, this absurd belief should flourish, but there is no doubt it
+does. These charms consist of any sort of necromancers' rubbish, or
+are sometimes writings in invocations, usually worn round the neck
+under the clothing.
+
+The profession of the Roman Catholic religion has perhaps helped this
+superstition to linger on, for the wearing of scapularies is common,
+especially amongst the women. These articles are manufactured for
+the priests and some are sent out to Antipolo, to be blessed at the
+shrine of Nuestra Señora de Buen Viage y de la Paz, and sold to the
+pilgrims who crowd in thousands to this shrine in May of each year.
+
+A Tagal woman sometimes wears as many as three of these scapularies
+hung from silk threads round her neck and covered by her upper
+garment. They usually dispose two in front, where they conceive the
+danger is greatest, and one on the back, as a further precaution
+against an attack from the rear.
+
+Wearing these holy amulets, and having crossed herself and uttered
+a prayer before coming downstairs in the morning, the Tagal wife or
+maid feels that she has done all she can, and that if any backsliding
+should occur, during the day, it will not be her fault.
+
+She believes greatly in lucky or holy numbers--I heard the following
+story related by a native lady to a native priest when going to
+Batangas by steamer.
+
+The lady was telling the priest of her husband's illness (it appeared
+to have been congestion of the lungs), and she prepared and applied a
+poultice of three heads of garlic in honour of the Three Persons of the
+Blessed Trinity; this not producing the desired effect, she then made a
+poultice of five heads of garlic, in honour of the Five Wounds of our
+Blessed Saviour, and successively others of seven heads, in honour of
+the Seven Pains of the Blessed Virgin; twelve heads in honour of the
+Twelve Apostles, and last of all a poultice of thirty-three heads
+of garlic in honour of the Thirty-three years our Blessed Saviour
+remained on earth. The priest had nodded approval as she went on,
+but as she stopped he said: "And then?" To which the lady replied,
+"Then he died."
+
+This poor man came off easily, for in some cases people who suffer
+from fits and other diseases are thought to be possessed by devils,
+and are severely beaten to drive out the evil spirit. The patient
+does not always escape with his life.
+
+The women often dream of lucky numbers in the Manila Lottery and make
+every endeavour to purchase the number they have dreamt of.
+
+Amongst the Christian superstitions may be mentioned the feast of San
+Pascual Bailón at Obando. Those who attend this function are commonly
+the rowdier class of inhabitants of the Capital, and they go mostly
+on foot, making music and dancing on the way. They also dance in the
+courtyard in front of the church, not forgetting to refresh themselves
+with strong drink in the meanwhile.
+
+This is not at all an edifying spectacle, for the dancers are covered
+with dust and with the perspiration from their active exertions. I
+do not know the legend that gives occasion to this curious form of
+devotion. Occasionally, and especially during Holy Week, another form
+of penitence is practised by the natives. I remember, about 1892,
+seeing one of these penitents, a man having a mask on his face, the
+upper part of his body bare, and a long chain fastened to one ankle
+and dragging on the ground behind him. In one hand he bore a flagellum
+with which he from time to time lashed himself on the shoulders,
+which bore evident marks of the discipline they had received. A youth
+who followed him occasionally jerked the chain, throwing the penitent
+violently at full length upon the dusty road. This form of penitence
+is not approved, however, by the priests, for when I called on the
+parish priest, the same evening, I mentioned the circumstance to him,
+and he directed the penitent to be locked up, to stop what he rightly
+termed a scandal.
+
+On many occasions the natives had got up a religious excitement,
+and great gatherings have taken place at some spot where a miraculous
+appearance of the Blessed Virgin, or some supernatural manifestation
+has been alleged to have occurred.
+
+All these affairs have been somewhat sceptically inquired into by the
+priests under a general order to this effect issued by the archbishop,
+and so far as my experience goes, the excessive religious ardour of
+the natives has rather been checked than stimulated.
+
+When writing about the Visayas I shall have more to say about
+misdirected religious zeal. The Tagals practise circumcision as
+a hygienic measure, and not as a religious rite. The operation is
+usually performed at the age of fourteen by a companion or friend of
+the patient, and a sharp flint or piece of volcanic glass (obsidian)
+is used for this purpose. From what I have heard, this custom is really
+maintained by the women, who refuse their favours to the uncircumcised
+of their own nation, though with foreigners they are more complaisant.
+
+
+
+Cursing.
+
+In cursing, the Tagal displays a directness quite worthy of the
+Anglo-Saxon. All his remarks are very much to the point, and would
+have earned the approval of the late lamented and reverend author of
+the Ingoldsby Legends. Leaving out the world-wide reflections upon
+the virtues of an opponent's female ancestry, since these appear to
+belong indiscriminately to all nations, the principal Tagal curses
+are as follows:--
+
+
+        1. May an evil wind blow upon you.
+        2. May the earth open and swallow you up.
+        3. May the lightning strike you.
+        4. May the alligator eat you.
+
+
+The superiority of the Tagal style as compared with the French
+Mortbleu, Ventre bleu, must be apparent to all unprejudiced
+observers. The Tagal has drawn all his curses from the grand and awful
+operations of nature in his own country, except the last, where he
+invokes the dreaded saurian, the most fearsome inhabitant of the
+Philippine swamps, rivers, and coasts--formerly venerated by his
+ancestors and respectfully addressed by them as nono, or grandfather.
+
+Under American guidance and example, I think the Tagals quite capable
+of developing a startling vocabulary of swear-words, and in course
+of time rivalling their instructors in profanity, with a touch of
+their old style to give a little local colour.
+
+
+
+Courtship.
+
+Courtship is sometimes a long business amongst the Tagals. It is still
+customary in the country districts for the impecunious candidate for
+matrimony to serve the father of the damsel he desires to wed for a
+period which may extend to a couple of years or more. He is called a
+Catipado, and is expected to make himself generally useful, and to
+take a hand in any labour that may be going on, sowing or reaping,
+mending the roof, or patching the canoe.
+
+It is his privilege to assist the girl of his choice in her
+labours. The girls of a household are expected to husk the rice
+for the next day's use. This is done in the cool of the evening,
+out of doors, a wooden mortar and long heavy pestle being used. It
+is a well-recognised occasion for the lover to assist and entertain
+his sweetheart.
+
+Very pretty do the village maidens look, as, lightly clothed in almost
+diaphanous garments, they stand beside the mortars plying the pestle,
+alternately rising on tiptoe, stretching the lithe figure to its full
+height and reach, then bending swiftly to give force to the blow.
+
+No attitude could display to more advantage the symmetry of form which
+is the Tagal maiden's heritage, and few sights are more pleasing than
+a group of these tawny damsels husking paddy midst chat and laughter,
+while a tropical full moon pours its effulgence on their glistening
+tresses and rounded arms.
+
+
+
+Marriage.
+
+But let us return to the Catipado. He must be very careful not to
+give cause of offence to the elders of the family, more especially
+towards the end of his term, as there may be a disposition amongst
+them to dismiss him, and take on another to begin a new term. In fact,
+many natives have shown themselves so unwilling to consent to their
+daughter's marriage, when no sufficient reason could be given for
+their refusal, that the Governor-General, representing the Crown,
+is entrusted with a special power of granting the paternal consent
+in such cases.
+
+No regular marriage can be celebrated whilst the girl is a minor,
+without the father's consent.
+
+When this is refused, and the patience of the lovers is exhausted,
+the girl leaves her father's house and is deposited in the house of
+the fiscal, or churchwarden, under the care of his wife.
+
+A petition on stamped paper is then prepared, reciting the
+circumstances; this goes to the parish priest and to the
+Gobernadorcillo, who require the father to state the grounds of
+his refusal. If they are satisfied that no good reason exists,
+the petition, with their approval noted on it, goes to the
+Governor-General, and in due time a notification appears in the
+official Gazette that the Governor-General has been pleased to overrule
+the father's negative, and a license (on stamped paper also) for the
+marriage to be celebrated, is delivered to the priest. This procedure
+is very necessary, but it has the disadvantage of being slow and
+expensive, so that in some cases, instead of adopting this course,
+the youthful pair allow themselves some advances of the privileges of
+matrimony, and perhaps there arrives a time when the obdurate parent
+finds himself obliged to consent to legalise an accomplished fact to
+avoid an open scandal.
+
+The erring damsel, however, may think herself lucky if she escapes
+a fatherly correction laid on with no grudging hand, before the
+reluctant consent is granted.
+
+The priest will of course require the youthful sinners to confess
+and do penance for their previousness before he will marry them.
+
+The marriage ceremony is a very simple one, and usually takes place
+after early Mass. The priest fixes the fee according to the means
+of the party; it is often a substantial one. After the ceremony
+comes a Catapúsan or assembly, when the relatives and friends are
+entertained. There will be music, and unless the priest disapproves
+of dancing, that will be indulged in. The Augustinians mostly allow
+dancing, but the Dominicans often object to it as an immoral amusement.
+
+The house will be hung with bright-coloured cloths and paper lanterns;
+the table loaded with refreshments, both light and heavy.
+
+
+
+Wedding Feasts.
+
+Roast pig is a standing dish at these feasts, the animal being roasted
+whole, on a spit over a fire made on the ground. A professional roaster
+superintends the operation, and the pig is brought to a fine even
+colour all over. Sometimes there are roast turkeys or roast mutton and
+kid, possibly beef cooked in various ways, surely fish of different
+kinds, fresh, salted, or smoked; the indispensable boiled rice or
+morisqueta, and an abundance of sweets, fruits in syrup, guava jelly,
+and Dutch cheese. There will be chocolate and perhaps coffee. As to
+drinks, besides some native brews, there will be Norwegian or German
+export beer, or Tennant's beer in stone bottles, square-face gin,
+and Spanish red wine (Vino Tinto).
+
+Unlimited Buyo, cigarettes and cigars are provided. All these things
+are hospitably pressed upon all comers, especially upon any European
+present. If his politeness prevents his refusing this miscellaneous
+assortment, unless he is favoured with the digestion of an ostrich, he
+will rue it next day, and perhaps for several days. The worthy priest
+is naturally in the place of honour, and like the wise man he mostly
+is, he perhaps brings, slung under his habit, or sends beforehand,
+a capacious leather bottle, with a supply of generous wine direct
+from some convent vineyard on the peninsula, a pure natural wine,
+undefiled and unfortified by German industrial spirit. A tall and
+portly Augustine monk, in his spotless and ample white robes, presents
+a very imposing and apostolic appearance, and looks quite in his place
+at the head of the table. The host seldom sits down with his guests,
+but busies himself attending to their wants.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV.
+
+TAGALS AS SOLDIERS AND SAILORS.
+
+
+The houses of the well-to-do natives are large and airy, and are kept
+scrupulously clean under the vigilant eye of the mistress.
+
+Hospitality is a characteristic of the Tagal. According to his means
+he keeps open house on religious feast-days or on family festivals,
+and readily invites to his table at any time travellers who may be
+passing through the town. Having enjoyed their hospitality on many
+occasions, I can testify to their kindness and liberality. They placed
+at my disposal their riding-ponies, vehicles or canoes, and did all
+in their power to show me anything remarkable in their neighbourhood.
+
+The Tagals make good soldiers, and can march long distances
+barefooted. Morga remarks how quickly they learned to use the arquebus
+or musket in the wars of the conquest. They gave proofs of their
+pluck and endurance when assisting the French in Tonquin. If well
+led they will advance regardless of danger; when once engaged they
+become frenzied and blood-thirsty, most difficult to restrain. They
+are not improved by being made to wear gloves, boots, helmets, and
+European uniforms.
+
+In this they are not singular, for the Ceylon Rifle Regiment (a Malay
+corps) was utterly ruined, and never did any good after being put
+into boots and gloves by some narrow-minded martinet.
+
+As sailors they are unsurpassed in the East. They navigate their
+schooners and lorchas with much skill, although the rigging and
+outfit is seldom kept in thorough good order unless they have a
+Spanish captain.
+
+They serve both as sailors and firemen in the fine flotilla of
+coasting-steamers belonging to Manila, and they manned all the smaller
+vessels of the Spanish Navy in the Philippines.
+
+Most of the British and foreign steamers in the far East carry four
+Manila men as quarter-masters. They are considered to be the most
+skilful helmsmen. Their ability as mechanics is remarkable. They
+bear out entirely Morga's description of them: "Of good talent for
+anything they undertake."
+
+They will, without any European supervision, heave down wooden
+sailing-vessels up to about 1000 tons, and repair the keel, or
+strip, caulk, and re-copper the bottom. I have often seen this
+done. They build from the excellent hard wood of the country,
+brigantines, schooners, lorchas, also cascos, and other craft for
+inland navigation and shallow waters. These latter vessels are most
+ingeniously contrived, and admirably adapted to the conditions under
+which they are to be used, and although not decked, carry their cargoes
+dry, and in good order, in the wettest weather. They make the most
+graceful canoes, and paddle or punt them with remarkable dexterity.
+
+In Manila and Cavite are to be found a fair number of native
+engine-fitters, turners, smiths and boiler-makers.
+
+There must be some 400 steam sugar-mills in the islands (besides
+6000 cattle-mills). The engine-drivers and firemen are all natives,
+and mostly Tagals.
+
+There are also in the capital large numbers of native house-carpenters,
+quarrymen, stone-masons, and some brick-layers and brick-makers.
+
+Curiously enough, foundry work is not much done by Tagals, although
+when Legaspi arrived in Luzon he not only found cannon mounted at
+Manila, but there was a cannon-foundry there, and another at Tondo.
+
+There are foundries at the latter place to this day belonging to
+Chinese half-castes, but church bells are more to their way now
+than cannon. They, however, cast small brass mortars with handles
+like quart pots, which are used for firing salutes at the feasts of
+the church. But I think most of the workmen were then, and are now,
+Chinese.
+
+They make their own gunpowder, and fireworks of all kinds. They are
+inordinately fond of these, and get up very creditable displays. They
+are careless in handling them, and I was eye-witness of an explosion
+of fireworks during a water fête, on the passing in front of the
+governor's palace at Malacañan, when a number of people were killed. I
+never learned how many had perished, and the newspapers were forbidden
+to enlarge upon it.
+
+Excellent carriages are built in Manila entirely by native labour,
+the carromatas, or two-wheeled vehicles used for travelling, being
+made in the suburbs, or in Malabon.
+
+Carriage-building is an important trade, for an incredible number of
+vehicles of all sorts are used in Manila.
+
+Of an evening, in the Luneta, some hundreds may be seen, and on one
+occasion, at the races of the Jockey Club in Santa Mesa, two thousand
+vehicles were reported to be present.
+
+Painting and decorating is executed by Manila men in excellent
+style. This art was taught them by Alberoni, and other Italians. Their
+pupils have covered the walls of many buildings with frescoes in the
+Italian style, very fairly done. There is much scope for their art
+in decorating altars and shrines.
+
+The Tagals also show some talent for sculpture, as any visitor to
+Manila can see for himself by inspecting the Jesuit Church, which
+is a marvel of patient artistic labour, having taken eleven years
+to construct. Some of the carving there, however, is so delicate and
+minutely detailed, that it appears more suitable for a show case in
+a museum than for the adornment of a place of worship. Of course,
+every detail of design is due to the Jesuits themselves, amongst whom
+talented men of every profession can be found.
+
+As a fisherman, the Tagal excels, and the broad expanse of Manila Bay,
+some 700 square miles in area, gives ample scope for his ingenuity. He
+practises every kind of fishing Corrales de Pesca, or fish-stakes
+within the five-fathom line, casting nets and seines in the shallow
+water, huge sinking nets attached to bamboo shear-legs mounted on
+rafts in the estuaries, drift nets and line-fishing in the deeper
+parts of the bay.
+
+From Tondo, from Parañaque, Las Piñas, Bacoor, and Cavite Viéjo,
+and from dozens of other villages, go hundreds of large canoes,
+crowded with men, and heaped up with nets, to fish near the San
+Nicolas Bank, or about Corregidor Island, and they often return with
+large catches. Some fish by night, with torch and spear; in fact,
+they seem to be quite at home at any kind of fishing.
+
+The nets and sails of the canoes, and the clothes of the fishermen,
+are all tanned by them with the bark of the camanchile tree.
+
+The salting, drying, or smoking of the fish caught in the bay is quite
+an extensive business. The smoked sardines, or tinapá, are very tasty,
+as also the pickled mullet roes called Bagón de Lisa. But the small
+shrimps fermented in a jar, and brought to a particular stage of
+putrefaction, [21] much appreciated by the natives, will not suit
+European or American tastes.
+
+The vast Bay of Manila holds fish and mammals of all sorts and sizes,
+from small fry to that huge but harmless monster of the deep, Rhinodon
+tipicus, with a mouth like the opening of a hansom cab, scooping in
+jelly-fish by the bushel.
+
+The péje-rey, like a smelt, the lenguádo, or sole, the lísa, or
+mullet, the bacóco, corbína, pámpano, and others whose names I have
+forgotten, are excellent. The oysters are good, but very small. Prawns
+are excellent, large and cheap. Crabs are good, but large ones are
+not plentiful. Clawless lobsters are caught amongst the rocks of
+Corregidor and Mariveles. The largest turtle I have ever seen was
+caught off Malabon. It can be seen in the Jesuits' Museum, Manila.
+
+Sharks of all sorts, enormous saw-fish, [22] hideous devil-fish,
+[23] and monstrous conger eels, as well as poisonous black and yellow
+sea-snakes, abound, so that the fisherman does not have everything his
+own way. Amongst these men are to be found some excellent divers. I
+have found them quite able to go down to the keel of a large ship and
+report whether any damage has been done. Where a sheet of copper has
+been torn off, they have nailed on a new sheet, getting in two or three
+nails every time they went down. I enquired from one of these men who
+had frequently dived for me, when a European diver with diving-gear
+could not be obtained, if he was not afraid of sharks? He answered,
+"No es hora del tiburon"--it is not the sharks' time--and I found he
+considered that he was very fairly safe from the sharks between ten and
+four. Before ten and after four was a dangerous time, as the sharks
+were on the look-out for a meal. I cannot say that I should like to
+trust to this, especially as I have seen sharks about at other times,
+and one afternoon, in the bay, had to keep off a hammerheaded-shark
+from coming near a British diver who was examining the rudder of a
+steamer, by firing at it from the stern. Some sharks are heavy and
+slow-moving creatures, but the hammer-headed kind are endowed with
+a surprising activity, and twist and turn like an eel.
+
+My native diver informed me that he was much more afraid of the
+Manta than of any shark, and that once when he was diving for some
+purpose--I do not recollect when--at the bottom a shade fell on him,
+and, on looking up, he beheld an enormous manta right above him--in
+his words, "as big as a lighter." However, it passed on, and he was
+able to regain the surface.
+
+Perhaps the most remarkable talent possessed by the Tagal is his gift
+for instrumental music.
+
+Each parish has its brass band supplied with European instruments,
+the musicians generally wearing a quasi-military uniform. If the
+village is a rich one, there is usually a string band as well. They
+play excellently, as do the military bands. Each infantry battalion
+had its band, whilst that of the Peninsular Artillery, of ninety
+performers, under a band-master holding the rank of lieutenant, was
+one of the finest bands I have ever heard. There were few countries
+where more music could be heard gratis than in the Philippines,
+and for private dances these bands could be hired at moderate rates.
+
+The Tagal is also a good agriculturist. According to his lights, he
+cultivates paddy with great care. It is all raised in seed-plots, the
+soil of which is carefully prepared, and fenced about. The fields are
+ploughed and harrowed whilst covered with water, so that the surface
+is reduced to soft mud. When the ground is ready for planting, the
+whole population turns out, and, being supplied with the young shoots
+in bundles, of which tally is kept, proceed to plant each individual
+shoot of paddy by hand.
+
+Ankle-deep in the soft mud of the paddy-fields stand long rows of
+bare-legged men, women and children, each in a stooping position,
+holding against the body with the left hand a large bundle of
+rice-plants, incessantly and rapidly seizing a shoot with the right
+hand, and plunging it into the black slime with the forefinger
+extended.
+
+Hour after hour the patient toil goes on, and day after day, in all the
+glare of the burning sun, reflected and intensified from the surface
+of the black water, till the whole vast surface has been planted. The
+matandang-sa-naya, or village elder, then announces how many millions
+of rice shoots have been put in. The labour is most exhausting,
+from the stooping position, which is obligatory, and because the eyes
+become inflamed from the reflection of the sun on the black water. As
+the paddy is planted during the rainy season, it often happens that
+the work is done under a tropical downpour instead of a blazing sun.
+
+When driving along a road through paddy-fields in October, it
+seems incredible that every blade of that luxuriant crop has been
+transplanted by hand. Yet the people who do this are branded as
+lazy. I think that they are quite ready to work for a sufficient
+inducement. Whenever I had works to execute I never experienced any
+difficulty in obtaining men. I made it a rule to pay every man with
+my own hands every Saturday his full wages without deductions. On
+Monday morning, if I wanted 300 men, there would be 500 to pick and
+choose from. I should like to see some of their depreciators try an
+hour's work planting paddy, or poling a casco up stream.
+
+The undulating nature of the ground renders it necessary to divide
+paddy land into small plots of irregular outline at varying levels,
+divided from each other by ridges of earth called pilápiles, so as
+to retain the rain or irrigation water, allowing it to descend slowly
+from level to level till it reaches its outlet at the lowest point. The
+Tagals fully justify their Turanian origin by the skill and care which
+they show in irrigation. About Manila, the sacáte, or meadow-grass,
+which is the principal food of the thousands of ponies in the city,
+is cultivated on lands which are exactly at a level to be flooded by
+the spring-tides.
+
+The mango-tree is carefully cultivated, and the fruit is, to some
+extent, forced by lighting fires of leaves and twigs under these trees
+every evening in the early part of the year to drive off insects,
+and give additional warmth.
+
+In Batangas and La Luguna, and, to some extent, in Bulacan, the Tagals
+cultivate the sugar-cane successfully.
+
+But where they really shine, where all their care is lavished,
+where nothing is too much trouble, is in the cultivation of the buyo
+(Piper betel). This is a climbing plant, and is grown on sticks
+like hops. There were many plantations of this near Pineda, which I
+frequently visited. It is grown in small fields, enclosed by hedges
+or by rows of trees to keep off the wind.
+
+The soil is carefully prepared, and all weeds removed. As the tendrils
+grow up, the sticks are placed for them. The plants are watered by
+hand, and leaf by leaf carefully examined every morning to remove
+all caterpillars or other insects. The plants are protected from the
+glare of the sun by mat-shades supported on bamboos.
+
+The ripe leaves are gathered fresh every morning, and taken to market,
+where they find a ready sale at remunerative prices for chewing with
+the areca nut, and a pinch of slaked shell lime.
+
+Whenever I have had Tagal hunters with me deer-shooting, I have
+been struck with their knowledge of the natural history of their
+locality. They thoroughly understood the habits of the game, and
+almost always foretold correctly the direction from which the deer
+would approach the guns.
+
+They have names for every animal and bird, and for the different ages
+or conditions, or size of antlers, of the deer.
+
+Even insects and reptiles are named by them; they could give details
+of their habits, and knew whether they were poisonous or dangerous.
+
+They always showed themselves greatly interested in sport, and much
+appreciated a good shot. They spoke of a gun that killed well as a hot
+gun (baril maínit). If they were trusted with a gun they were very
+reluctant to spend a cartridge unless for a dead certainty. If two
+cartridges are given to a hunter, he will bring in two deer or pigs,
+otherwise he will apologise for wasting a cartridge, and explain how
+it happened.
+
+Their usual way of taking game is to set strong nets of abaca in the
+woods in the form of a V, then the beaters and dogs drive the game
+towards the hunters, who are concealed near the apex, and who kill
+the deer or wild pigs with their lances whilst entangled in the nets.
+
+I have found the Tagals very satisfactory as domestic servants,
+although not so hard-working as the Ilocanos. Some of them could clean
+glass or plate as well as an English butler, and could lay the table
+for a dinner party and ornament tastefully with flowers and ferns,
+folding the napkins like a Parisian waiter.
+
+They could also write out the ménu (their orthography having been
+previously corrected), and serve the dinner and wines in due sequence
+without requiring any directions during the meal.
+
+Some of them remained in my service the whole time I was in the
+Philippines; one of them, Paulino Morillo, came to England with me
+in charge of my two sons, and afterwards made three voyages to Cuba
+with me. I gratefully acknowledge his faithful service. His portrait
+is appended.
+
+I did not find them sufficiently punctual and regular as cooks, nor
+did they make their purchases in the market to as much advantage as the
+Chinese cooks, who never bid one against another to raise the price.
+
+As clerks and store-keepers I found the Tagals honest, assiduous,
+and well-behaved. As draughtsmen they were fairly skilful in drawing
+from hand sketches, and excelled in copying or tracing, but were quite
+untrustworthy in taking out quantities and computing. Some of them
+could write beautiful headings, or design ornamental title-pages. I
+have by me some of their work that could not be done better even in
+Germany or France. But the more skilful they were the more irregular
+was their attendance, and the more they had learned the worse they
+behaved.
+
+When doing business with the Tagals, I found that the elder men could
+be trusted. If I gave them credit, which was often the case, for
+one or two years, I could depend upon the money being paid when due,
+unless some calamity such as a flood or a conflagration had rendered
+it absolutely impossible for them to find the cash. In such a case
+(which seldom happened) they would advise me beforehand, and perhaps
+bring a portion of the money, giving a pagaré, bearing interest, for
+the remainder, and never by any possibility denying the debt. I never
+made a bad debt amongst them, and gladly testify to their punctilious
+honesty. This idea of the sacredness of an obligation seems to prevail
+amongst many of the Malay races, even among the pagan savages, as
+I had occasion to observe when I visited the Tagbanúas in Palawan
+(Paragua). They certainly did not learn this from the Spaniards.
+
+
+
+The More Instruction the less Honesty.
+
+When dealing with the younger men who had been educated in Manila,
+in Hong Kong, or even in Europe, I found that this idea had been
+eradicated from them, and that no sufficient sense of honour had been
+implanted in its stead.
+
+In fact, I may say that, whilst the unlettered agriculturist, with his
+old-fashioned dress, and quiet, dignified manner, inspired me with
+the respect due to an honest and worthy man, the feeling evolved
+from a discussion with the younger and educated men, dressed in
+European clothes, who had been pupils in the Atenéo Municipal, or in
+Santo Tomás, was less favourable, and it became evident to me that,
+although they might be more instructed than their fathers, they were
+morally below them. Either their moral training had been deficient,
+or their natures are not improved by education. I usually preferred
+to do business with them on a cash basis.
+
+
+
+Unsuitable Training.
+
+Dare I, at the tail-end of the nineteenth century, in the days of
+Board Schools, County Councils, conscientious objectors, and Hooligans,
+venture to recall to mind a saying of that grand old Conservative, the
+Peruvian Solomon, Tupac Inca Yupanqui? "Science should only be taught
+to those of generous blood, for the meaner sort are only puffed up,
+and rendered vain and arrogant by it. Neither should such mingle in
+the affairs of state, for by that means high offices are brought into
+disrepute." [24]
+
+That great monarch's words exactly express my conclusions about the
+young Tagals and other natives.
+
+To take a young native lad away from his parents, to place him in a
+corrupted capital like Manila, and to cram him with the intricacies
+of Spanish law, while there is probably, not in all those who surround
+him, one single honest and upright man he can look up to for guidance
+and example, is to deprive him of whatever principles of action he may
+once have possessed, whilst giving him no guide for his future conduct.
+
+He acquires the European vices without the virtues; loses his native
+modesty and self-respect, and develops too often into a contemptible
+pica-pleito, or pettifogger, instead of becoming an honest farmer.
+
+The more educated Tagals are fond of litigation, and with the
+assistance of native or half-caste lawyers will carry on the most
+frivolous and vexatious lawsuit with every artifice that cunning and
+utter unscrupulousness can suggest. The corrupt nature of the Spanish
+courts is a mainstay to such people. Although they may be possessed
+of ample means litigants often obtain from the court permission to
+sue a foreigner in forma pauperis.
+
+They are unscrupulous about evidence, and many will perjure themselves
+or bring false witnesses without shame. It is said that blank stamped
+paper of any year can be obtained for a sufficient price for the
+purpose of forging documents relating to the sale of land; as there
+are people who regularly keep it for this purpose.
+
+The feeling of envy is strong within them, and any Spaniard or
+foreigner who appears to be succeeding in an industrial enterprise in
+the provinces, such as planting or mining, is sure, sooner or later,
+to be attacked by the pettifoggers or their men of straw, and he will
+be bled heavily when he comes before the courts, and perhaps have to
+go to the Court of Appeal or even to the Tribunal Suprémo in Madrid
+before he can obtain a verdict in his favour.
+
+The credulity of the Tagal is remarkable; he has on occasion given
+way to outbursts of ferocity, involving death and destruction to
+numbers of innocent people.
+
+In 1820, during an epidemic of cholera, he was led to believe that
+this strange sickness had been produced by the foreigners, who had
+poisoned the water. An indiscriminate massacre of foreigners was the
+consequence of this calumny, and but few escaped. The authorities,
+always prompt to repress uprisings against the Government, allowed time
+for the foreigners to be massacred before they interfered. It is not
+easy to say how many English, French, or Americans met their deaths
+at the hands of the populace, for such details are never allowed to
+be published.
+
+I may say, however, that one should not be too hard on the Tagals
+for this crime, since at a much later date a massacre of priests
+occurred in Madrid, on account of a similar belief. It was started
+because a lad, the servant of a priest, was seen to throw some white
+powder into the Fuente Castellana. I have not at hand the details of
+this massacre, but the friars were slaughtered like pigs.
+
+In the dreadful epidemic of cholera in 1882, the natives behaved very
+well, and I must give General Primo de Rivera credit for keeping
+strict order and promptly organising the construction of temporary
+hospitals, the inspection of every parish of the city, the conveyance
+of the sick to hospital, and the burial of the dead. It was done
+under military direction, and with the assistance of the priests,
+the civil authorities, and the principal inhabitants. No disturbances
+occurred owing to the strong hand of the Governor-General, although
+some of the evil-disposed natives began to murmur about the doctors
+carrying about the disease.
+
+The mortality was dreadful; I believe that some 30,000 people lost
+their lives in the city and province of Manila in three or four
+months. In order to nurse the sick and bury the vast number of dead,
+it was necessary to employ the convicts and prisoners. All these people
+behaved remarkably well, although many succumbed to the disease. The
+survivors were pardoned outright, or had their sentences reduced. If
+the Governor-General had shown signs of weakness, the horrors of 1820
+might have been repeated.
+
+To give a better idea of the credulity of the Tagals and other
+natives, I may say that in 1868 telegrams were received in Manila
+(viâ Hong Kong), which were made public in the islands, announcing
+the Spanish revolution of September, and the news, with stupendous
+exaggerations, reached the remotest villages and the most miserable
+huts. A general and indelible idea took possession of the minds of
+the natives that Revolution (they thought it was a new emperor or a
+great personage) had decreed that all were equal, that there should
+be no difference between Indians and Spaniards, that the latter had
+to return to Spain and Indians be substituted in all employments,
+and that the tribute would be greatly reduced. That there would be
+no conscription nor corvée (personal work), that the Pope would name
+several Indian bishops, and that the Spanish priests would return
+to the Peninsula. That a new captain-general would arrive who would
+marry a native lady, who would be made a princess, that their children
+would be kings and sovereigns of the Philippine Empire.
+
+All this was confirmed by prophecies, by dreams, and revelations, and
+great miracles by the Virgin of Antipolo and of St. Joseph, and other
+patrons of the Indies, not omitting St. Peter, for whom the native
+clergy profess a profound veneration, and who is the patron saint of
+a brotherhood which has caused much trouble in the Philippines.
+
+General Gándara, informed of all these absurdities by the friars,
+did not fail to appreciate the immense importance of the movement
+which, like the teachings of the so-called gods of Panay and Samar
+who collected thousands of followers, might produce a general
+insurrection. He therefore took due precautions, and invited all
+the Spaniards in the Philippines, without distinction of party, in
+support of the Government constituted in Spain. There was, however,
+much agitation and much travelling to and fro amongst the native
+clergy and the pettifogging lawyers. It was, however, not till 1872
+that the conspirators succeeded in producing the mutiny of Cavite,
+which was quickly suppressed, with much slaughter of the mutineers.
+
+The chief amusement of the Tagal is cock-fighting. I shall not
+describe this well-known sport, but will remark that it provides no
+inconsiderable revenue. The right of building and running the cock-pits
+of each province is farmed out to Chinese or Chinese half-breeds,
+and no combats may take place except in these places. They are
+opened after Mass on Sundays and feast-days, and on some other days
+by special leave from the authorities. The love of this sport and the
+hope of gain is so general that the majority of the natives of Manila
+are breeders of game-cocks, which they tend with assiduous care, and
+artisans often carry their favourite birds to their work and tether
+them in the shade, where they can keep them in view. Horse-fights
+occasionally take place. The ponies of the Philippines, although
+not usually vicious to man, will fight savagely with each other, and
+inflict severe bites. I remember a case where two ponies harnessed to
+a victoria began fighting and a Guardia Civil attempted to separate
+them, when one of the ponies seized him by the thigh, lifted him
+off his feet, and shook him as a terrier might shake a rat; the
+flesh of the man's thigh was torn away and the bone left bare. This
+dreadful wound caused his death. The occurrence took place in front
+of the church of Binondo in Manila. Bull fights have been an utter
+failure in Manila, although many attempts have been made to establish
+them. Flying kites is a great amusement with young and old in the
+early months of the year, when the N.E. monsoon blows. Fights are
+organised: the competing kites have crescent-shaped pieces of steel
+attached to the tails, and the competitor who can cut the string of
+his opponent's kite by causing his own to swoop suddenly across it,
+is the winner. Betting on the result is common. The Tagals are also
+fond of the theatre, and some years ago there was a Tagal theatre in
+Binondo where comedies in that language were played. I have also met
+strolling players in the country towns.
+
+But of all kinds of shows a good circus is the one that fetches his
+last dollar out of the Tagal. Guiseppe Chiarini reaped a silver harvest
+in Manila on both occasions he pitched his tents there. His advance
+agent, Maya, a Chilian, paved the way for success, and the pompous
+announcement that Chiarini was born in the sacred city of Rome, greatly
+impressed the natives, who flocked in thousands to his circus. Chiarini
+considered himself able to tame the most vicious horse, and purchased
+a fine Manila pony that no one could manage. The beast, however,
+was not subdued by his powers, and, seizing the tamer's cheek, bit
+off a large piece.
+
+On feast days in the larger towns, open-air plays are sometimes
+given, and what with preparations, rehearsals, and performance,
+absorb the attention of a large number of the inhabitants for a
+couple of months. I witnessed a very notable performance of this
+kind some years ago at Balayan in the province of Batangas, the
+characters being played by the sons and daughters of the principal
+people there. The subject was taken from the 'Wars of Grenada.' In
+the first act we saw a Christian king and his court, also his only
+and peerless daughter. After these had had their say, an ambassador
+from the Moslem king was announced, and the king summoned his council
+to consider the communication. He took his seat upon the throne,
+with grey-bearded councillors on each side. The Moslem envoy, and his
+suite and escort, entered on horseback and very unnecessarily galloped
+about and gave an exhibition of their horsemanship. Then the envoy,
+still on horseback, harangued the king, and arrogantly demanded the
+hand of the beauteous princess for his master, threatening war to
+the knife in case of refusal. He then retired to his camp.
+
+Next came the discussion of the demand which the grey-beards think
+it hopeless to resist. The Moslem envoy was sent for, and amid great
+grief the princess was about to be confided to his care, when there
+rushed in a young Christian warrior and his followers, who swore they
+would never allow a Christian princess to wed a Paynim, and dismissed
+the envoy with contumelious remarks. He retired vowing vengeance. All
+this occupied a long time, and I did not remain for the rest. I think
+it took two days to act. But from the volleys of musketry and firing
+of rockets and mortars which I heard, a sanguinary war must have been
+waged and many of the characters must have perished. The play was
+acted in a more spirited way than usual; some of the male performers
+declaimed their parts with energy. Some were mounted on fine ponies,
+and were well got up and armed.
+
+The girls' dresses were rich, and they wore a great deal of
+jewellery. Some of the princesses were very handsome girls. There is a
+sort of a superstition that any girl performing in one of these pieces
+is sure to be married within a year. This makes them very ready to
+undertake a part, as they obtain an excellent opportunity to display
+their charms to advantage, and so help to fulfil the prediction. The
+play was witnessed by the mass of the population of Balayan and by
+numerous visitors from the neighbouring towns. It was considered a
+very successful performance, and it carried my memory over the wide
+Pacific to Peru, where I have seen similar plays acted by the country
+people in the Plaza of Huacho.
+
+
+
+Tagal Literature.
+
+Tagal literature does not amount to very much, and the policy of
+the Government of late years has been to teach Spanish as well as
+the native dialects in the schools. This did not meet the approval
+of the old school of priests; but many of the younger ones have
+accepted the Government view. In the Exhibition of the Philippines,
+Madrid, 1887, Don Vicente Barrantes showed twenty volumes of grammars
+and vocabularies of the Philippine dialects, and thirty-one volumes
+of popular native poetry, besides two volumes of native plays. The
+Reverend Father Raimundo Lozano exhibited twenty-eight volumes of
+religious works in the Visayas-Panayano dialect, and the Reverend
+Father Francisco Valdez a study of the roots of the Ilocan dialect
+in manuscript. Many works in the native dialects have been written by
+the Spanish priests, such as one by the Reverend Father Manuel Blanco,
+the learned author of the 'Flora Filipina,' of which I give the title
+and the first verse:--
+
+
+    Tagaloc verses to assist in     "Manga dalit na Tagalog at
+    dying well.                     pagtulong sa mamaluatay na
+                                    tanang Cristiana."
+
+
+Manila, 1867, VIII., 62 pag 8o.
+
+
+            "Aba bumabasa baquin baga caya
+            Tila camuntima i nata cang bohala."
+
+
+I now give the title of a secular poem in English and Tagal, that
+the reader may compare the words and note the subject:--
+
+
+        Story of the life of the    "Salita at buhay nang
+        beauteous shepherdess       marilang na pastora na si
+        Jacobina, a native of       Jacobina tubo sa Villa
+        Moncada, who became the     Moncada Naguing asáua
+        wife of the King,           nang Policarpio de
+        Policarpio de Villar,       Villar sa cabarian nang
+        in the kingdom of           Dalmacia nagga roon nang
+        Dalmatia, and bore a        isang supligna anac ang
+        son named Villardo.         pangaia i si Villardo."
+
+
+The poem begins--
+
+            "O maamong Ester mananalong Judit
+            Mariang linanag nitong sang daigdig."
+
+
+and concludes--
+
+
+            "Panang nang pupuri ang lahat nang cabig
+            Sa yanang inaguling ang tinamo i sangit."
+
+
+I do not think it is necessary to quote any more, as this gives the
+reader sufficient idea of the language.
+
+There is much that is good in the Tagal, much to like and
+admire. Antonio de Morga, Sinibaldo de Mas, Tomás de Comyn, Paul de la
+Gironière, Jagor, Bowring, Palgrave, Foreman, Stevens, Worcester--all
+have some good to say of him, and with reason. But the piratical
+blood is strong in him yet. He requires restraint and guidance from
+those who have a higher standard for their actions than he has. Left
+to himself he would infallibly relapse into savagery. At the same
+time he will not be governed by brute force, and under oppression
+or contumelious treatment he would abandon the plains, retire to the
+mountains, and lead a predatory life. Although not just himself nor
+truthful, he can recognise and revere truth and justice in a master
+or governor. Courageous himself, only a courageous man can win his
+respect. He is grateful, [25] and whoever can secure his reverence
+and gratitude will have no trouble in leading him.
+
+I have testified to the Tagal's excellence in many handicrafts and
+callings, yet I greatly doubt whether they have the mental and moral
+equipment for any of the professions. I should not like to place my
+affairs in the hands of a Tagal lawyer, to trust my life in the hands
+of a Tagal doctor, nor to purchase an estate on the faith of a Tagal
+surveyor's measurement.
+
+I do not say that they are all untrustworthy, nor that they can never
+become fit for the higher callings, but they are not fit for them
+now, and it will take a long time, and a completely changed system
+of education, before they can become fit.
+
+What they want are examples of a high type of honour and morality that
+they could look up to and strive to imitate. There are such men in
+America. Whether they will be sent to the Philippines is best known
+to Mr. McKinley.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV.
+
+Pampangos (2).
+
+
+The Pampangos are close neighbours of the Tagals. They inhabit the
+rich and fertile province of Pampanga and a large part of that of
+Tarlac. There are also some detached colonies of them in the towns
+of Bataán, Nueva Écija, Pangasinán, and Zambales. The population of
+Pampanga is given in the census of 1876 as 226,000. Allowing one-half
+the population of Tarlac to belong to this race, we have to add
+41,000, and supposing one-tenth the population of Bataán, Nueva Écija,
+and Zambales, to be Pampangos, say 27,000, we get 294,000 as their
+number in 1876. Doubtless they have largely increased since then. The
+Pampangos speak a different language from the Tagals, yet they can
+understand each other to some extent. Many of the better class speak
+both languages. The Pampango does not greatly differ from the Tagal in
+appearance or character, but his environment and his occupations are
+different. He is not so much a sailor, a fisherman, or a mechanic. He
+excels in agriculture, is a good organiser of labour, rides well,
+is a good hunter, and makes a bold and determined soldier. Large
+numbers of this war-like race have fought under the Spanish flag
+against the Mahometan princes of the Moluccas, of Mindanao, and Sulu,
+as also against the British and the Dutch.
+
+
+Pampangos as Cultivators.
+
+The towns of San Fernando, Guágua Bacolor, Mexico, Angeles, Candaba,
+and many others have been built up by Pampanga industry. They contain
+many fine houses, where the European traveller is sure of a hospitable
+reception.
+
+The staple crop of Pampanga is sugar, and I shall explain their
+organisation for its cultivation and manufacture.
+
+In Luzon the land is usually cultivated under an arrangement known
+as Aparceria.
+
+The conditions of Aparceria vary according to the locality, and to
+established custom, since on the land near a town a smaller share is
+given to the cultivator than on land near the forests, where if he
+were not satisfied he might commence to clear land for himself. Also
+the land near the towns is more valuable than that at a distance for
+various reasons.
+
+The following is an example of the terms usual in Pampanga. The
+land-owner provides:
+
+
+    A. Cleared land ready for the plough.
+    B. Sugar-cane points for the first planting.
+    C. Sugar-mill, boiling-pans and the building for same.
+    D. Money advances to keep the cultivator and his family, and for
+       taking off the crop.
+    E. Carts for carrying the cane to the mill.
+
+
+The cultivator, or inquilino, provides:
+
+
+    1. His labour and that of his family for ploughing, planting and
+       cultivating the cane and fencing the plantations.
+    2. The ploughs and implements of husbandry.
+    3. The cattle (water buffaloes) for the above labours and for
+       working the mill if it is a cattle mill.
+
+
+The money advanced to the cultivator by the land-owner is charged 20
+per cent. per annum interest.
+
+For a daily task of 9 pilones from cattle-mills or 10 pilones from
+steam-mills there are employed:
+
+
+    2 Labourers to cut cane      at 25 cents and food    .50 cents.
+    1 Carter                     at 25 cents and food    .25
+    2 Mill attendants            at 25 cents and food    .50
+    Sugar boiler and fireman     at 25 cents and food    .75
+    1 Megass carrier             at 25 cents and food    .25
+                                                       ------
+    Mexican dollars                                     2.25
+
+                                             Or 25 cents per pilon.
+
+
+
+Sugar Crop.
+
+The land-owner pays the men's wages, and the cultivator gives them
+three meals a day and cigars.
+
+The sugar-moulds (pilones) cost about 12½ cents each, and the cost
+is divided between the parties.
+
+In making up the account, 6½ per cent. per annum is charged on the
+value of the land, machinery and building.
+
+The molasses which drains from the sugar belongs to the land-owner.
+
+These pilones are supposed to contain 140 lbs. of sugar when
+filled. They are placed upon a small pot to allow the molasses to drain
+off. When delivered their weight may be from 112 to 120 lbs. according
+to the time they have been draining. This sugar polarises about 80
+per cent. according to circumstances and requires to be treated at
+the farderias in Manila to bring it up to an even sample before it
+is exported. The sugar loaves are cut up, sorted, crushed, mixed
+with other sugars, sun-dried, and a certain quantity of sand added
+before being put into bags for export as Manila Sugar, usually No. 7
+or No. 9 Dutch standard. It will be seen from the above figures how
+moderate the expenses are. Of course each land-owner has a number of
+cultivators, and often a number of mills.
+
+Notwithstanding the low price of sugar which has prevailed for many
+years, the provinces of Pampanga has made money out of it as the
+handsome houses of the land-owners in all their towns testify.
+
+The sugar crop in Pampanga has never quite reached a million pilones,
+but has exceeded nine hundred thousand, say from fifty to sixty
+thousand English tons. The cane is crushed in small steam or cattle
+mills having three horizontal rollers.
+
+These mills are mostly made in Glasgow and have now in Pampanga
+entirely superseded the Chinese mills with vertical rollers of granite
+or the native mills with vertical rollers of hard wood. [26]
+
+In former years I pointed out, in a report written for General
+Jovellar, what a great advantage it would be to Pampanga if the
+planters would abandon the use of pilones and make sugar suitable
+for direct export and so obviate the manipulation in the farderias
+at Manila.
+
+They could make a sugar similar to that produced in Negros and known
+as Ilo-ilo.
+
+Now that the Philippines have passed into the hands of the United
+States, I do not doubt that central sugar factories will be established
+and will turn out centrifugal sugars polarizing 96 per cent. similar
+to the Cuban sugar.
+
+
+
+Pampangos as Fishermen.
+
+There are some Pampanga fishermen on the River Betis, at San José,
+and amongst the labyrinth of creeks and mangrove swamps forming the
+north-western shores of Manila Bay.
+
+Their avocation is not destitute of danger, for these swamps are
+the home of the alligator. [27] Although they are not as large as
+some I have seen in the River Paraguay or on the River Dáule, in
+Ecuador, they are quite large enough to seize a horse or a man. I
+was once visiting Fr. Enrique Garcia, the parish priest of Macabébe,
+when a native woman came in and presented him with a dollar to say
+a Mass in thanksgiving for the escape of her husband from death that
+morning. She told us that he was pushing a shrimp-net in shallow water
+when the buaya seized him by the shoulder. The fisherman, however,
+called upon his patron saint, and putting out his utmost strength,
+with the aid of Saint Peter, succeeded in extricating himself from
+the reptile's jaws and in beating him off. His shoulder, however,
+was badly lacerated by the alligator's teeth. It was lucky for him
+that he was in shallow water, for the alligator usually holds its
+prey under water and drowns it.
+
+The Pampangos also fish on the Rio Grande, the Rio Chico, and in the
+Pinag de Candaba. This latter is an extensive swampy plain, partly
+under cultivation in the dry season, partly laid out as fish-ponds.
+
+The Nipa palm grows in abundance in the delta of the Bétis, and
+small colonies of half-savage people are settled on dry spots amongst
+these swamps engaged in collecting the juice or the leaves of this
+tree. The stems are punctured and the juice runs into small vessels
+made of cane. It is collected daily, poured into jars and carried in
+small canoes to the distillery where it is fermented and distilled.
+
+The distilleries are constructed in a very primitive manner, and are
+worked by Chinese or Chinese half-breeds.
+
+The produce is called Vino de Nipa, and is retailed in the native
+stalls and restaurants.
+
+The leaves are doubled and sewn with rattan strips upon a small piece
+of bamboo, they are taken to market upon a platform laid across the
+gunwales of two canoes. This arrangement is called bangcas mancornadas,
+canoes yoked together. The nipa is sold by the thousand, and serves to
+thatch the native houses anywhere, except in certain parts of Manila
+and other towns where its use is forbidden on account of the great
+danger of its taking fire.
+
+From circumstances that have come under my own observation, I believe
+it to be a fact that when trade in nipa thatch is dull, the canoe-men
+set fire to the native houses in the suburbs of Manila to make a
+market. I have noticed more than once that houses have commenced to
+burn from the upper part of the thatched roof where they could not
+have caught fire accidentally. The Province of Pampanga extends to
+the westward, as far as the crests of the Zambales mountains, and the
+Cordillera of Mabanga is included within its boundaries. There is but
+little cultivated land beyond the town of Porac to the westward. Here
+the Pampangos trade with the Negritos, who inhabit the Zambales range,
+getting from them jungle produce in exchange for rice, tobacco, sugar,
+and other articles. Occasionally the Negritos steal cattle from
+the Pampangos or at times murder one of them if a good opportunity
+presents itself.
+
+
+
+Pampangos as Hunters.
+
+The natives of this part of the province are good wood-men and hunters.
+
+In addition to taking game by nets and ambuscade, some of them hunt
+the deer on ponies which are trained to run at full speed after the
+game, up or down hill, and to get near enough for the rider to throw
+or use his lance.
+
+Being at Porac in 1879 with the late Major Deare, 74th Highlanders
+(now 2nd Batt. Highland Light Infantry), an enthusiastic sportsman,
+we saw two men who had practised this sport for years, and were told
+that their arms, ribs, legs and collar-bones had been broken over and
+over again. We saw them gallop down a rocky and precipitous descent
+after a deer at full speed.
+
+We could only wonder that they were alive if that was a sample of
+their hunting. Their saddles were fitted with strong martingales and
+cruppers and with triple girths so that they could not shift. The
+saddles themselves were of the usual native pattern, like miniature
+Mexicans. The men were light weights.
+
+N.B.--If any reader of this contemplates travelling in the
+Philippines, let him take a saddle with him. It should be as small
+as he could comfortably use, and light. The ponies are from twelve
+to thirteen hands high, but are remarkably strong and clever. I know
+from experience that a good one will carry fourteen stone over rough
+ground with safety.
+
+
+
+Tulisanes.
+
+Pampanga has produced some notable bandits or Tulisanes who have given
+the Spaniards much trouble. Of late years there has been a diminution
+in the number of crimes of violence, due in a great measure to the
+establishment of the Guardia Civil by General Gándara in 1867.
+
+I once built a nipa house on the banks of the Rio Grande, near
+Macabébe, and resided there for several months, carrying on some
+works. I was new to the country and ignorant of the customs of
+the people.
+
+There were no other Europeans in the vicinity, except the priests.
+
+I took care to treat all my native neighbours with strict justice,
+neither infringing their rights, nor allowing them to impose on me.
+
+There came to stay with me Mr. A. B. Whyte, then an employé, now a
+partner in one of the leading British firms in Manila, who frequently
+had ten thousand dollars in gold in his safe, and similar sums were
+remitted to him from Manila at different times for the purchase
+of sugar.
+
+One day we received a visit from an officer of the Civil Guard who came
+to warn us that we were in danger of an attack, that his post was too
+far off for him to protect us, and that the locality bore a very bad
+name for crimes of violence. We thanked him for his visit and warning,
+entertained him to lunch, and informed him that we intended to remain,
+after which he returned to his post at Apalit. On making inquiry we
+found that some of our immediate neighbours were well-known bandits,
+but were thought to have retired from business. However, they never
+attacked us, and probably prevented any other Tulisanes from doing so
+lest they should get the blame. But had I encroached on their land or
+treated them contemptuously, or had I allowed them to impose upon me,
+I do not doubt we should have been attacked and to say the least we
+might have found ourselves in a tight place.
+
+A nipa house is no place to defend, for it can be burnt in a few
+minutes in the dry season, and a spear can be pushed through the sides,
+or up through the floor with ease.
+
+In cases like this one cannot entirely depend upon the assistance
+of native servants, for they have sometimes joined with criminals to
+rob or murder their master.
+
+There is a curious custom amongst bandits to invite an outsider to
+join them in a particular enterprise, and it is considered mean and as
+denoting a want of courage to refuse, even when a servant is invited
+to help rob or kill his master. Moreover, there is much danger in
+refusing to join the bandits, for it will give dire offence to them and
+perhaps have fatal consequences. This invitation is called a Convite
+[see Chap. V.].
+
+The hereditary taint of piracy in the Malay blood, and the low
+moral standard prevailing in the Archipelago, as well as fear of the
+consequences of a refusal, render it more difficult than a stranger
+can realise for a native servant to resist such a temptation.
+
+
+
+Pampanga Women.
+
+The women in Pampanga are smart in appearance, clever in business,
+and good at a bargain, whether buying or selling. The men are well
+aware of this and when selling their produce or buying a sugar-mill,
+they like to have the assistance of their wives, who are always the
+hardest customers to deal with.
+
+They are excellent sempstresses and good at embroidery. In some
+villages they make very durable silk handkerchiefs with coloured
+borders of blue, red or purple. Straw hats, mats, salacots, cigar
+and cigarette cases are also made by them.
+
+Their houses are kept clean, and the larger ones are well-suited for
+entertainments, as the sala and caida are very spacious, and have
+polished floors of narra, or some other hard close-grained wood very
+pleasant to dance on.
+
+A ball at a big Pampanga house is a sight that will be
+remembered. Capitan Joaquin Arnédo Cruz of Sulípan, on the Rio Grande,
+a wealthy native sugar-planter, used to assemble in his fine house the
+principal people of the neighbourhood to meet royal or distinguished
+guests. One of his daughters is married to a distinguished lawyer,
+my friend Don Felipe Buencamino, author of the remarkable State
+paper addressed to the United States Senate, and published in the
+Congressional Record of January 9th, 1900, pp. 752-53-54. Capitan
+Joaquin possessed a magnificent porcelain table-service of two hundred
+pieces, specially made and marked with his monogram, sent him by a
+prince who had enjoyed his hospitality.
+
+He gave a ball for the Grand Duke Alexis of Russia, who afterwards
+declared that the room presented one of the most brilliant sights he
+had ever seen.
+
+This from a son of an Emperor might seem an exaggeration, but brilliant
+is the only word that can describe the effect produced on the spectator
+by the bright costumes and sparkling jewellery of the women.
+
+Their dress seems to exercise a fascination upon Europeans which the
+costume of any other eastern country fails to do.
+
+Monsieur Paul de la Gironière, in his charming book, 'Vingt Ans aux
+Philippines,' says, about the Mestiza dress: "Nothing so charming,
+so coquet, so provocative as this costume which excites to the highest
+point the admiration of all strangers."
+
+He goes on to say that the women are well aware of this, and that on
+no account would they make a change. I will add my opinion that they
+are quite right, and may they ever stick to the saya, the báro, and
+the tapis under the Stars and Stripes, may they ever be as natural,
+as handsome and as prosperous as when the writer dwelt amongst them
+on the banks of the Rio Grande under the paternal rule of Alcalde
+Mayor Don José Fécéd y Temprado.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVI.
+
+Zambales (3).
+
+
+The Zambales are a small and unimportant tribe of the Malay race, with
+some admixture of Negrito blood. They inhabit part of the province of
+Zambales from the River Nája down to South Felipe, a coast village
+in 15° N. latitude, and in their mountains there roam a good many
+Negritos. The Zambales are subjugated and converted to Christianity,
+but some still maintain a partial independence amongst the mountains,
+paying, however, the "Reconocimentio de Vassallaje." At the time of
+the conquest, these people were famous head-hunters, and otherwise
+manifested a bloodthirsty disposition. They lived in villages of
+thirty to forty families, quite independent of each other, and their
+chiefs possessed but little influence. When one of a family died the
+surviving male relatives put on a black head-cloth or turban, which
+they durst not remove until one of them had killed some one else so
+as to satisfy the death vengeance. A murder could be atoned for by a
+payment in gold or in goods, or a slave or Negrito might be delivered
+up to be sacrificed to the manes of the departed. It was customary
+amongst them to take with them to their feasts the heads or skulls
+they possessed. The heads were placed on poles and ceremonial dances
+were performed around them. They also emulated the Vikings by making
+drinking cups out of their enemies' skulls.
+
+Their religion was similar to that of the Tagals. Their principal god
+was called Malayari, but he had under him two deputy gods, Acasi and
+Manglobag, and a large number of inferior gods. Their chief priest
+was called Bayoc, and exercised great influence amongst them. They
+celebrated baptism with the blood of a pig. Amongst them, as in
+Borneo and with many tribes of Malays who are not Mahometans, the
+pig is considered as the most acceptable sacrifice to the gods. For
+particulars about this I refer the reader to 'Life in the Forests of
+the Far East,' by Spenser St. John.
+
+Now, at last, they have been brought into the Christian fold,
+though, perhaps, amongst the pine-clad mountains, heathen customs
+maintain their hold upon the wild hillmen. These latter trade with
+their Christian and partly-civilised brethren, bringing them jungle
+produce, tobacco, and the small bezoar stones, so highly prized
+by the Chinese, in return for articles they require. The Zambales
+raise some rice and a little sugar. Their trade is inconsiderable,
+their exports being limited to Sapan wood, jungle produce, timber,
+fire-wood, and charcoal, all of which is shipped to Manila, where it
+finds a ready sale. The total population of this province was 94,551
+in 1876, but only a portion of these were Zambales.
+
+
+
+Pangasinanes (4).
+
+The Pangasinanes inhabit the north-western part of the province of
+Pangasinan, and the northern part of the province of Zambales from
+the River Naja, which runs into the Bay of Bazol, round Cape Bolinao
+to Sual, including the Island of Cabarruyan and Santiago. But the
+southern and eastern part of their province is partly inhabited by
+Pampangos and Ilocanos.
+
+On the other hand, there are some Pangasinanes scattered about the
+northern part of Nueva Écija amongst Tagals and Ilocanos, and there
+are a few as colonists in Benguet.
+
+In former times the Pangasinanes occupied a wider extent of
+country. When Juan Salcedo arrived he found them occupying the southern
+part of La Union; but they have been and are still being pushed back
+by the more hard working and energetic Ilocanos.
+
+As the limits of their province do not correspond to the ethnographical
+boundaries, it is not easy to estimate their numbers. I think there
+may be about 300,000 of them.
+
+The Pangasinanes were subjugated by the Spaniards in 1572, and in
+1576 they were all Christians. Their manners and customs are similar
+to those of the Pampangos and Tagals, but they have a rougher and
+more uncouth appearance. Their chief occupation is cultivating rice,
+and whenever this is the case the people are poor and little advanced
+in civilisation. It is the lowest kind of agriculture any people
+can follow. The first sign of prosperity in an eastern people is
+given when they begin to import rice, as it shows that they have
+a more remunerative occupation to follow than cultivating it for
+themselves. Thus the Cagayanes who grow tobacco, the Pampangos who
+grow sugar, and the Vicols of Albay and neighbouring islands who grow
+hemp, all import rice.
+
+Mr. J. W. Jamieson, the Acting British Consul at Sumao, in a report on
+the trade of Yunnan, issued the 7th of December, 1898, says: "Apart
+from minerals, the province possesses a few other resources and the
+inhabitants are lazy and unenterprising to a degree. So long as they
+can grow enough rice to feed themselves and procure enough cotton to
+make the few articles of clothing necessary in this equable climate,
+they are content."
+
+I am glad to find this confirmation of my views in this
+matter. Mr. Jamieson's remarks apply to all the rice-growers I
+have seen.
+
+The rice is raised in the delta of the Agno and about that
+river. Formerly, the Pangasinanes not only sent rice to Manila,
+but exported it to China, Siam, and Annan.
+
+For this trade they built their own vessels at Lingayen, and in the
+flourishing period, some twenty-five years ago, their shipwrights used
+to turn out eight or ten schooners in a year, vessels able to carry
+300 to 400 tons dead weight. Since the introduction of steamers into
+the coasting trade, the construction of sailing vessels has greatly
+diminished. Still, they turn out two or three a year.
+
+In some parts of the province they make sugar, but it will not compare
+in quality with that made in Pampanga. It has a smaller grain and a
+paler colour, but less sweetening power. The average of thirty samples,
+taken as the sugar was ladled out of the tacho, was--
+
+
+            Crystallizable sugar        70.40 per cent.
+            Uncrystallizable            13.00
+            Ash                          1.97
+
+
+It is drained in pilones, or earthenware moulds; but, unlike the
+Pampanga custom, the moulds are not delivered with the sugar, but
+the leaf is wrapped in the dried sheaths of the palm, tied about
+with split rattan. Most of the sugar is sent by sea to Manila and
+exported to China for direct consumption in one of the provinces
+where it finds a ready sale.
+
+Indigo was formerly cultivated here and exported, and at one time
+a good deal of Sapan wood was also exported, but the trade in these
+articles has almost ceased.
+
+Amongst the industries of Pangasinan may be mentioned the manufacture
+of hats, hundreds of thousands of which were made at Calasiao from
+grass or nito, and sent to Boston or New York. There are also at
+Calasiao, and in some other towns, blacksmiths who forge excellent
+bolos or wood-knives from the iron-bands taken off bales of cotton
+cloth or sacking.
+
+Carromatas, the two-wheeled vehicles of the country, are constructed
+in Lingayen and Dagupan, and are said to be very well made.
+
+I may mention here that the ponies raised in these provinces are
+inferior to the Ilocanos or even the Albay breed.
+
+The sands of the River Agno near Rosales, and of the streams coming
+down from Mount Lagsig, are washed for gold, principally by women
+who obtain but a meagre return.
+
+The civilisation of the Pangasinanes is only skin-deep, and one of
+their characteristics is a decided propensity to remontar, that is,
+to abandon their towns or villages and take to the mountains, out of
+reach of all authority. There are some great land-owners in Pangasinan;
+one of them, Don Rafael Sison, owns an estate that stretches from
+Calasiao and Santa Barbara to Urdaneta.
+
+
+
+Ilocanos (5).
+
+This hard-working and industrious race occupies the northern and
+western shores of Luzon, from Point Lacatacay on the 121st meridian,
+east from Greenwich, to San Fabian, on the Gulf of Lingayen. This
+includes the three provinces of Ilocos Norte, Ilocos Sur, and La
+Union. The Ilocanos have also pushed into the north-eastern part of
+Pangasinan, where they occupy seven towns, and they inhabit the town
+of Alcalá in the province of Cagayan, several villages in Benguet,
+parts of the towns of Capas and O'Donnell in the provinces of Tarlac,
+and some towns in Zambales and Nueva Écija. They are all civilised
+and have been Christians for three centuries. Amongst them dwell many
+converted Tinguianes and Igorrotes, who speak the Ilocan dialect.
+
+Blumentritt attributes the energy and activity of the Ilocanos to an
+admixture, even though it be small, of these brave and hardy races. In
+dress and appearance they are similar to the Tagals, and like them
+carry the indispensable bolo. They cultivate tobacco, cotton, rice,
+maize, indigo, sugar-cane, and a little cacao and coffee. They also
+grow the pita (Agave Americana), which gives the fibre for the nipis
+textiles, ajonjoli (Sesamum indicum, L.), from which they extract oil,
+which is used in medicine and for the hair, and they even grow some
+wheat. They extract a black resin from the Antong (Canarum Pimela),
+which is used as incense or for making torches; another resin from
+the Bangad, which is used as a varnish, another from the Cajel (Citrus
+Aurantium), and many others used either in medicine, for torches, for
+varnishing, or for paying the seams of wooden vessels. They get gum
+from the Balete (Ficus Urostigma), and from the Lucban, or orange tree
+(Citrus decumana, L.), oil from the Palomaria (Calophyllum inophyllum,
+L.), and from a large number of other trees, some only known by the
+native name, and the use of which is uncertain. They obtain dyes
+from many trees growing wild in the forests, amongst others from the
+Tabungao (Jatropha Curcas, L.), the Lomboy (Eugenia Lambolana, Lam.),
+the sibucao (Coesalpinia Sappan, L.). Their cultivation of indigo is
+declining, partly because the demand has diminished in consequence of
+the introduction of chemical substitutes, and also because the Chinese,
+into whose hands the whole produce of these provinces found its way,
+adulterated it so abominably as to discredit it altogether. Yet so
+great is the facility of Ilocan territory for growing indigo, that
+Gregorio Sy Quia of Vigan exhibited in Madrid in 1887 no less than
+seventy-five different kinds of indigo, and seventy-five different
+seeds corresponding to the samples. At the same exhibition, no less
+than twenty-four different kinds of rice were exhibited from Ilocos,
+and this by no means exhausts the list. Every kind has a distinctive
+name. The textile industry flourishes amongst these industrious
+people. The Local Committee of Namagpacan, in the province of La
+Union, sent to Madrid for the above-mentioned exhibition, no less
+than 145 different textiles, whilst other towns sent looms and other
+implements. Amongst the articles woven are quilts, cotton blankets
+(the celebrated Mantos de Ilocos), napkins and towels, and a great
+variety of material for coats, trousers, women's dresses and other
+uses. Guingon (called by sailors dungaree), a blue stuff for clothing,
+costs from $0.50 to $0.31, 2s. 8d. per vara (2 feet 9 inches),
+a mixture of cotton and silk, for men's wear, $1.25 per vara, silk
+handkerchiefs $0.25 each.
+
+The Ilocans also make nets for fish, and for deer and pigs; baskets
+of all sorts, salacots or hats.
+
+They grow two kinds of cotton for textiles, the white and the
+Coyote. Another kind, a tree cotton from the Boboy (Eriodendron
+anfractuosum, D.C.), is only used for stuffing pillows. They extract
+oil from the seeds of all three kinds.
+
+Like the other civilized natives they live principally on rice and
+fish, which they capture in large quantities. Blumentritt mentions
+two kinds, the "Ipon" and the "Dolon," which they salt or pickle.
+
+They have fine cattle, which they sell to the Igorrotes. It will
+be noted that the Tinguianes, on the other hand, sell cattle to
+the Ilocanos. The ponies of Ilocos are highly valued in Manila,
+where there is a great demand for them. They are smaller than the
+ponies of other provinces, but are very hardy and spirited, and
+go at a great pace. Tulisanes formerly infested these provinces
+and found a ready refuge in the mountains, when pursued by the
+cuadrilleros, or village constables, who were only armed with bolos,
+lances, and a few old muskets. But the creation of the Civil Guard,
+formed of picked officers and men, who were armed with Remingtons and
+revolvers, and whose orders were, "Do not hesitate to shoot," made this
+business very dangerous, and the three provinces suffer little from
+brigandage. When Juan Salcedo conquered the Ilocos, he found a caste
+of nobles amongst them who possessed all the riches of the country,
+and treated the cailanes, or serfs, with great rigour. Their tyranny
+caused several bloody rebellions, and although at present matters in
+this respect have improved, there is still room for complaint that
+the people who do the work do not get a fair remuneration for it,
+the rich man always endeavouring to keep the poor man in permanent
+indebtedness. In consequence of this, the Ilocanos are ever ready to
+emigrate, and besides the places I have mentioned, there are thousands
+of them in Manila and other parts of the islands. They easily obtain
+employment either as servants, cultivators, or labourers, for they are
+superior in stamina to most of the civilised races, and in industry
+superior to them all.
+
+I have no doubt that there is a great future before this hardy,
+enterprising, and industrious people.
+
+
+
+Ibanags or Cagayanes (6).
+
+The Ibanags inhabit the Babuyanes and Batanes Islands and the northern
+coast of Luzon, from Point Lacaytacay to Punta Escarpada, and all
+the country comprised between the Rio Grande and the summits of the
+Sierra Madre as far south as Balasig.
+
+They also hold the left bank of the river from the sea, right up to the
+confluence of the River Magat for an average width of some five miles.
+
+They are said to be the finest race and the most valiant men in the
+islands, and to have manfully resisted the Spaniards.
+
+However, they were conquered and converted to Christianity. From the
+year 1781 they have been subjected to the worst form of slavery, the
+forced cultivation of tobacco. The detestable abuses brought into this
+system by the unblushing rascality of the agents of the treasury,
+became, finally, so glaring, and the condition of the Ibanags so
+dreadful, that, in 1882, the Governor-General, Moriones (see Chapter
+"Spanish Government"), forced the hand of Cánovas and the royal family,
+who desired to sell the monopoly, and this horrible slavery ceased,
+having lasted over a century, going from bad to worse.
+
+Since that date the condition of the Ibanags has greatly improved; they
+have continued the cultivation of tobacco, and private enterprise has
+done much to introduce the finest seed and to improve the cultivation
+and preparatory operations. The "Compañia Tabacalera de Filipinas,"
+a Franco-Catalan enterprise, has established the Haciendas of San
+Antonio, San Rafael, and Santa Isabel, in the district of Isabela.
+
+They have built large warehouses in Tumaúini and have agents in all
+the principal towns.
+
+On the river they have a stern-wheel steamer, the Antonio Lopez,
+and a number of steel-lighters for carrying down tobacco.
+
+The tobacco is ready for transport in December and January. It is sent
+down the river to Aparri, from whence it is shipped to Manila. In a
+normal dry season (February to August), the river is navigable for
+steamers of two feet draught up to Alcalá, the trade of which town
+is not important; but that of Tuguegárao is so, and up to that point
+the current is not strong.
+
+Amongst the Ibanags the distinction of noble and plebeian has been
+as strongly marked as amongst the Tagals, Pampangos, and Ilocanos,
+and the intense cupidity of the nobles, or rather usurers, which name
+better describes them, has led to many bloody outbreaks on the part
+of the oppressed and enslaved debtors.
+
+The government has steadily encouraged the Ilocanos and others to
+settle in Cagayan and plant tobacco, giving them free passages and
+advances of money in the days of the monopoly.
+
+On the other hand, the discontent of the Ibanags has led them
+to migrate to other provinces when possible, for the authorities
+prevented them from doing so by force when they could. They especially
+endeavoured to get to Manila, and I remember many years ago the
+arrival of a starving and ragged band, who had tramped all the way
+from Isabela to Manila to escape from their cruel task-masters.
+
+However, things are better with them now, and I hope means will be
+found under the Stars and Stripes to introduce a better system of
+finance, and to curb the greed of the usurer, either by legislation
+or by competition on a fair and humane basis. The Ibanag language is
+spreading greatly amongst the hill-tribes around them as a commercial
+language, just as Ilocano is spreading on the West Coast.
+
+Under American influence an immense development of the provinces
+of Cagayan and Isabela may be expected in the near future, and the
+Ibanags will doubtless benefit by this.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVII.
+
+Igorrotes (7).
+
+
+This is an important, and to me, the most interesting of the
+independent or partly subdued races of the Philippines. They are a
+fine, hardy, industrious, and warlike race, well worth a great and
+patient effort to bring them within the pale of Christianity, and
+to advance the civilisation they have already attained. They are of
+a dark bronze colour, with straight black and abundant hair, large
+dark eyes set rather obliquely as amongst Chinese. Their faces are
+broad with high cheek-bones, the nose aquiline and the head large. The
+features in general have a Mongolian cast, and a certain nasal twang
+in their speech resembles that of the Southern Chinese. The men have
+capacious chests, showing good lung-power, their muscles well developed
+indicating great strength and ability to resist fatigue. The women
+have also well-marked figures and rounded limbs. The fashions vary
+with different tribes, but it is common to find both sexes wearing
+their hair cut in a fringe over the forehead, but reaching down to
+the eyebrows, long enough at the sides to cover the ears, left long
+at the back of the head, where it is gathered up into a knot.
+
+The Igorrotes of Lepanto wear beards, some of them are as thick
+as a Spaniard's, but the tribes farther South pull out, not only
+their beards, but all the hair on their bodies, except that of the
+head. Their dress varies from a mere apron (Bahaque) when at work in
+the fields, to an ornamental jacket very smartly cut and elaborate
+sword-belt when at war or on any full-dress occasion. These jackets are
+very handsome and have stripes of blue, crimson and white. They wear
+a variety of head-dresses, turban, Salacot or a kind of cocked-hat
+and feathers. Both men and women wear cloaks or plaids of bright
+colours made of cotton. Although the word Igorrote has come to be
+almost a generic name for the heathen Highlanders of North Luzon,
+it is here limited to those who dwell on the Western part of the
+Cordillera Central, comprising the whole of the districts of Benguet
+and Lepanto, part of Bontoc and parts of the Provinces of La Union
+and Ilocos Sur. The sub-tribes Buriks and Busaos are included.
+
+Tattooing is very general amongst them. In some districts you can
+hardly find a man or woman who has not a figure of the sun tattooed in
+blue on the back of the hand, for in Central Benguet they worship the
+sun. Some of them tattoo the breast and arms in patterns of straight
+and curved lines pricked in with a needle in indigo blue. The Busao
+Igorrotes, who live in the North of Lepanto, tattoo flowers on their
+arms, and in war-dress wear a cylindrical shako made of wood or plaited
+rattan, and large copper pendants in their ears. These people do not
+use the Talibon, and prefer the spear. The Burik Igorrotes tattoo
+the body in a curious manner, giving them the appearance of wearing
+a coat of mail. But this custom is probably now becoming obsolete,
+for at least those of the Igorrotes who live near the Christian
+natives are gradually adopting their dress and customs.
+
+White is the colour of mourning, as amongst the Moros of Mindanao and
+Sulu. Both sexes are fond of personal ornaments, such as ear-rings,
+collars, arm-rings, bangles, leg-rings and belts. Collars of
+crocodiles' teeth are highly esteemed. In the long list of their
+manufactures I shall enumerate their ornaments. Their arms are the
+talibon, a short double-edged sword; the gayang, a javelin or assegai;
+and the aligua, a light axe, having a spike at the back opposite to
+the cutting edge. After throwing their javelins, they rush on with
+their drawn swords, holding their shield, called a calata, on the
+left arm. This is made of light wood and is long and narrow. With the
+exception of the shape of the shield their equipment is much like
+that of the Roman Legionaries twenty centuries since. The aligua
+appears to be used, not as a fighting weapon, but to decapitate
+their fallen enemies and as a means of carrying the head home on a
+spike. Great rejoicings, with feasts and dances, were held after a
+successful skirmish, and large quantities of liquor consumed. But the
+constant pressure of the Spanish authority has in a great measure
+stopped these petty wars. They make a kind of beer called Basi by
+fermenting cane-juice, and another liquor, something like the chicha
+of the Peruvian Coast Indians, from rice. This latter is called
+bundang. They are great smokers, and make their own pipes of various
+materials. They appear not to have universally adopted the Malay
+custom of chewing buyo. There is a settlement of Christian Igorrotes
+on the coast of Ilocos Sur, close to the boundary of La Union,
+which has been established many years. But in general the Igorrotes
+have steadily refused to embrace Christianity, and evidently do not
+want to go to the same heaven as the Spaniards. The behaviour of the
+troops led against them in 1881 by General Primo de Rivera doubtless
+confirmed them in this repugnance. The expedition did not do much in
+the way of fighting, Remingtons and mountain-guns failed to subdue
+the bold mountaineers armed only with javelin and sword. The Spanish
+officers and men, however, are reported to have abominably mishandled
+the Igorrote women. For this ravishing foray the late King Alfonso
+XII. bestowed the title of Vizconde de la Union upon Primo de Rivera,
+and showered promotions and crosses upon his staff.
+
+The Igorrotes live in villages with a population of three or four
+hundred souls. There is a chief to each, but the villages are
+not organised into states, each being independent. The chief is
+supposed to be chosen from the families called Mainguel, who have
+distinguished themselves in war. As a matter of fact, the richest
+man usually becomes chief. The wealthy families vie with each other
+in the grand feasts which they give to all comers. The noble and
+the illustrious guests are personally invited to these feasts, but
+the common people assemble at beat of drum. The chief presides at the
+meeting of the Bacuanes or nobles in whom are vested the village lands,
+and who direct its affairs.
+
+The common people are in a kind of bondage to the nobles, and
+cultivate their lands for them. In Lepanto they are called cailianes
+as in Ilocos. Their houses are square, and similar to those of
+the other natives in the outlying districts, being raised on posts
+above the ground-level. A framework of bamboos is supported on four
+trunks of trees, the roof is thatched with cogon (elephant grass)
+and the sides are closed in by canes, bamboos or pine planks. Each
+house stands in an enclosure of its own, strongly fenced with rough
+stones or posts. They are far inferior to the Christian natives
+in the arrangement of their houses. Instead of having a separate
+kitchen on a pantalan or raised platform, the fire is made in the
+centre of the house, and the smoke finds its way out through a hole
+in the roof. The rafters and inside of the thatch is blackened by
+the soot. They make no windows to their houses and only a small door,
+the ladder to which is drawn up when they retire to rest. They are not
+clean in their persons, and neglect to wash their clothes, or clean
+the interiors of their houses. They thus compare very unfavourably
+with the Tagals as regards cleanliness, although, as we shall see,
+in some other respects they are greatly above them. Each village has
+its Town Hall, which they call the Balta-oa. This is where the Town
+Council assembles to settle the affairs of the community, to hear
+requests for divorces, and to administer the law to offenders. Public
+festivities also take place here.
+
+They are monogamous, and have the highest respect for the holiness
+of the marriage tie. It is not absolutely indissoluble, but can be
+dissolved by the village council on serious grounds; but apparently
+divorce is systematically discouraged, and the sacredness of marriage
+is upheld. In former times adulteresses were punished by beheading,
+but more lenient views now prevail, and a good whipping is considered
+sufficient to meet the case. Generally death only dissolves the tie,
+and even then only partially, as re-marriage is difficult; for it is
+not proper for the widow to marry again without the consent of her
+late husband's family, which may not easily be obtained, and if she
+contracts new ties, the children of her first marriage are removed from
+her control. On the other hand, Igorrote respectability requires that
+a widower should entirely neglect his toilet and commune silently with
+his grief for several years before taking to himself a new wife. Like
+most heathen, they show the greatest respect and affection for their
+parents, and cherish them to their life's end.
+
+In sharp contrast with the license accorded to young girls by the
+Tagals and Visayas, the Igorrotes carefully guard the chastity of their
+daughters, and do not allow them to go about without a chaperon. The
+father even often accompanies them on their excursions. When they
+arrive at the age of puberty, the boys and girls are separated.
+
+In each village there are two special buildings not too near each
+other. In one of these the girls sleep under the watchful guard of
+a duenna, who looks after their morals, and in the other the youths
+under the care of an elder. The youth caught violating the sanctity of
+the damsels' dormitory, or the maiden who is detected in an intrigue,
+or shows signs of maternity, may expect a severe correction. They do
+not seem to raise as many difficulties about the marriage of their
+daughters as the Tagals do, and they do not make it a matter of a
+mercenary bargain. When a youth takes a fancy to a marriageable maiden
+of his own degree, he applies through his parents to the father of the
+girl, and if he and his daughter look with favour on the proposal,
+the young man is admitted to cohabit with the damsel. But if within
+a certain period the girl does not show signs of succession, the
+would-be bridegroom is sent about his business. On the other hand,
+if pregnancy is announced, the wedding takes place with all possible
+ceremony, including an invocation of the Anitos or ancestral gods,
+feasts and dances, which last eight or nine days, but the young couple
+are excused from attendance. The Igorrotes, in fact, openly recognise
+a custom which is practised to a great extent in the agricultural
+districts of England and Scotland, with this difference, that the
+Christian youth in the latter countries often evades the marriage,
+while the heathen Igorrote carries out his engagement. I think,
+on the whole, the heathen comes out best.
+
+Although so desirous of offspring, they like to have them come one
+at a time, and they consider it to be an evil omen when one of their
+women brings forth twins. In such a case the last born is handed over
+to whoever desires to adopt it. This is held to avert the omen and
+straighten things out again.
+
+Of late years the establishment of forts with the Tagal or Visayas
+garrisons in the Igorrote territory, and closer contact with Christians
+generally, have tended to demoralise the heathen, and, above all,
+to lower somewhat their lofty ideal of chastity.
+
+Amongst the Igorrotes of Lepanto, and those farthest removed from
+Spanish influence, when a man of position dies, a notification is
+sent to all his blood-relations, even though they reside at a great
+distance, and the corpse is not buried until they have all arrived
+and have each taken the dead man's hand in theirs, inquiring of him
+tenderly why he has abandoned his family. All this time a great feast
+is going on outside the house, vast quantities of rice and meat are
+provided and consumed, and an unlimited allowance of beer drunk by
+the guests. The expense is often out of all proportion to the means
+of the family and perhaps involves them in debt for years.
+
+In the Igorrote territory under Spanish influence this extravagance
+and delay of burial is discouraged. Some of the Igorrotes dry their
+dead over a fire in a similar way to the Tinguianes. The dead are
+buried in a sitting posture, after the manner of the Peruvian Indians,
+but enclosed in coffins, which are placed in any small cave or cleft
+in the rocks, enlarged by hand if necessary. The Igorrotes believe
+in a Supreme Being, the creator and preserver; he is called Apo in
+Benguet, and Lu-ma-oig in Lepanto. The wife of Apo is called Bangan,
+the daughter Bugan and the son Ubban. There are two inferior gods,
+Cabigat and Suyan, these deities hold intercourse with mankind
+through the Anitos or ancestral spirits, some good, some evil,
+who reward or chastise mankind in this life. They represent these
+spirits by roughly-carved idols of wood. Some of these idols are
+male and others female. Occasionally the carving is of an obscene
+nature, and similar to some clay images I have seen taken from tombs
+in Peru. They practise family prayer, and the object of it is to
+solicit the favour of the Anitos. Sometimes the will of the Anitos
+is declared through an old priestess called an Asitera, who receives
+a fee for her pains. The ancestral spirits are more worshipped than
+the gods. Poultry, swine, and dogs, may not be slaughtered except in
+a sacrificial manner. There is a priest in every village called the
+Manbunung who first consecrates the animal to the Anitos, and then
+kills it and returns it to the owner, reserving, however, the best
+piece for himself. In company with his first-born son he takes the
+lead at prayer-meetings, or on special occasions, such as illness,
+marriage, the commencing some important work, or averting some evil
+omen. This man makes some pretence at healing the sick, but rather
+with charms and incantations than by administering medicine. There
+is a sacred tree near each village, which is regarded as the seat of
+the Anitos. In the shade of this is a sacrificial stone. Sometimes
+near a house may been seen a small bench for the Anitos to repose on,
+and a dish of rice or other food for their refreshment. The Igorrotes
+believe that there are two places where the souls of the dead travel
+to. One is an agreeable residence provided with everything necessary
+to happiness, and is for the spirits of those who have died a natural
+death. But if they have been evil-doers, such as robbers or murderers,
+and have escaped due punishment on earth, they are punished here by
+the other souls before being allowed to enjoy the advantages of the
+place. But the souls of brave warriors killed in battle, and of women
+who have died in child-birth, arrive at a much more desirable place,
+a real heaven, and reside amongst the gods.
+
+The Igorrotes of Cabugalan in Lepanto regard eels as the embodiment
+of their ancestors; they will not catch them or do them any harm,
+but feed them when opportunity offers. The Asiteras assist at feasts
+and make invocations and propose toasts which are drunk by the men
+present. The private or family feasts are called Bumaguil, being
+held in the giver's house or courtyard, but public entertainments or
+feasts of the whole village are called Regnas, and are held in or in
+front of the Balta-oa or Town Hall. They are preceded and followed
+by songs and dances. The songs are inharmonious and monotonous. The
+dances vary with the localities. In one dance bowing to the beer-mugs
+is a feature. As amongst other Malay races, ordeals are in fashion
+to decide disputes. One consists in a priest or chief scratching the
+scalps of the disputants with a small iron fork. Whoever loses most
+blood during this operation has lost his case. The Igorrotes work
+hard at their agriculture, and their rice-farming is excellent. They
+plough the valleys with the aid of buffaloes and terrace the hillsides,
+which they cultivate by hand. They burn down the pine-forests to clear
+the hills. They irrigate where possible, carrying the canals over any
+ravine by means of rude aqueducts. They grow considerable quantities
+of tobacco, [28] which is, however, of inferior quality. This they
+sell to the civilised natives, and it is exported. I suppose it goes
+to Hamburg to make German Havana cigars, just as conger eels go to
+Paris to make fillets of soles. They cultivate sweet potatoes, also
+the ordinary potatoes, which grow well, and although small, are much
+prized in Manila, and meet with a ready sale. The Igorrotes of Lepanto
+eagerly seek new seeds to plant. It is strange that an agricultural
+people like this should have little or no idea of breeding cattle, but
+instead of doing so, they purchase from the Ilocanos and others cattle,
+horses, and pigs for consumption, paying good prices for them. They
+even buy dogs to eat. I have been assured by Mr. Ernest Heald, formerly
+British Vice-Consul at Sual, that he has often seen Igorrotes returning
+to the hills from Dagupan, leading strings of dogs, which they had
+purchased for food at prices varying from twenty-five to fifty cents,
+and that the dogs seemed to have an instinctive idea what they were
+being taken away for. The cooking of the Igorrotes is abominable,
+especially their way of cooking meat. It would not obtain the approval
+of Brillat Savarin. They seem to have no objection to eating it putrid,
+and their robust constitutions apparently prevent their suffering
+from ptomaine poisoning. The most remarkable characteristic of the
+Igorrotes is their skill as smiths, miners, and metallurgists. Their
+forges are not usually in their villages, but are hidden away in the
+forest; they use piston-blowers instead of bellows, and charcoal as
+fuel. Their lance-heads, swords, and other weapons are well shaped
+and of excellent quality. They worked the copper ores of Mancayen in
+Lepanto very successfully. From official documents it appears that
+from 1840 to 1855 they sold on an average each year about nineteen
+tons of copper, either in ingots or manufactured. Then a Spanish
+Company took up the work and ignominiously failed. Gold mining and
+washing was formerly a monopoly of the nobles, and the washing is
+so still to some extent. For centuries, and long before the Spanish
+conquest, the Igorrotes have brought down gold to trade with the coast
+natives. Such particulars as are known to me about Igorrote mining,
+smelting, and gold-washing, will be found under the headings Gold,
+Copper, Iron, in Chapter XVI.
+
+I have added to this account of them a list of such of their
+manufactures as I have seen or could learn of, and in most instances
+I have given the Igorrote name. The Igorrotes have several dialects,
+so that the names of the various articles may vary according to the
+locality. Herewith a list of the dialects and the places where each
+is spoken, taken from Spanish official sources.
+
+
+    Dialect.                        Locality.
+
+    Benguetano.                     The greater part of Benguet.
+    Igorrote.                       Lepanto.
+    Igorrote del Abra.              Five villages of Bontoc.
+    Igorrote de la Gran Cordillera. By the reduced Igorrotes and
+                                    the independent tribes of the
+                                    Caraballo.
+    Igorrote Suflin.                In fifteen villages of that
+                                    Cordillera.
+
+
+Many of the Principales or head-men and others under Spanish influence
+speak and write Ilocano, which they find necessary for their trade
+with that people. More than twenty years ago there were seven schools
+in Lepanto regularly attended by five hundred and sixty-two children,
+of whom one hundred and ten could then read and write Spanish. No
+doubt by this time these schools have considerably increased.
+
+I am much impressed by the great industry of these people and with the
+great skill they show in everything they undertake. It is therefore
+disappointing to read in Foreman's book 'The Philippine Islands,'
+p. 213: "Like all the races of the Philippines, they are indolent to
+the greatest degree." Foreman goes on to say, Polygamy seems to be
+permitted, murders are common, their huts are built bee-hive fashion,
+they keep a Dr. and Cr. account of heads with the Negritos. All this
+is probably in consequence of accepting idle stories as facts, and
+is nothing less than a libel on the Igorrotes. A people who believe
+in a Supreme Being, Creator of heaven and earth, in the immortality
+of the soul, in an upper and lower heaven, in punishment after
+death, if it has been evaded in life, who are strict monogamists,
+and who have a high belief in the sacredness of the marriage tie;
+a people who guard the chastity of their daughters as carefully as
+the British or the Americans; a people physically strong, brave,
+skilful, and industrious, have nothing in common with the wretches
+Foreman described under their name. These people live in the fairest
+and healthiest parts of Luzon, no fevers lurk amongst those pine-clad
+mountains, no sultry heats sap the vital powers. What an opportunity
+for a grand missionary enterprise! What a noble material to work on,
+every condition seems favourable. The very fact of their rejection of
+the form of Christianity presented to them, and their distrust of the
+Spaniards, may influence them in favour of some simpler doctrine. I
+shall feel well repaid for my labour in describing these people,
+if the truthful picture I have attempted to present of them should
+interest those who have the means and the will to inaugurate a new era,
+to help them along the Path. A perusal of what the old chroniclers say
+about them convinces me that they have done much themselves to improve
+their moral condition, and that many detestable customs, at all events
+attributed to them, have long since been relegated to oblivion.
+
+I now give a list of the Missions in the Igorrote and Tinguian
+territory that existed in 1892.
+
+
+    Missions in Tinguian and Igorrote Territory.
+
+    1892.
+
+    Province.    Town.             Population.   Missionaries.
+                                                 Rev. Father--
+
+    Abra         Pidigan.                2,418     P. Ornia.
+                 Bucay.                  3,688     J. Lopez.
+                 La Paz y San Gregorio.  2,802     P. Fernandez.
+                 Villavieja.             1,912     M. Fonturbel.
+                 Bangued.                8,702     A. Perez.
+                 Tayum.                  3,064     L. Vega.
+                 Dolores.                2,522     F. Franco.
+    Lepanto      Cervantes y Cayan.      2,200     A. Oyanguren.
+    Benguet      La Trinidad y Galiano.    849     J. Garcia.
+                                                   R. Rivera.
+                                        --------
+                                         28,157
+
+
+All the inhabitants of these towns and villages are Christians, and
+either they or their ancestors were baptised by missionaries of the
+Augustinian order.
+
+
+Some Manufactures of the Igorrotes.
+
+Weapons.
+
+Native Name.
+
+Say-ang                     Lance, for war or for killing deer.
+Talibon                     Short double-edged sword.
+Ligua, or Aligua            Axe used for decapitating the fallen enemy.
+Calaság or Caláta           Long narrow wooden shields.
+Bunneng                     Wood knife.
+Sayac or Dayac              Sharp bamboo spikes to be set in the paths.
+                            Bows and arrows (the Igorrotes possess
+                            these, but are not skilful archers).
+                            Clubs.
+Gay-ang                     Javelins (favourite weapons of Igorrotes).
+
+Accoutrements.
+
+Alpilan or Sacupit          Knapsacks.
+Lagpi.                      Haversacks.
+                            Saddles.
+                            Bridles.
+Rangán                      Saddle-bags.
+Baot                        Whips.
+Upit                        Pouch for medicine and antidote for
+                            snake bite.
+Sac-dey                     Uniform or war jackets.
+Bariques                    Chief's sword belt.
+Balques                     Ancient sword belts used by their ancestors
+                            are preserved as heirlooms in the family.
+
+Clothing.
+
+Tacoco                      Hat made of rattan for head-men.
+                             ,, for married men.
+Suebong                      ,, ,,  bachelors, woven from cane.
+                             ,, ,,  women.
+Sachong                      ,, ,,  chiefs.
+Calogón or catlocón          ,, made of rattan and cane used by
+                            Christian Igorrotes.
+Sarquet or Barguet          Headcloth used by head-men.
+Loc-bo                      Caps.
+Olei or Ulás                Cloaks or plaids.
+Cobal                       Loin-cloth of bark or cotton.
+Baag or Bahaque             Aprons.
+Palingay                      ,,   for women.
+Atten                       Skirts used by head-men's wives or
+                            daughters.
+Tachun                      Waterproof hoods to cover the head and the
+                            load carried on the back, e.g., to keep
+                            tobacco dry in transit.
+An-nanga                    Waterproof capes of Anajas leaves.
+                            Sandals.
+                            Clogs.
+Ampaya, Samit               Tapis, cloth worn by women round the hips.
+Barique or canes            Sashes.
+Baquet                      Woman's belt to hold up the tapis.
+Bado                        Woman's shirt.
+                            Shirts made of the bark of the pacag.
+
+Ornaments.
+
+Chacang                     A gold plate used by head-men or chiefs
+                            to cover their teeth at feasts or when
+                            they present themselves to Europeans of
+                            distinction.
+Balangat                    A coronet of rattan.
+Aponque                     Collar or necklace.
+Apongont                    A coronet of scented wood (candaroma).
+Onó                         Necklace of reeds and coloured seeds.
+Bariques                       ,,    vertebræ of snakes.
+Siquel                      Necklace made of seed of climbing plant
+                            called Bugayon.
+                               ,,     ,,  white stones.
+                               ,,     ,,  crocodiles' teeth.
+                               ,,     ,,  boars' tusks.
+                               ,,     ,,  mother-of-pearl.
+Al-taque                    Coronet of polished mother-of-pearl.
+Garin                       Bangles or bracelets of copper.
+Bali                        Arm-rings, often of copper and gilt.
+Baney                       Leg rings of nito and fibre, or of copper,
+                            used by men.
+Arisud                      Ear-rings.
+Tabin                          ,,     of copper, used by men.
+Bit-jal or Bit-hal          Bracelets of boars' tusks.
+Galaong or Galang           Bracelets of mother-of-pearl.
+Onon-ipit                   Necklace or collar of metal, having three
+                            pendants, the centre one being tweezers
+                            for pulling out hairs, the other two
+                            instruments for cleaning out the ears.
+
+Household Goods.
+
+Gui-pan                     Small knife for peeling roots and
+                            splitting cane.
+Lodó                        Ladle of cocoa-nut shell for water.
+Idas                        Wooden spoons.
+Latoc                       Large wooden dish, with receptacles for
+                            sauce and salt.
+Dalela                      Rice dish of copper.
+Sagatan                     Strainer of cane and rattan.
+Sarangos-án                 Funnel made of a cocoa-nut shell.
+Labba                       Basket used for carrying provisions.
+Pidasen                     Baskets for domestic use.
+Tinac-dag
+Alat or Minuiniata          Small basket for collecting eggs.
+Babaco                      Provision basket.
+Bigao                       Basket for cleaning rice.
+Opit-daguil                 Provision basket.
+Opigán or Acuba-quigan      Basket for keeping clothes in.
+Cal-culven                  Cane basket blackened by smoke.
+Tapil                       Small basket of cane.
+Hugones                     Great baskets to hold rice.
+Agabin                      Creels for carrying fish.
+Apisang or Sacupif          Large basket used for carrying tobacco on
+                            the back.
+Sulpac                      Large bamboos for carrying water.
+Tang-tang                   Calabashes for measuring or holding basi.
+Ting-galon                  Goblet of plaited cane used at feasts for
+                            drinking basi.
+Pambián                     Spinning wheels.
+Paga-blang                  Looms.
+La-labayán                  Apparatus for holding skeins of cotton.
+Qui-tan-gang                Wooden drainer for the spoons or paddles
+                            used for stirring up the basi when
+                            brewing it.
+Balai-ti-ado                Rack to hold spoons.
+Quil-lit                    Earthen cooking-pot.
+Ongot                       Drinking-cup for water.
+Soled                       Dish of plaited rattan for boiled camote
+                            (sweet potatoes).
+Dapilag                     Dish of plaited rattan for boiled rice.
+
+Personal Effects.
+
+Palting                     Pouches for tobacco and gold.
+Upit                        Tobacco pouch plaited of rattan.
+Suput                       Purse made of cotton ornamented with
+                            copper wire.
+Cuaco                       Pipes of wood, stone, clay, or metal.
+Nupit                       Tobacco boxes.
+Sacopit                     Carved walking sticks.
+Tad                         Umbrellas.
+Pamiguin                    Pneumatic tinder-box, or fire squirt.
+Apit                        Pocket book of cane and rattan.
+Dubong                      Deer-skin pouch used when travelling.
+Quidatang                   Case with fittings for striking a light.
+Sagay say                   Combs.
+                            Tooth-brushes.
+
+Miscellaneous.
+
+Tali                        Ropes of Alinao bark.
+Sinal-lapid                 Ropes of Labtang bark.
+Ratén                       Nets for taking deer and pigs.
+Chi-ay                      Traps for taking jungle-fowl.
+Anitos                      Images of the household gods.
+Sipas                       Foot-balls of rattan.
+Disig                       Humming tops.
+Casabang                    Branch of a tree used to frighten away
+                            snakes.
+                            Hammocks for sleeping or travelling.
+Tugas                       Throne for a chief and his favourite.
+                            Harrows.
+                            Ploughs.
+                            Cradles.
+                            Coffins.
+
+Musical Instruments.
+
+Sulibao or Culibao          Large drum, played with one stick.
+Quinibal                    Small drum held between the knees and
+                            played with two sticks.
+Calalen or Bab-balasan      Flutes played by single women.
+Cong-gala or                Flutes (nose flutes) played by men.
+Tong-gala
+Ganza                       Large flat gong held in right hand, and
+                            played with left, vibrations stopped with
+                            right elbow. If a human jaw-bone, taken
+                            from a dead enemy, is fitted as a handle,
+                            the value is enhanced.
+Pinsac                      A small gong.
+Bating-ting or              Triangles made of iron.
+Palas-bating-ting
+Cingo-cingco                Violin played by single men.
+                            Guitar, the body made from cocoa-nut shell.
+Palgong-bocancang           Cane instrument played by the women going
+                            to and coming from their work. Holding it
+                            in the right hand, they cover the orifice
+                            with the index-finger, and strike the other
+                            end on the left hand.
+
+Mining Tools, etc.
+
+Native names unknown        Crow-bars.
+                            Hammers.
+                            Wedges.
+                            Outfit for gold washing.
+                            Blowers for smiths' forges.
+                            Furnaces for smelting copper.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVIII.
+
+
+Isinays (11).
+
+A small tribe living in the northern part of Pangasinan, towards
+Mount Caraballo del Sur. They are now merged in the Pangasinanes,
+and have lost all distinctive customs.
+
+
+
+Abacas (12).
+
+A small tribe living about Caranglan in the South Caraballo. They were
+formerly fierce and warlike, but have been pacified and converted
+to Christianity. They had a separate language which has died out,
+and their customs are now those of the Christian natives.
+
+
+
+Italones (13).
+
+These people live in the south-west corner of Nueva Vizcaya, about
+the head-waters of the River Magat. They are numerous, and occupy
+many towns and villages, amongst them Bayombong, Dupax, Bambang,
+and Aritas. They were formerly warlike head-hunters, and are said to
+have devoured the hearts and brains of their slain enemies in order
+to inherit their courage and wisdom. This is a Chinese idea, and is
+even now practised in Canton, where pieces of the heart and liver of
+a particularly hardened and desperate criminal are retailed by the
+executioner at a high price for the above purpose. They wear their
+hair long like the Ilongotes. Their weapons were the lance, shield,
+or wood-knife, and in their customs and religion they resembled the
+Igorrotes. They were said to ornament the hilts of their swords with
+the teeth of their slain enemies. All these detestable customs have
+now disappeared; they have been converted to Christianity, and now are
+peaceful agriculturists and hunters. Game and fish abound; a telegraph
+line runs through their territory with a station at Bayombong. This
+is part of the line from Manila to Aparri.
+
+
+
+Ibilaos (14).
+
+These savages inhabit the hilly country about the sources of the River
+Casepuan, which, according to D'Almonte's map, is a tributary of the
+River Casiguran, which runs into the Bay of Baler; but, according
+to Olleros, is a tributary of the Rio Grande de Cagayan. However
+this may be, their habitat is on the borders of Nueva Écija and
+Nueva Vizcaya. Some of these people have been subjugated, but the
+others live a nomadic life in the mountain forests, and resemble the
+Negritos. Their pleasure is to lie in wait and shoot the passers-by
+with their arrows. Like the Italones they are said to ornament
+their weapons with the teeth of the slain, and, like them, wear
+their hair long. The independent Ibilaos live by the chase, and on
+jungle produce, and do no cultivation. They are small of stature and
+weak. It is possible that they are a hybrid Negrito Malay race. Their
+bloodthirsty propensities make them a curse to their neighbours.
+
+
+
+Ilongotes (15).
+
+The Ilongotes inhabit the rocky fastnesses of the range of mountains
+on the east coast, called the Caraballo de Baler, the whole length
+of the Distrito del Principe, the north-east corner of Nueva Vizcaya
+and a strip of the southern part of Isabela.
+
+Their neighbours on the east are the Negritos, who live along the
+sea-shore. These people are also their neighbours on the north,
+where they inhabit the mountains.
+
+On the west they have the Ifugaos in the northerly part of their
+boundary, and civilised Indians of mixed races in the southern
+part. Their nearest neighbours to the south are some scattered Tagals.
+
+Blumentritt describes them from a photograph lent him by
+Dr. A. B. Meyer, as having eyes long and deeply sunk, upper lip and
+chin hairy, the hair long plaited in a tail, and often reaching the
+hips. A Spanish authority describes them as similar to the other
+hillmen, but wearing long hair, and dirty and disagreeable in their
+aspect
+
+Their dress is as primitive as that of the other savage races,
+the adult men wearing a band of beaten bark round the waist, the
+women wearing a tapis, and the children going quite naked. They wear
+rings or spirals of brass wire on their arms, necklaces, and other
+ornaments. But when the men have occasion to go into the Christian
+villages, they wear shirts and trousers. I have myself seen instances
+of this custom amongst the Tagbanúas in Palawan.
+
+They are clever smiths and know how to temper their weapons. Their
+lances have different shaped heads, and the shafts are made of Palma
+Brava. Their swords are well-made and ornamented, and are carried in
+a wooden scabbard from a belt of webbing. This appears to be their
+favourite weapon. They never go unarmed, even for a few paces, and
+they sleep with their weapons beside them. Their shields are of light
+wood, carved, and painted red.
+
+Their domestic life is not unlike that of the Christian natives,
+for they are not polygamists; they, however, are more careless and
+dirty. They purchase their wife from her parents. They subsist by
+hunting and fishing, and by cultivating rice, maize, sweet potatoes,
+and other vegetables. They grow tobacco, which they exchange for
+other goods with the Christian natives. They catch the wild carabaos
+in traps. They are ineradicably addicted to head-hunting, and wage
+a continual war with all their neighbours, but if an interval of
+peace occurs, they fight one family or clan against another, for they
+must have heads. The marriage ceremony cannot be completed till the
+bridegroom has presented the bride with some of these grisly trophies;
+heads of Christians for choice.
+
+They signify war by placing arrows in the path and sprinkling blood
+upon it. Treaties of peace, or rather truces, are sometimes ratified by
+human sacrifices, and the ceremony of blood-brothership is practised.
+
+They have few religious practices, although they believe in a Supreme
+Being, and in the ancestor-worship common to the country. The relatives
+assemble to celebrate a birth by a feast. On the fifth day a name
+is given to the infant. They take care of the sick and endeavour to
+cure them with herbs, to which they ascribe medicinal virtues. If the
+patient dies, the relatives devour everything in the house in order to
+mitigate their grief, and they bury the corpse within twenty-four hours
+of death, placing some provisions upon the grave. From a statement
+in a Spanish official publication, the Ilongote dialect is spoken
+in two towns and twenty-two rancherias of Nueva Vizcaya, and in four
+rancherias in the district of Principe. This shows that at least on
+their western border they are now somewhat held in check. But the
+poor Negritos still have to suffer their incursions.
+
+
+
+Mayoyaos and Silipanes (16).
+
+These people are very numerous, and inhabit the north-west corner
+of Nueva Vizcaya, and the south-west corner of Isabela, between the
+Cordillera Central and the River Magat. For neighbours, they have on
+the east the Ifugaos, those deadly lasso-throwers; on the west, the
+Igorrotes are separated from them by the Cordillera; to the north
+they have the Gaddanes, and the Itetapanes, and to the south the
+Italones. In appearance, dress, arms and ornaments, they resemble the
+Igorrotes of Lepanto. The Ifugao language is spoken at the missions
+of Quiangan and Silipan, and in a large number of hamlets of these
+people. They were pacified and converted to Christianity about half
+a century ago, and are gradually improving in civilisation.
+
+
+
+Ifugaos (17).
+
+The Ifugaos, who bear a strong resemblance to the Japanese, inhabit
+a territory in central Nueva Vizcaya, and in the south of Isabela,
+mostly between the River Magat and the Rio Grande, but they have
+a great many hamlets on the left bank of the Magat. They cultivate
+rice, camote, and other crops, but prefer to live by robbery whenever
+possible. They are persistent head-hunters, frequently at war with
+the neighbouring tribes, or amongst themselves.
+
+One notable peculiarity must be mentioned. Besides the lance, knife,
+and bow and arrows, they use the lasso, which they throw with great
+dexterity. Lurking near a trail, they cast the fatal coil over some
+unwary traveller, and promptly decapitate him, to add his skull to
+their collection, and decorate their hut.
+
+It is their custom to wear as many rings in their ears as they have
+taken heads.
+
+Major Galvez, after a skirmish with these people, found the corpse
+of one of their warriors who wore thirty-two death-rings in his ears.
+
+Their religion is said to be after the style of the Igorrotes, and
+some other hill-tribes of Luzon. Their chief god Cabunian had two
+sons, Sumabit and Cabigat, and two daughters, Buingan and Daunguen,
+who married amongst themselves, and from them the human race is
+descended. Ancestor-worship is also practised. The Spaniards built
+and garrisoned a chain of forts in the Ifugao territory to keep them
+in order, and of late years their murderous incursions have been
+kept in check. It would require an enquiry on the spot to say whether
+there is any prospect of this tribe becoming civilised, and converted
+to Christianity.
+
+
+
+Gaddanes (18).
+
+The Gaddanes occupy the north-east quarter of Saltan and Bondoc,
+and their territory stretches over into Isabela in a south-easterly
+direction to the River Magat, thus bordering on the five-mile strip
+of Ibanag territory on the left bank of the Rio Grande. The upper
+part of the Rio Chico runs through their Saltan territory, and the
+River Libug through their Isabela territory.
+
+In appearance they are darker than any other of the hillmen of
+Luzon. They are not as well built as the Igorrotes. They have round
+eyes, and large, flat noses. They are very dirty. Their houses are
+built on lofty piles, and the ladder is drawn up at night, or in war
+time. They are partly converted to Christianity, and are of a milder
+disposition than their neighbours.
+
+
+
+Itetapanes (19).
+
+These people live in Bontoc, almost the centre of Northern Luzon. On
+the west they have the Busaos Igorrotes, on the east the Gaddanes,
+to the north-west they have the Guinanes, and to the south the
+Mayoyaos. They are more like the Gaddanes than any other neighbours,
+especially in the eyes and hair, yet in other respects they are
+something like the Negritos in appearance, and much more so in their
+dispositions and customs, for it has not been possible to civilise
+them. Their arms are the same as the Busaos, and, like them, they wear
+a cylindrical shako, which they dye a brilliant red. They appear to
+be a hopeless race.
+
+
+
+Guinanes (20).
+
+These terrible neighbours of the peaceful Tinguianes inhabit both
+slopes of the Cordillera Central in Abra and Bontoc. They do not pass
+to the west of the River Abra, or its affluent, the Pusulguan.
+
+On the south the Guinanes have the warlike Busaos, who are well able to
+defend themselves, and to retaliate on their aggressors. Consequently,
+the Tinguianes are the principal victims; in fact, some years back,
+they had no peace, and are not now free from danger.
+
+The fame and respect enjoyed by a successful head-hunter is the great
+incentive to them to persevere in their sanguinary forays, which they
+conduct with the greatest cunning.
+
+The return of the head-hunters to their village with their ghastly
+trophies is celebrated by prolonged and frantic orgies--feasting
+and drinking, singing war-songs, music and dancing. In fact, their
+rejoicings only differ in degree and intensity from those customary
+in Christian nations to celebrate the slaughter of their enemies.
+
+So fond are the Guinanes of getting heads, that when not at war with
+other tribes they fight amongst themselves.
+
+They are much like the Igorrotes, and, like them, are settled in towns
+and villages. They practise agriculture, and are excellent smiths,
+and forge specially good knives, which are much esteemed by the Busaos,
+and find a ready sale amongst them.
+
+Little is known of their manners and customs, or of their numbers,
+since few travellers care to run the risk of having their skulls
+added to the collection of some connoisseur.
+
+I cannot suggest any use this tribe could be to the United States,
+for I do not think the most enthusiastic or devoted missionary would
+hanker after being appointed to convert them, and even if such an
+one could be found, the probability of his success would be very small.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIX
+
+
+Caláuas, or Itaves (21).
+
+A small tribe, living in a strip of country stretching across the
+great loop formed by the Rio Chico de Cagayan just before it enters
+the Rio Grande. They are peaceful and industrious cultivators,
+and grow rice and excellent tobacco. In former days, when the State
+monopoly was in force, they used to smuggle this, and were attacked,
+and their plantations laid waste in consequence. But now they are
+able to trade freely, and must have become prosperous. Very little
+is known about them. The word Caláuas is also spelt Calaguas.
+
+
+
+Camuangas and Bayabonanes (22).
+
+These people live in the southern part of the province of Cagayan,
+say about 17° 30' north latitude. On the north they have the Caláuas,
+or Calaguas, and on the south the Dadayags. D'Almonte's map shows no
+hamlets in their territory, and the nearest visita is Gamuasan. Nothing
+is known about them, and Blumentritt considers it not improbable that
+they are a branch of the Dadayags.
+
+
+
+Dadayags (23).
+
+A small tribe living in the north-west comer of Isabela, not far from
+the left bank of the Rio Grande.
+
+
+
+Nabayuganes (24).
+
+These people, who have a language of their own, live in two
+long valleys extending from the Cordillera Central towards the
+east. According to D'Almonte's map, these parallel valleys lead down
+to the town of Malaneg, and in each of them there is a river. That
+in the northern valley is called the River Nabbuangan, and that in
+the southern valley the River Nabbuanguan. They join before reaching
+Malaneg, forming the River Nagalat, a tributary of the Rio Chico
+de Cagayan. Nothing is known of their religion or nature. On the
+north-east of the Nabayuganes live the Aripas.
+
+
+
+Aripas (25).
+
+This tribe inhabits the hills to the west of the junction of the Rio
+Grande and Rio Chico of Cagayan. They have the Apayaos on the west,
+the Ibanags on the east, the Calingas on the north, and the Ilanes
+on the south. They are peaceful, and partly converted to Christianity.
+
+
+
+Calingas (26).
+
+These people inhabit the mountains to the north of the Aripas. On
+their north and east they have the Ibanags, and on the west the
+Apayaos. They are supposed to have a good deal of Chinese blood in
+their veins. They are now peaceful, like the Aripas.
+
+
+
+Tinguianes (27).
+
+The Tinguianes inhabit the western half of the province of Abra, and
+their villages are thickly scattered about on the eastern slopes of
+the Ilocos mountains, and on the banks of the River Abra. They have
+also pushed their way to the extreme north-east corner of Abra, and
+they extend southwards and westwards along the coast as far as Punta
+Darigayos. Santiago is a Christian Tinguian town, and was founded
+in 1736.
+
+The Tinguianes are of a peaceful disposition, and are gradually
+becoming civilised and converted to Christianity. In fact, of late
+years, the advance of the Spaniards has been considerable. It is only
+in the more remote parts of their territory that some of them retain
+their independence, and their ancient laws, beliefs and customs. The
+constant intercourse they have with the Ilocanos has resulted in
+spreading that dialect amongst them, whilst their own language is
+dying out.
+
+In appearance the Tinguianes differ considerably from the other
+mountain tribes of Luzon, being taller, and of a much lighter
+colour. Their noses are not flattened like those of the Malays, but
+are aquiline, and remind one of the features of the Cholos of the
+Peruvian coast. They are a cleanly people; the men wear turbans,
+jacket and trousers; the women belonging to their nobility have
+their garments beautifully embroidered. They wear arm-sheaths, and
+sometimes leg-sheaths, made of plaited fibre, and ornamented with
+beads, or with coloured stones, brought from the Batanes islands,
+which they purchase in Ilocos. They also wear necklaces of these
+stones, copper or silver ear-rings, and other trinkets.
+
+Spanish writers consider these people to have a strong admixture of
+Chinese blood, and suppose it may be from a remnant of the pirates
+under Li-ma-hon, who were defeated by Juan Salcedo in 1574. The learned
+Blumentritt, however, dissents from this opinion, which he considers to
+be a modern invention, and gives Salcedo credit for doing his work very
+thoroughly, and not letting many of the pirates escape. He says that,
+although in dress and appearance the Tinguianes are very similar to
+the fishermen of the province of Fo-Kien, there are no Chinese words
+to be found in their dialect, and that consequently the intermixture
+of Chinese can only have been small. However this may be, the coast of
+Fo-Kien, which is opposite Formosa, is only about 500 miles from the
+Port of Vigan, the currents are favourable for the southerly voyage,
+and sailing craft can cross in either monsoon. Consequently, either
+as traders, fugitives, or castaways, Fo-Kien sailors or fishermen
+could easily have arrived on the coast.
+
+The Tinguianes assiduously cultivate their land, and irrigate their
+rice-fields with some skill. They breed horses and cattle, which
+they sell in the markets of Ilocos, as well as jungle produce, wax,
+skins and gold-dust. They raft timber down the Abra River and make
+for sale various articles of wood, such as bateas, ladles and spoons,
+also they make mats and baskets.
+
+Their marriages are conducted in a similar manner to those of other
+tribes, the ceremony, whether Christian or heathen, being followed by
+the usual feasts and dancing, and music in the intervals of eating and
+drinking. Their instruments are drums, flutes and guitars. As usual,
+roast pig is the principal dish, the animal being roasted whole on
+a spit of cane. When the feast is over the newly-married couple are
+conducted to their house by the principal chief or elder. A large mat
+being spread on the ground they lie down on it keeping at a distance
+of several feet from each other. A boy of six or eight years of age
+then lies down between them, and the elders retire leaving the trio
+together. The bride and bridegroom are forbidden to indulge in any
+caresses, nor even to speak to each other till the following day. The
+healthy life led by the women enables them to recover very rapidly
+after child-birth. In fact, they return to their usual avocations
+directly after the ceremony of purification, which consists of washing
+the newly-born infant in running water. Divorce among the heathen is
+merely a matter of paying a fine of some thirty dollars, in money or
+in kind, to the village chief or elder, or to the Goberna-doreillo,
+if the village is under Spanish rule. Divorce is not allowed amongst
+those who are converted, and this must be a great hindrance to their
+acceptance of Christianity.
+
+They take little care of the sick, and when hope is given up the
+patient is left alone to die. The Peruvian Indians have a similar
+custom. Amongst the Serranos, when a sick person does not soon show
+signs of recovery, a family meeting is called, and a fixed sum is
+voted for his cure, say twelve or twenty reals. When this amount has
+been spent, the patient is removed from his couch and laid upon a
+hide on the ground outside the house. A child is posted to fan him
+and keep off the flies, and only water is given him till he dies.
+
+The Tinguianes formerly buried their dead in pits dug under their
+houses, after subjecting the corpses to a baking or drying process,
+and on certain days in the year food was placed near the tombs for the
+souls of the dead to partake of. Those who are converted have of course
+to bury their dead in the cemetery, and to pay a fee to the priest.
+
+They share the idea that seems to prevail amongst all Malays, that the
+soul is absent from the body during sleep, and that consequently it
+is dangerous and wicked to awake anybody suddenly. The most dreadful
+thing that can happen to anybody, therefore, is to die whilst sleeping,
+leaving his soul wandering about. Their most desperate curse is to
+wish that this may happen to an adversary. This seems to reach a higher
+level of cursing than the oaths of the Tagals which I have previously
+mentioned. The usual respect for ancestors is shown, and any weapons
+or ornaments which have belonged to them are carefully preserved as
+valued heirlooms. The names of an ancestor must, however, on no account
+be pronounced by his descendants, so that if any necessity arises to
+answer a question which involves mentioning the name of one, a friend
+not related to the person enquired about must be called in to answer.
+
+Monsieur de la Gironière visited these people, and describes them
+as men of good stature, slightly bronzed, with straight hair,
+regular profiles, and aquiline noses. The women truly beautiful and
+graceful. They appeared to him to resemble the people of the South
+of France, except for their costume and language. The men wore a
+belt and a sort of turban made from the bark of the fig-tree. Their
+arms consisted of a long lance, a small axe, called aligua, and a
+shield. The women wore a belt and a narrow apron which came down to
+their knees, their heads being ornamented with pearls, and grains of
+coral and gold were fixed amongst their hair. The upper parts of their
+hands were painted blue, and they wore plaited sheaths ornamented
+with beads on their fore-arms; these sheaths strongly compressed the
+fore-arm, being put on when the women were young, and they prevented
+the development of the fore-arm, whilst causing the wrists and hands
+to swell. This is a beauty amongst the Tinguianes as the little foot
+is amongst the Chinese.
+
+They occupied seventeen villages, and each family had two habitations,
+one on the ground for use in the day, and one fixed on piles or on
+the summits of lofty trees, as much as sixty or eighty feet from the
+ground, where they sleep, to protect themselves from the nocturnal
+attacks of the Guinanes, their mortal and sanguinary enemies. From
+these lofty dwellings they threw down stones upon assailants. In
+the middle of each village there is a large shed which serves for
+meetings and public ceremonies. He further states that after an attack
+of the Guinanes had been repulsed from Laganguilan-y-Madalay by the
+Tinguianes he went to an assembly at that village and witnessed a
+ceremony in honour of the victory. The heads of the slain enemies were
+exhibited to the crowd, and various speeches were made. The skulls
+were then split open and the brains removed and given to some young
+girls, who worked them up with their hands in a quantity of basi or
+native beer. The compound was then served in cups to the chiefs, who
+partook of it with every appearance of enjoyment, and was afterwards
+handed round to all the warriors in due order. M. de la Gironière and
+his Tagal servant also partook of this refreshment out of politeness
+to their hosts. The ceremony was followed by a dance and a smoking
+concert, during which copious libations of basi were consumed.
+
+M. de la Gironière has omitted to mention how his hosts, after this
+drunken orgy, managed to regain their elevated sleeping quarters,
+sixty or eighty feet from the ground. One would think that the Tinguian
+coroner would have been busy the next morning. He, however, does tell
+us that, being unable to sleep, he got up in the night and looked
+about him, finding a well or pit, which he descended. At different
+levels in this shaft were short galleries or niches, and in each of
+these was a dried or mummified corpse. This shaft was sunk inside
+the house where he slept.
+
+He learnt from the Tinguianes that they believed in the existence
+of the soul, that it leaves the body after death, but remains in
+the family. Also that they venerated any strange object, such as a
+rock or tree which resembled some animal. They would make a hut over
+or near it, and celebrate a feast, at which they sacrificed pigs;
+they afterwards danced and drunk basi, then burnt down the hut and
+retired. They had, he says, only one wife, but might have several
+concubines, who, however, did not inhabit the conjugal domicile, but
+each had a hut of her own. The riches of a Tinguian was demonstrated
+by the number of porcelain vases he possessed. According to M. de la
+Gironière, the Tinguianes mummified their dead by subjecting them to a
+long drying process. The body, propped up on a stool, was surrounded
+by braziers with charcoal or wood embers, and the moisture which
+exuded from it was wiped off by the women with cotton. When the body
+was well dried up it was kept above ground for fifteen days and then
+committed to the tomb. The neighbours and friends kept up the wake
+and pronounced eulogies on the defunct until they had consumed all
+the eatables and liquor in the house, when they took their departure.
+
+These people must have very greatly increased in numbers, as the
+Spanish authority has extended its protection to them, checking the
+incursions of the Guinanes and other savages. It has been stated that
+in former years the Tinguianes were much sought after as recruits for
+the garrison of Manila. They do not appear to be a warlike race, yet so
+fine a body of men ought to be able to supply a battalion of infantry
+for the native army which the United States will have to raise, for
+nobody can suppose that 25,000 young Americans can be permanently kept
+in garrison in the Archipelago. But this I discuss in another chapter.
+
+
+
+Adangs (28).
+
+According to D'Almonte's map in the latitude of Pasuquin, Province
+of Ilocos Notre, the Cordillera del Norte bends to the eastward and
+throws out a spur to the north-west, forming a Y, and enclosing a
+considerable valley, through which runs a river called the Bate,
+Bucarog, or Arimit, which falls into the Bay of Bangui. This is the
+habitat of the Adangs, a small tribe, yet a nation, for their language
+has no resemblance to that of any of their neighbours. Their customs
+are nearer those of the Apayaos than any other. They are civilised and
+have been Christians for generations. Their chief town is Adan or Adam.
+
+
+
+Apayaos (29).
+
+This race was formerly very warlike, but is now more civilized, and
+many even converted to Christianity. They inhabit the mountainous
+region round about the River Apayao, on the east of the Cordillera
+del Norte and extend down towards the plains of the Rio Chico.
+
+They pay some attention to agriculture, and besides growing vegetables
+and maize for their own use, they raise tobacco and cacao which
+they trade away to the Ilocanos in exchange for such articles as
+they require.
+
+Their houses compare favourably with those of the other
+hill-tribes. They are raised to a considerable height, being square
+in form with heavy hardwood posts at the corners. The floor is made of
+cedar planks, the roof is thatched with cogon or reeds, and the walls
+and partitions are of plaited palm leaves. A fire-place is arranged in
+one corner. They ornament the walls with remarkable taste, hanging up
+the ornaments and arms of their ancestors, which they greatly prize
+and will not part with for any price.
+
+They also highly value Chinese and Japanese pottery or porcelain.
+
+Needless to say that the worship of ancestors is with them piously
+performed.
+
+They used to be head-hunters and made the death of any of their
+chief men an excuse to lie in ambush and massacre any inoffensive
+passers-by for the purpose of taking the heads to place round the
+corpse and afterwards bury them with it.
+
+However, the steady pressure of the Spanish authority, during long
+terms of years, has nearly eradicated this detestable custom, and
+if practised at all, it is only in the remoter fastnesses of the
+mountains, where they cannot yet be controlled.
+
+The Apayaos living in the plains are mostly reduced to obedience,
+and many pay the poll-tax.
+
+It would seem that there is a prospect of these people being civilised
+and becoming useful cultivators.
+
+
+
+Catalanganes and Irayas (30-31).
+
+The Irayas live in scattered hamlets on the summits of the Sierra
+Madre, and on its western slopes right down to the Rio Grande. Their
+territory extends for about twenty geographical miles on each side of
+the 17th parallel. Amongst them live many Negritos who have renounced
+their nomadic life, and have adopted the manners and customs of their
+hosts. The tattooing of the Irayas and Negritos is similar. The Irayas
+are a Malay tribe amongst whom are found individuals of a Mongolian
+type, others are hybrid Negrito Malays.
+
+They do a little slovenly agriculture, using buffaloes for
+ploughing. They catch an abundance of fish from the four considerable
+streams running through their territory. They consume a large quantity
+of fish with their rice, and salt and sell the surplus to their
+neighbours. They are characteristically light-hearted and hospitable,
+and readily receive remontados and other strangers. Their religion is
+the usual Anito worship. They build wretched houses, and are very dirty
+in their habits, throwing their refuse down in front of the house.
+
+The Catalanganes take their name from the River Catalangan which runs
+into the Rio Grande near Ilagan. They are a branch of the Irayas,
+but show a more strongly marked Mongolian type.
+
+They are cleaner than the Irayas, and more industrious, and provident,
+storing up provisions against a bad harvest.
+
+Their fields are much better kept than those of the Irayas, and they
+employ their spare time in felling trees and hewing them into canoes,
+which find a ready sale at Ilagan.
+
+They dress much like the Christian Malays, but are tattooed in patterns
+of Chinese or Japanese origin.
+
+Their laws prescribe severe penalties for theft and other
+crimes. Their weapons are bows and arrows, and they are said to be
+very cowardly. Their choice of weapons confirms this statement.
+
+They differ much from the Irayas in character, for they are
+inhospitable, avaricious and greedy, and of a gloomy disposition. On
+the other hand, they keep their houses cleaner.
+
+They have temples for worship, and some roughly-made
+monuments. According to Semper, they have two pairs of gods which they
+specially worship in June: Tschichenan, with his wife Bebenaugan,
+and Sialo with his wife Binalinga. The usual ancestor-worship also
+prevails, and they show great respect for the Anitos according to
+seniority, providing special shelters and little benches near their
+houses for their convenience.
+
+Both Irayas and Catalanganes have Gobernadorcillos appointed by the
+Spanish Military Governor of Isabela. They pay the poll-tax, called
+by the Spaniards "Acknowledgment of Vassalage," but are otherwise
+independent and administer their own laws and customs. They are quite
+peaceful, and will doubtless in time advance in civilisation.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXX
+
+
+Catubanganes (32).
+
+A tribe of savages inhabiting the mountains of Guinayangan in
+Tayabas, from whence they raid the Christian villages and drive off
+cattle. Nothing is known about their origin or habits; they have some
+wandering Negritos as neighbours.
+
+
+
+Vicols (33).
+
+The Vicols inhabit the southern half of the province of Camarines
+Norte, the whole of Camarines Sur and Albay, the islands of
+Catanduanes, Burias, and Ticao, and the northern shores of
+Masbate. They are civilised, and have been Christians for centuries.
+
+They speak a dialect of their own, which, according to Jagor,
+is midway between Tagal and Visay, which dialect is spoken in its
+greatest purity by the inhabitants of the Isarog volcano and its
+immediate neighbourhood, and that thence towards the west the dialect
+becomes more and more like the Tagal, and towards the east like the
+Visay until by degrees, before reaching the ethnographical boundary,
+it merges into those kindred languages.
+
+In manners and customs they appear to be half-bred between these two
+races, yet, according to F. Blumentritt, they preceded the Tagals,
+and were in fact the first Malays to arrive in Luzon. They show signs
+of intermixture with Polynesian or Papuan stock.
+
+They are physically inferior to the Tagals, nor do they possess the
+proud warlike spirit of the dwellers in north Luzon. They are less
+cleanly, and live in poorer houses.
+
+The men dress like the Tagals, but the women wear the patadion instead
+of a saya, and a shirt of guinára.
+
+Blumentritt says the men carry the Malay kris instead of the bolo, but
+I did not see a kris carried by any one when I visited the province.
+
+In fact, the regulations enforced at that time by the Guardia Civil
+were against carrying such a weapon. The bolo, on the other hand,
+is a necessary tool.
+
+I visited the province of Camarines Sur, going from Manila to Pasacao
+by sea, and from there travelled by road to an affluent of the River
+Vicol, and then by canoe on a moonlit night to Nueva Cáceres, the
+capital of the province.
+
+Here I met a remarkable man, the late Bishop Gainza, and was much
+impressed by his keen intellect and great knowledge of the country.
+
+He was said to be a man of great ambition, and I can quite believe
+it. Originally a Dominican monk, it was intended that he should have
+been made Archbishop of Manila, but, somehow, Father Pedro Paya, at
+that time Procurator of the Order in Madrid, got himself nominated
+instead, and Gainza had to content himself with the bishopric of
+Nueva Cáceres.
+
+He was a model of self-denial, living most frugally on a small part of
+his revenue, contributing a thousand dollars a year to the funds of
+the Holy Father, and spending the remainder in building or repairing
+churches and schools in his diocese, or in assisting undertakings he
+thought likely to benefit the province.
+
+Amongst other works, I remember that he had tried to cut a canal from
+the River Vicol to the Bay of Ragay. He had excavated a portion of
+it, but either on his death, or from the difficulties raised by the
+Public Works Department, the work was abandoned.
+
+The Franciscan friars, who held the benefices in that province,
+opposed him, and annoyed him in every possible way.
+
+The present bishop, Father Arsenio Ocampo, formerly an Augustinian
+monk, is a clever and enlightened man, with whom I had dealings when
+he was Procurator-General of his Order.
+
+I have made this digression from my subject, because so much has
+been said against the clergy of the Philippines, that I feel impelled
+to bring before my readers this instance of a bishop who constantly
+endeavoured to promote the interests of his province.
+
+Nueva Cáceres possessed several schools, a hospital, a lepers'
+hospital, and a training-college for school-mistresses had just been
+established by Bishop Gainza's initiative.
+
+The shops were mostly in the hands of Chinese, who did a flourishing
+trade in Manchester goods, patadoins, and coloured handkerchiefs.
+
+There were several Spanish and Mestizo merchants who dealt in hemp
+and rice.
+
+From Nueva Cáceres I travelled by a good road to Iriga, a town near
+the volcano of that name, passing close to the Isarog on my way. From
+Iriga I visited the country round about, and Lake Bula.
+
+Some years after I went from Manila by sea to Tabaco, on the Pacific
+coast of Albay, getting a fine night view of the Mayon volcano (8272
+feet) in violent eruption.
+
+From Tabaco I drove to Tivi and visited the celebrated boiling-well
+and hot-springs at that place, much frequented by the natives, and
+sometimes by Europeans, for the cure of rheumatism and other diseases.
+
+Now that the Stars and Stripes float over the Philippines it is to
+be hoped that a regular sanatorium will be erected at this beautiful
+and health-restoring spot, the advantages of which might attract
+sufferers from all the Far East.
+
+On these journeys I had a good opportunity of studying the people. The
+chief exports are Abacá (Manila hemp), and rice. In Camarines Sur
+the principal crop is rice, whilst in Albay the hemp predominates,
+and they import rice.
+
+The cultivation of rice, which I have briefly described when writing
+of the Tagals, is not an occupation calculated to improve the minds
+or bodies of those engaged in it, and I have noticed that wherever
+this is the staple crop the peasantry are in a distinctly lower
+condition than where cane is planted and sugar manufactured. Their
+lives are passed in alternate periods of exhausting labour and of utter
+idleness, there is nothing to strive for, nothing to learn, nothing
+to improve. The same customs go on from generation to generation,
+the same rude implements are used, and the husbandman paid for his
+labour in kind lives destitute of comfort in the present, and without
+hope for the future.
+
+Nor can the cultivation and preparation of hemp be considered as a
+much more improving occupation.
+
+Little care, indeed, is required by the Musa textilis after the
+first planting, and the cleaning of the fibre is a simple matter,
+but very laborious.
+
+Several Spaniards are settled in these provinces, also a few agents
+of British houses in Manila, and some Chinese and Mestizos. They
+usually complain bitterly of the difficulty they experience in getting
+hemp delivered to them owing to the laziness and unpunctuality of
+the natives.
+
+Yet, notwithstanding this, most of them live in affluence and some
+have amassed fortunes by Vicol labour. There is, in fact, a good deal
+of money in Albay, Daraga, and other towns in the hemp districts, and
+they are the happy hunting-ground of the Jew pedlar who there finds
+a good market for yellow diamonds and off-colour gems unsaleable in
+London or Paris. Houndsditch and Broadway will do well to note.
+
+The peasantry, however, either from improvidence or aversion to steady
+labour, seem to be rather worse off than the Tagals and Pampangos,
+more especially those amongst them who cultivate paddy.
+
+The whole of the large amount of hemp exported from Manila and Cebú
+is cleaned by hand.
+
+Several attempts have been made to employ machinery, but the inherent
+conditions of the industry are unfavourable to success in this line.
+
+The plants are grown principally on the eastern slopes of the volcanic
+mountains of Southern Luzon, and the adjacent islands where the soil
+is soft and friable and roads are unknown.
+
+The heavy stems of the plants cannot profitably be conveyed to fixed
+works for treatment, and no machine has yet been devised light enough
+to be carried up to the látes or plantations and able to compete with
+hand labour. In a recent report to the British North Borneo Company,
+Mr. W. C. Cowie mentions his hopes that Thompson's Fibre Company
+are about to send out a trial decorticator, with engine and boiler
+to drive it, to the River Padas, in that company's territories, for
+cleaning the fibre of the numerous plants of the Musa textilis growing
+in that region. It will be interesting to learn the result. Possibly
+the conditions of transport by rail or river are more favourable than
+in the Philippines, and in that case a measure of success is quite
+possible. But few errors are more expensive than to unwarrantably
+assume that machinery must necessarily be cheaper than hand labour.
+
+Anyhow, as regards the Philippines here is a nice little problem. If
+the mechanics of Massachusetts and Connecticut cannot solve it,
+I do not know who can.
+
+The Vicol labourers proceed to the látes in couples, carrying their
+simple and efficient apparatus, all of which, except the knife,
+they make themselves.
+
+One man cuts down the plant, removes the outer covering, and separates
+the layers forming the stem, dividing them into strips about one and
+a half inches wide, and spreading them out to air.
+
+The other man standing at his bench, takes a strip and places the
+middle of it across the convex block and under the knife, which is
+held up by the spring of a sapling overhead. Then, placing one foot
+on a treadle hanging from the handle of the knife, he firmly presses
+the latter down on the block. It should be explained that the knife
+is not sharp enough to cut the fibres. Firmly grasping the strip
+in both hands, and throwing his body backwards, he steadily draws
+the strip towards him till all the fibre has passed the knife; then,
+removing his foot from the treadle, the knife is lifted from the block
+by the spring, leaving the pulp and waste behind it. Sweeping this
+off, he reverses the half-cleaned strip, and twisting the cleaned
+fibre round one hand and wrist, and grasping it also with the other,
+he draws the part he formerly held, under the knife, pressing the
+treadle with the foot as before, and thus completes the cleaning of
+one strip. The fibre is often six feet long, and only requires drying
+in the sun to be marketable.
+
+A man is able to clean about twenty-five pounds of hemp per day,
+and receives one half of it for his labour.
+
+He usually sells his share to his employer for a trifle under the
+market price.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXI
+
+
+The Chinese in Luzon.
+
+    Mestizos or half-breeds.
+
+
+When Legaspi founded the city of Manila, in 1571, he found that Chinese
+junks frequented the port, and carried on a trade with Tondo and the
+other native towns.
+
+Three years later, the Chinese pirate, Li-ma-hon, made an attack on
+the new city with a force of 2000 men in ninety-five small vessels,
+but was repulsed.
+
+In 1603, the Chinese in Manila, under Eng-cang, rose against the
+Spaniards, and entrenched themselves in the suburbs. The Spaniards
+failed in the first assault with heavy loss, but ultimately the Chinese
+were defeated, and 23,000 were massacred, the few remaining being made
+galley-slaves. In 1639, another insurrection of the Chinese occurred
+and again some 23,000 were massacred.
+
+In 1662, in consequence of the Chinese pirate Cong-seng demanding
+tribute from the governor of the Philippines, a decree was made that
+all Chinese must leave. The Chinese, however, refused, and entrenched
+themselves in the Parian, or market-place, outside the walls. They were
+attacked, and many thousands were killed. A body of 2000 endeavoured
+to march north, but were massacred by the Pampangos.
+
+In 1762, when Manila was taken by the forces of the Honourable East
+India Company, the Chinese eagerly joined in the plundering. It having
+been rumoured that the Chinese intended to join the British forces,
+Don Simon de Anda condemned them all to death, and most of them were
+hung, their property passing to their executioners.
+
+In 1820, there occurred the fifth and last massacre of the
+Chinese. The mob of Manila took advantage of the abject cowardice of
+the acting-governor, General Folgueras, and of other authorities,
+and for hours vented their spite on the unhappy Chinamen, showing
+them no mercy, and carrying off their goods.
+
+Since that time no general massacre has taken place, but such is the
+dislike of the natives to the Chinese, that these latter would have
+been quickly exterminated if the Spanish Government had failed at
+any time to protect them.
+
+The Chinese are mostly herded together in Manila, and in some of
+the larger towns. Some few venture to keep stores in the villages,
+and others travel about at the risk of their lives in the sugar,
+hemp and tobacco districts, as purchasers and collectors of produce.
+
+I consider that they should not be allowed to do this, for the
+invariable result of their interference is to reduce the quality of
+everything they handle. Their trade is based upon false weights and
+measures, and upon adulteration, or insufficient preparation of the
+produce. They are very patient with the natives, and this gives them
+a very great advantage over a European, even if the latter is used
+to Eastern ways. An American would probably have less patience than
+any European in negotiating a purchase of produce from an up-country
+native; the waste of time would exasperate him. I feel sure that most
+of those who know the Philippines will agree with me as to the evil
+results of the operations of the Chinese produce-brokers. Adulterated
+sugar, half-rotten hemp, half-cured tobacco, badly-prepared
+indigo--that is what the Chinaman brings in. He spoils every article
+he trades in, and discredits it in the world's markets.
+
+The Chinese nowhere cultivate the soil, except the gardens and
+market-gardens around Manila, and a few of the large towns.
+
+This is, perhaps, not due to their unwillingness to do so, but because
+they dare not; the natives are too jealous of them, and their lives
+would not be safe away from the towns.
+
+Their genius is commercial, and they are at home in shop, bazaar, or
+office. I think that the Chinese agriculturist does not leave his home
+for the Philippines. Most of those in the islands come from Amoy, and
+the district round that port. Some few are from Macao; they seem to be
+all townsmen, not countrymen. Each shopkeeper has several assistants,
+ranging in age from boys of ten or twelve upwards. On arrival, they are
+placed in a sort of school--a very practical one--to learn Spanish;
+for instance, numbers and coins, with such terms as Muy barato--very
+cheap. As a Chinaman cannot pronounce the letter R, but substitutes L,
+this becomes Muy balato. Thus, also, the Roo-Kiu Islands become the
+Loo-Chew Islands, in Chinese.
+
+The Chinaman is an excellent shop-keeper or pedlar, and some years
+ago, the British importers of Manchester goods made it a practice
+to give credit for goods supplied to the Chinese; the banks also
+extended some facilities to them. In consequence, however, of heavy
+losses to several British firms, this custom has been abandoned,
+or considerably restricted.
+
+The Chinese are good barbers, cooks and gardeners. As breeders of
+fish they are unrivalled. Besides this they compete successfully
+with the Tagal in the following trades: blacksmiths, boiler-makers,
+stokers, engine-drivers, ship and house carpenters, boat-builders,
+cabinet-makers and varnishers, iron and brass-founders, shoe-makers,
+tin-smiths. These artisans are very industrious, and labour constantly
+at their trades. Their great feast is at the Chinese New Year, which
+occurs in February, when they take about a week's holiday, and regale
+themselves on roast pig, and other delicacies, making also presents
+of sweets, fruits, and Jocchiu hams, to their patrons and customers.
+
+There are Chinese apothecaries in Manila, but they are mostly resorted
+to by their own countrymen, and their awful concoctions are nasty
+beyond belief. They deal largely in aphrodisiacs.
+
+Some Chinese doctors practise in Manila, and are said to make wonderful
+cures, even on patients given up by the orthodox medicos. They feel
+the pulse at the temporal artery, or else above the bridge of the nose.
+
+They used to suffer a good deal from the jealousy of the Spanish
+practitioners, and were persecuted for practising without a
+qualification.
+
+Large numbers of Chinese coolies are employed in Manila handling coal,
+loading and unloading ships and lighters, pressing hemp, drying sugar,
+and in other work too hard and too constant for the natives.
+
+The number of Chinese in Luzon has been variously estimated at from
+30,000 to 60,000 men, and two or three hundred women. The anonymous
+author of 'Filipinas--Problema Fundamental' (Madrid, 1891), gives
+the number of Chinese in the whole Archipelago as 125,000, and he
+evidently had access to good information. The fact is nobody knows,
+and in all probability the Spanish authorities had an interest in
+understating the number.
+
+The Chinese were organised quite separately from the natives. Wherever
+their numbers were considerable, they had their own tribunal, with
+a Gobernadorcillo and Principales, the former called the Capitan-China.
+
+In Manila, this Capitan was a man of importance, or else the nominee of
+such a person. Certain governors-general received, nay, even extorted,
+large sums from the Capitan-China. Weyler is said to have been one of
+these offenders, but Jovellar caused the Capitan-China to be turned out
+of Malacañan for offering him a present. No one who knew them would
+ever believe that Moriones or Despujols would condescend to accept
+presents from the Chinamen. One favourite trick of the more corrupt
+governors-general was to have some very obnoxious law made in Spain;
+for instance, obliging the Chinese to become cabezas-de-barangay, or
+responsible tax-collectors of their own countrymen, and then extort
+a ransom for not putting the law in force. Weyler was said to have
+received $80,000 from the Chinese on this account, but some of this
+would have to go to Madrid.
+
+At another time it was proposed that the Chinese should be obliged to
+keep their accounts in Spanish on books having every leaf stamped, and
+that every firm should employ a trained accountant who had passed an
+examination in book-keeping, and obtained a diploma as a commercial
+expert. What it cost the Celestials to avoid this infliction I do
+not know.
+
+Amidst all this extortion from the Spaniard, and notwithstanding the
+ever-present hatred of the native, the Manila Chinaman is a sleek
+and prosperous-looking person, and seems cheerful and contented. If
+he becomes wealthy he may very likely become a Christian, less,
+perhaps, from any conviction or faith, but from motives of interest,
+and to facilitate his marriage to a native woman, or half-caste. He
+invariably selects an influential god-father, and dutifully takes him
+complimentary presents on his feast-day, wife's feast-day, etc. Baptism
+used to cost him a substantial fee, but it brought him business, for
+the priests were good customers to him. Now, however, with freedom
+of religion, with civil marriage and the withdrawal of the friars,
+he may be able to marry without the trouble of changing his religion.
+
+Whether Christian or heathen, he usually keeps a few sticks of incense
+burning before an image at the back of his shop, and contributes to
+any subscription the priest may be raising.
+
+I look upon the Chinaman as a necessity in the Philippines, but
+consider that he must be governed by exceptional legislation, and not
+be allowed to enter indiscriminately, nor to engage, as a matter of
+course, in every calling.
+
+If attempts are to be made to settle them on the land, great care must
+be shown in selecting the localities, and great precautions taken
+to prevent fighting between the Chinese and the natives. However,
+there should be plenty of room for tens of thousands of agricultural
+labourers in Palawan and Mindanao; but I consider women to be
+essential to the success of such colonies. The family is the base of
+any permanent settlement, and it ought to be made a condition that
+a considerable number of women should come over with the men.
+
+
+
+Mestizos, or Half-Breeds.
+
+From the intercourse of Spanish and other Europeans with
+the native women, there has sprung a race called Mestizo, or
+Mestizo-Espanol. Similarly, the Chinese, by their alliance with native
+women, have produced the Mestizo-Chino, or Sangley.
+
+It is very difficult to say how many there are of these people, for
+opinions differ widely. The anonymous author of a pamphlet called
+'Filipinas' (Madrid, 1891), gives the number of Spanish Mestizos in
+the Archipelago, in 1890, as 75,000, whilst he estimates the number
+of Chinese Mestizos at no less than half a million. The Spanish
+Mestizos vary much in appearance, character and education, according
+to whether they have come under the influence of their father or
+their mother. Many of them are people of considerable property, and
+have been educated in Spain, Germany or England, or at the university
+in Manila. Others have relapsed into the ordinary native life. As a
+class they are possessed of much influence. Both in Manila and in the
+country towns they own large houses, and much landed property. Their
+superior intelligence and education enables them to prosper in business
+or in professions. Some of them are doctors of medicine, or lawyers. A
+very few have studied engineering. Again, a fair number are priests,
+and of these, some are men of great learning.
+
+The Mestizos are the capitalists, which is to say the usurers of the
+country. They have not personally participated much in the revolts
+against the Spaniards, nor yet in the fighting against the Americans,
+though they may have given small sums to assist the movement. They will
+be there, though, when offices are to be distributed, and will make
+hard masters, more oppressive, in fact, than any European or American.
+
+This is what M. André, Belgian Consul-General, says of them: "This
+class is composed entirely of usurers and pawnees. All the pawn-shops
+and gambling-houses belong to the principal Mestizo families. There
+is not one family free from that stigma. In the plantations belonging
+to the rich families of Mestizos or Indians, the workmen are treated
+very inhumanly."
+
+There can be no doubt that the Spanish Mestizos are very unpopular
+amongst the natives, and that an uncomfortable time would await them
+should the islands become independent. They are perfectly aware of
+this, and in their hearts long for the protection of one of the Great
+Powers. At the same time, they are anxious to get the lion's share
+of the loaves and fishes.
+
+The Chinese Mestizos differ both in appearance and character from
+the Spanish Mestizos, owning less land, and being more addicted
+to commercial pursuits, for which both sexes show a remarkable
+aptitude. It is customary for the daughters, even of wealthy
+families, to trade on their own account from an early age. A case
+was mentioned to me where five dollars was given to a young girl to
+begin trading. With this she purchased a pilon of sugar, and sending
+out some of her father's servants to the woods, collected a large
+quantity of guavas. She then caused the cook to make the material
+into guava jelly, which she packed in tins or jars collected for the
+purpose. Then another servant took the jelly out for sale, and disposed
+of it all. The capital was soon doubled, and invested in sayas and
+handkerchiefs bought at wholesale prices, which were then hawked round
+by a servant. Some years afterwards, I made the acquaintance of this
+young lady, and found that she was then dealing in diamond and pearl
+jewellery, and had a large iron safe in which she kept her stock,
+which was then worth several thousand dollars, all made by her trading.
+
+Chinese Mestizos are owners of cascos and lorchas for loading or
+unloading vessels, also of farderias, or establishments for mixing
+and drying sugar.
+
+In Manila, the Sangleyes, as they are called by the Spaniards
+and natives, have a gobernadorcillo and tribunal of their own. In
+Santa Cruz they are very numerous, and amongst them are to be found
+jewellers, silversmiths, watch-makers, or rather repairers, sculptors,
+gilders and painters, besides one or two dentists of good renown.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+PART II
+
+THE VISAYAS AND PALAWAN
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXII
+
+THE VISAYAS ISLANDS.
+
+    Area and population--Panay--Negros--Cebú--Bohol--Leyte--Samar.
+
+
+This name is given to the group of six considerable islands
+lying between Luzon and Mindanao, and also to the race inhabiting
+them. Beginning at the west, these islands are Panay, Negros, Cebú,
+Bohol, Leyte, and Samar. There are also a number of smaller islands.
+
+Many of the larger as well as the smaller islands are thickly
+populated, and an extensive emigration takes place to the great and
+fertile island of Mindanao, where any amount of rich land waits the
+coming of the husbandmen. I can find no later records of population
+than the census of 1877. This may seem strange to an American,
+but to those who know the ignorance and ineptitude of the Spanish
+administration, it will seem a matter of course. Such data of the
+population as the Government Offices possess, are mostly due to the
+priests and the archbishop.
+
+Since 1877 there has undoubtedly been a great increase of population
+amongst the Visayas, and in 1887 the population of Panay was considered
+to be more than a million.
+
+The Visayas Islands contain fewer heathen than any other part of the
+Philippines. In Panay there are a few Negritos and Mundos; in Negros
+some Negritos and Carolanos. The illustration opposite p. 207 is a
+full-length photograph of Tek Taita, a Negrito from this island. In
+Cebú a few Mundos live around the peak of Danao. In Bohol, Leyte,
+and Samar there are no heathen savages.
+
+It may be said that the heathen in these islands would have died out
+before now but that they are reinforced continually by remontados,
+or fugitives from justice, also by people whose inclination for a
+savage life, or whose love of rapine renders the humdrum life of
+their village insupportable to them.
+
+The following Table gives the area of each of the six larger islands,
+and the population in 1877.
+
+
+                      Area in square miles.
+                                Population according to Census of 1877.
+                                                Capitals.
+
+Panay
+  (divided into       4,898     777,777 [29]    Capiz.
+  three provinces--                             Antique.
+  Capiz, Antique,                               Ilo-ilo.
+  Ilo-ilo)
+Negros                3,592     204,669         Bacolod.
+Cebú                  2,285     403,296         Cebú.
+Bohol                 1,226     226,546         Tagbilaran.
+Leyte                 3,706     220,515         Tacloban.
+Samar                 5,182     178,890         Catbalogan.
+                              ---------
+                              2,011,693
+
+
+Panay.--This island is approximately an equilateral triangle, with
+the western edge nearly north and south, having one apex pointing
+south. A chain of mountains extends in a curved line from the northern
+to the southern point, enclosing an irregular strip of land which
+forms the province of Antique. The rivers in this part of the island
+are naturally short and unimportant. The northern part of the island
+is the province of Capiz, the principal river is the Panay, which,
+rising in the centre of the island, runs in a northerly direction for
+over thirty miles, entering the sea at the Bay of Sapian. The eastern
+and southern part of the island is the province of Ilo-ilo. The
+principal river is the Talana, which, rising quite near the source
+of the River Panay, runs in a southerly and south-easterly direction
+into the channel between Negros and Panay to the north of the island of
+Guimaras. There are many spurs to the principal range of mountains, but
+between them is a considerable extent of land under cultivation. The
+province of Ilo-ilo is one of the richest and most densely-populated in
+the Philippines. It now contains at least half a million inhabitants.
+
+Ilo-ilo is open to foreign commerce, and vice-consuls of many nations
+reside there. Yet the port has neither wharves, cranes, moorings or
+lights. The coasting steamers drawing up to 13 feet enter a muddy
+creek and discharge their cargo on the banks as best they can, whilst
+the ocean-going ships lie out in the bay and receive their cargoes
+of sugar and other produce from lighters, upon each of which pilotage
+used to be charged for the benefit of an unnecessary number of pilots,
+and of the captain of the port, who received a share of the pilotage
+and strenuously resisted a reform of this abuse.
+
+Under American protection, Ilo-ilo may be expected to become a
+flourishing port, provided with every convenience for discharging,
+loading, and repairing ships, as becomes the importance of its
+trade. The town of Ilo-ilo contained many large buildings, some
+of them owned by British subjects. During the fighting last year,
+however, several buildings were burnt.
+
+During the Spanish rule the streets were entirely uncared for, being
+a series of mud-holes in the rainy season, and thick with dust and
+garbage in the dry season.
+
+The town and port together are notorious examples of all the worst
+characteristics of Spanish rule.
+
+The principal towns of this wealthy province are Pototan, Santa
+Barbara, Janiuay, and Cabatuan, each of which has more than 20,000
+inhabitants.
+
+The industries and productions of this and the other islands are
+treated of under Visayas when describing the inhabitants.
+
+Negros.--A long island of irregular shape, lying between Panay and
+Cebú. Its axis is nearly north and south, and a chain of mountains
+runs up it, but nearer to the east than to the west coast.
+
+A little to the north of the centre of this chain, the celebrated
+volcano Canlaon raises its peak over 8300 feet. It is frequently in
+active eruption, and can be perceived at an immense distance when the
+atmosphere is clear. I have seen it and its long plume of vapour from
+a steamer when passing the north of the island.
+
+In the Sierra de Dumaguete, a range occupying the centre of the
+southern promontory of the island, and about the centre of the range,
+there is the volcano of Bacon, about which little is known.
+
+Cebú is a long and narrow island something in the shape of an
+alligator, looked at from above, with the snout pointing to the
+southward and westward. It is opposite to Negros, and separated
+from that island by the Strait of Tanon. It is, in fact, a range of
+mountains rising out of the sea, and is very narrow, being nowhere
+more than 22 miles wide. There being a large population of Visayas,
+and the mountains not being very high, the wandering heathen have to
+a great extent been weeded out, and only a remnant of wretched Mundos
+remain about the crests of the cordillera.
+
+The capital city, Cebú, was the first in the Archipelago to possess
+a municipality, and was, in fact, until 1571, the capital of the
+Philippines.
+
+It possesses some fine buildings; is the seat of a bishop, and formerly
+of the Governor-General of Visayas. It is open to foreign commerce,
+and vice-consuls of the principal nations reside there.
+
+There can be no rivers in an island of this configuration, for the
+water runs away as from the roof of a house. The crops and industries
+have been spoken of under the head of Visayas.
+
+There are considerable beds of lignite near Compostela, and various
+efforts have been made to work them, so far, I fear, without much
+success. Remarkable shells, and some pearls are obtained round about
+Cebú and the adjacent islands.
+
+Bohol lies off the southern half of the eastern coast of Cebú, and
+is only half the size of that island, but it has more than half the
+population. It is hilly, and the towns and villages are situated
+on the coast. Only the southern and eastern coast is visited by
+coasting vessels, the navigation to the north and west being impeded
+by a labyrinth of coral reefs. The soil of this island is not rich,
+and the more enterprising of the natives emigrate to Mindanao.
+
+Leyte is an island of very irregular shape--something like a hide
+pegged out on the ground--and lies between the northern half of Cebú
+and the southern part of Samar, from which it is only separated by a
+very narrow passage called the Janabatas Channel, and the Strait of
+San Juanico. The southern extremity of Leyte approaches the northern
+promontory of Mindanao, and forms the Straits of Surigao, the second
+entrance from the Pacific to the seas of the Archipelago. The island is
+mountainous, and has two lakes, one called Bito is at the narrowest
+part, and one called Jaro, near the town of that name. There are
+several good ports. The exports, which go to Manila, are hemp and
+sulphur of great purity.
+
+Samar.--This is the largest of the Visayas, and yet has fewest
+inhabitants. It lies to the eastward of all the other islands,
+and consequently its east coast, like that of Luzon and Mindanao,
+is exposed to the full fury of the north-east monsoon, and to the
+ravages of the heavy rollers of the Pacific that burst without warning
+on its rocky coast.
+
+Its chief port, Catbalogan, is situated on the western coast, and
+is well-sheltered. From the coast many lofty peaks are visible,
+but the interior of this island is little known. The exports are
+hemp and cocoa-nut oil. The northern point of Samar approaches
+the southern extremity of Luzon, and forms the historic Strait of
+San Bernardino, one of the entrances to the Philippine Archipelago
+from the Pacific. It was by this Strait that the annual galleon from
+Acapulco entered, and here also the British privateers lay in wait
+for their silver-laden prey.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIII
+
+The Visayas Race.
+
+    Appearance--Dress--Look upon Tagals as foreigners--Favourable
+    opinion of Tomas de Comyn--Old Christians--Constant wars with the
+    Moro pirates and Sea Dayaks--Secret heathen rites--Accusation of
+    indolence unfounded--Exports of hemp and sugar--Ilo-ilo sugar--Cebú
+    sugar--Textiles--A promising race.
+
+
+The most numerous and, after the Tagals, the most important race in
+the Philippines is the Visaya, formerly called Pintados, or painted
+men, from the blue painting or tattooing which was prevalent at the
+time of the conquest. They form the mass of the inhabitants of the
+islands called Visayas and of some others.
+
+They occupy the south coast of Masbate, the islands of Romblon,
+Bohol, Sibuyan, Samar, and Leyte, Tablas, Panay, Negros, and Cebú,
+all the lesser islands of the Visayas group and the greater part of
+the coast of the great island of Mindanao. In that island the Caragas,
+a very warlike branch of the Visayas, occupy the coast of the old
+kingdom of Caraga on the east from Punta Cauit to Punta San Agustin.
+
+Another branch of the Visayas distinguished by a darker colour and
+by a curliness of the hair, suggesting some Negrito mixture, occupies
+the Calamiancs and Cuyos Islands, and the northern coasts of Paragua
+or Palawan as far as Bahia Honda.
+
+In appearance the Visayas differ somewhat from the Tagals, having
+a greater resemblance to the Malays of Borneo and Malacca. The men
+wear their hair longer than the Tagals, and the women wear a patadion
+instead of a saya and tapis.
+
+The patadion is a piece of cloth a yard wide and over two yards long,
+the ends of which are sewn together. The wearer steps into it and wraps
+it round the figure from the waist downward, doubling it over in front
+into a wide fold, and tucking it in securely at the waist. The saya is
+a made skirt tied at the waist with a tape, and the tapis is a breadth
+of dark cloth, silk or satin, doubled round the waist over the saya.
+
+In disposition they are less sociable and hospitable than the Tagals,
+and less clean in their persons and clothing. They have a language of
+their own, and there are several dialects of it. The basis of their
+food is rice, with which they often mix maize. They flavour their
+food with red pepper to a greater extent than the Tagals. They are
+expert fishermen, and consume large quantities of fish. In smoking
+and chewing betel they resemble the other races of the islands. They
+are great gamblers, and take delight in cock-fighting. They are fond
+of hunting, and kill numbers of wild pig and deer. They cut the flesh
+of the latter into thin strips and dry it in the sun, after which it
+will keep a long time. It is useful to take as provision on a journey,
+but it requires good teeth to get through it.
+
+The Visayas build a number of canoes, paraos, barotos, and vintas, and
+are very confident on the water, putting to sea in their ill-found and
+badly-equipped craft with great assurance, and do not come to grief
+as often as might be expected. Their houses are similarly constructed
+to those of the other inhabitants of the littoral.
+
+Ancient writers accused the Visaya women of great sensuality and
+unbounded immorality, and gave details of some very curious customs,
+which are unsuitable for general publication. However, the customs I
+refer to have been long obsolete among the Visayas, although still
+existing amongst some of the wilder tribes in Borneo. The Visaya
+women are very prolific, many having borne a dozen children, but
+infant mortality is high, and they rear but few of them. The men
+are less sober than the Tagals--they manufacture and consume large
+quantities of strong drink. They are not fond of the Tagals, and a
+Visaya regiment would not hesitate to fire upon them if ordered. In
+fact the two tribes look upon each other as foreigners. When discovered
+by the Spaniards, they were to a great extent civilised and organised
+in a feudal system. Tomas de Comyn formed a very favourable opinion of
+them--he writes, both men and women are well-mannered and of a good
+disposition, of better condition and nobler behaviour than those of
+the Island of Luzon and others adjacent.
+
+They had learnt much from Arab and Bornean adventurers, especially
+from the former, whose superior physique, learning, and sanctity, as
+coming from the country of the Prophet, made them acceptable suitors
+for the hands of the daughters of the Rajas or petty kings. They had
+brought with them the doctrines of Islam, which had begun to make
+some converts before the Spanish discovery. The old Visaya religion
+was not unlike that of the Tagals, they called their idols Dinatas
+instead of Anitos--their marriage customs were not very different
+from those of the Tagals.
+
+The ancestors of the Visayas were converted to Christianity at, or
+soon after, the Spanish conquest. They have thus been Christians for
+over three centuries, and in constant war with the Mahometan pirates
+of Mindanao and Sulu, and with the Sea Dayaks of Borneo. However, in
+some localities they still show a strong hankering after witchcraft,
+and practise secret heathen rites, notwithstanding the vigilance of
+the parish priests.
+
+A friar of the order of Recollets who had held a benefice in Bohol,
+assured me that they have a secret heathen organisation, although
+every member is a professing Christian, taking the Sacrament on the
+great feasts of the Church. They hold a secret triennial meeting of
+their adherents, who come over from other islands to be present. The
+meeting is held in some lonely valley, or on some desert island,
+where their vessels can lie concealed, always far from any church or
+priest. All the Recollet could tell me about the ceremonies was that
+the sacrifice of pigs formed an important part of it
+
+The Visayas are no less credulous than the Tagals, for in Samar,
+during my recollection, there have been several disturbances caused by
+fanatics who went about in rags, and by prayers, incoherent speeches,
+and self-mortification acquired a great reputation for sanctity. The
+poor ignorant people, deluded by these impostors, who gave themselves
+out to be gods, and as such, impervious to bullets, and immortal,
+abandoned their homes and followed these false gods wherever they went,
+listening to their wild promises, and expecting great miracles. They
+soon came into collision with the Guardia Civil; and on one occasion,
+armed only with clubs and knives, they made a determined charge on a
+small party of this corps under the command of a native officer. The
+Guardia Civil formed across the road and poured several steady volleys
+into the advancing crowd, breaking them up and dispersing them with
+heavy loss and killing the false god. The native officer received
+the laurel-wreathed cross of San Fernando as a reward for his services.
+
+The Visayas are taxed with great indolence, yet they are almost the
+only working people in districts which export a great quantity of
+produce. Leyte and Samar produce a good many bales of excellent
+hemp, and it should be remembered that every bale represents at
+least twelve days' hard work of one man in cleaning the fibre only,
+without counting the cultivation, conveyance to the port, pressing,
+baling, and shipping.
+
+In Negros and Panay the sugar estates are much larger than in Luzon,
+and mostly belong to Spaniards or mestizos. They are not worked by
+aparceria as in Luzon, but the labourers are paid by the day. Great
+troubles often occur as bands of labourers present themselves
+on the plantations and offer to work, but demand an advance of
+pay. Sometimes, after receiving it, they work a few days and then
+depart without notice, leaving the planter in great difficulty and
+without redress. Strict laws against vagrants are urgently required
+in Visayas. On the other hand the planter is more free to introduce
+improvements and alterations than when working by aparceria when he has
+to consult the inquilino or cultivator about any change. The cane-mills
+are much larger than in Luzon, and are mostly worked by steam engines.
+
+The sugar is handled differently from the custom of Pampanga. Pilones
+are not used, and no manipulation in farderias is required to
+prepare it for export. The cane-juice is carefully clarified and
+skimmed, then boiled in open pans to a much higher point than when
+making pilon-sugar, and to get it to this point without burning or
+over-heating much care and experience is required.
+
+From the teache it is ladled into large wooden trays, always in
+thin layers, and is there beaten up with heavy spatulas until it
+becomes, on cooling, a pale yellow amorphous mass. It is packed in
+mat-bags, and is then ready for shipment. It travels well and loses
+but little during a Voyage to San Francisco or New York. None of it
+goes to England, which is now entirely supplied by the vile beet sugar
+"made in Germany," except for a few hundred tons of Demerara crystals
+imported for use by connoisseurs to sweeten their coffee.
+
+Ilo-ilo sugar is shipped under three marks, No. 1, No. 2, No. 3. An
+assortment or cargo of this sugar should consist of 1-8th No. 1,
+2-8ths No. 2, 5-8ths No. 3.
+
+A representative analysis of Ilo-ilo sugar is as follows:
+
+
+                             No. 1.    No. 2.    No. 3.
+
+                             Per Cent. Per Cent. Per Cent.
+        Crystallizable sugar  86.60     84.50     81.20
+        Glucose                5.40      5.50      6.56
+        Mineral matter (ash)   1.50      2.56      3.72
+        Sand                  trace       .24      1.28
+
+
+In Cebú the properties are small and are mostly in the hands of
+Visayas. There are, perhaps, five or six steam-mills, but most of the
+cane is ground in cattle-mills. They follow the practice of negroes
+in making sugars direct for export, but the produce is of a lower
+quality. An analysis of the Cebú sugar is as follows:
+
+
+                        Cebú Superior.    Cebú Current.
+
+                            Per Cent.       Per Cent.
+    Crystallizable sugar     81.10            71.00
+    Glucose                   7.90            12.50
+    Mineral matter (ash)      2.16             2.23
+
+
+The sugar produced in the other Visayas islands is quite insignificant.
+
+Ilo-ilo and Cebú are the principal ports in the Visayas
+territory. Besides what they shipped to Manila in 1897, they exported
+directly to the United States, Great Britain, or other countries,
+the following: Ilo-ilo, 127,744 tons of sugar; 51,300 piculs of Sapan
+wood; Cebú, 15,444 tons of sugar; 80,271 bales of hemp; 46,414 piculs
+of Copra. And it must be remembered that the Visayas cultivate most
+of the rice, maize, and other food-stuffs which they consume, and
+also make their own instruments of agriculture. Besides this, Ilo-ilo
+exported to other parts of the Philippines a million dollars' worth of
+textiles of cotton, silk, and other fibres, made by the Visayas women
+in hand-looms. The women in Antique make the finest piña, a beautiful
+transparent texture of the utmost delicacy, woven from the fibres of
+the leaves of a non-fruiting pine (ananas). When doing the finest work
+they have to keep their doors and windows closed, for the least draught
+would break or disarrange the delicate filaments. The export from other
+ports in Visayas of textiles of cotton and silk is considerable, and,
+in addition to what they sell, the Visayas women weave most of the
+material for their own clothing and for that of the men.
+
+The Visayas also export mat-bags for sugar, which are called bayones;
+mats for sleeping on, called petates or esteras; pillows stuffed
+with cotton, hides, mother-of-pearl shell, Balate (Bèche de Mer),
+edible bird's-nests, gutta-percha, gum-dammar, wax, rattans, coffee
+(of indifferent quality), and leaf tobacco. Both the island of Panay
+and the coasts of Negros are dotted over with cane plantations.
+
+The Visayas extract oil from cocoa-nuts and forge excellent weapons
+from scrap iron. The bands from bales of Manchester goods are much
+esteemed for this purpose.
+
+If we take all these points into consideration, the Visayas may not
+appear so deplorably indolent as they have been said to be. When
+writing of the other races, I have pointed out that the indolence
+imputed to them rather goes beyond what is warranted by the facts.
+
+It will be understood that there are degrees in the civilisation of
+the Visayas, and as amongst the Tagals and other races, considerable
+differences will be found to exist between the dwellers in the towns
+and those in the outlying hamlets, whilst the Remontados may be
+considered to have relapsed into savagery.
+
+The Visayas do a certain amount of trade with the heathen hill-men
+of their islands, and as will be pointed out when describing these
+tribes, it is hard to say whether the Christian Visayas or the
+Mahometan Malays rob these poor savages more shamefully.
+
+The Visayas are a promising race, and I feel sure that when they have
+a good government that will not extort too heavy taxes from them,
+nor allow the native and half-caste usurers to eat them up, their
+agriculture and industries will surprisingly increase.
+
+It is to the Visayas that the American Government must look to provide
+a militia that will now hold in check, and ultimately subjugate,
+the piratical Moros of Mindanao and Paragua. The fighting qualities
+of this race, developed by centuries of combat with their Mahometan
+aggressors in defence of hearths and homes, will be found quite
+sufficient if they are well armed and led to make an end of the Moro
+power within a very few years.
+
+That this aspiration is one well worthy of the countrymen of Decatur,
+will, I think, be admitted by all who have read my description of
+the Moros under the heading of Mindanao.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIV
+
+The Island of Palawan, or Paragua.
+
+    The Tagbanúas--Tandulanos--Manguianes--Negritos--Moros of southern
+    Palawan--Tagbanúa alphabet.
+
+
+The island of Palawan, or, as it is called by the Spaniards,
+La Paragua, is situated between the parallels 8° 25' and 11° 30'
+N. lat. The capital, Puerto Princesa, was founded in 1872, and is
+situated on the east coast in lat. 9° 45', being 354 miles from Manila,
+210 miles from North Borneo, and 510 miles from Singapore. Palawan is
+about 250 miles long, and from 10 to 25 wide, with an area of about
+5833 square miles, the third in size of the Philippine Islands. There
+are several good ports in the northern part, which is much broken up,
+and its coasts studded with numerous islets, forming secure anchorages.
+
+Off the western coast is a large submarine bank, with many coral
+reefs and islets. The navigation on this coast is very dangerous,
+and can only be done in daylight.
+
+The harbour of Puerto Princesa is an excellent one, and sufficiently
+large for all requirements.
+
+Limestone and other sedimentary formations predominate. No volcanic
+rocks are known to exist. It is conjectured that the island has been
+formed by an upheaval, and it bears little resemblance geologically
+to any of the other Philippines. Plastic clays suitable for making
+bricks, tiles, and pottery, abound.
+
+Nothing is known about the mineralogy, except that rock-crystal is
+found, a magnificent specimen of great purity and value was sent from
+the island to the Madrid Exhibition of 1887.
+
+A chain of mountains, with peaks of varying elevation up to 6500 feet,
+runs lengthways of the island, much nearer to the western coast than
+to the eastern. The descent from the summits to the eastern coast
+is, therefore, gradual, and on the western coast it is abrupt. Mount
+Staveley, Mount Beaufort (3740 feet), Pico Pulgar (4330 feet), and
+the Peaks of Anepalian, are in the central part of the island.
+
+The following record is taken from the observations made by Captain
+Canga-Arguelles, a former governor, during his residence of three
+years in Puerto Princesa.
+
+
+        Month.       Mean Temp.    Barometer.
+                     Fahrenheit.   Inches.   Rainy Days.
+
+        January          85          30.34            4
+        February         81          30               3
+        March            85          30.07            4
+        April            87          29.92            5
+        May              84          29.80            4
+        June             82          29.90           12
+        July             80            ..            17
+        August           82          29.84            4
+        September        79          29.88           20
+        October          85          29.90           20
+        November         82          29.95            8
+        December         82          30               4
+                                                   -----
+        Mean             82.83                      105
+
+
+It will be seen that the temperature is not excessive, and that
+the distribution of the rainfall is favourable to agriculture and
+planting. The force of the monsoon is much spent when it arrives
+on the coast of Paragua, and the typhoons only touch the northern
+extremity of the island.
+
+Volcanic phenomena are unknown, and there is no record of earthquakes.
+
+From the lay of the island there is always one coast with calm water,
+whichever way the monsoon is blowing.
+
+The troops and civil population of Puerto Princesa suffer to some
+extent from intermittent fevers; but the reports of the military,
+naval, and civil infirmaries, state that the disease is not very
+severe, and that it yields to treatment, and this assertion is
+confirmed by the reports of the French travellers, Drs. Montano and
+Rey and M. Alfred Marche.
+
+The northern part of the island has been colonised from the other
+Philippines, and the Christian inhabitants number about 10,000
+distributed amongst several small villages. The southern coasts are
+occupied by Mahometan Malays, who number about 6000, and the rest
+of this large island, except Puerta Princesa, is only populated by
+savages, the principal tribes being the--
+
+
+        Tagbuanas, estimated to number          6,000
+        Tandulanos, estimated to number         1,500
+        Negritos, estimated to number             500
+        Manguianes, estimated to number         4,000
+                                              --------
+                                               12,000
+
+
+This gives a grand total of 28,000 inhabitants, or 5.6 to the
+square mile. In the island of Luzon, in which extensive districts
+are uncultivated and unexplored, the mean density of the population
+in 1875, was 76.5 per square mile, and in the provinces of Batangan
+and Pasgasinan, which are, perhaps, the best cultivated, the density
+was 272 inhabitants to the square mile.
+
+The fauna has been studied to some extent, a French collector having
+resided for a considerable period on the island. It comprises monkeys,
+pigs, civets, porcupines, flying squirrels, pheasants, and a small
+leopard, this latter not found in any other of the Philippines,
+and showing a connection with Borneo.
+
+The island is covered with dense forests, which have been little
+explored.
+
+The Inspeccion de Montes (Department of Woods and Forests) gives a
+list of 104 different kinds of forest-trees known to be growing there,
+and states that ebony abounds there more than in any other province
+of the Philippines. According to Wallace, the camphor-tree is found
+in the island.
+
+Amongst the timbers mentioned in the Woods and Forests lists are
+ebony, camagon, teak, cedar, dungon, banaba, guíjo, molave, and
+many others of value. The forest or jungle-produce will comprise:
+charcoal, firewood, bamboos, rattans, nipa (attap), orchids, wax,
+gums, resins, and camphor. Edible birds'-nests are found in various
+localities. Fish is abundant in the waters, and balate (Bèche de mer)
+is collected on the shores and reefs.
+
+Puerto Princesa is visited by a mail steamer from Manila once in
+twenty-eight days. A garrison of two companies of infantry was kept
+there, and several small gun-boats were stationed there, which went
+periodically round the island. Piracy was completely suppressed,
+and the Mahometan Malays were kept in good order by the Spanish forces.
+
+The dense primeval forests which have existed for ages, untouched
+by the hand of man, undevastated by typhoons, volcanic eruptions, or
+earthquakes, must necessarily have produced an enormous quantity of
+decayed vegetable matter, rich in humus, and such a soil on a limestone
+subsoil, mixed with the detritus washed down from the mountains, may
+reasonably be expected to be of the highest fertility, and, perhaps,
+to be equal to the richest lands of the earth, most specially for
+the cultivation of tobacco.
+
+The varied climates to be found from the sea-level to the tops of the
+mountains should allow the cultivation of maize, rice, sugar-cane,
+cotton, cacao, coffee, and hemp, each in the zone most favourable
+to its growth and fruitfulness. The exemption from typhoons enjoyed
+by this region is most important as regards the cultivation of
+the aborescent species, and the cocoa-nut palm would prove highly
+remunerative on land not suited for other crops.
+
+
+
+Tagbanúas.
+
+The Tagbanúas are said to be the most numerous of the inhabitants of
+Palawan. I understand that this word comes from Taga, an inhabitant,
+and banua, country, and therefore means an original inhabitant of
+the country, as opposed to later arrivals.
+
+They inhabit the district between Inagáhuan, on the east coast,
+and Ulugan and Apurahuan, on the west coast. Their numbers in 1888
+were estimated at 6000. In 1890 I spent ten days amongst these
+people, and employed a number of them as porters to carry my tent,
+provisions, and equipment, when travelling on foot through the
+forests to report on the value of a concession in the neighbourhood
+of Yuahit and Inagáhuan. I therefore describe them from personal
+knowledge. They are of a yellowish colour, and generally similar to
+the Mahometan Malays of Mindanao. Those who have settled down and
+cultivated land have a robust and healthy appearance; but those who
+are nomadic, mostly suffered from skin diseases, and some were quite
+emaciated. Their Maestro de Campo, the recognised head of their tribe,
+lived near Inagáhuan, and I visited him at his house, and found him
+quite communicative through an interpreter.
+
+Maestro de Campo is an obsolete military rank in Spain, and a
+commission granting this title and an official staff, is sometimes
+conferred by the Governor-General of the Philippines, or even by
+the King of Spain, upon the chiefs of heathen tribes, who have
+supported the Spanish forces against the pirates of Sulú, Mindanao,
+or Palawan. Sometimes a small pension accompanies the title.
+
+I also learnt much about the Tagbanúas from a solitary missionary,
+a member of the Order of Recollets, Fray Lorenzo Zapater, who had
+resided more than two years amongst them, and had built a primitive
+sort of church at Inagáhuan.
+
+They are sociable and pacific; their only weapons are the cerbatana,
+or blow-pipe, with poisoned darts, and bows and arrows, for the knives
+they carry are tools and not weapons. They do not make war amongst
+themselves, but formerly fought sometimes to defend their possessions
+against the piratical Mahometans, who inhabit the southern part of the
+island. These heartless robbers, for centuries made annual raids upon
+them, carrying off the paddy they had stored for their subsistence,
+and everything portable worth taking. They seized the boys for slaves,
+to cultivate their lands, and the girls for concubines, killing the
+adults who dared to resist them. However, since the establishment of
+a naval station and the penal colony at Puerto Princesa in 1872, the
+coast has been patrolled by the Spanish gun-boats and the piratical
+incursions have come to an end. The nomadic Tagbanúas, both men and
+women, were quite naked, except for a cloth (tapa-rabo) which the men
+wore, whilst the women wore a girdle, from which hung strips of bark or
+skin reaching nearly to the knees. Round their necks they wore strings
+of coloured beads, a turquoise blue seemed to be the favourite kind,
+and on their arms and ankles, bangles made of brass wire. Coming out
+of the forest into a clearing where there were two small huts built in
+the usual manner, and another constructed in the fork of a large tree,
+I found a group of these people threshing paddy. Amongst them were two
+young women with figures of striking symmetry, who, on being called by
+the interpreter, approached my party without the slightest timidity or
+embarrassment, although wearing only the fringed girdle. I learnt that
+they had both been baptized but on asking the taller girl her name,
+instead of answering me, she turned to her companion and said to her,
+"What is my name?" to which the other answered, "Ursula." I then asked
+the shorter girl her name, and she also, instead of answering me, asked
+the other girl, "What is my name?" to which the taller one answered,
+"Margarita." These names had recently been given them instead of their
+heathen names, and I could not be sure whether they had forgotten
+their new names or whether, as is the case in several tribes, they must
+never pronounce their own names nor the names of their ancestors. They
+thankfully accepted a cigarette each, which they immediately lighted.
+
+On the following Sunday, these girls came to Mass at the Inagáhuan
+Church, completely dressed like Tagal women, and although they passed
+in front of me, I did not recognize them until I was told, for they
+looked much shorter.
+
+When the missionary accompanied me to visit any of these people,
+I observed that as we approached a house the people were hurriedly
+putting on their clothes to receive us, but they were evidently more
+at ease in the garb of Adam before the fall.
+
+The Tagbanúas have no strong religious convictions, and can be easily
+persuaded to allow their children to be baptised. The population of
+Inagáhuan and Abortan at the time of my visit was, according to the
+missionary, 1080, of whom 616 were baptised. But from this number
+many had been taken away by their half-caste or Chinese creditors
+to Lanúgan, a visita of Trinitian, to collect wax and almáciga--the
+forests near Inagáhuan and Yuáhit being entirely exhausted. The
+heathen Tagbanúas believe in future rewards and punishment, and call
+the infernal regions basaud. They believe in a Great Spirit, the
+creator and preserver, who presides over all the important acts of
+life. They call him Maguindose, and make offerings to him of rice and
+fish. Polygamy is allowed amongst them, but from what I saw is not
+much practised. When a Tagbanúa proposes marriage to the object of
+his affections, he leaves at the door of her hut the fresh trunk of
+a banana plant. If she delays answering till the trunk has withered,
+he understands this as a negative, and the damsel is spared the pain
+of verbally refusing; but if she approves of his suit, she sends him
+her answer in good time.
+
+The lover then conveys to the house of the bride's parents, where
+all her relations are assembled, large baskets of boiled rice. He
+takes a morsel of this and places it in the mouth of the girl, she
+then does the same to him, and by this symbolic act they assume the
+responsibilities of matrimony. This particular ceremony is common to
+many Philippine tribes. The remainder of the cooked rice furnishes
+the basis of the marriage feast.
+
+They are said to cruelly punish adultery; on the other hand, divorce
+is easily obtained.
+
+When one of their number is very ill, they get up a concert (?) of
+gongs and drums with the hope of curing him, and during the performance
+nobody must approach the patient's couch. I could not learn whether
+the music was intended to cheer up the sick person, or to frighten
+away the evil spirit, which they look upon as the cause of his malady;
+but I incline to the latter belief, because the so-called music is
+calculated to frighten away any living thing.
+
+If, however, the patient does not improve, he is then consulted as
+to where he would like to be buried, and about other details of the
+ceremony and funeral feast. This reminds me that I have read of a
+Scotchwoman consulting her dying husband as to whether the scones
+to be made for his funeral should be square or round. Such, however,
+is the custom of the Tagbanúas.
+
+Immediately after death the relatives place by the corpse the weapons
+and effects belonging to the deceased and sprinkle ashes on the floor
+all around--then they retire and leave the dead alone for a time. Later
+on, they return and carefully examine the ashes to see whether the
+soul of the defunct, when abandoning the body, left any foot-marks.
+
+Then, forming a circle round the dead, they chant a dirge in honour
+of the departed, after which they commit his body to the earth in the
+midst of his cleared land, unless he has selected some other spot,
+burying with him his arms and utensils, not forgetting the wood-knife
+and a liberal ration of cooked rice and condiments for his journey
+to the other world. They then abandon both hut and land and never
+return to it. They bury small children in jars called basinganis.
+
+I was much interested in these people, and felt a great pity for
+them. All energy and determination seemed to have been crushed out
+of them by centuries of oppression from their predatory neighbours,
+and when at last the Spanish gun-boats delivered them from these
+periodical attacks, they were held in what was practically slavery by
+their half-caste or Chinese creditors. The respectability of a Tagbanúa
+is measured by the weight of gongs he possesses, just as the importance
+of a Malay pirate-chief depends on the weight of brass-guns he owns.
+
+The half-castes, or Chinese, will supply them with a brass-gong worth,
+say $5, for which they charge them thirty dollars to account. This must
+be paid in almáciga (gum-dammar) at $5 per picul. Consequently the poor
+savage has to supply six piculs of almaciga. Now this gum was worth $12
+per picul in Singapore, and the freight was trifling. Consequently the
+savage pays the greedy half-caste, or avaricious Chinaman, $72 worth
+of gum (less expenses) for a $5 gong, and these rascally usurers take
+care that the savage never gets out of their debt as long as he lives,
+and makes his sons take over his debt when he dies. These terms are
+considered very moderate indeed; when I come to speak of Mindanao
+I shall quote some much more striking trade figures. Many of the
+traders there would think it very bad business to get only $72 for
+goods costing $5.
+
+Instead, therefore, of being allowed to till their land, these people
+are hurried off to the most distant and least accessible forests to
+dig for almáciga. This gum is found in crevices in the earth amongst
+the roots of secular trees. I was assured that deposits had been found
+of 25 piculs in one place--more than a ton and a half, but such finds
+are rare, as the gum is now scarce. The savage has to hide or guard his
+treasure when found, and he or his family must transport it on their
+backs for twenty, thirty, or forty miles, as the case may be, making
+repeated journeys to deliver it to their creditor. I think this hard
+work, and want of good food, explains the emaciation I noticed amongst
+these people. Some few of them were not in debt. Near Inagáhuan, I
+found a man named Amasa who had a small cane-field, and was at work
+squeezing the cane with a great lever-press, which reminded me of
+the wine-presses in Teneriffe. The lever was made of the trunk of a
+tree; the fulcrum was a growing tree, whilst the pressing block was a
+tree-stump hollowed at the top. The juice was boiled to a thick syrup,
+and found a ready sale in the neighbourhood. Amasa was the biggest
+and strongest man I saw amongst the Tagbanúas, and stood five feet
+nine inches high. He possessed a comfortable house and clothes,
+yet he accompanied me on one of my journeys as a porter, but the
+exposure at night was too much for him, and he had an attack of fever
+when he returned. Near Amasa lived a Christian woman named Ignacia,
+a widow. She had lived ten years in one place, and had an abundant
+supply of paddy stored in huge baskets in her house. She also had a
+plantation of cacao trees, many of them in full bearing. They were
+rather neglected, but had grown remarkably. I bought some of her
+produce for my own use.
+
+I was surprised to find that the Tagbanúas could read and write;
+one day I observed a messenger hand to one of them a strip of bark
+with some figures scratched on it, which the latter proceeded to
+read, and on inquiring from the missionary, I learnt that they had
+an alphabet of sixteen or seventeen letters. I obtained a copy of
+this from the Padre Zapater, and it will be found on page 319. They
+do not use a pen, but scratch the letters with the point of a knife,
+or with a nail, or thorn.
+
+The Tagbanúas are very fond of music and dancing. On the evening of
+my arrival at Yuahit, a collection of about a dozen huts with forty
+inhabitants, they gave an open-air performance in my honour. My party
+consisted of a boat's-crew of eight Tagal sailors of the Navy, two
+servants, an interpreter, and two companions. The orchestra consisted
+of four brass gongs of varying sizes, and a tom-tom. Torches were stuck
+in the ground to illuminate the scene, and the whole of the inhabitants
+of the hamlet turned out and watched the proceedings with greatest
+interest. The dances were performed by men, women, and children,
+one at a time, and were perfectly modest and graceful. The women were
+dressed in shirts and bright-coloured patadions, and were adorned with
+silver rings, brass bangles, and armlets, some had strings of beads
+round their necks. The best dance was performed by a young woman,
+holding in each hand a piece of a branch of the bread-fruit tree,
+which they call Rima, with two of the large handsome leaves. These
+she waved about very gracefully in harmony with her movements. The
+spectators behaved very well, and were careful not to crowd round me. I
+rewarded the dancers with beads and handkerchiefs, and the musicians
+with cigars. This dancing seemed to me a very innocent amusement,
+but I was sorry to find that the missionary took a different view. He
+associated the dances with heathen rites and forbade them, confiscating
+the dearly-bought gongs of his converts, as he said they were used
+to call up evil spirits. However, I observed that he had hung up the
+largest gong to serve as a church-bell, after having sprinkled it with
+holy water. I remembered having read how the Moravian missionaries
+in Greenland put a stop to the dancing which formerly enlivened the
+long dark winter of that desolate region, and I asked myself why the
+Christian missionary, whether teaching in the icy gloom of the Arctic
+circle, or in brilliant sunshine on a palm-fringed strand, must forbid
+his converts to indulge in such a healthful and harmless recreation,
+in both cases almost the sole possible amusement. I could see no reason
+why the heathen should have all the fun. The labours of the missionary
+were, however, very much to the benefit of the Tagbanúas, as inducing
+them to settle down, build houses, and raise crops for their support.
+
+The Spanish gun-boats had stopped the inroads of Moros by sea, and
+detachments of native troops along the coast stopped the raiding by
+land. For twenty years the Tagbanúas had suffered little, and for
+several years absolutely nothing from the Moros, yet they apparently
+could not realise their security, and were afraid to accumulate
+anything lest it should be taken from them. To the ravages of the
+pirate, there has succeeded the extortion of the usurer, and John
+Chinaman waxes fat whilst the wretched Tagbanúa starves.
+
+Whilst travelling through the jungle I found some natives cutting
+canes, and my interpreter pointed out to me an emaciated couple, and
+assured me that during the famine of the previous season, these poor
+wretches had killed and eaten their own child to save their lives. What
+a state of things in a country where maize will grow up and give edible
+grain in forty-two days from the date of planting it! I trust that the
+change of government may result in some benefit to these poor people,
+and that a Governor or Protector of Aborigines may be appointed with
+absolute power who will check the abuses of the half-caste and Chinese
+usurers, and give the poor down-trodden Tagbanúas, at one time I firmly
+believe a comparatively civilised people, a chance to live and thrive.
+
+
+
+Tandulanos.
+
+The Tandulanos are physically similar to the Negritos, but less
+robust. They inhabit the shores of Palawan, being scattered along
+the western coast between the Bay of Malampaya and Caruray. They
+are more savage than the other races of the island, but they fulfil
+their engagements with rigorous exactness. They make rough canoes,
+and subsist principally on fish and shell-fish, and they do no
+cultivation. They are very skilful in the use of the harpoon which
+they employ for fishing. If they can obtain iron, they use it for
+their harpoon-points, otherwise they point them with the spike from
+the tail of a skate.
+
+They use a most active poison on their harpoons and darts, so much so,
+that it is said to produce almost instantaneous death.
+
+This poison is unknown to the other tribes. They refuse to sell their
+cerbatanas, or blow-pipes, from which they shoot their darts.
+
+They are said to intermarry indiscriminately, without regard to
+kinship. Their number was computed at 1500 in the year 1888, and they
+are probably not much more numerous now.
+
+These people are, like the Negritos, whom they resemble, a hopeless
+race, not capable of advancing in civilisation.
+
+
+
+Manguianes and Negritos of Palawan.
+
+These people have been described under the heading Aetas or Negritos,
+in Part I. The first-named inhabit the interior of that part of the
+island occupied by the Moros who jealously prevent them from holding
+any intercourse with strangers.
+
+Moros of Southern Palawan.--These people do not differ in any essential
+particular from the Moros of Mindanao. They look back with regret on
+the good old days before the advent of the steam gun-boats, and the
+establishment of the fortified posts along their shores when they
+could make their annual raids and massacre, plunder, and enslave,
+the wretched Tagbanúas without interference. They will doubtless take
+full advantage of any negligence of the United States authorities to
+keep up the gun-boat flotilla, and to maintain the military posts.
+
+They now live by agriculture, all the labour being performed by
+slaves, and by trading with the savages of the mountains, vying with
+the Christians in usurious rapacity.
+
+John Chinaman in Palawan is just the same as his brother in Mindanao--a
+remorseless usurer, and a skilful manipulator of false weights and
+measures, but no worse in the treatment of the unhappy aboriginal
+than the Christian native or half-caste.
+
+Puerto Princesa, the capital, had a population at the time of my
+visit in 1890 of about 1500, of which number 1200 were males and 300
+females. About half the males were soldiers and sailors, one-fourth
+convicts, and the remainder civilians. Most of the women had been
+deported from Manila as undesirable characters in that decorous
+city. Notwithstanding their unsavoury antecedents, they found new
+husbands or protectors in Puerto Princesa the moment they landed. Such
+was the competition for these very soiled doves, that most of them
+had made their new arrangements before leaving the jetty alongside
+which the steamer they arrived in lay.
+
+There was some little cultivation round about the capital, but as
+usual trading with the aborigines for gum, rattans, balate, green
+snail-shells, and other jungle produce was the most entrancing pursuit.
+
+At a short distance from the town was a Government Sugar Plantation,
+which I visited. If sugar planting could flourish anywhere, it surely
+should have done so here, for the land cost nothing, the convicts
+did all the unskilled labour and the machinery was paid for by the
+Government. Yet the blighting influence of the official mind succeeded
+even here in causing the place to be run at a loss. The sugar badly
+prepared was shipped to Manila to be sold at a reduced price, and
+sugar for the troops and general use was imported from other parts.
+
+The governor of the island, during the later period of Spanish rule,
+has usually been a naval officer, and as the communications are
+principally by sea, and any punitive operations have to be performed
+by the gun-boat flotilla, this would seem to be a precedent the United
+States might follow with advantage.
+
+
+
+
+
+Tagbanúa Alphabet.
+
+Communicated to F. H. Sawyer by Fray Lorenzo Zapater, Missionary at
+Inagáhuan, Palawan.
+
+
+[Illustration: Tagbanúa Alphabet.]
+
+
+N.B.--The Roman letters are to be pronounced as in Spanish and the
+Tagbanúa correspondingly, Ah, bay, say, day, aye or ee, o or oo, pay,
+ku, etc.
+
+
+
+Notes by the Padre Zapater.
+
+(Translation.)
+
+1. The consonants in the Tagbanúa alphabet are eleven and sometimes
+twelve, but the vowels are three, since the ia and the oa which
+are vowels, are compound letters, although strictly they may be
+considered as vowels, but the ia and the ua are written the same,
+as has been said.
+
+2. In reading the Tagbanúa alphabet, you begin from the bottom upwards.
+
+3. To write the consonants with their vowels, for example, ba, be,
+bi, bo, bu, you put a dash at the right or left. If on the right,
+it means be, bi, and if on the left of the consonant bo, bu.
+
+N.B.--Father Zapater's note 3 is somewhat obscure, or rather badly
+expressed. It perhaps ought to have been said that a dash right and
+left means ba.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+PART III
+
+MINDANAO, INCLUDING BASILAN.
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXV.
+
+BRIEF GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION.
+
+    Configuration--Mountains--Rivers--Lakes--Division into
+    districts--Administration--Productions--Basilan.
+
+
+Mindanao is of a very irregular shape, which it is not easy to
+describe. It has some resemblance to a winged skate, with a long tail,
+one of the Raiidæ, which is common in Manila Bay. The head of the skate
+is turned to the east; the peninsula of Surigao forms the northern
+wing, and Punta Panguian the tip of the southern wing, out of which,
+however, a great piece has been bitten, corresponding to the Gulf of
+Davao. The body is represented by the main part of the island, and
+the tail commences at the isthmus of Tucúran and stretches westward
+for a degree of longitude. This straight part is the old kingdom of
+Sibuguey. On the north of it, however, a huge excrescence appears; this
+is the peninsula of Dapitan, and on the south, opposite to it, there is
+a similar projection, which is cut in two by the Gulf of Dumanquilas.
+
+Mt. Silingan represents the spike or hook usually found on the tails of
+these fish, and from here the tail bends southward and westward through
+an arc of 60°. This part represents the peninsula of Zamboanga, and
+the town of that name is situated at the tip of the tail. A continuous
+chain of mountains down the centre of the tail represents the vertebræ.
+
+Beginning on the east, we find a long stretch of coast from Surigao to
+Cape San Agustin with only one or two anchorages for small vessels. The
+rest of the coast is exposed to the full force of the Pacific Ocean,
+and from November to April is quite open to the N.E. monsoon. It is
+also subject to tidal waves or rollers just as are the coasts of Peru
+and Chili. A destructive bore enters the river mouths and inlets,
+and heavy seas get up off all the headlands. In the channels between
+Surigao and the islands off the northern coasts, rapid currents
+are formed and overfalls render navigation dangerous for country
+vessels. In fact, during the strength of the N.E. monsoon the east
+coast, from Placer to the Bay of Mayo, is hemmed in with surf, and
+without a single port. Behind point Taucanan, however, is found Port
+Balete and Port Pujada. This latter is the best port in the island,
+being well sheltered from the N. and N.E. The country about it is well
+watered, and produces timber trees of great size and fine quality. The
+waters contain plenty of fish, and turtle, also some mother-of-pearl
+shells. The forests give the best kinds of almáciga, and wax.
+
+The hill-men are partly independent but pacific, and the Visaya
+population is considerable in the district of Mati.
+
+In general, the east coast is rocky, and very foul in many
+places. The land is fertile and well-wooded. Gold is found in the
+Cordillera, and on its eastern slopes all the way from Surigao to
+Punta Tagobong. One of the northern towns is called Placer on this
+account. The inaccessibility of the east coast during the strength
+of the N.E. monsoon has retarded the civilisation of Surigao which
+was settled in the early years of the conquest. The Caraga-Visaya,
+who inhabit a considerable district on this coast, are old Christians
+and have always been ready to fight for their faith.
+
+Practically parallel to this coast is a chain of mountains which
+begins at Surigao and extends down to Punta San Agustin with hardly
+a break. I shall call this the eastern Cordillera. In this chain,
+near the northern end, lies Lake Mainit (Hot Lake), having steep sides
+with twenty fathoms close to the edge, and two hundred fathoms in the
+middle. This cavity has, no doubt, been formed by volcanic action,
+like the lake of Taal. On the slopes of the mountains around it are
+many thermal springs which run into the lake, and in rainy weather the
+summits are always shrouded in vapour by the evaporation of the rain.
+
+The lake is subject to tremendous floods. Dr. Montano, who visited
+it in December, 1880, speaks of a rise of twelve fathoms. He also
+says that a ground-swell gets up in this sheltered lake; this must
+be from some modified volcanic action still going on. As usual in
+Philippine crater-lakes, this is a great breeding-place for alligators.
+
+The Eastern Cordillera being so near the coast, there are of course
+no navigable rivers running into the Pacific, but the streams become
+impassable torrents during the heavy rains which begin in June, and
+prevent communication by land for many days or even weeks at a stretch.
+
+Approximately parallel to the Eastern Cordillera, and at about
+fifty geographical miles distance, there stands another range which
+I shall call the Central Cordillera. A line drawn from Punta Diuata
+to the middle of the Gulf of Sarangani, nearly due north and south,
+intersects Mt. Sinalagao, Mt. Panamoyan, the active volcano, Mt. Apo
+and Mt. Matutuan, which appear to be the loftiest peaks of the range.
+
+From Mt. Panamoyan in about 7° 50' N. Lat. a spur strikes eastwards at
+right angles to the range, reaching half-way across the valley. This
+spur then turns to the south parallel to the range for some twenty
+miles, and from the middle of the east and west part, another spur
+turns south for about 20 miles, thus forming a letter E with the
+points looking south.
+
+In the wide valley between the Eastern and Central Cordilleras, and
+taking the drainage of the whole watershed is the River Agusan. Rising
+about the 7th parallel on the slopes of Mt. Tagoppo, this river runs
+a very sinuous course in a general northerly direction, but inclining
+slightly to the west, receiving innumerable tributaries on either
+side. At about 8° 15' N. Lat. the Agusan expands or overflows, forming
+a series of shallow lakes, choked up with driftwood and vegetation,
+and varying in extent with the rainfall.
+
+Continually gathering volume, it runs into the Bay of Butuan about 9°
+N. Lat.
+
+At Moncayo, in 7° 45' N. Lat., the Agusan is one hundred yards wide,
+and is navigable for canoes even much higher up.
+
+The spur previously spoken of as striking east and south from
+Mt. Panamoyan, forms two small watersheds. The western one gives rise
+to the River Libaganon, and the eastern to the River Salug. Both these
+rivers run in a southerly direction, and unite to form the River Tagum,
+which runs for a short distance S.E. and falls into the head of the
+Gulf of Davao.
+
+A little way south of Mt. Panamoyan some mountain streams dash down
+the sides of the Cordillera and running through a gap unite to form
+the River Davao which flows in a south-easterly direction till it
+reaches the plain, when it changes its course and runs east into the
+Gulf of Davao. From Point Sipaca, in 9° N. Lat., a range of mountains
+stretches in a southerly direction for about sixty miles. Amongst
+these are Mt. Sipaca, Mt. Saorag, and Mt. Quimanquil. With the
+Central Cordillera this range forms a watershed, and the torrents
+on the steep sides of Sinalagao and Quimanquil dash down and take
+a southerly direction to form the headwaters of the River Pulangui
+and ultimately become the Rio Grande. In 7° 50' N. Lat. two important
+affluents join, the River Sauaga and the River Malupati, a few miles
+lower the Calibatojan and the Kaya-Kaya bring their tribute, and the
+united flood with rapid current casts itself headlong into the deep
+Cañon of Locosocan and runs in this for over four miles to Salagalpon,
+where another cataract occurs. The river continues for miles a rushing
+torrent amongst huge boulders, at the bottom of this cleft, so narrow
+in places, where the rocks jut out and nearly meet overhead, that it
+seems like a tunnel. In 7° 46' N. Lat. there is a small volcano close
+to the left bank which, whenever it rains, becomes active and gives
+off stifling fumes of sulphur. At Mantanil, in 7° 40' N., the river
+can be navigated on bamboo rafts, handled by skilled Manobo pilots,
+but not without much risk; for some distance down there are two buchis,
+or sinks, where the water runs down into subterraneous passages through
+the river-bed, forming dangerous whirlpools. There are also several
+rapids which require great dexterity to pass safely. The banks are
+still high; but, on approaching the confluence of the Kulaman river,
+on the left bank, the gorge is much lower, and on arriving at Ilang
+the country opens out.
+
+South of the confluence of the River Molita, vintas can navigate
+the river, and a little lower down, at the confluence of the River
+Simuni, is the place reached by the gunboat Taal in 1863 on a 6-foot
+draught. The river now runs in a southerly and westerly direction,
+with dozens of bends till about 6° 45' N. Lat., when, on reaching
+Lake Liguasan (really a Pinag) a shallow and weedy expanse of water,
+it turns to the west, and then north-west. At Tumbao it bifurcates,
+and enters the Bay of Illana by two mouths forming a long narrow
+delta of deep and rich alluvial soil.
+
+From Tumbao to Tamontaca is the most beautiful and fertile part of
+this river. On both banks grow cocoa-palms, areca-palms, banana and
+cacao-trees, coffee-bushes, and hemp plants in abundance, and amongst
+them are groups of native houses forming a continuous village,
+of which the placid river, here fifty yards wide, forms the main
+street. These houses are mostly occupied by friendly Moros.
+
+Nearly parallel to the Sipaca-Soarag-Quimanquil range a second
+range stretches irregularly in a north and south line, ending at the
+coast near Cagayan. Amongst these mountains is Mt Quitanglag. From
+Pt. Sulanan the western extremity of the Bay of Macajalar, a third
+range stretches south, then south-east, then south again for some
+thirty miles. Between this range and the Bay of Iligan there is
+a fourth range of hills. These four ranges form three valleys or
+watersheds, each of which has its river, with a general course from
+south to north, all three running into the Bay of Macajalar.
+
+The most easterly is the River of Tagoloan which has fourteen
+tributaries, the next is the River Cagayan with only three, then the
+River Capay with seven tributaries, all on the left bank.
+
+Proceeding westward we come to the great and deep Lake of Lanao,
+described under the heading Moros, but which has never been surveyed,
+and then to the Gulf of Panguil, which, on the map, looks like a
+forearm and clenched fist, which nearly cuts Mindanao in two. The
+isthmus is only fourteen miles across in a straight line.
+
+This was formerly a regular pirates' track, over which they hauled
+their vessels, but it was till lately guarded by a chain of forts
+connected by a military road called the Trocha of Tucuran.
+
+Two rivers running in a general direction from west to east and having
+between them a dozen tributaries, run into the Gulf of Panguil. The
+most northerly of the two is the Mipangi and the other is the Lintogo.
+
+We now arrive at the peninsula of Sibuguey which I have likened
+to the tail of the skate. Around Lake Lanao there is an irregular
+loop of hills, and from the western end of this starts a cordillera
+which stretches right down the centre of the peninsula of Sibuguey
+and Zamboanga. A line drawn from Punta Sicayati (in the Dapitan
+excrescence) to the eastern shore of the Gulf of Dumanquilas will
+intersect a range of mountains which cross the Cordillera of Sibuguey
+nearly at right angles and with equal arms north and south. But the end
+of the northern arm bifurcates and throws out two ranges N.E. and N.W.
+
+In the watershed thus formed three rivers take their rise, and have
+a general course from south to north but bearing a little to the
+westward. The easternmost of these is called the Dapitan, and runs
+into the bay of the same name. The next is the Dipolog, which runs
+into the sea west of Punta Sicayab; and the last is the Lubungan,
+running in about two leagues more to the west.
+
+The other rivers in the peninsula are so unimportant that I do not
+enumerate them. Like those on the east coast they become raging
+torrents in the rainy season.
+
+On the northern and southern coasts, which are more protected than the
+eastern, sheltered anchorages are to be found here and there, but no
+such fine natural harbours exist as abound in Southern Luzon. There is,
+however, less need for them, as it is very rare that the typhoons,
+which are so destructive in Luzon and the Visayas, cause damage in
+Mindanao, except at its northern and eastern corner. But for service
+on these coasts, vessels of a light draught of water are the most
+useful, as they can more easily find sheltered anchorage.
+
+Mindanao is not nearly so unhealthy as is commonly supposed. Zamboanga
+and neighbourhood, Davao, Surigao, Talisay, and several other
+places, are really quite healthy for Europeans, if they take care
+of themselves.
+
+Earthquakes are frequent. They would sometimes be destructive, but
+there is so little in the way of buildings to destroy.
+
+
+Divisions for Administrative Purposes.
+
+Zamboanga is the chief military station and the residence of the
+commandant-general of the island.
+
+Mindanao is divided into five districts:--
+
+
+    1st. District chief town Zamboanga (capital of the island).
+    2nd. District chief town Misamis (includes Lake Lanao).
+    3rd. District chief town Surigao (includes the whole kingdom
+         of Caraga, also the valley of the Agusan).
+    4th. District chief town Davao (shores of the bay and peninsula
+         of San Agustin).
+    5th. District chief town Cotta-bato (valley of the Rio Grande
+         and ancient Sultanate of Buhayen).
+
+
+The island of Basilan forms a sixth district under the
+commandant-general of Mindanao.
+
+Each of these districts was under a politico-military governor and
+other officials, as follows:--
+
+
+    1st District, Major, Naval Lieutenant, Captain of Port.
+    2nd District, Lieut.-Colonel.
+    3rd District, Lieut.-Colonel.
+    4th District, Major.
+    5th District, Lieut.-Colonel.
+    6th District, Naval Lieutenant, Naval Station.
+
+
+Besides these politico-military governors there were the following
+officers in charge of military districts:--
+
+
+    Mumungan in 2nd district (Fort Weyler and vicinity to look after
+    the Moros of Lake Lanao) Major.
+    Dapitan in 2nd district (To look after the Moros of Sindangan
+    Bay) Major.
+    Bislig in 3rd district (To look after the Mandayas and Manobos)
+    Captain.
+
+
+To attend to the administration of justice there was a third-class
+judge in each district. From their decisions there was an appeal to
+the Audiencia at Cebú, and from there to the Supreme Court, Madrid.
+
+In Zamboanga where there is (or was) a custom-house, there resided a
+Treasury delegate of the second class. In each of the other districts
+there is one of the fourth class.
+
+The southern naval division has its headquarters at Isabela de Basilan.
+
+
+
+Productions of Mindanao.
+
+The climate and soil of Mindanao are suitable for growing almost
+any tropical crop to great advantage: hemp, sugar cane, tobacco,
+coffee, cacao, rice, indigo, sesame, maize, sweet potatoes, pepper,
+all flourish. But the island is very backward; it is only recently
+that the savage races have been settled in the reducciones. The
+population is very sparse, and natives are more addicted to washing
+the sands for gold or seeking jungle-produce than disposed to apply
+themselves to agriculture.
+
+The exports have hitherto been very small. About some of the northern
+ports a good beginning has been made in cultivating and preparing hemp,
+and several Spaniards have laid out plantations there.
+
+There is a small export of coffee and cacao, and the circumstance
+that the greater part of the island is free from typhoons renders it
+exceptionally favourable for planting these valuable products, or for
+growing unlimited quantities of cocoa-nut for making copra. For the
+same reason the timber in Mindanao is larger than in the best districts
+of Luzon, and some of the trees are truly magnificent. Mindanao,
+with its inhabitants busily engaged in murdering their neighbours
+and enslaving their children, can, of course, never prosper; but if
+such outrages are repressed, and peace assured, the population will
+rapidly increase and agriculture will prosper.
+
+Amongst the forest produce gutta-percha took a leading place,
+but this product came through the hands of the Chinese traders,
+who, as their custom is, adulterated it to such an extent that its
+value became greatly depreciated in European and American markets,
+and the trade fell off. Some lignite is found in Mindanao, but I have
+no confidence in the value of Philippine coal-fields. They have been
+too much broken up by volcanic action. I have very little doubt that
+petroleum will be found in Mindanao when it is explored. It has been
+reported in Mindoro and Cebú.
+
+The early explorers of the Archipelago state that the natives wore
+little clothes, but abundance of gold ornaments. Now they wear more
+clothes but little gold. It is surprising how quickly the heathen
+become impoverished whenever they have Christian neighbours.
+
+
+
+Basilan.
+
+The sixth district of Mindanao is formed of the Basilan group of some
+forty islands lying opposite to Zamboanga, having a total area of
+170,000 acres. The only important one of the group is Basilan Island,
+which has an irregular outline, an oval with two projections opposite
+each other, east and west, the latter resembles a turtle's head and
+the former a turtle's tail, so that the shape of the island on the
+map is that of a turtle with his head to the west. The total length
+from the point of the beak to the tip of the tail is about thirty-two
+geographical miles, and the width across the body about twenty-one
+miles. The port of Isabela is sheltered by the Island of Malamaui,
+on which there is a Moro rancheria called Lucbalan, and a Christian
+visita, Sta. Barbara. The capital, Isabela, is situated about the
+centre of the channel, and to the east of the mouth of the Pasahan
+(now called Isabela) River.
+
+To the south of the town, which is situated on a stony slope at a
+short distance, the fort is placed at an elevation of about sixty
+feet above the sea. It commands both entrances of the channel.
+
+There is a barrack near the fort, a prison, military infirmary, school,
+town hall. The naval station consists of store-houses and workshops,
+marine-barracks, hospital, and magazine.
+
+There is a church, and missionaries' residence. The island is hilly but
+fertile in places. Some twenty to thirty acres are under cultivation
+near Isabela, and the Moros who form the principal population make
+their slaves work on the lands about their hamlets. There are no
+manufactures worth mentioning.
+
+The Christian population is as follows:--
+
+
+                                         Inhabitants.
+
+        Town of Isabela                       921
+        Hamlet of San Pedro de Guihanan       130
+        Hamlet of Santa Barbara                50
+        Reduccion of Panigayan                 25
+        Reduccion of Tabuc                     12
+        Scattered Christians                   12
+        Members of the Naval Station           86 variable.
+        Garrison of the Fort                   40    ,,
+                                            ------
+                                             1276
+
+
+The Moro population is distributed in about fifty villages or
+hamlets. They can turn out about 4400 fighting-men, and are considered
+valiant and hardy.
+
+The Moros of Basilan, according to Father Foradada, have not the
+sanguinary instincts of those of Lake Lanao or of Joló, and any
+outrages they commit are, he thinks, due to the instigations of the
+Moros of Joló, who unfortunately keep up a communication with them
+and corrupt them.
+
+Amongst the most influential Dattos of Basilan is Pedro Cuevas,
+a Tagal. He was formerly a convict, but escaped, and, by force of
+character and desperate courage, he became a leading man amongst
+the Moros. Having rendered some services to Spain, he received a
+pardon, and now has extensive plantations, a sugar-mill, and herds
+of cattle. He is, in fact, about the richest and most influential
+man in the island, and has become reconciled to the Church, and was
+much trusted both by the military and naval authorities and by the
+missionaries.
+
+The map of the island is from a report of Father Cavalleria who went
+by sea right round it in 1893.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVI
+
+THE TRIBES OF MINDANAO.
+
+
+Visayas (1) [Old Christians].
+
+In another part of the book I have given a description of the Visayas
+in their own islands, and have spoken of their enterprise and industry
+as manifested in the extent of their exports of sugar and hemp,
+and in their manufacture of textiles of the most varied kind.
+
+The Visayas of Mindanao have been modified by their environment both
+for good and evil. Thus they are bolder and more warlike than their
+brethren at home, having had for centuries to defend themselves
+against bloodthirsty Moros. The Visayas of Caraga are especially
+valiant and self-reliant, and they needed to be so, for the Spaniards,
+whenever hard pressed by English, Dutch or Portuguese, had a way of
+recalling their garrisons, and leaving their dependents to shift for
+themselves. The Visaya of Mindanao, therefore, though not a soldier,
+is a fighting-man, and their towns possess a rudimentary defensive
+organisation called the somaten. This, I believe is a Catalan word,
+and indicates a body of armed townsmen called together by the church
+bell to defend the place against attack. This service is compulsory
+and unpaid.
+
+The arms have been supplied by the Spanish Government, and have
+generally been of obsolete pattern. I have seen in Culion flint-lock
+muskets in the hands of the guards. Latterly, however, Remington
+rifles have been supplied, and they are very serviceable and quite
+suitable for these levies.
+
+The Visayas have been the assistants of the missionaries, and from
+them come most of the school-masters and mistresses who instruct the
+children of the recently-converted natives.
+
+Their language is fast extending, and their numbers are increasing,
+both naturally, and by a considerable voluntary immigration from the
+southern Visayas Islands.
+
+To the inhabitants of these small islands, fertile Mindanao, with its
+broad lands, free to all, is what the United States were a generation
+ago to the cotters of Cork or Kerry--a land of promise.
+
+There is, however, a demoralising tendency at work amongst the
+Visayas. The profits of bartering with the hill-men are so great, that
+they are tempted away from their agriculture, and from their looms,
+to take up this lucrative trade, in competition with the Chinese.
+
+The Visaya has one great advantage over the Chinaman; he has the
+courage to go up into the hills, and find his customers in their
+haunts. This the Celestial could not do, but has to remain at his
+store on the coast and await the hill-men.
+
+Both traders cheat the hill-tribes most abominably.
+
+Dr. Montano mentions a case which happened in Butuan in December, 1879.
+
+A Visaya went into the interior taking with him some threads of
+different colours which he had purchased for seventy-five cents, and
+returned with jungle produce worth ten dollars. This he invested in
+beads, brass-wire, and other articles of trade, and returned to the
+woods. In a month he came back, bringing produce to the value of 100
+dollars, and 400 dollars to his credit with the natives.
+
+The tribes of Mindanao pay their debts with scrupulous exactness. If
+they die before paying, their sons assume the debt, and unless they
+are killed or taken as slaves by other races, the money is sure to
+be paid. Consequently, this rapacious usurer had sold them goods
+costing 10 dollars, 75 cents, for 510 dollars, of which 110 dollars
+in cash, and 400 dollars credit. It is satisfactory to learn that
+the commandant at Butuan made him disgorge, and freed the hill-men
+from their heavy debt.
+
+To sum up, the Visaya is a necessary man in Mindanao, and the
+immigration should be encouraged. All the Visaya towns bordering on
+the Moros should have their somatenes armed, exercised, and supplied
+with ammunition. Amongst Visayas are to be found plenty of men well
+suited to command these bands. As they are fighting the Moros for
+life and property, they may be trusted to stand up to them manfully.
+
+The illustration shows a party of Visayas militia belonging to the
+town of Baganga, in Caraga, under a native officer of gigantic stature,
+Lieutenant Don Prudencio Garcia.
+
+
+
+
+Mamanúas (2).
+
+A hybrid race between Negritos and Malays.
+
+They are not numerous, and live in the northern promontory of
+Surigao, from near the River Agusan to the east coast, south of Lake
+Mainit. They are, indeed, miserable wretches, wandering in the hills
+and forest without any fixed habitation, their only property a lance,
+a bolo, and some starveling curs.
+
+Sometimes they plant a few sweet potatoes, and at certain times
+in the year they get wild honey; at other times they hunt the
+wild pig. They lay up no provisions, and wander about naked and
+hungry. They are difficult to convert, having no good qualities to
+work upon. They promise anything, but never perform, being able to
+give as a reason--some evil omen, for instance--that, on coming out
+in the morning, they have heard the cry of the turtle-dove (limbucun)
+on the left hand.
+
+Notwithstanding all these difficulties, the zeal of the missionaries
+has not been wasted, and several reducciones of Mamanúas have been
+founded, and are progressing to some extent.
+
+
+
+Manobos (3).
+
+The Manobos are a warlike heathen race, widely extended in
+Mindanao. The great River Agusan, taking its rise in the district
+of Davao, in 7° N. latitude, falls into the Bay of Butuan about
+9° N. latitude. Its general course is parallel to the eastern
+Cordillera, from which it receives numerous tributaries. At almost
+8° 15' N. latitude it expands, and forms four considerable lakes of
+no great depth, and varying in extent according to the season. They
+are partly covered by aquatic plants. These lakes are called Linao,
+Dagun, Dinagat and Cadocun; they are quite near each other. The Manobos
+inhabit this spacious valley from Moncado, in 7° 45', to about 8° 45'
+N. latitude on the right bank, where they come in contact with the
+Mamanúas and Mandayas; but on the left bank they extend nearly to the
+sea, and up to the eastern slopes of the Central Cordillera. They even
+extend over the Cordillera to the head waters of the Rio Grande. They
+occupy the left bank of the Pulangui, and their southern frontier on
+the Rio Grande is at 7° 30' N. latitude, where one of their chiefs,
+called the Datto Capitan Manobo, lives. The river is navigable for
+vintas up to here, and, in 1863, the gunboat Taal, drawing six feet,
+steamed to within five miles of this point, say up to the River
+Simuni. They extend up the Pulangui to about 8° 15' N. latitude. In
+appearance they have a Mongolian cast of feature. Their faces are
+longer than amongst the Mandayas; their noses are not flattened,
+but straight, and projecting, and slightly curved at the lower
+end. Their general aspect is robust; their stature is about 5 feet 7
+inches. Their usual dress consists of short drawers reaching to the
+knee, and a sort of singlet, or short shirt.
+
+They live in clans under a bagani, or head-murderer (see Mandayas for
+explanation), who is usually accompanied by his brothers-in-law. They
+are polygamists; still, the first wife is the head, and all the others
+must obey her. Each wife has her own house, just as the late Brigham
+Young's harem had at Salt Lake City. But they are satisfied with fewer
+than that prophet, there being none amongst their dattos who have
+nineteen wives. They are slaveholders, as the children taken in war
+become slaves, and all the work of cultivation is done by the women,
+children and slaves.
+
+Their houses are built on piles, as are also their granaries. They
+cultivate on a considerable scale, and raise quantities of rice, maize,
+sweet potatoes and tobacco, not only to supply their own wants, but
+to sell in boat-loads to the Visayas. Their arms are lances, shields,
+swords and daggers, and, in some parts, bows and arrows. They are
+said to be expert archers where they use the bow. They raise numbers
+of horses for riding.
+
+In valour, and in disposition to come to close quarters in fighting,
+they resemble the Igorrotes of Luzon. They stand up squarely to the
+Moros, which few other races have the pluck to do. Like the Igorrotes,
+their religion consists in ancestor-worship, but they call their
+idols Dinatas instead of Anitos. They are much impressed by thunder,
+which they call the voice of the lightning, and a rainbow fills them
+with awe. Like the Tagals, and some races in British India, they
+consider the crocodile a sacred animal, and respectfully address it as
+grandfather. They also, like the old heathen Tagals, consider rocks,
+caves, or balete trees, as residences of spirits. They celebrate a
+feast in honour of the Dinatas after the harvest, and make sacrifices
+of swine.
+
+Tag-Busan is their god of war, and it is usual amongst them to go on
+the war-path after the harvest is secured; the bagani, as high priest
+of this god, carries his talisman hung round his neck.
+
+They make ambuscades, and attack neighbours or enemies in the
+most treacherous manner, either by setting fire to their houses and
+murdering them as they attempt to escape from the flames, or they cut
+through the piles supporting the houses, covering themselves with their
+shields interlocked whilst doing so, and spearing the occupants when
+the house falls. When an enemy has been felled, the bagani, taking
+a consecrated sword, never used in fighting, cuts open the chest,
+and immerses the talisman of the god in the blood; then, tearing
+out the heart or liver, he eats a piece. The Sácopes are not allowed
+this privilege, which belongs only to the chief, as the high priest
+of the god of war. The children of the slain are taken as slaves,
+and the young women for concubines. One of the prisoners is kept to
+be sacrificed in some cruel manner to Tag-Busan on the return of the
+expedition as a thank-offering.
+
+The death of a relative requires to be atoned for by the murder of
+any innocent person passing by, the avenger concealing himself near
+a path, and killing the first stranger who comes.
+
+The Manobos are very smart in handling canoes or rafts on their
+rivers, which are very dangerous to navigate, and have many rapids and
+whirlpools; the Pulangui even precipitates itself into a chasm, and
+runs underground for a league and a half. However, the terrible picture
+I have drawn of their habits is becoming year by year a thing of the
+past to thousands of Manobos, although still kept up in places. The
+intrepidity of the Jesuit missionaries is proof against every danger
+and every privation, has carried them up the River Agusan, on which,
+at short distances apart, they have established towns or villages, and
+have brought many thousands of Manobos within the Christian communion.
+
+Father Urios, one of these missionaries, baptized 5200 heathen in one
+year, and now no less than twenty Christian towns or villages stand
+on the banks of the River Agusan and its tributaries, populated by
+perhaps fifteen thousand Manobos, formerly heathens, who have given
+up their detestable practices and their murderous slave-raids to
+occupy themselves in cultivating the soil, whilst their children of
+both sexes are receiving instruction from Visaya school-masters and
+mistresses. There is always a tendency to remontar amongst them, and
+sometimes nearly all the inhabitants of a village take to the woods
+and hills. Yet, secure from attack, the number of converts steadily
+increases. The Baganis have become gobernadorcillos, and their chief
+vassals tenientes, jueces de paz, and cuadrilleros. Some of the old
+Baganis who were well off were so anxious not to be behind the Visayas,
+that they sent to Manila for hats, black cloth coats and trousers,
+and patent leather shoes, to wear on the great feasts of the Church,
+and on the occasion of the annual village festival.
+
+This is a long way from human sacrifices to the Tag-Busan, and
+ceremonial cannibal rites, which these men formerly practised. I look
+on this warlike and vigorous race as capable of becoming valuable
+citizens, but they will require careful handling for some years to
+come. They must not be rushed, for, if alarmed by innovations, they
+may take to the woods en masse, and the labour of years will have
+been wasted.
+
+I look to this tribe, when trained to use fire-arms, and stiffened
+with a few Americans, to destroy the power of the pirate races--the
+murderous, slave-hunting Moros, with whom it is useless to make
+treaties, who cannot be converted till the power of their dattos is
+broken, and who must be sternly put down by force unless the nascent
+civilisation of Mindanao is to be thrown back for a century.
+
+In the beginning of June, 1892, a Bagani of the Manobos performed
+the paghuaga, or human sacrifice, on a hill opposite Veruela, on the
+River Agusan. The victim was a Christian girl whom he had bought for
+the purpose from some slave-raiders.
+
+
+
+Mandayas (4).
+
+The Mandayas live on the Eastern Cordillera of Mindanao which
+runs parallel to the coast, and their territory extends from the
+7th to the 9th parallel. They occupy the country down to the River
+Salug. They are remarkable for their light colour, some having quite
+fair complexions. Their faces are wide, the cheek-bones being very
+prominent; yet their appearance is not unpleasing, for they have
+large dark eyes shaded by long eye-lashes.
+
+They are much respected by other tribes as an ancient and aristocratic
+race, and the war-like Manobos eagerly seek, by fair means or foul,
+to obtain Mandaya women for wives.
+
+They usually shave off their beards, and also their eyebrows, wearing
+their hair long, tied in a knot at the back.
+
+They are powerfully built, and of good stature. The men wear short
+drawers, and on grand occasions don an embroidered jacket. Both men
+and women wear large ear-ornaments. The women are clad in a bodice
+and patadion with ornaments of shells, beads, or small bells. The
+men are of a bold and warlike disposition, ready to fight against
+other villages of their tribe when not at war with the Manobos, the
+Guiangas, or the Manguangas, their neighbours. They have a language
+of their own which has a great affinity to the Visaya.
+
+Their houses, four or five forming a village, are built on lofty piles
+thirty or forty, or even fifty feet above the ground. The floor is
+of thick planks and has a parapet all round pierced with loop-holes
+for defence. Above this parapet the house is open all round up to
+the eaves, but this space can be closed in by hanging shutters in bad
+weather. The construction of dwellings at such a height must involve
+an enormous amount of labour. Each group of houses forming a village
+is usually surrounded by a strong palisade of sharp-pointed posts,
+and further defended by pits lined with sharp stakes, which are
+lightly covered over with twigs and leaves.
+
+Several families live in one house, after the custom of the Dayaks of
+Borneo, to provide a garrison for defence. An ample supply of arms is
+kept in the house, bows and arrows, spears, swords and knives. They
+are liable to be attacked in the night, either by the Manobos,
+the Moros, or by the sácopes of some neighbouring datto, who shoot
+flaming arrows covered with resin into the roof to set it on fire,
+or covering themselves with their shields from the arrows of the
+defenders, make a determined attempt to cut down the piles so that the
+house will fall. The attacking party is most often victorious, and the
+defenders, driven out by fire, or bruised and entangled amongst the
+fallen timbers, are easily killed, the women and children, with the
+other booty, being carried off by the assailants. Under this reign
+of terror the population is diminishing. These people not only kill
+for booty, but also for the honour and glory of it. Each warrior is
+anxious to become a bagani, and to be allowed to wear the honourable
+insignia of that rank. The dress of a bagani indicates approximately
+the number of murders he has committed. A scarlet head-cloth shows
+that he has killed from five to ten men; a red shirt, in addition,
+from ten to twenty, whilst a complete suit of red shows that he has
+murdered more than twenty persons, and is a much-desired and very
+honourable distinction, a sort of D.S.O. or K.C.B. amongst them.
+
+All the dattos are baganis; they could hardly possess enough prestige
+to govern their sácopes without this title.
+
+The Mandayas are superstitious, and much attached to their own
+beliefs, and on this account it is difficult to convert them to
+Christianity. The devotion of the Jesuits, however, has not been in
+vain, and several pueblos on the east coast round about Bislig, Caraga,
+and Cateel-Baganga are now inhabited by Christian Mandayas, some of
+whom have intermarried with the Visayas, or "old Christians." These
+Mandayas are now safe from attack. They give their attention to
+cultivation, and are increasing in numbers and rising in the scale
+of civilisation.
+
+Ancestral-worship is their religion, and their Dinatas, or wooden
+idols, are stained red with the sap of the narra tree. They have
+priestesses whom they call Bailanes, and they are said to occasionally
+make human sacrifices.
+
+As amongst other tribes in Mindanao, the Limbucun, or turtle-dove,
+is a sacred bird, and rice and fruit is placed for its use on a small
+raised platform, and it is never molested.
+
+They are organised in a strict feudal system, the headman or datto of
+each village is in fact the only free man of his clan. The others are
+Sácopes--that is, followers or vassals who, as well as the datto,
+possess slaves. A Mandaya datto can seldom raise more than fifty
+spears; sometimes two or three federate, but expeditions on a large
+scale cannot be undertaken, for it would be impossible to feed several
+hundred men in their country, such is the poverty of the inhabitants.
+
+Sometimes a small group of Mandaya dattos recognises as suzerain
+some neighbouring datto of the piratical Moros, who always tries to
+keep them isolated and to prevent any intercourse or trade with the
+Christians, unless through themselves.
+
+The Mandayas have canoes and bamboo rafts on the streams and rivers
+running through their territory. They catch a good many fish.
+
+Their agriculture is on a very reduced scale, and is limited to small
+plantations of rice and sweet potatoes near their villages; they
+keep poultry. They do not dare to travel far from their houses for
+fear they might be seized for slaves, or even sold to be sacrificed
+on the death of a datto. Sometimes when a man has been condemned to
+death for some crime his datto sells him to some person requiring a
+victim for the death-vengeance, if he is assured that it is intended
+to kill him. The datto thus combines the execution of justice with
+a due regard to his own profit.
+
+
+
+Manguángas (5).
+
+According to Blumentritt, this tribe lives in the Cordillera Sagat,
+and extends as far as the Great Lake Boayan or Magindanao, and an
+old estimate gives their number as 80,000. On his map he shows, the
+Lake and River Boayan in dotted lines, the latter is made to fall
+into the Rio Grande.
+
+On two modern maps of Mindanao which I have, one by Jesuits and the
+other from Don Jose Nieto Aguilar's book on this Island, neither
+the river nor the lake appear; but, in their stead, a lofty range
+of mountains is shown. In each of these maps the Manguánga territory
+occupies an entirely different location.
+
+As the Jesuits have three reducciones or villages amongst this
+tribe, I accept their map as constructed according to the latest
+information. They show in their earlier maps the Manguánga territory
+at the head of the Bay of Davao, its southern frontier being some
+twelve miles from the sea, and about the head-waters of the River
+Salug and the River Agusan.
+
+The reducciones are called Gandia, Pilar, and Compostela. In the
+general Report of the Jesuit Missions of 1896, the mission station of
+Jativa is stated to consist of six reducciones of Manobos, Mandayas
+and Manguángas, with a total population of 1389.
+
+In the general report of the following year the Manguángas and other
+tribes are not specifically mentioned, and the total population of
+the mission station of Jativa is given as 1458.
+
+In a later ethnographical map of Mindanao the Manguánga territory
+appears still more circumscribed, being limited to a strip of land
+between the Rivers Julep and Nabo, affluents of the River Agusan;
+Nieto's map, however, shows them extending over the Eastern Cordillera
+towards Linguit, which is situated on the coast in about 7° 50'
+N. latitude.
+
+Dr. Montano, who went up the Rio Salug in 1880, passing through the
+Manguánga territory, says he found the banks deserted.
+
+There can be no doubt that this once numerous tribe has been reduced
+to a mere remnant, part settled in the before-mentioned reducciones,
+and part still wandering in mountains.
+
+
+
+Montéses or Buquidnónes (6).
+
+The Spanish word Montés, means hill-man. Buquid, in Tagal, means
+arable land; and Taga-buquid, a countryman. The Tagal equivalent of
+hill-man is Taga-bundoc, which corresponds to the jungle-wallah of
+British India. The word Buquidnónes may mean cultivators, and their
+extensive plantations fully justify this designation. It is therefore
+rather a vague expression, but still designates a particular tribe
+in Mindanao, whose numbers were estimated to amount to 13,000 ten
+years ago, and who have probably largely increased since then.
+
+They occupy the valleys through which the Rivers of Cagayan and
+Tagoloan run, and the hills between them and on both sides.
+
+They hold the country of the head-waters of the Pulangui, and the right
+bank, as far south as the Manobos extend on the left bank, say to 7°
+30' N. latitude. In the north they extend right up into the peninsula
+between the Bay of Macajalar and the Bay of Lunao, occupying the lofty
+mountains of Sabrac, Sinalagao, Quimanquil, and the sacred Balatucan,
+whence the souls of the dead jump from earth to heaven.
+
+Father Clotet, from whose letters to his superiors I have taken these
+particulars, considers them to be divided into three large groups.
+
+The first consists of those living in the hills and valleys of the
+rivers Tagoloan, Cagayan, and Iponam; the second, of those bordering
+on the Manobos of the Agusan between Gingoog and Nasipit, and the
+third of those who live on the right bank of the Pulangui and on some
+of its affluents.
+
+They bear some resemblance to their neighbours the Manobos, being of
+good stature, well-built, even handsome, and are of an affable and
+friendly disposition; some of them are so smart and well-bred as to
+be not in the least inferior to the most civilised of the Visayas,
+and to judge by their free and open address, and the absence of all
+affectation when settling their business with the old Christians,
+nobody would take them for heathens.
+
+Father Urios said that, from the extent of their intelligence, they
+were fit to be kings of the Manobos, so much superior were they
+to these.
+
+In their dress they show a far greater idea of decorum and modesty
+than any other race in Mindanao, both men and women. The latter wear a
+white shirt, which is held in at the waist by a long skirt, reaching
+to the ankles. Over this they wear a very short and tight jacket,
+to the edges of which they sew strips of cloth of many colours in a
+pleasing tracery, the short wide sleeves being trimmed in the same way.
+
+They show great taste in choosing the colours and designs with which
+they ornament their dresses. On the left side at the waist they hang
+some bead ornaments, small bells, and bunches of scented herbs. On
+their legs they wear many loose rings of brass, copper, or silver,
+which rattle when they walk. Their manner of dressing their hair
+is singular, and characteristic. They take the bulk of the hair,
+and without plaiting it they twist and knot it in a high and large
+coil. All round the head fall curls cut to one length, but on the
+forehead there is a fringe coming down almost to the eye-brows. They
+secure the coil with a handsome and showy comb, well made of metal,
+or precious metals, according to the means of the wearer. Many of them
+are loaded with bracelets from the wrists to near the elbows, either of
+metal, of tortoise-shell, or mother-of-pearl. In their ears they wear
+large ornaments called balaring, made of a plug of soft wood, having
+on each end a circular plate of brass, copper, silver, or of engraved
+gold, one larger than the other. The hole of the ear is greatly
+stretched to allow the smaller plate to pass through; the plug then
+remains in the hole, and is covered at each end by the plates. They
+wear also necklaces, sometimes of great value. These manufactures
+seem to be very similar to those of the Igorrotes, which have been
+detailed at length in the description of that interesting people.
+
+Father Clotet mentioned a curious necklace worn by one of these women,
+formed of ancient silver coins, diminishing in size from the centre to
+the extremities. In the middle was a silver dollar of Charles III. He
+considered this to be worth thirty dollars, which was quite a capital
+to a Montés in a small hamlet.
+
+Even when pressed by necessity they will not sell these ornaments, and
+they consequently pass from father to son for many generations. They
+wear rings of brass, silver or gold, not only on their fingers,
+but also on their toes.
+
+The dress of the men on ordinary occasions is quite simple, but on
+grand occasions they wear long trousers of European cloth, jackets of
+the same stuff, and fine beaver hats. Their shirts of fine linen are
+not worn outside the trousers as amongst the Tagals, only the front
+being shown, which is often beautifully embroidered. Those amongst
+them who, although heathens, have a frequent intercourse with the
+Christians, have their hair cut short and take great care of it; but
+those living amongst the hills let it grow long, and, rolling it into a
+knot, tie it up in a kerchief like the charros of Aragon. Some of them
+paint their teeth black, and file them into points. The wealthy men and
+women cover their teeth with thin gold plates, like the chiefs amongst
+the Igorrotes, but unlike them they take them off to eat. It would
+seem to be indecent to show one's teeth to any person of superior rank.
+
+They believe in a future life, and are polytheists. They worship
+the gods of the cardinal points: the god of the north is called
+Domalongdong; he of the south, Ongli; of the east, Tagolambong;
+of the west, Magbabaya.
+
+This last god, Magbabaya, which means Almighty, has, however, two other
+gods of equal rank: Ibabasag and Ipamahandi. The first is invoked for
+the safe delivery of pregnant women; the second takes care of the
+horses and cattle, and as there is hardly a Buquidnon who does not
+possess some of these animals to assist him in his labour, Ipamahandi
+is constantly called upon to help them when any accident happens.
+
+Tagum-Banúa, the god of the fields, is prayed to for a good harvest,
+and a feast called the Caliga, corresponding to our harvest festival,
+is held in his honour. The Tao-sa-sulup, or men of the woods,
+correspond to the Tic-Balan of the old heathen Tagals, and inhabit
+the trunks of secular trees, especially the Balete, or rocky crags
+or caves, intervening in the affairs of mortals to favour them or
+upset them. Consequently they make sacrifices to these spirits to
+propitiate them and gain their favour.
+
+Tigbas is a much respected god, looked upon with special reverence
+as having come down from heaven. He is represented by stone idols
+on stone pedestals, only possessed by the principal dattos, who keep
+them amongst the heir-looms of their ancestors, and only allow their
+near relations or intimate friends to see them.
+
+Talian is a small idol in the figure of a monkey squatting, usually
+made from the root of the willow. This they carry about with them,
+hanging from a cord round its neck. When on a journey, if they fear
+an ambush, they hold out the cord with the little idol on it like a
+plumb-line, and let it spin. When it comes to rest, its face is turned
+in the direction where the enemy is concealed. They then carefully
+avoid that direction, if they have been following it, by turning off
+and taking another path. If one of them is ill, they submerge the idol
+in a cup of water which he immediately drinks. Otherwise, by simply
+touching the suffering part, they find relief, and even a radical cure.
+
+The Busao, an evil spirit, must be kept in good humour, and to this
+end they offer to it meat and drink, and sing and dance in its honour,
+praying to it to deliver them from any calamity they fear.
+
+The elders are charged with the duty of offering fruits and of
+sacrificing the pigs and fowls to the deities. It will be seen what a
+strong religious bias prevails amongst these people, who are convinced
+that all the affairs of life are in the hands of Divine Providence,
+and of the necessity of prayer and sacrifice.
+
+Marriages amongst them are arranged by the parents or by the head
+chief of their tribe, the Masalicampo (Maestro de Campo). A house
+is prepared for the young couple, and an abundant feast is made
+ready, including an ample supply of a fermented drink called pangasi,
+which is preserved in large jars. When the guests have assembled, and
+everything is ready, the bride and bridegroom exchange a few words, and
+each receives from their respective fathers a small morsel of cooked
+rice. This they hold out for a short time on the palms of their hands,
+and then each places the morsel in the mouth of the other, and this
+action solemnises the marriage. The Tagbanúas have the same custom.
+
+Immediately an animated conversation bursts out amongst the guests,
+and a profuse and carefully-cooked feast is served.
+
+To the feast succeeds a prolonged drinking bout, the guests sucking
+up the liquor through straws or canes from the jars which contain
+it. Amongst the Montéses it is not considered good form to return
+home from a wedding ostentatiously sober.
+
+Polygamy is allowed, but little practised, only the dattos having
+two or perhaps three wives.
+
+Father Barrado, who was a missionary amongst them, remarked on the
+repugnance these people have to pass through the territory of some
+other datto, and Dr. Montano, who crossed Mindanao from Davao to
+Butuan, confirms this very fully as regards Mandayas and Manobos. In
+order that they may do this in safety, the principal dattos have a
+large and highly-ornamented lance called a quiap. In return for a
+small fee they lend this to any of their Sácopes who desire to pass
+through another datto's territory as a passport, or safe conduct. When
+carrying this lance, far from being molested, travellers are treated
+with consideration and deference, even in time of war.
+
+The principal dattos show their grandeur by having enormous jars,
+in which they preserve their heir-looms or rare and curious objects,
+or use for holding provisions. Gongs also are much esteemed amongst
+them. But their most precious possessions are certain wooden-boxes
+or trunks with copper coins nailed all over them in patterns, in
+which they keep their clothes and arms. In this they resemble the
+rajahs and sultans of the Malays. They use swords and lances, bolos,
+and sometimes the Malay kris with inscriptions and marks in Arabic,
+these last are got from the Moros. Some of their arms are beautifully
+made with carved handles of hard wood, and inlaid with silver,
+having sheaths of polished wood. Some of them have coats of mail,
+made of brass plates and wires, ornamented with silver. These appear
+to be of great antiquity, and it is not known where they came from
+originally. Others have quilted jackets such as Cortes found amongst
+the Mexicans. Notwithstanding their amiable characteristics, they make
+forays like the Manobos, and attack other tribes, killing the adults,
+and carrying off the children as slaves and the girls as concubines.
+
+They use the pneumatic tinder-box like the Igorrotes. They are fond
+of smoking, and raise large crops of excellent tobacco, selling their
+surplus in Cagayan de Misamis. They prefer to smoke their tobacco
+in pipes, which they make themselves. They also chew buyo. On their
+voyages they carry pouches to contain their belongings, and a curious
+crescent-shaped box made of brass plate, which they tie on in front.
+
+Although able to make long journeys on foot, they usually ride, and
+are excellent horsemen, riding up and down the steepest paths. Their
+horses are adorned with one or two necklaces of sleigh-bells, so that
+they can be heard approaching from a distance.
+
+They have no calendar, but know from the appearance of certain
+constellations in the heavens, to which they give names of their own,
+that the rainy season is approaching, and they then set to work busily
+to prepare their land for sowing or planting.
+
+They use the plough, and make extensive plantations of maize,
+which is their principal article of food, and also of rice, they
+sell the surplus to the inhabitants of the coast towns, for articles
+they require, especially salt. They make small stone hand-mills for
+grinding maize, and what is much more curious, they have invented
+and manufactured cotton gins, having two wooden rollers geared
+together, worked by a crank on the upper one. These gins work with
+great regularity.
+
+In 1889 they were much interested in planting and preparing Abacá,
+and Gingoog, one of their outlets, exported no less than 11,000 piculs,
+or the equivalent of 5500 bales in twelve months. They also take down
+to the coast-towns quantities of wax and resin. Their labour ought
+to make them wealthy, but here again we find the rascally Chinaman,
+who, intoxicating them with some vile spirits, deceives them in the
+price, cheats them in the weight, and sends them back sick and ill
+from their unaccustomed libations, with some wretched rubbish in
+exchange for their valuable produce. By this means their industry is
+checked, and those who take down goods return in worse plight than
+they went. Any decent Government would prohibit the demoralisation
+of this interesting people, but the Chinaman well understands how to
+deal with the local Spanish authorities, and even subscribes largely
+to the church, for he likes to have two strings to his bow.
+
+The musical instruments of the Montéses are clarinets, flutes,
+guitars of three strings, and a small drum.
+
+At the time of the harvest, from the first peep of day to sunrise,
+before beginning to work, they sing or chant certain songs, the men
+and women taking alternate verses.
+
+They have courts of justice to punish robbery and other offences. Their
+laws are traditional, passing from father to son, and occasionally
+altered at the discretion of the principal datto, to whom they appeal
+if they have been gravely offended. The principal datto having taken
+his seat, his head is bound round with the pinditon, or head-cloth,
+with three points, and he takes the quiap (already mentioned) in his
+hand. He then invites two inferior dattos, who take seats one on each
+side of him. The prisoner is then led forward by a guard, who sticks
+their lances in the earth near the seats of the tribunal. The case
+is argued on both sides, the court deliberates and gives judgment and
+sentence, which is executed upon the spot, fine, corporal-punishment,
+or death. This is quite an ideal criminal court, and worthy of all
+respect.
+
+Amongst them it is considered as a want of education and good manners
+to mention their own names, and if a stranger asks, "What is your
+name?" the person interrogated does not answer, but some one else
+replies, "His name is so-and-so." This actually happened to me amongst
+the Tagbanúas of Paragua, when I visited them. (See Tagbanúas.)
+
+They believe in omens, and have many curious customs, too long to
+relate, but I shall mention one.
+
+If a stranger enters a house to visit those who inhabit it, and during
+the conversation a fowl should fly and pass before him, the people of
+the house instantly kill it, and cooking it as quickly as possible,
+they eat it in company with the visitor to allay his fright, and cause
+his soul to return to his body, for it might have left him when he
+was startled.
+
+The houses in their villages are large and well-built, sometimes the
+walls are of thick planks of hard wood tied together with rattan,
+for they use no nails. The houses in the country are smaller, and
+low in the roof, but always so high from the ground that the longest
+lance will not reach the floor.
+
+Great respect is shown to the dead. They are usually buried in their
+fields with lance, sword, and bolo laid beside them. They make a
+mound of earth over the grave, fixing several stakes like St Andrew's
+crosses, and protecting the whole with the bark of a tree fastened over
+the stakes. From a high post hangs a bag of rice, that the soul of the
+defunct may sustain itself on the long journey to Mount Bolotucan,
+the highest peak of the whole region. The soul having arrived on
+this peak, gives one great jump, and reaches heaven, at a higher or
+lower level, according to the greater or lesser probity of its life
+on earth. Wherever it lands, there it remains to all eternity. The
+relations make great lamentations at the death, and loose their hair
+which they do not roll up for a greater or lesser period, according
+to the love they bore the dead.
+
+It is pleasing to be able again to state that the bravery, the wisdom,
+and the faith and charity of the Jesuits exercised amongst this race
+has had a rich reward. During the four years which concluded in 1889,
+no less than 6600 heathen Montéses renounced their superstitions, their
+polygamy, and their slave-hunting murdering raids, and, accepting
+the doctrines of our Saviour, were baptized into the Christian
+faith. Besides the older coast towns, mostly occupied by Visayas,
+twenty-four Christian villages extend from the Bay of Macajalar far
+into the Montése country, now giving the hand to the military garrisons
+on the Rio Grande amongst those irreclaimable pirates the Moros.
+
+The Cross was triumphing over the Crescent in Mindanao quite as much,
+nay, much more, by the voices of the missionaries as by the Spanish
+bayonets. It will be an outrage on Christianity, a blot on their
+renown, if through ignorance or folly, the United States should so act
+as to put a stop to this holy and civilising work, and so give occasion
+for some future author to write another "Century of Dishonour."
+
+
+
+Atás or Ata-as (7).
+
+These people occupy a considerable territory from the River Libaganon,
+which falls into the Gulf of Davao round the northern slopes of Mount
+Apo, about the head-waters of the rivers running into Lakes Liguan
+and Buluan. To the north they have the Tagavauas and the Manobos;
+to the south the Vilanes, and on the east the Guiangas, Bagobos and
+Calaganes. The swampy country on the west separates them from the
+Moros of Lake Liguan. From the extent of their territory the Atás
+are probably very numerous.
+
+They appear to be a hybrid Malayo-Negrito race, but have advanced
+considerably in social organisation. They go decently dressed, the men
+wearing short drawers and a shirt of Chinese pattern, and the women a
+patadion and an embroidered bodice--with strings of beads round the
+neck for ornament. They weave stuffs similar to those made by the
+neighbouring tribes. They are said to be of a determined character,
+and to stand up to the Moros in defence of their families and property.
+
+They also attack other tribes and commit atrocious murders, not
+sparing women and children.
+
+A missionary passing near their territory on the River Libaganon in
+November 1892, found several households in great grief on account of
+unprovoked murders committed by the Atás.
+
+As the Atás live remote from the sea-coast and have no navigable rivers
+running through their territory, the missionaries have not yet been
+able to make much impression on them, but they are working their way
+up the Davao River, and the reduction of Belen established in 1891
+is quite on the borders of the Atás territory. Murders, slave-raids,
+and human sacrifices, are still the ordinary events of Atás life.
+
+The illustration shows two determined-looking Atás warriors with spear
+and shield, two women and two young girls, all carefully dressed and
+wearing their ornaments.
+
+
+
+Guiangas (8).
+
+The Guiangas live on the slopes of Mount Apo, to the North of the
+Bagobos, whom they much resemble in manners and customs. In view of
+the small territory they occupy, they cannot be numerous.
+
+They have a rather effeminate air, the men wearing their hair long;
+but notwithstanding this, they are quite robust, of remarkable agility,
+and very adroit in the use of arms.
+
+Montano gives the average height of the man as 5 feet 4½ inches,
+and measured some up to 5 feet 7½ inches. The men wear short drawers
+and huge ear ornaments. Their weapons are the bow and spear. They
+are organised on the same feudal system as the other tribes being
+governed by their dattos. Their houses, as usual, are built on high
+piles. They are tolerably industrious, and occasionally work for the
+Visayas on their plantations. They possess horses, cattle, and poultry,
+and make the usual plantations of rice, camote, and maize.
+
+As regards their religion, Tighiama is the Creator, and Manama the
+governor of the world. Todlay, the god of love, is husband of the
+Virgin Todlibun, and the women celebrate certain rites in his honour.
+
+Dewata is the protector of the house, and he is said to love blood. It
+is therefore incumbent on the head of every household to avenge any
+insult in the blood of the offender.
+
+As amongst other tribes, the death of a datto, or of one of his
+wives, requires a human sacrifice in number proportionate to the
+rank of the defunct. The victims are usually taken from amongst the
+slaves of the datto, but in some cases they are purchased by public
+subscription. Being securely fastened to trees so that they cannot
+move, the largest subscriber inflicts a stab--politely avoiding
+giving a mortal wound, then the others follow in accordance with
+the importance of their subscription. The cries of the victim, thus
+gradually done to death, are drowned by the vociferations of his
+executioners. These sacrifices are still carried on in the remoter
+districts, but the missionaries are beginning to convert the Guiangas
+nearest the coast, and have established several reducciones in Guianga
+territory, such as Garellano, Oran, Guernica, Oyanguren. In the parish
+of Davao and its missions, there were at the end of 1896 nearly
+12,000 Christians, and the missionaries were actively at work and
+were meeting with success. If they are re-established, and supported,
+in a few years' time human sacrifices will only be a dread tradition
+of the past.
+
+The illustration shows a group of Guiangas, both men and women,
+the latter wearing many ornaments.
+
+
+
+Bagobos (9).
+
+This small tribe occupies the southern and eastern slopes of the
+Apo volcano, reaching down to the coast of the Bay of Davao, between
+the River Taumo on the north, and the River Digos on the south. They
+also have an outlying settlement at Piapi--now called Vera--on the
+Ensenada de Casilaran. The lower part of their territory is swampy,
+and the inhabitants of this district suffer from fever and ague, and
+present a sickly appearance. They resemble the Manobos in disposition
+and in customs, and their weapons are the same. Their dress consists of
+short drawers and a jacket. The women wear a shirt and patadion. They
+are moderate in eating, and cleanly in their persons. Dr. Montano
+greatly praises the beauty of their country, especially about the
+banks of the Rio Matina.
+
+The peculiarity of the Bagobos is that they are horse-Indians,
+everybody--men, women and children--rides in their country.
+
+They breed these horses, which are small, but endowed with remarkable
+endurance, and their saddles, although rude, are scientifically
+constructed, like miniature McClellans. They ride with very short
+stirrups, and the men are always seen spear in hand when mounted. They
+carefully preserve by tradition the genealogy of their horses, and
+give their favourite animals a ration of 4½ lbs. of paddy per day,
+as well as grass.
+
+The basis of their food is rice and sweet potatoes, which they
+cultivate, using the buffalo and plough, and getting the manual labour
+done by their slaves.
+
+They plant coffee, cacao, and bananas, but having assured their
+subsistence, they love to wander off into the woods to seek for
+jungle-produce, such as wax, honey, almáciga, and the coarse cinnamon
+of the country, all of which finds a ready sale on the coast.
+
+They are said to strictly perform all their engagements.
+
+They cultivate abaca, and from the filament of this plant their women
+weave the tissues called dagmays, which they polish by rubbing them
+with shells till they take a lustre like silk. They dye these stuffs
+in a primitive manner, but with satisfactory results.
+
+The men are tolerable smiths, and forge their weapons from old
+iron, which they obtain in barter. They make bits (for horses),
+and bracelets, and collars of brass. Amongst them gold is said to be
+dearer than in Paris, although the sands about Malalag, just south
+of their territory, yield gold.
+
+The Jesuits have made many converts amongst them, and they were, till
+the Spanish-American war, under the spiritual care of the veteran
+missionary, Father Urios, and his assistants. In October, 1894, 400
+Bagobos were baptized. I am unable to give the numbers of the Bagobos,
+even approximately, but, from the small territory they occupy, they
+cannot be numerous.
+
+The illustration shows the celebrated Datto Manib, one of the principal
+baganis (head-murderers) of the Bagobos, of the Apo, accompanied by
+his lance-bearers, one of whom holds the quiap. Behind him are some
+of his wives and children, and other followers. But not even the hard
+heart of this blood-stained wretch could withstand the persuasion of
+the Jesuits, and in 1894 he was baptized, and commenced to build the
+town of Santillana for himself and followers.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVII
+
+THE TRIBES OF MINDANAO--CONTINUED.
+
+
+Calaganes (10).
+
+A small tribe living on the south-eastern slopes of Mount Apo, about
+the head-waters of the River Digos, which runs into the Gulf of Davao,
+a little north of the Ensenada de Casilaran.
+
+They are reported to be of good stature, and of a dark colour, to
+understand the language of the Vilanes, but to speak their own tongue,
+which is similar to the Manobo. They are industrious cultivators of
+the soil, and store provisions for their use, never suffering from
+famine, but rather assisting others less careful. Their country is
+very broken, consisting of deep valleys, divided from each other by
+lofty crests. These valleys are full of people, so that the tribe
+must be numerous.
+
+Father Urios visited them in January of 1894, and was well treated. The
+reducciones of Aviles and Melitta have been recently formed amongst
+them, and their conversion was proceeding till the war began. Their
+territory forms part of the parish and missions of Davao.
+
+
+
+Tagacaolos (11).
+
+The Tagacaolos live in the district of Davao, on the west coast of the
+gulf from Malalao as far south as Lais. There are also some living on
+the peninsula of San Agustin, between Cuabo and Macambol. Physically,
+they are inferior to the neighbouring tribes, not so much in stature
+as in muscular development. They are timid, and those who are
+still heathen select places for their hamlets that cannot easily
+be surprised, such as rocks, or crags without forest round them,
+although this obliges them to carry water from a great distance.
+
+A considerable number of them have been converted, and settled in
+hamlets near the coast, but the mass of them are still heathen.
+
+Their faces are long, the nose thin, and the extremity of it slightly
+curved.
+
+They are the victims of the Bagobos and Guiangas, who attack them for
+the purpose of carrying them off into slavery. They themselves prey
+on the Vilanes, who are less capable of defence, and make slaves of
+them. They also fight amongst themselves. They make human sacrifices
+to their god Mandarangan, who lives in the crater of the Apo volcano,
+to avert his wrath, and when any noise is heard from the volcano,
+they consider that he is demanding a victim.
+
+In 1896, more than 300 Tagacaolos had been baptized, and were
+living in a civilised manner in the town of Malalag, now called Las
+Mercedes. The conversion of this tribe was being actively carried on
+by the assistants of the veteran missionary, Father Urios, who resided
+in Davao until the Spanish-American war. Las Mercedes was improving,
+and promised to become a town of some importance.
+
+A detachment of infantry was stationed there.
+
+The influence of the missionaries extended beyond the reducciones, and
+had some effect amongst the heathen in discouraging human sacrifices
+and tribal wars. It may be expected that, before long, these dreadful
+rites will be put an end to, if the missionaries are enabled to return.
+
+
+
+Dulanganes (12).
+
+The Dulanganes hold a territory about twenty miles square to the south
+of the Tirurayes, which extends from the crests of the mountains to
+the coast. On the east they have the Vilanes. I have not been able
+to learn anything whatever about this people, nor, so far as I know,
+are there any reducciones in their territory.
+
+
+
+Tirurayes (13).
+
+The Tirurayes occupy the hills to the south of the delta of the Rio
+Grande, the coast being occupied by Moros.
+
+They are reported to be of low type, physically, and to hold the
+chastity of their wives and daughters as of no account.
+
+The proximity of the Moros probably accounts for this looseness of
+morals. The missionaries have been working amongst them for years,
+and in 1891 they had baptized 109. However, the converts were not
+settled in towns, but wandered about the hills as they liked. Since
+then, more of them have been baptized, and were settled in Tamontaca,
+and several reducciones have been founded in their territory. In
+Tamontaca, during 1896, between heathen and Moros, there were 152
+conversions and baptisms during the year, besides 197 baptisms of
+infants born of Christian parents. The Tagacaolos used to apply
+to the missionaries for everything they required--medicine for the
+sick, Spanish red wine for women after child-birth, or boards to make
+coffins. So the missionaries not only had to bury them for nothing,
+but had to find them the coffin into the bargain.
+
+On the other hand, the Tirurayes declined to cut timber for the
+chapels at their reducciones, or to haul it to place, or to do any
+kind of work unless paid for it. Their zeal does not lead them to do
+anything for the Church as a free offering. They find it very hard to
+break themselves of their nomadic customs, and are particularly apt to
+remontar. However, they treated the missionaries with great respect,
+and these could go anywhere amongst them without danger.
+
+Since the war, the missionaries have abandoned Tamontaca, and the
+whole neighbourhood is in disorder.
+
+
+
+Tagabelies (14).
+
+The Tagabelies inhabit the hilly country between Lake Buluan and
+the Gulf of Sarangani, to the west of the volcanoes Magolo and
+Maluturin. They are reported to be very ferocious, and have not been
+visited by the missionaries.
+
+
+
+Samales (15).
+
+These people inhabit the islands of Samal and Talicud, in the Gulf
+of Davao, and are not to be confounded with the Moros Samales of
+Tawi-tawi and Jolo.
+
+The Samales surpass both the Moros and Nisayas in muscular development
+and stature.
+
+Their feet and hands are large; they have high and projecting
+cheek-bones, and a stiff beard standing out round the face gives it,
+according to Montano, something of a cat-like appearance. Both sexes
+dress like the Moros.
+
+They are less ferocious than their neighbours, and do not, like them,
+go about armed.
+
+They do not commit any aggressions, and are industrious. In character,
+they are superior to the Moros, and are not like them--cunning and
+deceitful.
+
+They have been on good terms with the Spaniards for a long time,
+but until quite lately they were very obstinate, and could not be
+persuaded to be baptized.
+
+They cultivate the usual crops, fish, and make salt. The women weave
+dagmays.
+
+They used to have slaves, whom they purchased from the Moros or
+Manobos, and treated them well.
+
+Formerly, they enclosed their dead in wooden coffins, made in two
+parts, the shallower part serving as a lid. Each piece was hollowed
+out of a solid log. They placed the coffins on a rude platform in a
+cave or niche in the rocks, or else built a thatched roof over it to
+keep off the rain.
+
+They placed near the coffin buyo and bonga for chewing, and vases
+containing rice and maize. Each year after the harvest they went to
+visit the dead, and renewed the offerings.
+
+Little is known of their former religion, but they worshipped the
+serpent, and believed in the immortality of the soul, and in a place
+of punishment by fire, which they called Quilut.
+
+The patience and zeal of the missionaries has, however, been richly
+rewarded, and in June, 1894, a number of Samales were baptized,
+including most of their dattos. By the autumn of that year there was
+not a heathen left in the islands, and the Samales are now settled in
+seven villages--San José, San Ramon, Alcira, Tarifa, Carmona, Cervera,
+and Peña Plata. This last was the residence of the missionary, who
+was accompanied by a lay brother. The population at the beginning of
+1897 was 1625.
+
+
+
+Vilanes (16).
+
+These people, the prey of every warlike tribe, and even of the
+Tagacaolos, live on the summit of the mountains of Buhian, to the
+east and west of the lake of that name.
+
+Some of them extend as far south as the eastern shore of the Gulf of
+Sarangani, and they people the two islands of Sarangani and Balut.
+
+They are short and thickset, with little agility.
+
+Montano describes them as having flat, broad noses, underhung jaws,
+and receding foreheads, giving them an appearance of stupidity.
+
+Father Urios, however, writing about the Vilanes of Sarangani and
+Balut, gives a more favourable description of them. He says they
+are docile and industrious, and more active and intelligent than the
+Moros Sanguiles, who live on these same islands.
+
+He thought them easy to convert, for they have no religious system of
+their own; but they believe in God, and in the immortality of the soul.
+
+Although living so near the Moros, they have not adopted any of their
+religious ideas.
+
+The Sarangani Vilanes dress like the Bagobos, and handle the lance
+and the bow, and are good shots in hunting game.
+
+
+
+Subanos (17).
+
+The word Subanos means dwellers by the rivers, from suba--a river.
+
+This numerous tribe inhabits the western peninsula of Mindanao from
+Misamis to Zamboanga, except the coasts which are mostly occupied by
+Visayas or Moros.
+
+They are of a darker colour and inferior in physique to the Mandayas
+and Montéses.
+
+Like other races in Mindanao the Subanos are organised under dattos
+or baganis in a feudal system. It is said that he who has killed one
+enemy may wear a red head-cloth, whilst other tribes only concede
+this distinction to a warrior who has killed five.
+
+In religion, they are polytheists, and worship the following deities
+amongst others:
+
+
+        Tagma-sa-dugat, or Lord of the Sea.
+        Tagma-sa-yuta, or Lord of the Earth.
+        Tagma-sa-manga bugund, or Lord of the Woods.
+        Tagma-sa-manga Suba, or Lord of the Rivers.
+        Tagma-sa-Saquit, or Lord Protector of the sick.
+
+
+But they are said not to possess wooden idols like the Manobos,
+Mandayas and Montéses. They raise rough altars of sticks, on which
+they lay out offerings to their deities. They call these altars
+Paga-paga. The offerings consist of rice, chickens, eggs, buyo and
+tobacco, also a large jar of pangasi, a beer brewed from rice. When
+making their offerings, they sing, dance, and pray round the altar
+to the sound of the sucaran, a rough kind of cymbal or gong. Amongst
+the Subanos only the dattos or rich men have more than one wife. The
+marriage ceremonies are very elaborate, and conclude with two great
+feasts or drinking bouts, one in the house of the bride's father,
+the other in the house of the bridegroom. Divorce can be obtained if
+the couple cannot agree, or if either quarrels with the father- or
+mother-in-law. It is not readily conceded, and the case is sometimes
+argued for days before the council of elders of the village. Children
+are only given names when four or five years old. The Subanos have
+no money in circulation, and any trading is effected by barter.
+
+They bury their dead the day after their decease, wrapping the body
+in a mat. The grave is dug about a yard deep, and near the house. The
+Balian or priest accompanies the bearers, and sprinkles water on
+the house and ground as he goes. Women do not accompany the funeral
+party. The body is laid on a bed of leaves, resting on a framework of
+sticks or canes at the bottom of the grave. The sides are protected
+in the same way, and over it another framework is constructed,
+carrying an earthen jar containing food and clothing. The weapons
+of the defunct are laid over him, and the grave is filled in with
+earth, great care being taken not to let a particle of it touch the
+body. Sacrifices are made to the god Diuata; these constitute the
+funeral feast, which is consumed in silence. When it is concluded,
+the dishes and pots which contained it are turned upside down.
+
+On the eighth day another feast is held, when they talk and dance,
+intoxicating themselves with copious libations of pangasi. The priest
+then goes through a ceremony the purport of which is to hand over the
+soul of the defunct to Diuata-sa-langit, the god of heaven. He begs
+the soul to go away with the god, and to trouble them no more. They
+then renew the dancing and drinking, and thus conclude the period
+of mourning.
+
+The houses of the Subanos are similarly constructed to those of the
+Manobos, Montéses, and other tribes, but are not always raised so
+high from the ground, and are more roughly built. Their food is
+similar to that of the other heathen tribes. The men wear their
+hair long, but coiled up on the head, and covered with a kerchief
+worn like a turban. They dress in a tight jacket and trousers,
+either white, blue, or red. Sometimes they wear a sash. The men do
+not wear ear-ornaments of any kind. The women wear large combs made
+by themselves from bamboos, but no head-covering. Their ornaments
+are ear-rings, strings of beads round the neck, and many bangles
+or bracelets of brass or silver. They are clothed in a short shirt,
+either of homespun or Manchester cotton, and a skirt worn tight round
+the body, and reaching below the knees.
+
+The weapons of the Subanos are the lance, which they call talanan,
+a round shield they call taming, a scimitar they call campilan,
+the Malay kris they call caliz, the machete or pes.
+
+Their agriculture and industries are very primitive, and on a small
+scale.
+
+They have scarcely any other musical instrument than brass gongs
+called Agum, which are played as dance music to their two dances,
+the Saldiringan and the Sinigay. In the first of these dances the men
+stand up in a row, opposite a row of women. All hold a palm-branch
+in each hand with which to beat time. They jump up and down with eyes
+fixed on the ground.
+
+For the Sinigay, however, the partners touch each other's hands,
+but only with the points of the fingers. The Subano, equivalent to
+our Mrs. Grundy, would feel shocked to see gentlemen dancing with
+their arms round their partners' waists.
+
+The principal feast is called Birclog, and it lasts eight days. A large
+shed is built, the priests offer prayers to the before-mentioned gods,
+and sacrifice swine and poultry. The pigs are strangled by a rope
+held or jerked by all the priests, and are placed on the altar one
+at a time. Above the carcass is placed a live cock, which they kill
+by wounding it through the mouth and letting it bleed to death. They
+also offer tobacco, rice, and pangasi.
+
+The offerings are taken away to be cut up and cooked. They are then
+served, and the pangasi goes round, the priests being always served
+first and getting the best of everything, as seems to be the case
+all the world over.
+
+When the first lot of people have been fed, they vacate the shed,
+which is instantly filled by a fresh lot. Sometimes in one of these
+feasts they consume twenty pigs and forty ten-gallon jars of the
+strong rice-beer. When intoxicated, their conduct, according to Father
+Sanchez, S.J., is apt to overstep the bounds of propriety, but in this
+they are very much like more civilised people in the same condition.
+
+The only vessels possessed by the Subanos are some canoes, or dug-outs,
+on the rivers. These are sometimes of great length, and are called
+by them Sacayan. They propel them with great skill, using a long
+double-ended paddle which they use standing up, and alternately on
+either side. Like many other races of the Far East, they consider
+a lunar eclipse as the precursor of great calamities, and make
+a deafening noise to frighten away the serpent or dragon which is
+swallowing the moon. They consider the turtle-dove, or limocon, as an
+omen-bird, and will halt or perhaps return if they hear its cry when
+starting on a journey. Also if they hear any one sneeze whilst going
+down the ladder of the house, they return, and remain within doors.
+
+Some of the Subanos bear Moro titles, such as Timuay, which is
+equivalent to third class judge. Father Vilaclara, S.J., a bold and
+enterprising missionary, visited, in 1890, the house of a Subano
+named Audos, who had recently succeeded his father as Timuay of the
+Sindangan River.
+
+He counted twenty-nine persons, great and small, in the house,
+but this did not include the whole family, as several were absent
+at their occupations. The house was built on piles, according to the
+universal custom, and the floor could not be reached from the ground
+by the longest lance. It measured eighteen yards long by ten yards
+wide, and formed one vast apartment, there being no partitions of
+any kind. The floor was made of strips of bamboo, and on this account
+it must be out of reach, for as the inhabitants sleep on grass mats
+laid on the floor, they could easily be speared in the night through
+the interstices of the canes.
+
+Five married couples and their children occupied this apartment,
+each having its own part of the floor, its own store of rice, its own
+pigs and poultry. Each family cooked and ate independently, but all
+showed the greatest respect to the aged grandparents, and consulted
+them about their affairs. Father Vilaclara appears to have ultimately
+converted the whole family, beginning with the boys, whom he took under
+his charge, dressed and fed them, and taught them to speak Visaya.
+
+Gold-washing and gold-mining is practised by the Subanos between
+Dapitan and Misamis, where there is a vast extension of gold-bearing
+sand and earth. Near Pigtao auriferous iron pyrites occurs. The native
+name for this ore is Inga.
+
+Horses are very abundant in the district of Misamis, and in common
+use for riding and as pack carriers.
+
+The Subanos have the reputation of being war-like, yet until
+lately they were entirely dominated by the Moros wherever they came
+in contact. Since 1893 the Spaniards have isolated them from the
+Ilanao Moros by establishing a chain of forts, and making a Trocha,
+or military road, across the narrow neck of land from Tucuran on the
+Bahia Illana to Balatacan on Bahia Panquil. The width of the isthmus
+here is about sixteen miles, and the forts are called Alfonso XIII,
+Infanta Isabel, Sta. Paz, and Sta. Eulalia, and Maria Cristina.
+
+The Subanos appear to be much more refractory to civilisation and
+Christianity than the Montéses, the Manobos or the Mandayas. This no
+doubt comes from the strong influence that vile nests of pirates and
+slave-traders around Lake Lanao has for centuries exercised over them,
+but in time the Trocha, if kept as it should be, in the interests of
+civilisation, will destroy that.
+
+The Jesuit missionaries were actively at work round about the Bay of
+Dapitan in the extreme north of the Subano territory, and to some
+extent round about Zamboanga in the extreme south, until the war
+between Spain and America broke out.
+
+In the Dapitan district there were at the end of 1896 nearly 15,000
+Christians residing in the towns and villages under the spiritual,
+and temporal guidance of the Jesuits. During that year 208 heathen
+were baptized in the Dapitan district, but only 21 in the Zamboanga
+district.
+
+It is safe to assume that in the Dapitan district alone there are
+10,000 Christian Subanos.
+
+The number of heathen Subanos, amongst whom there are a few
+semi-Mahometans, may be about 90,000. From these figures it is quite
+evident that the missionary enterprise should be extended, but in
+order to do this the insolence of the Moros must be chastised.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVIII
+
+The Moros, or Mahometan Malays (18 to 23).
+
+
+These terrible pirates who have for centuries laid waste the coasts
+of the Philippines and the adjacent islands, with fire and sword,
+carrying off tens of thousands of Christians or heathen into slavery,
+have only within the last few years had their power definitely broken
+by the naval and military forces of Spain and by the labours of the
+Jesuit missionaries, amongst the heathen tribes of the island.
+
+It is scarcely half a century since they annually attacked the
+Visayas Islands and even Southern Luzon, and they have been, up to
+quite lately, the great obstacle to the civilisation of the Southern
+Philippines. In Culion, Cuyos and other islands the churches are built
+within a stone fort, in which the population took refuge when the
+Moros appeared. The old Spanish sailing men-of-war could not cope with
+these sea rovers, who in their light prahus, salisipanes, or vintas,
+kept in shallow water or amongst reefs where these vessels could not
+reach them. Of course, if the pirates were surprised when crossing
+open water, they ran great risks, since their artillery was always very
+deficient, but they sailed in great numbers, and if it fell calm they
+would cluster round a solitary man-of-war and take her by boarding.
+
+In consequence, a special force was raised in the Philippines to
+protect the coasts against these pests. It was called "La Marina
+Sutil," or the Light Navy. This force consisted of large flat-bottomed
+launches propelled by oars and sails. They were half-decked forward,
+and carried a long brass gun, on a slide, and some swivels on the
+quarters. These boats were coppered and fitted with a cabin at the
+after part. They carried forty or fifty men, all natives, and squadrons
+of them were stationed at the principal southern ports from whence they
+patrolled the coasts. Most of the officers were natives or mestizos;
+some of them survive to this day. These vessels rendered good service,
+and to some extent checked the incursions of the pirates, but they
+had not the speed to follow up the fast-rowing vintas of the Moros,
+which could always escape from them unless caught in narrow waters. In
+1824, D. Alonso Morgado was appointed Captain of the Marina Sutil,
+and severely chastised the Moros.
+
+Some of these rowing gun-boats are still to be seen rotting on the
+beach at the southern naval stations. But the introduction of steam
+gun-boats in 1860 gradually did away with the Marina Sutil, and sounded
+the knell of piracy in the Philippines. The Moros received terrible
+chastisement at the hands of these steam gun-boats, one of which,
+with a crew of only forty men, has been known to destroy a whole
+fleet of pirates, and now their power on the sea has become only a
+dread tradition of the past.
+
+Even with all the advantages of steam propulsion, their suppression
+has been a matter of the utmost difficulty, for the Moros are not only
+possessed of the greatest personal valour, but are extremely skilful in
+taking advantage of every circumstance that can favour their defence.
+
+Their towns are mostly built in the water, like the City of Brunei,
+the houses having bamboo bridges to connect them with the shore,
+which can be removed when desirable. They select a site well protected
+by reefs or islands, or only to be approached by long and tortuous
+channels through mangrove swamps enfiladed by guns cunningly concealed
+from view; a very death-trap to an attack by boats.
+
+On rising ground and flanking their settlements they built their
+Cottas or forts. The walls of these strongholds are a double stockade
+of great trunks of trees, the space between them being filled with
+rock, stones, or earth rammed in. Some of these walls are 24 feet
+thick and as much as 30 feet high, defended by brass and iron guns,
+and by numerous lantacas. Such places can stand a deal of battering,
+and are not easily taken by assault, for the Moros mount the ramparts
+and make a brave defence, firing grape from their guns and lantacas,
+and as the assailants approach, hurling their spears on them to a
+surprising distance, with accurate aim, and manfully standing up to
+them in the breaches.
+
+Should the assault slacken they never fail to rush out, helmet on
+head, clad in coats of mail, and with sword and buckler engage the
+foe in a desperate hand-to-hand struggle where quarter is neither
+asked nor given.
+
+The annals of Moro-Spanish war include many well-contested combats,
+where, to use the language of Froissart, "many heavy blows were
+given and received," where the most desperate exertions of Spain's
+bravest officers, backed up by their war-like and hardy troops, not
+seldom failed to carry the forts held by the indomitable and fanatic
+Moros. Such Homeric combats were those between that dreaded Sultan
+of Mindanao, Cachit Corralat and Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera,
+and Captain Atienzas' bold attack on the hosts of the confederated
+Moros of Lake Lanao. Nor were the Spanish missionaries less active
+than the soldiers on the field of battle, or in the most desperate
+assaults. Crucifix in hand, Father San Agustin and Father Ducos
+calmly walked through many a hail of bullets and many a flight of
+spears leading and encouraging their half-savage converts in their
+resistance to these cruel oppressors.
+
+Not to be out-done by either soldier or priest, Captain Malcampo, of
+the Spanish Navy, drove his vessel, the Constancia, right up to the
+Cotta of Pangalungan till her bowsprit touched the ramparts, then,
+sword in hand, leading a company of boarders, and using the bowsprit
+as a bridge, he carried the fort by assault, and put the garrison to
+the sword.
+
+The thirsty soil of Mindanao has drunk freely of Spanish blood,
+and Pampango, Tagal, and Visaya have all worthily borne their part
+in this long drawn-out crusade of the Cross against the Crescent.
+
+But not alone the Moro sword and spear has delayed for so long the
+conquest of Mindanao. Deadly fevers lurk in the lowlands, the swamps
+and the creeks of that rich and fertile island.
+
+The Moros appear impervious to the malaria. At all events they live
+and thrive in, or in close proximity to, mangrove swamp and flooded
+jungle. The Tagal or the Visaya is not immune, and some even resist
+an attack of the terrible perniciosa less than a white man. I shall
+never in my life forget the awful sights I witnessed in 1887 and
+1892 when some native regiments returned to Manila from the war in
+Mindanao. Any one who saw Shafter's army disembark on their return
+from Cuba will understand me. Those who could march were mere walking
+corpses, but the shrunken forms, the livid tint and the glassy eyes
+of those who could not stand (and there were hundreds of them),
+brought the horrors of mismanaged war to the onlooker like one of
+Vereschagin's realistic masterpieces.
+
+But as the slaughter of the Dervishes at Omdurman teaches, not even the
+most dauntless bravery can prevail against modern weapons in the hands
+of tolerably disciplined troops. The quick-firing gun, the howitzer
+with shrapnell shell, the machine-gun and the magazine-rifle must
+inevitably bring about the subjugation of every lowland population not
+supplied with these dread engines of civilisation, and only the hardy
+dwellers in Nature's loftiest fastnesses, the Himalayas or the Andes,
+may hope to retain their independence in the future.
+
+It is a striking instance of the irony of fate that, just as modern
+weapons have turned the scale in favour of the Spaniards in this
+long struggle, and brought the Moros within measurable distance of
+subjection, when only one more blow required to be struck, Spain's
+Oriental Empire should suddenly vanish in the smoke of Dewey's guns,
+and her flag disappear for ever from battlements where (except for
+the short interval of British occupation, 1762-3) it has proudly waved
+through storm and sunshine for three hundred and twenty-eight years.
+
+Such, however, is the case, and it now falls to the United States to
+complete the task of centuries, to stretch out a protecting hand over
+the Christian natives of Mindanao, and to suppress the last remains of
+a slave-raiding system, as ruthless, as sanguinary and as devastating
+as the annals of the world can show.
+
+The Moros of Mindanao are divided into five groups or tribes; Illanos,
+Sanguiles, Lutangas, Calibuganes, and Yacanes.
+
+(18) The Moros Illanos, who are the most important and the most
+dangerous community, are described fully later on. They inhabit the
+country between the Bay of Iligan and Illana Bay, also round Lake
+Lanao, the Rio Grande and Lake Liguan.
+
+(19) The Moros Sanguiles live on the south coast from the Bay of
+Sarangani to the River Kulut.
+
+(20) The Moros Lutangas occupy the Island of Olutanga and parts of
+the adjacent coasts, all round the Bay of Dumanguilas and Maligay,
+and the eastern coast of the Bay of Sibuguay.
+
+(21) The Moros Calibuganes occupy the western coast of the Bay of
+Sibuguay, they are also dotted along the outer coast of the Peninsula
+as far as the Bay of Sindangan. They communicate by land across
+the mountains.
+
+(22) The Moros Yacanes occupy the western part of the Island of
+Basilan, and the islands of the Tapul group.
+
+(23) The Moros Samales are not inhabitants of Mindanao, but occupy
+and dominate the Islands of Jolo, Tawi-tawi and most of the smaller
+islands of those groups.
+
+Physically, the Moro is a man built for the fatigues of war, whether
+by sea or land.
+
+His sinewy frame combines strength and agility, and the immense
+development of the thorax gives him marvellous powers of endurance
+at the oar or on the march.
+
+Trained to arms from his earliest youth, he excels in the management of
+the lance, the buckler and the sword. These weapons are his inseparable
+companions: the typical Moro is never unarmed. He fights equally
+well on foot, on horseback, in his fleet war canoe, or in the water,
+for he swims like a fish and dives like a penguin.
+
+Absolutely indifferent to bloodshed or suffering, he will take the life
+of a slave or a stranger merely to try the keenness of a new weapon. He
+will set one of his sons, a mere boy, to kill some defenceless man,
+merely to get his hand in at slaughter. [30] If for any reason he
+becomes disgusted with his luck, or tired of life, he will shave
+off his eyebrows, dress himself entirely in red, and taking the oath
+before his Pandit, run amok in some Christian settlement, killing man,
+woman and child, till he is shot down by the enraged townsmen.
+
+Wanton destruction is his delight. After plundering and burning some
+sea-coast town in Visayas or Luzon, they would take the trouble to
+cut down the fruit trees, destroy the crops and everything else that
+they could not carry away.
+
+Yet, as they made annual raids, it would have appeared to be good
+policy to leave the dwellings, the fruit trees, and the crops,
+in order to tempt the natives to re-occupy the town and accumulate
+material for subsequent plundering.
+
+Commonly, very ignorant of his own religion, he is none the less
+a fanatic in its defence, and nourishes a traditional and fervent
+hatred against the Christian, whether European or native.
+
+Looking upon work as a disgrace, his scheme of life is simple; it
+consists in making slaves of less war-like men, to work for him,
+and taking their best looking girls for his concubines. His victims
+for centuries, when not engaged on a piratical cruise, have been the
+hill-tribes of the island, the Subanos, the Tagacaolos, the Vilanes,
+the Manguangas and others.
+
+Originally immigrants from Borneo, from Celehes or Ternate, with some
+Arab admixture, the Moros have for centuries filled their harems
+with the women of the hill-tribes, and with Tagal and Visayas and
+even Spanish women, taken in their piratical excursions. They are
+now a very mixed race, but retain all their war-like characteristics.
+
+Cut off from the sea by the Spanish Naval forces, they turned
+with greater energy than ever to the plundering and enslaving
+of their neighbours, the hill-men. These poor creatures, living
+in small groups, could offer but little resistance, and fell an
+easy prey. But now the devoted labours of the Jesuit missionaries
+began to bear fruit. They converted the hill-men, and gathered them
+together in larger communities, better able to protect themselves,
+and although the Moros sometimes burnt whole towns and slew all who
+resisted, carrying off the women and children into slavery, yet,
+on the other hand, it often happened that, getting notice of their
+approach, the Jesuits assembled the fighting men of several towns,
+and, being provided with a few fire-arms by the Government, they fell
+upon the Moros and utterly routed them, driving them back to their
+own territory with great loss. Of late years the Moros have found
+their slave-raids involve more danger than they care to face, and
+even the powerful confederation of Lake Lanao was, till the Spanish
+American war, hemmed in by chains of forts and by Christian towns.
+
+But they have by no means entirely renounced their slave-raiding,
+and in order to give a specific instance of their behaviour in recent
+years, I will mention that on the 31st. of December, 1893, a party
+of 370 of them, under the Datto Ali, son to Datto Nua, accompanied
+by seven other Dattos, all well armed, and forty of them carrying
+muskets or rifles, and plenty of ammunition, made an unprovoked and
+treacherous attack on Lepanto, a Christian village in the Montés
+country, near the confluence of the Kulaman River with the Pulangui,
+between the Locosocan and Salagalpon cataracts. This is the extreme
+southern settlement of the Jesuits, and the nearest missionary resided
+at Linabo, whilst the nearest garrison was at Bugcaon, some four
+leagues distant.
+
+The inhabitants, not being provided with fire-arms, sought safety
+in flight, but the Moros captured fourteen of them. They profaned
+the church, hacked to pieces the image of Our Saviour, and cut up
+a painting of Our Lady of the Rosary, smashed the altar, and with
+the débris, lighted a bonfire in the middle of the church, which,
+strange to say, however, did not take fire.
+
+They stole the cattle and horses, looted the village, and marched
+off with their spoil and the fourteen captives.
+
+When, however, they reached the ford on the River Mulita, five of
+the Christians refused to proceed into slavery. These were the Datto
+Mausalaya, another man named Masumbalan, and three women. They were
+all put to death by the Moros and barbarously mutilated. The flesh
+was cut from their bones, and it is said that the Moros consumed some
+of it, and so terrified the other captives that they marched forward
+into life-long slavery.
+
+Had the converts in Lepanto been supplied with a few fire-arms,
+this disaster would not have happened.
+
+The Mindanao Moros commonly wear a bright coloured handkerchief as a
+head-cloth or turban, a split shirt of Chinese pattern, wide trousers,
+and gaudy sashes.
+
+The young men shave their heads, but after marriage they let their
+hair grow long.
+
+The dattos, mandarines, and pandits usually cultivate a moustache,
+others pluck out all the hair on the face. The poorer women commonly
+dress in white and wear a jacket and a skirt coming down well below
+the knee. The richer ones wear silks of the brightest colours.
+
+A white turban or head-cloth is a sign of mourning.
+
+The illustration shows a group of Moros of the East coast. They are
+unarmed, unlike those of Lake Lanao.
+
+The Moro noble takes great pride in his long descent, and in the
+distinction gained in war by his ancestors. During the long hours of
+their friendly meetings called Bicháras, they relate to each other
+tales of their ancestors' heroism.
+
+Their feudal system has been more or less copied by Subanos, Manobos,
+Montéses and other hill-races. The datto or mandarin is the feudal
+chief amongst all these, but the Moros have gone a step further,
+and have instituted rajahs and sultans, although with only a shadowy
+authority; for every important matter must come before the council
+of dattos for approval.
+
+They use titles similar to those of the Malays of Borneo and
+Johore. Tuang, the head-man of a village; Cuano, a Justice of the
+Peace; Lamudia, Nacuda and Timuay, 1st, 2nd, and 3rd class judges;
+Gangalia, a constable; Baguadato, a principal, or Cabeza; Maradiadina,
+eldest son of a principal. A datto is known by the richness of his
+apparel and by using gold buttons, and especially by always carrying
+a handkerchief in his hand. He is usually followed by a slave carrying
+his siri-box.
+
+Like the Malays, they call the heir of a rajah the Rajah-muda; the
+nephew of a sultan uses the epithet Paduca; the son of a sultan calls
+himself Majarasin, the pure or mighty.
+
+Orang-Kaya, corresponds to a magnate; Cachil, to a prince of the
+blood. The war-minister of a sultan is called the Datto Realao.
+
+A principal priest is called a Sárif or sheriff; and an ordinary
+priest a Pandita, or learned man.
+
+The learning of these worthies is of the most rudimentary description,
+and consists in being able to read the Koran in Arabic, and to recite
+certain prayers which they often do not understand.
+
+They have some wretched sheds for places of worship which they call
+Langa. During the fast of Sanibayang, which lasts for seven days,
+they are supposed to abstain from all nourishment. However, at
+midnight, when they think their god may be napping, they indulge in
+a hurried meal on the quiet. At the end of their week of abstinence
+they undergo a purification by bathing, and indemnify themselves for
+their fasts by several sumptuous banquets. They are forbidden to eat
+swine's flesh, or drink spirituous liquors, but they are not at all
+strict in their religion, and the savoury smell of roast pork has
+been known to overcome their scruples.
+
+They are very fond of smoking tobacco, and of chewing buyo; some
+indulge in opium smoking.
+
+Their amusements are gambling, cock-fighting, and combats of
+buffaloes. Their slave-girls perform various libidinous dances to
+the sound of the agun, or brass gong, and the calintangang, a kind
+of harmonium of strips of metal struck by a small drum-stick.
+
+The dance called the Paujalay is usually performed at a marriage of
+any importance, and the young dancers, clad in diaphanous garments,
+strive to present their charms in the most alluring postures, for
+the entertainment of the dattos and their guests.
+
+They have also a war-dance called the Moro-moro, which is performed by
+their most skilful and agile swordsmen, buckler on arm and campilan
+in hand to the sound of martial music. It simulates a combat, and
+the dancers spring sideways, backwards or forwards, and cut, thrust,
+guard, or feint with surprising dexterity.
+
+The Moros are polygamists in general, although the influence of the
+Christian women taken as captives and sometimes married to their
+captors, has, in many cases, succeeded in preventing their husbands
+from taking a second wife. The cleverness and aptitude for business
+of Christian Visayas, and Tagal women captives, has sometimes raised
+them to the highest position in rank and wealth amongst the Moros;
+and few of them would have returned to their former homes, even if
+an occasion had offered. The custom of seizing girls for slaves and
+concubines which has prevailed amongst the Moros for centuries, has
+of course had the effect of encouraging sensuality, and the morals
+of Moro society may be compared to those of a rabbit-warren.
+
+The Moros do not always treat their slaves with cruelty, they rather
+strive to attach them to their new home by giving them a female
+captive or a slave-girl they have tired of, as a wife, assisting them
+to build a house, and making their lot as easy as is compatible with
+getting some work out of them.
+
+But perhaps the greatest allurement to one of these slaves is when
+his master takes him with him on a slave-raid, and gives him the
+opportunity of securing some plunder, and perhaps a slave for himself.
+
+Once let him arrive at this stage, and his master need have no fear
+of his absconding.
+
+The Spaniards have for years refused to send back any slaves who
+claim their protection, yet it has been remarked by Dr. Montano, and
+by missionaries and Spanish military officers, that slaves have been
+employed fishing or tilling the ground near the Spanish outposts,
+and only rarely would one step within the lines to obtain his liberty.
+
+If caught running away from their masters, the dattos, they are
+sometimes put to death, or mutilated in a most cruel manner.
+
+The famous Datto Utto, of the Rio Grande, is said to have stripped
+a runaway slave naked and to have tied him to a tree, leaving him to
+be stung to death by the mosquitos or devoured piecemeal by ants.
+
+This same Datto Utto, towards the end of 1889, made himself so
+objectionable to the Datto Abdul, one of his neighbours, that the
+latter determined to place himself and his people under Spanish
+protection. His village consisted of eighty houses and was situated
+on the banks of Rio Grande.
+
+Datto Abdul gave proofs of engineering skill, for he constructed
+eighty rafts of bamboos, and placing a house upon each with all its
+belongings, inhabitants and cattle, he floated his whole village
+fifteen miles down the river and landed at Tumbao, establishing
+himself under the protection of the fort.
+
+The Datto Ayunan, who resides in the same neighbourhood, also came
+over to the Spaniards, and learned to understand and speak Spanish very
+fairly. He had at least three thousand followers, and in the fighting
+on the Rio Grande in 1886-87 he took the field, supported the Spanish
+forces against the other dattos, and rendered important services.
+
+Several other dattos and chiefs have submitted to the Spaniards;
+for instance, the Sultan of Bolinson, who has settled at Lintago,
+near the barracks of Maria Christina. In the district of Davao more
+than five thousand Moros are living peacefully under Spanish rule.
+
+The famous Datto Utto, who gave so much trouble, lost followers and
+prestige, and now where the Moro King of Tamontaca held his court and
+reigned in power and splendour on the Rio Grande, a Jesuit Orphan
+Asylum, and Industrial School flourished [till the war caused it
+to be abandoned], bringing up hundreds of children of both sexes,
+mostly liberated slaves of the Moros, to honest handicrafts or
+agricultural labour.
+
+Amongst the Moros, the administration of justice is in the hands
+of the dattos or of their nominees. Offences are punished by death,
+corporal chastisement, or by fines.
+
+However, the customs of the country admit of an offended person taking
+the law into his own hand. Thus he who surprises his wife in the act
+of adultery may cut off one of her ears, shave her head, and degrade
+her to be the slave of his concubines.
+
+If he catches the co-respondent he may kill him (if he can).
+
+A calumny not justified, is fined 15 dollars; a slight wound costs the
+aggressor 5 dollars; a serious wound, 15 dollars, and the weapon that
+did the mischief; a murder can be atoned by giving three to six slaves.
+
+Adultery incurs a fine of 60 dollars, and two slaves; or death,
+if the fine is not paid.
+
+He who insults a datto is condemned to death, unless he can pay 15
+taels of gold, but he becomes a slave for life. The datto acting as
+judge takes as his fee one-eighth of the fine he imposes.
+
+A slave is considered to be worth from 15 to 30 dollars according to
+his or her capabilities or appearance.
+
+The dattos impose an annual tax on all their subjects whether Moros
+or heathen. It is called the Pagdatto, and consists of a piece of
+cloth called a Jabol, a bolo, and twenty gantas of paddy (equal to 10
+gantas of rice) from each married couple. A ganta equals two-thirds
+of a gallon, so that the tax in rice would only be 6.6 gallons,
+a little over ¾ bushel.
+
+Their language is a degraded Arabic with words from Malay, Chinese,
+Visaya, Tagal, and some idioms of the hill-tribes.
+
+Very few of them can read or write.
+
+Their year is divided into 13 lunar months, and the days of the week
+are as follows:--
+
+
+                Monday.     Sapto.
+                Tuesday.    Ahat.
+                Wednesday.  Isnin.
+                Thursday.   Sarasa.
+                Friday.     Araboja.
+                Saturday.   Cammis.
+                Sunday.     Diammat.
+
+
+Their era is the Hejira, like other Mahometans.
+
+Their marriage customs are peculiar. When one of them takes a fancy
+to a damsel, he sends his friend, of the highest rank, to the house of
+the girl's father, to solicit her hand. The father consults the girl,
+and if she is favourable he makes answer that the young man may come
+for her. The would-be bridegroom then proceeds to the mosque and calls
+the Imam, who goes through a form of prayers with him, after which they
+proceed in company to the maiden's house, followed by a slave bearing
+presents, and from the street call out for leave to enter. The father
+appears at a window and invites them in, but when about to enter, the
+male relations of the damsel simulate an attack on the visitor, which
+he beats off, and throws them the presents he has brought with him.
+
+He then enters with the Imam and finds the lady of his desires
+reclining upon cushions, and presents his respects to her. The priest
+then causes her to rise and, taking hold of her head he twirls her
+round twice to the right, then taking the hand of the man he places
+it on the forehead of the girl, who immediately covers her face. The
+priest then retires, leaving them alone. The bridegroom attempts
+to kiss and embrace the bride, who defends herself with tooth and
+nail. She shrieks and runs, and the bridegroom chases her round and
+round the room.
+
+Presently the father appears, and assures the bridegroom that he
+may take for granted the virginity of his daughter. The bridegroom
+then leaves the house to make preparations for the wedding-feast,
+which begins that night, and finishes on the third night, when the
+bride takes off all the garments she has worn as a maid and dresses in
+handsome robes provided by the bridegroom. At the end of the feast, the
+emissary who first solicited her hand for his friend conducts her to
+the house of the bridegroom, accompanied by the guests singing verses
+allusive to the occasion, and cracking jokes more or less indecent.
+
+Contrary to the custom in other countries, it is easier to get
+divorced than to get married, for this is the privilege of the man,
+who can repudiate his wife at any time.
+
+They celebrate the baptism of their children, and the circumcision of
+their boys, with feasts and entertainments. They fire off cannon and
+lantacas on the death of a datto, and with all sorts of instruments
+make a hideous discord in front of the house of death.
+
+Professional wailers are employed, and the pandits go through many
+days of long-winded prayer, for which they receive most ample fees.
+
+They have regular cemeteries, and, after the burial, place on the
+grave the head of a cock with a hot cinder on the top of it. I am
+quite unable to explain what meaning is attached to this custom, but
+they are soaked in all sorts of superstitions, and thoroughly believe
+in amulets or talismen, as do the Tagals in their Anting-Anting.
+
+Owing to the multitude of slaves they possess, they make considerable
+plantations of rice, maize, coffee, and cacao. They sell the surplus
+of this produce to Chinamen or Visayas settled in the coast towns, as
+also wax, gum, resin, jungle-produce, tortoise-shell, mother-of-pearl
+shell, balate and cinnamon. It is estimated that they sell produce to
+the value of a million dollars a year. They also employ their slaves
+in washing the sands for gold, and, according to Nieto, in mining
+for silver and other metal.
+
+I have not seen this latter statement confirmed by any other author.
+
+Their industries are the forging of swords, cris, and lance-heads,
+casting and boring their lantacas.
+
+To bore these long guns they sink them in a pit, ramming in the
+earth so as to keep the piece in a truly vertical position. They
+then bore by hand, two or four men walking round and turning the bit
+with cross-bars. Some of these lantacas are worthy to be considered
+perfect works of art, and are highly decorated. I have seen several
+double-barrelled. (See Illustration.)
+
+The Moro women employ their slaves in spinning and weaving. They make
+excellent stuffs of cotton and of abaca, dyeing them various colours
+with extracts of the woods grown in the country.
+
+Their houses are large and spacious, and they live in a patriarchal
+manner, master and mistress, concubines, children, and slaves with
+their children, all jumbled together. They possess plenty of horses,
+cattle, buffaloes, goats and poultry.
+
+They use Spanish or Mexican silver coins, but most of their
+transactions are by barter.
+
+To wind up this description of the Moros of Mindanao, it must be
+said of them that they are always ready to fight for the liberty of
+enslaving other people, and that nothing but force can restrain them
+from doing so. That they will not work themselves, and that as long
+as their sultans, dattos, and pandits have a hold on them, they will
+keep no engagements, respect no treaties, and continue to be in the
+future, as they have always been in the past, a terror and a curse
+to all their neighbours.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIX
+
+THE CHINESE IN MINDANAO.
+
+
+
+Tagabáuas (24).
+
+These people live in the very centre of Mindanao on the high peaks of
+the cordillera. If a straight line be drawn on the map from Nasipit,
+on the Bay of Butuan, to Glan, on the Gulf of Sarangani, it will
+intersect their habitat which may extend from about 7° 30' to 8°
+N. lat. I can learn nothing about their manners and customs. They
+are reputed to be ferocious.
+
+
+
+The Chinese in Mindanao.
+
+The Chinese in Mindanao are almost entirely settled in the coast
+towns, and are occupied in trade. They do not engage in agriculture,
+but keep stores and sell to the civilised natives and to the hill-men.
+
+They understand that they need protection, and are equally ready to
+make a present to the judge, to subscribe for a gilded altar for the
+church, or to render service to the governor, in order to be on good
+terms with the court, the priest, and the military.
+
+Very few Chinese women come over, therefore the men have native
+wives or concubines, and are begetting Chinese half-castes on an
+extensive scale.
+
+They are not averse to a little slave-dealing, and will casually buy
+a boy or girl from slave-hunters, or will order such a slave as they
+require from the slave-hunters, who then proceed to execute the order,
+which probably involves the sacrifice of several lives.
+
+Thus they will order a smart boy, or a pretty girl, of fifteen or
+sixteen, and so forth.
+
+Father Barrado, writing from Cotta-Bato, June 3rd, 1890, relates
+that a boy of eight years of age was purchased by a Chinaman for
+thirty dollars.
+
+As soon as his master had brought him to the house, he fastened the
+door, and being assisted by four other Chinamen, tied the boy's hands
+and feet, and gagged him.
+
+The four assistants then laid him out at full length on the ground,
+face downwards, and held him firmly, whilst his master took a red-hot
+marking-iron from the fire, and branded him on both thighs, just as
+if he was marking a horse or a cow.
+
+Luckily, the boy escaped from the house, and found refuge with Father
+Barrado, who took charge of him, and administered a severe reprimand
+to the brutal Chinaman.
+
+The Chinamen abominably cheat all those who are unable to protect
+themselves. Their business is based upon false weights and measures,
+and on adulteration. In the end, they spoil every business they enter
+upon, just as they have done the tea trade in their own country,
+and the tobacco and indigo trade in the Philippines.
+
+They require to be closely looked after, and should be made to pay
+special taxes, which they can well afford.
+
+Some of the Chinese become converts, not that their mean and sordid
+souls are in any degree susceptible to the influence of the Christian
+religion, but in order to obtain material advantages.
+
+They hope to be favoured in business, and to be able to get a Christian
+wife, which otherwise might not be easy; for although a Visayas woman
+does not disdain a Chinaman, she would not care to marry a heathen.
+
+In any case, the Chinaman most likely remains a heathen at heart,
+and if he returns to China he becomes a renegade.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XL
+
+THE POLITICAL CONDITION OF MINDANAO, 1899.
+
+    Relapse into savagery--Moros the great danger--Visayas
+    the mainstay--Confederation of Lake Lanao--Recall of
+    the Missionaries--Murder and pillage in Davao--Eastern
+    Mindanao--Western Mindanao--The three courses--Orphanage
+    of Tamontaca--Fugitive slaves--Polygamy an impediment to
+    conversion--Labours of the Jesuits--American Roman Catholics
+    should send them help.
+
+
+The present condition of the island is most lamentable. Nothing could
+be more dreadful; robbery, outrage and murder are rampant. Every evil
+passion is let loose, and the labour of years has been lost. Mindanao,
+which promised so well, has relapsed into savagery, as the direct
+consequence of the Spanish-American war, and the cession of the
+Archipelago to the United States.
+
+It should be understood that Spain, far from drawing any profit from
+Mindanao, has, on the contrary, expended annually considerable sums,
+derived from the revenues of Luzon and Visayas, in maintaining a
+squadron of gunboats to police the seas, and keep down piracy, in
+building and garrisoning forts to suppress the slave-trade, and in
+assisting the missionaries to attract the heathen, by providing them
+with seeds, implements of husbandry, and with clothing, also in giving
+them fire-arms and ammunition to protect themselves from the Moros.
+
+Annuities were paid to friendly Moro dattos as rewards for services
+rendered, or as compensation for the cession of some of their rights.
+
+The Moros have always been the great danger to the peace of the island,
+as the Visayas have always been the mainstay of Spanish authority.
+
+Had it not been for the war with America, the Moros would have been,
+by this time, completely subdued.
+
+Even as it was, half the island was practically free from danger
+from them. If you draw a line on the map from Cagayan de Misamis to
+the head of the Bay of Sarangani, it will roughly divide the island
+into halves. The Moros who lived to the eastward of this line were
+pacific, and some thousands of them had been baptized, and had given
+up polygamy and slave-trading.
+
+Had they risen in arms--which was not at all likely--they could have
+been put down by the Visayas militia under the local authorities.
+
+To the west of this line, until quite lately, the Spanish garrisons
+dotted along the banks of the Rio Grande from Polloc and Cotta-bato to
+Piquit and Pinto, dominated the Moro dattos of that region, and nearly
+joined hands with the forts and garrisons on the rivers running into
+the Bay of Macajalar.
+
+The only remaining seat of the Moro power was the country around Lake
+Lanao, where the dattos had formed the Illana confederation to resist
+the advances of the Christians.
+
+This lake has never been surveyed, and no two maps agree on its size,
+shape or position. It is, however, known to be very different from
+the other large lakes in Mindanao, which are shallow, whilst this,
+on the contrary, is deep; in some places, three or four fathoms will
+be found close in shore. At Lúgud and Tugana the banks are steep.
+
+There are five or six islands in it; the largest is called Nuza. It
+is high and flat-topped, situated near the middle of the lake, and
+on it are five hundred houses.
+
+The length of the lake may be about 14 miles, and its greatest breadth
+about the same.
+
+There is a road all round it, reported to be in good condition for
+vehicles, except at Taraca, where the ground is soft. This road may be
+about fifty miles long, and is said to have houses on both sides of it
+nearly all the way. The accompanying sketch, from D. José Nietos' map,
+shows forty-three towns clustered round the lake, but in reality it is
+only one vast town, and the names are those of districts or parishes,
+each under the rule of a datto. The Sultan lives at Taraca.
+
+The land about the lake is very fertile, and is cultivated by the
+slaves.
+
+The produce is of excellent quality, and the Moros not only supply
+themselves, but export annually about 1000 tons of rice, and 900 tons
+of coffee.
+
+The River Agus, which drains the lake, is not navigable.
+
+Although it has a great body of water, the impetuosity of the current,
+rushing amongst rocks, forms dangerous rapids.
+
+The surface of the lake must be considerably above the sea-level.
+
+The approaches to the northern end of the lake on both sides of the
+river were defended by many cottas, or forts. Most of those were
+taken and destroyed by the Spanish forces in 1894-96, but they are
+now probably being rebuilt.
+
+Half-way between the lake and the Bay of Iligan stands Fort Weyler,
+which had a strong garrison of infantry, cavalry, artillery and
+engineers, and was impregnable to any Moro attack. To the south of
+the lake, on the shores of Illana Bay, stand Forts Corcuera and Baras,
+whilst to the westward, between Illana Bay and Panguil Bay, lie four
+forts across the narrow isthmus called Alfonso XIII., Infanta Isabel,
+Santas Paz, and Eulalia and Maria Cristina.
+
+These, with the trocha, or military road of Tucúran, cut off the
+Illano Moros from communication with their brethren of Sibuguey,
+or with their former victims, the Subanos.
+
+Further to the northward, Fort Almonte kept watch over the quondam
+pirates of the Liangan River.
+
+These forts and posts were garrisoned by nearly 3000 regular troops,
+all natives, except the artillery (see List of Posts in Mindanao,
+p. 386), and in addition a field force of several thousand men,
+also of the regular army, was encamped at Ulama, Pantar, and other
+places to the north of the lake, and three small steam-vessels had
+been transported overland in sections, and launched upon the lake.
+
+Thus everything was ready for the final blow, for the Moros were
+completely hemmed in by Spanish garrisons or Jesuit reducciones;
+but the breaking out of the Tagal insurrection, in 1896, obliged
+General Blanco to withdraw, not only the field army, but to reduce
+the garrisons in order to hold Manila and Cavite until the Peninsular
+troops could arrive.
+
+Later on, the war between the United States and Spain, and the
+immediate destruction of the Spanish naval forces by the American
+squadron, caused the Spanish authorities to sink the flotilla in
+the lake, to abandon all the posts on the north coast of Mindanao,
+the trocha of Tucúran, and all the forts on the Rio Grande,
+and to concentrate their whole force at Zamboanga, leaving the
+recently-converted heathen and the missionaries to defend themselves
+against the Moros as best they could.
+
+The missionaries of the district of Cotta-bato have taken refuge in
+Zamboanga, fearing to fall into the hands of the Moros, who would exact
+a heavy ransom for their delivery. As for the hundreds of liberated
+slave children, both girls and boys, who were gathered together under
+the protection of the missionaries at the asylum of Tamontaca, they
+are doubtless once more in the hands of the cruel Moros of Lake Lanao;
+some, perhaps, have been sold by these wretches to the heathen tribes
+for twenty or thirty dollars each, to be offered up as sacrifices to
+Tag-busan, the god of war of the Manobos, or to Dewata, the sanguinary
+house-god of the Guiangas.
+
+The missionaries of the north of Mindanao were recalled by the Father
+Superior to Manila; but in some of the towns the native converts
+and Visayas have detained them by force, and keep a watch on them to
+prevent their escape. They treat them well, and allow them to exercise
+their ministry.
+
+As there are no Moros in that part of the island, the missionaries
+are not in danger, for they are much beloved by their converts,
+whose only desire is to keep them amongst them.
+
+The district of Davao has been, like other localities, the scene of
+murder and pillage since the withdrawal of the Spanish authorities. At
+midnight of February 6th, the bad characters and outlaws of the chief
+town, under the leadership of Domingo Fernandez, a native of Zamboanga,
+and formerly interpreter and writer in the office of the Governor
+of Davao, rose in arms, and attacked the house of Don Bonifacio
+Quidato, sub-lieutenant of the local militia. They cut his throat,
+and bayoneted his wife as she lay in her bed. They then attacked all
+the well-to-do people of the place, committing many barbarous acts,
+and plundering their houses.
+
+Most of the Spanish residents escaped from the town in a lorcha, and,
+after a terrible voyage of sixteen days, suffering from hunger, and
+undergoing many severe privations, arrived in Zamboanga more dead
+than alive. The veteran missionary, Father Urios, and three other
+Spaniards, could not escape, and remained in the power of the bandits.
+
+This is only one instance of what is going on all over the island. In
+the words of one who knows the country well, Mindanao has become a
+seething hell, and is in a condition more dreadful than ever before
+in historic times.
+
+But amongst these various tribes, Christian or heathen, there is said
+to be one subject, and one only, upon which they all agree. They have
+combined to resist by force the American invasion. If it is attempted
+to conquer them by force of arms, it will be a difficult, a tedious,
+and a costly operation--a campaign far more sickly than that now
+proceeding in the arable lands around Manila, where the ground is hard,
+the country very level, and where field-guns can be taken anywhere
+during the dry season. It is my belief that, if skilfully handled,
+half the island--the eastern half--could be pacified without war,
+although, no doubt, gangs of bandits would have to be destroyed;
+but this could be done by the Visayas and the converts, organised as
+a militia, and paid whilst on active service.
+
+But this pacification requires the assistance of the missionaries. They
+are not likely to give that assistance unless terms are made with them,
+and one of those terms will surely be that they shall be allowed to
+continue their beneficent work unhindered and unvexed.
+
+So the United States Government is confronted with a dilemma. Either
+they must shoot down the new Christians, to introduce and enforce
+freedom of worship which the converts do not want, and cannot
+understand, or they must negotiate with the Jesuits for them to use
+their influence to pacify the island, and thus subject themselves
+to the abuse and the outcry such a proceeding will bring upon them
+from the divines and missionaries of Protestant sects, and from their
+political opponents.
+
+As for the western half of the island, a part may be pacified with the
+help of the missionaries, but military operations on a considerable
+scale will be required there sooner or later against the Moros of
+Lake Lanao.
+
+This would be a holy war, a war of humanity, and I would say to
+the Americans: Look back on the deeds of your forefathers, on the
+days when your infant navy covered itself with imperishable glory,
+when it curbed the insolence of the Bashaw of Tripoli, the Bey of
+Tunis, and the Dey of Algiers, teaching all Europe how to deal with
+Mediterranean pirates. Inspire yourselves with the Spirit of Decatur
+and his hero-comrades whose gallant deeds at Tripoli earned Nelson's
+praise as being "the most bold and daring act of the age," and do not
+hesitate to break up this last community of ex-pirates and murderous
+slave-hunters.
+
+The Moros of Lake Lanao could be simultaneously attacked from north and
+south. In 1894, the Spaniards attacked by the north, and transported
+all their artillery and stores and their small steamers built in
+sections, by paths on the eastern side of the River Agus. Some of
+the Moros remained neutral in that campaign. Such were the Dattos of
+Lumbayangin and Guimba. Their cottas were spared. The distance in a
+straight line from the mouth of the Agus near Iligan to the lake is
+fifteen miles.
+
+The path winds a good deal, and the country is hilly, wooded on the
+heights, and intersected by streams. There is a path on the west
+bank of the Agus, the country there is more open, and a large part
+of it is under cultivation. A good outfit of mountain-guns would be
+required on this northern expedition.
+
+The other attack could be made from the south, the forces landing at
+Fort Baras, or at Lalabuan. From either of these places there is what
+in the Philippines is called a road to Ganasi at the southern end of
+the lake. The distance in a straight line is about twenty miles. The
+two roads join at about half way, just before coming to the cotta of
+Kurandangan in the Sultanate of Puálas.
+
+This road is reported to have no steep gradients, no boggy parts,
+and no unfordable streams. The country is fairly open, as there is
+no thick forest, but only scrub and cogon, or elephant grass. From
+a description given by a Tagal who traversed this road, it appears
+to be practicable for field artillery. The combined attack, north and
+south, could be supported by an advance from the eastward of irregular
+forces of the Montéses from the reducciones of the Tagoloan, Sawaga
+and Malupati Rivers, if they were supplied with arms and ammunition
+for this purpose.
+
+It seems to me that we have here the usual three courses; the fourth,
+to do nothing, and allow Moro and Christian to fight it out, would
+be unworthy of the United States, or of any civilized government.
+
+1. Put a stop to slave-hunting and murdering by a military expedition
+against the Moro Dattos.
+
+2. Maintain garrisons to keep the peace and protect the missionaries
+and their converts and trust to their efforts to gradually convert
+the Moros.
+
+3. Arm all the Christian towns round about the Moros and organise
+the men as local militia, so that they can protect themselves against
+Moro aggression.
+
+All these courses are expensive, the second less expensive than the
+first, the third less expensive than the second.
+
+However, if either the second or third course is adopted, it is very
+probable that before long the first course would become imperative,
+for the Moros are faithless and treacherous in the extreme, and no
+treaty unsupported by bayonets has the least chance of being respected.
+
+To adopt the second or third course, then, only amounts to putting
+off the evil day.
+
+The missionaries can be of the greatest service in pacifiying the Moros
+whenever the power of the dattos is broken and when slavery can be put
+an end to. The object of the expedition I have spoken of should not be
+to exterminate the Moros, but merely to break the power of the dattos
+and pandits, and to free their followers and slaves from their yoke.
+
+It is generally taken for granted that a Moro cannot be converted,
+but this is not the case in Mindanao. Father Jaoquin Sancho, S.J.,
+informs me that when the political power of the dattos has been
+destroyed, their followers have been found ready to listen to the
+teachings of the missionaries and beginning by sending their children
+to school, then perhaps sanctioning the marriage of their daughters
+with Christians, they have finally cast in their lot with the Roman
+Catholic Church, not in scores, nor hundreds, but by thousands. He says
+that his colleagues baptized in one year after 1892, in the district
+of Davao alone, more than three thousand Mahometan Moros. He adds that
+their religious receptivity is much greater than that of the heathen
+tribes, that once baptized they remain fervent Christians, whilst
+the Mandayas, Manobos, Montéses and other heathen are only too apt,
+with or without reason, to slip away to the forests and mountains and
+resume their nomadic life, their heathen orgies, and human sacrifices.
+
+I have already spoken of the success of the missionaries on the
+Rio Grande and of their industrial and agricultural orphanage at
+Tamontacca, where they were bringing up hundreds of children of both
+sexes, mostly liberated slaves of the Moros, to be useful members
+of society. This noble institution occupied the very spot where the
+former Moro Sultan of Tamontacca held his court.
+
+Two or three more institutions like this, established at points a few
+miles distant from Lake Lanao, and protected from aggression on the
+part of the Moro, would gradually undermine the power of the Dattos
+by affording an asylum to all fugitive slaves attempting to escape
+from cruelties of their masters.
+
+For years past the Spaniards have protected all slaves who have fled
+to them from their masters. The Datto Utto applied to General Weyler
+to restore to him forty-eight slaves who had taken refuge at a Spanish
+fort on the Rio Grande, but Weyler refused, reminding the datto that
+he had signed an engagement to keep no slaves, but only free labourers,
+who had the right to fix their residence where they pleased.
+
+I assume that no slaves who seek the shelter of the Stars and Stripes
+will ever be sent back again into bondage.
+
+As a guide to the strength of the expedition which will sooner or
+later have to be sent against the Moros of Lake Lanao, I may say that
+the total war strength of the Moros of Mindanao was estimated in 1894
+at 19,000 fighting-men, 35 guns, 1896 Lantacas and 2167 muskets or
+rifles. (See list, p. 387).
+
+They have probably since then obtained a large supply of rifles and
+ammunition. This traffic in arms should be at once stopped.
+
+Swords and spears they have in abundance.
+
+But of these 19,000 men many have submitted to the Spanish rule,
+or have become allies of the Spaniards, like the Datto Ayunan, the
+Datto Abdul, the Sultan of Bolinson and many others.
+
+Probably 10,000 men would be the very utmost that the Moros of Lake
+Lanao could bring on the field, and only a part of these would have
+fire-arms, which they could have little skill in handling.
+
+They would on no account give battle in the open, but would fight
+in the bush, and desperately defend their cottas. They would not
+concentrate their forces, for want of transport for their food supply;
+besides, the nature of the country would prevent this.
+
+They could not stop a flotilla from being launched on the lake and
+from capturing the islands as a base of operations.
+
+The flotilla would be operating on inside lines of communication. It
+could threaten one side of the lake, and in less than two hours be
+landing troops on the opposite side.
+
+In fact, with a moderate force, their subjugation would not be so
+difficult as has often been supposed.
+
+It should be made clear to the Sácopes and to the slaves that
+the war is waged against the Sultans and Dattos, that the people
+would have their lives and property and the free exercise of their
+religion guaranteed to them, and that the adults should be exempt
+from taxation and conscription for the rest of their lives or for
+a term of years. Then the resistance would soon slacken, and the
+sultans and dattos might be captured. Those who would not conform to
+the new condition of things might be allowed to emigrate to Borneo or
+elsewhere, but their subjects and slaves should by no means be allowed
+to go with them, for they will soon become useful agriculturists and
+good Christians, and Mindanao cannot spare them.
+
+The question of slavery, more especially of slave-concubines,
+will require delicate handling, but by adopting a conciliatory but
+firm policy, this curse may gradually be got rid of without causing
+disturbance or bloodshed. Cranks and faddists should not be allowed
+to handle this question, but it should be placed in the hands of some
+one well versed in human nature, and a true friend of freedom.
+
+The wise policy of the British authorities in Zanzibar and Pemba is
+well worthy of imitation.
+
+As happens in Africa, the greatest impediment to the conversion of
+the heathen polygamist is the obligation to renounce all his wives
+but one. This is a sore trial, more especially when they have paid
+a good price for them, or if they are good cooks.
+
+Father Urios having persuaded a Manobo, who wished to be baptized,
+to do this, the man said to him: "Of my two wives I have decided to
+keep the elder, but I make a great sacrifice in separating from the
+other, for I had so much trouble to obtain her. Her father would only
+give her to me in exchange for fifteen slaves. As I did not possess
+them, I was obliged to take the field against the timid tribes in an
+unknown country, and to capture these fifteen slaves. I was obliged
+to fight often, and to kill more than thirty men."
+
+The illustration represents a scene from the labours of Father Gisbert
+amongst the Bagobos. He is exhorting a blood-stained old datto and
+his wives and followers to abandon their human sacrifices, exhibiting
+to them the image of the crucified Redeemer, whose followers he urges
+them to become.
+
+As regards the maintenance of the missions, I do not for one moment
+doubt that the liberality of the Roman Catholics of the United States
+is quite equal to the needs of the pioneers of civilisation, who have
+laboured with such remarkable success.
+
+Altogether the Jesuits administered the spiritual, and some of the
+temporal affairs of 200,000 Christians in Mindanao.
+
+They educated the young, taught them handicrafts, attended to the
+sick, consoled the afflicted, reconciled those at variance, explored
+the country, encouraged agriculture, built churches, laid out roads,
+and assisted the Administration. Finally, when bands of slave-hunting,
+murdering Moros swept down like wolves on their flocks, they placed
+themselves at the head of their ill-armed parishioners and led them
+into battle against a ferocious enemy who gives no quarter, with
+the calmness of men who, long before, had devoted their lives to the
+Master's cause, to whom nothing in this world is of any consequence
+except the advancement of the Faith and the performance of duty.
+
+They received very meagre monetary assistance from the Spanish
+Government, and had to depend greatly upon the pious offerings of
+the devout in Barcelona and in Madrid. It is to be feared that these
+subscriptions will now fall off as Spain has lost the islands; if so,
+it is all the more incumbent upon the Roman Catholics of America to
+find the means of continuing the good work.
+
+I feel sure that this will be so--Christian charity will not fail,
+and the missions will be maintained.
+
+For their devotion and zeal, I beg to offer the Jesuit missionaries
+my profound respect and my earnest wishes for their welfare under
+the Stars and Stripes.
+
+To my mind, they realise very closely the ideal of what a Christian
+missionary should be. Although a Protestant born and bred, I see in
+that no reason to close my eyes to their obvious merit, nor to seek to
+be-little the great good they have done in Mindanao. Far from doing so,
+I wish to state my conviction that the easiest, the best, and the most
+humane way of pacifying Mindanao is by utilising the powerful influence
+of the Jesuit missionaries with their flocks, and this before it is
+too late, before the populations have had time to completely forget
+the Christian teaching, and to entirely relapse into barbarism.
+
+
+List of Posts in Mindanao Garrisoned by Detachments of the Native
+Army with Spanish Officers in 1894.
+
+                                 Field Officers.
+                                         Officers.
+                                                 Men.
+1st District.
+
+    San Ramon                    ..        1      12 Infantry.
+    Santa Maria                  ..        1      34 Infantry.
+    Margos-sa-tubig              ..        2      60 Infantry.
+
+2nd District.
+    Fort Weyler, Mumungan         1        7     321 Infantry.
+    Fort Weyler, Mumungan        ..        1      18 Artillery.
+    Fort Weyler, Mumungan        ..        2     112 Engineers.
+    Fort Weyler, Mumungan        ..        1      30 Cavalry.
+    Fort Weyler, Mumungan        ..        3     158 Disciplinary Battn.
+    Iligan                       ..        1      30 Tercio
+    Civil.
+    Almonte                      ..        2      58 Infantry.
+    Almonte                      ..       ..       8 Artillery.
+    Almonte                      ..        1      20 Disciplinary Battn.
+    Tangok, Alfonso XIII.        ..        1      20 Infantry.
+    Balatacan, Infanta Isabel    ..        1      20 Infantry.
+    Trocha de Tucuran, Sta. Pax
+        and Sta. Eulalia Maria
+        Cristina                 ..        3     150 Infantry.
+
+Dapitan.
+    Sundangan                    ..        1      32 Infantry.
+    Parang-parang                 1        3     500 Infantry.
+    Parang-parang                ..        1      12 Artillery.
+    Parang-parang                ..        2      60 Disciplinary Battn.
+    Parang-parang                ..        3      60 Engineers.
+    Matabang                     ..        3     200 Infantry.
+    Matabang                     ..       ..      10 Artillery.
+    Baras                        ..        3     200 Infantry.
+    Baras                        ..       ..      10 Artillery.
+
+Sarangani.
+    Glan                         ..        2      45 Infantry.
+    Makra                        ..        1      32 Infantry.
+    Balut                        ..        1      20 Infantry.
+    Tumanao                      ..     1 Sergt.  15 Infantry.
+
+5th District.
+    Cottabato                    ..        3     100 Infantry.
+    Cottabato                    ..        1      12 Artillery.
+    Libungan                     ..     1 Sergt.  12 Infantry.
+    Tamontaca                    ..        1      20 Infantry.
+    Taviran                      ..        1      22 Infantry.
+    Tumbao                       ..        1      60 Infantry.
+    Kudaranga                    ..        1      20 Infantry.
+    Reina Regente                ..        3     100 Infantry.
+    Pikit                        ..        1      60 Infantry.
+                                                   6 Artillery.
+    Pinto                        ..       ..      60 Infantry.
+                                                   6 Artillery.
+
+Coast.
+    Pollok                       ..     1 Sergt.  11 Infantry.
+    Panay                        ..         1     11 Infantry.
+    Lebak                        ..         1     11 Infantry.
+                                ----      ---- ------
+                                  2        65   2758
+
+This number is exclusive of the garrisons of Zamoanga and Davao.
+
+Basilan                              2 officers, 50 men.
+
+
+Estimate of the Moro Forces in Mindanao in the Year 1894.
+
+
+District.            Fighting-men.  Guns. Lantacas. Rifles.
+
+Tucaran                 1,000      2        54       162
+Parang-parang           2,500      2        29       117
+Malabang                3,500      1       342       265
+Baras                   2,000      4        19        23
+Lake Lanao and
+surrounding district   10,000     26     1,452     1,600
+                      --------   ----   -------   -------
+                       19,000     35     1,896     2,167
+
+
+The fighting-men of the River Pulangui, and the Rio Grande comprised
+within the 5th District are not included in this list, as many of
+them have submitted to the Spaniards, and there appears little to
+fear from them. Only those who are quite independent and war-like,
+and who may be considered dangerous have been set down.
+
+
+Population of Mindanao in 1894.
+
+As given by José Nieto Aguilar.
+
+     Districts.     Area in   Population Christians.  Moros.  Heathen.
+                    Hectares.   Total.
+
+[31] Zamboanga      2,984,696   17,000    8,000       90,000  115,000
+[32] Misamis
+     (Dapitan and
+     Camiguin Is.)  1,098,000  116,000  100,000       20,000  236,000
+[33] Surigao        1,070,190   68,000    8,000       12,000   88,000
+     Bislig           441,291   21,076     ..         10,000   31,076
+[34] Davao          1,044,333    1,500     ..         17,300   18,800
+     Cotta-bato     2,829,379    4,000   80,000 [35] 120,000  204,000
+                               -------  -------      -------  -------
+                               227,576  196,000      269,300  692,876
+
+
+
+
+
+
+APPENDIX.
+
+SOME OF THE COMBATS, MASSACRES AND REBELLIONS, DISPUTES AND CALAMITIES
+OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.
+
+
+1521. Magellan and several of his followers killed in action by the
+natives of Mactan, near Cebú; Juan Serrano and many other Spaniards
+treacherously killed by Hamabar, King of Cebú.
+
+1525. Salazar fights the Portuguese off Mindanao, and suffers great
+losses in ships and men.
+
+1568. Legaspi's expedition attacked in Cebú by a Portuguese fleet,
+which was repulsed.
+
+1570. Legaspi founds the city of Cebú, with the assistance of the
+Augustinians.
+
+1571. Legaspi founds the city of Manila, with the assistance of
+the Augustinians.
+
+1572. Juan Salcedo fights the Datto of Zambales, and delivers his
+subjects from oppression.
+
+1574. Siege of Manila by the Chinese pirate Li-ma-hon with 95
+small vessels and 2000 men. The Spaniards and natives repulse the
+attack. The pirates retire to Pangasinan, and are attacked and
+destroyed by Juan Salcedo.
+
+1577. War against Mindanao and Joló, parts of which are
+occupied. Disputes between the missionaries and the military
+officers who desire to enrich themselves by enslaving the natives,
+which the former stoutly oppose, desiring to convert them, and grant
+them exemption from taxes according to the "Leyes de Indias." They
+considered the cupidity of the soldiers as the chief obstacle to
+the conversion of the heathen. The Crown decided in favour of the
+natives, but they did not derive all the benefits they were entitled
+to, as the humane laws were not respected by the governors.
+
+The Franciscans arrived in Manila.
+
+1580. Expedition sent by Gonzalo Ronquillo to Borneo to assist
+King Sirela.
+
+1581. Expedition sent by the same to Cagayan to expel a Japanese
+corsair who had established himself there. The expedition succeeded,
+but with heavy loss.
+
+Expedition against the Igorrotes to get possession of the
+gold-mines, but without success.
+
+The Jesuits arrive in Manila.
+
+1582. Expedition against the Molucas, under Sebastian Ronquillo. An
+epidemic destroyed two-thirds of the expedition, which returned
+without accomplishing anything.
+
+Great disputes between the encomenderos and the friars in consequence
+of the ill-treatment of the natives by the former. Dissensions
+between the Bishop of Manila and the friars who refused to submit to
+his diocesan visit.
+
+Manila burnt down.
+
+1584. Second expedition against the Molucas, with no better luck
+than the first.
+
+Rebellion of the Pampangos and Manila men, assisted by some
+Mahometans from Borneo. Combat between the English pirate, Thomas
+Schadesh, and Spanish vessels.
+
+Combat between the English adventurer Thomas Cavendish
+(afterwards Sir Thomas), and Spanish vessels.
+
+1587. The Dominicans arrive in Manila.
+
+1589. Rebellion in Cagayan and other provinces.
+
+1593. Third expedition against the Molucas under Gomez Perez
+Dasmariñias. He had with him in his galley 80 Spaniards and 250 Chinese
+galley-slaves. In consequence of contrary winds, his vessel put into
+a port near Batangas for shelter. In the silence of the night, when
+the Spaniards were asleep, the galley-slaves arose and killed them
+all except a Franciscan friar and a secretary. Dasmariñias built the
+castle of Santiago, and fortified Manila with stone walls, cast a
+large number of guns, and established the college of Sta. Potenciana.
+
+1596. The galleon which left Manila for Acapulco with rich
+merchandise, was obliged to enter a Japanese port by stress of weather,
+and was seized by the Japanese authorities. The crew were barbarously
+put to death.
+
+1597. Expedition of Luis Perez Dasmariñias against Cambodia, which
+gained no advantage.
+
+1598. The Audiencia re-established in Manila, and the bishopric
+raised to an archbishopric.
+
+Expedition against Mindanao and Joló, the people from which were
+committing great devastations in Visayas, taking hundreds of captives.
+
+Much fighting, and many killed on both sides, without any
+definite result.
+
+1599. Destructive earthquake in Manila and neighbourhood.
+
+1600. Great sea combat between four Spanish ships, commanded by
+Judge Morga, and two Dutch pirates. One of the Dutchmen was taken,
+but the other escaped.
+
+Another destructive earthquake on January 7th, and one less violent,
+but long, in November.
+
+1603. Conspiracy of Eng-Cang and the Chinese against the
+Spaniards. The Chinese entrench themselves near Manila; Luis Perez
+Dasmariñias marches against them with 130 Spaniards. They were all
+killed and decapitated by the Chinese, who then besieged Manila, and
+attempted to take it by assault. Being repulsed by the Spaniards,
+all of whom, including the friars, took up arms, they retired to
+their entrenchments. They were ultimately defeated, and 23,000 of
+them were massacred. Only 100 were left alive, and these were sent
+to the galleys as slaves.
+
+1606. The Recollets arrive in Manila.
+
+Fourth expedition against the Molucas. Pedro de Acuña, having received
+a reinforcement of 800 men--Mexicans and Peruvians--attacked and took
+Ternate, Tidore, Marotoy and Herrao, with all their artillery and
+provisions. He left 700 men in garrison there, and returned to Manila,
+dying a few days after his arrival. The Augustinians furnished a
+galleon for this expedition. It was commanded by the Rev. Father
+Antonio Flores.
+
+1607. Revolt of the Japanese living in and near Manila, and heavy
+losses on both sides.
+
+1609. Arrival of Juan de Silva with five companies of Mexican
+and Peruvian infantry. Attack on Manila by a Dutch squadron of five
+vessels. They were beaten off with the loss of three of their ships.
+
+1610. Unsuccessful expedition against Java. This was to have been
+a combined attack on the Dutch by Portuguese and Spaniards, but
+the Spanish squadron did not arrive in time to join their allies,
+who were beaten by the Dutch fleet in the Straits of Malacca.
+
+Terrific earthquake in Manila and the eastern provinces.
+
+1616. Violent eruption of the Mayon volcano.
+
+1622. Revolt of the natives in Bohol, Leyte and Cagayan, which were
+easily suppressed.
+
+1624. The Dutch landed on Corregidor Island, but were beaten off.
+
+1627. August. Great earthquake.
+
+1628. Destructive earthquake in Camarines.
+
+1638. Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera makes an attack on the Moros
+of Mindanao, and conquers the Sultanate of Buhayen and island of
+Basilan. He also defeats the Joloans.
+
+1639. Insurrection of Chinese in the province of Laguna and in
+Manila. Out of 30,000, 7000 ultimately surrendered. All the rest were
+massacred by the Tagals.
+
+1640. The Dutch attacked the Spanish garrisons in Mindanao and
+Joló. The governor-general, fearing they might attack Manila, withdrew
+the garrisons from the above places to strengthen his own defences,
+thus leaving the Moros masters of both islands.
+
+1641. Eruption of the Taal volcano. Violent earthquake in Ilocos.
+
+1645. The Dutch attacked Cavite and other ports, but were repulsed.
+
+Rebellion of the Moros in Joló, and of the natives of Cebú and other
+provinces, who were oppressed by forced labour in building vessels,
+and other services.
+
+In these years there were great disputes between the Spaniards of the
+capital and the friars.
+
+Great earthquake in Manila, 30th November, called St. Andrew's
+earthquake.
+
+1646. Long series of strong earthquakes, which began in March with
+violent shocks, and lasted for sixty days.
+
+1648. Great earthquakes in Manila.
+
+1653. Great devastations by the Moros of Mindanao, which were
+severely punished.
+
+Rebellion in Pampanga and Pangasinan against being forced to cut
+timber gratuitously for the navy. Suppressed after a serious
+resistance.
+
+1658. Destructive earthquake in Manila and Cavite.
+
+1662. The Chinese pirate, Cong-seng, demands tribute from the
+Governor of the Philippines. A decree is issued ordering all Chinamen
+to leave the Philippines. The Chinese entrench themselves in the
+Parian, and resist. Thousands were killed, and 2000 who marched into
+Pampanga were all massacred by the natives.
+
+Great troubles occurred between the governor, Diego de Salcedo,
+and the archbishop.
+
+1665. 19th June, violent and destructive earthquake in Manila.
+
+1669. During the government of Manuel de Leon, further troubles
+occurred between the archbishop and the Audiencia. The archbishop
+was banished, and sent by force to Pangasinan. But a new governor,
+Gabriel de Cruzalegui, arrived, and restored the archbishop, who
+excommunicated the dean and chapter.
+
+1675. Destructive earthquake in South Luzon and Mindoro.
+
+1683. Great earthquake in Manila.
+
+1689. Archbishop Pardo having died, was succeeded by P. Camacho,
+and now great disorders arose from his insisting on making the diocesan
+visit, which the friars refused to receive, and would only be visited
+by their own Provincial. Again Judge Sierra required the Augustinians
+and Dominicans to present the titles of the estates they possessed
+in virtue of a special commission he had brought from Madrid, which
+they refused to obey, and the end of the dispute was that Sierra was
+sent back to Mexico, and another commissioner, a friend of the friars,
+was appointed, to whom they unofficially exhibited the titles.
+
+1716. Destructive eruption of the Taal volcano, and violent
+earthquake in Manila.
+
+1717. Fernando Bustillo Bustamente became governor, and
+re-established garrisons in Zamboanga and Paragua. He caused various
+persons who had embezzled the funds of the colony to restore them,
+imprisoning a corrupt judge. He was assassinated by the criminals he
+had punished, and nothing came of the inquiry into his death.
+
+1735. Earthquake in Baler, and tidal wave.
+
+At this time, the audacity of the Moro pirates was incredible. They
+ravaged the Visayas and southern Luzon, and carried away the
+inhabitants by thousands for slaves. The natives began to desert the
+coast, and take to the interior. Pedro Manuel de Arandia, obeying
+repeated orders, decreed the expulsion of the Chinese.
+
+1744. Another rising in Bohol, due to the tyranny of a Jesuit priest
+named Morales. The chief of this rising was a native named Dagohoy,
+who put the Jesuit to death, and maintained the independence of
+Bohol, paying no tribute for thirty-five years. When the Jesuits
+were expelled from the Philippines, Recollets were sent to Bohol,
+and the natives submitted on receiving a free pardon.
+
+1749. Eruption of the Taal volcano, and earthquake in Manila. The
+eruption lasted for twenty days.
+
+1754. Violent eruption of the Taal volcano, which began on 15th
+May, and lasted till the end of November. This was accompanied
+by earthquakes, an inundation, terrifying electrical discharges,
+and destructive storms. The ashes darkened the country for miles
+round, even as far as Manila. When the eruption ceased, the stench
+was dreadful, and the sea and lake threw up quantities of dead fish
+and alligators. A malignant fever burst out, which carried off vast
+numbers of the population round about the volcano.
+
+1762. A British squadron, with troops from India, arrived in the
+bay 22nd September, and landed the forces near the powder-magazine of
+S. Antonio Abad. On the 24th, the city was bombarded. The Spaniards
+sent out 2000 Pampangos to attack the British, but they were repulsed
+with great slaughter, and ran away to their own country.
+
+The civil population of Manila were decidedly in favour of resisting
+to the last drop of the soldiers' blood; but the soldiers were not at
+all anxious for this. Confusion arose in the city, and whilst
+recriminations were in progress, the British took the city by assault,
+meeting only a half-hearted resistance.
+
+The natives immediately began plundering, and were turned out of the
+city by General Draper. The Chinese also joined in the robbery, and a
+few were hanged in consequence. The city was pillaged. The British
+regiments are said to have behaved well, but the sepoys ravished the
+women, and killed many natives.
+
+Cavite was about to be surrendered, but as soon as the native troops
+there knew what was going on, they began at once to plunder the town
+and arsenal.
+
+1763. A British expedition sailing in small craft took possession
+of Malolos on January 19th, 1763. The Augustin and Franciscan friars
+took arms to defend Bulacan, where two of them were killed in action.
+
+It was said that the Chinese were conspiring to exterminate the
+Spaniards. Simon de Anda, the chief of the war-party amongst the
+Spaniards, issued an order that all the Chinese in the Philippines
+should be hanged, and this order was in a great measure carried
+out. This was the fourth time the Spaniards and natives exterminated
+the Chinese in the Philippines.
+
+Peace having been made in Europe, the British evacuated Manila
+in March, 1774.
+
+In order to satisfy their vanity, and account for the easy victory
+of the British, the Spaniards made various accusations of treachery
+against a brave Frenchman named Falles, and a Mexican, Santiago de
+Orendain. Both those men gallantly led columns of Pampangos against
+the British lines in the sortie before mentioned. Although the
+Pampangos, full of presumption, boldly advanced against the British
+and sepoys, they were no match for disciplined troops led by British
+officers, and were hurled back at the point of the bayonet. The
+inevitable defeat and rout was made a pretext for the infamous charges
+against their leaders. It may be asked, Was there no Spaniard brave
+enough to lead the sorties, that a Frenchman and a Mexican were
+obliged to take command?
+
+The Spaniards in this campaign showed themselves more at home in
+making proclamations, accusations, and intriguing against each other,
+than in fighting. However, the friars are exempt from this reproach,
+for Augustinians, Dominicans and Franciscans, fought and died, and
+shamed the soldiers.
+
+No less than ten Augustinians fell on the field of battle, nineteen
+were made prisoners, and twelve were banished. The British are said
+by the Augustinians to have sacked and destroyed fifteen of their
+conventos, or priests' houses, six houses of their haciendas, and to
+have sold everything belonging to them in Manila. The Augustinians
+gave their church bells to be cast into cannon for the defence of
+the islands.
+
+Spaniards and natives, however, showed great unanimity and enthusiasm
+in massacring or hanging the unwarlike Chinamen, and in pillaging their
+goods. Nearly all the Chinese in the islands, except those in the parts
+held by the British, were killed.
+
+During the Anglo-Spanish war there were revolts of the natives in
+Pangasinan and in Ilocos, then a very large province (it is now divided
+into four), but both these risings were suppressed. The same happened
+with a revolt in Cagayan. Disturbances also occurred in many other
+provinces.
+
+Simon de Anda became Governor-General, and carried out the expulsion of
+the Jesuits from the Philippines. Great troubles again occurred between
+the Archbishop and the friars over the diocesan visit.
+
+1766. 20th July, violent eruption of the Mayon volcano.
+
+23rd October, terrible typhoon in Albay, causing enormous destruction
+of life and property.
+
+1777. José Basco y Vargas, a naval officer, came out as
+Governor-General, and found the country overrun with banditti. He made
+a war of extermination against them, and then initiated a vigorous
+campaign against the Moros. He repaired the forts, built numbers of
+war vessels, and cut up the pirates in many encounters. Basco governed
+for nearly eleven years.
+
+1784. During the government of Felix Marquina, a naval officer, the
+Compañia de Filipinas was founded to commence a trade between Spain and
+the Philippines. Marquina was succeeded by Rafael Maria de Aguilar,
+an army officer, who organized the land and naval forces, and made
+fierce war on the Moros. He governed the islands for fourteen years.
+
+1787. Violent and destructive earthquake in Panay.
+
+1796. Disastrous earthquake in Manila.
+
+1800. Destructive eruption of the Mayon volcano.
+
+1807. Rebellion in Ilocos.
+
+When the parish priest of Betal, an Augustinian, was preaching to his
+flock, exhorting them to obedience to their sovereign, a woman stood
+up in the church and spoke against him, saying that they should not
+believe him, that his remarks were all humbug, that with the pretence
+of God, the Gospel, and the King, the priest merely deceived them, so
+that the Spaniards might skin them and suck their blood, for the
+priests were Spaniards like the rest. However, the townsmen declared
+for the King, and took the field under the leadership of the priest.
+
+1809. The first English commercial house established in Manila.
+
+1811. Rebellion in Ilocos to change the religion, nominating a
+new god called Lungao. The leaders of this rebellion entered into
+negotiations with the Igorrotes and other wild tribes to exterminate
+the Spaniards, but the conspiracy was discovered and frustrated.
+
+1814. Rebellion in Ilocos and other provinces.
+
+Prisoners released in some towns in Ilocos. This rebellion was in
+consequence of General Gandarás proclaiming the equality of races,
+which the Indians interpreted by refusing to pay taxes.
+
+1st February, violent earthquake in south Luzon and destructive
+eruption of the Mayon volcano. Astonishing electrical discharges.
+
+A discharge of ashes caused five hours' absolute darkness, through
+which fell showers of red hot stones which completely burnt the towns
+of Camalig, Cagsana, and Budiao with half of the towns of Albay and
+Guinchatau, and part of Bulusan.
+
+The darkness caused by the black ashes reached over the whole of Luzon,
+and even to the coast of China. So loud was the thunder that it was
+heard in distant parts of the Archipelago.
+
+Great epidemic of cholera in Manila.
+
+1820. Massacre of French, English, and Americans in Manila by the
+natives who plundered their dwellings, after which they proceeded with
+the fifth massacre of the Chinese. They asserted that the Europeans had
+poisoned the wells and produced the cholera. The massacre was due to
+the villainous behaviour of a Philippine Spaniard named Varela, who was
+Alcalde of Tondo, equivalent to Governor of Manila, and to the criminal
+weakness and cowardice of Folgueras the acting governor-general, who
+abstained from interference until the foreigners had been killed,
+and only sent out troops when forced by the remonstrances of the
+friars and other Spaniards.
+
+The archbishop and the friars behaved nobly, for they marched out in
+procession to the streets of Binondo, and did their best to stop the
+massacre, whilst Folgueras, only attentive to his own safety, remained
+with the fortifications.
+
+1822. Juan Antonio Martinez took over the government in
+October. Folgueras having reported unfavourably of the officers of
+the Philippine army, Martinez brought with him a number of officers
+of the Peninsular army to replace those who were inefficient.
+
+This caused a mutiny of the Spanish officers of the native army, and
+they murdered Folgueras in his bed. He thus expiated his cowardice in
+1820. The mutiny was, however, suppressed, and Novales and twenty
+sergeants were shot. Novales' followers had proclaimed him Emperor of
+the Philippines. The constitution was abolished by Martinez, without
+causing any rising.
+
+1824. Destructive earthquake in Manila.
+
+Alonzo Morgado appointed by Martinez to be captain of the Marina Sutil,
+commenced an unrelenting persecution of the piratical Moros, causing
+them enormous losses.
+
+1828. Another military insurrection, headed by two brothers,
+officers in the Philippine army.
+
+From this date Peninsular troops were permanently maintained in Manila,
+which had never been done before.
+
+1829. Father Bernardo Lago, an indefatigable missionary of the
+Augustinian Order, with his assistants baptised in the provinces of
+Abra and Benguet more than 5300 heathen Tinguianes and Igorrotes,
+and settled them in towns.
+
+1834. Foreign vessels allowed to enter Manila by paying double dues.
+
+1836-7. Great disturbances amongst the natives in consequence of
+the ex-claustration of the friars in Spain. The natives divided into
+two parties. One wished to turn out the friars and all Spaniards,
+the others to turn out all Spaniards except the friars, who were to
+remain and take charge of the government.
+
+The disturbances were ultimately smoothed over.
+
+1841. Marcelino de Oráa being Governor-General, a sanguinary
+insurrection burst out in Tayabas, under the leadership of a native,
+Apolinario de la Cruz. He murdered the Alcalde of the province, and
+persuaded his fanatical adherents that he would make the earth open
+and swallow up the Spanish forces when they attacked.
+
+His following was composed of 3000 men, women, and children. They were
+attacked by four hundred soldiers and as many cuadrilleros and
+coast-guards, and suffered a crushing defeat, and a third of them were
+slain.
+
+Apolinario de la Cruz was apprehended, and immediately put to death.
+
+Apolinario called himself the "King of the Tagals," and told his
+followers that a Tagal virgin would come down from Heaven to wed him,
+that with a handful of rice he could maintain all who followed him,
+and that the Spanish bullets could not hurt them, and many other
+absurd things. His followers declared that he had signified his
+intention, in case of being victorious, to tie all the friars and other
+Spaniards to trees, and to have them shot by the women with arrows.
+
+There lay in garrison at Manila at this time a regiment composed of
+Tagals of Tayabas, and they also mutinied, and were shot down by
+the other troops.
+
+1844. Royal order prohibiting the admission of foreigners to the
+interior of the country.
+
+Narciso de Claveria became Governor-General, and organised a police
+force called the Public Safety for Manila, and similar corps for the
+provinces. Up to this time the Alcaldes Mayores of provinces had been
+allowed to trade, and, in fact, were almost the only traders in their
+provinces, buying up the whole crop. This forced trade is quite a
+Malay custom, and is practised in Borneo and the Malay States under
+the name of Serra-dagang.
+
+The Alcaldes Mayores used to pay the crown one third, or half, or all
+their salary for this privilege, and took in return all they could
+squeeze out of their provinces without causing an insurrection, or
+without causing the friars to complain of them to the Government, for
+the parish priests were ever the protectors of the natives against the
+civil authority. This privilege of trading was now abolished as being
+unworthy of the position of governor of a province.
+
+1851. Expedition by the Governor-General Antonio de Urbiztondo
+against Joló. The force consisted of four regiments, with artillery,
+and a battalion of the inhabitants of Cebú, under the command of a
+Recollet friar, Father Ibañez. These latter behaved in the bravest
+manner, in fact they had to; for their wives, at the instance of the
+priest, had sworn never to receive them again if they turned their
+backs on the enemy.
+
+The undaunted Father Ibañez led them to the assault, and lost his life
+in the moment of victory. Eight cottas (forts), with their artillery
+and ammunition, were captured by this expedition, and a great number
+of Moros were killed.
+
+After this the Joló pirates abated their insolent attacks. Claveria
+made an expedition against the piratical Moros and seized their island
+of Balanguingin, killing 400 Moros, and taking 300 prisoners, also
+rescuing 200 captives. He also captured 120 guns and lantacas, and
+150 piratical vessels. This exemplary chastisement tranquillised the
+Moros for some time.
+
+1853. 13th June. Loud subterranean noises in Albay and eruption of
+the Mayon volcano. Fall of ashes and red-hot stones which rolled down
+the mountain and killed thirty-three people.
+
+1854. Insurrection in Nueva Ecija under Cuesta, a Spanish mestizo
+educated in Spain, where Queen Isabela had taken notice of him.
+
+He arrived in Manila with the appointment of Commandant of Carabineros
+in Nueva Ecija, and immediately began to plot. The Augustine friars
+harangued his followers and persuaded them to disperse, and Cuesta was
+captured and executed, with several other conspirators; others were
+banished to distant islands.
+
+In this year Manuel Crespo became Governor-General, and a military
+officer, named Zapatero, endeavoured to strangle him in his own office.
+
+1855. Strong shocks of earthquake in all Luzon. Eruption of the
+Mayon volcano.
+
+1856. In the latter part of this year a submarine volcanic explosion
+took place at the Didica shoal, eight miles north-east of the island
+of Camiguin in the Babuyanes, to the north of Luzon. It remains an
+active volcano, and has raised a cone nearly to the height of the
+volcano of Camiguin, which is 2414 feet high.
+
+1857. The old decrees against foreigners renewed.
+
+Fernando de Norzagaray became governor-general, and found the country
+over-run by bandits, against whom he employed severe measures. He
+greatly improved Manila.
+
+The French in Cochin-China, finding more resistance than they expected,
+appealed to Norzagaray for help. He lent them money, ships, and about
+a thousand native troops, who behaved with great bravery during the
+campaign.
+
+1860. Ramon Maria Solano succeeded to the Government.
+
+In this year two steam sloops and nine steam gunboats were added to
+the naval forces, and now the Moros could only put to sea running
+great risks of destruction.
+
+These nine gunboats were the greatest blessings the Philippines
+had received for many years.
+
+1861. José de Lemery y Ibarrola, Governor-General. Mendez-Nuñez,
+with the steam sloops and gunboats, inflicted terrible chastisement
+on the piratical Moros.
+
+1862. Rafael de Echague y Bermingham became Governor-General.
+
+Second visitation of cholera in the islands, but not so severe
+as in 1820.
+
+1863. Terrible earthquake in Manila and the surrounding country,
+causing thousands of victims, destroying the cathedral, the palace
+of the governor-general, the custom houses, the principal churches
+(except St. Augustine), the public and private buildings, in fact,
+reducing the city to a ruin.
+
+At this time the steam gunboats continually hostilised the Moros of
+Joló, and caused them great losses.
+
+1865. Juan de Lara y Irigoyen became Governor-General, and
+took measures to subdue the bandits, who were committing great
+depredations and murders. Hostilities continued in Joló, as the Moros
+had recommenced their piratical cruises.
+
+1866. Frequent earthquakes in Manila and Benguet.
+
+At this time the Treasury was in the greatest difficulty, and could
+not meet the current payments. A large quantity of tobacco was sold
+to meet the difficulty.
+
+1867. José de la Gandara y Navarro became Governor-General. To him
+is due the credit of creating that excellent institution the Guardia
+Civil, which has extirpated the banditti who infested the islands
+for so many years.
+
+An expedition was sent against the Igorrotes, but without effecting
+anything of consequence.
+
+1868. June 4th. Intense earthquake in the island of Leyte.
+
+1869. Carlos Maria de la Torre became Governor-General, and was not
+ashamed to publish a proclamation offering the bandits a free pardon if
+they presented themselves within three months. Hundreds and thousands
+of men now joined the bandits for three months murder and pillage, with
+a free pardon at the end of it. This idiotic and cowardly proclamation
+was most prejudicial to the interests of the country. Finally a special
+corps, called La Torre's Guides, was organised to pursue the bandits.
+
+1871. Rafael Izquierdo y Guttierez became Governor-General, and
+raised the excellent corps called La Veterana to act as the police
+of the capital.
+
+December 8th, eruption of the Mayon volcano, and discharge of ashes
+and lava. Two persons smothered, and one burnt.
+
+16th February. Commencement of the series of earthquakes which
+preceded the frightful volcanic eruption in the island of Camiguin
+on 30th April. Full details of this terrible event are preserved. A
+volcanic outburst took place on the above date at 344 metres from
+the town of Cabarman, and near the sea. Great volumes of inflammable
+gases were ejected from deep cracks in the neighbouring hills,
+which presently took fire, and soared in flames of incredible height,
+setting fire to the forests. The wretched inhabitants who had remained
+in their houses found themselves surrounded by smoke, steam, water,
+ashes, and red hot stones, whilst their island seemed on fire, and they
+had sent away all their seaworthy craft with the women and children.
+
+At first the volcanic vent was only two metres high, but it continually
+increased.
+
+After the eruption, the earthquakes decreased, and on 7th May entirely
+ceased.
+
+The volcano gradually raised itself by the material thrown out to a
+height of 418 metres.
+
+1872. Military revolt in Cavite, in which the native clergy were
+mixed up. A secret society had been working at this plot for several
+years, and was very widely extended. It inundated the towns of the
+Archipelago with calumnious and libellous leaflets in the native
+languages. The conspiracy coincided with the return of the Jesuits in
+accordance with a Royal Order, and their substitution for the Recollets
+missionaries in many parishes in Mindanao. In turn, the Recollets,
+removed from Mindanao, were given benefices in Luzon which, for one
+hundred years, had been in the hands of the native clergy, who were,
+in consequence, very dissatisfied, and great hatred was aroused
+against the Recollets. The mutiny was suppressed by the Spaniards
+and the Visayas troops, who bayoneted the Tagals without mercy,
+even when they had laid down their arms.
+
+Besides many who were shot for complicity in this revolt, three native
+priests--D. Mariano Gomez, D. Jacinto Zamora, and D. José Burgos--were
+garrotted in Bagumbayan on the 28th February. Much discussion arose
+about the guilt or innocence of these men, and it is a matter on which
+friars and native clergy are never likely to agree.
+
+Later on, a rising took place in Zamboanga penal establishment, but
+this was put down by the warlike inhabitants of that town, who are
+always ready to take up arms in their own defence, and are very loyal
+to Spain.
+
+Loud subterranean noises in Albay. Eruption of the Mayon volcano, which
+lasted for four days.
+
+1873. Juan de Alaminos y Vivar became governor-general.
+
+The ports of Legaspi, Tacloban and Leyte, were opened to foreign
+commerce.
+
+November 14, 1873, violent earthquake in Manila. Eruption of the
+Mayon volcano, from 15th June to 23rd July.
+
+1874. Manuel Blanco Valderrama, being acting governor-general,
+fighting took place in Balábac, where the Spanish garrison was
+surprised by the Moros. José Malcampo y Monge, a rear-admiral, took
+over the government of the islands, and, during his administration,
+the news of the proclamation of Alfonso XII, as King of Spain was
+received, and gave great satisfaction in Manila, which had never
+taken to the Republican Government in Spain.
+
+Malcampo led a strong expedition, consisting of 9000 men, against the
+Moros, and took Joló by assault, after bombarding the Cottas by the
+ships' guns. At the end of his time, the regiment of Peninsular
+Artillery had become demoralised, and its discipline very lax. Finally,
+the soldiers refused to obey their officers, and broke out of barracks.
+
+Two of them were shot dead by the officer of the guard at the
+barrack-gate, Captain Brull, but the affair was hushed up, and
+no one was punished. Discipline was quite lost.
+
+1877. Great devastation by locusts in province of Batangas. Domingo
+Moriones y Murillo arrived, and took over the government on 28th
+February. His first act was to shoot a number of the Spanish mutineers,
+put others in prison, and send back fifty to Spain in the same vessel
+with Malcampo. This incident is related in greater detail in Chapter
+III. The Treasury was in the greatest poverty, and the poor natives of
+Cagayan obliged to cultivate tobacco and deliver it to the government
+officials, had not been paid for it for two or three years, and were
+actually starving. Moriones did what he could for them, and strongly
+insisted on the abolition of the "estanco."
+
+To this worthy governor, Manila and the Philippines owe much. He
+insisted on the legacy of Carriedo being employed for the object
+it was left for, instead of remaining in the hands of corrupt
+officials.
+
+He also made good regulations against rogues and vagabonds.
+
+1879. Nov. 8th. Violent typhoon passed over Manila, doing much
+damage.
+
+July 1st. Commencement of earthquakes in Surigao (Mindanao), which
+lasted over two months.
+
+1880. Fernando Primo de Rivera became Governor-General, 15th April.
+
+On July 14th, a violent earthquake took place, doing enormous damage
+in the city of Manila and the central provinces of Luzon. The seismic
+disturbance lasted till the 25th July. The inhabitants of Manila were
+panic-stricken, and took refuge in the native nipa houses.
+
+General Primo de Rivera made an expedition against the Igorrotes, and
+the vile treatment the soldiers meted out to the Igorrote women has
+delayed for years the conversion of those tribes.
+
+1881. Eruption of the Mayon volcano, which began on July 6th,
+and lasted till the middle of 1882.
+
+At times there were loud subterranean noises, after which the flow of
+lava usually increased.
+
+1882. Dreadful epidemic of cholera which, in less than three months,
+carried off 30,000 victims in the city and province of Manila. In the
+height of the epidemic the deaths reached a thousand a day. The victims
+were mostly natives, but many Spaniards died of the disease. Only
+one Englishman died, and this was from his own imprudence. A typhoon
+passed over Manila on October 20th, and caused great damage on shore
+and afloat. Twelve large ships and a steamer were driven on shore,
+or very seriously damaged.
+
+On November 5th, another typhoon, not quite so violent as the first,
+took place. After this, the cholera almost entirely stopped. On
+December 31st, another typhoon occurred.
+
+1883. Joaquin Jovellar y Soler, captain-general in the army, and
+the pacificator of Cuba, assumed the government 7th April, and was
+received with great show of satisfaction by the Spaniards.
+
+The old tribute of the natives was replaced by the tax on the
+Cédulas-personales.
+
+During his time there were threats of insurrection, and additional
+Peninsular troops were sent out. He resigned from ill-health
+1st April, 1885.
+
+October 28th. Typhoon passed over Manila.
+
+1885. Emilio Terrero y Perinat assumed the government of the islands
+on April 4th.
+
+He conducted successful expeditions against the Moros of Mindanao
+and Joló.
+
+In the month of May, during the great heat, the River Pasig was covered
+with green scum from the lake. The water was charged with gas, the fish
+and cray-fish died, and the stench was overpowering, even at a couple
+of miles distance from the river.
+
+A huge waterspout was formed in the bay, and passed inland.
+
+November. Death of King Alfonso XII., and mourning ceremonies in
+all the islands.
+
+October 2nd. Eruption of the Taal volcano.
+
+1886. 5th March. Separation of the executive and judicial
+powers. Appointment of eighteen civil governors instead of
+alcaldes--mayores of provinces. Very great inconvenience occurred
+through the delay in sending out the Judges of First Instance, and
+the duties were, in some cases, temporarily performed by ignorant
+persons devoid of any legal training.
+
+11 P.M., 2nd April, an enormous flaming meteor traversed the sky,
+travelling from E. to W., and when about the zenith it split into two
+with a loud explosion, the pieces diverging at an angle of perhaps
+45°; they fell, apparently, at a great distance, producing a violent
+concussion like a sharp shock of earthquake.
+
+24th April. Attack by bandits on the village of Montalban. Two of
+them were killed by the Guardia Civil.
+
+8th July. Eruption of the Mayon volcano in Albay. It continued to
+discharge ashes and lava, bursting out into greater violence at times
+till the middle of March, 1887.
+
+March 19th. Don German Gamazo, Minister for the Colonies, lays before
+the Queen-Regent, for her approbation, the project of the General
+Exhibition of the Philippines, to be held in Madrid in 1887. In it
+he says:--
+
+"By this we shall bring about that the great sums of money which are
+sent from the metropolis to purchase in foreign countries cotton,
+sugar, cacao, tobacco, and other products, will go to our possessions
+in Oceania, where foreign merchants buy them up, with evident damage
+to the material interests of the country."
+
+When it is considered that the freight from Manila to Barcelona in the
+subsidised Spanish Royal Mail steamers was considerably higher than
+that charged in the same steamers to Liverpool, that enormous duties
+were charged in Spain on sugar and hemp, which enter British ports
+duty free, and that British capital was advanced to the cultivators
+to raise these very crops, the idiotic absurdity and contemptible
+hypocrisy of such a statement may be faintly realised by the reader.
+
+In May the mud of the Pasig became permeated with bubbles of gas, and
+floated to the surface. On May 23rd, the writer witnessed several
+violent explosions of fetid gas smelling like sulphuretted hydrogen
+from the mud of the Pasig at Santa Ana.
+
+June 7th. Triple murder committed at Cañacao by a Tagal from
+jealousy.
+
+20th May. Three days' holiday and public rejoicings ordered in
+honour of the birth of the King of Spain (Alfonso XIII.).
+
+1887. January 3rd. Troops embarked in Manila for the expedition
+against the Moros of Mindanao under General Terrero.
+
+March 5th. The United States warship Brooklyn arrived in Manila.
+
+July 14th. The Penal Code put in force in the Philippines.
+
+December 3rd. The Civil Code put in force in the Philippines.
+
+1888. March 1st. A petition is presented to the Acting Civil
+Governor of Manila by the Gobernadorcillo and Principales of Santa
+Cruz, praying for the expulsion of the religious orders and of the
+Archbishop, the secularization of all benefices, and the confiscation
+of the estates of the Augustinians and Dominicans. See Chapter VI.
+
+December 15th. Violent eruption of Mayon volcano with subterranean
+noises, storms, thunder and lightning. Don Valeriano Weyler, Marques
+de Tenerife, became governor-general.
+
+1890. Agrarian disturbances occurred at Calamba and Santa
+Rosa between the tenants on the Dominicans' estates and the lay
+brother in charge. During this year there was a great increase
+of secret societies. A woman admitted as a mason. A woman's lodge
+established. See Chapter IX.
+
+February 21st. Violent eruption of the Mayon.
+
+February 24th. Several explosions occurred at the summit, discharging
+showers of white-hot bombs. About 100 metres of the top toppled
+over. Many of the inhabitants of the neighbouring towns fled to
+a distance.
+
+1891. Don Emilio Despujols, Conde de Caspe, became
+governor-general. See Chapter III.
+
+1893. Doroteo Cortes banished to the Province of La Union, other
+malcontents banished to different localities.
+
+October 3rd. Eruption of the Mayon and explosion of volcanic
+bombs. Loud subterranean noises and deafening thunder.
+
+A vast column of smoke ascended to the sky, from which proceeded
+violet-coloured lightning.
+
+The eruption lasted till the end of October.
+
+1894. May. The Datto Julcainim, with seventy armed Moros from Sulu,
+landed in Basilan Island to recover tribute from the natives, but
+was sent back by a Spanish gunboat.
+
+1896. August 30th. Tagal insurrection broke out near Manila and in
+Cavite Province. See Chapter X.
+
+1897. June 25th. Violent and disastrous eruptions of the
+Mayon. Complete destruction of the villages San Antonio, San Isidro,
+Santo Niño, San Roque, Santa Misericordia, and great damage to other
+places by the incandescent lava. A dreadful tempest destroyed houses
+and plantations in places where the lava did not reach. About 300
+people were either killed outright or died of their wounds. Fifty
+wounded persons recovered.
+
+1898. March 24th. Revolt of the famous Visayas or 74th Regiment
+at Cavite.
+
+March 25th. Massacre of the Calle Camba.
+
+April 24th. Meeting at Singapore between Aguinaldo and the United
+States' Consul, Mr. Spencer Pratt.
+
+April 26th. Aguinaldo proceeds to Hong Kong.
+
+May 1st. Naval battle of Cavite. Destruction of the Spanish squadron
+and capture of Cavite Arsenal by the Americans.
+
+May 19th. Aguinaldo and seventeen followers land at Cavite from
+the United States' vessel Hugh McCullough, and are furnished with
+arms by Admiral Dewey.
+
+May 24th. Aguinaldo proclaims a Dictatorial Government.
+
+June 23rd. He issues a manifesto claiming for the Philippines a
+place, if a modest one, amongst the nations.
+
+August 6th. He sends a message to foreign powers claiming
+recognition.
+
+August 13th. The American troops enter Manila, the Spaniards making
+only a show of resistance.
+
+August 14th. The capitulation signed. General Merritt issues his
+proclamation establishing a military government.
+
+August 15th. General McArthur appointed military commandant of the
+Walled City and Provost-Marshal-General of the city and suburbs.
+
+September 29th. General Aguinaldo makes a speech at Malolos to
+the Philippine Congress, the keynote of which was independence:
+"The Philippines for the Filipinos."
+
+October 2nd. The Peace Commission holds its preliminary meeting
+in Paris.
+
+November 13th. The insurgents invest Ilo-ilo. Fighting proceeding
+in other parts of Visayas between Spaniards and natives.
+
+December 10th. The Peace Commission signs the Treaty. Don Felipe
+Agoncillo, representative of the Philippine Government, hands in a
+formal protest, of which no notice is taken.
+
+December 24th. The Spaniards evacuate Ilo-ilo.
+
+December 26th. The insurgents occupy the city. The Spaniards evacuate
+all the southern island stations except Zamboanga. The Philippine
+Congress at Malolos adjourns.
+
+December 29th. New Philippine cabinet formed; all the members
+pledged to independence.
+
+President of Congress and Minister for Foreign Affairs, Señor Mabini;
+Secretary for War, Señor Luna; Interior, Señor Araneta; Agriculture
+and Commerce, Señor Buencamino; Public Works, Señor Canon.
+
+1899. January 5th. The Washington officials announce that they
+"expect a peaceful adjustment." [Blessed are they who expect nothing.]
+
+President McKinley instructs General Otis to extend military
+government with all dispatch to the whole ceded territory.
+
+January 8th. Protest of Aguinaldo against the Americans.
+
+January 12th. General Otis telegraphs to the War Department that
+conditions are apparently improving.
+
+Other dispatches represent the situation as daily growing more acute.
+
+January 16th. A telegram was received at Washington from General
+Otis, of so reassuring a character regarding the position at Manila
+and Ilo-ilo, that the government officials accept without question
+the correctness of his statement, that the critical stage of the
+trouble there is now past and that he controls the situation.
+
+A commission nominated by President McKinley, consisting of
+Dr. Schurman, President of Cornell University; Professor Worcester
+of Michigan University, and Mr. Denby.
+
+January 21st. The Philippine constitution is proclaimed at Malolos.
+
+February 4th. Fighting between Filipinos and Americans began at
+Santa Mesa 8.45 P.M., and continued through the night.
+
+February 5th. Fighting continued all day and ended in the repulse
+of the Filipinos with heavy loss.
+
+General Otis wires: "The situation is most satisfactory, and
+apprehension need not be felt."
+
+February 6th. The U.S. Senate ratifies the Peace Treaty with Spain
+by 57 to 27.
+
+Senator Gorman in the course of the debate expressed his belief
+that the battle at Manila was only the beginning. If the treaty was
+ratified war would follow, lasting for years, and costing many lives,
+and millions upon millions of money.
+
+[Senator Gorman makes a better prophet than General Merritt or
+Mr. Foreman.]
+
+February 8th. General Otis wires: "The situation is rapidly
+improving. The insurgent army is disintegrating, Aguinaldo's influence
+has been destroyed."
+
+February 10th. The Americans attack and capture Calocan. President
+McKinley signs the Treaty.
+
+February 11th. Ilo-ilo captured by General Miller without loss,
+but a considerable part of the town was burned.
+
+February 18th. The American flag hoisted at Bacolod in Negros Island,
+opposite Ilo-ilo.
+
+February 22nd. Tagals attempt to burn Manila, setting fire
+simultaneously to the Santa Cruz, San Nicolas, and Tondo. Sharp
+fighting at Tondo. Many natives were burned while penned in by the
+cordon of guards.
+
+February 23rd. The Americans burned all that remained of
+Tondo. General Otis issued an order requiring the inhabitants to
+remain in their homes after 7 P.M.
+
+March 13. Oscar F. Williams does not expect to live to see the
+end of the war. This is the man who on July 2nd, 1898, "hoped for an
+influx that year of 10,000 ambitious Americans," who he said could
+all live well and become enriched. See Chapter XVIII.
+
+Since the American occupation three hundred drinking saloons have
+been opened in Manila.
+
+March 19th. Urgent instructions sent from Washington to Generals
+Otis and Lawton to hasten the end.
+
+March 24th. Engagement at Marilao--the Filipinos are defeated.
+
+New York Times says the situation is both surprising and painful
+to the American people.
+
+March 31st. The Americans occupy Malolos which the Filipinos had
+set on fire, after some skirmishing.
+
+April 1st. Troops resting at Malolos.
+
+The ironclad Monadnock was fired on by Filipinos artillery at
+Parañaque (three miles from Manila), and replied silencing the
+guns on shore.
+
+April 20th. A column of General Lawton's force, 140 strong,
+surrounded and captured by the Filipinos near Binangonan.
+
+April 23rd. Fighting at Quingua. Col. Stotsenburg killed. This was
+a severe engagement.
+
+April 26th. Americans capture Calumpit. Washington "profoundly
+relieved."
+
+April 27th. Fighting near Apalit.
+
+April 30th. General Otis believes that the Filipinos are tired of
+the war.
+
+May 1st. Anniversary of the Battle of Cavite.
+
+May 2nd. Conference between Filipino envoys and General Otis with
+the American Civil Commissioners.
+
+General Lawton captures Baliuag.
+
+May 12th. The Nebraska Regiment petitions General McArthur to relieve
+them from duty, being exhausted by the campaign. Since February 4th,
+the regiment has lost 225 killed and wounded, and 59 since the fight
+at Malolos.
+
+May 18th. Filipino peace delegates enter General Lawton's lines at
+San Isidro.
+
+May 20th. Admiral Dewey leaves Manila in the Olympia.
+
+May 22nd. The U.S. Civil Commission received Aguinaldo's Peace
+Commissioners, and explained to them President McKinley's scheme
+of Government.
+
+May 29th. Aguinaldo reported dead.
+
+May 30th. The authorities at Washington admit that more troops are
+needed for Manila.
+
+June 1st. Mr. Spencer Pratt obtains an interim injunction in the
+Supreme Court, Singapore, against the sale of Mr. Foreman's book,
+"The Philippine Islands."
+
+June 5th. Skirmishing in the Laguna district. An attempt by the
+Americans to surround Pio del Pilar fails.
+
+June 13th. A Filipino battery at Las Piñas, between Manila and
+Cavite, consisting of an old smooth bore gun and two one-pounders
+open fire on the American lines. A battery of the 1st Artillery,
+the ironclad Monadnock, and the gunboat Helena directed their fire
+upon this antiquated battery, and kept it up all the morning.
+
+A correspondent remarks, "This was the first real artillery duel
+of the war."
+
+This developed into one of the hardest fights in the war, the
+Filipinos made a determined stand at the Zapote bridge.
+
+Reports arrive that General Antonio Luna had been killed by some
+of General Aguinaldo's guards.
+
+June 16th. The Filipinos attack the Americans at San Fernando and
+are repulsed with heavy loss.
+
+Mr. Whitelaw Reid, addressing the Miami University of Ohio, denounces
+the President's policy, or want of policy, in the Philippines.
+
+June 19th. American troops under General Wheaton march through
+Cavite Province.
+
+June 21st. General Miles describes the situation at Manila as
+"very serious."
+
+June 26th. Twelve per cent. of the American forces sick. Little
+can now be attempted as the rainy season is now on.
+
+June 27th. General Otis reports that the Filipinos have no civil
+government.
+
+June 28th. It is stated that General Otis will have 40,000 men
+available for active operations after the rainy season.
+
+July 12th. General Otis asks for 2500 horses for the organisation
+of a brigade of cavalry after the rainy season.
+
+The entire staff of correspondents of the American newspapers protest
+against the methods of General Otis in exercising too strict a
+censorship over telegrams and letters. They say, "We believe that,
+owing to the official despatches sent from Manilla and published in
+Washington, the people of the United States have received a false
+impression of the situation in the Philippines, and that these
+despatches present an ultra-optimistic view which is not shared by
+general officers in the field."
+
+July 20th. The rainfall at Manila since 1st June has been 41 inches
+and the country is flooded.
+
+July 23rd. Mr. Elihu Root nominated to succeed Mr. Alger as Secretary
+for War.
+
+July 27th. General Hall's division captures Calamba on the lake.
+
+August 1st. Mr. Root sworn in as Secretary for War. He contemplates
+increasing General Otis' available force to 40,000 men.
+
+August 15th. General McArthur's force captures Angeles.
+
+August 17th. Orders issued at Washington to form ten additional
+regiments to serve in the Philippines. General Otis to have 62,000
+men under his command.
+
+August 23rd. General Otis applies the Chinese Exclusion law to
+the Philippines.
+
+August 24th. The Moros sign an agreement acknowledging the
+sovereignty of the United States over the entire Philippine Islands.
+
+The Moros of Western Mindanao are asking for permission to drive out
+the insurgents.
+
+August 28th. President McKinley makes a speech to the 10th
+Pennsylvanian Regiment lately arrived from Manila. See Chapter XII.
+
+September 1st. Fighting in Negros, American successes.
+
+September 14th. U.S. cruiser Charleston engages a gun mounted by
+the Filipinos at Olongapó, Subic Bay, and fired sixty-nine shells
+from her 8-inch guns without silencing the gun, notwithstanding that
+the Filipinos used black powder.
+
+September 18th. Some of the U.S. Civil Commission had already
+started to return; remainder leave.
+
+September 23rd. A U.S. squadron, consisting of the Monterey,
+Charleston, Concord and Zafiro, bombarded the one-gun battery of
+the Filipinos at Olongapó for six hours, and then landed 250 men who
+captured and destroyed the gun which was 16-centimetre calibre.
+
+General Otis, in an interview, is reported to have stated that "Things
+are going very satisfactorily."
+
+September 28th. General McArthur captures Porac.
+
+September 30th. General Aguinaldo releases fourteen American
+prisoners. They looked well and hearty, and it was evident that they
+had been well treated.
+
+October 8th. General Schwan advanced against Noveleta and encountered
+a heavy resistance, but ultimately took the town and next day occupied
+Rosario.
+
+October 18th. War now said to be beginning in its most serious
+phase. The American troops, men and officers, said to be thoroughly
+discouraged by the futility of the operations ordered by General
+Otis. They feel that their lives are being sacrificed without anything
+being accomplished.
+
+October 28th. 17,000 sick and tired soldiers have been sent home
+and replaced by 27,000 fresh men. 34,000 are on the way or under
+orders. Total will be 65,000 men and forty ships of war.
+
+October 31st. General Otis reports to the War Department that the
+continuance of the rainy season still harasses the prosecution of
+the campaign.
+
+Count Almenas, speaking in the Spanish Senate, said that through the
+ignorance of the Peace Commission the Batanes Islands, Cagayan Sulu,
+and Sibutu were not included in the scope of the treaty.
+
+November 7th. General Wheaton, with an American force lands at San
+Fabian [Pangasinan] and marches towards Dagupan, driving the Filipinos
+before him.
+
+November 13th. Tarlac captured by the Americans under Colonel
+Bell. Telegrams from Manila state, "A careful review of the situation
+made on the spot justifies the prediction that all organised hostile
+operations on a definite plan are at an end."
+
+November 14th. The U.S. cruiser Charleston lost on the Guinapak
+rocks to the north of Luzon, and the crew land on Camiguin Island.
+
+November 28th. The province of Zamboanga [Mindanao] said to have
+surrendered unconditionally to the commander of the gunboat Castine.
+
+December 20th. General Lawton shot by the insurgents at San Mateo
+whilst personally directing the crossing of the river by two battalions
+of the 29th U.S. infantry.
+
+1900. January 20th. The Filipinos capture a pack train of twenty
+ponies in the Laguna Province. American losses, two killed, five
+wounded, nine missing.
+
+February 15th. American newspapers report many cases of insanity
+amongst the U.S. soldiers.
+
+February 20th. General Otis signifies to the War Department his
+desire for leave of absence from Manila to recruit his health.
+
+March 30th. The bubonic plague, extending in Luzon, and appears
+in other islands of the Archipelago. Cases suspected to be leprosy
+reported amongst the U.S. troops.
+
+Independent reports represent the situation in the Philippines
+as most unsatisfactory. The islands are practically in a state
+of anarchy.
+
+April 6th. The War Department issues an order recalling General
+Otis, because his work has been accomplished, and appoints General
+McArthur in his place.
+
+May 1st. Judge Canty, of Minnesota, makes a report upon the condition
+of the Philippines.
+
+He says: "All the native tribes, except a small band of Macabebes and
+the Sulu Mahometans, are against us, and hate the Americans worse
+than the Spaniards.... The American soldiers are undergoing terrible
+hardships, and are a prey to deadly tropical diseases."
+
+June 2nd. General McArthur asks for more troops, and at least three
+regiments are to be sent.
+
+June 14th. Rear-Admiral Raney cables for another battalion of
+marines.
+
+June 15th. Macaboulos, a Filipino chieftain, surrenders at Tarlac
+with 8 officers and 120 riflemen.
+
+June 17th. A regiment of infantry and a battery of artillery embark
+at Manila for China.
+
+June 19th. It is reported that, in all, 5000 men are to be sent
+from Manila to China.
+
+June 20th. But to-day, the idea prevails in Washington that, under
+present conditions, every soldier in the Philippines is needed there.
+
+July 27. Negotiations are being carried on between Spain and the
+United States for the cession by the former to the latter of the
+Sibutu and Cagayan Islands on payment of a sum of $100,000.
+
+August 4th. The Filipinos kill or capture a lieutenant of Engineers
+and fifteen soldiers.
+
+August 8th. Miss Margaret Astor Chanler, who was engaged in Red
+Cross work in Manila, declares that the hospitals are inadequate. This
+is confirmed by the Washington correspondent of the World. He says
+3700 men are now in hospital, and large numbers are unable to find
+accommodation. Thousands who are down with fever and other diseases
+are without doctors or medical supplies. Eight per cent. of the entire
+force is incapacitated.
+
+August 15th. The Filipinos reported to be gaining ground.
+
+The cost of the war said to be nearly £40,000,000, 2394 deaths,
+3073 wounded. There are said to be still 70,000 American troops in
+the Philippines. The "goodwill" of the war cost £4,000,000.
+
+August 19th. Censored news despatches from Manila show that the
+Filipinos are increasing their activity, and scorn the offers of
+amnesty.
+
+September 1st. The Civil Commission in the Philippines, presided
+over by Judge Taft, assumes the direction of the Government. Judge
+Taft reports that the insurrection is virtually ended, and that a
+modus vivendi is established with the ecclesiastical authorities!
+
+September 3rd. General McArthur cables that an outbreak has occurred
+in Bohol, and that in an engagement near Carmen the Americans lost
+1 killed and 6 wounded, and the Filipinos 120 killed.
+
+September 6th. The estimated cost of the Philippines to America is
+estimated at three-quarters of a million dollars per day.
+
+September 12th. The first public legislative session of the Civil
+Commission was held. Two million dollars (Mexican) were voted for
+the construction of roads and bridges, $5000 for the expenses of a
+preliminary survey of a railroad between Dagupan and Benguet, and
+$5400 towards the expenses of the educational system.
+
+September 17th. General McArthur cables that Captain McQuiston,
+who had become temporarily insane, shot a number of men of his
+company. The others, in self-defence, shot and killed the captain.
+
+September 20th. The Civil Commission reports that large numbers of
+the people in the Philippines are longing for peace, and are willing
+to accept the government of the United States.
+
+General McArthur cables reports of fighting in the Ilocos Provinces,
+from whence General Young telegraphs for reinforcements, also in
+Bulacan, and in Tayabas.
+
+A desperate engagement is fought in the Laguna Province, where the
+Americans made an attack upon the Filipino positions, and were repulsed
+with heavy loss, including Captain Mitchell and Lieutenant Cooper.
+
+The Filipinos are constantly harassing and attacking the
+American outposts and garrisons around Manila, and have caused fourteen
+casualties amongst the troops.
+
+
+
+
+    CUSTOMS DUES ON EXPORTS, 1896-97.
+
+    Articles.                            Tax per 100 kilos
+                                         Gross Weight.
+
+                                                $ cts.
+
+    Hemp or cordage                             0.75
+    Indigo                                      0.50
+    Tintarron liquid indigo                     0.05
+    Rice                                        2.00
+    Sugar                                       0.10
+    Cocoa-nuts or copra                         0.10
+    Tobacco in cigars or cigarettes             3.00
+    Tobacco in leaf from the provinces of
+    Cagayan, Isabela, and Nueva Vizcaya
+    in Luzon                                    3.00
+    Tobacco in leaf from Visayas and Mindanao   2.00
+    Tobacco in leaf from any other province     1.50
+
+    Estimated receipts from above tax in the
+    financial year 1896-97                              $1,292,550
+
+
+
+
+
+    EXTRA IMPORT TAX ON CONSUMABLE ARTICLES.
+
+    (This is in addition to the Customs dues.)
+
+                                                        $ cts.
+
+    Spirits  In barrels or demijohns        per litre   0.20
+             In bottles or flasks           per litre   0.30
+    Beer                                                0.10
+    Vegetables or fruits, dried or green per kilog.     0.02
+    Wheat flour                          per 100 kilog. 0.50
+    Common salt                          per 100 kilog. 1.00
+    Petroleum and mineral oils           per 100 kilog. 1.00
+
+    Estimated receipts from above tax in the
+    financial year 1896-97                                  $301,000
+
+
+
+
+
+EXPORT STATISTICS.
+
+
+16 piculs = 1 ton of 20 cwt.; 8 bales hemp = 1 ton of 20 cwt.;
+1 quintal = 100 lbs. Spanish, or about 101¾ English.
+
++-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|             |         |       |          |       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             | Sugar.  |Hemp.  |  Copra.  |Coffee.|Cordage.|Sapan-wood.|Hides and|M.-o'-P.| Gum.  | Indigo. | Tobacco |Cigars.|
+|             |         |       |          |       |        |           |Cuttings.|Shells. |       |         |  Leaf.  |       |
++-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|             | Piculs. |Bales. | Piculs.  |Piculs.|Piculs. |  Piculs.  | Piculs. |Piculs. |Piculs.|Quintals.|Quintals.| Mil.  |
+|     {Manila |1,500,139|571,047|   ..     |107,236|   1,985|     12,006|   32,658|     184|  5,276|    4,639|  204,592|109,109|
+|1888 {Cebú   |  267,100| 90,385|          |       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|1,197,851|   ..  |  Small   |   ..  |    ..  |     93,575|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+quantities+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |2,965,090|661,432|   only   |107,236|   1,985|    105,581|   32,658|     184|  5,276|    4,639|  204,592|109,109|
+|-------------+---------+-------+ shipped. +-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|     {Manila |1,565,668|475,638|    No    | 92,993|   1,487|     17,965|    7,701|     387|  7,326|    3,545|  203,085|120,532|
+|1889 {Cebú   |  187,791| 92,933| records  |       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|1,748,049|   ..  |  kept.   |   ..  |    ..  |     60,739|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+          +-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |3,501,508|568,571|    ..    | 92,993|   1,487|     78,704|    7,701|     387|  7,326|    3,545|  203,085|120,532|
+|-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|     {Manila |  874,088|449,606|    74,447| 76,756|   3,141|     21,934|    6,300|     501|  3,016|      374|  179,054|109,636|
+|1890 {Cebú   |   55,280| 56,549|          |       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|1,431,054|   ..  |     ..   |   ..  |    ..  |     22,635|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |2,360,422|506,155|    74,447| 76,756|   3,141|     44,569|    6,300|     501|  3,016|      374|  179,054|109,636|
+|-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|     {Manila |1,174,374|546,854|   245,309| 45,917|   2,403|     17,051|    5,439|     452|  4,168|    2,039|  195,925| 93,248|
+|1891 {Cebú   |  140,200| 88,693|          |       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|1,357,685|   ..  |      ..  |   ..  |        |     52,886|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |2,672,259|635,547|   245,309| 45,917|   2,403|     69,937|    5,439|     452|  4,168|    2,039|  195,925| 93,248|
++-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|     {Manila |1,089,054|702,228|   259,539| 21,242|   1,762|     29,634|    6,032|     507|  5,005|    5,894|  253,850|138,389|
+|1892 {Cebú   |  294,220| 88,280|          |       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|2,571,989|   ..  |      ..  |   ..  |        |     36,277|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |3,955,263|790,508|   259,539| 21,242|   1,762|     65,911|    6,032|     507|  5,005|    5,894|  253,850|138,389|
+|-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|     {Manila |1,712,059|561,391|   184,304|  4,910|   2,251|     53,319|    6,145|     671|  3,638|      940|  230,686|137,458|
+|1893 {Cebú   |  271,400| 80,080|          |       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|2,203,523|   ..  |      ..  |   ..  |        |     25,376|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |4,186,982|641,471|   184,304|  4,910|   2,251|     78,695|    6,145|     671|  3,638|      940|  230,686|137,458|
+|-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|     {Manila |1,577,523|661,550|   512,729|  9,502|   1,787|     43,368|    5,236|     347|  1,788|    1,025|  191,706|137,877|
+|1894 {Cebú   |  163,172|119,721|          |       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|1,369,507|   ..  |      ..  |   ..  |        |     26,124|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |3,110,202|781,271|   512,729|  9,502|   1,787|     69,492|    5,236|     347|  1,788|    1,025|  191,706|137,877|
+|-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|     {Manila |1,729,625|749,777|   549,319|  3,099|   2,938|     25,034|    6,714|   1,730|  4,044|    6,672|  233,702|146,372|
+|1895 {Cebú   |  209,352| 89,212|    44,352|       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|1,719,115|   ..  |      ..  |   ..  |        |     11,100|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |3,658,092|838,989|   593,671|  3,099|   2,938|     36,134|    6,714|   1,730|  4,044|    6,672|  233,702|146,372|
+|-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|     {Manila |1,563,477|669,778|   558,509|  1,421|   3,484|     12,930|    7,127|     204|  2,803|      462|  219,640|185,017|
+|1896 {Cebú   |  106,228| 86,818|    49,200|       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|1,957,099|   ..  |      ..  |   ..  |        |     35,300|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |3,626,804|756,596|   607,709|  1,421|   3,484|     48,230|    7,127|     204|  2,803|      462|  219,640|185,017|
++-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|     {Manila |  811,059|835,067|   765,026|  2,111|   3,786|     17,325|   11,081|     689|  4,029|      251|  287,161|171,410|
+|1897 {Cebú   |  247,110| 80,271|    46,414|       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|2,051,113|   ..  |      ..  |   ..  |    ..  |     51,300|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |3,109,282|915,338|   811,440|  2,111|   3,786|     68,625|   11,081|     689|  4,029|      251|  287,161|171,410|
+|-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|     {Manila |  251,169|510,958|   252,840|    176|      72|      5,102|    3,648|     261|  1,122|      206|  175,170|103,707|
+|1898 {Cebú   |  159,469|235,597|    10,562|       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|2,449,023| 46,051|      ..  |   ..  |    ..  |     51,610|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |2,859,661|792,606|   263,402|    176|      72|     56,712|    3,648|     261|  1,122|      206|  175,170|103,707|
+|-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|     {Manila |   80,374|437,751|   215,819|    784|     183|       ..  |    6,226|     517|  2,840|    2,578|  114,261|111,646|
+|1899 {Cebú   |  210,780|148,049|    66,282|       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|1,197,700| 14,938|     9,221|   ..  |    ..  |      5,700|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+----------+---- --+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |1,488,854|600,738|[1]291,322|    784|     183|      5,700|    6,226|     517|  2,840|    2,578|  114,261|111,646|
++-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+
+[1] Value $1,600,000. The copra comes from Laguna, Tayahas, Albay,
+Samar, Leyte and Mindanao, and the bulk of it goes to Marseilles,
+some to Liverpool, a little to Spain and Italy.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+VALUE OF LAND.
+MANILA-DAGUPAN RAILWAY.
+
+
+First Section--Manila to San Fernando.
+
+    First sub-section, Manila to Polo.
+    Second sub-section, Polo to Guiguinto.
+    Third  sub-section, Guiguinto to Calumpit.
+    Fourth sub-section, Calumpit to San Fernando.
+
+
+Second Section--San Fernando to Tarlac.
+
+    First sub-section, San Fernando to Angeles.
+    Second sub-section, Angeles to Bamban.
+    Third  sub-section, Bamban to Capas.
+    Fourth sub-section, Capas to Tarlac.
+
+
+Third Section--Tarlac to Dagupan.
+
+    First sub-section, Tarlac to Panique.
+    Second sub-section, Panique to Moncada.
+    Third  sub-section, Moncada to Bayambang.
+    Fourth sub-section, Bayambang to San Carlos.
+    Fifth  sub-section, San Carlos to Dagupan.
+
+
+
+
+
+AN ESTIMATE OF THE POPULATION OF THE PHILIPPINES IN 1890.
+
+
+Peninsular Spaniards, including the garrisons, friars,
+officials and private persons.                               14,000
+Spaniards born in the islands.                                8,000
+Spanish mestizos                                             75,000
+Foreigners of white races                                     2,000
+Foreign mestizos                                              7,000
+Chinese                                                     125,000
+Chinese mestizos                                            500,000
+Moros of Mindanao, Joló, Tawi-tawi, Basilan, Balábac, and
+other islands                                               600,000
+Heathen in all the archipelago--Igorrotes, Manobos,
+Subanos, Montéses, Ibilaos, Aetas, Ifugaos, etc., etc.      800,000
+Christian natives                                         5,869,000
+                                                          ---------
+Total                                                     8,000,000
+
+
+The above is taken from a pamphlet called 'Filipinas' Fundamental
+Problem,' by a Spaniard long resident in those islands, published in
+Madrid, 1891, by D. Luis Aguado. The pamphlet itself is a violent
+attack on Rizal and those who sympathised with him, and holds out
+as the only remedy against insurrection the encouragement of Spanish
+immigration on an extensive scale.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ESTIMATE OF PHILIPPINE INCOME AND EXPENDITURE, 1896-97.
+
+
+                                                                       $
+Direct Taxes--
+
+Property tax, $140,280; industrial and commercial tax,
+$1,400,700; cédulas personales, [37]$5,600,000;
+capitation tax on Chinese, $510,190; acknowledgment of
+vassalage from outlaws and heathen, $20,000; tax of 10
+per cent. on railway fares, $32,000; various surtaxes,
+$63,000; tax of 10 per cent. on the pay of employés
+paid by local funds, $80,000; tax of 10 per cent. on
+the pay of employés paid by the State, $650,000                8,496,170
+
+Custom House--
+
+Imports, $3,600,000; exports,  [38]$1,292,550; loading
+tax, $410,000; unloading, $570,000; trans-shipment,
+$1000; warehousing, $4000; fines, surtaxes, etc.,
+$22,000; tax on consumable goods, [39]$301,000                 6,200,550
+
+Monopoly--
+
+Opium contract (farmed out) [40]                                 576,000
+
+Stamps--
+
+Stamped paper, do. for fines, for bills of exchange,
+post office stamps, patent medicine stamps, stamps for
+telegrams, receipts, signatures, passports, less
+$200,000 paid to Bolmao and Hong Kong Cable Co., etc.            646,000
+
+Lottery--
+
+Profits of the Manila lottery, licenses for raffles,
+etc.                                                           1,000,000
+
+Crown Property--
+
+Rents of mining claims, $2000; royalties on forest
+produce, $170,000; sale of Crown lands, of buildings,
+and fines                                                        257,000
+
+Miscellaneous--
+
+Unexpended balances, $50,000; produce of convict labour,
+$4000; sale of buildings and stores of War Department and
+Navy, $3800; profits on coining money, $200,000; sundry
+receipts, $40,500                                                298,300
+
+            Total                                        [41]$17,474,020
+
+
+
+                                                                       $
+General charges--
+
+Ministry of the Colonies, Court of Audit, expenses of
+Fernando Po, civil, military and naval pensions, interest
+on savings bank deposits, passages of Government employés      1,507,900
+
+State--
+
+Diplomatic and consular expenses                                  74,000
+
+Grace and Justice--
+
+Courts of Justice, register of property, gaols, the
+clergy, missionaries, public worship, passages of
+missionaries, college for missionaries                         1,896,277
+
+Army--
+
+Pay and allowances, provisions, forage, clothing,
+war-like stores, invalids, orphans, extraordinary
+credit for the campaign in Mindanao ($624,680)                 6,042,442
+
+Treasury--
+
+Central administration, mint at Manila, provincial
+administration, pay and allowances of corps of
+carbineers (custom house guards), cost of selling
+stamped paper, of collecting taxes, of working the
+lottery                                                        1,393,184
+
+Navy--
+
+Pay and allowances, victualling and clothing, material
+for the station, for the squadron, material for the
+arsenal ($1,260,652)                                           3,566,528
+
+Civil Service--
+
+Colonial Secretary (pay and allowances), Governor-
+General, civil governors, political and military
+governors, council of administration, the Guardia
+Civil, post office, telegraph, health officers of
+ports                                                          2,198,350
+
+Education and public works--
+
+Technical schools, nautical do. of drawing, painting,
+sculpture and engraving, university, normal school,
+observatory of Manila ($20,000 per annum), pay and
+allowances of engineers and assistants of public
+works, of the woods and forests, of mines, and of the
+model farms                                                      615,198
+
+            Total                                             17,293,879
+
+
+N.B.--Expenditure on Army and Navy $9,608,970, considerably more than
+half the total revenue.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Value of Land.
+
+
+Official valuation of land required for the construction of the
+Manila-Dagupan Railway. The expropriation commenced in 1888 and
+continued up to end of 1892, and the prices paid were far in excess
+of estimate.
+
++-------------------------------------+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
+|                                     |    First Section.     |    Second Section.    |       Third Section.        |
++-------------------------------------+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
+|                         Sub-section |  1. |  2. |  3. |  4. |  1. |  2. |  3. |  4. |  1. |  2. |  3. |  4. |  5. |
++-------------------------------------+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
+|                           From kil. |  0  | 13.8| 29.2| 45.8| 60.7| 75.5| 90.5|107.3|116.5|134.6|149.2|162.9|179.3|
+|                           To    ,,  | 13.8| 29.2| 45.8| 60.7| 75.5| 90.5|107.3|116.5|134.6|149.2|162.9|179.3|192.3|
++-------------------------------------+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
+|                                     |  $  |  $  |  $  |  $  |  $  |  $  |  $  |  $  |  $  |  $  |  $  |  $  |  $  |
+|Water meadows or irrigated rice land |480  |240  |240  |240  |220  |200  |120  |100  | 88  | 80  |100  |140  |180  |
+|Rice lands (dry), 1st class          |200  |192  |180  |168  |120  |108  | 40  | 40  | 40  | 32  | 48  | 72  | 80  |
+|    ,,            2nd class          |168  |160  |160  |152  | 72  | 60  | 24  | 24  | 24  | 16  | 28  | 40  | 44  |
+|Cane fields, 1st class               |272  |240  |260  |100  | 80  | 60  | 28  | 20  | 20  | 16  | 32  | 40  | 48  |
+|    ,,       2nd class               |200  |160  |192  | 80  | 56  | 40  | 20  | 12  | 12  |  8  | 20  | 28  | 32  |
+|Stony land near the sea              |140  |120  |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |
+|Buyo (betel) plantations             |240  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | 72  | 72  |
+|Nipa palm groves                     | 88  | 80  | 72  | 60  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | 24  |
+|Mangrove swamp                       | 76  | 60  | 48  | 32  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | 12  | 16  |
+|Gardens and building lots            |200  |180  |180  |160  |100  | 88  | 32  | 28  | 28  | 20  | 32  | 48  | 56  |
+|Forest land                          | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | 10  |  6.4|  4  |  2.4|  1.6|  4  |  4  |     |
+|Bush land                            | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  |  8  |  4.8|  2.4|  1.6|  1.6|  2.4|     |     |
+|Pasture                              | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | 12  | 10  |     |     |     |     |     |
++-------------------------------------+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
+
+
+
+Price is given in Mexican dollars per acre.
+
+
+
+
+
+CARDINAL NUMBERS IN SEVEN DIALECTS.
+
+
+    Peninsula  Luzon.                    Borneo.                      North
+    and                                  Three Dayak Dialects.        Borneo.
+    Islands.
+
+    Malay.     Tagal.     Pampango.      Sabuyan.  Lara.    Salakan.  Ida'an.
+
+ 1  Satu.      Isa.       Isa or metung. Sat.      Asa.     Asa.      Iso or san.
+ 2  Dua.       Daláua.    Adua.          Dua.      Dua.     Dua.      Duo.
+ 3  Tiga.      Tatlo.     Atlu.          Tiga.     Taru.    Talu.     Telo.
+ 4  Ampat.     Apat.      Apat.          Ampat.    Apat.    Ampat.    Apat.
+ 5  Lima.      Lima.      Lima.          Lima.     Rima.    Lima.     Limo.
+ 6  Anam.      Anim.      Anam.          Anam.     Unum.    Anam.     Anam.
+ 7  Tujoh.     Pito.      Pitu.          Tujoh.    Ijo.     Tujoh.    Turo.
+ 8  Dulapan.   Uálo.      Ualu.          Lapan.    Mahi.    Delapan.  Walo.
+ 9  Sumbilan.  Siam.      Siam.          Sambilan. Pire.    Sambilau. Siam.
+10  Sa'puloh.  Sang puot. Apulu.         Sapulo.   Sapuloh. Sapuloh.  Opod.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+London: Printed by William Clowes and Sons, Limited, Stamford Street
+and Charing Cross.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+NOTES
+
+
+[1] England has 51,000 square miles area; Wales, 7378; Ireland,
+31,759; Scotland, nearly 30,000. Total, Great Britain and Ireland,
+etc., 121,000 square miles.
+
+[2] Worcester, p. 446, mentions Conifers at sea level in Sibuyan
+Island, province of Romblon.
+
+[3] Called in Spanish the oropéndola (Broderipus achrorchus).
+
+[4] A whip made from hippopotamus hide.
+
+[5] Expelled in 1768. Readmitted, 1852, for charge of schools and
+missions.
+
+[6] Of these 4102 were baptisms of heathen in 1896.
+
+[7] Exchange was then at 4s. 2d.
+
+[8] This word is formed of the first syllable of the names of three
+native priests executed after the Cavite mutiny, Fathers Gomez,
+Burgos, and Zamora.
+
+[9] Report published in Outlook, September 1st and 21st, 1899.
+
+[10] The Abbé de Brantôme, whose appreciative remarks upon the
+courtesans who accompanied the Army of the Duke of Alva are quoted by
+Motley in 'The Rise of the Dutch Republic,' would have been delighted
+to take up his favourite subject and chronicle the following of the
+American Army.
+
+[11] My remarks apply to the accounts published in the Times.
+
+[12] May 11th, 1899, The New York Herald's correspondent at Manila
+reports that the insurgents have succeeded in landing ten machine
+guns on the island of Panay.
+
+[13] The kindness and mercy are not obvious.
+
+[14] I think, in view of the German atrocities in Africa, including
+many cases of flogging women, that this epithet is well earned.
+
+[15] In making these remarks, I am not in any way desirous of
+depreciating the Department of Agriculture, for I hold the belief
+that its reports are written with exceptional ability. But this
+circular bears internal evidence of having been written by some
+person, perhaps a consul, unfamiliar with Philippine agriculture,
+and published without correction.
+
+[16] Their Hong was colloquially known as Sion Corner.
+
+[17] See the sentence of court-martial on Julius Arnold, musician
+of M Company, 25th Infantry, for murdering a woman under the most
+atrocious circumstances it is possible to imagine.
+
+[18] The Krakatoa explosion was heard all over the Southern Philippines
+like the firing of heavy guns, although the distance in a straight
+line is over 1500 miles. This will give some idea of the loudness of
+volcanic explosions.
+
+[19] The territory occupied by each tribe is shown on the general
+map of Mindanao by the number on this list.
+
+[20] Ajonjoli (Sesamun Indicum, L.). See Chap. XIX. for Gogo.
+
+[21] The Blachang of the Malays.
+
+[22] Pristiophoridæ.
+
+[23] Raiidæ.
+
+[24] 'Comentarios Réales.' Garcilasso Inca de la Vega.
+
+[25] Some ridiculous person has stated in a magazine article that
+they have no word in Tagal equivalent to Thank you. This is not true,
+for the word Salamat is the exact equivalent.
+
+[26] The roller pinions in both Chinese and native mills are of
+hard wood.
+
+[27] Crocodilus Porosus.
+
+[28] They sell about 25,000 bales per annum.
+
+[29] The above was the Christian Visyas population, and is exclusive
+of Negritos, Mundos, and other heathen savages and remontados. The
+area is taken from a Spanish official report.
+
+[30] See 'In Court and Kampong,' by Hugh Clifford.
+
+[31] The territory of Sibuguey is almost unexplored.
+
+[32] The principal industry of Christians or Moros, is washing the
+sands and alluvial soils for gold, which is found in abundance.
+Agriculture is progressing.
+
+[33] The principal industry is washing the sands and mining for gold.
+
+[34] From Jesuit records the Christian population of Davao was 12,000
+in 1896. This number included over 3000 converted Moros. There were
+also some 2,000 Moros residing there. The Jesuits residing on the
+spot must know best.
+
+[35] Nieto gives the total as 200,000. I have divided them as above.
+
+[36] Value $1,600,000. The copra comes from Laguna, Tayahas, Albay,
+Samar, Leyte and Mindanao, and the bulk of it goes to Marseilles,
+some to Liverpool, a little to Spain and Italy.
+
+[37] The total receipts from this tax are        $7,000,000
+     The local funds receive 20 per cent., say   $1,400,000
+                                                 ----------
+                      Remainder                  $5,600,000
+
+[38] See Table of dues on Exports.
+
+[39] See Table of this tax.
+
+[40] In August 1900 the Straits Settlements Government received offers
+for the opium and spirit farms in Singapore, Penang and Malacca, for
+three years from January 7th, 1901, amounting to $385,000 per month.
+
+[41] In 1886-87 the revenue only amounted to $9,324,974; the Army
+estimates for 1888 were $3,918,760, the Navy $2,573,776. If to the
+revenue of 1896-97 we add the amount paid over to local funds, the
+total will be double the revenue raised ten years before.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Inhabitants of the Philippines, by 
+Frederic H. Sawyer
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE INHABITANTS OF THE PHILIPPINES ***
+
+***** This file should be named 38081-8.txt or 38081-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/0/8/38081/
+
+Produced by Tamiko I. Rollings, Jeroen Hellingman and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+(This file was produced from images generously made
+available by Cornell University Digital Collections)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/38081-8.zip b/38081-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b91441e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-8.zip
diff --git a/38081-h.zip b/38081-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89d39e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h.zip
diff --git a/38081-h/38081-h.htm b/38081-h/38081-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9909fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/38081-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,25305 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
+"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<!-- This HTML file has been automatically generated from an XML source on 2011-11-21T21:54:40.48+01:00. -->
+<html lang="en">
+<head>
+<meta name="generator" content=
+"HTML Tidy for Windows (vers 25 March 2009), see www.w3.org">
+<title>The Inhabitants of the Philippines</title>
+<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=us-ascii">
+<meta name="generator" content=
+"tei2html.xsl, see http://code.google.com/p/tei2html/">
+<meta name="author" content="Frederic Henry Read Sawyer">
+<link rel="schema.DC" href=
+"http://dublincore.org/documents/1998/09/dces/">
+<meta name="DC.Creator" content="Frederic Henry Read Sawyer">
+<meta name="DC.Title" content="The Inhabitants of the Philippines">
+<meta name="DC.Date" content="#####">
+<meta name="DC.Language" content="en">
+<meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html">
+<meta name="DC.Publisher" content="Project Gutenberg">
+<meta name="DC:Subject" content="Ethnology -- Philippines">
+<meta name="DC:Subject" content="">
+<meta name="DC:Subject" content=
+"Philippines -- Social life and customs">
+<style type="text/css">
+body
+{
+font: 100%/1.2em "Times New Roman", Times, serif;
+margin: 1.58em 16%;
+text-align: left;
+}
+/* Titlepage */
+.titlePage
+{
+border: #DDDDDD 2px solid;
+margin: 3em 0% 7em 0%;
+padding: 5em 10% 6em 10%;
+text-align: center;
+}
+.titlePage .docTitle
+{
+line-height: 3.5em;
+margin: 2em 0% 2em 0%;
+font-weight: bold;
+}
+.titlePage .docTitle .mainTitle
+{
+font-size: 1.8em;
+}
+.titlePage .docTitle .subTitle, .titlePage .docTitle .seriesTitle, .titlePage .docTitle .volumeTitle
+{
+font-size: 1.44em;
+}
+.titlePage .byline
+{
+margin: 2em 0% 2em 0%;
+font-size:1.2em;
+line-height:1.72em;
+}
+.titlePage .byline .docAuthor
+{
+font-size: 1.2em;
+font-weight: bold;
+}
+.titlePage .figure
+{
+margin: 2em 0% 2em 0%;
+margin-left: auto;
+margin-right: auto;
+}
+.titlePage .docImprint
+{
+margin: 4em 0% 0em 0%;
+font-size: 1.2em;
+line-height: 1.72em;
+}
+.titlePage .docImprint .docDate
+{
+font-size: 1.2em;
+font-weight: bold;
+}
+/* End Titlepage */
+.transcribernote
+{
+background-color:#DDE;
+border:black 1px dotted;
+color:#000;
+font-family:sans-serif;
+font-size:80%;
+margin:2em 5%;
+padding:1em;
+}
+.advertisment
+{
+background-color:#FFFEE0;
+border:black 1px dotted;
+color:#000;
+margin:2em 5%;
+padding:1em;
+}
+.correctiontable
+{
+width: 75%;
+}
+.width20
+{
+width: 20%;
+}
+.width40
+{
+width: 40%;
+}
+.indextoc
+{
+text-align: center;
+}
+.div0
+{
+padding-top: 5.6em;
+}
+.div1
+{
+padding-top: 4.8em;
+}
+.index
+{
+font-size: 80%;
+}
+.div2
+{
+padding-top: 3.6em;
+}
+.div3, .div4, .div5
+{
+padding-top: 2.4em;
+}
+.footnotes .body,
+.footnotes .div1
+{
+padding: 0;
+}
+.apparatusnote
+{
+text-decoration: none;
+}
+table.alignedtext
+{
+border-collapse: collapse;
+}
+table.alignedtext td
+{
+vertical-align: top;
+width: 50%;
+}
+table.alignedtext td.first
+{
+border-width: 0 0.2px 0 0;
+border-color: gray;
+border-style: solid;
+padding-right: 10px;
+}
+table.alignedtext td.second
+{
+padding-left: 10px;
+}
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, .h1, .h2, .h3, .h4
+{
+clear: both;
+font-style: normal;
+text-transform: none;
+}
+h3, .h3
+{
+font-size:1.2em;
+line-height:1.2em;
+}
+h3.label
+{
+font-size:1em;
+line-height:1.2em;
+margin-bottom:0;
+}
+h4, .h4
+{
+font-size:1em;
+line-height:1.2em;
+}
+.alignleft
+{
+text-align:left;
+}
+.alignright
+{
+text-align:right;
+}
+.alignblock
+{
+text-align:justify;
+}
+p.tb, hr.tb
+{
+margin-top: 1.6em;
+margin-bottom: 1.6em;
+margin-left: auto;
+margin-right: auto;
+text-align: center;
+}
+p.argument, p.note, p.tocArgument
+{
+font-size:0.9em;
+line-height:1.2em;
+text-indent:0;
+}
+p.argument, p.tocArgument
+{
+margin:1.58em 10%;
+}
+p.tocPart
+{
+margin:1.58em 0%;
+font-variant: small-caps;
+}
+p.tocChapter
+{
+margin:1.58em 0%;
+}
+p.tocSection
+{
+margin:0.7em 5%;
+}
+.opener, .address
+{
+margin-top: 1.6em;
+margin-bottom: 1.6em;
+}
+.addrline
+{
+margin-top: 0;
+margin-bottom: 0;
+}
+.dateline
+{
+margin-top: 1.6em;
+margin-bottom: 1.6em;
+text-align: right;
+}
+.salute
+{
+margin-top: 1.6em;
+margin-left: 3.58em;
+text-indent: -2em;
+}
+.signed
+{
+margin-top: 1.6em;
+margin-left: 3.58em;
+text-indent: -2em;
+}
+.epigraph
+{
+font-size:0.9em;
+line-height:1.2em;
+width: 60%;
+margin-left: auto;
+}
+.epigraph span.bibl
+{
+display: block;
+text-align: right;
+}
+.trailer
+{
+clear: both;
+padding-top: 2.4em;
+padding-bottom: 1.6em;
+}
+.figure
+{
+margin-left: auto;
+margin-right: auto;
+}
+.floatLeft
+{
+float:left;
+margin:10px 10px 10px 0;
+}
+.floatRight
+{
+float:right;
+margin:10px 0 10px 10px;
+}
+p.figureHead
+{
+font-size:100%;
+text-align:center;
+}
+.figAnnotation
+{
+font-size:80%;
+position:relative;
+margin: 0 auto; /* center this */
+}
+.figTopLeft, .figBottomLeft
+{
+float: left;
+}
+.figTop, .figBottom
+{
+}
+.figTopRight, .figBottomRight
+{
+float: right;
+}
+.hangq
+{
+text-indent: -0.35em;
+}
+.hangqq
+{
+text-indent: -0.44em;
+}
+.hangqqq
+{
+text-indent: -0.78em;
+}
+.figure p
+{
+font-size:80%;
+margin-top:0;
+text-align:center;
+}
+img
+{
+border-width:0;
+}
+p.smallprint,li.smallprint
+{
+color:#666666;
+font-size:80%;
+}
+span.parnum
+{
+font-weight: bold;
+}
+.marginnote
+{
+font-size:0.8em;
+height:0;
+left:1%;
+line-height:1.2em;
+position:absolute;
+text-indent:0;
+width:14%;
+}
+.pagenum
+{
+display:inline;
+font-size:70%;
+font-style:normal;
+margin:0;
+padding:0;
+position:absolute;
+right:1%;
+text-align:right;
+}
+a.noteref, a.pseudonoteref
+{
+font-size: 80%;
+text-decoration: none;
+vertical-align: 0.25em;
+}
+.displayfootnote
+{
+display: none;
+}
+div.footnotes
+{
+font-size: 80%;
+margin-top: 1em;
+padding: 0;
+}
+hr.fnsep
+{
+margin-left: 0;
+margin-right: 0;
+text-align: left;
+width: 25%;
+}
+p.footnote
+{
+margin-bottom: 0.5em;
+margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+p.footnote .label
+{
+float:left;
+width:2em;
+height:12pt;
+display:block;
+}
+/* Tables */
+tr, td, th
+{
+vertical-align: top;
+}
+td.bottom
+{
+vertical-align: bottom;
+}
+td.label, tr.label td
+{
+font-weight: bold;
+}
+td.unit, tr.unit td
+{
+font-style: italic;
+}
+td.sum
+{
+padding-top: 2px; border-top: solid black 1px;
+}
+/* Poetry */
+.lgouter
+{
+margin-left: auto;
+margin-right: auto;
+display:table; /* used to make the block shrink to the actual size */
+}
+.lg
+{
+text-align: left;
+}
+.lg h4, .lgouter h4
+{
+font-weight: normal;
+}
+.lg .linenum, .sp .linenum, .lgouter .linenum
+{
+color:#777;
+font-size:90%;
+left: 16%;
+margin:0;
+position:absolute;
+text-align:center;
+text-indent:0;
+top:auto;
+width:1.75em;
+}
+p.line
+{
+margin: 0 0% 0 0%;
+}
+span.hemistich /* invisible text to achieve visual effect of hemistich indentation. */
+{
+color: white;
+}
+.versenum
+{
+font-weight:bold;
+}
+/* Drama */
+.speaker
+{
+font-weight: bold;
+margin-bottom: 0.4em;
+}
+.sp .line
+{
+margin: 0 10%;
+text-align: left;
+}
+/* End Drama */
+/* right aligned page number in table of contents */
+.tocPagenum, .flushright
+{
+position: absolute;
+right: 16%;
+top: auto;
+}
+table.tocList
+{
+width: 100%;
+margin-left: auto;
+margin-right: auto;
+border-width: 0;
+border-collapse: collapse;
+}
+td.tocPageNum, td.tocDivNum
+{
+text-align: right;
+width: 10%;
+border-width: 0;
+}
+td.tocDivNum
+{
+padding-left: 0;
+padding-right: 0.5em;
+}
+td.tocPageNum
+{
+padding-left: 0.5em;
+padding-right: 0;
+}
+td.tocDivTitle
+{
+width: auto;
+}
+span.corr, span.gap
+{
+border-bottom:1px dotted red;
+}
+span.abbr
+{
+border-bottom:1px dotted gray;
+}
+span.measure
+{
+border-bottom:1px dotted green;
+}
+/* Font Styles and Colors */
+.ex
+{
+letter-spacing: 0.2em;
+}
+.sc
+{
+font-variant: small-caps;
+}
+.uc
+{
+text-transform: uppercase;
+}
+/* overline is actually a bit too high; overtilde is approximated with overline */
+.overline, .overtilde
+{
+text-decoration: overline;
+}
+.rm
+{
+font-style: normal;
+}
+.red
+{
+color: red;
+}
+/* End Font Styles and Colors */
+hr
+{
+clear:both;
+height:1px;
+margin-left:auto;
+margin-right:auto;
+margin-top:1em;
+text-align:center;
+width:45%;
+}
+.aligncenter, div.figure
+{
+text-align:center;
+}
+h1, h2
+{
+font-size:1.44em;
+line-height:1.5em;
+}
+h1.label, h2.label
+{
+font-size:1.2em;
+line-height:1.2em;
+margin-bottom:0;
+}
+h5, h6
+{
+font-size:1em;
+font-style:italic;
+line-height:1em;
+}
+p
+{
+text-indent:0;
+}
+p.firstlinecaps:first-line
+{
+text-transform: uppercase;
+}
+p.dropcap:first-letter
+{
+float: left;
+clear: left;
+margin: 0em 0.05em 0 0;
+padding: 0px;
+line-height: 0.8em;
+font-size: 420%;
+vertical-align:super;
+}
+.lg
+{
+padding: .5em 0% .5em 0%;
+}
+p.quote,div.blockquote, div.argument
+{
+font-size:0.9em;
+line-height:1.2em;
+margin:1.58em 5%;
+}
+.pagenum a, a.noteref:hover, a.hidden:hover, a.hidden
+{
+text-decoration:none;
+}
+ul { list-style-type: none; }
+.castlist, .castitem { list-style-type: none; }
+/* External Links */
+.pglink, .catlink, .exlink
+{
+background-repeat: no-repeat;
+background-position: right center;
+}
+.pglink
+{
+background-image: url(images/book.png);
+padding-right: 18px;
+}
+.catlink
+{
+background-image: url(images/card.png);
+padding-right: 17px;
+}
+.exlink
+{
+background-image: url(images/external.png);
+padding-right: 13px;
+}
+.pglink:hover
+{
+background-color: #DCFFDC;
+}
+.catlink:hover
+{
+background-color: #FFFFDC;
+}
+.exlink:hover
+{
+background-color: #FFDCDC;
+}
+body
+{
+background: #FFFFFF;
+font-family: "Times New Roman", Times, serif;
+}
+body, a.hidden
+{
+color: black;
+}
+.titlePage
+{
+color: #001FA4;
+font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;
+}
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, .h1, .h2, .h3, .h4
+{
+color: #001FA4;
+font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;
+}
+p.byline
+{
+font-style: italic;
+margin-bottom: 2em;
+}
+.figureHead, .noteref, .pseudonoteref, .marginnote, p.legend, .versenum, .stage
+{
+color: #001FA4;
+}
+.rightnote, .pagenum, .linenum, .pagenum a
+{
+color: #AAAAAA;
+}
+a.hidden:hover, a.noteref:hover
+{
+color: red;
+}
+p.dropcap:first-letter
+{
+color: #001FA4;
+font-weight: bold;
+}
+sub, sup
+{
+line-height: 0;
+}
+.pagenum, .linenum
+{
+speak: none;
+}
+</style>
+
+<style type="text/css">
+div.table
+{
+display: table;
+margin: 0px auto;
+}
+.xd20e2033
+{
+text-align:right;
+}
+.xd20e4461
+{
+text-align:center;
+}
+.xd20e15786
+{
+width:7.14%;
+}
+.xd20e17468
+{
+vertical-align:bottom; text-align:right;
+}
+.xd20e120
+{
+text-align:center;
+}
+.xd20e125width
+{
+width:522px;
+}
+.xd20e130width
+{
+width:380px;
+}
+.xd20e137width
+{
+width:443px;
+}
+.xd20e1981width
+{
+width:720px;
+}
+.xd20e1984
+{
+text-align:right;
+}
+.xd20e3252width
+{
+width:510px;
+}
+.xd20e3263width
+{
+width:515px;
+}
+.xd20e3450
+{
+text-align:right;
+}
+.xd20e3941width
+{
+width:720px;
+}
+.xd20e4220
+{
+text-align:center;
+}
+.xd20e4478width
+{
+width:37px;
+}
+.xd20e4486width
+{
+width:90px;
+}
+.xd20e4494width
+{
+width:88px;
+}
+.xd20e4502width
+{
+width:139px;
+}
+.xd20e4510width
+{
+width:88px;
+}
+.xd20e5718width
+{
+width:493px;
+}
+.xd20e6037width
+{
+width:720px;
+}
+.xd20e6100width
+{
+width:520px;
+}
+.xd20e6108width
+{
+width:720px;
+}
+.xd20e6263width
+{
+width:720px;
+}
+.xd20e6305width
+{
+width:720px;
+}
+.xd20e6310width
+{
+width:720px;
+}
+.xd20e6488width
+{
+width:553px;
+}
+.xd20e6920width
+{
+width:571px;
+}
+.xd20e7309width
+{
+width:720px;
+}
+.xd20e7388width
+{
+width:556px;
+}
+.xd20e7392width
+{
+width:557px;
+}
+.xd20e7601width
+{
+width:560px;
+}
+.xd20e7808width
+{
+width:720px;
+}
+.xd20e7812width
+{
+width:720px;
+}
+.xd20e7860
+{
+font-family:"sans serif";
+}
+.xd20e7871width
+{
+width:558px;
+}
+.xd20e7976
+{
+width:50%;
+}
+.xd20e8185width
+{
+width:720px;
+}
+.xd20e8545width
+{
+width:720px;
+}
+.xd20e8630width
+{
+width:684px;
+}
+.xd20e8639width
+{
+width:681px;
+}
+.xd20e8644width
+{
+width:465px;
+}
+.xd20e8696width
+{
+width:510px;
+}
+.xd20e9673width
+{
+width:513px;
+}
+.xd20e9682width
+{
+width:260px;
+}
+.xd20e9687width
+{
+width:265px;
+}
+.xd20e9692width
+{
+width:510px;
+}
+.xd20e9864width
+{
+width:720px;
+}
+.xd20e10105width
+{
+width:264px;
+}
+.xd20e10110width
+{
+width:270px;
+}
+.xd20e10115width
+{
+width:506px;
+}
+.xd20e10580width
+{
+width:556px;
+}
+.xd20e10999
+{
+inline image:images/tagbanua-q.gif;
+}
+.xd20e10999width
+{
+width:72px;
+}
+.xd20e11004
+{
+inline image:images/tagbanua-ng.gif;
+}
+.xd20e11004width
+{
+width:76px;
+}
+.xd20e11010
+{
+inline image:images/tagbanua-p.gif;
+}
+.xd20e11010width
+{
+width:74px;
+}
+.xd20e11015
+{
+inline image:images/tagbanua-uo.gif;
+}
+.xd20e11015width
+{
+width:76px;
+}
+.xd20e11021
+{
+inline image:images/tagbanua-o.gif;
+}
+.xd20e11021width
+{
+width:74px;
+}
+.xd20e11028
+{
+inline image:images/tagbanua-g.gif;
+}
+.xd20e11028width
+{
+width:76px;
+}
+.xd20e11034
+{
+inline image:images/tagbanua-e.gif;
+}
+.xd20e11034width
+{
+width:74px;
+}
+.xd20e11041
+{
+inline image:images/tagbanua-n.gif;
+}
+.xd20e11041width
+{
+width:76px;
+}
+.xd20e11047
+{
+inline image:images/tagbanua-d.gif;
+}
+.xd20e11047width
+{
+width:74px;
+}
+.xd20e11052
+{
+inline image:images/tagbanua-m.gif;
+}
+.xd20e11052width
+{
+width:76px;
+}
+.xd20e11058
+{
+inline image:images/tagbanua-c.gif;
+}
+.xd20e11058width
+{
+width:74px;
+}
+.xd20e11063
+{
+inline image:images/tagbanua-t.gif;
+}
+.xd20e11063width
+{
+width:76px;
+}
+.xd20e11069
+{
+inline image:images/tagbanua-b.gif;
+}
+.xd20e11069width
+{
+width:74px;
+}
+.xd20e11074
+{
+inline image:images/tagbanua-s.gif;
+}
+.xd20e11074width
+{
+width:76px;
+}
+.xd20e11080
+{
+inline image:images/tagbanua-a.gif;
+}
+.xd20e11080width
+{
+width:74px;
+}
+.xd20e11085
+{
+inline image:images/tagbanua-l.gif;
+}
+.xd20e11085width
+{
+width:77px;
+}
+.xd20e11099
+{
+inline image:images/tagbanua-a2.gif;
+}
+.xd20e11099width
+{
+width:66px;
+}
+.xd20e11104
+{
+inline image:images/tagbanua-ia.gif;
+}
+.xd20e11104width
+{
+width:66px;
+}
+.xd20e11110
+{
+inline image:images/tagbanua-o2.gif;
+}
+.xd20e11110width
+{
+width:66px;
+}
+.xd20e11115
+{
+inline image:images/tagbanua-ua.gif;
+}
+.xd20e11115width
+{
+width:66px;
+}
+.xd20e11121
+{
+inline image:images/tagbanua-e2.gif;
+}
+.xd20e11121width
+{
+width:66px;
+}
+.xd20e11540width
+{
+width:720px;
+}
+.xd20e11860width
+{
+width:720px;
+}
+.xd20e11904width
+{
+width:718px;
+}
+.xd20e11953width
+{
+width:720px;
+}
+.xd20e11958width
+{
+width:720px;
+}
+.xd20e12270width
+{
+width:522px;
+}
+.xd20e12363width
+{
+width:720px;
+}
+.xd20e12558width
+{
+width:508px;
+}
+.xd20e12658width
+{
+width:564px;
+}
+.xd20e12851width
+{
+width:503px;
+}
+</style>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+Project Gutenberg's The Inhabitants of the Philippines, by Frederic H. Sawyer
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Inhabitants of the Philippines
+
+Author: Frederic H. Sawyer
+
+Release Date: November 21, 2011 [EBook #38081]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE INHABITANTS OF THE PHILIPPINES ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Tamiko I. Rollings, Jeroen Hellingman and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+(This file was produced from images generously made
+available by Cornell University Digital Collections)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+<div class="front">
+<div class="div1 frenchtitle"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first xd20e120">The Inhabitants of the Philippines</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div1 frontispiece"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first"></p>
+<div class="figure xd20e125width" id="p000"><img src="images/p000.jpg"
+alt="Frontispiece." width="522" height="720">
+<p class="figureHead">Frontispiece.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="figure xd20e130width"><img src="images/signature.gif" alt=
+"Signed: Yours very truly, Frederic H Sawyer" width="380" height=
+"212"></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div1 titlepage"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first"></p>
+<div class="figure xd20e137width"><img src="images/titlepage.gif" alt=
+"Original Title Page." width="443" height="720"></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="titlePage">
+<div class="docTitle">
+<div class="mainTitle">The Inhabitants of the Philippines</div>
+</div>
+<div class="byline">By<br>
+<span class="docAuthor">Frederic H. Sawyer</span><br>
+Memb. Inst. C.E., Memb. Inst. N.A.</div>
+<div class="docImprint">London<br>
+Sampson Low, Marston and Company <i>Limited</i><br>
+St. Dunstan&rsquo;s House<br>
+<i>Fetter Lane, Fleet Street, E.C.</i><br>
+<span class="docDate">1900</span></div>
+</div>
+<div class="div1 imprint"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first xd20e120">London:<br>
+Printed by William Clowes and Sons, <span class=
+"sc">Limited</span>,<br>
+Stamford Street and Charing Cross. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"xd20e182" href="#xd20e182" name="xd20e182">v</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div1 preface"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="main">Preface.</h2>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The writer feels that no English book does justice to
+the natives of the Philippines, and this conviction has impelled him to
+publish his own more favourable estimate of them. He arrived in Manila
+with a thorough command of the Spanish language, and soon acquired a
+knowledge of the Tagal dialect. His avocations brought him into contact
+with all classes of the community&mdash;officials, priests,
+land-owners, mechanics, and peasantry: giving him an unrivalled
+opportunity to learn their ideas and observe their manners and customs.
+He resided in Luzon for fourteen years, making trips either on business
+or for sport all over the Central and Southern Provinces, also visiting
+Ceb&uacute;, Iloilo, and other ports in Visayas, as well as Calamianes,
+Cuyos, and Palawan.</p>
+<p>Old Spanish chroniclers praise the good breeding of the natives, and
+remark the quick intelligence of the young.</p>
+<p>Recent writers are less favourable; Ca&ntilde;amaque holds them up
+to ridicule, Monteverde denies them the possession of any good quality
+either of body or mind.</p>
+<p>Foreman declares that a voluntary concession of justice is regarded
+by them as a sign of weakness; other writers judge them from a few
+days&rsquo; experience of some of the cross-bred corrupted denizens of
+Manila.</p>
+<p>Mr. Whitelaw Reid denounces them as rebels, savages, and treacherous
+barbarians.</p>
+<p>Mr. McKinley is struck by their ingratitude for American kindness
+and mercy. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd20e198" href="#xd20e198"
+name="xd20e198">vi</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Senator Beveridge declares that the inhabitants of Mindanao are
+incapable of civilisation.</p>
+<p>It seems to have been left to French and German contemporary
+writers, such as Dr. Montano and Professor Blumentritt to show a more
+appreciative, and the author thinks, a fairer spirit, than those who
+have requited the hospitality of the Filipinos by painting them in the
+darkest colours. It will be only fair to exempt from this censure two
+American naval officers, Paymaster Wilcox and Mr. L. S. Sargent, who
+travelled in North Luzon and drew up a report of what they saw.</p>
+<p>As regards the accusation of being savages, the Tagals can claim to
+have treated their prisoners of war, both Spaniards and Americans with
+humanity, and to be fairer fighters than the Boers.</p>
+<p>The writer has endeavoured to describe the people as he found them.
+If his estimate of them is more favourable than that of others, it may
+be that he exercised more care in declining to do business with, or to
+admit to his service natives of doubtful reputation; for he found his
+clients punctual in their payments, and his employ&eacute;s, workmen
+and servants, skilful, industrious, and grateful for benefits
+bestowed.</p>
+<p>If the natives fared badly at the hands of recent authors, the
+Spanish Administration fared worse, for it has been painted in the
+darkest tints, and unsparingly condemned.</p>
+<p>It was indeed corrupt and defective, and what government is not?
+More than anything, it was behind the age, yet it was not without its
+good points.</p>
+<p>Until an inept bureaucracy was substituted for the old paternal
+rule, and the revenue quadrupled by increased taxation, the Filipinos
+were as happy a community as could be found in any colony. The
+population greatly multiplied; they lived in competence, if not in
+affluence; cultivation was extended, and the exports steadily
+increased.</p>
+<p>The natives were secured the perpetual usufruct of the <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="xd20e216" href="#xd20e216" name=
+"xd20e216">vii</a>]</span>land they tilled, they were protected against
+the usurer, that curse of East and West.</p>
+<p>In guaranteeing the land to the husbandman, the &ldquo;Laws of the
+Indies&rdquo; compare favourably with the law of the United States
+regarding Indian land tenure. The Supreme Court in 1823 decided that
+&ldquo;discovery gives the dominion of the land discovered to the
+States of which the discoverers were the subjects.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>It has been almost an axiom with some writers that no advance was
+made or could be made under Spanish rule.</p>
+<p>There were difficulties indeed. The Colonial Minister, importuned on
+the one hand by doctrinaire liberals, whose crude schemes of reform
+would have set the Archipelago on fire, and confronted on the other by
+the serried phalanx of the Friars with their hired literary bravos, was
+very much in the position of being between the devil and the deep sea,
+or, as the Spaniards phrase it &ldquo;<span lang="es">entre la espada y
+la pared</span>.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Even thus the Administration could boast of some reforms and
+improvements.</p>
+<p>The hateful slavery of the Cagayanes had been abolished; the forced
+cultivation of tobacco was a thing of the past, and in all the
+Archipelago the <i>corv&eacute;e</i> had been reduced.</p>
+<p>A telegraph cable connecting Manila with Hong Kong and the
+world&rsquo;s telegraph system had been laid and subsidized. Telegraph
+wires were extended to all the principal towns of Luzon; lines of mail
+steamers to all the principal ports of the Archipelago were established
+and subsidized. A railway <span class="measure" title=
+"193 kilometers">120 miles</span> long had been built from Manila to
+Dagupan under guarantee. A steam tramway had been laid to Malabon, and
+horse tramways through the suburbs of Manila. The Quay walls of the
+Pasig had been improved, and the river illuminated from its mouth to
+the bridge by powerful electric arc lights.</p>
+<p>Several lighthouses had been built, others were in progress. A
+capacious harbour was in construction, although unfortunately defective
+in design and execution. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd20e241" href=
+"#xd20e241" name="xd20e241">viii</a>]</span>The Manila waterworks had
+been completed and greatly reduced the mortality of the city. The
+schools were well attended, and a large proportion of the population
+could read and write. Technical schools had been established in Manila
+and Iloilo, and were eagerly attended. Credit appears to be due to the
+Administration for these measures, but it is rare to see any mention of
+them.</p>
+<p>As regards the Religious Orders that have played so important a part
+scarcely a word has been said in their favour. Worcester declares his
+conviction that their influence is wholly bad. However they take a lot
+of killing and seem to have got round the Peace Commission and General
+Otis.</p>
+<p>They are not wholly bad, and they have had a glorious history. They
+held the islands from 1570 to 1828, without any permanent garrison of
+Spanish regular troops, and from 1828 to 1883 with about 1500
+artillerymen. They did <span class="corr" id="xd20e248" title=
+"Source: no">not</span> entirely rely upon brute force. They are
+certainly no longer suited to the circumstances of the Philippines
+having survived their utility. They are an anachronism. But they have
+brought the Philippines a long way on the path of civilisation. Let us
+be just; what British, French, or Dutch colony, populated by natives,
+can compare with the Philippines as they were till 1895?</p>
+<p>And what about American rule? It has begun unfortunately, and has
+raised a feeling of hatred in the natives that will take a generation
+to efface. It will not be enough for the United States to beat down
+armed resistance. A huge army must be maintained to keep the natives
+down. As soon as the Americans are at war with one of the Great Powers,
+the natives will rise; whenever a land-tax is imposed there will be an
+insurrection.</p>
+<p>The great difference between this war and former insurrections is
+that now for the first time the natives have rifles and ammunition, and
+have learned to use them. Not all the United States Navy can stop them
+from bringing in fresh supplies. Unless some arrangement is come to
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd20e255" href="#xd20e255" name=
+"xd20e255">ix</a>]</span>with the natives, there can be no lasting
+peace. Such an arrangement I believe quite possible, and that it could
+be brought about in a manner satisfactory to both parties.</p>
+<p>This would not be, however, on the lines suggested in the
+<i>National Review</i> of September under the heading, &ldquo;Will the
+United States withdraw from the Philippines?&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Three centuries of Spanish rule is not a fit preparation for
+undertaking the government of the Archipelago. But Central and Southern
+Luzon, with the adjacent islands, might be formed into a State whose
+inhabitants would be all Tagals and Vicols, and the northern part into
+another State whose most important peoples would be the Pampangos, the
+Pangasinanes, the Ilocanos, and the Cagayanes; the Igorrotes and other
+heathen having a special Protector to look after their interests.</p>
+<p>Visayas might form a third State, all the inhabitants being of that
+race, whilst Mindanao and Southern Palawan should be entirely governed
+by Americans like a British Crown Colony.</p>
+<p>The Sulu Sultanate could be a Protectorate similar to North Borneo
+or the Malay States. Manila could be a sort of Federal District, and
+the Consuls would be accredited to the President&rsquo;s
+representative, the foreign relations being solely under his direction.
+There should be one tariff for all the islands, for revenue only,
+treating all nations alike, the custom houses, telegraphs, post
+offices, and lighthouse service being administered by United States
+officials, either native or American. With power thus limited, the
+Tagals, Pampangos, and Visayas might be entrusted with their own
+affairs, and no garrisons need be kept, except in certain selected
+healthy spots, always having transports at hand to convey them wherever
+they were wanted. If, as seems probable, Mr. McKinley should be
+re-elected, I hope he will attempt some such arrangement, and I
+heartily wish him success in pacifying this sorely troubled country,
+the scene of four years continuous massacre. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="xd20e268" href="#xd20e268" name=
+"xd20e268">x</a>]</span></p>
+<p>The Archipelago is at present in absolute anarchy, the exports have
+diminished by half, and whereas we used to travel and camp out in
+absolute security, now no white man dare show his face more than a mile
+from a garrison.</p>
+<p>Notwithstanding this, some supporters of the Administration in the
+States are advising young men with capital that there is a great
+opening for them as planters in the Islands.</p>
+<p>There may be when the Islands are pacified, but not before.</p>
+<p>To all who contemplate proceeding to or doing any business, or
+taking stock in any company in the Philippines, I recommend a careful
+study of my book. They cannot fail to benefit by it.</p>
+<p class="signed"><span class="sc">Red Hill</span>, <i>Oct. 15th,
+1900</i>. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd20e285" href="#xd20e285"
+name="xd20e285">xi</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div1 credits"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="main">Sal&aacute;mat.</h2>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The author desires to express his hearty thanks to all
+those who have assisted him.</p>
+<p>To Father Joaquin Sancho, S.J., Procurator of Colonial Missions,
+Madrid, for the books, maps and photographs relating to Mindanao, with
+permission to use them.</p>
+<p>To Mr. H. W. B. Harrison of the British Embassy, Madrid, for his
+kindness in taking photographs and obtaining books.</p>
+<p>To Don Francisco de P. Vigil, Director of the Colonial Museum,
+Madrid, for affording special facilities for photographing the Anitos
+and other curiosities of the Igorrotes.</p>
+<p>To Messrs. J. Laurent and Co., Madrid, for permission to reproduce
+interesting photographs of savage and civilised natives.</p>
+<p>To Mr. George Gilchrist of Manila, for photographs, and for the use
+of his diary with particulars of the Tagal insurrection, and for
+descriptions of some incidents of which he was an eye-witness.</p>
+<p>To Mr. C. E. de Bertodano, C.E., of Victoria Street, Westminster,
+for the use of books of reference and for information afforded.</p>
+<p>To Mr. William Harrison of Billiter Square, E.C., for the use of
+photographs of Vicols cleaning hemp.</p>
+<p>To the late Mr. F. W. Campion of Trumpets Hill, Reigate, for the
+photograph of Salacot and Bolo taken from very fine specimens in his
+possession, and for the use of other photographs. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="xd20e307" href="#xd20e307" name=
+"xd20e307">xii</a>]</span></p>
+<p>To Messrs. Smith, Bell and Co. of Manila, for the very complete
+table of exports which they most kindly supplied.</p>
+<p>To Don Sixto Lopez of Balayan, for the loan of the Congressional
+Record, the Blue Book of the 55th Congress, 3rd Session, and other
+books.</p>
+<p>To the Superintendent of the Reading Room and his Assistants for
+their courtesy and help when consulting the old Spanish histories in
+the noble library of the British Museum. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"xd20e315" href="#xd20e315" name="xd20e315">xiii</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div1 bibliography"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="main">Alphabetical List of Works Cited, Referred to, or
+Studied whilst Preparing this Work.</h2>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first"><i>Abella, Enrique</i>&mdash;&lsquo;<span lang=
+"es">Informes</span>&rsquo; (Reports).</p>
+<p><i>Anonymous</i>&mdash;&lsquo;<span lang="es">Cat&aacute;logo
+Oficial de la Exposicion de Filipinas</span>&rsquo;; &lsquo;<span lang=
+"es">Filipinas: Problema Fundamental</span>,&rsquo; 1887;
+&lsquo;<span lang="es">Relacion de las Yslas Filipinas</span>,&rsquo;
+1595; &lsquo;<span lang="es">Las Filipinas se pierden</span>,&rsquo; a
+scurrilous Spanish pamphlet, Manila, 1841; &lsquo;<span lang="es">Aviso
+al publico</span>,&rsquo; account of an attempt by the French to cause
+Joseph Bonaparte to be acknowledged King of the Philippines.</p>
+<p><i>Barrantes Vicente</i>&mdash;&lsquo;<span lang="es">Guerras
+piraticas de Filipinas contra Mindanaos y Joloanos</span>,&rsquo;
+Madrid, 1878, and other writings.</p>
+<p><i>Becke, Louis</i>&mdash;&lsquo;Wild Life in Southern
+Seas.&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>Bent, Mrs. Theodore</i>&mdash;&lsquo;Southern Arabia.&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>Blanco, Padre</i>&mdash;&lsquo;<span lang="es">Flora
+Filipina</span>.&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>Blumentritt, Professor Ferdinand</i>&mdash;&lsquo;<span lang=
+"de">Versuch einer Ethnographie der Philippinen</span>&rsquo;
+(<span class="corr" id="xd20e374" title=
+"Source: Petermans">Petermann&rsquo;s</span>).</p>
+<p><i>Brant&ocirc;me, Abb&eacute; de</i>&mdash;(In Motley&rsquo;s
+&lsquo;<a class="pglink xd20e41" title=
+"Link to Project Gutenberg ebook" href=
+"https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/4823">Rise of the Dutch
+Republic</a>.&rsquo;)</p>
+<p><i>Cavada, Agustin de la</i>&mdash;&lsquo;<span lang="es">Historia,
+Geografica, Geologica, y estadistica de Filipinas</span>,&rsquo;
+Manila, 1876, 1877.</p>
+<p><i>Centeno, Jos&eacute;</i>&mdash;&lsquo;<span lang=
+"es">Informes</span>&rsquo; (Reports).</p>
+<p><i>Clifford, Hugh</i>&mdash;&lsquo;Studies in Brown Humanity,&rsquo;
+&lsquo;In Court and Kampong.&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>Comyn, Tomas de.</i></p>
+<p><i><span class="corr" id="xd20e409" title=
+"Source: Crauford">Crawford</span>, John</i>&mdash;&lsquo;History of
+the Indian Archipelago,&rsquo; Edinburgh, 1820; &lsquo;Descriptive
+Dictionary of the Indian Islands,&rsquo; London, 1856.</p>
+<p><i>Cuming, E. D.</i>&mdash;&lsquo;With the Jungle Folk.&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>Dampier, William</i>&mdash;(from Pinkerton).</p>
+<p><i>De Guignes</i>&mdash;&lsquo;Voyage to Pekin, Manila, and Isle of
+France.&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>D&rsquo;Urville, Dumont.</i></p>
+<p><i>Foreman, John</i>&mdash;&lsquo;<a class="pglink xd20e41" title=
+"Link to Project Gutenberg ebook" href=
+"https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/22815">The Philippine
+Islands</a>,&rsquo; first and second editions.</p>
+<p><i>Garcilasso, Inca de la Vega</i>&mdash;&lsquo;Comentarios
+R&eacute;ales.&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>Gironi&egrave;re, Paul de la</i>&mdash;&lsquo;<a class=
+"pglink xd20e41" title="Link to Project Gutenberg ebook" href=
+"https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/21804">Vingt ans aux <span class=
+"corr" id="xd20e446" title=
+"Source: Phillipines">Philippines</span></a>.&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>Jagor, F.</i>&mdash;&lsquo;<a class="pglink xd20e41" title=
+"Link to Project Gutenberg ebook" href=
+"https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/10770">Travels in the
+Philippines</a>.&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>Jesuits, Society of</i>&mdash;&lsquo;<span lang="es">Cartas de
+los P.P. de la C<sup>ia</sup> de Jesus de la mision de
+Filipinas</span>,&rsquo; Cuad<sup>s</sup> ix y x (1891&ndash;95);
+&lsquo;<span lang="es">Estados Generales</span>,&rsquo; Manila, 1896,
+1897; &lsquo;<span lang="es">Mapa Politica Hidrografica</span>&rsquo;;
+&lsquo;<span lang="es">Plano de los Distritos 2<sup>o</sup> y
+5<sup>o</sup> de Mindanao</span>&rsquo;; &lsquo;<span lang="es">Mapa de
+Basilan</span>.&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>Mas, Sinibaldo de</i>&mdash;&lsquo;<span lang="es">Informe sobre
+el estado de las Yslas Filipinas en 1842</span>.&rsquo; <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="xd20e496" href="#xd20e496" name=
+"xd20e496">xiv</a>]</span></p>
+<p><i>Montano, Dr. J.</i>&mdash;&lsquo;<span lang="fr">Voyage aux
+Philippines</span>,&rsquo; Paris, 1886.</p>
+<p><i>Monteverde, Colonel Federico de</i>&mdash;&lsquo;<span lang=
+"es">La Division Lachambre</span>.&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>Morga, Antonio de</i>&mdash;&lsquo;<span lang="es">Sucesos de las
+Yslas Filipinas</span>,&rsquo; Mejico, 1609.</p>
+<p><i>Motley, John Lothrop</i>&mdash;&lsquo;<a class="pglink xd20e41"
+title="Link to Project Gutenberg ebook" href=
+"https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/4823">Rise of the Dutch
+Republic</a>.&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>Navarro, Fr. Eduardo</i>&mdash;&lsquo;<span lang="es">Filipinas.
+Estudio de Asuntos de momento</span>,&rsquo; 1897.</p>
+<p><i>Nieto Jos&eacute;</i>&mdash;&lsquo;<a class="pglink xd20e41"
+title="Link to Project Gutenberg ebook" href=
+"https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/15334">Mindanao, su Historia y
+Geographia</a>,&rsquo; 1894.</p>
+<p><i>Palgrave, W. G.</i>&mdash;&lsquo;Ulysses, or Scenes in Many
+Lands&rsquo;; &lsquo;Malay Life in the Philippines.&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>Petermann</i>&mdash;<span lang="de">&lsquo;Petermanns
+Mitth.&rsquo;, Erg&auml;nzungsheft N<sup>r</sup> 67, Gotha,
+1882.</span></p>
+<p><i>Pigafetta</i>&mdash;&lsquo;Voyage Round the World,&rsquo;
+Pinkerton, vol. ii.</p>
+<p><i>Prescott</i>&mdash;&lsquo;<a class="pglink xd20e41" title=
+"Link to Project Gutenberg ebook" href=
+"https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/1323">Conquest of Peru.</a>&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>Posewitz, Dr. Theodor</i>&mdash;&lsquo;Borneo, its Geology and
+Mineral Resources.&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>Rathbone</i>&mdash;&lsquo;Camping and Tramping in
+Malaya.&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>Reyes, Ysabelo de los</i>&mdash;Pamphlet.</p>
+<p><i><span class="corr" id="xd20e579" title=
+"Source: Risal">Rizal</span></i>&mdash;&lsquo;Noli me
+Tangere.&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>St. John, Spenser</i>&mdash;&lsquo;Life in the Forests of the Far
+East.&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>Torquemada, Fray Juan</i>&mdash;&lsquo;Monarquia
+Indiana.&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>Traill, H. D.</i>&mdash;&lsquo;Lord Cromer.&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>Vila, Francisco</i>&mdash;&lsquo;Filipinas,&rsquo; 1880.</p>
+<p><i>Wallace, Alfred R.</i>&mdash;&lsquo;<a class="pglink xd20e41"
+title="Link to Project Gutenberg ebook" href=
+"https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/2530">The Malay
+Archipelago</a>.&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>Wingfield, Hon. Lewis</i>&mdash;&lsquo;Wanderings of a
+Globe-trotter.&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>Worcester, Dean C.</i>&mdash;&lsquo;The Philippine Islands and
+their People.&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>Younghusband, Major</i>&mdash;&lsquo;The Philippines and Round
+About.&rsquo;</p>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Magazine Articles.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first"><i>Scribner</i> (<i>George F.
+Becker</i>)&mdash;&lsquo;Are the Philippines Worth Having?&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>Blackwood</i> (<i>Anonymous</i>)&mdash;&lsquo;The Case of the
+Philippines.&rsquo;</p>
+<p><i>Tennie, G. Claflin</i> (<i>Lady Cook</i>)&mdash;&lsquo;Virtue
+Defined&rsquo; (<i>New York Herald</i>).</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Speeches.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first"><i>President McKinley</i>: To the 10th Pennsylvania
+Regiment, Pittsburgh.</p>
+<p><i>Mr. Whitelaw Reid</i>: To the Miami University, Ohio.</p>
+<p><i>Senator Hoar</i>, in the Senate.</p>
+<p><i>Blue Book</i>&mdash;55th Congress, 3rd Session, Doc. No. 62, Part
+I. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd20e664" href="#xd20e664" name=
+"xd20e664">xi</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="toc" class="div1 contents"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="main">Contents.</h2>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first tocPart"><a href="#intro">Introductory and
+Descriptive.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch1">Chapter I.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">Extent, Beauty and Fertility.
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum">Pages</span></p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Extent, beauty and fertility of the
+Archipelago&mdash;Variety of landscape&mdash;Vegetation&mdash;Mango
+trees&mdash;Bamboos &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">1&ndash;6</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch2">Chapter II.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">Spanish Government.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Slight sketch of organization&mdash;Distribution
+of population&mdash;Collection of taxes&mdash;The stick
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum">7&ndash;13</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch3">Chapter III.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">Six Governors-General.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Moriones&mdash;Primo de
+Rivera&mdash;Jovellar&mdash;Terreros&mdash;Weyler&mdash;Despujols
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">14&ndash;23</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch4">Chapter IV.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">Courts of Justice.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Alcaldes&mdash;The Audiencia&mdash;The Guardia
+Civil&mdash;Do not hesitate to shoot&mdash;Talas
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">24&ndash;30</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch5">Chapter V.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">Tagal Crime and Spanish Justice.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">The murder of a Spaniard&mdash;Promptitude of
+the Courts&mdash;The case of Juan de la Cruz&mdash;Twelve years in
+prison waiting trial&mdash;Piratical outrage in Luzon&mdash;Culprits
+never tried; several die in prison &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum">31&ndash;47</span> <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="xd20e731" href="#xd20e731" name=
+"xd20e731">xvi</a>]</span></p>
+<p class="tocPart">Historical.</p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch6">Chapter VI.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">Causes of Tagal Revolt.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Corrupt officials&mdash;&ldquo;Laws of the
+Indies&rdquo;&mdash;Philippines a dependency of Mexico, up to
+1800&mdash;The opening of the Suez Canal&mdash;Hordes of useless
+officials&mdash;The Asimilistas&mdash;Discontent, but no
+disturbance&mdash;Absence of crime&mdash;Natives petition for the
+expulsion of the Friars&mdash;Many signatories of the petition punished
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">48&ndash;56</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch7">Chapter VII.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">The Religious Orders.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">The Augustinians&mdash;Their glorious
+founder&mdash;Austin Friars in
+England&mdash;Scotland&mdash;Mexico&mdash;They sail with Villalobos for
+the Islands of the Setting Sun&mdash;Their disastrous voyage&mdash;Fray
+Andres Urdaneta and his companions&mdash;Foundation of Ceb&uacute; and
+Manila with two hundred and forty other towns&mdash;Missions to Japan
+and China&mdash;The Flora Filipina&mdash;The Franciscans&mdash;The
+Jesuits&mdash;The Dominicans&mdash;The Recollets&mdash;Statistics of
+the religious orders in the islands&mdash;Turbulence of the
+friars&mdash;Always ready to fight for their country&mdash;Furnish a
+war ship and command it&mdash;Refuse to exhibit the titles of their
+estates in 1689&mdash;The Augustinians take up arms against the
+British&mdash;Ten of them fall on the field of battle&mdash;Their
+rectories sacked and burnt&mdash;Bravery of the archbishop and friars
+in 1820&mdash;Father Iba&ntilde;ez raises a battalion&mdash;Leads it to
+the assault of a Moro Cotta&mdash;Execution of native priests in
+1872&mdash;Small garrison in the islands&mdash;Influence of the
+friars&mdash;Their behaviour&mdash;Herr
+Jagor&mdash;Foreman&mdash;Worcester&mdash;Younghusband&mdash;Opinion of
+Pope Clement X.&mdash;Tennie C. Claflin&mdash;Equality of
+opportunity&mdash;Statesque figures of the girls&mdash;The
+author&rsquo;s experience of the Friars&mdash;The Philippine
+clergy&mdash;Who shall cast the first stone!&mdash;Constitution of the
+orders&mdash;Life of a friar&mdash;May become an Archbishop&mdash;The
+Chapter &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">57&ndash;70</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch8">Chapter VIII.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">Their Estates.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Malinta and Piedad&mdash;Mandaloyan&mdash;San
+Francisco de Malabon&mdash;Irrigation
+works&mdash;Imus&mdash;Calamba&mdash;Cabuyao&mdash;Santa Rosa
+Bi&ntilde;an&mdash;San Pedro Tunasan&mdash;Naic&mdash;Santa
+Cruz&mdash;<span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd20e765" href="#xd20e765"
+name="xd20e765">xvii</a>]</span>Estates a bone of contention for
+centuries&mdash;Principal cause of revolt of Tagals&mdash;But the Peace
+Commission guarantee the Orders in possession&mdash;Pacification
+retarded&mdash;Summary&mdash;The Orders must go!&mdash;And be replaced
+by natives &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">71&ndash;78</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch9">Chapter IX.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">Secret Societies.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Masonic Lodges&mdash;Execution or exile of
+Masons in 1872&mdash;The &ldquo;Asociacion Hispano
+Filipina&rdquo;&mdash;The &ldquo;Liga Filipina&rdquo;&mdash;The
+Katipunan&mdash;Its programme &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">79&ndash;83</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch10">Chapter X.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">The Insurrection of 1896&ndash;97.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Combat at San Juan del Monte&mdash;Insurrection
+spreading&mdash;Arrival of reinforcements from Spain&mdash;Rebel
+entrenchments&mdash;Rebel arms and artillery&mdash;Spaniards repulsed
+from Binac&aacute;yan&mdash;and from Noveleta&mdash;Mutiny of
+Carabineros&mdash;Prisoners at Cavite attempt to
+escape&mdash;Iniquities of the Spanish War
+Office&mdash;Lachambre&rsquo;s division&mdash;Rebel
+organization&mdash;Rank and badges&mdash;Lachambre advances&mdash;He
+captures Silang&mdash;Perez
+Dasmari&ntilde;as&mdash;Salitran&mdash;Anabo II.
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">84&ndash;96</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch11">Chapter XI.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">The Insurrection of
+1896&ndash;97&mdash;<i>continued</i>.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">The Division encamps at San Nicolas&mdash;Work
+of the native Engineer soldiers&mdash;The division marches to
+Salitran&mdash;Second action at Anabo II.&mdash;Crispulo Aguinaldo
+killed&mdash;Storming the entrenchments of Anabo I.&mdash;Burning of
+Imus by the rebels&mdash;Proclamation by General
+Polavieja&mdash;Occupation of Bacoor&mdash;Difficult march of the
+division&mdash;San Antonio taken by assault&mdash;Division in action
+with all its artillery&mdash;Capture of Noveleta&mdash;San Francisco
+taken by assault&mdash;Heavy loss of the Tagals&mdash;Losses of the
+division&mdash;The division broken up&mdash;Monteverde&rsquo;s
+book&mdash;Polaveija returns to Spain&mdash;Primo de Rivera arrives to
+take his place&mdash;General Monet&rsquo;s butcheries&mdash;The pact of
+Biak-na-Bato&mdash;The 74th Regiment joins the insurgents&mdash;The
+massacre of the Calle Camba&mdash;Amnesty for torturers&mdash;Torture
+in other countries &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">97&ndash;108</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch12">Chapter XII.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">The Americans in the Philippines.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Manila Bay&mdash;The naval battle of
+Cavite&mdash;General Aguinaldo&mdash;Progress of the Tagals&mdash;The
+Tagal Republic&mdash;Who were the aggressors?&mdash;Requisites for a
+settlement&mdash;Scenes of drunkenness&mdash;The estates of the
+religious orders to be <span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd20e815" href=
+"#xd20e815" name="xd20e815">xviii</a>]</span>restored&mdash;Slow
+progress of the campaign&mdash;Colonel Funston&rsquo;s gallant
+exploits&mdash;Colonel Stotsenburg&rsquo;s heroic death&mdash;General
+Antonio Luna&rsquo;s gallant rally of his troops at
+Macabebe&mdash;Reports manipulated&mdash;Imaginary hills and
+jungles&mdash;Want of co-operation between Army and Navy&mdash;Advice
+of Sir Andrew Clarke&mdash;Naval officers as administrators&mdash;Mr.
+Whitelaw Reid&rsquo;s denunciations&mdash;Senator Hoar&rsquo;s
+opinion&mdash;Mr. McKinley&rsquo;s speech at Pittsburgh&mdash;The false
+prophets of the Philippines&mdash;Tagal opinion of American
+Rule&mdash;Se&ntilde;or Mabini&rsquo;s manifesto&mdash;Don Macario
+Adriatico&rsquo;s letter&mdash;Foreman&rsquo;s prophecy&mdash;The
+administration misled&mdash;Racial antipathy&mdash;The curse of the
+Redskins&mdash;The recall of General Otis&mdash;McArthur calls for
+reinforcements&mdash;Sixty-five thousand men and forty ships of
+war&mdash;State of the islands&mdash;Aguinaldo on the Taft Commission
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">109&ndash;123</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch13">Chapter XIII.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">Native Admiration for America.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Their fears of a corrupt government&mdash;The
+islands might be an earthly paradise&mdash;Wanted, the man&mdash;Rajah
+Brooke&mdash;Sir Andrew Clarke&mdash;Hugh Clifford&mdash;John
+Nicholson&mdash;Charles Gordon&mdash;Evelyn Baring&mdash;Mistakes of
+the Peace Commission&mdash;Government should be a
+Protectorate&mdash;Fighting men should be made governors&mdash;What
+might have been&mdash;The Malay race&mdash;Senator Hoar&rsquo;s
+speech&mdash;Four years&rsquo; slaughter of the Tagals
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">124&ndash;128</span></p>
+<p class="tocPart">Resources of the Philippines.</p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch14">Chapter XIV.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">Resources of the Philippines.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">At the Spanish conquest&mdash;Rice&mdash;the
+lowest use the land can be put to&mdash;How the Americans are
+misled&mdash;Substitutes for rice&mdash;Wheat formerly
+grown&mdash;Tobacco&mdash;Compa&ntilde;ia General de
+Tabacos&mdash;Abac&aacute;&mdash;Practically a monopoly of the
+Philippines&mdash;Sugar&mdash;Coffee&mdash;Cacao&mdash;Indigo&mdash;Cocoa-nut
+oil&mdash;Rafts of nuts&mdash;Copra&mdash;True localities for cocoa
+palm groves Summary&mdash;More sanguine forecasts&mdash;Common-sense
+view &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">129&ndash;138</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch15">Chapter XV.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">Forestal.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Value exaggerated&mdash;Difficulties of labour
+and transport&mdash;Special sawing machinery required&mdash;Market for
+timber in the islands&mdash;Teak not found&mdash;Jungle
+produce&mdash;Warning to investors in companies&mdash;Gutta percha
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum">139&ndash;142</span>
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd20e856" href="#xd20e856" name=
+"xd20e856">xix</a>]</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch16">Chapter XVI.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">The Minerals.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument"><i>Gold</i>: Dampier&mdash;Pigafetta&mdash;De
+Comyn&mdash;Placers in Luzon&mdash;Gapan&mdash;River Agno&mdash;The
+Igorrotes&mdash;Auriferous quartz from
+Antaniac&mdash;Capunga&mdash;Pangutantan&mdash;Goldpits at
+Suyuc&mdash;Atimonan&mdash;Paracale&mdash;Mambulao&mdash;Mount
+Labo&mdash;Surigao River Siga&mdash;Gigaquil, Caninon-Binutong, and
+Cansostral
+Mountains&mdash;Misamis&mdash;Pighoulugan&mdash;Iponan&mdash;Pigtao&mdash;Dendritic
+gold from Misamis&mdash;Placer gold traded away
+surreptitiously&mdash;Cannot be taxed&mdash;Spanish mining
+laws&mdash;Pettifogging lawyers&mdash;Prospects for gold seekers.
+<i>Copper</i>: Native copper at Surigao and Torrijos
+(Mindoro)&mdash;Copper deposits at Mancayan worked by the
+Igorrotes&mdash;Spanish company&mdash;Insufficient data&mdash;Caution
+required. <i>Iron</i>: Rich ores found in the Cordillera of
+Luzon&mdash;Worked by natives&mdash;Some Europeans have attempted but
+failed&mdash;Red hematite in Ceb&uacute;&mdash;Brown hematite in
+Paracale&mdash;Both red and brown in Capiz&mdash;Oxydised iron in
+Misamis&mdash;Magnetic iron in San Miguel de
+Mayumo&mdash;Possibilities. <i>Coal</i> (so called): Beds of lignite
+upheaved&mdash;Vertical seams at Sugud&mdash;Reason of
+failure&mdash;Analysis of Masbate lignite. <i>Various minerals</i>:
+Galena&mdash;Red lead&mdash;Graphite&mdash;Quicksilver&mdash;Sulphur
+Asbestos&mdash;Yellow ochre&mdash;Kaolin, Marble&mdash;Plastic
+clays&mdash;Mineral waters &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">143&ndash;157</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch17">Chapter XVII.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">Manufactures and Industries.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Cigars and
+cigarettes&mdash;Textiles&mdash;Cotton&mdash;Abac&aacute;&mdash;J&uacute;si&mdash;Rengue&mdash;Nipis&mdash;Saguran&mdash;Sinam&aacute;y&mdash;Guingon&mdash;Silk
+handkerchiefs&mdash;Pi&ntilde;a&mdash;Cordage&mdash;Bayones&mdash;Esteras&mdash;Baskets&mdash;Lager
+beer&mdash;Alcohol&mdash;Wood oils and resins&mdash;Essence of
+Ylang-ilang&mdash;Salt&mdash;Bricks&mdash;Tiles&mdash;Cooking-pots&mdash;Pilones&mdash;Ollas&mdash;Embroidery&mdash;Goldsmiths&rsquo;
+and silversmiths&rsquo; work&mdash;Salacots&mdash;Cocoa-nut
+oil&mdash;Saddles and
+harness&mdash;Carromatas&mdash;Carriages&mdash;Schooners&mdash;Launches&mdash;Lorchas&mdash;Cascos&mdash;Pontines&mdash;Bangcas&mdash;Engines
+and boilers&mdash;Furniture&mdash;Fireworks&mdash;Lanterns&mdash;Brass
+Castings&mdash;Fish breeding&mdash;Drying sugar&mdash;Baling
+hemp&mdash;Repacking wet sugar&mdash;Oppressive tax on
+industries&mdash;Great future for manufactures&mdash;Abundant
+labour&mdash;Exceptional intelligence &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum">158&ndash;163</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch18">Chapter XVIII.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">Commercial and Industrial Prospects.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Philippines not a poor man&rsquo;s
+country&mdash;Oscar F. Williams&rsquo; letter&mdash;No occupation for
+white mechanics&mdash;American merchants unsuccessful in the
+East&mdash;Difficulties of living <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"xd20e902" href="#xd20e902" name="xd20e902">xx</a>]</span>amongst
+Malays&mdash;Inevitable quarrels&mdash;Unsuitable climate&mdash;The
+Mali-mali or Sakit-latah&mdash;The Traspaso de
+hambre&mdash;Chiflados&mdash;Wreck of the nervous system&mdash;Effects
+of abuse of alcohol&mdash;Capital the
+necessity&mdash;Banks&mdash;Advances to cultivators&mdash;To timber
+cutters&mdash;To gold miners&mdash;Central sugar
+factories&mdash;Paper-mills&mdash;Rice-mills&mdash;Cotton-mills&mdash;Saw-mills&mdash;Coasting
+steamers&mdash;Railway from Manila to Batangas&mdash;From Siniloan to
+the Pacific&mdash;Survey for ship canal&mdash;Bishop Gainzas&rsquo;
+project&mdash;Tramways for Luzon and Panay&mdash;Small steamers for
+Mindanao&mdash;Chief prospect is agriculture &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum">164&ndash;172</span></p>
+<p class="tocPart">Social.</p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch19">Chapter XIX.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">Life in Manila.</p>
+<p class="tocChapter">(<i>A Chapter for the Ladies.</i>)</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Climate&mdash;Seasons&mdash;Terrible Month of
+May&mdash;Hot winds&mdash;Longing for rain&mdash;Burst of the
+monsoon&mdash;The Alim&oacute;om&mdash;Never sleep on the ground
+floor&mdash;Dress&mdash;Manila
+houses&mdash;Furniture&mdash;Mosquitoes&mdash;Baths&mdash;Gogo&mdash;Servants&mdash;Wages
+in 1892&mdash;The Maestro cook&mdash;The guild of cooks&mdash;The
+Mayordomo&mdash;Household budget,
+1892&mdash;Diet&mdash;Drinks&mdash;Ponies&mdash;Carriage a necessity
+for a lady&mdash;The
+garden&mdash;Flowers&mdash;Shops&mdash;Pedlars&mdash;Amusements&mdash;Necessity
+of access to the hills&mdash;Good Friday in Manila
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">173&ndash;187</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch20">Chapter XX.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">Sport.</p>
+<p class="tocChapter">(<i>A Chapter for Men.</i>)</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">The Jockey Club&mdash;Training&mdash;The
+races&mdash;An Archbishop presiding&mdash;The Totalisator or Pari
+Mutuel&mdash;The Manila Club&mdash;Boating club&mdash;Rifle
+clubs&mdash;Shooting&mdash;Snipe&mdash;Wild
+duck&mdash;Plover&mdash;Quail&mdash;Pigeons&mdash;Tabon&mdash;Labuyao,
+or jungle cock&mdash;Pheasants&mdash;Deer&mdash;Wild pig&mdash;No sport
+in fishing &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">188&ndash;191</span> <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"xd20e942" href="#xd20e942" name="xd20e942">xxi</a>]</span></p>
+<p class="tocPart">Geographical.</p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch21">Chapter XXI.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">Brief Geographical Description of Luzon.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Irregular
+shape&mdash;Harbours&mdash;Bays&mdash;Mountain ranges&mdash;Blank
+spaces on maps&mdash;North-east coast unexplored&mdash;River and valley
+of Cagayan&mdash;Central valley from Bay of Lingayen to Bay of
+Manila&mdash;Rivers Agno, Chico, Grande&mdash;The Pinag of
+Candaba&mdash;Project for draining&mdash;River Pasig&mdash;Laguna de
+Bay&mdash;Lake of Taal&mdash;Scene of a cataclysm&mdash;Collapse of a
+volcanic cone 8000 feet high&mdash;Black and frowning island of
+Mindoro&mdash;Worcester&rsquo;s pluck and endurance&mdash;Placers of
+Camarines&mdash;River Vicol&mdash;The wondrous purple cone of
+Mayon&mdash;Luxuriant vegetation &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">192&ndash;200</span></p>
+<p class="tocPart">The Inhabitants of the Philippines.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument"><i>Description of their appearance, dress, arms,
+religion, manners and customs, and the localities they inhabit, their
+agriculture, industries and pursuits, with suggestions as to how they
+can be utilised, commercially and politically. With many unpublished
+photographs of natives, their arms, ornaments, sepulchres and
+idols.</i></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">Aboriginal Inhabitants.</p>
+<p class="tocChapter">Scattered over the Islands.</p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch22">Chapter XXII.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">Aetas or Negritos.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument"><i>Including Bal&uacute;gas, Dum&aacute;gas,
+Maman&uacute;as, and Mangui&aacute;nes</i> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum">201&ndash;207</span> <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="xd20e980" href="#xd20e980" name=
+"xd20e980">xxii</a>]</span></p>
+<p class="tocPart">Part I.</p>
+<p class="tocPart">Inhabitants of Luzon and Adjacent Islands.</p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch23">Chapter XXIII.</a></p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Tagals (1) &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">208&ndash;221</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch24">Chapter XXIV.</a></p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Tagals as Soldiers and Sailors
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">222&ndash;237</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch25">Chapter XXV.</a></p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Pampangos (2) &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum">238&ndash;245</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch26">Chapter XXVI.</a></p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Zambales (3)&mdash;Pangasinanes
+(4)&mdash;Ilocanos (5)&mdash;Ibanags or Cagayanes (6)
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">246&ndash;253</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch27">Chapter XXVII.</a></p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Igorrotes (7) &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum">254&ndash;267</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch28">Chapter XXVIII.</a></p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Isinays (11)&mdash;Abacas (12)&mdash;Italones
+(13)&mdash;Ibilaos (14)&mdash;Ilongotes (15)&mdash;Mayoyaos and
+Silipanes (16)&mdash;Ifugaos (17)&mdash;Gaddanes (18)&mdash;Itetapanes
+(19)&mdash;Guinanes (20) &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">268&ndash;273</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch29">Chapter XXIX.</a></p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Cal&aacute;uas or Itaves (21)&mdash;Camuangas
+and Bayabonanes (22)&mdash;Dadayags (23)&mdash;Nabayuganes
+(24)&mdash;Aripas (25)&mdash;Calingas (26)&mdash;Tinguianes
+(27)&mdash;Adangs (28)&mdash;Apayaos (29)&mdash;Catalanganes and Irayas
+(30&ndash;31) &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">274&ndash;282</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch30">Chapter XXX.</a></p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Catubanganes (32)&mdash;Vicols (33)
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">283&ndash;287</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch31">Chapter XXXI.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">The Chinese in Luzon.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Mestizos or half-breeds &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum">288&ndash;294</span> <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="xd20e1069" href="#xd20e1069" name=
+"xd20e1069">xxiii</a>]</span></p>
+<p class="tocPart">Part II.</p>
+<p class="tocPart">The Visayas and Palawan.</p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch32">Chapter XXXII.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">The Visayas Islands.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Area and
+population&mdash;Panay&mdash;Negros&mdash;Ceb&uacute;&mdash;Bohol&mdash;Leyte&mdash;Samar
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">295&ndash;299</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch33">Chapter XXXIII.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">The Visayas Race.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Appearance&mdash;Dress&mdash;Look upon Tagals as
+foreigners&mdash;Favourable opinion of Tomas de Comyn&mdash;Old
+Christians&mdash;Constant wars with the Moro pirates and Sea
+Dayaks&mdash;Secret heathen rites&mdash;Accusation of indolence
+unfounded&mdash;Exports of hemp and sugar&mdash;Ilo-ilo
+sugar&mdash;Ceb&uacute; sugar&mdash;Textiles&mdash;A promising race
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">300&ndash;306</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch34">Chapter XXXIV.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">The Island of Palawan, or Paragua.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">The
+Tagban&uacute;as&mdash;Tandulanos&mdash;Manguianes&mdash;Negritos&mdash;Moros
+of southern Palawan&mdash;Tagban&uacute;a alphabet
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">307&ndash;320</span></p>
+<p class="tocPart">Part III.</p>
+<p class="tocPart">Mindanao, Including Basilan.</p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch35">Chapter XXXV.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">Brief Geographical Description.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">
+Configuration&mdash;Mountains&mdash;Rivers&mdash;Lakes&mdash;Division
+into districts&mdash;Administration&mdash;Productions&mdash;Basilan
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum">321&ndash;330</span>
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd20e1124" href="#xd20e1124" name=
+"xd20e1124">xxiv</a>]</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch36">Chapter XXXVI.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">The Tribes of Mindanao.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Visayas (1) [Old
+Christians]&mdash;Maman&uacute;as (2)&mdash;Manobos (3)&mdash;Mandayas
+(4)&mdash;Mangu&aacute;ngas (5)&mdash;Mont&eacute;ses or
+Buquidn&oacute;nes(6)&mdash;At&aacute;s or Ata-as (7)&mdash;Guiangas
+(8)&mdash;Bagobos (9) &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">331<span class="corr" id="xd20e1135" title=
+"Source: , ">&ndash;</span>351</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch37">Chapter XXXVII.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">The Tribes of
+Mindanao&mdash;<i>continued</i>.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Calaganes (10)&mdash;Tagacaolos
+(11)&mdash;Dulanganes (12)&mdash;Tirurayes (13)&mdash;Tagabelies
+(14)&mdash;Samales (15)&mdash;Vilanes (16)&mdash;Subanos (17)
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">352&ndash;360</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch38">Chapter XXXVIII.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">The Moros, or Mahometan Malays (18 to 23).</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Illanos (18)&mdash;Sanguiles (19)&mdash;Lutangas
+(20)&mdash;Calibuganes (21) Yacanes (22)&mdash;Samales (23)
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">361&ndash;373</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch39">Chapter XXXIX.</a></p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Tagab&aacute;uas (24) &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum">374&ndash;375</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><span class="sc">The Chinese in
+Mindanao.</span></p>
+<p class="tocArgument"><i>N.B.</i>&mdash;The territory occupied by each
+tribe is shown on the general map of Mindanao by the number on this
+list.</p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#ch40">Chapter XL.</a></p>
+<p class="tocChapter">The Political Condition of Mindanao, 1899.</p>
+<p class="tocArgument">Relapse into savagery&mdash;Moros the great
+danger&mdash;Visayas the mainstay&mdash;Confederation of Lake
+Lanao&mdash;Recall of the Missionaries&mdash;Murder and pillage in
+Davao&mdash;Eastern Mindanao&mdash;Western Mindanao&mdash;The three
+courses&mdash;Orphanage of Tamontaca&mdash;Fugitive
+slaves&mdash;Polygamy an impediment to conversion&mdash;Labours of the
+Jesuits&mdash;American Roman Catholics should send them help
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum">376&ndash;388</span>
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd20e1193" href="#xd20e1193" name=
+"xd20e1193">xxv</a>]</span></p>
+<p class="tocChapter"><a href="#app">Appendix.</a></p>
+<p><span class="sc">Chronological Table</span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum">389</span></p>
+<p><span class="sc">Table of Exports for twelve Years</span>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum">411</span></p>
+<p><span class="sc">Estimate of Population</span>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum">415</span></p>
+<p><span class="sc">Philippine Budget of</span> 1897 <span class=
+"sc">compared with Revenue of</span> 1887 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum">416, 417</span></p>
+<p><span class="sc">Value of Land in several Provinces of Luzon</span>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum">418</span></p>
+<p><span class="sc">List of Spanish and Filipino Words used in the
+Work</span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum">419</span></p>
+<p><span class="sc">Cardinal Numbers in Seven Malay Dialects</span>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum">422</span>
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd20e1245" href="#xd20e1245" name=
+"xd20e1245">xxvii</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div1 contents"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="main">List of Illustrations.</h2>
+<ul>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p000">Portrait of the Author</a></span>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><i>Frontispiece</i></span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p006">View on the Pasig with Bamboos and
+Canoe</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>. 6</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p053-2">Facsimile of C&eacute;dula
+Personal</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>. 53</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p075">Some of the rising generation in
+the Philippines</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>. 75</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p150">Map of the Philippine
+Islands</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>. 150</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p158">Group of women making
+Cigars</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>. 158</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p160">Salacots and Women&rsquo;s
+Hats</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum"><i>To
+face p</i>. 160</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p161">Author&rsquo;s office, Muelle Del
+Rey, ss. Salvadora, and Lighters called &ldquo;Cascos&rdquo;</a></span>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>.
+161</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p166">River Pasio showing Russell and
+Sturgis&rsquo;s former office</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>. 166</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p168">Tower of Manila Cathedral after
+the Earthquakes, 1880</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><i>Between pp.</i> 168&ndash;9</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p169">Suburb of Malate after a typhoon,
+October 1882, When thirteen ships were driven ashore</a></span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p177">Author&rsquo;s house at
+Ermita</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>. 177</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p185">Fernery at Ermita</a></span>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>.
+185</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p207">A Negrito from Negros
+Island</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>. 207</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p208">A Manila Man</a></span>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum"><i>Between pp.</i>
+208&ndash;9</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p209">A Manila Girl</a></span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p216">Tagal Girl wearing
+Scapulary</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>. 216</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p226">Carabao harnessed to native
+Plough; Ploughman, Village, and Church</a></span>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum"><i>Between pp.</i>
+226&ndash;7</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p227">Paddy Field recently
+planted</a></span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p229">Paulino Marillo, a Tagal of
+Laguna, Butler to the author</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>. 229</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p240">A Farderia, or Sugar Drying and
+Packing Place</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>. 240</span><span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"xd20e1444" href="#xd20e1444" name="xd20e1444">xxviii</a>]</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p254">Igorrote Spearmen and Negriot
+Archer</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><i>To face p.</i> 254</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p258a">Anitos of Northern
+Tribes</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>. 258</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p258b">Aitos of the Igorrotes</a></span>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>.
+258</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p259">Coffin of an Igorrote Noble, with
+his Coronets and other Ornaments</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>. 259</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p261">Weapons of the Highlands of
+Luzon</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>. 261</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p264">Igorrote Dresses and Ornaments,
+Water-Jar, Dripstones, Pipes, and Baskets</a></span>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>.
+264</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p266a">Anitos, Highlands</a></span>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>.
+266</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p266b">Anito of the Igorrotes</a></span>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>.
+266</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p266c">Igorrote Drums</a></span>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>.
+266</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p276">Tinguianes, Aeta, and
+Igorrotes</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>. 276</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p287">Vicols Preparing
+Hemp</a></span>:&mdash; &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>. 287</span>
+<ul>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p287a">Cutting the Plant</a></span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p287c">Separating the
+Petioles</a></span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p287b">Adjusting under the
+Knife</a></span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p053-1">Drawing out the
+Fibre</a></span></li>
+</ul>
+</li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p305">Visayas Women at a Loom</a></span>
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>.
+305</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p333">Lieut. P. Garcia and Local Militia
+of Baganga, Caraga (East Coast)</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>. 333</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p347">At&aacute;s from the Back Slopes
+of the Apo</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>. 347</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p349">Heathen Guiangas, from the Slopes
+of the Apo</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>. 349</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p350">Father Gisbert, S.J. exhorting a
+Bagobo Datto and his Followers to Abandon their custom of making Human
+Sacrifices</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><i>Between pp.</i> 350&ndash;1</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p351">The Datto Manib, Principal Bagani
+of the Bagabos, with some Wives and Followers and Two
+Missionaries</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><i>Between pp.</i> 350&ndash;1</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p363">The Moro Sword and
+Spear</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><i>To face p.</i> 363</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p367">Moros of the Bay of
+Mayo</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum"><i>To
+face p</i>. 367</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p373">Moro Lantacas and Coat of
+Mail</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class="tocPagenum"><i>To
+face p</i>. 373</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p377">Seat of the Moro Power, Lake
+Lanao</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <span class=
+"tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>. 377</span></li>
+<li><span class="sc"><a href="#p387">Double-barrelled Lantaca of
+Artistic Design and Moro Arms</a></span> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;
+<span class="tocPagenum"><i>To face p</i>. 387</span></li>
+</ul>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb1" href="#pb1" name=
+"pb1">1</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="body">
+<div class="div0 part" id="intro">
+<div id="ch1" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="super">The Inhabitants of the Philippines.</h2>
+<h2 class="label">Chapter I.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Extent, Beauty and Fertility.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">Extent, beauty, and fertility of the
+Archipelago&mdash;Variety of landscape&mdash;Vegetation&mdash;Mango
+trees&mdash;Bamboos.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Extent.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Philippine Archipelago, in which I include the
+Sulu group, lies entirely within the northern tropic; the southernmost
+island of the Tawi-tawi group called Sibutu reaches down to 4&deg;
+38&prime; N., whilst Yami, the northernmost islet of the Batanes group,
+lies in 21&deg; 7&prime; N. This gives an extreme length of
+<span class="measure" title="1770 kilometers">1100 miles</span>, whilst
+the extreme breadth is about <span class="measure" title=
+"1094 kilometers">680 miles</span>, measured a little below the 8th
+parallel from the Island of Bal&aacute;bac to the east coast of
+Mindanao.</p>
+<p>Various authorities give the number of islands and islets at 1200
+and upwards; many have probably never been visited by a white man. We
+need only concern ourselves with the principal islands and those
+adjacent to them.</p>
+<p>From the hydrographic survey carried out by officers of the Spanish
+Navy, the following areas have been calculated and are considered
+official, except those marked with an asterisk, which are only
+estimated.</p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr class="unit">
+<td></td>
+<td>Sq. Miles.</td>
+<td>Sq. Miles.</td>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td>Luzon</td>
+<td></td>
+<td>42,458</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Babuyanes Islands</td>
+<td>272</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Batanes Islands</td>
+<td>104</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Mindoro</td>
+<td>4,153</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Catanduanes</td>
+<td>721</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Marinduque</td>
+<td>332</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Polillo</td>
+<td>300</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Buri&aacute;s</td>
+<td>116</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Ticao.</td>
+<td>144</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Masbate</td>
+<td>1,642</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>&mdash;&mdash;</td>
+<td>7,784</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2"></td>
+<td>&mdash;&mdash;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2">Total Luzon and adjacent islands</td>
+<td>50,242<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb2" href="#pb2" name=
+"pb2">2</a>]</span></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Visayas, etc.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Panay</td>
+<td>4,898</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Negros</td>
+<td>3,592</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Ceb&uacute;</td>
+<td>2,285</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Bohol</td>
+<td>1,226</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Leyte</td>
+<td>3,706</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Samar</td>
+<td>5,182</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>&mdash;&mdash;</td>
+<td>20,889</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Mindanao</td>
+<td>34,456</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Palawan and Balabac</td>
+<td>5,963</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Calamianes Islands</td>
+<td>640</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2"></td>
+<td>&mdash;&mdash;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2">Area of principal islands</td>
+<td>112,190</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p>The Spanish official estimate of the area of the whole Archipelago
+is <span class="measure" title="295,813 square kilometers">114,214
+square miles</span><a class="noteref" id="xd20e1880src" href=
+"#xd20e1880" name="xd20e1880src">1</a> equivalent to 73,000,000 acres,
+so that the remaining islands ought to measure between them something
+over 2000 square miles.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Beauty and Fertility.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">Lest I should be taxed with exaggeration when I record
+my impressions of the beauty and potential wealth of the Archipelago,
+so far as I have seen it; I shall commence by citing the opinions of
+some who, at different times, have visited the islands.</p>
+<p>I think I cannot do better than give precedence to the impressions
+of two French gentlemen who seem to me to have done justice to the
+subject, then cite the calm judgment of a learned and sagacious Teuton,
+and lastly quote from the laboured paragraphs of a much-travelled
+cosmopolite, at one time Her Britannic Majesty&rsquo;s Consul at
+Manila.</p>
+<p>Monsieur Dumont D&rsquo;Urville says: &ldquo;The Philippines, and
+above all Luzon, have nothing in this world to equal them in climate,
+beauty of landscape, and fertility of soil. Luzon is the finest diamond
+that the Spanish adventurers have ever found.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;It has remained uncut in their hands; but deliver over Luzon
+to British activity and tolerance, or else to the laborious tenacity of
+the Dutch Creoles, and you will see what will come out of this
+marvellous gem.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb3" href="#pb3"
+name="pb3">3</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Monsieur de Guignes says: &ldquo;Of the numerous colonies belonging
+to the Spaniards, as one of the most important must indisputably be
+reckoned the Philippines. Their position, their great fertility, and
+the nature of their productions, render them admirably adapted for
+active commerce, and if the Spaniards have not derived much benefit
+from them, to themselves and to their manner of training is the fault
+to be ascribed.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Herr Jagor, speaking of the Province of Bulacan, says the roads were
+good and were continuously shaded by fruit trees, cocoa and areca
+palms, and the aspect of this fruitful province reminded him of the
+richest districts in Java, but he found the <i>pueblos</i> here
+exhibited more comfort than the <i>desas</i> there.</p>
+<p>Mr. Gifford Palgrave says: &ldquo;Not the &AElig;gean, not the West
+Indian, not the Samoan, not any other of the fair island clusters by
+which our terraqueous planet half atones for her dreary expanses of
+grey ocean and monotonous desert elsewhere, can rival in manifold
+beauties of earth, sea, sky, the Philippine Archipelago; nor in all
+that Archipelago, lovely as it is through its entire extent, can any
+island vie with the glories of Luzon.&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Variety of Landscape.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">If I may without presumption add my testimony to that
+of these illustrious travellers, I would say that, having been over a
+great part of South America, from Olinda Point to the Straits of
+Magellan, from Tierra del Fuego to Panama, not only on the coasts but
+in the interior, from the Pampas of the Argentine and the swamps of the
+Gran Chaco to where</p>
+<div class="lgouter">
+<p class="line">&ldquo;The roots of the Andes strike deep in the
+earth</p>
+<p class="line">As their summits to heaven shoot soaringly
+forth;&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+<p class="first">having traversed the fairest gems of the Antilles and
+seen some of the loveliest landscapes in Japan, I know of no land more
+beautiful than Luzon, certainly of none possessing more varied features
+or offering more striking contrasts.</p>
+<p>Limestone cliffs and pinnacles, cracked and hollowed into
+labyrinthine caves, sharp basalt peaks, great ranges of mountains,
+isolated volcanic cones, cool crystalline springs, jets of boiling
+water, cascades, rivers, lakes, swamps, narrow <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb4" href="#pb4" name="pb4">4</a>]</span>valleys and
+broad plains, rocky promontories and coral reefs, every feature is
+present, except the snow-clad peak and the glacier.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Vegetation.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">Vegetation here runs riot, hardly checked by the
+devastating typhoon, or the fall of volcanic ashes. From the cocoa-nut
+palm growing on the coral strand, from the mangrove, building its
+pyramid of roots upon the ooze, to the giant bamboo on the banks of the
+streams, and the noble mango tree adorning the plains, every tropical
+species flourishes in endless variety, and forests of conifers<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e1928src" href="#xd20e1928" name="xd20e1928src">2</a>
+clothe the summits of the Zambales and Ilocan mountains.</p>
+<p>As for the forest wealth, the trees yielding indestructible timber
+for ships, houses or furniture, those giving valuable drugs and healing
+oils, gums and pigments, varnishes, pitch and resin, dyes, sap for
+fermenting or distilling, oil for burning, water, vinegar, milk, fibre,
+charcoal, pitch, fecula, edible fungi, tubers, bark and fruits, it
+would take a larger book than this to enumerate them in their
+incredible variety.</p>
+<div class="div3 subsection">
+<div class="divHead">
+<h4 class="main">Mango Trees.</h4>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">A notable feature of the Philippine landscape is the
+mango tree. This truly magnificent tree is often of perfect symmetry,
+and rears aloft on its massive trunk and wide-spreading branches a
+perfect dome of green and glistening leaves, adorned in season with
+countless strings of sweet-scented blossom and pendent clusters of
+green and golden fruit, incomparably luscious, unsurpassed,
+unequalled.</p>
+<p>Beneath that shapely vault of verdure the feathered tribes find
+shelter. The restless mango bird<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1940src"
+href="#xd20e1940" name="xd20e1940src">3</a> displays his contrasted
+plumage of black and yellow as he flits from bough to bough, the
+crimson-breasted pigeon and the ring-dove rest secure.</p>
+<p>These glorious trees are pleasing objects for the eye to rest on.
+All through the fertile valleys of Luzon they stand singly or in
+groups, and give a character to the landscape which would otherwise be
+lacking. Only the largest and <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb5" href=
+"#pb5" name="pb5">5</a>]</span>finest English oaks can compare with the
+mango trees in appearance; but whilst the former yield nothing of
+value, one or two mango trees will keep a native family in comfort and
+even affluence with their generous crop.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div3 subsection">
+<div class="divHead">
+<h4 class="main">Bamboos.</h4>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">On the banks of the Philippine streams and rivers that
+giant grass, the thorny bamboo, grows and thrives. It grows in clumps
+of twenty, forty, fifty stems. Starting from the ground, some four to
+six inches in diameter, it shoots aloft for perhaps seventy feet,
+tapering to the thickness of a match at its extremity, putting forth
+from each joint slender and thorny branches, carrying small, thin, and
+pointed leaves, so delicately poised as to rustle with the least breath
+of air.</p>
+<p>The canes naturally take a gradual curve which becomes more and more
+accentuated as their diameter diminishes, until they bend over at their
+tops and sway freely in the breeze.</p>
+<p>I can only compare a fine clump of bamboos to a giant plume of green
+ostrich feathers. Nothing in the vegetable kingdom is more graceful,
+nothing can be more useful. Under the blast of a typhoon the bamboo
+bends so low that it defies all but the most sudden and violent gusts.
+If, however, it succumbs, it is generally the earth under it that gives
+way, and the whole clump falls, raising its interlaced roots and a
+thick wall of earth adhering to and embraced by them.</p>
+<p>Piercing the hard earth, shoving aside the stones with irresistible
+force, comes the new bamboo, its head emerging like a giant
+artichoke.</p>
+<p>Each flinty-headed shoot soars aloft with a rapidity astonishing to
+those who have only witnessed the tardy growth of vegetation in the
+temperate zone. I carefully measured a shoot of bamboo in my garden in
+Santa Ana and found that it grew two feet in three days, that is, eight
+inches a day, &#8531; inch per hour. <i>I could see it grow.</i> When I
+commenced to measure the shoot it was eighteen inches high and was four
+inches in diameter. This rapid growth, which, considering the
+extraordinary usefulness of the bamboo ought to excite man&rsquo;s
+gratitude to Almighty Providence, has, to the shame of human nature,
+led the Malay and the Chinaman to utilise the bamboo to inflict death
+by <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb6" href="#pb6" name=
+"pb6">6</a>]</span>hideous torture on his fellow men. (See T&ucirc;kang
+B&ucirc;rok&rsquo;s story in Hugh Clifford&rsquo;s &lsquo;Studies of
+Brown Humanity.&rsquo;)</p>
+<p>Each joint is carefully enveloped by nature in a wrapper as tough as
+parchment, covered, especially round the edges, with millions of small
+spines. The wrapper, when dry, is brown, edged with black, but when
+fresh the colours are remarkable, pale yellow, dark yellow, orange,
+brown, black, pale green, dark green, black; all shaded or contrasted
+in a way to make a Parisian dress designer feel sick with envy.</p>
+<p>This wrapper does not fall off till the joint has hardened and
+acquired its flinty armour so as to be safe from damage by any
+animal.</p>
+<p>It would take a whole chapter to enumerate the many and varied uses
+of the bamboo.</p>
+<p>Suffice it to say that I cannot conceive how the Philippine native
+could do without it.</p>
+<p>Everlastingly renewing its youth, perpetually soaring to the sky,
+proudly overtopping all that grows, splendidly flourishing when meaner
+plants must fade from drought, this giant grass, which delights the
+eyes, takes rank as one of God&rsquo;s noblest gifts to tropical
+man.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e1981width" id="p006"><img src="images/p006.jpg"
+alt="View on the Pasig with Bamboos and Canoe." width="720" height=
+"482">
+<p class="figureHead">View on the Pasig with Bamboos and Canoe.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984"><i>To face p. 6.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb7" href="#pb7" name=
+"pb7">7</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1880" href="#xd20e1880src" name="xd20e1880">1</a></span> England
+has 51,000 square miles area; Wales, 7378; Ireland, 31,759; Scotland,
+nearly 30,000. Total, Great Britain and Ireland, etc., 121,000 square
+miles.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1928" href="#xd20e1928src" name="xd20e1928">2</a></span>
+Worcester, p. 446, mentions Conifers at sea level in Sibuyan Island,
+province of Romblon.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e1940" href="#xd20e1940src" name="xd20e1940">3</a></span> Called
+in Spanish the orop&eacute;ndola (<i lang="la-x-bio">Broderipus
+achrorchus</i>).</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch2" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter II.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Spanish Government.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">Slight sketch of organization&mdash;Distribution of
+population&mdash;Collection of taxes&mdash;The stick.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The supreme head of the administration was a
+Governor-General or Captain-General of the Philippines. The British
+Colonial Office has preserved this Spanish title in Jamaica where the
+supreme authority is still styled Captain-General and
+Governor-in-Chief.</p>
+<p>In recent years no civilian has been Governor-General of the
+Philippines, the appointment being given or sold to a
+Lieutenant-General, though in 1883 a Field-Marshal was sent out. But in
+1874 Rear-Admiral Malcampo obtained the post, and a very weak and
+foolish Governor-General he turned out to be.</p>
+<p>In former times military men did not have a monopoly of such posts,
+and civilians, judges, priests, and bishops have held this
+appointment.</p>
+<p>The Governor-General had great powers. Practically, if not legally,
+he had the power of life and death, for he could proclaim martial law
+and try offenders by court-martial. He was <i>ex officio</i> president
+of every corporation or commission, and he could expel from the Islands
+any person, whether Spaniard, native, or foreigner, by a decree
+declaring that his presence was inconvenient.</p>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Slight Sketch of Organization.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">He could suspend or remove any official, and in fact
+was almost despotic. On the other hand he had to remember two important
+limitations. Unless he supported the religious orders against all
+comers he would have the Procurators of these wealthy corporations, who
+reside in Madrid, denouncing him to the Ministry as an anti-clerical,
+and a <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb8" href="#pb8" name=
+"pb8">8</a>]</span>freemason, and perhaps offering a heavy bribe for
+his removal. If he made an attempt to put down corruption and
+embezzlement in the Administration, his endeavours would be thwarted in
+every possible way by the officials, and a formidable campaign of
+calumny and detraction would be inaugurated against him. The
+appointment was for a term of three years at a salary of $40,000 per
+annum, and certain very liberal travelling allowances.</p>
+<p>Since the earthquake of 1863 the official residence of the
+Governors-General was at Malaca&ntilde;an, on the River Pasig in the
+ward of San Miguel. This is now the residence of the American Governor.
+He had a troop of native Lancers to escort him when he drove out, and a
+small corps of Halberdiers for duty within the palace and grounds.
+These latter wore a white uniform with red facings, and were armed with
+a long rapier and a halberd. They were also furnished with rifles and
+bayonets for use in case of an emergency.</p>
+<p>When the Governor-General drove out, every man saluted him by
+raising his hat&mdash;and when he went to the Cathedral he was received
+by the clergy at the door, and, on account of being the Vice-Regal
+Patron, was conducted under a canopy along the nave to a seat of
+honour.</p>
+<p>His position was in fact one of great power and dignity, and it was
+felt necessary to surround the representative of the king with much
+pomp and state in order to impress the natives with his importance and
+authority.</p>
+<p>There was a Governor-General of Visayas who resided at Cebu, and was
+naturally subordinate to the Governor-General of the Philippines. He
+was usually a Brigadier-General.</p>
+<p>In case of the death or absence of the Governor-General, the
+temporary command devolved upon the Segundo Cabo, a general officer in
+immediate command of the military forces. Failing him, the Acting
+Governor-Generalship passed to the Admiral commanding the station.</p>
+<p>The two principal departments of the administration were the
+Intendencia or Treasury, and the Direction of Civil Administration.</p>
+<p>The Archipelago is divided into fifty-one provinces or districts,
+according to the accompanying table and map. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb9" href="#pb9" name="pb9">9</a>]</span></p>
+<div class="table">
+<h4 class="tablecaption">Distribution of Population.</h4>
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr class="label">
+<td>Provinces.</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">Males.</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">Females.</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033"><span class="sc">Total.</span></td>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td>Abra</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">21,631</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">21,016</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">42,647</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Albay</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">127,413</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">130,120</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">257,533</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Antique</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">60,193</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">63,910</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">124,103</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Bal&aacute;bac</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">1,912</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">27</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">1,939</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Bata&aacute;n</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">25,603</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">24,396</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">49,999</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Batangas</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">137,143</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">137,932</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">275,075</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Benguet (district)</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">8,206</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">12,104</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">20,310</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Bohol</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">109,472</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">117,074</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">226,546</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Bontoc</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">40,515</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">41,914</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">82,429</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Bulac&aacute;n</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">127,455</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">124,694</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">252,149</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Bur&iacute;as</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">84</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">44</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">128</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Cagay&aacute;n</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">37,157</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">35,540</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">72,697</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Calamianes</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">8,227</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">8,814</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">17,041</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Camarines Norte</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">15,931</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">14,730</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">30,661</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Camarines Sur</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">78,545</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">77,852</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">156,400</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>C&aacute;piz</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">114,827</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">128,417</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">243,244</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Cavite</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">66,523</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">65,541</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">132,064</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Ceb&uacute;</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">201,066</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">202,230</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">403,296</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Corregidor (island of)</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">216</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">203</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">419</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Cottabato</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">788</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">494</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">1,282</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>D&aacute;vao</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">983</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">712</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">1,695</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Ilocos Norte</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">76,913</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">79,802</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">156,715</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Ilocos Sur</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">97,916</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">103,133</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">201,049</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Ilo-Ilo</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">203,879</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">206,551</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">410,430</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Infanta (district)</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">4,947</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">4,947</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">9,894</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Isabela de Basilan</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">454</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">338</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">792</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Isabela de Luzon</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">20,251</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">18,365</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">38,616</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Islas Batanes</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">4,004</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">4,741</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">8,745</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Isla de Negros</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">106,851</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">97,818</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">204,669</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Laguna</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">66,332</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">66,172</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">132,504</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Lepanto</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">8,255</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">16,219</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">24,474</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Leyte</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">113,275</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">107,240</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">220,515</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Manila</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">137,280</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">120,994</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">258,274</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Masbate and Ticao</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">8,835</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">8,336</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">17,171</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Mindoro</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">29,220</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">28,908</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">58,128</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Misamis</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">46,020</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">42,356</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">88,376</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>M&oacute;rong</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">21,506</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">21,556</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">43,062</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Nueva Ecija</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">63,456</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">60,315</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">123,771</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Nueva Vizcaya</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">8,495</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">7,612</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">16,107</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Pampanga</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">114,425</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">111,884</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">226,309</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Pangasin&aacute;n</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">149,141</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">144,150</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">293,291</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Principe (district)</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">2,085</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">2,073</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">4,158</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Puerto Princesa</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">350</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">228</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">578</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Rombl&oacute;n</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">14,528</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">13,626</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">28,154</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Samar</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">92,330</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">86,560</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">178,890</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Surigao</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">28,371</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">27,875</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">56,246</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Tarlac</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">42,432</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">40,325</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">82,757</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Tayabas</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">27,886</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">25,782</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">53,668</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Uni&oacute;n</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">55,802</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">57,568</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">113,370</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Zambales</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">49,617</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">44,934</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">94,551</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Zamboanga</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">7,683</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">6,461</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">14,144</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td class="sum xd20e2033">2,794,876</td>
+<td class="sum xd20e2033">2,762,743</td>
+<td class="sum xd20e2033">5,557,619</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb10" href="#pb10" name=
+"pb10">10</a>]</span></p>
+<p>The above figures are taken from the official census of 1877.</p>
+<p>This is the latest I have been able to find.</p>
+<p>In the Appendix is given an estimate of the population in 1890, the
+author puts the number at 8,000,000, and at this date there may well be
+9,000,000 inhabitants in the Philippines and Sulus.</p>
+<p>It will be seen that these provinces are of very different extent,
+and vary still more in population, for some have only a few hundred
+inhabitants, whilst others, for instance, Ceb&uacute; and Ilo-Ilo have
+half-a-million.</p>
+<p>Each province was under a Governor, either civil or military. Those
+provinces which were entirely pacified had Civil Governors, whilst
+those more liable to disturbance or attack from independent tribes or
+from the Moors had Military Governors. Up to 1886 the pacified
+provinces were governed by Alcaldes-Mayores, who were both governors
+and judges. An appeal from their decisions could be made to the
+Audiencia or High Court at Manila.</p>
+<p>From the earliest times of their appointment, the Alcaldes were
+allowed to trade. Some appointments carried the right to trade, but
+most of the Alcaldes had to covenant to forego a large proportion of
+their very modest stipends in order to obtain this privilege. By trade
+and by the fees and <i>squeezes</i> of their law courts they usually
+managed to amass fortunes. In 1844 the Alcaldes were finally prohibited
+from trading.</p>
+<p>This was a rude system of government, but it was cheap, and a
+populous province might only have to maintain half-a-dozen
+Spaniards.</p>
+<p>Each town has its municipality consisting of twelve <i lang=
+"es">principales</i>, all natives, six are chosen from those who have
+already been Gobernadorcillos. They are called past-captains, and
+correspond to aldermen who have passed the chair. The other six are
+chosen from amongst the Barangay headmen. From these twelve are elected
+all the officials, the Gobernadorcillo or Capitan, the 1st, 2nd and 3rd
+lieutenants, the <i lang="es">alguaciles</i> (constables), the judges
+of the fields, of cattle, and of police. The Capitan appoints and pays
+the directorcillo or town clerk, who attends to the routine
+business.</p>
+<p>For the maintenance of order, and for protecting the town against
+attack, there is a body of local police called <i lang=
+"es">Cuadrilleros</i>. These are armed with bolos and lances in
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb11" href="#pb11" name=
+"pb11">11</a>]</span>the smaller and poorer towns, but in more
+important places they have fire-arms usually of obsolete pattern. But
+in towns exposed to Moro attack the cuadrilleros are more numerous, and
+carry Remington rifles.</p>
+<p>The Gobernadorcillos of towns were directly responsible to the
+governor of the province, the governor in case of emergency reported
+direct to the Governor-General, but for routine business through the
+Director-General of Civil Administration, which embraced the
+departments of Public Works, Inspection of Mines and Forests, Public
+Instruction, Model Farms, etc.</p>
+<p>The collection of taxes was under the governors of provinces
+assisted by delegates of the Intendant-General. It was directly
+effected by the Barangay headman each of whom was supposed to answer
+for fifty families, the individuals of which were spoken of as his
+<i lang="es">s&aacute;copes</i>. His eldest son was recognised as his
+chief assistant, and he, like his father, was exempt from the tribute
+or capitation tax.</p>
+<p>The office was hereditary, and was not usually desired, but like the
+post of sheriff in an English county it had to be accepted nolens
+volens.</p>
+<p>No doubt a great deal of latitude was allowed to the Barangay Chiefs
+in order that they might collect the tax, and the stick was often in
+requisition. In fact the chiefs had to pay the tax somehow, and it is
+not surprising that they took steps to oblige their
+<i>s&aacute;copes</i> to pay.</p>
+<p>I, however, in my fourteen years&rsquo; experience, never came
+across such a case as that mentioned by Worcester, p. 295, where he
+states that in consequence of a deficiency of $7000, forty-four headmen
+of Siquijor were seized and exiled, their lands, houses and cattle
+confiscated, and those dependent on them left to shift for themselves.
+The amount owing by each headman was under $160 Mexican, equal to $80
+gold, and it would not take much in the way of lands, houses, and
+cattle to pay off this sum. However, it is true that Siquijor is a poor
+island. But on page 284 he maintains that the inhabitants of Siquijor
+had plenty of money to back their fighting-cocks, and paid but little
+attention to the rule limiting each man&rsquo;s bet on one fight to
+$50. From this we may infer that they could find money to bet with, but
+not to pay their taxes. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb12" href=
+"#pb12" name="pb12">12</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Collection of Taxes.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">Natives of the gorgeous East very commonly require a
+little persuasion to make them pay their taxes, and I have read of
+American millionaires who, in the absence of this system, could not be
+got to pay at all. Not many years ago, there was an enquiry as to
+certain practices resorted to by native tax-collectors in British India
+to induce the poor Indian to pay up; anybody who is curious to know the
+particulars can hunt them up in the Blue Books&mdash;they are
+unsuitable for publication.</p>
+<p>In Egypt, up to 1887, or thereabouts, the
+&ldquo;courbash&rdquo;<a class="noteref" id="xd20e2583src" href=
+"#xd20e2583" name="xd20e2583src">1</a> was in use for this purpose. I
+quote from a speech by Lord Cromer delivered about that time
+(&rsquo;Lord Cromer,&rsquo; by H. D. Traill): &ldquo;The courbash used
+to be very frequently employed for two main objects, viz.: the
+collection of taxes, and the extortion of evidence. I think I may say
+with confidence that the use of the courbash as a general practice in
+connection either with collection of taxes or the extortion of evidence
+has ceased.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>But we need not go so far East for examples of collecting taxes by
+means of the stick. The headmen of the village communities in Russia
+freely apply the lash to recalcitrant defaulters.</p>
+<p>It would seem, therefore, that the Spaniards erred in company with
+many other nations. It was by no means an invention of theirs, and it
+will be remembered that some of our early kings used to persuade the
+Jews to pay up by drawing their teeth.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Its Good Points.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Government and the laws partook of a patriarchal
+character, and notwithstanding certain exactions, the Spanish officials
+and the natives got on very well together. The Alcaldes remained for
+many years in one province, and knew all the principal people
+intimately. I doubt if there was any colony in the world where as much
+intercourse took place between the governors and the natives, certainly
+not in any British colony, nor in British India, where the gulf ever
+widens. In this case, governors and governed professed the same
+religion, and no caste distinctions <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb13"
+href="#pb13" name="pb13">13</a>]</span>prevailed to raise a barrier
+between them. They could worship together, they could eat together, and
+marriages between Spaniards and the daughters of the native landowners
+were not unfrequent. These must be considered good points, and although
+the general corruption and ineptitude of the administration was
+undeniable, yet, bad as it was, it must be admitted that it was
+immeasurably superior to any government that any Malay community had
+ever established. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb14" href="#pb14"
+name="pb14">14</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e2583" href="#xd20e2583src" name="xd20e2583">1</a></span> A whip
+made from hippopotamus hide.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch3" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter III.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Six Governors-General.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">Moriones&mdash;Primo de
+Rivera&mdash;Jovellar&mdash;Terreros&mdash;Weyler&mdash;Despujols.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Moriones.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">During my residence in the Islands&mdash;from 1877 to
+1892&mdash;there were six Governors-General, and they differed very
+widely in character and ideas.</p>
+<p>The first was Don Domingo Moriones y Murillo, Marquis of Oroquieto,
+an austere soldier, and a stern disciplinarian. He showed himself to be
+a man of undaunted courage, and of absolutely incorruptible
+honesty.</p>
+<p>When he landed in Manila he found that, owing to the weakness of
+Admiral Malcampo, his predecessor, the Peninsular Regiment of Artillery
+had been in open mutiny, and that the matter had been hushed up. After
+taking the oath of office, and attending a Te Deum at the Cathedral, he
+mounted his horse, and, attended by his aides-de-camp, rode to the
+barracks, and ordered the regiment to parade under arms. He rode down
+the ranks, and recognised many soldiers who had served under him in the
+Carlist wars.</p>
+<p>He then stationed himself in front of the regiment, and delivered a
+remarkable and most stirring oration. He said that it grieved him to
+the heart to think that Spanish soldiers, sent to the Philippines to
+maintain the authority of their king and country, many of whom had with
+him faced the awful fusillade of Somorrostro, and had bravely done
+their duty, could fall so low as to become callous mutineers, deaf to
+the calls of duty, and by their bad conduct tarnish the glory of the
+Spanish Army in the eyes of all the world. Such as they deserved no
+mercy; their lives were all forfeited. Still he was willing to believe
+that <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb15" href="#pb15" name=
+"pb15">15</a>]</span>they were not entirely vicious, that repentance
+and reform were still possible to the great majority. He would,
+therefore, spare the lives of most of them in the hope that they might
+once more become worthy soldiers of Spain. But he would decimate them;
+every tenth man must die.</p>
+<p>He then directed the lieutenant-colonel in command to number off the
+regiment by tens from the right.</p>
+<p>Let the reader ponder upon the situation. Here was a mutinous
+veteran regiment that for months had been the terror of the city, and
+had frightened the Governor-General and all the authorities into
+condoning its crimes.</p>
+<p>In front of it sat upon his horse one withered old man. But that
+man&rsquo;s record was such that he seemed to those reckless mutineers
+to be transfigured into some awful avenging angel. His modest stature
+grew to a gigantic size in their eyes; the whole regiment seemed
+hypnotized. They commenced numbering. It was an impressive
+scene&mdash;the word ten meant death. The men on the extreme right felt
+happy; they were sure to escape. Confidently rang out their voices:
+one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine&mdash;then a stop.
+The doomed wretch standing next would not say the fatal word. Moriones
+turned his glance upon the captain of the right company, and that
+officer perceived that the crisis of his life had arrived, and that the
+next few seconds would make or mar him; one instant&rsquo;s hesitation
+would cost him his commission. Drawing and cocking his revolver, he
+held it in front of the forehead of the tenth man, and ordered him to
+call out <i>ten</i>. Placed thus between the alternative of instant
+death or obedience, the unhappy gunner complied, and the numbering of
+the whole line was accomplished. The number tens were ordered to step
+out of the ranks, were disarmed, placed under arrest, and notified that
+they would be shot next morning. As regards the others, all leave was
+stopped, and extra drills ordered. Great interest was exerted with
+Moriones to pardon the condemned men, and he did commute the death
+sentence on most of them, but the ring-leaders were shot the following
+morning, others imprisoned, and fifty were sent back to Spain in the
+same vessel as Admiral Malcampo, whose pampering of them had ruined
+their discipline. So much for the courage of Moriones. It was a
+wonderful example of the prestige of lawful authority, but of course
+the risk was great.</p>
+<p>To him was due the construction of the Manila Waterworks.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb16" href="#pb16" name=
+"pb16">16</a>]</span>A sum of money had been left a century before by
+Don Francisco Carriedo, who had been general of a galleon, to
+accumulate until it was sufficient to pay for the waterworks, which
+ought to have been begun years before. However, the parties who held
+these funds, like certain Commissioners we know of at home, had little
+desire to part with the capital, and it was only the determination of
+General Moriones that triumphed over their reluctance.</p>
+<p>Manila ought to be ever grateful to Moriones for this. He also tried
+to get some work out of the Obras Publicas Department, and, in fact, he
+did frighten them into exerting themselves for a time, by threatening
+to ship the Inspector-General of Public Works back to Spain, unless the
+Ayala bridges were completed on a certain day.</p>
+<p>But the greatest thing that Moriones did for the Philippines was
+when he prevented the sale of the Government tobacco-culture monopoly
+to some Paris Jews. Whilst he was staying at the Convent of Guadalupe
+he received a letter from C&aacute;novas, at the time Prime Minister of
+Spain. It informed him that a project was entertained of selling the
+Crown monopoly of the cultivation and manufacture of tobacco in the
+Philippines to a Franco-Spanish syndicate, and added, &ldquo;The palace
+is very interested,&rdquo; meaning that the King and the Infantas were
+in the affair. It announced that a Commission was about to be sent by
+the capitalists to enquire into the business, and wound up by
+requesting Moriones to report favourably on the affair, for which
+service he might ask any reward he liked. The carrying out of this
+project meant selling the inhabitants of Cagayan into slavery.</p>
+<p>I had this information from a gentleman of unblemished truth and
+honour, who was present at the receipt of the letter, and it was
+confirmed by two friars of the Augustinian Order under circumstances
+that left no doubt upon my mind as to their accuracy.</p>
+<p>Although C&aacute;novas was at the time in the height of his power,
+and although the King was interested in the matter going through,
+Moriones indignantly refused to back up the proposal. He wrote or
+cabled to C&aacute;novas not to send out the Commission, for if it came
+he would send it back by the same vessel. He reported dead against the
+concession, and told the Prime Minister that he was quite prepared to
+resign, and return to Spain, to explain his reasons from his
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb17" href="#pb17" name=
+"pb17">17</a>]</span>seat in the Senate. What a contrast this brave
+soldier made to the general run of men; how few in any country would
+have behaved as he did!</p>
+<p>This was not the only benefit Moriones conferred upon the tobacco
+cultivators of Cagay&aacute;n, for he did what he could to pay off the
+debt owing to them by the Treasury.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Primo de Rivera.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The next Governor-General was Don Fernando Primo de
+Rivera, Marquis of Estella, and he was the only one with whom I was not
+personally acquainted. During the cholera epidemic of 1882, when 30,000
+persons died in the city and province of Manila, he showed ability and
+firmness in the arrangements he made, and he deserves great credit for
+this. But corruption and embezzlement was rampant during his time.
+Gambling was tolerated in Manila and it was currently reported that
+twenty-five gambling houses were licensed and that each paid $50 per
+day, which was supposed to go to the Governor-General. Emissaries from
+these houses were stationed near the banks and mercantile offices, and
+whenever a collector was seen entering or leaving carrying a bag of
+dollars, an endeavour was made to entice him to the gambling table, and
+owing to the curious inability of the native to resist temptation,
+these overtures were too frequently successful.</p>
+<p>The whole city became demoralised, servants and dependants stole
+from their employers and sold the articles to receivers for a tenth of
+their value in order to try their luck at the gaming table. A sum of
+$1250 per day was derived from the gambling-houses and was collected
+every evening.</p>
+<p>Notwithstanding all these abuses, Primo de Rivera maintained good
+relations with the natives; he was not unpopular, and no disturbances
+occurred during his first government. He owed his appointment to King
+Alfonso XII., being granted three years&rsquo; pillage of the
+Philippine Islands as a reward for having made the
+<i>pronunciamento</i> in favour of that monarch, which greatly
+contributed to putting him upon the throne. He and his friends must
+have amassed an enormous sum of money, for scarcely a cent was expended
+on roads or bridges during his government, the provincial governors
+simply pocketed every dollar. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb18" href=
+"#pb18" name="pb18">18</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Jovellar.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">He was succeeded by Field-Marshal Don Joaquim
+Jovellar, during whose time the tribute was abolished and the
+C&eacute;dulas Personales tax instituted. Jovellar appeared to me to be
+a strictly honourable man, he refused the customary presents from the
+Chinese, and bore himself with much dignity. His <i>entourage</i> was,
+however, deplorable, and he placed too much confidence in Ruiz
+Martinez, the Director of Civil Administration. The result was that
+things soon became as bad as in the previous governor&rsquo;s time.
+Jovellar was well advanced in years, being nearly seventy. He had many
+family troubles, and the climate did not agree with him.</p>
+<p>I remember one stifling night, when I was present at
+Malaca&ntilde;an at a ball and water f&ecirc;te, given to Prince Oscar,
+a son of the King of Sweden. The Governor-General had hardly recovered
+from an illness, and had that day received most distressing news about
+two of his sons, and his daughter Do&ntilde;a Rosita, who was married
+to Colonel Arsenio Linares, was laid up and in danger of losing her
+sight.</p>
+<p>Yet in that oppressive heat, and buttoned up in the full dress
+uniform of a field-marshal, Jovellar went round the rooms and found a
+kind word or compliment for every lady present. I ventured to remark
+how fatigued he must be, to which he replied, &ldquo;Yes, but make no
+mistake, a public man is like a public woman, and must smile on
+everybody.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>During his time, owing to symptoms of unrest amongst the natives,
+the garrison of Manila and Cavite was reinforced by two battalions of
+marines.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Terrero.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">He was succeeded by Don Emilio Terrero y Perinat, a
+thorough soldier and a great martinet. I found him a kind and courteous
+gentleman, and deeply regretted the unfortunate and tragic end that
+<span class="corr" id="xd20e2677" title="Source: befel">befell</span>
+him after his return to Spain. I saw a good deal of Field-Marshal
+Jovellar and of General Terrero, having been Acting British Consul at
+the end of Jovellar&rsquo;s and the beginning of Terrero&rsquo;s
+Government. I kept up my acquaintance with General Terrero <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb19" href="#pb19" name="pb19">19</a>]</span>all the
+time he was in the islands, and was favoured with frequent invitations
+to his table, where I met all the principal officials.</p>
+<p>Things went on quietly in his time and there was little to record
+except successful expeditions to Jol&oacute; and Mindanao, causing an
+extension of Spanish influence in both places.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Weyler.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">Terrero was succeeded by Don Valeriano Weyler, Marquis
+of T&eacute;n&eacute;rife, the son of a German doctor, born in Majorca,
+who brought with him a reputation for cruelties practised on the Cuban
+insurgents during the first war.</p>
+<p>Weyler was said to have purchased the appointment from the wife of a
+great minister too honest to accept bribes himself, and the price was
+commonly reported to have been $30,000 paid down and an undertaking to
+pay the lady an equal sum every year of his term of office.</p>
+<p>Weyler is a small man who does not look like a soldier. He is
+clever, but it is more the cleverness of a sharp attorney than of a
+general or statesman.</p>
+<p>Curiously enough the Segundo Cabo at this time was an absolute
+contrast. Don Manuel Giron y Aragon, Marquis of Ahumada, is descended
+from the Kings of Aragon, and to that illustrious lineage he unites a
+noble presence and a charm of manner that render him instantly popular
+with all who have the good fortune to meet him. No more dignified
+representative of his country could be found, and I send him my cordial
+salutation wherever he is serving.</p>
+<p>During Weyler&rsquo;s term another expedition to Mindanao was made
+and some advantages secured. Some disturbances occurred which will be
+mentioned in another chapter, and secret societies were instituted
+amongst the natives. Otherwise the usual bribery and corruption
+continued unchecked.</p>
+<p>There was a great increase in the smuggling of Mexican dollars from
+Hong Kong into Manila, where they were worth 10 per cent. more. The
+freight and charges amounted to 2 per cent., leaving 8 per cent.
+profit, and according to rumour 4 per cent. was paid to the authorities
+to insure against seizure, as the importation was prohibited under
+heavy penalties. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb20" href="#pb20" name=
+"pb20">20</a>]</span></p>
+<p>At this time I was Government Surveyor of Shipping, and one day
+received an order from the captain of the port to proceed on board the
+steamer <i>Espa&ntilde;a</i> with the colonel of carbineers and point
+out to him all hollow places in the ship&rsquo;s construction where
+anything could be concealed. This I did, but remembering
+Talleyrand&rsquo;s injunction, and not liking the duty, showed no zeal,
+but contented myself with obeying orders. The carbineers having
+searched every part of the ship below, we came on deck where the
+captain&rsquo;s cabin was. A corporal entered the cabin and pulled open
+one of the large drawers. I only took one glimpse at it and looked
+away. It was chock full of small canvas bags, and no doubt the other
+drawers and lockers were also full. Yet it did not seem to occur to any
+of the searchers that there might be dollars in the bags, and it was no
+business of mine. Nothing contraband had been found in the ship, and a
+report to that effect was sent in. I sent the colonel an account for my
+fee, which was duly paid from the funds of the corps.</p>
+<p>Weyler returned to Spain with a large sum of money, a far larger sum
+than the whole of his emoluments. He had remitted large sums in bills,
+and having fallen out with one of his confederates who had handled some
+of the money, this man exhibited the seconds of exchange to certain
+parties inimical to Weyler, with the result that the latter was openly
+denounced as a thief in capital letters in a leading article of the
+<i lang="es">Correspondencia Militar</i> of Madrid. Weyler&rsquo;s
+attorneys threatened to prosecute for libel, but the editor defied them
+and declared that he held the documents and was prepared to prove his
+statement. The matter was allowed to drop. Weyler was thought to have
+received large sums of money from the Augustinians and Dominicans for
+his armed support against their tenants. It was said that the Chinese
+furnished him with a first-rate cook, and provided food for his whole
+household gratis, besides making presents of diamonds to his wife. And
+for holding back certain laws which would have pressed very hardly upon
+them, it was asserted that the Celestials paid him no less than
+$80,000. This is the man who afterwards carried out the <i lang=
+"es">reconcentrado</i> policy in Cuba at the cost of thousands of
+lives, and subsequently returning with a colossal fortune to Spain,
+posed as a patriot and as chief of the military party. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb21" href="#pb21" name="pb21">21</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Despujols.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">To Weyler succeeded a man very different in appearance
+and character, Don Emilio Despujols, Conde de Caspe.</p>
+<p>Belonging to an ancient and noble family of Catalonia, holding his
+honour dear, endowed with a noble presence and possessed of an ample
+fortune, he came out to uplift and uphold the great charge committed to
+him, and rather to give lustre to his office by expending his own means
+than to economise from his pay, as so many colonial governors are
+accustomed to do. He established his household upon a splendid scale,
+and seconded by his distinguished countess, whose goodness and
+munificent charities will ever be remembered, he entertained on a scale
+worthy of a viceroy and in a manner never before seen in Manila.</p>
+<p>Despujols rendered justice to all. Several Spaniards whose lives
+were an open scandal, were by his order put on board ship and sent back
+to Spain. Amongst these was one who bore the title of count, but who
+lived by gambling.</p>
+<p>Another was a doctor who openly plundered the natives. Like a
+Mahometan Sultan of the old times, Despujols was accessible to the
+poorest who had a tale of injustice and oppression to relate.</p>
+<p>The news that a native could obtain justice from a governor-general
+flew with incredible rapidity. At last a new era seemed to be opening.
+A trifling event aroused the enthusiasm of the people. Despujols and
+his countess drove to the Manila races with their postillions dressed
+in shirts of J&uacute;si and wearing silver-mounted salacots instead of
+their usual livery. I was present on this occasion and was struck with
+the unwonted warmth of the governor-general&rsquo;s reception from the
+usually phlegmatic natives. Despujols became popular to an extent never
+before reached. He could do anything with the natives. Whenever his
+splendid equipages appeared in public he received an ovation. Quite a
+different spirit now seemed to possess the natives. But not all the
+Spaniards viewed this with satisfaction; many whose career of
+corruption had been checked, who found their illicit gains decreased,
+and the victims of their extortion beginning to resist them, bitterly
+criticised the new governor-general. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb22" href="#pb22" name="pb22">22</a>]</span></p>
+<p>The religious orders finding Despujols incorruptible and indisposed
+to place military forces at the disposal of the Augustinians and
+Dominicans to coerce or evict refractory tenants, then took action.
+Their procurators in Madrid made a combined attack on Despujols, both
+in the reptile press and by representations to the ministry. They
+succeeded, and Despujols was dismissed from office by cable. Rumour has
+it that the Orders paid $100,000 for Despujols&rsquo;s recall. For my
+own part I think this very likely, and few who know Madrid will suppose
+that this decree could be obtained by any other means.</p>
+<p>He laboured under a disadvantage, for he did not pay for his
+appointment as some others did. If he had been paying $30,000 a year to
+the wife of a powerful minister, he would not have been easily
+recalled. Or if, like another governor-general, he had been in debt up
+to the eyes to influential creditors, these would have kept him in
+power till he had amassed enough to pay them off.</p>
+<p>I am of opinion that had Despujols been retained in Manila, and had
+he been given time to reform and purify the administration, the chain
+of events which has now torn the Philippines for ever from the grasp of
+Spain would never have been welded. Whoever received the priests&rsquo;
+money, whoever they were who divided that Judas-bribe, they deserve to
+be held in perpetual execration by their fellow-countrymen, and to have
+their names handed down to everlasting infamy.</p>
+<p>Despujols left Manila under a manifestation of respect and devotion
+from the foreign residents, from the best Spaniards and from every
+class of the natives of the Philippines, that might well go far to
+console him for his unmerited dismissal. He must have bitterly felt the
+injustice with which he was treated, but still he left carrying with
+him a clear conscience and a harvest of love and admiration that no
+previous governor-general had ever inspired.</p>
+<p>For if Moriones manifested courage, energy and incorruptible honesty
+under what would have been an irresistible temptation to many another
+man, that rude soldier was far from possessing those personal gifts,
+the fine presence and the sympathetic address of Despujols, and
+inspired fear rather than affection.</p>
+<p>Yet both were worthy representatives of their country; both were men
+any land might be proud to send forth. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb23" href="#pb23" name="pb23">23</a>]</span>Those two noble names are
+sufficient to redeem the Spanish Government of the Philippines from the
+accusation of being entirely corrupt, too frequently made against it.
+They deserve an abler pen than mine to extol their merits and to exalt
+them as they deserve above the swarm of pilferers, and sham patriots,
+who preceded and succeeded them. To use an Eastern image, they may be
+compared to two noble trees towering above the rank vegetation of some
+poisonous swamp. For the honour of Spain and of human nature in
+general, I have always felt grateful that I could say that amongst the
+governors-general of the Philippines whom I had known there were at
+least two entitled to the respect of every honest man. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb24" href="#pb24" name="pb24">24</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch4" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter IV.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Courts of Justice.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">Alcaldes&mdash;The Audiencia&mdash;The Guardia
+Civil&mdash;Do not hesitate to shoot&mdash;Talas.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The foulest blot upon the Spanish Administration in
+all her former colonies was undoubtedly the thorough venality of her
+infamous Courts of Justice. Unfortunately, amongst the heterogeneous
+population of the Philippines, a low standard of morality prevails and
+has prevailed from the earliest times. The natives at the time of the
+conquest were partly civilised, so far as building houses and
+cultivating their lands by slave labour is concerned. But
+notwithstanding the assertions of the Filipinos, the late Dr. Rizal and
+others, a study of the ancient authors demonstrates that they were sunk
+in ignorance and superstition, and that their customs were those of
+semi-savages. When they came under the rule of the Spaniards, they
+might have made great advances if the administration of the laws had
+been confided to persons of honour capable of interpreting that wise
+code, the &ldquo;Laws of the Indies,&rdquo; in the noble and Christian
+spirit which had inspired their makers<span class="corr" id="xd20e2754"
+title="Not in source">.</span></p>
+<p>But what class of man was it that the Spaniards appointed to this
+office?</p>
+<p>Thomas de Comyn, p. 134, says: &ldquo;It is quite common to see a
+barber or footman of a governor, a sailor or a deserter, transformed
+into an Alcalde-Mayor, Sub-delegate, and War Captain of a populous
+province, without other counsel than his own rude intelligence
+(understanding) nor other guide than his passions.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>What could be expected from such men as these, living in such an
+atmosphere? And if some solitary alcalde might cherish in his heart
+some spark of honour, some lingering love of justice, there were two
+elements in <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb25" href="#pb25" name=
+"pb25">25</a>]</span>the country to extinguish that spark, to smother
+that feeling.</p>
+<p>Woe betide the alcalde who would decide a case, whatever its merits,
+adversely to any one of the religious orders. I personally knew an
+alcalde who (at a great price) had obtained the government of the
+province of Batangas, from whence his immediate predecessor, also
+well-known to me, had retired with a large fortune, but leaving
+everybody contented so far as could be seen. He had kept on good terms
+with the priests. His successor unfortunately forgot this cardinal rule
+and allowed himself to be identified with some anti-clerical
+Spaniards.</p>
+<p>Every kind of trouble fell upon that man, and finally he was
+recalled to Manila and received a severe reprimand from General Primo
+de Rivera, who was said to have received $12,000 for turning him
+out.</p>
+<p>He was removed from wealthy Batangas and sent to the fever-stricken
+capital of Tayabas, a wretchedly poor Government, affording few
+opportunities for peculation. He escaped with his life, but his wife, a
+very charming Spanish lady, succumbed to the malaria. Similar instances
+of the results of being, or being thought to be, an anti-clerical, will
+occur to old residents in the Philippines. The arm of the Church was
+long and its hand was a heavy one.</p>
+<p>The second influence I referred to is the presence of the heathen
+Chinee in the islands. To a Chinaman the idea that a judge should take
+bribes seems as natural a thing as that a duck should take to the
+water. And yet the Chinaman will not, unless he knows he is on the
+right track, brutally push his bribe under the judge&rsquo;s nose.
+Either he or one of his countrymen will from the judge&rsquo;s arrival
+have rendered him good service. Does the judge want a gardener or cook?
+Ah-sin soon provides an excellent one who never asks for his wages.
+Have some visitors arrived at the <span class="corr" id="xd20e2773"
+title="Source: Alcadia">Alcaldia</span> Ah-sin sends in a dozen
+chickens, a turkey, and the best fruits. Is it the judge&rsquo;s
+name-day? The wily Celestial presents a few cases of wine and boxes of
+fine cigars. Is the roof of the Alcaldia leaking&mdash;a couple of
+Chinese carpenters will set it right without sending a bill for it.
+Then, having prepared the way, should Ah-sin be summoned before the
+alcalde, he may confidently hope that his patron will not hurriedly
+give judgment against him, and that he will probably get a full
+opportunity to present substantial reasons why the suit should be
+decided in his <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb26" href="#pb26" name=
+"pb26">26</a>]</span>favour. In fact, the practice of the
+alcalde&rsquo;s courts was only a shade better than that of the Chinese
+Yamens, where the different cases are put up to auction amongst the
+magistrates and knocked down to the highest bidders, who then proceed
+on a course of extortion, by arrest and by the torture of witnesses, to
+make all they can out of them.</p>
+<p>In an alcalde&rsquo;s court, there would be several mestizo or
+native writers or auxiliaries. Some of them were what is called
+<i>merit&oacute;rios</i>, that is, unpaid volunteers. Of course, they
+expect to receive gratuities from the suitors and would take care to
+mislay their documents if they were neglected. Sometimes the alcalde
+was so lazy that he left the whole matter in the hands of his
+subordinates and signed whatever they laid before him. I have been a
+witness of this, and have even remonstrated with a judge for so doing.
+He, however, said he had the greatest confidence in his subordinates
+and that they dare not deceive him.</p>
+<p>Bad as the alcalde&rsquo;s courts were, I think that the culminating
+point of corruption was the Audiencia of Manila. Escribano, abogado,
+j&uacute;ez, auditor, fisc&aacute;l, vied with each other in showing
+that to them, honour and dignity were mere empty words. They set the
+vilest examples to the mestizos and natives, and, unfortunately, these
+have been only too apt pupils, and having little to lose, were often
+ready to go one better than the Spaniards, who after all had to keep up
+appearances. I cannot adequately express the loathing I feel for all
+this tribe. I look upon a highwayman as a gentleman compared to them,
+for he does risk his life, and you may get a shot at him, but these
+wretches ruin you in perfect safety.</p>
+<p>They dress their wives, they nourish their children, upon the reward
+of roguery, the price of perjury, the fruits of forgery, the wages of
+some wicked judgment.</p>
+<p>What can be expected of the spawn of these reptiles, what but by the
+process of evolution to be more envenomed than their progenitors? Is
+there not amongst all the multitudinous Philippines some desert island
+where the people trained in the Spanish courts and all their breed
+could be deported, where they might set up a court, and bring actions
+against each other and cheat and lie and forge till they die?</p>
+<p>What a Godsend for the Philippines were this possible, if besides
+getting rid of the Spanish judges, they could now <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb27" href="#pb27" name="pb27">27</a>]</span>get rid
+of their aiders and abettors, their apt pupils and would-be
+successors.</p>
+<p>Bribery is a fine art, and there were those in Manila who were well
+versed in its intricacies. We heard one day of a decree by a judge
+against the Hong Kong and Shanghai Banking Corporation. Club gossip
+asserted that the judge who issued the decree had lost some hundreds of
+dollars at the gambling table of the Casino the night before, and that
+the artistic corrupter had called on him in the morning with the means
+to pay the debt of honour and to try his luck again. The judge was
+known not to have the means of paying, yet he paid and simultaneously
+issued his decree. Old Manila hands drew their inference.</p>
+<p>The record of these courts from the earliest times is one
+long-continued infamy. Thank God that is over and a new chapter has
+begun. I rejoice exceedingly that their sins have at last overtaken
+them, and I recognise that, though</p>
+<div class="lgouter">
+<p class="line">&ldquo;The mills of God grind slowly,</p>
+<p class="line">Yet they grind exceeding small.&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+<p class="first">Owing to the demoralisation of the mestizo and native
+lawyers by these vile examples, it will be very difficult to break the
+traditions of venality and to find men worthy to occupy the bench.</p>
+<p>These courts were not only corrupt, but they were inept. At a time
+when brigandage prevailed and many notorious criminals were apprehended
+almost red-handed, convictions could not be got, and the bandits were
+liberated on various pretexts.</p>
+<p>So great was the scandal that Moriones issued a decree that all
+persons accused of gang-robbery should be tried by a military tribunal.
+And he appointed a permanent court-martial for this purpose, to the
+great disgust of all the lawyer element. These courts were abolished
+some years later after his return to Spain; then the Guardia Civil made
+their own arrangements, and the mortality amongst bandits was
+excessive. When some well-known robber was by any chance taken alive,
+he always, so they said, tried to escape by running away from his
+captors, and this obliged them to fire upon him. They never missed on
+these occasions, and it was thought that the range never exceeded ten
+paces and was often less.</p>
+<p>However necessary this military action may be, it is, <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb28" href="#pb28" name=
+"pb28">28</a>]</span>undoubtedly liable to abuse, and the power of life
+and death is a great one to put in the hands of a junior officer or
+non-commissioned officer of police. The Guardia Civil, an armed force
+with Spanish officers and native soldiers, was organised in 1867, and I
+must say that I looked upon it as an excellent institution, the terror
+of evil-doers and a protection to all law-abiding people. My native
+friends, however, are of a different opinion. They accuse the Guardia
+Civil, both Spaniards and natives, of behaving in an arbitrary and
+cruel manner, and with practising extortion upon defenceless natives.
+They are accused of torturing witnesses to extort evidence, and this
+charge was no doubt true in many cases<span class="corr" id="xd20e2814"
+title="Source: ,">.</span></p>
+<p>On the other hand, the bandits or tulisanes were exterminated by
+this corps of picked men, and security to life and property was
+assured. At the formation of this corps the officers and men were very
+carefully selected. The Governor-General himself examined the records
+of every officer, and only Spanish gentlemen of the highest character
+were appointed. Similarly the soldiers were natives who had served
+their time in the army without having a crime noted against them. But
+in later years this precaution was relaxed, and colonels of regiments
+were allowed to dump their rubbish into this corps.</p>
+<p>I knew of a case where a Filipino with Irish blood in him was posted
+as a lieutenant to this corps and behaved most abominably. I am glad to
+say, however, that he was sent out of the islands. This was only
+another instance of the fact that whatever the natives have to complain
+of the Spaniards, the mestizos, and their own rich people, treat them
+and have always treated them far worse.</p>
+<p>Both officers and men were well paid and were dressed in a very
+smart and neat uniform, well suited to the climate, which they kept
+spick and span whatever service they were on. They were armed with
+Remington rifles and bayonets, and in addition carried a heavy chopping
+knife. They were posted at all the chief towns of Luzon and in some of
+the Visayas Islands. The greatest crime a native could commit was to
+kill a Guardia Civil, and such a matter never came before a Civil
+Court. If the slayer by any chance was not killed on the spot, he would
+probably be shot at sight. If apprehended, he would be tried by a
+court-martial composed of officers of the Guardia Civil, and, needless
+to say, there would be no monkeying with the <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb29" href="#pb29" name="pb29">29</a>]</span>verdict
+nor with the sentence, which would be promptly carried out.</p>
+<p>Even to resist the Guardia Civil was so great a crime that the
+sentence of a court-martial in such a case was penal servitude for life
+(Cad&eacute;na Perp&eacute;tua).</p>
+<p>How surprised a London rough would be at this severity after being
+accustomed to expiate the most brutal assaults upon the police by a
+fine of a few shillings.</p>
+<p>To sum up the Guardia Civil, I may say that their practice was
+comprised in five memorable words, addressed to a similar corps by Mr.
+A. J. Balfour in his energetic days, a most sensible order, that he may
+well be proud of: &ldquo;Do not hesitate to shoot.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Amongst other duties of the Guardia Civil in bygone years was the
+making of periodical expeditions against the <i>remontados</i> and the
+hill tribes, officially designated Talas, or cuttings down.</p>
+<p>At certain favourable seasons of the year, especially before harvest
+time, the Guardias, accompanied by some Cuadrilleros, and on important
+occasions by a company of native infantry, marched up into the more
+accessible hills.</p>
+<p>The hill-men obstructed the tracks in the most difficult places by
+cutting down trees and making abattis.</p>
+<p>They also placed sharp bamboo spikes carefully concealed in the
+earth or mud of the footpaths, and these, if trodden on, inflicted most
+dangerous wounds that were apt to gangrene. Sometimes if they had much
+at stake, the hill-men or outlaws would venture an ambuscade, and hurl
+their javelins or send a flight of arrows amongst their enemies.</p>
+<p>But even the boldest races rarely came to close quarters, for their
+weapons were no match against rifles and bayonets. So, led by their
+spies, the Spanish forces laboured upwards, and on arriving at the
+hamlets of the mountaineers or outlaws they burnt down the rude huts,
+reaped the crops, taking away what they could and burning the
+remainder.</p>
+<p>They cut down every fruit tree and took special care to destroy
+every tobacco plant. They then retired, leaving a scene of devastation
+behind them.</p>
+<p>If any of the hill-men fell into their hands their fate depended
+upon whether there were any murders to avenge or upon the humanity of
+the officer in command. This wanton destruction was committed chiefly
+in the interests of the tobacco monopoly, but also in order to force
+the hillmen <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb30" href="#pb30" name=
+"pb30">30</a>]</span>to come down and reside in the towns. It had,
+however, an entirely contrary effect, for the savages either retired
+into more inaccessible regions, or perhaps abandoned cultivation and
+lived a roving, marauding life like the Itetapanes and
+Catubanganes.</p>
+<p>Since the abolition of the tobacco monopoly the Talas have been less
+frequent, and there was a feeling amongst the authorities that these
+cruel and demoralising expeditions should be discontinued, unless in
+cases where the hill-men had given great provocation.</p>
+<p>The Spaniards are, of course, not the only nation to make these
+forays. In the last campaign against the Afridis the British troops
+were employed, under orders, to blow up the houses, break the
+mill-stones, and cut down the trees of the enemy, not even sparing the
+shade trees round a mosque. It was probably the only way to inflict
+punishment on the Afridis.</p>
+<p>The worst feature is that in all such cases a crop of bitter hatred
+is sown in the hearts of the sufferers, which matures later on, and
+which is handed down from one generation to another. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb31" href="#pb31" name="pb31">31</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch5" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter V.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Tagal Crime and Spanish Justice.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">The murder of a Spaniard&mdash;Promptitude of the
+Courts&mdash;The case of Juan de la Cruz&mdash;Twelve years in prison
+waiting trial&mdash;Piratical outrage in Luzon&mdash;Culprits never
+tried; several die in prison.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The penal code of the Philippines, which came into
+force in 1884, declares it impossible to consider as an aggravation of
+an offence the circumstance of colour or race in the offender, for the
+criminal is to be punished for his crime and not for the condition of
+inferiority to which nature has condemned him.</p>
+<p>It goes on to say that on the other hand his condition should not be
+allowed to attenuate the sentence, for that would constitute an odious
+privilege, an unbearable inequality.</p>
+<p>It therefore proudly proclaims the equality of all races before the
+law. These are noble words; we shall see how they work out in
+practice.</p>
+<p>The case of Juan de la Cruz shows us that a criminal investigation
+can drag on for twelve years without coming on for trial when the
+victims are natives and of lowly station. I could cite cases where the
+victims were British subjects, and the murderers were never punished,
+and another case where a Frenchman was the victim. The murderer in this
+case was to have been pardoned by the Governor-General, but the French
+consul threatened to haul down his flag and leave the islands unless
+the assassin was executed; and he was executed, the consul attending to
+see the sentence carried out</p>
+<p>The British Foreign Office does not encourage its agents to such
+energetic acts. To obtain the good graces of the Foreign Office a
+consul should be devoid of talent or originality. Mediocrity is the
+condition sought for. It is never advisable for one of Her Britannic
+Majesty&rsquo;s consuls <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb32" href=
+"#pb32" name="pb32">32</a>]</span>to be active in protecting Her
+Britannic Majesty&rsquo;s subjects. What he must aim at if he wishes
+for consideration and promotion is to give the Foreign Office no
+trouble. The ideal consul would be he who is only heard of once a
+quarter, when he certifies that he is alive, and asks that his salary
+may be paid.</p>
+<p>I will relate a murder that made an impression on me at the time,
+where the victim was a Spaniard. In June of 1881, I was at Santa Cruz
+in the Laguna Province for several days, making experiments with some
+patent centrifugals, steaming and drying the fine Laguna sugar. Quite
+close to the <i>camarin</i>, where the machines were at work, lived an
+elderly Spaniard who was a government employ&eacute; in some
+subordinate position. I think he was the Subdelegado de Hacienda, or
+sub-provincial treasurer. I had once or twice called upon the old
+gentleman, whose appearance and manners were above his official rank,
+and had been politely received by him. On completing my experiments, I
+called to take leave of him, and was sorry to find him suffering from
+fever, and very weak.</p>
+<p>I returned to Manila, and next day was horrified to read in a
+newspaper that he had been murdered in the night by his two servants.
+This atrocious crime, committed on a helpless and infirm old man, with
+every circumstance of premeditation and barbarity, and with the object
+of robbery, roused the indignation of every European. The culprits were
+soon apprehended, and such expedition was used by the Promotor Fiscal
+and the court, that within a week from the perpetration of the murder
+the two servants were garrotted on a scaffold erected near the scene of
+their barbarous crime.</p>
+<p>Such is the rapidity with which the Philippine courts could act when
+a Spaniard was the victim and when public opinion was deeply stirred by
+some shocking tragedy.</p>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">The case of Juan de la Cruz.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The following narrative of events, which occurred in
+1886, will give the reader a good idea of the furious passions that may
+lurk under the inscrutable features of the Philippine Malay, and will
+also serve to illustrate the procedure of the Spanish criminal courts
+when the victims are natives and when nothing can be made out of the
+case. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb33" href="#pb33" name=
+"pb33">33</a>]</span>Four of the five actors or victims in the tragedy
+were well known to me, and I learned all the particulars at first hand
+and at the time, from those who took steps to deliver over the culprit
+to justice.</p>
+<p>The decked steam launch <i>Laguimanoc</i> belonged to Gustav Brown,
+a ship carpenter, and was hired by the Varadero, or Slipway Company of
+Ca&ntilde;acao, near Cavite, to keep up communication with Manila,
+whilst the slip was being constructed.</p>
+<p>I was consulting engineer to the company, and Mr. J. L. Houston was
+the resident engineer in charge of the work. Both of us made frequent
+voyages in this launch between Ca&ntilde;acao and Manila. The crew
+consisted of a patron (coxswain) named Juan de la Cruz, an
+engine-driver, a stoker, and a boy, all Tagals.</p>
+<p>Juan de la Cruz was an elderly man with grey hair, and in figure
+thin and wiry. He was a good man at his duty, one of the silent Indians
+whom I have always found to be the best. A thorough sailor, he had
+served under many a flag, and sailed o&rsquo;er many a sea, both in
+tropic and in northern climes.</p>
+<p>The engine-driver and the stoker were brothers, strong and
+well-built young fellows, and smart at their work. The boy was an
+active lad, quite pleased to be employed on a steam-boat.</p>
+<p>One day, the stoker, going through the blacksmith&rsquo;s shop, saw
+a piece of square steel, which had been cut off a long bar, lying on
+the floor, and it struck him that it would be better than a hammer for
+breaking coal. So he annexed it without leave, and got one end drawn
+out and rounded so that he could easily hold it. This made a very
+efficient coal-breaker, the sharp edges divided the lumps with great
+ease. It was about eighteen inches long, and one and three-quarter
+inches square. The patron was married, and his wife lived in Manila,
+but, sailor-like, he had provided himself with a sweetheart, at the
+other end of his run, where he spent more time than in the Pasig, and
+had become intimate with a damsel of San Roque, a village between the
+Varadero and Cavite. Things went on apparently all right for some time;
+the launch making almost daily trips between Ca&ntilde;acao and Manila,
+and the elderly patron alternating between the conjugal domicile and
+the dwelling of his mistress. She was young, and, as native girls go, a
+pretty woman. Come of a strange and <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb34"
+href="#pb34" name="pb34">34</a>]</span>unknown mixture of races, and
+bred up amongst a community noted for its profligacy, she knew how to
+make the best use of her charms and was well fitted to captivate the
+weather-beaten seaman.</p>
+<p>He, if not desirable in himself, held a well paid post, and was able
+to place her above want.</p>
+<p>Already fifty years old, he was as susceptible as a youth and far
+more in earnest. Day by day, as he basked in her smiles, his
+infatuation increased till he became violently enamoured of his
+charmer.</p>
+<p>What could be more natural than that the crew of the launch should
+become acquainted with the patron&rsquo;s mistress? Soon the
+engine-driver and the stoker were her constant visitors. The damsel had
+a kind word and a smile for both, and doubtless contrasted their
+vigorous youth and shapely forms with the shrunken figure of her
+elderly protector, and their lively conversation with his glum
+silence.</p>
+<p>In the end, no doubt, the damsel refused them nothing.</p>
+<p>Trouble was now brewing. The grim sailor was not the man to let
+himself be wronged with impunity. All the elements of a tragedy were
+present. Things no longer went smoothly on board the <i>Laguimanoc</i>,
+and her voyages lost their regularity. Something was perpetually going
+wrong with the engines, pieces or fittings disappeared unaccountably,
+usually pieces of copper or brass. The engine-driver was blamed, but he
+succeeded in averting his impending discharge. Could he have foreseen
+the consequences of remaining, he would have promptly discharged
+himself.</p>
+<p>On board the launch mutual distrust prevailed. The engine-driver
+must have known that it was the patron who had thrown overboard the
+fittings in his absence, hoping to get him discharged, but he held his
+peace.</p>
+<p>The silent figure at the tiller made no sign; no trace of emotion
+could be seen on the Sphinx-like face, no reproaches passed his lips,
+not the slightest manifestation of resentment. But underneath that
+imperturbable calm there existed the steadfast determination to have a
+full and bloody revenge on all who had offended him. The
+<i>Laguimanoc</i> made a voyage to Manila one Saturday to take up the
+resident engineer who often spent his Sundays there, the launch
+remaining in the river. On Monday morning when he came down to the
+launch he found that <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb35" href="#pb35"
+name="pb35">35</a>]</span>the safety valve was missing from its seat,
+and was delayed till another could be procured.</p>
+<p>No explanations of the loss of this piece could be got, and the
+<i>Laguimanoc</i> proceeded with the resident engineer to
+Ca&ntilde;acao and made fast to the jetty.</p>
+<p>A crisis was now reached. The abstraction of the safety-valve could
+not be overlooked, and some one would have to go. An inquiry was to be
+made, but on Tuesday morning the patron walked up the jetty, and
+reported to Mr. Gustav Brown, who was the foreman of the works, that
+the engine-driver and stoker were absent. He stated that they had gone
+ashore in the night, and had not returned. Nothing could be learned
+about them; nobody had seen them; their kits were still on board. As
+the day wore on they did not come nor send any message; so a report of
+their disappearance was sent to the judge at Cavite.</p>
+<p>An engine-fitter from the works was sent on board to take charge of
+the engine, and another stoker was engaged; the launch resuming her
+running. The work of the Varadero proceeded as usual; divers were
+preparing the foundations to receive the immense gridiron which was
+shortly to be launched and sunk in place. It was a busy scene of
+organised labour under a skilful resident engineer; every difficulty
+foreseen and provided for, materials delivered in good time,
+notwithstanding obstructions; not an unnecessary auger-hole bored, not
+a stroke of an adze thrown away.</p>
+<p>From the Sleepy Hollow of the naval arsenal opposite jealous eyes
+watched the work proceed. Every art of vexation and obstruction that
+bitter envy could devise had for years been employed to prevent the
+building of this slip, and onerous and unfair conditions had been
+inserted in the concession. But Anglo-American persistence and industry
+had succeeded so far, and in the hands of Messrs. Peel, Hubbell &amp;
+Co. and their advisers, the work was now well advanced.</p>
+<p>The obsolete corvette <i>Do&ntilde;a Maria Molina</i> was moored off
+the coaling-wharf adjoining the Varadero, and when one of her boats was
+going on shore the sailors noticed two dead bodies floating in the
+water, and reported this to the officer of the watch, who ordered them
+to tow the bodies to the shore towards Punta Sangley, and drag them up
+on the sand above high-water mark. The bodies were lashed together with
+a piece of new rope having a blue strand in <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb36" href="#pb36" name="pb36">36</a>]</span>the
+centre, and had a good-sized piece of white granite attached as a
+sinker. On looking at the lashings no one could doubt that the work had
+been done by an able seaman. The bodies presented ghastly wounds, both
+had fractures of the skull, and gaping cuts on the throat and abdomen;
+they had also been gnawed by fishes. The swelling of the bodies had
+sufficed to bring them to the surface, stone and all.</p>
+<p>The news of the finding of the corpses did not immediately reach the
+Varadero, and they were conveyed to Cavite, and buried just as they
+were found, tied together with the ropes and stone, without being
+identified. It seemed nobody&rsquo;s business to trouble about them,
+notwithstanding the evident fact that they had been murdered. The
+Manila newspapers did not mention the circumstance.</p>
+<p>But at this time other events happened. The patron of the launch
+disappeared without taking his kit with him. Then the boy disappeared,
+and I may as well at once say that, from that time to this, that boy
+has never been heard of by the Varadero Company, who were his
+employers. Next, that gay and lascivious damsel of San Roque, whose
+unbridled sensuality had wrought the trouble, also disappeared as
+mysteriously as the others.</p>
+<p>Dr. Juan Perez, of Cavite, was the medical attendant to the staff of
+the Varadero, and used to call there every afternoon. On hearing from
+him about the discovery of the bodies, the resident engineer at once
+thought of his missing men, and the flight of the patron confirmed his
+suspicions. A minute examination of the launch was made, and revealed
+some stains of blood which had not been entirely removed by the usual
+washing down. Several small cuts such as might be made with the point
+of a <i>bolo</i> were found in the flat skylight of the cabin, and a
+deeper cut on the bulwark rail, starboard side forward, opposite the
+skylight. A working rope was missing from the launch. It had only
+recently been supplied to it, and had been cut off a whole coil
+purchased a few weeks before from a sailing-vessel, for the use of the
+Varadero. That rope had a blue strand in the centre. Gustav Brown put
+on a diving-dress, and went down at the head of the northern jetty,
+where the launch used to lie, and carefully examined the bottom.
+Presently his eye rested on an object that he recognised. It was the
+square steel coal-breaker used by the stoker, and he brought it up.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb37" href="#pb37" name=
+"pb37">37</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Meanwhile, a new coxswain had been found for the launch, and as the
+old patron had left his vessel illegally, there was ground for his
+arrest on that score, so orders were given to the new patron and to the
+engine-driver to give him into custody if he came to claim his kit.
+Next time the launch arrived in Manila, sure enough the old patron
+appeared to fetch his belongings, and was taken to the calaboose of the
+captain of the port. The resident engineer called on that official,
+and, as a result of their conversation, the prisoner was put on board
+the launch to be conveyed to Cavite.</p>
+<p>With all the stoicism of the Malay, he sat quite still and silent;
+his impassive features betrayed no sign of anxiety or remorse.</p>
+<p>But if the principal actor in this bloody tragedy could thus compose
+his mind, it was not so with others who knew more or less what had
+happened, but whose dread and hatred of the law and its myrmidons had
+kept their tongues quiet.</p>
+<p>When the launch approached the Varadero near enough for the prisoner
+to be recognised, an unusual commotion occurred amongst the swarm of
+native workmen. A mysterious magnetism, an inexplicable vibration,
+pervaded the crowd. Unfelt by the senses, it acted on the mind, and
+seemed simultaneously to convey to each individual an identical
+idea.</p>
+<p>The patron was a prisoner, therefore his crime was known; no good
+could be done by keeping silent. Before this nobody knew anything about
+the disappearance of the two men. Now it leaked out, but only in
+confidence to Gustav Brown, whom they trusted. The native divers had
+seen the bodies when at their work on the foundations, and had moved
+them farther off out of their way. Men working at the jetties had seen
+them when they floated, but had looked in another direction. In fact,
+the corpses had been recognised, and the crime was known to scores of
+native and Chinese workmen, but no word or hint ever reached the
+foreman or the engineer till the culprit was arrested.</p>
+<p>Now there were sufficient details to reconstitute the tragic
+scene.</p>
+<p>The amour of the brothers with the San Roque girl was known, and
+also the well-founded jealousy of the patron, who at first endeavoured
+to obtain the engine-driver&rsquo;s discharge by the means already
+mentioned. This not <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb38" href="#pb38"
+name="pb38">38</a>]</span>succeeding, he determined to kill both of
+them, and without showing a sign of the deadly hatred that possessed
+him, calmly awaited his opportunity.</p>
+<p>On the Monday night, 7th June, after the incident of the
+safety-valve, the launch was moored alongside the Varadero jetty, and
+the two brothers lay fast asleep on the flat top of the cabin skylight,
+each wrapped in his blanket.</p>
+<p>A native sleeps hard, and is not easily awakened, nor when aroused
+does he quickly regain his faculties. It is an important point in the
+Malay code of manners never to awaken any person suddenly, for it is
+believed that, during sleep, the soul is absent from the body,
+wandering around, and must be given time to return, otherwise serious,
+even fatal consequences, may ensue. The awakened person may become an
+idiot, or some great harm may happen to the unmannerly one who awakened
+him. Many natives have as great a fear of the wandering soul of a
+sleeping person as of an evil spirit or ghost. The soul is said to
+return to the body in the form of a small black ball, which enters the
+mouth.</p>
+<p>Moreover, one of the greatest, in fact, the most terrible, curse
+that can be uttered by many tribes, is, &ldquo;May you die
+sleeping,&rdquo; for it means death to body and soul. That, however,
+was the fate reserved for the brothers. Towards midnight, when the
+cooking-fires in the coolie quarters had burnt down, and the chatter of
+the Chinese had subsided, when the last lights in the Europeans&rsquo;
+houses had been extinguished, and not a sound broke the stillness of
+the night, the patron addressed himself to the performance of his
+bloody task. Slipping his sharpened <i>bolo</i> through his belt, he
+descended into the engine-room, and, seizing the coal-breaker, crept
+forward to where the doomed men slumbered, perhaps dreaming of the
+charms of that dark damsel, the enjoyment of whose embraces was to cost
+them so dear. Meanwhile, their fate approached; their time was
+come.</p>
+<p>The patron was past his prime; privations at sea and dissipation on
+shore had sapped his strength. But bitter hatred nerving his arm, with
+lightning rapidity and terrific force he discharged a blow on each
+sleeper&rsquo;s unprotected head. The sharp edge of the steel bar
+crashed deep into their skulls, driving in the splintered bone upon the
+brain. One agonised shudder from each, then all was still. A European
+murderer might have been satisfied with this. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb39" href="#pb39" name="pb39">39</a>]</span>Not so a
+Tagal. A ceremony still remained to be accomplished. Their blood must
+flow; they must suffer mutilation. Seizing his <i>bolo</i>, the
+assassin now vented his rage in cutting and thrusting at the bodies.
+The heavy and keen-edged blade fell repeatedly, cutting great gashes on
+the throats and bellies of the victims, whilst streams of gore ran down
+the waterways, and trickled out at the scuppers, staining the white
+sides of the launch with crimson streaks.</p>
+<p>His blood-thirst assuaged, his vengeance partly accomplished, and
+his spirit comforted by his desperate deed, the murderer probably
+paused for a time, and began to consider how he could conceal his
+crime. No sign of movement anywhere. Apparently the dull sounds of the
+blows had fallen on no mortal ear. Presently, taking up one of his
+working ropes, he mounted the jetty, and walked to the shore, where
+there lay a pile of stone ballast. It was white granite, discharged
+from a sailing-ship that had come from Hong Kong in ballast, and it had
+been purchased for the Varadero. Selecting a suitable piece, he carried
+it to the end of the jetty, and lowered it by the rope into the launch.
+Then, descending, he firmly lashed the two bodies together, and
+fastened the stone to them. Then he drew the bodies to the side,
+preparatory to launching them overboard. Now an incident occurred. It
+is thought that one of the two men was not quite dead, notwithstanding
+his dreadful wounds, and that recovering consciousness, and perceiving
+what awaited him, seized the rail in his death-grasp, and resisted the
+attempt to throw him over.</p>
+<p>The patron must once again have had recourse to his murderous
+<i>bolo</i>, bringing it down on the clenched hand, for a deep cut was
+found on the rail with blood driven into the pores of the wood by that
+savage blow. The tendons severed, the hand unclasped, and next moment
+the bodies slid over the rail and down underneath the keel of the
+launch in some four fathoms of water. Throwing the steel coal-breaker
+after them, the patron&rsquo;s next task was to wash away the traces of
+his crime, and this he did fairly well so that nothing was noticed,
+till, suspicion being aroused, a careful scrutiny was made, with the
+result already mentioned. It is not known whether the boy knew anything
+of the tragedy performed so near him, for he was never questioned,
+having apparently disappeared off the face of the earth as soon as the
+bodies were found. What the patron did afterwards can only be
+conjectured. Guilty of <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb40" href="#pb40"
+name="pb40">40</a>]</span>two atrocious murders, and of savage
+mutilation of the slain, could he have composed himself to a quiet and
+dreamless slumber? Or was his imagination fired to further revenge by
+dream-pictures of his once-loved mistress in the arms of her youthful
+lovers? All that is known is that he presented himself to the foreman
+early on the Tuesday morning, and reported the absence of the two men
+without showing on his dark visage the slightest sign of trouble or
+emotion.</p>
+<p>We left the patron a prisoner on the launch. Now it became necessary
+to give him in charge to the judicial authorities, for it was getting
+late in the afternoon. They did not show any undue eagerness to receive
+him. The judge first applied to explained that he was only acting
+temporarily, that the judge had departed, having been transferred to
+another place, and that the new judge had not yet arrived, therefore he
+much regretted he could not take up the case. An appeal was then made
+to the Gobernador-Politico-Militar, who most courteously explained that
+a civil court was established in the province with full jurisdiction,
+both criminal and civil, so that he could not interfere. It was now
+nearly sunset, and the prisoner had been on the launch all day. The
+resident engineer then called on the Commandante of
+Ca&ntilde;acao&mdash;a naval officer who had a few marines at his
+disposal&mdash;and obtained as a personal favour that the prisoner
+should be temporarily secured in the guard-room. The next day the
+resident engineer proceeded to Cavite, and, accompanied by Dr. Juan
+Perez, visited the principal authorities, and eventually succeeded in
+getting the prisoner lodged in jail, and a charge of murder entered
+against him. The bodies of the victims were never exhumed for
+examination. The resident engineer made a declaration, which was taken
+down in writing, and on one of his busiest days he was peremptorily
+summoned to appear before the judge, and solemnly ratify his
+testimony.</p>
+<p>About three days after Juan de la Cruz was lodged in Cavite jail,
+the dead body of the San Roque damsel, gashed by savage blows of the
+fatal <i>bolo</i>, was left by the ebb on the sands of
+Para&ntilde;aque, a village just across the little Bay of Bacoor
+opposite to San Roque. She had paid with her life for her frailty as
+many another woman has done in every clime. From the appearance of the
+body it was thought it had been several days in the water. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb41" href="#pb41" name="pb41">41</a>]</span></p>
+<p>No legal evidence was forthcoming to fix the crime on any one,
+although few of those who knew the story harboured a doubt that the
+assassin of the two brothers was the murderer of the girl also.</p>
+<p>Juan de la Cruz remained in prison, and from time to time, but with
+increasing intervals, the resident engineer, the foreman and others
+were cited by the judge, interrogated, then cited again to ratify their
+declarations.</p>
+<p>The <i lang="es">espediente</i>, a pile of stamped paper, grew
+thicker and thicker, but the trial seemed no nearer. Month after month
+rolled on, the Varadero was finished, ships were drawn up, repaired and
+launched, Juan continued in prison.</p>
+<p>The resident engineer departed to other climes, and was soon
+expending his energy in building the great harbour at La Guayra. I was
+the means of obtaining an order for six gun-boats for the Varadero
+Company. They were built, launched, tried and delivered, and steamed
+away to overawe the piratical Moros. Still Juan continued in prison.
+Judges came and judges went, but the trial came no nearer. Year after
+year a judge of the Audiencia came in state to inspect the prisoners,
+and year after year Juan was set down as awaiting his trial.</p>
+<p>In December, 1892, I left the Philippines for Cuba and Juan de la
+Cruz was still in Cavite jail.</p>
+<p>Dr. Juan Perez, the surgeon who had examined the corpses, died,
+having wrongly diagnosed his own case, and Dr. Hugo Perez, a half
+caste, was appointed in his stead. Gustav Brown, the foreman, wearied
+of the monotony of ship repairing, became possessed by a longing to
+resume his nomadic life amongst the palm-clad islands of the Pacific.
+He purchased a schooner and embarked with his wife and family. First
+running down to Singapore to take in trade-goods for bartering with the
+natives, he sailed away for the Carolines where his wife&rsquo;s home
+lay. He never reached them; for, soon after leaving Singapore, he came
+to a bloody end at the hands of his Chinese crew, who killed and
+decapitated him.</p>
+<p>The insurrection broke out in Cavite Province, Colonel
+Mattone&rsquo;s column was defeated by the insurgents with great
+slaughter. Dr. Hugo Perez, the successor of Dr. Juan Perez, was
+suspected of sympathising with the rebels, and, needless to say,
+<i>he</i> soon came to a bloody end. <i>He</i> did not have to wait
+long for his trial. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb42" href="#pb42"
+name="pb42">42</a>]</span></p>
+<p>In 1896, Mr. George Gilchrist, the engineer at the Varadero, who was
+not in the Philippines when the murders were committed, was cited by
+the judge, and asked if he could <i>identify the prisoner ten years
+after his arrest</i>! Two years more passed, and in April, 1898, Mr.
+Gilchrist returned to Scotland for a well-earned holiday. When he left
+Ca&ntilde;acao, Juan de la Cruz was still in prison awaiting his
+trial.</p>
+<p>He may have escaped when the rebels occupied Cavite after Admiral
+Dewey&rsquo;s victory over the Spanish Squadron in the Bay of
+Bacoor.</p>
+<p>For the murderer no pity need be felt, he certainly had nothing to
+gain and all to lose by a trial. A double murder, premeditated,
+accompanied by acts of great barbarity, and committed at night,
+constitutes by the Penal Code a capital offence with three aggravating
+circumstances which would forbid all hope of clemency.</p>
+<p>But what can be thought of courts so remiss in their duty? How many
+innocent prisoners have waited years for their trial? How many have
+died in prison?</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Piratical Outrage in Luzon.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">At Laguiman&oacute;c, a port and village in the
+Province of Tayabas, there resided an Englishman, Mr. H. G. Brown, who
+had been many years in the Philippines. By the exercise of untiring
+industry, by braving the malaria of the primeval forests, and by his
+never-failing tact in dealing with the officials of the Woods and
+Forests on the one hand, and with the semi-barbarous and entirely
+lawless wood-cutters on the other, he had built up an extensive
+business in cutting timber in the state forests of Southern Luzon and
+the adjacent islands. He was owner of several sailing vessels, had a
+well-appointed saw-mill, and a comfortable residence at
+Languiman&oacute;c. He employed large numbers of wood-cutters; all
+under advances of pay, who were scattered about the Provinces of
+Tayabas, and Camarines Norte over a considerable area.</p>
+<p>His business was so considerable that he paid the Government fully
+$30,000 per year as royalty on timber which was mostly shipped to Hong
+Kong and Shanghai.</p>
+<p>In order to facilitate a business so profitable to them the
+Government placed a Custom House official at Atim&oacute;nan, in the
+Bay of Lamon on the Pacific coast, to clear and <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb43" href="#pb43" name="pb43">43</a>]</span>despatch
+his timber vessels loaded at Atim&oacute;nan, Gumacas, Lopez, Alabat
+Island, or other places. To show how little Mr. Brown spared himself, I
+may mention that not even the dreaded jungle-fever of Mindoro prevented
+him from personally superintending the loading of several vessels at
+different ports of that pestilential island. In persistence and pluck
+he was a worthy predecessor of Professor D. C. Worcester, who years
+afterwards showed his Anglo-Saxon determination in the same fearsome
+spot.</p>
+<p>One day in December of 1884, Mr. Brown being absent in Hong Kong,
+and his manager, Mr. Anderson, busy on the Pacific coast, looking after
+the loading of a vessel, the out-door superintendent, a Swede named
+Alfred Olsen, was in charge of the house, office, and saw-mill at
+Laguiman&oacute;c, and was attending to the loading of the
+<i>Tartar</i>, one of Mr. Brown&rsquo;s ships which was anchored in the
+bay taking in timber for China. She had a native crew who occasionally
+of an evening, when ashore to enjoy themselves, got up a disturbance
+with the villagers. On board this vessel there were, as is usual, two
+Carabineros or Custom House guards to prevent smuggling.</p>
+<p>Although no one in the village suspected it, two large canoes full
+of armed men were lying concealed behind a point in Capuluan Cove on
+the opposite side of the Bay. At eight o&rsquo;clock in the evening, it
+being quite dark, they came across, and in perfect order, according to
+a pre-arranged plan advanced in silence on the village. The assailants
+numbered twenty-eight men, and were variously armed with lances,
+<i>bolos</i> and daggers. Only the leader bore a revolver. A guard was
+left on the canoes, four of the gang were stationed at the door of Mr.
+Brown&rsquo;s house, and others at strategic points, whilst the main
+body attacked the <i>Tribunal</i> close by which was also the
+<i>estanco</i> where there was some Government money, postage stamps
+and stamped paper. At all <i>Tribunales</i> there are a couple of
+<i>cuadrilleros</i>, or village constables on guard, armed usually with
+lance and <i>bolo</i>. These men did their duty and manfully resisted
+the pirates. In the combat which ensued, the sergeant of the
+Cuadrilleros was killed and some on both sides were wounded, but the
+pirates got the best of the fight, and plundered the
+<i>estanco</i>.</p>
+<p>In the meantime, Olsen, having heard the uproar, may have thought
+that the crew of the <i>Tartar</i> were again making a disturbance. At
+all events he left the house unarmed <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb44" href="#pb44" name="pb44">44</a>]</span>and unsuspicious, thus
+walking into the trap laid for him. The Tagals have a great respect for
+fire-arms, more especially for the revolvers and repeating rifles of
+the foreigner, thus they did not venture to enter the house, but the
+moment Olsen stepped out into the darkness and before he could see
+round about him, he was attacked by two men on each side, who plunged
+their daggers into his body, piercing his lungs. Bleeding profusely and
+vomiting blood he rushed back into the house towards his bedroom to get
+his revolver which was under the bed. His assailants, however, followed
+him into the room and butchered him before he could grasp it. At least
+the revolver was afterwards found in its case with the perfect impress
+of his blood-stained hand upon the oaken lid. A native boy named Pablo,
+about eight years old, was in the house at the time, and in his terror
+squeezed himself into a narrow space behind the door and escaped
+discovery, although he was an eye-witness of the crime.</p>
+<p>By this time the alarm had spread all over the little village, and
+the noise was heard on board the <i>Tartar</i>. The two Carabineros,
+taking their Remingtons and cartridge boxes, had themselves paddled on
+shore, and marching up the stairs which led to the rocky eminence on
+which the village stands, bravely advanced against the pirates although
+out-numbered by more than ten to one. They fired their rifles, but the
+gang rushed upon them and in a moment they were cut down, and according
+to Tagal custom, their bellies were ripped open. The pirates having now
+overcome all opposition and having plundered the <i>estanco</i>, and
+the inevitable Chinaman&rsquo;s shop, transferred their attention to
+Mr. Brown&rsquo;s house, which they ransacked, taking the contents of
+the safe, a collection of gold and silver coins, seven Martini-Henry
+rifles with ammunition, and two revolvers, as well as any other things
+they deemed of value. They burst open the desks, drawers, and
+wardrobes, cutting and hacking the furniture with their <i>bolos</i> in
+wanton mischief. Then embarking their spoil, they sailed away with the
+land breeze.</p>
+<p>Information had been sent off to the nearest post of the Guardia
+Civil, and on its receipt, an officer with a force of that corps
+instantly set off and captured one party of the pirates red-handed as
+they beached their canoe. Within a week twenty-six had been captured
+and one shot dead whilst escaping. There only remained the leader. He,
+as <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb45" href="#pb45" name=
+"pb45">45</a>]</span>it was afterwards discovered, was concealed in a
+secluded wood a few miles from Sariaya, and one night he was speared by
+the Captain of Cuadrilleros of that town, who is said to have had valid
+reasons for getting him out of the way.</p>
+<p>This band of pirates were a mixed lot; some of them were
+<i>principales</i> or members of the town council of Sariaya, a
+picturesque little place on the southern slope of Mount Banajao, and
+some from San Juan de Boc-boc; others were ordinary inhabitants, a few
+were outlaws from the San Juan mountains, and four or five were
+fishermen whom the gang had met on their passage by sea and had invited
+to accompany them. This custom of <i>Convites</i> is explained in
+<a href="#ch25">Chapter XXV</a>. Of course the fishermen, when
+interrogated, declared they had been pressed into the service, but in
+fact very few natives have the moral courage to decline so pleasing an
+entertainment, as it appeals to a feeling deeply seated in their
+hearts, the love of rapine, only to be restrained by the heavy hand of
+a military police &ldquo;who do not hesitate to shoot.&rdquo; The
+provincial doctor arrived next morning with the judge who was to take
+the depositions of the villagers and draw up the <i>sumario</i>. Olsen
+was dead, the sergeant of Cuadrilleros also and one of the
+<i>Carabineros</i>, but strange to say, in spite of a dozen ghastly
+wounds, the other one was still alive, though his bowels were
+protruding, having fallen out through the gash which it is the Tagal
+custom to finish off with.</p>
+<p>When the provincial doctor saw him, he said, &ldquo;Nothing can
+possibly be done for him,&rdquo; and departed. So, abandoned to his own
+resources, he replaced the bowels himself, and getting one of the
+villagers to bind him up, he eventually recovered. He was seen by Mr.
+Brown a year or two later, and is probably alive now. This seems
+extraordinary, but a similar case occurred to a man who had worked
+under me. An English bricklayer named John Heath had been employed
+building furnaces and kilns in Manila, and having completed his work,
+took to farming and rented some grass meadows (sacate lands) at
+Mandaloyan. One night he and another Englishman staying with him were
+attacked in his house by a party of Tagals with drawn <i>bolos</i>. The
+visitor, although wounded, leaped from the window and escaped, but
+Heath was cut down, then lifted on to the window sill, hacked about,
+and finally, according to Tagal custom, ripped open and left for dead.
+Yet this man also entirely <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb46" href=
+"#pb46" name="pb46">46</a>]</span>recovered, and after a year seemed as
+strong as ever, although he was advised not to exert his strength. This
+outrage was clearly agrarian, and was, I feel sure, committed by those
+who had previously rented these lands and had been turned out. No one
+was ever punished for it.</p>
+<p>To return to the gang of pirates; two had been killed, the rest were
+in prison. Year after year passed, still they remained in prison;
+judges came, stayed their term, were promoted and went, but still these
+men were never sentenced.</p>
+<p>In 1889, I visited Laguiman&oacute;c to make a plan and valuation of
+the property, as the business was about to be taken over by a Limited
+Liability Company, established in Hong Kong. This was <i>five years</i>
+after the date of the murders, some of the prisoners had died in
+prison, the others were awaiting their sentence. But I found that the
+Government had established a sergeant&rsquo;s post of the Guardia Civil
+in the village, which effectually prevented a repetition of the
+outrage.</p>
+<p>A year later I again visited Laguiman&oacute;c, but the trial of the
+prisoners was no further advanced. No less than nine of them died in
+prison, still no sentence was pronounced. Even for a Philippine Court
+this was extraordinary, for the gang had committed the unpardonable
+crime &ldquo;Resistencia a fuerza armada&rdquo; (Resistance to an armed
+force), and could have been tried by Court-martial and summarily shot.
+They had also dared to lay their profane hands on the sacred money-box
+containing a portion of the &ldquo;Real Haber&rdquo; (Government
+money), so that it was not only a question of murder and robbery of
+private people. But the Civil Court, negligent, slothful, and corrupt,
+could not be got to convict, and a few years ago, Mr. Brown having left
+the islands, the surviving prisoners were <i>pardoned</i> by the Queen
+Regent on the occasion of the young King&rsquo;s birthday.</p>
+<p>The contrast between the military and civil elements in this case is
+very strong.</p>
+<p>The military element performed its duties thoroughly well, under
+great difficulties, and promptly arrested the malefactors. In my
+experience this has been always the case, and I draw from it the
+conclusion that military Government is essential to the pacification of
+the Philippines and that authority must be backed up by a native
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb47" href="#pb47" name=
+"pb47">47</a>]</span>force of constabulary under American officers who
+must be young and active.</p>
+<p>Such offences as piracy or gang-robbery should never come before a
+Civil Court, but should be promptly settled by court-martial before
+which no technicalities or legal subtleties need be taken into
+account.</p>
+<p>A firm, nay, a heavy hand over the Philippines is the most merciful
+in the long run.</p>
+<p>I am sorry to have to relate that the Company which took over Mr.
+Brown&rsquo;s business did not long prosper. Whilst he remained at the
+head of it, all went well, but as soon as he left to take a much-needed
+rest, it began to fail. The personality of the individual is everything
+in most Spanish countries and especially in the Philippines. No manager
+could be found who could keep on terms with the officials, control the
+wild wood-cutters or risk jungle-fever by entering the forests to
+personally inspect the work.</p>
+<p>The organization decayed and the business went to pieces. Let
+intending investors take note. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb48"
+href="#pb48" name="pb48">48</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch6" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter VI.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Causes of Tagal Revolt.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">Corrupt officials&mdash;&ldquo;Laws of the
+Indies&rdquo;&mdash;Philippines a dependency of Mexico up to
+1800&mdash;The opening of the Suez Canal&mdash;Hordes of useless
+officials&mdash;The Asimilistas&mdash;Discontent, but no
+disturbance&mdash;Absence of crime&mdash;Natives petition for the
+expulsion of the Friars&mdash;Many signatories of the petition
+punished.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Spanish Colonial system was based upon the simple
+and well-recognised principle of rewarding political services to the
+Government in power, by the pillage of a colony.</p>
+<p>Sometimes special circumstances rendered it necessary for the
+Government to send out the man best fitted to cope with a critical
+situation, but in normal times the good old corrupt plan was
+followed.</p>
+<p>The appointment of a Governor-General would be arranged by the Prime
+Minister and submitted for the approval of the monarch. The Colonial
+Minister, like the other subordinate ministers, counted for little in a
+Cabinet presided over by such commanding personalities as
+C&aacute;novas, or Sag&aacute;sta. They were, in fact, mere heads of
+departments.</p>
+<p>In another chapter I have remarked that it was generally believed
+that General Weyler purchased his appointment as Governor-General of
+the Philippines, by a cash payment and an annual subsidy.</p>
+<p>There were, however, certain officials whom it would be unjust to
+class with those who practically had to rob for their living, because
+they were subject to dismissal at any moment. These unfortunates knew
+perfectly well that integrity and ability would not ensure them a
+single day&rsquo;s grace. Whenever the man in power wanted that place
+for his cousin or his uncle, out they would go. Similarly, if
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb49" href="#pb49" name=
+"pb49">49</a>]</span>they had any interest, misbehaviour would not lose
+the appointment. Considering the system, the wonder was that some of
+them were honest, not that most of them were thieves.</p>
+<p>Amongst those who had fixed appointments were the Inspector-General
+of Forests and his assistants. Every British and American resident in,
+or visitor to Manila, will remember a Catalan gentleman, Don Sebastian
+Vidal y Soler and his charming wife Dona Ella Paoli de Vidal, a lady
+from Philadelphia. Vidal was a man of great learning and equal modesty,
+a man of the strictest honour, kind-hearted and charitable in the
+extreme. He was well-known in America, in London, Paris, and Amsterdam,
+and wherever botanists congregate. His death in 1890 was universally
+regretted.</p>
+<p>In the same branch of the service there was another gentleman whom I
+must name. Don Jos&eacute; Sainz de Baranda, at one time acting
+Colonial Secretary, is a most courteous gentleman, whose high character
+and marked ability were well worthy of the confidence reposed in him by
+General Terrero. Any country might be proud to own Se&ntilde;or Sainz
+de Baranda. For my part I preserve the most agreeable remembrances of
+these two friends.</p>
+<p>In the Department of Public Works there were men of considerable
+attainments as engineers&mdash;Don Eduardo Lopez Navarro, author of the
+project for the new harbour; Don Genaro Palacios, who designed and
+carried out the waterworks and designed the Church of Saint Sebastian,
+in both of which works I took part; and Se&ntilde;or Brockman, who
+constructed several lighthouses in different parts of the Archipelago.
+I feel bound to say that so far as my knowledge went, there was no
+corruption or underhand work in either the Inspection of Forests or the
+Public Works.</p>
+<p>As to the patronage of other civil offices I have had the procedure
+explained to me by a Spaniard well up in the subject, and I give an
+imaginary instance to illustrate the system.</p>
+<p>When a political party came into power and the question of forming
+the Cabinet was being debated, Se&ntilde;or M&mdash;&mdash;, a leader
+of a group of deputies, might say, &ldquo;I renounce the honour of
+entering the Cabinet, and instead will take the Presidency of the
+Chamber and the right to appoint the Collector of Customs at Havana,
+the Intendant General of Hacienda at Manila, and the Governor of
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb50" href="#pb50" name=
+"pb50">50</a>]</span>Batangas, with a dozen second and third class
+governorships or judgeships.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>If this was agreed to, perhaps, after some haggling, Se&ntilde;or
+M&mdash;&mdash; distributed the nominations to the lower appointments
+amongst his supporters, who disposed of them for their own
+advantage.</p>
+<p>The nominations to the higher offices remained the absolute private
+property of Se&ntilde;or M&mdash;&mdash;, and he proceeded to pick out
+men up to the job, to undertake the appointments. Some of them paid him
+large sums in cash, and others entered into contracts binding
+themselves to remit him monthly a large proportion of their emoluments
+and pickings. In some cases it was stipulated that if a single payment
+was in default, the unfortunate employ&eacute; would be instantly
+dismissed. I have personally known of this condition. Those he
+nominated referred to him as their <i>padrino</i> or godfather.</p>
+<p>The actual holders of the offices referred to would then be
+summarily dismissed, however well they might have behaved whilst
+serving, and the new horde would be installed in their places and would
+use every means to fill their pockets and to pay their
+<i>padrino</i>.</p>
+<p>Complaints against them were not likely to lead to their removal,
+for they were protected in Madrid by the powerful political interest of
+their <i>padrino</i>. If they kept within the criminal law, they had
+little to fear, however greedy they might be.</p>
+<p>Some of the governors and other officials had the talent of filling
+their pockets without making enemies. I have already referred to a
+Governor of Batangas, as eminent in this line. It must not be supposed
+that the illicit gains of the officials were extorted from the
+individual native. They were principally drawn from the <i>fallos</i>,
+or local tax in redemption of <i>polos</i> or personal service. This
+money ought to have been employed in repairing roads, bridges, and
+public buildings. But as nearly the whole was diverted into the pockets
+of the officials and their <i>padrinos</i>, the roads became impassable
+in the wet season, the bridges, if of wood, rotted, if of stone, were
+thrown down by the earthquakes or carried away by floods, whilst the
+tribunales (town halls), fell into decay. I have known cases where a
+planter has been unable for months to send his sugar down to the port
+for shipment, as it was absolutely impossible for carts to pass along
+the road in the wet season. In a <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb51"
+href="#pb51" name="pb51">51</a>]</span>wealthy and populous province
+like Batangas, the <i>fallos</i> were sufficient to have paved all the
+main roads in the province with granite and to have bridged every
+stream.</p>
+<p>I may mention here a characteristic trait of Spanish administration.
+When a river-bridge fell down, they not only did not repair or renew
+it, but they put up to auction the monopoly of ferrying vehicles and
+passengers across the stream. The purchaser of the right fastened a
+rattan across the river and provided a couple of canoes with a platform
+of cane laid over them, which served to ferry vehicles across by means
+of the rope; one or two at a time at a rather heavy charge. This truly
+Spanish method provided a revenue for the Administration, or pickings
+for an official, instead of requiring an outlay for a new bridge.</p>
+<p>Still, the natives, never having known anything better, supported
+these drawbacks with remarkable equanimity. They were left very much to
+themselves, and were not interfered with nor worried. The army was
+small and the conscription did not press heavily upon them.</p>
+<p>They lived under the &ldquo;Leyes de Indias&rdquo; (may their makers
+have found favour with God), a code of laws deserving of the greatest
+praise for wisdom and humanity. They protected the native against
+extortion, constituting him a perpetual minor as against the usurer. He
+could not be sued for more than five dollars. Compare this wise
+disposition with what has been going on in India ever since the British
+Government has administered it, where the principal occupation of the
+lower courts is to decree the foreclosure of mortgages on the
+ryot&rsquo;s patches of land at the suit of the village usurer. The
+result has been that in some provinces the small landowner class who
+furnished fighting men for the Indian Army has almost disappeared. It
+is only now in 1900 that something is proposed to be done to remedy
+this evil, and knowing my countrymen, I quite expect some weak-kneed
+compromise will be arrived at.</p>
+<p>The &ldquo;Leyes de Indias&rdquo; conferred upon the native the
+perpetual usufruct of any land that he kept under cultivation; and this
+right descended from father to son.</p>
+<p>As a result of these laws, most of the arable land in Luzon,
+Ceb&uacute;, and some other islands belongs to the natives to this day,
+although many of them have no other title than possession. The natives
+also had the privilege of cutting <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb52"
+href="#pb52" name="pb52">52</a>]</span>timber in the forests for
+house-building or repairing, or for making a canoe free of dues. They
+could also cut bamboos for their fences or roofs and collect
+firewood.</p>
+<p>These privileges were restricted to natives, and were not extended
+to Spaniards or Chinese. The taxes paid by the natives were light and
+they could live and thrive.</p>
+<p>Had these wise and admirable laws been carried out in the spirit in
+which they were made, the Philippines might have been Spanish to this
+day and the natives would have had little to complain of.</p>
+<p>The Philippines were for nearly three centuries after their
+discovery by the Spaniards a mere dependency of Mexico, communication
+being kept up by an annual galleon or sometimes two sailing between
+Acapulco and Manila through the Strait of San Bernardino. The long and
+tedious voyage deterred all but priests and officials from proceeding
+to the Philippines.</p>
+<p>When this route was given up, which happened some ten years before
+the Independence of Mexico, which was proclaimed in 1820, communication
+with the Peninsula was by sailing vessels via the Cape of Good Hope.
+That was a voyage that would not be lightly undertaken either going or
+returning. Spaniards who then came to the Archipelago often stayed
+there for the rest of their lives.</p>
+<p>The opening of the Suez Canal in 1869 and the establishment of a
+line of steamers bringing Manila within thirty days of Barcelona was
+the most important event in the history of the Philippines since the
+conquest, and it had the gravest consequences. It greatly stimulated
+the trade of the Philippines, but it enormously increased the number of
+Spaniards in the Islands. Hordes of hungry-looking Iberians arrived by
+every steamer with nominations to posts for which most of them
+possessed no qualification. It seemed as if all the loafers of the
+Puerta del Sol and the Calle de Alcal&aacute; were to be dumped in the
+Philippines and fed by the Treasury.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e3252width" id="p053-1"><img src=
+"images/p053-1.jpg" alt=
+"Vicols Preparing Hemp.&mdash;Drawing Out the Fibre." width="510"
+height="405">
+<p class="figureHead">Vicols Preparing Hemp.&mdash;Drawing Out the
+Fibre.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984"><i>See p. <a href="#pb286" class=
+"pageref">286</a>.</i></p>
+</div>
+<div class="figure xd20e3263width" id="p053-2"><img src=
+"images/p053-2.jpg" alt=
+"Reduced Fac-simile of the Document of Identity of the Author, Showing the Amount Paid Annually as Poll-tax, $22.50."
+width="515" height="382">
+<p class="figureHead">Reduced Fac-simile of the Document of Identity of
+the Author, Showing the Amount Paid Annually as Poll-tax, $22.50.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984"><i>To face p. 53.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p>Places had to be found for them, and a bureaucratic administration
+partly copied from French practice, was rapidly substituted for the old
+paternal r&eacute;gime. New departments were organised or the old ones
+greatly extended. Far more money was spent on the salaries of engineers
+and assistant-engineers than on public works. The salaries of the
+officials of the Woods and Forests exceeded the revenue derived from
+dues on timber cut in <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb53" href="#pb53"
+name="pb53">53</a>]</span>the Crown forests, and their regulations
+seriously interfered with the privileges of the natives previously
+mentioned, and caused great discontent. The salaries of the Inspectors
+of Mines were almost a useless expense, for there was no revenue
+derived from mines, in fact there were no mines, only placers and
+washings. A medical service was organised at great cost and to little
+advantage. Doctors were appointed to reside at the hot springs, and one
+could not take a bath there without paying a fee. Model farms and
+Schools of Agriculture were started, to find places for more Spaniards,
+for the officials received their salaries, but no funds were
+forthcoming for material or establishment.</p>
+<p>In 1886 there took place the separation of the executive and the
+judicial functions, and eighteen civil governors were appointed to the
+principal provinces. Later on, eighteen judges of first instance were
+nominated to these same provinces. After centuries of rule, the
+Alcaldes Mayores were abolished.</p>
+<p>Then came a period when certain bureaucrats in Madrid conceived what
+they thought a vast and patriotic idea. They founded a school of
+politicians who called themselves <i>Asimilistas</i>. Their grand idea
+was to assimilate the administration of the Philippines to that of the
+Mother Country. They thought it wise to assimilate the institutions of
+a tropical dependency with eight millions of native inhabitants, of
+whom one-sixth part were independent heathen or Mahometans, to the
+gradually evolved institutions of Old Spain.</p>
+<p>By way of a commencement they began to speak and write of the
+Philippines as &ldquo;that beautiful province of Spain.&rdquo; The
+Philippine army had always been distinct from the Peninsular army, but
+now by a paper reform it was embodied in it, and the regiments were
+re-numbered, the 1st Visayas Regiment becoming the 74th, etc. This was
+considered to be a strong link to bind together the Mother Country and
+the Colony.</p>
+<p>The extra expense of these crowds of employ&eacute;s and of some
+expeditions to Mindanao and Jol&oacute; was very heavy, accordingly
+every year saw some new and oppressive tax. In 1883 the
+&ldquo;Tributo,&rdquo; or tribute that had been paid by the natives
+since the conquest, was replaced by a tax on the C&eacute;dula
+Personal, or document of identity, and this was paid by all adults of
+both sexes, whether Spaniards, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb54"
+href="#pb54" name="pb54">54</a>]</span>foreigners, or half-castes. In
+the Appendix will be found a facsimile of my c&eacute;dula.</p>
+<p>The Customs duties were several times raised, sometimes without much
+notice. A tax on all trades and professions, on horses and carriages, a
+heavy port tax, a vexatious tax on all animals slaughtered, even down
+to a sucking pig, taxes on the hand-looms used by the women in their
+spare time, taxes on sugar-mills, rice-mills, on boats and lighters,
+and on houses; all these and many more were collected.</p>
+<p>There were also serious agrarian disputes between the Dominicans,
+the Augustinians, and the tenants on their estates, owing to excessive
+rents demanded by the friars. All these circumstances brought about a
+great change in the relations between the Spaniards and the natives.
+Whereas formerly the wealthy native kept open house on feast days, and
+received with pleasure the visits of Spaniards, generally elderly men
+used to the country and speaking the language of the people, he now
+found his house invaded by a crowd of young officials new to the
+country and its ways, who fell on the eatables like a swarm of
+famishing locusts, and soon devoured the turkeys and hams and other
+good things he had provided to entertain his friends. Besides, his
+women-folk would probably not be treated by the new-comers with the
+courtesy and consideration they had been used to.</p>
+<p>An estrangement gradually made itself felt, and increased year by
+year, in direct proportion to the influx of Spaniards. Not one in a
+hundred of these did any useful work or added in any way to the wealth
+of the community. They were the drones of the hive, and were in fact
+directly harmful, for they had to be supported from the Treasury, and
+they irritated the natives by their illegal exactions and overbearing
+conduct whenever they came in contact with them.</p>
+<p>Still year after year passed without disturbances. From 1877 to
+1892, whilst I was in the country, I can testify that almost perfect
+order reigned. The fighting in Mindanao and Jol&oacute; went on as a
+matter of course like the Acheen war in Sumatra, and an expedition was
+sent against the Igorrotes. But in the civilised districts of Luzon and
+Visayas good order was kept. The only outbreak I remember was the
+religious excitement in Samar, which closed when the false gods were
+shot down. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb55" href="#pb55" name=
+"pb55">55</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Crime was infrequent, and in those fourteen years I do not think
+half-a-dozen executions took place. There was less risk of burglary in
+Manila than in a London suburb. Whatever their faults I must give the
+Spanish Administration credit for the perfect order they kept. Manila,
+in this respect, compared favourably with Hong Kong, and still better
+with Singapore, where the authorities, perhaps remembering the fate of
+Governor Eyre of Jamaica, and in terror of Exeter Hall, tolerated the
+incredible insolence of the Chinese secret societies. These villainous
+organisations, which in Singapore successfully defied the law, never
+raised their heads in Manila, and Rajah Brooke showed how to treat them
+in Sarawak.</p>
+<p>In pursuance of the <i>Asimilista</i> policy, in July 1887, the
+Penal Code was put in force in the Philippines by peremptory order from
+the Government at Madrid, and much against the opinion of experienced
+officials. In December of the same year the Civil Code was
+promulgated.</p>
+<p>It cannot be said that these reforms, however well-intended,
+produced any beneficial effect on the natives. Combined with the great
+increase in taxation, they intensified the discontent that was always
+smouldering, more especially in the hearts of the native priests. Their
+grievances against the religious orders, and more particularly against
+the Recollets, who had been compensated for the handing over of their
+benefices in Mindanao to the Jesuits, at the expense of the secular
+clergy, were the cause of their bitter hatred of the Spanish
+friars.</p>
+<p>In 1883 Field-Marshal Jovellar had thought it necessary to
+strengthen the small garrison by bringing out two battalions of Marine
+Infantry. However it was not till March 1st, 1888, that some natives
+and mestizos, emboldened by the fact that an anti-clerical, D. Jose
+Centeno, a mining engineer, was Acting Civil Governor of Manila, walked
+in procession to his official residence and presented a petition
+addressed to the Governor-General, demanding the immediate expulsion of
+the friars of the religious orders, and of the Archbishop, whom they
+declared unworthy to occupy the Primacy of the Islands. They further
+demanded the secularisation of the benefices and the confiscation of
+the estates of the Augustinians and the Dominicans.</p>
+<p>To this petition there were 810 signatures, but when the signatories
+were summoned and examined, most of <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb56"
+href="#pb56" name="pb56">56</a>]</span>them (as is their custom)
+declared they did not know what they had signed, and denied that they
+wished the friars to be expelled.</p>
+<p>The petition was said to have been written by Doroteo Cortes, a
+mestizo lawyer, but I am told he did not sign it.</p>
+<p>This manifestation, sixteen years after the mutiny at Cavite, seems
+to have had some relation to that event, for the petition accused the
+friars of compassing the death of Father Burgos, by subornation of
+justice.</p>
+<p>The result of this appeal of the natives was that the principal
+persons who took part in it were banished, or sent to reside at
+undesirable spots within the Archipelago.</p>
+<p>There were some agrarian disturbances at Calamba and Santa Rosa, one
+of the estates of the Dominicans, in 1890.</p>
+<p>I may say that only the Augustinians, the Dominicans, and the
+Recollets possess landed estates, and that I have had the opportunity
+of examining several of them. They are all situated in Tagal territory,
+and as they are the pick of the lands, their possession by the friars
+has caused great heart-burnings amongst the Tagals&mdash;there has been
+a smouldering agrarian discontent for years. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb57" href="#pb57" name="pb57">57</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch7" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter VII.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">The Religious Orders.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">The Augustinians&mdash;Their glorious
+founder&mdash;Austin Friars in
+England&mdash;Scotland&mdash;Mexico&mdash;They sail with Villalobos for
+the Islands of the Setting Sun&mdash;Their disastrous voyage&mdash;Fray
+Andres Urdaneta and his companions&mdash;Foundation of Ceb&uacute; and
+Manila with two hundred and forty other towns&mdash;Missions to Japan
+and China&mdash;The Flora Filipina&mdash;The Franciscans&mdash;The
+Jesuits&mdash;The Dominicans&mdash;The Recollets&mdash;Statistics of
+the religious orders in the islands&mdash;Turbulence of the
+friars&mdash;Always ready to fight for their country&mdash;Furnish a
+war ship and command it&mdash;Refuse to exhibit the titles of their
+estates in 1689&mdash;The Augustinians take up arms against the
+British&mdash;Ten of them fall on the field of battle&mdash;Their
+rectories sacked and burnt&mdash;Bravery of the archbishop and friars
+in 1820&mdash;Father Iba&ntilde;ez raises a battalion&mdash;Leads it to
+the assault of a Moro Cotta&mdash;Execution of native priests in
+1872&mdash;Small garrison in the islands&mdash;Influence of the
+friars&mdash;Their behaviour&mdash;Herr
+Jagor&mdash;Foreman&mdash;Worcester&mdash;Younghusband&mdash;Opinion of
+Pope Clement X.&mdash;Tennie C. Claflin&mdash;Equality of
+opportunity&mdash;Statuesque figures of the girls&mdash;The
+author&rsquo;s experience of the Friars&mdash;The Philippine
+clergy&mdash;Who shall cast the first stone?&mdash;Constitution of the
+orders&mdash;Life of a friar&mdash;May become an archbishop&mdash;The
+chapter&mdash;The estates&mdash;The Peace Commission&mdash;Pacification
+retarded&mdash;Who will collect the rents?</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">Before referring further to these estates it may be as
+well to give a brief sketch of the religious orders, whose existence is
+bound up with the history of the Philippines, to the conversion and
+civilisation of which they have so largely contributed. They won the
+islands for Spain, they held them for centuries, and now, having served
+their purpose, they have lost them, doubtless for ever.</p>
+<p>The Augustinians were the pioneers in converting the inhabitants of
+the Philippines, and they have maintained their predominance ever
+since.</p>
+<p>I therefore begin my description with this venerable order, and it
+will be proper to say something about its glorious founder.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb58" href="#pb58" name=
+"pb58">58</a>]</span></p>
+<p>The following data are taken from the &lsquo;Encyclop&aelig;dia
+Britannica&rsquo; and other sources.</p>
+<p>Augustine (Aurelius Augustinus) one of the four great fathers of the
+Latin Church, and admittedly the greatest of the four, was born at
+Tagaste (Tajelt), a town of Numidia, North Africa, <span class=
+"sc">A.D.</span> 354. His father, Patricius, was a burgess of this
+town, and was still a pagan at the time of his son&rsquo;s birth.</p>
+<p>His mother, M&oacute;nica, was not only a Christian, but a woman of
+the most elevated, tender, and devoted piety, whose affectionate and
+beautiful enthusiasm have passed into a touching type of womanly
+saintliness for all ages.</p>
+<p>Augustine studied rhetoric at Madaura and Carthage, and visited Rome
+and Milan.</p>
+<p>He passed many years in unrest of mind and doubt, but ultimately a
+passage from Romans xii. 13, 14 seemed to pour the light of peace into
+his heart. He became a Christian and was baptised in his thirty-third
+year. Patricius was also converted and baptised, and Monica found the
+desire of her life fulfilled and her dear ones united to her in
+faith.</p>
+<p>After some years of retirement, Augustine made a journey to Hippo
+Regius, a Roman colony on the River Rubricatus in North Africa, and
+became a presbyter.</p>
+<p>His principal writings are &lsquo;The City of God,&rsquo;
+&lsquo;Confessions,&rsquo; and &lsquo;The Trinity.&rsquo;</p>
+<p>He died during the siege of Hippo by the Vandals at the age of
+75.</p>
+<p>The theological position and influence of Augustine may be said to
+be unrivalled. No single name has ever exercised such power over the
+Christian Church, and no one mind has ever made such an impression upon
+Christian thought.</p>
+<p>The Augustinians look upon this great Christian moralist as their
+founder, and reverence his memory and that of his saintly mother.</p>
+<p>Whether he personally drew up the rules they observe or not, they
+were his disciples, following in his foot-steps, and finding their
+inspiration in his writings and example.</p>
+<p>Great indeed must have been the magnetic force of that vehement
+nature that it could give an impetus to his followers that carried them
+all over Europe, that made them the companions of the discoverers and
+conquerors of <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb59" href="#pb59" name=
+"pb59">59</a>]</span>the New World, and that filled their hearts with
+zeal and courage to face the dangers of the great lone ocean in company
+with Villalobos and Leg&aacute;spi.</p>
+<p>The Order traces its inception to the town of Hippo, and fixes the
+date at <span class="sc">A.D.</span> 395. Many, doubtless, were its
+vicissitudes, but in the year 1061, and again in 1214, we find the
+Order remodelled and extended. The Augustinians were very numerous in
+England and Scotland. In 1105 they had settled at Colchester and at
+Nostell, near Pontefract. Later they had abbeys at Bristol, Llantony,
+Christchurch, Twynham, Bolton and London, where part of their church
+(Austin Friars) is still standing. Altogether they had 170 houses in
+England. Their first house in Scotland was at Scone in 1114, and they
+soon had 25 houses, including churches or abbeys at Inchcolm in the
+Firth of Forth, St Andrew&rsquo;s, Holyrood, Cambuskenneth and
+Inchaffray.</p>
+<p>The Austin Friars or Black Canons were then described as an order of
+regular clergy holding a middle position between monks and secular
+canons, almost resembling a community of parish priests living under
+rule, and they have retained these characteristics to the present
+day.</p>
+<p>They were numerous in Spain, and some of the other Orders, such as
+the Dominicans or Preaching Friars, the Franciscans, and the Recollets,
+may almost be looked upon as offshoots of this venerable order, for
+they conformed to its general rule, with certain additions. Thus the
+Dominicans, founded by Saint Dominic de Guzman, were incorporated in
+1216 by a Bull of Pope Honorius III. and adopted a rule of absolute
+poverty or mendicancy in addition to the usual vows of chastity and
+obedience.</p>
+<p>This Order held its first chapter in 1220 at Bologna, under the
+presidency of its founder.</p>
+<p>The vows of poverty of this powerful Order have not prevented it
+from holding large estates in the Philippines, from owning blocks of
+buildings in Manila and Hong Kong, and from having a huge sum invested
+in British and American securities. These however belong to the
+Corporation and not to the individual members.</p>
+<p>From Spain the Augustinians spread to Mexico and assisted the
+Franciscans, who were the pioneers there under Father Bartolom&eacute;
+de Olm&eacute;do and Father Martin de Valencia, to gather in the
+abundant harvest. Father Toribio de Benav&eacute;nte was one of twelve
+Franciscans sent out in 1523, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb60" href=
+"#pb60" name="pb60">60</a>]</span>and he has left records of the
+success of these missionaries. They opened schools and founded
+colleges, and in twenty years nine millions of converts had been
+admitted into the Christian fold.</p>
+<p>By this time Magellan had passed the narrow straits, and sailing
+across the vast solitudes of the Pacific had reached the Visayas
+Islands to meet his fate, and Sebastian de Elcano had completed the
+circumnavigation of the globe and had arrived in Spain with accounts of
+the new lands which the expedition had discovered.</p>
+<p>When, in 1542, Captain Ruy Lopez de Villalobos sailed from Natividad
+(Mexico) for the Islands of the Setting Sun, only to die of grief at
+Amboyna, there accompanied him a group of Augustinian Friars. After the
+loss of his vessels the survivors took ship for Goa and from thence
+returned to Europe, arriving at Lisbon in August 1549, <i>seven
+years</i> after leaving the port of Natividad.</p>
+<p>The Order has carefully preserved the names of these early
+missionaries; they are, Frs. Jeronimo de San Esteban, Sebastian de
+Trasierra, Nicolas de Perea, Alonso Alvarado.</p>
+<p>In the expedition under General Don Miguel Lopez de Leg&aacute;spi,
+which sailed in 1564, Fray Andres Urdan&eacute;ta, an Augustinian, went
+as chief navigator and cartographer, and the following friars
+accompanied him: Frs. Andres de Aiguirre, Martin de Rada, Diego
+Herrero, Pedro Gamboa.</p>
+<p>Since founding the city of Ceb&uacute; in 1570, and the city of
+Manila the following year, the Augustinians have continued to found
+town after town, and down to 1892 had founded no less than two hundred
+and forty-two, administered by two hundred and forty-seven priests of
+the Order as by the following table:&mdash;</p>
+<p><span class="sc">Year 1892.</span></p>
+<div class="table">
+<h4 class="tablecaption">Summary of Towns founded by the
+Augustinians.</h4>
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td>Handed over to other Orders</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">28</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Amalgamated with other towns</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">11</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Administered by Augustinians</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">203</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Total</td>
+<td class="sum xd20e2033">242</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p>Population of the above 203 towns, 2,082,181. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb61" href="#pb61" name="pb61">61</a>]</span></p>
+<div class="table">
+<h4 class="tablecaption">The Augustinians in the Philippine
+Islands.</h4>
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="5">In Parish Ministry.</td>
+<td>Parish Priests</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">188</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Stewards</td>
+<td class="xd20e3450">37</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Coadjutors</td>
+<td class="xd20e3450">7</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Vicars (learning dialects)</td>
+<td class="xd20e3450">3</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Missionaries</td>
+<td class="xd20e3450">12</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td class="sum xd20e2033">247</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="5">Residing in the convents of Manila, Ceb&uacute;, and
+Guadalupe.</td>
+<td>Superiors or Office bearers</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">19</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Conventual Priests</td>
+<td class="xd20e3450">7</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Students</td>
+<td class="xd20e3450">14</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Invalids</td>
+<td class="xd20e3450">6</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Lay Brethren</td>
+<td class="xd20e3450">17</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td class="sum xd20e2033">63</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Total</td>
+<td class="sum xd20e2033">310</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p>In former years this Order had established missions in Japan, and
+they were very successful in making converts, but during the
+persecution many members of the Order lost their lives, or, as they
+phrase it, &ldquo;attained the palm of martyrdom.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>At the present time they maintain seven missionaries in the province
+of Hun-nan in China. In Spain they support three colleges, Valladolid,
+La Vid, and La Escorial. They are also in charge of the magnificent
+church of that extraordinary palace, and of the priceless library of
+which they are editing a catalogue.</p>
+<p>The Augustinians have published a great many works, such as grammars
+and vocabularies of the native dialects, and many books of
+devotion.</p>
+<p>One of their leading men, Father Manuel Blanco, was a most learned
+and laborious botanist. He collected and classified so many of the
+Philippine plants that the Order decided to complete his work and
+publish it. Fray Andres Naves and Fray Celestino Fernandez Villar, both
+well-known to me, worked for years at this, and were assisted by my
+illustrious friend H. E. Don Sebastian Vidal Soler and others.</p>
+<p>The result is a most sumptuous and magnificent work&mdash;published
+in Manila&mdash;there being four folio volumes enriched by many
+hundreds of coloured plates of the different trees, shrubs, orchids and
+lianas, most beautifully executed from water-colour paintings by D.
+Regino Garcia and others. This monumental book is called the
+&lsquo;Flora Filipina.&rsquo; It received a diploma of honour at the
+International Colonial Exhibition of Amsterdam in 1883. The British
+Museum <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb62" href="#pb62" name=
+"pb62">62</a>]</span>possesses a copy, but unfortunately most of the
+work was destroyed by fire in the bombardment of the Convent of
+Guadalupe during the war.</p>
+<p>However, the widow of Se&ntilde;or Vidal, now Mrs. Amilon of
+Philadelphia, still has some copies to dispose of.</p>
+<p>I hope that what I have said about the Augustinians will show that
+they are not the lazy and unprofitable persons they are sometimes
+represented. The same may be said of the Dominicans.</p>
+<p>The Augustinians were followed, after an interval of seven years, by
+the Franciscans, four years after that by the Jesuits, six years after
+the Jesuits came the Dominicans.</p>
+<p>Last of all came the Recollets, or bare-footed Augustinians.</p>
+<p>The following Table gives the numbers of friars of the five
+religious orders in the Philippines, at the dates mentioned, taken from
+their own returns. The first column gives the dates of the first
+foundation of the Order, the second the date of its arrival in the
+Archipelago. The other columns give the statistics of baptisms,
+marriages and deaths, taken from the parish registers.</p>
+<div class="table">
+<h4 class="tablecaption">Statement of the Population Administered by
+the Religious Corporations and Secular Clergy in the Philippines,
+1896.</h4>
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr class="label">
+<td>Year of Foundation or Revival.</td>
+<td>Year of Arrival.</td>
+<td>Corporation.</td>
+<td>Towns.</td>
+<td>Provinces.</td>
+<td>Friars.</td>
+<td>Baptisms.</td>
+<td>Marriages.</td>
+<td>Burials.</td>
+<td>Souls.</td>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td>395<br>
+1061</td>
+<td>1570</td>
+<td>Augustinians</td>
+<td>203</td>
+<td>16</td>
+<td>310</td>
+<td>98,731</td>
+<td>20,355</td>
+<td>83,051</td>
+<td>2,082,131</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1532</td>
+<td>1606</td>
+<td>Recollets</td>
+<td>194</td>
+<td>20</td>
+<td>192</td>
+<td>56,259</td>
+<td>11,439</td>
+<td>40,008</td>
+<td>1,175,156</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1208</td>
+<td>1577</td>
+<td>Franciscans</td>
+<td>153</td>
+<td>15</td>
+<td>455</td>
+<td>38,858</td>
+<td>11,927</td>
+<td>35,737</td>
+<td>1,010,753</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1216</td>
+<td>1587</td>
+<td>Dominicans</td>
+<td>69</td>
+<td>10</td>
+<td>206</td>
+<td>27,576</td>
+<td>7,307</td>
+<td>32,336</td>
+<td>699,851</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1534</td>
+<td>1581</td>
+<td>Jesuits<a class="noteref" id="xd20e3657src" href="#xd20e3657" name=
+"xd20e3657src">1</a></td>
+<td>33</td>
+<td>6</td>
+<td>167</td>
+<td>15,302<a class="noteref" id="xd20e3668src" href="#xd20e3668" name=
+"xd20e3668src">2</a></td>
+<td>2,017</td>
+<td>4,937</td>
+<td>191,493</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td>Secular Clergy</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>967,294</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td>Total</td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td class="sum">1,330</td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td class="sum">6,126,678</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td><i>N.B.</i>&mdash;</td>
+<td>The population of the Islands according to the census of 1877</td>
+<td>5,995,160</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Probable Christian population, 1899</td>
+<td>8,000,000</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb63" href="#pb63" name=
+"pb63">63</a>]</span></p>
+<p>These holy men have, since very early times, shown themselves rather
+turbulent, and then and always endeavoured to carry matters with a high
+hand. Thus in 1582 we find them refusing to admit the diocesan visit of
+the Bishop of Manila, and that old dispute has cropped up on and off
+many times since then. At the same time we find them taking the part of
+the natives against the <i>Encomenderos</i>. They have always been
+ready to fight for their country and to subscribe money for its
+defence. When Acting Governor Guido de Lavezares headed the column
+which attacked the pirate Li-ma-Hon, he was accompanied by the
+Provincial of the Augustinians. In 1603 all the friars in Manila took
+up arms against the revolted Chinese, and three years later the
+Augustinians not only furnished a war ship to fight the Portuguese, but
+provided a captain for it in the person of one of their Order, Fray
+Antonio Flores. It appears that the estates of the Augustinians and the
+Dominicans were very early a bone of contention, for in 1689 a judge
+arrived in Manila, and, in virtue of a special commission he had
+brought from Madrid, he required them to present their titles. This
+they refused to do, and the judge was sent back to Mexico, and a friend
+of the friars was appointed as Commissioner in his place. Then the
+friars condescended to unofficially exhibit their titles. Now more than
+two centuries after the first abortive attempt, the question of the
+ownership of these lands is still under discussion.</p>
+<p>During the British occupation of Manila in 1763 the friars took up
+arms in defence of their flag, and gave their church bells to be cast
+into cannon. No less than ten Augustinians fell on the field of battle.
+The British treated them with great severity, sacking and destroying
+their rectories and estate houses, and selling everything of theirs
+they could lay hands on. I have visited the ruins of the old estate
+house of Malinta which was burnt by the British.</p>
+<p>In 1820, when the massacre of foreigners by the Manila mob took
+place, owing the cowardice of General Folgueras, the archbishop and
+friars marched out in procession to the scene of the disturbance and
+succeeded in saving many lives. In 1851 a Recollet, Father
+Iba&ntilde;ez, raised a battalion from his congregation, trained and
+commanded it. He took the field at Mindanao and with the most undaunted
+bravery led his men to the assault of a Moro Cotta, or fort, dying
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb64" href="#pb64" name=
+"pb64">64</a>]</span>like our General Wolfe at the moment of victory.
+Not one man of this battalion ever deserted or hung back from the
+combats, for the worthy priest had all their wives under a solemn vow
+never to receive them again unless they returned victorious from the
+campaign.</p>
+<p>The religious orders have frequently interfered to protect the
+natives against the civil authorities, and were often on very good
+terms with the mass of their parishioners. The greatest jealousy of
+them was felt by the native clergy.</p>
+<p>The military revolt which broke out in Cavite in 1872, was doubtless
+inspired by this class, who saw that a policy had been adopted of
+filling vacancies in all benefices except the poorest, with Spanish
+friars instead of natives. The condemnation of Burgos, Gomez, and
+Zamora, three native priests who were executed at Manila soon after the
+suppression of the revolt, is ascribed by the natives and mestizos to
+the subornation of justice to the friars, who are said to have paid a
+large sum for their condemnation.</p>
+<p>However this may be, there is no doubt that since that date the
+feeling against the friars has become intensified.</p>
+<p>The friars were the chief outposts and even bulwarks of the
+government against rebellions. Almost every rising has been detected by
+them, many plots being revealed by women under the seal of confession.
+It was only by the assistance of the friars that the islands were held
+by Spain for so many centuries almost without any military force.</p>
+<p>The islands were not conquered by force of arms&mdash;the people
+were converted almost without firing a shot.</p>
+<p>The greater part of the fighting was to protect the natives against
+Chinese pirates, Japanese corsairs, Dutch rovers, or the predatory
+heathen.</p>
+<p>The defensive forces consisted of local troops and companies of
+Mexican and Peruvian Infantry. It is only since 1828 that Manila has
+been garrisoned by regular troops from the Peninsula.</p>
+<p>During my residence in the islands I do not think there were more
+than 1500 Spanish troops in garrison in the whole islands, except when
+some marines were sent out. These troops belonged to the Peninsular
+Regiment of Artillery, and were a very fine looking set of men.</p>
+<p>That this small force could be sufficient is evidently <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb65" href="#pb65" name="pb65">65</a>]</span>due to
+the influence of the friars in keeping the people quiet.</p>
+<p>Yet the feeling of a great majority of Spanish civilians was against
+the friars, and I think many of those who supported them, only did so
+from interested motives.</p>
+<p>The consequence was that as the number of Spaniards increased, the
+influence of the friars diminished, for the Spanish anti-clericals had
+no scruples in criticising the priests and in speaking plainly to the
+natives to their prejudice.</p>
+<p>The friars have fared badly at the hands of several writers on the
+Philippines; but it will be noticed that those who know the least about
+them speak the worst of them.</p>
+<p>Herr Jagor, who was much amongst them, bears witness to the strict
+decorum of their households, whilst he very justly says that the
+behaviour of the native clergy leaves something to be desired.</p>
+<p>Foreman hints at horrors, and with questionable taste relates how he
+found amongst a priest&rsquo;s baggage some very obscene pictures.</p>
+<p>Worcester thinks the priests&rsquo; influence wholly bad. From what
+he states in his book, he must have come across some very bad specimens
+amongst the smaller islands where he wandered.</p>
+<p>Younghusband, who perhaps got his information at the bar of the
+Manila Club, describes them as &ldquo;monsters of lechery.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>There is a tradition that when the conclusions of a tribunal
+favourable to the canonisation of Santa Rosa de Lima, Patroness of the
+Indies, were laid before Pope Clement X., that Pontiff manifested his
+incredulity that a tropical climate could produce a saint. He is even
+credited with the saying that bananas and saints are not grown
+together.</p>
+<p>The tradition may be erroneous, but there is something in the
+opinion that deserves to be remembered.</p>
+<p>Temperature does have something to do with sexual morality, and in
+comparing one country with another an allowance must be made for the
+height of the thermometer.</p>
+<p>The friars in the Philippines are but men, and men exposed to great
+temptations. We should remember the tedium of life in a provincial
+town, where, perhaps, the parish priest is the only European, and is
+surfeited with the conversation of his native curates, of the
+half-caste <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb66" href="#pb66" name=
+"pb66">66</a>]</span>apothecary and the Chinese store-keeper. He has
+neither society nor amusement.</p>
+<p>I have previously remarked upon the position of women in the
+Philippines. I may repeat that their position, both by law and custom,
+is at least as good as in the most advanced countries.</p>
+<p>I remember reading with great interest, and, perhaps, some sympathy,
+a remarkable article in the <i>New York Herald</i>, of January 10th,
+1894, headed &ldquo;Virtue Defined,&rdquo; signed by Tennie C. Claflin
+(Lady Cook), and it seemed to me a plea for &ldquo;equality of
+opportunity&rdquo; between the sexes, if I may borrow the phrase from
+diplomacy. Well, that equality exists in the Philippines. Whilst
+unmarried, the girls enjoy great freedom. In that tolerant land a
+little ante-nuptial incontinence is not an unpardonable crime in a girl
+any more than in a youth, nor does it bar the way to marriage.</p>
+<p>The girls whilst young possess exceedingly statuesque figures, and
+what charms they have are nature&rsquo;s own, for they owe nothing to
+art. Their dress is modest, yet as they do not wear a superfluity of
+garments, at times, as when bathing, their figures are revealed to
+view.</p>
+<p>Bearing in mind the above condition of things and that the priest is
+the principal man in the town and able to do many favours to his
+friends, it is not surprising if some of the young women, impelled by
+the desire of obtaining his good graces, make a dead set at him, such
+as we sometimes see made at a bachelor curate in our own
+so-very-much-more frigid and, therefore, moral country. The priest,
+should he forget his vows of celibacy, is a sinner, and deserving of
+blame for failing to keep the high standard of virtue which his Church
+demands. But I do not see in that a justification for calling him a
+monster. Have we never heard of a backslider in Brooklyn, or of a
+clerical co-respondent at home, that we should expect perfection in the
+Philippines? As for the statements that the priests take married women
+by force, that is an absurdity. The Tagals are not men to suffer such
+an outrage.</p>
+<p>The toleration enjoyed by the girls, above referred to, is a
+heritage from heathen times, which three centuries of Christianity have
+failed to extirpate. In fact, this is a characteristic of the Malay
+race.</p>
+<p>During the many years I was in the islands I had frequent occasion
+to avail myself of the hospitality of the <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb67" href="#pb67" name="pb67">67</a>]</span>priests on my journeys.
+This was usually amongst the Augustinians, the Dominicans and the
+Recollets. I declare that on none of those many occasions did I ever
+witness anything scandalous, or indecorous in their convents, and I
+arrived at all hours and without notice.</p>
+<p>As to Younghusband&rsquo;s denouncement of them as &ldquo;monsters
+of lechery,&rdquo; I would say that they were notoriously the most
+healthy and the longest-lived people in the islands, and if that most
+unjust accusation was true, this could hardly be the case. It should be
+remembered that the priest of any large town would be a man advanced in
+years and therefore less likely to misconduct himself.</p>
+<p>There was also the certainty that any open scandal would be followed
+by punishment from the provincial and council of the order. I have
+known a priest to be practically banished to a wretched hamlet amongst
+savages for two years for causing scandal.</p>
+<p>Some late writers speak of the native clergy as if they were of
+superior morality and better behaved than the Spanish priests. That
+appreciation does <span class="corr" id="xd20e3820" title=
+"Source: no">not</span> commend itself to those who have had some
+experience of the Philippine clergy.</p>
+<p>Some of those I have known were of very relaxed morals, not to say
+scandalous in their behaviour. The Philippine Islands, in short, are
+not the chosen abode of chastity: but I do not know why the Spanish
+friars should be singled out for special censure in this respect.</p>
+<p>I can truly say that I was not acquainted with any class out there
+entitled to cast the first stone.</p>
+<p>Each of the orders (except the Jesuits) is a little republic
+governed or administered by officers and functionaries elected by the
+suffrages of the members. The head of the order is a Superior or
+General, who resides in Rome, but the head in the Philippines is called
+the Provincial.</p>
+<p>The brethren render him the greatest respect and obedience, kneeling
+down to kiss his hand.</p>
+<p>There is a council to assist the provincial, they are called
+definidores or padres graves, the exact nomenclature varies in the
+different orders.</p>
+<p>There is a Procurator or Commissary in Madrid, a Procurator-General
+in Manila, a Prior or Guardian to each convent not being a rectory, an
+Orator or preacher, lay-brethren in charge of estates or of works,
+parish priests, missionaries, and coadjutors, learning the native
+dialects. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb68" href="#pb68" name=
+"pb68">68</a>]</span></p>
+<p>The members of the order were appointed to benefices according to
+their standing and popularity amongst their brethren. The neophytes are
+trained in one of the seminaries of the order in Spain; for instance,
+the Augustinians have colleges at Valladolid, La Vid, and La Escorial,
+with more than 300 students.</p>
+<p>When a young priest first arrived in the Philippines, he was sent as
+a coadjutor to some parish priest to learn the dialect of the people he
+is to work amongst. Then he would be appointed a missionary to the
+heathen, where he lived on scanty pay, amongst savages, either in the
+highlands of Luzon or in some remote island, remaining there for two or
+three years. His first promotion would be to a parish consisting of a
+village of thatched houses (nipa) and, perhaps, the church and convent
+would be of the same material. This meant a constant and imminent dread
+of the almost instantaneous destruction of his dwelling by fire.
+Perhaps there is communication with Manila once a month, when, by
+sending to the nearest port, he may get letters and newspapers and
+receive some provisions, an occasional cask of Spanish red wine, some
+tins of chorizos (Estreme&ntilde;o smoked sausages), a sack of
+garbanzos, or frij&oacute;les, a box of turron de Alicante, and some
+cigars from the procuration of the convent in Manila. These would be
+charged to his account, and frugally as he might live, many a year
+might pass over his head before he would be out of debt to his Order.
+And poor as he might be, he would never refuse his house or his table
+to any European who might call upon him. Later on, if his conduct had
+satisfied his superiors, the time would come when he would get
+nominated to a more accessible and more profitable parish, that would
+quickly enable him to pay off the debt due to the procuration. He would
+have a church and convent of stone, keep a carriage and pair of ponies,
+and begin to have a surplus, and to contribute a little to the funds of
+his Order.</p>
+<p>Soon he would become Padre Grave, and begin to have influence with
+his colleagues. He would be removed to a richer town and nominated
+Vicario For&aacute;neo, equivalent to an archdeacon in England. Later
+on, he might be elected a Definidor, or councillor. Then, perhaps, one
+of the great prizes of the order fell to his lot. He might be appointed
+parish priest of Taal or Bi&ntilde;an, worth at least ten thousand
+dollars a year, or of rich Lipa, high amongst its coffee groves (now,
+alas! withered), which used to be worth twenty <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb69" href="#pb69" name="pb69">69</a>]</span>thousand
+dollars in a good year. He would treat himself well, and liberally
+entertain all who visited him, and governors of provinces, judges,
+officers of the Guardia Civil, would often be seen at his table.</p>
+<p>He would make large contributions to the funds of the Order, with
+the surplus revenue of his parish.</p>
+<p>If, however, the priest whose career we have been following, had
+shown sufficient character for a champion, and had become popular in
+the Order, he might, perhaps, be elected Provincial, and then,
+disposing of the influence of his Order, some day get himself made a
+Bishop or even Archbishop of Manila, should a vacancy occur, and so
+become a prince of the Church.</p>
+<p>Whatever talents a friar had, a sphere could always be found for
+their exercise. If he had a gift for preaching, he could be appointed
+Orator of the Order. If he was good at Latin and Greek, he could be
+made a professor at the university. If he was a good business man, he
+could be chosen procurator. If he had diplomatic talents<span class=
+"corr" id="xd20e3851" title="Not in source">,</span> he could be made
+commissary of the order at Madrid. In any case he was sure to be taken
+care of to the end of his days.</p>
+<p>As for the Orders in themselves, I have already said that, excepting
+the Society of Jesus, they are little republics, and that
+office-holders are elected by the votes of the members. When a general
+Chapter of the Order is held for this purpose, the members come from
+all parts and assemble in their convent in Manila.</p>
+<p>I am sorry to say that there has sometimes been so much feeling
+aroused over the question of the distribution of the loaves and fishes,
+that the opposing parties have broken up the chairs and benches to
+serve as clubs, and furiously attacked each other in the battle royal,
+and with deplorable results.</p>
+<p>In consequence of this, when the chapter or general assembly was to
+be held, the governor-general nominated a royal commissary, often a
+colonel in the army, to be present at these meetings, but only to
+interfere to keep the peace. It was something of an anomaly to see a
+son of Mars deputed to keep the peace in an assembly of the clergy. The
+meeting commenced with prayer, then one by one all the dignitaries laid
+down their offices and became private members of the Order, so that at
+the end of this ceremony every one was absolutely equal.</p>
+<p>Then the eldest rose and solemnly adjured any one <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb70" href="#pb70" name="pb70">70</a>]</span>present
+who held a Bull of the Holy Father, to produce it then and there under
+pain of major excommunication. Three times was this solemn warning
+delivered.</p>
+<p>It owes its origin, perhaps, to some surprise sprung on a
+brotherhood in former days, yet it is to be noted that one of the
+privileges of their Catholic majesties the kings of Spain was, that no
+Bull should run in their dominions without their approval.</p>
+<p>Then free from outside interference, and all present being on an
+equal footing the election takes place. Amidst great excitement the
+Provincial, the Procurator, the Orator, the Definidores, or
+Councillors, are chosen according to their popularity, or as they are
+deemed best fitted to advance the interests of the voter or the
+Order.</p>
+<p>The selection of office-holders is a matter of the greatest
+importance to the members, as those in power distribute the benefices
+and are apt to be more alive to the merits of their supporters, than to
+the pretensions of those who have voted for others.</p>
+<p>But, however divided they may be on these occasions, they unite
+against any outsider, and unless the question is evidently personal, he
+who offends a member finds the Order ranged against him, and, perhaps,
+the other Orders also, for in matters affecting their interests the
+Orders act in unison, and as has been said, have succeeded in removing
+not only governors of provinces, but governors-general also when these
+have failed to do their bidding. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb71"
+href="#pb71" name="pb71">71</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e3657" href="#xd20e3657src" name="xd20e3657">1</a></span> Expelled
+in 1768. Readmitted, 1852, for charge of schools and missions.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e3668" href="#xd20e3668src" name="xd20e3668">2</a></span> Of these
+4102 were baptisms of heathen in 1896.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch8" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter VIII.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Their Estates.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">Malinta and Piedad&mdash;Mandaloyan&mdash;San
+Francisco de Malabon&mdash;Irrigation
+works&mdash;Imus&mdash;Calamba&mdash;Cabuyao&mdash;Santa
+Rosa&mdash;Bi&ntilde;an&mdash;San Pedro Tunasan&mdash;Naic&mdash;Santa
+Cruz&mdash;Estates a bone of contention for centuries&mdash;Principal
+cause of revolt of Tagals&mdash;But the Peace Commission guarantee the
+Orders in possession&mdash;Pacification
+retarded&mdash;Summary&mdash;The Orders must go!&mdash;And be replaced
+by natives.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Augustinians own some fine estates near Manila. In
+1877 I visited Malinta and Piedad, which, according to an old plan
+exhibited to me, drawn by some ancient navigator, measured over 14,000
+acres in extent, a good part of which was cultivated and under paddy;
+still a large expanse was rocky, and grew only cogon (elephant grass).
+The lay-brother in charge, Aureliano Garcia, confided to me that he
+went about in fear, and expected to end his life under the bolos of the
+tenants. I was then new to the country, and saw no signs of discontent.
+I afterwards visited Mandaloyan, another estate nearer Manila. This was
+nearly all arable land. The house was large and commodious, and was
+used as a convalescent home for the friars. I have not a note of the
+extent of this estate, but it occupies a great part of the space
+between the rivers Maibonga and San Juan, to the north of the Pasig.
+The lay-brother in charge, Julian Ibeas, did not seem at all anxious
+about his safety. The land here was more fertile than that of Malinta,
+and there was water carriage to a market for the crops.</p>
+<p>In view of my report, which was not, however, unduly optimistic, my
+clients deputed me to ask the Augustinians for a lease of the above
+three estates for twenty-five years, the rent to be $40,000<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e3886src" href="#xd20e3886" name="xd20e3886src">1</a>
+per year for three years, and each year after that an addition of a
+thousand dollars, so that <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb72" href=
+"#pb72" name="pb72">72</a>]</span>the ultimate rent would be $62,000
+per annum. However, after taking some time to consider, the procurator
+declined the offer.</p>
+<p>On the above estates there was little or nothing done by the owners
+to improve the land. They had limited themselves to building large and
+convenient houses and granaries for their own accommodation, and to
+entertain their friends.</p>
+<p>In 1884 I constructed a pumping station on the River Tuliajan in
+this estate, and laid a pipe line right through the property to supply
+fresh water to the sugar refinery at Malabon, five miles distant. I had
+no difficulty in obtaining permission, indeed, Fray Arsenio Campo (now
+Bishop of Nueva C&aacute;ceres) facilitated the work in every way. The
+only protest was by Doroteo Cortes, a half-caste lawyer, who interposed
+as the pipe had to pass between two fish-ponds belonging to him, and he
+extorted a blackmail $800 to withdraw his opposition. Let the reader
+contrast the behaviour of the Spaniard and the half-caste, now posing
+as an &ldquo;Americanista.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>San Francisco de Malabon, another possession of theirs, is a
+magnificent property, situated on the fertile, well-watered land that
+slopes from the summits of the Tagaytay range, north of the vast
+crater-lake of Bombon, to the shores of the ever-famous Bay of Bacoor,
+the scene of Spain&rsquo;s naval collapse.</p>
+<p>Through the volcanic soil three rivers, the Ilang-ilang, the
+Camanch&iacute;le, and the J&aacute;lan, have cut deep gashes down to
+the bed-rock, on the surface of which the rapid waters rush downwards
+to the sea.</p>
+<p>A nobly-proportioned house of stone, almost a fortress, was planted
+where it commanded a grand, a stately view. From its windows the
+spectator looked over fields of waving grain, over fruit trees, and
+town and hamlets, down to the sea shore, and across the vast expanse of
+placid bay to where in the far north solitary Arayat rears his head.
+The thick walls and lofty roof excluded the solar heat, and the
+green-painted Venetians saved the inmate from the glare. Very welcome
+was that hostel, furnished in severe ecclesiastical almost
+medi&aelig;val style, to me, after the dusty up-hill drive of eight
+miles from Cavite.</p>
+<p>I visited this estate in 1879, and found that extensive irrigation
+works had been carried out. A new dam on one of the rivers, about fifty
+feet high, was approaching completion. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb73" href="#pb73" name="pb73">73</a>]</span>Unfortunately, the work
+had been executed by a lay-brother, a stone mason, without professional
+supervision. He was ignorant of the necessity of taking special
+precautions when preparing the seat for the dam. Although he had a bed
+of volcanic tuff to build upon he would not go to the trouble to cut
+into and stop all faults and crevices in the rock before laying his
+first course of masonry, and he hurried on the job to save expense as
+he supposed. For the same reason he did not attempt to follow the
+correct profile of the dam. When the pressure came on, the water
+spouted up in little fountains, and gradually increased as it cut away
+the soft stone. I advised them what to do, and after a good deal of
+work, Portland cement and puddled clay got them out of their
+difficulty.</p>
+<p>About four miles to the eastward of San Francisco de Malabon, and on
+the same volcanic soil, is the great estate of Imus belonging to the
+Recollets, or unshod Augustinians. It is about five miles from the
+landing-place at Bacoor. Here again three rivers run through the
+property, and the view from the house is the same.</p>
+<p>The house itself was a grim fortress and served the rebels well in
+1896, for they found arms and ammunition in it, and successfully
+defended it against General Aiguirre who had to retire, being unable to
+take it without artillery.</p>
+<p>In 1897 the army of General Lachambre advanced against Imus, and on
+the 24th March took the outer defences of the town, notwithstanding the
+determined resistance of the Tagals, of whom three hundred were killed
+in a hand-to-hand combat. Next day the estate house, which adjoins the
+town and had been for six months the stronghold of the Katipunan, was
+bombarded and burnt, only the ruins remain.</p>
+<p>There are extensive works of irrigation at this place also, and
+formerly a large sugar works was built here by the owners, but it
+failed, as there was no one fit to take charge of it.</p>
+<p>I have not visited this Hacienda, and cannot give its extent or
+value.</p>
+<p>Of all the Orders the greatest land-owners are the Dominicans. They
+have vast estates in Calamba, Cabuy&aacute;o, Santa Rosa, Bi&ntilde;an,
+and San Pedro Tunas&aacute;n, all on the Lake of Bay, also at Naic and
+Santa Cruz on the Bay of Manila. I have several times visited their
+estates at the first two places, and can affirm that they have expended
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb74" href="#pb74" name=
+"pb74">74</a>]</span>considerable sums in building dams for irrigating
+the lands, and I supplied them with some very large cast-iron pipes for
+the purpose of making a syphon across a ravine or narrow valley to
+convey water for irrigating the opposite plain. They have consequently
+very largely increased the value of these lands.</p>
+<p>The house at Calamba, solidly built of stone, with a strong and high
+encircling wall, served as a fortified camp and headquarters for the
+Spanish army in operation against the rebels in 1897.</p>
+<p>This estate of Calamba has earned a sad notoriety in the
+Philippines, for the disputes which constantly arose between the
+administration and their tenants.</p>
+<p>It is hardly too much to say that the possession of estates has been
+fatal to the Orders. They claim to have always been good and indulgent
+landlords, but the fact remains that all these estates are in Tagal
+territory, that only the Tagals revolted, and that the revolt was
+directed against the Orders because of their tyranny and extortions,
+and because they were landlords and rack renters.</p>
+<p>It was, is now, and ever will be an Agrarian question that will
+continue to give trouble and be the cause of crime and outrage until
+settled in a broad-minded and statesman-like manner.</p>
+<p>These estates have been a bone of contention for centuries, and were
+a principal cause of the last revolt of the Tagals. Yet the Peace
+Commission at Paris appears to have given the three Orders a new title
+to their disputed possessions by guaranteeing to the Church the
+enjoyment of its property, which, if the Spaniards had continued to
+rule the islands, must ultimately have been taken from it in the
+natural course of events, as has happened in every other Catholic
+country.</p>
+<p>I have no doubt that the pacification of the Philippines by the
+American forces has been greatly retarded, and is now rendered more
+difficult, by this clause, which must have been accepted by the
+American commissioners under a misapprehension of its import, and from
+imperfect information as to the <i>status quo</i>. This difficult
+matter can still be arranged, but it will require the outlay of a
+considerable sum of money, which, however, would eventually be
+recouped.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e3941width" id="p075"><img src="images/p075.jpg"
+alt=
+"Some of the Rising Generation in the Philippines. Scholars of the Manila Athen&aelig;um, Belonging to the Congregation of the Virgin."
+width="720" height="470">
+<p class="figureHead">Some of the Rising Generation in the Philippines.
+Scholars of the Manila Athen&aelig;um, Belonging to the Congregation of
+the Virgin.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984"><i>To face p. 75.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p>In present circumstances I venture to say that a garrison would be
+needed at each estate to protect an administrator <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb75" href="#pb75" name="pb75">75</a>]</span>or
+collector, for the Tagal tenants are as averse to paying rent for land
+as any bog-trotter in Tipperary. I do not envy anybody who purchases
+these estates, nor would I consider the life of such a one a good risk
+for an insurance company, if he intended to press the tenants for rents
+or arrears.</p>
+<p>To sum up the Religious Orders, they were hardy and adventurous
+pioneers of Christianity, and in the evangelisation of the Philippines,
+by persuasion and teaching, they did more for Christianity and
+civilisation than any other missionaries of modern times.</p>
+<p>Of undaunted courage they have ever been to the front when
+calamities threatened their flocks; they have witnessed and recorded
+some of the most dreadful convulsions of nature, volcanic eruptions,
+earthquakes, and destructive typhoons. In epidemics of plague and
+cholera they have not been dismayed, nor have they ever in such cases
+abandoned their flocks.</p>
+<p>When an enemy has attacked the islands they have been the first to
+face the shot. Only fervent faith could enable these men to endure the
+hardships, and overcome the dangers that encompassed them.</p>
+<p>They have done much for education, having founded schools for both
+sexes, training colleges for teachers, the university of St. Thomas in
+Manila, and other institutions.</p>
+<p>Hospitals and asylums attest their charity. They were formerly, and
+even lately, the protectors of the poor against the rich, and of the
+native against the Spaniard. They have consistently resisted the
+enslavement of the natives.</p>
+<p>They restrained the constant inclination of the natives to wander
+away into the woods and return to primitive savagery by keeping them in
+the towns, or, as they said, &ldquo;Under the bells.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>On the other hand, peace and plenty (those blessings for which we
+pray), have corrupted and demoralised the Orders. No longer liable at
+any moment to be called upon to fight for their lives, the sterner
+virtues have decayed. Increased production and export enriched the
+people, a gold coinage was introduced, and the friars allowed avarice
+to possess their souls.</p>
+<p>In those lands of perpetual summer no death duties have to be paid
+to a Chancellor of the Exchequer, as in this island of fog and
+mist.</p>
+<p>But the friars have a system of charges for performing <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb76" href="#pb76" name="pb76">76</a>]</span>the
+funeral ceremonies, which comes to much the same in the end. I call it
+a system; it is a very simple system, and consists in extorting as much
+as they can get, taking into consideration the wealth of the family. To
+give an instance, I have been assured by a son of Capitan Natalio
+Lopez, of Balayan, a native gentleman well known to me, that the parish
+priest charged the family six hundred dollars for performing their
+father&rsquo;s funeral ceremony. The same rule applies to baptisms and
+marriages, and this abuse calls for redress, and for the establishment
+of fixed fees according to the position of the parties.</p>
+<p>Each friar, as a parish priest, was an outpost of the central
+government, watching for symptoms of revolt. Only thus could the
+Spaniards hold the archipelago with fifteen hundred Peninsular troops,
+and a small squadron of warships.</p>
+<p>The greatest, and the best-founded, complaint of the natives against
+the priests, was that whoever displeased them, either in personal or
+money matters, was liable to be denounced to the authorities as a
+filibuster, and to be torn from home and family and deported to some
+distant and probably unhealthy spot, there to reside, at his own cost,
+for an indefinite time, by arbitrary authority, without process of law.
+Such a punishment, euphoniously termed &ldquo;forced residence,&rdquo;
+sometimes involved the death of the exile, and always caused heavy
+expense, as a pardon could not be obtained without bribing some
+one.</p>
+<p>Ysabelo de los Reyes, and other natives, accuse the friars of
+extorting evidence from suspected persons by torture. I fear there can
+be no doubt that many victims, including a number of the native
+clerics, suffered flagellation and other tortures at the hands of the
+friars for the above purpose. The convents of Nueva-C&aacute;ceres and
+of Vigan, amongst other places, were the scenes of these abominable
+practices, and Augustinians, Dominicans and Franciscans, have taken
+part in them. This is referred to at greater length in another part of
+this work under the heading, &ldquo;The Insurrection of
+1896.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Individual friars were sometimes, nay, often, very worthy parish
+priests. I have known many such. But a community is often worse than
+the individuals of which it is composed. One might say with the Italian
+musician who had served for many years in a cathedral, and had obtained
+the promise of every individual canon to support <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb77" href="#pb77" name="pb77">77</a>]</span>his
+application for a pension, when he was told that the chapter had
+unanimously refused his request:</p>
+<p>&ldquo;The canons are good, but the chapter is bad.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>A board will jointly do a meaner action than the shadiest director
+amongst them, and should it comprise one or two members of obtrusive
+piety, that circumstance enables it to disregard the ordinary standard
+of right and wrong with more assurance.</p>
+<p>There is a law in metallurgy which has a curious analogy to this law
+of human nature. It is this: An alloy composed of several metals of
+different melting-points, will fuse at a lower temperature than that of
+its lowest fusing constituent.</p>
+<p>The Orders, then, have been of the greatest service in the past;
+they have brought the Philippines and their inhabitants to a certain
+pitch of civilisation, and credit is due to them for this much, even if
+they could go no farther. For years their influence over the natives
+has been decreasing, and year by year the natives have become more and
+more antagonistic to priestly rule.</p>
+<p>A considerable intellectual development has taken place of late
+years in the Philippines. The natives are no longer content to continue
+upon the old lines; they aspire to a freer life. Many even harbour a
+sentiment of nationality such as was never thought of before.</p>
+<p>But if the Orders had lost ground with the natives and with many
+Spaniards, their influence still preponderated. Owners of vast estates,
+possessors of fabulous riches, armed with spiritual authority, knowing
+the secrets of every family, holding the venal courts of justice as in
+the hollow of their hand, dominating the local government, standing
+above the law, and purchasing the downfall of their enemies from the
+corrupt ministries in Madrid, these giant trusts, jealous of each
+other, yet standing firmly shoulder to shoulder in the common cause,
+constitute a barrier to progress that can have no place nor use under
+an American Protectorate. They are an anachronism in the twentieth
+century, and they must disappear as corporations from the
+Philippines.</p>
+<p>They should not, however, be buried under an avalanche of contumely
+and slander; their long and glorious past should be remembered, and in
+winding up their estates due regard should be paid to the interests of
+every member. I cannot here intimate how this is to be done, for it is
+an <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb78" href="#pb78" name=
+"pb78">78</a>]</span>intricate subject, rendered more complex by the
+reluctance of the American Government to interfere in religious
+matters, even though they are so bound up with the politics of the
+Philippines that no pacification can be effected without following
+popular sentiment upon this point.</p>
+<p>So far as the landed estates are concerned, the settlement could be
+arrived at by a commission with ample powers. In the meantime, no sale
+of these estates should be recognised.</p>
+<p>The benefices held by the friars should be gradually bestowed upon
+the secular clergy, as suitable men can be found. The native clergy
+have always been badly used by the friars; they have had to suffer
+abuse and ignominious treatment. They have not been in a position to
+develop their dignity and self-respect.</p>
+<p>I have spoken of them in general as leaving something to be desired
+as to decorous conduct, but they will doubtless improve when placed in
+positions of consideration and responsibility.</p>
+<p>Amongst them are men of considerable learning; some have passed
+brilliant examinations in theology and canon law.</p>
+<p>As regards piety, Malays, whether heathen, Mahometan or Christian,
+take their religion lightly, and we must not expect too much. I daresay
+they are pious enough for the country and the climate. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb79" href="#pb79" name="pb79">79</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e3886" href="#xd20e3886src" name="xd20e3886">1</a></span> Exchange
+was then at 4<i>s.</i> 2<i>d.</i></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch9" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter IX.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Secret Societies.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">Masonic Lodges&mdash;Execution or exile of Masons in
+1872&mdash;The &ldquo;<span lang="es">Associacion Hispano
+Filipina</span>&rdquo;&mdash;The &ldquo;<span lang="es">Liga
+Filipina</span>&rdquo;&mdash;The Katipunan&mdash;Its programme.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">Fray Eduardo Navarro, Procurator of the Augustinians,
+and Ysabelo de los Reyes, an Ilocano, and author of some notable works,
+agree that the first masonic lodge of the Philippines was founded in
+Cavite about 1860. The latter states that Malcampo and
+Mendez-Nu&ntilde;ez, two distinguished naval officers, were the
+founders. Soon after this, another lodge was founded in Zamboanga, also
+under naval auspices. After 1868, a lodge was founded in Manila by
+foreigners, a wealthy Filipino being secretary. Another lodge was
+founded in Pandakan, another in Ceb&uacute;, and still another in
+Cavite, to which Crisanto Reyes and Maximo Inocencio belonged.</p>
+<p>These lodges at first had only Peninsular Spaniards or other
+Europeans as members, but gradually Creoles, Mestizos, and natives,
+joined the brotherhood, and subscribed liberally to its funds.</p>
+<p>The Catholic clergy have always looked upon Masons as most dangerous
+enemies, and many pontiffs have launched their anathemas against the
+brotherhood. But, so far as one can see, to quote from &lsquo;The
+Jackdaw of Rheims,&rsquo; &ldquo;No one seemed a penny the
+worse.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Masonry grows and flourishes in spite of them all. To give an
+example. Many years ago, in the very Catholic city of Lima, I attended
+the civil funeral of a priest, the learned Doctor Don Francisco de
+Paula Gonzales Vigil, who died excommunicate. Twelve thousand men,
+including the Masons with their insignia, deputations from the Senate
+and Chamber, from the Municipality, Army, Navy, and other bodies,
+formed the funeral <i>cort&egrave;ge</i>. The Municipality <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb80" href="#pb80" name=
+"pb80">80</a>]</span>presented a tomb in the public cemetery, which is
+one of the finest in the world, and an orator pronounced an impassioned
+eulogy upon the virtues and patriotism of the deceased. It was a
+wonderful manifestation, and remains graven upon my memory. On that day
+every priest and friar found something to occupy himself with at home.
+Whatever may be the case in Great Britain or in the United States,
+there can be no doubt that in Catholic countries the lodges are
+antagonistic to the clergy and the Church.</p>
+<p>The lodges in the Philippines were founded by anti-clerical
+Spaniards of liberal views, and the Creoles, Mestizos and natives who
+joined them found brethren disposed to sympathise with them and to work
+with them against the friars. There was no idea of revolting against
+the mother country, but rather to introduce a more liberal government,
+with representation for the civilised provinces in the Spanish
+C&oacute;rtes. It must be remembered that this representation had
+already existed, and only required to be revived. There had been
+deputies to the C&oacute;rtes-Generales from 1810 to 1814, and from
+1820 to 1823, and Procuradores from 1834 to 1837.</p>
+<p>The C&oacute;rtes of Cadiz, on 14th October, 1810,
+declared:&mdash;</p>
+<div class="blockquote">
+<p class="first">&ldquo;The kingdoms and provinces of America and Asia
+are, and ought to have been always, reputed an integral part of the
+Spanish monarchy, and for that same, their natives and free inhabitants
+<i>are equal in rights and privileges to those of the
+peninsula</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+<p>These are very noble words, and, delivered in the majestic language
+of Castile by some enthusiastic orator, must have gone straight to the
+hearts of those that heard them.</p>
+<p>Spain is as celebrated for orators as Great Britain for the lack of
+them. Our generation has never produced a speaker like Castelar. But,
+unfortunately for the Philippines, these grand and sonorous phrases
+dissolved in air, and led to nothing practical. The friars stoutly
+opposed what to them seemed dangerous innovations; they were
+successful, and darkness again prevailed.</p>
+<p>The insurrection of Cavite, in 1872, resulted in the execution or
+exile of many members of the masonic body, and the brotherhood was for
+some years under a cloud.</p>
+<p>The Peninsular Spaniards dissociated themselves from <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb81" href="#pb81" name="pb81">81</a>]</span>the
+revolutionary party. To use a simile which has been employed in England
+to describe the difference between Liberals and Radicals, they were
+&ldquo;going by the same train, but not going so far.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>The Creoles and Mestizos gradually founded new societies, which were
+alleged to aim at obtaining reforms by legal and constitutional
+means.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;The Asociacion Hispano-Filipina&rdquo; had for its first
+president Doroteo Cort&eacute;s, and amongst its officers Ambrosio
+Rianzares Bautista, Pedro Serrano, and Deodato Arellano.</p>
+<p>The &ldquo;Liga Filipina&rdquo; was founded by Dr. Rizal and Domingo
+Franco; its first president was shot. Nearly all the members were
+Masons; they were well off, and of fair education, not inclined to put
+their persons or property in danger. They did not want to fight. Their
+programme may be summed up as follows:&mdash;</p>
+<ul>
+<li>1. Expulsion of the friars, and confiscation of their estates.</li>
+<li>2. The same political, administrative and economical concessions as
+had been granted to Cuba. Freedom of the press, and freedom of
+association.</li>
+<li>3. Equalisation of the Philippine and Peninsular armies, and a just
+division of Civil Service posts between natives and Spaniards.</li>
+<li>4. Return to owners of lands usurped by the friars, and sale of
+such lands as really belonged to the Orders.</li>
+<li>5. Prevention of insults to the Philippine natives, either in
+sermons or in the press.</li>
+<li>6. Economy in expenditure. Reduction of imposts. Construction of
+railways and public works.</li>
+</ul>
+<p>It was certainly not without risk to be a member of one of these
+societies, for the Orders are vindictive in the extreme, and are not
+troubled with scruples when it is a question of punishing an
+opponent.</p>
+<p>Still, the Creole and Mestizo element were made cautious by the
+possession of property, and its members cannot be called fighting-men.
+They did not intend to run the risk of having holes bored through
+them.</p>
+<p>They founded newspapers in Spain; they wrote violent articles, they
+made speeches, they obtained the support of some Liberals and
+anti-clericals in the Peninsula, and <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb82" href="#pb82" name="pb82">82</a>]</span>numbered many adherents
+in the islands. Still, they were comparatively harmless. Not so,
+however, was a society which was formed of very different elements.
+Taking a hint, perhaps, from the murderous brotherhood of the
+Ku-Klux-Klan, some resolute and courageous Tagals imagined and formed
+that terrible secret society, the Katipunan. There is no K in the
+Spanish alphabet, but this letter is found in the Malay dialects, and
+consequently in Tagal. Therefore, the symbol of the society, K.K.K.,
+was as distinctly anti-Spanish as was the full title, which was
+represented by the initials&mdash;</p>
+<p class="xd20e120">N M A N B</p>
+<p>The words corresponding to these initials were:&mdash;</p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<tr lang="tl">
+<td>Kataas-taasan</td>
+<td>Kagalang-g&aacute;lang</td>
+<td>Katipunan</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>or Sovereign</td>
+<td>Worshipful</td>
+<td>Association</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<tr lang="tl">
+<td>Nang</td>
+<td>Manga</td>
+<td>Anac</td>
+<td>Nang</td>
+<td>Bayan</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>of the</td>
+<td>(plural)</td>
+<td>sons</td>
+<td>of the</td>
+<td>Country.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p>They used signs and passwords. There were three grades of
+members:&mdash;</p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td>1st grade</td>
+<td>Katipun</td>
+<td>word Anak nang bayan.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>2nd grade</td>
+<td>Kanal</td>
+<td>word Gom-bur-za.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e4154src" href=
+"#xd20e4154" name="xd20e4154src">1</a></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>3rd grade</td>
+<td>Bayani.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p>Andr&eacute;s Bonifacio, a warehouse-keeper in the service of
+Messrs. Fressel &amp; Co., of Manila, was the guiding spirit of this
+society, and at the meeting of 1st January, 1896, the Supreme Council
+was elected as follows:&mdash;</p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td><i>President</i></td>
+<td>Andr&eacute;s Bonifacio.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Fiscal and Doctor</i></td>
+<td>Emilio Jacinto &oacute; Dison, <i>alias</i> Ping Kian.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Treasurer</i></td>
+<td>Vicente Molina.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="6"><i>Councillors</i></td>
+<td>Pantaleon Torres.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Hermengildo Reyes.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Francisco Carreon.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Jos&eacute; Trinidad.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Balbino Florentine</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Aguedo del Rosario.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb83" href="#pb83" name=
+"pb83">83</a>]</span></p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e4220">K</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e4220">K K</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e4220">Z LL B</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p>The members of the Katipunan were poor people&mdash;writers, common
+soldiers, washermen, mechanics, and tenants on the friars&rsquo;
+estates. They subscribed small sums monthly for the purchase of arms,
+and for other expenses. Bearing in mind how many conspiracies had been
+denounced to the priests by the women, the leaders of this movement
+gave their meetings the outward appearance of benevolent associations,
+and directed the members to represent the society to their wives in
+that light.</p>
+<p>Later on a woman&rsquo;s lodge, with twenty-five members was
+organised, under the presidency of Marina Dison, but the women were not
+informed of the true object of the society.</p>
+<p>Fray Eduardo Navarro, Procurator of the Augustinians, in a
+cleverly-written work, entitled &lsquo;The Philippines; a Study of
+Certain Matters of Moment,&rsquo; published in 1897, prints under No. 3
+of the Appendix the title granted by the Walana Lodge, No. 158,
+certifying that &ldquo;our dear sister, Purificacion Leyva, has been
+initiated in the degree of Companion-Mason at the session of 8th April,
+1894.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>On reading this work, I infer that the friars considered the
+Katipunan a Masonic body, but this is a mistake. The Katipunan adopted
+some of the Masonic paraphernalia, and some of the initiatory
+ceremonies, but were in no sense Masonic lodges.</p>
+<p>The programme of the Katipunan was, in its own words, &ldquo;to
+redeem the Philippines from its tyrants, the friars, and to found a
+communistic republic.&rdquo; This was simple and direct, and they meant
+it.</p>
+<p>How many men were affiliated to this society cannot be known.
+Estimates range from 10,000 to 50,000 members. I think there can be no
+doubt that it was the most potent factor in the insurrection of 1896,
+and that its members, unlike the Creoles and Mestizos, were ready to
+give their lives for their cause. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb84"
+href="#pb84" name="pb84">84</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e4154" href="#xd20e4154src" name="xd20e4154">1</a></span> This
+word is formed of the first syllable of the names of three native
+priests executed after the Cavite mutiny, Fathers Gomez, Burgos, and
+Zamora.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch10" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter X.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">The Insurrection of 1896&ndash;97.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">Combat at San Juan del Monte&mdash;Insurrection
+spreading&mdash;Arrival of reinforcements from Spain&mdash;Rebel
+entrenchments&mdash;Rebel arms and artillery&mdash;Spaniards repulsed
+from Binac&aacute;yan&mdash;and from Noveleta&mdash;Mutiny of
+Carabineros&mdash;Prisoners at Cavite attempt to
+escape&mdash;Iniquities of the Spanish War
+Office&mdash;Lachambre&rsquo;s division&mdash;Rebel
+organization&mdash;Rank and badges&mdash;Lachambre advances&mdash;He
+captures Silang&mdash;Perez
+Dasmari&ntilde;as&mdash;Salitran&mdash;Anabo II.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Augustinians take credit to themselves that one of
+their order, Father Mariano Gil, parish priest of Tondo, discovered the
+existence of the revolutionary conspiracy, on the 19th August. But
+already on the 5th of July a lieutenant of the Guardia Civil had
+declared in a written report that there were over 14,000 men belonging
+to the valley of the Pasig, affiliated to the conspiracy.</p>
+<p>A council of the authorities was convened on the 6th of August, but
+nothing was done. On that same date, however, the Governor of Batangas
+telegraphed that a discovery of arms, ammunition and Republican flags
+had been made at Taal. In consequence of this, General Blanco ordered
+some arrests to be made.</p>
+<p>On the 19th, Father Gil gave information to General Blanco that he
+had discovered the existence of a secret revolutionary society, and two
+days later Blanco reported to the Government in Madrid that there
+existed a vast organization of secret societies.</p>
+<p>At this time the garrison of Manila consisted of some 1500 men, most
+of them being natives. As arrests were being continually made, the
+members of the Katipunan, or those suspected of being such, left their
+homes and took to the woods although very poorly equipped with
+fire-arms.</p>
+<p>On 30th August a party of the rebels under Sancho <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb85" href="#pb85" name=
+"pb85">85</a>]</span>Valenzuela, Modesto Sarmiento, and others had a
+fight with some native cavalry and Guardias Civiles at San Juan del
+Monte near Manila. The rebels lost heavily in killed, their chiefs were
+taken prisoners and shot on the 4th September, at the Paseo de la
+Luneta.</p>
+<p>A Spanish artilleryman was murdered by some rebels at Pandacan about
+this time, and martial law was proclaimed.</p>
+<p>The Guardia Civil, all native soldiers, was now concentrated in
+Manila abandoning their outlying posts. After many vacillations and
+contradictory cablegrams to the Government in Madrid, General Blanco
+now definitely asked for large reinforcements.</p>
+<p>On September 1st, the people of Noveleta revolted and killed a
+captain and a lieutenant of the Guardia Civil and three days later the
+rebels penetrated to the town of Caridad, close to Cavite.</p>
+<p>Early in September rebels were in arms, and dominating great part of
+the Provinces of Manila, Cavite, Batangas, Bulacan, Pampanga and Nueva
+&Eacute;cija.</p>
+<p>By the middle of the month rebel bands appeared in Tarlac,
+Pangasin&aacute;n, Laguna, Morong and Tayabas.</p>
+<p>On the 9th September, the Cavite rebels attacked San Roque, which is
+close to the town of Cavite, and burned part of it. On the 12th,
+thirteen persons who had been convicted by a court-martial of
+complicity in the revolt were shot in Cavite.</p>
+<p>The cables from General Blanco to the Madrid Government were all
+this time misleading and contradictory, and showed that he had no grasp
+of the state of affairs. These dispatches were subjected to severe
+criticism in the <i>Heraldo</i>, a Madrid newspaper.</p>
+<p>By the middle of September troops arrived from Zamboanga and other
+southern stations, and the garrison of Manila was brought up to 6000
+men, two-thirds of whom were natives. Reinforcements were sent to
+Cavite, for the rebels were in great force about Silang, Imus, and
+Noveleta.</p>
+<p>On the 17th September another attack was made by the rebels on San
+Roque, but was repulsed.</p>
+<p>On the 1st October the mail steamer <i>Catalu&ntilde;a</i> arrived
+with a battalion of marines from Spain, greatly to the delight of the
+Spaniards, who gave the force an enthusiastic reception. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb86" href="#pb86" name="pb86">86</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Next day the ss. <i>Monserrat</i> arrived with more troops, and from
+this time forward troops kept pouring in.</p>
+<p>Still General Blanco remained on the defensive in and around the
+city of Manila and the town of Cavite, and repulsed attacks made by the
+rebels on the magazines at Binanc&aacute;yan and Las Pi&ntilde;as.</p>
+<p>The rebels were now firmly established over the rest of the Province
+of Cavite. The natural features of this part of Luzon made the
+movements of regular troops extremely difficult. The country abounds in
+rivers which run from south to north parallel to each other at short
+distances. They run at the bottom of deep ravines, which present
+excellent positions for defence. Many of these rivers have dams across
+them and the sluices in these might be opened by the defenders, or the
+dams could be blown up in case a column of the assailants should be
+entangled in the ravine below, when they would inevitably be
+overwhelmed in the descending torrent.</p>
+<p>In places the country could be flooded and thus be rendered
+impassable for troops.</p>
+<p>But the industry of the rebels, skilfully directed, had added
+enormously to these natural advantages. From the reports of
+eye-witnesses I can affirm that the entrenchments of the Tagals were
+colossal. Tagals and Boers have demonstrated that a competitive
+examination is not necessary to enable fighting-men to entrench
+themselves. The Tagal lines ran from the delta of the Zapote River to
+Naic in an almost unbroken line, approximately parallel to the
+coast.</p>
+<p>They were doubled and trebled in front of villages or towns and
+across the roads.</p>
+<p>The trace was <i>en cr&eacute;maill&egrave;re</i>, the section being
+6 feet thick at the top and 8 feet high, the exterior face vertical,
+with a revetment of bamboos fastened together with rattans. It was in
+fact a bank of earth built up against a strong bamboo fence.</p>
+<p>The defenders fired through loop-holes left in the parapet, and were
+very well covered, but they could only fire straight before them and
+horizontally.</p>
+<p>The defences of the towns had thicker and loftier parapets; in some
+cases there were three tiers of loop-holes properly splayed.</p>
+<p>The insurgents were very insufficiently armed, and at first there
+were ten men to a rifle. The man who was <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb87" href="#pb87" name="pb87">87</a>]</span>reputed the best shot
+carried the rifle and cartridge belt, and if he was killed or wounded
+in an engagement, the next best shot took the weapon and continued the
+fight. In the early actions there was scarcely ever a rifle left on the
+ground by the insurgents.</p>
+<p>The only cannon the rebels had at first were some ancient brass
+swivel guns called falconetes or lant&aacute;cas, which they took from
+the estate-houses at Imus and Malabon.</p>
+<p>They also had some brass mortars like quart pots, which are used for
+firing salutes on feast days. These they fastened at an angle to blocks
+of wood, thus making small howitzers, quite effective at short range.
+They loaded these with the punchings from boiler-plates and broken
+cooking-pots.</p>
+<p>They showed a considerable ingenuity in making cannon out of any
+materials at hand. They would take a steel boiler-tube, a stay tube for
+choice, say about three inches bore and a quarter of an inch thick.
+Plugging up one end and drilling a touch-hole, they would drive this
+tube into a hole bored in a log of hard wood turned on the outside to a
+taper, then they drove eight or nine wrought-iron rings over the wood.
+They drilled through the wood to suit the touch-hole and the gun was
+ready.</p>
+<p>They fitted no trunnions, but mounted this rude cannon upon a solid
+block of wood.</p>
+<p>In other cases they made some wire guns by lapping steel
+boiler-tubes with telegraph-wire.</p>
+<p>Towards the end of the campaign of Lachambre&rsquo;s division
+against the rebels, some modern field-pieces of eight
+centim&egrave;tres were captured from them, but it is not clear where
+these came from.</p>
+<p>To supplement their scanty stock of rifles, they made some hand-guns
+of gas-tube. These were fired by applying a match or lighted cigar to
+the touch-hole, and would seem to be very clumsy weapons. But I may say
+that when on a visit to the estate of Palpa, in Peru, I saw a Chinaman
+who was in charge of the poultry corral, kill a hawk hovering, with a
+similar gun.</p>
+<p>The Spanish Military and Naval Authorities now took the revolt very
+seriously, and on the 8th November the squadron comprising the
+<i>Castilla</i>, <i>Reina Cristina</i>, and other vessels, and the guns
+of the forts at Cavite and Puerto Vaga, opened upon the rebel position
+at Cavite, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb88" href="#pb88" name=
+"pb88">88</a>]</span>Viejo, Noveleta, Binanc&aacute;yan, and other
+places within range, and kept it up for hours. The next morning the
+firing was resumed at daylight, supplemented by the guns from launches
+and boats well inshore. Troops were landed under the protection of the
+squadron, and advanced against the entrenchments of Binanc&aacute;yan.
+They delivered three frontal attacks with great gallantry, reaching the
+parapet each time, but were beaten back, leaving many dead upon the
+ground. No flanking attack was possible here for the parapet extended
+for many miles each way.</p>
+<p>A simultaneous attack was made upon Noveleta by a column of 3000
+Spanish and native infantry under Colonel Fermin Diaz Mattoni.</p>
+<p>This force started from Cavite and marched through Dalahican and
+along the road to Noveleta. This road is a raised causeway running
+through a mangrove swamp, having deep mud on each side impassable for
+troops. This is at least a mile of swamp, and the troops advanced along
+the causeway and crossed a bridge which spanned a muddy creek.</p>
+<p>No enemy was in sight, and the town was not far off. Suddenly the
+head of the column fell into a most cunningly devised pitfall. The road
+had been dug out, the pit covered with wattle, and the surface restored
+to its original appearance. The bottom of the pit was set with pointed
+bamboo stakes which inflicted serious wounds upon those that fell upon
+them.</p>
+<p>At the moment of confusion the rebels opened a withering fire from
+concealed positions amongst the mangroves upon the column standing in
+the open.</p>
+<p>The Spaniards and native troops made great efforts to get forward,
+but could not stand the fire and had to retire. When they got back to
+the bridge it was down, and they had to wade across the creek under a
+close fire from the rebels hidden amongst the mangroves. In this action
+the Spaniards are said to have lost 600 killed and many hundreds
+wounded. The loss fell principally on the 73rd and 74th Regiments of
+Native Infantry.</p>
+<p>The rebels were greatly encouraged, and got possession of a large
+number of rifles, with ammunition and accoutrements.</p>
+<p>Both these attacks were made under the direction of General Blanco,
+who witnessed them from a lofty staging erected within the lines of
+<span class="corr" id="xd20e4358" title=
+"Source: Dalah&iacute;can">Dalahican</span>. After these disasters
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb89" href="#pb89" name=
+"pb89">89</a>]</span>he resumed the defensive, except that the squadron
+and the batteries at Cavite and Puerto Vaga frequently bombarded the
+rebel positions.</p>
+<p>At this time thousands of natives were in prison in Manila awaiting
+their trial. A permanent court-martial had been organised to try the
+suspects. Great numbers were shot, and many hundreds were transported
+to the Caroline Islands, to Ceuta, and Fernando P&oacute;. Wealthy
+natives were mercilessly blackmailed, and it is reported that those who
+were discharged had to pay large sums for their release.</p>
+<p>The Spanish Volunteers in Manila committed many arbitrary and even
+outrageous actions, and aroused the hatred of the natives far more than
+the regular troops did. They allowed their patriotism to carry them
+into most lamentable excesses.</p>
+<p>On the 25th February a rising and mutiny of the Carbineers or
+Custom-House Guards took place in Manila at the captain of the
+port&rsquo;s office. The scheme miscarried and was only partially
+successful. The officer on duty was shot, and also the sergeant, and
+the rebels made off with some rifles and ammunition.</p>
+<p>The volunteers and some troops hastily called together pursued the
+rebels through Tondo as far as the Leper Hospital, till nightfall, the
+last volley being fired at 6.15 P.M. In this affair the mutineers lost
+a great many men, but some of them got away and joined the rebels.</p>
+<p>Blanco had not been severe enough with the rebels or suspected
+rebels to please the friars. His management of the attacks upon
+Noveleta and Binanc&aacute;yan had been faulty, and his health was bad.
+It was not surprising<a id="xd20e4374" name="xd20e4374"></a>, having
+the priests against him, and the military dissatisfied, that he was
+recalled. He left at the end of 1896. General Polavieja, an officer who
+had risen from the ranks by his military talents, and who, when serving
+in Cuba, had very accurately gauged the situation, and had made a
+remarkably clever report to the government, was sent out to replace
+Blanco. Polavieja was inexorable with the rebels and their
+sympathisers. Military executions took place about once a week for two
+months. Francisco Roxas, a mestizo ship-owner, Numeriano Adriano, and
+many other mestizos and natives were shot at the Paseo de la
+Luneta.</p>
+<p>On December 6th the prisoners in Cavite jail rose, murdered their
+jailer, and attempted to escape. One <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb90" href="#pb90" name="pb90">90</a>]</span>hundred and fifty
+prisoners were concerned in this affair. Of these, forty-seven were
+shot in the streets of the town, and twenty-one were captured, whilst
+thirteen were shot in the bushes behind Ca&ntilde;acao. Those
+recaptured were tried for prison-breaking, and were all shot the next
+morning.</p>
+<p>By the beginning of 1897, a large number of troops had arrived from
+Spain. They were, however, largely conscripts, raw youths who had never
+handled a rifle, mere raw material in fact, sent out without uniform or
+equipment, many having only what they stood up in, or at most, having a
+spare shirt and a singlet tied up in a handkerchief. We talk about the
+shortcomings of our War Office officials, and certainly they sometimes
+give examples of wooden-headed stupidity, and are behind the age in
+many particulars. But for deliberate inhumanity, for utter callousness
+to human suffering, to loss of health and life, I think the Spanish War
+Office could hardly be outdone. And I speak of their misdeeds from
+personal knowledge in the Philippines and in Cuba. What an enormous
+amount of suffering was caused to the working-people of Spain by the
+sending to Cuba and to the Philippines of over 200,000 men in
+1895&ndash;96. Never in this generation were men shipped away so
+destitute of clothing, provisions, surgeons and medical comforts. Never
+have I seen troops in the field with such wretched equipment, or so
+devoid of transport, tents, and supplies.</p>
+<p>Whatever successes they achieved were secured by the inborn valour
+of the troops, and by extraordinary exertions on the part of the
+generals and staff to improvise on the spot what the national treasury
+should have supplied them with at the commencement of hostilities.</p>
+<p>The raw recruits having been drilled and exercised with the rifle
+were organised in fifteen battalions and called Cazadores (chasseurs).
+These battalions, with four regiments of native infantry and some
+native volunteers, were formed into brigades under Generals Cornell,
+Marina, Jaramillo and Galbis. The first three brigades constituted a
+division, which was placed under the command of General Lachambre, an
+officer of great energy, and of long experience in the Cuban wars.</p>
+<p>By the beginning of 1897 the Tagal rebellion had concentrated its
+forces in the province of Cavite. Embers of rebellion still smouldered
+in other provinces of Luzon, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb91" href=
+"#pb91" name="pb91">91</a>]</span>but many rebels from outlying places
+had thrown in their lot with those of Cavite, and in great numbers,
+very indifferently supplied with arms and ammunition, but amply with
+provisions, they confidently awaited the long-prepared attack of the
+Spanish forces behind the formidable entrenchments that their
+persevering labour had raised. In the interval they had organised
+themselves after a fashion, and had instituted a reign of terror
+wherever they held sway.</p>
+<p>The organisation of the rebels in the province of Cavite was of a
+somewhat confused nature, and seemed to respond to the ambition and
+influence of particular individuals rather than to any systematic
+principle.</p>
+<p>Thus Silang was declared a vice-royalty under Victor Belarmino,
+styled Victor I.</p>
+<p>The rest of the province was divided into two districts, each ruled
+by a council; the first was Imus and its vicinity, under Bernardino
+Aguinaldo with ministers of war, of the treasury, of agriculture and of
+justice.</p>
+<p>The second was San Francisco de Malabon, presided over by Mariano
+Alvarez, with ministers of state as above.</p>
+<p>But above the kingdom of Silang and the two republics, the President
+of the Katipunan, Andres Bonifacio, held sway as lieutenant of the
+Generalissimo Emilio Aguinaldo. He resided in his palace at San
+Francisco, and from there dictated his orders. The supreme power was in
+the hands of Aguinaldo.</p>
+<p>All these authorities exercised despotic power, and certainly
+ill-treated and robbed their own countrymen who did not desire to join
+them, far more than the Spaniards have ever done in the worst of times.
+They frequently inflicted the death-penalty, and their so-called
+courts-martial no more thought of acquitting an accused person than a
+regimental court-martial in England would. The terrible President of
+the Katipunan ultimately became a victim of one of these blood-thirsty
+tribunals.</p>
+<p>Their military organization was curious. The province was
+sub-divided into military zones. First Silang, second Imus, third
+Bacoor, fourth San Francisco de Malabon, fifth Alfonso. Each zone had
+an army which consisted of all the population able to work, and was
+divided into two parts, the active or fighting force and the auxiliary
+but non-combatant part. The active force was divided into regiments and
+companies, and these last into riflemen and spearmen, there being
+commonly five of the latter to one <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb92"
+href="#pb92" name="pb92">92</a>]</span>of the former. Besides the usual
+military ranks, they instituted the following functionaries:</p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Minister of Marine</i></td>
+<td>Marcelo de los Santos.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Principal Chaplain to the Forces</i></td>
+<td>Eladio Almeyda.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Intendant-General of Taxes</i></td>
+<td>Silvestre Aguinaldo.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>General of Artillery</i></td>
+<td>Crispulo Aguinaldo.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Inspector of Ordnance Factories</i></td>
+<td rowspan="2">Edilberto Evangelista.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>General of Engineers</i></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Judge Advocate General</i></td>
+<td>Santos Noc&oacute;n.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p>All the above held the rank of lieutenant-general. The badges of
+rank were as follows:</p>
+<div class="table">
+<h4 class="tablecaption">Rebel Badges of Rank.</h4>
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="3"><i>Generalissimo</i>,</td>
+<td class="xd20e4461"><b>K</b> on the hat or cap.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><b>Z. L. I. B.</b> on the arm.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>
+<div class="figure xd20e4478width"><img src="images/symbol-1.gif" alt=
+"" width="37" height="95"></div>
+on the left breast.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Lieutenant Generals</i>,</td>
+<td class="xd20e4461">
+<div class="figure xd20e4486width"><img src="images/symbol-2.gif" alt=
+"" width="90" height="88"></div>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Marshals</i>,</td>
+<td class="xd20e4461">
+<div class="figure xd20e4494width"><img src="images/symbol-3.gif" alt=
+"" width="88" height="55"></div>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Brigadiers</i>,</td>
+<td class="xd20e4461">
+<div class="figure xd20e4502width"><img src="images/symbol-4.gif" alt=
+"" width="139" height="86"></div>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Colonels</i>,</td>
+<td class="xd20e4461">
+<div class="figure xd20e4510width"><img src="images/symbol-5.gif" alt=
+"" width="88" height="62"></div>
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb93" href="#pb93" name=
+"pb93">93</a>]</span></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Majors</i>,</td>
+<td class="xd20e4461"><b>K<br>
+K<br>
+K</b></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>The Ministers,</i></td>
+<td class="xd20e4461"><b>K</b></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>The Secretary to the Generalissimo,</i></td>
+<td class="xd20e4461"><b>K K K</b></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p>The rebels occupied the whole of the province of Cavite, except the
+fortified town of that name containing the naval arsenal, and a small
+strip on the shores of the Laguna where the Spanish troops were
+posted.</p>
+<p>Cornell&rsquo;s brigade was at Calamba and Marina&rsquo;s brigade at
+Bi&ntilde;an. They had outlying detachments amounting to 1500 men at
+Santa Cruz, Santo Domingo, Tayabas, and along the line from
+Tan&aacute;uan to Ba&ntilde;adero, leaving each brigade 4000 men for
+the advance into the rebel territory. The divisional troops numbered
+about 1300, making a total of 9300 combatants.</p>
+<p>The brigade under Jaramillo had its headquarters in Taal, Batangas
+Province, with outlying detachments at Batangas, Calac&aacute;,
+Li&aacute;n Balayan and Punta Santiago, and a force holding the line of
+the Pansipit River, altogether amounting to 1000 men, leaving 1600 free
+to operate.</p>
+<p>Besides this a fourth brigade, not belonging to the division, having
+General Galbis as brigadier, was extended along the northern bank of
+the Zapote River, under the immediate orders of the governor-general.
+The Lakes of Bay and Bombon (Taal) were guarded by armed steam-launches
+and other small craft, whilst the gunboats of the squadron patrolled
+the sea coast. The rebel province was thus held in a grip of iron.</p>
+<p>On the 12th February, 1897, General Lachambre reported himself ready
+to advance. General Polavieja ordered Jaramillo to attack the rebel
+trenches at Bayuyungan on the 14th, and to keep up the attack until
+Lachambre had seized Silang, when he was to attack Talisay on the Lake
+of Taal. The marines at Dalahican were ordered to attack Noveleta,
+whilst Lachambre was to advance on the 15th, the two brigades taking
+different routes, but converging on Silang.</p>
+<p>The march was extremely difficult, and the nine-centim&egrave;tre
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb94" href="#pb94" name=
+"pb94">94</a>]</span>guns were only taken through, at the cost of most
+strenuous efforts. The enemy tenaciously defended every favourable
+position, and were only driven off at the cost of many lives.</p>
+<p>On the 19th, Silang, one of the principal rebel towns, was taken by
+assault and at the point of the bayonet, after a preparatory
+bombardment in which the artillery fired 105 rounds of shell, whilst
+25,000 rifle cartridges were used by the infantry.</p>
+<p>The rebels lost 2000 men killed and wounded, whilst the Spanish
+losses were 12 killed and 70 wounded. The town was strongly entrenched
+and stoutly defended, and its capture with so small a loss may justly
+be called a creditable operation. Marina&rsquo;s brigade attacked from
+the south and Cornell&rsquo;s brigade from the east.</p>
+<p>The action lasted from 7 to 11.30 <span class="sc">A.M.</span> The
+rebels were discouraged, but still, on the 22nd, they delivered an
+attack as if they would retake the town, and pressed on with great
+fury. They killed four of the Spaniards and wounded twenty-one, but in
+the end were driven off, leaving 400 dead on the ground. The houses in
+Silang were found fully furnished and provisioned. In the house of the
+so-called Viceroy of Silang, Victor Belarmino, the principal ornament
+of the sala was a chromo-lithograph portrait of the Queen Regent.</p>
+<p>The church-doors were wide open and the altars profusely
+illuminated. On the sacristy table lay the priestly robes and
+ornaments, ready, doubtless, for the celebration of a Te Deum for the
+expected victory. But he who was to wear them, the celebrated Tagal
+Bishop, lay with a bullet through his heart across the parapet he had
+fiercely defended.</p>
+<p>Lachambre preserved the best houses around the church and convent
+and utilised them as storehouses, hospital, and barracks, burning the
+rest of the town as a punishment to the rebels. He then garrisoned and
+fortified the post and connected it with the telegraph line.</p>
+<p>On the 24th Lachambre marched from Silang, his main body advancing
+by the direct route to Perez Dasmari&ntilde;as parallel to the River
+Casundit, a flanking force of three companies guarding the left of the
+column, whilst Lieutenant Colonel Villalon, with a battalion and a half
+having started an hour earlier than the main body, took the road to
+Palimparan, having the Rio Grande on his right, and by <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb95" href="#pb95" name="pb95">95</a>]</span>his
+advance protecting the right flank of the column. Villalon advanced
+rapidly, and, brushing aside all opposition, rushed Palimparan with a
+loss of one killed and one wounded, killing seven of the rebels in the
+attack. Here he bivouacked, and at sunset was joined by another force
+consisting of half a brigade under Colonel Arizon, detached from
+General Galbis&rsquo; force on the Zapote River.</p>
+<p>In the meantime the main body had advanced to within three miles of
+Perez Dasmari&ntilde;as and bivouacked at the hamlet called Sampalcoc.
+On the following day Perez Dasmari&ntilde;as was taken by assault,
+after a short bombardment by the mountain batteries. The rebels were
+strongly entrenched, and made a stout resistance. They had flooded the
+rice fields to the east of the town and rendered them impassable.</p>
+<p>The town was attacked from the south and west, but it took hours of
+hard fighting for the Spaniards to break in, and even then the rebels
+fought hand to hand, and many preferred death to surrender. Those who
+fled were taken in flank by Arizon&rsquo;s force, which approached the
+northern end of the town from the eastward. The loss of the Spaniards
+was 21 killed and 121 wounded, whilst the natives left 400 dead at the
+foot of their defences, and a great number were killed outside the
+town.</p>
+<p>The early part of the defence was directed by Aguinaldo, but he fled
+when the Spanish forces closed up, leaving Estrella, an ex-sergeant of
+the Guardia Civil, in his place. Estrella fled later on when the
+Spaniards had entered the town. Unintimidated by this rude lesson, the
+rebels that same night fired into the town, and on the 27th they
+attacked a column which went out to make a reconnaissance towards
+Palimparan, and gave a mountain battery a chance, which they promptly
+took, of getting at a dense body of them with case. The artillery fired
+22 rounds in this action, and the infantry used 63,000 cartridges. The
+Spanish loss was two killed and ten wounded, whilst the rebels lost at
+least 300.</p>
+<p>The church, convent, and stone homes round the Plaza of Perez
+Dasmari&ntilde;as were loopholed and prepared for defence, and occupied
+by a garrison of two companies of infantry. Owing, however, to the
+difficulty of bringing up supplies, the division could not resume its
+advance till the 7th March. Then the division took the eastern road to
+Imus, whilst the half brigade under Arizon marched by a <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb96" href="#pb96" name="pb96">96</a>]</span>parallel
+road on the right flank, which converged upon the Imus road at
+Salitran, a village with a large stone estate-house belonging to the
+Recollets, strongly entrenched and held by the rebels.</p>
+<p>On arriving within range two guns of Cornell&rsquo;s brigade opened
+fire on the estate-house from an eminence, but after the fifth round
+the Spanish flag was shown from the house, it having been occupied by
+Arizon&rsquo;s force arriving from the east after a very slight
+resistance, for the rebels seemed to have no one in command. They had
+prepared for an attack from the east, but when they found the Spaniards
+arriving in great force upon their right flank, enfilading their strong
+entrenchments, they became demoralised and took to flight.</p>
+<p>The scouts now reported that a formidable entrenchment a mile and a
+quarter long, was occupied by the rebels about a mile north of the
+village. This entrenchment, called Anabo II., covered both the roads to
+Imus, and each flank rested on a deep ravine&mdash;the eastern end had
+a redoubt, and the western end a flanking epaulement.</p>
+<p>The ground in front was perfectly open, and there was difficulty in
+making a flanking attack, so General Zabala, with a half brigade, made
+a direct attack. The fighting line gradually advanced, taking such
+cover as the <i>pil&aacute;piles</i> of the rice-fields could give,
+until they arrived within 100 yards of the parapet, when Zabala, waving
+high his sword, gave the order for the assault, falling a moment after
+pierced through the breast by a shot from a <i>lantaca</i>. Two
+captains fell near him, but the lieutenants led their companies to the
+assault; the cazadores sprang across the ditch and clambered up the
+high parapet with the agility and fury of leopards, bayoneting those of
+the defenders who remained to fight it out, and sending volley after
+volley into those who had taken to flight.</p>
+<p>The Spanish loss was 11 killed and 33 wounded, whilst 200 of the
+rebels were killed. This heavy loss did not however appear to
+intimidate them in the least, for on the 8th they made two desperate
+attempts to retake the position, in both of which they came within
+close range of the Spaniards, who poured repeated volleys into them by
+word of command, whilst the mountain-guns played upon them with
+<span class="corr" id="xd20e4602" title="Source: case">ease</span>. In
+this action the Spaniards lost 5 killed and 25 wounded, and they
+calculated the rebel killed at 300. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb97"
+href="#pb97" name="pb97">97</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch11" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="main">Chapter XI.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">The Insurrection of
+1896&ndash;97&mdash;<i>continued</i>.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">The Division encamps at San Nicolas&mdash;Work of the
+native engineer soldiers&mdash;The division marches to
+Salitran&mdash;Second action at Anabo II.&mdash;Crispulo Aguinaldo
+killed&mdash;Storming the entrenchments of Anabo I.&mdash;Burning of
+Imus by the rebels&mdash;Proclamation by General
+Polavieja&mdash;Occupation of Bacoor&mdash;Difficult march of the
+division&mdash;San Antonio taken by assault&mdash;Division in action
+with all its artillery&mdash;Capture of Noveleta&mdash;San Francisco
+taken by assault&mdash;Heavy loss of the Tagals&mdash;Losses of the
+division&mdash;The division broken up&mdash;Monteverde&rsquo;s
+book&mdash;Polavieja returns to Spain&mdash;Primo de Rivera arrives to
+take his place&mdash;General Monet&rsquo;s butcheries&mdash;The pact of
+Biak-na-Bato&mdash;The 74th Regiment joins the insurgents&mdash;The
+massacre of the Calle Camba&mdash;Amnesty for torturers&mdash;Torture
+in other countries.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">On the 10th (March) the division marched to
+Presa-Molino, which was occupied that same evening, and leaving three
+companies of infantry to guard the position, the division continued its
+march through a most difficult country, arriving in the afternoon on
+the Zapote River, in touch with the 4th Brigade, formerly commanded by
+Galbis and now by Barraquer.</p>
+<p>From there Lachambre with his staff rode over to Para&ntilde;aque,
+and reported himself to the Captain-General Polavieja.</p>
+<p>The troops encamped on the downs of San Nicolas, one brigade on each
+side of the River Zapote. Notwithstanding the comparatively favourable
+emplacement of the camp, the troops and their officers suffered
+severely from the effect of the climate upon frames weakened by
+over-exertion, by indifferent nourishment and by sleeping on the
+ground. Malarial fevers, intestinal catarrh, dysentery, and rheumatism
+sapped their vitality, whilst nostalgia preyed upon the younger
+soldiers and depressed their spirits. Since the 15th February the
+division had lost in killed, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb98" href=
+"#pb98" name="pb98">98</a>]</span>wounded, and invalided, no less than
+135 officers, and troops in greater proportion.</p>
+<p>Yet still greater exertions were to be required from the soldiers.
+The 4th Brigade was incorporated in the division, and two additional
+battalions, one from the 3rd Brigade and the other from the Independent
+Brigade, brought the number of combatants nearly up to 12,000.</p>
+<p>Having previously made a practicable road by Almansa to Presa Molino
+and Salitran, defended by redoubts at the most difficult fords, and
+having organised his transport with such means as the country afforded,
+Lachambre again set out, his objective being Imus, but the attack was
+to be from Salitran.</p>
+<p>The work of the native engineer soldiers, and of the 74th Native
+Regiment in constructing this road and the redoubts, merits the highest
+praise, and it must be admitted that it is almost impossible for an
+army of white men to carry on a campaign in the Philippines or in
+similar territory, without the assistance of native pioneer or engineer
+troops.</p>
+<p>The road being ready, and the convoys of provisions having gone
+forward, on the morning of the 22nd March the division started on its
+march to Salitran, where it arrived on the evening of the 23rd, having
+had some sharp skirmishes on the way.</p>
+<p>Early on the 24th the division set out for Imus, and once more the
+formidable trenches and redoubts of Anabo II., restored, strengthened,
+and crowded with determined defenders, barred their path. These works
+had once already been taken by assault, and had cost the division the
+loss of the brave General Zabala and other officers and men.</p>
+<p>Protected on each flank by a deep ravine with a river at the bottom,
+and with open ground in front, the attack had been rendered more
+difficult by flooding the arable land before the trenches, and the
+position of the rebels was an exceedingly strong one. Lachambre had to
+accept a direct attack, but he sent a body of troops forward on each
+flank to advance simultaneously and overlap the ends of the
+entrenchment.</p>
+<p>The infantry deployed, the firing line advanced under fire without
+stopping to within three hundred yards of the parapet, when they
+halted, taking what cover they could and keeping up a steady fire. Then
+the mountain battery <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb99" href="#pb99"
+name="pb99">99</a>]</span>was brought up and fired common shell at
+close range, breaching the parapet. A rush forward soon brought the
+firing-line within 150 yards of the parapet. General Marina, watching
+the engagement well to the front, had one of his staff officers killed
+at his side; seeing the favourable moment arrive, he gave the order for
+the assault.</p>
+<p>Once more the troops exhibited their conspicuous bravery. The long
+line, led by its officers, dashed forward with the bayonet, the bugles
+sounding the charge, and with impetuous speed, soon reached the
+parapet. However terrible the attack, the stout-hearted Tagals stood
+firm, disdaining to fly.</p>
+<p>Bolo and bayonet clashed, European courage and Malay fury had full
+play, till in the end, as ever in equal numbers and in stand-up fight,
+the European prevailed. Many of the defenders fell, the rest sought
+safety in flight.</p>
+<p>The engagement lasted two and a half hours without cessation, and
+over three hundred rebel dead were counted in or near the works,
+amongst them was Crispulo Aguinaldo, a brother of General Emilio
+Aguinaldo. The Spaniards lost 9 killed and 108 wounded.</p>
+<p>After a short rest the division resumed the advance upon Imus, and
+bivouacked after marching about a couple of miles.</p>
+<p>On the 25th the advance was continued on a broad front. Scarcely had
+the division marched for half-an-hour when the leading ranks came in
+sight of another line of entrenchments more than two miles long, six
+feet high, and five feet thick, well protected with cane fences in
+front, one of these being at a distance of 100 yards from the
+parapet.</p>
+<p>Lachambre orders the centre to make a direct attack and the wings a
+flanking movement. The rebels retain their fire till the Spaniards
+arrive within two hundred yards, and then the parapet is crowned with
+flame both from small arms and lantacas. The scene of the day before
+was repeated, the parapet stormed, with a rebel loss of over six
+hundred. After a short halt the advance against Imus was resumed. The
+distance was short, and the appearance of the thousands of bayonets and
+the explosion of a few shells produced an indescribable panic amongst
+the inhabitants and the many who had come from other towns to assist in
+the defence.</p>
+<p>They took to flight, disregarding the protests of their <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb100" href="#pb100" name=
+"pb100">100</a>]</span>leaders Emilio Aguinaldo and Andr&eacute;s
+Bonifacio. In order to cover his retreat, the former ordered the
+magazine to be blown up and the town to be burned. This delayed the
+advance of the Spaniards in the centre, but the wings moved forward and
+the thousands of fugitives were exposed to a flanking fire, and more
+than eight hundred of them bit the dust. It was afternoon before
+Lachambre could enter what remained of Imus, when as a mark of honour
+for their splendid services, the colour of the 74th Regiment of Native
+Infantry was raised upon the tower of the church&mdash;all the troops
+presenting arms and afterwards giving enthusiastic cheers.</p>
+<p>Thus was taken the citadel of the Katipunan with a loss to the
+Spaniards of 25 killed and 129 wounded.</p>
+<p>The taking of Imus gave General Polavieja an opportunity of offering
+an amnesty to the rebels, which he did not neglect. On the 26th of
+March he issued a proclamation offering pardon to all who had borne
+arms against the Royal Authority, or who had assisted the rebels,
+provided they presented themselves before Palm Sunday the 11th of
+April. Leaders of the rebels were to present themselves with their
+forces and arms.</p>
+<p>On the 26th March the division, leaving a garrison in Imus, started
+for Bacoor to take the defences in reverse, and such was the effect on
+the rebels of their defeat at Imus and of the advance in overwhelming
+force, that they fled, and the division occupied Bacoor almost without
+firing a shot.</p>
+<p>It was otherwise with Binacayan, for Marina&rsquo;s Brigade having
+made a reconnaissance in force on the 28th, were received with a heavy
+fire, and after an hour&rsquo;s skirmish in which some were killed on
+each side, they returned to their camp at Bacoor; Lachambre considering
+that an attack in that direction would result in a useless waste of
+life, for the advance would be along narrow causeways across swamps.
+Having received provisions and ammunition by sea from Manila, he
+returned with his division to Imus, the garrison of which had not been
+molested by the rebels.</p>
+<p>At daylight on the 31st March, the division left Imus and marched
+across country in a westerly and southerly direction, fording numerous
+streams running at the bottom of deep ravines, as well as many
+irrigating canals and ditches. Soon after the start the right flank was
+fired upon, the fire increasing as the column moved forward. The
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb101" href="#pb101" name=
+"pb101">101</a>]</span>engineers had to improve the approaches to the
+fords of the Rivers Julian and Batong Dalig under fire.</p>
+<p>The leading brigade carried several entrenchments on its front and
+flank without halting, but extending skirmishes on either flank to beat
+off the enemy. The rear brigade was attacked on both flanks and had to
+fight a rearguard action as well. The division bivouacked for the night
+at Bacao, a point from which it threatened the rebel towns of San
+Francisco, Santa Cruz, Rosario and Noveleta, all within easy reach.</p>
+<p>The losses on the day&rsquo;s march were 6 killed and 37 wounded,
+whilst 400 rebel killed were counted on open ground, and many must have
+fallen amongst the bushes and trees.</p>
+<p>They, however, were not at all dismayed, and surrounded the bivouac
+at night, firing repeated volleys and engaging the outposts.</p>
+<p>On the following day (1st April), the division with all its baggage
+crossed the River Ladron, and took up a position in the centre of a
+large tract of rice-fields, having Noveleta on the north, San Francisco
+on the south, Rosario and Santa Cruz to the west, and San Antonio on
+the east. San Antonio was first taken by assault after the parapet had
+been breached by the fire of two batteries of mountain guns. The
+fugitive Tagals who escaped with their lives took refuge in
+Noveleta.</p>
+<p>The situation was now as follows: Arizon&rsquo;s Brigade threatened
+Noveleta, Marina&rsquo;s Brigade threatened Rosario and
+Sarralde&rsquo;s Brigade attacked Santa Cruz&mdash;the baggage being in
+the centre and out of fire.</p>
+<p>At this moment a dense mass of the enemy issuing from San Francisco,
+made a desperate attack upon the Spaniards nearest to them.</p>
+<p>The whole of the division with its twelve guns, was now in action
+and surrounded by the enemy, Lachambre in the centre keenly watching
+the fight. When he judged the right moment had arrived, he ordered
+Arizon&rsquo;s Brigade to storm Noveleta.</p>
+<p>The Brigade greeted this order with thundering shouts of &ldquo;Viva
+Espa&ntilde;a,&rdquo; and with the pluck that has always distinguished
+the Spanish soldier when well led, carried the entrenchments at a run,
+and fought a hand to hand combat with the defenders, who were either
+killed or driven out, notwithstanding that these were the very best of
+the rebel <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb102" href="#pb102" name=
+"pb102">102</a>]</span>troops, amongst them being many of
+Aguinaldo&rsquo;s Guards, wearing a special uniform, some of them
+having served in the native regiments. Here, again, the 74th Native
+Infantry distinguished themselves by their remarkable bravery, and once
+more their colour was displayed from the church tower as a recognition
+of their valuable and loyal services.</p>
+<p>The capture of Noveleta placed the division in communication with
+the marines occupying the entrenchments of Dalahican.</p>
+<p>This action cost the division 11 killed and 58 wounded, but many
+hundreds of the rebels were killed.</p>
+<p>In consequence of this, the rebels abandoned Cavite, Viejo, and
+Binacayan, which were occupied the following day without
+resistance.</p>
+<p>The rebels, however, on the 4th, and again on the 5th, attacked the
+troops in Noveleta and sustained the combat for some time, killing 10
+and wounding 33 Spanish, but leaving 50 of their own dead on the
+ground.</p>
+<p>On the 6th the division marched from Noveleta, which was occupied by
+a garrison of marines, and took the direction of San Francisco, the
+advanced guard in extended order across the same open ground upon which
+the engagement of April 1st was fought. The rebel positions on the
+right flank were marked by lines of skirmishers with their supports and
+reserves. The Tagals had, however, inundated the part of this plain
+immediately in front of the town, and the advance was made with great
+difficulty; the guns and ammunition boxes having to be carried by the
+gunners with the assistance of the infantry. With undaunted bravery the
+troops struggled on under a heavy fire, but Lachambre, realising the
+difficulty and the danger incurred, changed the direction of the
+advance. The right wing under Arizon inclined to the right, and the
+left, under Marina, bore away to the left. Half a brigade crossed the
+River Ladron, notwithstanding the opposition of the rebels, and
+attacked the town from the east. Firmer ground was soon reached, the
+guns that had cost so much labour taking up, were mounted, and a rain
+of shell soon fell amongst the rebels. The infantry poured in steady
+volleys, advancing in the intervals of firing. The whole combined
+attack being within a proper distance for the final rush, Lachambre
+gave the word, and like greyhounds released, the Spanish and native
+infantry leaped to the assault. The parapet <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb103" href="#pb103" name="pb103">103</a>]</span>was
+high and deep the ditch, for the defenders had not spared their labour
+on it, and as the Spanish line reached the edge, the rebels boldly
+mounted the parapet and discharged their arms at close quarters. In
+this critical moment the moral superiority of the white man once more
+was manifest. The Spanish troops reached the parapet and a hand-to-hand
+combat with the bolder rebels took place, the bayonet against the spear
+or bolo. The less-determined of the enemy fled, and in a few minutes
+120 Tagals lay dead against the parapet, and five guns and eighty
+rifles remained as trophies to the victors. The companies re-formed for
+the pursuit, but the enemy fired the thatched huts to interpose a
+curtain of flame between them and their pursuers; a measure which was
+only partially successful, for some of the troops, nimbly darting
+through the lanes, shot down or bayoneted many of the fugitives,
+killing 400 in the pursuit, besides those who died at the
+entrenchments. The Spanish loss was 25 killed and 125 wounded,
+including several officers. The fighting had lasted four hours over
+very difficult ground, and the troops were exhausted. Lachambre
+therefore camped in the town, which has many fine edifices and a
+spacious, church and convent. The bells of the church, in a joyful
+peal, announced the Spanish triumph. The rebels were under the command
+of Andr&eacute;s Bonifacio, the President of the formidable Katipunan.
+This terrible blow to the insurrection was followed by the occupation
+of the towns of Santa Cruz and Rosario, without firing a shot.</p>
+<p>Many of the natives had joined the rebellion under compulsion, and
+had long desired to submit themselves. Now they came in by hundreds
+every day to claim the amnesty offered by General Polavieja.</p>
+<p>Fifty-two days had the campaign lasted, fifty-seven combats had
+taken place, and the total loss of the division was 1 general, 14
+officers, and 168 men killed, and 56 officers and 910 men wounded.
+Probably a far larger number died or were invalided from disease,
+induced by the fatigue, exposure and privations inseparable from such a
+campaign, especially as most of the men were mere youths, raw recruits,
+and with little possibility of taking care of themselves, even if they
+knew how. Notwithstanding the excessive fatigue and the depressing
+nature of the surroundings, the Spanish troops maintained a fine
+martial spirit, and ever showed themselves ready to respond
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb104" href="#pb104" name=
+"pb104">104</a>]</span>to the calls made upon them. They were well led
+by their officers, who devoted themselves unsparingly in their
+country&rsquo;s service, and they had confidence in their generals, who
+were untiring in their exertions to do their best for their men.
+Lachambre displayed the greatest solicitude for the well-being of the
+force under his command; whilst showing the utmost resolution, and
+pushing his attacks home in every case, yet he sacrificed his men as
+little as possible, and always had patience to wait till his flanking
+attacks could join in the assault. The distances the division had to
+traverse were very small, but the absence of roads and bridges made the
+provisioning of the army a matter of the utmost difficulty.</p>
+<p>Those who know the poverty of the Spanish Army in animals, vehicles,
+and stores, will understand what Lachambre and his staff accomplished.
+On the 12th April, 1897, the division was broken up, and the brigades
+were stationed at various places in Cavite and the neighbouring
+provinces.</p>
+<p>The general, brigadiers, officers, and troops, are fortunate in
+having as chronicler of their exploits, so painstaking and appreciative
+an officer as Lieut.-Colonel Don Federico de Monteverde y Sedano, who
+in his book, &lsquo;La Division Lachambre,&rsquo; published in 1898,
+gives a detailed account of the campaign, with sketches illustrative of
+the various actions. Se&ntilde;or Monteverde does justice to every
+Spaniard, from the divisional-general downwards. I could wish he had
+said something more about the services of the 73rd and 74th Regiments
+of Native Infantry, who seem to have been always in the forefront of
+the battle and where the hardest work was being done, as in assisting
+the magnificent engineer corps, without whom I doubt if the campaign
+could have been successful. His book, however, is invaluable to those
+who may have to conduct operations in the Philippines, and the
+invariable success achieved by Lachambre, contrasts remarkably with the
+failures in the early part of the rebellion, and one cannot help seeing
+a parallel between this little war and the greater one in South Africa.
+Each was mismanaged at the beginning, but as soon as the invading
+forces were organised in one command, success was achieved.</p>
+<p>A few days after the breaking up of the division, General Polavieja
+embarked for Spain, very much broken in health. In a letter written on
+the 9th March to the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb105" href="#pb105"
+name="pb105">105</a>]</span>Minister of War, Polavieja declared himself
+too ill to ride and asked for his relief. He, however, still remained
+at Para&ntilde;aque, directing the campaign till after the capture of
+San Francisco.</p>
+<p>The Spanish press took sides for or against him, the papers
+advocating the interests of the friars praised him, whilst the Liberal
+press held him up to ridicule.</p>
+<p>There is no doubt that he directed the military operations in an
+efficient manner, but under his government the arbitrary arrests,
+cruelties, and tortures, inflicted upon all who were suspected of being
+sympathisers with the rebels, or from whom money would be extorted,
+that had begun under Blanco, continued and increased. For Blanco,
+having been informed of the cruelties inflicted, issued an order
+forbidding the practice.</p>
+<p>The next governor-general was General Primo de Rivera, who had held
+that office from 1880 to 1883, and had found it a very profitable one.
+He arrived on the 23rd April and went to the front on the 29th; on the
+4th May, Naic was taken, also a small place called Quintana, and
+Indang. At Naic there was very heavy fighting, and some at Indang.</p>
+<p>The troops then advanced to Maragond&oacute;n, which was taken on
+the 10th after a most stubborn resistance, the Spaniards losing many
+men and the rebels still more heavily.</p>
+<p>This place was the last where the rebels made a stand, in Cavite
+province. After this defeat they dispersed in roving bands and kept on
+the move.</p>
+<p>The whole province was a scene of desolation, towns burnt, churches
+bombarded, stone houses blown up, property looted, putrefying bodies
+lying about in hundreds, the fields laid waste, the cattle driven off,
+the country depopulated, a remnant of the inhabitants hiding in the
+woods; a few of the bolder ones returned to the ruined houses. Such was
+the result of this unhappy rebellion.</p>
+<p>I have this description from an eye-witness, and he assured me that
+he had been told by a colonel commanding one of the most distinguished
+regiments engaged in the campaign, that not less than 30,000 natives
+lost their lives in that province alone during the rebellion.</p>
+<p>The rebels gave no quarter to Spaniards, and the Spaniards only
+occasionally took prisoners. However, once <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb106" href="#pb106" name=
+"pb106">106</a>]</span>taken they were usually released after being
+exhorted to return to their homes.</p>
+<p>Whilst the operations of Lachambre&rsquo;s division were proceeding
+in Cavite, General Monet, with a force of 3000 men, was carrying on an
+indiscriminate butchery of men, women, and children, in Bulacan and
+Pampanga, but he displayed no military qualities, and ultimately
+escaped, leaving his forces to surrender.</p>
+<p>The Spanish Volunteers in Manila continued their series of
+abominable outrages, although in August, Primo de Rivera issued a
+decree forbidding intimidation, plundering and ravishing. He was
+ultimately obliged to disband them.</p>
+<p>Driven out of Cavite, the remnant of the rebels under Aguinaldo took
+refuge in the hills and held a strong position near Angat, in the
+province of Bulacan. As it would have taken a long time to reduce them,
+Primo de Rivera tried conciliation, and employed Don Pedro Paterno, a
+native gentleman of means, who had been educated in Spain, as mediator.
+By his instrumentality, an arrangement was arrived at which, after
+being approved by the Government in Madrid, was signed by the mediator
+as attorney for the rebels and the governor-general for Spain.</p>
+<p>This, known as the pact of Biak-na-bato, was signed on December
+14th, 1897.</p>
+<p>In consequence, Aguinaldo and a number of the prominent rebels were
+escorted to Hong Kong by a relative of the governor-general, and there
+received a sum of $400,000, being the first instalment of the sum
+agreed upon.</p>
+<p>They lived in a quiet and economical manner upon their own
+resources. They did not divide the indemnity nor convert it to their
+own use, but kept it as a war fund in case of need.</p>
+<p>The event showed the wisdom of this course, for Primo de Rivera had
+led them to understand that an amnesty and reforms were to follow, but,
+apparently, had caused the Spanish Government to look upon the
+arrangement in a very different light, and he subsequently denied that
+any treaty existed. No reforms were ever granted, and things in Luzon
+went on in the same old way. The friars joined in raising a large
+subscription for Primo de Rivera, and this seemed to incline him more
+favourably towards them.</p>
+<p>The amnesty was disregarded, and the priests continued their
+arbitrary courses against those who had been concerned <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb107" href="#pb107" name="pb107">107</a>]</span>in
+the rebellion. Bands of marauders infested the provinces and the
+country was in a very unsettled state, some insurgent bands approaching
+Cavite.</p>
+<p>On March 24th, the 74th Regiment of Native Infantry in garrison at
+that town, the regiment that had distinguished itself so remarkably in
+Lachambre&rsquo;s division, being always in the front, was ordered to
+march out against them. Whatever the reason, whether they felt that
+their splendid services had not been duly acknowledged, or, as is
+likely, their pay was months in arrears, they refused to march against
+their own countrymen. Eight corporals were called out of the ranks and
+shot then and there in the presence of the regiment, which was again
+ordered to advance, and a threat made that a refusal would mean death
+to all.</p>
+<p>All did refuse and were sent to barracks to await sentence. The next
+morning the entire regiment with arms and equipment, marched out and
+deserted in a body to the insurgents, saying they were willing to fight
+the foreign enemies of Spain, but not against their own friends. The
+following day another regiment joined them, but I have no note of its
+number.</p>
+<p>It was now that an event occurred in Manila that showed how little
+desire there was amongst the Spaniards to treat the natives with
+ordinary justice, much less to conciliate them.</p>
+<p>This was the massacre of the Calle de Camba, quite a short distance
+from the American Consulate, and it was perpetrated on the 25th and
+26th of March. On the first of those day a number of Visayan sailors
+from the vessels in the Pasig had assembled in a house in the above
+street, which was their usual resort.</p>
+<p>Somehow the story got about that an illegal assembly was being held,
+and the police, without more ado, attacked the meeting and shot down a
+dozen, taking sixty-two prisoners. The next morning the whole of these
+prisoners were marched to the cemetery, and all shot, though many them
+were known to have been merely passing by at the time.</p>
+<p>This is vouched for by Mr. Oscar F. Williams in an official letter
+to Mr. Cridler, dated 27th March, 1898. It could hardly have been a
+mere coincidence that a revolt of the Visayas broke out about ten days
+later, when they made a desperate attack upon the city of Ceb&uacute;
+in which many lives were lost and much property damaged. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb108" href="#pb108" name="pb108">108</a>]</span></p>
+<p>It seems hardly worth while to relate any more instances of Tagal
+revenge or Spanish brutality. The country that had been almost pacified
+was now again in revolt and amongst the insurgents were two battalions
+of well-trained and veteran troops.</p>
+<p>But now events were impending of transcendent importance&mdash;the
+Spanish-American War had broken out.</p>
+<p>Previously, however, Primo de Rivera left Manila to return to Spain,
+but before going he granted an amnesty to all who had tortured
+suspected persons to extort evidence from them.</p>
+<p>Some of the victims had died under torture rather than bear witness
+against their friends, for the Tagal is a Stoic after the manner of the
+Red Indian. Others survive, mere wrecks, maimed for life, and living
+mementoes of Spanish cruelty.</p>
+<p>Torture for extracting evidence from suspected persons is illegal in
+all Christian countries and their dependencies, and also in Japan, but
+has not yet been entirely routed out in British India nor in Egypt. In
+1897, four cases of police torture in the North-West Provinces and
+Oudh, ended in convictions.</p>
+<p>In Spain, some police officers are now on their trial for applying
+the thumb-screw to the fingers of anarchist prisoners in the Castle of
+Monjuich with such severity, that one of them, a railway porter, lost
+the use of his hands and arms. And Ysabelo de los Reyes, a native of
+Ilocos, declares that he was tortured in the same prison by thirst,
+having been fed upon salt food and deprived of water.</p>
+<p>Last March (1900), a captain of police was tried at Sambor, in
+Austrian Galicia, for torturing prisoners with the thumb-screw and by
+deprivation of food, and was sentenced to a long term of imprisonment.
+In Corea, China, and Siam, torture forms part of the legal procedure
+before sentence, to say nothing of the various and lingering deaths the
+judge may order after the prisoner has confessed. Let us hope that now
+there will be no more of it in the Philippines. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb109" href="#pb109" name="pb109">109</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch12" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XII.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">The Americans in the Philippines.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">Manila Bay&mdash;The naval battle of
+Cavite&mdash;General Aguinaldo&mdash;Progress of the Tagals&mdash;The
+Tagal Republic&mdash;Who were the aggressors?&mdash;Requisites for a
+settlement&mdash;Scenes of drunkenness&mdash;The estates of the
+religious orders to be restored&mdash;Slow progress of the
+campaign&mdash;Colonel Funston&rsquo;s gallant exploits&mdash;Colonel
+Stotsenburg&rsquo;s heroic death&mdash;General Antonio Luna&rsquo;s
+gallant rally of his troops at Macabebe&mdash;Reports
+manipulated&mdash;Imaginary hills and jungles&mdash;Want of
+co-operation between army and navy&mdash;Advice of Sir Andrew
+Clarke&mdash;Naval officers as administrators&mdash;Mr. Whitelaw
+Reid&rsquo;s denunciations&mdash;Senator Hoar&rsquo;s opinion&mdash;Mr.
+McKinley&rsquo;s speech at Pittsburgh&mdash;The false prophets of the
+Philippines&mdash;Tagal opinion of American Rule&mdash;Se&ntilde;or
+Mabini&rsquo;s manifesto&mdash;Don Macario Adriatico&rsquo;s
+letter&mdash;Foreman&rsquo;s prophecy&mdash;The administration
+misled&mdash;Racial antipathy&mdash;The curse of the Redskins&mdash;The
+recall of General Otis&mdash;McArthur calls for
+reinforcements&mdash;Sixty-five thousand men and forty ships of
+war&mdash;State of the islands&mdash;Aguinaldo on the Taft
+Commission.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Manila Bay.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The width of the entrance to the vast Bay of Manila is
+nine and a half marine miles from shore to shore. It is divided into
+two unequal channels by the Island of Corregidor and Pulo Caballo, and
+a rock called El Frayle, about a mile and a half from the southern
+shore, farther reduces that channel.</p>
+<p>The Boca Chica, or northern entrance between Corregidor Island and
+Punta Lasisi, is two marine miles wide, and in the middle of the
+channel the depth of water is about thirty fathoms.</p>
+<p>The Boca Grande, or southern entrance between Pulo Caballo and El
+Frayle, is three and a half marine miles wide, with a depth of water in
+the fairway of about twenty fathoms. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb110" href="#pb110" name="pb110">110</a>]</span></p>
+<p>In both channels the tide rushes in and out with great force.</p>
+<p>With channels of such a width there was no difficulty in taking a
+squadron in at night, and little chance of suffering damage from the
+hastily improvised batteries of the Spaniards.</p>
+<p>And it will be evident to all having the slightest knowledge of
+submarine mining that the conditions are most unfavourable to defence
+by such means. As a matter of fact, the Spaniards possessed only nine
+obsolete submarine mines fitted to explode by contact. These were sent
+over to Corregidor, but were not sunk, as it was obvious that they were
+useless.</p>
+<p>On the other hand, it was a perfect position for the employment of
+torpedo boats or gunboats, there being excellent anchorage for such
+craft on both sides of the Channel and in Corregidor Cove. But at the
+time of the declaration of war, the Spaniards had no torpedo boats in
+the Philippines. The Elswick-built cruisers <i>Isla de Cuba</i> and
+<i>Isla de Luzon</i> were fitted with torpedoes, and might have been
+watching the channels for a chance to use them. Admiral Montojo knows
+best why he did not detach them on this service.</p>
+<p>There was then nothing to prevent the entrance of the American
+Squadron; the mines, torpedo boats and narrow channels only existed in
+the imagination of some American newspaper correspondents.</p>
+<p>But Admiral Dewey&rsquo;s exploit does not need any such enhancing,
+it speaks for itself.</p>
+<p>To any one having a knowledge of the Spanish navy, and especially of
+the squadron of the Philippines, the result of an action against an
+American Squadron of similar force could not be doubtful<span class=
+"corr" id="xd20e4822" title="Source: ,">.</span> As a matter of fact
+the Spanish ships, except the two small cruisers built at Elswick in
+1887, were quite obsolete. The <i>Castilla</i> and <i>Reina
+Cristina</i> were wooden vessels, standing very high out of the water,
+and making admirable targets, whilst their guns were small, some of
+them had been landed at Corregidor, though never placed in battery. The
+boilers of one vessel were in the arsenal.</p>
+<p>But even allowing for the fact that the tonnage of the American
+Squadron was half as much again as that of the Spaniards, and that they
+had more than twice as many, and heavier guns, no one would have
+supposed it possible <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb111" href="#pb111"
+name="pb111">111</a>]</span>that the Spanish Squadron could have been
+completely destroyed without inflicting any damage upon the enemy.</p>
+<p>It was indeed a brilliant victory, reflecting great credit upon
+Admiral Dewey and the officers and crews of the American ships, not
+only for what they did that day, but for their careful preparation that
+enabled them to score so decided a success.</p>
+<p>The Spanish sailors put up a good fight and showed pluck, but they
+had no skill as gunners, and so failed in the hour of their
+country&rsquo;s need. Admiral Montojo bravely commanded his fleet, but
+as soon as the action was over he seems to have considered that his
+duty had terminated, for he returned to his Villa in San Miguel,
+leaving the remnants of his squadron and the Cavite arsenal to its
+fate.</p>
+<p>We must infer that Admiral Dewey&rsquo;s victory and its
+consequences were not foreseen by the American Government, for they had
+made no preparations to send troops to Manila, and from the time they
+learned of the destruction of the Spanish Squadron, till they had
+assembled a force strong enough to take and hold the city<span class=
+"corr" id="xd20e4842" title="Source: .">,</span> three weary months
+elapsed. This was a very hap-hazard way of making war, and the delay
+cost many thousands of lives as will be seen later on.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">General Aguinaldo.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">On the 19th May, 1898, Don Emilio Aguinaldo, former
+chief of the insurgents, arrived in Manila in pursuance of an
+arrangement with the American Consul-General at Singapore. He came with
+a suite of seventeen persons on board an American gunboat, and after an
+interview with Admiral Dewey, was landed at Cavite and given two
+field-pieces, a number of rifles and a supply of ammunition.</p>
+<p>He soon reasserted himself as the leader of the insurrection, which
+was already in active progress, and gained some signal successes
+against the Spaniards. On the 24th May he issued a proclamation
+enjoining his followers to make war in a civilized manner and to
+respect property.</p>
+<p>I do not intend to discuss the negotiations between Mr. Pratt and
+Aguinaldo, nor between the latter and Admiral Dewey. This subject has
+been very fully treated by Mr. Foreman in the second edition of his
+book. The treating with Aguinaldo was not approved by Mr. Day at
+Washington, and the Consul-General and Consuls who had <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb112" href="#pb112" name=
+"pb112">112</a>]</span>participated in it, and even taken credit for
+it, were severely rapped over the knuckles and promptly adopted an
+apologetic tone (see Blue Book). But whatever was the agreement with
+Aguinaldo, it is evident that had it not been for his assistance and
+that of the insurgents, the Spanish forces could have retired from
+Manila to Tarlac or other place inland out of reach of the guns of the
+fleet and could have prolonged their resistance for years.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">The Tagal Republic.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Tagals had made much progress since the
+insurrection of 1896&ndash;7. Their ideas had advanced considerably
+since their rudimentary organization in the Province of Cavite, as can
+be gathered from the improved style of the various proclamations and
+decrees published by Aguinaldo.</p>
+<p>They now organized a Government, a real Civil Administration,
+extending over a great part of Luzon, and sent an expedition to
+Visayas. They established a Constitution, a representative government,
+and reopened the courts and schools, whilst the native clergy carried
+on public worship as usual. Aguinaldo repeatedly asserted the
+determination of the Tagal people to fight to the death for
+independence. At this time the insurgents held 9000 Spaniards as
+prisoners of war, and they claimed to have 30,000 men under arms.</p>
+<p>Paymaster Wilcox, U.S.N., and Mr. Leonard R. Sargent who travelled
+through part of Luzon for more than 600 miles, and during six weeks,
+reported<a class="noteref" id="xd20e4865src" href="#xd20e4865" name=
+"xd20e4865src">1</a> to Admiral Dewey that a regular and orderly
+Administration had been established, and was in full working order.</p>
+<p>Aguinaldo was at the head of this Government and of the army
+<i>co-operating</i> with the American forces by the written request of
+General Anderson. This should have ensured him and those with him at
+the very least courteous and considerate treatment at the hands of the
+American Commanders, and in fact he received this from Admiral Dewey.
+But as soon as the direction of affairs passed into the hands of the
+general commanding the army the deeply-rooted contempt felt by
+Americans for the coloured races was allowed full play, Aguinaldo and
+his staff found themselves ignored, or treated with scarcely veiled
+contempt, and the estrangement was gradually increased. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb113" href="#pb113" name="pb113">113</a>]</span></p>
+<p>I do not know which party was the aggressor on February the 4th,
+1899, each swears that it was the other. The <i>cui bono</i> test cuts
+both ways, for whilst it appears that the attack on Manila secured two
+doubtful votes in the Senate for the ratification of the Treaty whereby
+the Philippines were bought from Spain, on the other hand, Aguinaldo
+may have felt it necessary to prove to America that the Philippines
+would fight rather than bow their necks to the Yankee yoke. So that
+both parties may have had an interest in beginning hostilities. In any
+case, the next day Aguinaldo offered to withdraw to a greater distance
+if an armistice was arranged, but Otis declared that &ldquo;fighting
+must go on.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Personally, I think that if a sympathetic and conciliatory attitude
+had been adopted, had the local government established been recognized,
+had Aguinaldo and his staff been given commissions in the Native Army
+or Civil Service, and the flower of the Tagal Army taken into the
+service of the United States, a peaceful settlement could have been
+made on the lines of a Protectorate.</p>
+<p>I therefore look upon the war as unnecessary, and consider the lives
+already sacrificed, and that will have to be sacrificed, as absolutely
+thrown away.</p>
+<p>The tragical side of American unpreparedness is manifest in the
+state of anarchy in which the whole Archipelago has been plunged by the
+American unreadiness to occupy the military posts as soon as they were
+vacated by the Spanish garrisons. A hideous orgy of murder, plunder,
+and slave-raiding has prevailed in Visayas, and especially in
+Mindanao.</p>
+<p>Three conditions were essential to a peaceful settlement:&mdash;</p>
+<p><i>First.</i>&mdash;A broad-minded and sympathetic representative of
+America, fully authorized to treat, and a lover of peace.</p>
+<p><i>Second.</i>&mdash;A strict discipline amongst the American
+forces.</p>
+<p><i>Third.</i>&mdash;The principal aim and object of the Tagal
+insurrection must be secured.</p>
+<p>General Otis does not seem to me to fulfil the first condition, he
+lacked prestige and patience, and he showed that he had an insufficient
+conception of the magnitude of his task by occupying himself with petty
+details of all kinds and by displaying an ill-timed parsimony.
+Apparently he had no power to grant anything at all, and only dealt in
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb114" href="#pb114" name=
+"pb114">114</a>]</span>vague generalities which the Tagals could not be
+expected to accept.</p>
+<p>As regards the second point, I regret that I am not personally
+acquainted with the gentlemen from Nebraska, Colorado, Dakota and other
+states serving in the United States Army or volunteers. I have no doubt
+that they are good fighting-men, but from all I can hear about them
+they are not conspicuous for strict military discipline, and too many
+of them have erroneous ideas as to the most suitable drink for a
+tropical climate.</p>
+<p>Manila was in the time of the Spaniards a most temperate city; a
+drunken man was a very rare sight, and would usually be a foreign
+sailor. Since the American occupation, some hundreds of drinking
+saloons have been opened, and daily scenes of drunkenness and
+debauchery have filled the quiet natives with alarm and horror. When
+John L. Motley wrote his scathing denunciation of the army which the
+great Duke of Alva led from Spain into the Low Countries, &ldquo;to
+enforce the high religious purposes of Philip II.,<span class="corr"
+id="xd20e4911" title="Not in source">&rdquo;</span> not foresee that
+his words would be applicable to an American Army sent to subjugate men
+struggling to be free &ldquo;for their welfare, not our gain,&rdquo;
+nor that this army, besides bringing in its train a flood of
+cosmopolitan harlotry,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e4914src" href=
+"#xd20e4914" name="xd20e4914src">2</a> would be allowed by its
+commander to inaugurate amongst a strictly temperate people a mad
+saturnalia of drunkenness that has scarcely a parallel.</p>
+<p>Such, however, is undoubtedly the case, and I venture to think that
+these occurrences have confirmed many of the Tagals in their resolve
+rather to die fighting for their independence than to be ruled over by
+such as these.</p>
+<p>More important still was it to take care that the Tagal insurrection
+should not have been in vain. That rebellion probably cost fifty
+thousand human lives, immense loss of property, and untold misery. It
+was fought against the friars and was at last triumphant. The Spanish
+friars had been expelled and their lands confiscated. Were the
+Americans to bring them back and guarantee them in peaceable
+possession, once more riveting on the chain the Tagals had torn off?
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb115" href="#pb115" name=
+"pb115">115</a>]</span></p>
+<p>This seems to have been General Otis&rsquo; intention. I think he
+might have stood upon the accomplished fact. But he did not.</p>
+<p>The Treaty of Peace under Article VIII. declares that the cession
+cannot in any respect impair the rights of ecclesiastical bodies to
+acquire and possess property, whilst Article IX. allows Spanish
+subjects to remain in the Islands, to sell or dispose of their property
+and to carry on their professions. Presumably General Otis felt bound
+by the Treaty in which these general stipulations had been embodied by
+the Peace Commission, in direct contradiction to the advice given them
+by Mr. Foreman (see p. 463, 55th Congress, 3rd Sess., Doc. No. 62, part
+1), who pointed out the necessity of confiscating these lands, but Mr.
+Gray replied: &ldquo;We have no law which will allow us to arbitrarily
+do so.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>As soon as the effect of the treaty was known, Archbishop Nozaleda,
+who had fled to China from the vengeance he feared, returned to Manila.
+He seemed to have a good deal of interest with General Otis, and this
+did not please the natives, nor inspire them with confidence.</p>
+<p>Furthermore, it was reported and generally believed that the
+friars&rsquo; vast estates had been purchased by an American Syndicate
+who would in due time take possession and exploit them.</p>
+<p>One can understand the Tagals&rsquo; grief and desperation; all
+their blood and tears shed in vain! The friars triumphant after
+all!</p>
+<p>I do not wish to trace the particulars of the wretched war that
+commenced February, 1899, and is still (October, 1900) proceeding.</p>
+<p>In it the Americans do not seem to have displayed the
+resourcefulness and <span class="corr" id="xd20e4937" title=
+"Source: adaptibility">adaptability</span> one would have expected from
+them. For my part, I expected a great deal, for so many American
+generals being selected from men in the active exercise of a
+profession, or perhaps controlling the administration of some vast
+business, they ought naturally to have developed their faculties, by
+constant use, to a far greater degree than men who have vegetated in
+the futile routine of a barrack or military station. They prevailed in
+every encounter, but their advance was very slow, and their troops
+suffered many preventible hardships. We know very little as to what
+happened, for the censors, acting under instructions from General Otis,
+prevented the transmission <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb116" href=
+"#pb116" name="pb116">116</a>]</span>of accurate information; nothing
+was cabled, except the accounts of victories gained by the American
+troops.</p>
+<p>It would not be right, however, to pass over the fighting without
+rendering due tribute to the heroism of the American officers and
+soldiers.</p>
+<p>Who can forget Colonel Funston&rsquo;s gallant exploit in crossing
+the Rio Grande on a raft under fire with two companies of Kansas
+Infantry and enfilading the Tagals&rsquo; position? Or his leading part
+of same regiment in a charge upon an enemy&rsquo;s earthwork near Santo
+Tom&aacute;s, where he was wounded?</p>
+<p>What could be finer than the late Colonel Stotsenburg&rsquo;s
+leading of the Nebraska regiment in the attack on Qu&iacute;ngua, where
+he was killed? And since we are speaking of brave men, shall we not
+remember the late General Antonio Luna and his gallant rally of his
+army in the advance from Macab&eacute;be, when he fearlessly exposed
+himself on horseback to the American fire, riding along the front of
+his line? To justify the slow progress of the army, jungles, forests,
+swamps and hills were introduced on the perfectly flat arable land such
+as that around Malolos, Calumpit, and San Fernando, extending in fact
+all the way from Manila to Tarlac.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e4948src"
+href="#xd20e4948" name="xd20e4948src">3</a> This country supports a
+dense population, and almost every bit of it has been under the plough
+for centuries. The only hill is Arayat. During the dry season, say from
+November to May or June, the soil is baked quite hard, and vehicles or
+guns can traverse any part of it with slight assistance from the
+pioneers. The only obstacles are the small rivers and creeks, mostly
+fordable, and having clumps of bamboos growing on their banks providing
+a perfect material for temporary bridges or for making rafts.</p>
+<p>The campaign was marked by an absence of co-operation between the
+land and sea forces. Admiral Dewey, apparently, was not pleased with
+the way things were managed, for he is said to have stayed on board his
+ship for months at a time. The warships remained at anchor in Manila
+Bay whilst arms<a class="noteref" id="xd20e4956src" href="#xd20e4956"
+name="xd20e4956src">4</a> and ammunition were landed at the outposts or
+on the coasts without hindrance, and it was not till November that
+troops were landed at Dagupan, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb117"
+href="#pb117" name="pb117">117</a>]</span>the northern terminus of the
+railway, though this obviously ought to have been done in February, so
+as to attack the enemy front and rear.</p>
+<p>The necessity for small gunboats soon made itself felt, but such was
+the jealousy of the army towards the navy that it was decided that
+these must be army gunboats, and General Otis is reported to have
+purchased thirteen small gunboats at Zamboanga, in March 1899, without
+consulting or informing Admiral Dewey or even asking for an escort for
+them. It so happened that the Spaniards evacuated Zamboanga before any
+American forces arrived, and the insurgents promptly took possession of
+the gunboats already paid for and proceeded to plunder them of
+everything useful to them. A native account says that they took the
+gunboats up the Rio Grande into the interior, but this is denied by the
+Americans. Ultimately a cruiser was sent down to convoy the gunboats,
+and if I am correctly informed, they were commissioned in charge of
+junior naval officers.</p>
+<p>Obviously, the services of the navy should have been utilised to the
+utmost extent, and advantage should have been taken of the prestige
+they had gained by the victory over the Spaniards, and of the great
+popularity and sympathetic personality of Admiral Dewey. A serious
+responsibility rests upon whoever allowed jealousy to prevent the
+co-operation of the land and sea forces, since by failing to secure
+this they needlessly sacrificed the lives of American soldiers and
+prolonged the war.</p>
+<p>Lieut.-General Sir Andrew Clarke, R.E., a former governor of the
+Straits Settlements, and the greatest authority in England on the
+affairs of the Malay States and Islands, was good enough to write a
+letter which was forwarded to Mr. Day, and published in the Blue Book,
+p. 628.</p>
+<p>He pointed out that, although a moderate military force might be
+desirable at one or two important centres, a naval force was of more
+value, especially gunboats able to move freely amongst the islands and
+ascend the many rivers and inlets of the sea.</p>
+<p>Therefore to the fleet and its officers he advised that political
+and civil administration of the Philippines should, at least in the
+first instance, be entrusted. Sir Andrew believed, and I venture to say
+that I thoroughly agree with him, that amongst the officers of the
+United States navy, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb118" href="#pb118"
+name="pb118">118</a>]</span>active and retired, can be found many men
+of wide experience, broad views, and generous sympathy well fitted to
+administer the affairs of the protectorate. Sir Andrew also advised, as
+Foreman did, and as I do, that the members of the Religious Orders,
+<i>i.e.</i>, the Augustinians, the Dominicans, the Franciscans, and the
+Recollets, should be advised to return to Spain, receiving compensation
+for their property.</p>
+<p>Sir Andrew Clarke summed up his advice as follows: &ldquo;Enlist
+native sympathy by fairness and justice, and rule through native
+agents, supervised by carefully selected American residents.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>As the fleet, by destroying the Spanish squadron, had rendered it
+possible to bring troops by sea, and by capturing the arsenal and
+blockading the Port of Manila, had invigorated the insurrection, and in
+fact had brought about the cession of the islands by Spain, it would
+appear to outsiders that it and its officers had a strong claim to the
+leading part in completing the settlement and pacification of the
+Archipelago for which the best authorities considered them to possess
+special qualifications. Besides, if peace was really wanted, it would
+have been better to entrust the negotiations to the man who had had his
+fight rather than to one looking for his chance. The craze for military
+renown is nowhere more rampant than in the United States. Occasions are
+few and far between, and we must not expect generals to throw them away
+and fly in the face of Providence.</p>
+<p>This, however, did not commend itself to those who pull the strings;
+we ignore the reasons, but we see the result. Perhaps it was thought
+that to allow Dewey to add to his victor&rsquo;s laurel wreath the palm
+of the pacificator would be too much honour for one man, and might
+raise him to an inconvenient height in the estimation of his fellow
+citizens.</p>
+<p>A year and twenty days after his decisive victory Admiral Dewey
+sailed from Manila in his flagship. Wherever the British ensign flew he
+was received with every demonstration of honour and respect both by
+naval and military officers and by civilians. His reception in New York
+was marked by an almost delirious enthusiasm. But long before he
+arrived, Mr. Whitelaw Reid, disgusted with the conduct of the campaign,
+made a speech at the Miami University and denounced the President for
+neglect of duty which brought on the war in the Philippines.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb119" href="#pb119" name=
+"pb119">119</a>]</span></p>
+<p>He said: &ldquo;If the bitterest enemy of the United States had
+sought to bring upon it in that quarter the greatest trouble in the
+shortest time, he could have devised for that end no policy more
+successful than the one we have already pursued.&rdquo; It must be
+added that Mr. Whitelaw Reid, perhaps to prevent being accused of
+having sympathy with the enemy, denounced Aguinaldo and the Tagals as
+rebels, savages and treacherous barbarians, unfit for citizenship or
+self-government, and declared that the Philippines belong to America by
+right of conquest.</p>
+<p>I suppose Mr. Whitelaw Reid, or perhaps any citizen of the United
+States, has a right to denounce his own President, and certainly the
+management of the Philippine annexation has been bad from the
+beginning.</p>
+<p>But I think Mr. McKinley was badly served by the Peace Commission.
+They seem to me to have made many and egregious mistakes.</p>
+<p>1. They took General Merritt&rsquo;s opinion that the Tagals would
+submit, and accepted Mr. Foreman&rsquo;s assurance of Tagal plasticity
+and accommodating nature.</p>
+<p>2. They disregarded the intimation of D. Felipe Agoncillo, the
+accredited agent of the Tagals, that these would accept no settlement
+to which they were not parties.</p>
+<p>3. They treated several millions of civilised Christian people like
+a herd of cattle to be purchased with the ranch.</p>
+<p>4. Under Article VIII., they guaranteed the religious orders the
+possession of estates already taken from them.</p>
+<p>5. Under Article IX., they gave the expelled friars the right to
+return and exercise their profession.</p>
+<p>To illustrate their careless procedure, I may add that they did not
+even accurately determine the boundaries of the Archipelago to be
+ceded, and now, in August 1900, $100,000 is to be paid to Spain for
+Sibutu and Cagayan <i>Sulu</i> Islands, left out by mistake. If any man
+has a right to say, &ldquo;Save me from my friends,&rdquo; that man is
+William McKinley.</p>
+<p>As regards Aguinaldo and the Tagals, I think that Mr. Whitelaw
+Reid&rsquo;s irritation at their protracted resistance has led him on
+too far. I prefer the opinion of Senator Hoar, who, speaking in the
+Senate of three proclamations of Aguinaldo, said: &ldquo;Mr. President,
+these are three of the greatest state papers in all history. If they
+were found in our own history of our own revolutionary time we should
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb120" href="#pb120" name=
+"pb120">120</a>]</span>be proud to have them stand by the side of those
+great state papers which Chatham declared were equal to the
+masterpieces of antiquity.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>In the same speech he says, and I commend his words to the
+reader&rsquo;s attention: &ldquo;Mr. President, there is one mode by
+which the people of the Philippine Islands could establish the truth of
+the charges as to their degradation and incapacity for self-government
+which have been made by the advocates of Imperialism in this debate,
+and that mode is by submitting tamely and without resistance to the
+dominion of the United States.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Mr. Whitelaw Reid, however, was perfectly right in one thing. The
+Philippines belong (or will belong) to America by right of conquest. On
+August 28th, 1899, Mr. McKinley addressed the 10th Pennsylvania
+Regiment at Pittsburgh soon after their arrival from Manila. He said:
+&ldquo;The insurgents struck the first blow. They reciprocated our
+kindness with cruelty, our mercy<a class="noteref" id="xd20e5019src"
+href="#xd20e5019" name="xd20e5019src">5</a> with Mausers.... They
+assailed our sovereignty, and there will be no useless parley until the
+insurrection is suppressed and American authority acknowledged and
+established. The Philippines are ours as much as Louisiana, by
+purchase, or Texas, or Alaska.&rdquo; Here we get down to the bed rock,
+and discard all flimsy pretences. The Americans have undertaken a war
+of conquest, they bought it in fact, but I fear they are not happy
+either about its material progress or its moral aspect. We shall have
+to wait till November to see what they think about it.</p>
+<p>But whenever the cost in lost lives, ruined health, and shattered
+minds, to say nothing of dollars, comes to be known, there will be a
+great outcry in America.</p>
+<p>Mr. McKinley and his advisers are much to be pitied, for they were
+misled by the information given them by those they relied on.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">The False Prophets of the Philippines.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">Here is an extract from General Merritt&rsquo;s
+evidence taken from the Blue Book, fifty-sixth congress, third session,
+document No. 62, part <span class="sc">I</span>, p. 367:</p>
+<div class="blockquote">
+<p class="first"><i>Mr. Reid</i>: Do you think any danger of conflict
+is now reasonably remote? <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb121" href=
+"#pb121" name="pb121">121</a>]</span></p>
+<p><i>General Merritt</i>: I think there is no danger of conflict as
+long as these people think the United States is going to take
+possession there. If they imagine or hear from any source that the
+Spaniards are to be reinstated there, I think they will be very
+violent.</p>
+<p><i>Mr. Davis</i>: Suppose the United States, by virtue of a treaty
+with Spain, should take Luzon ... paying no attention to the
+insurgents&mdash;how would that be taken by Aguinaldo?</p>
+<p><i>General Merritt</i>: I think Aguinaldo and his immediate
+following would resist it; but whether he could resist to any extent I
+do not know, because his forces are divided. I believe that, as matters
+go, Aguinaldo will lose more or less of his power there.</p>
+<p><i>The Chairman</i>: If the United States should say, We will take
+this country and govern it our own way, do you think they would submit
+to it?</p>
+<p><i>General Merritt</i>: Yes, sir.</p>
+<p><i>Mr. Davis</i>: How many troops in your opinion will be necessary
+to administer the government of this island&mdash;to secure the
+administration of our government there?</p>
+<p><i>General Merritt</i>: From 20,000 to 25,000 would be requisite at
+first.</p>
+</div>
+<p>I admire the conviction of this distinguished officer that the
+benefits of American rule would be highly appreciated by the Tagals, of
+whom, by-the-bye, he knew next to nothing, having only been a few weeks
+in Manila amongst sycophantic Mestizo-Americanistas.</p>
+<p>That interesting people were, however, of a different opinion. On p.
+4582 of the &lsquo;Congressional Record,&rsquo; I find that
+Se&ntilde;or Mabini, in a manifesto published at San Isidro, April
+15th, 1899, states that &ldquo;race hatred is much more <i>cruel and
+pitiless</i> among the Anglo-Saxons&rdquo; (he is comparing them with
+the Spaniards). Again he says, &ldquo;Annexation, in whatever form it
+may be adopted, will unite us for ever to a nation whose manners and
+customs are different from our own, a nation which <i>hates the
+coloured race with a mortal hatred</i>, and from which we could never
+separate ourselves except by war.&rdquo; The outbreaks against the
+negroes that have recently happened [August, 1900] in New Orleans,
+Liberty City, Georgia, and in New York, seem to justify Se&ntilde;or
+Mabini&rsquo;s remarks.</p>
+<p>Don Macario Adriatico, in an answer to a message of General Miller,
+writing from Jaro, January 3rd, 1900, says: &ldquo;It could easily be
+conceived that the Philippines would not suffer a new reign, least of
+<i>all of a nation on whose conscience the curse of the Redskins rests
+as a heavy load</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>In other documents they refer to the probable action of the Trusts,
+and anticipate that, what with the Sugar Trust, the Tobacco Trust, and
+the Hemp Trust, they would soon <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb122"
+href="#pb122" name="pb122">122</a>]</span>find themselves reduced to
+the condition of porters and workmen, or even of domestic servants.</p>
+<p>They seem to have an intelligent anticipation of what will probably
+befall them when conquered, and hence their desperate resistance to a
+large American army.</p>
+<p>But let us now turn up the evidence of another expert on the
+Philippines, Mr. John Foreman, who also ventured to prophesy what the
+Tagals would do (Blue Book, before mentioned, p. 443).</p>
+<div class="blockquote">
+<p class="first"><i>Mr. Foreman</i> (answering Mr. Day): &ldquo;The
+Tagals are of a very plastic nature, willing in their nature
+(<i>sic</i>), I should say, to accommodate themselves and take up any
+new established dominion which might be decided upon, and I think they
+would fall into any new system adopted.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;The inhabitants of the Central Islands or Visayas are more
+uncouth, decidedly less hospitable, and somewhat more averse to
+associations and relations with outsiders than the Tagals, but I think
+they would easily come under sway. They want a little more pressure and
+would have to be guided, more closely watched, and perhaps a little
+more of the iron hand used than in Luzon.&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+<p>Thus was the administration in Washington misled, and it is probable
+that the American military chiefs reported that they could easily
+overcome all opposition, so they were allowed to try.</p>
+<p>Yet in June, 1900, we read, &ldquo;The recall of General Otis is
+taken to mean that the administration considers the war to be at an
+end, and that there is no longer any necessity for military
+rule.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>General McArthur is appointed to the command, however, and the first
+thing he does is to cable to Washington for more troops, whilst Admiral
+Remey asks for an extra battalion of marines. These are to be sent,
+also at least three regiments of infantry. Sixty-five thousand men and
+forty ships of war are now admitted to be the proper garrison to hold
+down the Philippines.</p>
+<p>However necessary reinforcements may be, so deep is the racial
+antipathy between the United States&rsquo; soldiers, white or black,
+and the natives, that every additional man sent out is a source of
+disaffection, and even exasperation. Not only will the volunteers
+become demoralised and diseased in mind and body by their sojourn in
+America&rsquo;s new possession, but the very fact of their presence
+renders the pacification of the country more difficult. The more troops
+are kept there, the more discontented the natives will be. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb123" href="#pb123" name="pb123">123</a>]</span></p>
+<p>To bring this chapter up to date, the position seems to be as
+follows: There is a recrudescence of activity amongst the insurgents;
+fighting is going on over a great part of the Archipelago, the American
+troops are harassed and overworked, sickness is rife, including the
+bubonic plague; yet, notwithstanding all this, the Taft Commission has
+taken over the administration of the islands from September 1st.</p>
+<p>The date fixed is not a convenient one for the Commission, as it is
+in the middle of the rainy season, but it has probably been selected to
+suit the presidential campaign in America.</p>
+<p>Aguinaldo has issued a proclamation warning the Filipinos against
+the Taft Commission, which, he says, has no authority from Congress;
+does not represent the sentiments of the American people, and is simply
+the personal instrument of Mr. McKinley sent out to make promises which
+it has no power to keep, and which the United States Government will
+not be bound to observe. He denounces the Americanistas, and threatens
+condign punishment to all who accept offices under the Commission. It
+would appear that a settlement on present lines is still some way
+off.</p>
+<p>Judge Taft seems to have inherited the cheerful optimism of General
+Otis. On September 1st he reported that the insurrection is virtually
+ended, and on 20th forwarded another favourable report. On 21st,
+General McArthur cabled accounts of engagements in several provinces of
+Luzon. The American troops at Pekin are being hurried to Manila, as the
+reinforcement of General McArthur is absolutely imperative.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb124" href="#pb124" name=
+"pb124">124</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e4865" href="#xd20e4865src" name="xd20e4865">1</a></span> Report
+published in <i>Outlook</i>, September 1st and 21st, 1899.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e4914" href="#xd20e4914src" name="xd20e4914">2</a></span> The
+Abb&eacute; de Brant&ocirc;me, whose appreciative remarks upon the
+courtesans who accompanied the Army of the Duke of Alva are quoted by
+Motley in &lsquo;The Rise of the Dutch Republic,&rsquo; would have been
+delighted to take up his favourite subject and chronicle the following
+of the American Army.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e4948" href="#xd20e4948src" name="xd20e4948">3</a></span> My
+remarks apply to the accounts published in the <i>Times</i>.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e4956" href="#xd20e4956src" name="xd20e4956">4</a></span> May
+11th, 1899, <i>The New York Herald&rsquo;s</i> correspondent at Manila
+reports that the insurgents have succeeded in landing ten machine guns
+on the island of Panay.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e5019" href="#xd20e5019src" name="xd20e5019">5</a></span> The
+kindness and mercy are not obvious.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch13" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XIII.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Native Admiration for America.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">Their fears of a corrupt government&mdash;The islands
+might be an earthly paradise&mdash;Wanted, the man&mdash;Rajah
+Brooke&mdash;Sir Andrew Clarke&mdash;Hugh Clifford&mdash;John
+Nicholson&mdash;Charles Gordon&mdash;Evelyn Baring&mdash;Mistakes of
+the Peace Commission&mdash;Government should be a
+protectorate&mdash;Fighting men should be made governors&mdash;What
+might have been&mdash;The Malay race&mdash;Senator Hoar&rsquo;s
+speech&mdash;Four years&rsquo; slaughter of the Tagals.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">Not a few of the natives in arms were, and still are,
+sincere admirers of the true greatness of the United States. The noble
+deeds and words of America&rsquo;s great men attain the summit of human
+grandeur in their fervid imaginations.</p>
+<p>The statesmen and the historians of the great Republic receive their
+tribute of praise from Filipino lips.</p>
+<p>The names of Washington, Lincoln, Prescott, Motley, are known and
+honoured by them. Were the natives treated according to the immortal
+principles of right and justice laid down or praised by such as these,
+they would welcome the tutelage, and, in fact, all Asia might envy
+them.</p>
+<p>But they will never consent to become the prey of the politician,
+the boss, the monopolist, and the carpet-bagger, and from these they
+must be assured of protection before they will submit.</p>
+<p>What confidence can they have in a form of government under which
+the tariffs on their great staples will be made in the interests of
+their American competitors.</p>
+<p>Under such a system, and with a pension list steadily growing by
+millions of dollars year by year, their comfortable competence would,
+in a few years, be reduced to the hideous poverty of over-taxed British
+India.</p>
+<p>Having passed so many years amongst this people, I may be expected
+to give some opinion as to whether the Philippines can be governed by
+America. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb125" href="#pb125" name=
+"pb125">125</a>]</span></p>
+<p>The islands were badly governed by Spain, yet Spaniards and natives
+lived together in great harmony, and I do not know where I could find a
+colony in which the Europeans mixed as much socially with the natives.
+Not in Java, where a native of position must dismount to salute the
+humblest Dutchman. Not in British India, where the Englishwoman has now
+made the gulf between British and native into a bottomless pit.</p>
+<p>It will be difficult for the Americans to avoid this social
+ostracism of the natives, and in this respect they are not likely to do
+as well as the Spaniards, being less tolerant.</p>
+<p>As regards the administration of the government, no doubt great
+improvements can be made; but I abstain from prophecy, remembering
+Merritt&rsquo;s and Foreman&rsquo;s want of success in that line. There
+is certainly a wonderful opportunity to show the world how to govern a
+tropical protectorate or dependency.</p>
+<p>So rich a country with so intelligent and industrious a population
+only requires good guidance to make it an earthly paradise. But the
+guidance should be given by the gentle hand of an elder sister, and not
+by the boot of a frontier ruffian.</p>
+<p>Much as our officials praise the administration of the Indian
+Empire, I think it quite possible with a few years of disinterested
+tutelage to weld the Philippines into a nation, more united, freer,
+happier, richer and better educated, than the finest state in that vast
+possession. What is wanted is <span class="sc">The Man</span>, no
+stubborn and tactless general &ldquo;spoiling for a fight,&rdquo;
+harsh, peremptory, overbearing, but a civilian of the highest rank, or
+a naval officer, one of America&rsquo;s very best, full of sympathy,
+tact and patience, yet firm as Stonewall Jackson. He must have a
+gracious presence, and &ldquo;magnetism&rdquo; in the highest degree,
+for he must rule by personal influence, by inspiring confidence and
+affection.</p>
+<p>Not otherwise did Rajah Brooke obtain his election to the
+sovereignty of Sarawak; Sir Andrew Clarke pacify the Malay Peninsula;
+nor is it otherwise that Hugh Clifford is leading the Malays of North
+Borneo to peaceful pursuits.</p>
+<p>The man, when found, must be invested with absolute power, and be
+backed up by all the forces of the Republic.</p>
+<p>The British Government gave America an example of what to avoid when
+it sacrificed Governor Eyre, of Jamaica, to a shrieking gang of
+pseudo-philanthropists, when, in a great emergency, whilst the honour
+of white women and <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb126" href="#pb126"
+name="pb126">126</a>]</span>the lives of men were at the mercy of a mob
+of negroes, he omitted some legal technicality before hanging one of
+the cowardly instigators.</p>
+<p>However, I do not think America will go back on her sons like
+that.</p>
+<p>Great Britain has produced some men who could have taken up the
+burden of the Philippines. It happens that the three I shall cite were
+all soldiers, but their extraordinary magnetic qualities by no means
+proceeded from their profession.</p>
+<p>The God-like man who died at Delhi, the beloved of John Lawrence,
+would have made an ideal ruler: the people would have worshipped
+him.</p>
+<p>The hero who died at Khartoum could have ruled the Philippines, or
+any Asiatic or African country, and the people would have loved
+him.</p>
+<p>To quote one who is still with us, Lord Cromer has coped with
+difficulties of a different kind, yet, perhaps, as great as those of
+the Philippines, and in a few years has changed the face of the land of
+Pharaoh, and lightened the lot of millions. This has been done by the
+assistance of a few engineers, administrators, judges and soldiers. He
+and all of them have displayed the most unfailing tact and patience,
+indomitable courage and fortitude, and each has put honour and duty
+before all. Men like John Nicholson, Charles Gordon and Evelyn Baring,
+are rare, but their peers doubtless exist amongst Americans of the good
+old colonial stock, and it is the President&rsquo;s business to find
+them, and send them out to protect and govern America&rsquo;s great
+dependency.</p>
+<p>America has, I suppose, taken these islands from Spain to save them
+from the ruthless<a class="noteref" id="xd20e5180src" href="#xd20e5180"
+name="xd20e5180src">1</a> Teuton, and to show the world that she can do
+for the Philippines what we have done for Egypt. Unfortunately, she
+began wrong by treating with Spain, and buying the islands, as if the
+natives were cattle on a ranch.</p>
+<p>Then the Peace Committee went wrong over the estates of the
+Religious Orders, as before explained.</p>
+<p>In my opinion, the form of government should be a protectorate,
+varying in character with the civilisation of the different islands,
+the executive functions being in the hands of the natives whenever
+possible, but under inspection <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb127"
+href="#pb127" name="pb127">127</a>]</span>to prevent abuses. On this
+basis peace could, I think, be made, and then America should remember
+that the most worthy of the natives are precisely those who have been
+in arms for their freedom. Their chiefs (with one or two exceptions),
+are the men who should be appointed to govern provinces, and the
+fighting-men enrolled in the native army.</p>
+<p>No offices of government should be given to the so-called
+Americanistas, who are mostly people who need not be taken into
+account, and whose support is worth nothing. They will go on with their
+pettifogging and their pawnbroking, and that is enough reward for them.
+They are Americanistas because they cannot help themselves, and not
+from any attachment to American ways. Formerly the Spaniards protected
+them; now the American bayonets stand between them and the Tagal
+<i>bolos</i>.</p>
+<p>Without this, well they know that what happened to the mulattos in
+Hayti would surely happen to them sooner or later&mdash;perhaps
+sooner.</p>
+<p>It is, indeed, sad to see what is, and to think what might have been
+accomplished by a little patience, a little forbearance, a tinge of
+sympathy, for a gallant people struggling for freedom and light. But no
+patience was vouchsafed to them, no forbearance was shown them, nor can
+I discover in what has been done the faintest sign of sympathy for
+them.</p>
+<p>Yet the Malay race can claim to have enlisted the sympathies of some
+not undistinguished men. Rajah Brooke, Spenser St. John, Hugh Clifford,
+Professor Blumentritt, Louis Becke, Joseph Conrad&mdash;the names that
+first occur to me&mdash;have all confessed to an affection for them.
+The old Spanish conquerors speak of their dignified courtesy and gentle
+manners.</p>
+<p>There are, however, in America, generous souls who can judge the
+Tagals fairly and even indulgently. I do not allude to those who raise
+a clamour to discredit the administration for political purposes, but
+to the noble, eloquent, and truly patriotic speech, inspired in the
+best traditions of the United States, delivered by Mr. Hoar in the
+Senate on April 17th. I hope that touching appeal to the national
+conscience will bear fruit, and that, by the exercise of true
+statesmanship, an end may be put to this dreadful war, and a
+pacification effected satisfactory to Filipinos and Americans.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb128" href="#pb128" name=
+"pb128">128</a>]</span></p>
+<p>For four long years, slaughter and destruction have ravaged one of
+the fairest lands on earth, converting what might be a paradise into a
+pandemonium.</p>
+<p>What evils have these poor Tagals not suffered in that time?
+Arbitrary imprisonment, torture, confiscation of property, banishment
+to unhealthy places, military executions, bombardments, the storming
+and burning of towns, indiscriminate slaughter, and the bubonic plague,
+added to the calamities they are always exposed to&mdash;volcanic
+eruptions, floods, earthquakes, typhoons, locusts, epidemics.</p>
+<p>Famine seems to be the only calamity they have been free from, but
+even that may not be far distant. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb129"
+href="#pb129" name="pb129">129</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e5180" href="#xd20e5180src" name="xd20e5180">1</a></span> I think,
+in view of the German atrocities in Africa, including many cases of
+flogging women, that this epithet is well earned.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch14" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XIV.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Resources of the Philippines.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">At the Spanish conquest&mdash;Rice&mdash;the lowest
+use the land can be put to&mdash;How the Americans are
+misled&mdash;Substitutes for rice&mdash;Wheat formerly
+grown&mdash;Tobacco&mdash;Compa&ntilde;ia General de
+Tabacos&mdash;Abac&aacute;&mdash;Practically a monopoly of the
+Philippines&mdash;Sugar&mdash;Coffee&mdash;Cacao&mdash;Indigo&mdash;Cocoa-nut
+oil&mdash;Rafts of nuts&mdash;Copra&mdash;True localities for cocoa
+palm groves&mdash;Summary&mdash;More sanguine
+forecasts&mdash;Common-sense view.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Agricultural.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The great wealth of the Archipelago is undoubtedly to
+be found in the development of its agriculture. Although the Central
+and Ilocan Mountains in Luzon and parts of Mindanao are rich in gold,
+it is the fertile land, the heavy rainfall and the solar heat, that
+must be utilized to permanently enrich the country. The land is there
+and the labour is there, and all that is wanting is capital, and a
+settled government that will make roads and bridges and keep them in
+repair, clear the rivers of obstructions and improve the ports, and
+above all, establish and maintain some tolerable courts of justice. The
+sun, the rain, the soil, and the hardy Philippine farmer will do the
+rest&mdash;a population equal to that of Java could live in affluence
+in the Philippines.</p>
+<p>The agriculture of the Philippines at the time of the first arrival
+of the Spaniards consisted mainly in the cultivation of rice. It is to
+the Spaniards that the natives owe the introduction of maize, coffee,
+cacao, sesame, tobacco, the indigo plant, the sweet potato, and many
+fruits. They also imported horses, horned cattle, and sheep. But the
+great development of the cultivation of sugar and hemp is almost
+entirely due to British capital, with some assistance from
+Americans.</p>
+<p>The natives probably learned from the Chinese how to <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb130" href="#pb130" name=
+"pb130">130</a>]</span>terrace the hillsides and the sloping lands, and
+how to erect the <i>pil&aacute;piles</i>, or small dykes, for retaining
+the rain. At that time, and for centuries after, taxes were paid in
+paddy as they have been in Japan until quite recently.</p>
+<p>Under the heading &ldquo;Tagals,&rdquo; a description is given of
+the planting of paddy, and an illustration shows the aspect of a
+newly-planted paddy-field or tubigan. Mountain rice-lands are called
+bacores or dalatanes. The cutting and harvesting of paddy is paid for
+in kind, sometimes in Camarines Sur, a third of the crop is given for
+getting it in, but in the province of Manila it is cultivated in equal
+shares to the farmer and the owner of the land.</p>
+<p>By looking at the illustration it will be seen that, the fields
+being divided into such small patches of irregular shapes at different
+levels, it would be difficult, if not impossible, to use a
+reaping-machine. I have elsewhere given the reasons for my opinion that
+the cultivation of rice is the lowest use that the land and the
+husbandmen can be put to, and whenever the cultivation is given up, it
+is probably an indication that the cultivators are raising some more
+profitable crop, and earning money by exporting valuable produce,
+wherewith to import rice from countries in a lower stage of
+civilisation.</p>
+<p>This is most certainly the case in the Philippines, and year by
+year, as the exports of hemp, sugar and tobacco have increased, the
+imports of rice from Saigon and Rangoon have risen correspondingly. And
+yet the United States&rsquo; Department of Agriculture, issued in the
+latter part of 1899 a circular with the title,&rsquo;Plant Products of
+the Philippines,&rsquo;<a class="noteref" id="xd20e5239src" href=
+"#xd20e5239" name="xd20e5239src">1</a> which, amongst other inaccurate
+appreciations, says: &ldquo;It seems strange that an almost exclusively
+agricultural country should not produce enough food for its own
+population, but such is at present the case with regard to the
+Philippines.&rdquo; It proceeds to say that in some years the value of
+rice imported into Manila from Saigon was valued at $2,000,000. But I
+would point out to the author of that circular that the export of the
+three great staples of the Philippines in those years averaged,
+perhaps, $30,000,000, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb131" href=
+"#pb131" name="pb131">131</a>]</span>and this, evidently, could not
+have been accomplished if they had cultivated their own rice.</p>
+<p>The Spaniards sometimes raised this same groundless clamour, and,
+perhaps, the author of the circular took it from them; but I look upon
+it as a great mistake arising from insufficient knowledge of the
+subject. The rice imported into Manila is largely shipped to the
+tobacco and hemp provinces, Cagayan and Albay, where the people are
+exclusively employed in the cultivation and preparation of those
+valuable products, and are far richer, and on a higher grade of
+civilisation than the rice-growers of Cochin China.</p>
+<p>In the Philippines themselves, the people of the rice-growing
+districts are the poorest and most backward of all.</p>
+<p>Besides paddy, the natives cultivate the dava or m&iacute;jo
+(<i lang="la-x-bio">Panicum miliaceum</i>), the mongo, a species of
+lentil (<i lang="la-x-bio">Phaseolus mungo</i>), called in some
+provinces balat or balatong, for their own consumption.</p>
+<p>When rice is dear, they mix a certain amount of maize with it, and
+when it is really scarce they eat the seeds of the sorghum (<i lang=
+"la-x-bio">Holcus saccharatus</i>) instead of it. They also make an
+infusion of these seeds, which is not unlike barley-water. The camote
+(<i lang="la-x-bio">Impom&oelig;a batata</i>) is the principal food of
+the more uncivilised tribes.</p>
+<p>All the natives find a great resource in the banana, which the
+Tagals called saguin. The following varieties are excellent: Bungulan,
+Lacatan, Ternate, and Tindoc.</p>
+<p>Wheat was formerly grown in northern Luzon. The late Archbishop of
+Manila, Fray Pedro Payo, informed me that, when he was a parish priest
+years ago, he always ate bread made from Philippine flour, which he
+thought far better and safer than the Californian flour that had
+superseded it.</p>
+<p>Tobacco is an important crop in the Philippines, and from the year
+1781 was cultivated in Cagayan as a government monopoly. In the
+villages of that province the people were called out by beat of drum
+and marched to the fields under the gobernadorcillo and principales,
+who were responsible for the careful ploughing, planting, weeding, and
+tending, the work being overlooked by Spanish officials. Premiums were
+paid to these and to the gobernadorcillos, and fines or floggings were
+administered in default. The native officials carried canes, which they
+freely applied to those who shirked their work.</p>
+<p>In another part of the book I have referred to the series
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb132" href="#pb132" name=
+"pb132">132</a>]</span>of abuses committed under the monopoly: how the
+wretched cultivators had to bribe the officials in charge of the scales
+to allow them the true weight, and the one who classified the leaves,
+so that he should not reject them as rubbish and order them to be
+destroyed; in fact, they had to tip every official in whose power it
+was to do them any injustice. Finally, they received orders on the
+treasury for the value of their tobacco, which were not paid for
+months, or, perhaps, for years. They sometimes had to sell their orders
+for 50 percent of the face value, or even less.</p>
+<p>However, even the Spanish official conscience can be aroused, and at
+the end of 1882 the monopoly was abolished.</p>
+<p>Here it is only right to honourably mention a Spanish gentleman to
+whom the natives of the Cagayan Valley in a great measure owe their
+freedom. Don Jose Jimenez Agius was Intendente General de Hacienda, and
+he laboured for years to bring about this reform, impressed with the
+cruelty and injustice of this worst form of slavery. The Cagayanes were
+prohibited from growing rice, but were allowed as an indulgence to
+plant a row or two of maize around their carefully tilled
+tobacco-fields.</p>
+<p>Possibly this circumstance has led the author of the circular I have
+before quoted to make the extraordinary statement: &ldquo;Tobacco, as a
+cultivated crop, is generally grown in the same field as maize.&rdquo;
+Does he think it grows wild anywhere?</p>
+<p>In 1883, the &ldquo;Compa&ntilde;ia General de Tabacos de
+Filipinas&rdquo; was established in the islands, the capital being
+raised in Paris and Barcelona.</p>
+<p>This Company has been under very capable management; the technical
+department being overlooked by M. Armand Villemer, a French engineer of
+great ability and experience. The Company has done a great deal to
+improve the cultivation of the plant and the preparation of the leaf.
+They run light draught paddle-steamers and barges on the Cagayan River,
+and sea-going screw-steamers from Aparri to Manila.</p>
+<p>Their estates are mentioned under the heading
+&ldquo;Cagayanes.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Besides the Cagayan Valley, the following Provinces produce tobacco
+in considerable quantities.</p>
+<p>In Luzon, the Ilocos North and South, Abra, Union, <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb133" href="#pb133" name=
+"pb133">133</a>]</span>Nueva Ecija. Also Masbate, Ticao, and most of
+the Visayas Islands. The Igorrote also raise a considerable
+quantity.</p>
+<p>The quantity of tobacco and cigars exported since 1888 is given in
+the Appendix; and, seeing the enormous extent of land still available
+in the Cagayan Valley, there can be no doubt that the production can be
+very largely increased as the demand grows.</p>
+<p>The export of leaf tobacco from Manila, the only shipping port, has
+increased from 204,592 quintals in 1888, to 287,161 quintals in 1897,
+and during the same period the export of cigars has increased from
+109,109 mil to 171,410 mil.</p>
+<p>The cultivation of the <i>Musa textilis</i> is almost a monopoly of
+the Philippines, and, indeed, of certain parts of them.</p>
+<p>Volcanic soil, a certain elevation above the sea, and exposure to
+the breezes of the Pacific, a bright sun and an ample rainfall, seem
+necessary to the production of a fine quality of this fibre.</p>
+<p>Several attempts have been made to produce this fibre elsewhere; the
+Government of British India sent a gentleman to Manila to study the
+question. He wrote a report, but I have never heard that any
+abac&aacute; was produced.</p>
+<p>The plant was said to grow wild all along the Sarawak rivers; but
+here again some mistake must have been made, for nothing seems to have
+come of it.</p>
+<p>There is, in fact, nothing so far to compete with it, and there is
+an immense and growing market. The price has lately fluctuated
+enormously, and I do not intend to prophesy what profits might be made
+in planting it.</p>
+<p>In 1897, no less than 915,338 bales were exported, about 114,400
+tons, and if we take the average price at that time as $15 per bale, we
+get a sum of over $13,730,000 as the value of that year&rsquo;s export,
+the largest in quantity, but not in value.</p>
+<p>The export of hemp has been almost entirely developed by British and
+American enterprise, and dates from very recent times.</p>
+<p>The spread of the sugar-cane cultivation in the Philippines from the
+year 1870 was rapid, and is in great measure due to the advances made
+by British and American houses to the planters. It was for many years a
+most profitable business, and this is proved by the large and handsome
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb134" href="#pb134" name=
+"pb134">134</a>]</span>houses of the planters in the towns of the sugar
+districts. The continual increase of the beet sugar production, however
+brought down prices to such an extent as to reduce the profits below
+the heavy interest paid on loans or advances. But it seems now that
+bottom has been reached, and that rising prices and more economical
+methods of financing and of manufacturing will give the planters a
+fresh start. Those who know what has been and is being done by central
+sugar factories in Cuba, will not doubt the possibility of doing better
+in the Philippines, where labour is cheaper and is on the spot.</p>
+<p>Under the headings Pampangos, Pangasinanes, and Visayas, will be
+found many interesting particulars of the working of sugar plantations
+in these provinces.</p>
+<p>In 1893, the export of sugar amounted to 260,000 tons; since then it
+has declined, but in 1897 it still amounted to close on 200,000
+tons<span class="corr" id="xd20e5324" title="Source: ,">.</span></p>
+<p>The export of coffee has almost entirely ceased, and the cause is
+ascribed to the ravages of an insect which destroys the bushes. Lipa,
+in Batangas province, was the great coffee centre, and became one of
+the richest towns in Luzon. Notwithstanding this prosperity, the
+plantations were never cultivated with proper care. Weeding was much
+neglected. In 1888, the export reached 107,236 piculs, but in 1897 it
+had fallen to 2111 piculs.</p>
+<p>There is an opening for coffee-planting on many of the elevated
+plateaux of the islands, and capital with skill ought to find its
+reward.</p>
+<p>The Moros of Lake Lanao export a certain quantity of coffee of
+indifferent appearance but excellent flavour.</p>
+<p>Cacao grows well in many parts of the Archipelago, but I have never
+seen any large plantations of it. A few trees may be seen in the
+gardens of old houses, but they must be protected from insects and
+rats, and require looking after.</p>
+<p>The quantity raised in the islands is not sufficient to supply the
+home demand, so that cacao beans are imported from Venezuela and
+chocolate from Spain.</p>
+<p>It is a risky business to plant cacao in the northern Philippines;
+the trees are delicate and suffer from the typhoons. And the produce is
+so valuable that, unless watched at night or protected in some way, the
+cones may when nearly ripe be carried away by thieves.</p>
+<p>In Palawan, where the typhoons do not ravage, I have seen cacao
+trees 30 feet high, with an abundant crop. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb135" href="#pb135" name="pb135">135</a>]</span></p>
+<p>The plant from which indigo is elaborated was cultivated in former
+years to a considerable extent in some provinces, notably the Ilocos,
+but the export trade was destroyed by the adulterations of the
+Chinese.</p>
+<p>In 1895, 6672 quintals were exported from Manila, but only 462
+quintals in 1896. Ten specimens of Ilocos indigo were shown at the
+Madrid Exhibition of 1887, and the price varied from $12 to $67 per
+quintal.</p>
+<p>For home use the dye is sold in a liquid form, contained in large
+earthen jars called tinajas. It is known as <i>Tintarron</i>.</p>
+<p>Sesame and other oil-giving seeds are cultivated to a small extent
+in several provinces, but neither the seed nor the oil figure in the
+list of exports.</p>
+<p>The cocoa-nut palm grows in most of the lowlands of the Philippines,
+except in the North of Luzon. In suitable soil it grows to the very
+edge of the sea, as in the Cuyos Islands, In the provinces of Laguna
+and Tayabas there are large numbers of these trees and a lively
+business is carried on in making oil from nuts or in sending them to
+Manila for the market or for shipment.</p>
+<p>When large quantities are to be sent, they are formed into rafts in
+a very ingenious manner, each nut being attached by a strip of its own
+fibre without any rope being required.</p>
+<p>These rafts are sometimes a hundred feet long and ten or twelve feet
+wide, and are navigated across the lake and down the Pasig. Finally
+they are brought alongside a steamer, the nuts are cut adrift and
+thrown into the hold through the cargo ports.</p>
+<p>The nuts that are to be used for making oil are stripped of their
+husks and cut in halves. They then pass to a workman who is provided
+with an apparatus called a <i>Cutcuran</i>. This is mounted upon a
+trestle and consists of a revolving shaft of hard polished wood,
+carrying on its overhanging end an iron disc about three inches in
+diameter having teeth like the rowel of a spur.</p>
+<p>This is set edgeways in a slot in the shaft. On each side of the
+trestle near the ground is a treadle; from one of these a cotton cord
+passes over the shaft taking a round turn and is made fast to the other
+treadle. The operator sits astride the trestle with a foot on each
+treadle. By working them alternately he produces a rapid revolution of
+the shaft in alternate directions, and the cutting disc being
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb136" href="#pb136" name=
+"pb136">136</a>]</span>double-edged it cuts both ways. By holding a
+half nut against the revolving cutter he in a few seconds rasps out
+every particle of the nut which falls upon a tray in fine shreds.</p>
+<p>The shredded material is then heated in a cast-iron pan over a slow
+fire, and whilst hot is filled into bags of strong material which are
+placed in the press.</p>
+<p>This is constructed entirely of hard wood, and the pressure is
+obtained by driving wedges with a heavy mallet.</p>
+<p>The system is primitive, but all the apparatus is practical and very
+cheap.</p>
+<p>D. Carlos Almeida of Bi&ntilde;an stated to me in 1890 that 400
+large cocoa-nuts gave by this process one tinaja or jar of oil,
+equivalent to 10&frac12; English gallons, which was then worth on the
+spot six Mexican dollars. It is sold in Manila. At this time cocoa-nuts
+were sold in Santa Cruz, the capital of the Laguna, for about $15 per
+thousand. The oil cake was used either to feed pigs or as a manure
+about the roots of coffee-plants. The owner of cocoa-palm groves in
+Luzon or Visayas lives in anxiety during several months of each year,
+for should the vortex of a typhoon pass over or near his plantation, a
+large proportion of his trees may be destroyed.</p>
+<p>The true locality for such plantations is in the southern and
+western parts of Mindanao and Palawan, to the south of a line drawn
+from the northern point of Mindanao to Busu&aacute;nga Island in the
+Calamianes, preferring the most sheltered spots.</p>
+<p>In this region the danger from typhoons is inconsiderable, and the
+trees flourish exceedingly. I have been shown trees in bearing at
+Puerta Princesa which I was assured were only three years old. I saw
+older trees bearing immense bunches of nuts, too many to count, and it
+seemed wonderful to see a slender trunk bearing aloft sixty feet in the
+air so heavy a load. From fifty to one hundred trees can be planted on
+an acre according to the space allowed to each, and when in full
+bearing after six or seven years each tree might give eighty nuts in a
+year. The crop goes on all the year round.</p>
+<p>Copra is prepared from the nuts either by drying the whole nut under
+cover in the shade, allowing the water to become absorbed and then
+breaking up the kernel for bagging, or else by breaking it up first of
+all and drying it in the sun. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb137"
+href="#pb137" name="pb137">137</a>]</span></p>
+<p>In the first case a large airy shed is required, and the process
+takes three months. In the latter case three days of sunshine will
+suffice, but the kernels must be protected from the dew at night and
+from any chance shower of rain. Artificial heat does not produce good
+copra, and besides is expensive to apply.</p>
+<p>Making copra is one of the most paying enterprises in the
+Philippines, but it requires capital to be laid out several years
+beforehand, unless a plantation can be bought to start with.</p>
+<p>Previous to 1890, the quantity of copra exported was so small that
+no record was kept of it. In that year 74,447 piculs were exported, and
+the trade has gone up by leaps and bounds, so that in 1897 no less than
+811,440 piculs were sent out, over fifty thousand tons.</p>
+<p>The present position of agriculture seems to be that there are in
+the Philippines somewhere about six millions of civilised Christian
+people tilling eight million acres of land, and exporting some thirty
+million dollars&rsquo; worth of produce each year. They also raise a
+large quantity of food-stuffs for their own consumption, but import
+perhaps a couple of million dollars&rsquo; worth of rice because it is
+cheaper to buy it than to grow it, as we in England import wheat for
+the same reason. The area of land under cultivation is computed at
+one-ninth of the total area of the islands.</p>
+<p>The author of the circular <i>Plant Products of the Philippines</i>,
+to which I have before referred, makes the following remarks: &ldquo;In
+view of the natural fertility of the soil and the vast extent of these
+rich lands not yet under cultivation, it is safely assumed that the
+total agricultural production of the islands could be increased
+tenfold.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>This gentleman seems to be of a sanguine disposition, and he reminds
+me rather of Oscar F. Williams&rsquo; cheerful optimism. But in one way
+he is more cautious than that gentleman. He does not fix a time for his
+prophecy to be accomplished.</p>
+<p>I would point out, however, that in the seventy-five million acres
+comprised in the islands there are volcanic cones, peaks of basalt,
+stony plains, unexplored regions, swamps and other undesirable
+localities for establishing farms or plantations, and that some of the
+good lands are held by warlike tribes who would resent any intrusion
+into their domains.</p>
+<p>There are, it is true, great tracts of land in Mindanao <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb138" href="#pb138" name="pb138">138</a>]</span>and
+Palawan, and no doubt in time they will come under cultivation.</p>
+<p>Taking everything into consideration, I hold to my view that with
+peace, honest government and a good Vagrancy law, the export of produce
+might be doubled in twenty years if capital is forthcoming in
+sufficient amount. The land is worth nothing without the husbandmen,
+and it will take the Philippines a long time to recover from the
+devastating effects of the insurrection of 1896&ndash;7 and the
+American war of subjugation. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb139" href=
+"#pb139" name="pb139">139</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e5239" href="#xd20e5239src" name="xd20e5239">1</a></span> In
+making these remarks, I am not in any way desirous of depreciating the
+Department of Agriculture, for I hold the belief that its reports are
+written with exceptional ability. But this circular bears internal
+evidence of having been written by some person, perhaps a consul,
+unfamiliar with Philippine agriculture, and published without
+correction.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch15" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XV.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Forestal.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">Value exaggerated&mdash;Difficulties of labour and
+transport&mdash;Special sawing machinery required&mdash;Market for
+timber in the islands&mdash;Teak not found&mdash;Jungle
+produce&mdash;Warning to investors in companies&mdash;Gutta percha.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">During the three and a quarter centuries the Spaniards
+have held the Philippines, the forests of Luzon have supplied enormous
+quantities of the finest timber for building houses, churches,
+convents, bridges, warships, lighters and canoes. No care has ever been
+taken to replant, and the consequence is that at this day long logs of
+many kinds most wanted are not obtainable, all the large trees of
+valuable timber have long ago been cut, and only in the most distant
+and least accessible places are any worth having to be found.</p>
+<p>The greatest nonsense is talked about the value of the Philippine
+forests, but in fact it is only in the fever-stricken Island of
+Mindoro, and in certain parts of Palawan and Mindanao, that any large
+and valuable trees can be found.</p>
+<p>Labour is a great difficulty; wood-cutters are scarce, and they are
+a wild, unruly lot; only men inured to such a rough life can resist the
+malaria of the woods, and even they are occasionally down with
+fever.</p>
+<p>Chinamen would not venture into the forests, and only the natives of
+each district are available, as they do not care to go far from their
+houses. In order to engage them it is necessary to make them advances
+of money which it will seldom be possible to recover. A good deal of
+tact is required in dealing with the cutters, they are very independent
+and will not put up with abuse. A considerable capital is required to
+give advances to, and feed these men, also for buying buffaloes, which
+die unless good care is taken of them. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb140" href="#pb140" name="pb140">140</a>]</span></p>
+<p>If a cutter can be found who has buffaloes of his own, it is better
+to hire them with him, as then they are sure to be taken care of.</p>
+<p>The dragging the large logs to a river or port can only be done by
+teams of buffaloes. The conditions prevailing prevent the employment of
+chutes, wire ropes and winding engines, or tram-lines.</p>
+<p>The valuable trees do not grow together in numbers as in the forests
+of California and Oregon, but are found at considerable distances from
+each other. It is therefore only possible to commence the use of
+mechanical conveyance at the spot where the logs can be assembled by
+animal labour. Even so, the number of logs from any district will be so
+small that it will hardly pay to lay down a tramway.</p>
+<p>The logs are squared in the woods and the butt ends are rounded like
+the runners of a sleigh, two holes are chopped at the top corners with
+a small adze called a palacol, through which rattans are passed for the
+buffaloes to be yoked to. They are then dragged down to the river or
+sea. The wood is too heavy to float, and bundles of bamboos are
+attached to it to give it buoyancy.</p>
+<p>The idea of putting up saw-mills in the forests is absurd&mdash;for
+the reason given above.</p>
+<p>The wood is very hard and tough, and specially made machinery is
+required to work it.</p>
+<p>The framing must be heavier, the feed lighter, and the teeth of the
+saws much smaller and with less set. I have had some excellent
+machinery and saws specially made in England for this purpose, by
+Thomas Robinson &amp; Son of Rochdale, but I sent home logs of the
+woods required to be worked, for the saws, planers, and moulding
+cutters to be made to suit. The ordinary sawing machinery as shown in
+trade catalogues would be of no use at all.</p>
+<p>The whole business is extremely risky, it requires a manager, immune
+to jungle fever, a man of great vigour yet patient and tactful. Such a
+man, understanding the native ways, would probably succeed after years
+of hard and dangerous work; but I warn any one thinking of taking up
+this business that in Luzon valuable trees are few and far between, and
+distant from port or river, whilst in other islands where there are
+timber trees they stand there because no one could ever be induced to
+go and cut them. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb141" href="#pb141"
+name="pb141">141</a>]</span></p>
+<p>As for exporting these timbers to the United States or other places,
+there is no need to do that, for demand for timber in Manila and other
+towns is greater than the supply, and iron construction is increasing
+in consequence.</p>
+<p>Oregon or Norway pine is of no use for building purposes in the
+Philippines, for it would be devoured within a year or two by the
+<i lang="tl">anay</i> (white ants). I am told, however, that in spite
+of warnings the United States military authorities have constructed
+stables and storehouses of this timber.</p>
+<p>I think it quite useless to mention the names of the different
+Philippine timbers, as those who take an interest in them can purchase
+the &lsquo;Manual de Maderero&rsquo; (Wood-cutters&rsquo; Manual) and
+obtain all the information they require from it.</p>
+<p>Molave is the most important, being proof against the white ants,
+and almost imperishable. Ypil and yacal are splendid woods for large
+roofs. They can be obtained long enough for tie-beams, even for wide
+spans, and excellent roof-frames can be made by bolting them
+together.</p>
+<p>On the Zambales mountains and in Benguet and Lepanto there are
+forests of conifer&aelig;. When the Manila-Dagupan Railway was being
+built, I had some sample sleepers brought down from thence. They were
+quite suitable, but could only be used if thoroughly creosoted, as
+otherwise they would merely provide food for the white ants. As there
+are no gasworks in the Islands, creosote could not be produced, nor
+would it pay to import it from Hong Kong or elsewhere on account of the
+freight and duties.</p>
+<p>There is no market in the islands for pine and no one cuts the
+trees. They are not of great size. The Igorrotes burn them to clear the
+land for planting.</p>
+<p>True ebony is not found in the forests, but a very handsome and
+heavy wood, called Camagon, is the nearest approach to it, being
+dark-brown nearly black, streaked with bright yellow. It is found of
+larger size than ebony and is sold by the pound.</p>
+<p>Teak has often been reported to exist and samples of the alleged
+teak have been shown to me. On comparing them with teak from Rangoon a
+considerable difference was noted and the characteristic odour was
+absent. My own impression is that there is no teak in the Philippines.
+I have paid two dollars a cubic foot for teak in Manila and
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb142" href="#pb142" name=
+"pb142">142</a>]</span>if there was any to be had, this price would, I
+think, have fetched it out.</p>
+<p>As for such jungle produce as gum-damar, canes, and rattans, if the
+reader will refer to my remarks on Palawan he will see that the most
+valuable products are mostly worked out, and that in any case this is
+not white man&rsquo;s business.</p>
+<p>There is, however, one branch that, in view of increasing scarcity
+and rising price, should be carefully looked after by the Philippine
+Administration; I refer to the collection of gutta-percha in Mindanao.
+This caused quite a boom for a short time, but as usual the Chinamen
+got hold of the stuff and mixed it with various kinds of rubbish, so
+that it was soon discredited in the European market.</p>
+<p>An official of high-standing might be appointed to the double office
+of Protector of the Natives, and Conservator of the Forests in
+Mindanao, and rules for collecting the gutta without destroying the
+trees should be prepared and enforced by personal visits from the
+conservator and his deputies, to whom all the gutta should be handed,
+being paid for in cash. This would probably yield a large revenue to
+the Government and greatly benefit the natives, for they might receive
+half the value of the gutta instead of the minute fraction the Chinese
+now give them.</p>
+<p>The reader who has perused the previous remarks will no longer be
+liable to be caught by tales of the fabulous riches of the Philippine
+forests. And, above all, he should keep clear of any companies that may
+be formed to exploit them. Energetic and tactful individuals may
+succeed, but the success will be due to personal qualities, and will be
+contemporaneous with that gifted party and disappear with him. This is
+what happened to the &ldquo;Laguimanoc Saw Mills and Timber
+Company&rdquo; as soon as the founder left.</p>
+<p>A large proportion of the jungle produce of Mindanao, Palawan, and
+the smaller Southern Islands is smuggled away by the Chinese traders to
+Sandakan or Singapore.</p>
+<p>All that appears in the Table of Exports is two or three hundred
+tons of gum copal shipped each year from Manila. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb143" href="#pb143" name="pb143">143</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch16" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XVI.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">The Minerals.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first"><i>Gold:</i> Dampier&mdash;Pigafetta&mdash;De
+Comyn&mdash;Placers in Luzon&mdash;Gapan&mdash;River Agno&mdash;The
+Igorrotes&mdash;Auriferous quartz from
+Antaniae&mdash;Capunga&mdash;Pangutantan&mdash;Goldpits at
+Suyuc&mdash;Atimonan&mdash;Paracale&mdash;Mambulao&mdash;Mount
+Labo&mdash;Surigao&mdash;River Siga&mdash;Gigaquil, Caninon-Binutong,
+and Cansostral
+Mountains&mdash;Misamis&mdash;Pighoulugan&mdash;Iponan&mdash;Pigtao&mdash;Dendritic
+gold from Misamis&mdash;Placer gold traded away
+surreptitiously&mdash;Cannot be taxed&mdash;Spanish mining
+laws&mdash;Pettifogging lawyers&mdash;Prospects for gold seekers.
+<i>Copper:</i> Native copper at Surigao and Torrijos
+(Mindoro)&mdash;Copper deposits at Mancayan worked by the
+Igorrotes&mdash;Spanish company&mdash;Insufficient data&mdash;Caution
+required. <i>Iron:</i> Rich ores found in the Cordillera of
+Luzon&mdash;Worked by natives&mdash;Some Europeans have attempted but
+failed&mdash;Red hematite in Ceb&uacute;&mdash;Brown hematite in
+Paracale&mdash;Both red and brown in Capiz&mdash;Oxydized iron in
+Misamis&mdash;Magnetic iron in San Miguel de
+Mayumo&mdash;Possibilities. <i>Coal</i> (so called)<i>:</i> Beds of
+lignite upheaved&mdash;Vertical seams at Sugud&mdash;Reason of
+failure&mdash;Analysis of Masbate lignite. <i>Various Minerals</i>:
+Galena&mdash;Red lead&mdash;Graphite&mdash;Quicksilver&mdash;Sulphur
+Asbestos&mdash;Yellow ochre&mdash;Kaolin, Marble&mdash;Plastic
+clays&mdash;Mineral waters.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">It is a great mistake to suppose that nothing is known
+of the geology and mineralogy of the Philippines, or that no attempts
+have been made to exploit them.</p>
+<p>The maps of the Archipelago are marked in dozens or hundreds of
+places, coal, copper, lead, iron, gold, and a number of works treating
+of the subject have been published. Amongst the authors are the mining
+engineers, Don Enrique Abella and Don Jos&eacute; Centeno. But some of
+their most important reports are still in manuscript, for the revenues
+of the Philippines were almost entirely absorbed in paying the salaries
+of the officials, and there was a great disinclination to spend money
+in any other way.</p>
+<p>At the Philippine Exhibition, held at Madrid in 1887, <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb144" href="#pb144" name="pb144">144</a>]</span>more
+than seven hundred specimens of auriferous earths or sand, gold quartz,
+and ores of various metals were shown, and in this branch alone there
+were 109 exhibitors from all parts of the Archipelago.</p>
+<p>Besides ores there were the tools and utensils used by the miners,
+and models of the furnaces and forges in which the metals were reduced
+and worked, with the metals in different stages of concentration or
+manufacture, and a complete show of the finished products.</p>
+<p>A great many Mining Companies have been formed in Spain or in Manila
+at different times which have all failed from a variety of causes, want
+of skill, bad management, costly administration, or because the
+richness of the vein or seam had been exaggerated.</p>
+<p>The difficulty of getting labour is considerable, as mining is a
+work the generality of natives do not care to take up, although in some
+provinces they are used to it, for example, in Camarines Norte and in
+Surigao.</p>
+<p>Employers seem to forget that the ordinary food of a native, rice
+and fish, is not sufficiently nourishing to enable him to do hard and
+continuous work, such as is required in mining. A higher rate of pay
+than the current wage is essential, to allow the miner to supply
+himself with an ample ration of beef or pork, coffee and sugar, and
+provision should be made for him to be comfortably housed.</p>
+<p>In this complaint of want of labour it is not always the native who
+is to blame, and if a mine cannot afford to pay a reasonable price for
+labour, it had better stand idle.</p>
+<p>Probably the one great reason why mines have not prospered in the
+Philippines is that there has never been slavery there, as in Cuba,
+Peru, Mexico, Brazil, ancient Egypt, and other great mining countries,
+where whole populations have been used up to minister to the avarice of
+their fellow-men.</p>
+<p><i>Names of some Metals in Tagal.</i></p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td>Gold</td>
+<td><i>Guinto</i>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Silver</td>
+<td><i>Pilac</i>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Copper</td>
+<td><i>Tangs&oacute;</i>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Lead</td>
+<td><i>Tinga</i>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Tin</td>
+<td><i>Tinga puti</i>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Iron</td>
+<td><i>Bacal</i>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Steel</td>
+<td><i>Patal&iacute;m</i>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Forged Steel</td>
+<td><i>Binalon</i>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Coal</td>
+<td><i>Uling</i>.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb145" href="#pb145" name=
+"pb145">145</a>]</span></p>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Gold.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">From my remarks upon the other minerals it will be
+seen that I have no illusions on the immediate prospects of working
+them.</p>
+<p>With gold, however, it is different. For centuries large quantities
+have been collected or extracted, mostly, no doubt, from placers, still
+some rich veins are known to exist.</p>
+<p>The early writers agree that gold is plentiful. Dampier says:
+&ldquo;Most, if not all, the Philippine Islands are rich in
+gold.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Speaking of the Batanes Islanders, he says:&mdash;</p>
+<div class="blockquote">
+<p class="first">&ldquo;They have no sort of coin, but they have small
+crumbs of the metal before described&rdquo; (he seemed at first to
+doubt whether it was gold), which they bind up very safe in plantain
+leaves or the like. This metal they exchange for what they want, giving
+a small quantity of it&mdash;about two or three grains&mdash;for a jar
+of drink that would hold five or six gallons. They have no scales, but
+give it by guess.&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+<p>In the &lsquo;Relacion de las Islas Filipinas,&rsquo; 1595(?), the
+author remarks that the Tagals &ldquo;like to put on many ornaments of
+gold, which they have in great abundance.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Farther on, he says of Luzon:&mdash;</p>
+<div class="blockquote">
+<p class="first">&ldquo;The people of this island are very clever in
+knowing&rdquo; (valuing) &ldquo;gold, and they weigh it with the
+greatest subtleness and delicacy which has ever been seen; the first
+thing they teach their children is to know gold and the weights used
+for it, for amongst them there is no other money.&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+<p>Farther on, he says:&mdash;</p>
+<div class="blockquote">
+<p class="first">&ldquo;Ilocos ... has much gold, for the principal
+mines of these islands are in the mountain ranges of this province, of
+which they get the advantage, for they trade with the miners more than
+any people. The Spaniards have many times endeavoured to people the
+mines so as to work them, but it has not been possible up to the
+present, although the Governor, Gonzalo Ronquillo, took the greatest
+pains, and it cost him many men, the country being so rough and
+destitute of provisions.&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+<p>In Pigafetta&rsquo;s &lsquo;Voyage Round the World&rsquo;
+(Pinkerton), Vol. ii., p. 333, we read that at Caraga (Mindanao) a man
+offered an ingot of massive gold for six strings of glass beads.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb146" href="#pb146" name=
+"pb146">146</a>]</span></p>
+<p>On p. 331, he says:&mdash;</p>
+<div class="blockquote">
+<p class="first">&ldquo;The king who accompanied us informed us that
+gold was found in his island in lumps as large as walnuts, and even as
+an egg, mingled with earth; that they used a sieve for sifting it, and
+that all his vessels, and even many of the ornaments of his house were
+of this metal.&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+<p>On p. 348, he says that he saw many utensils of gold in the house of
+the Raja or King of Butuan.</p>
+<p>On p. 349, we find the following remarks:&mdash;</p>
+<div class="blockquote">
+<p class="first">&ldquo;What most abounds is gold. Valleys were pointed
+out to me in which by signs they made me comprehend there were more
+lumps of gold than we had hair on our heads, but that, for the want of
+iron, the mines exact greater labour to work them than they feel
+inclined to bestow.&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+<p>Coming down to later days, Thomas de Comyn, 1810, writes:&mdash;</p>
+<div class="blockquote">
+<p class="first">&ldquo;Gold abounds in Luzon and in many of these
+islands; but as the mountains which contain it are in the power of
+pagan Indians, the veins are not worked, nor even the mines known.
+These savages collect it from placers or streams, and bring it as dust
+to the Christians who inhabit the plains, in exchange for coarse cloth
+or fire-arms, and at times they have brought it in grains of one or two
+ounces&rsquo; weight.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;It is the general opinion that this class of mines abound in
+the province of Caraga, situated on the east of the great island of
+Mindanao, and that there, as well as at various other points, gold is
+found of 22 carat fine.&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+<p>He states that the Royal Fifth, or rather Tenth (for it was found
+the mines could not pay a fifth, and it was reduced by half), in the
+year 1809 amounted to $1144. This would represent an extraction of gold
+equal to only $11,440; but this was probably but a small part of the
+whole, as from the circumstances of the case the gold dust from the
+washings would be surreptitiously disposed of, and only the few mines
+that were worked, paid the tax. I had occasion, about <span class=
+"corr" id="xd20e5653" title="Source: twevle">twelve</span> years ago,
+to make inquiry how much gold was raised in Camarines Norte, and a
+person well-informed on the subject estimated it at a value of $30,000
+gold dollars.</p>
+<p>Gold is certainly very widely distributed in the islands. I have
+seen women washing the sands of the River San Jos&eacute; del Puray in
+the province of Manila, and noted what small specks they collected. I
+was informed that their average earnings were about 25 cents per day.
+Whether <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb147" href="#pb147" name=
+"pb147">147</a>]</span>these sands could be dredged and washed
+mechanically on a large scale with profit I cannot say.</p>
+<p>In 1890, I ascended the Puray River and went up the Arroyo
+Macaburabod to where it bifurcates. There, close to the boundary of the
+province of Manila and district of Moron, I found a face of
+disintegrated quartz glittering with large crystals of iron
+pyrites.</p>
+<p>This was near a geological frontier where the igneous and
+sedimentary rocks joined, and the neighbourhood was highly mineralized,
+there being iron, coal, and gold within a short distance. I took a
+large number of samples, and the analyst Anacleto del Rosario declared
+that one of them gave an assay of 17 dwts. of gold to the ton. But of
+course such assays prove nothing, for the accidental presence of a
+grain of gold in the sample would make all the difference in the
+results.</p>
+<p>Near Gapan in Nueva &Eacute;cija more profitable washings are
+situated, and at times large numbers of men and women are to be seen at
+work, especially after a sudden flood has come down. The sands of the
+River Agno also yield gold, and the washing for it is quite an industry
+amongst the Pangasinan women about Rosales, but the return is said to
+be small. But after a north-westerly gale has heaped up the black sand
+at the mouth of this river in the Bay of Lingayen, the people turn out
+in numbers to wash it, and sometimes have better luck. But although
+these washings are poor, a considerable quantity of gold is obtained
+from the Igorrotes, and there is no doubt that these people have for
+centuries worked quartz veins or pockets, and that they only extract
+sufficient for their modest requirements in the way of purchasing
+cattle, cloth, and tools. They do not hoard any gold, for they say that
+it is safer in the mine than in their houses. When one of them requires
+a few ounces he goes to his mine, gets it out, and immediately proceeds
+to purchase what he wants. Possibly they do not consider the supply
+inexhaustible, and they have thought for to-morrow, or for those who
+will come after them. It is not their object to exhaust the bounties of
+nature in the shortest possible time.</p>
+<p>When they have found a rich pocket they build a house over the pit,
+and when not at work they cover the hole with roughly-hewn planks or
+logs ; they take precautions in disposing of the detritus, so that it
+does not call attention from a distance. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb148" href="#pb148" name="pb148">148</a>]</span></p>
+<p>In the Exhibition of 1887 the Comandante Politico-Militar of the
+Province of Benguet showed samples of auriferous quartz from Antaniac
+and from Capunga, also quartz with visible threads of gold from the
+latter place, also leaf gold from the veins, two specimens of
+auriferous quartz from Pangutantan with gold extracted from it, and
+gold-dust from the River Agno.</p>
+<p>Other exhibits included specimens of gold-bearing rock from Lepanto
+and Infantas, and compact auriferous quartz from the celebrated
+gold-pits of Suyuc near Mancayan. All these quartz reefs are worked by
+the Igorrotes.</p>
+<p>Gold is also found near Atimonan in Tayabas, but the neighbourhood
+of Paracale and Mambulao, and the slopes of Mount Labo are most famous
+in Manila.</p>
+<p>During the last century large quantities of gold were taken from the
+surface-workings, which are now exhausted, or only afford a miserable
+living to the natives who treat the auriferous earths in a very
+primitive way.</p>
+<p>The gold having been taken, the next thing was to use the reputation
+of the mines to attract capital, and this was done to some considerable
+extent, one company being founded on the ruins of another. One of the
+later ones was the &ldquo;Ancla de Oro,&rdquo; or Golden Anchor, but
+its capital was expended without results. The late Don Antonio
+Enriquez, a Spanish gentleman well-known to British and Americans in
+Manila, worked some mining properties there for some years, and had
+faith in them.</p>
+<p>He consulted me about them, and I forwarded some samples of the ores
+to my agents in London, who had them analyzed by Messrs. Johnson &amp;
+Matthey, but the results were not encouraging, and did not confirm the
+analysis made in Manila.</p>
+<p>About 1890, Messrs. Peele, Hubbell &amp; Co. got out an American
+mining expert, whose name I forget, but I believe he was a mining
+engineer of high standing. He spent some time at Mambulao and Paracale,
+and made a careful examination of the country. It was understood that
+his report did not encourage any further expenditure in prospecting or
+development. But of late years further attempts have been made to boom
+the place, and the Mambulao Gold Mining Syndicate, London, 1893, has
+been formed. I am unaware on what new information the promoters rely to
+justify their bringing this place again before the public. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb149" href="#pb149" name="pb149">149</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Surigao, in the old kingdom of Caraga, is rich in gold which is very
+widely disseminated. Father Llovera, a missionary who, in March, 1892,
+made an excursion up the River Siga to visit some unbaptized
+Maman&uacute;as in the mountains, declares that the sands contain much
+gold, so much so that particles were plainly visible. This river takes
+its rise in the eastern Cordillera, between Cantilan and Jabonga, and
+runs in a north-easterly direction into the southern part of Lake
+Mainit. The missionary also declares that veins of gold were visible in
+some of the pieces of rock lying in the bed of the river, which they
+broke to examine. But he does not seem to have brought back any
+specimens, as one would expect.</p>
+<p>His declaration is confirmed by Dr. Montano, a French traveller and
+skilled explorer, who however does not say that he saw the gold dust
+amongst the sand.</p>
+<p>From Surigao to Gigaquil the people are engaged in washing the sands
+for gold.</p>
+<p>Foreman states that for many months remittances of four or five
+pounds weight of gold were sent from Mindanao to a firm in Manila, and
+that it was alluvial gold from Surigao extracted by the natives.</p>
+<p>Don Jos&eacute; Centeno, Inspector of Mines, says in a report:
+&ldquo;The most important workings effected in Surigao are in the
+Caninon-Binutong and Cansostral mountains, a day&rsquo;s journey from
+the town.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;These mountains consist of slaty talc much metamorphosed, and
+of serpentine. In the first are found veins of calcite and quartz from
+half-an-inch to three inches thick, in which especially in the calcite
+the gold is visible mixed with iron and copper pyrites, galena and
+blende. It is a remarkable circumstance that the most mineralized veins
+run always in an east and west direction, whilst the poor and sterile
+veins always follow another direction. The workings are entirely on the
+surface, as the abundance of water which flows to them prevents sinking
+shafts, and nothing is known of the richness at depth. Rich and sterile
+parts alternate, the gold being mostly in pockets. From one of the
+veins in Caninoro in a length of eighteen inches <i>one hundred ounces
+of gold</i> were taken.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>Some time after this find, Messrs. Aldecoa &amp; Co., a Manila firm,
+erected stamps at Surigao, and a certain amount of gold was sent up by
+every steamer to Manila, but in spite of the apparently favourable
+circumstances, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb150" href="#pb150" name=
+"pb150">150</a>]</span>the enterprise was ultimately abandoned and the
+machinery removed.</p>
+<p>I do not know the reason, but people in Manila are so used to the
+collapse of mining companies that it is regarded as their natural and
+inevitable end, and no explanations are required.</p>
+<p>Nieto (p. 75) mentions the northern parts of the province of Surigao
+and Misamis as the richest in gold. In Misamis there is both alluvial
+gold and rich quartz reefs, the richest known spots being Pighoulugan
+on the River Cagayan, Iponan and Pigtao. The ore at the latter place is
+auriferous iron pyrites, called by the natives Inga.</p>
+<p>Nuggets weighing from two and a half to four ounces have been found
+in these places, so that Pigafetta&rsquo;s stories are not without
+foundation.</p>
+<p>On March 20th, 1888, a clerk of Don Louis G&eacute;nu, a merchant in
+Manila, called upon me on business and exhibited a large pickle bottle
+full of gold which he had just received from Cagayan de Misamis. There
+were several pounds weight of it, and I carefully examined it with a
+lens. I found it in pieces, many of them half an inch or more in
+length, slightly flattened, and having minute particles of white quartz
+adhering to them, and a few loose particles of quartz. The pieces were
+not water-worn, and had evidently formed part of a seam of dendritic or
+lace gold, such as I had seen exhibited by a vendor of mining
+properties in Denver, Col., just a year before.</p>
+<p>This exhibit opened my eyes to the possibilities of gold mining in
+Mindanao, but I did not leave my business to go prospecting.</p>
+<p>The natives of this part of Mindanao look upon washing for gold as
+their chief resource. A certain quantity of what they collect is used
+to make ornaments, and passes from hand to hand instead of coin in
+payment of gambling debts, and stakes lost at cockfights. The Mestizos
+and Chinamen get hold of the rest and send it away surreptitiously, so
+that no statistics can be collected. It is impossible to tax gold
+collected in this way, but the Government might derive a profit by
+establishing posts in each district where gold would be purchased at a
+fixed price and so get, say, ten or twenty per cent. out of it instead
+of allowing the Chinese and Mestizos to make perhaps forty or fifty per
+cent. according to the ignorance of the vendor.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e5718width" id="p150"><a href=
+"images/p150h.gif"><img src="images/p150.gif" alt=
+"The Philippine Islands with the Parts Known to be Auriferous Shaded"
+width="493" height="720"></a>
+<p class="figureHead">The Philippine Islands with the Parts Known to be
+Auriferous Shaded</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984"><i>To face p. 150.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb151" href="#pb151" name=
+"pb151">151</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Foreman is probably quite right in saying that the influence of the
+friars has always been exerted against any mining company, whether
+Spanish or foreign. They did not want a rush of miners and Jews to the
+Philippines. But now, under the American Government, their power must
+decline, and new undertakings will, in a measure, be free from this
+hindrance.</p>
+<p>The Spanish mining laws and regulations are excellent and a perfect
+model for legislation on the subject. They are based on the principle
+that the ownership of the surface gives no title to the minerals
+underneath, which belong to the State. The owner can, however, obtain a
+title by developing a mine.</p>
+<p>The ingenuity and unscrupulousness of that vile breed, the native
+<i>Pica-Pleito</i> or pettifogging lawyer, has greatly contributed to
+stop Europeans from proceeding with mining enterprises, as success
+would bring down these blackmailers in swarms.</p>
+<p>It is to be hoped that the new government will lay a heavy hand on
+these birds of prey. Rightly considered, they are only a species of
+vermin, and should have verminous treatment.</p>
+<p>Now that the fortune of war has handed over the sovereignty of the
+Philippines to an enterprising and energetic race, I cannot doubt that
+the mystery of centuries will be dispelled.</p>
+<p>Amongst the Californian, Colorado, or Nevada volunteers, there
+should be men having the courage, the knowledge of prospecting, and the
+physical strength necessary for success in this quest, if they can
+obtain permission from their superiors to attempt it. The prospects are
+so good that they should not have any difficulty in getting capitalists
+to finance them.</p>
+<p>They will require to go in a strong party to prevent being cut off
+by the savages, and to escort their supplies of provisions.</p>
+<p>As deer and wild pig abound they will be able to supply themselves
+in a great measure with meat by sending out a couple of good shots to
+hunt.</p>
+<p>For such as these gold mining ought to be most remunerative, and
+enable those who survive the many perils to retire with a fortune after
+a few years of hard work. But so far as I know there is not at present
+sufficient information about any mines in the Philippines, whether of
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb152" href="#pb152" name=
+"pb152">152</a>]</span>gold or any other metal, to warrant the
+establishment of companies for purchasing and working them.</p>
+<p>Mining claims can be staked out and registered under the present
+laws by natives or foreigners, but in limited areas, and placers or
+river beds can be worked by all without leave or license, and cannot be
+monopolised.</p>
+<p>I wish to avoid prophesy, but I shall be much surprised if the
+Philippines, in American hands, do not turn out in a few years an
+important gold-producing country.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Copper.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">Native copper has been found in several places in the
+islands, amongst them are Surigao and Torrijos in Mindoro.</p>
+<p>In the article on the Igorrotes, I have spoken of the copper mines
+of Mancayan, and related how, when worked by the savages they were
+successful to the extent of supplying themselves with cooking-pots,
+trays and ornaments, besides leaving an annual surplus of about
+nineteen tons of copper, which was sold.</p>
+<p>A Spanish company obtained the concession about 1864, and drove out
+the natives.</p>
+<p>The title was the Sociedad Minera de Mancayan, and they experienced
+considerable difficulties in getting a merchantable product, their
+science being at a disadvantage compared to the practical knowledge of
+the Igorrotes. They, however, persevered, and got up to a make of about
+180 tons in one year&mdash;nearly ten times the production obtained by
+the Igorrotes. But the usual fate of Philippine mining companies
+overtook them, and the works were closed in 1875, it was said from
+scarcity of labour.</p>
+<p>Several kinds of ores are found at Mancayan, almost on the surface,
+red, black and grey copper, also sulphates and carbonates of
+copper.</p>
+<p>About Mambulao cupro-ferruginous quartz and copper pyrites are
+found, but are not worked.</p>
+<p>I am quite unable to venture any opinion on the prospects of
+copper-mining and smelting in the Philippines, but no doubt experts
+will shortly obtain the necessary data to decide what can be done, but
+capital should be laid out with great caution, and the many
+difficulties of climate, carriage and labour taken into consideration.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb153" href="#pb153" name=
+"pb153">153</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Iron.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">There is plenty of iron ore in the Philippines. In
+Luzon it occurs plentifully in the western spurs of the Cordillera all
+the way from Bosoboso to San Miguel de Mayumo, and it is now worked
+near the latter place in a primitive way. Plough-shares, cooking-pots
+and <i>bolos</i> are the principal productions; the fuel used in all
+cases is charcoal. I sent to the Philippine Exhibition of 1887 at
+Madrid a dozen <i>bolos</i> made from native iron. The ore is very
+rich, giving 70 to 80 per cent. of iron; when polished it is of a
+beautiful silvery white colour, very tough, and of the finest quality.
+Attempts have been made by Europeans to work the iron ores of Luzon,
+but they have invariably ended in the bankruptcy of the adventurers,
+and in one case even in suicide.</p>
+<p>When deer-shooting at the Hacienda de San Ysidro above Bosoboso many
+years ago, I learned from the natives there that in the next valley,
+not far from the hamlet of Santa Ines, there existed the remains of
+some old iron-works, abandoned years ago. They said there were
+unfinished forgings still lying about, amongst them two anchors. I did
+not, however, go to examine them, being intent on shooting.</p>
+<p>Red hematite is found in Ceb&uacute;, brown hematite in Paracale and
+other parts of Camarines Norte, and both red and brown in Capiz. In
+Misamis oxydized iron is found. Some of the iron about San Miguel de
+Mayumo is magnetic.</p>
+<p>I do not believe that at present, and for many years to come, it is
+possible to work these ores and make iron and steel to compete with
+American or British imported iron.</p>
+<p>But the time may come when, under different conditions, these
+remarkable ores may be turned to account; in fact, it is asserted a
+scarcity of high class iron ore will soon occur, in which case the
+Philippine ores of such extraordinary richness will come into use.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Coal.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">It is common to see coal mentioned amongst the mineral
+resources of the Philippines, but so far as I have been able to learn,
+no true coal has been found there, nor in <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb154" href="#pb154" name="pb154">154</a>]</span>any of the adjacent
+islands. There are beds of lignite of varying quality, and when
+enthusiastic finders are told of the poor quality of their samples,
+they reply at once, &ldquo;It will be better at depth.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>The Philippine formations seem to greatly resemble those of Borneo,
+and there it was found that the lignite got poorer at depth, so that
+mines were abandoned from this cause alone.</p>
+<p>The Philippine beds of lignite have been violently upheaved by the
+cataclysms of former ages, and are often turned up vertically, as at
+the mines of Sugud in Albay. I was consulted about these mines after a
+considerable sum had been thrown away. The Spanish engineer employed
+commenced by building himself a commodious house; he then laid a
+tramway from the port to where the mine was to be, and bought a winding
+engine. The available capital was expended, and nothing more was
+done.</p>
+<p>The position of the seams at Sugud very much resembles the
+occurrence of the seams at the Pengaron mine in Borneo, which stopped
+work 18th October, 1884, after a precarious existence of thirty-six
+years, on account of the poor quality of the coal and the relatively
+high cost of extraction. This is on the authority of Dr. Theodor
+Posewitz in &lsquo;Borneo: its Geology and Mineral Resources,&rsquo;
+1892, and what follows so exactly applies to all the so-called coal in
+the Philippines, that I shall quote the paragraph:&mdash;</p>
+<div class="blockquote">
+<p class="first">P. 480.&mdash;&ldquo;A number of analyses were carried
+out, and practical tests were applied on board various ships. The
+result was always ore or less favourable, yet nobody would have the
+coal.&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+<p>The coal mine in the British Colony of Labuan was given up after
+several years&rsquo; working.</p>
+<p>People blame the Spanish Government, the priests, the natives, the
+roads, but the reason of failure in the Philippines is very simple.
+&ldquo;Nobody would have the coal,&rdquo; that is to say on board ship.
+The lignite could be used on land, but there is little demand for it,
+except for navigation. Some of it is liable to spontaneous combustion
+in the bunkers, some is so charged with sulphur as to be bad for the
+furnaces, or else it will not keep steam. I doubt if there is any good
+coal between Japan and Australia, and as long as coal from there can be
+delivered at present prices in Manila, I don&rsquo;t advise anybody to
+put money <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb155" href="#pb155" name=
+"pb155">155</a>]</span>into Philippine coal unless they know more about
+it than I do.</p>
+<p>It has often been said that the Philippines have never been
+explored. This is, however, only true of certain regions, and as
+regards beds of the so-called coal you will find them marked on the
+maps all over the principal islands.</p>
+<p>If you proceed to the village nearest the spot, you will find, very
+probably, that the seam has been known for a century, and that pits or
+adits have been made and a lot of money spent to no purpose. Nobody
+ever made any money out of Philippine lignite that I know of, but I
+don&rsquo;t prophesy whether anybody ever will.</p>
+<p>I append an analysis of some so-called coal that was brought me from
+Masbate in 1889.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Analysis of Masbate Lignite.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first"><i>Laboratory of A. del Rosario y Sales.</i></p>
+<p>No. 1367. 16th <i>April</i>, 1889.</p>
+<p><span class="sc">Lignite from Masbate.</span></p>
+<ul>
+<li>Colour, black.</li>
+<li>Physical condition, fragile.</li>
+<li>Fracture, splintery.</li>
+<li>Colour, when reduced to powder, blackish brown.</li>
+<li>Burns with difficulty, giving a short flame; not very smoky, and
+leaves a brick-red ash.</li>
+<li>Coke not very spongy, pulverulent and lightly agglutinated.</li>
+<li>Density at 33&deg; C., 1&middot;3082.</li>
+</ul>
+<p><i>Analysis</i>.</p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td>Hygroscopic water</td>
+<td>3.73</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td>Volatile constituents</td>
+<td>45.49</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="7">Coke</td>
+<td>Fixed carbon</td>
+<td>48.20</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="6">Ash</td>
+<td>Silica</td>
+<td>12</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Aluminic</td>
+<td rowspan="5">2.46</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Ferric, calcic</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Magnesic</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Chloric</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Sulphuric acids, etc.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td class="sum">100.00</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td>Coke = 50.79. Equivalent calories</td>
+<td></td>
+<td>5203.44</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Ash = 2.58. Absolute calorific effect, centesimal</td>
+<td></td>
+<td>64.41</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Sulphur per 100 of lignite</td>
+<td></td>
+<td>0.1633</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Iron calculated in metallic state</td>
+<td></td>
+<td>1.2173</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Lead reduced by 1 gramme of combustible (mean) by Berthier&rsquo;s
+assay</td>
+<td>grammes</td>
+<td>21.90</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb156" href="#pb156" name=
+"pb156">156</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Various Minerals.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first"><i>Lead.</i>&mdash;Galena is found in Tayabas and in
+Camarines Norte; in the latter province there is found chromate of lead
+with ferruginous quartz. This ore is often found mixed with iron or
+copper pyrites, and sometimes with blende.</p>
+<p>I have seen samples of galena from Ceb&uacute; which was said to be
+auriferous, but I have never heard that any of these ores have been
+worked anywhere in the islands.</p>
+<p>If it should be found profitable to smelt the gold-bearing ores, as
+is so splendidly done at Denver, Col., the galena will be necessary to
+the success of the process.</p>
+<p><i>Red Lead</i> is found in Camarines Norte and other places.</p>
+<p><i>Graphite.</i>&mdash;In 1891 some pieces of this valuable mineral
+were shown to me by a native, who said he had found the ore in Mindoro,
+but he would not say from what locality.</p>
+<p><i>Quicksilver.</i>&mdash;I have seen small bottles of this handed
+round by native disciples of Ananias. But I have never seen a bit of
+cinnabar or other ore of mercury, and I shall not believe there is any
+of this metal in the Philippines until I see the ore <i>in situ</i>, or
+have good testimony to that effect.</p>
+<p><i>Sulphur</i> abounds; there are several places where it can be
+obtained in large quantities near the volcanoes.</p>
+<p><i>Asbestos.</i>&mdash;This curious mineral would not strike a
+native as being of value.</p>
+<p>All I can say about it is that at the Madrid Exhibition of 1887 a
+specimen of this substance was shown by the Civil Governor of Ilocos
+Norte as having been found in that province.</p>
+<p><i>Yellow Ochre</i> is found in Batangas, Camarines, Albay, Leyte
+and Antique, amongst other places.</p>
+<p><i>Kaol&iacute;n</i> is found in Manila, Batangas and Camarines Sur,
+and probably in many other places.</p>
+<p><i>Marble</i> of a yellowish colour has been quarried at Montalban.
+I have used some of it, but found it full of faults, and not very
+satisfactory.</p>
+<p><i>Plastic Clays</i> for pottery and for making bricks and tiles
+abound.</p>
+<p><i>Mineral Waters.</i>&mdash;As might be expected in a volcanic
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb157" href="#pb157" name=
+"pb157">157</a>]</span>region, hot springs and mineral waters of very
+varied constituents abound.</p>
+<p>I do not think that the analyses of these would interest the general
+reader.</p>
+<p>I may say that I have derived great benefit from the hot-springs of
+Los Ba&ntilde;os on the lake, and greatly regretted that I could not
+remain at the extraordinary vapour baths of Tibi near Tabaco.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb158" href="#pb158" name=
+"pb158">158</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch17" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XVII.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Manufactures and Industries.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">Cigars and
+cigarettes&mdash;Textiles&mdash;Cotton&mdash;Ahac&aacute;&mdash;J&uacute;si&mdash;Rengue&mdash;Nipis&mdash;Saguran&mdash;Sinam&aacute;y&mdash;Guingon&mdash;Silk
+handkerchiefs&mdash;Pi&ntilde;a&mdash;Cordage&mdash;Bayones&mdash;Esteras&mdash;Baskets&mdash;Lager
+beer&mdash;Alcohol&mdash;Wood oils and resins&mdash;Essence of
+Ylang-ilang&mdash;Salt&mdash;Bricks&mdash;Tiles&mdash;Cooking-pots&mdash;Pilones&mdash;Ollas&mdash;Embroidery&mdash;Goldsmiths&rsquo;
+and silversmiths&rsquo; work&mdash;Salacots&mdash;Cocoa-nut
+oil&mdash;Saddles and
+harness&mdash;Carromatas&mdash;Carriages&mdash;Schooners&mdash;Launches&mdash;Lorchas&mdash;Cascos&mdash;Pontines&mdash;Bangcas&mdash;Engines
+and boilers&mdash;Furniture&mdash;Fireworks&mdash;Lanterns&mdash;Brass
+Castings&mdash;Fish breeding&mdash;Drying sugar&mdash;Baling
+hemp&mdash;Repacking wet sugar&mdash;Packing tobacco and
+cigars&mdash;Oppressive tax on industries&mdash;Great future for
+manufactures&mdash;Abundant labour&mdash;Exceptional intelligence.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The manufactures of the Philippines, such as they are,
+have been mentioned when describing the different tribes or peoples and
+only a summary is necessary here.</p>
+<p>The making of cigars and cigarettes employs probably 30,000 people
+in the Province of Manila, the vast majority being women. But the best
+cigars are made by men who have been trained under skilled operatives
+brought from Havana.</p>
+<p>A vast improvement has taken place since the Government monopoly has
+been abolished, and now the Manila cigars are as well-made and are put
+up in as tastefully decorated boxes as the Havanas.</p>
+<p>Cigarettes are now largely made by machines; the Compa&ntilde;ia de
+Tabacos de Filipinas having rows of them in their factories.</p>
+<p>Textiles are made in hand-looms all over the Archipelago by the
+women in their spare time.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e6037width" id="p158"><img src="images/p158.jpg"
+alt="Group of women making Cigars." width="720" height="513">
+<p class="figureHead">Group of women making Cigars.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984"><i>To face p. 158.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p>But in certain Provinces large numbers of women are regularly
+employed at the loom-working for those who make a business of it. In
+Ilocos and Union very excellent coverlets, sheets, serviettes,
+handkerchiefs and towels are <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb159" href=
+"#pb159" name="pb159">159</a>]</span>woven from cotton, as well as the
+fabrics called abac&aacute;, j&uacute;si or rengue, nipis, saguran,
+sinamay and guingon. This last is very suitable for military or naval
+uniforms; it is a blue cotton cloth similar to what sailors call
+dungaree.</p>
+<p>In some of the towns of Pampanga and Bulacan, notably in
+Bali&uacute;ag where the people are specially clever and industrious,
+excellent silk handkerchiefs are woven. In Camarines and Albay the
+fabrics of abac&aacute; are more commonly woven, and in Ceb&uacute; the
+women are accustomed to work at the loom.</p>
+<p>But it is from Ilo-ilo and neighbourhood that a very large trade is
+done with the other islands in many kinds of textiles. There also the
+Visayas work industriously at it as a trade and produce most beautiful
+fabrics of pi&ntilde;a, silk, cotton, and abac&aacute;, as well as the
+cheaper sorts for the use of the working classes. In some of the mixed
+materials a beautiful effect is produced by running stripes of silk,
+either white or of the most brilliant colours, lengthways through the
+piece. I have sent some of these j&uacute;si dress fabrics to ladies in
+England and they have been greatly appreciated when made up by a
+<i lang="fr">bonne faiseuse</i>.</p>
+<p>They are very suitable for wearing in the Philippines or elsewhere
+in the tropics, being light and gauzy. This material, as well as some
+of the other fine gauzy fabrics, takes a long time to make in a
+hand-loom, the advance is imperceptible. I should like to put some of
+the calumniators of the Filipinos to work a hand-loom and make a
+dress-length of j&uacute;si. I think every one would recant before he
+had made a yard.</p>
+<p>At the Philippine Exhibition of 1887 there were more than three
+hundred exhibitors of textiles, and one of them, the Local Board of
+Namaypacan in the Province of Union, showed one hundred and forty-five
+different kinds of cloths.</p>
+<p>There are several rope-works at Manila and the material used is
+abac&aacute;, the ropes produced are equal to any to be had
+anywhere.</p>
+<p>In Camarines Sur both harness and hammocks are made from this
+material.</p>
+<p>In the Provinces ropes are made of cabo-negro, a black fibre from
+the wild palm, said to be indestructible; of bur&iacute;, of fibre from
+the anab&oacute;, of the bark of the lapuit, and of rattan. Bayones or
+sacks for sugar, est&eacute;ras or sleeping mats, hats and cigar cases,
+and baskets of all sorts, are made at different places and from the
+commonest up to the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb160" href="#pb160"
+name="pb160">160</a>]</span>very finest. That called the Tampipi is now
+regularly kept in stock in London, and is very handy for
+travelling.</p>
+<p>There is a lager beer brewery in Manila that must have piled up
+money since the American garrison arrived.</p>
+<p>Alcohol is distilled both from sugar and from the juice of the
+nipa-palm (<i lang="la-x-bio">Nipa fructicans</i>).</p>
+<p>The oils and resins of Ilocos have been mentioned when describing
+the Ilocanos; they are not exported, finding a ready market in the
+country.</p>
+<p>Essence of Ylang-ylang is distilled in Manila and other towns; it
+used to fetch formerly 1000 francs per kilogramme.</p>
+<p>Salt is made at many places between Para&ntilde;aque and Cavite.</p>
+<p>Bricks, tiles, cooking pots [bangas], stoves [calanes], sugar moulds
+[pilones], and draining pots for the pilones [ollas], are made in many
+provinces.</p>
+<p>The industry of the women is also shown by the very beautiful
+embroideries of all sorts, either in white or coloured silks or in gold
+or silver. Some of this latter work, however, is done by men.</p>
+<p>In some cases they introduce seed-pearls or brilliant fish-scales in
+their work. The slippers worn by the women on grand occasions are often
+works of art, being richly embroidered in silver and gold on cherry
+coloured velvet.</p>
+<p>Some notable pieces of goldsmiths&rsquo; and silversmiths&rsquo;
+work have been done in Manila, and in the provinces some of the natives
+carve bolo handles and other articles out of buffalo horn and mount
+them in silver with much taste.</p>
+<p>The salacots, or native hats, are beautifully woven by hand from
+narrow strips of a cane called nito [lygodium], and the headmen have
+them ornamented with many pieces of repouss&eacute; silver (<i>see</i>
+Illustration).</p>
+<p>Cocoa-nut oil is expressed in the province of the Laguna, in Manila
+and other places. Soap of the ordinary kind is manufactured from
+it.</p>
+<p>Saddles and harness are made in all the leading towns, and the
+ordinary country vehicle, the carromata, is made in the chief towns of
+provinces and some others; but some of the components, such as the
+springs, and axle-arms and boxes are imported. But in Manila really
+elegant carriages are constructed, the leather for the hoods, the cloth
+for the linings, the lamps, as well as a good deal of the ironwork,
+being, however imported.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e6100width" id="p160"><img src="images/p160.jpg"
+alt="Salacots and Women&rsquo;s Hats." width="520" height="720">
+<p class="figureHead">Salacots and Women&rsquo;s Hats.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984"><i>To face p. 160.</i></p>
+</div>
+<div class="figure xd20e6108width" id="p161"><img src="images/p161.jpg"
+alt=
+"Author&rsquo;s Office, Muelle Del Rey, SS. Salvadora and Lighters called &ldquo;Cascos.&rdquo;"
+width="720" height="517">
+<p class="figureHead">Author&rsquo;s Office, Muelle Del Rey, SS.
+Salvadora and Lighters called &ldquo;Cascos.&rdquo;</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984"><i>To face p. 161.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb161" href="#pb161" name=
+"pb161">161</a>]</span></p>
+<p>In former years large frigates have been built, armed, and fitted
+out at Cavite and other ports, but at present the ship-building
+industry is in decadence, and the shipwrights capable of directing so
+important a job have died out. The increasing scarcity and high price
+of timber is now a difficulty, and sailing vessels are in little
+demand. Small steamers and launches are now built, but larger steamers
+are ordered from Hong Kong or Singapore, or, in case of vessels well
+able to make the passage, the order goes to England.</p>
+<p>The native craft called lorchas, pailebotes, pontines, barotos,
+paraos, cascos, guil&aacute;los, barangayanes, bangcas, vintas and
+salisipanes are still built in large numbers. The last are very light
+and fast craft used by the Moros on their piratical expeditions.</p>
+<p>Engines and boilers for steam launches are made in Manila, church
+bells are cast of a considerable size; iron castings are also made.</p>
+<p>Amongst the miscellaneous articles manufactured are all sorts of
+household furniture, fireworks and lanterns. Dentists, painters,
+sculptors and photographers all practise their trades.</p>
+<p>There is no doubt that the Filipinos have learnt a certain amount
+from the Spaniards as regards their manufactures; but, on careful
+consideration, I think they have learnt more from the Chinese. Their
+first sugar-mills were Chinese and had granite rollers, and from them
+they learnt the trick that many a moulder might not know, of casting
+their sugar-pans in a red-hot mould and cooling slowly and so getting
+the metal extremely thin yet free from defects. The casting of brass
+cannon and of church bells has been learnt from them, and doubtless
+they taught the Igorrotes how to reduce the copper ores and to refine
+that metal. Again, the breeding of fish, an important business near
+Manila, and the manufacture of salt round about Bacoor comes from them.
+I am not sure whether the hand-loom in general use is of the Chinese
+pattern, but I think so.</p>
+<p>Distilling the nipa juice is certainly a Chinese industry, as also
+the preparation of sugar for export. This is done in establishments
+called <i>farderias</i>, and is necessary for all sugar made in
+<i>pilones</i> or moulds. The procedure is described under the head of
+Pampangos, and an illustration is given of the process of drying the
+sugar on mats in the sun. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb162" href=
+"#pb162" name="pb162">162</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Many native men and women and numbers of Chinese coolies are
+employed in Manila, Ilo-ilo, and Ceb&uacute; in preparing produce for
+shipment.</p>
+<p>The hemp used to come up from the provinces loose or merely twisted
+into rolls to be pressed into bales at the shipping ports, but of late
+years several presses have been erected at the hemp ports in Southern
+Luzon and on the smaller islands.</p>
+<p>There are a number of hemp-presses in Manila, each requiring about
+sixty coolies to work it, and one or two clerks to attend to the
+sorting and weighing.</p>
+<p>They were paid so much per bale pressed.</p>
+<p>Steam, or hydraulic presses, would long ago have been substituted
+but for the fact that the clerks or <i>personeros</i> were each allowed
+one or two <i>deadheads</i> on the pay list, and this was so profitable
+to them that they strongly opposed any changes, and none of the
+merchants cared to take the risk of the innovations.</p>
+<p>Two presses were set in line, astride a pair of flat rails, a small
+one called the Bito-bito for the first pressure on the pile of hemp,
+and the large one to squeeze down the bale to its proper size.</p>
+<p>They were simply screw presses having hardwood frames set deep into
+massive stone foundations and surrounded by a granite pavement.</p>
+<p>A pair of these presses, <i>i.e.</i>, a Bito-bito and a press
+erected in Manila under my direction in 1888, cost $4400, the woodwork
+foundation and pavement costing $2850, and the screws, nuts,
+capstan-heads, etc., costing $1550. The small press had a screw 4
+inches diameter and 6 feet long, and was worked by two or four men. The
+large press had a screw 8&frac14; inches diameter, and 12 feet
+long.</p>
+<p>Both screws worked in deep gun-metal nuts and had capstan-heads.
+When the large press was near the end of its travel the capstan bars
+were manned by forty coolies putting out their utmost strength and
+shouting to encourage each other as they tramped round on the upper
+floor keeping step.</p>
+<p>The turn out was about 250 bales from daylight to dark. Each bale
+weighed 2 piculs, say 280 lbs., or eight to the English ton. The bales
+should measure 10 cubic feet, that is a density of 28 lbs. per cubic
+foot. The hemp could be pressed into a smaller volume, but it is
+asserted that the fibre would be seriously damaged. Sometimes from
+careless <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb163" href="#pb163" name=
+"pb163">163</a>]</span>pressing the bales measure 12 cubic feet. They
+swell after leaving the press and after being moved.</p>
+<p>At the date I have mentioned, the charge for screwage was 50 cents
+per picul, but it has been raised since then.</p>
+<p>Dry sugar was exported in its original bags, and loading and
+shipping cost 12&frac12; cents per picul. Wet sugar usually required
+repacking for export, and the charge for discharging the coaster and
+rebagging was 17&frac12; cents per picul, as well as 12&frac12; cents
+for loading and shipping.</p>
+<p>It lost 2&frac12; per cent. in weight in repacking and 10 per cent.
+during the voyage in sailing vessel to Europe or America. So that
+altogether one-eighth of the total was lost to the shipper, and there
+was a good perquisite to the skipper or mate in pumping the molasses
+out of the bilges.</p>
+<p>The repacking was usually done by natives, and the old mat bags
+scraped by women who receive half the sugar they save. The mats are
+sold to the distillers and are thrown into their fermenting vats, to
+assist in the manufacture of pure Glenlivat or Bourbon whisky, Jamaica
+rum or Hollands gin.</p>
+<p>In 1891 I saw on board a steamer just arrived from Antwerp hundreds
+of cases containing empty gin bottles packed in juniper husk, the
+labels and capsules bearing the marks of genuine Hollands.</p>
+<p>They were consigned to one of the Manila distillers, and must have
+enabled that respectable firm to make a large profit by selling their
+cheap spirit as imported liquor.</p>
+<p>Undoubtedly the manufactures and industries of the Philippines are
+in a primitive condition, but the tax called the <i lang=
+"es">Contribucion Industrial</i> has discouraged improvements, for as
+soon as any improved machinery or apparatus was adopted, the
+tax-gatherer came down upon the works for an increased tax. Thus any
+sort of works employing a steam-engine would be charged at a higher
+rate. This tax, if it cannot be abolished, should be reformed.</p>
+<p>There is a great future before the manufactures of the Philippines,
+for the people are industrious, exceptionally intelligent, painstaking
+and of an artistic temperament, so that an ample supply of labour is
+always available for any light work if reasonably remunerated. They
+will not need much teaching, and only require tactful treatment to make
+most satisfactory operatives. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb164"
+href="#pb164" name="pb164">164</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch18" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XVIII.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Commercial and Industrial Prospects.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">Philippines not a poor man&rsquo;s country&mdash;Oscar
+F. Williams&rsquo; letter&mdash;No occupation for white
+mechanics&mdash;American merchants unsuccessful in the
+East&mdash;Difficulties of living amongst Malays&mdash;Inevitable
+quarrels&mdash;Unsuitable climate&mdash;The Mali-mali or
+Sakit-latah&mdash;The Traspaso de hambre&mdash;Chiflados&mdash;Wreck of
+the nervous system&mdash;Effects of abuse of alcohol&mdash;Capital the
+necessity&mdash;Banks&mdash;Advances to cultivators&mdash;To timber
+cutters&mdash;To gold miners&mdash;Central sugar
+factories&mdash;Paper-mills&mdash;Rice-mills&mdash;Cotton-mills&mdash;Saw-mills&mdash;Coasting
+steamers&mdash;Railway from Manila to Batangas&mdash;From Siniloan to
+the Pacific&mdash;Survey for ship canal&mdash;Bishop Gainzas&rsquo;
+project&mdash;Tramways for Luzon and Panay&mdash;Small steamers for
+Mindanao&mdash;Chief prospect is agriculture.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The commercial prospects of the Islands are great,
+even if we do not instantly take for gospel the fairy tales we are told
+about Manila becoming the centre of the trade of the Pacific. There can
+be no doubt that if peace and an honest administration can be secured,
+capital will be attracted and considerable increase in the export of
+hemp, tobacco, and sugar will gradually take place as fresh land can be
+cleared and planted. As I have elsewhere said, the Philippines in
+energetic and skilful hands will soon yield up the store of gold which
+the poor Spaniards have been so mercilessly abused for leaving behind
+them. But the Philippines are not and never will be a country for the
+poor white man.</p>
+<p>A white man cannot labour there without great danger to his health.
+He cannot compete with the native or Chinese mechanic, in fact he is
+not wanted there at all. For my part, I would never employ a white man
+there as a labourer or mechanic, if I could help it, more especially an
+Englishman or an American, for I know from experience what the result
+would be. As foreman or overseer a white man may be better, according
+to his skill and character. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb165" href=
+"#pb165" name="pb165">165</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Now let me, as soon as possible, expose the absurdity of a
+mischievous letter, which I fear may already have done much harm, but I
+hope my warning may do something to counteract its effects. I quote
+from the Blue Book so often mentioned: pp. 330&ndash;1.</p>
+<div class="blockquote">
+<p class="first"></p>
+<p><span class="sc">Mr. Williams</span> <i>to</i> <span class="sc">Mr.
+Day</span>.</p>
+<p class="dateline"><span class="sc">U. S. S. Baltimore, Manila
+Bay</span>,<br>
+<i>July 2nd, 1898</i>.</p>
+<p class="salute"><span class="sc">Sir</span>,</p>
+<p>* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *</p>
+<p>If long occupation or possession on the part of our government be
+considered, I believe early and strenuous efforts should be made to
+bring here from the United States men and women of many
+occupations&mdash;mechanics, teachers, ministers, ship-builders,
+merchants, electricians, plumbers, druggists, doctors, dentists,
+carriage and harness makers, stenographers, type-writers,
+photographers, tailors, blacksmiths, and agents for exporting, and to
+introduce American products natural and artificial of many classes. To
+all such I pledge every aid, and now is the time to start. Good
+government will be easier the greater the influx of Americans.</p>
+<p>My despatches have referred to our present percentage of export
+trade. If now our exports come here as intestate, duty free, we have
+practical control of Philippine trade, which now amounts to many
+millions, and because of ingrafting of American energy and methods upon
+the fabulous natural and productive wealth of these islands, can and
+probably will be multiplied by twenty during the coming twenty years.
+All this increment should come to our nation and not go to any
+other.</p>
+<p>* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *</p>
+<p>I hope for an influx this year of 10,000 ambitious Americans, and
+all can live well, become enriched....</p>
+<p class="signed">(Signed) <span class="sc">O. F. Williams</span>,<br>
+<i>Consul</i>.</p>
+</div>
+<p>I venture to say that the man who wrote this astonishing letter,
+taking upon himself the responsibility of advising &ldquo;early and
+strenuous efforts&rdquo; to send from the United States thousands of
+men and women of many occupations to Manila, and of assuring them that
+&ldquo;all could live well and become enriched,&rdquo; knew nothing at
+all about the state of the Philippine Islands, and is a most unsafe
+guide.</p>
+<p>What on earth would all these tradespeople find to do in the
+Islands? Where could they be housed? How could they be supported? If
+they came in numbers, the doctors and druggists might indeed find full
+employment prescribing and making up medicine for the many sufferers
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb166" href="#pb166" name=
+"pb166">166</a>]</span>from tropical ailments, especially the typhoid
+fevers, that would attack the unacclimatised immigrants and the
+ministers could earn their daily bread by reading the Burial Service,
+whilst the type-writers would be busy typing letters to friends at home
+announcing the deaths that occurred; and warning them against coming to
+starve in Manila. But I defy any one to explain how the ship-builders,
+electricians, plumbers, tailors and blacksmiths are to make a living.
+As regards merchants or agents for exporting, I may say that Americans
+have not been very successful in Manila in this capacity. The great and
+influential firm of Russell &amp; Sturgis came to grief through
+over-trading, and another noteworthy firm, Messrs. Peele, Hubbell &amp;
+Co. failed from rash speculations in sugar, and not from any
+persecutions by the Spanish authorities, as has been falsely stated in
+a magazine article. I speak with knowledge on the matter, as I was well
+acquainted with this firm, having been their Consulting Engineer for
+the construction of the Slipway at Ca&ntilde;acao for which they were
+agents. I think it only right to say that the gentlemen who were heads
+of these American firms were worthy upholders of the high reputation of
+their country. They failed, but no imputations rested on the characters
+of the partners, and I have always heard them spoken of with great
+respect, especially amongst the natives.</p>
+<p>Those of them who were personally known to me were men who
+invariably showed every courtesy and consideration to all who came in
+contact with them, whether Europeans or natives. Notwithstanding their
+misfortunes they were a credit to their country, and they did a good
+deal towards the development of the trade of the Philippines.</p>
+<p>I believe that the estates of Russell &amp; Sturgis when realised,
+paid all their liabilities in full, and besides left considerable
+pickings in the hands of the liquidators and their friends. Two or
+three firms were built up out of their ruins. Some Chinese half-castes
+and natives had received heavy advances from this firm, especially
+about Molo and Yloilo. One well-known individual had received $60,000,
+and when summoned before the court he claimed the benefit of the
+&lsquo;Laws of the Indies,&rsquo; by which his liability was limited to
+$5. The judge, however, ordered him to repay the principal <i>at the
+rate of a dollar a month</i>! I had this information from the judge
+himself.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e6263width" id="p166"><img src="images/p166.jpg"
+alt="River Pasig, showing Russell and Sturgis&rsquo;s former office."
+width="720" height="482">
+<p class="figureHead">River Pasig, showing Russell and Sturgis&rsquo;s
+former office.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984"><i>To face p. 166.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p>Curiously enough, American merchants have been <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb167" href="#pb167" name=
+"pb167">167</a>]</span>equally unsuccessful in other parts of the Far
+East. Many will remember the failure of Messrs. Oliphant &amp; Co., the
+great China merchants, agents for the American Board of
+Missions,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e6275src" href="#xd20e6275" name=
+"xd20e6275src">1</a> notwithstanding their desperate effort to retrieve
+their position by reviving the coolie trade with Per&uacute;, and in
+later days Messrs. Russell &amp; Co. of Hong Kong also came to
+grief.</p>
+<p>I can give no explanation of the reasons for these four great
+failures, but I conjecture that all these firms were in too much of a
+hurry, and tried to &ldquo;hustle the East.&rdquo; Yet in face of this
+calamitous experience, Oscar F. Williams advises more to come,
+&ldquo;pledges every aid,&rdquo; and predicts that &ldquo;trade can,
+and probably will, be multiplied by twenty during the coming twenty
+years.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>For my part, I should think it great progress if the exports and
+imports of the Philippines could be doubled in twenty years. The idea
+of sending plumbers to Manila where lead pipes are not used, is a
+comicality only matched by the suggestion that tailors are wanted
+amongst a population dressed in cotton shirts and trousers, and where
+the white people wear veranda-made white duck suits.</p>
+<p>Both notions are more suitable for a comic opera than for an
+official document.</p>
+<p>There is only one more paragraph in this letter that I need comment
+on.</p>
+<p>Mr. Williams says: &ldquo;Good government will be easier, the
+greater the influx of Americans.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>To those who know the East there is no necessity to argue on this
+point. I therefore state dogmatically that the presence of white
+settlers or working people in the Islands would add enormously to the
+difficulties of government. This is my experience, and during the
+Spanish Administration it was generally admitted to be the case.</p>
+<p>In British India the Government does not in the least degree favour
+the immigration of British workmen. The only people who are recognised
+as useful to that country are capitalists and directors of Agricultural
+or Industrial enterprises.</p>
+<p>A large number of American mechanics turned loose amongst the
+population would infallibly, by their contempt for native customs, and
+their disregard of native feeling, become an everlasting source of
+strife and vexation. Impartial <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb168"
+href="#pb168" name="pb168">168</a>]</span>justice between the parties
+would be unattainable; the whites would not submit to be judged by a
+native magistrate, and the result would be a war of races.</p>
+<p>It may be taken as probable that there is no crime, however heinous,
+that could be committed by an American upon a native, that would
+involve the execution of the death penalty on the criminal.<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e6298src" href="#xd20e6298" name="xd20e6298src">2</a>
+On the other hand, I can quite believe that natives laying their hands
+upon Americans, whatever the provocation, would be promptly hanged, if
+they were not shot down upon the spot. The natives, it should be
+remembered, are revengeful, and will bide their time; either to use the
+bolo upon one who has offended them, to burn down his house, set fire
+to his crop, or put a crow-bar in amongst his machinery. I fear that
+American brusqueness and impatience would often lead to these savage
+reprisals.</p>
+<p>I think, therefore, that the American Administration of the
+Philippines should be empowered to prevent or regulate the immigration
+of impecunious Americans or Europeans whose presence in the Islands
+must be extremely prejudicial to the much-desired pacification. No, the
+poor white is not wanted in the Islands, he would be a curse, and a
+residence there would be a curse to him. He would decay morally,
+mentally, and physically. The gorgeous East not only deteriorates the
+liver, but where a white man lives long amongst natives, he suffers a
+gradual but complete break-up of the nervous system. This peculiarity
+manifests itself amongst the natives of the Far East in the curious
+nervous disorder which is called mali-mali in the Philippines and
+sakit-latah amongst the Malays of the Peninsula and Java. It seems to
+be a weakening of the will, and on being startled, the sufferer
+entirely loses self-control and imitates the movements of any person
+who attracts his attention. It is more prevalent amongst women than
+men. I remember being at a performance of Chiarini&rsquo;s Circus in
+Manila, when General Weyler and his wife were present. The clown walked
+into the ring on his hands, and a skinny old woman amongst the
+spectators who suffered from the mali-mali at once began to imitate him
+with unpleasing results, and had to be forcibly restrained by the
+scandalised bystanders.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e6305width" id="p168"><img src="images/p168.jpg"
+alt="Tower of Manila Cathedral after the Earthquakes 1880." width="720"
+height="521">
+<p class="figureHead">Tower of Manila Cathedral after the Earthquakes
+1880.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="figure xd20e6310width" id="p169"><img src="images/p169.jpg"
+alt=
+"Suburb of Malate after a typhoon, October, 1882, when 13 ships were driven ashore."
+width="720" height="423">
+<p class="figureHead">Suburb of Malate after a typhoon, October, 1882,
+when 13 ships were driven ashore.</p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb169" href="#pb169" name=
+"pb169">169</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Running <i>amok</i> marks a climax of nerve disturbance, when the
+sufferer, instead of committing suicide, prefers to die killing
+others.</p>
+<p>He usually obtains his wish, and is killed without compunction, like
+a mad dog.</p>
+<p>Both natives and white residents are at times in rather a low
+condition of health, and if after exercise or labour they fail to get
+their meal at the proper time, when it comes they cannot eat. In its
+lighter form this is called <i>desg&aacute;na</i> or loss of appetite,
+but I have seen natives collapse under such circumstances with severe
+headache and chills. This more serious form is known as <i>traspaso de
+hambre</i>, and is sometimes the precursor of fever and nervous
+prostration.</p>
+<p>The Roman Catholic Church has had the wisdom to recognise and make
+allowance for the liability of residents and natives of the Philippines
+to this serious disorder, and has relaxed the usual rules of fasting,
+as being dangerous to health.</p>
+<p>Amongst the Europeans who have been long in the Islands, many are
+said to be &ldquo;chiflado,&rdquo; a term I can only render into
+English by the slang word <i>cracked</i>. This occurs more particularly
+amongst those who have been isolated amongst the natives.</p>
+<p>It is not easy to account for, but the fact is undeniable. I have
+heard it ascribed to &ldquo;telluric influence,&rdquo; but that is a
+wide and vague expression. Perhaps the explanation may be found in the
+extreme violence of the phenomena of nature.</p>
+<p>The frequent earthquakes, the almost continuous vibration of the
+soil, the awe-inspiring volcanic eruptions, with their sooty black
+palls of ash darkening the sky for days together, over hundreds of
+miles, the frightful detonations,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e6341src"
+href="#xd20e6341" name="xd20e6341src">3</a> the ear-splitting thunder,
+the devastating rage of the typhoons, the saturated atmosphere of the
+rainy season, and the hot dry winds of Lent, with the inevitable
+conflagrations, combine with depressing surroundings and anxieties to
+wreck the nerves of all but the strongest and most determined natures.
+If to all this the white resident or sojourner in the Philippines adds
+the detestable vice of intemperance, or even indulges in a liberal
+consumption <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb170" href="#pb170" name=
+"pb170">170</a>]</span>of spirits, then instead of merely shattering
+his nerves, he is likely to become a raving maniac, for it takes much
+less whisky to bring on delirium tremens there, than it does in a
+temperate climate.</p>
+<p>Long sojourn in some other lands appears to act in a different
+manner. In tropical Africa it seems to be the moral balance that is
+lost. The conscience is blunted if not destroyed, the veneer of
+civilisation is stripped off, the white man reverts to savagery. The
+senseless cruelties of Peters, Lothaire, Voulet, Chanoine, and of some
+of the outlying officials of the Congo Free State are not mere
+coincidences. They must be ascribed to one common cause, and that is
+debasement by environment. The moral nature of a white man seems to
+become contaminated by long isolation amongst savages as surely as the
+physical health by living amongst lepers.</p>
+<p>If a poor white man wishes to sink to the level of a native, he has
+only to marry a native woman, and his object will be fully attained in
+a few years. But he will find it very much to his pecuniary interest,
+for she will buy cheaper and sell dearer than he can, and will manage
+his house and his business too, most economically. Some of her
+relations will come and live with him, so that he will not feel lonely,
+and a half-caste family will grow up round about him, talking the
+dialect of their mother, which he, perhaps, does not understand. But if
+the poor white man takes out a white wife, he will probably have the
+pain and distress of seeing her fade away under the severity of the
+climate, which his means do not permit him to alleviate. White women
+suffer from the heat far more than men. Children cannot be properly
+brought up there after the age of twelve. They must either be sent home
+to be educated, or allowed to deteriorate and grow up inferior to their
+parents in health, strength, and moral fibre. When I think of these
+things, I feel amazed at Oscar F. Williams&rsquo; presumption in
+writing that letter. I hope that not many have taken his advice, and
+that any who have will call on him to fulfil his imprudent pledges.</p>
+<p>However, now I have done with the poor white man. Capital is the
+great necessity of the Philippines. The labour is there if Generals
+Otis and McArthur have left any natives alive.</p>
+<p>More banks are wanted. At present there are three important banks in
+Manila, and two of them have branches <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb171" href="#pb171" name="pb171">171</a>]</span>in Yloilo. The Hong
+Kong and Shanghai Banking Corporation has the largest resources; next
+comes the Chartered Bank of India, Australasia, and China, and lastly
+the Banco Espa&ntilde;ol Filipino. The first two give the most perfect
+facilities for business. I was only interested in importing, but
+certainly nothing more could be desired by an importer than their
+system of opening credits against shipping documents; for practically
+he only had to pay for the goods when they arrived in Manila. All their
+business was done in the most expeditious manner, and I could suggest
+no improvement on their methods.</p>
+<p>The Banco Espa&ntilde;ol Filipino was in a measure under government
+control, its procedure was consequently very slow, and its ways those
+of bygone days.</p>
+<p>These banks, however, did not advance money to cultivators to clear
+lands, plant crops, or erect machinery, as the returns are too slow,
+not to say doubtful. Yet this is what is wanted; banks in Manila and
+the chief towns that will advance money for such purposes, under the
+advice of experts personally acquainted with the cultivators and their
+lands. Such a business certainly requires great intelligence and
+discernment.</p>
+<p>Still there is a future for such banks, for agriculturists have to
+pay enormous rates of interest and commissions for money to carry on
+their plantations. Such banks could also finance timber-cutters, gold
+miners, and other <i>bona fide</i> workers.</p>
+<p>Amongst the enterprises I have recommended when writing about the
+Pampangos, and others engaged in planting sugar-cane, is the
+establishment of central sugar factories in suitable localities. Such
+undertakings, judiciously administered, would have every prospect of
+success.</p>
+<p>There is also room for paper-mills, rice-mills, cotton-mills, and
+saw-mills, but all these, especially the last, need careful
+consideration for the selection of the locality where they are to be
+placed. The manufacture of various kinds of leather could be greatly
+extended and improved. There is employment for more coasting steamers
+and schooners. The latter and hulls of small steamers can be built in
+the country from the native timber.</p>
+<p>Although the development of means of communication is all-important,
+it is evident from the configuration of the Archipelago that no great
+length of railway is required, nor would it pay to construct them in so
+mountainous a country. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb172" href=
+"#pb172" name="pb172">172</a>]</span>Water-carriage is all-important.
+In Luzon a line of railway might be made from Manila to Batangas with a
+branch into the Laguna province. It would traverse a fertile and
+thickly-populated country.</p>
+<p>A short line of railway or electric tramway from near Siniloan on
+the Lake to the Pacific would be most useful in giving access to and
+developing the eastern coast, or contra costa, as it is called. This
+coast is very backward in every way, indeed from Baler to Punta
+Escarpada on its extreme north, it is quite unknown, and remains in the
+possession of the Dumagas, an aboriginal tribe of heathen savages of
+low type, just as at the time of the Spanish conquest; and it would be
+worth while to study the question of cutting a ship-canal through this
+narrow strip of land if the mouth could be protected from the Pacific
+surf. There is also Bishop Gainza&rsquo;s project that might be
+revived, that of cutting a canal for country craft from Pasacao in
+Camarines Sur to the River Vicol. In Negros and Panay some short lines
+from the ports through the sugar lands might pay if constructed very
+economically.</p>
+<p>Tramways between populous towns not far apart in Luzon and Panay
+would probably pay very well, as the people are fond of visiting their
+friends.</p>
+<p>It will probably be many years before Mindanao will be in a position
+to warrant the construction of railways. The island has relapsed into
+barbarism as a consequence of the withdrawal of the Spanish garrisons
+and detachments, and of nearly all the Jesuit missionaries.</p>
+<p>It could, however, give employment to a flotilla of small steamers
+and sailing vessels on its northern and southern coasts.</p>
+<p>Such is my opinion in brief upon the possibilities of the
+development of industries and commerce.</p>
+<p>That the commerce of the islands, now mainly British, will
+ultimately pass into American hands, can scarcely be doubted. They are
+not yet firmly seated in power, but their attitude to British and
+foreign firms is already sufficiently pronounced to allow an observant
+onlooker to make a forecast of what it will be later on.</p>
+<p>Dominating Cuba, holding the Philippines, the Sandwich Islands and
+Porto Rico, the Americans will control the cane sugar trade, the
+tobacco trade, and the hemp trade, in addition to the vast branches of
+production they now hold in their hands<span class="corr" id=
+"xd20e6389" title="Not in source">.</span> <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb173" href="#pb173" name="pb173">173</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e6275" href="#xd20e6275src" name="xd20e6275">1</a></span> Their
+Hong was colloquially known as Sion Corner.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e6298" href="#xd20e6298src" name="xd20e6298">2</a></span> See the
+sentence of court-martial on Julius Arnold, musician of M Company, 25th
+Infantry, for murdering a woman under the most atrocious circumstances
+it is possible to imagine.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e6341" href="#xd20e6341src" name="xd20e6341">3</a></span> The
+Krakatoa explosion was heard all over the Southern Philippines like the
+firing of heavy guns, although the distance in a straight line is over
+1500 miles. This will give some idea of the loudness of volcanic
+explosions.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch19" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XIX.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Life in Manila.</h2>
+<h2 class="sub">(<i>A Chapter for the Ladies.</i>)</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">Climate&mdash;Seasons&mdash;Terrible Month of
+May&mdash;Hot winds&mdash;Longing for rain&mdash;Burst of the
+monsoon&mdash;The Alim&oacute;om&mdash;Never sleep on the ground
+floor&mdash;Dress&mdash;Manila
+houses&mdash;Furniture&mdash;Mosquitoes&mdash;Baths&mdash;Gogo&mdash;Servants&mdash;Wages
+in 1892&mdash;The Maestro cook&mdash;The guild of cooks&mdash;The
+Mayordomo&mdash;Household budget,
+1892&mdash;Diet&mdash;Drinks&mdash;Ponies&mdash;Carriage a necessity
+for a lady&mdash;The
+garden&mdash;Flowers&mdash;Shops&mdash;Pedlars&mdash;Amusements&mdash;Necessity
+of access to the hills&mdash;Good Friday in Manila.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Climate.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The average shade temperature of Manila all the year
+round is 83&deg; Fahrenheit. The highest I have ever seen there was
+96&deg;, at 2 <span class="sc">P.M.</span> in May, and the lowest
+68&deg;, at 6 <span class="sc">A.M.</span> in December.</p>
+<p>The temperature of the sea-water on the shore at Malate is usually
+82&deg;, and that of well-water about the same. The water-pipes from
+the reservoir at San Juan del Monte are not buried, but are carried on
+an embankment. They are partly shaded from the sun by clumps of
+bamboos, but on a hot afternoon the water sometimes attains a
+temperature of 90&deg;.</p>
+<p>Those figures are high, yet the heat is mitigated by the sea-breeze,
+and the nights are usually cool enough to allow a refreshing sleep.</p>
+<p>The climate of Manila is not harmful to the constitutions of healthy
+Europeans or Americans between twenty and fifty years of age, provided
+they at once adopt a mode of life suitable to the country, and in
+clothing, diet, habits and recreations, adapt themselves to the new
+conditions. On the other hand, I apprehend that, for persons of either
+sex over fifty who have had no previous experience of life in the
+tropics, there will be great difficulty in acclimatising <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb174" href="#pb174" name=
+"pb174">174</a>]</span>themselves, and the mortality amongst such will
+be abnormal. Ladies&rsquo; complexions will not suffer more than if
+they lived in a steam-heated house in Harlem, New York.</p>
+<p>In all this part of the world the weather depends upon the monsoons.
+These blow with great regularity over the ocean, six months from the
+north-east and six months from the south-west. Their action on any
+particular place is, however, modified by the situation of mountains
+with regard to that place. The changes of the monsoon occur in
+April&mdash;May and October&mdash;November. It is the south-west
+monsoon that brings rain to Manila, and it has a fine stretch of the
+China Sea to career over, all the way, in fact, from the shores of
+Sumatra, till it drives the billows tumbling and foaming into the
+bay.</p>
+<p>The typhoons form far out in the Pacific near the region of the
+Western Carolines, and, whirling round the opposite way to the hands of
+a watch, they proceed on a curve that may strike Luzon, or, perhaps, go
+on for a thousand miles or more, and carry death and destruction to the
+fishermen of Fo Kien or Japan.</p>
+<p>When a typhoon passes clear, the usual result is several days of
+continuous heavy rain, but the air is cleared and purified. But should
+the vortex of the cyclone pass over your residence, you will not be
+likely to forget it for the rest of your life.</p>
+<p>The year in Manila may be roughly divided into three
+seasons:&mdash;</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Rainy Season&mdash;June, July, August, September. In these four
+months about 100 inches of rain may fall, and 20 more in the rest of
+the year.</li>
+<li>Cool Season (so-called)&mdash;October, November, December,
+January.</li>
+<li>Hot Season&mdash;February, March, April, May.</li>
+</ul>
+<p>May is the terrible month of the year, the month of fevers and
+funerals. Let all who can, leave Manila before this month arrives.</p>
+<p>Hot, dry winds, dust-laden, pervade the houses, and have such an
+effect even on well-seasoned hardwoods, that tables, wardrobes and
+door-panels, split from end to end, or from top to bottom, with a noise
+like a pistol-shot, leaving cracks a quarter of an inch wide that gape
+till the rainy season restores the moisture. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb175" href="#pb175" name="pb175">175</a>]</span></p>
+<p>At this time the heat is at its maximum, and all nature gasps or
+fades. Not a drop of rain has fallen for months, the roads are inches
+deep in dust, the rivers nearly stagnant, and covered with a green
+scum, the whole country quite brown, the vegetation burnt up by the
+sun. Only the cockroaches rejoice; at this season they fly at night,
+and you may have a few fine specimens of the <i>Blatta Orientalis</i>
+alight on your face, or on the back of your neck, should you doze a
+moment on your long chair. Personally, I am proof against a good deal,
+but must confess that the hairy feet of a cockroach on my face or neck
+make me shudder.</p>
+<p>As the month draws to a close, every afternoon the storm-clouds
+gather over the Antipolo Hills. All Manila, lying in the glare and
+dust, prays for rain. Overhead, a sky like burnished copper darts down
+heat-rays that penetrate the roofs, and literally strike the heads of
+the occupants. The dry air is surcharged with electricity to such an
+extent that every living thing feels the powerful influence; the
+sweetest natures become irritable, and quite ready to admit that
+&ldquo;this is, indeed, a <i>beastly</i> world.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>The nervous system suffers, the newspapers relate cases of stabbing,
+or even running <i>amok</i> amongst the natives, and perhaps some
+suicides occur. If, as not unfrequently happens, you should at this
+time receive an invitation to the funeral of a friend or compatriot
+just deceased from typhoid fever, and to be buried within twenty-four
+hours, you will begin to wonder whether Manila is good enough for you.
+Day after day the rain-clouds disperse amidst the rumbling of a distant
+thunder-storm, and day after day do longing eyes watch for their
+coming, and hope for the cloud-burst.</p>
+<p>At last, when the limit of endurance seems reached, a cool breath of
+air heralds the downpour. The leaves rustle, the feathery bamboos
+incline before the blast, the sky darkens, the cataracts of heaven are
+loosed, and the water tumbles down in torrents.</p>
+<p>Now keep yourself in the house, and on the upper floor, and let the
+water from your roofs run to waste. The natives, usually so careless of
+a wetting, avoid bathing or wetting themselves with the first waters,
+which they consider dangerous, and not without reason. The exhalations
+from the newly-wetted earth are to be avoided; these earth-vapours are
+called by the Tagals <i>Alim&oacute;om</i>. Now the dust is washed off
+the roofs and leaves, and in three <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb176"
+href="#pb176" name="pb176">176</a>]</span>days the fallows are covered
+with small shoots of grass or weeds, the maidenhair ferns and mosses
+spring from every stone wall. The reign of dust is over; the reign of
+mud begins. Now the frogs inaugurate their nightly concerts. After a
+time you get used to the deafening noise; you do not even hear it. But
+they suddenly stop, and you are astonished at the stillness.</p>
+<p>As the rainy season proceeds, the air is almost entirely saturated
+with moisture: the saturation in August sometimes exceeds 97 per
+cent.</p>
+<p>Now green mould will grow upon your boots and other leather
+articles, if left a couple of days without cleaning. Everything feels
+damp, and it is a good plan to air your wardrobe round a brazier of
+red-hot charcoal.</p>
+<p>You will have noticed that the natives universally build their
+houses upon piles. So do the Malays all over the Far East. This is the
+expression of the accumulated experience of centuries, and you will be
+wise to conform to it by never sleeping on the ground floor. To a
+dweller in the Philippines this tip is worth the price of the book.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Dress.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The dress of both sexes should be as light as
+possible; my advice is, wear as little as possible, and wear it thin
+and loose. The access of air to the body is necessary to carry off the
+perspiration, some of which is in the form of vapour.</p>
+<p>Ladies will find the greatest comfort in the simple but elegant
+dresses called <i>batas</i>, which are princess robes made of
+embroidered cambric or lawn. The materials for these dresses can be
+purchased in Manila, and excellent sempstresses and embroiderers can be
+hired at moderate wages, and the dresses made in the house. For the
+evenings, thin silk or muslin dresses, cut low, are most suitable.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e6488width" id="p177"><img src="images/p177.jpg"
+alt="Author&rsquo;s house at Ermita." width="553" height="406">
+<p class="figureHead">Author&rsquo;s house at Ermita.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984"><i>To face p. 177.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p>Men who are young and robust should wear white duck jackets, and
+trousers without waistcoats. Elderly men, or those subject to
+rheumatism, will do well to wear thin flannel suits. The material for
+these can be got in Hong Kong. For travelling and shooting, unbleached
+linen, guingon, or rayadillo, is the best material, made into Norfolk
+jackets and pantaloons. I always found white or brown leather shoes the
+best wear, and canvas shooting-boots capped and strapped with leather.
+A Panama hat, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb177" href="#pb177" name=
+"pb177">177</a>]</span>or a solar topee, is the best head-wear. If one
+has to be much in the sun, a white umbrella, lined with green, should
+be carried. Dress is not an expensive item in Manila. Up to 1892, the
+washing for a whole family, with bed and table-linen, could be done for
+$12 per month.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Houses.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">Most of the older houses in Manila are of ample size,
+and well suited to the climate, but some of the newer ones, built to
+the designs of a Spanish architect, and having glass windows, are very
+hot and uncomfortable. It is essential to live in a good-sized house,
+so as to escape the heat by moving to a different part as the sun goes
+round. Thus you will have your early breakfast in one corner of the
+balcony; your tiffin, perhaps, on the ground floor; your tea in the
+open corridor looking on the garden, and your dinner, at 7.30
+<span class="sc">P.M.</span>, in the dining-room under the punkah.</p>
+<p>House-rent is paid monthly, and, up to 1892, a good detached house
+of moderate size could be got in one of the best suburbs for $100 per
+month, and for less in Santa Ana. Such a house would stand in its own
+garden, and would have stables for several horses, and shelter for one
+or two carriages.</p>
+<p>I understand that house-rent is now nearly doubled in consequence of
+the American competition. From their lavish expenditure, we must infer
+that the new-comers possess large private means in addition to their
+salaries.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Furniture.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The furnishing of a tropical house is much simplified,
+because no carpets or curtains are needed. The floors are of polished
+hardwood, and they take a good deal of work to keep them in good order.
+A few rugs can be put down here and there, if a little colour is
+required. Where the floor is bad, Chinese matting can be laid down at
+small expense. Some of the Mestizos import costly furniture, but few of
+the European residents attempted to follow their example. Vienna
+bent-wood furniture, with cane seats, was commonly used, and was very
+suitable, also bamboo or rattan furniture, brought from China or made
+in the country. Such things as wardrobes or bookcases should have
+ring-bolts on each side for lashing to the walls. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb178" href="#pb178" name="pb178">178</a>]</span>A
+child or grown person might be killed by a heavy piece of furniture
+falling on it during an earthquake.</p>
+<p>Furniture of all sorts is made in Manila of Red Narra, or other
+wood, by Chinese cabinet-makers, who will work to purchasers&rsquo;
+requirements. Very excellent teak-wood furniture is made in Hong Kong
+and Shanghai.</p>
+<p>The problem of furnishing a large house for a moderate sum, and
+making it comfortable, and at the same time artistic and refined, is
+not a difficult one, and has often been very satisfactorily solved in
+Manila.</p>
+<p>Large stoneware flower-pots and pedestals can be purchased in
+Manila, and no more suitable ornament can be found than handsome palms,
+ferns, or flowering plants, for halls, corridors, or reception
+rooms.</p>
+<p>The beds should be large, and have thin, hard mattresses and
+horse-hair pillows stuffed rather hard. The coolest thing to lie upon
+is a fine grass mat, or <i>petate</i>. Covering is seldom required. On
+the bed will be seen a large bolster lying at right angles to the
+pillows, so as to be parallel to the sleeper. The use of this is not
+apparent to the newly-arrived Briton or American. This is the
+<i>Abrazador</i>, used throughout the boundless East.</p>
+<p>The candidate for repose, whether on the hard bed, or harder floor
+or deck, lies on his side, and rests his upper arm and leg on the
+<i>Abrazador</i>, thus relieving his hip and shoulder from much of his
+weight. He takes care to keep it a little way off his body to allow the
+air to circulate.</p>
+<p>A mosquito-net must be fitted to every bed, but may not always be
+required. In the sleeping-room there should be no curtains, and the
+least possible amount of furniture, and, during the hot season, the bed
+should stand in the middle of the room. It is advisable to have no
+light in the bedroom, but good lights are a necessity in the
+dressing-rooms.</p>
+<p>By being careful about this you will keep your bedroom free from
+mosquitoes. Petroleum is commonly used in the Philippines for lighting,
+and unless the lamps are of the best quality, and carefully trimmed,
+there is considerable danger of accident. I used to keep some plants in
+pots in each room so as to throw the earth over any oil that might get
+alight. Whenever there was a shock of earthquake, I extinguished the
+petroleum lamps, and lighted candles instead. And whenever we went out
+to a dinner or dance, every petroleum lamp was extinguished, and
+cocoanut-oil <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb179" href="#pb179" name=
+"pb179">179</a>]</span>lights or candles substituted in case of an
+earthquake whilst we were out.</p>
+<p>Frequent baths are indispensable to good health in Manila. Enormous
+earthenware tubs, made in China, can be procured. These are placed in
+the bath-room, and filled in the evening, so that the water gets
+refreshingly cool during the night. It is not at all advisable to get
+into the water, as the effect is not so good as dashing the water over
+the head with a small bucket called a <i>tabo</i>. By using the water
+thus, and rubbing the skin briskly with a towel, a reaction soon sets
+in, and the bather feels quite invigorated.</p>
+<p>A bath of this kind when rising, and another before dressing for
+dinner, will do much to mitigate the rigour of the climate.</p>
+<p>From several stories told me by friends recently returned from
+Manila, it would seem that the Americans there, or some of them, at
+least, are not sufficiently alive to the necessity of daily baths, but
+I refrain from giving particulars.</p>
+<p>This seems strange when one remembers the profusion with which baths
+are provided in all the modern hotels in the great cities of
+America.</p>
+<p>Now I must tell you about gogo. This is the dried bark of a creeper
+that grows wild in the woods, and it is the finest thing possible to
+keep your hair in order.</p>
+<p>There are several kinds of this plant, the three most commonly used
+are gogo bayugo (<i lang="la-x-bio">Entada scandens</i> Benth.); gogong
+casay (<i lang="la-x-bio">Peltophorum ferrugineum</i> Benth.); gogong
+paltaning (<i lang="la-x-bio">Albizzia saponaria</i> Blum.).</p>
+<p>As washing the hair with gogo is one of the luxuries of the
+Philippines, I shall describe how it is done.</p>
+<p>A servant pounds a piece of the stem and bark, and steeps it in a
+basin, twisting and wringing it occasionally until the soluble part has
+been extracted. He then adds to the liquor two or three limes,
+squeezing the juice out, and soaking the peel. He also throws in a
+handful of crushed citron-leaves, and strains the liquor through
+muslin.</p>
+<p>The servant then ladles this over your head with a calabash, or
+cocoa-nut shell, whilst you rub your hair with your hands.</p>
+<p>As the liquor is strongly alkaline, you must be careful to keep your
+eyes closed until the head has been rinsed <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb180" href="#pb180" name="pb180">180</a>]</span>with
+water. Your hair-wash is made fresh whenever you want it, and may cost
+from two to three pence.</p>
+<p>The fragrance of the citron-leaves is delicious, and when you have
+rinsed and dried your hair, you will find it as soft, as bright, and as
+sweet-smelling as the costliest perfumes of Bond Street could make
+it.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Servants.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">In the good old times we were well off for servants in
+Manila. They flocked up from the provinces seeking places, and those
+employers who took pains to enquire closely into the antecedents of
+applicants, could almost ensure being well served.</p>
+<p>Englishmen paid good wages, and paid punctually, hence they could
+command the best servants.</p>
+<p>Personally, I may say that I kept my servants for years&mdash;some
+nearly the whole time I was in the islands. I had very little trouble
+with any of them. There are people who say that they have no feeling,
+but I remember that when I embarked with my family on leaving Manila,
+my servants, on taking leave at the wharf, were convulsed with tears at
+our departure.</p>
+<p>A family living comfortably in a good-sized house would require the
+following servants:&mdash;</p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr class="label">
+<td></td>
+<td>Wages in 1892.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="unit">
+<td></td>
+<td>Dollars.</td>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td>Mayordomo, or steward, who would act as butler</td>
+<td>8 per month.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Two houseboys, one would valet the master, the other would trim
+lamps and pull the punkah, @ $6</td>
+<td>12 per month.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Sempstress or maid to mistress</td>
+<td>6 per month.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Gardener or coolie, would carry water for baths, sweep and
+water</td>
+<td>6 per month.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Coachman, would look after one pair of horses and carriage</td>
+<td>12 per month.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Food for six servants, @ $3 each</td>
+<td>18 per month.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Maestro cook</td>
+<td>18 per month.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>80</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p>American competition for servants has more than doubled these rates
+of pay. Cooks get $50 now.</p>
+<p>The house-boys and maid live in the house, and sleep on the floor,
+with a grass mat and pillows. The mayordomo sometimes lives quite near,
+being, perhaps, a married <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb181" href=
+"#pb181" name="pb181">181</a>]</span>man. The coachman has his room by
+the stables, and the gardener lives in the lodge, or in a small hut in
+the garden.</p>
+<p>The <i>maestro-cook</i> does not usually sleep on the premises. He
+arrives about 11 <span class="sc">A.M.</span>, bearing two baskets
+depending from a <i>pinga</i>, or palma-brava staff, resting on his
+shoulder. These baskets will contain the day&rsquo;s
+marketing&mdash;eggs, fish, meat, chicken, salad, tomatoes, bananas,
+firewood, and many other things.</p>
+<p>He promptly sets to work, and by twelve, or half-past, presents a
+tiffin of three or four courses.</p>
+<p>His afternoon is devoted to preparing the more elaborate dinner due
+at 7.30 <span class="sc">P.M.</span>, when he will be ready to serve
+soup, fish, entr&eacute;es, a roast, a curry, and sweets, all
+conscientiously prepared, and sent in hot. Most excellent curries are
+made in Manila, both by Chinamen and natives. To my mind, the best are
+made from prawns, from crab, or from frogs&rsquo; legs. If you cannot
+eat anything else at dinner, you can always make out with the
+curry.</p>
+<p>The dinner over, the cook asks for orders, and takes his departure,
+to return with perfect punctuality the following day.</p>
+<p>The Chinese cooks all belong to a guild, which is a trades&rsquo;
+union and a co-operative society, and are bound to follow the
+rules.</p>
+<p>They would never dream of going into a market and bidding one
+against the other.</p>
+<p>Their system is to assemble early every morning at the guild house,
+and for each man to state his requirements. A scribe then tabulates the
+orders&mdash;so many turkeys, so many chickens, etc., and two
+experienced cooks are commissioned as buyers to go into the market and
+purchase the whole lot, the provisions being afterwards fairly divided
+amongst the members, each having his turn to get the choice pieces,
+such as saddle of mutton, kidneys, etc. But if a dinner-party is
+contemplated, the cook who has to prepare it gets the preference.</p>
+<p>They thus obtain everything much cheaper than the native cooks, even
+after taking a good squeeze for themselves. I believe that they have a
+fixed percentage which they charge, and would consider it dishonest to
+take any more, whilst the guild would not approve of their taking any
+less.</p>
+<p>If you send away your cook, the guild will settle for <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb182" href="#pb182" name="pb182">182</a>]</span>you
+who is to replace him. All your culinary fancies will be well known to
+the council of the guild, and they will pick out a man up to your
+standard.</p>
+<p>It was customary to give the cook a fixed sum per day to provide
+tiffin and dinner, and this was paid once a week.</p>
+<p>I found that two dollars a day was sufficient to amply provide for
+my family, and I could have one guest to tiffin or dinner without
+notice, and be confident that the meal would be sufficient. In fact,
+this was part of my agreement with the cook. By giving short notice,
+the dinner could be extended for two or three people at an additional
+charge.</p>
+<p>The cook rendered no account of the money he received; but, if I was
+not satisfied with the meals he provided, I admonished him, and if he
+did not do better I discharged him. I may say, however, that there was
+very seldom cause for complaint, for the Chinese are thorough business
+men.</p>
+<p>When a dinner-party was given, the cook provided according to order,
+and sent in his bill for the extras. There was no housekeeping, and no
+need to order anything, and you knew exactly how much you were spending
+weekly, and how much a dinner-party cost.</p>
+<p>The cleaning and polishing your plate and glass, the laying the
+table, the tasteful adorning of it with variegated leaves, with ferns
+or flowers, and the artistic folding of the serviettes, may with
+confidence be left to the mayordomo&rsquo;s care; every detail will be
+attended to down to the ylang-ylang flowers in the finger-bowls.</p>
+<p>With such servants as these, the mistress of the house, free from
+domestic cares, may take her shower-bath, and, clad in Kabaya and
+Sarong, await the moment when she must resume the garments of
+civilisation, and receive her guests looking as fresh, in spite of the
+thermometer, as if she had stepped out of a <i>coup&eacute;</i> in
+Piccadilly or Fifth Avenue. Ladies used to the ministry of Irish Biddy
+or Aunt Chloe ought to fancy themselves transported to heaven when they
+find themselves at the head of a household in Manila.</p>
+<p>I append a note of household expenses for a family living moderately
+in Manila in 1892. I suppose the cost has been doubled under American
+rule. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb183" href="#pb183" name=
+"pb183">183</a>]</span></p>
+<p><span class="sc">Household Budget in 1892.</span></p>
+<p><i>For a family of three adults and three children.</i></p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr class="unit">
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td>Mexican Dollars.</td>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td>House-rent</td>
+<td>per month</td>
+<td>100</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Servants&rsquo; wages and food</td>
+<td>per month</td>
+<td>80</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Washing</td>
+<td>per month</td>
+<td>12</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Forage and grain for two ponies</td>
+<td>per month</td>
+<td>16</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Allowance to cook for market</td>
+<td>per month</td>
+<td>60</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Extra for two dinner-parties of six or eight guests each</td>
+<td>per month</td>
+<td>20</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Bill at Almacen (grocery store) for groceries, ordinary wines,
+spirits, and petroleum</td>
+<td>per month</td>
+<td>65</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Bill at Botica (drug store) for soda water, ice and various
+articles</td>
+<td>per month</td>
+<td>20</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Case of champagne for dinner-parties</td>
+<td>per month</td>
+<td>25</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Repairs to carriage, shoeing horses, materials for cleaning stable,
+etc.</td>
+<td>per month</td>
+<td>10</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Garden expenses&mdash;plants, tools, hose</td>
+<td>per month</td>
+<td>5</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Subscriptions to clubs, telephone, newspapers, and charities</td>
+<td>per month</td>
+<td>20</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Tobacco and cigars</td>
+<td>per month</td>
+<td>7</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Taxes on servants and horses</td>
+<td>per month</td>
+<td>10</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Clothing for self and family</td>
+<td>per month</td>
+<td>50</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Pocket money, entertainments, and sundries</td>
+<td>per month</td>
+<td>100</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td>&mdash;&mdash;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Per month</td>
+<td>600</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Say $7,200 per annum.</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Diet.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">For the benefit of Boston readers (if I should be
+lucky enough to have any in that learned city), I may say that pork and
+beans is not a suitable diet for a tropical country. I should also
+forbid the &ldquo;New England dinner,&rdquo; and roast goose, or
+sucking pig, stewed terrapin, and pumpkin pie. A light diet of eggs or
+the excellent fish to be had in Manila, chickens fattened on maize,
+beef or mutton, once a day, and rice, vegetables and salad, with plenty
+of ripe fruit, according to the season, is desirable. The fare can be
+diversified by oysters, prawns, crabs, wild duck, snipe, and quail, all
+of which are cheap and very good in the season. There are no pheasants
+in Luzon, but the jungle cock (labuyao) is as good or better.</p>
+<p>In the tropics a good table is a necessity, for the appetite needs
+tempting. Such a diet as I have mentioned will keep you in health,
+especially if you are careful not to eat too much, but to eat of the
+best. If you economise on your table you will have to spend the money
+at the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb184" href="#pb184" name=
+"pb184">184</a>]</span>drug-store. Taboo pork, because&mdash;well, when
+you have been a week or two in the country you will not need to ask
+why&mdash;Moses and Mahomet knew what they were about.</p>
+<p>My remarks about drinks are intended for the men, as ladies do not
+need any advice on this subject. In a tropical climate it is necessary
+to be very careful in the use of spirits.</p>
+<p>Having lived for more than twenty-five years in the tropics, and
+having kept my health remarkably well, I feel warranted in giving my
+experience. I have made surveys, or directed works, in many climates,
+exposed to all weathers, and I know that the very worst thing a man can
+take, if he has to work or march in the sun, is spirits. There is
+nothing that will predispose him to sunstroke as much as spirits. For
+marching, walking, or shooting, in the sun, I know nothing like cold
+tea without milk or sugar. It should be poured off the leaves after
+infusing for two minutes.</p>
+<p>When you reach shelter you can take a lemon squash or a
+<i>cagelada</i>&mdash;this is the juice of cageles (a kind of orange)
+with sugar and water&mdash;which is a most cooling drink. Never take
+spirits to buck you up to your work. Whatever spirits you drink, let it
+be after sunset. I am a believer in drinking wine at meals; it makes me
+shudder to see people drinking tea, lemonade, or milk, with their
+dinners, and laying up for themselves torments from dyspepsia, for
+which they have to swallow pills by the boxful.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Ponies.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">There is a race of ponies in the islands that is
+descended from Spanish and Arab horses, and owing to an absolutely
+haphazard breeding, the size has diminished, although the symmetry has
+been preserved. Those from Ilocos are the smallest, but they are the
+hardiest and most spirited.</p>
+<p>A pair of ponies and a Victoria is an absolute necessity for a lady
+in Manila, and I have little doubt that an American judge would declare
+the &ldquo;failure to provide&rdquo; to be cruelty and grant a divorce
+if applied for.</p>
+<p>Both harness and carriages are made in the city, but imported
+harness can be had, better finished, at double the price.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e6920width" id="p185"><img src="images/p185.jpg"
+alt="Fernery at Ermita." width="571" height="404">
+<p class="figureHead">Fernery at Ermita.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984"><i>To face p. 185.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p>In my time a fine pair of ponies could be bought for <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb185" href="#pb185" name="pb185">185</a>]</span>$200
+to $300; a new Victoria for $500, and harness for $60. The cost of
+keeping a pair of ponies was $16 per month, and a coachman $12 per
+month, food, and livery. What the cost is now I have no
+information.</p>
+<p>The public carriages were not fit for a lady to use, though
+sometimes a suitable one could be hired by the week or month from a
+livery stable.</p>
+<p>The ponies are wonderfully strong and sure-footed. I weigh over 200
+lbs., yet some of these ponies have carried me about all day over rough
+ground without stumbling. They carry a lady beautifully, and riding is
+the best form of exercise a lady can take.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">The Garden.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The garden will be a great source of occupation to the
+mistress of the house. If it is sheltered from the wind and supplied
+with water, she can grow almost anything. And plants will come up
+quickly, too, under the influence of the heat and moisture.</p>
+<p>There are nursery gardens at Pasay, where all sorts of plants and
+seedlings can be obtained; in fact, these are hawked about morning and
+evening.</p>
+<p>The so-called gardener rarely has much skill, but he will clean up
+the garden and water it, and do what he is told.</p>
+<p>The most beautiful and delicate ferns can be grown, and magnificent
+orchids got to flower, if they are well sheltered in a mat-shed.
+Bananas and pines grow without trouble, and radishes, salads, tomatoes,
+cucumbers, and melons, can be raised.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Shops.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">You can get most things you want in Manila. The
+drug-stores are mostly in German hands, but there is one English one
+where the usual English articles can be got.</p>
+<p>There is an ample supply of wines, spirits, and preserved provisions
+at the grocers, and the drapers keep on hand any quantity of silks,
+muslins, and piece-goods, with all the necessary fixings. French and
+German shoes are in plenty.</p>
+<p>The goods in the jewellers&rsquo; shops and in the fancy bazaars are
+all of a very florid style, to suit the gaudy taste of the wealthy
+Filipinos. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb186" href="#pb186" name=
+"pb186">186</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Such piece-goods and haberdashery as are in common use are brought
+round to the ladies at their own houses by Chinese hawkers, who, having
+small expenses, sell remarkably cheap.</p>
+<p>They are always very civil and attentive, and will gladly get you
+any article that they have not in stock at the moment.</p>
+<p>Ladies save going about in the heat and dust by purchasing from
+these men.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Amusements.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The amusements for ladies were limited to riding,
+lawn-tennis, boating, picnics, and frequent dances. I remember many
+delightful dances in Manila. One was given to the officers of the
+U.S.S. <i>Brooklyn</i>, and another to the U.S.S. <i>Richmond</i>. At
+the latter, the ladies were in <i>traje del pais</i>, <i>i.e.</i>,
+dressed as natives and mestizas. And very handsome some of them looked.
+Now and again some theatrical company would come over, mostly from
+Saigon. There were a good many dinner parties given amongst the British
+community, and weekly receptions at most of the principal houses,
+during the time I lived in Manila, where you could get a little game of
+cards, dance, flirt, or take it easy, just as you liked.</p>
+<p>The ladies very wisely took a rest from two to four, to be fresh for
+the evening. The proper hour for calling was at 9 P.M. or 10 A.M. on
+Sundays after High Mass.</p>
+<p>I knew several ladies, English and American, who look back upon a
+term of years spent in Manila as the happiest in their lives.</p>
+<p>Children born in Manila can remain there without damage to their
+health till ten or twelve years old, and after having spent a few years
+at home are indistinguishable from children born and brought up in
+England.</p>
+<p>The principal thing lacking in Manila is means of access to the
+hills where people could go occasionally for a change and during the
+hot season. I have little doubt that the Americans will provide this
+before long.</p>
+<p>Manila was not without its frivolous element; but there was one
+period of the year when all frivolities were suspended, and religious
+observances monopolised the people&rsquo;s time. That was in Lent, and
+the ceremonies culminated on Good Friday. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb187" href="#pb187" name="pb187">187</a>]</span></p>
+<p>The Very Noble and always Loyal City of Manila celebrates the
+greatest day of the Christian year very devoutly. On foot, and robed in
+black, its inhabitants high and low throng the churches and attend the
+procession.</p>
+<p>All shops are closed, vehicular traffic is suspended, the ensigns
+hang at half-mast, the yards of ships are crossed in saltire; not a
+sound is heard.</p>
+<p>The capital and the whole of the civilised Philippines mark the
+crucifixion of our Saviour by two days of devotion, of solemn calm.
+Under Spanish rule a stately procession, attended by the highest and
+the humblest, filed slowly through the silent streets, the Civil
+Government, the Law, the Army, the Navy, the Municipality and the
+Religious Orders, being represented by deputations in full dress, who
+followed bare-headed the emblems of the faith in the presence of an
+immense crowd of natives, who bent the knee and bowed the head in
+homage to the crucified Saviour.</p>
+<p>I never failed to witness this imposing spectacle when in Manila,
+and it was mortifying to me to remember that Good Friday in London is
+nothing but a vulgar holiday, and that probably not one person out of a
+hundred in its vast population realises in the least degree the event
+that solemn fast is intended to commemorate.</p>
+<p>The death-like stillness of Good Friday remained unbroken till High
+Mass was over on Saturday morning, when the cathedral bells rang out a
+joyous peal, soon taken up by the bells of the numerous churches in the
+city and all over the provinces.</p>
+<p>The ensigns were run up to the staff or peak, the yards were
+squared, and royal salutes thundered out over land and sea, whilst
+clouds of white smoke enveloped the moss-grown ramparts of the saluting
+battery, and the useless, lumbering masts and spars of the flagship.
+Then steam-whistles and sirens commenced their hideous din, the great
+doors of the houses were thrown open, and hundreds of bare-backed
+ponies, with half-naked grooms, issued at full gallop to the sea or
+river.</p>
+<p>Then Manila resumed its every-day life till the next Holy Thursday
+came round. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb188" href="#pb188" name=
+"pb188">188</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch20" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XX.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Sport.</h2>
+<h2 class="sub">(<i>A Chapter for Men.</i>)</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">The Jockey Club&mdash;Training&mdash;The
+races&mdash;An archbishop presiding&mdash;The Totalisator or Pari
+Mutuel&mdash;The Manila Club&mdash;Boating club&mdash;Rifle
+clubs&mdash;Shooting&mdash;Snipe&mdash;Wild
+duck&mdash;Plover&mdash;Quail&mdash;Pigeons&mdash;Tabon&mdash;Labuyao,
+or jungle cock&mdash;Pheasants&mdash;Deer&mdash;Wild pig&mdash;No sport
+in fishing.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">Manila was not so badly off for sport as might be
+thought. The pony-races, conducted under the auspices of the Jockey
+Club, excited the greatest interest amongst all classes.</p>
+<p>The ponies underwent their training at the race-course in Santa
+Mesa, and their owners and other members of the club were provided with
+early breakfast there. The native grooms took as much interest in the
+success of the pony they attended as the owner, and they backed their
+favourite for all they were worth.</p>
+<p>Only members were allowed to ride, and the weights were remarkably
+heavy for such small ponies. When the races came off, business was
+almost suspended for three days, and all Manila appeared at the
+race-course. There were sometimes two thousand vehicles and immense
+crowds on foot.</p>
+<p>The ladies in their most resplendent toilettes were received by the
+stewards, presented with elegantly-bound programmes, and conducted to
+their places on the grand stand.</p>
+<p>Presently a military band would strike up the &ldquo;Marcha
+R&eacute;al,&rdquo; as the Governor-General&rsquo;s equipage entered
+the enclosure, and that exalted personage, dressed in black frock coat
+and silk hat, white trousers and waistcoat, with the crimson silk sash
+of a general, just peeping from under his waistcoat, was conducted to
+his box, followed by his suite and the favoured persons invited to join
+his party. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb189" href="#pb189" name=
+"pb189">189</a>]</span></p>
+<p>The highest authority in the country presided and handed the prizes
+to the winning jockeys, who were brought up to him by the
+vice-president of the club. But on an occasion when the
+Governor-General and Segundo Cabo were absent, I witnessed the races
+which were presided over by no less a personage than His Grace the
+Archbishop of Manila, Fray Pedro Payo, in his archiepiscopal garments,
+and smoking a big Havana cigar. The old gentleman enjoyed the sport and
+most graciously presented the handsome prizes to the winners.</p>
+<p>Betting was conducted by the totalisator, or pari-mutuel, the bet
+being five dollars, repeated as often as you liked. As I presume my
+readers understand this system, I shall not describe it. The natives
+bet amongst themselves to a considerable amount.</p>
+<p>Pavilions were erected by different clubs or bodies, and a profuse
+hospitality characterised each day. Winners of large silver cups
+usually filled them with champagne and passed them round. Bets were
+made with the ladies as an excuse for giving them presents.
+Dinner-parties were given in the evenings at private houses, and there
+were dinners at the clubs. There were two race-meetings in the year. No
+doubt this sport, temporarily interrupted by insurrection and war, will
+again flourish when tranquillity prevails.</p>
+<p>There was a boating-club in connection with the British Club at
+Nagtajan, now removed to Ermita, and some very good skiffs and boats
+were available. There was a regatta and illuminated procession of boats
+each year.</p>
+<p>Polo clubs and rifle clubs had a rather precarious existence, except
+that the Swiss Rifle Club was well kept up, and there were some
+excellent shots in it. There was a lawn tennis club, which had ladies
+and gentlemen as members, and some very good games were played there
+and valuable prizes given.</p>
+<p>Shooting was a favourite sport with many Englishmen and a few
+mestizos.</p>
+<p>Excellent snipe-shooting is to be had in all the paddy-fields around
+Manila and the lake. But at San Pedro on the Pasig, there is a wide
+expanse of rough ground with clumps of bushes, and it was here that the
+most exciting sport was to be had, and it took some shooting to get the
+birds as they flew across the openings between the bushes.
+Snipe-shooting began in September, when the paddy was <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb190" href="#pb190" name="pb190">190</a>]</span>high
+enough to give cover, and lasted to the end of November. The birds,
+when they first arrived, were thin, but they soon put on flesh, and by
+November were fat and in splendid condition for the table. There is no
+better bird to be eaten anywhere than a Manila snipe. Bags of eighty
+were sometimes made in a morning by two guns.</p>
+<p>Excellent wild-duck and teal-shooting was to be got on and around
+the lake and on the Pinag de Candaba, and wherever there was a sheet of
+water. When crossing the lake I have seen wild fowl resting on the
+surface in such enormous numbers that they looked like sandbanks. They
+are not easy to approach, but I have killed some by firing a rifle into
+the flock. The crested-lapwing and the golden-plover are in plenty, and
+on the seashores widgeon and curlew abound. Inland, on the stubbles,
+there are plenty of quail. Pigeons of all sorts, sizes, and colours,
+abound at all times, especially when the dap-dap tree opens its large
+crimson blossoms. Some kinds of brush-turkeys, such as the tabon, a
+bird (<i>Megapodius cuningi</i>) the size of a partridge, that lays an
+egg as large as a goose egg and buries it in a mound of gravel by the
+shore, are found.</p>
+<p>The labuyao, or jungle cock, is rare and not easy to shoot in a
+sportsmanlike way, although a poacher could easily shoot them on a
+moonlight night.</p>
+<p>In the Southern Islands some remarkable pheasants of most brilliant
+plumage are to be found, and whilst in Palawan I obtained two good
+specimens of the pavito real (<i>Polyplectron Napoleonis</i>), a very
+handsome game bird with two sharp spurs on each leg. They are rather
+larger than a partridge, but their fan-shaped tails have two rows of
+eyes like a peacock&rsquo;s tail, there being four eyes in each
+feather.</p>
+<p>Deer and wild-pig abound, and can be shot within four hours&rsquo;
+journey of Manila by road. Round about Montalban is a good place for
+them. They are plentiful at Jala-jala, on the lake at Porac in
+Pampanga, and round about the Puerto Jamelo and Pico de Loro, at the
+mouth of Manila Bay. In fact, they are found wherever there is cover
+and pasture for them. The season is from December to April.</p>
+<p>The usual way is to go with a party of five or six guns and employ
+some thirty native beaters, each bringing one or two dogs.</p>
+<p>The guns are stationed in suitable spots and the beaters and their
+dogs, fetching a compass, extend their line and <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb191" href="#pb191" name=
+"pb191">191</a>]</span>drive the game up to the guns. This is rather an
+expensive amusement, as you have to pay and feed the beaters and their
+dogs; but it is very good sport, and in proceeding and returning to
+camp from two beats in the morning and two in the afternoon, you got
+quite as much exercise as you want or as is good for you. The venison
+and wild-pig is very good eating, but it is difficult to get it to
+Manila fresh, whatever precautions you take.</p>
+<p>Taken all round, Luzon is well supplied with game, and may be
+considered satisfactory from a sportsman&rsquo;s point of view.</p>
+<p>There is no sport to be had in fishing; in Luzon, so far as I know,
+there are no game fish. When living on the banks of the Rio Grande,
+near Macab&eacute;be, I noticed some natives taking fish at night by
+placing a torch on the bow of a canoe, which was paddled by one man
+slowly along near the bank, another man standing in the bow with a
+fish-spear of three prongs, similar to the &ldquo;grains&rdquo; used in
+England. As the fish came up to the light he struck at them with his
+spear and managed to pick up a good many.</p>
+<p>This appeared good sport, and I arranged for a native to come for me
+in a canoe with torch, and I borrowed a spear. We started off, but
+there was some difficulty in standing up in a small, narrow canoe, and
+darting the spear. My first stroke was a miss, the fish escaped; my
+second, however, was all right, and I shook my catch off the spear into
+the canoe, but the native shouted out, &ldquo;M&aacute;samang
+&aacute;has p&oacute;!&rdquo; (a poisonous snake, sir) not forgetting
+to be polite even in that somewhat urgent situation. The snake was
+wriggling towards me, but I promptly picked him up again on the spear
+and threw him overboard, much to my own relief and that of the
+Pampanga.</p>
+<p>It was one of those black and yellow water-snakes, reputed as
+poisonous. That was enough fishing for me, and I remembered that I had
+a particular appointment at home, and left fishing to
+professionals.</p>
+<p>Curiously enough, fish cannot be taken by the trawl, for a mestizo
+got out a trawling steamer with gear, and men to handle it, and after
+repeated trials in different places, had to give it up as a bad job.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb192" href="#pb192" name=
+"pb192">192</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch21" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXI.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Brief Geographical Description of Luzon.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">Irregular
+shape&mdash;Harbours&mdash;Bays&mdash;Mountain ranges&mdash;Blank
+spaces on maps&mdash;North-east coast unexplored&mdash;River and valley
+of Cagayan&mdash;Central valley from Bay of Lingayen to Bay of
+Manila&mdash;Rivers Agno, Chico, Grande&mdash;The Pinag of
+Candaba&mdash;Project for draining&mdash;River Pasig&mdash;Laguna de
+Bay&mdash;Lake of Taal&mdash;Scene of a cataclysm&mdash;Collapse of a
+volcanic cone 8000 feet high&mdash;Black and frowning island of
+Mindoro&mdash;Worcester&rsquo;s pluck and endurance&mdash;Placers of
+Camarines&mdash;River Bicol&mdash;The wondrous purple cone of
+Mayon&mdash;Luxuriant vegetation.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The island of Luzon is of so irregular a shape that it
+cannot be intelligibly described without the aid of a map.</p>
+<p>That part of it to the north and west of the isthmus of Tayabas lies
+with its longitudinal axis due north and south, and has a fairly even
+coast line, there being only two great indentations, the Bays of
+Lingayen and Manila, both on the west coast. There are also on that
+side and to the south the smaller bays of Subic, Balayan, Batangas, and
+Tayabas.</p>
+<p>On the east coast of this northern part are the unimportant bays of
+Palanan, Dilasac, Casiguran and Baler, besides the great bay of Lamon,
+sheltered by the islands Calbalete and Alabat.</p>
+<p>But in the remainder of Luzon, from the isthmus of Tayabas eastward
+and southward, the coast line is most irregular, and the width much
+reduced. A chain of mountains commencing at and forming the two
+above-mentioned islands and running in a south-easterly direction forms
+the peninsula of Tayabas.</p>
+<p>Another range, starting near the Bay of Sogod, runs a little south
+of east as far as Mount Labo (1552 metres), turns south-east, and runs
+along the southern shore of the fertile valley of the River Vicol, and
+with many a break <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb193" href="#pb193"
+name="pb193">193</a>]</span>and twist and turn reaches Mount Bulusan,
+whose slopes run down to the waters of the Strait of San Bernardino.
+The convolutions of this range form on the south the secure harbour of
+Sorsogon, and on the north the bays of Albay, Tabaco, Lagonoy and
+Sogod, besides a multitude of smaller ports and bays, for the coast
+line is wonderfully broken up by spurs of the main ranges running out
+into the sea. Luzon generally is very mountainous, and more especially
+so that part lying to the north of 16&deg; 5&prime;, where the great
+ranges of mountains run in crooked lines but with general north and
+south direction. The range running parallel to the Pacific coast is
+called, in its most southern part, the Caraballos de Baler, and the
+rest of it, up to Punta Escarpada, is known as the Cordillera del Este,
+or the Sierra Madre. The central range, starting from Mount Caraballo
+in the latitude before mentioned, is called the Cordillera Central for
+about a degree of latitude, and from there is known as the Cordillera
+del Norte, terminating at Punta Lacatacay, in longitude 121&deg; east
+of Greenwich.</p>
+<p>The mountains on the western coast are not so lofty, nor do they
+form a connected range. They are known as the Sierras de Ilocos. Some
+of these ranges are thirty or forty miles long. There are cuts in
+places where rivers find an outlet to the sea, such as the Rio Grande
+de Laoag, the Rio Abra, and some lesser streams. All these ranges have
+spurs or buttresses. Those of the Central Cordillera extend as far, and
+join with, the coast range on the west, covering the whole country and
+leaving no large plain anywhere, for the valley of the Abra though long
+is very narrow. There is a little flat land about Vigan.</p>
+<p>But the eastern spurs of the central range, in the part of Luzon
+under consideration, do not interlace with the spurs of Sierra Madre,
+but leave a magnificent valley more than two degrees of latitude in
+length and varying breadth. This is the only great valley of northern
+Luzon, and through it runs the Rio Grande de Cagayan and its
+tributaries, the Magat and the Rio Chico, with numerous minor
+streams.</p>
+<p>Coasting steamers with about twelve feet draught cross the bar of
+the Rio Grande and lie at Aparri. The river is navigable in the dry
+season as far as Alcal&aacute; for light draught steamers. Alligators
+abound in these rivers. In this valley, which extends through the
+provinces of Cagayan and Isabela up into Nueva Vizcaya, there is to be
+found a great extension of rich alluvial soil on which can be raised,
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb194" href="#pb194" name=
+"pb194">194</a>]</span>besides other tropical crops, most excellent
+tobacco, the cultivation of which was for many years obligatory upon
+the inhabitants, who were forbidden to grow rice.</p>
+<p>Little has been done in the way of making a trigonometrical survey
+of the Highlands of Luzon, but some military reconnaissance sketches
+have been made from time to time by staff or engineer officers employed
+in building forts, and from these several maps have been compiled. One
+of the most complete of these is by that intrepid explorer and
+painstaking geographer, D&rsquo;Almonte. Another map has been published
+by Colonel Olleros. It must be admitted that these maps do not agree
+with each other, but that is not unusual in maps of the Philippines,
+and results from a custom of the Spanish engineers of doing too much in
+the office and not enough in the field. Colonel Olleros has, however,
+on his map shown the lesser known mountain ranges very vaguely, and has
+left more than a thousand square miles of territory quite blank. This
+tract lies between the central range and the Cagayan River, and is
+inhabited by the Apayaos, Calingas, Aripas, and Nabayuganes. Olleros
+also leaves some large blanks on the east coast, and he is quite right
+to do so, for this coast has hardly been visited since Salcedo sailed
+past it at the time of the Conquest, and nothing is known about that
+part of the island which remains to this day in possession of the
+savage Dumagas, a Negrito tribe. That coast is almost entirely
+destitute of shelter, and is exposed to the full force of the Pacific
+surf. It is made more dangerous by tidal waves which are formed either
+by distant cyclones or by submarine upheavals and occur without
+warning.</p>
+<p>The largest and richest valley in Luzon is that which extends
+without a break from the shores of the Bay of Lingayen to the Bay of
+Manila, having an area of some 3000 square miles, and comprising the
+best part of the Provinces of Pangasinan, Tarlac, Nueva &Eacute;cija,
+Pampanga, Bulacan and Manila.</p>
+<p>The town of Tarlac is situated about half-way between the two bays,
+and approximately marks the watershed. About half-way between Tarlac
+and the northern shores of Manila Bay there rises from the plain an
+isolated mountain of volcanic origin, Mount Arayat. The crater has been
+split through and the mountain thus shows two peaks. It is covered with
+forest to the very summit. Arayat was thrown up within historic times,
+and the Indians have a <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb195" href=
+"#pb195" name="pb195">195</a>]</span>tradition that it was completed in
+one night, which is a most unlikely story.</p>
+<p>Mount Arayat is 2880 feet in height, and in fine weather is plainly
+visible from Manila and Cavite, and even from the mouth of the bay.</p>
+<p>The principal rivers of this valley are the Agno, the Dagupan, the
+Rio Grande and the Rio Chico of Pampanga.</p>
+<p>The Agno rises in the mountains of Lepanto, runs south through the
+province of Benguet, and S.W., W. and N.W. in Pangasinan into a
+labyrinth of creeks communicating by many mouths with the Bay of
+Lingayen. The river between Dagupan and San Isidro is navigable for
+vessels drawing seven or eight feet, and such craft could reach Salasa.
+From there to Rosales only lighters of very small draught could pass,
+and after a long spell of dry weather rice-boats drawing only one foot
+sometimes run aground. Its principal tributaries are the Tarlac and the
+Camiling, with dozens of smaller streams bringing the whole drainage of
+the eastern slopes of the Zambales mountains from Mount Iba to San
+Isidro.</p>
+<p>The Dagupan river rises in the mountains about the limits of Union
+and Benguet and runs parallel to the Agno to 16&deg; N. lat., and
+between it and the sea. Then it turns to the westward, and runs past
+the towns of Urdaneta, Sta, Barbara, and Calasiao, entering the Bay of
+Lingayen at Dagupan. It has a multitude of small tributaries which are
+very differently shown on D&rsquo;Almonte&rsquo;s and Olleros&rsquo;
+maps, and undoubtedly this part has never been surveyed.</p>
+<p>The Pampanga river has its source on the southern slopes of the
+Caraballo, in about 16&deg; 10&prime; N. lat. It runs south in two
+branches, the Rio Grande and the Rio Chico; the first, being the
+easternmost, receives the drainage from the western slopes of the
+Cordillera del Este, whilst the Chico receives tributaries from both
+sides in the flat country and also the overflow from the Lake of
+Canarem.</p>
+<p>These two branches unite just north of Mount Arayat, and continue in
+a southerly direction. The river is navigable for small craft drawing
+three feet as far as Candaba in the dry season, and in the rainy season
+as far as San Isidro in Nueva &Eacute;cija. When in flood during the
+rainy season, this river brings down a large body of water and annually
+overflows its banks in certain places, where gaps occur. The escaping
+water spreads itself over a low plain forming an inundation some
+sixteen miles long and several miles wide, <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb196" href="#pb196" name=
+"pb196">196</a>]</span>called the Pinag de Candaba. This remains during
+the rainy season, and when the level of the Rio Grande has fallen
+sufficiently, the water of the Pinag commences to fall also, and during
+the middle and latter part of the dry season, and the beginning of the
+rainy season, only patches of water remain here and there, which are
+utilized for breeding fish, and a crop is raised on the land left dry.
+A project for draining the Pinag and reclaiming the land was many years
+ago got up by a Spanish colonel of engineers, and, at the request of an
+English company, I went up to investigate and report on it. I found
+that, irrespective of the difficulties and expense of the proposed
+works, the vested rights of the natives of the many towns and villages
+in and around the Pinag rendered it impossible to carry out the
+scheme.</p>
+<p>Vast flocks of wild duck and other water-fowl frequent the Pinag,
+and good sport is to be had there. Below the Pinag the river spreads
+itself over the low country, forming a labyrinths of creeks mostly
+navigable for craft drawing three to four feet, but the mouths are all
+very shallow and the bars can only be crossed about high tide. The
+water is brackish or salt. An immense extent of country is intersected
+by these creeks, certainly 200 square miles, and there are said to be
+120 mouths connecting with the bay. With the exception of two or three
+of the principal channels, this swamp has never been surveyed, and what
+is shown on the map is merely guessed at. The muddy soil is covered
+with mangrove in the low parts submerged at each tide, and with the
+Nipa palm where the banks rise above high water. Under the heading
+Pampangos will be found particulars of the manufacture of nipa-thatch
+carried on here, and of collecting and distilling the juice. With the
+exception of a few half-savage natives the only living things are
+wildfowl, fish in abundance, alligators, snakes, and blue crabs. This
+is indeed a great dismal swamp, more especially at low tide.</p>
+<p>It is difficult to find one&rsquo;s way in these creeks, and
+although I frequently traversed them, I found it necessary to take a
+swamp Indian as a guide.</p>
+<p>The city of Manila is situated astride the River Pasig on a strip of
+land between the Bay of Manila and a great sheet of freshwater called
+the Lake of Bay. In consequence of this situation, Manila can
+communicate by the bay, the lake, the creeks and rivers with the
+provinces of Bataan, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb197" href="#pb197"
+name="pb197">197</a>]</span>Pampanga, Nueva &Eacute;cija, Bulacan,
+Morong, Laguna, and Cavite. Until the opening of the Manila-Dagupan
+railroad the whole transport of the Archipelago was by water, and the
+possession of navigable rivers meant progress and wealth, whilst the
+absence of rivers meant stagnation and poverty. Around the city the
+land is quite flat, but at about four miles distance there is a sharp
+rise to a plateau of volcanic tuff, the surface of which is from sixty
+to eighty feet above sea level, of which more anon. The River Pasig is
+the overflow from the lake and the outlet for the River San Mateo,
+which runs into it at right angles. The lake serves as a receiver for
+the great floods that come down the San Mateo valley; for the level of
+that river at Santolan, the intake of the waterworks, sometimes rises
+more than twenty feet. When this occurs, the flood on reaching the
+Pasig is divided; part runs into the lake, and part into the bay. The
+current of the Pasig in that part between the junction of the San Mateo
+and the outlet from the lake is reversed. Then when the flood subsides,
+the water which has entered the lake runs out very slowly into the bay,
+for the head produced by the greatest flood becomes insignificant from
+being spread over the vast extent of the lake.</p>
+<p>Rice, sugar, cocoa-nuts, bamboos, timber, and fruits are the
+principal products of the province of La Laguna. The inhabitants supply
+the Manila markets with poultry. The Pasig and the lake are navigated
+by light draught steamers which ply daily to Bi&ntilde;an, Calamba, and
+Santa Cruz. There are also numerous native small craft, which bring
+down the produce. To the south of Manila the province of Cavite slopes
+gently up from the shores of the bay and from the lake to the high
+cliffs at the northern end of the volcanic lake of Taal. The valley is
+intersected by numerous streams all of which run into the bay. Part of
+this province, near Manila, is a stony and sandy desert, but other
+parts of it are extremely fertile, and large crops of rice, with some
+coffee, and cacao, and fruits, are raised. The Augustinians and
+Dominicans have large estates here, and have expended considerable sums
+on dams to retain water for irrigation.</p>
+<p>The Lake of Bombon, or Taal, has in its centre an island containing
+the remains of the volcano. From the nature of the surrounding country
+it is conjectured that on the spot now occupied by the lake a volcanic
+mountain, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb198" href="#pb198" name=
+"pb198">198</a>]</span>some 8000 feet high, formerly stood. The great
+bed of volcanic tuff already mentioned, extending from thence up to
+Meycauayan more than sixty miles distant, is thought to have been
+ejected from that lofty volcano, leaving a vast hollow cone, which
+ultimately collapsed, causing a convulsion in the surrounding country
+that must have rivalled the famous cataclysm of Krakatoa. This is the
+opinion of D. Jos&eacute; Centeno, a mining engineer employed by the
+Spanish Government, and was fully confirmed by my learned friend, the
+late Rev. J. E. Tenison-Wood, who carefully examined the locality, and
+studied all the records.</p>
+<p>The province of Batangas is very rich and fertile; it has some
+mountains, but also a considerable extension of sloping or flat land.
+In beauty it will compare with the best parts of Surrey, such as the
+view from Leith Hill, looking south. Sugar and coffee are the principal
+products, and the towns of Taal, Ba&uacute;ang, Batangas, and Lipa are
+amongst the wealthiest of Luzon. The fields are well cultivated, and
+oxen are much used, both for ploughing and for drawing carts. The beef
+in this province is excellent.</p>
+<p>Opposite to this beautiful and wealthy province lies the huge island
+of Mindoro. Ever black and gloomy does it look, its lofty mountains
+almost perpetually shrouded in rain-clouds. When I lived in Balayan I
+had a good view of this island from my windows, and can scarcely
+remember its looking otherwise than dark and forbidding. Nothing comes
+from it but timber and jungle produce. There are known to be some beds
+of lignite. Only the coast is known, and the jungle fever prevents
+exploration. The island of Marinduque is healthier and more advanced.
+It produces hemp of fine quality.</p>
+<p>The province of Tayabas is very mountainous, and is still mostly
+covered with forest; there are no wide valleys of alluvial soil. Some
+rice is grown, also large quantities of cocoa-nuts, and some coffee and
+cacao. Timber and jungle produce form the principal exports. I have
+seen many specimens of minerals from this province and think it would
+be well worth prospecting. But the climate is unhealthy, and dangerous
+fevers prevail. This circumstance has been useful to the Spanish
+Government, for when a governor or official had made himself disliked
+he could be appointed to Tayabas with a fair prospect of getting rid of
+him either by death or by invaliding in two or three years at most.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb199" href="#pb199" name=
+"pb199">199</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Camarines Norte is also mountainous, and there is not much
+cultivation, only a little rice and hemp. The population is very
+sparse, and the inhabitants are mostly employed (when they do anything)
+in washing for gold at Mambulao, Paracale, and other places on the
+Pacific coast. If they strike a pocket, or get a nugget, they go on the
+spree till they have spent it all and can get no more credit, and then
+unwillingly return to work. Camarines Sur possesses a wide expanse of
+fertile soil in the valley of the River Bicol, in which are the Lakes
+of Buhi and Bato, and the Pinag of Baao. The Bicol rises in the
+province of Albay and runs through the whole length of Camarines Sur,
+generally in a north-westerly direction, running into the great Bay of
+San Miguel. It is navigable for small vessels up to the town of Nueva
+C&aacute;ceres. Alligators abound here. A gap in the coast range gives
+access to this valley from the port of Pasacao. The ground is level for
+leagues around, yet from this plain two extinct volcanoes rear their
+vast bulk, the Ysarog, 6500 feet high, and the Yriga, nearly 4000 feet
+high. Camarines Sur contains more than five times as many inhabitants
+as Camarines Norte, although not very different in area. Their
+principal occupation is the cultivation of the extensive rice lands.
+They also produce some hemp and a little sugar. Large quantities of
+rice are exported to Manila, to Albay, and to Bisayas. Cattle are
+raised in the island of Buri&aacute;s, which belongs to this province;
+it also produces some palm sugar. This province is much richer than
+either Tayabas or Camarines Norte.</p>
+<p>The province of Albay is the southernmost and easternmost part of
+Luzon, and is one of the richest and most beautiful regions of that
+splendid island. The northern part, which commences at Punta Gorda on
+the Bay of Lagonoy, is similar to the neighbouring Camarines Sur, as is
+also the western part, about the shores of Lake Bato. A little to the
+southward, however, the gigantic Mayon rears its peak 8000 feet into
+the sky. The symmetry of this wondrous cone is but feebly rendered by
+the photograph. Some of the most violent eruptions of this remarkable
+volcano are mentioned under another heading in the Appendix.</p>
+<p>On this volcanic soil, with the life-giving heat of the sun tempered
+by frequent rains, the vegetable kingdom flourishes in the utmost
+luxuriance. Tree-ferns, lianas, orchids, palms grow vigorously. On the
+mountain slopes <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb200" href="#pb200"
+name="pb200">200</a>]</span>the <i>Musa textilis</i>, or abac&aacute;
+plant, finds its most congenial habitat. Little rice is grown, the
+inhabitants being mostly engaged in the more remunerative occupation of
+planting and preparing this fibre.</p>
+<p>A description of the manner of its preparation, with photographs of
+the growing plants and of the apparatus for cleaning the fibre, will be
+found under the description of the Vicols.</p>
+<p>The island of Catanduanes belongs to Albay province, and its
+characteristics and productions are the same. The configuration of the
+province of Albay is most favourable to the production of this fibre.
+The plant seems to require a light volcanic soil, a certain height
+above the sea, and exposure to the Pacific breezes in order to
+flourish.</p>
+<p>To summarise the description of Luzon we may say that its
+agricultural wealth, present and future, lies in the valley of the Rio
+Grande of Cagayan, in the great valley lying between the Gulf of
+Lingayen and the shores of the Bay of Manila, in the rich lands of
+Cavite, Batangas, and Laguna, in the valley of the River Bicol, and on
+the slopes of the volcanoes of Albay.</p>
+<p>The production of the great northern valley is principally tobacco;
+of the middle valley, sugar and rice; of the southern valley, rice, and
+of the volcanic slopes, Manila hemp. The Sierras of Ilocos are highly
+mineralised, as are also the mountains of Tayabas, whilst as already
+stated washing for gold is the principal industry of Camarines Norte.
+Parts of this great island, as in Bulacan and Pampanga, support a dense
+population of 500 to the square mile; whilst, in other parts, hundreds
+or even thousands of square miles are absolutely unknown, and are only
+populated by a few scattered and wandering savages, many of whom have
+never seen a white man. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb201" href=
+"#pb201" name="pb201">201</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div0 part">
+<h2 class="main">The Inhabitants of the Philippines.</h2>
+<p class="first"><i>Description of their appearance, dress, arms,
+religion, manners and customs, and the localities they inhabit, their
+agriculture, industries and pursuits, with suggestions as to how they
+can be utilized, commercially and politically. With many unpublished
+photographs of natives, their arms, ornaments, sepulchres, and
+idols.</i></p>
+<div id="ch22" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXII.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Aetas or Negritos, Including Bal&uacute;gas,
+Dum&aacute;gas, Maman&uacute;as, and Mangui&aacute;nes.</h2>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">These people are generally considered to be the
+aborigines of the Philippines, and perhaps at one time inhabited the
+entire group. The invasion of the Malays dispossessed them of the
+littoral, and of the principal river valleys, and the Spanish Conquest
+drove them gradually back into the mountains. It seems strange that
+these irreclaimable savages should be able from their eyries on Mount
+Mariveles to distinguish a great city with its Royal and Pontifical
+University and yet remain unconverted, uncivilised, and independent of
+all authority, just as they were before Legaspi arrived.</p>
+<p>They are a race of negroid dwarfs of a sooty black colour, with
+woolly hair, which they wear short, strong jaws, thick lips, and broad
+flat noses. The men I have seen in the jungle near Porac and at
+Mariveles were about 4 feet 8 inches in height, and the women about a
+couple of inches shorter. The men only wore a cord round the waist with
+a cloth passed between their legs. The women wore a piece of cloth
+around the hips, and as ornaments some strings of beads round their
+necks. However, like many other <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb202"
+href="#pb202" name="pb202">202</a>]</span>savages in the Philippines
+and elsewhere, those of them, both men and women, who are accustomed to
+traffic with the Christian natives, are possessed of clothes which they
+put on whenever they enter a village. Their appearance was not
+prepossessing; the skin of a savage is rarely in good order or free
+from some scaly eruption, and the stomach is commonly unduly distended
+from devouring large quantities of vegetable food of an innutritious
+character. Still they were not so unpleasing as might be supposed, for
+although their figures are not good according to our standards, nor are
+their muscles well developed, either on arms or legs, yet there was a
+litheness about them that gave promise of extreme agility and great
+speed in running. As a matter of fact, they do run fast, and climb
+trees in a surprising way. The Tagals and other Malays who go
+barefooted use their toes to pick up an object on the ground rather
+than stoop as a European would do, but the toes of the Negritos are
+more like fingers. They come near the Quadrumanes in this respect. The
+men carried bows, about five feet six inches long and a quiver full of
+iron-pointed arrows&mdash;also a wood-knife, or <i>bolo</i>, very
+roughly made. The former they make themselves; but the latter they
+obtain from the Tagals. I can confirm from my own experience a
+statement of various travellers, that they are fond of lying close to
+fires or in the warm ashes, for when I arrived at a bivouac of these
+people near Porac, their skins were covered with ashes, and I saw that
+they had recently arisen from their favourite lair, the prints of their
+forms being plainly visible. They had with them some wretched
+starveling dogs which assist them in the chase.</p>
+<p>It would seem that the Negritos must be descended from a race which
+formerly extended over a vast area, for remains of them exist in
+Southern India, in the mountains of Ceylon, and in the Andaman
+Islands.</p>
+<p>In the Malay Peninsula they are called Semang. From the description
+of them given by Hugh Clifford, in his interesting book, &lsquo;In
+Court and Kampong,&rsquo; they appear to be identical with the
+Philippine Negritos. Crauford, in his &lsquo;History of the Indian
+Archipelago,&rsquo; gives the measurement of a Negrito from the hills
+of K&ecirc;dah as four feet nine inches. Mr. F. V. Christian, in a
+paper recently read before the Royal Geographical Society, stated that
+he had found tombs of Negritos on P&oacute;nap&eacute; one of the
+Caroline group. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb203" href="#pb203"
+name="pb203">203</a>]</span></p>
+<p>The Negritos build no houses, and are nomadic, in the sense of
+moving about within a certain district. They live in groups of twenty
+or thirty under a chief or elder, and take his advice about camping and
+breaking up camp, which they do according to the seasons, the ripening
+of jungle fruit, movements of game, etc. They seem to have great
+reverence for their dead and for their burial-grounds, and apparently
+dislike going far away from these places where they suppose the souls
+of their ancestors are wandering. They bury their dead, placing with
+them food and weapons for their use, and erect a rough shelter over the
+graves.</p>
+<p>It would be curious to learn the opinion of these poor savages on
+the proceedings of some learned Teuton, prowling around their
+graveyards in search of skulls and skeletons for the Berlin or Dresden
+Ethnographical Museum.</p>
+<p>They have no tribal organisation and even make war on other groups,
+seeking victims for the death-vengeance. They are therefore unable to
+assemble in large numbers; nor is it easy to see how they could subsist
+if they did so. They put up rough sloping shelters against the sun and
+wind, consisting of a framework of saplings or canes, covered with
+coarse plaited mats of leaves which they carry with them when they move
+their camp.</p>
+<p>In Pampanga and Bataan, they are occasionally guilty of cattle
+stealing, and even of murdering Christians, if a favourable opportunity
+presents itself. In such a case an expedition of the Cuadrilleros of
+the neighbouring towns is sent against them.</p>
+<p>If they can be found, their bows and arrows are no match for the
+muskets of the Cuadrilleros, and some of them are sure to be killed.
+After a time peace is restored.</p>
+<p>The trade for jungle produce is too profitable to the Christians for
+them to renounce it, whatever the authorities may order.</p>
+<p>The Negritos do not cultivate the ground but subsist on jungle
+fruits and edible roots, their great luxury is the wild honey which
+they greedily devour, and they barter the wax with the Christians for
+rice and sweet potatoes. They also hunt the deer and wild pigs, and as
+Blumentritt says, they eat everything that crawls, runs, swims, or
+flies, if they can get it. They chew <i>buyo</i> like the Tagals and
+other Malays, and are inordinately fond of smoking.</p>
+<p>They are said to hold the lighted end of their cigars in
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb204" href="#pb204" name=
+"pb204">204</a>]</span>their mouths, a thing I have seen done by the
+negroes on the Isthmus of Panama.</p>
+<p>They appear to have no religion, but are very superstitious. They
+celebrate dances at the time of full moon, the women forming a ring and
+the men another ring outside them, something like a figure in the
+Kitchen Lancers. They move round to the sound of some rude musical
+instruments in opposite directions.</p>
+<p>Whether this performance is intended as a mark of respect to the
+moon, or is merely held at the full for the convenience of the light, I
+cannot say.</p>
+<p>Several travellers have stated that they sacrifice pigs when it
+thunders. As thunder-storms are very frequent and often of
+extraordinary violence in the Philippines, this custom would imply the
+possession of a large number of pigs on the part of the Negritos. Those
+of Mariveles and of the Zambales mountains do not appear to possess any
+domestic animals, except dogs, and they find it difficult to kill the
+wild pigs, active as they are. Consequently, I think this must apply to
+those Negrito tribes, such as the Bal&uacute;gas and Dum&aacute;gas, of
+whose condition I shall speak later. They are also said to offer up
+prayers to the rainbow. This offering can be made with greater ease
+than the sacrifice of a pig, but the frequency of rainbows at certain
+seasons will keep them pretty closely to their devotions.</p>
+<p>Ratzel, &lsquo;History of Mankind,&rsquo; vol. i., p. 471, says:
+Among the Negritos of Luzon, a fabulous beast with a horse&rsquo;s head
+which lives in trees is venerated under the name of Balendik. And on p.
+478: When killing an animal, the Negritos fling a piece heavenwards
+crying out at the same time, &ldquo;This is for thee.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>They show great respect for old age, and the British War Office
+might learn something from them for they are reported to tend with love
+and care every old man of warlike repute.</p>
+<p>Their language largely consists of curious clicks and grunts, and
+those of them who trade with the Christians usually learn enough of the
+local dialect to do the necessary bargaining.</p>
+<p>There are some varieties of the Negritos who are more or less mixed
+up with the Malays, but their origin is not clear.</p>
+<p>The Malay women are very unprejudiced, perhaps there <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb205" href="#pb205" name="pb205">205</a>]</span>are
+no women on earth more ready to form temporary or permanent alliances
+with foreigners: they do not disdain even the Chinamen. They perhaps do
+not like them, but they know that John Chinaman makes a good husband,
+provides liberally for his family, and does not expect his wife to do
+any hard work.</p>
+<p>By some writers the Malay women, notably the Visayas, are accused of
+unbounded sensuality (Anto. de Morga. <span lang="es">Sucesos de
+Filipinas</span>), but anyhow the Tagal women draw the line at
+Negritos, and will have nothing to do with them.</p>
+<p>Fray Gaspar de San Agustin however thought that the Visaya women
+would not be so particular.</p>
+<p>This being so, the hybrid races in Luzon must have sprung from the
+union of Remontados&mdash;that is to say, of Malays who took refuge in
+the hills either from a natural love for savage life, or as fugitives
+from justice&mdash;with the Negrito women.</p>
+<p>Amongst these varieties are the <i>Bal&uacute;gas</i>, who live in
+the eastern cordillera of Nueva &Eacute;cija, in north and south
+Ilocos, and in the mountains of Tayabas. Some of these people have
+advanced a step in civilisation, they build huts and do a little rude
+cultivation.</p>
+<p>The <i>Dum&aacute;gas</i>, another hybrid race, occupy the eastern
+slopes of the Sierra Madre from the northern frontier of El Principe
+district to the Bay of Palanan, where the last Tagal village is
+situated, the Tagals thinly peopling the shores. But from Palanan to
+Punta Escarpada the whole coast is in the undisputed possession of the
+<i>Dum&aacute;gas</i>.</p>
+<p>The <i>Dum&aacute;gas</i> keep up a friendly communication with the
+few Christian villages near them, and do a small trade with them. They
+even work on their lands and help in fishing for a small remuneration,
+generally paid in cotton cloth.</p>
+<p>They have no known religion, they marry without ceremony, and are
+said to disregard the ties of kinship.</p>
+<p>Those who live far from the Christian villages are said to be
+entirely brutal and devoid of all virtue, for they will sell their own
+children for a little rice. They are almost irreclaimable from their
+savage and independent character.</p>
+<p>Some of these <i>Dum&aacute;gas</i> live amongst the <i>Irayas</i>
+and the <i>Catalang&aacute;nes</i>, two heathen and semi-independent
+tribes showing signs of Mongolian blood, who occupy a considerable
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb206" href="#pb206" name=
+"pb206">206</a>]</span>stretch of country in the province of Cagayan
+between the Rio Grande and the Sierra Madre, say about twenty
+geographical miles north and south of the 17th parallel. These
+<i>Dum&aacute;gas</i> intermarry with the tribes they live amongst, and
+have adopted their dress, religion, and customs.</p>
+<p>The <i>Maman&uacute;as</i>, also a hybrid race, inhabit the
+mountains of the north-east promontory of Mindanao. They are few in
+number. There were, in 1887, four Jesuit mission stations amongst them,
+three of which are on Lake Mainit, or Sapongan, as it is called on some
+maps.</p>
+<p>The <i>Mangui&aacute;nes</i>, who are probably a hybrid
+Negrito-Visaya race, occupy almost the whole interior of Mindoro, up to
+within two leagues of the coast. There are a few in the mountains of
+Romblon and Tablas. There are three varieties of these people, those
+residing near the western coast are much whiter, with lighter hair and
+full beards.</p>
+<p>Those living in the centre of the island are of a darker colour,
+have sloping foreheads and less intelligence, while those of the
+southern part, by their oblique eyes, aquiline noses and olive colour,
+show signs of Chinese blood.</p>
+<p>They are docile and do not fly from civilised man. A primitive
+agriculture and the collection of jungle produce enables them to obtain
+from the Christians, in exchange, rice, knives, bells, gongs, tobacco,
+and buyo. They are not much advanced in religion, but are very
+superstitious. They believe that the spirits of their ancestors and
+relations never leave the places where they lived, but remain to
+protect their descendants and families. There is noted amongst these
+people a strong sense of morality and honesty, which unfortunately is
+not recognised by their Christian neighbours, who are accustomed to
+oppress them with the most exaggerated usury.</p>
+<p>Since these words were written, Dean C. Worcester has published his
+book on the Philippines, and amply confirms these remarks. He saw a
+good deal of the <i>Mangui&aacute;nes</i>, and bears testimony to their
+honesty and morality, and adds: &ldquo;On the whole, after making
+somewhat extensive observations amongst the Philippine natives, I am
+inclined to formulate the law that their morals improve as the square
+of the distance from churches and other civilising
+influences.&rdquo;</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e7309width" id="p207"><img src="images/p207.jpg"
+alt="A Negrito from Negros Island." width="720" height="592">
+<p class="figureHead">A Negrito from Negros Island.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984"><i>To face p. 207.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p>He gives some particulars of their laws, and of their ordeals, which
+are common to many of the Malays. There <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb207" href="#pb207" name="pb207">207</a>]</span>are some
+<i>Mangui&aacute;nes</i> in the Island of Palawan. They inhabit the
+mountains in the interior of the southern part of the island, and
+little is known about them, for the pirate races, or Mahometan Malays,
+who occupy the coasts, keep a strict watch to prevent their
+communicating with outsiders.</p>
+<p>The few who have been seen by the Spaniards, are said to be
+industrious, and physically similar to the <i>Tagbanuas</i>. Their
+customs are said to be influenced by their constant intercourse with
+the Mahometans. They were thought to number about 4000 in 1887, by Don
+Felipe Canga Arguelles, the Governor of the Island. The Moors appear to
+oppress the <i>Mangui&aacute;nes</i> of Palawan much as the Christian
+natives do the <i>Mangui&aacute;nes</i> of Mindoro.</p>
+<p>The illustration represents a <i>Negrito</i> from the Island of
+Negros, a very favourable specimen of his race. He wears the head-dress
+of a chief, and is armed with a bow and arrow of portentous length. His
+figure, though not muscular, gives promise of great agility.</p>
+<p>The <i>Negritos</i> of Palawan are few in number, and resemble those
+of Mariveles. They use a piece of cloth, made of the inner bark of a
+tree as their only garment. They call this the Saligan. They inhabit
+the upper parts of the mountains between Babuyan and Barbacan, say from
+10&deg; to 10&deg; 20&prime; N. latitude. They do a little agriculture
+in a primitive fashion. The men clear the land, the men and women
+together do the planting, and the women alone the reaping.</p>
+<p>Their arms are bows and arrows, and the only education of the young
+is in archery, which is taught them by their mothers from their
+earliest infancy.</p>
+<p>They are said to be generous, hospitable, and inoffensive, but
+extremely revengeful if they are ill-treated. They have no religion,
+but perform certain ceremonies from time to time. Canga-Arguelles
+computed them to number about 500 in 1887.</p>
+<p>The only use the <i>Negritos</i> can be to the United States will be
+as a subject of study for the elucidation of problems in ethnography,
+and to furnish skeletons for the museums. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb208" href="#pb208" name="pb208">208</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div0 part">
+<h2 class="label">Part I.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Luzon and Adjacent Islands.</h2>
+<div id="ch23" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="main">Chapter XXIII.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Tagals (1).<a class="noteref" id="xd20e7364src" href=
+"#xd20e7364" name="xd20e7364src">1</a></h2>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The most important race in the Archipelago is the
+Tagal, or Tagalog, inhabiting Central Luzon, including the following
+provinces:&mdash;</p>
+<p>Batangas, Bulacan, Bataan, Camarines Norte, Cavite, Laguna, Manila,
+part of Nueva &Eacute;cija and Tayabas, the districts of Infanta,
+Morong, and part of Principe, also the Island of Corregidor and the
+coast of Mindoro. They probably number about one million five hundred
+thousand souls.</p>
+<p>Antonio de Morga, in his work &lsquo;Sucesos de Philipinas,&rsquo;
+says (p. 126): &ldquo;The women wear the b&aacute;ro and saya, and
+chains of gold upon their necks, also bracelets of the same. All
+classes are very clean in their persons and clothing, and of good
+carriage and graceful (<i lang="es">de buen ayre y
+gracia</i>&rdquo;).</p>
+<p>They are very careful of their hair, washing it with gogo and
+anointing it with ajonjoli oil<a class="noteref" id="xd20e7377src"
+href="#xd20e7377" name="xd20e7377src">2</a> perfumed with musk.</p>
+<p>In the &lsquo;Relacion de las Islas Philipinas,&rsquo; 1595 (?), the
+anonymous author said of the Tagals: &ldquo;The people of this province
+are the best of all the Islands, more polite, and more truly our
+friends. They go more clothed than the others, the men as well as the
+women. They are light-coloured people of very good figures and faces,
+and like to put on many ornaments of gold, which they have in great
+abundance.&rdquo;</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e7388width" id="p208"><img src="images/p208.jpg"
+alt="A Manila Man." width="556" height="720">
+<p class="figureHead">A Manila Man.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="figure xd20e7392width" id="p209"><img src="images/p209.jpg"
+alt="A Manila Girl." width="557" height="720">
+<p class="figureHead">A Manila Girl.</p>
+</div>
+<p>In other respects, however, they seem, from the same author, to be
+less worthy of praise, for he goes on to tell us: When some principal
+man died, in vengeance of his <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb209"
+href="#pb209" name="pb209">209</a>]</span>death they cut off many
+heads, with which they made many feasts and dances.... They had their
+houses full of wood and stone idols, which they called Tao-tao and
+Lichac, for temples they had none. And they said that when one of their
+parents or children died the soul entered into one of these idols, and
+for this they reverenced them and begged of them life, health, and
+riches. They called these idols <i>anitos</i>, and when they were ill
+they drew lots to find which of these had given them the illness, and
+then made great sacrifices and feasts to it.</p>
+<p>They worshipped idols which were called Al Priapo Lacapati, Meilupa,
+but now, by the goodness of God, they are enlightened with the grace of
+the Divine Gospel and adore the living God in spirit.</p>
+<p>The old writer then remarks on the cleverness and sharpness of the
+boys, and the ease with which they learned to read and write, sing,
+play, and dance.</p>
+<p>This characteristic appears general to the Malay race, for, speaking
+of the Javanese, Crauford says: They have ears of remarkable delicacy
+for musical sounds, are readily taught to play upon any instrument the
+most difficult and complex airs.</p>
+<p>According to Morga, at the time of the Conquest, the Tagals wrote
+their language in the Arabic character. He says: They write well in
+these Islands; most people both men and women, can write. This tends to
+show that the equality of the sexes, which I shall refer to later, has
+been customary from ancient times.</p>
+<p>Tomas de Comyn (1810) says:</p>
+<p>The population of the capital, in consequence of its continual
+communication with the Chinese and other Asiatics, with the sailors of
+different nations, with the soldiers, and with the Mexican convicts who
+are generally mulattoes, and who arrive in some number every year, has
+come to be a mixture of all the bloods and features, or otherwise a
+degeneration of the primitive race.</p>
+<p>At Cainta, on a branch of the Pasig, the natives are darker, taller,
+and of a different type. This is accounted for by the fact that, in
+1762&ndash;63, during the English invasion, a regiment of Madras Sepoys
+occupied the town for many months, long enough, in fact, to modify the
+native type to such an extent as to be plainly visible 125 years
+later.</p>
+<p>Crauford says that some Christian inhabitants of Ternate followed
+their priests (Jesuits) to Luzon when the Spaniards <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb210" href="#pb210" name="pb210">210</a>]</span>were
+driven out of Molucas by the Dutch in 1660. They were located in
+Marigondon. There is now a town called Ternate between Marigondon and
+the sea, near Punta Restinga. But, with the exception of the capital
+and these two places, I think the Tagals have not greatly altered in
+physical characteristics since the Conquest&mdash;notwithstanding
+Ratzel&rsquo;s statement that &ldquo;Spanish-Tagal half-breeds in the
+Philippines may be numbered by the hundred thousand,&rdquo; which I
+consider erroneous.</p>
+<p>The fact is, that wherever a small number of male Europeans live
+amongst a native race, the effect on the type is smaller than may be
+supposed, and what there is becomes obliterated or disseminated in
+course of time. Colour may be a little altered, but all the other
+characteristics remain. The mestizas are not so prolific as the native
+women, and notwithstanding Jagor&rsquo;s assertion to the contrary,
+they often marry natives, and especially if their father has died while
+they were young. I knew in the town of Balayan three handsome sisters,
+daughters of a Spaniard who had died many years before. Although they
+lived in a house which had been at one time the finest in the town, and
+still retained some remnants of its former grandeur, they had reverted
+entirely to the native customs and dress. They spoke only Tagal, and
+all three of them married natives.</p>
+<p>The tendency of the Philippine native to revert to old customs is
+well marked, and I agree with Jagor when he says: &ldquo;Every Indian
+has an innate inclination to abandon the hamlets and retire into the
+solitude of the woods, or live isolated in the midst of his own
+fields,&rdquo; in fact to <i>Remontar</i>.</p>
+<p>The Tagals are considered by Wallace as the fourth great tribe of
+the Malay race. He only mentions the Tagals, but in fact the population
+of the Archipelago, except the Negritos and some hybrids, belongs to
+the Malay race, although slightly mixed with Chinese and Spanish blood
+in a few localities. They are here and there modified by mixture with
+other races, and everywhere by their environment, for they have been
+Roman Catholics and subject to Spanish influence, if not rule, for
+upwards of three centuries.</p>
+<p>They differ little in physical appearance from the Malays proper
+inhabiting the Peninsula, and although their manners and customs are
+somewhat changed, their nature remains <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb211" href="#pb211" name="pb211">211</a>]</span>the same. They retain
+all the inherent characteristics of the Malay.</p>
+<p>The Tagal possesses a great deal of self-respect, and his demeanour
+is quiet and decorous. He is polite to others, and expects to be
+treated politely himself. He is averse to rowdiness or horse-play of
+any kind, and avoids giving offence.</p>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Characteristics&mdash;Family Life.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">For an inhabitant of the tropics he is fairly
+industrious, sometimes even very hard working.</p>
+<p>Those who have seen him poling <i>cascos</i> against the stream of
+the Pasig will admit this.</p>
+<p>He is a keen sportsman, and will readily put his money on his
+favourite horse or game-cock; he is also addicted to other forms of
+gambling. The position taken by women in a community is often
+considered as a test of the degree of civilisation it has attained.
+Measured by this standard, the Tagals come out well, for amongst them
+the wife exerts great influence in the family, and the husband rarely
+completes any important business without her concurrence.</p>
+<p>Crauford considers the equality of the sexes to be general
+throughout the Indian Archipelago, more particularly in the Island of
+Celebes, where the inhabitants are the most warlike of all.</p>
+<p>The Tagals treat their children with great kindness and forbearance,
+those who are well-off show much anxiety to secure a good education for
+their sons, and even for their daughters.</p>
+<p>Parental authority extends to the latest period in life. I have seen
+a man of fifty years come as respectfully as a child to kiss the hands
+of his aged parents when the vesper bell sounded, and this
+notwithstanding the presence of several European visitors in the
+house.</p>
+<p>Children, in return, show great respect to both parents, and come
+morning and evening to kiss their hands. I may remark that their manner
+of kissing is different to ours. They place the nose and lips against
+the cheek or hand of the person to be saluted, and draw in the breath
+strongly. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb212" href="#pb212" name=
+"pb212">212</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Appearance&mdash;Manners.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Malays in general are not, perhaps, a handsome
+race, their flat noses disfigure them in the eyes of the
+recently-arrived European or American, and it takes time to get
+accustomed to them.</p>
+<p>Still, their rich brown skin often covers a symmetrical, lithe and
+agile figure, the small hands and feet denoting their Turanian
+origin.</p>
+<p>The youth of both sexes up to the age of puberty are not seldom of
+striking beauty, and their appearance is not belied by their behaviour.
+They are trained in good manners from their earliest youth, both by
+precept and example.</p>
+<p>Palgrave says of them: &ldquo;Nowhere are family bonds closer drawn,
+family affections more enduring, than amongst the Malay races.... His
+family is a pleasing sight, much subordination and little restraint,
+unison in gradation, liberty not license. Orderly children, respected
+parents, women subject, but not suppressed, men ruling, but not
+despotic, reverence with kindness, obedience in affection, these form a
+lovable picture, nor by any means a rare one in the villages of the
+Eastern Isles.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>It may here be interesting to note the very contradictory opinions
+that have been expressed upon this subject.</p>
+<div class="blockquote">
+<p class="first"><span class="sc">John Foreman.</span></p>
+<p>&lsquo;The Philippine Islands,&rsquo; p. 194.</p>
+<p>&ldquo;Home discipline and training of manners are quite ignored,
+even in the well-to-do families. Children are left without control, and
+allowed to do just as they please, hence they become ill-behaved and
+boorish.<span class="corr" id="xd20e7481" title=
+"Not in source">&rdquo;</span></p>
+</div>
+<div class="blockquote">
+<p class="first"><span class="sc">W. G. Palgrave.</span></p>
+<p>&lsquo;Malay Life in the Philippines,&rsquo; p. 146.</p>
+<p><span class="corr" id="xd20e7492" title=
+"Not in source">&ldquo;</span>Children early trained by precept and
+example to good manners, show less disposition to noise and mischief
+than is ordinary elsewhere at their age.<span class="corr" id=
+"xd20e7495" title="Not in source">&rdquo;</span></p>
+</div>
+<p>As will be seen in my text, my own experience rather confirms
+Palgrave&rsquo;s opinion, and I should say that even the children of
+the peasantry would compare favourably both in manners and intelligence
+with the children at the Board Schools in London, and to say nothing of
+Glasgow or Liverpool.</p>
+<p>Amongst the Tagals, it is customary when speaking of <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb213" href="#pb213" name="pb213">213</a>]</span>or
+to a man to use the prefix Si&mdash;thus Si Jos&eacute;, Mr.
+Joseph&mdash;whilst a woman is spoken of or to as Aling Maria, Miss
+Mary. The word Po is used for Sir. Thus: &Oacute;o-po&mdash;Yes, sir;
+Hind&iacute;-po&mdash;No, sir; Uala-po&mdash;There is none, sir;
+Mayro&oacute;m-po&mdash;There is some, sir.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Cleanliness.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The sense of personal dignity and self-respect, the
+dominant feeling in the Malay nature, is shown in the Tagals by a
+general cleanliness in their persons and clothing. They usually live
+near water, and nearly all of them can swim.</p>
+<p>The heat of the climate makes bathing a pleasure, and as the
+temperature of the sea or river is commonly 83&deg;F., a prolonged
+immersion causes no inconvenience.</p>
+<p>On the morning of a feast-day the number of bathers is increased,
+and at the time of high tide, a very large proportion of the population
+seems to be in the water, both sexes and all ages mixing
+indiscriminately, the adults decently covered and all behaving
+themselves as decorously as the bathers at Brighton, Newport, or
+Atlantic City.</p>
+<p>They have not yet arrived at that precise stage of civilisation that
+develops the Rough, the Larrikin, or the Hooligan. Palgrave says: A
+Malay may be a profligate, a gambler, a thief, a robber, or a murderer,
+he is never a cad.</p>
+<p>Palgrave had not great opportunities of knowing the Tagals, but I
+confirm the above opinion, although I do not agree with the views on
+the future of the Philippines, and what is best for them, expressed in
+his fantastic and hyphen-infested verbiage, all seemingly written for
+effect.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Superstitions.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Tagal is extremely superstitious, and like his
+kinsman, the Dayak, he is a believer in omens, although he has not
+reduced them so completely to a system, and three centuries of
+Christianity have diverted his superstitions into other channels.</p>
+<p>In his mind, each cave, each ravine, each mountain, each pool, each
+stream, has its guardian spirit, to offend or to startle which may be
+dangerous. These are the jinni of Southern Arabia and Socotra.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb214" href="#pb214" name=
+"pb214">214</a>]</span></p>
+<p>The Balete tree (<i>Ficus Urostigima</i>&mdash;Sp.) corresponds to
+our Witch Elm, and certainly at night has a most uncanny appearance.
+Each of these great trees has its guardian spirit or Tic-balan.</p>
+<p>Daring, indeed, would be the Indian who would pass such a tree,
+enter a cave, ascend a mountain, or plunge into a pool without bowing
+and uttering the <span lang="tl">Pasing tabi sa nono</span> [By your
+leave, my Lord] that may appease the spirit&rsquo;s wrath, just as the
+Bedouin of Dhofar cry, &ldquo;Aleik Soubera&mdash;aleik soubera,&rdquo;
+to propitiate the jinni.</p>
+<p>His mental attitude in this respect reminds me of a story told me
+many years ago by a lady residing in Hampshire. A lady neighbour of
+hers inquired from her whether she taught her children to bow when the
+Devil&rsquo;s name was mentioned. My informant replied in the negative,
+whereupon the lady remarked, &ldquo;I do, I think it is safer.&rdquo;
+This is the way with the Tagal, he bows because he thinks it is safer.
+If that prudent lady is still alive and may chance to read this, she
+may be pleased to learn that her opinion is shared by the whole Malay
+race.</p>
+<p>Child-birth has its anxieties everywhere, and the more artificial
+the life the woman has led, the more she suffers at that critical time.
+The Tagal woman whose naturally supple frame has never been subjected
+to tight-lacing, nor compressed within a tailor-made costume, has a far
+easier time of it than her European sister, but superstition and
+quackery combine to terrify and ill-use her.</p>
+<p>The <i>Patianac</i>, an evil spirit, profits by the occasion, and
+his great delight is to obstruct the birth, or to kill and devour the
+infant. The patianac might be busy elsewhere, but from the ridge-pole
+of the house a bird of ill-omen, the dreadful Tic-tic, raises a warning
+cry, for its office and delight is to call the attention of the evil
+spirit to the opportunity of doing mischief. Instantly every door and
+window is closed and every chink stopped to prevent its entrance,
+whilst the anxious father and his kinsmen, naked as they were born,
+walk around and underneath the house, slashing the air with sticks or
+<i>bolos</i> to frighten away the spirit. Sometimes a man will get up
+on the ridge-pole to drive away the Tic-tic.</p>
+<p>Meanwhile, in the stifling room, it is too often the case that
+violent means are used to expedite the birth, so violent indeed, that
+they sometimes result in the permanent injury or in the death of the
+woman. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb215" href="#pb215" name=
+"pb215">215</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Some years ago the Government instituted an examination for
+midwives, and only those were allowed the practice who had been
+properly instructed, so that these absurdities and cruelties are on the
+wane, except amongst the poorest or in outlying districts.</p>
+<p>The <i>As&uacute;an</i> is merely a cannibal ghost, but the Tagal
+ghost throws stones, a thing I have not heard of a ghost doing in
+Europe.</p>
+<p>All sorts of stories are told about the <i>As&uacute;an</i>, similar
+to ghost stories in other lands.</p>
+<p>About 1891 a house in Malate was stoned night after night, and
+although every effort was made to find out the authors, they were never
+discovered, and the natives steadfastly believed it to be the doing of
+the <i>As&uacute;an</i>.</p>
+<p>There is another superstitious idea firmly rooted in the minds of
+the Tagals and other natives, of which the following is an instance: A
+villainous-looking native had been captured with some property stolen
+from my house, and was sent to the lock-up at the police station, from
+whence he promptly escaped, but was recaptured later. My coachman, a
+most meritorious servant who had been with me for years, assured me in
+an impressive manner, and with an air of conviction, that the culprit
+was one of those wizards who are able to pass through a keyhole by
+drawing themselves out into the thinness of a piece of string, and my
+other servants accepted this view implicitly.</p>
+<p>The famous <i>Tulisanes</i> or bandits, thoroughly believe in the
+power of the <i>Antin-Antin</i> or amulet to render them invulnerable
+to bullets. It is, indeed, remarkable that notwithstanding the numbers
+of these criminals who have been shot by the Guardia Civil with their
+<i>Antin-Antin</i> upon them, this absurd belief should flourish, but
+there is no doubt it does. These charms consist of any sort of
+necromancers&rsquo; rubbish, or are sometimes writings in invocations,
+usually worn round the neck under the clothing.</p>
+<p>The profession of the Roman Catholic religion has perhaps helped
+this superstition to linger on, for the wearing of scapularies is
+common, especially amongst the women. These articles are manufactured
+for the priests and some are sent out to Antipolo, to be blessed at the
+shrine of Nuestra Se&ntilde;ora de Buen Viage y de la Paz, and sold to
+the pilgrims who crowd in thousands to this shrine in May of each
+year.</p>
+<p>A Tagal woman sometimes wears as many as three of <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb216" href="#pb216" name=
+"pb216">216</a>]</span>these scapularies hung from silk threads round
+her neck and covered by her upper garment. They usually dispose two in
+front, where they conceive the danger is greatest, and one on the back,
+as a further precaution against an attack from the rear.</p>
+<p>Wearing these holy amulets, and having crossed herself and uttered a
+prayer before coming downstairs in the morning, the Tagal wife or maid
+feels that she has done all she can, and that if any backsliding should
+occur, during the day, it will not be her fault.</p>
+<p>She believes greatly in lucky or holy numbers&mdash;I heard the
+following story related by a native lady to a native priest when going
+to Batangas by steamer.</p>
+<p>The lady was telling the priest of her husband&rsquo;s illness (it
+appeared to have been congestion of the lungs), and she prepared and
+applied a poultice of three heads of garlic in honour of the Three
+Persons of the Blessed Trinity; this not producing the desired effect,
+she then made a poultice of five heads of garlic, in honour of the Five
+Wounds of our Blessed Saviour, and successively others of seven heads,
+in honour of the Seven Pains of the Blessed Virgin; twelve heads in
+honour of the Twelve Apostles, and last of all a poultice of
+thirty-three heads of garlic in honour of the Thirty-three years our
+Blessed Saviour remained on earth. The priest had nodded approval as
+she went on, but as she stopped he said: &ldquo;And then?&rdquo; To
+which the lady replied, &ldquo;Then he died.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>This poor man came off easily, for in some cases people who suffer
+from fits and other diseases are thought to be possessed by devils, and
+are severely beaten to drive out the evil spirit. The patient does not
+always escape with his life.</p>
+<p>The women often dream of lucky numbers in the Manila Lottery and
+make every endeavour to purchase the number they have dreamt of.</p>
+<p>Amongst the Christian superstitions may be mentioned the feast of
+San Pascual Bail&oacute;n at Obando. Those who attend this function are
+commonly the rowdier class of inhabitants of the Capital, and they go
+mostly on foot, making music and dancing on the way. They also dance in
+the courtyard in front of the church, not forgetting to refresh
+themselves with strong drink in the meanwhile.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e7601width" id="p216"><img src="images/p216.jpg"
+alt="Tagal Girl wearing Scapulary." width="560" height="720">
+<p class="figureHead">Tagal Girl wearing Scapulary.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984">[<i>To face p. 216.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p>This is not at all an edifying spectacle, for the dancers are
+covered with dust and with the perspiration from their <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb217" href="#pb217" name=
+"pb217">217</a>]</span>active exertions. I do not know the legend that
+gives occasion to this curious form of devotion. Occasionally, and
+especially during Holy Week, another form of penitence is practised by
+the natives. I remember, about 1892, seeing one of these penitents, a
+man having a mask on his face, the upper part of his body bare, and a
+long chain fastened to one ankle and dragging on the ground behind him.
+In one hand he bore a flagellum with which he from time to time lashed
+himself on the shoulders, which bore evident marks of the discipline
+they had received. A youth who followed him occasionally jerked the
+chain, throwing the penitent violently at full length upon the dusty
+road. This form of penitence is not approved, however, by the priests,
+for when I called on the parish priest, the same evening, I mentioned
+the circumstance to him, and he directed the penitent to be locked up,
+to stop what he rightly termed a scandal.</p>
+<p>On many occasions the natives had got up a religious excitement, and
+great gatherings have taken place at some spot where a miraculous
+appearance of the Blessed Virgin, or some supernatural manifestation
+has been alleged to have occurred.</p>
+<p>All these affairs have been somewhat sceptically inquired into by
+the priests under a general order to this effect issued by the
+archbishop, and so far as my experience goes, the excessive religious
+ardour of the natives has rather been checked than stimulated.</p>
+<p>When writing about the Visayas I shall have more to say about
+misdirected religious zeal. The Tagals practise circumcision as a
+hygienic measure, and not as a religious rite. The operation is usually
+performed at the age of fourteen by a companion or friend of the
+patient, and a sharp flint or piece of volcanic glass (obsidian) is
+used for this purpose. From what I have heard, this custom is really
+maintained by the women, who refuse their favours to the uncircumcised
+of their own nation, though with foreigners they are more
+complaisant.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Cursing.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">In cursing, the Tagal displays a directness quite
+worthy of the Anglo-Saxon. All his remarks are very much to the point,
+and would have earned the approval of the late lamented and reverend
+author of the Ingoldsby Legends. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb218"
+href="#pb218" name="pb218">218</a>]</span>Leaving out the world-wide
+reflections upon the virtues of an opponent&rsquo;s female ancestry,
+since these appear to belong indiscriminately to all nations, the
+principal Tagal curses are as follows:&mdash;</p>
+<ul>
+<li>1. May an evil wind blow upon you.</li>
+<li>2. May the earth open and swallow you up.</li>
+<li>3. May the lightning strike you.</li>
+<li>4. May the alligator eat you.</li>
+</ul>
+<p>The superiority of the Tagal style as compared with the French
+Mortbleu, Ventre bleu, must be apparent to all unprejudiced observers.
+The Tagal has drawn all his curses from the grand and awful operations
+of nature in his own country, except the last, where he invokes the
+dreaded saurian, the most fearsome inhabitant of the Philippine swamps,
+rivers, and coasts&mdash;formerly venerated by his ancestors and
+respectfully addressed by them as <i>nono,</i> or grandfather.</p>
+<p>Under American guidance and example, I think the Tagals quite
+capable of developing a startling vocabulary of swear-words, and in
+course of time rivalling their instructors in profanity, with a touch
+of their old style to give a little local colour.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Courtship.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">Courtship is sometimes a long business amongst the
+Tagals. It is still customary in the country districts for the
+impecunious candidate for matrimony to serve the father of the damsel
+he desires to wed for a period which may extend to a couple of years or
+more. He is called a <i>Catipado</i>, and is expected to make himself
+generally useful, and to take a hand in any labour that may be going
+on, sowing or reaping, mending the roof, or patching the canoe.</p>
+<p>It is his privilege to assist the girl of his choice in her labours.
+The girls of a household are expected to husk the rice for the next
+day&rsquo;s use. This is done in the cool of the evening, out of doors,
+a wooden mortar and long heavy pestle being used. It is a
+well-recognised occasion for the lover to assist and entertain his
+sweetheart.</p>
+<p>Very pretty do the village maidens look, as, lightly clothed in
+almost diaphanous garments, they stand beside the mortars plying the
+pestle, alternately rising on tiptoe, <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb219" href="#pb219" name="pb219">219</a>]</span>stretching the lithe
+figure to its full height and reach, then bending swiftly to give force
+to the blow.</p>
+<p>No attitude could display to more advantage the symmetry of form
+which is the Tagal maiden&rsquo;s heritage, and few sights are more
+pleasing than a group of these tawny damsels husking paddy midst chat
+and laughter, while a tropical full moon pours its effulgence on their
+glistening tresses and rounded arms.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Marriage.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">But let us return to the <i>Catipado</i>. He must be
+very careful not to give cause of offence to the elders of the family,
+more especially towards the end of his term, as there may be a
+disposition amongst them to dismiss him, and take on another to begin a
+new term. In fact, many natives have shown themselves so unwilling to
+consent to their daughter&rsquo;s marriage, when no sufficient reason
+could be given for their refusal, that the Governor-General,
+representing the Crown, is entrusted with a special power of granting
+the paternal consent in such cases.</p>
+<p>No regular marriage can be celebrated whilst the girl is a minor,
+without the father&rsquo;s consent.</p>
+<p>When this is refused, and the patience of the lovers is exhausted,
+the girl leaves her father&rsquo;s house and is deposited in the house
+of the fiscal, or churchwarden, under the care of his wife.</p>
+<p>A petition on stamped paper is then prepared, reciting the
+circumstances; this goes to the parish priest and to the
+Gobernadorcillo, who require the father to state the grounds of his
+refusal. If they are satisfied that no good reason exists, the
+petition, with their approval noted on it, goes to the
+Governor-General, and in due time a notification appears in the
+official Gazette that the Governor-General has been pleased to overrule
+the father&rsquo;s negative, and a license (on stamped paper also) for
+the marriage to be celebrated, is delivered to the priest. This
+procedure is very necessary, but it has the disadvantage of being slow
+and expensive, so that in some cases, instead of adopting this course,
+the youthful pair allow themselves some advances of the privileges of
+matrimony, and perhaps there arrives a time when the obdurate parent
+finds himself obliged to consent to legalise an accomplished fact to
+avoid an open scandal. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb220" href=
+"#pb220" name="pb220">220</a>]</span></p>
+<p>The erring damsel, however, may think herself lucky if she escapes a
+fatherly correction laid on with no grudging hand, before the reluctant
+consent is granted.</p>
+<p>The priest will of course require the youthful sinners to confess
+and do penance for their previousness before he will marry them.</p>
+<p>The marriage ceremony is a very simple one, and usually takes place
+after early Mass. The priest fixes the fee according to the means of
+the party; it is often a substantial one. After the ceremony comes a
+<i>Catap&uacute;san</i> or assembly, when the relatives and friends are
+entertained. There will be music, and unless the priest disapproves of
+dancing, that will be indulged in. The Augustinians mostly allow
+dancing, but the Dominicans often object to it as an immoral
+amusement.</p>
+<p>The house will be hung with bright-coloured cloths and paper
+lanterns; the table loaded with refreshments, both light and heavy.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Wedding Feasts.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">Roast pig is a standing dish at these feasts, the
+animal being roasted whole, on a spit over a fire made on the ground. A
+professional roaster superintends the operation, and the pig is brought
+to a fine even colour all over. Sometimes there are roast turkeys or
+roast mutton and kid, possibly beef cooked in various ways, surely fish
+of different kinds, fresh, salted, or smoked; the indispensable boiled
+rice or <i>morisqueta</i>, and an abundance of sweets, fruits in syrup,
+guava jelly, and Dutch cheese. There will be chocolate and perhaps
+coffee. As to drinks, besides some native brews, there will be
+Norwegian or German export beer, or Tennant&rsquo;s beer in stone
+bottles, square-face gin, and Spanish red wine (Vino Tinto).</p>
+<p>Unlimited Buyo, cigarettes and cigars are provided. All these things
+are hospitably pressed upon all comers, especially upon any European
+present. If his politeness prevents his refusing this miscellaneous
+assortment, unless he is favoured with the digestion of an ostrich, he
+will rue it next day, and perhaps for several days. The worthy priest
+is naturally in the place of honour, and like the wise man he mostly
+is, he perhaps brings, slung under his habit, or sends beforehand, a
+capacious leather bottle, with a <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb221"
+href="#pb221" name="pb221">221</a>]</span>supply of generous wine
+direct from some convent vineyard on the peninsula, a pure natural
+wine, undefiled and unfortified by German industrial spirit. A tall and
+portly Augustine monk, in his spotless and ample white robes, presents
+a very imposing and apostolic appearance, and looks quite in his place
+at the head of the table. The host seldom sits down with his guests,
+but busies himself attending to their wants. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb222" href="#pb222" name="pb222">222</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e7364" href="#xd20e7364src" name="xd20e7364">1</a></span> The
+territory occupied by each tribe is shown on the general map of
+Mindanao by the number on this list.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e7377" href="#xd20e7377src" name="xd20e7377">2</a></span> Ajonjoli
+(<i>Sesamun Indicum</i>, L.). See <a href="#ch19">Chap. XIX</a>. for
+Gogo.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch24" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXIV.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Tagals as Soldiers and Sailors.</h2>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The houses of the well-to-do natives are large and
+airy, and are kept scrupulously clean under the vigilant eye of the
+mistress.</p>
+<p>Hospitality is a characteristic of the Tagal. According to his means
+he keeps open house on religious feast-days or on family festivals, and
+readily invites to his table at any time travellers who may be passing
+through the town. Having enjoyed their hospitality on many occasions, I
+can testify to their kindness and liberality. They placed at my
+disposal their riding-ponies, vehicles or canoes, and did all in their
+power to show me anything remarkable in their neighbourhood.</p>
+<p>The Tagals make good soldiers, and can march long distances
+barefooted. Morga remarks how quickly they learned to use the arquebus
+or musket in the wars of the conquest. They gave proofs of their pluck
+and endurance when assisting the French in Tonquin. If well led they
+will advance regardless of danger; when once engaged they become
+frenzied and blood-thirsty, most difficult to restrain. They are not
+improved by being made to wear gloves, boots, helmets, and European
+uniforms.</p>
+<p>In this they are not singular, for the Ceylon Rifle Regiment (a
+Malay corps) was utterly ruined, and never did any good after being put
+into boots and gloves by some narrow-minded martinet.</p>
+<p>As sailors they are unsurpassed in the East. They navigate their
+schooners and lorchas with much skill, although the rigging and outfit
+is seldom kept in thorough good order unless they have a Spanish
+captain.</p>
+<p>They serve both as sailors and firemen in the fine flotilla of
+coasting-steamers belonging to Manila, and they <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb223" href="#pb223" name=
+"pb223">223</a>]</span>manned all the smaller vessels of the Spanish
+Navy in the Philippines.</p>
+<p>Most of the British and foreign steamers in the far East carry four
+Manila men as quarter-masters. They are considered to be the most
+skilful helmsmen. Their ability as mechanics is remarkable. They bear
+out entirely Morga&rsquo;s description of them: &ldquo;Of good talent
+for anything they undertake.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>They will, without any European supervision, heave down wooden
+sailing-vessels up to about 1000 tons, and repair the keel, or strip,
+caulk, and re-copper the bottom. I have often seen this done. They
+build from the excellent hard wood of the country, brigantines,
+schooners, lorchas, also <i>cascos</i>, and other craft for inland
+navigation and shallow waters. These latter vessels are most
+ingeniously contrived, and admirably adapted to the conditions under
+which they are to be used, and although not decked, carry their cargoes
+dry, and in good order, in the wettest weather. They make the most
+graceful canoes, and paddle or punt them with remarkable dexterity.</p>
+<p>In Manila and Cavite are to be found a fair number of native
+engine-fitters, turners, smiths and boiler-makers.</p>
+<p>There must be some 400 steam sugar-mills in the islands (besides
+6000 cattle-mills). The engine-drivers and firemen are all natives, and
+mostly Tagals.</p>
+<p>There are also in the capital large numbers of native
+house-carpenters, quarrymen, stone-masons, and some brick-layers and
+brick-makers.</p>
+<p>Curiously enough, foundry work is not much done by Tagals, although
+when Legaspi arrived in Luzon he not only found cannon mounted at
+Manila, but there was a cannon-foundry there, and another at Tondo.</p>
+<p>There are foundries at the latter place to this day belonging to
+Chinese half-castes, but church bells are more to their way now than
+cannon. They, however, cast small brass mortars with handles like quart
+pots, which are used for firing salutes at the feasts of the church.
+But I think most of the workmen were then, and are now, Chinese.</p>
+<p>They make their own gunpowder, and fireworks of all kinds. They are
+inordinately fond of these, and get up very creditable displays. They
+are careless in handling them, and I was eye-witness of an explosion of
+fireworks during a water <i>f&ecirc;te</i>, on the passing in front of
+the governor&rsquo;s palace at Malaca&ntilde;an, when a number of
+people were killed. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb224" href="#pb224"
+name="pb224">224</a>]</span>I never learned how many had perished, and
+the newspapers were forbidden to enlarge upon it.</p>
+<p>Excellent carriages are built in Manila entirely by native labour,
+the <i>carromatas</i>, or two-wheeled vehicles used for travelling,
+being made in the suburbs, or in Malabon.</p>
+<p>Carriage-building is an important trade, for an incredible number of
+vehicles of all sorts are used in Manila.</p>
+<p>Of an evening, in the Luneta, some hundreds may be seen, and on one
+occasion, at the races of the Jockey Club in Santa Mesa, two thousand
+vehicles were reported to be present.</p>
+<p>Painting and decorating is executed by Manila men in excellent
+style. This art was taught them by Alberoni, and other Italians. Their
+pupils have covered the walls of many buildings with frescoes in the
+Italian style, very fairly done. There is much scope for their art in
+decorating altars and shrines.</p>
+<p>The Tagals also show some talent for sculpture, as any visitor to
+Manila can see for himself by inspecting the Jesuit Church, which is a
+marvel of patient artistic labour, having taken eleven years to
+construct. Some of the carving there, however, is so delicate and
+minutely detailed, that it appears more suitable for a show case in a
+museum than for the adornment of a place of worship. Of course, every
+detail of design is due to the Jesuits themselves, amongst whom
+talented men of every profession can be found.</p>
+<p>As a fisherman, the Tagal excels, and the broad expanse of Manila
+Bay, some 700 square miles in area, gives ample scope for his
+ingenuity. He practises every kind of fishing <i>Corrales de Pesca</i>,
+or fish-stakes within the five-fathom line, casting nets and seines in
+the shallow water, huge sinking nets attached to bamboo shear-legs
+mounted on rafts in the estuaries, drift nets and line-fishing in the
+deeper parts of the bay.</p>
+<p>From Tondo, from Para&ntilde;aque, Las Pi&ntilde;as, Bacoor, and
+Cavite Vi&eacute;jo, and from dozens of other villages, go hundreds of
+large canoes, crowded with men, and heaped up with nets, to fish near
+the San Nicolas Bank, or about Corregidor Island, and they often return
+with large catches. Some fish by night, with torch and spear; in fact,
+they seem to be quite at home at any kind of fishing.</p>
+<p>The nets and sails of the canoes, and the clothes of the
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb225" href="#pb225" name=
+"pb225">225</a>]</span>fishermen, are all tanned by them with the bark
+of the camanchile tree.</p>
+<p>The salting, drying, or smoking of the fish caught in the bay is
+quite an extensive business. The smoked sardines, or
+<i>tinap&aacute;</i>, are very tasty, as also the pickled mullet roes
+called <i>Bag&oacute;n de Lisa</i>. But the small shrimps fermented in
+a jar, and brought to a particular stage of putrefaction,<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e7775src" href="#xd20e7775" name="xd20e7775src">1</a>
+much appreciated by the natives, will not suit European or American
+tastes.</p>
+<p>The vast Bay of Manila holds fish and mammals of all sorts and
+sizes, from small fry to that huge but harmless monster of the deep,
+<i>Rhinodon tipicus</i>, with a mouth like the opening of a hansom cab,
+scooping in jelly-fish by the bushel.</p>
+<p>The p&eacute;je-rey, like a smelt, the lengu&aacute;do, or sole, the
+l&iacute;sa, or mullet, the bac&oacute;co, corb&iacute;na,
+p&aacute;mpano, and others whose names I have forgotten, are excellent.
+The oysters are good, but very small. Prawns are excellent, large and
+cheap. Crabs are good, but large ones are not plentiful. Clawless
+lobsters are caught amongst the rocks of Corregidor and Mariveles. The
+largest turtle I have ever seen was caught off Malabon. It can be seen
+in the Jesuits&rsquo; Museum, Manila.</p>
+<p>Sharks of all sorts, enormous saw-fish,<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e7787src" href="#xd20e7787" name="xd20e7787src">2</a> hideous
+devil-fish,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e7790src" href="#xd20e7790" name=
+"xd20e7790src">3</a> and monstrous conger eels, as well as poisonous
+black and yellow sea-snakes, abound, so that the fisherman does not
+have everything his own way. Amongst these men are to be found some
+excellent divers. I have found them quite able to go down to the keel
+of a large ship and report whether any damage has been done. Where a
+sheet of copper has been torn off, they have nailed on a new sheet,
+getting in two or three nails every time they went down. I enquired
+from one of these men who had frequently dived for me, when a European
+diver with diving-gear could not be obtained, if he was not afraid of
+sharks? He answered, &ldquo;No es hora del tiburon&rdquo;&mdash;it is
+not the sharks&rsquo; time&mdash;and I found he considered that he was
+very fairly safe from the sharks between ten and four. Before ten and
+after four was a dangerous time, as the sharks were on the look-out for
+a meal. I cannot say that I should like to trust to this, especially as
+I have seen sharks about at other times, and one afternoon, in the bay,
+had to keep off a hammerheaded-shark <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb226" href="#pb226" name="pb226">226</a>]</span>from coming near a
+British diver who was examining the rudder of a steamer, by firing at
+it from the stern. Some sharks are heavy and slow-moving creatures, but
+the hammer-headed kind are endowed with a surprising activity, and
+twist and turn like an eel.</p>
+<p>My native diver informed me that he was much more afraid of the
+<i>Manta</i> than of any shark, and that once when he was diving for
+some purpose&mdash;I do not recollect when&mdash;at the bottom a shade
+fell on him, and, on looking up, he beheld an enormous manta right
+above him&mdash;in his words, &ldquo;as big as a lighter.&rdquo;
+However, it passed on, and he was able to regain the surface.</p>
+<p>Perhaps the most remarkable talent possessed by the Tagal is his
+gift for instrumental music.</p>
+<p>Each parish has its brass band supplied with European instruments,
+the musicians generally wearing a quasi-military uniform. If the
+village is a rich one, there is usually a string band as well. They
+play excellently, as do the military bands. Each infantry battalion had
+its band, whilst that of the Peninsular Artillery, of ninety
+performers, under a band-master holding the rank of lieutenant, was one
+of the finest bands I have ever heard. There were few countries where
+more music could be heard gratis than in the Philippines, and for
+private dances these bands could be hired at moderate rates.</p>
+<p>The Tagal is also a good agriculturist. According to his lights, he
+cultivates paddy with great care. It is all raised in seed-plots, the
+soil of which is carefully prepared, and fenced about. The fields are
+ploughed and harrowed whilst covered with water, so that the surface is
+reduced to soft mud. When the ground is ready for planting, the whole
+population turns out, and, being supplied with the young shoots in
+bundles, of which tally is kept, proceed to plant each individual shoot
+of paddy by hand.</p>
+<p>Ankle-deep in the soft mud of the paddy-fields stand long rows of
+bare-legged men, women and children, each in a stooping position,
+holding against the body with the left hand a large bundle of
+rice-plants, incessantly and rapidly seizing a shoot with the right
+hand, and plunging it into the black slime with the forefinger
+extended.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e7808width" id="p226"><img src="images/p226.jpg"
+alt=
+"Carabao harnessed to native Plough&mdash;Ploughman, Village, and Church."
+width="720" height="483">
+<p class="figureHead">Carabao harnessed to native
+Plough&mdash;Ploughman, Village, and Church.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="figure xd20e7812width" id="p227"><img src="images/p227.jpg"
+alt="Paddy Field recently planted." width="720" height="485">
+<p class="figureHead">Paddy Field recently planted.</p>
+</div>
+<p>Hour after hour the patient toil goes on, and day after day, in all
+the glare of the burning sun, reflected and intensified from the
+surface of the black water, till the whole vast surface has been
+planted. The <i>matandang-sa-naya</i>, <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb227" href="#pb227" name="pb227">227</a>]</span>or village elder,
+then announces how many millions of rice shoots have been put in. The
+labour is most exhausting, from the stooping position, which is
+obligatory, and because the eyes become inflamed from the reflection of
+the sun on the black water. As the paddy is planted during the rainy
+season, it often happens that the work is done under a tropical
+downpour instead of a blazing sun.</p>
+<p>When driving along a road through paddy-fields in October, it seems
+incredible that every blade of that luxuriant crop has been
+transplanted by hand. Yet the people who do this are branded as lazy. I
+think that they are quite ready to work for a sufficient inducement.
+Whenever I had works to execute I never experienced any difficulty in
+obtaining men. I made it a rule to pay every man with my own hands
+every Saturday his full wages without deductions. On Monday morning, if
+I wanted 300 men, there would be 500 to pick and choose from. I should
+like to see some of their depreciators try an hour&rsquo;s work
+planting paddy, or poling a casco up stream.</p>
+<p>The undulating nature of the ground renders it necessary to divide
+paddy land into small plots of irregular outline at varying levels,
+divided from each other by ridges of earth called
+<i>pil&aacute;piles</i>, so as to retain the rain or irrigation water,
+allowing it to descend slowly from level to level till it reaches its
+outlet at the lowest point. The Tagals fully justify their Turanian
+origin by the skill and care which they show in irrigation. About
+Manila, the <i>sac&aacute;te</i>, or meadow-grass, which is the
+principal food of the thousands of ponies in the city, is cultivated on
+lands which are exactly at a level to be flooded by the
+spring-tides.</p>
+<p>The mango-tree is carefully cultivated, and the fruit is, to some
+extent, forced by lighting fires of leaves and twigs under these trees
+every evening in the early part of the year to drive off insects, and
+give additional warmth.</p>
+<p>In Batangas and La Luguna, and, to some extent, in Bulacan, the
+Tagals cultivate the sugar-cane successfully.</p>
+<p>But where they really shine, where all their care is lavished, where
+nothing is too much trouble, is in the cultivation of the buyo (Piper
+betel). This is a climbing plant, and is grown on sticks like hops.
+There were many plantations of this near Pineda, which I frequently
+visited. It is grown in small fields, enclosed by hedges or by rows of
+trees to keep off the wind.</p>
+<p>The soil is carefully prepared, and all weeds removed. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb228" href="#pb228" name="pb228">228</a>]</span>As
+the tendrils grow up, the sticks are placed for them. The plants are
+watered by hand, and leaf by leaf carefully examined every morning to
+remove all caterpillars or other insects. The plants are protected from
+the glare of the sun by mat-shades supported on bamboos.</p>
+<p>The ripe leaves are gathered fresh every morning, and taken to
+market, where they find a ready sale at remunerative prices for chewing
+with the areca nut, and a pinch of slaked shell lime.</p>
+<p>Whenever I have had Tagal hunters with me deer-shooting, I have been
+struck with their knowledge of the natural history of their locality.
+They thoroughly understood the habits of the game, and almost always
+foretold correctly the direction from which the deer would approach the
+guns.</p>
+<p>They have names for every animal and bird, and for the different
+ages or conditions, or size of antlers, of the deer.</p>
+<p>Even insects and reptiles are named by them; they could give details
+of their habits, and knew whether they were poisonous or dangerous.</p>
+<p>They always showed themselves greatly interested in sport, and much
+appreciated a good shot. They spoke of a gun that killed well as a
+<i>hot</i> gun (baril ma&iacute;nit). If they were trusted with a gun
+they were very reluctant to spend a cartridge unless for a dead
+certainty. If two cartridges are given to a hunter, he will bring in
+two deer or pigs, otherwise he will apologise for wasting a cartridge,
+and explain how it happened.</p>
+<p>Their usual way of taking game is to set strong nets of abaca in the
+woods in the form of a <span class="xd20e7860">V</span>, then the
+beaters and dogs drive the game towards the hunters, who are concealed
+near the apex, and who kill the deer or wild pigs with their lances
+whilst entangled in the nets.</p>
+<p>I have found the Tagals very satisfactory as domestic servants,
+although not so hard-working as the Ilocanos. Some of them could clean
+glass or plate as well as an English butler, and could lay the table
+for a dinner party and ornament tastefully with flowers and ferns,
+folding the napkins like a Parisian waiter.</p>
+<p>They could also write out the <i>m&eacute;nu</i> (their orthography
+having been previously corrected), and serve the dinner and wines in
+due sequence without requiring any directions during the meal.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e7871width" id="p229"><img src="images/p229.jpg"
+alt="Paulino Morillo. A Tagal of Laguna, Butler to the author." width=
+"558" height="720">
+<p class="figureHead">Paulino Morillo. A Tagal of Laguna, Butler to the
+author.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984">[<i>To face p. 229.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb229" href="#pb229" name=
+"pb229">229</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Some of them remained in my service the whole time I was in the
+Philippines; one of them, Paulino Morillo, came to England with me in
+charge of my two sons, and afterwards made three voyages to Cuba with
+me. I gratefully acknowledge his faithful service. His portrait is
+appended.</p>
+<p>I did not find them sufficiently punctual and regular as cooks, nor
+did they make their purchases in the market to as much advantage as the
+Chinese cooks, who never bid one against another to raise the
+price.</p>
+<p>As clerks and store-keepers I found the Tagals honest, assiduous,
+and well-behaved. As draughtsmen they were fairly skilful in drawing
+from hand sketches, and excelled in copying or tracing, but were quite
+untrustworthy in taking out quantities and computing. Some of them
+could write beautiful headings, or design ornamental title-pages. I
+have by me some of their work that could not be done better even in
+Germany or France. But the more skilful they were the more irregular
+was their attendance, and the more they had learned the worse they
+behaved.</p>
+<p>When doing business with the Tagals, I found that the elder men
+could be trusted. If I gave them credit, which was often the case, for
+one or two years, I could depend upon the money being paid when due,
+unless some calamity such as a flood or a conflagration had rendered it
+absolutely impossible for them to find the cash. In such a case (which
+seldom happened) they would advise me beforehand, and perhaps bring a
+portion of the money, giving a <i>pagar&eacute;,</i> bearing interest,
+for the remainder, and never by any possibility denying the debt. I
+never made a bad debt amongst them, and gladly testify to their
+punctilious honesty. This idea of the sacredness of an obligation seems
+to prevail amongst many of the Malay races, even among the pagan
+savages, as I had occasion to observe when I visited the
+Tagban&uacute;as in Palawan (Paragua). They certainly did not learn
+this from the Spaniards.</p>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">The More Instruction the less Honesty.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">When dealing with the younger men who had been
+educated in Manila, in Hong Kong, or even in Europe, I found that this
+idea had been eradicated from them, and that no sufficient sense of
+honour had been implanted in its stead.</p>
+<p>In fact, I may say that, whilst the unlettered agriculturist,
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb230" href="#pb230" name=
+"pb230">230</a>]</span>with his old-fashioned dress, and quiet,
+dignified manner, inspired me with the respect due to an honest and
+worthy man, the feeling evolved from a discussion with the younger and
+educated men, dressed in European clothes, who had been pupils in the
+Aten&eacute;o Municipal, or in Santo Tom&aacute;s, was less favourable,
+and it became evident to me that, although they might be more
+instructed than their fathers, they were morally below them. Either
+their moral training had been deficient, or their natures are not
+improved by education. I usually preferred to do business with them on
+a cash basis.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Unsuitable Training.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">Dare I, at the tail-end of the nineteenth century, in
+the days of Board Schools, County Councils, conscientious objectors,
+and Hooligans, venture to recall to mind a saying of that grand old
+Conservative, the Peruvian Solomon, Tupac Inca Yupanqui? &ldquo;Science
+should only be taught to those of generous blood, for the meaner sort
+are only puffed up, and rendered vain and arrogant by it. Neither
+should such mingle in the affairs of state, for by that means high
+offices are brought into disrepute.&rdquo;<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e7905src" href="#xd20e7905" name="xd20e7905src">4</a></p>
+<p>That great monarch&rsquo;s words exactly express my conclusions
+about the young Tagals and other natives.</p>
+<p>To take a young native lad away from his parents, to place him in a
+corrupted capital like Manila, and to cram him with the intricacies of
+Spanish law, while there is probably, not in all those who surround
+him, one single honest and upright man he can look up to for guidance
+and example, is to deprive him of whatever principles of action he may
+once have possessed, whilst giving him no guide for his future
+conduct.</p>
+<p>He acquires the European vices without the virtues; loses his native
+modesty and self-respect, and develops too often into a contemptible
+<i>pica-pleito</i>, or pettifogger, instead of becoming an honest
+farmer.</p>
+<p>The more educated Tagals are fond of litigation, and with the
+assistance of native or half-caste lawyers will carry on the most
+frivolous and vexatious lawsuit with every artifice that cunning and
+utter unscrupulousness can suggest. The corrupt nature of the Spanish
+courts is a mainstay to <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb231" href=
+"#pb231" name="pb231">231</a>]</span>such people. Although they may be
+possessed of ample means litigants often obtain from the court
+permission to sue a foreigner in <i>forma pauperis</i>.</p>
+<p>They are unscrupulous about evidence, and many will perjure
+themselves or bring false witnesses without shame. It is said that
+blank stamped paper of any year can be obtained for a sufficient price
+for the purpose of forging documents relating to the sale of land; as
+there are people who regularly keep it for this purpose.</p>
+<p>The feeling of envy is strong within them, and any Spaniard or
+foreigner who appears to be succeeding in an industrial enterprise in
+the provinces, such as planting or mining, is sure, sooner or later, to
+be attacked by the pettifoggers or their men of straw, and he will be
+bled heavily when he comes before the courts, and perhaps have to go to
+the Court of Appeal or even to the Tribunal Supr&eacute;mo in Madrid
+before he can obtain a verdict in his favour.</p>
+<p>The credulity of the Tagal is remarkable; he has on occasion given
+way to outbursts of ferocity, involving death and destruction to
+numbers of innocent people.</p>
+<p>In 1820, during an epidemic of cholera, he was led to believe that
+this strange sickness had been produced by the foreigners, who had
+poisoned the water. An indiscriminate massacre of foreigners was the
+consequence of this calumny, and but few escaped. The authorities,
+always prompt to repress uprisings against the Government, allowed time
+for the foreigners to be massacred before they interfered. It is not
+easy to say how many English, French, or Americans met their deaths at
+the hands of the populace, for such details are never allowed to be
+published.</p>
+<p>I may say, however, that one should not be too hard on the Tagals
+for this crime, since at a much later date a massacre of priests
+occurred in Madrid, on account of a similar belief. It was started
+because a lad, the servant of a priest, was seen to throw some white
+powder into the Fuente Castellana. I have not at hand the details of
+this massacre, but the friars were slaughtered like pigs.</p>
+<p>In the dreadful epidemic of cholera in 1882, the natives behaved
+very well, and I must give General Primo de Rivera credit for keeping
+strict order and promptly organising the construction of temporary
+hospitals, the inspection of every parish of the city, the conveyance
+of the sick to hospital, and the burial of the dead. It was done under
+military direction, and with the assistance of the <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb232" href="#pb232" name=
+"pb232">232</a>]</span>priests, the civil authorities, and the
+principal inhabitants. No disturbances occurred owing to the strong
+hand of the Governor-General, although some of the evil-disposed
+natives began to murmur about the doctors carrying about the
+disease.</p>
+<p>The mortality was dreadful; I believe that some 30,000 people lost
+their lives in the city and province of Manila in three or four months.
+In order to nurse the sick and bury the vast number of dead, it was
+necessary to employ the convicts and prisoners. All these people
+behaved remarkably well, although many succumbed to the disease. The
+survivors were pardoned outright, or had their sentences reduced. If
+the Governor-General had shown signs of weakness, the horrors of 1820
+might have been repeated.</p>
+<p>To give a better idea of the credulity of the Tagals and other
+natives, I may say that in 1868 telegrams were received in Manila
+(<i>vi&acirc;</i> Hong Kong), which were made public in the islands,
+announcing the Spanish revolution of September, and the news, with
+stupendous exaggerations, reached the remotest villages and the most
+miserable huts. A general and indelible idea took possession of the
+minds of the natives that Revolution (they thought it was a new emperor
+or a great personage) had decreed that all were equal, that there
+should be no difference between Indians and Spaniards, that the latter
+had to return to Spain and Indians be substituted in all employments,
+and that the tribute would be greatly reduced. That there would be no
+conscription nor <i>corv&eacute;e</i> (personal work), that the Pope
+would name several Indian bishops, and that the Spanish priests would
+return to the Peninsula. That a new captain-general would arrive who
+would marry a native lady, who would be made a princess, that their
+children would be kings and sovereigns of the Philippine Empire.</p>
+<p>All this was confirmed by prophecies, by dreams, and revelations,
+and great miracles by the Virgin of Antipolo and of St. Joseph, and
+other patrons of the Indies, not omitting St. Peter, for whom the
+native clergy profess a profound veneration, and who is the patron
+saint of a brotherhood which has caused much trouble in the
+Philippines.</p>
+<p>General G&aacute;ndara, informed of all these absurdities by the
+friars, did not fail to appreciate the immense importance of the
+movement which, like the teachings of the so-called gods of Panay and
+Samar who collected thousands of followers, might produce a general
+insurrection. He therefore <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb233" href=
+"#pb233" name="pb233">233</a>]</span>took due precautions, and invited
+all the Spaniards in the Philippines, without distinction of party, in
+support of the Government constituted in Spain. There was, however,
+much agitation and much travelling to and fro amongst the native clergy
+and the pettifogging lawyers. It was, however, not till 1872 that the
+conspirators succeeded in producing the mutiny of Cavite, which was
+quickly suppressed, with much slaughter of the mutineers.</p>
+<p>The chief amusement of the Tagal is cock-fighting. I shall not
+describe this well-known sport, but will remark that it provides no
+inconsiderable revenue. The right of building and running the cock-pits
+of each province is farmed out to Chinese or Chinese half-breeds, and
+no combats may take place except in these places. They are opened after
+Mass on Sundays and feast-days, and on some other days by special leave
+from the authorities. The love of this sport and the hope of gain is so
+general that the majority of the natives of Manila are breeders of
+game-cocks, which they tend with assiduous care, and artisans often
+carry their favourite birds to their work and tether them in the shade,
+where they can keep them in view. Horse-fights occasionally take place.
+The ponies of the Philippines, although not usually vicious to man,
+will fight savagely with each other, and inflict severe bites. I
+remember a case where two ponies harnessed to a victoria began fighting
+and a Guardia Civil attempted to separate them, when one of the ponies
+seized him by the thigh, lifted him off his feet, and shook him as a
+terrier might shake a rat; the flesh of the man&rsquo;s thigh was torn
+away and the bone left bare. This dreadful wound caused his death. The
+occurrence took place in front of the church of Binondo in Manila. Bull
+fights have been an utter failure in Manila, although many attempts
+have been made to establish them. Flying kites is a great amusement
+with young and old in the early months of the year, when the N.E.
+monsoon blows. Fights are organised: the competing kites have
+crescent-shaped pieces of steel attached to the tails, and the
+competitor who can cut the string of his opponent&rsquo;s kite by
+causing his own to swoop suddenly across it, is the winner. Betting on
+the result is common. The Tagals are also fond of the theatre, and some
+years ago there was a Tagal theatre in Binondo where comedies in that
+language were played. I have also met strolling players in the country
+towns. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb234" href="#pb234" name=
+"pb234">234</a>]</span></p>
+<p>But of all kinds of shows a good circus is the one that fetches his
+last dollar out of the Tagal. Guiseppe Chiarini reaped a silver harvest
+in Manila on both occasions he pitched his tents there. His advance
+agent, Maya, a Chilian, paved the way for success, and the pompous
+announcement that Chiarini was born in the sacred city of Rome, greatly
+impressed the natives, who flocked in thousands to his circus. Chiarini
+considered himself able to tame the most vicious horse, and purchased a
+fine Manila pony that no one could manage. The beast, however, was not
+subdued by his powers, and, seizing the tamer&rsquo;s cheek, bit off a
+large piece.</p>
+<p>On feast days in the larger towns, open-air plays are sometimes
+given, and what with preparations, rehearsals, and performance, absorb
+the attention of a large number of the inhabitants for a couple of
+months. I witnessed a very notable performance of this kind some years
+ago at Balayan in the province of Batangas, the characters being played
+by the sons and daughters of the principal people there. The subject
+was taken from the &lsquo;Wars of Grenada.&rsquo; In the first act we
+saw a Christian king and his court, also his only and peerless
+daughter. After these had had their say, an ambassador from the Moslem
+king was announced, and the king summoned his council to consider the
+communication. He took his seat upon the throne, with grey-bearded
+councillors on each side. The Moslem envoy, and his suite and escort,
+entered on horseback and very unnecessarily galloped about and gave an
+exhibition of their horsemanship. Then the envoy, still on horseback,
+harangued the king, and arrogantly demanded the hand of the beauteous
+princess for his master, threatening war to the knife in case of
+refusal. He then retired to his camp.</p>
+<p>Next came the discussion of the demand which the grey-beards think
+it hopeless to resist. The Moslem envoy was sent for, and amid great
+grief the princess was about to be confided to his care, when there
+rushed in a young Christian warrior and his followers, who swore they
+would never allow a Christian princess to wed a Paynim, and dismissed
+the envoy with contumelious remarks. He retired vowing vengeance. All
+this occupied a long time, and I did not remain for the rest. I think
+it took two days to act. But from the volleys of musketry and firing of
+rockets and mortars which I heard, a sanguinary war must have been
+waged and many of the characters must have perished. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb235" href="#pb235" name="pb235">235</a>]</span>The
+play was acted in a more spirited way than usual; some of the male
+performers declaimed their parts with energy. Some were mounted on fine
+ponies, and were well got up and armed.</p>
+<p>The girls&rsquo; dresses were rich, and they wore a great deal of
+jewellery. Some of the princesses were very handsome girls. There is a
+sort of a superstition that any girl performing in one of these pieces
+is sure to be married within a year. This makes them very ready to
+undertake a part, as they obtain an excellent opportunity to display
+their charms to advantage, and so help to fulfil the prediction. The
+play was witnessed by the mass of the population of Balayan and by
+numerous visitors from the neighbouring towns. It was considered a very
+successful performance, and it carried my memory over the wide Pacific
+to Peru, where I have seen similar plays acted by the country people in
+the Plaza of Huacho.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Tagal Literature.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">Tagal literature does not amount to very much, and the
+policy of the Government of late years has been to teach Spanish as
+well as the native dialects in the schools. This did not meet the
+approval of the old school of priests; but many of the younger ones
+have accepted the Government view. In the Exhibition of the
+Philippines, Madrid, 1887, Don Vicente Barrantes showed twenty volumes
+of grammars and vocabularies of the Philippine dialects, and thirty-one
+volumes of popular native poetry, besides two volumes of native plays.
+The Reverend Father Raimundo Lozano exhibited twenty-eight volumes of
+religious works in the Visayas-Panayano dialect, and the Reverend
+Father Francisco Valdez a study of the roots of the Ilocan dialect in
+manuscript. Many works in the native dialects have been written by the
+Spanish priests, such as one by the Reverend Father Manuel Blanco, the
+learned author of the &lsquo;Flora Filipina,&rsquo; of which I give the
+title and the first verse:&mdash;</p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e7976">Tagaloc verses to assist in dying well.</td>
+<td lang="tl" class="xd20e7976">&ldquo;Manga dalit na Tagalog at
+pagtulong sa mamaluatay na tanang Cristiana.&rdquo;</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p><i>Manila</i>, 1867, VIII., 62 pag 8<sup>o</sup>.</p>
+<div lang="tl" class="lgouter">
+<p class="line">&ldquo;Aba bumabasa baquin baga caya</p>
+<p class="line">Tila camuntima i nata cang bohala.&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb236" href="#pb236" name=
+"pb236">236</a>]</span></p>
+<p>I now give the title of a secular poem in English and Tagal, that
+the reader may compare the words and note the subject:&mdash;</p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e7976">Story of the life of the beauteous shepherdess
+Jacobina, a native of Moncada, who became the wife of the King,
+Policarpio de Villar, in the kingdom of Dalmatia, and bore a son named
+Villardo.</td>
+<td lang="tl" class="xd20e7976">&ldquo;Salita at buhay nang marilang na
+<i>pastora</i> na si Jacobina tubo sa Villa Moncada Naguing
+as&aacute;ua nang Policarpio de Villar sa cabarian nang Dalmacia nagga
+roon nang isang supligna anac ang pangaia i si Villardo.&rdquo;</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p>The poem begins&mdash;</p>
+<div lang="tl" class="lgouter">
+<p class="line">&ldquo;O maamong Ester mananalong Judit</p>
+<p class="line">Mariang linanag nitong sang daigdig.&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+<p class="first">and concludes&mdash;</p>
+<div lang="tl" class="lgouter">
+<p class="line">&ldquo;Panang nang pupuri ang lahat nang cabig</p>
+<p class="line">Sa yanang inaguling ang tinamo i sangit.&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+<p class="first">I do not think it is necessary to quote any more, as
+this gives the reader sufficient idea of the language.</p>
+<p>There is much that is good in the Tagal, much to like and admire.
+Antonio de Morga, Sinibaldo de Mas, Tom&aacute;s de Comyn, Paul de la
+Gironi&egrave;re, Jagor, Bowring, Palgrave, Foreman, Stevens,
+Worcester&mdash;all have some good to say of him, and with reason. But
+the piratical blood is strong in him yet. He requires restraint and
+guidance from those who have a higher standard for their actions than
+he has. Left to himself he would infallibly relapse into savagery. At
+the same time he will not be governed by brute force, and under
+oppression or contumelious treatment he would abandon the plains,
+retire to the mountains, and lead a predatory life. Although not just
+himself nor truthful, he can recognise and revere truth and justice in
+a master or governor. Courageous himself, only a courageous man can win
+his respect. He is grateful,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e8025src" href=
+"#xd20e8025" name="xd20e8025src">5</a> and whoever can secure his
+reverence and gratitude will have no trouble in leading him.</p>
+<p>I have testified to the Tagal&rsquo;s excellence in many handicrafts
+and callings, yet I greatly doubt whether they have the mental and
+moral equipment for any of the professions. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb237" href="#pb237" name="pb237">237</a>]</span>I
+should not like to place my affairs in the hands of a Tagal lawyer, to
+trust my life in the hands of a Tagal doctor, nor to purchase an estate
+on the faith of a Tagal surveyor&rsquo;s measurement.</p>
+<p>I do not say that they are all untrustworthy, nor that they can
+never become fit for the higher callings, but they are not fit for them
+now, and it will take a long time, and a completely changed system of
+education, before they can become fit.</p>
+<p>What they want are examples of a high type of honour and morality
+that they could look up to and strive to imitate. There are such men in
+America. Whether they will be sent to the Philippines is best known to
+Mr. McKinley. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb238" href="#pb238" name=
+"pb238">238</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e7775" href="#xd20e7775src" name="xd20e7775">1</a></span> The
+Blachang of the Malays.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e7787" href="#xd20e7787src" name="xd20e7787">2</a></span>
+Pristiophorid&aelig;.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e7790" href="#xd20e7790src" name="xd20e7790">3</a></span>
+Raiid&aelig;.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e7905" href="#xd20e7905src" name="xd20e7905">4</a></span>
+&rsquo;Comentarios R&eacute;ales.&rsquo; Garcilasso Inca de la
+Vega.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e8025" href="#xd20e8025src" name="xd20e8025">5</a></span> Some
+ridiculous person has stated in a magazine article that they have no
+word in Tagal equivalent to Thank you. This is not true, for the word
+Salamat is the exact equivalent.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch25" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXV.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Pampangos (2).</h2>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Pampangos are close neighbours of the Tagals. They
+inhabit the rich and fertile province of Pampanga and a large part of
+that of Tarlac. There are also some detached colonies of them in the
+towns of Bata&aacute;n, Nueva &Eacute;cija, Pangasin&aacute;n, and
+Zambales. The population of Pampanga is given in the census of 1876 as
+226,000. Allowing one-half the population of Tarlac to belong to this
+race, we have to add 41,000, and supposing one-tenth the population of
+Bata&aacute;n, Nueva &Eacute;cija, and Zambales, to be Pampangos, say
+27,000, we get 294,000 as their number in 1876. Doubtless they have
+largely increased since then. The Pampangos speak a different language
+from the Tagals, yet they can understand each other to some extent.
+Many of the better class speak both languages. The Pampango does not
+greatly differ from the Tagal in appearance or character, but his
+environment and his occupations are different. He is not so much a
+sailor, a fisherman, or a mechanic. He excels in agriculture, is a good
+organiser of labour, rides well, is a good hunter, and makes a bold and
+determined soldier. Large numbers of this war-like race have fought
+under the Spanish flag against the Mahometan princes of the Moluccas,
+of Mindanao, and Sulu, as also against the British and the Dutch.
+<i>Pampangos as Cultivators.</i></p>
+<p>The towns of San Fernando, Gu&aacute;gua Bacolor, Mexico, Angeles,
+Candaba, and many others have been built up by Pampanga industry. They
+contain many fine houses, where the European traveller is sure of a
+hospitable reception.</p>
+<p>The staple crop of Pampanga is sugar, and I shall <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb239" href="#pb239" name=
+"pb239">239</a>]</span>explain their organisation for its cultivation
+and manufacture.</p>
+<p>In Luzon the land is usually cultivated under an arrangement known
+as <i>Aparceria</i>.</p>
+<p>The conditions of <i>Aparceria</i> vary according to the locality,
+and to established custom, since on the land near a town a smaller
+share is given to the cultivator than on land near the forests, where
+if he were not satisfied he might commence to clear land for himself.
+Also the land near the towns is more valuable than that at a distance
+for various reasons.</p>
+<p>The following is an example of the terms usual in Pampanga. The
+land-owner provides:</p>
+<ul>
+<li>A. Cleared land ready for the plough.</li>
+<li>B. Sugar-cane points for the first planting.</li>
+<li>C. Sugar-mill, boiling-pans and the building for same.</li>
+<li>D. Money advances to keep the cultivator and his family, and for
+taking off the crop.</li>
+<li>E. Carts for carrying the cane to the mill.</li>
+</ul>
+<p>The cultivator, or <i>inquilino</i>, provides:</p>
+<ul>
+<li>1. His labour and that of his family for ploughing, planting and
+cultivating the cane and fencing the plantations.</li>
+<li>2. The ploughs and implements of husbandry.</li>
+<li>3. The cattle (water buffaloes) for the above labours and for
+working the mill if it is a cattle mill.</li>
+</ul>
+<p>The money advanced to the cultivator by the land-owner is charged 20
+per cent. per annum interest.</p>
+<p>For a daily task of 9 pilones from cattle-mills or 10 pilones from
+steam-mills there are employed:</p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td>2 Labourers to cut cane</td>
+<td>at 25 cents and food</td>
+<td>.50 cents.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1 Carter</td>
+<td>at 25 cents and food</td>
+<td>.25</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>2 Mill attendants</td>
+<td>at 25 cents and food</td>
+<td>.50</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Sugar boiler and fireman</td>
+<td>at 25 cents and food</td>
+<td>.75</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1 Megass carrier</td>
+<td>at 25 cents and food</td>
+<td>.25</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2"></td>
+<td>&mdash;&mdash;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2">Mexican dollars</td>
+<td>2.25</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Or 25 cents per pilon.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb240" href="#pb240" name=
+"pb240">240</a>]</span></p>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Sugar Crop.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The land-owner pays the men&rsquo;s wages, and the
+cultivator gives them three meals a day and cigars.</p>
+<p>The sugar-moulds (pilones) cost about 12&frac12; cents each, and the
+cost is divided between the parties.</p>
+<p>In making up the account, 6&frac12; per cent. per annum is charged
+on the value of the land, machinery and building.</p>
+<p>The molasses which drains from the sugar belongs to the
+land-owner.</p>
+<p>These pilones are supposed to contain 140 lbs. of sugar when filled.
+They are placed upon a small pot to allow the molasses to drain off.
+When delivered their weight may be from 112 to 120 lbs. according to
+the time they have been draining. This sugar polarises about 80 per
+cent. according to circumstances and requires to be treated at the
+<i>farderias</i> in Manila to bring it up to an even sample before it
+is exported. The sugar loaves are cut up, sorted, crushed, mixed with
+other sugars, sun-dried, and a certain quantity of sand added before
+being put into bags for export as <i>Manila Sugar</i>, usually No. 7 or
+No. 9 Dutch standard. It will be seen from the above figures how
+moderate the expenses are. Of course each land-owner has a number of
+cultivators, and often a number of mills.</p>
+<p>Notwithstanding the low price of sugar which has prevailed for many
+years, the provinces of Pampanga has made money out of it as the
+handsome houses of the land-owners in all their towns testify.</p>
+<p>The sugar crop in Pampanga has never quite reached a million
+pilones, but has exceeded nine hundred thousand, say from fifty to
+sixty thousand English tons. The cane is crushed in small steam or
+cattle mills having three horizontal rollers.</p>
+<p>These mills are mostly made in Glasgow and have now in Pampanga
+entirely superseded the Chinese mills with vertical rollers of granite
+or the native mills with vertical rollers of hard wood.<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e8181src" href="#xd20e8181" name=
+"xd20e8181src">1</a></p>
+<div class="figure xd20e8185width" id="p240"><img src="images/p240.jpg"
+alt="A Farderia, or Sugar Drying and Packing Place." width="720"
+height="503">
+<p class="figureHead">A Farderia, or Sugar Drying and Packing
+Place.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984">[<i>To face p. 240</i></p>
+</div>
+<p>In former years I pointed out, in a report written for General
+Jovellar, what a great advantage it would be to Pampanga if the
+planters would abandon the use of pilones <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb241" href="#pb241" name="pb241">241</a>]</span>and make sugar
+suitable for direct export and so obviate the manipulation in the
+<i>farderias</i> at Manila.</p>
+<p>They could make a sugar similar to that produced in Negros and known
+as Ilo-ilo.</p>
+<p>Now that the Philippines have passed into the hands of the United
+States, I do not doubt that central sugar factories will be established
+and will turn out centrifugal sugars polarizing 96 per cent. similar to
+the Cuban sugar.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Pampangos as Fishermen.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">There are some Pampanga fishermen on the River Betis,
+at San Jos&eacute;, and amongst the labyrinth of creeks and mangrove
+swamps forming the north-western shores of Manila Bay.</p>
+<p>Their avocation is not destitute of danger, for these swamps are the
+home of the alligator.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e8212src" href=
+"#xd20e8212" name="xd20e8212src">2</a> Although they are not as large
+as some I have seen in the River Paraguay or on the River D&aacute;ule,
+in Ecuador, they are quite large enough to seize a horse or a man. I
+was once visiting Fr. Enrique Garcia, the parish priest of
+Macab&eacute;be, when a native woman came in and presented him with a
+dollar to say a Mass in thanksgiving for the escape of her husband from
+death that morning. She told us that he was pushing a shrimp-net in
+shallow water when the buaya seized him by the shoulder. The fisherman,
+however, called upon his patron saint, and putting out his utmost
+strength, with the aid of Saint Peter, succeeded in extricating himself
+from the reptile&rsquo;s jaws and in beating him off. His shoulder,
+however, was badly lacerated by the alligator&rsquo;s teeth. It was
+lucky for him that he was in shallow water, for the alligator usually
+holds its prey under water and drowns it.</p>
+<p>The Pampangos also fish on the Rio Grande, the Rio Chico, and in the
+Pinag de Candaba. This latter is an extensive swampy plain, partly
+under cultivation in the dry season, partly laid out as fish-ponds.</p>
+<p>The Nipa palm grows in abundance in the delta of the B&eacute;tis,
+and small colonies of half-savage people are settled on dry spots
+amongst these swamps engaged in collecting the juice or the leaves of
+this tree. The stems are punctured and the juice runs into small
+vessels made of cane. It is collected daily, poured into jars and
+carried in small canoes to the distillery where it is fermented and
+distilled. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb242" href="#pb242" name=
+"pb242">242</a>]</span></p>
+<p>The distilleries are constructed in a very primitive manner, and are
+worked by Chinese or Chinese half-breeds.</p>
+<p>The produce is called Vino de Nipa, and is retailed in the native
+stalls and restaurants.</p>
+<p>The leaves are doubled and sewn with rattan strips upon a small
+piece of bamboo, they are taken to market upon a platform laid across
+the gunwales of two canoes. This arrangement is called <i lang=
+"es">bangcas mancornadas</i>, canoes yoked together. The nipa is sold
+by the thousand, and serves to thatch the native houses anywhere,
+except in certain parts of Manila and other towns where its use is
+forbidden on account of the great danger of its taking fire.</p>
+<p>From circumstances that have come under my own observation, I
+believe it to be a fact that when trade in nipa thatch is dull, the
+canoe-men set fire to the native houses in the suburbs of Manila to
+make a market. I have noticed more than once that houses have commenced
+to burn from the upper part of the thatched roof where they could not
+have caught fire accidentally. The Province of Pampanga extends to the
+westward, as far as the crests of the Zambales mountains, and the
+Cordillera of Mabanga is included within its boundaries. There is but
+little cultivated land beyond the town of Porac to the westward. Here
+the Pampangos trade with the Negritos, who inhabit the Zambales range,
+getting from them jungle produce in exchange for rice, tobacco, sugar,
+and other articles. Occasionally the Negritos steal cattle from the
+Pampangos or at times murder one of them if a good opportunity presents
+itself.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Pampangos as Hunters.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The natives of this part of the province are good
+wood-men and hunters.</p>
+<p>In addition to taking game by nets and ambuscade, some of them hunt
+the deer on ponies which are trained to run at full speed after the
+game, up or down hill, and to get near enough for the rider to throw or
+use his lance.</p>
+<p>Being at Porac in 1879 with the late Major Deare, 74th Highlanders
+(now 2nd Batt. Highland Light Infantry), an enthusiastic sportsman, we
+saw two men who had practised this sport for years, and were told that
+their arms, ribs, legs and collar-bones had been broken over and over
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb243" href="#pb243" name=
+"pb243">243</a>]</span>again. We saw them gallop down a rocky and
+precipitous descent after a deer at full speed.</p>
+<p>We could only wonder that they were alive if that was a sample of
+their hunting. Their saddles were fitted with strong martingales and
+cruppers and with triple girths so that they could not shift. The
+saddles themselves were of the usual native pattern, like miniature
+Mexicans. The men were light weights.</p>
+<p><i>N.B.</i>&mdash;If any reader of this contemplates travelling in
+the Philippines, let him take a saddle with him. It should be as small
+as he could comfortably use, and light. The ponies are from twelve to
+thirteen hands high, but are remarkably strong and clever. I know from
+experience that a good one will carry fourteen stone over rough ground
+with safety.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Tulisanes.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">Pampanga has produced some notable bandits or
+<i>Tulisanes</i> who have given the Spaniards much trouble. Of late
+years there has been a diminution in the number of crimes of violence,
+due in a great measure to the establishment of the Guardia Civil by
+General G&aacute;ndara in 1867.</p>
+<p>I once built a nipa house on the banks of the Rio Grande, near
+Macab&eacute;be, and resided there for several months, carrying on some
+works. I was new to the country and ignorant of the customs of the
+people.</p>
+<p>There were no other Europeans in the vicinity, except the
+priests.</p>
+<p>I took care to treat all my native neighbours with strict justice,
+neither infringing their rights, nor allowing them to impose on me.</p>
+<p>There came to stay with me Mr. A. B. Whyte, then an employ&eacute;,
+now a partner in one of the leading British firms in Manila, who
+frequently had ten thousand dollars in gold in his safe, and similar
+sums were remitted to him from Manila at different times for the
+purchase of sugar.</p>
+<p>One day we received a visit from an officer of the Civil Guard who
+came to warn us that we were in danger of an attack, that his post was
+too far off for him to protect us, and that the locality bore a very
+bad name for crimes of violence. We thanked him for his visit and
+warning, entertained him to lunch, and informed him that we intended to
+remain, after which he returned to his post at <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb244" href="#pb244" name=
+"pb244">244</a>]</span>Apalit. On making inquiry we found that some of
+our immediate neighbours were well-known bandits, but were thought to
+have retired from business. However, they never attacked us, and
+probably prevented any other Tulisanes from doing so lest they should
+get the blame. But had I encroached on their land or treated them
+contemptuously, or had I allowed them to impose upon me, I do not doubt
+we should have been attacked and to say the least we might have found
+ourselves in a tight place.</p>
+<p>A nipa house is no place to defend, for it can be burnt in a few
+minutes in the dry season, and a spear can be pushed through the sides,
+or up through the floor with ease.</p>
+<p>In cases like this one cannot entirely depend upon the assistance of
+native servants, for they have sometimes joined with criminals to rob
+or murder their master.</p>
+<p>There is a curious custom amongst bandits to invite an outsider to
+join them in a particular enterprise, and it is considered mean and as
+denoting a want of courage to refuse, even when a servant is invited to
+help rob or kill his master. Moreover, there is much danger in refusing
+to join the bandits, for it will give dire offence to them and perhaps
+have fatal consequences. This invitation is called a <i>Convite</i>
+[<i>see</i> <a href="#ch5">Chap. V.</a>].</p>
+<p>The hereditary taint of piracy in the Malay blood, and the low moral
+standard prevailing in the Archipelago, as well as fear of the
+consequences of a refusal, render it more difficult than a stranger can
+realise for a native servant to resist such a temptation.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Pampanga Women.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The women in Pampanga are smart in appearance, clever
+in business, and good at a bargain, whether buying or selling. The men
+are well aware of this and when selling their produce or buying a
+sugar-mill, they like to have the assistance of their wives, who are
+always the hardest customers to deal with.</p>
+<p>They are excellent sempstresses and good at embroidery. In some
+villages they make very durable silk handkerchiefs with coloured
+borders of blue, red or purple. Straw hats, mats, <i>salacots</i>,
+cigar and cigarette cases are also made by them. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb245" href="#pb245" name="pb245">245</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Their houses are kept clean, and the larger ones are well-suited for
+entertainments, as the <i>sala</i> and <i>caida</i> are very spacious,
+and have polished floors of <i>narra</i>, or some other hard
+close-grained wood very pleasant to dance on.</p>
+<p>A ball at a big Pampanga house is a sight that will be remembered.
+Capitan Joaquin Arn&eacute;do Cruz of Sul&iacute;pan, on the Rio
+Grande, a wealthy native sugar-planter, used to assemble in his fine
+house the principal people of the neighbourhood to meet royal or
+distinguished guests. One of his daughters is married to a
+distinguished lawyer, my friend Don Felipe Buencamino, author of the
+remarkable State paper addressed to the United States Senate, and
+published in the Congressional Record of January 9th, 1900, pp.
+752&ndash;53&ndash;54. Capitan Joaquin possessed a magnificent
+porcelain table-service of two hundred pieces, specially made and
+marked with his monogram, sent him by a prince who had enjoyed his
+hospitality.</p>
+<p>He gave a ball for the Grand Duke Alexis of Russia, who afterwards
+declared that the room presented one of the most brilliant sights he
+had ever seen.</p>
+<p>This from a son of an Emperor might seem an exaggeration, but
+brilliant is the only word that can describe the effect produced on the
+spectator by the bright costumes and sparkling jewellery of the
+women.</p>
+<p>Their dress seems to exercise a fascination upon Europeans which the
+costume of any other eastern country fails to do.</p>
+<p>Monsieur Paul de la Gironi&egrave;re, in his charming book,
+&lsquo;Vingt Ans aux Philippines,&rsquo; says, about the Mestiza dress:
+&ldquo;Nothing so charming, so <i>coquet</i>, so provocative as this
+costume which excites to the highest point the admiration of all
+strangers.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>He goes on to say that the women are well aware of this, and that on
+no account would they make a change. I will add my opinion that they
+are quite right, and may they ever stick to the saya, the b&aacute;ro,
+and the tapis under the Stars and Stripes, may they ever be as natural,
+as handsome and as prosperous as when the writer dwelt amongst them on
+the banks of the Rio Grande under the paternal rule of Alcalde Mayor
+Don Jos&eacute; F&eacute;c&eacute;d y Temprado. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb246" href="#pb246" name="pb246">246</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e8181" href="#xd20e8181src" name="xd20e8181">1</a></span> The
+roller pinions in both Chinese and native mills are of hard wood.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e8212" href="#xd20e8212src" name="xd20e8212">2</a></span> <i lang=
+"la-x-bio">Crocodilus Porosus.</i></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch26" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXVI.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Zambales (3).</h2>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Zambales are a small and unimportant tribe of the
+Malay race, with some admixture of Negrito blood. They inhabit part of
+the province of Zambales from the River N&aacute;ja down to South
+Felipe, a coast village in 15&deg; N. latitude, and in their mountains
+there roam a good many Negritos. The Zambales are subjugated and
+converted to Christianity, but some still maintain a partial
+independence amongst the mountains, paying, however, the
+&ldquo;<span lang="es">Reconocimentio de Vassallaje</span>.&rdquo; At
+the time of the conquest, these people were famous head-hunters, and
+otherwise manifested a bloodthirsty disposition. They lived in villages
+of thirty to forty families, quite independent of each other, and their
+chiefs possessed but little influence. When one of a family died the
+surviving male relatives put on a black head-cloth or turban, which
+they durst not remove until one of them had killed some one else so as
+to satisfy the death vengeance. A murder could be atoned for by a
+payment in gold or in goods, or a slave or Negrito might be delivered
+up to be sacrificed to the <i>manes</i> of the departed. It was
+customary amongst them to take with them to their feasts the heads or
+skulls they possessed. The heads were placed on poles and ceremonial
+dances were performed around them. They also emulated the Vikings by
+making drinking cups out of their enemies&rsquo; skulls.</p>
+<p>Their religion was similar to that of the Tagals. Their principal
+god was called Malayari, but he had under him two deputy gods, Acasi
+and Manglobag, and a large number of inferior gods. Their chief priest
+was called Bayoc, and exercised great influence amongst
+them<span class="corr" id="xd20e8339" title="Source: ,">.</span> They
+celebrated baptism with the blood of a pig. Amongst them, as in Borneo
+and with many tribes of Malays who are not Mahometans, the pig is
+considered as the most acceptable <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb247"
+href="#pb247" name="pb247">247</a>]</span>sacrifice to the gods. For
+particulars about this I refer the reader to &lsquo;Life in the Forests
+of the Far East,&rsquo; by Spenser St. John.</p>
+<p>Now, at last, they have been brought into the Christian fold,
+though, perhaps, amongst the pine-clad mountains, heathen customs
+maintain their hold upon the wild hillmen. These latter trade with
+their Christian and partly-civilised brethren, bringing them jungle
+produce, tobacco, and the small bezoar stones, so highly prized by the
+Chinese, in return for articles they require. The Zambales raise some
+rice and a little sugar. Their trade is inconsiderable, their exports
+being limited to Sapan wood, jungle produce, timber, fire-wood, and
+charcoal, all of which is shipped to Manila, where it finds a ready
+sale. The total population of this province was 94,551 in 1876, but
+only a portion of these were Zambales.</p>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Pangasinanes (4).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Pangasinanes inhabit the north-western part of the
+province of Pangasinan, and the northern part of the province of
+Zambales from the River Naja, which runs into the Bay of Bazol, round
+Cape Bolinao to Sual, including the Island of Cabarruyan and Santiago.
+But the southern and eastern part of their province is partly inhabited
+by Pampangos and Ilocanos.</p>
+<p>On the other hand, there are some Pangasinanes scattered about the
+northern part of Nueva &Eacute;cija amongst Tagals and Ilocanos, and
+there are a few as colonists in Benguet.</p>
+<p>In former times the Pangasinanes occupied a wider extent of country.
+When Juan Salcedo arrived he found them occupying the southern part of
+La Union; but they have been and are still being pushed back by the
+more hard working and energetic Ilocanos.</p>
+<p>As the limits of their province do not correspond to the
+ethnographical boundaries, it is not easy to estimate their numbers. I
+think there may be about 300,000 of them.</p>
+<p>The Pangasinanes were subjugated by the Spaniards in 1572, and in
+1576 they were all Christians. Their manners and customs are similar to
+those of the Pampangos and Tagals, but they have a rougher and more
+uncouth appearance. Their chief occupation is cultivating rice, and
+whenever this is the case the people are poor and little advanced
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb248" href="#pb248" name=
+"pb248">248</a>]</span>in civilisation. It is the lowest kind of
+agriculture any people can follow. The first sign of prosperity in an
+eastern people is given when they begin to import rice, as it shows
+that they have a more remunerative occupation to follow than
+cultivating it for themselves. Thus the Cagayanes who grow tobacco, the
+Pampangos who grow sugar, and the Vicols of Albay and neighbouring
+islands who grow hemp, all import rice.</p>
+<p>Mr. J. W. Jamieson, the Acting British Consul at Sumao, in a report
+on the trade of Yunnan, issued the 7th of December, 1898, says:
+&ldquo;Apart from minerals, the province possesses a few other
+resources and the inhabitants are lazy and unenterprising to a degree.
+So long as they can grow enough rice to feed themselves and procure
+enough cotton to make the few articles of clothing necessary in this
+equable climate, they are content.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>I am glad to find this confirmation of my views in this matter. Mr.
+Jamieson&rsquo;s remarks apply to all the rice-growers I have seen.</p>
+<p>The rice is raised in the delta of the Agno and about that river.
+Formerly, the Pangasinanes not only sent rice to Manila, but exported
+it to China, Siam, and Annan.</p>
+<p>For this trade they built their own vessels at Lingayen, and in the
+flourishing period, some twenty-five years ago, their shipwrights used
+to turn out eight or ten schooners in a year, vessels able to carry 300
+to 400 tons dead weight. Since the introduction of steamers into the
+coasting trade, the construction of sailing vessels has greatly
+diminished. Still, they turn out two or three a year.</p>
+<p>In some parts of the province they make sugar, but it will not
+compare in quality with that made in Pampanga. It has a smaller grain
+and a paler colour, but less sweetening power. The average of thirty
+samples, taken as the sugar was ladled out of the <i>tacho</i>,
+was&mdash;</p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td>Crystallizable sugar</td>
+<td>70.40 per cent.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Uncrystallizable</td>
+<td>13.00</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Ash</td>
+<td>1.97</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p>It is drained in pilones, or earthenware moulds; but, unlike the
+Pampanga custom, the moulds are not delivered with the sugar, but the
+leaf is wrapped in the dried sheaths of the palm, tied about with split
+rattan. Most of the sugar is sent by sea to Manila and exported to
+China for direct <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb249" href="#pb249"
+name="pb249">249</a>]</span>consumption in one of the provinces where
+it finds a ready sale.</p>
+<p>Indigo was formerly cultivated here and exported, and at one time a
+good deal of Sapan wood was also exported, but the trade in these
+articles has almost ceased.</p>
+<p>Amongst the industries of Pangasinan may be mentioned the
+manufacture of hats, hundreds of thousands of which were made at
+Calasiao from grass or <i>nito</i>, and sent to Boston or New York.
+There are also at Calasiao, and in some other towns, blacksmiths who
+forge excellent <i>bolos</i> or wood-knives from the iron-bands taken
+off bales of cotton cloth or sacking.</p>
+<p><i>Carromatas</i>, the two-wheeled vehicles of the country, are
+constructed in Lingayen and Dagupan, and are said to be very well
+made.</p>
+<p>I may mention here that the ponies raised in these provinces are
+inferior to the Ilocanos or even the Albay breed.</p>
+<p>The sands of the River Agno near Rosales, and of the streams coming
+down from Mount Lagsig, are washed for gold, principally by women who
+obtain but a meagre return.</p>
+<p>The civilisation of the Pangasinanes is only skin-deep, and one of
+their characteristics is a decided propensity to <i>remontar</i>, that
+is, to abandon their towns or villages and take to the mountains, out
+of reach of all authority. There are some great land-owners in
+Pangasinan; one of them, Don Rafael Sison, owns an estate that
+stretches from Calasiao and Santa Barbara to Urdaneta.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Ilocanos (5).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">This hard-working and industrious race occupies the
+northern and western shores of Luzon, from Point Lacatacay on the 121st
+meridian, east from Greenwich, to San Fabian, on the Gulf of Lingayen.
+This includes the three provinces of Ilocos Norte, Ilocos Sur, and La
+Union. The Ilocanos have also pushed into the north-eastern part of
+Pangasinan, where they occupy seven towns, and they inhabit the town of
+Alcal&aacute; in the province of Cagayan, several villages in Benguet,
+parts of the towns of Capas and O&rsquo;Donnell in the provinces of
+Tarlac, and some towns in Zambales and Nueva &Eacute;cija. They are all
+civilised and have been Christians for three centuries. Amongst them
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb250" href="#pb250" name=
+"pb250">250</a>]</span>dwell many converted Tinguianes and Igorrotes,
+who speak the Ilocan dialect.</p>
+<p>Blumentritt attributes the energy and activity of the Ilocanos to an
+admixture, even though it be small, of these brave and hardy races. In
+dress and appearance they are similar to the Tagals, and like them
+carry the indispensable <i>bolo</i>. They cultivate tobacco, cotton,
+rice, maize, indigo, sugar-cane, and a little cacao and coffee. They
+also grow the pita (<i lang="la-x-bio">Agave Americana</i>), which
+gives the fibre for the nipis textiles, ajonjoli (<i lang=
+"la-x-bio">Sesamum indicum, L.</i>), from which they extract oil, which
+is used in medicine and for the hair, and they even grow some wheat.
+They extract a black resin from the Antong (<i lang="la-x-bio">Canarum
+Pimela</i>), which is used as incense or for making torches; another
+resin from the Bangad, which is used as a varnish, another from the
+Cajel (<i lang="la-x-bio">Citrus Aurantium</i>), and many others used
+either in medicine, for torches, for varnishing, or for paying the
+seams of wooden vessels. They get gum from the Balete (<i lang=
+"la-x-bio">Ficus Urostigma</i>), and from the Lucban, or orange tree
+(<i lang="la-x-bio">Citrus decumana,</i> L.), oil from the Palomaria
+(<i lang="la-x-bio">Calophyllum inophyllum,</i> L.), and from a large
+number of other trees, some only known by the native name, and the use
+of which is uncertain. They obtain dyes from many trees growing wild in
+the forests, amongst others from the Tabungao (<i lang=
+"la-x-bio">Jatropha Curcas,</i> L.), the Lomboy (<i lang=
+"la-x-bio">Eugenia Lambolana,</i> Lam.), the sibucao (<i lang=
+"la-x-bio">Coesalpinia Sappan,</i> L.). Their cultivation of indigo is
+declining, partly because the demand has diminished in consequence of
+the introduction of chemical substitutes, and also because the Chinese,
+into whose hands the whole produce of these provinces found its way,
+adulterated it so abominably as to discredit it altogether. Yet so
+great is the facility of Ilocan territory for growing indigo, that
+Gregorio Sy Quia of Vigan exhibited in Madrid in 1887 no less than
+seventy-five different kinds of indigo, and seventy-five different
+seeds corresponding to the samples. At the same exhibition, no less
+than twenty-four different kinds of rice were exhibited from Ilocos,
+and this by no means exhausts the list. Every kind has a distinctive
+name. The textile industry flourishes amongst these industrious people.
+The Local Committee of Namagpacan, in the province of La Union, sent to
+Madrid for the above-mentioned exhibition, no less than 145 different
+textiles, whilst other towns sent looms and other implements. Amongst
+the articles woven are quilts, cotton blankets <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb251" href="#pb251" name="pb251">251</a>]</span>(the
+celebrated Mantos de Ilocos), napkins and towels, and a great variety
+of material for coats, trousers, women&rsquo;s dresses and other uses.
+Guingon (called by sailors dungaree), a blue stuff for clothing, costs
+from $0.50 to $0.31, 2<i>s.</i> 8<i>d.</i> per vara (2 feet 9 inches),
+a mixture of cotton and silk, for men&rsquo;s wear, $1.25 per vara,
+silk handkerchiefs $0.25 each.</p>
+<p>The Ilocans also make nets for fish, and for deer and pigs; baskets
+of all sorts, salacots or hats.</p>
+<p>They grow two kinds of cotton for textiles, the white and the
+Coyote. Another kind, a tree cotton from the Boboy (<i lang=
+"la-x-bio">Eriodendron anfractuosum,</i> D.C.), is only used for
+stuffing pillows. They extract oil from the seeds of all three
+kinds.</p>
+<p>Like the other civilized natives they live principally on rice and
+fish, which they capture in large quantities. Blumentritt mentions two
+kinds, the &ldquo;Ipon&rdquo; and the &ldquo;Dolon,&rdquo; which they
+salt or pickle.</p>
+<p>They have fine cattle, which they sell to the Igorrotes. It will be
+noted that the Tinguianes, on the other hand, sell cattle to the
+Ilocanos. The ponies of Ilocos are highly valued in Manila, where there
+is a great demand for them. They are smaller than the ponies of other
+provinces, but are very hardy and spirited, and go at a great pace.
+<i lang="es">Tulisanes</i> formerly infested these provinces and found
+a ready refuge in the mountains, when pursued by the <i lang=
+"es">cuadrilleros</i>, or village constables, who were only armed with
+<i lang="es">bolos</i>, lances, and a few old muskets. But the creation
+of the Civil Guard, formed of picked officers and men, who were armed
+with Remingtons and revolvers, and whose orders were, &ldquo;Do not
+hesitate to shoot,&rdquo; made this business very dangerous, and the
+three provinces suffer little from brigandage. When Juan Salcedo
+conquered the Ilocos, he found a caste of nobles amongst them who
+possessed all the riches of the country, and treated the <i lang=
+"es">cailanes</i>, or serfs, with great rigour. Their tyranny caused
+several bloody rebellions, and although at present matters in this
+respect have improved, there is still room for complaint that the
+people who do the work do not get a fair remuneration for it, the rich
+man always endeavouring to keep the poor man in permanent indebtedness.
+In consequence of this, the Ilocanos are ever ready to emigrate, and
+besides the places I have mentioned, there are thousands of them in
+Manila and other parts of the islands. They easily obtain employment
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb252" href="#pb252" name=
+"pb252">252</a>]</span>either as servants, cultivators, or labourers,
+for they are superior in stamina to most of the civilised races, and in
+industry superior to them all.</p>
+<p>I have no doubt that there is a great future before this hardy,
+enterprising, and industrious people.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Ibanags or Cagayanes (6).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Ibanags inhabit the Babuyanes and Batanes Islands
+and the northern coast of Luzon, from Point Lacaytacay to Punta
+Escarpada, and all the country comprised between the Rio Grande and the
+summits of the Sierra Madre as far south as Balasig.</p>
+<p>They also hold the left bank of the river from the sea, right up to
+the confluence of the River Magat for an average width of some five
+miles.</p>
+<p>They are said to be the finest race and the most valiant men in the
+islands, and to have manfully resisted the Spaniards.</p>
+<p>However, they were conquered and converted to Christianity. From the
+year 1781 they have been subjected to the worst form of slavery, the
+forced cultivation of tobacco. The detestable abuses brought into this
+system by the unblushing rascality of the agents of the treasury,
+became, finally, so glaring, and the condition of the Ibanags so
+dreadful, that, in 1882, the Governor-General, Moriones (see Chapter
+&ldquo;Spanish Government&rdquo;), forced the hand of C&aacute;novas
+and the royal family, who desired to sell the monopoly, and this
+horrible slavery ceased, having lasted over a century, going from bad
+to worse.</p>
+<p>Since that date the condition of the Ibanags has greatly improved;
+they have continued the cultivation of tobacco, and private enterprise
+has done much to introduce the finest seed and to improve the
+cultivation and preparatory operations. The &ldquo;<span lang=
+"es">Compa&ntilde;ia Tabacalera de Filipinas</span>,&rdquo; a
+Franco-Catalan enterprise, has established the Haciendas of San
+Antonio, San Rafael, and Santa Isabel, in the district of Isabela.</p>
+<p>They have built large warehouses in Tuma&uacute;ini and have agents
+in all the principal towns.</p>
+<p>On the river they have a stern-wheel steamer, the <i>Antonio
+Lopez</i>, and a number of steel-lighters for carrying down
+tobacco.</p>
+<p>The tobacco is ready for transport in December and <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb253" href="#pb253" name=
+"pb253">253</a>]</span>January. It is sent down the river to Aparri,
+from whence it is shipped to Manila. In a normal dry season (February
+to August), the river is navigable for steamers of two feet draught up
+to Alcal&aacute;, the trade of which town is not important; but that of
+Tugueg&aacute;rao is so, and up to that point the current is not
+strong.</p>
+<p>Amongst the Ibanags the distinction of noble and plebeian has been
+as strongly marked as amongst the Tagals, Pampangos, and Ilocanos, and
+the intense cupidity of the nobles, or rather usurers, which name
+better describes them, has led to many bloody outbreaks on the part of
+the oppressed and enslaved debtors.</p>
+<p>The government has steadily encouraged the Ilocanos and others to
+settle in Cagayan and plant tobacco, giving them free passages and
+advances of money in the days of the monopoly.</p>
+<p>On the other hand, the discontent of the Ibanags has led them to
+migrate to other provinces when possible, for the authorities prevented
+them from doing so by force when they could. They especially
+endeavoured to get to Manila, and I remember many years ago the arrival
+of a starving and ragged band, who had tramped all the way from Isabela
+to Manila to escape from their cruel task-masters.</p>
+<p>However, things are better with them now, and I hope means will be
+found under the Stars and Stripes to introduce a better system of
+finance, and to curb the greed of the usurer, either by legislation or
+by competition on a fair and humane basis. The Ibanag language is
+spreading greatly amongst the hill-tribes around them as a commercial
+language, just as Ilocano is spreading on the West Coast.</p>
+<p>Under American influence an immense development of the provinces of
+Cagayan and Isabela may be expected in the near future, and the Ibanags
+will doubtless benefit by this. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb254"
+href="#pb254" name="pb254">254</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch27" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXVII.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Igorrotes (7).</h2>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">This is an important, and to me, the most interesting
+of the independent or partly subdued races of the Philippines. They are
+a fine, hardy, industrious, and warlike race, well worth a great and
+patient effort to bring them within the pale of Christianity, and to
+advance the civilisation they have already attained. They are of a dark
+bronze colour, with straight black and abundant hair, large dark eyes
+set rather obliquely as amongst Chinese. Their faces are broad with
+high cheek-bones, the nose aquiline and the head large. The features in
+general have a Mongolian cast, and a certain nasal twang in their
+speech resembles that of the Southern Chinese. The men have capacious
+chests, showing good lung-power, their muscles well developed
+indicating great strength and ability to resist fatigue. The women have
+also well-marked figures and rounded limbs. The fashions vary with
+different tribes, but it is common to find both sexes wearing their
+hair cut in a fringe over the forehead, but reaching down to the
+eyebrows, long enough at the sides to cover the ears, left long at the
+back of the head, where it is gathered up into a knot.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e8545width" id="p254"><img src="images/p254.jpg"
+alt="Igorrote Spearmen and Negrito Archer." width="720" height="494">
+<p class="figureHead">Igorrote Spearmen and Negrito Archer.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984">[To face p. 254.</p>
+</div>
+<p>The Igorrotes of Lepanto wear beards, some of them are as thick as a
+Spaniard&rsquo;s, but the tribes farther South pull out, not only their
+beards, but all the hair on their bodies, except that of the head.
+Their dress varies from a mere apron (Bahaque) when at work in the
+fields, to an ornamental jacket very smartly cut and elaborate
+sword-belt when at war or on any full-dress occasion. These jackets are
+very handsome and have stripes of blue, crimson and white. They wear a
+variety of head-dresses, turban, Salacot or a kind of cocked-hat and
+feathers. Both men and women wear cloaks or plaids of bright colours
+made of cotton. Although the word Igorrote has come to be <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb255" href="#pb255" name=
+"pb255">255</a>]</span>almost a generic name for the heathen
+Highlanders of North Luzon, it is here limited to those who dwell on
+the Western part of the Cordillera Central, comprising the whole of the
+districts of Benguet and Lepanto, part of Bontoc and parts of the
+Provinces of La Union and Ilocos Sur. The sub-tribes Buriks and Busaos
+are included.</p>
+<p>Tattooing is very general amongst them. In some districts you can
+hardly find a man or woman who has not a figure of the sun tattooed in
+blue on the back of the hand, for in Central Benguet they worship the
+sun. Some <span class="corr" id="xd20e8557" title="Source: o">of</span>
+them tattoo the breast and arms in patterns of straight and curved
+lines pricked in with a needle in indigo blue. The Busao Igorrotes, who
+live in the North of Lepanto, tattoo flowers on their arms, and in
+war-dress wear a <span class="corr" id="xd20e8560" title=
+"Source: cylindical">cylindrical</span> shako made of wood or plaited
+rattan, and large copper pendants in their ears. These people do not
+use the Talibon, and prefer the spear. The Burik Igorrotes tattoo the
+body in a curious manner, giving them the appearance of wearing a coat
+of mail. But this custom is probably now becoming obsolete, for at
+least those of the Igorrotes who live near the Christian natives are
+gradually adopting their dress and customs.</p>
+<p>White is the colour of mourning, as amongst the Moros of Mindanao
+and Sulu. Both sexes are fond of personal ornaments, such as ear-rings,
+collars, arm-rings, bangles, leg-rings and belts. Collars of
+crocodiles&rsquo; teeth are highly esteemed. In the long list of their
+manufactures I shall enumerate their ornaments. Their arms are the
+<i>talibon</i>, a short double-edged sword; the <i>gayang</i>, a
+javelin or assegai; and the <i>aligua</i>, a light axe, having a spike
+at the back opposite to the cutting edge. After throwing their
+javelins, they rush on with their drawn swords, holding their shield,
+called a <i>calata</i>, on the left arm. This is made of light wood and
+is long and narrow. With the exception of the shape of the shield their
+equipment is much like that of the Roman Legionaries twenty centuries
+since. The <i>aligua</i> appears to be used, not as a fighting weapon,
+but to decapitate their fallen enemies and as a means of carrying the
+head home on a spike. Great rejoicings, with feasts and dances, were
+held after a successful skirmish, and large quantities of liquor
+consumed. But the constant pressure of the Spanish authority has in a
+great measure stopped these petty wars. They make a kind of beer called
+<i>Basi</i> by fermenting cane-juice, and another liquor, something
+like <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb256" href="#pb256" name=
+"pb256">256</a>]</span>the chicha of the Peruvian Coast Indians, from
+rice. This latter is called <i>bundang</i>. They are great smokers, and
+make their own pipes of various materials. They appear not to have
+universally adopted the Malay custom of chewing buyo. There is a
+settlement of Christian Igorrotes on the coast of Ilocos Sur, close to
+the boundary of La Union, which has been established many years. But in
+general the Igorrotes have steadily refused to embrace Christianity,
+and evidently do not want to go to the same heaven as the Spaniards.
+The behaviour of the troops led against them in 1881 by General Primo
+de Rivera doubtless confirmed them in this repugnance. The expedition
+did not do much in the way of fighting, Remingtons and mountain-guns
+failed to subdue the bold mountaineers armed only with javelin and
+sword. The Spanish officers and men, however, are reported to have
+abominably mishandled the Igorrote women. For this ravishing foray the
+late King Alfonso XII. bestowed the title of Vizconde de la Union upon
+Primo de Rivera, and showered promotions and crosses upon his
+staff.</p>
+<p>The Igorrotes live in villages with a population of three or four
+hundred souls. There is a chief to each, but the villages are not
+organised into states, each being independent. The chief is supposed to
+be chosen from the families called <i>Mainguel</i>, who have
+distinguished themselves in war. As a matter of fact, the richest man
+usually becomes chief. The wealthy families vie with each other in the
+grand feasts which they give to all comers. The noble and the
+illustrious guests are personally invited to these feasts, but the
+common people assemble at beat of drum. The chief presides at the
+meeting of the <i>Bacuanes</i> or nobles in whom are vested the village
+lands, and who direct its affairs.</p>
+<p>The common people are in a kind of bondage to the nobles, and
+cultivate their lands for them. In Lepanto they are called
+<i>cailianes</i> as in Ilocos. Their houses are square, and similar to
+those of the other natives in the outlying districts, being raised on
+posts above the ground-level. A framework of bamboos is supported on
+four trunks of trees, the roof is thatched with <i>cogon</i> (elephant
+grass) and the sides are closed in by canes, bamboos or pine planks.
+Each house stands in an enclosure of its own, strongly fenced with
+rough stones or posts. They are far inferior to the Christian natives
+in the arrangement <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb257" href="#pb257"
+name="pb257">257</a>]</span>of their houses. Instead of having a
+separate kitchen on a <i>pantalan</i> or raised platform, the fire is
+made in the centre of the house, and the smoke finds its way out
+through a hole in the roof. The rafters and inside of the thatch is
+blackened by the soot. They make no windows to their houses and only a
+small door, the ladder to which is drawn up when they retire to rest.
+They are not clean in their persons, and neglect to wash their clothes,
+or clean the interiors of their houses. They thus compare very
+unfavourably with the Tagals as regards cleanliness, although, as we
+shall see, in some other respects they are greatly above them. Each
+village has its Town Hall, which they call the <i>Balta-oa</i>. This is
+where the Town Council assembles to settle the affairs of the
+community, to hear requests for divorces, and to administer the law to
+offenders. Public festivities also take place here.</p>
+<p>They are monogamous, and have the highest respect for the holiness
+of the marriage tie. It is not absolutely indissoluble, but can be
+dissolved by the village council on serious grounds; but apparently
+divorce is systematically discouraged, and the sacredness of marriage
+is upheld. In former times adulteresses were punished by beheading, but
+more lenient views now prevail, and a good whipping is considered
+sufficient to meet the case. Generally death only dissolves the tie,
+and even then only partially, as re-marriage is difficult; for it is
+not proper for the widow to marry again without the consent of her late
+husband&rsquo;s family, which may not easily be obtained, and if she
+contracts new ties, the children of her first marriage are removed from
+her control. On the other hand, Igorrote respectability requires that a
+widower should entirely neglect his toilet and commune silently with
+his grief for several years before taking to himself a new wife. Like
+most heathen, they show the greatest respect and affection for their
+parents, and cherish them to their life&rsquo;s end.</p>
+<p>In sharp contrast with the license accorded to young girls by the
+Tagals and Visayas, the Igorrotes carefully guard the chastity of their
+daughters, and do not allow them to go about without a chaperon. The
+father even often accompanies them on their excursions. When they
+arrive at the age of puberty, the boys and girls are separated.</p>
+<p>In each village there are two special buildings not too near each
+other. In one of these the girls sleep under the watchful guard of a
+duenna, who looks after their morals, <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb258" href="#pb258" name="pb258">258</a>]</span>and in the other the
+youths under the care of an elder. The youth caught violating the
+sanctity of the damsels&rsquo; dormitory, or the maiden who is detected
+in an intrigue, or shows signs of maternity, may expect a severe
+correction. They do not seem to raise as many difficulties about the
+marriage of their daughters as the Tagals do, and they do not make it a
+matter of a mercenary bargain. When a youth takes a fancy to a
+marriageable maiden of his own degree, he applies through his parents
+to the father of the girl, and if he and his daughter look with favour
+on the proposal, the young man is admitted to cohabit with the damsel.
+But if within a certain period the girl does not show signs of
+succession, the would-be bridegroom is sent about his business. On the
+other hand, if pregnancy is announced, the wedding takes place with all
+possible ceremony, including an invocation of the <i>Anitos</i> or
+ancestral gods, feasts and dances, which last eight or nine days, but
+the young couple are excused from attendance. The Igorrotes, in fact,
+openly recognise a custom which is practised to a great extent in the
+agricultural districts of England and Scotland, with this difference,
+that the Christian youth in the latter countries often evades the
+marriage, while the heathen Igorrote carries out his engagement. I
+think, on the whole, the heathen comes out best.</p>
+<p>Although so desirous of offspring, they like to have them come one
+at a time, and they consider it to be an evil omen when one of their
+women brings forth twins. In such a case the last born is handed over
+to whoever desires to adopt it. This is held to avert the omen and
+straighten things out again.</p>
+<p>Of late years the establishment of forts with the Tagal or Visayas
+garrisons in the Igorrote territory, and closer contact with Christians
+generally, have tended to demoralise the heathen, and, above all, to
+lower somewhat their lofty ideal of chastity.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e8630width" id="p258a"><img src=
+"images/p258a.jpg" alt="Anitos of Northern Tribes." width="684" height=
+"498">
+<p class="figureHead">Anitos of Northern Tribes.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984">[<i>To face p. 258.</i></p>
+</div>
+<div class="figure xd20e8639width" id="p258b"><img src=
+"images/p258b.jpg" alt="Anitos of the Igorrotes." width="681" height=
+"421">
+<p class="figureHead">Anitos of the Igorrotes.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="figure xd20e8644width" id="p259"><img src="images/p259.jpg"
+alt=
+"Coffin of an Igorrote Noble, with his Coronets and other Ornaments."
+width="465" height="720">
+<p class="figureHead">Coffin of an Igorrote Noble, with his Coronets
+and other Ornaments.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984">[<i>To face p. 259.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p>Amongst the Igorrotes of Lepanto, and those farthest removed from
+Spanish influence, when a man of position dies, a notification is sent
+to all his blood-relations, even though they reside at a great
+distance, and the corpse is not buried until they have all arrived and
+have each taken the dead man&rsquo;s hand in theirs, inquiring of him
+tenderly why he has abandoned his family. All this time a great feast
+is going on outside the house, vast quantities of rice and meat are
+provided and consumed, and an unlimited <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb259" href="#pb259" name="pb259">259</a>]</span>allowance of beer
+drunk by the guests. The expense is often out of all proportion to the
+means of the family and perhaps involves them in debt for years.</p>
+<p>In the Igorrote territory under Spanish influence this extravagance
+and delay of burial is discouraged. Some of the Igorrotes dry their
+dead over a fire in a similar way to the Tinguianes. The dead are
+buried in a sitting posture, after the manner of the Peruvian Indians,
+but enclosed in coffins, which are placed in any small cave or cleft in
+the rocks, enlarged by hand if necessary. The Igorrotes believe in a
+Supreme Being, the creator and preserver; he is called <i>Apo</i> in
+Benguet, and <i>Lu-ma-oig</i> in Lepanto. The wife of <i>Apo</i> is
+called <i>Bangan</i>, the daughter <i>Bugan</i> and the son
+<i>Ubban</i>. There are two inferior gods, <i>Cabigat</i> and
+<i>Suyan</i>, these deities hold intercourse with mankind through the
+<i>Anitos</i> or ancestral spirits, some good, some evil, who reward or
+chastise mankind in this life. They represent these spirits by
+roughly-carved idols of wood. Some of these idols are male and others
+female. Occasionally the carving is of an obscene nature, and similar
+to some clay images I have seen taken from tombs in Peru. They practise
+family prayer, and the object of it is to solicit the favour of the
+Anitos. Sometimes the will of the Anitos is declared through an old
+priestess called an <i>Asitera</i>, who receives a fee for her pains.
+The ancestral spirits are more worshipped than the gods. Poultry,
+swine, and dogs, may not be slaughtered except in a sacrificial manner.
+There is a priest in every village called the <i>Manbunung</i> who
+first consecrates the animal to the Anitos, and then kills it and
+returns it to the owner, reserving, however, the best piece for
+himself. In company with his first-born son he takes the lead at
+prayer-meetings, or on special occasions, such as illness, marriage,
+the commencing some important work, or averting some evil omen. This
+man makes some pretence at healing the sick, but rather with charms and
+incantations than by administering medicine. There is a sacred tree
+near each village, which is regarded as the seat of the Anitos. In the
+shade of this is a sacrificial stone. Sometimes near a house may been
+seen a small bench for the Anitos to repose on, and a dish of rice or
+other food for their refreshment. The Igorrotes believe that there are
+two places where the souls of the dead travel to. One is an agreeable
+residence provided with everything necessary to happiness, and is for
+the spirits of those who have died <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb260"
+href="#pb260" name="pb260">260</a>]</span>a natural death. But if they
+have been evil-doers, such as robbers or murderers, and have escaped
+due punishment on earth, they are punished here by the other souls
+before being allowed to enjoy the advantages of the place. But the
+souls of brave warriors killed in battle, and of women who have died in
+child-birth, arrive at a much more desirable place, a real heaven, and
+reside amongst the gods.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e8696width" id="p261"><img src="images/p261.jpg"
+alt="Weapons of the Highlanders of Luzon." width="510" height="705">
+<p class="figureHead">Weapons of the Highlanders of Luzon.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984">[<i>To face p. 261.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p>The Igorrotes of Cabugalan in Lepanto regard eels as the embodiment
+of their ancestors; they will not catch them or do them any harm, but
+feed them when opportunity offers. The <i>Asiteras</i> assist at feasts
+and make invocations and propose toasts which are drunk by the men
+present. The private or family feasts are called <i>Bumaguil</i>, being
+held in the giver&rsquo;s house or courtyard, but public entertainments
+or feasts of the whole village are called <i>Regnas</i>, and are held
+in or in front of the <i>Balta-oa</i> or Town Hall. They are preceded
+and followed by songs and dances. The songs are inharmonious and
+monotonous. The dances vary with the localities. In one dance bowing to
+the beer-mugs is a feature. As amongst other Malay races, ordeals are
+in fashion to decide disputes. One consists in a priest or chief
+scratching the scalps of the disputants with a small iron fork. Whoever
+loses most blood during this operation has lost his case. The
+<span class="corr" id="xd20e8718" title=
+"Source: Igorrottes">Igorrotes</span> work hard at their agriculture,
+and their rice-farming is excellent. They plough the valleys with the
+aid of buffaloes and terrace the hillsides, which they cultivate by
+hand. They burn down the pine-forests to clear the hills. They irrigate
+where possible, carrying the canals over any ravine by means of rude
+aqueducts. They grow considerable quantities of tobacco,<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e8722src" href="#xd20e8722" name="xd20e8722src">1</a>
+which is, however, of inferior quality. This they sell to the civilised
+natives, and it is exported. I suppose it goes to Hamburg to make
+German Havana cigars, just as conger eels go to Paris to make fillets
+of soles. They cultivate sweet potatoes, also the ordinary potatoes,
+which grow well, and although small, are much prized in Manila, and
+meet with a ready sale. The <span class="corr" id="xd20e8725" title=
+"Source: Igorrottes">Igorrotes</span> of Lepanto eagerly seek new seeds
+to plant. It is strange that an agricultural people like this should
+have little or no idea of breeding cattle, but instead of doing so,
+they purchase from the Ilocanos and others cattle, horses, and pigs for
+consumption, paying good prices for them. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb261" href="#pb261" name="pb261">261</a>]</span>They even buy dogs to
+eat. I have been assured by Mr. Ernest Heald, formerly British
+Vice-Consul at Sual, that he has often seen Igorrotes returning to the
+hills from Dagupan, leading strings of dogs, which they had purchased
+for food at prices varying from twenty-five to fifty cents, and that
+the dogs seemed to have an instinctive idea what they were being taken
+away for. The cooking of the Igorrotes is abominable, especially their
+way of cooking meat. It would not obtain the approval of Brillat
+Savarin. They seem to have no objection to eating it putrid, and their
+robust constitutions apparently prevent their suffering from ptomaine
+poisoning. The most remarkable characteristic of the Igorrotes is their
+skill as smiths, miners, and metallurgists. Their forges are not
+usually in their villages, but are hidden away in the forest; they use
+piston-blowers instead of bellows, and charcoal as fuel. Their
+lance-heads, swords, and other weapons are well shaped and of excellent
+quality. They worked the copper ores of Mancayen in Lepanto very
+successfully. From official documents it appears that from 1840 to 1855
+they sold on an average each year about nineteen tons of copper, either
+in ingots or manufactured. Then a Spanish Company took up the work and
+ignominiously failed. Gold mining and washing was formerly a monopoly
+of the nobles, and the washing is so still to some extent. For
+centuries, and long before the Spanish conquest, the Igorrotes have
+brought down gold to trade with the coast natives. Such particulars as
+are known to me about Igorrote mining, smelting, and gold-washing, will
+be found under the headings Gold, Copper, Iron, in <a href=
+"#ch16">Chapter XVI</a>.</p>
+<p>I have added to this account of them a list of such of their
+manufactures as I have seen or could learn of, and in most instances I
+have given the Igorrote name. The Igorrotes have several dialects, so
+that the names of the various articles may vary according to the
+locality. Herewith a list of the dialects and the places where each is
+spoken, taken from Spanish official sources.</p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr class="label">
+<td>Dialect.</td>
+<td>Locality.</td>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td>Benguetano.</td>
+<td>The greater part of Benguet.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Igorrote.</td>
+<td>Lepanto.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Igorrote del Abra.</td>
+<td>Five villages of Bontoc.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Igorrote de la Gran Cordillera.</td>
+<td>By the reduced Igorrotes and the independent tribes of the
+Caraballo.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Igorrote Suflin.</td>
+<td>In fifteen villages of that Cordillera.</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb262" href="#pb262" name=
+"pb262">262</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Many of the Principales or head-men and others under Spanish
+influence speak and write Ilocano, which they find necessary for their
+trade with that people. More than twenty years ago there were seven
+schools in Lepanto regularly attended by five hundred and sixty-two
+children, of whom one hundred and ten could then read and write
+Spanish. No doubt by this time these schools have considerably
+increased.</p>
+<p>I am much impressed by the great industry of these people and with
+the great skill they show in everything they undertake. It is therefore
+disappointing to read in Foreman&rsquo;s book &lsquo;The Philippine
+Islands,&rsquo; p. 213: &ldquo;Like all the races of the Philippines,
+they are indolent to the greatest degree.&rdquo; Foreman goes on to
+say, Polygamy seems to be permitted, murders are common, their huts are
+built bee-hive fashion, they keep a Dr. and Cr. account of heads with
+the Negritos. All this is probably in consequence of accepting idle
+stories as facts, and is nothing less than a libel on the Igorrotes. A
+people who believe in a Supreme Being, Creator of heaven and earth, in
+the immortality of the soul, in an upper and lower heaven, in
+punishment after death, if it has been evaded in life, who are strict
+monogamists, and who have a high belief in the sacredness of the
+marriage tie; a people who guard the chastity of their daughters as
+carefully as the British or the Americans; a people physically strong,
+brave, skilful, and industrious, have nothing in common with the
+wretches Foreman described under their name. These people live in the
+fairest and healthiest parts of Luzon, no fevers lurk amongst those
+pine-clad mountains, no sultry heats sap the vital powers. What an
+opportunity for a grand missionary enterprise! What a noble material to
+work on, every condition seems favourable. The very fact of their
+rejection of the form of Christianity presented to them, and their
+distrust of the Spaniards, may influence them in favour of some simpler
+doctrine. I shall feel well repaid for my labour in describing these
+people, if the truthful picture I have attempted to present of them
+should interest those who have the means and the will to inaugurate a
+new era, to help them along the Path. A perusal of what the old
+chroniclers say about them convinces me that they have done much
+themselves to improve their moral condition, and that many detestable
+customs, at all events attributed to them, have long since been
+relegated to oblivion. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb263" href=
+"#pb263" name="pb263">263</a>]</span></p>
+<p>I now give a list of the Missions in the Igorrote and Tinguian
+territory that existed in 1892.</p>
+<div class="table">
+<h4 class="tablecaption"><span class="sc">Missions in Tinguian and
+Igorrote Territory.</span></h4>
+<h4 class="tablecaption">1892.</h4>
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr class="label">
+<td>Province.</td>
+<td>Town.</td>
+<td>Population.</td>
+<td>Missionaries.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="label">
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td>Rev. Father&mdash;</td>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="7">Abra</td>
+<td>Pidigan.</td>
+<td>2,418</td>
+<td>P. Ornia.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Bucay.</td>
+<td>3,688</td>
+<td>J. Lopez.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>La Paz y San Gregorio.</td>
+<td>2,802</td>
+<td>P. Fernandez.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Villavieja.</td>
+<td>1,912</td>
+<td>M. Fonturbel.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Bangued.</td>
+<td>8,702</td>
+<td>A. Perez.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Tayum.</td>
+<td>3,064</td>
+<td>L. Vega.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Dolores.</td>
+<td>2,522</td>
+<td>F. Franco.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Lepanto</td>
+<td>Cervantes y Cayan.</td>
+<td>2,200</td>
+<td>A. Oyanguren.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="2">Benguet</td>
+<td rowspan="2">La Trinidad y Galiano.</td>
+<td rowspan="2">849</td>
+<td>J. Garcia.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>R. Rivera.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td class="sum">28,157</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p>All the inhabitants of these towns and villages are Christians, and
+either they or their ancestors were baptised by missionaries of the
+Augustinian order.</p>
+<div class="table">
+<h4 class="tablecaption">Some Manufactures of the Igorrotes.</h4>
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2"><i>Weapons.</i></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="label">Native Name.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Say-ang</td>
+<td>Lance, for war or for killing deer.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Talibon</td>
+<td>Short double-edged sword.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Ligua, or Aligua</td>
+<td>Axe used for decapitating the fallen enemy.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Calas&aacute;g or Cal&aacute;ta</td>
+<td>Long narrow wooden shields.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Bunneng</td>
+<td>Wood knife.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Sayac or Dayac</td>
+<td>Sharp bamboo spikes to be set in the paths.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Bows and arrows (the Igorrotes possess these, but are not skilful
+archers).</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Clubs.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Gay-ang</td>
+<td>Javelins (favourite weapons of Igorrotes).</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2"><i>Accoutrements</i>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Alpilan or Sacupit</td>
+<td>Knapsacks.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Lagpi.</td>
+<td>Haversacks.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Saddles.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Bridles.<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb264" href="#pb264" name=
+"pb264">264</a>]</span></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Rang&aacute;n</td>
+<td>Saddle-bags.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Baot</td>
+<td>Whips.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Upit</td>
+<td>Pouch for medicine and antidote for snake bite.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Sac-dey</td>
+<td>Uniform or war jackets.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Bariques</td>
+<td>Chief&rsquo;s sword belt.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Balques</td>
+<td>Ancient sword belts used by their ancestors are preserved as
+heirlooms in the family.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2"><i>Clothing</i>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Tacoco</td>
+<td>Hat made of rattan for head-men.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Hat for married men.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Suebong</td>
+<td>Hat for bachelors, woven from cane.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Hat for women.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Sachong</td>
+<td>Hat for chiefs.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Calog&oacute;n or catloc&oacute;n</td>
+<td>Hat made of rattan and cane used by Christian Igorrotes.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Sarquet or Barguet</td>
+<td>Headcloth used by head-men.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Loc-bo</td>
+<td>Caps.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Olei or Ul&aacute;s</td>
+<td>Cloaks or plaids.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Cobal</td>
+<td>Loin-cloth of bark or cotton.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Baag or Bahaque</td>
+<td>Aprons.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Palingay</td>
+<td>Aprons for women.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Atten</td>
+<td>Skirts used by head-men&rsquo;s wives or daughters.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Tachun</td>
+<td>Waterproof hoods to cover the head and the load carried on the
+back, <i>e.g.</i>, to keep tobacco dry in transit.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">An-nanga</td>
+<td>Waterproof capes of Anajas leaves.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Sandals.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Clogs.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Ampaya, Samit</td>
+<td>Tapis, cloth worn by women round the hips.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Barique or canes</td>
+<td>Sashes.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Baquet</td>
+<td>Woman&rsquo;s belt to hold up the tapis.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Bado</td>
+<td>Woman&rsquo;s shirt.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Shirts made of the bark of the pacag.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2"><i>Ornaments</i>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Chacang</td>
+<td>A gold plate used by head-men or chiefs to cover their teeth at
+feasts or when they present themselves to Europeans of
+distinction.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Balangat</td>
+<td>A coronet of rattan.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Aponque</td>
+<td>Collar or necklace.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Apongont</td>
+<td>A coronet of scented wood (candaroma).</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">On&oacute;</td>
+<td>Necklace of reeds and coloured seeds.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Bariques</td>
+<td>Necklace of vertebr&aelig; of snakes.<span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb265" href="#pb265" name="pb265">265</a>]</span></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Siquel</td>
+<td>Necklace made of seed of climbing plant called Bugayon.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Necklace made of white stones.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Necklace made of crocodiles&rsquo; teeth.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Necklace made of boars&rsquo; tusks.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Necklace made of mother-of-pearl.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Al-taque</td>
+<td>Coronet of polished mother-of-pearl.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Garin</td>
+<td>Bangles or bracelets of copper.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Bali</td>
+<td>Arm-rings, often of copper and gilt.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Baney</td>
+<td>Leg rings of nito and fibre, or of copper, used by men.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Arisud</td>
+<td>Ear-rings.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Tabin</td>
+<td>Ear-rings of copper, used by men.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Bit-jal or Bit-hal</td>
+<td>Bracelets of boars&rsquo; tusks.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Galaong or Galang</td>
+<td>Bracelets of mother-of-pearl.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Onon-ipit</td>
+<td>Necklace or collar of metal, having three pendants, the centre one
+being tweezers for pulling out hairs, the other two instruments for
+cleaning out the ears.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2"><i>Household Goods.</i></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Gui-pan</td>
+<td>Small knife for peeling roots and splitting cane.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Lod&oacute;</td>
+<td>Ladle of cocoa-nut shell for water.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Idas</td>
+<td>Wooden spoons.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Latoc</td>
+<td>Large wooden dish, with receptacles for sauce and salt.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Dalela</td>
+<td>Rice dish of copper.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Sagatan</td>
+<td>Strainer of cane and rattan.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Sarangos-&aacute;n</td>
+<td>Funnel made of a cocoa-nut shell.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Labba</td>
+<td>Basket used for carrying provisions.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Pidasen</td>
+<td rowspan="2">Baskets for domestic use.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Tinac-dag</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Alat or Minuiniata</td>
+<td>Small basket for collecting eggs.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Babaco</td>
+<td>Provision basket.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Bigao</td>
+<td>Basket for cleaning rice.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Opit-daguil</td>
+<td>Provision basket.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Opig&aacute;n or Acuba-quigan</td>
+<td>Basket for keeping clothes in.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Cal-culven</td>
+<td>Cane basket blackened by smoke.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Tapil</td>
+<td>Small basket of cane.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Hugones</td>
+<td>Great baskets to hold rice.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Agabin</td>
+<td>Creels for carrying fish.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Apisang or Sacupif</td>
+<td>Large basket used for carrying tobacco on the back.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Sulpac</td>
+<td>Large bamboos for carrying water.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Tang-tang</td>
+<td>Calabashes for measuring or holding <i>basi</i>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Ting-galon</td>
+<td>Goblet of plaited cane used at feasts for drinking
+<i>basi</i>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Pambi&aacute;n</td>
+<td>Spinning wheels.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Paga-blang</td>
+<td>Looms.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">La-labay&aacute;n</td>
+<td>Apparatus for holding skeins of cotton.<span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb266" href="#pb266" name=
+"pb266">266</a>]</span></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Qui-tan-gang</td>
+<td>Wooden drainer for the spoons or paddles used for stirring up the
+<i>basi</i> when brewing it.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Balai-ti-ado</td>
+<td>Rack to hold spoons.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Quil-lit</td>
+<td>Earthen cooking-pot.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Ongot</td>
+<td>Drinking-cup for water.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Soled</td>
+<td>Dish of plaited rattan for boiled camote (sweet potatoes).</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Dapilag</td>
+<td>Dish of plaited rattan for boiled rice.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2"><i>Personal Effects</i>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Palting</td>
+<td>Pouches for tobacco and gold.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Upit</td>
+<td>Tobacco pouch plaited of rattan.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Suput</td>
+<td>Purse made of cotton ornamented with copper wire.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Cuaco</td>
+<td>Pipes of wood, stone, clay, or metal.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Nupit</td>
+<td>Tobacco boxes.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Sacopit</td>
+<td>Carved walking sticks.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Tad</td>
+<td>Umbrellas.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Pamiguin</td>
+<td>Pneumatic tinder-box, or fire squirt.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Apit</td>
+<td>Pocket book of cane and rattan.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Dubong</td>
+<td>Deer-skin pouch used when travelling.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Quidatang</td>
+<td>Case with fittings for striking a light.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Sagay say</td>
+<td>Combs.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Tooth-brushes.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2"><i>Miscellaneous</i>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Tali</td>
+<td>Ropes of Alinao bark.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Sinal-lapid</td>
+<td>Ropes of Labtang bark.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Rat&eacute;n</td>
+<td>Nets for taking deer and pigs.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Chi-ay</td>
+<td>Traps for taking jungle-fowl.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Anitos</td>
+<td>Images of the household gods.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Sipas</td>
+<td>Foot-balls of rattan.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Disig</td>
+<td>Humming tops.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Casabang</td>
+<td>Branch of a tree used to frighten away snakes.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Hammocks for sleeping or travelling.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Tugas</td>
+<td>Throne for a chief and his favourite.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Harrows.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Ploughs.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Cradles.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Coffins.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2"><i>Musical Instruments</i>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Sulibao or Culibao</td>
+<td>Large drum, played with one stick.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Quinibal</td>
+<td>Small drum held between the knees and played with two sticks.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Calalen or Bab-balasan</td>
+<td>Flutes played by single women.<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb267"
+href="#pb267" name="pb267">267</a>]</span></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Cong-gala or</td>
+<td rowspan="2">Flutes (nose flutes) played by men.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Tong-gala</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Ganza</td>
+<td>Large flat gong held in right hand, and played with left,
+vibrations stopped with right elbow. If a human jaw-bone, taken from a
+dead enemy, is fitted as a handle, the value is enhanced.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Pinsac</td>
+<td>A small gong.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Bating-ting or</td>
+<td rowspan="2">Triangles made of iron.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Palas-bating-ting</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Cingo-cingco</td>
+<td>Violin played by single men.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Guitar, the body made from cocoa-nut shell.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Palgong-bocancang</td>
+<td>Cane instrument played by the women going to and coming from their
+work. Holding it in the right hand, they cover the orifice with the
+index-finger, and strike the other end on the left hand.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2"><i>Mining Tools, etc.</i></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc">Native names unknown</td>
+<td>Crow-bars.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Hammers.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Wedges.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Outfit for gold washing.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Blowers for smiths&rsquo; forges.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td lang="bnc"></td>
+<td>Furnaces for smelting copper.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="figure xd20e9673width" id="p264"><img src="images/p264.jpg"
+alt=
+"Igorrote Dresses and Ornaments, Water-Jar, Dripstones, Pipes, and Baskets."
+width="513" height="715">
+<p class="figureHead">Igorrote Dresses and Ornaments, Water-Jar,
+Dripstones, Pipes, and Baskets.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984">[<i>To face p. 264.</i></p>
+</div>
+<div class="figure xd20e9682width" id="p266a"><img src=
+"images/p266a.jpg" alt="Anitos, Highlands of Luzon." width="260"
+height="342">
+<p class="figureHead">Anitos, Highlands of Luzon.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="figure xd20e9687width" id="p266b"><img src=
+"images/p266b.jpg" alt="Anito of the Igorrotes." width="265" height=
+"475">
+<p class="figureHead">Anito of the Igorrotes.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="figure xd20e9692width" id="p266c"><img src=
+"images/p266c.jpg" alt="Igorrote Drums." width="510" height="343">
+<p class="figureHead">Igorrote Drums.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984">[<i>To face p. 266.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb268" href="#pb268" name=
+"pb268">268</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e8722" href="#xd20e8722src" name="xd20e8722">1</a></span> They
+sell about 25,000 bales per annum.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch28" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXVIII.</h2>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Isinays (11).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">A small tribe living in the northern part of
+Pangasinan, towards Mount Caraballo del Sur. They are now merged in the
+Pangasinanes, and have lost all distinctive customs.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Abacas (12).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">A small tribe living about Caranglan in the South
+Caraballo. They were formerly fierce and warlike, but have been
+pacified and converted to Christianity. They had a separate language
+which has died out, and their customs are now those of the Christian
+natives.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Italones (13).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">These people live in the south-west corner of Nueva
+Vizcaya, about the head-waters of the River Magat. They are numerous,
+and occupy many towns and villages, amongst them Bayombong, Dupax,
+Bambang, and Aritas. They were formerly warlike head-hunters, and are
+said to have devoured the hearts and brains of their slain enemies in
+order to inherit their courage and wisdom. This is a Chinese idea, and
+is even now practised in Canton, where pieces of the heart and liver of
+a particularly hardened and desperate criminal are retailed by the
+executioner at a high price for the above purpose. They wear their hair
+long like the Ilongotes. Their weapons were the lance, shield, or
+wood-knife, and in their customs and religion they resembled the
+Igorrotes. They were said to ornament the hilts of their swords with
+the teeth of their slain enemies. All these detestable customs have now
+disappeared; they have been converted to Christianity, and <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb269" href="#pb269" name="pb269">269</a>]</span>now
+are peaceful agriculturists and hunters. Game and fish abound; a
+telegraph line runs through their territory with a station at
+Bayombong. This is part of the line from Manila to Aparri.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Ibilaos (14).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">These savages inhabit the hilly country about the
+sources of the River Casepuan, which, according to
+D&rsquo;Almonte&rsquo;s map, is a tributary of the River Casiguran,
+which runs into the Bay of Baler; but, according to Olleros, is a
+tributary of the Rio Grande de Cagayan. However this may be, their
+habitat is on the borders of Nueva &Eacute;cija and Nueva Vizcaya. Some
+of these people have been subjugated, but the others live a nomadic
+life in the mountain forests, and resemble the Negritos. Their pleasure
+is to lie in wait and shoot the passers-by with their arrows. Like the
+Italones they are said to ornament their weapons with the teeth of the
+slain, and, like them, wear their hair long. The independent Ibilaos
+live by the chase, and on jungle produce, and do no cultivation. They
+are small of stature and weak. It is possible that they are a hybrid
+Negrito Malay race. Their bloodthirsty propensities make them a curse
+to their neighbours.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Ilongotes (15).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Ilongotes inhabit the rocky fastnesses of the
+range of mountains on the east coast, called the Caraballo de Baler,
+the whole length of the Distrito del Principe, the north-east corner of
+Nueva Vizcaya and a strip of the southern part of Isabela.</p>
+<p>Their neighbours on the east are the Negritos, who live along the
+sea-shore. These people are also their neighbours on the north, where
+they inhabit the mountains.</p>
+<p>On the west they have the Ifugaos in the northerly part of their
+boundary, and civilised Indians of mixed races in the southern part.
+Their nearest neighbours to the south are some scattered Tagals.</p>
+<p>Blumentritt describes them from a photograph lent him by Dr. A. B.
+Meyer, as having eyes long and deeply sunk, upper lip and chin hairy,
+the hair long plaited in a tail, and often reaching the hips. A Spanish
+authority describes <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb270" href="#pb270"
+name="pb270">270</a>]</span>them as similar to the other hillmen, but
+wearing long hair, and dirty and disagreeable in their aspect</p>
+<p>Their dress is as primitive as that of the other savage races, the
+adult men wearing a band of beaten bark round the waist, the women
+wearing a tapis, and the children going quite naked. They wear rings or
+spirals of brass wire on their arms, necklaces, and other ornaments.
+But when the men have occasion to go into the Christian villages, they
+wear shirts and trousers. I have myself seen instances of this custom
+amongst the Tagban&uacute;as in Palawan.</p>
+<p>They are clever smiths and know how to temper their weapons. Their
+lances have different shaped heads, and the shafts are made of Palma
+Brava. Their swords are well-made and ornamented, and are carried in a
+wooden scabbard from a belt of webbing. This appears to be their
+favourite weapon. They never go unarmed, even for a few paces, and they
+sleep with their weapons beside them. Their shields are of light wood,
+carved, and painted red.</p>
+<p>Their domestic life is not unlike that of the Christian natives, for
+they are not polygamists; they, however, are more careless and dirty.
+They purchase their wife from her parents. They subsist by hunting and
+fishing, and by cultivating rice, maize, sweet potatoes, and other
+vegetables. They grow tobacco, which they exchange for other goods with
+the Christian natives. They catch the wild <i>carabaos</i> in traps.
+They are ineradicably addicted to head-hunting, and wage a continual
+war with all their neighbours, but if an interval of peace occurs, they
+fight one family or clan against another, for they must have heads. The
+marriage ceremony cannot be completed till the bridegroom has presented
+the bride with some of these grisly trophies; heads of Christians for
+choice.</p>
+<p>They signify war by placing arrows in the path and sprinkling blood
+upon it. Treaties of peace, or rather truces, are sometimes ratified by
+human sacrifices, and the ceremony of blood-brothership is
+practised.</p>
+<p>They have few religious practices, although they believe in a
+Supreme Being, and in the ancestor-worship common to the country. The
+relatives assemble to celebrate a birth by a feast. On the fifth day a
+name is given to the infant. They take care of the sick and endeavour
+to cure them with herbs, to which they ascribe medicinal virtues. If
+the patient dies, the relatives devour everything in the house in
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb271" href="#pb271" name=
+"pb271">271</a>]</span>order to mitigate their grief, and they bury the
+corpse within twenty-four hours of death, placing some provisions upon
+the grave. From a statement in a Spanish official publication, the
+Ilongote dialect is spoken in two towns and twenty-two rancherias of
+Nueva Vizcaya, and in four rancherias in the district of Principe. This
+shows that at least on their western border they are now somewhat held
+in check. But the poor Negritos still have to suffer their
+incursions.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Mayoyaos and Silipanes (16).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">These people are very numerous, and inhabit the
+north-west corner of Nueva Vizcaya, and the south-west corner of
+Isabela, between the Cordillera Central and the River Magat. For
+neighbours, they have on the east the Ifugaos, those deadly
+lasso-throwers; on the west, the Igorrotes are separated from them by
+the Cordillera; to the north they have the Gaddanes, and the
+Itetapanes, and to the south the Italones. In appearance, dress, arms
+and ornaments, they resemble the Igorrotes of Lepanto. The Ifugao
+language is spoken at the missions of Quiangan and Silipan, and in a
+large number of hamlets of these people. They were pacified and
+converted to Christianity about half a century ago, and are gradually
+improving in civilisation.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Ifugaos (17).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Ifugaos, who bear a strong resemblance to the
+Japanese, inhabit a territory in central Nueva Vizcaya, and in the
+south of Isabela, mostly between the River Magat and the Rio Grande,
+but they have a great many hamlets on the left bank of the Magat. They
+cultivate rice, camote, and other crops, but prefer to live by robbery
+whenever possible. They are persistent head-hunters, frequently at war
+with the neighbouring tribes, or amongst themselves.</p>
+<p>One notable peculiarity must be mentioned. Besides the lance, knife,
+and bow and arrows, they use the lasso, which they throw with great
+dexterity. Lurking near a trail, they cast the fatal coil over some
+unwary traveller, and promptly decapitate him, to add his skull to
+their collection, and decorate their hut.</p>
+<p>It is their custom to wear as many rings in their ears as they have
+taken heads. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb272" href="#pb272" name=
+"pb272">272</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Major Galvez, after a skirmish with these people, found the corpse
+of one of their warriors who wore thirty-two death-rings in his
+ears.</p>
+<p>Their religion is said to be after the style of the Igorrotes, and
+some other hill-tribes of Luzon. Their chief god Cabunian had two sons,
+Sumabit and Cabigat, and two daughters, Buingan and Daunguen, who
+married amongst themselves, and from them the human race is descended.
+Ancestor-worship is also practised. The Spaniards built and garrisoned
+a chain of forts in the Ifugao territory to keep them in order, and of
+late years their murderous incursions have been kept in check. It would
+require an enquiry on the spot to say whether there is any prospect of
+this tribe becoming civilised, and converted to Christianity.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Gaddanes (18).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Gaddanes occupy the north-east quarter of Saltan
+and Bondoc, and their territory stretches over into Isabela in a
+south-easterly direction to the River Magat, thus bordering on the
+five-mile strip of Ibanag territory on the left bank of the Rio Grande.
+The upper part of the Rio Chico runs through their Saltan territory,
+and the River Libug through their Isabela territory.</p>
+<p>In appearance they are darker than any other of the hillmen of
+Luzon. They are not as well built as the Igorrotes. They have round
+eyes, and large, flat noses. They are very dirty. Their houses are
+built on lofty piles, and the ladder is drawn up at night, or in war
+time. They are partly converted to Christianity, and are of a milder
+disposition than their neighbours.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Itetapanes (19).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">These people live in Bontoc, almost the centre of
+Northern Luzon. On the west they have the Busaos Igorrotes, on the east
+the Gaddanes, to the north-west they have the Guinanes, and to the
+south the Mayoyaos. They are more like the Gaddanes than any other
+neighbours, especially in the eyes and hair, yet in other respects they
+are something like the Negritos in appearance, and much more so in
+their dispositions and customs, for it has not been possible to
+civilise them. Their arms are the same as <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb273" href="#pb273" name="pb273">273</a>]</span>the Busaos, and, like
+them, they wear a cylindrical shako, which they dye a brilliant red.
+They appear to be a hopeless race.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Guinanes (20).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">These terrible neighbours of the peaceful Tinguianes
+inhabit both slopes of the Cordillera Central in Abra and Bontoc. They
+do not pass to the west of the River Abra, or its affluent, the
+Pusulguan.</p>
+<p>On the south the Guinanes have the warlike Busaos, who are well able
+to defend themselves, and to retaliate on their aggressors.
+Consequently, the Tinguianes are the principal victims; in fact, some
+years back, they had no peace, and are not now free from danger.</p>
+<p>The fame and respect enjoyed by a successful head-hunter is the
+great incentive to them to persevere in their sanguinary forays, which
+they conduct with the greatest cunning.</p>
+<p>The return of the head-hunters to their village with their ghastly
+trophies is celebrated by prolonged and frantic orgies&mdash;feasting
+and drinking, singing war-songs, music and dancing. In fact, their
+rejoicings only differ in degree and intensity from those customary in
+Christian nations to celebrate the slaughter of their enemies.</p>
+<p>So fond are the Guinanes of getting heads, that when not at war with
+other tribes they fight amongst themselves.</p>
+<p>They are much like the Igorrotes, and, like them, are settled in
+towns and villages. They practise agriculture, and are excellent
+smiths, and forge specially good knives, which are much esteemed by the
+Busaos, and find a ready sale amongst them.</p>
+<p>Little is known of their manners and customs, or of their numbers,
+since few travellers care to run the risk of having their skulls added
+to the collection of some connoisseur.</p>
+<p>I cannot suggest any use this tribe could be to the United States,
+for I do not think the most enthusiastic or devoted missionary would
+hanker after being appointed to convert them, and even if such an one
+could be found, the probability of his success would be very small.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb274" href="#pb274" name=
+"pb274">274</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch29" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXIX.</h2>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Cal&aacute;uas, or Itaves (21).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">A small tribe, living in a strip of country stretching
+across the great loop formed by the Rio Chico de Cagayan just before it
+enters the Rio Grande. They are peaceful and industrious cultivators,
+and grow rice and excellent tobacco. In former days, when the State
+monopoly was in force, they used to smuggle this, and were attacked,
+and their plantations laid waste in consequence. But now they are able
+to trade freely, and must have become prosperous. Very little is known
+about them. The word Cal&aacute;uas is also spelt Calaguas.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Camuangas and Bayabonanes (22).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">These people live in the southern part of the province
+of Cagayan, say about 17&deg; 30&prime; north latitude. On the north
+they have the Cal&aacute;uas, or Calaguas, and on the south the
+Dadayags. D&rsquo;Almonte&rsquo;s map shows no hamlets in their
+territory, and the nearest <i>visita</i> is Gamuasan. Nothing is known
+about them, and Blumentritt considers it not improbable that they are a
+branch of the Dadayags.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Dadayags (23).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">A small tribe living in the north-west comer of
+Isabela, not far from the left bank of the Rio Grande.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Nabayuganes (24).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">These people, who have a language of their own, live
+in two long valleys extending from the Cordillera Central towards the
+east. According to D&rsquo;Almonte&rsquo;s map, these <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb275" href="#pb275" name=
+"pb275">275</a>]</span>parallel valleys lead down to the town of
+Malaneg, and in each of them there is a river. That in the northern
+valley is called the River Nabbuangan, and that in the southern valley
+the River Nabbuanguan. They join before reaching Malaneg, forming the
+River Nagalat, a tributary of the Rio Chico de Cagayan. Nothing is
+known of their religion or nature. On the north-east of the Nabayuganes
+live the Aripas.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Aripas (25).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">This tribe inhabits the hills to the west of the
+junction of the Rio Grande and Rio Chico of Cagayan. They have the
+Apayaos on the west, the Ibanags on the east, the Calingas on the
+north, and the Ilanes on the south. They are peaceful, and partly
+converted to Christianity.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Calingas (26).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">These people inhabit the mountains to the north of the
+Aripas. On their north and east they have the Ibanags, and on the west
+the Apayaos. They are supposed to have a good deal of Chinese blood in
+their veins. They are now peaceful, like the Aripas.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Tinguianes (27).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Tinguianes inhabit the western half of the
+province of Abra, and their villages are thickly scattered about on the
+eastern slopes of the Ilocos mountains, and on the banks of the River
+Abra. They have also pushed their way to the extreme north-east corner
+of Abra, and they extend southwards and westwards along the coast as
+far as Punta Darigayos. Santiago is a Christian Tinguian town, and was
+founded in 1736.</p>
+<p>The Tinguianes are of a peaceful disposition, and are gradually
+becoming civilised and converted to Christianity. In fact, of late
+years, the advance of the Spaniards has been considerable. It is only
+in the more remote parts of their territory that some of them retain
+their independence, and their ancient laws, beliefs and customs. The
+constant intercourse they have with the Ilocanos has resulted in
+spreading that dialect amongst them, whilst their own language is dying
+out.</p>
+<p>In appearance the Tinguianes differ considerably from <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb276" href="#pb276" name="pb276">276</a>]</span>the
+other mountain tribes of Luzon, being taller, and of a much lighter
+colour. Their noses are not flattened like those of the Malays, but are
+aquiline, and remind one of the features of the Cholos of the Peruvian
+coast. They are a cleanly people; the men wear turbans, jacket and
+trousers; the women belonging to their nobility have their garments
+beautifully embroidered. They wear arm-sheaths, and sometimes
+leg-sheaths, made of plaited fibre, and ornamented with beads, or with
+coloured stones, brought from the Batanes islands, which they purchase
+in Ilocos. They also wear necklaces of these stones, copper or silver
+ear-rings, and other trinkets.</p>
+<p>Spanish writers consider these people to have a strong admixture of
+Chinese blood, and suppose it may be from a remnant of the pirates
+under Li-ma-hon, who were defeated by Juan Salcedo in 1574. The learned
+Blumentritt, however, dissents from this opinion, which he considers to
+be a modern invention, and gives Salcedo credit for doing his work very
+thoroughly, and not letting many of the pirates escape. He says that,
+although in dress and appearance the Tinguianes are very similar to the
+fishermen of the province of Fo-Kien, there are no Chinese words to be
+found in their dialect, and that consequently the intermixture of
+Chinese can only have been small. However this may be, the coast of
+Fo-Kien, which is opposite Formosa, is only about 500 miles from the
+Port of Vigan, the currents are favourable for the southerly voyage,
+and sailing craft can cross in either monsoon. Consequently, either as
+traders, fugitives, or castaways, Fo-Kien sailors or fishermen could
+easily have arrived on the coast.</p>
+<p>The Tinguianes assiduously cultivate their land, and irrigate their
+rice-fields with some skill. They breed horses and cattle, which they
+sell in the markets of Ilocos, as well as jungle produce, wax, skins
+and gold-dust. They raft timber down the Abra River and make for sale
+various articles of wood, such as <i>bateas</i>, ladles and spoons,
+also they make mats and baskets.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e9864width" id="p276"><img src="images/p276.jpg"
+alt="Tinguianes, Aeta, and Igorrotes." width="720" height="517">
+<p class="figureHead">Tinguianes<span class="corr" id="xd20e9867"
+title="Not in source">,</span> Aeta<span class="corr" id="xd20e9870"
+title="Not in source">,</span> and Igorrotes.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984">[<i>To face p. 276.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p>Their marriages are conducted in a similar manner to those of other
+tribes, the ceremony, whether Christian or heathen, being followed by
+the usual feasts and dancing, and music in the intervals of eating and
+drinking. Their instruments are drums, flutes and guitars. As usual,
+roast pig is the principal dish, the animal being roasted whole on a
+spit of cane. When the feast is over the newly-married <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb277" href="#pb277" name=
+"pb277">277</a>]</span>couple are conducted to their house by the
+principal chief or elder. A large mat being spread on the <span class=
+"corr" id="xd20e9882" title="Source: gound">ground</span> they lie down
+on it keeping at a distance of several feet from each other. A boy of
+six or eight years of age then lies down between them, and the elders
+retire leaving the trio together. The bride and bridegroom are
+forbidden to indulge in any caresses, nor even to speak to each other
+till the following day. The healthy life led by the women enables them
+to recover very rapidly after child-birth. In fact, they return to
+their usual avocations directly after the ceremony of purification,
+which consists of washing the newly-born infant in running water.
+Divorce among the heathen is merely a matter of paying a fine of some
+thirty dollars, in money or in kind, to the village chief or elder, or
+to the Goberna-doreillo, if the village is under Spanish rule. Divorce
+is not allowed amongst those who are converted, and this must be a
+great hindrance to their acceptance of Christianity.</p>
+<p>They take little care of the sick, and when hope is given up the
+patient is left alone to die. The Peruvian Indians have a similar
+custom. Amongst the Serranos, when a sick person does not soon show
+signs of recovery, a family meeting is called, and a fixed sum is voted
+for his cure, say twelve or twenty reals. When this amount has been
+spent, the patient is removed from his couch and laid upon a hide on
+the ground outside the house. A child is posted to fan him and keep off
+the flies, and only water is given him till he dies.</p>
+<p>The Tinguianes formerly buried their dead in pits dug under their
+houses, after subjecting the corpses to a baking or drying process, and
+on certain days in the year food was placed near the tombs for the
+souls of the dead to partake of. Those who are converted have of course
+to bury their dead in the cemetery, and to pay a fee to the priest.</p>
+<p>They share the idea that seems to prevail amongst all Malays, that
+the soul is absent from the body during sleep, and that consequently it
+is dangerous and wicked to awake anybody suddenly. The most dreadful
+thing that can happen to anybody, therefore, is to die whilst sleeping,
+leaving his soul wandering about. Their most desperate curse is to wish
+that this may happen to an adversary. This seems to reach a higher
+level of cursing than the oaths of the Tagals which I have previously
+mentioned. The usual respect for ancestors is shown, and any weapons or
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb278" href="#pb278" name=
+"pb278">278</a>]</span>ornaments which have belonged to them are
+carefully preserved as valued heirlooms. The names of an ancestor must,
+however, on no account be pronounced by his descendants, so that if any
+necessity arises to answer a question which involves mentioning the
+name of one, a friend not related to the person enquired about must be
+called in to answer.</p>
+<p>Monsieur de la Gironi&egrave;re visited these people, and describes
+them as men of good stature, slightly bronzed, with straight hair,
+regular profiles, and aquiline noses. The women truly beautiful and
+graceful. They appeared to him to resemble the people of the South of
+France, except for their costume and language. The men wore a belt and
+a sort of turban made from the bark of the fig-tree. Their arms
+consisted of a long lance, a small axe, called <i>aligua</i>, and a
+shield. The women wore a belt and a narrow apron which came down to
+their knees, their heads being ornamented with pearls, and grains of
+coral and gold were fixed amongst their hair. The upper parts of their
+hands were painted blue, and they wore plaited sheaths ornamented with
+beads on their fore-arms; these sheaths strongly compressed the
+fore-arm, being put on when the women were young, and they prevented
+the development of the fore-arm, whilst causing the wrists and hands to
+swell. This is a beauty amongst the Tinguianes as the little foot is
+amongst the Chinese.</p>
+<p>They occupied seventeen villages, and each family had two
+habitations, one on the ground for use in the day, and one fixed on
+piles or on the summits of lofty trees, as much as sixty or eighty feet
+from the ground, where they sleep, to protect themselves from the
+nocturnal attacks of the Guinanes, their mortal and sanguinary enemies.
+From these lofty dwellings they threw down stones upon assailants. In
+the middle of each village there is a large shed which serves for
+meetings and public ceremonies. He further states that after an attack
+of the Guinanes had been repulsed from Laganguilan-y-Madalay by the
+Tinguianes he went to an assembly at that village and witnessed a
+ceremony in honour of the victory. The heads of the slain enemies were
+exhibited to the crowd, and various speeches were made. The skulls were
+then split open and the brains removed and given to some young girls,
+who worked them up with their hands in a quantity of <i>basi</i> or
+native beer. The compound was then served in cups to the chiefs, who
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb279" href="#pb279" name=
+"pb279">279</a>]</span>partook of it with every appearance of
+enjoyment, and was afterwards handed round to all the warriors in due
+order. M. de la Gironi&egrave;re and his Tagal servant also partook of
+this refreshment out of politeness to their hosts. The ceremony was
+followed by a dance and a smoking concert, during which copious
+libations of <i>basi</i> were consumed.</p>
+<p>M. de la Gironi&egrave;re has omitted to mention how his hosts,
+after this drunken orgy, managed to regain their elevated sleeping
+quarters, sixty or eighty feet from the ground. One would think that
+the Tinguian coroner would have been busy the next morning. He,
+however, does tell us that, being unable to sleep, he got up in the
+night and looked about him, finding a well or pit, which he descended.
+At different levels in this shaft were short galleries or niches, and
+in each of these was a dried or mummified corpse. This shaft was sunk
+inside the house where he slept.</p>
+<p>He learnt from the Tinguianes that they believed in the existence of
+the soul, that it leaves the body after death, but remains in the
+family. Also that they venerated any strange object, such as a rock or
+tree which resembled some animal. They would make a hut over or near
+it, and celebrate a feast, at which they sacrificed pigs; they
+afterwards danced and drunk <i>basi</i>, then burnt down the hut and
+retired. They had, he says, only one wife, but might have several
+concubines, who, however, did not inhabit the conjugal domicile, but
+each had a hut of her own. The riches of a Tinguian was demonstrated by
+the number of porcelain vases he possessed. According to M. de la
+Gironi&egrave;re, the Tinguianes mummified their dead by subjecting
+them to a long drying process. The body, propped up on a stool, was
+surrounded by braziers with charcoal or wood embers, and the moisture
+which exuded from it was wiped off by the women with cotton. When the
+body was well dried up it was kept above ground for fifteen days and
+then committed to the tomb. The neighbours and friends kept up the wake
+and pronounced eulogies on the defunct until they had consumed all the
+eatables and liquor in the house, when they took their departure.</p>
+<p>These people must have very greatly increased in numbers, as the
+Spanish authority has extended its protection to them, checking the
+incursions of the Guinanes and other savages. It has been stated that
+in former years the Tinguianes were much sought after as recruits for
+the garrison of Manila. They do not appear to be a warlike <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb280" href="#pb280" name=
+"pb280">280</a>]</span>race, yet so fine a body of men ought to be able
+to supply a battalion of infantry for the native army which the United
+States will have to raise, for nobody can suppose that 25,000 young
+Americans can be permanently kept in garrison in the Archipelago. But
+this I discuss in another chapter.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Adangs (28).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">According to D&rsquo;Almonte&rsquo;s map in the
+latitude of Pasuquin, Province of Ilocos Notre, the Cordillera
+<span class="corr" id="xd20e9925" title="Source: Del">del</span> Norte
+bends to the eastward and throws out a spur to the north-west, forming
+a <span class="xd20e7860">Y</span>, and enclosing a considerable
+valley, through which runs a river called the Bate, Bucarog, or Arimit,
+which falls into the Bay of Bangui. This is the habitat of the Adangs,
+a small tribe, yet a nation, for their language has no resemblance to
+that of any of their neighbours. Their customs are nearer those of the
+Apayaos than any other. They are civilised and have been Christians for
+generations. Their chief town is Adan or Adam.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Apayaos (29).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">This race was formerly very warlike, but is now more
+civilized, and many even converted to Christianity. They inhabit the
+mountainous region round about the River Apayao, on the east of the
+Cordillera del Norte and extend down towards the plains of the Rio
+Chico.</p>
+<p>They pay some attention to agriculture, and besides growing
+vegetables and maize for their own use, they raise tobacco and cacao
+which they trade away to the Ilocanos in exchange for such articles as
+they require.</p>
+<p>Their houses compare favourably with those of the other hill-tribes.
+They are raised to a considerable height, being square in form with
+heavy hardwood posts at the corners. The floor is made of cedar planks,
+the roof is thatched with cogon or reeds, and the walls and partitions
+are of plaited palm leaves. A fire-place is arranged in one corner.
+They ornament the walls with remarkable taste, hanging up the ornaments
+and arms of their ancestors, which they greatly prize and will not part
+with for any price.</p>
+<p>They also highly value Chinese and Japanese pottery or porcelain.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb281" href="#pb281" name=
+"pb281">281</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Needless to say that the worship of ancestors is with them piously
+performed.</p>
+<p>They used to be head-hunters and made the death of any of their
+chief men an excuse to lie in ambush and massacre any inoffensive
+passers-by for the purpose of taking the heads to place round the
+corpse and afterwards bury them with it.</p>
+<p>However, the steady pressure of the Spanish authority, during long
+terms of years, has nearly eradicated this detestable custom, and if
+practised at all, it is only in the remoter fastnesses of the
+mountains, where they cannot yet be controlled.</p>
+<p>The Apayaos living in the plains are mostly reduced to obedience,
+and many pay the poll-tax.</p>
+<p>It would seem that there is a prospect of these people being
+civilised and becoming useful cultivators.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Catalanganes and Irayas (30&ndash;31).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Irayas live in scattered hamlets on the summits of
+the Sierra Madre, and on its western slopes right down to the Rio
+Grande. Their territory extends for about twenty geographical miles on
+each side of the 17th parallel. Amongst them live many Negritos who
+have renounced their nomadic life, and have adopted the manners and
+customs of their hosts. The tattooing of the Irayas and Negritos is
+similar. The Irayas are a Malay tribe amongst whom are found
+individuals of a Mongolian type, others are hybrid Negrito Malays.</p>
+<p>They do a little slovenly agriculture, using buffaloes for
+ploughing. They catch an abundance of fish from the four considerable
+streams running through their territory. They consume a large quantity
+of fish with their rice, and salt and sell the surplus to their
+neighbours. They are characteristically light-hearted and hospitable,
+and readily receive <i>remontados</i> and other strangers. Their
+religion is the usual Anito worship. They build wretched houses, and
+are very dirty in their habits, throwing their refuse down in front of
+the house.</p>
+<p>The Catalanganes take their name from the River Catalangan which
+runs into the Rio Grande near Ilagan. They are a branch of the Irayas,
+but show a more strongly marked Mongolian type. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb282" href="#pb282" name="pb282">282</a>]</span></p>
+<p>They are cleaner than the Irayas, and more industrious, and
+provident, storing up provisions against a bad harvest.</p>
+<p>Their fields are much better kept than those of the Irayas, and they
+employ their spare time in felling trees and hewing them into canoes,
+which find a ready sale at Ilagan.</p>
+<p>They dress much like the Christian Malays, but are tattooed in
+patterns of Chinese or Japanese origin.</p>
+<p>Their laws prescribe severe penalties for theft and other crimes.
+Their weapons are bows and arrows, and they are said to be very
+cowardly. Their choice of weapons confirms this statement.</p>
+<p>They differ much from the Irayas in character, for they are
+inhospitable, avaricious and greedy, and of a gloomy disposition. On
+the other hand, they keep their houses cleaner.</p>
+<p>They have temples for worship, and some roughly-made monuments.
+According to Semper, they have two pairs of gods which they specially
+worship in June: Tschichenan, with his wife Bebenaugan, and Sialo with
+his wife Binalinga. The usual ancestor-worship also prevails, and they
+show great respect for the Anitos according to seniority, providing
+special shelters and little benches near their houses for their
+convenience.</p>
+<p>Both <i>Irayas</i> and <i>Catalanganes</i> have Gobernadorcillos
+appointed by the Spanish Military Governor of Isabela. They pay the
+poll-tax, called by the Spaniards &ldquo;Acknowledgment of
+Vassalage,&rdquo; but are otherwise independent and administer their
+own laws and customs. They are quite peaceful, and will doubtless in
+time advance in civilisation. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb283"
+href="#pb283" name="pb283">283</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch30" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXX.</h2>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Catubanganes (32).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">A tribe of savages inhabiting the mountains of
+Guinayangan in Tayabas, from whence they raid the Christian villages
+and drive off cattle. Nothing is known about their origin or habits;
+they have some wandering Negritos as neighbours.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Vicols (33).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Vicols inhabit the southern half of the province
+of Camarines Norte, the whole of Camarines Sur and Albay, the islands
+of Catanduanes, Burias, and Ticao, and the northern shores of Masbate.
+They are civilised, and have been Christians for centuries.</p>
+<p>They speak a dialect of their own, which, according to Jagor, is
+midway between Tagal and Visay, which dialect is spoken in its greatest
+purity by the inhabitants of the Isarog volcano and its immediate
+neighbourhood, and that thence towards the west the dialect becomes
+more and more like the Tagal, and towards the east like the Visay until
+by degrees, before reaching the ethnographical boundary, it merges into
+those kindred languages.</p>
+<p>In manners and customs they appear to be half-bred between these two
+races, yet, according to F. Blumentritt, they preceded the Tagals, and
+were in fact the first Malays to arrive in Luzon. They show signs of
+intermixture with Polynesian or Papuan stock.</p>
+<p>They are physically inferior to the Tagals, nor do they possess the
+proud warlike spirit of the dwellers in north Luzon. They are less
+cleanly, and live in poorer houses.</p>
+<p>The men dress like the Tagals, but the women wear the
+<i>patadion</i> instead of a saya, and a shirt of
+<i>guin&aacute;ra</i>.</p>
+<p>Blumentritt says the men carry the Malay <i>kris</i> instead
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb284" href="#pb284" name=
+"pb284">284</a>]</span>of the <i>bolo</i>, but I did not see a
+<i>kris</i> carried by any one when I visited the province.</p>
+<p>In fact, the regulations enforced at that time by the Guardia Civil
+were against carrying such a weapon. The <i>bolo</i>, on the other
+hand, is a necessary tool.</p>
+<p>I visited the province of Camarines Sur, going from Manila to
+Pasacao by sea, and from there travelled by road to an affluent of the
+River Vicol, and then by canoe on a moonlit night to Nueva
+C&aacute;ceres, the capital of the province.</p>
+<p>Here I met a remarkable man, the late Bishop Gainza, and was much
+impressed by his keen intellect and great knowledge of the country.</p>
+<p>He was said to be a man of great ambition, and I can quite believe
+it. Originally a Dominican monk, it was intended that he should have
+been made Archbishop of Manila, but, somehow, Father Pedro Paya, at
+that time Procurator of the Order in Madrid, got himself nominated
+instead, and Gainza had to content himself with the bishopric of Nueva
+C&aacute;ceres.</p>
+<p>He was a model of self-denial, living most frugally on a small part
+of his revenue, contributing a thousand dollars a year to the funds of
+the Holy Father, and spending the remainder in building or repairing
+churches and schools in his diocese, or in assisting undertakings he
+thought likely to benefit the province.</p>
+<p>Amongst other works, I remember that he had tried to cut a canal
+from the River Vicol to the Bay of Ragay. He had excavated a portion of
+it, but either on his death, or from the difficulties raised by the
+Public Works Department, the work was abandoned.</p>
+<p>The Franciscan friars, who held the benefices in that province,
+opposed him, and annoyed him in every possible way.</p>
+<p>The present bishop, Father Arsenio Ocampo, formerly an Augustinian
+monk, is a clever and enlightened man, with whom I had dealings when he
+was Procurator-General of his Order.</p>
+<p>I have made this digression from my subject, because so much has
+been said against the clergy of the Philippines, that I feel impelled
+to bring before my readers this instance of a bishop who constantly
+endeavoured to promote the interests of his province.</p>
+<p>Nueva C&aacute;ceres possessed several schools, a hospital, a
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb285" href="#pb285" name=
+"pb285">285</a>]</span>lepers&rsquo; hospital, and a training-college
+for school-mistresses had just been established by Bishop
+Gainza&rsquo;s initiative.</p>
+<p>The shops were mostly in the hands of Chinese, who did a flourishing
+trade in Manchester goods, <i>patadoins</i>, and coloured
+handkerchiefs.</p>
+<p>There were several Spanish and Mestizo merchants who dealt in hemp
+and rice.</p>
+<p>From Nueva C&aacute;ceres I travelled by a good road to Iriga, a
+town near the volcano of that name, passing close to the Isarog on my
+way. From Iriga I visited the country round about, and Lake Bula.</p>
+<p>Some years after I went from Manila by sea to Tabaco, on the Pacific
+coast of Albay, getting a fine night view of the Mayon volcano (8272
+feet) in violent eruption.</p>
+<p>From Tabaco I drove to Tivi and visited the celebrated boiling-well
+and hot-springs at that place, much frequented by the natives, and
+sometimes by Europeans, for the cure of rheumatism and other
+diseases.</p>
+<p>Now that the Stars and Stripes float over the Philippines it is to
+be hoped that a regular sanatorium will be erected at this beautiful
+and health-restoring spot, the advantages of which might attract
+sufferers from all the Far East.</p>
+<p>On these journeys I had a good opportunity of studying the people.
+The chief exports are Abac&aacute; (Manila hemp), and rice. In
+Camarines Sur the principal crop is rice, whilst in Albay the hemp
+predominates, and they import rice.</p>
+<p>The cultivation of rice, which I have briefly described when writing
+of the Tagals, is not an occupation calculated to improve the minds or
+bodies of those engaged in it, and I have noticed that wherever this is
+the staple crop the peasantry are in a distinctly lower condition than
+where cane is planted and sugar manufactured. Their lives are passed in
+alternate periods of exhausting labour and of utter idleness, there is
+nothing to strive for, nothing to learn, nothing to improve. The same
+customs go on from generation to generation, the same rude implements
+are used, and the husbandman paid for his labour in kind lives
+destitute of comfort in the present, and without hope for the
+future.</p>
+<p>Nor can the cultivation and preparation of hemp be considered as a
+much more improving occupation.</p>
+<p>Little care, indeed, is required by the <i>Musa textilis</i> after
+the first planting, and the cleaning of the fibre is a simple matter,
+but very laborious. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb286" href="#pb286"
+name="pb286">286</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Several Spaniards are settled in these provinces, also a few agents
+of British houses in Manila, and some Chinese and Mestizos. They
+usually complain bitterly of the difficulty they experience in getting
+hemp delivered to them owing to the laziness and unpunctuality of the
+natives.</p>
+<p>Yet, notwithstanding this, most of them live in affluence and some
+have amassed fortunes by Vicol labour. There is, in fact, a good deal
+of money in Albay, Daraga, and other towns in the hemp districts, and
+they are the happy hunting-ground of the Jew pedlar who there finds a
+good market for yellow diamonds and off-colour gems unsaleable in
+London or Paris. Houndsditch and Broadway will do well to note.</p>
+<p>The peasantry, however, either from improvidence or aversion to
+steady labour, seem to be rather worse off than the Tagals and
+Pampangos, more especially those amongst them who cultivate paddy.</p>
+<p>The whole of the large amount of hemp exported from Manila and
+Ceb&uacute; is cleaned by hand.</p>
+<p>Several attempts have been made to employ machinery, but the
+inherent conditions of the industry are unfavourable to success in this
+line.</p>
+<p>The plants are grown principally on the eastern slopes of the
+volcanic mountains of Southern Luzon, and the adjacent islands where
+the soil is soft and friable and roads are unknown.</p>
+<p>The heavy stems of the plants cannot profitably be conveyed to fixed
+works for treatment, and no machine has yet been devised light enough
+to be carried up to the <i>l&aacute;tes</i> or plantations and able to
+compete with hand labour. In a recent report to the British North
+Borneo Company, Mr. W. C. Cowie mentions his hopes that
+Thompson&rsquo;s Fibre Company are about to send out a trial
+decorticator, with engine and boiler to drive it, to the River Padas,
+in that company&rsquo;s territories, for cleaning the fibre of the
+numerous plants of the <i>Musa textilis</i> growing in that region. It
+will be interesting to learn the result. Possibly the conditions of
+transport by rail or river are more favourable than in the Philippines,
+and in that case a measure of success is quite possible. But few errors
+are more expensive than to unwarrantably assume that machinery must
+necessarily be cheaper than hand labour.</p>
+<p id="p287" class="xd20e120">Vicols Preparing Hemp.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e10105width" id="p287a"><img src=
+"images/p287a.jpg" alt="Cutting the Plant." width="264" height="373">
+<p class="figureHead">Cutting the Plant.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="figure xd20e10110width" id="p287b"><img src=
+"images/p287b.jpg" alt="Adjusting under the Knife." width="270" height=
+"363">
+<p class="figureHead">Adjusting under the Knife.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="figure xd20e10115width" id="p287c"><img src=
+"images/p287c.jpg" alt="Separating the Petioles." width="506" height=
+"393">
+<p class="figureHead">Separating the Petioles.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984"><i>To face p. 287.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p>Anyhow, as regards the Philippines here is a nice <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb287" href="#pb287" name=
+"pb287">287</a>]</span>little problem. If the mechanics of
+Massachusetts and Connecticut cannot solve it, I do not know who
+can.</p>
+<p>The Vicol labourers proceed to the <i>l&aacute;tes</i> in couples,
+carrying their simple and efficient apparatus, all of which, except the
+knife, they make themselves.</p>
+<p>One man cuts down the plant, removes the outer covering, and
+separates the layers forming the stem, dividing them into strips about
+one and a half inches wide, and spreading them out to air.</p>
+<p>The other man standing at his bench, takes a strip and places the
+middle of it across the convex block and under the knife, which is held
+up by the spring of a sapling overhead. Then, placing one foot on a
+treadle hanging from the handle of the knife, he firmly presses the
+latter down on the block. It should be explained that the knife is not
+sharp enough to cut the fibres. Firmly grasping the strip in both
+hands, and throwing his body backwards, he steadily draws the strip
+towards him till all the fibre has passed the knife; then, removing his
+foot from the treadle, the knife is lifted from the block by the
+spring, leaving the pulp and waste behind it. Sweeping this off, he
+reverses the half-cleaned strip, and twisting the cleaned fibre round
+one hand and wrist, and grasping it also with the other, he draws the
+part he formerly held, under the knife, pressing the treadle with the
+foot as before, and thus completes the cleaning of one strip. The fibre
+is often six feet long, and only requires drying in the sun to be
+marketable.</p>
+<p>A man is able to clean about twenty-five pounds of hemp per day, and
+receives one half of it for his labour.</p>
+<p>He usually sells his share to his employer for a trifle under the
+market price. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb288" href="#pb288" name=
+"pb288">288</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch31" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXI.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">The Chinese in Luzon.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">Mestizos or half-breeds.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">When Legaspi founded the city of Manila, in 1571, he
+found that Chinese junks frequented the port, and carried on a trade
+with Tondo and the other native towns.</p>
+<p>Three years later, the Chinese pirate, Li-ma-hon, made an attack on
+the new city with a force of 2000 men in ninety-five small vessels, but
+was repulsed.</p>
+<p>In 1603, the Chinese in Manila, under Eng-cang, rose against the
+Spaniards, and entrenched themselves in the suburbs. The Spaniards
+failed in the first assault with heavy loss, but ultimately the Chinese
+were defeated, and 23,000 were massacred, the few remaining being made
+galley-slaves. In 1639, another insurrection of the Chinese occurred
+and again some 23,000 were massacred.</p>
+<p>In 1662, in consequence of the Chinese pirate Cong-seng demanding
+tribute from the governor of the Philippines, a decree was made that
+all Chinese must leave. The Chinese, however, refused, and entrenched
+themselves in the Parian, or market-place, outside the walls. They were
+attacked, and many thousands were killed. A body of 2000 endeavoured to
+march north, but were massacred by the Pampangos.</p>
+<p>In 1762, when Manila was taken by the forces of the Honourable East
+India Company, the Chinese eagerly joined in the plundering. It having
+been rumoured that the Chinese intended to join the British forces, Don
+Simon de Anda condemned them all to death, and most of them were hung,
+their property passing to their executioners.</p>
+<p>In 1820, there occurred the fifth and last massacre of the Chinese.
+The mob of Manila took advantage of the <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb289" href="#pb289" name="pb289">289</a>]</span>abject cowardice of
+the acting-governor, General Folgueras, and of other authorities, and
+for hours vented their spite on the unhappy Chinamen, showing them no
+mercy, and carrying off their goods.</p>
+<p>Since that time no general massacre has taken place, but such is the
+dislike of the natives to the Chinese, that these latter would have
+been quickly exterminated if the Spanish Government had failed at any
+time to protect them.</p>
+<p>The Chinese are mostly herded together in Manila, and in some of the
+larger towns. Some few venture to keep stores in the villages, and
+others travel about at the risk of their lives in the sugar, hemp and
+tobacco districts, as purchasers and collectors of produce.</p>
+<p>I consider that they should not be allowed to do this, for the
+invariable result of their interference is to reduce the quality of
+everything they handle. Their trade is based upon false weights and
+measures, and upon adulteration, or insufficient preparation of the
+produce. They are very patient with the natives, and this gives them a
+very great advantage over a European, even if the latter is used to
+Eastern ways. An American would probably have less patience than any
+European in negotiating a purchase of produce from an up-country
+native; the waste of time would exasperate him. I feel sure that most
+of those who know the Philippines will agree with me as to the evil
+results of the operations of the Chinese produce-brokers. Adulterated
+sugar, half-rotten hemp, half-cured tobacco, badly-prepared
+indigo&mdash;that is what the Chinaman brings in. He spoils every
+article he trades in, and discredits it in the world&rsquo;s
+markets.</p>
+<p>The Chinese nowhere cultivate the soil, except the gardens and
+market-gardens around Manila, and a few of the large towns.</p>
+<p>This is, perhaps, not due to their unwillingness to do so, but
+because they dare not; the natives are too jealous of them, and their
+lives would not be safe away from the towns.</p>
+<p>Their genius is commercial, and they are at home in shop, bazaar, or
+office. I think that the Chinese agriculturist does not leave his home
+for the Philippines. Most of those in the islands come from Amoy, and
+the district round that port. Some few are from Macao; they seem to be
+all townsmen, not countrymen. Each shopkeeper <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb290" href="#pb290" name="pb290">290</a>]</span>has
+several assistants, ranging in age from boys of ten or twelve upwards.
+On arrival, they are placed in a sort of school&mdash;a very practical
+one&mdash;to learn Spanish; for instance, numbers and coins, with such
+terms as <i lang="es">Muy barato</i>&mdash;very cheap. As a Chinaman
+cannot pronounce the letter R, but substitutes L, this becomes <i lang=
+"es">Muy balato</i>. Thus, also, the Roo-Kiu Islands become the
+Loo-Chew Islands, in Chinese.</p>
+<p>The Chinaman is an excellent shop-keeper or pedlar, and some years
+ago, the British importers of Manchester goods made it a practice to
+give credit for goods supplied to the Chinese; the banks also extended
+some facilities to them. In consequence, however, of heavy losses to
+several British firms, this custom has been abandoned, or considerably
+restricted.</p>
+<p>The Chinese are good barbers, cooks and gardeners. As breeders of
+fish they are unrivalled. Besides this they compete successfully with
+the Tagal in the following trades: blacksmiths, boiler-makers, stokers,
+engine-drivers, ship and house carpenters, boat-builders,
+cabinet-makers and varnishers, iron and brass-founders, shoe-makers,
+tin-smiths. These artisans are very industrious, and labour constantly
+at their trades. Their great feast is at the Chinese New Year, which
+occurs in February, when they take about a week&rsquo;s holiday, and
+regale themselves on roast pig, and other delicacies, making also
+presents of sweets, fruits, and Jocchiu hams, to their patrons and
+customers.</p>
+<p>There are Chinese apothecaries in Manila, but they are mostly
+resorted to by their own countrymen, and their awful concoctions are
+nasty beyond belief. They deal largely in aphrodisiacs.</p>
+<p>Some Chinese doctors practise in Manila, and are said to make
+wonderful cures, even on patients given up by the orthodox medicos.
+They feel the pulse at the temporal artery, or else above the bridge of
+the nose.</p>
+<p>They used to suffer a good deal from the jealousy of the Spanish
+practitioners, and were persecuted for practising without a
+qualification.</p>
+<p>Large numbers of Chinese coolies are employed in Manila handling
+coal, loading and unloading ships and lighters, pressing hemp, drying
+sugar, and in other work too hard and too constant for the natives.</p>
+<p>The number of Chinese in Luzon has been variously <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb291" href="#pb291" name=
+"pb291">291</a>]</span>estimated at from 30,000 to 60,000 men, and two
+or three hundred women. The anonymous author of
+&lsquo;Filipinas&mdash;Problema Fundamental&rsquo; (Madrid, 1891),
+gives the number of Chinese in the whole Archipelago as 125,000, and he
+evidently had access to good information. The fact is nobody knows, and
+in all probability the Spanish authorities had an interest in
+understating the number.</p>
+<p>The Chinese were organised quite separately from the natives.
+Wherever their numbers were considerable, they had their own tribunal,
+with a Gobernadorcillo and Principales, the former called the
+Capitan-China.</p>
+<p>In Manila, this Capitan was a man of importance, or else the nominee
+of such a person. Certain governors-general received, nay, even
+extorted, large sums from the Capitan-China. Weyler is said to have
+been one of these offenders, but Jovellar caused the Capitan-China to
+be turned out of Malaca&ntilde;an for offering him a present. No one
+who knew them would ever believe that Moriones or Despujols would
+condescend to accept presents from the Chinamen. One favourite trick of
+the more corrupt governors-general was to have some very obnoxious law
+made in Spain; for instance, obliging the Chinese to become
+cabezas-de-barangay, or responsible tax-collectors of their own
+countrymen, and then extort a ransom for not putting the law in force.
+Weyler was said to have received $80,000 from the Chinese on this
+account, but some of this would have to go to Madrid.</p>
+<p>At another time it was proposed that the Chinese should be obliged
+to keep their accounts in Spanish on books having every leaf stamped,
+and that every firm should employ a trained accountant who had passed
+an examination in book-keeping, and obtained a diploma as a commercial
+expert. What it cost the Celestials to avoid this infliction I do not
+know.</p>
+<p>Amidst all this extortion from the Spaniard, and notwithstanding the
+ever-present hatred of the native, the Manila Chinaman is a sleek and
+prosperous-looking person, and seems cheerful and contented. If he
+becomes wealthy he may very likely become a Christian, less, perhaps,
+from any conviction or faith, but from motives of interest, and to
+facilitate his marriage to a native woman, or half-caste. He invariably
+selects an influential god-father, and dutifully takes him
+complimentary presents on his feast-day, wife&rsquo;s feast-day, etc.
+Baptism used to cost him a substantial fee, <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb292" href="#pb292" name="pb292">292</a>]</span>but
+it brought him business, for the priests were good customers to him.
+Now, however, with freedom of religion, with civil marriage and the
+withdrawal of the friars, he may be able to marry without the trouble
+of changing his religion.</p>
+<p>Whether Christian or heathen, he usually keeps a few sticks of
+incense burning before an image at the back of his shop, and
+contributes to any subscription the priest may be raising.</p>
+<p>I look upon the Chinaman as a necessity in the Philippines, but
+consider that he must be governed by exceptional legislation, and not
+be allowed to enter indiscriminately, nor to engage, as a matter of
+course, in every calling.</p>
+<p>If attempts are to be made to settle them on the land, great care
+must be shown in selecting the localities, and great precautions taken
+to prevent fighting between the Chinese and the natives. However, there
+should be plenty of room for tens of thousands of agricultural
+labourers in Palawan and Mindanao; but I consider women to be essential
+to the success of such colonies. The family is the base of any
+permanent settlement, and it ought to be made a condition that a
+considerable number of women should come over with the men.</p>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Mestizos, or Half-Breeds.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">From the intercourse of Spanish and other Europeans
+with the native women, there has sprung a race called Mestizo, or
+Mestizo-Espanol. Similarly, the Chinese, by their alliance with native
+women, have produced the Mestizo-Chino, or Sangley.</p>
+<p>It is very difficult to say how many there are of these people, for
+opinions differ widely. The anonymous author of a pamphlet called
+&lsquo;Filipinas&rsquo; (Madrid, 1891), gives the number of Spanish
+Mestizos in the Archipelago, in 1890, as 75,000, whilst he estimates
+the number of Chinese Mestizos at no less than half a million. The
+Spanish Mestizos vary much in appearance, character and education,
+according to whether they have come under the influence of their father
+or their mother. Many of them are people of considerable property, and
+have been educated in Spain, Germany or England, or at the university
+in Manila. Others have relapsed into the ordinary native life. As a
+class they are possessed of much influence. Both in Manila <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb293" href="#pb293" name="pb293">293</a>]</span>and
+in the country towns they own large houses, and much landed property.
+Their superior intelligence and education enables them to prosper in
+business or in professions. Some of them are doctors of medicine, or
+lawyers. A very few have studied engineering. Again, a fair number are
+priests, and of these, some are men of great learning.</p>
+<p>The Mestizos are the capitalists, which is to say the usurers of the
+country. They have not personally participated much in the revolts
+against the Spaniards, nor yet in the fighting against the Americans,
+though they may have given small sums to assist the movement. They will
+be there, though, when offices are to be distributed, and will make
+hard masters, more oppressive, in fact, than any European or
+American.</p>
+<p>This is what M. Andr&eacute;, Belgian Consul-General, says of them:
+&ldquo;This class is composed entirely of usurers and pawnees. All the
+pawn-shops and gambling-houses belong to the principal Mestizo
+families. There is not one family free from that stigma. In the
+plantations belonging to the rich families of Mestizos or Indians, the
+workmen are treated very inhumanly.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>There can be no doubt that the Spanish Mestizos are very unpopular
+amongst the natives, and that an uncomfortable time would await them
+should the islands become independent. They are perfectly aware of
+this, and in their hearts long for the protection of one of the Great
+Powers. At the same time, they are anxious to get the lion&rsquo;s
+share of the loaves and fishes.</p>
+<p>The Chinese Mestizos differ both in appearance and character from
+the Spanish Mestizos, owning less land, and being more addicted to
+commercial pursuits, for which both sexes show a remarkable aptitude.
+It is customary for the daughters, even of wealthy families, to trade
+on their own account from an early age. A case was mentioned to me
+where five dollars was given to a young girl to begin trading. With
+this she purchased a pilon of sugar, and sending out some of her
+father&rsquo;s servants to the woods, collected a large quantity of
+guavas. She then caused the cook to make the material into guava jelly,
+which she packed in tins or jars collected for the purpose. Then
+another servant took the jelly out for sale, and disposed of it all.
+The capital was soon doubled, and invested in sayas and handkerchiefs
+bought at wholesale prices, which were then hawked round by a servant.
+Some years afterwards, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb294" href=
+"#pb294" name="pb294">294</a>]</span>I made the acquaintance of this
+young lady, and found that she was then dealing in diamond and pearl
+jewellery, and had a large iron safe in which she kept her stock, which
+was then worth several thousand dollars, all made by her trading.</p>
+<p>Chinese Mestizos are owners of cascos and lorchas for loading or
+unloading vessels, also of farderias, or establishments for mixing and
+drying sugar.</p>
+<p>In Manila, the Sangleyes, as they are called by the Spaniards and
+natives, have a gobernadorcillo and tribunal of their own. In Santa
+Cruz they are very numerous, and amongst them are to be found
+jewellers, silversmiths, watch-makers, or rather repairers, sculptors,
+gilders and painters, besides one or two dentists of good renown.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb295" href="#pb295" name=
+"pb295">295</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div0 part">
+<h2 class="label">Part II.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">The Visayas and Palawan</h2>
+<div id="ch32" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXII.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">The Visayas Islands.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">Area and
+population&mdash;Panay&mdash;Negros&mdash;Ceb&uacute;&mdash;Bohol&mdash;Leyte&mdash;Samar.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">This name is given to the group of six considerable
+islands lying between Luzon and Mindanao, and also to the race
+inhabiting them. Beginning at the west, these islands are Panay,
+Negros, Ceb&uacute;, Bohol, Leyte, and Samar. There are also a number
+of smaller islands.</p>
+<p>Many of the larger as well as the smaller islands are thickly
+populated, and an extensive emigration takes place to the great and
+fertile island of Mindanao, where any amount of rich land waits the
+coming of the husbandmen. I can find no later records of population
+than the census of 1877. This may seem strange to an American, but to
+those who know the ignorance and ineptitude of the Spanish
+administration, it will seem a matter of course. Such data of the
+population as the Government Offices possess, are mostly due to the
+priests and the archbishop.</p>
+<p>Since 1877 there has undoubtedly been a great increase of population
+amongst the Visayas, and in 1887 the population of Panay was considered
+to be more than a million.</p>
+<p>The Visayas Islands contain fewer heathen than any other part of the
+Philippines. In Panay there are a few Negritos and Mundos; in Negros
+some Negritos and Carolanos. The illustration opposite p. 207 is a
+full-length photograph of Tek Taita, a Negrito from this island. In
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb296" href="#pb296" name=
+"pb296">296</a>]</span>Ceb&uacute; a few Mundos live around the peak of
+Danao. In Bohol, Leyte, and Samar there are no heathen savages.</p>
+<p>It may be said that the heathen in these islands would have died out
+before now but that they are reinforced continually by
+<i>remontados</i>, or fugitives from justice, also by people whose
+inclination for a savage life, or whose love of rapine renders the
+humdrum life of their village insupportable to them.</p>
+<p>The following Table gives the area of each of the six larger
+islands, and the population in 1877.</p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr class="label">
+<td></td>
+<td>Area in square miles.</td>
+<td>Population according to Census of 1877.</td>
+<td>Capitals.</td>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td>Panay (divided into three provinces&mdash;Capiz, Antique,
+Ilo-ilo)</td>
+<td>4,898</td>
+<td>777,777<a class="noteref" id="xd20e10286src" href="#xd20e10286"
+name="xd20e10286src">1</a></td>
+<td>Capiz.<br>
+Antique.<br>
+Ilo-ilo.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Negros</td>
+<td>3,592</td>
+<td>204,669</td>
+<td>Bacolod.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Ceb&uacute;</td>
+<td>2,285</td>
+<td>403,296</td>
+<td>Ceb&uacute;.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Bohol</td>
+<td>1,226</td>
+<td>226,546</td>
+<td>Tagbilaran.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Leyte</td>
+<td>3,706</td>
+<td>220,515</td>
+<td>Tacloban.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Samar</td>
+<td>5,182</td>
+<td>178,890</td>
+<td>Catbalogan.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td class="sum">2,011,693</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p><i>Panay.</i>&mdash;This island is approximately an equilateral
+triangle, with the western edge nearly north and south, having one apex
+pointing south. A chain of mountains extends in a curved line from the
+northern to the southern point, enclosing an irregular strip of land
+which forms the province of Antique. The rivers in this part of the
+island are naturally short and unimportant. The northern part of the
+island is the province of Capiz, the principal river is the Panay,
+which, rising in the centre of the island, runs in a northerly
+direction for over thirty miles, entering the sea at the Bay of Sapian.
+The eastern and southern part of the island is the province of Ilo-ilo.
+The principal river is the Talana, which, rising quite near the source
+of the River Panay, runs in a southerly and south-easterly direction
+into the channel between Negros and Panay to the north of the island of
+Guimaras. There are many spurs to the principal range of mountains, but
+between them is a considerable extent of land under cultivation. The
+province of <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb297" href="#pb297" name=
+"pb297">297</a>]</span>Ilo-ilo is one of the richest and most
+densely-populated in the Philippines. It now contains at least half a
+million inhabitants.</p>
+<p>Ilo-ilo is open to foreign commerce, and vice-consuls of many
+nations reside there. Yet the port has neither wharves, cranes,
+moorings or lights. The coasting steamers drawing up to 13 feet enter a
+muddy creek and discharge their cargo on the banks as best they can,
+whilst the ocean-going ships lie out in the bay and receive their
+cargoes of sugar and other produce from lighters, upon each of which
+pilotage used to be charged for the benefit of an unnecessary number of
+pilots, and of the captain of the port, who received a share of the
+pilotage and strenuously resisted a reform of this abuse.</p>
+<p>Under American protection, Ilo-ilo may be expected to become a
+flourishing port, provided with every convenience for discharging,
+loading, and repairing ships, as becomes the importance of its trade.
+The town of Ilo-ilo contained many large buildings, some of them owned
+by British subjects. During the fighting last year, however, several
+buildings were burnt.</p>
+<p>During the Spanish rule the streets were entirely uncared for, being
+a series of mud-holes in the rainy season, and thick with dust and
+garbage in the dry season.</p>
+<p>The town and port together are notorious examples of all the worst
+characteristics of Spanish rule.</p>
+<p>The principal towns of this wealthy province are Pototan, Santa
+Barbara, Janiuay, and Cabatuan, each of which has more than 20,000
+inhabitants.</p>
+<p>The industries and productions of this and the other islands are
+treated of under Visayas when describing the inhabitants.</p>
+<p><i>Negros.</i>&mdash;A long island of irregular shape, lying between
+Panay and Ceb&uacute;. Its axis is nearly north and south, and a chain
+of mountains runs up it, but nearer to the east than to the west
+coast.</p>
+<p>A little to the north of the centre of this chain, the celebrated
+volcano Canlaon raises its peak over 8300 feet. It is frequently in
+active eruption, and can be perceived at an immense distance when the
+atmosphere is clear. I have seen it and its long plume of vapour from a
+steamer when passing the north of the island.</p>
+<p>In the Sierra de Dumaguete, a range occupying the centre of the
+southern promontory of the island, and about <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb298" href="#pb298" name="pb298">298</a>]</span>the
+centre of the range, there is the volcano of Bacon, about which little
+is known.</p>
+<p><i>Ceb&uacute;</i> is a long and narrow island something in the
+shape of an alligator, looked at from above, with the snout pointing to
+the southward and westward. It is opposite to Negros, and separated
+from that island by the Strait of Tanon. It is, in fact, a range of
+mountains rising out of the sea, and is very narrow, being nowhere more
+than 22 miles wide. There being a large population of Visayas, and the
+mountains not being very high, the wandering heathen have to a great
+extent been weeded out, and only a remnant of wretched Mundos remain
+about the crests of the cordillera.</p>
+<p>The capital city, Ceb&uacute;, was the first in the Archipelago to
+possess a municipality, and was, in fact, until 1571, the capital of
+the Philippines.</p>
+<p>It possesses some fine buildings; is the seat of a bishop, and
+formerly of the Governor-General of Visayas. It is open to foreign
+commerce, and vice-consuls of the principal nations reside there.</p>
+<p>There can be no rivers in an island of this configuration, for the
+water runs away as from the roof of a house. The crops and industries
+have been spoken of under the head of <i>Visayas</i>.</p>
+<p>There are considerable beds of lignite near Compostela, and various
+efforts have been made to work them, so far, I fear, without much
+success. Remarkable shells, and some pearls are obtained round about
+Ceb&uacute; and the adjacent islands.</p>
+<p><i>Bohol</i> lies off the southern half of the eastern coast of
+Ceb&uacute;, and is only half the size of that island, but it has more
+than half the population. It is hilly, and the towns and villages are
+situated on the coast. Only the southern and eastern coast is visited
+by coasting vessels, the navigation to the north and west being impeded
+by a labyrinth of coral reefs. The soil of this island is not rich, and
+the more enterprising of the natives emigrate to Mindanao.</p>
+<p><i>Leyte</i> is an island of very irregular shape&mdash;something
+like a hide pegged out on the ground&mdash;and lies between the
+northern half of Ceb&uacute; and the southern part of Samar, from which
+it is only separated by a very narrow passage called the Janabatas
+Channel, and the Strait of San Juanico. The southern extremity of Leyte
+approaches the northern promontory of Mindanao, and forms the Straits
+of Surigao, the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb299" href="#pb299"
+name="pb299">299</a>]</span>second entrance from the Pacific to the
+seas of the Archipelago. The island is mountainous, and has two lakes,
+one called Bito is at the narrowest part, and one called Jaro, near the
+town of that name. There are several good ports. The exports, which go
+to Manila, are hemp and sulphur of great purity.</p>
+<p><i>Samar.</i>&mdash;This is the largest of the Visayas, and yet has
+fewest inhabitants. It lies to the eastward of all the other islands,
+and consequently its east coast, like that of Luzon and Mindanao, is
+exposed to the full fury of the north-east monsoon, and to the ravages
+of the heavy rollers of the Pacific that burst without warning on its
+rocky coast.</p>
+<p>Its chief port, Catbalogan, is situated on the western coast, and is
+well-sheltered. From the coast many lofty peaks are visible, but the
+interior of this island is little known. The exports are hemp and
+cocoa-nut oil. The northern point of Samar approaches the southern
+extremity of Luzon, and forms the historic Strait of San Bernardino,
+one of the entrances to the Philippine Archipelago from the Pacific. It
+was by this Strait that the annual galleon from Acapulco entered, and
+here also the British privateers lay in wait for their silver-laden
+prey. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb300" href="#pb300" name=
+"pb300">300</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e10286" href="#xd20e10286src" name="xd20e10286">1</a></span> The
+above was the Christian Visyas population, and is exclusive of
+Negritos, Mundos, and other heathen savages and remontados. The area is
+taken from a Spanish official report.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch33" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="main">Chapter XXXIII.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">The Visayas Race.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">Appearance&mdash;Dress&mdash;Look upon Tagals as
+foreigners&mdash;Favourable opinion of Tomas de Comyn&mdash;Old
+Christians&mdash;Constant wars with the Moro pirates and Sea
+Dayaks&mdash;Secret heathen rites&mdash;Accusation of indolence
+unfounded&mdash;Exports of hemp and sugar&mdash;Ilo-ilo
+sugar&mdash;Ceb&uacute; sugar&mdash;Textiles&mdash;A promising
+race.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The most numerous and, after the Tagals, the most
+important race in the Philippines is the Visaya, formerly called
+Pintados, or painted men, from the blue painting or tattooing which was
+prevalent at the time of the conquest. They form the mass of the
+inhabitants of the islands called Visayas and of some others.</p>
+<p>They occupy the south coast of Masbate, the islands of Romblon,
+Bohol, Sibuyan, Samar, and Leyte, Tablas, Panay, Negros, and
+Ceb&uacute;, all the lesser islands of the Visayas group and the
+greater part of the coast of the great island of Mindanao. In that
+island the Caragas, a very warlike branch of the Visayas, occupy the
+coast of the old kingdom of Caraga on the east from Punta Cauit to
+Punta San Agustin.</p>
+<p>Another branch of the Visayas distinguished by a darker colour and
+by a curliness of the hair, suggesting some Negrito mixture, occupies
+the Calamiancs and Cuyos Islands, and the northern coasts of Paragua or
+Palawan as far as Bahia Honda.</p>
+<p>In appearance the Visayas differ somewhat from the Tagals, having a
+greater resemblance to the Malays of Borneo and Malacca. The men wear
+their hair longer than the Tagals, and the women wear a <i>patadion</i>
+instead of a saya and tapis.</p>
+<p>The patadion is a piece of cloth a yard wide and over <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb301" href="#pb301" name="pb301">301</a>]</span>two
+yards long, the ends of which are sewn together. The wearer steps into
+it and wraps it round the figure from the waist downward, doubling it
+over in front into a wide fold, and tucking it in securely at the
+waist. The <i>saya</i> is a made skirt tied at the waist with a tape,
+and the <i>tapis</i> is a breadth of dark cloth, silk or satin, doubled
+round the waist over the saya.</p>
+<p>In disposition they are less sociable and hospitable than the
+Tagals, and less clean in their persons and clothing. They have a
+language of their own, and there are several dialects of it. The basis
+of their food is rice, with which they often mix maize. They flavour
+their food with red pepper to a greater extent than the Tagals. They
+are expert fishermen, and consume large quantities of fish. In smoking
+and chewing betel they resemble the other races of the islands. They
+are great gamblers, and take delight in cock-fighting. They are fond of
+hunting, and kill numbers of wild pig and deer. They cut the flesh of
+the latter into thin strips and dry it in the sun, after which it will
+keep a long time. It is useful to take as provision on a journey, but
+it requires good teeth to get through it.</p>
+<p>The Visayas build a number of canoes, paraos, barotos, and vintas,
+and are very confident on the water, putting to sea in their ill-found
+and badly-equipped craft with great assurance, and do not come to grief
+as often as might be expected. Their houses are similarly constructed
+to those of the other inhabitants of the littoral.</p>
+<p>Ancient writers accused the Visaya women of great sensuality and
+unbounded immorality, and gave details of some very curious customs,
+which are unsuitable for general publication. However, the customs I
+refer to have been long obsolete among the Visayas, although still
+existing amongst some of the wilder tribes in Borneo. The Visaya women
+are very prolific, many having borne a dozen children, but infant
+mortality is high, and they rear but few of them. The men are less
+sober than the Tagals&mdash;they manufacture and consume large
+quantities of strong drink. They are not fond of the Tagals, and a
+Visaya regiment would not hesitate to fire upon them if ordered. In
+fact the two tribes look upon each other as foreigners. When discovered
+by the Spaniards, they were to a great extent civilised and organised
+in a feudal system. Tomas de Comyn formed a very favourable opinion of
+them&mdash;he writes, both men and women are well-mannered and of a
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb302" href="#pb302" name=
+"pb302">302</a>]</span>good disposition, of better condition and nobler
+behaviour than those of the Island of Luzon and others adjacent.</p>
+<p>They had learnt much from Arab and Bornean adventurers, especially
+from the former, whose superior physique, learning, and sanctity, as
+coming from the country of the Prophet, made them acceptable suitors
+for the hands of the daughters of the Rajas or petty kings. They had
+brought with them the doctrines of Islam, which had begun to make some
+converts before the Spanish discovery. The old Visaya religion was not
+unlike that of the Tagals, they called their idols Dinatas instead of
+Anitos&mdash;their marriage customs were not very different from those
+of the Tagals.</p>
+<p>The ancestors of the Visayas were converted to Christianity at, or
+soon after, the Spanish conquest. They have thus been Christians for
+over three centuries, and in constant war with the Mahometan pirates of
+Mindanao and Sulu, and with the Sea Dayaks of Borneo. However, in some
+localities they still show a strong hankering after witchcraft, and
+practise secret heathen rites, notwithstanding the vigilance of the
+parish priests.</p>
+<p>A friar of the order of Recollets who had held a benefice in Bohol,
+assured me that they have a secret heathen organisation, although every
+member is a professing Christian, taking the Sacrament on the great
+feasts of the Church. They hold a secret triennial meeting of their
+adherents, who come over from other islands to be present. The meeting
+is held in some lonely valley, or on some desert island, where their
+vessels can lie concealed, always far from any church or priest. All
+the Recollet could tell me about the ceremonies was that the sacrifice
+of pigs formed an important part of it</p>
+<p>The Visayas are no less credulous than the Tagals, for in Samar,
+during my recollection, there have been several disturbances caused by
+fanatics who went about in rags, and by prayers, incoherent speeches,
+and self-mortification acquired a great reputation for sanctity. The
+poor ignorant people, deluded by these impostors, who gave themselves
+out to be gods, and as such, impervious to bullets, and immortal,
+abandoned their homes and followed these false gods wherever they went,
+listening to their wild promises, and expecting great miracles. They
+soon came into collision with the Guardia Civil; and on one occasion,
+armed only with clubs and knives, they made a determined charge on a
+small party of this corps under the command of a <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb303" href="#pb303" name=
+"pb303">303</a>]</span>native officer. The Guardia Civil formed across
+the road and poured several steady volleys into the advancing crowd,
+breaking them up and dispersing them with heavy loss and killing the
+false god. The native officer received the laurel-wreathed cross of San
+Fernando as a reward for his services.</p>
+<p>The Visayas are taxed with great indolence, yet they are almost the
+only working people in districts which export a great quantity of
+produce. Leyte and Samar produce a good many bales of excellent hemp,
+and it should be remembered that every bale represents at least twelve
+days&rsquo; hard work of one man in cleaning the fibre only, without
+counting the cultivation, conveyance to the port, pressing, baling, and
+shipping.</p>
+<p>In Negros and Panay the sugar estates are much larger than in Luzon,
+and mostly belong to Spaniards or mestizos. They are not worked by
+<i lang="es">aparceria</i> as in Luzon, but the labourers are paid by
+the day. Great troubles often occur as bands of labourers present
+themselves on the plantations and offer to work, but demand an advance
+of pay. Sometimes, after receiving it, they work a few days and then
+depart without notice, leaving the planter in great difficulty and
+without redress. Strict laws against vagrants are urgently required in
+Visayas. On the other hand the planter is more free to introduce
+improvements and alterations than when working by aparceria when he has
+to consult the <i lang="es">inquilino</i> or cultivator about any
+change. The cane-mills are much larger than in Luzon, and are mostly
+worked by steam engines.</p>
+<p>The sugar is handled differently from the custom of Pampanga.
+Pilones are not used, and no manipulation in <i lang="es">farderias</i>
+is required to prepare it for export. The cane-juice is carefully
+clarified and skimmed, then boiled in open pans to a much higher point
+than when making pilon-sugar, and to get it to this point without
+burning or over-heating much care and experience is required.</p>
+<p>From the teache it is ladled into large wooden trays, always in thin
+layers, and is there beaten up with heavy spatulas until it becomes, on
+cooling, a pale yellow amorphous mass. It is packed in mat-bags, and is
+then ready for shipment. It travels well and loses but little during a
+Voyage to San Francisco or New York. None of it goes to England, which
+is now entirely supplied by the vile beet sugar &ldquo;made in
+Germany,&rdquo; except for a few hundred <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb304" href="#pb304" name="pb304">304</a>]</span>tons of Demerara
+crystals imported for use by connoisseurs to sweeten their coffee.</p>
+<p>Ilo-ilo sugar is shipped under three marks, No. 1, No. 2, No. 3. An
+assortment or cargo of this sugar should consist of 1&ndash;8th No. 1,
+2&ndash;8ths No. 2, 5&ndash;8ths No. 3.</p>
+<p>A representative analysis of Ilo-ilo sugar is as follows:</p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr class="label">
+<td></td>
+<td>No. 1.</td>
+<td>No. 2.</td>
+<td>No. 3.</td>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Per Cent.</td>
+<td>Per Cent.</td>
+<td>Per Cent.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Crystallizable sugar</td>
+<td>86.60</td>
+<td>84.50</td>
+<td>81.20</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Glucose</td>
+<td>5.40</td>
+<td>5.50</td>
+<td>6.56</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Mineral matter (ash)</td>
+<td>1.50</td>
+<td>2.56</td>
+<td>3.72</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Sand</td>
+<td>trace</td>
+<td>.24</td>
+<td>1.28</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p>In Ceb&uacute; the properties are small and are mostly in the hands
+of Visayas. There are, perhaps, five or six steam-mills, but most of
+the cane is ground in cattle-mills. They follow the practice of negroes
+in making sugars direct for export, but the produce is of a lower
+quality. An analysis of the Ceb&uacute; sugar is as follows:</p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr class="label">
+<td></td>
+<td>Ceb&uacute; Superior.</td>
+<td>Ceb&uacute; Current.</td>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Per Cent.</td>
+<td>Per Cent.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Crystallizable sugar</td>
+<td>81.10</td>
+<td>71.00</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Glucose</td>
+<td>7.90</td>
+<td>12.50</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Mineral matter (ash)</td>
+<td>2.16</td>
+<td>2.23</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p>The sugar produced in the other Visayas islands is quite
+insignificant.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e10580width" id="p305"><img src=
+"images/p305.jpg" alt="Visayas Women at a Loom." width="556" height=
+"400">
+<p class="figureHead">Visayas Women at a Loom.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984">[<i>To face p. 305.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p>Ilo-ilo and Ceb&uacute; are the principal ports in the Visayas
+territory. Besides what they shipped to Manila in 1897, they exported
+directly to the United States, Great Britain, or other countries, the
+following: Ilo-ilo, 127,744 tons of sugar; 51,300 piculs of Sapan wood;
+Ceb&uacute;, 15,444 tons of sugar; 80,271 bales of hemp; 46,414 piculs
+of Copra. And <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb305" href="#pb305" name=
+"pb305">305</a>]</span>it must be remembered that the Visayas cultivate
+most of the rice, maize, and other food-stuffs which they consume, and
+also make their own instruments of agriculture. Besides this, Ilo-ilo
+exported to other parts of the Philippines a million dollars&rsquo;
+worth of textiles of cotton, silk, and other fibres, made by the
+Visayas women in hand-looms. The women in Antique make the finest
+pi&ntilde;a, a beautiful transparent texture of the utmost delicacy,
+woven from the fibres of the leaves of a non-fruiting pine
+(<i>ananas</i>). When doing the finest work they have to keep their
+doors and windows closed, for the least draught would break or
+disarrange the delicate filaments. The export from other ports in
+Visayas of textiles of cotton and silk is considerable, and, in
+addition to what they sell, the Visayas women weave most of the
+material for their own clothing and for that of the men.</p>
+<p>The Visayas also export mat-bags for sugar, which are called
+bayones; mats for sleeping on, called petates or esteras; pillows
+stuffed with cotton, hides, mother-of-pearl shell, Balate
+(<i>B&egrave;che de Mer</i>), edible bird&rsquo;s-nests, gutta-percha,
+gum-dammar, wax, rattans, coffee (of indifferent quality), and leaf
+tobacco. Both the island of Panay and the coasts of Negros are dotted
+over with cane plantations.</p>
+<p>The Visayas extract oil from cocoa-nuts and forge excellent weapons
+from scrap iron. The bands from bales of Manchester goods are much
+esteemed for this purpose.</p>
+<p>If we take all these points into consideration, the Visayas may not
+appear so deplorably indolent as they have been said to be. When
+writing of the other races, I have pointed out that the indolence
+imputed to them rather goes beyond what is warranted by the facts.</p>
+<p>It will be understood that there are degrees in the civilisation of
+the Visayas, and as amongst the Tagals and other races, considerable
+differences will be found to exist between the dwellers in the towns
+and those in the outlying hamlets, whilst the Remontados may be
+considered to have relapsed into savagery.</p>
+<p>The Visayas do a certain amount of trade with the heathen hill-men
+of their islands, and as will be pointed out when describing these
+tribes, it is hard to say whether the Christian Visayas or the
+Mahometan Malays rob these poor savages more shamefully.</p>
+<p>The Visayas are a promising race, and I feel sure that when they
+have a good government that will not extort too <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb306" href="#pb306" name=
+"pb306">306</a>]</span>heavy taxes from them, nor allow the native and
+half-caste usurers to eat them up, their agriculture and industries
+will surprisingly increase.</p>
+<p>It is to the Visayas that the American Government must look to
+provide a militia that will now hold in check, and ultimately
+subjugate, the piratical Moros of Mindanao and Paragua. The fighting
+qualities of this race, developed by centuries of combat with their
+Mahometan aggressors in defence of hearths and homes, will be found
+quite sufficient if they are well armed and led to make an end of the
+Moro power within a very few years.</p>
+<p>That this aspiration is one well worthy of the countrymen of
+Decatur, will, I think, be admitted by all who have read my description
+of the Moros under the heading of Mindanao. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb307" href="#pb307" name="pb307">307</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch34" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXIV.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">The Island of Palawan, or Paragua.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">The
+Tagban&uacute;as&mdash;Tandulanos&mdash;Manguianes&mdash;Negritos&mdash;Moros
+of southern Palawan&mdash;Tagban&uacute;a alphabet.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The island of Palawan, or, as it is called by the
+Spaniards, La Paragua, is situated between the parallels 8&deg;
+25&prime; and 11&deg; 30&prime; N. lat. The capital, Puerto Princesa,
+was founded in 1872, and is situated on the east coast in lat. 9&deg;
+45&prime;, being 354 miles from Manila, 210 miles from North Borneo,
+and 510 miles from Singapore. Palawan is about 250 miles long, and from
+10 to 25 wide, with an area of about 5833 square miles, the third in
+size of the Philippine Islands. There are several good ports in the
+northern part, which is much broken up, and its coasts studded with
+numerous islets, forming secure anchorages.</p>
+<p>Off the western coast is a large submarine bank, with many coral
+reefs and islets. The navigation on this coast is very dangerous, and
+can only be done in daylight.</p>
+<p>The harbour of Puerto Princesa is an excellent one, and sufficiently
+large for all requirements.</p>
+<p>Limestone and other sedimentary formations predominate. No volcanic
+rocks are known to exist. It is conjectured that the island has been
+formed by an upheaval, and it bears little resemblance geologically to
+any of the other Philippines. Plastic clays suitable for making bricks,
+tiles, and pottery, abound.</p>
+<p>Nothing is known about the mineralogy, except that rock-crystal is
+found, a magnificent specimen of great purity and value was sent from
+the island to the Madrid Exhibition of 1887.</p>
+<p>A chain of mountains, with peaks of varying elevation up to 6500
+feet, runs lengthways of the island, much nearer <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb308" href="#pb308" name="pb308">308</a>]</span>to
+the western coast than to the eastern. The descent from the summits to
+the eastern coast is, therefore, gradual, and on the western coast it
+is abrupt. Mount Staveley, Mount Beaufort (3740 feet), Pico Pulgar
+(4330 feet), and the Peaks of Anepalian, are in the central part of the
+island.</p>
+<p>The following record is taken from the observations made by Captain
+Canga-Arguelles, a former governor, during his residence of three years
+in Puerto Princesa.</p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr class="label">
+<td>Month.</td>
+<td>Mean Temp.</td>
+<td>Barometer.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="unit">
+<td></td>
+<td>Fahrenheit.</td>
+<td>Inches.</td>
+<td>Rainy Days.</td>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td>January</td>
+<td>85</td>
+<td>30.34</td>
+<td>4</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>February</td>
+<td>81</td>
+<td>30</td>
+<td>3</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>March</td>
+<td>85</td>
+<td>30.07</td>
+<td>4</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>April</td>
+<td>87</td>
+<td>29.92</td>
+<td>5</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>May</td>
+<td>84</td>
+<td>29.80</td>
+<td>4</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>June</td>
+<td>82</td>
+<td>29.90</td>
+<td>12</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>July</td>
+<td>80</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>17</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>August</td>
+<td>82</td>
+<td>29.84</td>
+<td>4</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>September</td>
+<td>79</td>
+<td>29.88</td>
+<td>20</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>October</td>
+<td>85</td>
+<td>29.90</td>
+<td>20</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>November</td>
+<td>82</td>
+<td>29.95</td>
+<td>8</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>December</td>
+<td>82</td>
+<td>30</td>
+<td>4</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Mean</td>
+<td>82.83</td>
+<td></td>
+<td>105</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p>It will be seen that the temperature is not excessive, and that the
+distribution of the rainfall is favourable to agriculture and planting.
+The force of the monsoon is much spent when it arrives on the coast of
+Paragua, and the typhoons only touch the northern extremity of the
+island.</p>
+<p>Volcanic phenomena are unknown, and there is no record of
+earthquakes.</p>
+<p>From the lay of the island there is always one coast with calm
+water, whichever way the monsoon is blowing.</p>
+<p>The troops and civil population of Puerto Princesa suffer to some
+extent from intermittent fevers; but the reports of the military,
+naval, and civil infirmaries, state that the disease is not very
+severe, and that it yields to treatment, and this assertion is
+confirmed by the reports of the French travellers, Drs. Montano and Rey
+and M. Alfred Marche.</p>
+<p>The northern part of the island has been colonised from the other
+Philippines, and the Christian inhabitants number <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb309" href="#pb309" name=
+"pb309">309</a>]</span>about 10,000 distributed amongst several small
+villages. The southern coasts are occupied by Mahometan Malays, who
+number about 6000, and the rest of this large island, except Puerta
+Princesa, is only populated by savages, the principal tribes being
+the&mdash;</p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td>Tagbuanas, estimated to number</td>
+<td>6,000</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Tandulanos, estimated to number</td>
+<td>1,500</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Negritos, estimated to number</td>
+<td>500</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Manguianes, estimated to number</td>
+<td>4,000</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>&mdash;&mdash;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>12,000</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p>This gives a grand total of 28,000 inhabitants, or 5.6 to the square
+mile. In the island of Luzon, in which extensive districts are
+uncultivated and unexplored, the mean density of the population in
+1875, was 76.5 per square mile, and in the provinces of Batangan and
+Pasgasinan, which are, perhaps, the best cultivated, the density was
+272 inhabitants to the square mile.</p>
+<p>The fauna has been studied to some extent, a French collector having
+resided for a considerable period on the island. It comprises monkeys,
+pigs, civets, porcupines, flying squirrels, pheasants, and a small
+leopard, this latter not found in any other of the Philippines, and
+showing a connection with Borneo.</p>
+<p>The island is covered with dense forests, which have been little
+explored.</p>
+<p>The Inspeccion de Montes (Department of Woods and Forests) gives a
+list of 104 different kinds of forest-trees known to be growing there,
+and states that ebony abounds there more than in any other province of
+the Philippines. According to Wallace, the camphor-tree is found in the
+island.</p>
+<p>Amongst the timbers mentioned in the Woods and Forests lists are
+ebony, camagon, teak, cedar, dungon, banaba, gu&iacute;jo, molave, and
+many others of value. The forest or jungle-produce will comprise:
+charcoal, firewood, bamboos, rattans, nipa (attap), orchids, wax, gums,
+resins, and camphor. Edible birds&rsquo;-nests are found in various
+localities. Fish is abundant in the waters, and balate (<i lang=
+"fr">B&egrave;che de mer</i>) is collected on the shores and reefs.</p>
+<p>Puerto Princesa is visited by a mail steamer from Manila once in
+twenty-eight days. A garrison of two companies of infantry was kept
+there, and several small gun-boats were stationed there, which went
+periodically <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb310" href="#pb310" name=
+"pb310">310</a>]</span>round the island. Piracy was completely
+suppressed, and the Mahometan Malays were kept in good order by the
+Spanish forces.</p>
+<p>The dense primeval forests which have existed for ages, untouched by
+the hand of man, undevastated by typhoons, volcanic eruptions, or
+earthquakes, must necessarily have produced an enormous quantity of
+decayed vegetable matter, rich in humus, and such a soil on a limestone
+subsoil, mixed with the detritus washed down from the mountains, may
+reasonably be expected to be of the highest fertility, and, perhaps, to
+be equal to the richest lands of the earth, most specially for the
+cultivation of tobacco.</p>
+<p>The varied climates to be found from the sea-level to the tops of
+the mountains should allow the cultivation of maize, rice, sugar-cane,
+cotton, cacao, coffee, and hemp, each in the zone most favourable to
+its growth and fruitfulness. The exemption from typhoons enjoyed by
+this region is most important as regards the cultivation of the
+aborescent species, and the cocoa-nut palm would prove highly
+remunerative on land not suited for other crops.
+<i>Tagban&uacute;as.</i></p>
+<p>The Tagban&uacute;as are said to be the most numerous of the
+inhabitants of Palawan. I understand that this word comes from
+<i>Taga</i>, an inhabitant, and <i>banua</i>, country, and therefore
+means an original inhabitant of the country, as opposed to later
+arrivals.</p>
+<p>They inhabit the district between <span class="corr" id="xd20e10866"
+title="Source: Inagahuan">Inag&aacute;huan</span>, on the east coast,
+and Ulugan and Apurahuan, on the west coast. Their numbers in 1888 were
+estimated at 6000. In 1890 I spent ten days amongst these people, and
+employed a number of them as porters to carry my tent, provisions, and
+equipment, when travelling on foot through the forests to report on the
+value of a concession in the neighbourhood of Yuahit and
+Inag&aacute;huan. I therefore describe them from personal knowledge.
+They are of a yellowish colour, and generally similar to the Mahometan
+Malays of Mindanao. Those who have settled down and cultivated land
+have a robust and healthy appearance; but those who are nomadic, mostly
+suffered from skin diseases, and some were quite emaciated. Their
+Maestro de Campo, the recognised head of their tribe, lived near
+Inag&aacute;huan, and I visited him at <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb311" href="#pb311" name="pb311">311</a>]</span>his house, and found
+him quite communicative through an interpreter.</p>
+<p>Maestro de Campo is an obsolete military rank in Spain, and a
+commission granting this title and an official staff, is sometimes
+conferred by the Governor-General of the Philippines, or even by the
+King of Spain, upon the chiefs of heathen tribes, who have supported
+the Spanish forces against the pirates of Sul&uacute;, Mindanao, or
+Palawan. Sometimes a small pension accompanies the title.</p>
+<p>I also learnt much about the Tagban&uacute;as from a solitary
+missionary, a member of the Order of Recollets, Fray Lorenzo Zapater,
+who had resided more than two years amongst them, and had built a
+primitive sort of church at Inag&aacute;huan.</p>
+<p>They are sociable and pacific; their only weapons are the
+<i>cerbatana</i>, or blow-pipe, with poisoned darts, and bows and
+arrows, for the knives they carry are tools and not weapons. They do
+not make war amongst themselves, but formerly fought sometimes to
+defend their possessions against the piratical Mahometans, who inhabit
+the southern part of the island. These heartless robbers, for centuries
+made annual raids upon them, carrying off the paddy they had stored for
+their subsistence, and everything portable worth taking. They seized
+the boys for slaves, to cultivate their lands, and the girls for
+concubines, killing the adults who dared to resist them. However, since
+the establishment of a naval station and the penal colony at Puerto
+Princesa in 1872, the coast has been patrolled by the Spanish gun-boats
+and the piratical incursions have come to an end. The nomadic
+Tagban&uacute;as, both men and women, were quite naked, except for a
+cloth (<i>tapa-rabo</i>) which the men wore, whilst the women wore a
+girdle, from which hung strips of bark or skin reaching nearly to the
+knees. Round their necks they wore strings of coloured beads, a
+turquoise blue seemed to be the favourite kind, and on their arms and
+ankles, bangles made of brass wire. Coming out of the forest into a
+clearing where there were two small huts built in the usual manner, and
+another constructed in the fork of a large tree, I found a group of
+these people threshing paddy. Amongst them were two young women with
+figures of striking symmetry, who, on being called by the interpreter,
+approached my party without the slightest timidity or embarrassment,
+although wearing only the fringed girdle. I learnt that they had both
+been baptized <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb312" href="#pb312" name=
+"pb312">312</a>]</span>but on asking the taller girl her name, instead
+of answering me, she turned to her companion and said to her,
+&ldquo;What is my name?&rdquo; to which the other answered,
+&ldquo;Ursula.&rdquo; I then asked the shorter girl her name, and she
+also, instead of answering me, asked the other girl, &ldquo;What is my
+name?&rdquo; to which the taller one answered, &ldquo;Margarita.&rdquo;
+These names had recently been given them instead of their heathen
+names, and I could not be sure whether they had forgotten their new
+names or whether, as is the case in several tribes, they must never
+pronounce their own names nor the names of their ancestors. They
+thankfully accepted a cigarette each, which they immediately
+lighted.</p>
+<p>On the following Sunday, these girls came to Mass at the
+Inag&aacute;huan Church, completely dressed like Tagal women, and
+although they passed in front of me, I did not recognize them until I
+was told, for they looked much shorter.</p>
+<p>When the missionary accompanied me to visit any of these people, I
+observed that as we approached a house the people were hurriedly
+putting on their clothes to receive us, but they were evidently more at
+ease in the garb of Adam before the fall.</p>
+<p>The Tagban&uacute;as have no strong religious convictions, and can
+be easily persuaded to allow their children to be baptised. The
+population of Inag&aacute;huan and Abortan at the time of my visit was,
+according to the missionary, 1080, of whom 616 were baptised. But from
+this number many had been taken away by their half-caste or Chinese
+creditors to Lan&uacute;gan, a <i lang="es">visita</i> of Trinitian, to
+collect wax and alm&aacute;ciga&mdash;the forests near Inag&aacute;huan
+and Yu&aacute;hit being entirely exhausted. The heathen
+Tagban&uacute;as believe in future rewards and punishment, and call the
+infernal regions <i>basaud</i>. They believe in a Great Spirit, the
+creator and preserver, who presides over all the important acts of
+life. They call him Maguindose, and make offerings to him of rice and
+fish. Polygamy is allowed amongst them, but from what I saw is not much
+practised. When a Tagban&uacute;a proposes marriage to the object of
+his affections, he leaves at the door of her hut the fresh trunk of a
+banana plant. If she delays answering till the trunk has withered, he
+understands this as a negative, and the damsel is spared the pain of
+verbally refusing; but if she approves of his suit, she sends him her
+answer in good time.</p>
+<p>The lover then conveys to the house of the bride&rsquo;s
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb313" href="#pb313" name=
+"pb313">313</a>]</span>parents, where all her relations are assembled,
+large baskets of boiled rice. He takes a morsel of this and places it
+in the mouth of the girl, she then does the same to him, and by this
+symbolic act they assume the responsibilities of matrimony. This
+particular ceremony is common to many Philippine tribes. The remainder
+of the cooked rice furnishes the basis of the marriage feast.</p>
+<p>They are said to cruelly punish adultery; on the other hand, divorce
+is easily obtained.</p>
+<p>When one of their number is very ill, they get up a concert (?) of
+gongs and drums with the hope of curing him, and during the performance
+nobody must approach the patient&rsquo;s couch. I could not learn
+whether the music was intended to cheer up the sick person, or to
+frighten away the evil spirit, which they look upon as the cause of his
+malady; but I incline to the latter belief, because the so-called music
+is calculated to frighten away any living thing.</p>
+<p>If, however, the patient does not improve, he is then consulted as
+to where he would like to be buried, and about other details of the
+ceremony and funeral feast. This reminds me that I have read of a
+Scotchwoman consulting her dying husband as to whether the scones to be
+made for his funeral should be square or round. Such, however, is the
+custom of the Tagban&uacute;as.</p>
+<p>Immediately after death the relatives place by the corpse the
+weapons and effects belonging to the deceased and sprinkle ashes on the
+floor all around&mdash;then they retire and leave the dead alone for a
+time. Later on, they return and carefully examine the ashes to see
+whether the soul of the defunct, when abandoning the body, left any
+foot-marks.</p>
+<p>Then, forming a circle round the dead, they chant a dirge in honour
+of the departed, after which they commit his body to the earth in the
+midst of his cleared land, unless he has selected some other spot,
+burying with him his arms and utensils, not forgetting the wood-knife
+and a liberal ration of cooked rice and condiments for his journey to
+the other world. They then abandon both hut and land and never return
+to it. They bury small children in jars called <i>basinganis</i>.</p>
+<p>I was much interested in these people, and felt a great pity for
+them. All energy and determination seemed to have been crushed out of
+them by centuries of oppression <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb314"
+href="#pb314" name="pb314">314</a>]</span>from their predatory
+neighbours, and when at last the Spanish gun-boats delivered them from
+these periodical attacks, they were held in what was practically
+slavery by their half-caste or Chinese creditors. The respectability of
+a Tagban&uacute;a is measured by the weight of gongs he possesses, just
+as the importance of a Malay pirate-chief depends on the weight of
+brass-guns he owns.</p>
+<p>The half-castes, or Chinese, will supply them with a brass-gong
+worth, say $5, for which they charge them thirty dollars to account.
+This must be paid in alm&aacute;ciga (gum-dammar) at $5 per picul.
+Consequently the poor savage has to supply six piculs of almaciga. Now
+this gum was worth $12 per picul in Singapore, and the freight was
+trifling. Consequently the savage pays the greedy half-caste, or
+avaricious Chinaman, $72 worth of gum (less expenses) for a $5 gong,
+and these rascally usurers take care that the savage never gets out of
+their debt as long as he lives, and makes his sons take over his debt
+when he dies. These terms are considered very moderate indeed; when I
+come to speak of Mindanao I shall quote some much more striking trade
+figures. Many of the traders there would think it very bad business to
+get only $72 for goods costing $5.</p>
+<p>Instead, therefore, of being allowed to till their land, these
+people are hurried off to the most distant and least accessible forests
+to dig for alm&aacute;ciga. This gum is found in crevices in the earth
+amongst the roots of secular trees. I was assured that deposits had
+been found of 25 piculs in one place&mdash;more than a ton and a half,
+but such finds are rare, as the gum is now scarce. The savage has to
+hide or guard his treasure when found, and he or his family must
+transport it on their backs for twenty, thirty, or forty miles, as the
+case may be, making repeated journeys to deliver it to their creditor.
+I think this hard work, and want of good food, explains the emaciation
+I noticed amongst these people. Some few of them were not in debt. Near
+<span class="corr" id="xd20e10923" title=
+"Source: Inagah&uacute;an">Inag&aacute;huan</span>, I found a man named
+Amasa who had a small cane-field, and was at work squeezing the cane
+with a great lever-press, which reminded me of the wine-presses in
+Teneriffe. The lever was made of the trunk of a tree; the fulcrum was a
+growing tree, whilst the pressing block was a tree-stump hollowed at
+the top. The juice was boiled to a thick syrup, and found a ready sale
+in the neighbourhood. Amasa was the biggest and strongest <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb315" href="#pb315" name="pb315">315</a>]</span>man
+I saw amongst the Tagban&uacute;as, and stood five feet nine inches
+high. He possessed a comfortable house and clothes, yet he accompanied
+me on one of my journeys as a porter, but the exposure at night was too
+much for him, and he had an attack of fever when he returned. Near
+Amasa lived a Christian woman named Ignacia, a widow. She had lived ten
+years in one place, and had an abundant supply of paddy stored in huge
+baskets in her house. She also had a plantation of cacao trees, many of
+them in full bearing. They were rather neglected, but had grown
+remarkably. I bought some of her produce for my own use.</p>
+<p>I was surprised to find that the Tagban&uacute;as could read and
+write; one day I observed a messenger hand to one of them a strip of
+bark with some figures scratched on it, which the latter proceeded to
+read, and on inquiring from the missionary, I learnt that they had an
+alphabet of sixteen or seventeen letters. I obtained a copy of this
+from the Padre Zapater, and it will be found on page 319. They do not
+use a pen, but scratch the letters with the point of a knife, or with a
+nail, or thorn.</p>
+<p>The Tagban&uacute;as are very fond of music and dancing. On the
+evening of my arrival at Yuahit, a collection of about a dozen huts
+with forty inhabitants, they gave an open-air performance in my honour.
+My party consisted of a boat&rsquo;s-crew of eight Tagal sailors of the
+Navy, two servants, an interpreter, and two companions. The orchestra
+consisted of four brass gongs of varying sizes, and a tom-tom. Torches
+were stuck in the ground to illuminate the scene, and the whole of the
+inhabitants of the hamlet turned out and watched the proceedings with
+greatest interest. The dances were performed by men, women, and
+children, one at a time, and were perfectly modest and graceful. The
+women were dressed in shirts and bright-coloured <i>patadions</i>, and
+were adorned with silver rings, brass bangles, and armlets, some had
+strings of beads round their necks. The best dance was performed by a
+young woman, holding in each hand a piece of a branch of the
+bread-fruit tree, which they call <i>Rima</i>, with two of the large
+handsome leaves. These she waved about very gracefully in harmony with
+her movements. The spectators behaved very well, and were careful not
+to crowd round me. I rewarded the dancers with beads and handkerchiefs,
+and the musicians with cigars. This dancing seemed to me a very
+innocent amusement, but I was sorry to find that the missionary
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb316" href="#pb316" name=
+"pb316">316</a>]</span>took a different view. He associated the dances
+with heathen rites and forbade them, confiscating the dearly-bought
+gongs of his converts, as he said they were used to call up evil
+spirits. However, I observed that he had hung up the largest gong to
+serve as a church-bell, after having sprinkled it with holy water. I
+remembered having read how the Moravian missionaries in Greenland put a
+stop to the dancing which formerly enlivened the long dark winter of
+that desolate region, and I asked myself why the Christian missionary,
+whether teaching in the icy gloom of the Arctic circle, or in brilliant
+sunshine on a palm-fringed strand, must forbid his converts to indulge
+in such a healthful and harmless recreation, in both cases almost the
+sole possible amusement. I could see no reason why the heathen should
+have all the fun. The labours of the missionary were, however, very
+much to the benefit of the Tagban&uacute;as, as inducing them to settle
+down, build houses, and raise crops for their support.</p>
+<p>The Spanish gun-boats had stopped the inroads of Moros by sea, and
+detachments of native troops along the coast stopped the raiding by
+land. For twenty years the Tagban&uacute;as had suffered little, and
+for several years absolutely nothing from the Moros, yet they
+apparently could not realise their security, and were afraid to
+accumulate anything lest it should be taken from them. To the ravages
+of the pirate, there has succeeded the extortion of the usurer, and
+John Chinaman waxes fat whilst the wretched Tagban&uacute;a
+starves.</p>
+<p>Whilst travelling through the jungle I found some natives cutting
+canes, and my interpreter pointed out to me an emaciated couple, and
+assured me that during the famine of the previous season, these poor
+wretches had killed and eaten their own child to save their lives. What
+a state of things in a country where maize will grow up and give edible
+grain in forty-two days from the date of planting it! I trust that the
+change of government may result in some benefit to these poor people,
+and that a Governor or Protector of Aborigines may be appointed with
+absolute power who will check the abuses of the half-caste and Chinese
+usurers, and give the poor down-trodden Tagban&uacute;as, at one time I
+firmly believe a comparatively civilised people, a chance to live and
+thrive. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb317" href="#pb317" name=
+"pb317">317</a>]</span></p>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Tandulanos.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Tandulanos are physically similar to the Negritos,
+but less robust. They inhabit the shores of Palawan, being scattered
+along the western coast between the Bay of Malampaya and Caruray. They
+are more savage than the other races of the island, but they fulfil
+their engagements with rigorous exactness. They make rough canoes, and
+subsist principally on fish and shell-fish, and they do no cultivation.
+They are very skilful in the use of the harpoon which they employ for
+fishing. If they can obtain iron, they use it for their harpoon-points,
+otherwise they point them with the spike from the tail of a skate.</p>
+<p>They use a most active poison on their harpoons and darts, so much
+so, that it is said to produce almost instantaneous death.</p>
+<p>This poison is unknown to the other tribes. They refuse to sell
+their <i>cerbatanas</i>, or blow-pipes, from which they shoot their
+darts.</p>
+<p>They are said to intermarry indiscriminately, without regard to
+kinship. Their number was computed at 1500 in the year 1888, and they
+are probably not much more numerous now.</p>
+<p>These people are, like the Negritos, whom they resemble, a hopeless
+race, not capable of advancing in civilisation.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Manguianes and Negritos of Palawan.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">These people have been described under the heading
+Aetas or Negritos, in Part I. The first-named inhabit the interior of
+that part of the island occupied by the Moros who jealously prevent
+them from holding any intercourse with strangers.</p>
+<p><i>Moros of Southern Palawan.</i>&mdash;These people do not differ
+in any essential particular from the Moros of Mindanao. They look back
+with regret on the good old days before the advent of the steam
+gun-boats, and the establishment of the fortified posts along their
+shores when they could make their annual raids and massacre, plunder,
+and enslave, the wretched Tagban&uacute;as without interference. They
+will doubtless take full advantage of any negligence of the United
+States authorities to keep up the gun-boat flotilla, and to maintain
+the military posts. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb318" href="#pb318"
+name="pb318">318</a>]</span></p>
+<p>They now live by agriculture, all the labour being performed by
+slaves, and by trading with the savages of the mountains, vying with
+the Christians in usurious rapacity.</p>
+<p><i>John Chinaman</i> in Palawan is just the same as his brother in
+Mindanao&mdash;a remorseless usurer, and a skilful manipulator of false
+weights and measures, but no worse in the treatment of the unhappy
+aboriginal than the Christian native or half-caste.</p>
+<p><i>Puerto Princesa</i>, the capital, had a population at the time of
+my visit in 1890 of about 1500, of which number 1200 were males and 300
+females. About half the males were soldiers and sailors, one-fourth
+convicts, and the remainder civilians. Most of the women had been
+deported from Manila as undesirable characters in that decorous city.
+Notwithstanding their unsavoury antecedents, they found new husbands or
+protectors in Puerto Princesa the moment they landed. Such was the
+competition for these very soiled doves, that most of them had made
+their new arrangements before leaving the jetty alongside which the
+steamer they arrived in lay.</p>
+<p>There was some little cultivation round about the capital, but as
+usual trading with the aborigines for gum, rattans, balate, green
+snail-shells, and other jungle produce was the most entrancing
+pursuit.</p>
+<p>At a short distance from the town was a Government Sugar Plantation,
+which I visited. If sugar planting could flourish anywhere, it surely
+should have done so here, for the land cost nothing, the convicts did
+all the unskilled labour and the machinery was paid for by the
+Government. Yet the blighting influence of the official mind succeeded
+even here in causing the place to be run at a loss. The sugar badly
+prepared was shipped to Manila to be sold at a reduced price, and sugar
+for the troops and general use was imported from other parts.</p>
+<p>The governor of the island, during the later period of Spanish rule,
+has usually been a naval officer, and as the communications are
+principally by sea, and any punitive operations have to be performed by
+the gun-boat flotilla, this would seem to be a precedent the United
+States might follow with advantage. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb319" href="#pb319" name="pb319">319</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Tagban&uacute;a Alphabet.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first"><i>Communicated to F. H. Sawyer by Fray Lorenzo
+Zapater, Missionary at Inag&aacute;huan, Palawan.</i></p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td>
+<div class="figure xd20e10999 xd20e10999width"><img src=
+"images/tagbanua-q.gif" alt="" width="72" height="58"></div>
+</td>
+<td>Q q</td>
+<td>
+<div class="figure xd20e11004 xd20e11004width"><img src=
+"images/tagbanua-ng.gif" alt="" width="76" height="55"></div>
+</td>
+<td>Ng ng</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>
+<div class="figure xd20e11010 xd20e11010width"><img src=
+"images/tagbanua-p.gif" alt="" width="74" height="57"></div>
+</td>
+<td>P p</td>
+<td>
+<div class="figure xd20e11015 xd20e11015width"><img src=
+"images/tagbanua-uo.gif" alt="" width="76" height="55"></div>
+</td>
+<td>uo</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>
+<div class="figure xd20e11021 xd20e11021width"><img src=
+"images/tagbanua-o.gif" alt="" width="74" height="57"></div>
+</td>
+<td>O or U<br>
+o or u</td>
+<td>
+<div class="figure xd20e11028 xd20e11028width"><img src=
+"images/tagbanua-g.gif" alt="" width="76" height="55"></div>
+</td>
+<td>G g</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>
+<div class="figure xd20e11034 xd20e11034width"><img src=
+"images/tagbanua-e.gif" alt="" width="74" height="57"></div>
+</td>
+<td>E or I<br>
+e or i</td>
+<td>
+<div class="figure xd20e11041 xd20e11041width"><img src=
+"images/tagbanua-n.gif" alt="" width="76" height="55"></div>
+</td>
+<td>N n</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>
+<div class="figure xd20e11047 xd20e11047width"><img src=
+"images/tagbanua-d.gif" alt="" width="74" height="57"></div>
+</td>
+<td>D d</td>
+<td>
+<div class="figure xd20e11052 xd20e11052width"><img src=
+"images/tagbanua-m.gif" alt="" width="76" height="55"></div>
+</td>
+<td>M m</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>
+<div class="figure xd20e11058 xd20e11058width"><img src=
+"images/tagbanua-c.gif" alt="" width="74" height="57"></div>
+</td>
+<td>C c</td>
+<td>
+<div class="figure xd20e11063 xd20e11063width"><img src=
+"images/tagbanua-t.gif" alt="" width="76" height="55"></div>
+</td>
+<td>T t</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>
+<div class="figure xd20e11069 xd20e11069width"><img src=
+"images/tagbanua-b.gif" alt="" width="74" height="57"></div>
+</td>
+<td>B b</td>
+<td>
+<div class="figure xd20e11074 xd20e11074width"><img src=
+"images/tagbanua-s.gif" alt="" width="76" height="55"></div>
+</td>
+<td>S s</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>
+<div class="figure xd20e11080 xd20e11080width"><img src=
+"images/tagbanua-a.gif" alt="" width="74" height="57"></div>
+</td>
+<td>A a</td>
+<td>
+<div class="figure xd20e11085 xd20e11085width"><img src=
+"images/tagbanua-l.gif" alt="" width="77" height="63"></div>
+</td>
+<td>L or R<br>
+l or r</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p><i>Vowels</i>.</p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td>
+<div class="figure xd20e11099 xd20e11099width"><img src=
+"images/tagbanua-a2.gif" alt="" width="66" height="50"></div>
+</td>
+<td>a</td>
+<td>
+<div class="figure xd20e11104 xd20e11104width"><img src=
+"images/tagbanua-ia.gif" alt="" width="66" height="50"></div>
+</td>
+<td>ia</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>
+<div class="figure xd20e11110 xd20e11110width"><img src=
+"images/tagbanua-o2.gif" alt="" width="66" height="50"></div>
+</td>
+<td>o</td>
+<td>
+<div class="figure xd20e11115 xd20e11115width"><img src=
+"images/tagbanua-ua.gif" alt="" width="66" height="50"></div>
+</td>
+<td>ua</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>
+<div class="figure xd20e11121 xd20e11121width"><img src=
+"images/tagbanua-e2.gif" alt="" width="66" height="50"></div>
+</td>
+<td>e i</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p><i>N.B.</i>&mdash;The Roman letters are to be pronounced as in
+Spanish and the Tagban&uacute;a correspondingly, <i>Ah,</i> <i>bay</i>,
+<i>say</i>, <i>day</i>, <i>aye</i> or <i>ee</i>, <i>o</i> or <i>oo</i>,
+<i>pay</i>, <i>ku</i>, etc.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Notes by the Padre Zapater.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">(Translation.)</p>
+<p>1. The consonants in the Tagban&uacute;a alphabet are eleven and
+sometimes twelve, but the vowels are three, since the <i>ia</i> and the
+<i>oa</i> which are vowels, are compound letters, although strictly
+they may be considered as vowels, but the <i>ia</i> and the <i>ua</i>
+are written the same, as has been said. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb320" href="#pb320" name="pb320">320</a>]</span></p>
+<p>2. In reading the Tagban&uacute;a alphabet, you begin from the
+bottom upwards.</p>
+<p>3. To write the consonants with their vowels, for example,
+<i>ba</i>, <i>be</i>, <i>bi</i>, <i>bo</i>, <i>bu</i>, you put a dash
+at the right or left. If on the right, it means <i>be</i>, <i>bi</i>,
+and if on the left of the consonant <i>bo</i>, <i>bu</i>.</p>
+<p><i>N.B.</i>&mdash;Father Zapater&rsquo;s note 3 is somewhat obscure,
+or rather badly expressed. It perhaps ought to have been said that a
+dash right and left means <i>ba</i>. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb321" href="#pb321" name="pb321">321</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div0 part">
+<h2 class="Part">Part III.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Mindanao, Including Basilan.</h2>
+<div id="ch35" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="XXXV">Chapter XXXV.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Brief Geographical Description.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">
+Configuration&mdash;Mountains&mdash;Rivers&mdash;Lakes&mdash;Division
+into
+districts&mdash;Administration&mdash;Productions&mdash;Basilan.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">Mindanao is of a very irregular shape, which it is not
+easy to describe. It has some resemblance to a winged skate, with a
+long tail, one of the <i>Raiid&aelig;</i>, which is common in Manila
+Bay. The head of the skate is turned to the east; the peninsula of
+Surigao forms the northern wing, and Punta Panguian the tip of the
+southern wing, out of which, however, a great piece has been bitten,
+corresponding to the Gulf of Davao. The body is represented by the main
+part of the island, and the tail commences at the isthmus of
+Tuc&uacute;ran and stretches westward for a degree of longitude. This
+straight part is the old kingdom of Sibuguey. On the north of it,
+however, a huge excrescence appears; this is the peninsula of Dapitan,
+and on the south, opposite to it, there is a similar projection, which
+is cut in two by the Gulf of Dumanquilas.</p>
+<p>Mt. Silingan represents the spike or hook usually found on the tails
+of these fish, and from here the tail bends southward and westward
+through an arc of 60&deg;. This part represents the peninsula of
+Zamboanga, and the town of that name is situated at the tip of the
+tail. A continuous chain of mountains down the centre of the tail
+represents the vertebr&aelig;.</p>
+<p>Beginning on the east, we find a long stretch of coast from Surigao
+to Cape San Agustin with only one or two <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb322" href="#pb322" name="pb322">322</a>]</span>anchorages for small
+vessels. The rest of the coast is exposed to the full force of the
+Pacific Ocean, and from November to April is quite open to the N.E.
+monsoon. It is also subject to tidal waves or rollers just as are the
+coasts of Peru and Chili. A destructive <i>bore</i> enters the river
+mouths and inlets, and heavy seas get up off all the headlands. In the
+channels between Surigao and the islands off the northern coasts, rapid
+currents are formed and overfalls render navigation dangerous for
+country vessels. In fact, during the strength of the N.E. monsoon the
+east coast, from Placer to the Bay of Mayo, is hemmed in with surf, and
+without a single port. Behind point Taucanan, however, is found Port
+Balete and Port Pujada. This latter is the best port in the island,
+being well sheltered from the N. and N.E. The country about it is well
+watered, and produces timber trees of great size and fine quality. The
+waters contain plenty of fish, and turtle, also some mother-of-pearl
+shells. The forests give the best kinds of <i>alm&aacute;ciga</i>, and
+wax.</p>
+<p>The hill-men are partly independent but pacific, and the Visaya
+population is considerable in the district of Mati.</p>
+<p>In general, the east coast is rocky, and very foul in many places.
+The land is fertile and well-wooded. Gold is found in the Cordillera,
+and on its eastern slopes all the way from Surigao to Punta Tagobong.
+One of the northern towns is called Placer on this account. The
+inaccessibility of the east coast during the strength of the N.E.
+monsoon has retarded the civilisation of Surigao which was settled in
+the early years of the conquest. The Caraga-Visaya, who inhabit a
+considerable district on this coast, are old Christians and have always
+been ready to fight for their faith.</p>
+<p>Practically parallel to this coast is a chain of mountains which
+begins at Surigao and extends down to Punta San Agustin with hardly a
+break. I shall call this the eastern Cordillera. In this chain, near
+the northern end, lies Lake Mainit (Hot Lake), having steep sides with
+twenty fathoms close to the edge, and two hundred fathoms in the
+middle. This cavity has, no doubt, been formed by volcanic action, like
+the lake of Taal. On the slopes of the mountains around it are many
+thermal springs which run into the lake, and in rainy weather the
+summits are always shrouded in vapour by the evaporation of the rain.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb323" href="#pb323" name=
+"pb323">323</a>]</span></p>
+<p>The lake is subject to tremendous floods. Dr. Montano, who visited
+it in December, 1880, speaks of a rise of twelve fathoms. He also says
+that a ground-swell gets up in this sheltered lake; this must be from
+some modified volcanic action still going on. As usual in Philippine
+crater-lakes, this is a great breeding-place for alligators.</p>
+<p>The Eastern Cordillera being so near the coast, there are of course
+no navigable rivers running into the Pacific, but the streams become
+impassable torrents during the heavy rains which begin in June, and
+prevent communication by land for many days or even weeks at a
+stretch.</p>
+<p>Approximately parallel to the Eastern Cordillera, and at about fifty
+geographical miles distance, there stands another range which I shall
+call the Central Cordillera. A line drawn from Punta Diuata to the
+middle of the Gulf of Sarangani, nearly due north and south, intersects
+Mt. Sinalagao, Mt. Panamoyan, the active volcano, Mt. Apo and Mt.
+Matutuan, which appear to be the loftiest peaks of the range.</p>
+<p>From Mt. Panamoyan in about 7&deg; 50&prime; N. Lat. a spur strikes
+eastwards at right angles to the range, reaching half-way across the
+valley. This spur then turns to the south parallel to the range for
+some twenty miles, and from the middle of the east and west part,
+another spur turns south for about 20 miles, thus forming a letter
+<span class="xd20e7860">E</span> with the points looking south.</p>
+<p>In the wide valley between the Eastern and Central Cordilleras, and
+taking the drainage of the whole watershed is the River Agusan. Rising
+about the 7th parallel on the slopes of Mt. Tagoppo, this river runs a
+very sinuous course in a general northerly direction, but inclining
+slightly to the west, receiving innumerable tributaries on either side.
+At about 8&deg; 15&prime; N. Lat. the Agusan expands or overflows,
+forming a series of shallow lakes, choked up with driftwood and
+vegetation, and varying in extent with the rainfall.</p>
+<p>Continually gathering volume, it runs into the Bay of Butuan about
+9&deg; N. Lat.</p>
+<p>At Moncayo, in 7&deg; 45&prime; N. Lat., the Agusan is one hundred
+yards wide, and is navigable for canoes even much higher up.</p>
+<p>The spur previously spoken of as striking east and south from Mt.
+Panamoyan, forms two small watersheds. The western one gives rise to
+the River Libaganon, and the eastern to the River Salug. Both these
+rivers run in a <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb324" href="#pb324"
+name="pb324">324</a>]</span>southerly direction, and unite to form the
+River Tagum, which runs for a short distance S.E. and falls into the
+head of the Gulf of Davao.</p>
+<p>A little way south of Mt. Panamoyan some mountain streams dash down
+the sides of the Cordillera and running through a gap unite to form the
+River Davao which flows in a south-easterly direction till it reaches
+the plain, when it changes its course and runs east into the Gulf of
+Davao. From Point Sipaca, in 9&deg; N. Lat., a range of mountains
+stretches in a southerly direction for about sixty miles. <span class=
+"corr" id="xd20e11282" title="Source: Amongt">Amongst</span> these are
+Mt. Sipaca, Mt. Saorag, and Mt. Quimanquil. With the Central Cordillera
+this range forms a watershed, and the torrents on the steep sides of
+Sinalagao and Quimanquil dash down and take a southerly direction to
+form the headwaters of the River Pulangui and ultimately become the Rio
+Grande. In 7&deg; 50&prime; N. Lat. two important affluents join, the
+River Sauaga and the River Malupati, a few miles lower the Calibatojan
+and the Kaya-Kaya bring their tribute, and the united flood with rapid
+current casts itself headlong into the deep Ca&ntilde;on of Locosocan
+and runs in this for over four miles to Salagalpon, where another
+cataract occurs. The river continues for miles a rushing torrent
+amongst huge boulders, at the bottom of this cleft, so narrow in
+places, where the rocks jut out and nearly meet overhead, that it seems
+like a tunnel. In 7&deg; 46&prime; N. Lat. there is a small volcano
+close to the left bank which, whenever it rains, becomes active and
+gives off stifling fumes of sulphur. At Mantanil, in 7&deg; 40&prime;
+N., the river can be navigated on bamboo rafts, handled by skilled
+Manobo pilots, but not without much risk; for some distance down there
+are two <i>buchis</i>, or sinks, where the water runs down into
+subterraneous passages through the river-bed, forming dangerous
+whirlpools. There are also several rapids which require great dexterity
+to pass safely. The banks are still high; but, on approaching the
+confluence of the Kulaman river, on the left bank, the gorge is much
+lower, and on arriving at Ilang the country opens out.</p>
+<p>South of the confluence of the River Molita, vintas can navigate the
+river, and a little lower down, at the confluence of the River Simuni,
+is the place reached by the gunboat <i>Taal</i> in 1863 on a 6-foot
+draught. The river now runs in a southerly and westerly direction, with
+dozens of bends till about 6&deg; 45&prime; N. Lat., when, on reaching
+Lake Liguasan (really a Pinag) a shallow and weedy expanse of water, it
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb325" href="#pb325" name=
+"pb325">325</a>]</span>turns to the west, and then north-west. At
+Tumbao it bifurcates, and enters the Bay of Illana by two mouths
+forming a long narrow delta of deep and rich alluvial soil.</p>
+<p>From Tumbao to Tamontaca is the most beautiful and fertile part of
+this river. On both banks grow cocoa-palms, areca-palms, banana and
+cacao-trees, coffee-bushes, and hemp plants in abundance, and amongst
+them are groups of native houses forming a continuous village, of which
+the placid river, here fifty yards wide, forms the main street. These
+houses are mostly occupied by friendly Moros.</p>
+<p>Nearly parallel to the Sipaca-Soarag-Quimanquil range a second range
+stretches irregularly in a north and south line, ending at the coast
+near Cagayan. Amongst these mountains is Mt Quitanglag. From Pt.
+Sulanan the western extremity of the Bay of Macajalar, a third range
+stretches south, then south-east, then south again for some thirty
+miles. Between this range and the Bay of Iligan there is a fourth range
+of hills. These four ranges form three valleys or watersheds, each of
+which has its river, with a general course from south to north, all
+three running into the Bay of Macajalar.</p>
+<p>The most easterly is the River of Tagoloan which has fourteen
+tributaries, the next is the River Cagayan with only three, then the
+River Capay with seven tributaries, all on the left bank.</p>
+<p>Proceeding westward we come to the great and deep Lake of Lanao,
+described under the heading Moros, but which has never been surveyed,
+and then to the Gulf of Panguil, which, on the map, looks like a
+forearm and clenched fist, which nearly cuts Mindanao in two. The
+isthmus is only fourteen miles across in a straight line.</p>
+<p>This was formerly a regular pirates&rsquo; track, over which they
+hauled their vessels, but it was till lately guarded by a chain of
+forts connected by a military road called the Trocha of Tucuran.</p>
+<p>Two rivers running in a general direction from west to east and
+having between them a dozen tributaries, run into the Gulf of Panguil.
+The most northerly of the two is the Mipangi and the other is the
+Lintogo.</p>
+<p>We now arrive at the peninsula of Sibuguey which I have likened to
+the tail of the skate. Around Lake Lanao there is an irregular loop of
+hills, and from the western end of this starts a cordillera which
+stretches right down the centre of the peninsula of Sibuguey and
+Zamboanga. A <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb326" href="#pb326" name=
+"pb326">326</a>]</span>line drawn from Punta Sicayati (in the Dapitan
+excrescence) to the eastern shore of the Gulf of Dumanquilas will
+intersect a range of mountains which cross the Cordillera of Sibuguey
+nearly at right angles and with equal arms north and south. But the end
+of the northern arm bifurcates and throws out two ranges N.E. and
+N.W.</p>
+<p>In the watershed thus formed three rivers take their rise, and have
+a general course from south to north but bearing a little to the
+westward. The easternmost of these is called the Dapitan, and runs into
+the bay of the same name. The next is the Dipolog, which runs into the
+sea west of Punta Sicayab; and the last is the Lubungan, running in
+about two leagues more to the west.</p>
+<p>The other rivers in the peninsula are so unimportant that I do not
+enumerate them. Like those on the east coast they become raging
+torrents in the rainy season.</p>
+<p>On the northern and southern coasts, which are more protected than
+the eastern, sheltered anchorages are to be found here and there, but
+no such fine natural harbours exist as abound in Southern Luzon. There
+is, however, less need for them, as it is very rare that the typhoons,
+which are so destructive in Luzon and the Visayas, cause damage in
+Mindanao, except at its northern and eastern corner. But for service on
+these coasts, vessels of a light draught of water are the most useful,
+as they can more easily find sheltered anchorage.</p>
+<p>Mindanao is not nearly so unhealthy as is commonly supposed.
+Zamboanga and neighbourhood, Davao, Surigao, Talisay, and several other
+places, are really quite healthy for Europeans, if they take care of
+themselves.</p>
+<p>Earthquakes are frequent. They would sometimes be destructive, but
+there is so little in the way of buildings to destroy. <i>Divisions for
+Administrative Purposes.</i></p>
+<p>Zamboanga is the chief military station and the residence of the
+commandant-general of the island.</p>
+<p>Mindanao is divided into five districts:&mdash;</p>
+<ul>
+<li>1st. District chief town Zamboanga (capital of the island).</li>
+<li>2nd. District chief town Misamis (includes Lake Lanao).</li>
+<li>3rd. District chief town Surigao (includes the whole kingdom of
+Caraga, also the valley of the Agusan).<span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb327" href="#pb327" name="pb327">327</a>]</span></li>
+<li>4th. District chief town Davao (shores of the bay and peninsula of
+San Agustin).</li>
+<li>5th. District chief town Cotta-bato (valley of the Rio Grande and
+ancient Sultanate of Buhayen).</li>
+</ul>
+<p>The island of Basilan forms a sixth district under the
+commandant-general of Mindanao.</p>
+<p>Each of these districts was under a politico-military governor and
+other officials, as follows:&mdash;</p>
+<ul>
+<li>1st District, Major, Naval Lieutenant, Captain of Port.</li>
+<li>2nd District, Lieut.-Colonel.</li>
+<li>3rd District, Lieut.-Colonel.</li>
+<li>4th District, Major.</li>
+<li>5th District, Lieut.-Colonel.</li>
+<li>6th District, Naval Lieutenant, Naval Station.</li>
+</ul>
+<p>Besides these politico-military governors there were the following
+officers in charge of military districts:&mdash;</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Mumungan in 2nd district (Fort Weyler and vicinity to look after
+the Moros of Lake Lanao) Major.</li>
+<li>Dapitan in 2nd district (To look after the Moros of Sindangan Bay)
+Major.</li>
+<li>Bislig in 3rd district (To look after the Mandayas and Manobos)
+Captain.</li>
+</ul>
+<p>To attend to the administration of justice there was a third-class
+judge in each district. From their decisions there was an appeal to the
+Audiencia at Ceb&uacute;, and from there to the Supreme Court,
+Madrid.</p>
+<p>In Zamboanga where there is (or was) a custom-house, there resided a
+Treasury delegate of the second class. In each of the other districts
+there is one of the fourth class.</p>
+<p>The southern naval division has its headquarters at Isabela de
+Basilan.</p>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Productions of Mindanao.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The climate and soil of Mindanao are suitable for
+growing almost any tropical crop to great advantage: hemp, sugar cane,
+tobacco, coffee, cacao, rice, indigo, sesame, maize, sweet potatoes,
+pepper, all flourish. But the island is very backward; it is only
+recently that the savage races have been settled in the <i lang=
+"es">reducciones</i>. The population is very sparse, and natives are
+more addicted to washing the sands for gold or seeking jungle-produce
+than disposed to apply themselves to agriculture. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb328" href="#pb328" name="pb328">328</a>]</span></p>
+<p>The exports have hitherto been very small. About some of the
+northern ports a good beginning has been made in cultivating and
+preparing hemp, and several Spaniards have laid out plantations
+there.</p>
+<p>There is a small export of coffee and cacao, and the circumstance
+that the greater part of the island is free from typhoons renders it
+exceptionally favourable for planting these valuable products, or for
+growing unlimited quantities of cocoa-nut for making copra. For the
+same reason the timber in Mindanao is larger than in the best districts
+of Luzon, and some of the trees are truly magnificent. Mindanao, with
+its inhabitants busily engaged in murdering their neighbours and
+enslaving their children, can, of course, never prosper; but if such
+outrages are repressed, and peace assured, the population will rapidly
+increase and agriculture will prosper.</p>
+<p>Amongst the forest produce gutta-percha took a leading place, but
+this product came through the hands of the Chinese traders, who, as
+their custom is, adulterated it to such an extent that its value became
+greatly depreciated in European and American markets, and the trade
+fell off. Some lignite is found in Mindanao, but I have no confidence
+in the value of Philippine coal-fields. They have been too much broken
+up by volcanic action. I have very little doubt that petroleum will be
+found in Mindanao when it is explored. It has been reported in Mindoro
+and Ceb&uacute;.</p>
+<p>The early explorers of the Archipelago state that the natives wore
+little clothes, but abundance of gold ornaments. Now they wear more
+clothes but little gold. It is surprising how quickly the heathen
+become impoverished whenever they have Christian neighbours.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Basilan.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The sixth district of Mindanao is formed of the
+Basilan group of some forty islands lying opposite to Zamboanga, having
+a total area of 170,000 acres. The only important one of the group is
+Basilan Island, which has an irregular outline, an oval with two
+projections opposite each other, east and west, the latter resembles a
+turtle&rsquo;s head and the former a turtle&rsquo;s tail, so that the
+shape of the island on the map is that of a turtle with his head to the
+west. The total length from the point of the beak to the tip of the
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb329" href="#pb329" name=
+"pb329">329</a>]</span>tail is about thirty-two geographical miles, and
+the width across the body about twenty-one miles. The port of Isabela
+is sheltered by the Island of Malamaui, on which there is a Moro
+rancheria called Lucbalan, and a Christian visita, Sta. Barbara. The
+capital, Isabela, is situated about the centre of the channel, and to
+the east of the mouth of the Pasahan (now called Isabela) River.</p>
+<p>To the south of the town, which is situated on a stony slope at a
+short distance, the fort is placed at an elevation of about sixty feet
+above the sea. It commands both entrances of the channel.</p>
+<p>There is a barrack near the fort, a prison, military infirmary,
+school, town hall. The naval station consists of store-houses and
+workshops, marine-barracks, hospital, and magazine.</p>
+<p>There is a church, and missionaries&rsquo; residence. The island is
+hilly but fertile in places. Some twenty to thirty acres are under
+cultivation near Isabela, and the Moros who form the principal
+population make their slaves work on the lands about their hamlets.
+There are no manufactures worth mentioning.</p>
+<p>The Christian population is as follows:&mdash;</p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr class="label">
+<td></td>
+<td>Inhabitants.</td>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td>Town of Isabela</td>
+<td>921</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Hamlet of San Pedro de Guihanan</td>
+<td>130</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Hamlet of Santa Barbara</td>
+<td>50</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Reduccion of Panigayan</td>
+<td>25</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Reduccion of Tabuc</td>
+<td>12</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Scattered Christians</td>
+<td>12</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Members of the Naval Station</td>
+<td>86</td>
+<td rowspan="2">variable.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Garrison of the Fort</td>
+<td>40</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td class="sum">1276</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p>The Moro population is distributed in about fifty villages or
+hamlets. They can turn out about 4400 fighting-men, and are considered
+valiant and hardy.</p>
+<p>The Moros of Basilan, according to Father Foradada, have not the
+sanguinary instincts of those of Lake Lanao or of Jol&oacute;, and any
+outrages they commit are, he thinks, due to the instigations of the
+Moros of Jol&oacute;, who unfortunately keep up a communication with
+them and corrupt them.</p>
+<p>Amongst the most influential Dattos of Basilan is Pedro Cuevas, a
+Tagal. He was formerly a convict, but <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb330" href="#pb330" name="pb330">330</a>]</span>escaped, and, by
+force of character and desperate courage, he became a leading man
+amongst the Moros. Having rendered some services to Spain, he received
+a pardon, and now has extensive plantations, a sugar-mill, and herds of
+cattle. He is, in fact, about the richest and most influential man in
+the island, and has become reconciled to the Church, and was much
+trusted both by the military and naval authorities and by the
+missionaries.</p>
+<p>The map of the island is from a report of Father Cavalleria who went
+by sea right round it in 1893. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb331"
+href="#pb331" name="pb331">331</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch36" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXVI.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">The Tribes of Mindanao.</h2>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Visayas (1) [Old Christians].</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">In another part of the book I have given a description
+of the Visayas in their own islands, and have spoken of their
+enterprise and industry as manifested in the extent of their exports of
+sugar and hemp, and in their manufacture of textiles of the most varied
+kind.</p>
+<p>The Visayas of Mindanao have been modified by their environment both
+for good and evil. Thus they are bolder and more warlike than their
+brethren at home, having had for centuries to defend themselves against
+bloodthirsty Moros. The Visayas of Caraga are especially valiant and
+self-reliant, and they needed to be so, for the Spaniards, whenever
+hard pressed by English, Dutch or Portuguese, had a way of recalling
+their garrisons, and leaving their dependents to shift for themselves.
+The Visaya of Mindanao, therefore, though not a soldier, is a
+fighting-man, and their towns possess a rudimentary defensive
+organisation called the <i>somaten</i>. This, I believe is a Catalan
+word, and indicates a body of armed townsmen called together by the
+church bell to defend the place against attack. This service is
+compulsory and unpaid.</p>
+<p>The arms have been supplied by the Spanish Government, and have
+generally been of obsolete pattern. I have seen in Culion flint-lock
+muskets in the hands of the guards. Latterly, however, Remington rifles
+have been supplied, and they are very serviceable and quite suitable
+for these levies.</p>
+<p>The Visayas have been the assistants of the missionaries, and from
+them come most of the school-masters <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb332" href="#pb332" name="pb332">332</a>]</span>and mistresses who
+instruct the children of the recently-converted natives.</p>
+<p>Their language is fast extending, and their numbers are increasing,
+both naturally, and by a considerable voluntary immigration from the
+southern Visayas Islands.</p>
+<p>To the inhabitants of these small islands, fertile Mindanao, with
+its broad lands, free to all, is what the United States were a
+generation ago to the cotters of Cork or Kerry&mdash;a land of
+promise.</p>
+<p>There is, however, a demoralising tendency at work amongst the
+Visayas. The profits of bartering with the hill-men are so great, that
+they are tempted away from their agriculture, and from their looms, to
+take up this lucrative trade, in competition with the Chinese.</p>
+<p>The Visaya has one great advantage over the Chinaman; he has the
+courage to go up into the hills, and find his <span class="corr" id=
+"xd20e11527" title="Source: cutomers">customers</span> in their haunts.
+This the Celestial could not do, but has to remain at his store on the
+coast and await the hill-men.</p>
+<p>Both traders cheat the hill-tribes most abominably.</p>
+<p>Dr. Montano mentions a case which happened in Butuan in December,
+1879.</p>
+<p>A Visaya went into the interior taking with him some threads of
+different colours which he had purchased for seventy-five cents, and
+returned with jungle produce worth ten dollars. This he invested in
+beads, brass-wire, and other articles of trade, and returned to the
+woods. In a month he came back, bringing produce to the value of 100
+dollars, and 400 dollars to his credit with the natives.</p>
+<p>The tribes of Mindanao pay their debts with scrupulous exactness. If
+they die before paying, their sons assume the debt, and unless they are
+killed or taken as slaves by other races, the money is sure to be paid.
+Consequently, this rapacious usurer had sold them goods costing 10
+dollars, 75 cents, for 510 dollars, of which 110 dollars in cash, and
+400 dollars credit. It is satisfactory to learn that the commandant at
+Butuan made him disgorge, and freed the hill-men from their heavy
+debt.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e11540width" id="p333"><img src=
+"images/p333.jpg" alt=
+"Lieut. P. Garcia and Local Militia of Baganga, Caraga (East Coast)."
+width="720" height="489">
+<p class="figureHead">Lieut. P. Garcia and Local Militia of Baganga,
+Caraga (East Coast).</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984">[<i>To face p. 333.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p>To sum up, the Visaya is a necessary man in Mindanao, and the
+immigration should be encouraged. All the Visaya towns bordering on the
+Moros should have their <i>somatenes</i> armed, exercised, and supplied
+with ammunition. Amongst Visayas are to be found plenty of men well
+suited to command these bands. As they are fighting the Moros for life
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb333" href="#pb333" name=
+"pb333">333</a>]</span>and property, they may be trusted to stand up to
+them manfully.</p>
+<p>The illustration shows a party of Visayas militia belonging to the
+town of Baganga, in Caraga, under a native officer of gigantic stature,
+Lieutenant Don Prudencio Garcia.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Maman&uacute;as (2).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">A hybrid race between Negritos and Malays.</p>
+<p>They are not numerous, and live in the northern promontory of
+Surigao, from near the River Agusan to the east coast, south of Lake
+Mainit. They are, indeed, miserable wretches, wandering in the hills
+and forest without any fixed habitation, their only property a lance, a
+bolo, and some starveling curs.</p>
+<p>Sometimes they plant a few sweet potatoes, and at certain times in
+the year they get wild honey; at other times they hunt the wild pig.
+They lay up no provisions, and wander about naked and hungry. They are
+difficult to convert, having no good qualities to work upon. They
+promise anything, but never perform, being able to give as a
+reason&mdash;some evil omen, for instance&mdash;that, on coming out in
+the morning, they have heard the cry of the turtle-dove
+(<i>limbucun</i>) on the left hand.</p>
+<p>Notwithstanding all these difficulties, the zeal of the missionaries
+has not been wasted, and several reducciones of Maman&uacute;as have
+been founded, and are progressing to some extent.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Manobos (3).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Manobos are a warlike heathen race, widely
+extended in Mindanao. The great River Agusan, taking its rise in the
+district of Davao, in 7&deg; N. latitude, falls into the Bay of Butuan
+about 9&deg; N. latitude. Its general course is parallel to the eastern
+Cordillera, from which it receives numerous tributaries. At almost
+8&deg; 15&prime; N. latitude it expands, and forms four considerable
+lakes of no great depth, and varying in extent according to the season.
+They are partly covered by aquatic plants. These lakes are called
+Linao, Dagun, Dinagat and Cadocun; they are quite near each other. The
+Manobos inhabit this spacious valley from Moncado, in 7&deg; 45&prime;,
+to about 8&deg; 45&prime; N. latitude on the right bank, where they
+come in contact with the Maman&uacute;as and Mandayas; but on the left
+bank they extend nearly to <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb334" href=
+"#pb334" name="pb334">334</a>]</span>the sea, and up to the eastern
+slopes of the Central Cordillera. They even extend over the Cordillera
+to the head waters of the Rio Grande<span class="corr" id="xd20e11578"
+title="Source: ,">.</span> They occupy the left bank of the Pulangui,
+and their southern frontier on the Rio Grande is at 7&deg; 30&prime; N.
+latitude, where one of their chiefs, called the Datto Capitan Manobo,
+lives. The river is navigable for <i>vintas</i> up to here, and, in
+1863, the gunboat <i>Taal</i>, drawing six feet, steamed to within five
+miles of this point, say up to the River Simuni. They extend up the
+Pulangui to about 8&deg; 15&prime; N. latitude. In appearance they have
+a Mongolian cast of feature. Their faces are longer than amongst the
+Mandayas; their noses are not flattened, but straight, and projecting,
+and slightly curved at the lower end. Their general aspect is robust;
+their stature is about 5 feet 7 inches. Their usual dress consists of
+short drawers reaching to the knee, and a sort of singlet, or short
+shirt.</p>
+<p>They live in clans under a <i>bagani</i>, or head-murderer (see
+<i>Mandayas</i> for explanation), who is usually accompanied by his
+brothers-in-law. They are polygamists; still, the first wife is the
+head, and all the others must obey her. Each wife has her own house,
+just as the late Brigham Young&rsquo;s harem had at Salt Lake City. But
+they are satisfied with fewer than that prophet, there being none
+amongst their dattos who have nineteen wives. They are slaveholders, as
+the children taken in war become slaves, and all the work of
+cultivation is done by the women, children and slaves.</p>
+<p>Their houses are built on piles, as are also their granaries. They
+cultivate on a considerable scale, and raise quantities of rice, maize,
+sweet potatoes and tobacco, not only to supply their own wants, but to
+sell in boat-loads to the Visayas. Their arms are lances, shields,
+swords and daggers, and, in some parts, bows and arrows. They are said
+to be expert archers where they use the bow. They raise numbers of
+horses for riding.</p>
+<p>In valour, and in disposition to come to close quarters in fighting,
+they resemble the Igorrotes of Luzon. They stand up squarely to the
+Moros, which few other races have the pluck to do. Like the Igorrotes,
+their religion consists in ancestor-worship, but they call their idols
+Dinatas instead of Anitos. They are much impressed by thunder, which
+they call the voice of the lightning, and a rainbow fills them with
+awe. Like the Tagals, and some races in British India, they consider
+the crocodile a sacred animal, and <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb335"
+href="#pb335" name="pb335">335</a>]</span>respectfully address it as
+grandfather. They also, like the old heathen Tagals, consider rocks,
+caves, or balete trees, as residences of spirits. They celebrate a
+feast in honour of the Dinatas after the harvest, and make sacrifices
+of swine.</p>
+<p>Tag-Busan is their god of war, and it is usual amongst them to go on
+the war-path after the harvest is secured; the <i>bagani</i>, as high
+priest of this god, carries his talisman hung round his neck.</p>
+<p>They make ambuscades, and attack neighbours or enemies in the most
+treacherous manner, either by setting fire to their houses and
+murdering them as they attempt to escape from the flames, or they cut
+through the piles supporting the houses, covering themselves with their
+shields interlocked whilst doing so, and spearing the occupants when
+the house falls. When an enemy has been felled, the bagani, taking a
+consecrated sword, never used in fighting, cuts open the chest, and
+immerses the talisman of the god in the blood; then, tearing out the
+heart or liver, he eats a piece. The S&aacute;copes are not allowed
+this privilege, which belongs only to the chief, as the high priest of
+the god of war. The children of the slain are taken as slaves, and the
+young women for concubines. One of the prisoners is kept to be
+sacrificed in some cruel manner to Tag-Busan on the return of the
+expedition as a thank-offering.</p>
+<p>The death of a relative requires to be atoned for by the murder of
+any innocent person passing by, the avenger concealing himself near a
+path, and killing the first stranger who comes.</p>
+<p>The Manobos are very smart in handling canoes or rafts on their
+rivers, which are very dangerous to navigate, and have many rapids and
+whirlpools; the Pulangui even precipitates itself into a chasm, and
+runs underground for a league and a half. However, the terrible picture
+I have drawn of their habits is becoming year by year a thing of the
+past to thousands of Manobos, although still kept up in places. The
+intrepidity of the Jesuit missionaries is proof against every danger
+and every privation, has carried them up the River Agusan, on which, at
+short distances apart, they have established towns or villages, and
+have brought many thousands of Manobos within the Christian
+communion.</p>
+<p>Father Urios, one of these missionaries, baptized 5200 <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb336" href="#pb336" name=
+"pb336">336</a>]</span>heathen in one year, and now no less than twenty
+Christian towns or villages stand on the banks of the River Agusan and
+its tributaries, populated by perhaps fifteen thousand Manobos,
+formerly heathens, who have given up their detestable practices and
+their murderous slave-raids to occupy themselves in cultivating the
+soil, whilst their children of both sexes are receiving instruction
+from Visaya school-masters and mistresses. There is always a tendency
+to <i lang="es">remontar</i> amongst them, and sometimes nearly all the
+inhabitants of a village take to the woods and hills. Yet, secure from
+attack, the number of converts steadily increases. The Baganis have
+become <i lang="es">gobernadorcillos</i>, and their chief vassals
+<i lang="es">tenientes, jueces de paz,</i> and <i lang=
+"es">cuadrilleros</i>. Some of the old Baganis who were well off were
+so anxious not to be behind the Visayas, that they sent to Manila for
+hats, black cloth coats and trousers, and patent leather shoes, to wear
+on the great feasts of the Church, and on the occasion of the annual
+village festival.</p>
+<p>This is a long way from human sacrifices to the Tag-Busan, and
+ceremonial cannibal rites, which these men formerly practised. I look
+on this warlike and vigorous race as capable of becoming valuable
+citizens, but they will require careful handling for some years to
+come. They must not be rushed, for, if alarmed by innovations, they may
+take to the woods <i>en masse</i>, and the labour of years will have
+been wasted.</p>
+<p>I look to this tribe, when trained to use fire-arms, and stiffened
+with a few Americans, to destroy the power of the pirate
+races&mdash;the murderous, slave-hunting Moros, with whom it is useless
+to make treaties, who cannot be converted till the power of their
+dattos is broken, and who must be sternly put down by force unless the
+nascent civilisation of Mindanao is to be thrown back for a
+century.</p>
+<p>In the beginning of June, 1892, a Bagani of the Manobos performed
+the <i>paghuaga</i>, or human sacrifice, on a hill opposite Veruela, on
+the River Agusan. The victim was a Christian girl whom he had bought
+for the purpose from some slave-raiders.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Mandayas (4).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Mandayas live on the Eastern Cordillera of
+Mindanao which runs parallel to the coast, and their territory extends
+from the 7th to the 9th parallel. They occupy the country <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb337" href="#pb337" name="pb337">337</a>]</span>down
+to the River Salug. They are remarkable for their light colour, some
+having quite fair complexions. Their faces are wide, the cheek-bones
+being very prominent; yet their appearance is not unpleasing, for they
+have large dark eyes shaded by long eye-lashes.</p>
+<p>They are much respected by other tribes as an ancient and
+aristocratic race, and the war-like Manobos eagerly seek, by fair means
+or foul, to obtain Mandaya women for wives.</p>
+<p>They usually shave off their beards, and also their eyebrows,
+wearing their hair long, tied in a knot at the back.</p>
+<p>They are powerfully built, and of good stature. The men wear short
+drawers, and on grand occasions don an embroidered jacket. Both men and
+women wear large ear-ornaments. The women are clad in a bodice and
+patadion with ornaments of shells, beads, or small bells. The men are
+of a bold and warlike disposition, ready to fight against other
+villages of their tribe when not at war with the Manobos, the Guiangas,
+or the Manguangas, their neighbours. They have a language of their own
+which has a great affinity to the Visaya.</p>
+<p>Their houses, four or five forming a village, are built on lofty
+piles thirty or forty, or even fifty feet above the ground. The floor
+is of thick planks and has a parapet all round pierced with loop-holes
+for defence. Above this parapet the house is open all round up to the
+eaves, but this space can be closed in by hanging shutters in bad
+weather. The construction of dwellings at such a height must involve an
+enormous amount of labour. Each group of houses forming a village is
+usually surrounded by a strong palisade of sharp-pointed posts, and
+further defended by pits lined with sharp stakes, which are lightly
+covered over with twigs and leaves.</p>
+<p>Several families live in one house, after the custom of the Dayaks
+of Borneo, to provide a garrison for defence. An ample supply of arms
+is kept in the house, bows and arrows, spears, swords and knives. They
+are liable to be attacked in the night, either by the Manobos, the
+Moros, or by the <i>s&aacute;copes</i> of some neighbouring datto, who
+shoot flaming arrows covered with resin into the roof to set it on
+fire, or covering themselves with their shields from the arrows of the
+defenders, make a determined attempt to cut down the piles so that the
+house will fall. The attacking party is most often victorious, and the
+defenders, driven out by fire, or bruised and entangled amongst the
+fallen timbers, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb338" href="#pb338"
+name="pb338">338</a>]</span>are easily killed, the women and children,
+with the other booty, being carried off by the assailants. Under this
+reign of terror the population is diminishing. These people not only
+kill for booty, but also for the honour and glory of it. Each warrior
+is anxious to become a <i>bagani</i>, and to be allowed to wear the
+honourable insignia of that rank. The dress of a <i>bagani</i>
+indicates approximately the number of murders he has committed. A
+scarlet head-cloth shows that he has killed from five to ten men; a red
+shirt, in addition, from ten to twenty, whilst a complete suit of red
+shows that he has murdered more than twenty persons, and is a
+much-desired and very honourable distinction, a sort of D.S.O. or
+K.C.B. amongst them.</p>
+<p>All the dattos are <i>baganis</i>; they could hardly possess enough
+prestige to govern their s&aacute;copes without this title.</p>
+<p>The Mandayas are superstitious, and much attached to their own
+beliefs, and on this account it is difficult to convert them to
+Christianity. The devotion of the Jesuits, however, has not been in
+vain, and several pueblos on the east coast round about Bislig, Caraga,
+and Cateel-Baganga are now inhabited by Christian Mandayas, some of
+whom have intermarried with the Visayas, or &ldquo;old
+Christians.&rdquo; These Mandayas are now safe from attack. They give
+their attention to cultivation, and are increasing in numbers and
+rising in the scale of civilisation.</p>
+<p>Ancestral-worship is their religion, and their <i>Dinatas</i>, or
+wooden idols, are stained red with the sap of the narra tree. They have
+priestesses whom they call <i>Bailanes</i>, and they are said to
+occasionally make human sacrifices.</p>
+<p>As amongst other tribes in Mindanao, the <i>Limbucun</i>, or
+turtle-dove, is a sacred bird, and rice and fruit is placed for its use
+on a small raised platform, and it is never molested.</p>
+<p>They are organised in a strict feudal system, the headman or datto
+of each village is in fact the only free man of his clan. The others
+are S&aacute;copes&mdash;that is, followers or vassals who, as well as
+the datto, possess slaves. A Mandaya datto can seldom raise more than
+fifty spears; sometimes two or three federate, but expeditions on a
+large scale cannot be undertaken, for it would be impossible to feed
+several hundred men in their country, such is the poverty of the
+inhabitants.</p>
+<p>Sometimes a small group of Mandaya dattos recognises as suzerain
+some neighbouring datto of the piratical Moros, who always tries to
+keep them isolated and to prevent any <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb339" href="#pb339" name="pb339">339</a>]</span>intercourse or trade
+with the Christians, unless through themselves.</p>
+<p>The Mandayas have canoes and bamboo rafts on the streams and rivers
+running through their territory. They catch a good many fish.</p>
+<p>Their agriculture is on a very reduced scale, and is limited to
+small plantations of rice and sweet potatoes near their villages; they
+keep poultry. They do not dare to travel far from their houses for fear
+they might be seized for slaves, or even sold to be sacrificed on the
+death of a datto. Sometimes when a man has been condemned to death for
+some crime his datto sells him to some person requiring a victim for
+the death-vengeance, if he is assured that it is intended to kill him.
+The datto thus combines the execution of justice with a due regard to
+his own profit.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Mangu&aacute;ngas (5).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">According to Blumentritt, this tribe lives in the
+Cordillera Sagat, and extends as far as the Great Lake Boayan or
+Magindanao, and an old estimate gives their number as 80,000. On his
+map he shows, the Lake and River Boayan in dotted lines, the latter is
+made to fall into the Rio Grande.</p>
+<p>On two modern maps of Mindanao which I have, one by Jesuits and the
+other from Don Jose Nieto Aguilar&rsquo;s book on this Island, neither
+the river nor the lake appear; but, in their stead, a lofty range of
+mountains is shown. In each of these maps the Mangu&aacute;nga
+territory occupies an entirely different location.</p>
+<p>As the Jesuits have three <i lang="es"><span class="corr" id=
+"xd20e11710" title="Source: reduccions">reducciones</span></i> or
+villages amongst this tribe, I accept their map as constructed
+according to the latest information. They show in their earlier maps
+the Mangu&aacute;nga territory at the head of the Bay of Davao, its
+southern frontier being some twelve miles from the sea, and about the
+head-waters of the River Salug and the River Agusan.</p>
+<p>The <i lang="es">reducciones</i> are called Gandia, Pilar, and
+Compostela. In the general Report of the Jesuit Missions of 1896, the
+mission station of Jativa is stated to consist of six
+<i>reducciones</i> of Manobos, Mandayas and Mangu&aacute;ngas, with a
+total population of 1389.</p>
+<p>In the general report of the following year the Mangu&aacute;ngas
+and other tribes are not specifically mentioned, <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb340" href="#pb340" name="pb340">340</a>]</span>and
+the total population of the mission station of Jativa is given as
+1458.</p>
+<p>In a later ethnographical map of Mindanao the Mangu&aacute;nga
+territory appears still more circumscribed, being limited to a strip of
+land between the Rivers Julep and Nabo, affluents of the River Agusan;
+Nieto&rsquo;s map, however, shows them extending over the Eastern
+Cordillera towards Linguit, which is situated on the coast in about
+7&deg; 50&prime; N. latitude.</p>
+<p>Dr. Montano, who went up the Rio Salug in 1880, passing through the
+Mangu&aacute;nga territory, says he found the banks deserted.</p>
+<p>There can be no doubt that this once numerous tribe has been reduced
+to a mere remnant, part settled in the before-mentioned <i lang=
+"es">reducciones</i>, and part still wandering in mountains.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Mont&eacute;ses or Buquidn&oacute;nes (6).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Spanish word Mont&eacute;s, means hill-man.
+Buquid, in Tagal, means arable land; and Taga-buquid, a countryman. The
+Tagal equivalent of hill-man is Taga-bundoc, which corresponds to the
+jungle-wallah of British India. The word Buquidn&oacute;nes may mean
+cultivators, and their extensive plantations fully justify this
+designation. It is therefore rather a vague expression, but still
+designates a particular tribe in Mindanao, whose numbers were estimated
+to amount to 13,000 ten years ago, and who have probably largely
+increased since then.</p>
+<p>They occupy the valleys through which the Rivers of Cagayan and
+Tagoloan run, and the hills between them and on both sides.</p>
+<p>They hold the country of the head-waters of the Pulangui, and the
+right bank, as far south as the Manobos extend on the left bank, say to
+7&deg; 30&prime; N. latitude. In the north they extend right up into
+the peninsula between the Bay of Macajalar and the Bay of Lunao,
+occupying the lofty mountains of Sabrac, Sinalagao, Quimanquil, and the
+sacred Balatucan, whence the souls of the dead jump from earth to
+heaven.</p>
+<p>Father Clotet, from whose letters to his superiors I have taken
+these particulars, considers them to be divided into three large
+groups.</p>
+<p>The first consists of those living in the hills and valleys of the
+rivers Tagoloan, Cagayan, and Iponam; the second, <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb341" href="#pb341" name="pb341">341</a>]</span>of
+those bordering on the Manobos of the Agusan between Gingoog and
+Nasipit, and the third of those who live on the right bank of the
+Pulangui and on some of its affluents.</p>
+<p>They bear some resemblance to their neighbours the Manobos, being of
+good stature, well-built, even handsome, and are of an affable and
+friendly disposition; some of them are so smart and well-bred as to be
+not in the least inferior to the most civilised of the Visayas, and to
+judge by their free and open address, and the absence of all
+affectation when settling their business with the old Christians,
+nobody would take them for heathens.</p>
+<p>Father Urios said that, from the extent of their intelligence, they
+were fit to be kings of the Manobos, so much superior were they to
+these.</p>
+<p>In their dress they show a far greater idea of decorum and modesty
+than any other race in Mindanao, both men and women. The latter wear a
+white shirt, which is held in at the waist by a long skirt, reaching to
+the ankles. Over this they wear a very short and tight jacket, to the
+edges of which they sew strips of cloth of many colours in a pleasing
+tracery, the short wide sleeves being trimmed in the same way.</p>
+<p>They show great taste in choosing the colours and designs with which
+they ornament their dresses. On the left side at the waist they hang
+some bead ornaments, small bells, and bunches of scented herbs. On
+their legs they wear many loose rings of brass, copper, or silver,
+which rattle when they walk. Their manner of dressing their hair is
+singular, and characteristic. They take the bulk of the hair, and
+without plaiting it they twist and knot it in a high and large coil.
+All round the head fall curls cut to one length, but on the forehead
+there is a fringe coming down almost to the eye-brows. They secure the
+coil with a handsome and showy comb, well made of metal, or precious
+metals, according to the means of the wearer. Many of them are loaded
+with bracelets from the wrists to near the elbows, either of metal, of
+tortoise-shell, or mother-of-pearl. In their ears they wear large
+ornaments called <i>balaring</i>, made of a plug of soft wood, having
+on each end a circular plate of brass, copper, silver, or of engraved
+gold, one larger than the other. The hole of the ear is greatly
+stretched to allow the smaller plate to pass through; the plug then
+remains in the hole, and is covered at each end by the plates. They
+wear also necklaces, sometimes of great <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb342" href="#pb342" name="pb342">342</a>]</span>value. These
+manufactures seem to be very similar to those of the Igorrotes, which
+have been detailed at length in the description of that interesting
+people.</p>
+<p>Father Clotet mentioned a curious necklace worn by one of these
+women, formed of ancient silver coins, diminishing in size from the
+centre to the extremities. In the middle was a silver dollar of Charles
+III. He considered this to be worth thirty dollars, which was quite a
+capital to a Mont&eacute;s in a small hamlet.</p>
+<p>Even when pressed by necessity they will not sell these ornaments,
+and they consequently pass from father to son for many generations.
+They wear rings of brass, silver or gold, not only on their fingers,
+but also on their toes.</p>
+<p>The dress of the men on ordinary occasions is quite simple, but on
+grand occasions they wear long trousers of European cloth, jackets of
+the same stuff, and fine beaver hats. Their shirts of fine linen are
+not worn outside the trousers as amongst the Tagals, only the front
+being shown, which is often beautifully embroidered. Those amongst them
+who, although heathens, have a frequent intercourse with the
+Christians, have their hair cut short and take great care of it; but
+those living amongst the hills let it grow long, and, rolling it into a
+knot, tie it up in a kerchief like the <i>charros</i> of Aragon. Some
+of them paint their teeth black, and file them into points. The wealthy
+men and women cover their teeth with thin gold plates, like the chiefs
+amongst the Igorrotes, but unlike them they take them off to eat. It
+would seem to be indecent to show one&rsquo;s teeth to any person of
+superior rank.</p>
+<p>They believe in a future life, and are polytheists. They worship the
+gods of the cardinal points: the god of the north is called
+Domalongdong; he of the south, Ongli; of the east, Tagolambong; of the
+west, Magbabaya.</p>
+<p>This last god, Magbabaya, which means Almighty, has, however, two
+other gods of equal rank: Ibabasag and Ipamahandi. The first is invoked
+for the safe delivery of pregnant women; the second takes care of the
+horses and cattle, and as there is hardly a Buquidnon who does not
+possess some of these animals to assist him in his labour, Ipamahandi
+is constantly called upon to help them when any accident happens.</p>
+<p>Tagum-Ban&uacute;a, the god of the fields, is prayed to for a good
+harvest, and a feast called the <i>Caliga</i>, corresponding to our
+harvest festival, is held in his honour. The Tao-sa-sulup, <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb343" href="#pb343" name="pb343">343</a>]</span>or
+men of the woods, correspond to the Tic-Balan of the old heathen
+Tagals, and inhabit the trunks of secular trees, especially the Balete,
+or rocky crags or caves, intervening in the affairs of mortals to
+favour them or upset them. Consequently they make sacrifices to these
+spirits to propitiate them and gain their favour.</p>
+<p>Tigbas is a much respected god, looked upon with special reverence
+as having come down from heaven. He is represented by stone idols on
+stone pedestals, only possessed by the principal dattos, who keep them
+amongst the heir-looms of their ancestors, and only allow their near
+relations or intimate friends to see them.</p>
+<p>Talian is a small idol in the figure of a monkey squatting, usually
+made from the root of the willow. This they carry about with them,
+hanging from a cord round its neck. When on a journey, if they fear an
+ambush, they hold out the cord with the little idol on it like a
+plumb-line, and let it spin. When it comes to rest, its face is turned
+in the direction where the enemy is concealed. They then carefully
+avoid that direction, if they have been following it, by turning off
+and taking another path. If one of them is ill, they submerge the idol
+in a cup of water which he immediately drinks. Otherwise, by simply
+touching the suffering part, they find relief, and even a radical
+cure.</p>
+<p>The Busao, an evil spirit, must be kept in good humour, and to this
+end they offer to it meat and drink, and sing and dance in its honour,
+praying to it to deliver them from any calamity they fear.</p>
+<p>The elders are charged with the duty of offering fruits and of
+sacrificing the pigs and fowls to the deities. It will be seen what a
+strong religious bias prevails amongst these people, who are convinced
+that all the affairs of life are in the hands of Divine Providence, and
+of the necessity of prayer and sacrifice.</p>
+<p>Marriages amongst them are arranged by the parents or by the head
+chief of their tribe, the Masalicampo (Maestro de Campo). A house is
+prepared for the young couple, and an abundant feast is made ready,
+including an ample supply of a fermented drink called <i>pangasi</i>,
+which is preserved in large jars. When the guests have assembled, and
+everything is ready, the bride and bridegroom exchange a few words, and
+each receives from their respective fathers a small morsel of cooked
+rice. This they hold out for a <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb344"
+href="#pb344" name="pb344">344</a>]</span>short time on the palms of
+their hands, and then each places the morsel in the mouth of the other,
+and this action solemnises the marriage. The Tagban&uacute;as have the
+same custom.</p>
+<p>Immediately an animated conversation bursts out amongst the guests,
+and a profuse and carefully-cooked feast is served.</p>
+<p>To the feast succeeds a prolonged drinking bout, the guests sucking
+up the liquor through straws or canes from the jars which contain it.
+Amongst the Mont&eacute;ses it is not considered good form to return
+home from a wedding ostentatiously sober.</p>
+<p>Polygamy is allowed, but little practised, only the dattos having
+two or perhaps three wives.</p>
+<p>Father Barrado, who was a missionary amongst them, remarked on the
+repugnance these people have to pass through the territory of some
+other datto, and Dr. Montano, who crossed Mindanao from Davao to
+Butuan, confirms this very fully as regards Mandayas and Manobos. In
+order that they may do this in safety, the principal dattos have a
+large and highly-ornamented lance called a <i>quiap</i>. In return for
+a small fee they lend this to any of their S&aacute;copes who desire to
+pass through another datto&rsquo;s territory as a passport, or safe
+conduct. When carrying this lance, far from being molested, travellers
+are treated with consideration and deference, even in time of war.</p>
+<p>The principal dattos show their grandeur by having enormous jars, in
+which they preserve their heir-looms or rare and curious objects, or
+use for holding provisions. Gongs also are much esteemed amongst them.
+But their most precious possessions are certain wooden-boxes or trunks
+with copper coins nailed all over them in patterns, in which they keep
+their clothes and arms. In this they resemble the rajahs and sultans of
+the Malays. They use swords and lances, <i>bolos</i>, and sometimes the
+Malay kris with inscriptions and marks in Arabic, these last are got
+from the Moros. Some of their arms are beautifully made with carved
+handles of hard wood, and inlaid with silver, having sheaths of
+polished wood. Some of them have coats of mail, made of brass plates
+and wires, ornamented with silver. These appear to be of great
+antiquity, and it is not known where they came from originally. Others
+have quilted jackets such as Cortes found amongst the Mexicans.
+Notwithstanding their amiable characteristics, they make <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb345" href="#pb345" name=
+"pb345">345</a>]</span>forays like the Manobos, and attack other
+tribes, killing the adults, and carrying off the children as slaves and
+the girls as concubines.</p>
+<p>They use the pneumatic tinder-box like the Igorrotes. They are fond
+of smoking, and raise large crops of excellent tobacco, selling their
+surplus in Cagayan de Misamis. They prefer to smoke their tobacco in
+pipes, which they make themselves. They also chew buyo. On their
+voyages they carry pouches to contain their belongings, and a curious
+crescent-shaped box made of brass plate, which they tie on in
+front.</p>
+<p>Although able to make long journeys on foot, they usually ride, and
+are excellent horsemen, riding up and down the steepest paths. Their
+horses are adorned with one or two necklaces of sleigh-bells, so that
+they can be heard approaching from a distance.</p>
+<p>They have no calendar, but know from the appearance of certain
+constellations in the heavens, to which they give names of their own,
+that the rainy season is approaching, and they then set to work busily
+to prepare their land for sowing or planting.</p>
+<p>They use the plough, and make extensive plantations of maize, which
+is their principal article of food, and also of rice, they sell the
+surplus to the inhabitants of the coast towns, for articles they
+require, especially salt. They make small stone hand-mills for grinding
+maize, and what is much more curious, they have invented and
+manufactured cotton gins, having two wooden rollers geared together,
+worked by a crank on the upper one. These gins work with great
+regularity.</p>
+<p>In 1889 they were much interested in planting and preparing
+<i>Abac&aacute;</i>, and Gingoog, one of their outlets, exported no
+less than 11,000 piculs, or the equivalent of 5500 bales in twelve
+months. They also take down to the coast-towns quantities of wax and
+resin. Their labour ought to make them wealthy, but here again we find
+the rascally Chinaman, who, intoxicating them with some vile spirits,
+deceives them in the price, cheats them in the weight, and sends them
+back sick and ill from their unaccustomed libations, with some wretched
+rubbish in exchange for their valuable produce. By this means their
+industry is checked, and those who take down goods return in worse
+plight than they went. Any decent Government would prohibit the
+demoralisation of this interesting people, but <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb346" href="#pb346" name="pb346">346</a>]</span>the
+Chinaman well understands how to deal with the local Spanish
+authorities, and even subscribes largely to the church, for he likes to
+have two strings to his bow.</p>
+<p>The musical instruments of the Mont&eacute;ses are clarinets,
+flutes, guitars of three strings, and a small drum.</p>
+<p>At the time of the harvest, from the first peep of day to sunrise,
+before beginning to work, they sing or chant certain songs, the men and
+women taking alternate verses.</p>
+<p>They have courts of justice to punish robbery and other offences.
+Their laws are traditional, passing from father to son, and
+occasionally altered at the discretion of the principal datto, to whom
+they appeal if they have been gravely offended. The principal datto
+having taken his seat, his head is bound round with the pinditon, or
+head-cloth, with three points, and he takes the <i>quiap</i> (already
+mentioned) in his hand. He then invites two inferior dattos, who
+<span class="corr" id="xd20e11842" title="Source: takes">take</span>
+seats one on each side of him. The prisoner is then led forward by a
+guard, who <span class="corr" id="xd20e11845" title=
+"Source: stick">sticks</span> their lances in the earth near the seats
+of the tribunal. The case is argued on both sides, the court
+deliberates and gives judgment and sentence, which is executed upon the
+spot, fine, corporal-punishment, or death. This is quite an ideal
+criminal court, and worthy of all respect.</p>
+<p>Amongst them it is considered as a want of education and good
+manners to mention their own names, and if a stranger asks, &ldquo;What
+is your name?&rdquo; the person interrogated does not answer, but some
+one else replies, &ldquo;His name is so-and-so.&rdquo; This actually
+happened to me amongst the Tagban&uacute;as of Paragua, when I visited
+them. (<i>See</i> Tagban&uacute;as.)</p>
+<p>They believe in omens, and have many curious customs, too long to
+relate, but I shall mention one.</p>
+<p>If a stranger enters a house to visit those who inhabit it, and
+during the conversation a fowl should fly and pass before him, the
+people of the house instantly kill it, and cooking it as quickly as
+possible, they eat it in company with the visitor to allay his fright,
+and cause his soul to return to his body, for it might have left him
+when he was startled.</p>
+<p>The houses in their villages are large and well-built, sometimes the
+walls are of thick planks of hard wood tied together with rattan, for
+they use no nails. The houses in the country are smaller, and low in
+the roof, but always so high from the ground that the longest lance
+will not reach the floor.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e11860width" id="p347"><img src=
+"images/p347.jpg" alt="At&aacute;s from the Back Slopes of the Apo."
+width="720" height="501">
+<p class="figureHead">At&aacute;s from the Back Slopes of the Apo.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984">[<i>To face p.</i> 347.</p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb347" href="#pb347" name=
+"pb347">347</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Great respect is shown to the dead. They are usually buried in their
+fields with lance, sword, and bolo laid beside them. They make a mound
+of earth over the grave, fixing several stakes like St Andrew&rsquo;s
+crosses, and protecting the whole with the bark of a tree fastened over
+the stakes. From a high post hangs a bag of rice, that the soul of the
+defunct may sustain itself on the long journey to Mount Bolotucan, the
+highest peak of the whole region. The soul having arrived on this peak,
+gives one great jump, and reaches heaven, at a higher or lower level,
+according to the greater or lesser probity of its life on earth.
+Wherever it lands, there it remains to all eternity. The relations make
+great lamentations at the death, and loose their hair which they do not
+roll up for a greater or lesser period, according to the love they bore
+the dead.</p>
+<p>It is pleasing to be able again to state that the bravery, the
+wisdom, and the faith and charity of the Jesuits exercised amongst this
+race has had a rich reward. During the four years which concluded in
+1889, no less than 6600 heathen Mont&eacute;ses renounced their
+superstitions, their polygamy, and their slave-hunting murdering raids,
+and, accepting the doctrines of our Saviour, were baptized into the
+Christian faith. Besides the older coast towns, mostly occupied by
+Visayas, twenty-four Christian villages extend from the Bay of
+Macajalar far into the Mont&eacute;se country, now giving the hand to
+the military garrisons on the Rio Grande amongst those irreclaimable
+pirates the Moros.</p>
+<p>The Cross was triumphing over the Crescent in Mindanao quite as
+much, nay, much more, by the voices of the missionaries as by the
+Spanish bayonets. It will be an outrage on Christianity, a blot on
+their renown, if through ignorance or folly, the United States should
+so act as to put a stop to this holy and civilising work, and so give
+occasion for some future author to write another &ldquo;Century of
+Dishonour.&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">At&aacute;s or Ata-as (7).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">These people occupy a considerable territory from the
+River Libaganon, which falls into the Gulf of Davao round the northern
+slopes of Mount Apo, about the head-waters of the rivers running into
+Lakes Liguan and Buluan. To the north they have the Tagavauas and the
+Manobos; to the south the Vilanes, and on the east the Guiangas,
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb348" href="#pb348" name=
+"pb348">348</a>]</span>Bagobos and Calaganes. The swampy country on the
+west separates them from the Moros of Lake Liguan. From the extent of
+their territory the At&aacute;s are probably very numerous.</p>
+<p>They appear to be a hybrid Malayo-Negrito race, but have advanced
+considerably in social organisation. They go decently dressed, the men
+wearing short drawers and a shirt of Chinese pattern, and the women a
+<i>patadion</i> and an embroidered bodice&mdash;with strings of beads
+round the neck for ornament. They weave stuffs similar to those made by
+the neighbouring tribes. They are said to be of a determined character,
+and to stand up to the Moros in defence of their families and
+property.</p>
+<p>They also attack other tribes and commit atrocious murders, not
+sparing women and children.</p>
+<p>A missionary passing near their territory on the River Libaganon in
+November 1892, found several households in great grief on account of
+unprovoked murders committed by the At&aacute;s.</p>
+<p>As the At&aacute;s live remote from the sea-coast and have no
+navigable rivers running through their territory, the missionaries have
+not yet been able to make much impression on them, but they are working
+their way up the Davao River, and the reduction of Belen established in
+1891 is quite on the borders of the At&aacute;s territory. Murders,
+slave-raids, and human sacrifices, are still the ordinary events of
+At&aacute;s life.</p>
+<p>The illustration shows two determined-looking At&aacute;s warriors
+with spear and shield, two women and two young girls, all carefully
+dressed and wearing their ornaments.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Guiangas (8).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Guiangas live on the slopes of Mount Apo, to the
+North of the Bagobos, whom they much resemble in manners and customs.
+In view of the small territory they occupy, they cannot be
+numerous.</p>
+<p>They have a rather effeminate air, the men wearing their hair long;
+but notwithstanding this, they are quite robust, of remarkable agility,
+and very adroit in the use of arms.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e11904width" id="p349"><img src=
+"images/p349.jpg" alt="Heathen Guiangas, from the Slopes of the Apo."
+width="718" height="516">
+<p class="figureHead">Heathen Guiangas, from the Slopes of the Apo.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984">[<i>To face p.</i> 349.</p>
+</div>
+<p>Montano gives the average height of the man as 5 feet 4&frac12;
+inches, and measured some up to 5 feet 7&frac12; inches. The men wear
+short drawers and huge ear ornaments. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb349" href="#pb349" name="pb349">349</a>]</span>Their weapons are the
+bow and spear. They are organised on the same feudal system as the
+other tribes being governed by their dattos. Their houses, as usual,
+are built on high piles. They are tolerably industrious, and
+occasionally work for the Visayas on their plantations. They possess
+horses, cattle, and poultry, and make the usual plantations of rice,
+camote, and maize.</p>
+<p>As regards their religion, Tighiama is the Creator, and Manama the
+governor of the world. Todlay, the god of love, is husband of the
+Virgin Todlibun, and the women celebrate certain rites in his
+honour.</p>
+<p>Dewata is the protector of the house, and he is said to love blood.
+It is therefore incumbent on the head of every household to avenge any
+insult in the blood of the offender.</p>
+<p>As amongst other tribes, the death of a datto, or of one of his
+wives, requires a human sacrifice in number proportionate to the rank
+of the defunct. The victims are usually taken from amongst the slaves
+of the datto, but in some cases they are purchased by public
+subscription. Being securely fastened to trees so that they cannot
+move, the largest subscriber inflicts a stab&mdash;politely avoiding
+giving a mortal wound, then the others follow in accordance with the
+importance of their subscription. The cries of the victim, thus
+gradually done to death, are drowned by the vociferations of his
+executioners. These sacrifices are still carried on in the remoter
+districts, but the missionaries are beginning to convert the Guiangas
+nearest the coast, and have established several <i lang=
+"es">reducciones</i> in Guianga territory, such as Garellano, Oran,
+Guernica, Oyanguren. In the parish of Davao and its missions, there
+were at the end of 1896 nearly 12,000 Christians, and the missionaries
+were actively at work and were meeting with success. If they are
+re-established, and supported, in a few years&rsquo; time human
+sacrifices will only be a dread tradition of the past.</p>
+<p>The illustration shows a group of Guiangas, both men and women, the
+latter wearing many ornaments.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Bagobos (9).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">This small tribe occupies the southern and eastern
+slopes of the Apo volcano, reaching down to the coast of the Bay of
+Davao, between the River Taumo on the north, <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb350" href="#pb350" name="pb350">350</a>]</span>and
+the River Digos on the south. They also have an outlying settlement at
+Piapi&mdash;now called Vera&mdash;on the Ensenada de Casilaran. The
+lower part of their territory is swampy, and the inhabitants of this
+district suffer from fever and ague, and present a sickly appearance.
+They resemble the Manobos in disposition and in customs, and their
+weapons are the same. Their dress consists of short drawers and a
+jacket. The women wear a shirt and patadion. They are moderate in
+eating, and cleanly in their persons. Dr. Montano greatly praises the
+beauty of their country, especially about the banks of the Rio
+Matina.</p>
+<p>The peculiarity of the Bagobos is that they are horse-Indians,
+everybody&mdash;men, women and children&mdash;rides in their
+country.</p>
+<p>They breed these horses, which are small, but endowed with
+remarkable endurance, and their saddles, although rude, are
+scientifically constructed, like miniature McClellans. They ride with
+very short stirrups, and the men are always seen spear in hand when
+mounted. They carefully preserve by tradition the genealogy of their
+horses, and give their favourite animals a ration of 4&frac12; lbs. of
+paddy per day, as well as grass.</p>
+<p>The basis of their food is rice and sweet potatoes, which they
+cultivate, using the buffalo and plough, and getting the manual labour
+done by their slaves.</p>
+<p>They plant coffee, cacao, and bananas, but having assured their
+subsistence, they love to wander off into the woods to seek for
+jungle-produce, such as wax, honey, alm&aacute;ciga, and the coarse
+cinnamon of the country, all of which finds a ready sale on the
+coast.</p>
+<p>They are said to strictly perform all their engagements.</p>
+<p>They cultivate abaca, and from the filament of this plant their
+women weave the tissues called <i>dagmays</i>, which they polish by
+rubbing them with shells till they take a lustre like silk. They dye
+these stuffs in a primitive manner, but with satisfactory results.</p>
+<p>The men are tolerable smiths, and forge their weapons from old iron,
+which they obtain in barter. They make bits (for horses), and
+bracelets, and collars of brass. Amongst them gold is said to be dearer
+than in Paris, although the sands about Malalag, just south of their
+territory, yield gold.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e11953width" id="p350"><img src=
+"images/p350.jpg" alt=
+"Father Gisbert, S.J., Exhorting a Bagobo Datto and his Followers To abandon their Custom of making Human Sacrifices."
+width="720" height="511">
+<p class="figureHead">Father Gisbert, S.J., Exhorting a Bagobo Datto
+and his Followers To abandon their Custom of making Human
+Sacrifices.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="figure xd20e11958width" id="p351"><img src=
+"images/p351.jpg" alt=
+"The Datto Manib, Principal Bagani of the Bagobos, with some Wives and Followers and two Missionaries."
+width="720" height="510">
+<p class="figureHead">The Datto Manib, Principal Bagani of the Bagobos,
+with some Wives and Followers and two Missionaries.</p>
+</div>
+<p>The Jesuits have made many converts amongst them, <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb351" href="#pb351" name="pb351">351</a>]</span>and
+they were, till the Spanish-American war, under the spiritual care of
+the veteran missionary, Father Urios, and his assistants. In October,
+1894, 400 Bagobos were baptized. I am unable to give the numbers of the
+Bagobos, even approximately, but, from the small territory they occupy,
+they cannot be numerous.</p>
+<p>The illustration shows the celebrated Datto Manib, one of the
+principal baganis (head-murderers) of the Bagobos, of the Apo,
+accompanied by his lance-bearers, one of whom holds the quiap. Behind
+him are some of his wives and children, and other followers. But not
+even the hard heart of this blood-stained wretch could withstand the
+persuasion of the Jesuits, and in 1894 he was baptized, and commenced
+to build the town of Santillana for himself and followers. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb352" href="#pb352" name="pb352">352</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch37" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXVII.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">The Tribes of Mindanao&mdash;<i>continued.</i></h2>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Calaganes (10).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">A small tribe living on the south-eastern slopes of
+Mount Apo, about the head-waters of the River Digos, which runs into
+the Gulf of Davao, a little north of the Ensenada de Casilaran.</p>
+<p>They are reported to be of good stature, and of a dark colour, to
+understand the language of the Vilanes, but to speak their own tongue,
+which is similar to the Manobo. They are industrious cultivators of the
+soil, and store provisions for their use, never suffering from famine,
+but rather assisting others less careful. Their country is very broken,
+consisting of deep valleys, divided from each other by lofty crests.
+These valleys are full of people, so that the tribe must be
+numerous.</p>
+<p>Father Urios visited them in January of 1894, and was well treated.
+The <i lang="es">reducciones</i> of Aviles and Melitta have been
+recently formed amongst them, and their conversion was proceeding till
+the war began. Their territory forms part of the parish and missions of
+Davao.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Tagacaolos (11).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Tagacaolos live in the district of Davao, on the
+west coast of the gulf from Malalao as far south as Lais. There are
+also some living on the peninsula of San Agustin, between Cuabo and
+Macambol. Physically, they are inferior to the neighbouring tribes, not
+so much in stature as in muscular development. They are timid, and
+those who are still heathen select places for their hamlets that cannot
+easily be surprised, such as rocks, or crags without forest round them,
+although this obliges them to carry water from a great distance.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb353" href="#pb353" name=
+"pb353">353</a>]</span></p>
+<p>A considerable number of them have been converted, and settled in
+hamlets near the coast, but the mass of them are still heathen.</p>
+<p>Their faces are long, the nose thin, and the extremity of it
+slightly curved.</p>
+<p>They are the victims of the Bagobos and Guiangas, who attack them
+for the purpose of carrying them off into slavery. They themselves prey
+on the Vilanes, who are less capable of defence, and make slaves of
+them. They also fight amongst themselves. They make human sacrifices to
+their god Mandarangan, who lives in the crater of the Apo volcano, to
+avert his wrath, and when any noise is heard from the volcano, they
+consider that he is demanding a victim.</p>
+<p>In 1896, more than 300 Tagacaolos had been baptized, and were living
+in a civilised manner in the town of Malalag, now called Las Mercedes.
+The conversion of this tribe was being actively carried on by the
+assistants of the veteran missionary, Father Urios, who resided in
+Davao until the Spanish-American war. Las Mercedes was improving, and
+promised to become a town of some importance.</p>
+<p>A detachment of infantry was stationed there.</p>
+<p>The influence of the missionaries extended beyond the <i lang=
+"es">reducciones</i>, and had some effect amongst the heathen in
+discouraging human sacrifices and tribal wars. It may be expected that,
+before long, these dreadful rites will be put an end to, if the
+missionaries are enabled to return.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Dulanganes (12).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Dulanganes hold a territory about twenty miles
+square to the south of the Tirurayes, which extends from the crests of
+the mountains to the coast. On the east they have the Vilanes. I have
+not been able to learn anything whatever about this people, nor, so far
+as I know, are there any <i lang="es">reducciones</i> in their
+territory.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Tirurayes (13).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Tirurayes occupy the hills to the south of the
+delta of the Rio Grande, the coast being occupied by Moros.</p>
+<p>They are reported to be of low type, physically, and to hold the
+chastity of their wives and daughters as of no account. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb354" href="#pb354" name="pb354">354</a>]</span></p>
+<p>The proximity of the Moros probably accounts for this looseness of
+morals. The missionaries have been working amongst them for years, and
+in 1891 they had baptized 109. However, the converts were not settled
+in towns, but wandered about the hills as they liked. Since then, more
+of them have been baptized, and were settled in Tamontaca, and several
+<i lang="es">reducciones</i> have been founded in their territory. In
+Tamontaca, during 1896, between heathen and Moros, there were 152
+conversions and baptisms during the year, besides 197 baptisms of
+infants born of Christian parents. The Tagacaolos used to apply to the
+missionaries for everything they required&mdash;medicine for the sick,
+Spanish red wine for women after child-birth, or boards to make
+coffins. So the missionaries not only had to bury them for nothing, but
+had to find them the coffin into the bargain.</p>
+<p>On the other hand, the Tirurayes declined to cut timber for the
+chapels at their <i lang="es">reducciones</i>, or to haul it to place,
+or to do any kind of work unless paid for it. Their zeal does not lead
+them to do anything for the Church as a free offering. They find it
+very hard to break themselves of their nomadic customs, and are
+particularly apt to <i lang="es">remontar</i>. However, they treated
+the missionaries with great respect, and these could go anywhere
+amongst them without danger.</p>
+<p>Since the war, the missionaries have abandoned Tamontaca, and the
+whole neighbourhood is in disorder.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Tagabelies (14).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Tagabelies inhabit the hilly country between Lake
+Buluan and the Gulf of Sarangani, to the west of the volcanoes Magolo
+and Maluturin. They are reported to be very ferocious, and have not
+been visited by the missionaries.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Samales (15).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">These people inhabit the islands of Samal and Talicud,
+in the Gulf of Davao, and are not to be confounded with the Moros
+Samales of Tawi-tawi and Jolo.</p>
+<p>The Samales surpass both the Moros and Nisayas in muscular
+development and stature.</p>
+<p>Their feet and hands are large; they have high and projecting
+cheek-bones, and a stiff beard standing out <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb355" href="#pb355" name=
+"pb355">355</a>]</span>round the face gives it, according to Montano,
+something of a cat-like appearance. Both sexes dress like the
+Moros.</p>
+<p>They are less ferocious than their neighbours, and do not, like
+them, go about armed.</p>
+<p>They do not commit any aggressions, and are industrious. In
+character, they are superior to the Moros, and are not like
+them&mdash;cunning and deceitful.</p>
+<p>They have been on good terms with the Spaniards for a long time, but
+until quite lately they were very obstinate, and could not be persuaded
+to be baptized.</p>
+<p>They cultivate the usual crops, fish, and make salt. The women weave
+<i>dagmays</i>.</p>
+<p>They used to have slaves, whom they purchased from the Moros or
+Manobos, and treated them well.</p>
+<p>Formerly, they enclosed their dead in wooden coffins, made in two
+parts, the shallower part serving as a lid. Each piece was hollowed out
+of a solid log. They placed the coffins on a rude platform in a cave or
+niche in the rocks, or else built a thatched roof over it to keep off
+the rain.</p>
+<p>They placed near the coffin buyo and bonga for chewing, and vases
+containing rice and maize. Each year after the harvest they went to
+visit the dead, and renewed the offerings.</p>
+<p>Little is known of their former religion, but they worshipped the
+serpent, and believed in the immortality of the soul, and in a place of
+punishment by fire, which they called Quilut.</p>
+<p>The patience and zeal of the missionaries has, however, been richly
+rewarded, and in June, 1894, a number of Samales were baptized,
+including most of their dattos. By the autumn of that year there was
+not a heathen left in the islands, and the Samales are now settled in
+seven villages&mdash;San Jos&eacute;, San Ramon, Alcira, Tarifa,
+Carmona, Cervera, and Pe&ntilde;a Plata. This last was the residence of
+the missionary, who was accompanied by a lay brother. The population at
+the beginning of 1897 was 1625.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Vilanes (16).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">These people, the prey of every warlike tribe, and
+even of the Tagacaolos, live on the summit of the mountains of Buhian,
+to the east and west of the lake of that name.</p>
+<p>Some of them extend as far south as the eastern shore <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb356" href="#pb356" name="pb356">356</a>]</span>of
+the Gulf of Sarangani, and they people the two islands of Sarangani and
+Balut.</p>
+<p>They are short and thickset, with little agility.</p>
+<p>Montano describes them as having flat, broad noses, underhung jaws,
+and receding foreheads, giving them an appearance of stupidity.</p>
+<p>Father Urios, however, writing about the Vilanes of Sarangani and
+Balut, gives a more favourable description of them. He says they are
+docile and industrious, and more active and intelligent than the Moros
+Sanguiles, who live on these same islands.</p>
+<p>He thought them easy to convert, for they have no religious system
+of their own; but they believe in God, and in the immortality of the
+soul.</p>
+<p>Although living so near the Moros, they have not adopted any of
+their religious ideas.</p>
+<p>The Sarangani Vilanes dress like the Bagobos, and handle the lance
+and the bow, and are good shots in hunting game.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Subanos (17).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The word Subanos means dwellers by the rivers, from
+suba&mdash;a river.</p>
+<p>This numerous tribe inhabits the western peninsula of Mindanao from
+Misamis to Zamboanga, except the coasts which are mostly occupied by
+Visayas or Moros.</p>
+<p>They are of a darker colour and inferior in physique to the Mandayas
+and Mont&eacute;ses.</p>
+<p>Like other races in Mindanao the Subanos are organised under dattos
+or baganis in a feudal system. It is said that he who has killed one
+enemy may wear a red head-cloth, whilst other tribes only concede this
+distinction to a warrior who has killed five.</p>
+<p>In religion, they are polytheists, and worship the following deities
+amongst others:</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Tagma-sa-dugat, or Lord of the Sea.</li>
+<li>Tagma-sa-yuta, or Lord of the Earth.</li>
+<li>Tagma-sa-manga bugund, or Lord of the Woods.</li>
+<li>Tagma-sa-manga Suba, or Lord of the Rivers.</li>
+<li>Tagma-sa-Saquit, or Lord Protector of the sick.</li>
+</ul>
+<p>But they are said not to possess wooden idols like the Manobos,
+Mandayas and Mont&eacute;ses. They raise rough <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb357" href="#pb357" name=
+"pb357">357</a>]</span>altars of sticks, on which they lay out
+offerings to their deities. They call these altars Paga-paga. The
+offerings consist of rice, chickens, eggs, buyo and tobacco, also a
+large jar of <i>pangasi</i>, a beer brewed from rice. When making their
+offerings, they sing, dance, and pray round the altar to the sound of
+the <i>sucaran</i>, a rough kind of cymbal or gong. Amongst the Subanos
+only the dattos or rich men have more than one wife. The marriage
+ceremonies are very elaborate, and conclude with two great feasts or
+drinking bouts, one in the house of the bride&rsquo;s father, the other
+in the house of the bridegroom. Divorce can be obtained if the couple
+cannot agree, or if either quarrels with the father- or mother-in-law.
+It is not readily conceded, and the case is sometimes argued for days
+before the council of elders of the village. Children are only given
+names when four or five years old. The Subanos have no money in
+circulation, and any trading is effected by barter.</p>
+<p>They bury their dead the day after their decease, wrapping the body
+in a mat. The grave is dug about a yard deep, and near the house. The
+<i>Balian</i> or priest accompanies the bearers, and sprinkles water on
+the house and ground as he goes. Women do not accompany the funeral
+party. The body is laid on a bed of leaves, resting on a framework of
+sticks or canes at the bottom of the grave. The sides are protected in
+the same way, and over it another framework is constructed, carrying an
+earthen jar containing food and clothing. The weapons of the defunct
+are laid over him, and the grave is filled in with earth, great care
+being taken not to let a particle of it touch the body. Sacrifices are
+made to the god Diuata; these constitute the funeral feast, which is
+consumed in silence. When it is concluded, the dishes and pots which
+contained it are turned upside down.</p>
+<p>On the eighth day another feast is held, when they talk and dance,
+intoxicating themselves with copious libations of pangasi. The priest
+then goes through a ceremony the purport of which is to hand over the
+soul of the defunct to Diuata-sa-langit, the god of heaven<span class=
+"corr" id="xd20e12142" title="Source: , he">. He</span> begs the soul
+to go away with the god, and to trouble them no more. They then renew
+the dancing and drinking, and thus conclude the period of mourning.</p>
+<p>The houses of the Subanos are similarly constructed to those of the
+Manobos, Mont&eacute;ses, and other tribes, but are <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb358" href="#pb358" name="pb358">358</a>]</span>not
+always raised so high from the ground, and are more roughly built.
+Their food is similar to that of the other heathen tribes. The men wear
+their hair long, but coiled up on the head, and covered with a kerchief
+worn like a turban. They dress in a tight jacket and trousers, either
+white, blue, or red. Sometimes they wear a sash. The men do not wear
+ear-ornaments of any kind. The women wear large combs made by
+themselves from bamboos, but no head-covering. Their ornaments are
+ear-rings, strings of beads round the neck, and many bangles or
+bracelets of brass or silver. They are clothed in a short shirt, either
+of homespun or Manchester cotton, and a skirt worn tight round the
+body, and reaching below the knees.</p>
+<p>The weapons of the Subanos are the lance, which they call
+<i>talanan</i>, a round shield they call <i>taming</i>, a scimitar they
+call <i>campilan</i>, the Malay kris they call <i>caliz</i>, the
+machete or <i>pes</i>.</p>
+<p>Their agriculture and industries are very primitive, and on a small
+scale.</p>
+<p>They have scarcely any other musical instrument than brass gongs
+called <i>Agum</i>, which are played as dance music to their two
+dances, the <i>Saldiringan</i> and the <i>Sinigay</i>. In the first of
+these dances the men stand up in a row, opposite a row of women. All
+hold a palm-branch in each hand with which to beat time. They jump up
+and down with eyes fixed on the ground.</p>
+<p>For the <i>Sinigay</i>, however, the partners touch each
+other&rsquo;s hands, but only with the points of the fingers. The
+Subano, equivalent to our Mrs. Grundy, would feel shocked to see
+gentlemen dancing with their arms round their partners&rsquo;
+waists.</p>
+<p>The principal feast is called Birclog, and it lasts eight days. A
+large shed is built, the priests offer prayers to the before-mentioned
+gods, and sacrifice swine and poultry. The pigs are strangled by a rope
+held or jerked by all the priests, and are placed on the altar one at a
+time. Above the carcass is placed a live cock, which they kill by
+wounding it through the mouth and letting it bleed to death. They also
+offer tobacco, rice, and <i>pangasi</i>.</p>
+<p>The offerings are taken away to be cut up and cooked. They are then
+served, and the <i>pangasi</i> goes round, the priests being always
+served first and getting the best of everything, as seems to be the
+case all the world over.</p>
+<p>When the first lot of people have been fed, they vacate <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb359" href="#pb359" name="pb359">359</a>]</span>the
+shed, which is instantly filled by a fresh lot. Sometimes in one of
+these feasts they consume twenty pigs and forty ten-gallon jars of the
+strong rice-beer. When intoxicated, their conduct, according to Father
+Sanchez, S.J., is apt to overstep the bounds of propriety, but in this
+they are very much like more civilised people in the same
+condition.</p>
+<p>The only vessels possessed by the Subanos are some canoes, or
+dug-outs, on the rivers. These are sometimes of great length, and are
+called by them <i>Sacayan</i>. They propel them with great skill, using
+a long double-ended paddle which they use standing up, and alternately
+on either side. Like many other races of the Far East, they consider a
+lunar eclipse as the precursor of great calamities, and make a
+deafening noise to frighten away the serpent or dragon which is
+swallowing the moon. They consider the turtle-dove, or <i>limocon</i>,
+as an omen-bird, and will halt or perhaps return if they hear its cry
+when starting on a journey. Also if they hear any one sneeze whilst
+going down the ladder of the house, they return, and remain within
+doors.</p>
+<p>Some of the Subanos bear Moro titles, such as Timuay, which is
+equivalent to third class judge. Father Vilaclara, S.J., a bold and
+enterprising missionary, visited, in 1890, the house of a Subano named
+Audos, who had recently succeeded his father as Timuay of the Sindangan
+River.</p>
+<p>He counted twenty-nine persons, great and small, in the house, but
+this did not include the whole family, as several were absent at their
+occupations. The house was built on piles, according to the universal
+custom, and the floor could not be reached from the ground by the
+longest lance. It measured eighteen yards long by ten yards wide, and
+formed one vast apartment, there being no partitions of any kind. The
+floor was made of strips of bamboo, and on this account it must be out
+of reach, for as the inhabitants sleep on grass mats laid on the floor,
+they could easily be speared in the night through the interstices of
+the canes.</p>
+<p>Five married couples and their children occupied this apartment,
+each having its own part of the floor, its own store of rice, its own
+pigs and poultry. Each family cooked and ate independently, but all
+showed the greatest respect to the aged grandparents, and consulted
+them about their affairs. Father Vilaclara appears to have ultimately
+converted the whole family, beginning with the boys, whom he
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb360" href="#pb360" name=
+"pb360">360</a>]</span>took under his charge, dressed and fed them, and
+taught them to speak Visaya.</p>
+<p>Gold-washing and gold-mining is practised by the Subanos between
+Dapitan and Misamis, where there is a vast extension of gold-bearing
+sand and earth. Near Pigtao auriferous iron pyrites occurs. The native
+name for this ore is Inga.</p>
+<p>Horses are very abundant in the district of Misamis, and in common
+use for riding and as pack carriers.</p>
+<p>The Subanos have the reputation of being war-like, yet until lately
+they were entirely dominated by the Moros wherever they came in
+contact. Since 1893 the Spaniards have isolated them from the Ilanao
+Moros by establishing a chain of forts, and making a Trocha, or
+military road, across the narrow neck of land from Tucuran on the Bahia
+Illana to Balatacan on Bahia Panquil. The width of the isthmus here is
+about sixteen miles, and the forts are called Alfonso XIII, Infanta
+Isabel, Sta. Paz, and Sta. Eulalia, and Maria Cristina.</p>
+<p>The Subanos appear to be much more refractory to civilisation and
+Christianity than the Mont&eacute;ses, the Manobos or the Mandayas.
+This no doubt comes from the strong influence that vile nests of
+pirates and slave-traders around Lake Lanao has for centuries exercised
+over them, but in time the Trocha, if kept as it should be, in the
+interests of civilisation, will destroy that.</p>
+<p>The Jesuit missionaries were actively at work round about the Bay of
+Dapitan in the extreme north of the Subano territory, and to some
+extent round about Zamboanga in the extreme south, until the war
+between Spain and America broke out.</p>
+<p>In the Dapitan district there were at the end of 1896 nearly 15,000
+Christians residing in the towns and villages under the spiritual, and
+temporal guidance of the Jesuits. During that year 208 heathen were
+baptized in the Dapitan district, but only 21 in the Zamboanga
+district.</p>
+<p>It is safe to assume that in the Dapitan district alone there are
+10,000 Christian Subanos.</p>
+<p>The number of heathen Subanos, amongst whom there are a few
+semi-Mahometans, may be about 90,000. From these figures it is quite
+evident that the missionary enterprise should be extended, but in order
+to do this the insolence of the Moros must be chastised. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb361" href="#pb361" name="pb361">361</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch38" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXVIII.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">The Moros, or Mahometan Malays (18 to 23).</h2>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">These terrible pirates who have for centuries laid
+waste the coasts of the Philippines and the adjacent islands, with fire
+and sword, carrying off tens of thousands of Christians or heathen into
+slavery, have only within the last few years had their power definitely
+broken by the naval and military forces of Spain and by the labours of
+the Jesuit missionaries, amongst the heathen tribes of the island.</p>
+<p>It is scarcely half a century since they annually attacked the
+Visayas Islands and even Southern Luzon, and they have been, up to
+quite lately, the great obstacle to the civilisation of the Southern
+Philippines. In Culion, Cuyos and other islands the churches are built
+within a stone fort, in which the population took refuge when the Moros
+appeared. The old Spanish sailing men-of-war could not cope with these
+sea rovers, who in their light prahus, salisipanes, or vintas, kept in
+shallow water or amongst reefs where these vessels could not reach
+them. Of course, if the pirates were surprised when crossing open
+water, they ran great risks, since their artillery was always very
+deficient, but they sailed in great numbers, and if it fell calm they
+would cluster round a solitary man-of-war and take her by boarding.</p>
+<p>In consequence, a special force was raised in the Philippines to
+protect the coasts against these pests. It was called &ldquo;La Marina
+Sutil,&rdquo; or the Light Navy. This force consisted of large
+flat-bottomed launches propelled <span class="corr" id="xd20e12244"
+title="Source: hy">by</span> oars and sails. They were half-decked
+forward, and carried a long brass gun, on a slide, and some swivels on
+the quarters. These boats were coppered and fitted with a cabin at the
+after part. They carried forty or fifty men, all natives, and squadrons
+of them were stationed at the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb362"
+href="#pb362" name="pb362">362</a>]</span>principal southern ports from
+whence they patrolled the coasts. Most of the officers were natives or
+mestizos; some of them survive to this day. These vessels rendered good
+service, and to some extent checked the incursions of the pirates, but
+they had not the speed to follow up the fast-rowing <i>vintas</i> of
+the Moros, which could always escape from them unless caught in narrow
+waters. In 1824, D. Alonso Morgado was appointed Captain of the Marina
+Sutil, and severely chastised the Moros.</p>
+<p>Some of these rowing gun-boats are still to be seen rotting on the
+beach at the southern naval stations. But the introduction of steam
+gun-boats in 1860 gradually did away with the Marina Sutil, and sounded
+the knell of piracy in the Philippines. The Moros received terrible
+chastisement at the hands of these steam gun-boats, one of which, with
+a crew of only forty men, has been known to destroy a whole fleet of
+pirates, and now their power on the sea has become only a dread
+tradition of the past.</p>
+<p>Even with all the advantages of steam propulsion, their suppression
+has been a matter of the utmost difficulty, for the Moros are not only
+possessed of the greatest personal valour, but are extremely skilful in
+taking advantage of every circumstance that can favour their
+defence.</p>
+<p>Their towns are mostly built in the water, like the City of Brunei,
+the houses having bamboo bridges to connect them with the shore, which
+can be removed when desirable. They select a site well protected by
+reefs or islands, or only to be approached by long and tortuous
+channels through mangrove swamps enfiladed by guns cunningly concealed
+from view; a very death-trap to an attack by boats.</p>
+<p>On rising ground and flanking their settlements they built their
+<i>Cottas</i> or forts. The walls of these strongholds are a double
+stockade of great trunks of trees, the space between them being filled
+with rock, stones, or earth rammed in. Some of these walls are 24 feet
+thick and as much as 30 feet high, defended by brass and iron guns, and
+by numerous <i>lantacas</i>. Such places can stand a deal of battering,
+and are not easily taken by assault, for the Moros mount the ramparts
+and make a brave defence, firing grape from their guns and lantacas,
+and as the assailants approach, hurling their spears on them to a
+surprising distance, with accurate aim, and <span class="corr" id=
+"xd20e12266" title="Source: manfnlly">manfully</span> standing up to
+them in the breaches.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e12270width" id="p363"><img src=
+"images/p363.jpg" alt="The Moro Sword and Spear." width="522" height=
+"719">
+<p class="figureHead">The Moro Sword and Spear.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984">[<i>To face p.</i> 363.</p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb363" href="#pb363" name=
+"pb363">363</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Should the assault slacken they never fail to rush out, helmet on
+head, clad in coats of mail, and with sword and buckler engage the foe
+in a desperate hand-to-hand struggle where quarter is neither asked nor
+given.</p>
+<p>The annals of Moro-Spanish war include many well-contested combats,
+where, to use the language of Froissart, &ldquo;many heavy blows were
+given and received,&rdquo; where the most desperate exertions of
+Spain&rsquo;s bravest officers, backed up by their war-like and hardy
+troops, not seldom failed to carry the forts held by the indomitable
+and fanatic Moros. Such Homeric combats were those between that dreaded
+Sultan of Mindanao, Cachit Corralat and Don Sebastian Hurtado de
+Corcuera, and Captain Atienzas&rsquo; bold attack on the hosts of the
+confederated Moros of Lake Lanao. Nor were the Spanish missionaries
+less active than the soldiers on the field of battle, or in the most
+<span class="corr" id="xd20e12285" title=
+"Source: deperate">desperate</span> assaults. Crucifix in hand, Father
+San Agustin and Father Ducos calmly walked through many a hail of
+bullets and many a flight of spears leading and encouraging their
+half-savage converts in their resistance to these cruel oppressors.</p>
+<p>Not to be out-done by either soldier or priest, Captain Malcampo, of
+the Spanish Navy, drove his vessel, the <i>Constancia</i>, right up to
+the Cotta of Pangalungan till her bowsprit touched the ramparts, then,
+sword in hand, leading a company of boarders, and using the bowsprit as
+a bridge, he carried the fort by assault, and put the garrison to the
+sword.</p>
+<p>The thirsty soil of Mindanao has drunk freely of Spanish blood, and
+Pampango, Tagal, and Visaya have all worthily borne their part in this
+long drawn-out crusade of the Cross against the Crescent.</p>
+<p>But not alone the Moro sword and spear has delayed for so long the
+conquest of Mindanao. Deadly fevers lurk in the lowlands, the swamps
+and the creeks of that rich and fertile island.</p>
+<p>The Moros appear impervious to the malaria. At all events they live
+and thrive in, or in close proximity to, mangrove swamp and flooded
+jungle. The Tagal or the Visaya is not immune, and some even resist an
+attack of the terrible <i>perniciosa</i> less than a white man. I shall
+never in my life forget the awful sights I witnessed in 1887 and 1892
+when some native regiments returned to Manila from the war in Mindanao.
+Any one who saw Shafter&rsquo;s army <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb364" href="#pb364" name="pb364">364</a>]</span>disembark on their
+return from Cuba will understand me. Those who could march were mere
+walking corpses, but the shrunken forms, the livid tint and the glassy
+eyes of those who could not stand (and there were hundreds of them),
+brought the horrors of mismanaged war to the onlooker like one of
+Vereschagin&rsquo;s realistic masterpieces.</p>
+<p>But as the slaughter of the Dervishes at Omdurman teaches, not even
+the most dauntless bravery can prevail against modern weapons in the
+hands of tolerably disciplined troops. The quick-firing gun, the
+howitzer with shrapnell shell, the machine-gun and the magazine-rifle
+must inevitably bring about the subjugation of every lowland population
+not supplied with these dread engines of civilisation, and only the
+hardy dwellers in Nature&rsquo;s loftiest fastnesses, the Himalayas or
+the Andes, may hope to retain their independence in the future.</p>
+<p>It is a <span class="corr" id="xd20e12308" title=
+"Source: strlking">striking</span> instance of the irony of fate that,
+just as modern weapons have turned the scale in favour of the Spaniards
+in this long struggle, and brought the Moros within measurable distance
+of subjection, when only one more blow required to be struck,
+Spain&rsquo;s Oriental Empire should suddenly vanish in the smoke of
+Dewey&rsquo;s guns, and her flag disappear for ever from battlements
+where (except for the short interval of British occupation,
+1762&ndash;3) it has proudly waved through storm and sunshine for three
+hundred and twenty-eight years.</p>
+<p>Such, however, is the case, and it now falls to the United States to
+complete the task of centuries, to stretch out a protecting hand over
+the Christian natives of Mindanao, and to suppress the last remains of
+a slave-raiding system, as ruthless, as sanguinary and as devastating
+as the annals of the world can show.</p>
+<p>The Moros of Mindanao are divided into five groups or tribes;
+Illanos, Sanguiles, Lutangas, Calibuganes, and Yacanes.</p>
+<p>(18) The Moros Illanos, who are the most important and the most
+dangerous community, are described fully later on. They inhabit the
+country between the Bay of Iligan and Illana Bay, also round Lake
+Lanao, the Rio Grande and Lake Liguan.</p>
+<p>(19) The Moros Sanguiles live on the south coast from the Bay of
+Sarangani to the River Kulut.</p>
+<p>(20) The Moros Lutangas occupy the Island of Olutanga and parts of
+the <span class="corr" id="xd20e12322" title=
+"Source: adjacents">adjacent</span> coasts, all round the Bay of
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb365" href="#pb365" name=
+"pb365">365</a>]</span>Dumanguilas and Maligay, and the eastern coast
+of the Bay of Sibuguay.</p>
+<p>(21) The Moros Calibuganes occupy the western coast of the Bay of
+Sibuguay, they are also dotted along the outer coast of the Peninsula
+as far as the Bay of Sindangan. They communicate by land across the
+mountains.</p>
+<p>(22) The Moros Yacanes occupy the western part of the Island of
+Basilan, and the islands of the Tapul group.</p>
+<p>(23) The Moros Samales are not inhabitants of Mindanao, but occupy
+and dominate the Islands of Jolo, Tawi-tawi and most of the smaller
+islands of those groups.</p>
+<p>Physically, the Moro is a man built for the fatigues of war, whether
+by sea or land.</p>
+<p>His sinewy frame combines strength and agility, and the immense
+development of the thorax gives him marvellous powers of endurance at
+the oar or on the march.</p>
+<p>Trained to arms from his earliest youth, he excels in the management
+of the lance, the buckler and the sword. These weapons are his
+inseparable companions: the typical Moro is never unarmed. He fights
+equally well on foot, on horseback, in his fleet war canoe, or in the
+water, for he swims like a fish and dives like a penguin.</p>
+<p>Absolutely indifferent to bloodshed or suffering, he will take the
+life of a slave or a stranger merely to try the keenness of a new
+weapon. He will set one of his sons, a mere boy, to kill some
+defenceless man, merely to get his hand in at slaughter.<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd20e12341src" href="#xd20e12341" name=
+"xd20e12341src">1</a> If for any reason he becomes disgusted with his
+luck, or tired of life, he will shave off his eyebrows, dress himself
+entirely in red, and taking the oath before his Pandit, run <i>amok</i>
+in some Christian settlement, killing man, woman and child, till he is
+shot down by the enraged townsmen.</p>
+<p>Wanton destruction is his delight. After plundering and burning some
+sea-coast town in Visayas or Luzon, they would take the trouble to cut
+down the fruit trees, destroy the crops and everything else that they
+could not carry away.</p>
+<p>Yet, as they made annual raids, it would have appeared to be good
+policy to leave the dwellings, the fruit trees, and the crops, in order
+to tempt the natives to re-occupy the town and accumulate material for
+subsequent plundering.</p>
+<p>Commonly, very ignorant of his own religion, he is none <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb366" href="#pb366" name="pb366">366</a>]</span>the
+less a fanatic in its defence, and nourishes a traditional and fervent
+hatred against the Christian, whether European or native.</p>
+<p>Looking upon work as a disgrace, his scheme of life is simple; it
+consists in making slaves of less war-like men, to work for him, and
+taking their best looking girls for his concubines. His victims for
+centuries, when not engaged on a piratical cruise, have been the
+hill-tribes of the island, the Subanos, the Tagacaolos, the Vilanes,
+the Manguangas and others.</p>
+<p>Originally immigrants from Borneo, from Celehes or Ternate, with
+some Arab admixture, the Moros have for centuries filled their harems
+with the women of the hill-tribes, and with Tagal and Visayas and even
+Spanish women, taken in their piratical excursions. They are now a very
+mixed race, but retain all their war-like characteristics.</p>
+<p>Cut off from the sea by the Spanish Naval forces, they turned with
+greater energy than ever to the plundering and enslaving of their
+neighbours, the hill-men. These poor creatures, living in small groups,
+could offer but little resistance, and fell an easy prey. But now the
+devoted labours of the Jesuit missionaries began to bear fruit. They
+converted the hill-men, and gathered them together in larger
+communities, better able to protect themselves, and although the Moros
+sometimes burnt whole towns and slew all who resisted, carrying off the
+women and children into slavery, yet, on the other hand, it often
+happened that, getting notice of their approach, the Jesuits assembled
+the fighting men of several towns, and, being provided with a few
+fire-arms by the Government, they fell upon the Moros and utterly
+routed them, driving them back to their own territory with great loss.
+Of late years the Moros have found their slave-raids involve more
+danger than they care to face, and even the powerful confederation of
+Lake Lanao was, till the Spanish American war, hemmed in by chains of
+forts and by Christian towns.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e12363width" id="p367"><img src=
+"images/p367.jpg" alt="Moros of the Bay of Mayo." width="720" height=
+"500">
+<p class="figureHead">Moros of the Bay of Mayo.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984">[<i>To face p.</i> 367.</p>
+</div>
+<p>But they have by no means entirely renounced their slave-raiding,
+and in order to give a specific instance of their behaviour in recent
+years, I will mention that on the 31st. of December, 1893, a party of
+370 of them, under the Datto Ali, son to Datto Nua, accompanied by
+seven other Dattos, all well armed, and forty of them carrying muskets
+or rifles, and plenty of ammunition, made an unprovoked <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb367" href="#pb367" name="pb367">367</a>]</span>and
+treacherous attack on Lepanto, a Christian village in the Mont&eacute;s
+country, near the confluence of the Kulaman River with the Pulangui,
+between the Locosocan and Salagalpon cataracts. This is the extreme
+southern settlement of the Jesuits, and the nearest missionary resided
+at Linabo, whilst the nearest garrison was at Bugcaon, some four
+leagues distant.</p>
+<p>The inhabitants, not being provided with fire-arms, sought safety in
+flight, but the Moros captured fourteen of them. They profaned the
+church, hacked to pieces the image of Our Saviour, and cut up a
+painting of Our Lady of the Rosary, smashed the altar, and with the
+d&eacute;bris, lighted a bonfire in the middle of the church, which,
+strange to say, however, did not take fire.</p>
+<p>They stole the cattle and horses, looted the village, and marched
+off with their spoil and the fourteen captives.</p>
+<p>When, however, they reached the ford on the River Mulita, five of
+the Christians refused to proceed into slavery. These were the Datto
+Mausalaya, another man named Masumbalan, and three women. They were all
+put to death by the Moros and barbarously mutilated. The flesh was cut
+from their bones, and it is said that the Moros consumed some of it,
+and so terrified the other captives that they marched forward into
+life-long slavery.</p>
+<p>Had the converts in Lepanto been supplied with a few fire-arms, this
+disaster would not have happened.</p>
+<p>The Mindanao Moros commonly wear a bright coloured handkerchief as a
+head-cloth or turban, a split shirt of Chinese pattern, wide trousers,
+and gaudy sashes.</p>
+<p>The young men shave their heads, but after marriage they let their
+hair grow long.</p>
+<p>The dattos, mandarines, and pandits usually cultivate a moustache,
+others pluck out all the hair on the face. The poorer women commonly
+dress in white and wear a jacket and a skirt coming down well below the
+knee. The richer ones wear silks of the brightest colours.</p>
+<p>A white turban or head-cloth is a sign of mourning.</p>
+<p>The illustration shows a group of Moros of the East coast. They are
+unarmed, unlike those of Lake Lanao.</p>
+<p>The Moro noble takes great pride in his long descent, and in the
+distinction gained in war by his ancestors. During the long hours of
+their friendly meetings called <i>Bich&aacute;ras</i>, they relate to
+each other tales of their ancestors&rsquo; heroism. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb368" href="#pb368" name="pb368">368</a>]</span></p>
+<p>Their feudal system has been more or less copied by Subanos,
+Manobos, Mont&eacute;ses and other hill-races. The <i>datto</i> or
+mandarin is the feudal chief amongst all these, but the Moros have gone
+a step further, and have instituted rajahs and sultans, although with
+only a shadowy authority; for every important matter must come before
+the council of dattos for approval.</p>
+<p>They use titles similar to those of the Malays of Borneo and Johore.
+Tuang, the head-man of a village; Cuano, a Justice of the Peace;
+Lamudia, Nacuda and Timuay, 1st, 2nd, and 3rd class judges; Gangalia, a
+constable; Baguadato, a principal, or Cabeza; Maradiadina, eldest son
+of a principal. A datto is known by the richness of his apparel and by
+using gold buttons, and especially by always carrying a handkerchief in
+his hand. He is usually followed by a slave carrying his siri-box.</p>
+<p>Like the Malays, they call the heir of a rajah the Rajah-muda; the
+nephew of a sultan uses the epithet Paduca; the son of a sultan calls
+himself Majarasin, the pure or mighty.</p>
+<p>Orang-Kaya, corresponds to a magnate; Cachil, to a prince of the
+blood. The war-minister of a sultan is called the Datto Realao.</p>
+<p>A principal priest is called a S&aacute;rif or sheriff; and an
+ordinary priest a Pandita, or learned man.</p>
+<p>The learning of these worthies is of the most rudimentary
+description, and consists in being able to read the Koran in Arabic,
+and to recite certain prayers which they often do not understand.</p>
+<p>They have some wretched sheds for places of worship which they call
+Langa. During the fast of Sanibayang, which lasts for seven days, they
+are supposed to abstain from all nourishment. However, at midnight,
+when they think their god may be napping, they indulge in a hurried
+meal on the quiet. At the end of their week of abstinence they undergo
+a purification by bathing, and indemnify themselves for their fasts by
+several sumptuous banquets. They are forbidden to eat swine&rsquo;s
+flesh, or drink spirituous liquors, but they are not at all strict in
+their religion, and the savoury smell of roast pork has been known to
+overcome their scruples.</p>
+<p>They are very fond of smoking tobacco, and of chewing buyo; some
+indulge in opium smoking.</p>
+<p>Their amusements are gambling, cock-fighting, and combats of
+buffaloes. Their slave-girls perform various <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb369" href="#pb369" name=
+"pb369">369</a>]</span>libidinous dances to the sound of the agun, or
+brass gong, and the calintangang, a kind of harmonium of strips of
+metal struck by a small drum-stick.</p>
+<p>The dance called the Paujalay is usually performed at a marriage of
+any importance, and the young dancers, clad in diaphanous garments,
+strive to present their charms in the most alluring postures, for the
+entertainment of the dattos and their guests.</p>
+<p>They have also a war-dance called the Moro-moro, which is performed
+by their most skilful and agile swordsmen, buckler on arm and
+<i>campilan</i> in hand to the sound of martial music. It simulates a
+combat, and the dancers spring sideways, backwards or forwards, and
+cut, thrust, guard, or feint with surprising dexterity.</p>
+<p>The Moros are polygamists in general, although the influence of the
+Christian women taken as captives and sometimes married to their
+captors, has, in many cases, succeeded in preventing their husbands
+from taking a second wife. The cleverness and aptitude for business of
+Christian Visayas, and Tagal women captives, has sometimes raised them
+to the highest position in rank and wealth amongst the Moros; and few
+of them would have returned to their former homes, even if an occasion
+had offered. The custom of seizing girls for slaves and concubines
+which has prevailed amongst the Moros for centuries, has of course had
+the effect of encouraging sensuality, and the morals of Moro society
+may be compared to those of a rabbit-warren.</p>
+<p>The Moros do not always treat their slaves with cruelty, they rather
+strive to attach them to their new home by giving them a female captive
+or a slave-girl they have tired of, as a wife, assisting them to build
+a house, and making their lot as easy as is compatible with getting
+some work out of them.</p>
+<p>But perhaps the greatest allurement to one of these slaves is when
+his master takes him with him on a slave-raid, and gives him the
+opportunity of securing some plunder, and perhaps a slave for
+himself.</p>
+<p>Once let him arrive at this stage, and his master need have no fear
+of his absconding.</p>
+<p>The Spaniards have for years refused to send back any slaves who
+claim their protection, yet it has been remarked by Dr. Montano, and by
+missionaries and Spanish military officers, that slaves have been
+employed fishing or tilling <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb370" href=
+"#pb370" name="pb370">370</a>]</span>the ground near the Spanish
+outposts, and only rarely would one step within the lines to obtain his
+liberty.</p>
+<p>If caught running away from their masters, the dattos, they are
+sometimes put to death, or mutilated in a most cruel manner.</p>
+<p>The famous Datto Utto, of the Rio Grande, is said to have stripped a
+runaway slave naked and to have tied him to a tree, leaving him to be
+stung to death by the mosquitos or devoured piecemeal by ants.</p>
+<p>This same Datto Utto, towards the end of 1889, made himself so
+objectionable to the Datto Abdul, one of his neighbours, that the
+latter determined to place himself and his people under Spanish
+protection. His village consisted of eighty houses and was situated on
+the banks of Rio Grande.</p>
+<p>Datto Abdul gave proofs of engineering skill, for he constructed
+eighty rafts of bamboos, and placing a house upon each with all its
+belongings, inhabitants and cattle, he floated his whole village
+fifteen miles down the river and landed at Tumbao, establishing himself
+under the protection of the fort.</p>
+<p>The Datto Ayunan, who resides in the same neighbourhood, also came
+over to the Spaniards, and learned to understand and speak Spanish very
+fairly. He had at least three thousand followers, and in the fighting
+on the Rio Grande in 1886&ndash;87 he took the field, supported the
+Spanish forces against the other dattos, and rendered important
+services.</p>
+<p>Several other dattos and chiefs have submitted to the Spaniards; for
+instance, the Sultan of Bolinson, who has settled at Lintago, near the
+barracks of Maria Christina. In the district of Davao more than five
+thousand Moros are living peacefully under Spanish rule.</p>
+<p>The famous Datto Utto, who gave so much trouble, lost followers and
+prestige, and now where the Moro King of Tamontaca held his court and
+reigned in power and splendour on the Rio Grande, a Jesuit Orphan
+Asylum, and Industrial School flourished [till the war caused it to be
+abandoned], bringing up hundreds of children of both sexes, mostly
+liberated slaves of the Moros, to honest handicrafts or agricultural
+labour.</p>
+<p>Amongst the Moros, the administration of justice is in the hands of
+the dattos or of their nominees. Offences are punished by death,
+corporal chastisement, or by fines. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb371" href="#pb371" name="pb371">371</a>]</span></p>
+<p>However, the customs of the country admit of an offended person
+taking the law into his own hand. Thus he who surprises his wife in the
+act of adultery may cut off one of her ears, shave her head, and
+degrade her to be the slave of his concubines.</p>
+<p>If he catches the co-respondent he may kill him (if he can).</p>
+<p>A calumny not justified, is fined 15 dollars; a slight wound costs
+the aggressor 5 dollars; a serious wound, 15 dollars, and the weapon
+that did the mischief; a murder can be atoned by giving three to six
+slaves.</p>
+<p>Adultery incurs a fine of 60 dollars, and two slaves; or death, if
+the fine is not paid.</p>
+<p>He who insults a datto is condemned to death, unless he can pay 15
+taels of gold, but he becomes a slave for life. The datto acting as
+judge takes as his fee one-eighth of the fine he imposes.</p>
+<p>A slave is considered to be worth from 15 to 30 dollars according to
+his or her capabilities or appearance.</p>
+<p>The dattos impose an annual tax on all their subjects whether Moros
+or heathen. It is called the Pagdatto, and consists of a piece of cloth
+called a Jabol, a bolo, and twenty gantas of paddy (equal to 10 gantas
+of rice) from each married couple. A ganta equals two-thirds of a
+gallon, so that the tax in rice would only be 6.6 gallons, a little
+over &frac34; bushel.</p>
+<p>Their language is a degraded Arabic with words from Malay, Chinese,
+Visaya, Tagal, and some idioms of the hill-tribes.</p>
+<p>Very few of them can read or write.</p>
+<p>Their year is divided into 13 lunar months, and the days of the week
+are as follows:&mdash;</p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Monday.</i></td>
+<td>Sapto.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Tuesday.</i></td>
+<td>Ahat.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Wednesday.</i></td>
+<td>Isnin.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Thursday.</i></td>
+<td>Sarasa.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Friday.</i></td>
+<td>Araboja.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Saturday.</i></td>
+<td>Cammis.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Sunday.</i></td>
+<td>Diammat.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p>Their era is the Hejira, like other Mahometans.</p>
+<p>Their marriage customs are peculiar. When one of them takes a fancy
+to a damsel, he sends his friend, of the highest rank, to the house of
+the girl&rsquo;s father, to solicit her hand. The father consults the
+girl, and if she is favourable he makes answer that the young man may
+come for her. The would-be bridegroom then proceeds to the mosque and
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb372" href="#pb372" name=
+"pb372">372</a>]</span>calls the <span class="corr" id="xd20e12540"
+title="Source: Iman">Imam</span>, who goes through a form of prayers
+with him, after which they proceed in company to the maiden&rsquo;s
+house, followed by a slave bearing presents, and from the street call
+out for leave to enter. The father appears at a window and invites them
+in, but when about to enter, the male relations of the damsel simulate
+an attack on the visitor, which he beats off, and throws them the
+presents he has brought with him.</p>
+<p>He then enters with the <span class="corr" id="xd20e12545" title=
+"Source: Iman">Imam</span> and finds the lady of his desires reclining
+upon cushions, and presents his respects to her. The priest then causes
+her to rise and, taking hold of her head he twirls her round twice to
+the right, then taking the hand of the man he places it on the forehead
+of the girl, who immediately covers her face. The priest then retires,
+leaving them alone. The bridegroom attempts to kiss and embrace the
+bride, who defends herself with tooth and nail. She shrieks and runs,
+and the bridegroom chases her round and round the room.</p>
+<p>Presently the father appears, and assures the bridegroom that he may
+take for granted the virginity of his daughter. The bridegroom then
+leaves the house to make preparations for the wedding-feast, which
+begins that night, and finishes on the third night, when the bride
+takes off all the garments she has worn as a maid and dresses in
+handsome robes provided by the bridegroom. At the end of the feast, the
+emissary who first solicited her hand for his friend conducts her to
+the house of the bridegroom, accompanied by the guests singing verses
+allusive to the occasion, and cracking jokes more or less indecent.</p>
+<p>Contrary to the custom in other countries, it is easier to get
+divorced than to get married, for this is the privilege of the man, who
+can repudiate his wife at any time.</p>
+<p>They celebrate the baptism of their children, and the circumcision
+of their boys, with feasts and entertainments. They fire off cannon and
+lantacas on the death of a datto, and with all sorts of instruments
+make a hideous discord in front of the house of death.</p>
+<p>Professional wailers are employed, and the pandits go through many
+days of long-winded prayer, for which they receive most ample fees.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e12558width" id="p373"><img src=
+"images/p373.jpg" alt="Moro Lantacas and Coat of Mail." width="508"
+height="703">
+<p class="figureHead">Moro Lantacas and Coat of Mail.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984">[<i>To face p.</i> 373.</p>
+</div>
+<p>They have regular cemeteries, and, after the burial, place on the
+grave the head of a cock with a hot cinder on the top of it. I am quite
+unable to explain what meaning is attached to this custom, but they are
+soaked in <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb373" href="#pb373" name=
+"pb373">373</a>]</span>all sorts of superstitions, and thoroughly
+believe in amulets or talismen, as do the Tagals in their
+Anting-Anting.</p>
+<p>Owing to the multitude of slaves they possess, they make
+considerable plantations of rice, maize, coffee, and cacao. They sell
+the surplus of this produce to Chinamen or Visayas settled in the coast
+towns, as also wax, gum, resin, jungle-produce, tortoise-shell,
+mother-of-pearl shell, balate and cinnamon. It is estimated that they
+sell produce to the value of a million dollars a year. They also employ
+their slaves in washing the sands for gold, and, according to Nieto, in
+mining for silver and other metal.</p>
+<p>I have not seen this latter statement confirmed by any other
+author.</p>
+<p>Their industries are the forging of swords, cris, and lance-heads,
+casting and boring their lantacas.</p>
+<p>To bore these long guns they sink them in a pit<span class="corr"
+id="xd20e12579" title="Not in source">,</span> ramming in the earth so
+as to keep the piece in a truly vertical position. They then bore by
+hand, two or four men walking round and turning the bit with
+cross-bars. Some of these lantacas are worthy to be considered perfect
+works of art, and are highly decorated. I have seen several
+double-barrelled. (<i>See</i> Illustration.)</p>
+<p>The Moro women employ their slaves in spinning and weaving. They
+make excellent stuffs of cotton and of abaca, dyeing them various
+colours with extracts of the woods grown in the country.</p>
+<p>Their houses are large and spacious, and they live in a patriarchal
+manner, master and mistress, concubines, children, and slaves with
+their children, all jumbled together. They possess plenty of horses,
+cattle, buffaloes, goats and poultry.</p>
+<p>They use Spanish or Mexican silver coins, but most of their
+transactions are by barter.</p>
+<p>To wind up this description of the Moros of Mindanao, it must be
+said of them that they are always ready to fight for the liberty of
+enslaving other people, and that nothing but force can restrain them
+from doing so. That they will not work themselves, and that as long as
+their sultans, dattos, and pandits have a hold on them, they will keep
+no engagements, respect no treaties, and continue to be in the future,
+as they have always been in the past, a terror and a curse to all their
+neighbours. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb374" href="#pb374" name=
+"pb374">374</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e12341" href="#xd20e12341src" name="xd20e12341">1</a></span> See
+&lsquo;In Court and Kampong,&rsquo; by Hugh Clifford.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch39" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXIX.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">The Chinese in Mindanao.</h2>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Tagab&aacute;uas (24).</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">These people live in the very centre of Mindanao on
+the high peaks of the cordillera. If a straight line be drawn on the
+map from Nasipit, on the Bay of Butuan, to Glan, on the Gulf of
+Sarangani, it will intersect their habitat which may extend from about
+7&deg; 30&prime; to 8&deg; N. lat. I can learn nothing about their
+manners and customs. They are reputed to be ferocious.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 section"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">The Chinese in Mindanao.</h3>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The Chinese in Mindanao are almost entirely settled in
+the coast towns, and are occupied in trade. They do not engage in
+agriculture, but keep stores and sell to the civilised natives and to
+the hill-men.</p>
+<p>They understand that they need protection, and are equally ready to
+make a present to the judge, to subscribe for a gilded altar for the
+church, or to render service to the governor, in order to be on good
+terms with the court, the priest, and the military.</p>
+<p>Very few Chinese women come over, therefore the men have native
+wives or concubines, and are begetting Chinese half-castes on an
+extensive scale.</p>
+<p>They are not averse to a little slave-dealing, and will casually buy
+a boy or girl from slave-hunters, or will order such a slave as they
+require from the slave-hunters, who then proceed to execute the order,
+which probably involves the sacrifice of several lives.</p>
+<p>Thus they will order a smart boy, or a pretty girl, of fifteen or
+sixteen, and so forth.</p>
+<p>Father Barrado, writing from Cotta-Bato, June 3rd, 1890,
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb375" href="#pb375" name=
+"pb375">375</a>]</span>relates that a boy of eight years of age was
+purchased by a Chinaman for thirty dollars.</p>
+<p>As soon as his master had brought him to the house, he fastened the
+door, and being assisted by four other Chinamen, tied the boy&rsquo;s
+hands and feet, and gagged him.</p>
+<p>The four assistants then laid him out at full length on the ground,
+face downwards, and held him firmly, whilst his master took a red-hot
+marking-iron from the fire, and branded him on both thighs, just as if
+he was marking a horse or a cow.</p>
+<p>Luckily, the boy escaped from the house, and found refuge with
+Father Barrado, who took charge of him, and administered a severe
+reprimand to the brutal Chinaman.</p>
+<p>The Chinamen abominably cheat all those who are unable to protect
+themselves. Their business is based upon false weights and measures,
+and on adulteration. In the end, they spoil every business they enter
+upon, just as they have done the tea trade in their own country, and
+the tobacco and indigo trade in the Philippines.</p>
+<p>They require to be closely looked after, and should be made to pay
+special taxes, which they can well afford.</p>
+<p>Some of the Chinese become converts, not that their mean and sordid
+souls are in any degree susceptible to the influence of the Christian
+religion, but in order to obtain material advantages.</p>
+<p>They hope to be favoured in business, and to be able to get a
+Christian wife, which otherwise might not be easy; for although a
+Visayas woman does not disdain a Chinaman, she would not care to marry
+a heathen.</p>
+<p>In any case, the Chinaman most likely remains a heathen at heart,
+and if he returns to China he becomes a renegade. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb376" href="#pb376" name="pb376">376</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="ch40" class="div1 chapter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XL.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">The Political Condition of Mindanao, 1899.</h2>
+<div class="argument">
+<p class="first">Relapse into savagery&mdash;Moros the great
+danger&mdash;Visayas the mainstay&mdash;Confederation of Lake
+Lanao&mdash;Recall of the Missionaries&mdash;Murder and pillage in
+Davao&mdash;Eastern Mindanao&mdash;Western Mindanao&mdash;The three
+courses&mdash;Orphanage of Tamontaca&mdash;Fugitive
+slaves&mdash;Polygamy an impediment to conversion&mdash;Labours of the
+Jesuits&mdash;American Roman Catholics should send them help.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first">The present condition of the island is most
+lamentable. Nothing could be more dreadful; robbery, outrage and murder
+are rampant. Every evil passion is let loose, and the labour of years
+has been lost. Mindanao, which promised so well, has relapsed into
+savagery, as the direct consequence of the Spanish-American war, and
+the cession of the Archipelago to the United States.</p>
+<p>It should be understood that Spain, far from drawing any profit from
+Mindanao, has, on the contrary, expended annually considerable sums,
+derived from the revenues of Luzon and Visayas, in maintaining a
+squadron of gunboats to police the seas, and keep down piracy, in
+building and garrisoning forts to suppress the slave-trade, and in
+assisting the missionaries to attract the heathen, by providing them
+with seeds, implements of husbandry, and with clothing, also in giving
+them fire-arms and ammunition to protect themselves from the Moros.</p>
+<p>Annuities were paid to friendly Moro dattos as rewards for services
+rendered, or as compensation for the cession of some of their
+rights.</p>
+<p>The Moros have always been the great danger to the peace of the
+island, as the Visayas have always been the mainstay of Spanish
+authority.</p>
+<p>Had it not been for the war with America, the Moros would have been,
+by this time, completely subdued.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e12658width" id="p377"><a href=
+"images/p377h.gif"><img src="images/p377.gif" alt=
+"Lake Lanao: Seat of the Moro Power, according to Nieto." width="564"
+height="720"></a>
+<p class="figureHead">Lake Lanao: Seat of the Moro Power, according to
+Nieto.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984">[<i>To face p.</i> 377.</p>
+</div>
+<p>Even as it was, half the island was practically free from
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb377" href="#pb377" name=
+"pb377">377</a>]</span>danger from them. If you draw a line on the map
+from Cagayan de Misamis to the head of the Bay of Sarangani, it will
+roughly divide the island into halves. The Moros who lived to the
+eastward of this line were pacific, and some thousands of them had been
+baptized, and had given up polygamy and slave-trading.</p>
+<p>Had they risen in arms&mdash;which was not at all likely&mdash;they
+could have been put down by the Visayas militia under the local
+authorities.</p>
+<p>To the west of this line, until quite lately, the Spanish garrisons
+dotted along the banks of the Rio Grande from Polloc and Cotta-bato to
+Piquit and Pinto, dominated the Moro dattos of that region, and nearly
+joined hands with the forts and garrisons on the rivers running into
+the Bay of Macajalar.</p>
+<p>The only remaining seat of the Moro power was the country around
+Lake Lanao, where the dattos had formed the Illana confederation to
+resist the advances of the Christians.</p>
+<p>This lake has never been surveyed, and no two maps agree on its
+size, shape or position. It is, however, known to be very different
+from the other large lakes in Mindanao, which are shallow, whilst this,
+on the contrary, is deep; in some places, three or four fathoms will be
+found close in shore. At L&uacute;gud and Tugana the banks are
+steep.</p>
+<p>There are five or six islands in it; the largest is called Nuza. It
+is high and flat-topped, situated near the middle of the lake, and on
+it are five hundred houses.</p>
+<p>The length of the lake may be about 14 miles, and its greatest
+breadth about the same.</p>
+<p>There is a road all round it, reported to be in good condition for
+vehicles, except at Taraca, where the ground is soft. This road may be
+about fifty miles long, and is said to have houses on both sides of it
+nearly all the way. The accompanying sketch, from D. Jos&eacute;
+Nietos&rsquo; map, shows forty-three towns clustered round the lake,
+but in reality it is only one vast town, and the names are those of
+districts or parishes, each under the rule of a datto. The Sultan lives
+at Taraca.</p>
+<p>The land about the lake is very fertile, and is cultivated by the
+slaves.</p>
+<p>The produce is of excellent quality, and the Moros not only supply
+themselves, but export annually about 1000 tons of rice, and 900 tons
+of coffee. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb378" href="#pb378" name=
+"pb378">378</a>]</span></p>
+<p>The River Agus, which drains the lake, is not navigable.</p>
+<p>Although it has a great body of water, the impetuosity of the
+current, rushing amongst rocks, forms dangerous rapids.</p>
+<p>The surface of the lake must be considerably above the
+sea-level.</p>
+<p>The approaches to the northern end of the lake on both sides of the
+river were defended by many cottas, or forts. Most of those were taken
+and destroyed by the Spanish forces in 1894&ndash;96, but they are now
+probably being rebuilt.</p>
+<p>Half-way between the lake and the Bay of Iligan stands Fort Weyler,
+which had a strong garrison of infantry, cavalry, artillery and
+engineers, and was impregnable to any Moro attack. To the south of the
+lake, on the shores of Illana Bay, stand Forts Corcuera and Baras,
+whilst to the westward, between Illana Bay and Panguil Bay, lie four
+forts across the narrow isthmus called Alfonso XIII., Infanta Isabel,
+Santas Paz, and Eulalia and Maria Cristina.</p>
+<p>These, with the trocha, or military road of Tuc&uacute;ran, cut off
+the Illano Moros from communication with their brethren of Sibuguey, or
+with their former victims, the Subanos.</p>
+<p>Further to the northward, Fort Almonte kept watch over the quondam
+pirates of the Liangan River.</p>
+<p>These forts and posts were garrisoned by nearly 3000 regular troops,
+all natives, except the artillery (<i>see</i> List of Posts in
+Mindanao, p. 386), and in addition a field force of several thousand
+men, also of the regular army, was encamped at Ulama, Pantar, and other
+places to the north of the lake, and three small steam-vessels had been
+transported overland in sections, and launched upon the lake.</p>
+<p>Thus everything was ready for the final blow, for the Moros were
+completely hemmed in by Spanish garrisons or Jesuit <i lang=
+"es">reducciones</i>; but the breaking out of the Tagal insurrection,
+in 1896, obliged General Blanco to withdraw, not only the field army,
+but to reduce the garrisons in order to hold Manila and Cavite until
+the Peninsular troops could arrive.</p>
+<p>Later on, the war between the United States and Spain, and the
+immediate destruction of the Spanish naval forces by the American
+squadron, caused the Spanish authorities to sink the flotilla in the
+lake, to abandon all the posts on <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb379"
+href="#pb379" name="pb379">379</a>]</span>the north coast of Mindanao,
+the trocha of Tuc&uacute;ran, and all the forts on the Rio Grande, and
+to concentrate their whole force at Zamboanga, leaving the
+recently-converted heathen and the missionaries to defend themselves
+against the Moros as best they could.</p>
+<p>The missionaries of the district of Cotta-bato have taken refuge in
+Zamboanga, fearing to fall into the hands of the Moros, who would exact
+a heavy ransom for their delivery. As for the hundreds of liberated
+slave children, both girls and boys, who were gathered together under
+the protection of the missionaries at the asylum of Tamontaca, they are
+doubtless once more in the hands of the cruel Moros of Lake Lanao;
+some, perhaps, have been sold by these wretches to the heathen tribes
+for twenty or thirty dollars each, to be offered up as sacrifices to
+Tag-busan, the god of war of the Manobos, or to Dewata, the sanguinary
+house-god of the Guiangas.</p>
+<p>The missionaries of the north of Mindanao were recalled by the
+Father Superior to Manila; but in some of the towns the native converts
+and Visayas have detained them by force, and keep a watch on them to
+prevent their escape. They treat them well, and allow them to exercise
+their ministry.</p>
+<p>As there are no Moros in that part of the island, the missionaries
+are not in danger, for they are much beloved by their converts, whose
+only desire is to keep them amongst them.</p>
+<p>The district of Davao has been, like other localities, the scene of
+murder and pillage since the withdrawal of the Spanish authorities. At
+midnight of February 6th, the bad characters and outlaws of the chief
+town, under the leadership of Domingo Fernandez, a native of Zamboanga,
+and formerly interpreter and writer in the office of the Governor of
+Davao, rose in arms, and attacked the house of Don Bonifacio Quidato,
+sub-lieutenant of the local militia. They cut his throat, and bayoneted
+his wife as she lay in her bed. They then attacked all the well-to-do
+people of the place, committing many barbarous acts, and plundering
+their houses.</p>
+<p>Most of the Spanish residents escaped from the town in a lorcha,
+and, after a terrible voyage of sixteen days, suffering from hunger,
+and undergoing many severe privations, arrived in Zamboanga more dead
+than alive. The veteran missionary, Father Urios, and three other
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb380" href="#pb380" name=
+"pb380">380</a>]</span>Spaniards, could not escape, and remained in the
+power of the bandits.</p>
+<p>This is only one instance of what is going on all over the island.
+In the words of one who knows the country well, Mindanao has become a
+seething hell, and is in a condition more dreadful than ever before in
+historic times.</p>
+<p>But amongst these various tribes, Christian or heathen, there is
+said to be one subject, and one only, upon which they all agree. They
+have combined to resist by force the American invasion. If it is
+attempted to conquer them by force of arms, it will be a difficult, a
+tedious, and a costly operation&mdash;a campaign far more sickly than
+that now proceeding in the arable lands around Manila, where the ground
+is hard, the country very level, and where field-guns can be taken
+anywhere during the dry season. It is my belief that, if skilfully
+handled, half the island&mdash;the eastern half&mdash;could be pacified
+without war, although, no doubt, gangs of bandits would have to be
+destroyed; but this could be done by the Visayas and the converts,
+organised as a militia, and paid whilst on active service.</p>
+<p>But this pacification requires the assistance of the missionaries.
+They are not likely to give that assistance unless terms are made with
+them, and one of those terms will surely be that they shall be allowed
+to continue their beneficent work unhindered and unvexed.</p>
+<p>So the United States Government is confronted with a dilemma. Either
+they must shoot down the new Christians, to introduce and enforce
+freedom of worship which the converts do not want, and cannot
+understand, or they must negotiate with the Jesuits for them to use
+their influence to pacify the island, and thus subject themselves to
+the abuse and the outcry such a proceeding will bring upon them from
+the divines and missionaries of Protestant sects, and from their
+political opponents.</p>
+<p>As for the western half of the island, a part may be pacified with
+the help of the missionaries, but military operations on a considerable
+scale will be required there sooner or later against the Moros of Lake
+Lanao.</p>
+<p>This would be a holy war, a war of humanity, and I would say to the
+Americans: Look back on the deeds of your forefathers, on the days when
+your infant navy covered itself with imperishable glory, when it curbed
+the insolence of the Bashaw of Tripoli, the Bey of Tunis, and the Dey
+of Algiers, teaching all Europe how to deal with Mediterranean
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb381" href="#pb381" name=
+"pb381">381</a>]</span>pirates. Inspire yourselves with the Spirit of
+Decatur and his hero-comrades whose gallant deeds at Tripoli earned
+Nelson&rsquo;s praise as being &ldquo;the most bold and daring act of
+the age,&rdquo; and do not hesitate to break up this last community of
+ex-pirates and murderous slave-hunters.</p>
+<p>The Moros of Lake Lanao could be simultaneously attacked from north
+and south. In 1894, the Spaniards attacked by the north, and
+transported all their artillery and stores and their small steamers
+built in sections, by paths on the eastern side of the River Agus. Some
+of the Moros remained neutral in that campaign. Such were the Dattos of
+Lumbayangin and Guimba. Their cottas were spared. The distance in a
+straight line from the mouth of the Agus near Iligan to the lake is
+fifteen miles.</p>
+<p>The path winds a good deal, and the country is hilly, wooded on the
+heights, and intersected by streams. There is a path on the west bank
+of the Agus, the country there is more open, and a large part of it is
+under cultivation. A good outfit of mountain-guns would be required on
+this northern expedition.</p>
+<p>The other attack could be made from the south, the forces landing at
+Fort Baras, or at Lalabuan. From either of these places there is what
+in the Philippines is called a road to Ganasi at the southern end of
+the lake. The distance in a straight line is about twenty miles. The
+two roads join at about half way, just before coming to the cotta of
+Kurandangan in the Sultanate of Pu&aacute;las.</p>
+<p>This road is reported to have no steep gradients, no boggy parts,
+and no unfordable streams. The country is fairly open, as there is no
+thick forest, but only scrub and <i>cogon</i>, or elephant grass. From
+a description given by a Tagal who traversed this road, it appears to
+be practicable for field artillery. The combined attack, north and
+south, could be supported by an advance from the eastward of irregular
+forces of the Mont&eacute;ses from the <i lang="es">reducciones</i> of
+the Tagoloan, Sawaga and Malupati Rivers, if they were supplied with
+arms and ammunition for this purpose.</p>
+<p>It seems to me that we have here the usual three courses; the
+fourth, to do nothing, and allow Moro and Christian to fight it out,
+would be unworthy of the United States, or of any civilized
+government.</p>
+<p>1. Put a stop to slave-hunting and murdering by a military
+expedition against the Moro Dattos.</p>
+<p>2. Maintain garrisons to keep the peace and protect the <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb382" href="#pb382" name=
+"pb382">382</a>]</span>missionaries and their converts and trust to
+their efforts to gradually convert the Moros.</p>
+<p>3. Arm all the Christian towns round about the Moros and organise
+the men as local militia, so that they can protect themselves against
+Moro aggression.</p>
+<p>All these courses are expensive, the second less expensive than the
+first, the third less expensive than the second.</p>
+<p>However, if either the second or third course is adopted, it is very
+probable that before long the first course would become imperative, for
+the Moros are faithless and treacherous in the extreme, and no treaty
+unsupported by bayonets has the least chance of being respected.</p>
+<p>To adopt the second or third course, then, only amounts to putting
+off the evil day.</p>
+<p>The missionaries can be of the greatest service in pacifiying the
+Moros whenever the power of the dattos is broken and when slavery can
+be put an end to. The object of the expedition I have spoken of should
+not be to exterminate the Moros, but merely to break the power of the
+dattos and pandits, and to free their followers and slaves from their
+yoke.</p>
+<p>It is generally taken for granted that a Moro cannot be converted,
+but this is not the case in Mindanao. Father Jaoquin Sancho, S.J.,
+informs me that when the political power of the dattos has been
+destroyed, their followers have been found ready to listen to the
+teachings of the missionaries and beginning by sending their children
+to school, then perhaps sanctioning the marriage of their daughters
+with Christians, they have finally cast in their lot with the Roman
+Catholic Church, not in scores, nor hundreds, but by thousands. He says
+that his colleagues baptized in one year after 1892, in the district of
+Davao alone, more than three thousand Mahometan Moros. He adds that
+their religious receptivity is much greater than that of the heathen
+tribes, that once baptized they remain fervent Christians, whilst the
+Mandayas, Manobos, Mont&eacute;ses and other heathen are only too apt,
+with or without reason, to slip away to the forests and mountains and
+resume their nomadic life, their heathen orgies, and human
+sacrifices.</p>
+<p>I have already spoken of the success of the missionaries on the Rio
+Grande and of their industrial and agricultural orphanage at
+Tamontacca, where they were bringing up hundreds of children of both
+sexes, mostly <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb383" href="#pb383" name=
+"pb383">383</a>]</span>liberated slaves of the Moros, to be useful
+members of society. This noble institution occupied the very spot where
+the former Moro Sultan of Tamontacca held his court.</p>
+<p>Two or three more institutions like this, established at points a
+few miles distant from Lake Lanao, and <i>protected from aggression</i>
+on the part of the Moro, would gradually undermine the power of the
+Dattos by affording an asylum to all fugitive slaves attempting to
+escape from cruelties of their masters.</p>
+<p>For years past the Spaniards have protected all slaves who have fled
+to them from their masters. The Datto Utto applied to General Weyler to
+restore to him forty-eight slaves who had taken refuge at a Spanish
+fort on the Rio Grande, but Weyler refused, reminding the datto that he
+had signed an engagement to keep no slaves, but only free labourers,
+who had the right to fix their residence where they pleased.</p>
+<p>I assume that no slaves who seek the shelter of the Stars and
+Stripes will ever be sent back again into bondage.</p>
+<p>As a guide to the strength of the expedition which will sooner or
+later have to be sent against the Moros of Lake Lanao, I may say that
+the total war strength of the Moros of Mindanao was estimated in 1894
+at 19,000 fighting-men, 35 guns, 1896 Lantacas and 2167 muskets or
+rifles. (<i>See</i> list, p. 387).</p>
+<p>They have probably since then obtained a large supply of rifles and
+ammunition. This traffic in arms should be at once stopped.</p>
+<p>Swords and spears they have in abundance.</p>
+<p>But of these 19,000 men many have submitted to the Spanish rule, or
+have become allies of the Spaniards, like the Datto Ayunan, the Datto
+Abdul, the Sultan of Bolinson and many others.</p>
+<p>Probably 10,000 men would be the very utmost that the Moros of Lake
+Lanao could bring on the field, and only a part of these would have
+fire-arms, which they could have little skill in handling.</p>
+<p>They would on no account give battle in the open, but would fight in
+the bush, and desperately defend their cottas. They would not
+concentrate their forces, for want of transport for their food supply;
+besides, the nature of the country would prevent this. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb384" href="#pb384" name="pb384">384</a>]</span></p>
+<p>They could not stop a flotilla from being launched on the lake and
+from capturing the islands as a base of operations.</p>
+<p>The flotilla would be operating on inside lines of communication. It
+could threaten one side of the lake, and in less than two hours be
+landing troops on the opposite side.</p>
+<p>In fact, with a moderate force, their subjugation would not be so
+difficult as has often been supposed.</p>
+<p>It should be made clear to the S&aacute;copes and to the slaves that
+the war is waged against the Sultans and Dattos, that the people would
+have their lives and property and the free exercise of their religion
+guaranteed to them, and that the adults should be exempt from taxation
+and conscription for the rest of their lives or for a term of years.
+Then the resistance would soon slacken, and the sultans and dattos
+might be captured. Those who would not conform to the new condition of
+things might be allowed to emigrate to Borneo or elsewhere, but their
+subjects and slaves should by no means be allowed to go with them, for
+they will soon become useful agriculturists and good Christians, and
+Mindanao cannot spare them.</p>
+<p>The question of slavery, more especially of slave-concubines, will
+require delicate handling, but by adopting a conciliatory but firm
+policy, this curse may gradually be got rid of without causing
+disturbance or bloodshed. Cranks and faddists should not be allowed to
+handle this question, but it should be placed in the hands of some one
+well versed in human nature, and a true friend of freedom.</p>
+<p>The wise policy of the British authorities in Zanzibar and Pemba is
+well worthy of imitation.</p>
+<p>As happens in Africa, the greatest impediment to the conversion of
+the heathen polygamist is the obligation to renounce all his wives but
+one. This is a sore trial, more especially when they have paid a good
+price for them, or if they are good cooks.</p>
+<p>Father Urios having persuaded a Manobo, who wished to be baptized,
+to do this, the man said to him: &ldquo;Of my two wives I have decided
+to keep the elder, but I make a great sacrifice in separating from the
+other, for I had so much trouble to obtain her. Her father would only
+give her to me in exchange for fifteen slaves. As I did not possess
+them, I was obliged to take the field against the timid tribes in an
+unknown country, and to capture these <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb385" href="#pb385" name="pb385">385</a>]</span>fifteen slaves. I was
+obliged to fight often, and to kill more than thirty men.&rdquo;</p>
+<p>The illustration represents a scene from the labours of Father
+Gisbert amongst the Bagobos. He is exhorting a blood-stained old datto
+and his wives and followers to abandon their human sacrifices,
+exhibiting to them the image of the crucified Redeemer, whose followers
+he urges them to become.</p>
+<p>As regards the maintenance of the missions, I do not for one moment
+doubt that the liberality of the Roman Catholics of the United States
+is quite equal to the needs of the pioneers of civilisation, who have
+laboured with such remarkable success.</p>
+<p>Altogether the Jesuits administered the spiritual, and some of the
+temporal affairs of 200,000 Christians in Mindanao.</p>
+<p>They educated the young, taught them handicrafts, attended to the
+sick, consoled the afflicted, reconciled those at variance, explored
+the country, encouraged agriculture, built churches, laid out roads,
+and assisted the Administration. Finally, when bands of slave-hunting,
+murdering Moros swept down like wolves on their flocks, they placed
+themselves at the head of their ill-armed parishioners and led them
+into battle against a ferocious enemy who gives no quarter, with the
+calmness of men who, long before, had devoted their lives to the
+Master&rsquo;s cause, to whom nothing in this world is of any
+consequence except the advancement of the Faith and the performance of
+duty.</p>
+<p>They received very meagre monetary assistance from the Spanish
+Government, and had to depend greatly upon the pious offerings of the
+devout in Barcelona and in Madrid. It is to be feared that these
+subscriptions will now fall off as Spain has lost the islands; if so,
+it is all the more incumbent upon the Roman Catholics of America to
+find the means of continuing the good work.</p>
+<p>I feel sure that this will be so&mdash;Christian charity will not
+fail, and the missions will be maintained.</p>
+<p>For their devotion and zeal, I beg to offer the Jesuit missionaries
+my profound respect and my earnest wishes for their welfare under the
+Stars and Stripes.</p>
+<p>To my mind, they realise very closely the ideal of what a Christian
+missionary should be. Although a Protestant born and bred, I see in
+that no reason to close my eyes to their obvious merit, nor to seek to
+be-little the great good <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb386" href=
+"#pb386" name="pb386">386</a>]</span>they have done in Mindanao. Far
+from doing so, I wish to state my conviction that the easiest, the
+best, and the most humane way of pacifying Mindanao is by utilising the
+powerful influence of the Jesuit missionaries with their flocks, and
+this before it is too late, before the populations have had time to
+completely forget the Christian teaching, and to entirely relapse into
+barbarism.</p>
+<div class="figure xd20e12851width" id="p387"><img src=
+"images/p387.jpg" alt=
+"Double-barrelled Lantaca of Artistic Design and Moro Arms." width=
+"503" height="720">
+<p class="figureHead">Double-barrelled Lantaca of Artistic Design and
+Moro Arms.</p>
+<p class="first xd20e1984">[<i>To face p.</i> 387.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="table">
+<h4 class="tablecaption">List of Posts in Mindanao Garrisoned by
+Detachments of the Native Army with Spanish Officers in 1894.</h4>
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr class="label">
+<td colspan="2"></td>
+<td>Field Officers.</td>
+<td>Officers.</td>
+<td>Men.</td>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="5"><i>1st District.</i></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>San Ramon</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>1</td>
+<td>12</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Santa Maria</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>1</td>
+<td>34</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Margos-sa-tubig</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>2</td>
+<td>60</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="5"><i>2nd District.</i></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Fort Weyler, Mumungan</td>
+<td>1</td>
+<td>7</td>
+<td>321</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Fort Weyler, Mumungan</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>1</td>
+<td>18</td>
+<td>Artillery.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Fort Weyler, Mumungan</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>2</td>
+<td>112</td>
+<td>Engineers.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Fort Weyler, Mumungan</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>1</td>
+<td>30</td>
+<td>Cavalry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Fort Weyler, Mumungan</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>3</td>
+<td>158</td>
+<td>Disciplinary Battn.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Iligan</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>1</td>
+<td>30</td>
+<td>Tercio Civil.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Almonte</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>2</td>
+<td>58</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Almonte</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>8</td>
+<td>Artillery.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Almonte</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>1</td>
+<td>20</td>
+<td>Disciplinary Battn.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Tangok, Alfonso XIII.</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>1</td>
+<td>20</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Balatacan, Infanta Isabel</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>1</td>
+<td>20</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Trocha de Tucuran, Sta. Pax and Sta. Eulalia Maria Cristina</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>3</td>
+<td>150</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="5"><i>Dapitan.</i></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Sundangan</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>1</td>
+<td>32</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Parang-parang</td>
+<td>1</td>
+<td>3</td>
+<td>500</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Parang-parang</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>1</td>
+<td>12</td>
+<td>Artillery.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Parang-parang</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>2</td>
+<td>60</td>
+<td>Disciplinary Battn.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Parang-parang</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>3</td>
+<td>60</td>
+<td>Engineers.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Matabang</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>3</td>
+<td>200</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Matabang</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>10</td>
+<td>Artillery.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Baras</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>3</td>
+<td>200</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Baras</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>10</td>
+<td>Artillery.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="5"><i>Sarangani.</i></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Glan</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>2</td>
+<td>45</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Makra</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>1</td>
+<td>32</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Balut</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>1</td>
+<td>20</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Tumanao</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>1 Sergt.</td>
+<td>15</td>
+<td>Infantry. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb387" href="#pb387" name=
+"pb387">387</a>]</span></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="5"><i>5th District.</i></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Cottabato</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>3</td>
+<td>100</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Cottabato</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>1</td>
+<td>12</td>
+<td>Artillery.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Libungan</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>1 Sergt.</td>
+<td>12</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Tamontaca</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>1</td>
+<td>20</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Taviran</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>1</td>
+<td>22</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Tumbao</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>1</td>
+<td>60</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Kudaranga</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>1</td>
+<td>20</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Reina Regente</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>3</td>
+<td>100</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Pikit</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>1</td>
+<td>60</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td>6</td>
+<td>Artillery.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Pinto</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>60</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td>6</td>
+<td>Artillery.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="5"><i>Coast.</i></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Pollok</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>1 Sergt.</td>
+<td>11</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Panay</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>1</td>
+<td>11</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Lebak</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>1</td>
+<td>11</td>
+<td>Infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td class="sum">2</td>
+<td class="sum">65</td>
+<td class="sum">2758</td>
+<td></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p>This number is exclusive of the garrisons of Zamoanga and Davao.</p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td>Basilan</td>
+<td>2 officers, 50 men.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="table">
+<h4 class="tablecaption">Estimate of the Moro Forces in Mindanao in the
+Year 1894.</h4>
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr class="label">
+<td>District.</td>
+<td>Fighting-men.</td>
+<td>Guns.</td>
+<td>Lantacas.</td>
+<td>Rifles.</td>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td>Tucaran</td>
+<td>1,000</td>
+<td>2</td>
+<td>54</td>
+<td>162</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Parang-parang</td>
+<td>2,500</td>
+<td>2</td>
+<td>29</td>
+<td>117</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Malabang</td>
+<td>3,500</td>
+<td>1</td>
+<td>342</td>
+<td>265</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Baras</td>
+<td>2,000</td>
+<td>4</td>
+<td>19</td>
+<td>23</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Lake Lanao and</td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>surrounding district</td>
+<td>10,000</td>
+<td>26</td>
+<td>1,452</td>
+<td>1,600</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td class="sum">19,000</td>
+<td class="sum">35</td>
+<td class="sum">1,896</td>
+<td class="sum">2,167</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p>The fighting-men of the River Pulangui, and the Rio Grande comprised
+within the 5th District are not included in this list, as many of them
+have submitted to the Spaniards, and there appears little to fear from
+them. Only those who are quite independent and war-like, and who may be
+considered dangerous have been set down. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb388" href="#pb388" name="pb388">388</a>]</span></p>
+<div class="table">
+<h4 class="tablecaption">Population of Mindanao in 1894.</h4>
+<h4 class="tablecaption">As given by Jos&eacute; Nieto Aguilar.</h4>
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr class="label">
+<td rowspan="2">Districts.</td>
+<td rowspan="2">Area in Hectares.</td>
+<td colspan="3">Population</td>
+<td rowspan="2">Total.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="label">
+<td>Christians.</td>
+<td>Moros.</td>
+<td>Heathen.</td>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td><a class="noteref" id="xd20e13601src" href="#xd20e13601" name=
+"xd20e13601src">1</a> Zamboanga</td>
+<td>2,984,696</td>
+<td>17,000</td>
+<td>8,000</td>
+<td>90,000</td>
+<td>115,000</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a class="noteref" id="xd20e13616src" href="#xd20e13616" name=
+"xd20e13616src">2</a> Misamis (Dapitan and Camiguin Is.)</td>
+<td>1,098,000</td>
+<td>116,000</td>
+<td>100,000</td>
+<td>20,000</td>
+<td>236,000</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a class="noteref" id="xd20e13631src" href="#xd20e13631" name=
+"xd20e13631src">3</a> Surigao</td>
+<td>1,070,190</td>
+<td>68,000</td>
+<td>8,000</td>
+<td>12,000</td>
+<td>88,000</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Bislig</td>
+<td>441,291</td>
+<td>21,076</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>10,000</td>
+<td>31,076</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><a class="noteref" id="xd20e13659src" href="#xd20e13659" name=
+"xd20e13659src">4</a> Davao</td>
+<td>1,044,333</td>
+<td>1,500</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>17,300</td>
+<td>18,800</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Cotta-bato</td>
+<td>2,829,379</td>
+<td>4,000</td>
+<td>80,000<a class="noteref" id="n388.5src" href="#n388.5" name=
+"n388.5src">5</a></td>
+<td>120,000<a class="pseudonoteref" href="#n388.5">5</a></td>
+<td>204,000</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td class="sum">227,576</td>
+<td class="sum">196,000</td>
+<td class="sum">269,300</td>
+<td class="sum">692,876</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb389" href="#pb389" name=
+"pb389">389</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e13601" href="#xd20e13601src" name="xd20e13601">1</a></span> The
+territory of Sibuguey is almost unexplored.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e13616" href="#xd20e13616src" name="xd20e13616">2</a></span> The
+principal industry of Christians or Moros, is washing the sands and
+alluvial soils for gold, which is found in abundance. Agriculture is
+progressing.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e13631" href="#xd20e13631src" name="xd20e13631">3</a></span> The
+principal industry is washing the sands and mining for gold.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e13659" href="#xd20e13659src" name="xd20e13659">4</a></span> From
+Jesuit records the Christian population of Davao was 12,000 in 1896.
+This number included over 3000 converted Moros. There were also some
+2,000 Moros residing there. The Jesuits residing on the spot must know
+best.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id="n388.5"
+href="#n388.5src" name="n388.5">5</a></span> Nieto gives the total as
+200,000. I have divided them as above.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="back">
+<div id="app" class="div1 appendix"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="label">Appendix.</h2>
+<h2 class="main">Some of the Combats, Massacres and Rebellions,
+Disputes And Calamities of the Philippine Islands.</h2>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first"></p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td>1521.</td>
+<td>Magellan and several of his followers killed in action by the
+natives of Mactan, near Ceb&uacute;; Juan Serrano and many other
+Spaniards treacherously killed by Hamabar, King of Ceb&uacute;.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1525.</td>
+<td>Salazar fights the Portuguese off Mindanao, and suffers great
+losses in ships and men.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1568.</td>
+<td>Legaspi&rsquo;s expedition attacked in Ceb&uacute; by a Portuguese
+fleet, which was repulsed.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1570.</td>
+<td>Legaspi founds the city of Ceb&uacute;, with the assistance of the
+Augustinians.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1571.</td>
+<td>Legaspi founds the city of Manila, with the assistance of the
+Augustinians.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1572.</td>
+<td>Juan Salcedo fights the Datto of Zambales, and delivers his
+subjects from oppression.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1574.</td>
+<td>Siege of Manila by the Chinese pirate Li-ma-hon with 95 small
+vessels and 2000 men. The Spaniards and natives repulse the attack. The
+pirates retire to Pangasinan, and are attacked and destroyed by Juan
+Salcedo.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1577.</td>
+<td>War against Mindanao and Jol&oacute;, parts of which are occupied.
+Disputes between the missionaries and the military officers who desire
+to enrich themselves by enslaving the natives, which the former stoutly
+oppose, desiring to convert them, and grant them exemption from taxes
+according to the &ldquo;Leyes de Indias.&rdquo; They considered the
+cupidity of the soldiers as the chief obstacle to the conversion of the
+heathen. The Crown decided in favour of the natives, but they did not
+derive all the benefits they were entitled to, as the humane laws were
+not respected by the governors.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>The Franciscans arrived in Manila.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1580.</td>
+<td>Expedition sent by Gonzalo Ronquillo to Borneo to assist King
+Sirela.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1581.</td>
+<td>Expedition sent by the same to Cagayan to expel a Japanese corsair
+who had established himself there. The expedition succeeded, but with
+heavy loss.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Expedition against the Igorrotes to get possession of the
+gold-mines, but without success.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>The Jesuits arrive in Manila.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1582.</td>
+<td>Expedition against the Molucas, under Sebastian Ronquillo.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb390" href="#pb390" name=
+"pb390">390</a>]</span>An epidemic destroyed two-thirds of the
+expedition, which returned without accomplishing anything.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Great disputes between the <i>encomenderos</i> and the friars in
+consequence of the ill-treatment of the natives by the former.
+Dissensions between the Bishop of Manila and the friars who refused to
+submit to his diocesan visit.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Manila burnt down.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1584.</td>
+<td>Second expedition against the Molucas, with no better luck than the
+first.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Rebellion of the Pampangos and Manila men, assisted by some
+Mahometans from Borneo. Combat between the English pirate, Thomas
+Schadesh, and Spanish vessels.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Combat between the English adventurer Thomas Cavendish (afterwards
+Sir Thomas), and Spanish vessels.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1587.</td>
+<td>The Dominicans arrive in Manila.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1589.</td>
+<td>Rebellion in Cagayan and other provinces.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1593.</td>
+<td>Third expedition against the Molucas under Gomez Perez
+Dasmari&ntilde;ias. He had with him in his galley 80 Spaniards and 250
+Chinese galley-slaves. In consequence of contrary winds, his vessel put
+into a port near Batangas for shelter. In the silence of the night,
+when the Spaniards were asleep, the galley-slaves arose and killed them
+all except a Franciscan friar and a secretary. Dasmari&ntilde;ias built
+the castle of Santiago, and fortified Manila with stone walls, cast a
+large number of guns, and established the college of Sta.
+Potenciana.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1596.</td>
+<td>The galleon which left Manila for Acapulco with rich merchandise,
+was obliged to enter a Japanese port by stress of weather, and was
+seized by the Japanese authorities. The crew were barbarously put to
+death.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1597.</td>
+<td>Expedition of Luis Perez Dasmari&ntilde;ias against Cambodia, which
+gained no advantage.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1598.</td>
+<td>The Audiencia re-established in Manila, and the bishopric raised to
+an archbishopric.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Expedition against Mindanao and Jol&oacute;, the people from which
+were committing great devastations in Visayas, taking hundreds of
+captives.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Much fighting, and many killed on both sides, without any definite
+result.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1599.</td>
+<td>Destructive earthquake in Manila and neighbourhood.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1600.</td>
+<td>Great sea combat between four Spanish ships, commanded by Judge
+Morga, and two Dutch pirates. One of the Dutchmen was taken, but the
+other escaped.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Another destructive earthquake on January 7th, and one less
+violent, but long, in November.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1603.</td>
+<td>Conspiracy of Eng-Cang and the Chinese against the Spaniards. The
+Chinese entrench themselves near Manila; Luis Perez Dasmari&ntilde;ias
+marches against them with 130 Spaniards. They were all killed and
+decapitated by the Chinese, who then besieged Manila, and attempted to
+take it by assault. Being repulsed by the Spaniards, all of whom,
+including the friars, took up arms, they retired to their
+entrenchments. They were ultimately defeated, and 23,000 of them were
+massacred. Only 100 were left alive, and these were sent to the galleys
+as slaves. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb391" href="#pb391" name=
+"pb391">391</a>]</span></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1606.</td>
+<td>The Recollets arrive in Manila.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Fourth expedition against the Molucas. Pedro de Acu&ntilde;a,
+having received a reinforcement of 800 men&mdash;Mexicans and
+Peruvians&mdash;attacked and took Ternate, Tidore, Marotoy and Herrao,
+with all their artillery and provisions. He left 700 men in garrison
+there, and returned to Manila, dying a few days after his arrival. The
+Augustinians furnished a galleon for this expedition. It was commanded
+by the Rev. Father Antonio Flores.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1607.</td>
+<td>Revolt of the Japanese living in and near Manila, and heavy losses
+on both sides.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1609.</td>
+<td>Arrival of Juan de Silva with five companies of Mexican and
+Peruvian infantry. Attack on Manila by a Dutch squadron of five
+vessels. They were beaten off with the loss of three of their
+ships.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1610.</td>
+<td>Unsuccessful expedition against Java. This was to have been a
+combined attack on the Dutch by Portuguese and Spaniards, but the
+Spanish squadron did not arrive in time to join their allies, who were
+beaten by the Dutch fleet in the Straits of Malacca.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Terrific earthquake in Manila and the eastern provinces.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1616.</td>
+<td>Violent eruption of the Mayon volcano.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1622.</td>
+<td>Revolt of the natives in Bohol, Leyte and Cagayan, which were
+easily suppressed.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1624.</td>
+<td>The Dutch landed on Corregidor Island, but were beaten off.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1627. August.</td>
+<td>Great earthquake.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1628.</td>
+<td>Destructive earthquake in Camarines.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1638.</td>
+<td>Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera makes an attack on the Moros of
+Mindanao, and conquers the Sultanate of Buhayen and island of Basilan.
+He also defeats the Joloans.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1639.</td>
+<td>Insurrection of Chinese in the province of Laguna and in Manila.
+Out of 30,000, 7000 ultimately surrendered. All the rest were massacred
+by the Tagals.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1640.</td>
+<td>The Dutch attacked the Spanish garrisons in Mindanao and
+Jol&oacute;. The governor-general, fearing they might attack Manila,
+withdrew the garrisons from the above places to strengthen his own
+defences, thus leaving the Moros masters of both islands.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1641.</td>
+<td>Eruption of the Taal volcano. Violent earthquake in Ilocos.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1645.</td>
+<td>The Dutch attacked Cavite and other ports, but were repulsed.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Rebellion of the Moros in Jol&oacute;, and of the natives of
+Ceb&uacute; and other provinces, who were oppressed by forced labour in
+building vessels, and other services.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>In these years there were great disputes between the Spaniards of
+the capital and the friars.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Great earthquake in Manila, 30th November, called St.
+Andrew&rsquo;s earthquake.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1646.</td>
+<td>Long series of strong earthquakes, which began in March with
+violent shocks, and lasted for sixty days.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1648.</td>
+<td>Great earthquakes in Manila.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1653.</td>
+<td>Great devastations by the Moros of Mindanao, which were severely
+punished.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Rebellion in Pampanga and Pangasinan against being forced to cut
+timber gratuitously for the navy. Suppressed after a serious
+resistance. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb392" href="#pb392" name=
+"pb392">392</a>]</span></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1658.</td>
+<td>Destructive earthquake in Manila and Cavite.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1662.</td>
+<td>The Chinese pirate, Cong-seng, demands tribute from the Governor of
+the Philippines. A decree is issued ordering all Chinamen to leave the
+Philippines. The Chinese entrench themselves in the Parian, and resist.
+Thousands were killed, and 2000 who marched into Pampanga were all
+massacred by the natives.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Great troubles occurred between the governor, Diego de Salcedo, and
+the archbishop.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1665. 19th June,</td>
+<td>violent and destructive earthquake in Manila.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1669.</td>
+<td>During the government of Manuel de Leon, further troubles occurred
+between the archbishop and the Audiencia. The archbishop was banished,
+and sent by force to Pangasinan. But a new governor, Gabriel de
+Cruzalegui, arrived, and restored the archbishop, who excommunicated
+the dean and chapter.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1675.</td>
+<td>Destructive earthquake in South Luzon and Mindoro.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1683.</td>
+<td>Great earthquake in Manila.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1689.</td>
+<td>Archbishop Pardo having died, was succeeded by P. Camacho, and now
+great disorders arose from his insisting on making the diocesan visit,
+which the friars refused to receive, and would only be visited by their
+own Provincial. Again Judge Sierra required the Augustinians and
+Dominicans to present the titles of the estates they possessed in
+virtue of a special commission he had brought from Madrid, which they
+refused to obey, and the end of the dispute was that Sierra was sent
+back to Mexico, and another commissioner, a friend of the friars, was
+appointed, to whom they unofficially exhibited the titles.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1716.</td>
+<td>Destructive eruption of the Taal volcano, and violent earthquake in
+Manila.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1717.</td>
+<td>Fernando Bustillo Bustamente became governor, and re-established
+garrisons in Zamboanga and Paragua. He caused various persons who had
+embezzled the funds of the colony to restore them, imprisoning a
+corrupt judge. He was assassinated by the criminals he had punished,
+and nothing came of the inquiry into his death.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1735.</td>
+<td>Earthquake in Baler, and tidal wave.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>At this time, the audacity of the Moro pirates was incredible. They
+ravaged the Visayas and southern Luzon, and carried away the
+inhabitants by thousands for slaves. The natives began to desert the
+coast, and take to the interior. Pedro Manuel de Arandia, obeying
+repeated orders, decreed the expulsion of the Chinese.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1744.</td>
+<td>Another rising in Bohol, due to the tyranny of a Jesuit priest
+named Morales. The chief of this rising was a native named Dagohoy, who
+put the Jesuit to death, and maintained the independence of Bohol,
+paying no tribute for thirty-five years. When the Jesuits were expelled
+from the Philippines, Recollets were sent to Bohol, and the natives
+submitted on receiving a free pardon.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1749.</td>
+<td>Eruption of the Taal volcano, and earthquake in Manila. The
+eruption lasted for twenty days.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1754.</td>
+<td>Violent eruption of the Taal volcano, which began on 15th May,
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb393" href="#pb393" name=
+"pb393">393</a>]</span>and lasted till the end of November. This was
+accompanied by earthquakes, an inundation, terrifying electrical
+discharges, and destructive storms. The ashes darkened the country for
+miles round, even as far as Manila. When the eruption ceased, the
+stench was dreadful, and the sea and lake threw up quantities of dead
+fish and alligators. A malignant fever burst out, which carried off
+vast numbers of the population round about the volcano.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1762.</td>
+<td>A British squadron, with troops from India, arrived in the bay 22nd
+September, and landed the forces near the powder-magazine of S. Antonio
+Abad. On the 24th, the city was bombarded. The Spaniards sent out 2000
+Pampangos to attack the British, but they were repulsed with great
+slaughter, and ran away to their own country.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>The civil population of Manila were decidedly in favour of
+resisting to the last drop of the soldiers&rsquo; blood; but the
+soldiers were not at all anxious for this. Confusion arose in the city,
+and whilst recriminations were in progress, the British took the city
+by assault, meeting only a half-hearted resistance.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>The natives immediately began plundering, and were turned out of
+the city by General Draper. The Chinese also joined in the robbery, and
+a few were hanged in consequence. The city was pillaged. The British
+regiments are said to have behaved well, but the sepoys ravished the
+women, and killed many natives.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Cavite was about to be surrendered, but as soon as the native
+troops there knew what was going on, they began at once to plunder the
+town and arsenal.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1763.</td>
+<td>A British expedition sailing in small craft took possession of
+Malolos on January 19th, 1763. The Augustin and Franciscan friars took
+arms to defend Bulacan, where two of them were killed in action.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>It was said that the Chinese were conspiring to exterminate the
+Spaniards. Simon de Anda, the chief of the war-party amongst the
+Spaniards, issued an order that all the Chinese in the Philippines
+should be hanged, and this order was in a great measure carried out.
+This was the fourth time the Spaniards and natives exterminated the
+Chinese in the Philippines.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Peace having been made in Europe, the British evacuated Manila in
+March, 1774.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>In order to satisfy their vanity, and account for the easy victory
+of the British, the Spaniards made various accusations of treachery
+against a brave Frenchman named Falles, and a Mexican, Santiago de
+Orendain. Both those men gallantly led columns of Pampangos against the
+British lines in the sortie before mentioned. Although the Pampangos,
+full of presumption, boldly advanced against the British and sepoys,
+they were no match for disciplined troops led by British officers, and
+were hurled back at the point of the bayonet. The inevitable defeat and
+rout was made a pretext for the infamous charges against their leaders.
+It may be asked, Was there no Spaniard brave enough to lead the
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb394" href="#pb394" name=
+"pb394">394</a>]</span>sorties, that a Frenchman and a Mexican were
+obliged to take command?</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>The Spaniards in this campaign showed themselves more at home in
+making proclamations, accusations, and intriguing against each other,
+than in fighting. However, the friars are exempt from this reproach,
+for Augustinians, Dominicans and Franciscans, fought and died, and
+shamed the soldiers.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>No less than ten Augustinians fell on the field of battle, nineteen
+were made prisoners, and twelve were banished. The British are said by
+the Augustinians to have sacked and destroyed fifteen of their <i lang=
+"es">conventos</i>, or priests&rsquo; houses, six houses of their
+haciendas, and to have sold everything belonging to them in Manila. The
+Augustinians gave their church bells to be cast into cannon for the
+defence of the islands.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Spaniards and natives, however, showed great unanimity and
+enthusiasm in massacring or hanging the unwarlike Chinamen, and in
+pillaging their goods. Nearly all the Chinese in the islands, except
+those in the parts held by the British, were killed.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>During the Anglo-Spanish war there were revolts of the natives in
+Pangasinan and in Ilocos, then a very large province (it is now divided
+into four), but both these risings were suppressed. The same happened
+with a revolt in Cagayan. Disturbances also occurred in many other
+provinces.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Simon de Anda became Governor-General, and carried out the
+expulsion of the Jesuits from the Philippines. Great troubles again
+occurred between the Archbishop and the friars over the diocesan
+visit.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1766. 20th July,</td>
+<td>violent eruption of the Mayon volcano.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>23rd October,</td>
+<td>terrible typhoon in Albay, causing enormous destruction of life and
+property.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1777.</td>
+<td>Jos&eacute; Basco y Vargas, a naval officer, came out as
+Governor-General, and found the country overrun with banditti. He made
+a war of extermination against them, and then initiated a vigorous
+campaign against the Moros. He repaired the forts, built numbers of war
+vessels, and cut up the pirates in many encounters. Basco governed for
+nearly eleven years.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1784.</td>
+<td>During the government of Felix Marquina, a naval officer, the
+Compa&ntilde;ia de Filipinas was founded to commence a trade between
+Spain and the Philippines. Marquina was succeeded by Rafael
+<span class="corr" id="xd20e14164" title=
+"Source: Mari&aacute;">Maria</span> de Aguilar, an army officer, who
+organized the land and naval forces, and made fierce war on the Moros.
+He governed the islands for fourteen years.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1787.</td>
+<td>Violent and destructive earthquake in Panay.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1796.</td>
+<td>Disastrous earthquake in Manila.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1800.</td>
+<td>Destructive eruption of the Mayon volcano.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1807.</td>
+<td>Rebellion in Ilocos.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>When the parish priest of Betal, an Augustinian, was preaching to
+his flock, exhorting them to obedience to their sovereign, a woman
+stood up in the church and spoke against him, saying that they should
+not believe him, that his remarks <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb395"
+href="#pb395" name="pb395">395</a>]</span>were all humbug, that with
+the pretence of God, the Gospel, and the King, the priest merely
+deceived them, so that the Spaniards might skin them and suck their
+blood, for the priests were Spaniards like the rest. However, the
+townsmen declared for the King, and took the field under the leadership
+of the priest.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1809.</td>
+<td>The first English commercial house established in Manila.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1811.</td>
+<td>Rebellion in Ilocos to change the religion, nominating a new god
+called Lungao. The leaders of this rebellion entered into negotiations
+with the Igorrotes and other wild tribes to exterminate the Spaniards,
+but the conspiracy was discovered and frustrated.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1814.</td>
+<td>Rebellion in Ilocos and other provinces.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Prisoners released in some towns in Ilocos. This rebellion was in
+consequence of General Gandar&aacute;s proclaiming the equality of
+races, which the Indians interpreted by refusing to pay taxes.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1st February,</td>
+<td>violent earthquake in south Luzon and destructive eruption of the
+Mayon volcano. Astonishing electrical discharges.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>A discharge of ashes caused five hours&rsquo; absolute darkness,
+through which fell showers of red hot stones which completely burnt the
+towns of Camalig, Cagsana, and Budiao with half of the towns of Albay
+and Guinchatau, and part of Bulusan.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>The darkness caused by the black ashes reached over the whole of
+Luzon, and even to the coast of China. So loud was the thunder that it
+was heard in distant parts of the Archipelago.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Great epidemic of cholera in Manila.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1820.</td>
+<td>Massacre of French, English, and Americans in Manila by the natives
+who plundered their dwellings, after which they proceeded with the
+fifth massacre of the Chinese. They asserted that the Europeans had
+poisoned the wells and produced the cholera. The massacre was due to
+the villainous behaviour of a Philippine Spaniard named Varela, who was
+Alcalde of Tondo, equivalent to Governor of Manila, and to the criminal
+weakness and cowardice of Folgueras the acting governor-general, who
+abstained from interference until the foreigners had been killed, and
+only sent out troops when forced by the remonstrances of the friars and
+other Spaniards.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>The archbishop and the friars behaved nobly, for they marched out
+in procession to the streets of Binondo, and did their best to stop the
+massacre, whilst Folgueras, only attentive to his own safety, remained
+with the fortifications.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1822.</td>
+<td>Juan Antonio Martinez took over the government in October.
+Folgueras having reported unfavourably of the officers of the
+Philippine army, Martinez brought with him a number of officers of the
+Peninsular army to replace those who were inefficient.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>This caused a mutiny of the Spanish officers of the native army,
+and they murdered Folgueras in his bed. He thus expiated his cowardice
+in 1820. The mutiny was, however, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb396"
+href="#pb396" name="pb396">396</a>]</span>suppressed, and Novales and
+twenty sergeants were shot. Novales&rsquo; followers had proclaimed him
+Emperor of the Philippines. The constitution was abolished by Martinez,
+without causing any rising.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1824.</td>
+<td>Destructive earthquake in Manila.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Alonzo Morgado appointed by Martinez to be captain of the Marina
+Sutil, commenced an unrelenting persecution of the piratical Moros,
+causing them enormous losses.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1828.</td>
+<td>Another military insurrection, headed by two brothers, officers in
+the Philippine army.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>From this date Peninsular troops were permanently maintained in
+Manila, which had never been done before.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1829.</td>
+<td>Father Bernardo Lago, an indefatigable missionary of the
+Augustinian Order, with his assistants baptised in the provinces of
+Abra and Benguet more than 5300 heathen Tinguianes and Igorrotes, and
+settled them in towns.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1834.</td>
+<td>Foreign vessels allowed to enter Manila by paying double dues.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1836&ndash;7.</td>
+<td>Great disturbances amongst the natives in consequence of the
+ex-claustration of the friars in Spain. The natives divided into two
+parties. One wished to turn out the friars and all Spaniards, the
+others to turn out all Spaniards except the friars, who were to remain
+and take charge of the government.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>The disturbances were ultimately smoothed over.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1841.</td>
+<td>Marcelino de Or&aacute;a being Governor-General, a sanguinary
+insurrection burst out in Tayabas, under the leadership of a native,
+Apolinario de la Cruz. He murdered the Alcalde of the province, and
+persuaded his fanatical adherents that he would make the earth open and
+swallow up the Spanish forces when they attacked.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>His following was composed of 3000 men, women, and children. They
+were attacked by four hundred soldiers and as many cuadrilleros and
+coast-guards, and suffered a crushing defeat, and a third of them were
+slain.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Apolinario de la Cruz was apprehended, and immediately put to
+death.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Apolinario called himself the &ldquo;King of the Tagals,&rdquo; and
+told his followers that a Tagal virgin would come down from Heaven to
+wed him, that with a handful of rice he could maintain all who followed
+him, and that the Spanish bullets could not hurt them, and many other
+absurd things. His followers declared that he had signified his
+intention, in case of being victorious, to tie all the friars and other
+Spaniards to trees, and to have them shot by the women with
+arrows.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>There lay in garrison at Manila at this time a regiment composed of
+Tagals of Tayabas, and they also mutinied, and were shot down by the
+other troops.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1844.</td>
+<td>Royal order prohibiting the admission of foreigners to the interior
+of the country.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Narciso de Claveria became Governor-General, and organised a police
+force called the Public Safety for Manila, and similar corps for the
+provinces. Up to this time the Alcaldes Mayores of provinces had been
+allowed to trade, and, in fact, were almost the only traders in their
+provinces, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb397" href="#pb397" name=
+"pb397">397</a>]</span>buying up the whole crop. This forced trade is
+quite a Malay custom, and is practised in Borneo and the Malay States
+under the name of Serra-dagang.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>The Alcaldes Mayores used to pay the crown one third, or half, or
+all their salary for this privilege, and took in return all they could
+squeeze out of their provinces without causing an insurrection, or
+without causing the friars to complain of them to the Government, for
+the parish priests were ever the protectors of the natives against the
+civil authority. This privilege of trading was now abolished as being
+unworthy of the position of governor of a province.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1851.</td>
+<td>Expedition by the Governor-General Antonio de Urbiztondo against
+Jol&oacute;. The force consisted of four regiments, with artillery, and
+a battalion of the inhabitants of Ceb&uacute;, under the command of a
+Recollet friar, Father Iba&ntilde;ez. These latter behaved in the
+bravest manner, in fact they had to; for their wives, at the instance
+of the priest, had sworn never to receive them again if they turned
+their backs on the enemy.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>The undaunted Father Iba&ntilde;ez led them to the assault, and
+lost his life in the moment of victory. Eight cottas (forts), with
+their artillery and ammunition, were captured by this expedition, and a
+great number of Moros were killed.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>After this the Jol&oacute; pirates abated their insolent attacks.
+Claveria made an expedition against the piratical Moros and seized
+their island of Balanguingin, killing 400 Moros, and taking 300
+prisoners, also rescuing 200 captives. He also captured 120 guns and
+lantacas, and 150 piratical vessels. This exemplary chastisement
+tranquillised the Moros for some time.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1853. 13th June.</td>
+<td>Loud subterranean noises in Albay and eruption of the Mayon
+volcano. Fall of ashes and red-hot stones which rolled down the
+mountain and killed thirty-three people.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1854.</td>
+<td>Insurrection in Nueva Ecija under Cuesta, a Spanish mestizo
+educated in Spain, where Queen Isabela had taken notice of him.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>He arrived in Manila with the appointment of Commandant of
+Carabineros in Nueva Ecija, and immediately began to plot. The
+Augustine friars harangued his followers and persuaded them to
+disperse, and Cuesta was captured and executed, with several other
+conspirators; others were banished to distant islands.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>In this year Manuel Crespo became Governor-General, and a military
+officer, named Zapatero, endeavoured to strangle him in his own
+office.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1855.</td>
+<td>Strong shocks of earthquake in all Luzon. Eruption of the Mayon
+volcano.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1856.</td>
+<td>In the latter part of this year a submarine volcanic explosion took
+place at the Didica shoal, eight miles north-east of the island of
+Camiguin in the Babuyanes, to the north of Luzon. It remains an active
+volcano, and has raised a cone nearly to the height of the volcano of
+Camiguin, which is 2414 feet high. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb398"
+href="#pb398" name="pb398">398</a>]</span></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1857.</td>
+<td>The old decrees against foreigners renewed.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Fernando de Norzagaray became governor-general, and found the
+country over-run by bandits, against whom he employed severe measures.
+He greatly improved Manila.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>The French in Cochin-China, finding more resistance than they
+expected, appealed to Norzagaray for help. He lent them money, ships,
+and about a thousand native troops, who behaved with great bravery
+during the campaign.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1860.</td>
+<td>Ramon Maria Solano succeeded to the Government.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>In this year two steam sloops and nine steam gunboats were added to
+the naval forces, and now the Moros could only put to sea running great
+risks of destruction.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>These nine gunboats were the greatest blessings the Philippines had
+received for many years.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1861.</td>
+<td>Jos&eacute; de Lemery y Ibarrola, Governor-General.
+Mendez-Nu&ntilde;ez, with the steam sloops and gunboats, inflicted
+terrible chastisement on the piratical Moros.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1862.</td>
+<td>Rafael de Echague y Bermingham became Governor-General.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Second visitation of cholera in the islands, but not so severe as
+in 1820.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1863.</td>
+<td>Terrible earthquake in Manila and the surrounding country, causing
+thousands of victims, destroying the cathedral, the palace of the
+governor-general, the custom houses, the principal churches (except St.
+Augustine), the public and private buildings, in fact, reducing the
+city to a ruin.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>At this time the steam gunboats continually hostilised the Moros of
+Jol&oacute;, and caused them great losses.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1865.</td>
+<td>Juan de Lara y Irigoyen became Governor-General, and took measures
+to subdue the bandits, who were committing great depredations and
+murders. Hostilities continued in Jol&oacute;, as the Moros had
+recommenced their piratical cruises.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1866.</td>
+<td>Frequent earthquakes in Manila and Benguet.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>At this time the Treasury was in the greatest difficulty, and could
+not meet the current payments. A large quantity of tobacco was sold to
+meet the difficulty.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1867.</td>
+<td>Jos&eacute; de la Gandara y Navarro became Governor-General. To him
+is due the credit of creating that excellent institution the Guardia
+Civil, which has extirpated the banditti who infested the islands for
+so many years.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>An expedition was sent against the Igorrotes, but without effecting
+anything of consequence.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1868. June 4th.</td>
+<td>Intense earthquake in the island of Leyte.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1869.</td>
+<td>Carlos Maria de la Torre became Governor-General, and was not
+ashamed to publish a proclamation offering the bandits a free pardon if
+they presented themselves within three months. Hundreds and thousands
+of men now joined the bandits for three months murder and pillage, with
+a free pardon at the end of it. This idiotic and cowardly proclamation
+was most prejudicial to the interests of the country. Finally a special
+corps, called La Torre&rsquo;s Guides, was organised to pursue the
+bandits.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1871.</td>
+<td>Rafael Izquierdo y Guttierez became Governor-General, and raised
+the excellent corps called La Veterana to act as the police of the
+capital. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb399" href="#pb399" name=
+"pb399">399</a>]</span></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>December 8th,</td>
+<td>eruption of the Mayon volcano, and discharge of ashes and lava. Two
+persons smothered, and one burnt.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>16th February.</td>
+<td>Commencement of the series of earthquakes which preceded the
+frightful volcanic eruption in the island of Camiguin on 30th April.
+Full details of this terrible event are preserved. A volcanic outburst
+took place on the above date at 344 metres from the town of Cabarman,
+and near the sea. Great volumes of inflammable gases were ejected from
+deep cracks in the neighbouring hills, which presently took fire, and
+soared in flames of incredible height, setting fire to the forests. The
+wretched inhabitants who had remained in their houses found themselves
+surrounded by smoke, steam, water, ashes, and red hot stones, whilst
+their island seemed on fire, and they had sent away all their seaworthy
+craft with the women and children.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>At first the volcanic vent was only two metres high, but it
+continually increased.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>After the eruption, the earthquakes decreased, and on 7th May
+entirely ceased.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>The volcano gradually raised itself by the material thrown out to a
+height of 418 metres.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1872.</td>
+<td>Military revolt in Cavite, in which the native clergy were mixed
+up. A secret society had been working at this plot for several years,
+and was very widely extended. It inundated the towns of the Archipelago
+with calumnious and libellous leaflets in the native languages. The
+conspiracy coincided with the return of the Jesuits in accordance with
+a Royal Order, and their substitution for the Recollets missionaries in
+many parishes in Mindanao. In turn, the Recollets, removed from
+Mindanao, were given benefices in Luzon which, for one hundred years,
+had been in the hands of the native clergy, who were, in consequence,
+very dissatisfied, and great hatred was aroused against the Recollets.
+The mutiny was suppressed by the Spaniards and the Visayas troops, who
+bayoneted the Tagals without mercy, even when they had laid down their
+arms.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Besides many who were shot for complicity in this revolt, three
+native priests&mdash;D. Mariano Gomez, D. Jacinto Zamora, and D.
+Jos&eacute; Burgos&mdash;were garrotted in Bagumbayan on the 28th
+February. Much discussion arose about the guilt or innocence of these
+men, and it is a matter on which friars and native clergy are never
+likely to agree.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Later on, a rising took place in Zamboanga penal establishment, but
+this was put down by the warlike inhabitants of that town, who are
+always ready to take up arms in their own defence, and are very loyal
+to Spain.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Loud subterranean noises in Albay. Eruption of the Mayon volcano,
+which lasted for four days.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1873.</td>
+<td>Juan de Alaminos y Vivar became governor-general.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>The ports of Legaspi, Tacloban and Leyte, were opened to foreign
+commerce.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>November 14, 1873,</td>
+<td>violent earthquake in Manila. Eruption of the Mayon volcano, from
+15th June to 23rd July. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb400" href=
+"#pb400" name="pb400">400</a>]</span></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1874.</td>
+<td>Manuel Blanco Valderrama, being acting governor-general, fighting
+took place in Bal&aacute;bac, where the Spanish garrison was surprised
+by the Moros. Jos&eacute; Malcampo y Monge, a rear-admiral, took over
+the government of the islands, and, during his administration, the news
+of the proclamation of Alfonso XII, as King of Spain was received, and
+gave great satisfaction in Manila, which had never taken to the
+Republican Government in Spain.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Malcampo led a strong expedition, consisting of 9000 men, against
+the Moros, and took Jol&oacute; by assault, after bombarding the Cottas
+by the ships&rsquo; guns. At the end of his time, the regiment of
+Peninsular Artillery had become demoralised, and its discipline very
+lax. Finally, the soldiers refused to obey their officers, and broke
+out of barracks.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Two of them were shot dead by the officer of the guard at the
+barrack-gate, Captain Brull, but the affair was hushed up, and no one
+was punished. Discipline was quite lost.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1877.</td>
+<td>Great devastation by locusts in province of Batangas. Domingo
+Moriones y Murillo arrived, and took over the government on 28th
+February. His first act was to shoot a number of the Spanish mutineers,
+put others in prison, and send back fifty to Spain in the same vessel
+with Malcampo. This incident is related in greater detail in Chapter
+III. The Treasury was in the greatest poverty, and the poor natives of
+Cagayan obliged to cultivate tobacco and deliver it to the government
+officials, had not been paid for it for two or three years, and were
+actually starving. Moriones did what he could for them, and strongly
+insisted on the abolition of the &ldquo;estanco.&rdquo;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>To this worthy governor, Manila and the Philippines owe much. He
+insisted on the legacy of Carriedo being employed for the object it was
+left for, instead of remaining in the hands of corrupt officials.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>He also made good regulations against rogues and vagabonds.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1879. Nov. 8th.</td>
+<td>Violent typhoon passed over Manila, doing much damage.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>July 1st.</td>
+<td>Commencement of earthquakes in Surigao (Mindanao), which lasted
+over two months.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1880.</td>
+<td>Fernando Primo de Rivera became Governor-General, 15th April.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>On July 14th,</td>
+<td>a violent earthquake took place, doing enormous damage in the city
+of Manila and the central provinces of Luzon. The seismic disturbance
+lasted till the 25th July. The inhabitants of Manila were
+panic-stricken, and took refuge in the native nipa houses.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>General Primo de Rivera made an expedition against the Igorrotes,
+and the vile treatment the soldiers meted out to the Igorrote women has
+delayed for years the conversion of those tribes.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1881.</td>
+<td>Eruption of the Mayon volcano, which began on July 6th, and lasted
+till the middle of 1882.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>At times there were loud subterranean noises, after which the flow
+of lava usually increased.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1882.</td>
+<td>Dreadful epidemic of cholera which, in less than three months,
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb401" href="#pb401" name=
+"pb401">401</a>]</span>carried off 30,000 victims in the city and
+province of Manila. In the height of the epidemic the deaths reached a
+thousand a day. The victims were mostly natives, but many Spaniards
+died of the disease. Only one Englishman died, and this was from his
+own imprudence. A typhoon passed over Manila on October 20th, and
+caused great damage on shore and afloat. Twelve large ships and a
+steamer were driven on shore, or very seriously damaged.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>On November 5th,</td>
+<td>another typhoon, not quite so violent as the first, took place.
+After this, the cholera almost entirely stopped. On December 31st,
+another typhoon occurred.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1883.</td>
+<td>Joaquin Jovellar y Soler, captain-general in the army, and the
+pacificator of Cuba, assumed the government 7th April, and was received
+with great show of satisfaction by the Spaniards.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>The old <i>tribute</i> of the natives was replaced by the tax on
+the C&eacute;dulas-personales.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>During his time there were threats of insurrection, and additional
+Peninsular troops were sent out. He resigned from ill-health 1st April,
+1885.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>October 28th.</td>
+<td>Typhoon passed over Manila.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1885.</td>
+<td>Emilio Terrero y Perinat assumed the government of the islands on
+April 4th.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>He conducted successful expeditions against the Moros of Mindanao
+and Jol&oacute;.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>In the month of May, during the great heat, the River Pasig was
+covered with green scum from the lake. The water was charged with gas,
+the fish and cray-fish died, and the stench was overpowering, even at a
+couple of miles distance from the river.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>A huge waterspout was formed in the bay, and passed inland.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>November.</td>
+<td>Death of King Alfonso XII., and mourning ceremonies in all the
+islands.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>October 2nd.</td>
+<td>Eruption of the Taal volcano.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1886. 5th March.</td>
+<td>Separation of the executive and judicial powers. Appointment of
+eighteen civil governors instead of alcaldes&mdash;mayores of
+provinces. Very great inconvenience occurred through the delay in
+sending out the Judges of First Instance, and the duties were, in some
+cases, temporarily performed by ignorant persons devoid of any legal
+training.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>11 P.M., 2nd April,</td>
+<td>an enormous flaming meteor traversed the sky, travelling from E. to
+W., and when about the zenith it split into two with a loud explosion,
+the pieces diverging at an angle of perhaps 45&deg;; they fell,
+apparently, at a great distance, producing a violent concussion like a
+sharp shock of earthquake.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>24th April.</td>
+<td>Attack by bandits on the village of Montalban. Two of them were
+killed by the Guardia Civil.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>8th July.</td>
+<td>Eruption of the Mayon volcano in Albay. It continued to discharge
+ashes and lava, bursting out into greater violence at times till the
+middle of March, 1887.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>March 19th.</td>
+<td>Don German Gamazo, Minister for the <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb402" href="#pb402" name="pb402">402</a>]</span>Colonies, lays before
+the Queen-Regent, for her approbation, the project of the General
+Exhibition of the Philippines, to be held in Madrid in 1887. In it he
+says:&mdash;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>&ldquo;By this we shall bring about that the great sums of money
+which are sent from the metropolis to purchase in foreign countries
+cotton, sugar, cacao, tobacco, and other products, will go to our
+possessions in Oceania, where <i>foreign merchants buy them up, with
+evident damage to the material interests of the
+country</i>.&rdquo;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>When it is considered that the freight from Manila to Barcelona in
+the subsidised Spanish Royal Mail steamers was <i>considerably
+higher</i> than that charged in the <i>same steamers</i> to Liverpool,
+that enormous duties were charged in Spain on sugar and hemp, which
+enter British ports duty free, and that British capital was advanced to
+the cultivators to raise these very crops, the idiotic absurdity and
+contemptible hypocrisy of such a statement may be faintly realised by
+the reader.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>In May the mud of the Pasig became permeated with bubbles of gas,
+and floated to the surface. On May 23rd, the writer witnessed several
+violent explosions of fetid gas smelling like sulphuretted hydrogen
+from the mud of the Pasig at Santa Ana.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>June 7th.</td>
+<td>Triple murder committed at Ca&ntilde;acao by a Tagal from
+jealousy.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>20th May.</td>
+<td>Three days&rsquo; holiday and public rejoicings ordered in honour
+of the birth of the King of Spain (Alfonso XIII.).</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1887. January 3rd.</td>
+<td>Troops embarked in Manila for the expedition against the Moros of
+Mindanao under General Terrero.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>March 5th.</td>
+<td>The United States warship <i>Brooklyn</i> arrived in Manila.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>July 14th.</td>
+<td>The Penal Code put in force in the Philippines.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>December 3rd.</td>
+<td>The Civil Code put in force in the Philippines.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1888. March 1st.</td>
+<td>A petition is presented to the Acting Civil Governor of Manila by
+the Gobernadorcillo and Principales of Santa Cruz, praying for the
+expulsion of the religious orders and of the Archbishop, the
+secularization of all benefices, and the confiscation of the estates of
+the Augustinians and Dominicans. <i>See</i> <a href="#ch6">Chapter
+VI</a>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>December 15th.</td>
+<td>Violent eruption of Mayon volcano with subterranean noises, storms,
+thunder and lightning. Don Valeriano Weyler, Marques de Tenerife,
+became governor-general.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1890.</td>
+<td>Agrarian disturbances occurred at Calamba and Santa Rosa between
+the tenants on the Dominicans&rsquo; estates and the lay brother in
+charge. During this year there was a great increase of secret
+societies. A woman admitted as a mason. A woman&rsquo;s lodge
+established. <i>See</i> <a href="#ch9">Chapter IX</a>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>February 21st.</td>
+<td>Violent eruption of the Mayon.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>February 24th.</td>
+<td>Several explosions occurred at the summit, discharging showers of
+white-hot bombs. About 100 metres of the top toppled over. Many of the
+inhabitants of the neighbouring towns fled to a distance. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb403" href="#pb403" name=
+"pb403">403</a>]</span></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1891.</td>
+<td>Don Emilio Despujols, Conde de Caspe, became governor-general.
+<i>See</i> <a href="#ch3">Chapter III</a>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1893.</td>
+<td>Doroteo Cortes banished to the Province of La Union, other
+malcontents banished to different localities.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>October 3rd.</td>
+<td>Eruption of the Mayon and explosion of volcanic bombs. Loud
+subterranean noises and deafening thunder.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>A vast column of smoke ascended to the sky, from which proceeded
+violet-coloured lightning.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>The eruption lasted till the end of October.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1894. May.</td>
+<td>The Datto Julcainim, with seventy armed Moros from Sulu, landed in
+Basilan Island to recover tribute from the natives, but was sent back
+by a Spanish gunboat.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1896. August 30th.</td>
+<td>Tagal insurrection broke out near Manila and in Cavite Province.
+<i>See</i> <a href="#ch10">Chapter X</a>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1897. June 25th.</td>
+<td>Violent and disastrous eruptions of the Mayon. Complete destruction
+of the villages San Antonio, San Isidro, Santo Ni&ntilde;o, San Roque,
+Santa Misericordia, and great damage to other places by the
+incandescent lava. A dreadful tempest destroyed houses and plantations
+in places where the lava did not reach. About 300 people were either
+killed outright or died of their wounds. Fifty wounded persons
+recovered.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1898. March 24th.</td>
+<td>Revolt of the famous Visayas or 74th Regiment at Cavite.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>March 25th.</td>
+<td>Massacre of the Calle Camba.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>April 24th.</td>
+<td>Meeting at Singapore between Aguinaldo and the United States&rsquo;
+Consul, Mr. Spencer Pratt.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>April 26th.</td>
+<td>Aguinaldo proceeds to Hong Kong.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>May 1st.</td>
+<td>Naval battle of Cavite. Destruction of the Spanish squadron and
+capture of Cavite Arsenal by the Americans.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>May 19th.</td>
+<td>Aguinaldo and seventeen followers land at Cavite from the United
+States&rsquo; vessel <i>Hugh McCullough</i>, and are furnished with
+arms by Admiral Dewey.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>May 24th.</td>
+<td>Aguinaldo proclaims a Dictatorial Government.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>June 23rd.</td>
+<td>He issues a manifesto claiming for the Philippines a place, if a
+modest one, amongst the nations.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>August 6th.</td>
+<td>He sends a message to foreign powers claiming recognition.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>August 13th.</td>
+<td>The American troops enter Manila, the Spaniards making only a show
+of resistance.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>August 14th.</td>
+<td>The capitulation signed. General Merritt issues his proclamation
+establishing a military government.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>August 15th.</td>
+<td>General McArthur appointed military commandant of the Walled City
+and Provost-Marshal-General of the city and suburbs.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>September 29th.</td>
+<td>General Aguinaldo makes a speech at Malolos to the Philippine
+Congress, the keynote of which was independence: &ldquo;The Philippines
+for the Filipinos.&rdquo;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>October 2nd.</td>
+<td>The Peace Commission holds its preliminary meeting in Paris.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>November 13th.</td>
+<td>The insurgents invest Ilo-ilo. Fighting <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb404" href="#pb404" name=
+"pb404">404</a>]</span>proceeding in other parts of Visayas between
+Spaniards and natives.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>December 10th.</td>
+<td>The Peace Commission signs the Treaty. Don Felipe Agoncillo,
+representative of the Philippine Government, hands in a formal protest,
+of which no notice is taken.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>December 24th.</td>
+<td>The Spaniards evacuate Ilo-ilo.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>December 26th.</td>
+<td>The insurgents occupy the city. The Spaniards evacuate all the
+southern island stations except Zamboanga. The Philippine Congress at
+Malolos adjourns.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>December 29th.</td>
+<td>New Philippine cabinet formed; all the members pledged to
+independence.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>President of Congress and Minister for Foreign Affairs,
+Se&ntilde;or Mabini; Secretary for War, Se&ntilde;or Luna; Interior,
+Se&ntilde;or Araneta; Agriculture and Commerce, Se&ntilde;or
+Buencamino; Public Works, Se&ntilde;or Canon.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1899. January 5th.</td>
+<td>The Washington officials announce that they &ldquo;expect a
+peaceful adjustment.&rdquo; [Blessed are they who expect nothing.]</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>President McKinley instructs General Otis to extend military
+government with all dispatch to the whole ceded territory.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>January 8th.</td>
+<td>Protest of Aguinaldo against the Americans.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>January 12th.</td>
+<td>General Otis telegraphs to the War Department that conditions are
+apparently improving.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Other dispatches represent the situation as daily growing more
+acute.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>January 16th.</td>
+<td>A telegram was received at Washington from General Otis, of so
+reassuring a character regarding the position at Manila and Ilo-ilo,
+that the government officials accept without question the correctness
+of his statement, that the critical stage of the trouble there is now
+past and that he controls the situation.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>A commission nominated by President McKinley, consisting of Dr.
+Schurman, President of Cornell University; Professor Worcester of
+Michigan University, and Mr. Denby.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>January 21st.</td>
+<td>The Philippine constitution is proclaimed at Malolos.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>February 4th.</td>
+<td>Fighting between Filipinos and Americans began at Santa Mesa 8.45
+<span class="sc">P.M.</span>, and continued through the night.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>February 5th.</td>
+<td>Fighting continued all day and ended in the repulse of the
+Filipinos with heavy loss.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>General Otis wires: &ldquo;The situation is most satisfactory, and
+apprehension need not be felt.&rdquo;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>February 6th.</td>
+<td>The U.S. Senate ratifies the Peace Treaty with Spain by 57 to
+27.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Senator Gorman in the course of the debate expressed his belief
+that the battle at Manila was only the beginning. If the treaty was
+ratified war would follow, lasting for years, and costing many lives,
+and millions upon millions of money.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>[Senator Gorman makes a better prophet than General Merritt or Mr.
+Foreman.]</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>February 8th.</td>
+<td>General Otis wires: &ldquo;The situation is <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb405" href="#pb405" name=
+"pb405">405</a>]</span>rapidly improving. The insurgent army is
+disintegrating, Aguinaldo&rsquo;s influence has been
+destroyed.&rdquo;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>February 10th.</td>
+<td>The Americans attack and capture Calocan. President McKinley signs
+the Treaty.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>February 11th.</td>
+<td>Ilo-ilo captured by General Miller without loss, but a considerable
+part of the town was burned.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>February 18th.</td>
+<td>The American flag hoisted at Bacolod in Negros Island, opposite
+Ilo-ilo.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>February 22nd.</td>
+<td>Tagals attempt to burn Manila, setting fire simultaneously to the
+Santa Cruz, San Nicolas, and Tondo. Sharp fighting at Tondo. Many
+natives were burned while penned in by the cordon of guards.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>February 23rd.</td>
+<td>The Americans burned all that remained of Tondo. General Otis
+issued an order requiring the inhabitants to remain in their homes
+after 7 <span class="sc">P.M.</span></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>March 13.</td>
+<td>Oscar F. Williams does not expect to live to see the end of the
+war. This is the man who on July 2nd, 1898, &ldquo;hoped for an influx
+that year of 10,000 ambitious Americans,&rdquo; who he said could all
+live well and become enriched. <i>See</i> <a href="#ch18">Chapter
+XVIII</a>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Since the American occupation three hundred drinking saloons have
+been opened in Manila.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>March 19th.</td>
+<td>Urgent instructions sent from Washington to Generals Otis and
+Lawton to hasten the end.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>March 24th.</td>
+<td>Engagement at Marilao&mdash;the Filipinos are defeated.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td><i>New York Times</i> says the situation is both surprising and
+painful to the American people.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>March 31st.</td>
+<td>The Americans occupy Malolos which the Filipinos had set on fire,
+after some skirmishing.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>April 1st.</td>
+<td>Troops resting at Malolos.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>The ironclad <i>Monadnock</i> was fired on by Filipinos artillery
+at Para&ntilde;aque (three miles from Manila), and replied silencing
+the guns on shore.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>April 20th.</td>
+<td>A column of General Lawton&rsquo;s force, 140 strong, surrounded
+and captured by the Filipinos near Binangonan.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>April 23rd.</td>
+<td>Fighting at Quingua. Col. Stotsenburg killed. This was a severe
+engagement.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>April 26th.</td>
+<td>Americans capture Calumpit. Washington &ldquo;profoundly
+relieved.&rdquo;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>April 27th.</td>
+<td>Fighting near Apalit.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>April 30th.</td>
+<td>General Otis believes that the Filipinos are tired of the war.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>May 1st.</td>
+<td>Anniversary of the Battle of Cavite.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>May 2nd.</td>
+<td>Conference between Filipino envoys and General Otis with the
+American Civil Commissioners.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>General Lawton captures Baliuag.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>May 12th.</td>
+<td>The Nebraska Regiment petitions General McArthur to relieve them
+from duty, being exhausted by the campaign. Since February 4th, the
+regiment has lost 225 killed and wounded, and 59 since the fight at
+Malolos.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>May 18th.</td>
+<td>Filipino peace delegates enter General Lawton&rsquo;s lines at San
+Isidro. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb406" href="#pb406" name=
+"pb406">406</a>]</span></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>May 20th.</td>
+<td>Admiral Dewey leaves Manila in the <i>Olympia</i>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>May 22nd.</td>
+<td>The U.S. Civil Commission received Aguinaldo&rsquo;s Peace
+Commissioners, and explained to them President McKinley&rsquo;s scheme
+of Government.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>May 29th.</td>
+<td>Aguinaldo reported dead.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>May 30th.</td>
+<td>The authorities at Washington admit that more troops are needed for
+Manila.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>June 1st.</td>
+<td>Mr. Spencer Pratt obtains an interim injunction in the Supreme
+Court, Singapore, against the sale of Mr. Foreman&rsquo;s book,
+&ldquo;The Philippine Islands.&rdquo;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>June 5th.</td>
+<td>Skirmishing in the Laguna district. An attempt by the Americans to
+surround Pio del Pilar fails.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>June 13th.</td>
+<td>A Filipino battery at Las Pi&ntilde;as, between Manila and Cavite,
+consisting of an old smooth bore gun and two one-pounders open fire on
+the American lines. A battery of the 1st Artillery, the ironclad
+<i>Monadnock</i>, and the gunboat <i>Helena</i> directed their fire
+upon this antiquated battery, and kept it up all the morning.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>A correspondent remarks, &ldquo;This was the first <i>real</i>
+artillery duel of the war.&rdquo;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>This developed into one of the hardest fights in the war, the
+Filipinos made a determined stand at the Zapote bridge.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Reports arrive that General Antonio Luna had been killed by some of
+General Aguinaldo&rsquo;s guards.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>June 16th.</td>
+<td>The Filipinos attack the Americans at San Fernando and are repulsed
+with heavy loss.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Mr. Whitelaw Reid, addressing the Miami University of Ohio,
+denounces the President&rsquo;s policy, or want of policy, in the
+Philippines.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>June 19th.</td>
+<td>American troops under General Wheaton march through Cavite
+Province.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>June 21st.</td>
+<td>General Miles describes the situation at Manila as &ldquo;very
+serious.&rdquo;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>June 26th.</td>
+<td>Twelve per cent. of the American forces sick. Little can now be
+attempted as the rainy season is now on.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>June 27th.</td>
+<td>General Otis reports that the Filipinos have no civil
+government.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>June 28th.</td>
+<td>It is stated that General Otis will have 40,000 men available for
+active operations after the rainy season.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>July 12th.</td>
+<td>General Otis asks for 2500 horses for the organisation of a brigade
+of cavalry after the rainy season.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>The entire staff of correspondents of the American newspapers
+protest against the methods of General Otis in exercising too strict a
+censorship over telegrams and letters. They say, &ldquo;We believe
+that, owing to the official despatches sent from Manilla and published
+in Washington, the people of the United States have received a false
+impression of the situation in the Philippines, and that these
+despatches present an ultra-optimistic view which is not shared by
+general officers in the field.&rdquo;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>July 20th.</td>
+<td>The rainfall at Manila since 1st June has been 41 inches and the
+country is flooded.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>July 23rd.</td>
+<td>Mr. Elihu Root nominated to succeed Mr. Alger as Secretary for War.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb407" href="#pb407" name=
+"pb407">407</a>]</span></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>July 27th.</td>
+<td>General Hall&rsquo;s division captures Calamba on the lake.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>August 1st.</td>
+<td>Mr. Root sworn in as Secretary for War. He contemplates increasing
+General Otis&rsquo; available force to 40,000 men.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>August 15th.</td>
+<td>General McArthur&rsquo;s force captures Angeles.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>August 17th.</td>
+<td>Orders issued at Washington to form ten additional regiments to
+serve in the Philippines. General Otis to have 62,000 men under his
+command.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>August 23rd.</td>
+<td>General Otis applies the Chinese Exclusion law to the
+Philippines.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>August 24th.</td>
+<td>The Moros sign an agreement acknowledging the sovereignty of the
+United States over the entire Philippine Islands.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td><i>The Moros of Western Mindanao are asking for permission to drive
+out the insurgents.</i></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>August 28th.</td>
+<td>President McKinley makes a speech to the 10th Pennsylvanian
+Regiment lately arrived from Manila. <i>See</i> <a href="#ch12">Chapter
+XII</a>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>September 1st.</td>
+<td>Fighting in Negros, American successes.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>September 14th.</td>
+<td>U.S. cruiser <i>Charleston</i> engages a gun mounted by the
+Filipinos at Olongap&oacute;, Subic Bay, and fired sixty-nine shells
+from her 8-inch guns without silencing the gun, notwithstanding that
+the Filipinos used black powder.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>September 18th.</td>
+<td>Some of the U.S. Civil Commission had already started to return;
+remainder leave.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>September 23rd.</td>
+<td>A U.S. squadron, consisting of the <i>Monterey</i>,
+<i>Charleston</i>, <i>Concord</i> and <i>Zafiro</i>, bombarded the
+one-gun battery of the Filipinos at Olongap&oacute; for six hours, and
+then landed 250 men who captured and destroyed the gun which was
+16-centimetre calibre.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>General Otis, in an interview, is reported to have stated that
+&ldquo;Things are going very satisfactorily.&rdquo;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>September 28th.</td>
+<td>General McArthur captures Porac.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>September 30th.</td>
+<td>General Aguinaldo releases fourteen American prisoners. They looked
+well and hearty, and it was evident that they had been well
+treated.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>October 8th.</td>
+<td>General Schwan advanced against Noveleta and encountered a heavy
+resistance, but ultimately took the town and next day occupied
+Rosario.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>October 18th.</td>
+<td>War now said to be beginning in its most serious phase. The
+American troops, men and officers, said to be thoroughly discouraged by
+the futility of the operations ordered by General Otis. They feel that
+their lives are being sacrificed without anything being
+accomplished.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>October 28th.</td>
+<td>17,000 sick and <i>tired</i> soldiers have been sent home and
+replaced by 27,000 fresh men. 34,000 are on the way or under orders.
+Total will be 65,000 men and forty ships of war.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>October 31st.</td>
+<td>General Otis reports to the War Department that the continuance of
+the rainy season still harasses the prosecution of the campaign.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Count Almenas, speaking in the Spanish Senate, said that through
+the ignorance of the Peace Commission the Batanes <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb408" href="#pb408" name=
+"pb408">408</a>]</span>Islands, Cagayan Sulu, and Sibutu were not
+included in the scope of the treaty.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>November 7th.</td>
+<td>General Wheaton, with an American force lands at San Fabian
+[Pangasinan] and marches towards Dagupan, driving the Filipinos before
+him.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>November 13th.</td>
+<td>Tarlac captured by the Americans under Colonel Bell. Telegrams from
+Manila state, &ldquo;A careful review of the situation made on the spot
+justifies the prediction that all organised hostile operations on a
+definite plan are at an end.&rdquo;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>November 14th.</td>
+<td>The U.S. cruiser <i>Charleston</i> lost on the Guinapak rocks to
+the north of Luzon, and the crew land on Camiguin Island.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>November 28th.</td>
+<td>The province of Zamboanga [Mindanao] said to have surrendered
+unconditionally to the commander of the gunboat <i>Castine</i>.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>December 20th.</td>
+<td>General Lawton shot by the insurgents at San Mateo whilst
+personally directing the crossing of the river by two battalions of the
+29th U.S. infantry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>1900. January 20th.</td>
+<td>The Filipinos capture a pack train of twenty ponies in the Laguna
+Province. American losses, two killed, five wounded, nine missing.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>February 15th.</td>
+<td>American newspapers report many cases of insanity amongst the U.S.
+soldiers.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>February 20th.</td>
+<td>General Otis signifies to the War Department his desire for leave
+of absence from Manila to recruit his health.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>March 30th.</td>
+<td>The bubonic plague, extending in Luzon, and appears in other
+islands of the Archipelago. Cases suspected to be leprosy reported
+amongst the U.S. troops.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>Independent reports represent the situation in the Philippines as
+most unsatisfactory. The islands are practically in a state of
+anarchy.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>April 6th.</td>
+<td>The War Department issues an order recalling General Otis,
+<i>because his work has been accomplished</i>, and appoints General
+McArthur in his place.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>May 1st.</td>
+<td>Judge Canty, of Minnesota, makes a report upon the condition of the
+Philippines.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>He says: &ldquo;All the native tribes, except a small band of
+Macabebes and the Sulu Mahometans, are against us, and hate the
+Americans worse than the Spaniards.... The American soldiers are
+undergoing terrible hardships, and are a prey to deadly tropical
+diseases.&rdquo;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>June 2nd.</td>
+<td>General McArthur asks for more troops, and at least three regiments
+are to be sent.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>June 14th.</td>
+<td>Rear-Admiral Raney cables for another battalion of marines.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>June 15th.</td>
+<td>Macaboulos, a Filipino chieftain, surrenders at Tarlac with 8
+officers and 120 riflemen.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>June 17th.</td>
+<td>A regiment of infantry and a battery of artillery embark at Manila
+for China.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>June 19th.</td>
+<td>It is reported that, in all, 5000 men are to be sent from Manila to
+China.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>June 20th.</td>
+<td>But to-day, the idea prevails in Washington <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb409" href="#pb409" name=
+"pb409">409</a>]</span>that, under present conditions, every soldier in
+the Philippines is needed there.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>July 27.</td>
+<td>Negotiations are being carried on between Spain and the United
+States for the cession by the former to the latter of the Sibutu and
+Cagayan Islands on payment of a sum of $100,000.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>August 4th.</td>
+<td>The Filipinos kill or capture a lieutenant of Engineers and fifteen
+soldiers.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>August 8th.</td>
+<td>Miss Margaret Astor Chanler, who was engaged in Red Cross work in
+Manila, declares that the hospitals are inadequate. This is confirmed
+by the Washington correspondent of the <i>World</i>. He says 3700 men
+are now in hospital, and large numbers are unable to find
+accommodation. Thousands who are down with fever and other diseases are
+without doctors or medical supplies. Eight per cent. of the entire
+force is incapacitated.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>August 15th.</td>
+<td>The Filipinos reported to be gaining ground.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>The cost of the war said to be nearly &pound;40,000,000, 2394
+deaths, 3073 wounded. There are said to be still 70,000 American troops
+in the Philippines. The &ldquo;goodwill&rdquo; of the war cost
+&pound;4,000,000.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>August 19th.</td>
+<td>Censored news despatches from Manila show that the Filipinos are
+increasing their activity, and scorn the offers of amnesty.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>September 1st.</td>
+<td>The Civil Commission in the Philippines, presided over by Judge
+Taft, assumes the direction of the Government. Judge Taft reports that
+the insurrection is virtually ended, and that a <i>modus vivendi</i> is
+established with the <i>ecclesiastical authorities</i>!</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>September 3rd.</td>
+<td>General McArthur cables that an outbreak has occurred in Bohol, and
+that in an engagement near Carmen the Americans lost 1 killed and 6
+wounded, and the Filipinos 120 killed.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>September 6th.</td>
+<td>The estimated cost of the Philippines to America is estimated at
+three-quarters of a million dollars per day.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>September 12th.</td>
+<td>The first public legislative session of the Civil Commission was
+held. Two million dollars (Mexican) were voted for the construction of
+roads and bridges, $5000 for the expenses of a preliminary survey of a
+railroad between Dagupan and Benguet, and $5400 towards the expenses of
+the educational system.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>September 17th.</td>
+<td>General McArthur cables that Captain McQuiston, who had become
+temporarily insane, shot a number of men of his company. The others, in
+self-defence, shot and killed the captain.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>September 20th.</td>
+<td>The Civil Commission reports that large numbers of the people in
+the Philippines are longing for peace, and are willing to accept the
+government of the United States.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>General McArthur cables reports of fighting in the Ilocos
+Provinces, from whence General Young telegraphs for reinforcements,
+also in Bulacan, and in Tayabas. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb410"
+href="#pb410" name="pb410">410</a>]</span></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>A desperate engagement is fought in the Laguna Province, where the
+Americans made an attack upon the Filipino positions, and were repulsed
+with heavy loss, including Captain Mitchell and Lieutenant Cooper.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td></td>
+<td>The Filipinos are constantly harassing and attacking the American
+outposts and garrisons around Manila, and have caused fourteen
+casualties amongst the troops.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb411" href="#pb411" name=
+"pb411">411</a>]</span></p>
+<div class="table">
+<h4 class="tablecaption">Customs Dues on Exports, 1896&ndash;97.</h4>
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr class="label">
+<td>Articles.</td>
+<td>Tax per 100 kilos Gross Weight.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="unit">
+<td></td>
+<td>$ cts.</td>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td>Hemp or cordage</td>
+<td>0.75</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Indigo</td>
+<td>0.50</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Tintarron liquid indigo</td>
+<td>0.05</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Rice</td>
+<td>2.00</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Sugar</td>
+<td>0.10</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Cocoa-nuts or copra</td>
+<td>0.10</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Tobacco in cigars or cigarettes</td>
+<td>3.00</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Tobacco in leaf from the provinces of Cagayan, Isabela, and Nueva
+Vizcaya in Luzon</td>
+<td>3.00</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Tobacco in leaf from Visayas and Mindanao</td>
+<td>2.00</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Tobacco in leaf from any other province</td>
+<td>1.50</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2">Estimated receipts from above tax in the financial year
+1896&ndash;97</td>
+<td>$1,292,550</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<hr class="tb">
+<div class="table">
+<h4 class="tablecaption"><span class="sc">Extra Import Tax on
+Consumable Articles.</span></h4>
+<h4 class="tablecaption">(<i>This is in addition to the Customs
+dues.</i>)</h4>
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr class="unit">
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td>$ cts.</td>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td>Spirits</td>
+<td>In barrels or demijohns</td>
+<td>per litre</td>
+<td>0.20</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>In bottles or flasks</td>
+<td>per litre</td>
+<td>0.30</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2">Beer</td>
+<td>0.10</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2">Vegetables or fruits, dried or green</td>
+<td>per kilog.</td>
+<td>0.02</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2">Wheat flour</td>
+<td>per 100 kilog.</td>
+<td>0.50</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2">Common salt</td>
+<td>per 100 kilog.</td>
+<td>1.00</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2">Petroleum and mineral oils</td>
+<td>per 100 kilog.</td>
+<td>1.00</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="3">Estimated receipts from above tax in the financial year
+1896&ndash;97</td>
+<td>$301,000</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb412" href="#pb412" name=
+"pb412">412</a>]</span></p>
+<div class="table">
+<h4 class="tablecaption"><span class="sc">Export
+Statistics.</span></h4>
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="14" class="xd20e15786">16 piculs = 1 ton of 20 cwt.; 8
+bales hemp = 1 ton of 20 cwt.; 1 quintal = 100 lbs. Spanish, or about
+101&frac34; English.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="label">
+<td colspan="2" class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Sugar.</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Hemp.</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Copra.</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Coffee.</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Cordage.</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Sapan-wood.</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Hides and Cuttings.</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">M.-o&rsquo;-P. Shells.</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Gum.</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Indigo.</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Tobacco Leaf.</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Cigars.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="unit">
+<td colspan="2" class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Piculs.</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Bales.</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Piculs.</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Piculs.</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Piculs.</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Piculs.</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Piculs.</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Piculs.</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Piculs.</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Quintals.</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Quintals.</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Mil.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="4" class="xd20e15786">1888</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Manila</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,500,139</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">571,047</td>
+<td rowspan="8" class="xd20e15786">Small quantities only shipped. No
+records kept.</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">107,236</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,985</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">12,006</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">32,658</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">184</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">5,276</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">4,639</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">204,592</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">109,109</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ceb&uacute;</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">267,100</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">90,385</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ilo-ilo</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,197,851</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">93,575</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Total</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,965,090</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">661,432</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">107,236</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,985</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">105,581</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">32,658</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">184</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">5,276</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">4,639</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">204,592</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">109,109</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="4" class="xd20e15786">1889</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Manila</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,565,668</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">475,638</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">92,993</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,487</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">17,965</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">7,701</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">387</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">7,326</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">3,545</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">203,085</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">120,532</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ceb&uacute;</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">187,791</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">92,933</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ilo-ilo</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,748,049</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">60,739</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Total</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">3,501,508</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">568,571</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">92,993</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,487</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">78,704</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">7,701</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">387</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">7,326</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">3,545</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">203,085</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">120,532</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="4" class="xd20e15786">1890</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Manila</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">874,088</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">449,606</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">74,447</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">76,756</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">3,141</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">21,934</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">6,300</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">501</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">3,016</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">374</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">179,054</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">109,636</td>
+<td></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ceb&uacute;</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">55,280</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">56,549</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ilo-ilo</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,431,054</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">22,635</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Total</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,360,422</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">506,155</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">74,447</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">76,756</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">3,141</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">44,569</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">6,300</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">501</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">3,016</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">374</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">179,054</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">109,636</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="4" class="xd20e15786">1891</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Manila</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,174,374</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">546,854</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">245,309</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">45,917</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,403</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">17,051</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">5,439</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">452</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">4,168</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,039</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">195,925</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">93,248</td>
+<td></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ceb&uacute;</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">140,200</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">88,693</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ilo-ilo</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,357,685</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">52,886</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Total</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,672,259</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">635,547</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">245,309</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">45,917</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,403</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">69,937</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">5,439</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">452</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">4,168</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,039</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">195,925</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">93,248</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="4" class="xd20e15786">1892</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Manila</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,089,054</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">702,228</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">259,539</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">21,242</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,762</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">29,634</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">6,032</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">507</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">5,005</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">5,894</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">253,850</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">138,389</td>
+<td></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ceb&uacute;</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">294,220</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">88,280</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ilo-ilo</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,571,989</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">36,277</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Total</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">3,955,263</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">790,508</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">259,539</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">21,242</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,762</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">65,911</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">6,032</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">507</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">5,005</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">5,894</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">253,850</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">138,389</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="4" class="xd20e15786">1893</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Manila</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,712,059</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">561,391</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">184,304</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">4,910</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,251</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">53,319</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">6,145</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">671</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">3,638</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">940</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">230,686</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">137,458</td>
+<td></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ceb&uacute;</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">271,400</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">80,080</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ilo-ilo</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,203,523</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">25,376</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Total</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">4,186,982</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">641,471</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">184,304</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">4,910</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,251</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">78,695</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">6,145</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">671</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">3,638</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">940</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">230,686</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">137,458</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="4" class="xd20e15786">1894</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Manila</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,577,523</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">661,550</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">512,729</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">9,502</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,787</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">43,368</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">5,236</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">347</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,788</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,025</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">191,706</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">137,877</td>
+<td></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ceb&uacute;</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">163,172</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">119,721</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ilo-ilo</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,369,507</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">26,124</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Total</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">3,110,202</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">781,271</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">512,729</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">9,502</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,787</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">69,492</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">5,236</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">347</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,788</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,025</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">191,706</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">137,877</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="4" class="xd20e15786">1895</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Manila</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,729,625</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">749,777</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">549,319</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">3,099</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,938</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">25,034</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">6,714</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,730</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">4,044</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">6,672</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">233,702</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">146,372</td>
+<td></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ceb&uacute;</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">209,352</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">89,212</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">44,352</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ilo-ilo</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,719,115</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">11,100</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Total</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">3,658,092</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">838,989</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">593,671</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">3,099</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,938</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">36,134</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">6,714</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,730</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">4,044</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">6,672</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">233,702</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">146,372</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="4" class="xd20e15786">1896</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Manila</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,563,477</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">669,778</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">558,509</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,421</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">3,484</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">12,930</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">7,127</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">204</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,803</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">462</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">219,640</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">185,017</td>
+<td></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ceb&uacute;</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">106,228</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">86,818</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">49,200</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ilo-ilo</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,957,099</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">35,300</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Total</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">3,626,804</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">756,596</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">607,709</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,421</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">3,484</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">48,230</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">7,127</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">204</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,803</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">462</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">219,640</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">185,017</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="4" class="xd20e15786">1897</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Manila</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">811,059</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">835,067</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">765,026</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,111</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">3,786</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">17,325</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">11,081</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">689</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">4,029</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">251</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">287,161</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">171,410</td>
+<td></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ceb&uacute;</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">247,110</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">80,271</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">46,414</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ilo-ilo</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,051,113</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">51,300</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Total</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">3,109,282</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">915,338</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">811,440</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,111</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">3,786</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">68,625</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">11,081</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">689</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">4,029</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">251</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">287,161</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">171,410</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="4" class="xd20e15786">1898</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Manila</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">251,169</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">510,958</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">252,840</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">176</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">72</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">5,102</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">3,648</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">261</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,122</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">206</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">175,170</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">103,707</td>
+<td></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ceb&uacute;</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">159,469</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">235,597</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">10,562</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ilo-ilo</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,449,023</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">46,051</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">51,610</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Total</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,859,661</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">792,606</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">263,402</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">176</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">72</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">56,712</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">3,648</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">261</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,122</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">206</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">175,170</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">103,707</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="4" class="xd20e15786">1899</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Manila</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">80,374</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">437,751</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">215,819</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">784</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">183</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">6,226</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">517</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,840</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,578</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">114,261</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">111,646</td>
+<td></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ceb&uacute;</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">210,780</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">148,049</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">66,282</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Ilo-ilo</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,197,700</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">14,938</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">9,221</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">..</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">5,700</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="xd20e15786">Total</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">1,488,854</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">600,738</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"><a class="noteref" id="xd20e17239src" href=
+"#xd20e17239" name="xd20e17239src">1</a>291,322</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">784</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">183</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">5,700</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">6,226</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">517</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,840</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">2,578</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">114,261</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786">111,646</td>
+<td class="xd20e15786"></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb415" href="#pb415" name=
+"pb415">415</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e17239" href="#xd20e17239src" name="xd20e17239">1</a></span> Value
+$1,600,000. The copra comes from Laguna, Tayahas, Albay, Samar, Leyte
+and Mindanao, and the bulk of it goes to Marseilles, some to Liverpool,
+a little to Spain and Italy.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div1 appendix"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="main">Value of Land.</h2>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first"><span class="sc">Manila-Dagupan Railway.</span></p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2"><i>First Section</i>&mdash;<i>Manila to San
+Fernando.</i></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>First sub-section,</td>
+<td>Manila to Polo.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Second sub-section,</td>
+<td>Polo to Guiguinto.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Third sub-section,</td>
+<td>Guiguinto to Calumpit.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Fourth sub-section,</td>
+<td>Calumpit to San Fernando.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2"><i>Second Section</i>&mdash;<i>San Fernando to
+Tarlac.</i></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>First sub-section,</td>
+<td>San Fernando to Angeles.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Second sub-section,</td>
+<td>Angeles to Bamban.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Third sub-section,</td>
+<td>Bamban to Capas.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Fourth sub-section,</td>
+<td>Capas to Tarlac.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2"><i>Third Section</i>&mdash;<i>Tarlac to
+Dagupan.</i></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>First sub-section,</td>
+<td>Tarlac to Panique.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Second sub-section,</td>
+<td>Panique to Moncada.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Third sub-section,</td>
+<td>Moncada to Bayambang.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Fourth sub-section,</td>
+<td>Bayambang to San Carlos.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Fifth sub-section,</td>
+<td>San Carlos to Dagupan.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="table">
+<h4 class="tablecaption">An Estimate of the Population of the
+Philippines in 1890.</h4>
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td>Peninsular Spaniards, including the garrisons, friars, officials
+and private persons.</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">14,000</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Spaniards born in the islands.</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">8,000</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Spanish mestizos</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">75,000</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Foreigners of white races</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">2,000</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Foreign mestizos</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">7,000</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Chinese</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">125,000</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Chinese mestizos</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">500,000</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Moros of Mindanao, Jol&oacute;, Tawi-tawi, Basilan, Bal&aacute;bac,
+and other islands</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">600,000</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Heathen in all the archipelago&mdash;Igorrotes, Manobos, Subanos,
+<span class="corr" id="xd20e17442" title=
+"Source: Monteses">Mont&eacute;ses</span>, Ibilaos, Aetas, Ifugaos,
+etc., etc.</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">800,000</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Christian natives</td>
+<td class="xd20e2033">5,869,000</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Total</td>
+<td class="sum xd20e2033">8,000,000</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p>The above is taken from a pamphlet called &lsquo;Filipinas&rsquo;
+Fundamental Problem,&rsquo; by a Spaniard long resident in those
+islands, published in Madrid, 1891, by D. Luis Aguado. The pamphlet
+itself is a violent attack on Rizal and those who sympathised with him,
+and holds out as the only remedy against insurrection the encouragement
+of Spanish immigration on an extensive scale. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb416" href="#pb416" name="pb416">416</a>]</span></p>
+<p><span class="sc">Estimate of Philippine Income and Expenditure,
+1896&ndash;97.</span></p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr class="unit">
+<td></td>
+<td class="xd20e17468">$</td>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Direct Taxes</i>&mdash;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Property tax, $140,280; industrial and commercial tax, $1,400,700;
+c&eacute;dulas personales, <a class="noteref" id="xd20e17482src" href=
+"#xd20e17482" name="xd20e17482src">1</a>$5,600,000; capitation tax on
+Chinese, $510,190; acknowledgment of vassalage from outlaws and
+heathen, $20,000; tax of 10 per cent. on railway fares, $32,000;
+various surtaxes, $63,000; tax of 10 per cent. on the pay of
+employ&eacute;s paid by local funds, $80,000; tax of 10 per cent. on
+the pay of employ&eacute;s paid by the State, $650,000</td>
+<td class="xd20e17468">8,496,170</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Custom House</i>&mdash;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Imports, $3,600,000; exports, <a class="noteref" id="xd20e17511src"
+href="#xd20e17511" name="xd20e17511src">2</a>$1,292,550; loading tax,
+$410,000; unloading, $570,000; trans-shipment, $1000; warehousing,
+$4000; fines, surtaxes, etc., $22,000; tax on consumable goods,
+<a class="noteref" id="xd20e17514src" href="#xd20e17514" name=
+"xd20e17514src">3</a>$301,000</td>
+<td class="xd20e17468">6,200,550</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Monopoly</i>&mdash;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Opium contract (farmed out)<a class="noteref" id="xd20e17527src"
+href="#xd20e17527" name="xd20e17527src">4</a></td>
+<td class="xd20e17468">576,000</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Stamps</i>&mdash;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Stamped paper, do. for fines, for bills of exchange, post office
+stamps, patent medicine stamps, stamps for telegrams, receipts,
+signatures, passports, less $200,000 paid to Bolmao and Hong Kong Cable
+Co., etc.</td>
+<td class="xd20e17468">646,000</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Lottery</i>&mdash;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Profits of the Manila lottery, licenses for raffles, etc.</td>
+<td class="xd20e17468">1,000,000</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Crown Property</i>&mdash;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Rents of mining claims, $2000; royalties on forest produce,
+$170,000; sale of Crown lands, of buildings, and fines</td>
+<td class="xd20e17468">257,000</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Miscellaneous</i>&mdash;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Unexpended balances, $50,000; produce of convict labour, $4000;
+sale of buildings and stores of War Department and Navy, $3800; profits
+on coining money, $200,000; sundry receipts, $40,500</td>
+<td class="xd20e17468">298,300</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Total</td>
+<td class="sum xd20e17468"><a class="noteref" id="xd20e17577src" href=
+"#xd20e17577" name="xd20e17577src">5</a>$17,474,020</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb417" href="#pb417" name=
+"pb417">417</a>]</span></p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr class="unit">
+<td></td>
+<td class="xd20e17468">$</td>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td><i>General charges</i>&mdash;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Ministry of the Colonies, Court of Audit, expenses of Fernando Po,
+civil, military and naval pensions, interest on savings bank deposits,
+passages of Government employ&eacute;s</td>
+<td class="xd20e17468">1,507,900</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>State</i>&mdash;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Diplomatic and consular expenses</td>
+<td class="xd20e17468">74,000</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Grace and Justice</i>&mdash;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Courts of Justice, register of property, gaols, the clergy,
+missionaries, public worship, passages of missionaries, college for
+missionaries</td>
+<td class="xd20e17468">1,896,277</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Army</i>&mdash;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Pay and allowances, provisions, forage, clothing, war-like stores,
+invalids, orphans, extraordinary credit for the campaign in Mindanao
+($624,680)</td>
+<td class="xd20e17468">6,042,442</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Treasury</i>&mdash;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Central administration, mint at Manila, provincial administration,
+pay and allowances of corps of carbineers (custom house guards), cost
+of selling stamped paper, of collecting taxes, of working the
+lottery</td>
+<td class="xd20e17468">1,393,184</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Navy</i>&mdash;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Pay and allowances, victualling and clothing, material for the
+station, for the squadron, material for the arsenal ($1,260,652)</td>
+<td class="xd20e17468">3,566,528</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Civil Service&mdash;</i></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Colonial Secretary (pay and allowances), Governor-General, civil
+governors, political and military governors, council of administration,
+the Guardia Civil, post office, telegraph, health officers of
+ports</td>
+<td class="xd20e17468">2,198,350</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td><i>Education and public works</i>&mdash;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Technical schools, nautical do. of drawing, painting, sculpture and
+engraving, university, normal school, observatory of Manila ($20,000
+per annum), pay and allowances of engineers and assistants of public
+works, of the woods and forests, of mines, and of the model farms</td>
+<td class="xd20e17468">615,198</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Total</td>
+<td class="sum xd20e17468">17,293,879</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p><i>N.B.</i>&mdash;Expenditure on Army and Navy $9,608,970,
+considerably more than half the total revenue. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb418" href="#pb418" name="pb418">418</a>]</span></p>
+<p><span class="sc">Value of Land.</span></p>
+<p>Official valuation of land required for the construction of the
+Manila-Dagupan Railway. The expropriation commenced in 1888 and
+continued up to end of 1892, and the prices paid were far in excess of
+estimate.</p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr class="label">
+<td></td>
+<td colspan="4">First Section.</td>
+<td colspan="4">Second Section.</td>
+<td colspan="5">Third Section.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="label">
+<td>Sub-section</td>
+<td>1.</td>
+<td>2.</td>
+<td>3.</td>
+<td>4.</td>
+<td>1.</td>
+<td>2.</td>
+<td>3.</td>
+<td>4.</td>
+<td>1.</td>
+<td>2.</td>
+<td>3.</td>
+<td>4.</td>
+<td>5.</td>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td>From kil.</td>
+<td>0</td>
+<td>13.8</td>
+<td>29.2</td>
+<td>45.8</td>
+<td>60.7</td>
+<td>75.5</td>
+<td>90.5</td>
+<td>107.3</td>
+<td>116.5</td>
+<td>134.6</td>
+<td>149.2</td>
+<td>162.9</td>
+<td>179.3</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>To kil.</td>
+<td>13.8</td>
+<td>29.2</td>
+<td>45.8</td>
+<td>60.7</td>
+<td>75.5</td>
+<td>90.5</td>
+<td>107.3</td>
+<td>116.5</td>
+<td>134.6</td>
+<td>149.2</td>
+<td>162.9</td>
+<td>179.3</td>
+<td>192.3</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="unit">
+<td></td>
+<td>$</td>
+<td>$</td>
+<td>$</td>
+<td>$</td>
+<td>$</td>
+<td>$</td>
+<td>$</td>
+<td>$</td>
+<td>$</td>
+<td>$</td>
+<td>$</td>
+<td>$</td>
+<td>$</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Water meadows or irrigated rice land</td>
+<td>480</td>
+<td>240</td>
+<td>240</td>
+<td>240</td>
+<td>220</td>
+<td>200</td>
+<td>120</td>
+<td>100</td>
+<td>88</td>
+<td>80</td>
+<td>100</td>
+<td>140</td>
+<td>180</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Rice lands (dry), 1st class</td>
+<td>200</td>
+<td>192</td>
+<td>180</td>
+<td>168</td>
+<td>120</td>
+<td>108</td>
+<td>40</td>
+<td>40</td>
+<td>40</td>
+<td>32</td>
+<td>48</td>
+<td>72</td>
+<td>80</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Rice lands (dry), 2nd class</td>
+<td>168</td>
+<td>160</td>
+<td>160</td>
+<td>152</td>
+<td>72</td>
+<td>60</td>
+<td>24</td>
+<td>24</td>
+<td>24</td>
+<td>16</td>
+<td>28</td>
+<td>40</td>
+<td>44</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Cane fields, 1st class</td>
+<td>272</td>
+<td>240</td>
+<td>260</td>
+<td>100</td>
+<td>80</td>
+<td>60</td>
+<td>28</td>
+<td>20</td>
+<td>20</td>
+<td>16</td>
+<td>32</td>
+<td>40</td>
+<td>48</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Cane fields, 2nd class</td>
+<td>200</td>
+<td>160</td>
+<td>192</td>
+<td>80</td>
+<td>56</td>
+<td>40</td>
+<td>20</td>
+<td>12</td>
+<td>12</td>
+<td>8</td>
+<td>20</td>
+<td>28</td>
+<td>32</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Stony land near the sea</td>
+<td>140</td>
+<td>120</td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Buyo (betel) plantations</td>
+<td>240</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>72</td>
+<td>72</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Nipa palm groves</td>
+<td>88</td>
+<td>80</td>
+<td>72</td>
+<td>60</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>24</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Mangrove swamp</td>
+<td>76</td>
+<td>60</td>
+<td>48</td>
+<td>32</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>12</td>
+<td>16</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Gardens and building lots</td>
+<td>200</td>
+<td>180</td>
+<td>180</td>
+<td>160</td>
+<td>100</td>
+<td>88</td>
+<td>32</td>
+<td>28</td>
+<td>28</td>
+<td>20</td>
+<td>32</td>
+<td>48</td>
+<td>56</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Forest land</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>10</td>
+<td>6.4</td>
+<td>4</td>
+<td>2.4</td>
+<td>1.6</td>
+<td>4</td>
+<td>4</td>
+<td></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Bush land</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>8</td>
+<td>4.8</td>
+<td>2.4</td>
+<td>1.6</td>
+<td>1.6</td>
+<td>2.4</td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Pasture</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>..</td>
+<td>12</td>
+<td>10</td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+<td></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p>Price is given in Mexican dollars per acre. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb419" href="#pb419" name="pb419">419</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e17482" href="#xd20e17482src" name="xd20e17482">1</a></span></p>
+<div class="table">
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td>The total receipts from this tax are</td>
+<td>$7,000,000</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>The local funds receive 20 per cent., say</td>
+<td>$1,400,000</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>Remainder</td>
+<td class="sum">$5,600,000</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e17511" href="#xd20e17511src" name="xd20e17511">2</a></span> See
+Table of dues on Exports.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e17514" href="#xd20e17514src" name="xd20e17514">3</a></span> See
+Table of this tax.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e17527" href="#xd20e17527src" name="xd20e17527">4</a></span> In
+August 1900 the Straits Settlements Government received offers for the
+opium and spirit farms in Singapore, Penang and Malacca, for three
+years from January 7th, 1901, amounting to $385,000 per month.</p>
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd20e17577" href="#xd20e17577src" name="xd20e17577">5</a></span> In
+1886&ndash;87 the revenue only amounted to $9,324,974; the Army
+estimates for 1888 were $3,918,760, the Navy $2,573,776. If to the
+revenue of 1896&ndash;97 we add the amount paid over to local funds,
+the total will be <i>double the revenue raised ten years
+before</i>.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div1 index"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h2 class="main">List of Spanish and Filipino Words Used in the Work,
+and the Pages where their Meaning is Explained.</h2>
+<div class="div2 letter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">A.</h3>
+<ul>
+<li><span class="sc">Abac&aacute;</span> <a href="#pb159" class=
+"pageref">159</a>, <a href="#pb258" class="pageref">258</a>, <a href=
+"#pb345" class="pageref">345</a></li>
+<li>Abogado <a href="#pb26" class="pageref">26</a></li>
+<li>Agun <a href="#pb358" class="pageref">358</a></li>
+<li>&Aacute;has <a href="#pb191" class="pageref">191</a></li>
+<li>Ajonjoli <a href="#pb208" class="pageref">208</a>, <a href="#pb250"
+class="pageref">250</a></li>
+<li>Alabarderos <a href="#pb8" class="pageref">8</a></li>
+<li>Alcalde <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a>, <a href="#pb24"
+class="pageref">24</a></li>
+<li>Alguacil <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a></li>
+<li>Aligua <a href="#pb255" class="pageref">255</a></li>
+<li>Alim&oacute;om <a href="#pb175" class="pageref">175</a></li>
+<li>Aling <a href="#pb213" class="pageref">213</a></li>
+<li>Alm&aacute;ciga <a href="#pb314" class="pageref">314</a></li>
+<li>Americanistas <a href="#pb121" class="pageref">121</a>, <a href=
+"#pb127" class="pageref">127</a></li>
+<li>Amok <a href="#pb169" class="pageref">169</a>, <a href="#pb175"
+class="pageref">175</a>, <a href="#pb365" class="pageref">365</a></li>
+<li>Anab&oacute; <a href="#pb159" class="pageref">159</a></li>
+<li>Anay <a href="#pb141" class="pageref">141</a></li>
+<li>Anitos <a href="#pb209" class="pageref">209</a>, <a href="#pb258"
+class="pageref">258</a>, <a href="#pb259" class="pageref">259</a></li>
+<li>Anting-anting <a href="#pb215" class="pageref">215</a></li>
+<li>Aparcero&mdash;ia <a href="#pb239" class="pageref">239</a></li>
+<li>Asimilista <a href="#pb53" class="pageref">53</a></li>
+<li>Asitera <a href="#pb259" class="pageref">259</a></li>
+<li>Asociacion Hisp<sup>o</sup> Fil<sup>a</sup> <a href="#pb81" class=
+"pageref">81</a></li>
+<li>Asu&aacute;n <a href="#pb215" class="pageref">215</a></li>
+<li>Audiencia <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a>, <a href="#pb26"
+class="pageref">26</a>, <a href="#pb359" class="pageref">359</a></li>
+<li>Auditor <a href="#pb26" class="pageref">26</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 letter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">B.</h3>
+<ul>
+<li>Bacoco <a href="#pb225" class="pageref">225</a></li>
+<li>Bacor-es <a href="#pb130" class="pageref">130</a></li>
+<li>Bacuanes <a href="#pb256" class="pageref">256</a></li>
+<li>Bagani <a href="#pb335" class="pageref">335</a>, <a href="#pb338"
+class="pageref">338</a>, <a href="#pb351" class="pageref">351</a></li>
+<li>Bagon <a href="#pb225" class="pageref">225</a></li>
+<li>Baguadatto <a href="#pb368" class="pageref">368</a></li>
+<li>Bailanes <a href="#pb338" class="pageref">338</a></li>
+<li>Balaring <a href="#pb341" class="pageref">341</a></li>
+<li>Balat&mdash;ong <a href="#pb131" class="pageref">131</a></li>
+<li>Balate <a href="#pb305" class="pageref">305</a>, <a href="#pb309"
+class="pageref">309</a></li>
+<li>Balian <a href="#pb357" class="pageref">357</a></li>
+<li>Balete <a href="#pb214" class="pageref">214</a>, <a href="#pb343"
+class="pageref">343</a></li>
+<li>Balta-oa <a href="#pb257" class="pageref">257</a></li>
+<li>Banaba <a href="#pb309" class="pageref">309</a></li>
+<li>Banga <a href="#pb160" class="pageref">160</a></li>
+<li>Bangad. <a href="#pb250" class="pageref">250</a></li>
+<li>Bangca. <a href="#pb242" class="pageref">242</a></li>
+<li>Banua <a href="#pb310" class="pageref">310</a></li>
+<li>Barangay <a href="#pb11" class="pageref">11</a></li>
+<li>Barangayanes <a href="#pb161" class="pageref">161</a></li>
+<li>Baril <a href="#pb228" class="pageref">228</a></li>
+<li>Bar&oacute; <a href="#pb245" class="pageref">245</a></li>
+<li>Baroto <a href="#pb161" class="pageref">161</a></li>
+<li>Basi <a href="#pb255" class="pageref">255</a>, <a href="#pb279"
+class="pageref">279</a></li>
+<li>Basinganis <a href="#pb313" class="pageref">313</a></li>
+<li>Batas <a href="#pb176" class="pageref">176</a></li>
+<li>Bato <a href="#pb327" class="pageref">327</a></li>
+<li>Bayan <a href="#pb82" class="pageref">82</a></li>
+<li>Bayon <a href="#pb159" class="pageref">159</a></li>
+<li>Betel <a href="#pb227" class="pageref">227</a></li>
+<li>Bich&aacute;ra <a href="#pb367" class="pageref">367</a></li>
+<li>Birclog <a href="#pb358" class="pageref">358</a></li>
+<li>Bito-bito <a href="#pb162" class="pageref">162</a></li>
+<li>Boboy <a href="#pb251" class="pageref">251</a></li>
+<li>Bolo <a href="#pb39" class="pageref">39</a>, <a href="#pb153"
+class="pageref">153</a>, <a href="#pb344" class="pageref">344</a></li>
+<li>Buaya <a href="#pb218" class="pageref">218</a>, <a href="#pb241"
+class="pageref">241</a></li>
+<li>Buchis <a href="#pb324" class="pageref">324</a></li>
+<li>Bamaguil <a href="#pb260" class="pageref">260</a></li>
+<li>Bundang <a href="#pb256" class="pageref">256</a></li>
+<li>Bundoc <a href="#pb340" class="pageref">340</a></li>
+<li>Bungulan <a href="#pb131" class="pageref">131</a></li>
+<li>Buquid <a href="#pb340" class="pageref">340</a></li>
+<li>Buri <a href="#pb159" class="pageref">159</a></li>
+<li>Busao <a href="#pb343" class="pageref">343</a></li>
+<li>Buyo <a href="#pb203" class="pageref">203</a>, <a href="#pb227"
+class="pageref">227</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 letter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">C.</h3>
+<ul>
+<li>Cabeza de Barangay <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a>, <a href=
+"#pb11" class="pageref">11</a></li>
+<li>Cabo negro <a href="#pb159" class="pageref">159</a></li>
+<li>Cadena perp&eacute;tua <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a></li>
+<li>Cagel&mdash;ada <a href="#pb184" class="pageref">184</a>, <a href=
+"#pb250" class="pageref">250</a></li>
+<li>Ca&iacute;da <a href="#pb245" class="pageref">245</a></li>
+<li>Cailanes <a href="#pb251" class="pageref">251</a>, <a href="#pb256"
+class="pageref">256</a></li>
+<li>Calan <a href="#pb160" class="pageref">160</a></li>
+<li>Calata <a href="#pb255" class="pageref">255</a></li>
+<li>Caliga <a href="#pb342" class="pageref">342</a></li>
+<li>Calintangang <a href="#pb369" class="pageref">369</a></li>
+<li>Caliz <a href="#pb358" class="pageref">358</a></li>
+<li>Camagon <a href="#pb309" class="pageref">309</a></li>
+<li>Camanchile <a href="#pb225" class="pageref">225</a></li>
+<li>Camarin <a href="#pb32" class="pageref">32</a></li>
+<li>Cambaya <a href="#pb182" class="pageref">182</a></li>
+<li>Camote <a href="#pb131" class="pageref">131</a></li>
+<li>Campil&aacute;n <a href="#pb369" class="pageref">369</a></li>
+<li>Capitan <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a></li>
+<li>Capitan-china <a href="#pb291" class="pageref">291</a></li>
+<li>Carabao <i>Ill.</i> <a href="#pb227" class="pageref">227</a>,
+<a href="#pb270" class="pageref">270</a></li>
+<li>Carabinero <a href="#pb43" class="pageref">43</a></li>
+<li>Carromata <a href="#pb160" class="pageref">160</a>, <a href=
+"#pb224" class="pageref">224</a>, <a href="#pb249" class=
+"pageref">249</a></li>
+<li>Casco <a href="#pb161" class="pageref">161</a>, <a href="#pb223"
+class="pageref">223</a></li>
+<li>Catapusan <a href="#pb220" class="pageref">220</a></li>
+<li>Catipado <a href="#pb218" class="pageref">218</a></li>
+<li>C&eacute;dula personal <a href="#pb53" class="pageref">53</a></li>
+<li>Cerbatana <a href="#pb311" class="pageref">311</a>, <a href=
+"#pb317" class="pageref">317</a></li>
+<li>Chiflado <a href="#pb169" class="pageref">169</a></li>
+<li>Chorizos <a href="#pb68" class="pageref">68</a></li>
+<li>Cogon <a href="#pb71" class="pageref">71</a>, <a href="#pb280"
+class="pageref">280</a></li>
+<li>Contribution Ind<sup>l</sup> <a href="#pb163" class=
+"pageref">163</a></li>
+<li>Convite <a href="#pb45" class="pageref">45</a>, <a href="#pb244"
+class="pageref">244</a></li>
+<li>Copra <a href="#pb136" class="pageref">136</a>, <a href="#pb328"
+class="pageref">328</a></li>
+<li>Corbina <a href="#pb225" class="pageref">225</a></li>
+<li>Corrales de pesca <a href="#pb224" class="pageref">224</a></li>
+<li>Cotta <a href="#pb63" class="pageref">63</a>, <a href="#pb362"
+class="pageref">362</a></li>
+<li>Courbash [Egyp<sup>n</sup>] <a href="#pb12" class=
+"pageref">12</a></li>
+<li>Coyote <a href="#pb251" class="pageref">251</a></li>
+<li>Cuadrillero <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a></li>
+<li>Cuano <a href="#pb368" class="pageref">368</a></li>
+<li>Cutcuran <a href="#pb135" class="pageref">135</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 letter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">D.</h3>
+<ul>
+<li>Dagmays <a href="#pb350" class="pageref">350</a>, <a href="#pb355"
+class="pageref">355</a></li>
+<li>Dalatanes <a href="#pb130" class="pageref">130</a></li>
+<li>Datto <a href="#pb367" class="pageref">367</a>, <a href="#pb368"
+class="pageref">368</a><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb420" href=
+"#pb420" name="pb420">420</a>]</span></li>
+<li>Datto Realao <a href="#pb368" class="pageref">368</a></li>
+<li>Dava <a href="#pb131" class="pageref">131</a></li>
+<li>Definidor <a href="#pb67" class="pageref">67</a></li>
+<li>Desas [Java] <a href="#pb3" class="pageref">3</a></li>
+<li>Desgana <a href="#pb169" class="pageref">169</a></li>
+<li>Dewata <a href="#pb349" class="pageref">349</a></li>
+<li>Dinatas <a href="#pb302" class="pageref">302</a></li>
+<li>Dolon <a href="#pb251" class="pageref">251</a></li>
+<li>Dungon <a href="#pb309" class="pageref">309</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 letter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">E.</h3>
+<ul>
+<li>Escribano <a href="#pb26" class="pageref">26</a></li>
+<li>Espediente <a href="#pb41" class="pageref">41</a></li>
+<li>Estanco <a href="#pb43" class="pageref">43</a></li>
+<li>Estera <a href="#pb159" class="pageref">159</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 letter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">F.</h3>
+<ul>
+<li>Falconetes <a href="#pb87" class="pageref">87</a></li>
+<li>Fallos <a href="#pb50" class="pageref">50</a></li>
+<li>Farderia <a href="#pb161" class="pageref">161</a>, <a href="#pb240"
+class="pageref">240</a></li>
+<li>Fiscal <a href="#pb26" class="pageref">26</a></li>
+<li>Frijoles <a href="#pb68" class="pageref">68</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 letter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">G.</h3>
+<ul>
+<li>Gangalia <a href="#pb368" class="pageref">368</a></li>
+<li>Ganta <a href="#pb371" class="pageref">371</a></li>
+<li>Garbanzos <a href="#pb68" class="pageref">68</a></li>
+<li>Gayang or Sayang <a href="#pb255" class="pageref">255</a></li>
+<li>Gobernadorcillo <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a></li>
+<li>Gogo <a href="#pb179" class="pageref">179</a></li>
+<li>Guardia Civil <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a></li>
+<li>Gu&iacute;jo <a href="#pb309" class="pageref">309</a></li>
+<li>Guil&aacute;lo <a href="#pb161" class="pageref">161</a></li>
+<li>Guin&aacute;ra <a href="#pb283" class="pageref">283</a></li>
+<li>Guingon <a href="#pb159" class="pageref">159</a>&ndash;251</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 letter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">H.</h3>
+<ul>
+<li>Hacienda <a href="#pb73" class="pageref">73</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 letter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">I.</h3>
+<ul>
+<li>Inquilino <a href="#pb239" class="pageref">239</a>, <a href=
+"#pb303" class="pageref">303</a></li>
+<li>Inspeccion de Montes <a href="#pb309" class="pageref">309</a></li>
+<li>Ipon <a href="#pb251" class="pageref">251</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 letter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">J.</h3>
+<ul>
+<li>Jabol <a href="#pb371" class="pageref">371</a></li>
+<li>Juez <a href="#pb26" class="pageref">26</a></li>
+<li>Juez de Paz <a href="#pb336" class="pageref">336</a></li>
+<li><span class="corr" id="xd20e19003" title=
+"Source: J&uacute;zi">J&uacute;si</span> <a href="#pb159" class=
+"pageref">159</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 letter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">K.</h3>
+<ul>
+<li>Kabaya <a href="#pb182" class="pageref">182</a></li>
+<li>Katipunan <a href="#pb82" class="pageref">82</a></li>
+<li>Kris <a href="#pb283" class="pageref">283</a>, <a href="#pb344"
+class="pageref">344</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 letter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">L.</h3>
+<ul>
+<li>Labuyao <a href="#pb190" class="pageref">190</a></li>
+<li>Lacapati <a href="#pb209" class="pageref">209</a></li>
+<li>Lacatan <a href="#pb131" class="pageref">131</a></li>
+<li>Lamudia <a href="#pb368" class="pageref">368</a></li>
+<li>Langa <a href="#pb368" class="pageref">368</a></li>
+<li>Lantaca <a href="#pb87" class="pageref">87</a>, <a href="#pb96"
+class="pageref">96</a>, <a href="#pb373" class="pageref">373</a>,
+<a href="#pb387" class="pageref">387</a></li>
+<li>L&aacute;te <a href="#pb286" class="pageref">286</a></li>
+<li>Lenguado <a href="#pb225" class="pageref">225</a></li>
+<li>Leyes de Indias <a href="#pb51" class="pageref">51</a></li>
+<li>Liga Filipina <a href="#pb81" class="pageref">81</a></li>
+<li>Limbucun <a href="#pb333" class="pageref">333</a></li>
+<li>Limocon <a href="#pb359" class="pageref">359</a></li>
+<li>Lisa <a href="#pb225" class="pageref">225</a></li>
+<li>Lomboy <a href="#pb250" class="pageref">250</a></li>
+<li>Lorcha <a href="#pb161" class="pageref">161</a></li>
+<li>Lucban <a href="#pb250" class="pageref">250</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 letter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">M.</h3>
+<ul>
+<li>Maestro de Campo <a href="#pb310" class="pageref">310</a>, <a href=
+"#pb343" class="pageref">343</a></li>
+<li>Maestro Cook <a href="#pb181" class="pageref">181</a></li>
+<li>Mainguel <a href="#pb256" class="pageref">256</a></li>
+<li>Majarasin <a href="#pb368" class="pageref">368</a></li>
+<li>Mali-mali <a href="#pb168" class="pageref">168</a></li>
+<li>Manbunung <a href="#pb259" class="pageref">259</a></li>
+<li>Mandarines <a href="#pb367" class="pageref">367</a></li>
+<li>Manta <a href="#pb226" class="pageref">226</a></li>
+<li>Mantos de Ilocos <a href="#pb251" class="pageref">251</a></li>
+<li>Maradiadina <a href="#pb368" class="pageref">368</a></li>
+<li>Marcha R&eacute;al <a href="#pb188" class="pageref">188</a></li>
+<li>Marina Sutil <a href="#pb361" class="pageref">361</a></li>
+<li>Matandang-sa-naya <a href="#pb226" class="pageref">226</a></li>
+<li>Mayordomo <a href="#pb180" class="pageref">180</a></li>
+<li>Meilupa <a href="#pb2" class="pageref">2</a>O9</li>
+<li>Merit&oacute;rios <a href="#pb26" class="pageref">26</a></li>
+<li>Molave <a href="#pb141" class="pageref">141</a></li>
+<li>Mongo <a href="#pb131" class="pageref">131</a></li>
+<li>Monsoon <a href="#pb174" class="pageref">174</a></li>
+<li>Moro-moro <a href="#pb369" class="pageref">369</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 letter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">N.</h3>
+<ul>
+<li>Nacudia <a href="#pb368" class="pageref">368</a></li>
+<li>Narra <a href="#pb178" class="pageref">178</a>, <a href="#pb245"
+class="pageref">245</a></li>
+<li>Nipa <a href="#pb161" class="pageref">161</a>, <a href="#pb241"
+class="pageref">241</a></li>
+<li>Nipis <a href="#pb159" class="pageref">159</a>, <a href="#pb250"
+class="pageref">250</a></li>
+<li>Nito <a href="#pb160" class="pageref">160</a>, <a href="#pb249"
+class="pageref">249</a></li>
+<li>Nono <a href="#pb214" class="pageref">214</a>, <a href="#pb218"
+class="pageref">218</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 letter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">O.</h3>
+<ul>
+<li>&Oacute;o <a href="#pb213" class="pageref">213</a></li>
+<li>Orang Kaya <a href="#pb368" class="pageref">368</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 letter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">P.</h3>
+<ul>
+<li>Paddy or palay <a href="#pb371" class="pageref">371</a></li>
+<li>Padrino <a href="#pb50" class="pageref">50</a></li>
+<li>Paduca <a href="#pb368" class="pageref">368</a></li>
+<li>Paga-paga <a href="#pb357" class="pageref">357</a></li>
+<li>Pagar&eacute; <a href="#pb229" class="pageref">229</a></li>
+<li>Pagdatto <a href="#pb371" class="pageref">371</a></li>
+<li>Paghuaga <a href="#pb336" class="pageref">336</a></li>
+<li>Pailebote <a href="#pb161" class="pageref">161</a></li>
+<li>Palacol <a href="#pb140" class="pageref">140</a></li>
+<li>Palomaria <a href="#pb250" class="pageref">250</a></li>
+<li>P&aacute;mpano <a href="#pb225" class="pageref">225</a></li>
+<li>Panditas <a href="#pb367" class="pageref">367</a></li>
+<li>Pangasi <a href="#pb357" class="pageref">357</a>, <a href="#pb358"
+class="pageref">358</a></li>
+<li>Pantalan <a href="#pb257" class="pageref">257</a></li>
+<li>Pasing tabi sa nono <a href="#pb214" class="pageref">214</a></li>
+<li>Patadion <a href="#pb283" class="pageref">283</a>, <a href="#pb285"
+class="pageref">285</a>, <a href="#pb300" class="pageref">300</a>,
+<a href="#pb348" class="pageref">348</a></li>
+<li>Patianac <a href="#pb214" class="pageref">214</a></li>
+<li>Paujalay <a href="#pb369" class="pageref">369</a></li>
+<li>Pavito r&eacute;al <a href="#pb190" class="pageref">190</a></li>
+<li>Peje rey <a href="#pb225" class="pageref">225</a></li>
+<li>Perniciosa <a href="#pb363" class="pageref">363</a></li>
+<li>Personero <a href="#pb162" class="pageref">162</a></li>
+<li>Pes <a href="#pb358" class="pageref">358</a></li>
+<li>Petate <a href="#pb178" class="pageref">178</a></li>
+<li>Pica-pleito <a href="#pb151" class="pageref">151</a>, <a href=
+"#pb231" class="pageref">231</a></li>
+<li>Pil&aacute;pile <a href="#pb130" class="pageref">130</a>, <a href=
+"#pb327" class="pageref">327</a></li>
+<li>Pilon <a href="#pb161" class="pageref">161</a>, <a href="#pb240"
+class="pageref">240</a></li>
+<li>Pinag <a href="#pb190" class="pageref">190</a>, <a href="#pb196"
+class="pageref">196</a></li>
+<li>Pi&ntilde;a <a href="#pb159" class="pageref">159</a></li>
+<li>Pinga <a href="#pb181" class="pageref">181</a></li>
+<li>Pita <a href="#pb250" class="pageref">250</a></li>
+<li>Po <a href="#pb213" class="pageref">213</a></li>
+<li>Polos <a href="#pb50" class="pageref">50</a></li>
+<li>Pontines <a href="#pb161" class="pageref">161</a></li>
+<li>Principales <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a>, <a href="#pb45"
+class="pageref">45</a></li>
+<li>Pronunciamento <a href="#pb17" class="pageref">17</a></li>
+<li>Provincial <a href="#pb67" class="pageref">67</a></li>
+<li>Pueblo <a href="#pb3" class="pageref">3</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 letter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Q.</h3>
+<ul>
+<li>Quiap <a href="#pb344" class="pageref">344</a>, <a href="#pb346"
+class="pageref">346</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 letter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">R.</h3>
+<ul>
+<li>Rajah Muda <a href="#pb368" class="pageref">368</a></li>
+<li>Rancheria <a href="#pb329" class="pageref">329</a></li>
+<li>Rayadillo <a href="#pb176" class="pageref">176</a><span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb421" href="#pb421" name=
+"pb421">421</a>]</span></li>
+<li>R&eacute;al Haber <a href="#pb46" class="pageref">46</a></li>
+<li>Reconcentrado <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a></li>
+<li>Reconocimiento de Vasalaje <a href="#pb246" class=
+"pageref">246</a>, <a href="#pb282" class="pageref">282</a></li>
+<li>Reducciones <a href="#pb327" class="pageref">327</a>, <a href=
+"#pb329" class="pageref">329</a></li>
+<li>Regnas <a href="#pb260" class="pageref">260</a></li>
+<li>Remontados <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a>, <a href="#pb281"
+class="pageref">281</a>, <a href="#pb296" class="pageref">296</a></li>
+<li>Remontar <a href="#pb210" class="pageref">210</a>, <a href="#pb249"
+class="pageref">249</a></li>
+<li>Rengue <a href="#pb159" class="pageref">159</a></li>
+<li>Resistencia &aacute; Fuerza armada <a href="#pb46" class=
+"pageref">46</a></li>
+<li>Rhinodon tipicus <a href="#pb225" class="pageref">225</a></li>
+<li>Rima <a href="#pb315" class="pageref">315</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 letter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">S.</h3>
+<ul>
+<li>Sacate <a href="#pb227" class="pageref">227</a></li>
+<li>Sacayan <a href="#pb359" class="pageref">359</a></li>
+<li>S&aacute;cope <a href="#pb11" class="pageref">11</a></li>
+<li>Saguin <a href="#pb131" class="pageref">131</a></li>
+<li>Saguran <a href="#pb159" class="pageref">159</a></li>
+<li>Sala <a href="#pb245" class="pageref">245</a></li>
+<li>Salacot <a href="#pb160" class="pageref">160</a></li>
+<li>Saldiringan <a href="#pb358" class="pageref">358</a></li>
+<li>Salisipanes <a href="#pb161" class="pageref">161</a></li>
+<li>Sanibayang <a href="#pb368" class="pageref">368</a></li>
+<li>Sarif <a href="#pb368" class="pageref">368</a></li>
+<li>Sarong <a href="#pb182" class="pageref">182</a></li>
+<li>Saya <a href="#pb245" class="pageref">245</a>, <a href="#pb301"
+class="pageref">301</a></li>
+<li>Scapulary <a href="#pb215" class="pageref">215</a></li>
+<li>Segundo Cabo <a href="#pb19" class="pageref">19</a></li>
+<li>Sesame <a href="#pb135" class="pageref">135</a></li>
+<li>Si <a href="#pb213" class="pageref">213</a></li>
+<li>Sibucao <a href="#pb250" class="pageref">250</a></li>
+<li>Sinamay <a href="#pb159" class="pageref">159</a></li>
+<li>Som&aacute;ten <a href="#pb331" class="pageref">331</a>, <a href=
+"#pb332" class="pageref">332</a></li>
+<li>Sucaran <a href="#pb357" class="pageref">357</a></li>
+<li>Sumario <a href="#pb45" class="pageref">45</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 letter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">T.</h3>
+<ul>
+<li>Tabo <a href="#pb179" class="pageref">179</a></li>
+<li>Tabon <a href="#pb190" class="pageref">190</a></li>
+<li>Tabungao <a href="#pb250" class="pageref">250</a></li>
+<li>Taga-bundoc <a href="#pb340" class="pageref">340</a></li>
+<li>Taga-buquid <a href="#pb340" class="pageref">340</a></li>
+<li>Talanan <a href="#pb359" class="pageref">359</a></li>
+<li>Talas <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a></li>
+<li>Talian <a href="#pb343" class="pageref">343</a></li>
+<li>Talibon <a href="#pb255" class="pageref">255</a></li>
+<li>Taming <a href="#pb359" class="pageref">359</a></li>
+<li>Tampipi <a href="#pb160" class="pageref">160</a></li>
+<li>Tapa-rabo <a href="#pb311" class="pageref">311</a></li>
+<li>Tapis <a href="#pb245" class="pageref">245</a>, <a href="#pb300"
+class="pageref">300</a></li>
+<li>Teache <a href="#pb303" class="pageref">303</a></li>
+<li>Teniente <a href="#pb336" class="pageref">336</a></li>
+<li>Ternate <a href="#pb131" class="pageref">131</a></li>
+<li>Tiburon <a href="#pb225" class="pageref">225</a></li>
+<li>Tic-balan <a href="#pb214" class="pageref">214</a></li>
+<li>Tic-tic <a href="#pb214" class="pageref">214</a></li>
+<li>Tiffin [Hindostanee] <a href="#pb182" class="pageref">182</a></li>
+<li>Timuay <a href="#pb368" class="pageref">368</a></li>
+<li>Tinaja <a href="#pb135" class="pageref">135</a>, <a href="#pb136"
+class="pageref">136</a></li>
+<li>Tinap&aacute; <a href="#pb225" class="pageref">225</a></li>
+<li>Tindoc <a href="#pb131" class="pageref">131</a></li>
+<li>Tintarron <a href="#pb135" class="pageref">135</a></li>
+<li>Traje del pais <a href="#pb186" class="pageref">186</a></li>
+<li>Traspaso de hambre <a href="#pb169" class="pageref">169</a></li>
+<li>Tribunal <a href="#pb43" class="pageref">43</a></li>
+<li>Tribunal Supr&eacute;mo <a href="#pb231" class=
+"pageref">231</a></li>
+<li>Tributo <a href="#pb53" class="pageref">53</a></li>
+<li>Trocha <a href="#pb325" class="pageref">325</a>, <a href="#pb360"
+class="pageref">360</a>, <a href="#pb379" class="pageref">379</a>,
+<a href="#pb386" class="pageref">386</a></li>
+<li>Tuang <a href="#pb368" class="pageref">368</a></li>
+<li>Tubigan <a href="#pb130" class="pageref">130</a>, <a href="#pb227"
+class="pageref">227</a></li>
+<li>Tulisan <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a>, <a href="#pb215"
+class="pageref">215</a>, <a href="#pb243" class="pageref">243</a></li>
+<li>Typhoon <a href="#pb174" class="pageref">174</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 letter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">V.</h3>
+<ul>
+<li>Varadero <a href="#pb33" class="pageref">33</a></li>
+<li>Vicario for&aacute;neo <a href="#pb68" class="pageref">68</a></li>
+<li>Viernes Santo <a href="#pb187" class="pageref">187</a></li>
+<li>Vino de Nipa <a href="#pb242" class="pageref">242</a></li>
+<li>Vintas <a href="#pb161" class="pageref">161</a>, <a href="#pb362"
+class="pageref">362</a></li>
+<li>Visita <a href="#pb312" class="pageref">312</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div2 letter"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divHead">
+<h3 class="main">Y.</h3>
+<ul>
+<li>Yacal <a href="#pb141" class="pageref">141</a></li>
+<li>Ylang-ilang <a href="#pb160" class="pageref">160</a></li>
+<li>Ypil <a href="#pb141" class="pageref">141</a></li>
+</ul>
+<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb422" href="#pb422" name=
+"pb422">422</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first"></p>
+<div class="table">
+<h4 class="tablecaption">Cardinal Numbers in Seven Dialects.</h4>
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr class="label">
+<td></td>
+<td>Peninsula and Islands.</td>
+<td colspan="2">Luzon.</td>
+<td colspan="3">Borneo. Three Dayak Dialects.</td>
+<td>North Borneo.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="label">
+<td></td>
+<td>Malay.</td>
+<td>Tagal.</td>
+<td>Pampango.</td>
+<td>Sabuyan.</td>
+<td>Lara.</td>
+<td>Salakan.</td>
+<td>Ida&rsquo;an.</td>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td>1</td>
+<td lang="ms">Satu.</td>
+<td lang="tl">Isa.</td>
+<td lang="pam">Isa or metung.</td>
+<td lang="sbn">Sat.</td>
+<td>Asa.</td>
+<td>Asa.</td>
+<td>Iso or san.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>2</td>
+<td lang="ms">Dua.</td>
+<td lang="tl">Dal&aacute;ua.</td>
+<td lang="pam">Adua.</td>
+<td lang="sbn">Dua.</td>
+<td>Dua.</td>
+<td>Dua.</td>
+<td>Duo.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>3</td>
+<td lang="ms">Tiga.</td>
+<td lang="tl">Tatlo.</td>
+<td lang="pam">Atlu.</td>
+<td lang="sbn">Tiga.</td>
+<td>Taru.</td>
+<td>Talu.</td>
+<td>Telo.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>4</td>
+<td lang="ms">Ampat.</td>
+<td lang="tl">Apat.</td>
+<td lang="pam">Apat.</td>
+<td lang="sbn">Ampat.</td>
+<td>Apat.</td>
+<td>Ampat.</td>
+<td>Apat.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>5</td>
+<td lang="ms">Lima.</td>
+<td lang="tl">Lima.</td>
+<td lang="pam">Lima.</td>
+<td lang="sbn">Lima.</td>
+<td>Rima.</td>
+<td>Lima.</td>
+<td>Limo.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>6</td>
+<td lang="ms">Anam.</td>
+<td lang="tl">Anim.</td>
+<td lang="pam">Anam.</td>
+<td lang="sbn">Anam.</td>
+<td>Unum.</td>
+<td>Anam.</td>
+<td>Anam.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>7</td>
+<td lang="ms">Tujoh.</td>
+<td lang="tl">Pito.</td>
+<td lang="pam">Pitu.</td>
+<td lang="sbn">Tujoh.</td>
+<td>Ijo.</td>
+<td>Tujoh.</td>
+<td>Turo.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>8</td>
+<td lang="ms">D&#365;lapan.</td>
+<td lang="tl">U&aacute;lo.</td>
+<td lang="pam">Ualu.</td>
+<td lang="sbn">Lapan.</td>
+<td>Mahi.</td>
+<td>Delapan.</td>
+<td>Walo.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>9</td>
+<td lang="ms">S&#365;mbilan.</td>
+<td lang="tl">Siam.</td>
+<td lang="pam">Siam.</td>
+<td lang="sbn">Sambilan.</td>
+<td>Pire.</td>
+<td>Sambilau.</td>
+<td>Siam.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td>10</td>
+<td lang="ms">Sa&rsquo;puloh.</td>
+<td lang="tl">Sang puot.</td>
+<td lang="pam">Apulu.</td>
+<td lang="sbn">Sapulo.</td>
+<td>Sapuloh.</td>
+<td>Sapuloh.</td>
+<td>Opod.</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="div1 imprint"><span class="pagenum">[<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+<div class="divBody">
+<p class="first xd20e120">London: Printed by William Clowes and Sons,
+Limited, Stamford Street and Charing Cross.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="transcribernote">
+<h2 class="main">Colophon</h2>
+<h3 class="main">Availability</h3>
+<p class="first">This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no
+cost and with almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give
+it away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License
+included with this eBook or online at <a class="exlink xd20e41" title=
+"External link" href=
+"https://www.gutenberg.org/">www.gutenberg.org</a>.</p>
+<p>This eBook is produced by Tamiko I. Rollings, Jeroen Hellingman and
+the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at <a class="exlink xd20e41"
+title="External link" href="https://www.pgdp.net/">www.pgdp.net</a>.</p>
+<p>Scans of this book are available from the Internet Archive
+(<a class="exlink xd20e41" title="External link" href=
+"http://www.archive.org/details/inhabitantsphil00sawygoog">1</a>,
+<a class="exlink xd20e41" title="External link" href=
+"http://www.archive.org/details/inhabitantsofphi00sawy">2</a>,
+<a class="exlink xd20e41" title="External link" href=
+"http://www.archive.org/details/inhabitantsphil01sawygoog">3</a>).</p>
+<p>Related Library of Congress catalog page: <a class="catlink" href=
+"http://lccn.loc.gov/01003020">01003020</a>.</p>
+<p>Related Open Library catalog page (for source): <a class="catlink"
+href="http://openlibrary.org/books/OL6903046M">OL6903046M</a>.</p>
+<p>Related Open Library catalog page (for work): <a class="catlink"
+href="http://openlibrary.org/works/OL225484W">OL225484W</a>.</p>
+<p>Related WorldCat catalog page: <a class="catlink" href=
+"http://www.worldcat.org/oclc/351227">351227</a>.</p>
+<h3 class="main">Encoding</h3>
+<p class="first"></p>
+<h3 class="main">Revision History</h3>
+<ul>
+<li>17-OCT-2007 Started.</li>
+</ul>
+<h3 class="main">External References</h3>
+<p>This Project Gutenberg eBook contains external references. These
+links may not work for you.</p>
+<h3 class="main">Corrections</h3>
+<p>The following corrections have been applied to the text:</p>
+<table class="correctiontable" summary=
+"Overview of corrections applied to the text.">
+<tr>
+<th>Page</th>
+<th>Source</th>
+<th>Correction</th>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e248">viii</a>,
+<a class="pageref" href="#xd20e3820">67</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">no</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">not</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e374">xiii</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Petermans</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Petermann&rsquo;s</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e409">xiii</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Crauford</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Crawford</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e446">xiii</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Phillipines</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Philippines</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e579">xiv</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Risal</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Rizal</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e1135">xxiv</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">,</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">&ndash;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e2677">18</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">befel</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">befell</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e2754">24</a>,
+<a class="pageref" href="#xd20e6389">172</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">[<i>Not in source</i>]</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e2773">25</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Alcadia</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Alcaldia</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e2814">28</a>,
+<a class="pageref" href="#xd20e4822">110</a>, <a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e5324">134</a>, <a class="pageref" href="#xd20e8339">246</a>,
+<a class="pageref" href="#xd20e11578">334</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">,</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e3851">69</a>,
+<a class="pageref" href="#xd20e9867">276</a>, <a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e9870">276</a>, <a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e12579">373</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">[<i>Not in source</i>]</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">,</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e4358">88</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Dalah&iacute;can</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Dalahican</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e4374">89</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">that</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">[<i>Deleted</i>]</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e4602">96</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">case</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">ease</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e4842">111</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">.</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">,</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e4911">114</a>,
+<a class="pageref" href="#xd20e7481">212</a>, <a class="pageref" href=
+"#xd20e7495">212</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">[<i>Not in source</i>]</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">&rdquo;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e4937">115</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">adaptibility</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">adaptability</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e5653">146</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">twevle</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">twelve</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e7492">212</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">[<i>Not in source</i>]</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">&ldquo;</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e8557">255</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">o</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">of</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e8560">255</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">cylindical</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">cylindrical</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e8718">260</a>,
+<a class="pageref" href="#xd20e8725">260</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Igorrottes</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Igorrotes</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e9882">277</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">gound</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">ground</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e9925">280</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Del</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">del</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e10866">310</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Inagahuan</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Inag&aacute;huan</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e10923">314</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Inagah&uacute;an</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Inag&aacute;huan</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e11282">324</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Amongt</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Amongst</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e11527">332</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">cutomers</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">customers</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e11710">339</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">reduccions</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">reducciones</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e11842">346</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">takes</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">take</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e11845">346</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">stick</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">sticks</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e12142">357</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">, he</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">. He</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e12244">361</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">hy</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">by</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e12266">362</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">manfnlly</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">manfully</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e12285">363</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">deperate</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">desperate</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e12308">364</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">strlking</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">striking</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e12322">364</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">adjacents</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">adjacent</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e12540">372</a>,
+<a class="pageref" href="#xd20e12545">372</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Iman</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Imam</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e14164">394</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Mari&aacute;</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Maria</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e17442">415</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Monteses</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">Mont&eacute;ses</td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e19003">420</a></td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">J&uacute;zi</td>
+<td class="width40 bottom">J&uacute;si</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Inhabitants of the Philippines, by 
+Frederic H. Sawyer
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE INHABITANTS OF THE PHILIPPINES ***
+
+***** This file should be named 38081-h.htm or 38081-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/0/8/38081/
+
+Produced by Tamiko I. Rollings, Jeroen Hellingman and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+(This file was produced from images generously made
+available by Cornell University Digital Collections)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/38081-h/images/book.png b/38081-h/images/book.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c9ee4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/book.png
diff --git a/38081-h/images/card.png b/38081-h/images/card.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ffbe1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/card.png
diff --git a/38081-h/images/external.png b/38081-h/images/external.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba4f205
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/external.png
diff --git a/38081-h/images/map.jpg b/38081-h/images/map.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..318dfe3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/map.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/maph.jpg b/38081-h/images/maph.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..638ec45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/maph.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p000.jpg b/38081-h/images/p000.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e299eb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p000.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p006.jpg b/38081-h/images/p006.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aae2cff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p006.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p053-1.jpg b/38081-h/images/p053-1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4699c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p053-1.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p053-2.jpg b/38081-h/images/p053-2.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ceac46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p053-2.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p075.jpg b/38081-h/images/p075.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50e225c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p075.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p150.gif b/38081-h/images/p150.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c92379
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p150.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p150h.gif b/38081-h/images/p150h.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18e449d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p150h.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p158.jpg b/38081-h/images/p158.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56be4ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p158.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p160.jpg b/38081-h/images/p160.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94349ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p160.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p161.jpg b/38081-h/images/p161.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..354015c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p161.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p166.jpg b/38081-h/images/p166.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05f4e1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p166.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p168.jpg b/38081-h/images/p168.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0df124f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p168.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p169.jpg b/38081-h/images/p169.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5ac71d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p169.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p177.jpg b/38081-h/images/p177.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9631c94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p177.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p185.jpg b/38081-h/images/p185.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc5c289
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p185.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p207.jpg b/38081-h/images/p207.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be8707b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p207.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p208.jpg b/38081-h/images/p208.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70454ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p208.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p209.jpg b/38081-h/images/p209.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11429bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p209.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p216.jpg b/38081-h/images/p216.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43b2091
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p216.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p226.jpg b/38081-h/images/p226.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3844b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p226.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p227.jpg b/38081-h/images/p227.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a003e54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p227.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p229.jpg b/38081-h/images/p229.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef17ee4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p229.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p240.jpg b/38081-h/images/p240.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fedfd4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p240.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p254.jpg b/38081-h/images/p254.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0f0317
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p254.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p258a.jpg b/38081-h/images/p258a.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0dec0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p258a.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p258b.jpg b/38081-h/images/p258b.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..985c0c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p258b.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p259.jpg b/38081-h/images/p259.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4b5fd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p259.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p261.jpg b/38081-h/images/p261.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4dafb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p261.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p264.jpg b/38081-h/images/p264.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b8c745
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p264.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p266a.jpg b/38081-h/images/p266a.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1dcca12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p266a.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p266b.jpg b/38081-h/images/p266b.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f323678
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p266b.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p266c.jpg b/38081-h/images/p266c.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..667f136
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p266c.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p276.jpg b/38081-h/images/p276.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0256b7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p276.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p287a.jpg b/38081-h/images/p287a.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c772352
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p287a.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p287b.jpg b/38081-h/images/p287b.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6be64b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p287b.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p287c.jpg b/38081-h/images/p287c.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3bb81a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p287c.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p305.jpg b/38081-h/images/p305.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45928df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p305.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p333.jpg b/38081-h/images/p333.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc399d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p333.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p347.jpg b/38081-h/images/p347.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6982a22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p347.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p349.jpg b/38081-h/images/p349.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b0fb3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p349.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p350.jpg b/38081-h/images/p350.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aac21b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p350.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p351.jpg b/38081-h/images/p351.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5088406
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p351.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p363.jpg b/38081-h/images/p363.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9938255
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p363.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p367.jpg b/38081-h/images/p367.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d6d1bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p367.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p373.jpg b/38081-h/images/p373.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7644ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p373.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p377.gif b/38081-h/images/p377.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ddfdc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p377.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p377h.gif b/38081-h/images/p377h.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddbb2c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p377h.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/p387.jpg b/38081-h/images/p387.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52dedc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/p387.jpg
diff --git a/38081-h/images/signature.gif b/38081-h/images/signature.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d34733
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/signature.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/symbol-1.gif b/38081-h/images/symbol-1.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53f3981
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/symbol-1.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/symbol-2.gif b/38081-h/images/symbol-2.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8978847
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/symbol-2.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/symbol-3.gif b/38081-h/images/symbol-3.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c302981
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/symbol-3.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/symbol-4.gif b/38081-h/images/symbol-4.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ef214a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/symbol-4.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/symbol-5.gif b/38081-h/images/symbol-5.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6952de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/symbol-5.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/tagbanua-a.gif b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-a.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2f231a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-a.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/tagbanua-a2.gif b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-a2.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1392696
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-a2.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/tagbanua-b.gif b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-b.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c82cb36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-b.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/tagbanua-c.gif b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-c.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de26674
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-c.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/tagbanua-d.gif b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-d.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5d3856
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-d.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/tagbanua-e.gif b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-e.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0def9d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-e.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/tagbanua-e2.gif b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-e2.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..924b2db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-e2.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/tagbanua-g.gif b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-g.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7245b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-g.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/tagbanua-ia.gif b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-ia.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..291bdcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-ia.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/tagbanua-l.gif b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-l.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6afcde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-l.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/tagbanua-m.gif b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-m.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9bccc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-m.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/tagbanua-n.gif b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-n.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a392d63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-n.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/tagbanua-ng.gif b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-ng.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fabeb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-ng.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/tagbanua-o.gif b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-o.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f8b26c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-o.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/tagbanua-o2.gif b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-o2.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e3eefb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-o2.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/tagbanua-p.gif b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-p.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29022a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-p.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/tagbanua-q.gif b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-q.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e2d868
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-q.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/tagbanua-s.gif b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-s.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5beb827
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-s.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/tagbanua-t.gif b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-t.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34b60d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-t.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/tagbanua-ua.gif b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-ua.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31f8b63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-ua.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/tagbanua-uo.gif b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-uo.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..621de73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/tagbanua-uo.gif
diff --git a/38081-h/images/titlepage.gif b/38081-h/images/titlepage.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a08fa44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081-h/images/titlepage.gif
diff --git a/38081.txt b/38081.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..843010a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,19515 @@
+Project Gutenberg's The Inhabitants of the Philippines, by Frederic H. Sawyer
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Inhabitants of the Philippines
+
+Author: Frederic H. Sawyer
+
+Release Date: November 21, 2011 [EBook #38081]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE INHABITANTS OF THE PHILIPPINES ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Tamiko I. Rollings, Jeroen Hellingman and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+(This file was produced from images generously made
+available by Cornell University Digital Collections)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                   THE INHABITANTS OF THE PHILIPPINES
+
+                                   By
+
+                           FREDERIC H. SAWYER
+
+                   Memb. Inst. C.E., Memb. Inst. N.A.
+
+
+
+                                 London
+
+                Sampson Low, Marston and Company Limited
+                          St. Dunstan's House
+                    Fetter Lane, Fleet Street, E.C.
+                                  1900
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                                London:
+              Printed by William Clowes and Sons, Limited,
+                   Stamford Street and Charing Cross.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+The writer feels that no English book does justice to the natives
+of the Philippines, and this conviction has impelled him to publish
+his own more favourable estimate of them. He arrived in Manila with a
+thorough command of the Spanish language, and soon acquired a knowledge
+of the Tagal dialect. His avocations brought him into contact with all
+classes of the community--officials, priests, land-owners, mechanics,
+and peasantry: giving him an unrivalled opportunity to learn their
+ideas and observe their manners and customs. He resided in Luzon
+for fourteen years, making trips either on business or for sport all
+over the Central and Southern Provinces, also visiting Cebu, Iloilo,
+and other ports in Visayas, as well as Calamianes, Cuyos, and Palawan.
+
+Old Spanish chroniclers praise the good breeding of the natives,
+and remark the quick intelligence of the young.
+
+Recent writers are less favourable; Canamaque holds them up to
+ridicule, Monteverde denies them the possession of any good quality
+either of body or mind.
+
+Foreman declares that a voluntary concession of justice is regarded by
+them as a sign of weakness; other writers judge them from a few days'
+experience of some of the cross-bred corrupted denizens of Manila.
+
+Mr. Whitelaw Reid denounces them as rebels, savages, and treacherous
+barbarians.
+
+Mr. McKinley is struck by their ingratitude for American kindness
+and mercy.
+
+Senator Beveridge declares that the inhabitants of Mindanao are
+incapable of civilisation.
+
+It seems to have been left to French and German contemporary
+writers, such as Dr. Montano and Professor Blumentritt to show a more
+appreciative, and the author thinks, a fairer spirit, than those who
+have requited the hospitality of the Filipinos by painting them in
+the darkest colours. It will be only fair to exempt from this censure
+two American naval officers, Paymaster Wilcox and Mr. L. S. Sargent,
+who travelled in North Luzon and drew up a report of what they saw.
+
+As regards the accusation of being savages, the Tagals can claim to
+have treated their prisoners of war, both Spaniards and Americans
+with humanity, and to be fairer fighters than the Boers.
+
+The writer has endeavoured to describe the people as he found them. If
+his estimate of them is more favourable than that of others, it may
+be that he exercised more care in declining to do business with, or
+to admit to his service natives of doubtful reputation; for he found
+his clients punctual in their payments, and his employes, workmen
+and servants, skilful, industrious, and grateful for benefits bestowed.
+
+If the natives fared badly at the hands of recent authors, the Spanish
+Administration fared worse, for it has been painted in the darkest
+tints, and unsparingly condemned.
+
+It was indeed corrupt and defective, and what government is not? More
+than anything, it was behind the age, yet it was not without its
+good points.
+
+Until an inept bureaucracy was substituted for the old paternal rule,
+and the revenue quadrupled by increased taxation, the Filipinos were
+as happy a community as could be found in any colony. The population
+greatly multiplied; they lived in competence, if not in affluence;
+cultivation was extended, and the exports steadily increased.
+
+The natives were secured the perpetual usufruct of the land they
+tilled, they were protected against the usurer, that curse of East
+and West.
+
+In guaranteeing the land to the husbandman, the "Laws of the Indies"
+compare favourably with the law of the United States regarding
+Indian land tenure. The Supreme Court in 1823 decided that "discovery
+gives the dominion of the land discovered to the States of which the
+discoverers were the subjects."
+
+It has been almost an axiom with some writers that no advance was
+made or could be made under Spanish rule.
+
+There were difficulties indeed. The Colonial Minister, importuned on
+the one hand by doctrinaire liberals, whose crude schemes of reform
+would have set the Archipelago on fire, and confronted on the other
+by the serried phalanx of the Friars with their hired literary bravos,
+was very much in the position of being between the devil and the deep
+sea, or, as the Spaniards phrase it "entre la espada y la pared."
+
+Even thus the Administration could boast of some reforms and
+improvements.
+
+The hateful slavery of the Cagayanes had been abolished; the forced
+cultivation of tobacco was a thing of the past, and in all the
+Archipelago the corvee had been reduced.
+
+A telegraph cable connecting Manila with Hong Kong and the world's
+telegraph system had been laid and subsidized. Telegraph wires were
+extended to all the principal towns of Luzon; lines of mail steamers
+to all the principal ports of the Archipelago were established and
+subsidized. A railway 120 miles long had been built from Manila to
+Dagupan under guarantee. A steam tramway had been laid to Malabon,
+and horse tramways through the suburbs of Manila. The Quay walls of
+the Pasig had been improved, and the river illuminated from its mouth
+to the bridge by powerful electric arc lights.
+
+Several lighthouses had been built, others were in progress. A
+capacious harbour was in construction, although unfortunately defective
+in design and execution. The Manila waterworks had been completed
+and greatly reduced the mortality of the city. The schools were well
+attended, and a large proportion of the population could read and
+write. Technical schools had been established in Manila and Iloilo, and
+were eagerly attended. Credit appears to be due to the Administration
+for these measures, but it is rare to see any mention of them.
+
+As regards the Religious Orders that have played so important a part
+scarcely a word has been said in their favour. Worcester declares
+his conviction that their influence is wholly bad. However they take
+a lot of killing and seem to have got round the Peace Commission and
+General Otis.
+
+They are not wholly bad, and they have had a glorious history. They
+held the islands from 1570 to 1828, without any permanent garrison
+of Spanish regular troops, and from 1828 to 1883 with about 1500
+artillerymen. They did not entirely rely upon brute force. They are
+certainly no longer suited to the circumstances of the Philippines
+having survived their utility. They are an anachronism. But they have
+brought the Philippines a long way on the path of civilisation. Let us
+be just; what British, French, or Dutch colony, populated by natives,
+can compare with the Philippines as they were till 1895?
+
+And what about American rule? It has begun unfortunately, and has
+raised a feeling of hatred in the natives that will take a generation
+to efface. It will not be enough for the United States to beat down
+armed resistance. A huge army must be maintained to keep the natives
+down. As soon as the Americans are at war with one of the Great Powers,
+the natives will rise; whenever a land-tax is imposed there will be
+an insurrection.
+
+The great difference between this war and former insurrections is
+that now for the first time the natives have rifles and ammunition,
+and have learned to use them. Not all the United States Navy can
+stop them from bringing in fresh supplies. Unless some arrangement
+is come to with the natives, there can be no lasting peace. Such an
+arrangement I believe quite possible, and that it could be brought
+about in a manner satisfactory to both parties.
+
+This would not be, however, on the lines suggested in the National
+Review of September under the heading, "Will the United States withdraw
+from the Philippines?"
+
+Three centuries of Spanish rule is not a fit preparation for
+undertaking the government of the Archipelago. But Central and Southern
+Luzon, with the adjacent islands, might be formed into a State whose
+inhabitants would be all Tagals and Vicols, and the northern part into
+another State whose most important peoples would be the Pampangos,
+the Pangasinanes, the Ilocanos, and the Cagayanes; the Igorrotes and
+other heathen having a special Protector to look after their interests.
+
+Visayas might form a third State, all the inhabitants being of that
+race, whilst Mindanao and Southern Palawan should be entirely governed
+by Americans like a British Crown Colony.
+
+The Sulu Sultanate could be a Protectorate similar to North Borneo
+or the Malay States. Manila could be a sort of Federal District, and
+the Consuls would be accredited to the President's representative,
+the foreign relations being solely under his direction. There should
+be one tariff for all the islands, for revenue only, treating all
+nations alike, the custom houses, telegraphs, post offices, and
+lighthouse service being administered by United States officials,
+either native or American. With power thus limited, the Tagals,
+Pampangos, and Visayas might be entrusted with their own affairs, and
+no garrisons need be kept, except in certain selected healthy spots,
+always having transports at hand to convey them wherever they were
+wanted. If, as seems probable, Mr. McKinley should be re-elected,
+I hope he will attempt some such arrangement, and I heartily wish him
+success in pacifying this sorely troubled country, the scene of four
+years continuous massacre.
+
+The Archipelago is at present in absolute anarchy, the exports have
+diminished by half, and whereas we used to travel and camp out in
+absolute security, now no white man dare show his face more than a
+mile from a garrison.
+
+Notwithstanding this, some supporters of the Administration in the
+States are advising young men with capital that there is a great
+opening for them as planters in the Islands.
+
+There may be when the Islands are pacified, but not before.
+
+To all who contemplate proceeding to or doing any business, or taking
+stock in any company in the Philippines, I recommend a careful study
+of my book. They cannot fail to benefit by it.
+
+
+Red Hill, Oct. 15th, 1900.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+SALAMAT.
+
+
+The author desires to express his hearty thanks to all those who have
+assisted him.
+
+To Father Joaquin Sancho, S.J., Procurator of Colonial Missions,
+Madrid, for the books, maps and photographs relating to Mindanao,
+with permission to use them.
+
+To Mr. H. W. B. Harrison of the British Embassy, Madrid, for his
+kindness in taking photographs and obtaining books.
+
+To Don Francisco de P. Vigil, Director of the Colonial Museum, Madrid,
+for affording special facilities for photographing the Anitos and
+other curiosities of the Igorrotes.
+
+To Messrs. J. Laurent and Co., Madrid, for permission to reproduce
+interesting photographs of savage and civilised natives.
+
+To Mr. George Gilchrist of Manila, for photographs, and for the use
+of his diary with particulars of the Tagal insurrection, and for
+descriptions of some incidents of which he was an eye-witness.
+
+To Mr. C. E. de Bertodano, C.E., of Victoria Street, Westminster,
+for the use of books of reference and for information afforded.
+
+To Mr. William Harrison of Billiter Square, E.C., for the use of
+photographs of Vicols cleaning hemp.
+
+To the late Mr. F. W. Campion of Trumpets Hill, Reigate, for the
+photograph of Salacot and Bolo taken from very fine specimens in his
+possession, and for the use of other photographs.
+
+To Messrs. Smith, Bell and Co. of Manila, for the very complete table
+of exports which they most kindly supplied.
+
+To Don Sixto Lopez of Balayan, for the loan of the Congressional
+Record, the Blue Book of the 55th Congress, 3rd Session, and other
+books.
+
+To the Superintendent of the Reading Room and his Assistants for
+their courtesy and help when consulting the old Spanish histories in
+the noble library of the British Museum.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ALPHABETICAL LIST OF WORKS CITED, REFERRED TO, OR STUDIED WHILST
+PREPARING THIS WORK.
+
+
+Abella, Enrique--'Informes' (Reports).
+
+Anonymous--'Catalogo Oficial de la Exposicion de Filipinas';
+'Filipinas: Problema Fundamental,' 1887; 'Relacion de las Yslas
+Filipinas,' 1595; 'Las Filipinas se pierden,' a scurrilous Spanish
+pamphlet, Manila, 1841; 'Aviso al publico,' account of an attempt
+by the French to cause Joseph Bonaparte to be acknowledged King of
+the Philippines.
+
+Barrantes Vicente--'Guerras piraticas de Filipinas contra Mindanaos
+y Joloanos,' Madrid, 1878, and other writings.
+
+Becke, Louis--'Wild Life in Southern Seas.'
+
+Bent, Mrs. Theodore--'Southern Arabia.'
+
+Blanco, Padre--'Flora Filipina.'
+
+Blumentritt, Professor Ferdinand--'Versuch einer Ethnographie der
+Philippinen' (Petermann's).
+
+Brantome, Abbe de--(In Motley's 'Rise of the Dutch Republic.')
+
+Cavada, Agustin de la--'Historia, Geografica, Geologica, y estadistica
+de Filipinas,' Manila, 1876, 1877.
+
+Centeno, Jose--'Informes' (Reports).
+
+Clifford, Hugh--'Studies in Brown Humanity,' 'In Court and Kampong.'
+
+Comyn, Tomas de.
+
+Crawford, John--'History of the Indian Archipelago,' Edinburgh, 1820;
+'Descriptive Dictionary of the Indian Islands,' London, 1856.
+
+Cuming, E. D.--'With the Jungle Folk.'
+
+Dampier, William--(from Pinkerton).
+
+De Guignes--'Voyage to Pekin, Manila, and Isle of France.'
+
+D'Urville, Dumont.
+
+Foreman, John--'The Philippine Islands,' first and second editions.
+
+Garcilasso, Inca de la Vega--'Comentarios Reales.'
+
+Gironiere, Paul de la--'Vingt ans aux Philippines.'
+
+Jagor, F.--'Travels in the Philippines.'
+
+Jesuits, Society of--'Cartas de los P.P. de la Cia de Jesus de la
+mision de Filipinas,' Cuads ix y x (1891-95); 'Estados Generales,'
+Manila, 1896, 1897; 'Mapa Politica Hidrografica'; 'Plano de los
+Distritos 2o y 5o de Mindanao'; 'Mapa de Basilan.'
+
+Mas, Sinibaldo de--'Informe sobre el estado de las Yslas Filipinas
+en 1842.'
+
+Montano, Dr. J.--'Voyage aux Philippines,' Paris, 1886.
+
+Monteverde, Colonel Federico de--'La Division Lachambre.'
+
+Morga, Antonio de--'Sucesos de las Yslas Filipinas,' Mejico, 1609.
+
+Motley, John Lothrop--'Rise of the Dutch Republic.'
+
+Navarro, Fr. Eduardo--'Filipinas. Estudio de Asuntos de momento,' 1897.
+
+Nieto Jose--'Mindanao, su Historia y Geographia,' 1894.
+
+Palgrave, W. G.--'Ulysses, or Scenes in Many Lands'; 'Malay Life in
+the Philippines.'
+
+Petermann--'Petermanns Mitth.', Ergaenzungsheft Nr 67, Gotha, 1882.
+
+Pigafetta--'Voyage Round the World,' Pinkerton, vol. ii.
+
+Prescott--'Conquest of Peru.'
+
+Posewitz, Dr. Theodor--'Borneo, its Geology and Mineral Resources.'
+
+Rathbone--'Camping and Tramping in Malaya.'
+
+Reyes, Ysabelo de los--Pamphlet.
+
+Rizal--'Noli me Tangere.'
+
+St. John, Spenser--'Life in the Forests of the Far East.'
+
+Torquemada, Fray Juan--'Monarquia Indiana.'
+
+Traill, H. D.--'Lord Cromer.'
+
+Vila, Francisco--'Filipinas,' 1880.
+
+Wallace, Alfred R.--'The Malay Archipelago.'
+
+Wingfield, Hon. Lewis--'Wanderings of a Globe-trotter.'
+
+Worcester, Dean C.--'The Philippine Islands and their People.'
+
+Younghusband, Major--'The Philippines and Round About.'
+
+
+
+Magazine Articles.
+
+
+Scribner (George F. Becker)--'Are the Philippines Worth Having?'
+
+Blackwood (Anonymous)--'The Case of the Philippines.'
+
+Tennie, G. Claflin (Lady Cook)--'Virtue Defined' (New York Herald).
+
+
+
+
+Speeches.
+
+
+President McKinley: To the 10th Pennsylvania Regiment, Pittsburgh.
+
+Mr. Whitelaw Reid: To the Miami University, Ohio.
+
+Senator Hoar, in the Senate.
+
+Blue Book--55th Congress, 3rd Session, Doc. No. 62, Part I.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+INTRODUCTORY AND DESCRIPTIVE.
+
+Chapter I.
+
+Extent, Beauty and Fertility.
+                                                                   Pages
+    Extent, beauty and fertility of the Archipelago--Variety of
+    landscape--Vegetation--Mango trees--Bamboos                      1-6
+
+Chapter II.
+
+Spanish Government.
+
+    Slight sketch of organization--Distribution of
+    population--Collection of taxes--The stick                      7-13
+
+Chapter III.
+
+Six Governors-General.
+
+    Moriones--Primo de Rivera--Jovellar--Terreros--Weyler
+    --Despujols                                                    14-23
+
+Chapter IV.
+
+Courts of Justice.
+
+    Alcaldes--The Audiencia--The Guardia Civil--Do not hesitate
+    to shoot--Talas                                                24-30
+
+Chapter V.
+
+Tagal Crime and Spanish Justice.
+
+    The murder of a Spaniard--Promptitude of the Courts--The
+    case  of Juan de la Cruz--Twelve years in prison waiting
+    trial--Piratical outrage in Luzon--Culprits never tried;
+    several die in prison                                          31-47
+
+
+HISTORICAL.
+
+Chapter VI.
+
+Causes of Tagal Revolt.
+
+    Corrupt officials--"Laws of the Indies"--Philippines a
+    dependency of Mexico, up to 1800--The opening of the Suez
+    Canal--Hordes of useless officials--The Asimilistas--
+    Discontent, but no disturbance--Absence of crime--Natives
+    petition for the expulsion of the Friars--Many signatories
+    of the petition punished                                       48-56
+
+Chapter VII.
+
+The Religious Orders.
+
+    The Augustinians--Their glorious founder--Austin Friars
+    in England--Scotland--Mexico--They sail with Villalobos
+    for the Islands of the Setting Sun--Their disastrous voyage
+    --Fray Andres Urdaneta and his companions--Foundation of
+    Cebu and Manila with two hundred and forty other towns--
+    Missions to Japan and China--The Flora Filipina--The
+    Franciscans--The Jesuits--The Dominicans--The Recollets--
+    Statistics of the religious orders in the islands--Turbulence
+    of the friars--Always ready to fight for their country--
+    Furnish a war ship and command it--Refuse to exhibit the
+    titles of their estates in 1689--The Augustinians take up
+    arms against the British--Ten of them fall on the field of
+    battle--Their rectories sacked and burnt--Bravery of the
+    archbishop and friars in 1820--Father Ibanez raises a
+    battalion--Leads it to the assault of a Moro Cotta--Execution
+    of native priests in 1872--Small garrison in the islands--
+    Influence of the friars--Their behaviour--Herr Jagor--Foreman
+    --Worcester--Younghusband--Opinion of Pope Clement X.--Tennie
+    C. Claflin--Equality of opportunity--Statesque figures of the
+    girls--The author's experience of the Friars--The Philippine
+    clergy--Who shall cast the first stone!--Constitution of the
+    orders--Life of a friar--May become an Archbishop--The Chapter 57-70
+
+Chapter VIII.
+
+Their Estates.
+
+    Malinta and Piedad--Mandaloyan--San Francisco de
+    Malabon--Irrigation works--Imus--Calamba--Cabuyao--Santa
+    Rosa Binan--San Pedro Tunasan--Naic--Santa Cruz--Estates a
+    bone of contention for centuries--Principal cause of revolt
+    of Tagals--But the Peace Commission guarantee the Orders in
+    possession--Pacification retarded--Summary--The Orders must
+    go!--And be replaced by natives                                71-78
+
+Chapter IX.
+
+Secret Societies.
+
+    Masonic Lodges--Execution or exile of Masons in 1872--The
+    "Asociacion Hispano Filipina"--The "Liga Filipina"--The
+    Katipunan--Its programme                                       79-83
+
+Chapter X.
+
+The Insurrection of 1896-97.
+
+    Combat at San Juan del Monte--Insurrection spreading--Arrival
+    of reinforcements from Spain--Rebel entrenchments--Rebel arms
+    and artillery--Spaniards repulsed from Binacayan--and from
+    Noveleta--Mutiny of Carabineros--Prisoners at Cavite attempt
+    to escape--Iniquities of the Spanish War Office--Lachambre's
+    division--Rebel organization--Rank and badges--Lachambre
+    advances--He captures Silang--Perez Dasmarinas--Salitran
+    --Anabo II.                                                    84-96
+
+Chapter XI.
+
+The Insurrection of 1896-97--continued.
+
+    The Division encamps at San Nicolas--Work of the native
+    Engineer soldiers--The division marches to Salitran--Second
+    action at Anabo II.--Crispulo Aguinaldo killed--Storming the
+    entrenchments of Anabo I.--Burning of Imus by the rebels--
+    Proclamation by General Polavieja--Occupation of Bacoor--
+    Difficult march of the division--San Antonio taken by assault
+    --Division in action with all its artillery--Capture of
+    Noveleta--San Francisco taken by assault--Heavy loss of the
+    Tagals--Losses of the division--The division broken up--
+    Monteverde's book--Polaveija returns to Spain--Primo de Rivera
+    arrives to take his place--General Monet's butcheries--The pact
+    of Biak-na-Bato--The 74th Regiment joins the insurgents--The
+    massacre of the Calle Camba--Amnesty for torturers--Torture
+    in other countries                                            97-108
+
+Chapter XII.
+
+The Americans in the Philippines.
+
+    Manila Bay--The naval battle of Cavite--General Aguinaldo--
+    Progress of the Tagals--The Tagal Republic--Who were the
+    aggressors?--Requisites for a settlement--Scenes of
+    drunkenness--The estates of the religious orders to be
+    restored--Slow progress of the campaign--Colonel Funston's
+    gallant exploits--Colonel Stotsenburg's heroic death--
+    General Antonio Luna's gallant rally of his troops at
+    Macabebe--Reports manipulated--Imaginary hills and jungles
+    --Want of co-operation between Army and Navy--Advice of Sir
+    Andrew Clarke--Naval officers as administrators--Mr.
+    Whitelaw Reid's denunciations--Senator Hoar's opinion--Mr.
+    McKinley's speech at Pittsburgh--The false prophets of the
+    Philippines--Tagal opinion of American Rule--Senor Mabini's
+    manifesto--Don Macario Adriatico's letter--Foreman's
+    prophecy--The administration misled--Racial antipathy--The
+    curse of the Redskins--The recall of General Otis--McArthur
+    calls for reinforcements--Sixty-five thousand men and forty
+    ships of war--State of the islands--Aguinaldo on the Taft
+    Commission                                                   109-123
+
+Chapter XIII.
+
+Native Admiration for America.
+
+    Their fears of a corrupt government--The islands might be
+    an earthly paradise--Wanted, the man--Rajah Brooke--Sir
+    Andrew Clarke--Hugh Clifford--John Nicholson--Charles
+    Gordon--Evelyn Baring--Mistakes of the Peace Commission--
+    Government should be a Protectorate--Fighting men should
+    be made governors--What might have been--The Malay race--
+    Senator Hoar's speech--Four years' slaughter of the Tagals   124-128
+
+
+RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINES.
+
+Chapter XIV.
+
+Resources of the Philippines.
+
+    At the Spanish conquest--Rice--the lowest use the land
+    can be put to--How the Americans are misled--Substitutes
+    for rice--Wheat formerly grown--Tobacco--Compania General
+    de Tabacos--Abaca--Practically a monopoly of the
+    Philippines--Sugar--Coffee--Cacao--Indigo--Cocoa-nut oil
+    --Rafts of nuts--Copra--True localities for cocoa palm
+    groves Summary--More sanguine forecasts--Common-sense view   129-138
+
+Chapter XV.
+
+Forestal.
+
+    Value exaggerated--Difficulties of labour and transport--
+    Special sawing machinery required--Market for timber in the
+    islands--Teak not found--Jungle produce--Warning to investors
+    in companies--Gutta percha                                   139-142
+
+Chapter XVI.
+
+The Minerals.
+
+    Gold: Dampier--Pigafetta--De Comyn--Placers in Luzon--
+    Gapan--River Agno--The Igorrotes--Auriferous quartz from
+    Antaniac--Capunga--Pangutantan--Goldpits at Suyuc--Atimonan
+    --Paracale--Mambulao--Mount Labo--Surigao River Siga--
+    Gigaquil, Caninon-Binutong, and Cansostral Mountains--
+    Misamis--Pighoulugan--Iponan--Pigtao--Dendritic gold from
+    Misamis--Placer gold traded away surreptitiously--Cannot
+    be taxed--Spanish mining laws--Pettifogging lawyers--
+    Prospects for gold seekers. Copper: Native copper at Surigao
+    and Torrijos (Mindoro)--Copper deposits at Mancayan worked
+    by the Igorrotes--Spanish company--Insufficient data--
+    Caution required. Iron: Rich ores found in the Cordillera of
+    Luzon--Worked by natives--Some Europeans have attempted but
+    failed--Red hematite in Cebu--Brown hematite in Paracale--
+    Both red and brown in Capiz--Oxydised iron in Misamis--
+    Magnetic iron in San Miguel de Mayumo--Possibilities. Coal
+    (so called): Beds of lignite upheaved--Vertical seams at
+    Sugud--Reason of failure--Analysis of Masbate lignite.
+    Various minerals: Galena--Red lead--Graphite--Quicksilver--
+    Sulphur Asbestos--Yellow ochre--Kaolin, Marble--Plastic
+    clays--Mineral waters                                        143-157
+
+Chapter XVII.
+
+Manufactures and Industries.
+
+    Cigars and cigarettes--Textiles--Cotton--Abaca--Jusi--Rengue
+    --Nipis--Saguran--Sinamay--Guingon--Silk handkerchiefs--Pina
+    --Cordage--Bayones--Esteras--Baskets--Lager beer--Alcohol--
+    Wood oils and resins--Essence of Ylang-ilang--Salt--Bricks--
+    Tiles--Cooking-pots--Pilones--Ollas--Embroidery--Goldsmiths'
+    and silversmiths' work--Salacots--Cocoa-nut oil--Saddles and
+    harness--Carromatas--Carriages--Schooners--Launches--Lorchas
+    --Cascos--Pontines--Bangcas--Engines and boilers--Furniture
+    --Fireworks--Lanterns--Brass Castings--Fish breeding--Drying
+    sugar--Baling hemp--Repacking wet sugar--Oppressive tax on
+    industries--Great future for manufactures--Abundant labour--
+    Exceptional intelligence                                     158-163
+
+
+Chapter XVIII.
+
+Commercial and Industrial Prospects.
+
+    Philippines not a poor man's country--Oscar F. Williams'
+    letter--No occupation for white mechanics--American
+    merchants unsuccessful in the East--Difficulties of living
+    amongst Malays--Inevitable quarrels--Unsuitable climate--The
+    Mali-mali or Sakit-latah--The Traspaso de hambre--Chiflados
+    --Wreck of the nervous system--Effects of abuse of alcohol--
+    Capital the necessity--Banks--Advances to cultivators--To
+    timber cutters--To gold miners--Central sugar factories--
+    Paper-mills--Rice-mills--Cotton-mills--Saw-mills--Coasting
+    steamers--Railway from Manila to Batangas--From Siniloan to
+    the Pacific--Survey for ship canal--Bishop Gainzas' project
+    --Tramways for Luzon and Panay--Small steamers for Mindanao
+    --Chief prospect is agriculture                              164-172
+
+
+SOCIAL.
+
+Chapter XIX.
+
+Life in Manila. (A Chapter for the Ladies.)
+
+    Climate--Seasons--Terrible Month of May--Hot winds--Longing
+    for rain--Burst of the monsoon--The Alimoom--Never sleep on
+    the ground floor--Dress--Manila houses--Furniture--
+    Mosquitoes--Baths--Gogo--Servants--Wages in 1892--The
+    Maestro cook--The guild of cooks--The Mayordomo--Household
+    budget, 1892--Diet--Drinks--Ponies--Carriage a necessity for
+    a lady--The garden--Flowers--Shops--Pedlars--Amusements--
+    Necessity of access to the hills--Good Friday in Manila      173-187
+
+Chapter XX.
+
+Sport. (A Chapter for Men.)
+
+    The Jockey Club--Training--The races--An Archbishop
+    presiding--The Totalisator or Pari Mutuel--The Manila
+    Club--Boating club--Rifle clubs--Shooting--Snipe--Wild
+    duck--Plover--Quail--Pigeons--Tabon--Labuyao, or jungle
+    cock--Pheasants--Deer--Wild pig--No sport in fishing         188-191
+
+
+GEOGRAPHICAL.
+
+Chapter XXI.
+
+Brief Geographical Description of Luzon.
+
+    Irregular shape--Harbours--Bays--Mountain ranges--Blank
+    spaces on maps--North-east coast unexplored--River and
+    valley of Cagayan--Central valley from Bay of Lingayen
+    to Bay of Manila--Rivers Agno, Chico, Grande--The Pinag of
+    Candaba--Project for draining--River Pasig--Laguna de Bay--Lake
+    of Taal--Scene of a cataclysm--Collapse of a volcanic cone 8000
+    feet high--Black and frowning island of Mindoro--Worcester's
+    pluck and endurance--Placers of Camarines--River Vicol--The
+    wondrous purple cone of Mayon--Luxuriant vegetation
+    192-200
+
+
+
+THE INHABITANTS OF THE PHILIPPINES.
+
+    Description of their appearance, dress, arms, religion, manners
+    and customs, and the localities they inhabit, their agriculture,
+    industries and pursuits, with suggestions as to how they can be
+    utilised, commercially and politically. With many unpublished
+    photographs of natives, their arms, ornaments, sepulchres and
+    idols.
+
+
+Aboriginal Inhabitants.
+
+    Scattered over the Islands.
+
+Chapter XXII.
+
+Aetas or Negritos.
+
+    Including Balugas, Dumagas, Mamanuas, and Manguianes         201-207
+
+
+PART I.
+
+Inhabitants of Luzon and Adjacent Islands.
+
+Chapter XXIII.
+
+    Tagals (1)                                                   208-221
+
+Chapter XXIV.
+
+    Tagals as Soldiers and Sailors                               222-237
+
+Chapter XXV.
+
+    Pampangos (2)                                                238-245
+
+Chapter XXVI.
+
+    Zambales (3)--Pangasinanes (4)--Ilocanos (5)--Ibanags or
+    Cagayanes (6)                                                246-253
+
+Chapter XXVII.
+
+    Igorrotes (7)                                                254-267
+
+Chapter XXVIII.
+
+    Isinays (11)--Abacas (12)--Italones (13)--Ibilaos
+    (14)--Ilongotes (15)--Mayoyaos and Silipanes (16)
+    --Ifugaos (17)--Gaddanes (18)--Itetapanes (19)
+    --Guinanes (20)                                              268-273
+
+Chapter XXIX.
+
+    Calauas or Itaves (21)--Camuangas and Bayabonanes (22)
+    --Dadayags (23)--Nabayuganes (24)--Aripas (25)--Calingas
+    (26)--Tinguianes (27)--Adangs (28)--Apayaos (29)--
+    Catalanganes and Irayas (30-31)                              274-282
+
+Chapter XXX.
+
+    Catubanganes (32)--Vicols (33)                               283-287
+
+Chapter XXXI.
+
+The Chinese in Luzon.
+
+    Mestizos or half-breeds                                      288-294
+
+
+PART II.
+
+The Visayas and Palawan.
+
+Chapter XXXII.
+
+The Visayas Islands.
+
+    Area and population--Panay--Negros--Cebu--Bohol--Leyte
+    --Samar                                                      295-299
+
+Chapter XXXIII.
+
+The Visayas Race.
+
+    Appearance--Dress--Look upon Tagals as foreigners--
+    Favourable opinion of Tomas de Comyn--Old Christians--
+    Constant wars with the Moro pirates and Sea Dayaks--Secret
+    heathen rites--Accusation of indolence unfounded--Exports
+    of hemp and sugar--Ilo-ilo sugar--Cebu sugar--Textiles--A
+    promising race                                               300-306
+
+
+Chapter XXXIV.
+
+The Island of Palawan, or Paragua.
+
+    The Tagbanuas--Tandulanos--Manguianes--Negritos--Moros of
+    southern Palawan--Tagbanua alphabet                          307-320
+
+
+PART III.
+
+Mindanao, Including Basilan.
+
+Chapter XXXV.
+
+Brief Geographical Description.
+
+    Configuration--Mountains--Rivers--Lakes--Division
+    into districts--Administration--Productions--Basilan         321-330
+
+Chapter XXXVI.
+
+The Tribes of Mindanao.
+
+    Visayas (1) [Old Christians]--Mamanuas (2)--Manobos (3)
+    --Mandayas (4)--Manguangas (5)--Monteses or Buquidnones(6)
+    --Atas or Ata-as (7)--Guiangas (8)--Bagobos (9)              331-351
+
+Chapter XXXVII.
+
+The Tribes of Mindanao--continued.
+
+    Calaganes (10)--Tagacaolos (11)--Dulanganes (12)--Tirurayes
+    (13)--Tagabelies (14)--Samales (15)--Vilanes (16)--
+    Subanos (17)                                                 352-360
+
+Chapter XXXVIII.
+
+The Moros, or Mahometan Malays (18 to 23).
+
+    Illanos (18)--Sanguiles (19)--Lutangas (20)--Calibuganes
+    (21) Yacanes (22)--Samales (23)                              361-373
+
+Chapter XXXIX.
+
+    Tagabauas (24)                                               374-375
+
+The Chinese in Mindanao.
+
+    N.B.--The territory occupied by each tribe is shown on the general
+    map of Mindanao by the number on this list.
+
+Chapter XL.
+
+The Political Condition of Mindanao, 1899.
+
+    Relapse into savagery--Moros the great danger--Visayas
+    the mainstay--Confederation of Lake Lanao--Recall of
+    the Missionaries--Murder and pillage in Davao--Eastern
+    Mindanao--Western Mindanao--The three courses--Orphanage
+    of Tamontaca--Fugitive slaves--Polygamy an impediment to
+    conversion--Labours of the Jesuits--American Roman Catholics
+    should send them help                                        376-388
+
+
+APPENDIX.
+
+    Chronological Table                                             389
+    Table of Exports for twelve Years                               411
+    Estimate of Population                                          415
+    Philippine Budget of 1897 compared with Revenue of 1887    416, 417
+    Value of Land in several Provinces of Luzon                     418
+    List of Spanish and Filipino Words used in the Work             419
+    Cardinal Numbers in Seven Malay Dialects                        422
+
+
+
+
+
+LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
+
+
+Portrait of the Author                                      Frontispiece
+View on the Pasig with Bamboos and Canoe                    To face p. 6
+Facsimile of Cedula Personal                                          53
+Some of the rising generation in the Philippines                      75
+Map of the Philippine Islands                                        150
+Group of women making Cigars                                         158
+Salacots and Women's Hats                                            160
+Author's office, Muelle Del Rey, ss. Salvadora, and Lighters
+called "Cascos"                                                      161
+River Pasio showing Russell and Sturgis's former office              166
+Tower of Manila Cathedral after the Earthquakes, 1880              168-9
+Suburb of Malate after a typhoon, October 1882, when thirteen
+ships were driven ashore
+Author's house at Ermita                                             177
+Fernery at Ermita                                                    185
+A Negrito from Negros Island                                         207
+A Manila Man                                                       208-9
+A Manila Girl
+Tagal Girl wearing Scapulary                                         216
+Carabao harnessed to native Plough; Ploughman, Village, and
+Church Between                                                     226-7
+Paddy Field recently planted
+Paulino Marillo, a Tagal of Laguna, Butler to the author             229
+A Farderia, or Sugar Drying and Packing Place                        240
+Igorrote Spearmen and Negriot Archer                                 254
+Anitos of Northern Tribes                                            258
+Aitos of the Igorrotes                                               258
+Coffin of an Igorrote Noble, with his Coronets and other Ornaments   259
+Weapons of the Highlands of Luzon                                    261
+Igorrote Dresses and Ornaments, Water-Jar, Dripstones, Pipes,
+and Baskets                                                          264
+Anitos, Highlands                                                    266
+Anito of the Igorrotes                                               266
+Igorrote Drums                                                       266
+Tinguianes, Aeta, and Igorrotes                                      276
+Vicols Preparing Hemp:--                                             287
+    Cutting the Plant
+    Separating the Petioles
+    Adjusting under the Knife
+    Drawing out the Fibre
+Visayas Women at a Loom                                              305
+Lieut. P. Garcia and Local Militia of Baganga, Caraga (East Coast)   333
+Atas from the Back Slopes of the Apo                                 347
+Heathen Guiangas, from the Slopes of the Apo                         349
+Father Gisbert, S.J. exhorting a Bagobo Datto and his Followers
+to Abandon their custom of making Human Sacrifices                 350-1
+The Datto Manib, Principal Bagani of the Bagabos, with some Wives
+and Followers and Two Missionaries                                 350-1
+The Moro Sword and Spear                                             363
+Moros of the Bay of Mayo                                             367
+Moro Lantacas and Coat of Mail                                       373
+Seat of the Moro Power, Lake Lanao                                   377
+Double-barrelled Lantaca of Artistic Design and Moro Arms            387
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE INHABITANTS OF THE PHILIPPINES.
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+EXTENT, BEAUTY AND FERTILITY.
+
+    Extent, beauty, and fertility of the Archipelago--Variety of
+    landscape--Vegetation--Mango trees--Bamboos.
+
+
+Extent.
+
+The Philippine Archipelago, in which I include the Sulu group, lies
+entirely within the northern tropic; the southernmost island of the
+Tawi-tawi group called Sibutu reaches down to 4 deg. 38' N., whilst Yami,
+the northernmost islet of the Batanes group, lies in 21 deg. 7' N. This
+gives an extreme length of 1100 miles, whilst the extreme breadth is
+about 680 miles, measured a little below the 8th parallel from the
+Island of Balabac to the east coast of Mindanao.
+
+Various authorities give the number of islands and islets at 1200 and
+upwards; many have probably never been visited by a white man. We need
+only concern ourselves with the principal islands and those adjacent
+to them.
+
+From the hydrographic survey carried out by officers of the Spanish
+Navy, the following areas have been calculated and are considered
+official, except those marked with an asterisk, which are only
+estimated.
+
+
+                                  Sq. Miles.    Sq. Miles.
+
+    Luzon                                          42,458
+
+    Babuyanes Islands                   272
+    Batanes Islands                     104
+    Mindoro                           4,153
+    Catanduanes                         721
+    Marinduque                          332
+    Polillo                             300
+    Burias                              116
+    Ticao.                              144
+    Masbate                           1,642
+                                      -----         7,784
+                                                   ------
+    Total Luzon and adjacent islands               50,242
+
+    Visayas, etc.
+    Panay                            4,898
+    Negros                           3,592
+    Cebu                             2,285
+    Bohol                            1,226
+    Leyte                            3,706
+    Samar                            5,182
+                                     -----         20,889
+
+    Mindanao                                       34,456
+    Palawan and Balabac                             5,963
+    Calamianes Islands                                640
+                                                  -------
+    Area of principal islands                     112,190
+
+
+The Spanish official estimate of the area of the whole Archipelago
+is 114,214 square miles [1] equivalent to 73,000,000 acres, so that
+the remaining islands ought to measure between them something over
+2000 square miles.
+
+
+
+Beauty and Fertility.
+
+Lest I should be taxed with exaggeration when I record my impressions
+of the beauty and potential wealth of the Archipelago, so far as I
+have seen it; I shall commence by citing the opinions of some who,
+at different times, have visited the islands.
+
+I think I cannot do better than give precedence to the impressions
+of two French gentlemen who seem to me to have done justice to the
+subject, then cite the calm judgment of a learned and sagacious Teuton,
+and lastly quote from the laboured paragraphs of a much-travelled
+cosmopolite, at one time Her Britannic Majesty's Consul at Manila.
+
+Monsieur Dumont D'Urville says: "The Philippines, and above all
+Luzon, have nothing in this world to equal them in climate, beauty
+of landscape, and fertility of soil. Luzon is the finest diamond that
+the Spanish adventurers have ever found.
+
+"It has remained uncut in their hands; but deliver over Luzon to
+British activity and tolerance, or else to the laborious tenacity
+of the Dutch Creoles, and you will see what will come out of this
+marvellous gem."
+
+Monsieur de Guignes says: "Of the numerous colonies belonging to
+the Spaniards, as one of the most important must indisputably be
+reckoned the Philippines. Their position, their great fertility, and
+the nature of their productions, render them admirably adapted for
+active commerce, and if the Spaniards have not derived much benefit
+from them, to themselves and to their manner of training is the fault
+to be ascribed."
+
+Herr Jagor, speaking of the Province of Bulacan, says the roads were
+good and were continuously shaded by fruit trees, cocoa and areca
+palms, and the aspect of this fruitful province reminded him of the
+richest districts in Java, but he found the pueblos here exhibited
+more comfort than the desas there.
+
+Mr. Gifford Palgrave says: "Not the AEgean, not the West Indian,
+not the Samoan, not any other of the fair island clusters by which
+our terraqueous planet half atones for her dreary expanses of
+grey ocean and monotonous desert elsewhere, can rival in manifold
+beauties of earth, sea, sky, the Philippine Archipelago; nor in all
+that Archipelago, lovely as it is through its entire extent, can any
+island vie with the glories of Luzon."
+
+
+
+Variety of Landscape.
+
+If I may without presumption add my testimony to that of these
+illustrious travellers, I would say that, having been over a great
+part of South America, from Olinda Point to the Straits of Magellan,
+from Tierra del Fuego to Panama, not only on the coasts but in the
+interior, from the Pampas of the Argentine and the swamps of the Gran
+Chaco to where
+
+
+        "The roots of the Andes strike deep in the earth
+        As their summits to heaven shoot soaringly forth;"
+
+
+having traversed the fairest gems of the Antilles and seen some of the
+loveliest landscapes in Japan, I know of no land more beautiful than
+Luzon, certainly of none possessing more varied features or offering
+more striking contrasts.
+
+Limestone cliffs and pinnacles, cracked and hollowed into labyrinthine
+caves, sharp basalt peaks, great ranges of mountains, isolated
+volcanic cones, cool crystalline springs, jets of boiling water,
+cascades, rivers, lakes, swamps, narrow valleys and broad plains,
+rocky promontories and coral reefs, every feature is present, except
+the snow-clad peak and the glacier.
+
+
+
+Vegetation.
+
+Vegetation here runs riot, hardly checked by the devastating typhoon,
+or the fall of volcanic ashes. From the cocoa-nut palm growing on
+the coral strand, from the mangrove, building its pyramid of roots
+upon the ooze, to the giant bamboo on the banks of the streams, and
+the noble mango tree adorning the plains, every tropical species
+flourishes in endless variety, and forests of conifers [2] clothe
+the summits of the Zambales and Ilocan mountains.
+
+As for the forest wealth, the trees yielding indestructible timber
+for ships, houses or furniture, those giving valuable drugs and
+healing oils, gums and pigments, varnishes, pitch and resin, dyes,
+sap for fermenting or distilling, oil for burning, water, vinegar,
+milk, fibre, charcoal, pitch, fecula, edible fungi, tubers, bark and
+fruits, it would take a larger book than this to enumerate them in
+their incredible variety.
+
+
+
+Mango Trees.
+
+A notable feature of the Philippine landscape is the mango tree. This
+truly magnificent tree is often of perfect symmetry, and rears aloft on
+its massive trunk and wide-spreading branches a perfect dome of green
+and glistening leaves, adorned in season with countless strings of
+sweet-scented blossom and pendent clusters of green and golden fruit,
+incomparably luscious, unsurpassed, unequalled.
+
+Beneath that shapely vault of verdure the feathered tribes find
+shelter. The restless mango bird [3] displays his contrasted plumage of
+black and yellow as he flits from bough to bough, the crimson-breasted
+pigeon and the ring-dove rest secure.
+
+These glorious trees are pleasing objects for the eye to rest on. All
+through the fertile valleys of Luzon they stand singly or in groups,
+and give a character to the landscape which would otherwise be
+lacking. Only the largest and finest English oaks can compare with
+the mango trees in appearance; but whilst the former yield nothing
+of value, one or two mango trees will keep a native family in comfort
+and even affluence with their generous crop.
+
+
+
+Bamboos.
+
+
+On the banks of the Philippine streams and rivers that giant grass,
+the thorny bamboo, grows and thrives. It grows in clumps of twenty,
+forty, fifty stems. Starting from the ground, some four to six inches
+in diameter, it shoots aloft for perhaps seventy feet, tapering to
+the thickness of a match at its extremity, putting forth from each
+joint slender and thorny branches, carrying small, thin, and pointed
+leaves, so delicately poised as to rustle with the least breath of air.
+
+The canes naturally take a gradual curve which becomes more and more
+accentuated as their diameter diminishes, until they bend over at
+their tops and sway freely in the breeze.
+
+I can only compare a fine clump of bamboos to a giant plume of green
+ostrich feathers. Nothing in the vegetable kingdom is more graceful,
+nothing can be more useful. Under the blast of a typhoon the bamboo
+bends so low that it defies all but the most sudden and violent
+gusts. If, however, it succumbs, it is generally the earth under it
+that gives way, and the whole clump falls, raising its interlaced
+roots and a thick wall of earth adhering to and embraced by them.
+
+Piercing the hard earth, shoving aside the stones with irresistible
+force, comes the new bamboo, its head emerging like a giant artichoke.
+
+Each flinty-headed shoot soars aloft with a rapidity astonishing to
+those who have only witnessed the tardy growth of vegetation in the
+temperate zone. I carefully measured a shoot of bamboo in my garden
+in Santa Ana and found that it grew two feet in three days, that is,
+eight inches a day, 1/3 inch per hour. I could see it grow. When
+I commenced to measure the shoot it was eighteen inches high and
+was four inches in diameter. This rapid growth, which, considering
+the extraordinary usefulness of the bamboo ought to excite man's
+gratitude to Almighty Providence, has, to the shame of human nature,
+led the Malay and the Chinaman to utilise the bamboo to inflict death
+by hideous torture on his fellow men. (See Tukang Burok's story in
+Hugh Clifford's 'Studies of Brown Humanity.')
+
+Each joint is carefully enveloped by nature in a wrapper as tough as
+parchment, covered, especially round the edges, with millions of small
+spines. The wrapper, when dry, is brown, edged with black, but when
+fresh the colours are remarkable, pale yellow, dark yellow, orange,
+brown, black, pale green, dark green, black; all shaded or contrasted
+in a way to make a Parisian dress designer feel sick with envy.
+
+This wrapper does not fall off till the joint has hardened and acquired
+its flinty armour so as to be safe from damage by any animal.
+
+It would take a whole chapter to enumerate the many and varied uses
+of the bamboo.
+
+Suffice it to say that I cannot conceive how the Philippine native
+could do without it.
+
+Everlastingly renewing its youth, perpetually soaring to the sky,
+proudly overtopping all that grows, splendidly flourishing when meaner
+plants must fade from drought, this giant grass, which delights the
+eyes, takes rank as one of God's noblest gifts to tropical man.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+SPANISH GOVERNMENT.
+
+    Slight sketch of organization--Distribution of
+    population--Collection of taxes--The stick.
+
+
+The supreme head of the administration was a Governor-General or
+Captain-General of the Philippines. The British Colonial Office has
+preserved this Spanish title in Jamaica where the supreme authority
+is still styled Captain-General and Governor-in-Chief.
+
+In recent years no civilian has been Governor-General of
+the Philippines, the appointment being given or sold to a
+Lieutenant-General, though in 1883 a Field-Marshal was sent out. But
+in 1874 Rear-Admiral Malcampo obtained the post, and a very weak and
+foolish Governor-General he turned out to be.
+
+In former times military men did not have a monopoly of such posts,
+and civilians, judges, priests, and bishops have held this appointment.
+
+The Governor-General had great powers. Practically, if not legally,
+he had the power of life and death, for he could proclaim martial
+law and try offenders by court-martial. He was ex officio president
+of every corporation or commission, and he could expel from the
+Islands any person, whether Spaniard, native, or foreigner, by a
+decree declaring that his presence was inconvenient.
+
+
+
+Slight Sketch of Organization.
+
+He could suspend or remove any official, and in fact was almost
+despotic. On the other hand he had to remember two important
+limitations. Unless he supported the religious orders against all
+comers he would have the Procurators of these wealthy corporations, who
+reside in Madrid, denouncing him to the Ministry as an anti-clerical,
+and a freemason, and perhaps offering a heavy bribe for his removal. If
+he made an attempt to put down corruption and embezzlement in the
+Administration, his endeavours would be thwarted in every possible way
+by the officials, and a formidable campaign of calumny and detraction
+would be inaugurated against him. The appointment was for a term
+of three years at a salary of $40,000 per annum, and certain very
+liberal travelling allowances.
+
+Since the earthquake of 1863 the official residence of the
+Governors-General was at Malacanan, on the River Pasig in the ward of
+San Miguel. This is now the residence of the American Governor. He had
+a troop of native Lancers to escort him when he drove out, and a small
+corps of Halberdiers for duty within the palace and grounds. These
+latter wore a white uniform with red facings, and were armed with a
+long rapier and a halberd. They were also furnished with rifles and
+bayonets for use in case of an emergency.
+
+When the Governor-General drove out, every man saluted him by raising
+his hat--and when he went to the Cathedral he was received by the
+clergy at the door, and, on account of being the Vice-Regal Patron,
+was conducted under a canopy along the nave to a seat of honour.
+
+His position was in fact one of great power and dignity, and it was
+felt necessary to surround the representative of the king with much
+pomp and state in order to impress the natives with his importance
+and authority.
+
+There was a Governor-General of Visayas who resided at Cebu, and was
+naturally subordinate to the Governor-General of the Philippines. He
+was usually a Brigadier-General.
+
+In case of the death or absence of the Governor-General, the
+temporary command devolved upon the Segundo Cabo, a general officer
+in immediate command of the military forces. Failing him, the Acting
+Governor-Generalship passed to the Admiral commanding the station.
+
+The two principal departments of the administration were the
+Intendencia or Treasury, and the Direction of Civil Administration.
+
+The Archipelago is divided into fifty-one provinces or districts,
+according to the accompanying table and map.
+
+
+                      Distribution of Population.
+
+        Provinces.                  Males.  Females.    Total.
+
+        Abra                       21,631    21,016    42,647
+        Albay                     127,413   130,120   257,533
+        Antique                    60,193    63,910   124,103
+        Balabac                     1,912        27     1,939
+        Bataan                     25,603    24,396    49,999
+        Batangas                  137,143   137,932   275,075
+        Benguet (district)          8,206    12,104    20,310
+        Bohol                     109,472   117,074   226,546
+        Bontoc                     40,515    41,914    82,429
+        Bulacan                   127,455   124,694   252,149
+        Burias                         84        44       128
+        Cagayan                    37,157    35,540    72,697
+        Calamianes                  8,227     8,814    17,041
+        Camarines Norte            15,931    14,730    30,661
+        Camarines Sur              78,545    77,852   156,400
+        Capiz                     114,827   128,417   243,244
+        Cavite                     66,523    65,541   132,064
+        Cebu                      201,066   202,230   403,296
+        Corregidor (island of)        216       203       419
+        Cottabato                     788       494     1,282
+        Davao                         983       712     1,695
+        Ilocos Norte               76,913    79,802   156,715
+        Ilocos Sur                 97,916   103,133   201,049
+        Ilo-Ilo                   203,879   206,551   410,430
+        Infanta (district)          4,947     4,947     9,894
+        Isabela de Basilan            454       338       792
+        Isabela de Luzon           20,251    18,365    38,616
+        Islas Batanes               4,004     4,741     8,745
+        Isla de Negros            106,851    97,818   204,669
+        Laguna                     66,332    66,172   132,504
+        Lepanto                     8,255    16,219    24,474
+        Leyte                     113,275   107,240   220,515
+        Manila                    137,280   120,994   258,274
+        Masbate and Ticao           8,835     8,336    17,171
+        Mindoro                    29,220    28,908    58,128
+        Misamis                    46,020    42,356    88,376
+        Morong                     21,506    21,556    43,062
+        Nueva Ecija                63,456    60,315   123,771
+        Nueva Vizcaya               8,495     7,612    16,107
+        Pampanga                  114,425   111,884   226,309
+        Pangasinan                149,141   144,150   293,291
+        Principe (district)         2,085     2,073     4,158
+        Puerto Princesa               350       228       578
+        Romblon                    14,528    13,626    28,154
+        Samar                      92,330    86,560   178,890
+        Surigao                    28,371    27,875    56,246
+        Tarlac                     42,432    40,325    82,757
+        Tayabas                    27,886    25,782    53,668
+        Union                      55,802    57,568   113,370
+        Zambales                   49,617    44,934    94,551
+        Zamboanga                   7,683     6,461    14,144
+                                --------- --------- ---------
+                                2,794,876 2,762,743 5,557,619
+
+
+The above figures are taken from the official census of 1877.
+
+This is the latest I have been able to find.
+
+In the Appendix is given an estimate of the population in 1890, the
+author puts the number at 8,000,000, and at this date there may well
+be 9,000,000 inhabitants in the Philippines and Sulus.
+
+It will be seen that these provinces are of very different extent,
+and vary still more in population, for some have only a few hundred
+inhabitants, whilst others, for instance, Cebu and Ilo-Ilo have
+half-a-million.
+
+Each province was under a Governor, either civil or military. Those
+provinces which were entirely pacified had Civil Governors, whilst
+those more liable to disturbance or attack from independent tribes
+or from the Moors had Military Governors. Up to 1886 the pacified
+provinces were governed by Alcaldes-Mayores, who were both governors
+and judges. An appeal from their decisions could be made to the
+Audiencia or High Court at Manila.
+
+From the earliest times of their appointment, the Alcaldes were allowed
+to trade. Some appointments carried the right to trade, but most of
+the Alcaldes had to covenant to forego a large proportion of their very
+modest stipends in order to obtain this privilege. By trade and by the
+fees and squeezes of their law courts they usually managed to amass
+fortunes. In 1844 the Alcaldes were finally prohibited from trading.
+
+This was a rude system of government, but it was cheap, and a populous
+province might only have to maintain half-a-dozen Spaniards.
+
+Each town has its municipality consisting of twelve principales,
+all natives, six are chosen from those who have already been
+Gobernadorcillos. They are called past-captains, and correspond to
+aldermen who have passed the chair. The other six are chosen from
+amongst the Barangay headmen. From these twelve are elected all
+the officials, the Gobernadorcillo or Capitan, the 1st, 2nd and 3rd
+lieutenants, the alguaciles (constables), the judges of the fields, of
+cattle, and of police. The Capitan appoints and pays the directorcillo
+or town clerk, who attends to the routine business.
+
+For the maintenance of order, and for protecting the town against
+attack, there is a body of local police called Cuadrilleros. These
+are armed with bolos and lances in the smaller and poorer towns,
+but in more important places they have fire-arms usually of obsolete
+pattern. But in towns exposed to Moro attack the cuadrilleros are
+more numerous, and carry Remington rifles.
+
+The Gobernadorcillos of towns were directly responsible to the
+governor of the province, the governor in case of emergency reported
+direct to the Governor-General, but for routine business through
+the Director-General of Civil Administration, which embraced the
+departments of Public Works, Inspection of Mines and Forests, Public
+Instruction, Model Farms, etc.
+
+The collection of taxes was under the governors of provinces assisted
+by delegates of the Intendant-General. It was directly effected by
+the Barangay headman each of whom was supposed to answer for fifty
+families, the individuals of which were spoken of as his sacopes. His
+eldest son was recognised as his chief assistant, and he, like his
+father, was exempt from the tribute or capitation tax.
+
+The office was hereditary, and was not usually desired, but like the
+post of sheriff in an English county it had to be accepted nolens
+volens.
+
+No doubt a great deal of latitude was allowed to the Barangay Chiefs
+in order that they might collect the tax, and the stick was often in
+requisition. In fact the chiefs had to pay the tax somehow, and it
+is not surprising that they took steps to oblige their sacopes to pay.
+
+I, however, in my fourteen years' experience, never came across such a
+case as that mentioned by Worcester, p. 295, where he states that in
+consequence of a deficiency of $7000, forty-four headmen of Siquijor
+were seized and exiled, their lands, houses and cattle confiscated,
+and those dependent on them left to shift for themselves. The amount
+owing by each headman was under $160 Mexican, equal to $80 gold, and
+it would not take much in the way of lands, houses, and cattle to pay
+off this sum. However, it is true that Siquijor is a poor island. But
+on page 284 he maintains that the inhabitants of Siquijor had plenty
+of money to back their fighting-cocks, and paid but little attention
+to the rule limiting each man's bet on one fight to $50. From this
+we may infer that they could find money to bet with, but not to pay
+their taxes.
+
+
+
+
+Collection of Taxes.
+
+Natives of the gorgeous East very commonly require a little persuasion
+to make them pay their taxes, and I have read of American millionaires
+who, in the absence of this system, could not be got to pay at all. Not
+many years ago, there was an enquiry as to certain practices resorted
+to by native tax-collectors in British India to induce the poor Indian
+to pay up; anybody who is curious to know the particulars can hunt
+them up in the Blue Books--they are unsuitable for publication.
+
+In Egypt, up to 1887, or thereabouts, the "courbash" [4] was in use
+for this purpose. I quote from a speech by Lord Cromer delivered about
+that time ('Lord Cromer,' by H. D. Traill): "The courbash used to be
+very frequently employed for two main objects, viz.: the collection of
+taxes, and the extortion of evidence. I think I may say with confidence
+that the use of the courbash as a general practice in connection either
+with collection of taxes or the extortion of evidence has ceased."
+
+But we need not go so far East for examples of collecting taxes by
+means of the stick. The headmen of the village communities in Russia
+freely apply the lash to recalcitrant defaulters.
+
+It would seem, therefore, that the Spaniards erred in company with
+many other nations. It was by no means an invention of theirs, and
+it will be remembered that some of our early kings used to persuade
+the Jews to pay up by drawing their teeth.
+
+
+
+Its Good Points.
+
+The Government and the laws partook of a patriarchal character,
+and notwithstanding certain exactions, the Spanish officials and
+the natives got on very well together. The Alcaldes remained for
+many years in one province, and knew all the principal people
+intimately. I doubt if there was any colony in the world where as
+much intercourse took place between the governors and the natives,
+certainly not in any British colony, nor in British India, where the
+gulf ever widens. In this case, governors and governed professed
+the same religion, and no caste distinctions prevailed to raise a
+barrier between them. They could worship together, they could eat
+together, and marriages between Spaniards and the daughters of the
+native landowners were not unfrequent. These must be considered
+good points, and although the general corruption and ineptitude of
+the administration was undeniable, yet, bad as it was, it must be
+admitted that it was immeasurably superior to any government that
+any Malay community had ever established.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+SIX GOVERNORS-GENERAL.
+
+    Moriones--Primo de Rivera--Jovellar--Terreros--Weyler--Despujols.
+
+
+Moriones.
+
+During my residence in the Islands--from 1877 to 1892--there were
+six Governors-General, and they differed very widely in character
+and ideas.
+
+The first was Don Domingo Moriones y Murillo, Marquis of Oroquieto,
+an austere soldier, and a stern disciplinarian. He showed himself to
+be a man of undaunted courage, and of absolutely incorruptible honesty.
+
+When he landed in Manila he found that, owing to the weakness of
+Admiral Malcampo, his predecessor, the Peninsular Regiment of Artillery
+had been in open mutiny, and that the matter had been hushed up. After
+taking the oath of office, and attending a Te Deum at the Cathedral,
+he mounted his horse, and, attended by his aides-de-camp, rode to the
+barracks, and ordered the regiment to parade under arms. He rode down
+the ranks, and recognised many soldiers who had served under him in
+the Carlist wars.
+
+He then stationed himself in front of the regiment, and delivered a
+remarkable and most stirring oration. He said that it grieved him to
+the heart to think that Spanish soldiers, sent to the Philippines to
+maintain the authority of their king and country, many of whom had
+with him faced the awful fusillade of Somorrostro, and had bravely
+done their duty, could fall so low as to become callous mutineers,
+deaf to the calls of duty, and by their bad conduct tarnish the
+glory of the Spanish Army in the eyes of all the world. Such as
+they deserved no mercy; their lives were all forfeited. Still he
+was willing to believe that they were not entirely vicious, that
+repentance and reform were still possible to the great majority. He
+would, therefore, spare the lives of most of them in the hope that
+they might once more become worthy soldiers of Spain. But he would
+decimate them; every tenth man must die.
+
+He then directed the lieutenant-colonel in command to number off the
+regiment by tens from the right.
+
+Let the reader ponder upon the situation. Here was a mutinous
+veteran regiment that for months had been the terror of the city,
+and had frightened the Governor-General and all the authorities into
+condoning its crimes.
+
+In front of it sat upon his horse one withered old man. But that
+man's record was such that he seemed to those reckless mutineers to
+be transfigured into some awful avenging angel. His modest stature
+grew to a gigantic size in their eyes; the whole regiment seemed
+hypnotized. They commenced numbering. It was an impressive scene--the
+word ten meant death. The men on the extreme right felt happy; they
+were sure to escape. Confidently rang out their voices: one, two,
+three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine--then a stop. The doomed
+wretch standing next would not say the fatal word. Moriones turned
+his glance upon the captain of the right company, and that officer
+perceived that the crisis of his life had arrived, and that the next
+few seconds would make or mar him; one instant's hesitation would cost
+him his commission. Drawing and cocking his revolver, he held it in
+front of the forehead of the tenth man, and ordered him to call out
+ten. Placed thus between the alternative of instant death or obedience,
+the unhappy gunner complied, and the numbering of the whole line was
+accomplished. The number tens were ordered to step out of the ranks,
+were disarmed, placed under arrest, and notified that they would
+be shot next morning. As regards the others, all leave was stopped,
+and extra drills ordered. Great interest was exerted with Moriones to
+pardon the condemned men, and he did commute the death sentence on
+most of them, but the ring-leaders were shot the following morning,
+others imprisoned, and fifty were sent back to Spain in the same
+vessel as Admiral Malcampo, whose pampering of them had ruined their
+discipline. So much for the courage of Moriones. It was a wonderful
+example of the prestige of lawful authority, but of course the risk
+was great.
+
+To him was due the construction of the Manila Waterworks. A sum of
+money had been left a century before by Don Francisco Carriedo, who
+had been general of a galleon, to accumulate until it was sufficient
+to pay for the waterworks, which ought to have been begun years
+before. However, the parties who held these funds, like certain
+Commissioners we know of at home, had little desire to part with the
+capital, and it was only the determination of General Moriones that
+triumphed over their reluctance.
+
+Manila ought to be ever grateful to Moriones for this. He also
+tried to get some work out of the Obras Publicas Department, and,
+in fact, he did frighten them into exerting themselves for a time,
+by threatening to ship the Inspector-General of Public Works back to
+Spain, unless the Ayala bridges were completed on a certain day.
+
+But the greatest thing that Moriones did for the Philippines was when
+he prevented the sale of the Government tobacco-culture monopoly to
+some Paris Jews. Whilst he was staying at the Convent of Guadalupe
+he received a letter from Canovas, at the time Prime Minister of
+Spain. It informed him that a project was entertained of selling the
+Crown monopoly of the cultivation and manufacture of tobacco in the
+Philippines to a Franco-Spanish syndicate, and added, "The palace is
+very interested," meaning that the King and the Infantas were in the
+affair. It announced that a Commission was about to be sent by the
+capitalists to enquire into the business, and wound up by requesting
+Moriones to report favourably on the affair, for which service he
+might ask any reward he liked. The carrying out of this project meant
+selling the inhabitants of Cagayan into slavery.
+
+I had this information from a gentleman of unblemished truth and
+honour, who was present at the receipt of the letter, and it was
+confirmed by two friars of the Augustinian Order under circumstances
+that left no doubt upon my mind as to their accuracy.
+
+Although Canovas was at the time in the height of his power, and
+although the King was interested in the matter going through, Moriones
+indignantly refused to back up the proposal. He wrote or cabled to
+Canovas not to send out the Commission, for if it came he would send
+it back by the same vessel. He reported dead against the concession,
+and told the Prime Minister that he was quite prepared to resign,
+and return to Spain, to explain his reasons from his seat in the
+Senate. What a contrast this brave soldier made to the general run
+of men; how few in any country would have behaved as he did!
+
+This was not the only benefit Moriones conferred upon the tobacco
+cultivators of Cagayan, for he did what he could to pay off the debt
+owing to them by the Treasury.
+
+
+
+Primo de Rivera.
+
+The next Governor-General was Don Fernando Primo de Rivera, Marquis
+of Estella, and he was the only one with whom I was not personally
+acquainted. During the cholera epidemic of 1882, when 30,000 persons
+died in the city and province of Manila, he showed ability and firmness
+in the arrangements he made, and he deserves great credit for this. But
+corruption and embezzlement was rampant during his time. Gambling was
+tolerated in Manila and it was currently reported that twenty-five
+gambling houses were licensed and that each paid $50 per day, which
+was supposed to go to the Governor-General. Emissaries from these
+houses were stationed near the banks and mercantile offices, and
+whenever a collector was seen entering or leaving carrying a bag of
+dollars, an endeavour was made to entice him to the gambling table,
+and owing to the curious inability of the native to resist temptation,
+these overtures were too frequently successful.
+
+The whole city became demoralised, servants and dependants stole from
+their employers and sold the articles to receivers for a tenth of
+their value in order to try their luck at the gaming table. A sum of
+$1250 per day was derived from the gambling-houses and was collected
+every evening.
+
+Notwithstanding all these abuses, Primo de Rivera maintained good
+relations with the natives; he was not unpopular, and no disturbances
+occurred during his first government. He owed his appointment to King
+Alfonso XII., being granted three years' pillage of the Philippine
+Islands as a reward for having made the pronunciamento in favour
+of that monarch, which greatly contributed to putting him upon the
+throne. He and his friends must have amassed an enormous sum of
+money, for scarcely a cent was expended on roads or bridges during
+his government, the provincial governors simply pocketed every dollar.
+
+
+
+
+Jovellar.
+
+He was succeeded by Field-Marshal Don Joaquim Jovellar, during
+whose time the tribute was abolished and the Cedulas Personales tax
+instituted. Jovellar appeared to me to be a strictly honourable man,
+he refused the customary presents from the Chinese, and bore himself
+with much dignity. His entourage was, however, deplorable, and he
+placed too much confidence in Ruiz Martinez, the Director of Civil
+Administration. The result was that things soon became as bad as in
+the previous governor's time. Jovellar was well advanced in years,
+being nearly seventy. He had many family troubles, and the climate
+did not agree with him.
+
+I remember one stifling night, when I was present at Malacanan at
+a ball and water fete, given to Prince Oscar, a son of the King of
+Sweden. The Governor-General had hardly recovered from an illness,
+and had that day received most distressing news about two of his sons,
+and his daughter Dona Rosita, who was married to Colonel Arsenio
+Linares, was laid up and in danger of losing her sight.
+
+Yet in that oppressive heat, and buttoned up in the full dress uniform
+of a field-marshal, Jovellar went round the rooms and found a kind
+word or compliment for every lady present. I ventured to remark how
+fatigued he must be, to which he replied, "Yes, but make no mistake,
+a public man is like a public woman, and must smile on everybody."
+
+During his time, owing to symptoms of unrest amongst the natives,
+the garrison of Manila and Cavite was reinforced by two battalions
+of marines.
+
+
+
+Terrero.
+
+He was succeeded by Don Emilio Terrero y Perinat, a thorough soldier
+and a great martinet. I found him a kind and courteous gentleman,
+and deeply regretted the unfortunate and tragic end that befell him
+after his return to Spain. I saw a good deal of Field-Marshal Jovellar
+and of General Terrero, having been Acting British Consul at the end
+of Jovellar's and the beginning of Terrero's Government. I kept up my
+acquaintance with General Terrero all the time he was in the islands,
+and was favoured with frequent invitations to his table, where I met
+all the principal officials.
+
+Things went on quietly in his time and there was little to record
+except successful expeditions to Jolo and Mindanao, causing an
+extension of Spanish influence in both places.
+
+
+
+Weyler.
+
+Terrero was succeeded by Don Valeriano Weyler, Marquis of Tenerife,
+the son of a German doctor, born in Majorca, who brought with him
+a reputation for cruelties practised on the Cuban insurgents during
+the first war.
+
+Weyler was said to have purchased the appointment from the wife of a
+great minister too honest to accept bribes himself, and the price was
+commonly reported to have been $30,000 paid down and an undertaking
+to pay the lady an equal sum every year of his term of office.
+
+Weyler is a small man who does not look like a soldier. He is clever,
+but it is more the cleverness of a sharp attorney than of a general
+or statesman.
+
+Curiously enough the Segundo Cabo at this time was an absolute
+contrast. Don Manuel Giron y Aragon, Marquis of Ahumada, is descended
+from the Kings of Aragon, and to that illustrious lineage he unites
+a noble presence and a charm of manner that render him instantly
+popular with all who have the good fortune to meet him. No more
+dignified representative of his country could be found, and I send
+him my cordial salutation wherever he is serving.
+
+During Weyler's term another expedition to Mindanao was made and
+some advantages secured. Some disturbances occurred which will be
+mentioned in another chapter, and secret societies were instituted
+amongst the natives. Otherwise the usual bribery and corruption
+continued unchecked.
+
+There was a great increase in the smuggling of Mexican dollars from
+Hong Kong into Manila, where they were worth 10 per cent. more. The
+freight and charges amounted to 2 per cent., leaving 8 per
+cent. profit, and according to rumour 4 per cent. was paid to
+the authorities to insure against seizure, as the importation was
+prohibited under heavy penalties.
+
+At this time I was Government Surveyor of Shipping, and one day
+received an order from the captain of the port to proceed on board
+the steamer Espana with the colonel of carbineers and point out to him
+all hollow places in the ship's construction where anything could be
+concealed. This I did, but remembering Talleyrand's injunction, and
+not liking the duty, showed no zeal, but contented myself with obeying
+orders. The carbineers having searched every part of the ship below,
+we came on deck where the captain's cabin was. A corporal entered
+the cabin and pulled open one of the large drawers. I only took one
+glimpse at it and looked away. It was chock full of small canvas bags,
+and no doubt the other drawers and lockers were also full. Yet it did
+not seem to occur to any of the searchers that there might be dollars
+in the bags, and it was no business of mine. Nothing contraband had
+been found in the ship, and a report to that effect was sent in. I
+sent the colonel an account for my fee, which was duly paid from the
+funds of the corps.
+
+Weyler returned to Spain with a large sum of money, a far larger sum
+than the whole of his emoluments. He had remitted large sums in bills,
+and having fallen out with one of his confederates who had handled some
+of the money, this man exhibited the seconds of exchange to certain
+parties inimical to Weyler, with the result that the latter was openly
+denounced as a thief in capital letters in a leading article of the
+Correspondencia Militar of Madrid. Weyler's attorneys threatened to
+prosecute for libel, but the editor defied them and declared that he
+held the documents and was prepared to prove his statement. The matter
+was allowed to drop. Weyler was thought to have received large sums
+of money from the Augustinians and Dominicans for his armed support
+against their tenants. It was said that the Chinese furnished him with
+a first-rate cook, and provided food for his whole household gratis,
+besides making presents of diamonds to his wife. And for holding back
+certain laws which would have pressed very hardly upon them, it was
+asserted that the Celestials paid him no less than $80,000. This is
+the man who afterwards carried out the reconcentrado policy in Cuba
+at the cost of thousands of lives, and subsequently returning with
+a colossal fortune to Spain, posed as a patriot and as chief of the
+military party.
+
+
+
+
+Despujols.
+
+To Weyler succeeded a man very different in appearance and character,
+Don Emilio Despujols, Conde de Caspe.
+
+Belonging to an ancient and noble family of Catalonia, holding his
+honour dear, endowed with a noble presence and possessed of an ample
+fortune, he came out to uplift and uphold the great charge committed
+to him, and rather to give lustre to his office by expending his own
+means than to economise from his pay, as so many colonial governors
+are accustomed to do. He established his household upon a splendid
+scale, and seconded by his distinguished countess, whose goodness
+and munificent charities will ever be remembered, he entertained on a
+scale worthy of a viceroy and in a manner never before seen in Manila.
+
+Despujols rendered justice to all. Several Spaniards whose lives
+were an open scandal, were by his order put on board ship and sent
+back to Spain. Amongst these was one who bore the title of count,
+but who lived by gambling.
+
+Another was a doctor who openly plundered the natives. Like a Mahometan
+Sultan of the old times, Despujols was accessible to the poorest who
+had a tale of injustice and oppression to relate.
+
+The news that a native could obtain justice from a governor-general
+flew with incredible rapidity. At last a new era seemed to
+be opening. A trifling event aroused the enthusiasm of the
+people. Despujols and his countess drove to the Manila races with
+their postillions dressed in shirts of Jusi and wearing silver-mounted
+salacots instead of their usual livery. I was present on this occasion
+and was struck with the unwonted warmth of the governor-general's
+reception from the usually phlegmatic natives. Despujols became
+popular to an extent never before reached. He could do anything with
+the natives. Whenever his splendid equipages appeared in public he
+received an ovation. Quite a different spirit now seemed to possess
+the natives. But not all the Spaniards viewed this with satisfaction;
+many whose career of corruption had been checked, who found their
+illicit gains decreased, and the victims of their extortion beginning
+to resist them, bitterly criticised the new governor-general.
+
+The religious orders finding Despujols incorruptible and indisposed
+to place military forces at the disposal of the Augustinians
+and Dominicans to coerce or evict refractory tenants, then took
+action. Their procurators in Madrid made a combined attack on
+Despujols, both in the reptile press and by representations to the
+ministry. They succeeded, and Despujols was dismissed from office by
+cable. Rumour has it that the Orders paid $100,000 for Despujols's
+recall. For my own part I think this very likely, and few who know
+Madrid will suppose that this decree could be obtained by any other
+means.
+
+He laboured under a disadvantage, for he did not pay for his
+appointment as some others did. If he had been paying $30,000 a year
+to the wife of a powerful minister, he would not have been easily
+recalled. Or if, like another governor-general, he had been in debt
+up to the eyes to influential creditors, these would have kept him
+in power till he had amassed enough to pay them off.
+
+I am of opinion that had Despujols been retained in Manila, and had
+he been given time to reform and purify the administration, the chain
+of events which has now torn the Philippines for ever from the grasp
+of Spain would never have been welded. Whoever received the priests'
+money, whoever they were who divided that Judas-bribe, they deserve
+to be held in perpetual execration by their fellow-countrymen, and
+to have their names handed down to everlasting infamy.
+
+Despujols left Manila under a manifestation of respect and devotion
+from the foreign residents, from the best Spaniards and from every
+class of the natives of the Philippines, that might well go far to
+console him for his unmerited dismissal. He must have bitterly felt
+the injustice with which he was treated, but still he left carrying
+with him a clear conscience and a harvest of love and admiration that
+no previous governor-general had ever inspired.
+
+For if Moriones manifested courage, energy and incorruptible honesty
+under what would have been an irresistible temptation to many another
+man, that rude soldier was far from possessing those personal gifts,
+the fine presence and the sympathetic address of Despujols, and
+inspired fear rather than affection.
+
+Yet both were worthy representatives of their country; both were
+men any land might be proud to send forth. Those two noble names are
+sufficient to redeem the Spanish Government of the Philippines from
+the accusation of being entirely corrupt, too frequently made against
+it. They deserve an abler pen than mine to extol their merits and
+to exalt them as they deserve above the swarm of pilferers, and sham
+patriots, who preceded and succeeded them. To use an Eastern image,
+they may be compared to two noble trees towering above the rank
+vegetation of some poisonous swamp. For the honour of Spain and of
+human nature in general, I have always felt grateful that I could say
+that amongst the governors-general of the Philippines whom I had known
+there were at least two entitled to the respect of every honest man.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+COURTS OF JUSTICE.
+
+    Alcaldes--The Audiencia--The Guardia Civil--Do not hesitate
+    to shoot--Talas.
+
+
+The foulest blot upon the Spanish Administration in all her former
+colonies was undoubtedly the thorough venality of her infamous Courts
+of Justice. Unfortunately, amongst the heterogeneous population of
+the Philippines, a low standard of morality prevails and has prevailed
+from the earliest times. The natives at the time of the conquest were
+partly civilised, so far as building houses and cultivating their lands
+by slave labour is concerned. But notwithstanding the assertions of
+the Filipinos, the late Dr. Rizal and others, a study of the ancient
+authors demonstrates that they were sunk in ignorance and superstition,
+and that their customs were those of semi-savages. When they came under
+the rule of the Spaniards, they might have made great advances if the
+administration of the laws had been confided to persons of honour
+capable of interpreting that wise code, the "Laws of the Indies,"
+in the noble and Christian spirit which had inspired their makers.
+
+But what class of man was it that the Spaniards appointed to this
+office?
+
+Thomas de Comyn, p. 134, says: "It is quite common to see a barber
+or footman of a governor, a sailor or a deserter, transformed into an
+Alcalde-Mayor, Sub-delegate, and War Captain of a populous province,
+without other counsel than his own rude intelligence (understanding)
+nor other guide than his passions."
+
+What could be expected from such men as these, living in such an
+atmosphere? And if some solitary alcalde might cherish in his heart
+some spark of honour, some lingering love of justice, there were
+two elements in the country to extinguish that spark, to smother
+that feeling.
+
+Woe betide the alcalde who would decide a case, whatever its merits,
+adversely to any one of the religious orders. I personally knew
+an alcalde who (at a great price) had obtained the government of
+the province of Batangas, from whence his immediate predecessor,
+also well-known to me, had retired with a large fortune, but leaving
+everybody contented so far as could be seen. He had kept on good terms
+with the priests. His successor unfortunately forgot this cardinal rule
+and allowed himself to be identified with some anti-clerical Spaniards.
+
+Every kind of trouble fell upon that man, and finally he was recalled
+to Manila and received a severe reprimand from General Primo de Rivera,
+who was said to have received $12,000 for turning him out.
+
+He was removed from wealthy Batangas and sent to the fever-stricken
+capital of Tayabas, a wretchedly poor Government, affording few
+opportunities for peculation. He escaped with his life, but his wife, a
+very charming Spanish lady, succumbed to the malaria. Similar instances
+of the results of being, or being thought to be, an anti-clerical,
+will occur to old residents in the Philippines. The arm of the Church
+was long and its hand was a heavy one.
+
+The second influence I referred to is the presence of the heathen
+Chinee in the islands. To a Chinaman the idea that a judge should
+take bribes seems as natural a thing as that a duck should take to
+the water. And yet the Chinaman will not, unless he knows he is on the
+right track, brutally push his bribe under the judge's nose. Either he
+or one of his countrymen will from the judge's arrival have rendered
+him good service. Does the judge want a gardener or cook? Ah-sin soon
+provides an excellent one who never asks for his wages. Have some
+visitors arrived at the Alcaldia Ah-sin sends in a dozen chickens,
+a turkey, and the best fruits. Is it the judge's name-day? The wily
+Celestial presents a few cases of wine and boxes of fine cigars. Is
+the roof of the Alcaldia leaking--a couple of Chinese carpenters will
+set it right without sending a bill for it. Then, having prepared the
+way, should Ah-sin be summoned before the alcalde, he may confidently
+hope that his patron will not hurriedly give judgment against him, and
+that he will probably get a full opportunity to present substantial
+reasons why the suit should be decided in his favour. In fact, the
+practice of the alcalde's courts was only a shade better than that of
+the Chinese Yamens, where the different cases are put up to auction
+amongst the magistrates and knocked down to the highest bidders, who
+then proceed on a course of extortion, by arrest and by the torture
+of witnesses, to make all they can out of them.
+
+In an alcalde's court, there would be several mestizo or native writers
+or auxiliaries. Some of them were what is called meritorios, that is,
+unpaid volunteers. Of course, they expect to receive gratuities from
+the suitors and would take care to mislay their documents if they were
+neglected. Sometimes the alcalde was so lazy that he left the whole
+matter in the hands of his subordinates and signed whatever they laid
+before him. I have been a witness of this, and have even remonstrated
+with a judge for so doing. He, however, said he had the greatest
+confidence in his subordinates and that they dare not deceive him.
+
+Bad as the alcalde's courts were, I think that the culminating point
+of corruption was the Audiencia of Manila. Escribano, abogado, juez,
+auditor, fiscal, vied with each other in showing that to them, honour
+and dignity were mere empty words. They set the vilest examples to
+the mestizos and natives, and, unfortunately, these have been only
+too apt pupils, and having little to lose, were often ready to go one
+better than the Spaniards, who after all had to keep up appearances. I
+cannot adequately express the loathing I feel for all this tribe. I
+look upon a highwayman as a gentleman compared to them, for he does
+risk his life, and you may get a shot at him, but these wretches ruin
+you in perfect safety.
+
+They dress their wives, they nourish their children, upon the reward
+of roguery, the price of perjury, the fruits of forgery, the wages
+of some wicked judgment.
+
+What can be expected of the spawn of these reptiles, what but by the
+process of evolution to be more envenomed than their progenitors? Is
+there not amongst all the multitudinous Philippines some desert
+island where the people trained in the Spanish courts and all their
+breed could be deported, where they might set up a court, and bring
+actions against each other and cheat and lie and forge till they die?
+
+What a Godsend for the Philippines were this possible, if besides
+getting rid of the Spanish judges, they could now get rid of their
+aiders and abettors, their apt pupils and would-be successors.
+
+Bribery is a fine art, and there were those in Manila who were well
+versed in its intricacies. We heard one day of a decree by a judge
+against the Hong Kong and Shanghai Banking Corporation. Club gossip
+asserted that the judge who issued the decree had lost some hundreds of
+dollars at the gambling table of the Casino the night before, and that
+the artistic corrupter had called on him in the morning with the means
+to pay the debt of honour and to try his luck again. The judge was
+known not to have the means of paying, yet he paid and simultaneously
+issued his decree. Old Manila hands drew their inference.
+
+The record of these courts from the earliest times is one
+long-continued infamy. Thank God that is over and a new chapter has
+begun. I rejoice exceedingly that their sins have at last overtaken
+them, and I recognise that, though
+
+
+               "The mills of God grind slowly,
+                Yet they grind exceeding small."
+
+
+Owing to the demoralisation of the mestizo and native lawyers by these
+vile examples, it will be very difficult to break the traditions of
+venality and to find men worthy to occupy the bench.
+
+These courts were not only corrupt, but they were inept. At a time
+when brigandage prevailed and many notorious criminals were apprehended
+almost red-handed, convictions could not be got, and the bandits were
+liberated on various pretexts.
+
+So great was the scandal that Moriones issued a decree that all persons
+accused of gang-robbery should be tried by a military tribunal. And
+he appointed a permanent court-martial for this purpose, to the
+great disgust of all the lawyer element. These courts were abolished
+some years later after his return to Spain; then the Guardia Civil
+made their own arrangements, and the mortality amongst bandits was
+excessive. When some well-known robber was by any chance taken alive,
+he always, so they said, tried to escape by running away from his
+captors, and this obliged them to fire upon him. They never missed
+on these occasions, and it was thought that the range never exceeded
+ten paces and was often less.
+
+However necessary this military action may be, it is, undoubtedly
+liable to abuse, and the power of life and death is a great one to
+put in the hands of a junior officer or non-commissioned officer of
+police. The Guardia Civil, an armed force with Spanish officers and
+native soldiers, was organised in 1867, and I must say that I looked
+upon it as an excellent institution, the terror of evil-doers and a
+protection to all law-abiding people. My native friends, however, are
+of a different opinion. They accuse the Guardia Civil, both Spaniards
+and natives, of behaving in an arbitrary and cruel manner, and with
+practising extortion upon defenceless natives. They are accused of
+torturing witnesses to extort evidence, and this charge was no doubt
+true in many cases.
+
+On the other hand, the bandits or tulisanes were exterminated by this
+corps of picked men, and security to life and property was assured. At
+the formation of this corps the officers and men were very carefully
+selected. The Governor-General himself examined the records of every
+officer, and only Spanish gentlemen of the highest character were
+appointed. Similarly the soldiers were natives who had served their
+time in the army without having a crime noted against them. But in
+later years this precaution was relaxed, and colonels of regiments
+were allowed to dump their rubbish into this corps.
+
+I knew of a case where a Filipino with Irish blood in him was posted
+as a lieutenant to this corps and behaved most abominably. I am
+glad to say, however, that he was sent out of the islands. This was
+only another instance of the fact that whatever the natives have to
+complain of the Spaniards, the mestizos, and their own rich people,
+treat them and have always treated them far worse.
+
+Both officers and men were well paid and were dressed in a very
+smart and neat uniform, well suited to the climate, which they kept
+spick and span whatever service they were on. They were armed with
+Remington rifles and bayonets, and in addition carried a heavy chopping
+knife. They were posted at all the chief towns of Luzon and in some
+of the Visayas Islands. The greatest crime a native could commit
+was to kill a Guardia Civil, and such a matter never came before a
+Civil Court. If the slayer by any chance was not killed on the spot,
+he would probably be shot at sight. If apprehended, he would be tried
+by a court-martial composed of officers of the Guardia Civil, and,
+needless to say, there would be no monkeying with the verdict nor
+with the sentence, which would be promptly carried out.
+
+Even to resist the Guardia Civil was so great a crime that the
+sentence of a court-martial in such a case was penal servitude for life
+(Cadena Perpetua).
+
+How surprised a London rough would be at this severity after being
+accustomed to expiate the most brutal assaults upon the police by a
+fine of a few shillings.
+
+To sum up the Guardia Civil, I may say that their practice was
+comprised in five memorable words, addressed to a similar corps
+by Mr. A. J. Balfour in his energetic days, a most sensible order,
+that he may well be proud of: "Do not hesitate to shoot."
+
+Amongst other duties of the Guardia Civil in bygone years was the
+making of periodical expeditions against the remontados and the hill
+tribes, officially designated Talas, or cuttings down.
+
+At certain favourable seasons of the year, especially before harvest
+time, the Guardias, accompanied by some Cuadrilleros, and on important
+occasions by a company of native infantry, marched up into the more
+accessible hills.
+
+The hill-men obstructed the tracks in the most difficult places by
+cutting down trees and making abattis.
+
+They also placed sharp bamboo spikes carefully concealed in the earth
+or mud of the footpaths, and these, if trodden on, inflicted most
+dangerous wounds that were apt to gangrene. Sometimes if they had
+much at stake, the hill-men or outlaws would venture an ambuscade, and
+hurl their javelins or send a flight of arrows amongst their enemies.
+
+But even the boldest races rarely came to close quarters, for their
+weapons were no match against rifles and bayonets. So, led by their
+spies, the Spanish forces laboured upwards, and on arriving at the
+hamlets of the mountaineers or outlaws they burnt down the rude
+huts, reaped the crops, taking away what they could and burning
+the remainder.
+
+They cut down every fruit tree and took special care to destroy every
+tobacco plant. They then retired, leaving a scene of devastation
+behind them.
+
+If any of the hill-men fell into their hands their fate depended upon
+whether there were any murders to avenge or upon the humanity of the
+officer in command. This wanton destruction was committed chiefly in
+the interests of the tobacco monopoly, but also in order to force
+the hillmen to come down and reside in the towns. It had, however,
+an entirely contrary effect, for the savages either retired into more
+inaccessible regions, or perhaps abandoned cultivation and lived a
+roving, marauding life like the Itetapanes and Catubanganes.
+
+Since the abolition of the tobacco monopoly the Talas have been less
+frequent, and there was a feeling amongst the authorities that these
+cruel and demoralising expeditions should be discontinued, unless in
+cases where the hill-men had given great provocation.
+
+The Spaniards are, of course, not the only nation to make these
+forays. In the last campaign against the Afridis the British
+troops were employed, under orders, to blow up the houses, break the
+mill-stones, and cut down the trees of the enemy, not even sparing the
+shade trees round a mosque. It was probably the only way to inflict
+punishment on the Afridis.
+
+The worst feature is that in all such cases a crop of bitter hatred
+is sown in the hearts of the sufferers, which matures later on,
+and which is handed down from one generation to another.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+TAGAL CRIME AND SPANISH JUSTICE.
+
+    The murder of a Spaniard--Promptitude of the Courts--The case of
+    Juan de la Cruz--Twelve years in prison waiting trial--Piratical
+    outrage in Luzon--Culprits never tried; several die in prison.
+
+
+The penal code of the Philippines, which came into force in 1884,
+declares it impossible to consider as an aggravation of an offence the
+circumstance of colour or race in the offender, for the criminal is
+to be punished for his crime and not for the condition of inferiority
+to which nature has condemned him.
+
+It goes on to say that on the other hand his condition should not
+be allowed to attenuate the sentence, for that would constitute an
+odious privilege, an unbearable inequality.
+
+It therefore proudly proclaims the equality of all races before the
+law. These are noble words; we shall see how they work out in practice.
+
+The case of Juan de la Cruz shows us that a criminal investigation
+can drag on for twelve years without coming on for trial when the
+victims are natives and of lowly station. I could cite cases where the
+victims were British subjects, and the murderers were never punished,
+and another case where a Frenchman was the victim. The murderer
+in this case was to have been pardoned by the Governor-General,
+but the French consul threatened to haul down his flag and leave
+the islands unless the assassin was executed; and he was executed,
+the consul attending to see the sentence carried out
+
+The British Foreign Office does not encourage its agents to such
+energetic acts. To obtain the good graces of the Foreign Office a
+consul should be devoid of talent or originality. Mediocrity is the
+condition sought for. It is never advisable for one of Her Britannic
+Majesty's consuls to be active in protecting Her Britannic Majesty's
+subjects. What he must aim at if he wishes for consideration and
+promotion is to give the Foreign Office no trouble. The ideal consul
+would be he who is only heard of once a quarter, when he certifies
+that he is alive, and asks that his salary may be paid.
+
+I will relate a murder that made an impression on me at the time,
+where the victim was a Spaniard. In June of 1881, I was at Santa
+Cruz in the Laguna Province for several days, making experiments
+with some patent centrifugals, steaming and drying the fine Laguna
+sugar. Quite close to the camarin, where the machines were at work,
+lived an elderly Spaniard who was a government employe in some
+subordinate position. I think he was the Subdelegado de Hacienda,
+or sub-provincial treasurer. I had once or twice called upon the old
+gentleman, whose appearance and manners were above his official rank,
+and had been politely received by him. On completing my experiments,
+I called to take leave of him, and was sorry to find him suffering
+from fever, and very weak.
+
+I returned to Manila, and next day was horrified to read in a newspaper
+that he had been murdered in the night by his two servants. This
+atrocious crime, committed on a helpless and infirm old man, with every
+circumstance of premeditation and barbarity, and with the object of
+robbery, roused the indignation of every European. The culprits were
+soon apprehended, and such expedition was used by the Promotor Fiscal
+and the court, that within a week from the perpetration of the murder
+the two servants were garrotted on a scaffold erected near the scene
+of their barbarous crime.
+
+Such is the rapidity with which the Philippine courts could act when
+a Spaniard was the victim and when public opinion was deeply stirred
+by some shocking tragedy.
+
+
+
+The case of Juan de la Cruz.
+
+The following narrative of events, which occurred in 1886, will give
+the reader a good idea of the furious passions that may lurk under
+the inscrutable features of the Philippine Malay, and will also serve
+to illustrate the procedure of the Spanish criminal courts when the
+victims are natives and when nothing can be made out of the case. Four
+of the five actors or victims in the tragedy were well known to me,
+and I learned all the particulars at first hand and at the time,
+from those who took steps to deliver over the culprit to justice.
+
+The decked steam launch Laguimanoc belonged to Gustav Brown, a ship
+carpenter, and was hired by the Varadero, or Slipway Company of
+Canacao, near Cavite, to keep up communication with Manila, whilst
+the slip was being constructed.
+
+I was consulting engineer to the company, and Mr. J. L. Houston was
+the resident engineer in charge of the work. Both of us made frequent
+voyages in this launch between Canacao and Manila. The crew consisted
+of a patron (coxswain) named Juan de la Cruz, an engine-driver,
+a stoker, and a boy, all Tagals.
+
+Juan de la Cruz was an elderly man with grey hair, and in figure thin
+and wiry. He was a good man at his duty, one of the silent Indians
+whom I have always found to be the best. A thorough sailor, he had
+served under many a flag, and sailed o'er many a sea, both in tropic
+and in northern climes.
+
+The engine-driver and the stoker were brothers, strong and well-built
+young fellows, and smart at their work. The boy was an active lad,
+quite pleased to be employed on a steam-boat.
+
+One day, the stoker, going through the blacksmith's shop, saw a piece
+of square steel, which had been cut off a long bar, lying on the
+floor, and it struck him that it would be better than a hammer for
+breaking coal. So he annexed it without leave, and got one end drawn
+out and rounded so that he could easily hold it. This made a very
+efficient coal-breaker, the sharp edges divided the lumps with great
+ease. It was about eighteen inches long, and one and three-quarter
+inches square. The patron was married, and his wife lived in Manila,
+but, sailor-like, he had provided himself with a sweetheart, at the
+other end of his run, where he spent more time than in the Pasig,
+and had become intimate with a damsel of San Roque, a village between
+the Varadero and Cavite. Things went on apparently all right for some
+time; the launch making almost daily trips between Canacao and Manila,
+and the elderly patron alternating between the conjugal domicile and
+the dwelling of his mistress. She was young, and, as native girls go,
+a pretty woman. Come of a strange and unknown mixture of races, and
+bred up amongst a community noted for its profligacy, she knew how
+to make the best use of her charms and was well fitted to captivate
+the weather-beaten seaman.
+
+He, if not desirable in himself, held a well paid post, and was able
+to place her above want.
+
+Already fifty years old, he was as susceptible as a youth and far more
+in earnest. Day by day, as he basked in her smiles, his infatuation
+increased till he became violently enamoured of his charmer.
+
+What could be more natural than that the crew of the launch should
+become acquainted with the patron's mistress? Soon the engine-driver
+and the stoker were her constant visitors. The damsel had a kind word
+and a smile for both, and doubtless contrasted their vigorous youth
+and shapely forms with the shrunken figure of her elderly protector,
+and their lively conversation with his glum silence.
+
+In the end, no doubt, the damsel refused them nothing.
+
+Trouble was now brewing. The grim sailor was not the man to let
+himself be wronged with impunity. All the elements of a tragedy were
+present. Things no longer went smoothly on board the Laguimanoc, and
+her voyages lost their regularity. Something was perpetually going
+wrong with the engines, pieces or fittings disappeared unaccountably,
+usually pieces of copper or brass. The engine-driver was blamed,
+but he succeeded in averting his impending discharge. Could he
+have foreseen the consequences of remaining, he would have promptly
+discharged himself.
+
+On board the launch mutual distrust prevailed. The engine-driver must
+have known that it was the patron who had thrown overboard the fittings
+in his absence, hoping to get him discharged, but he held his peace.
+
+The silent figure at the tiller made no sign; no trace of emotion
+could be seen on the Sphinx-like face, no reproaches passed his lips,
+not the slightest manifestation of resentment. But underneath that
+imperturbable calm there existed the steadfast determination to have
+a full and bloody revenge on all who had offended him. The Laguimanoc
+made a voyage to Manila one Saturday to take up the resident engineer
+who often spent his Sundays there, the launch remaining in the
+river. On Monday morning when he came down to the launch he found
+that the safety valve was missing from its seat, and was delayed till
+another could be procured.
+
+No explanations of the loss of this piece could be got, and the
+Laguimanoc proceeded with the resident engineer to Canacao and made
+fast to the jetty.
+
+A crisis was now reached. The abstraction of the safety-valve could
+not be overlooked, and some one would have to go. An inquiry was
+to be made, but on Tuesday morning the patron walked up the jetty,
+and reported to Mr. Gustav Brown, who was the foreman of the works,
+that the engine-driver and stoker were absent. He stated that they
+had gone ashore in the night, and had not returned. Nothing could
+be learned about them; nobody had seen them; their kits were still
+on board. As the day wore on they did not come nor send any message;
+so a report of their disappearance was sent to the judge at Cavite.
+
+An engine-fitter from the works was sent on board to take charge
+of the engine, and another stoker was engaged; the launch resuming
+her running. The work of the Varadero proceeded as usual; divers
+were preparing the foundations to receive the immense gridiron
+which was shortly to be launched and sunk in place. It was a busy
+scene of organised labour under a skilful resident engineer; every
+difficulty foreseen and provided for, materials delivered in good time,
+notwithstanding obstructions; not an unnecessary auger-hole bored,
+not a stroke of an adze thrown away.
+
+From the Sleepy Hollow of the naval arsenal opposite jealous eyes
+watched the work proceed. Every art of vexation and obstruction that
+bitter envy could devise had for years been employed to prevent
+the building of this slip, and onerous and unfair conditions had
+been inserted in the concession. But Anglo-American persistence and
+industry had succeeded so far, and in the hands of Messrs. Peel,
+Hubbell & Co. and their advisers, the work was now well advanced.
+
+The obsolete corvette Dona Maria Molina was moored off the
+coaling-wharf adjoining the Varadero, and when one of her boats was
+going on shore the sailors noticed two dead bodies floating in the
+water, and reported this to the officer of the watch, who ordered
+them to tow the bodies to the shore towards Punta Sangley, and drag
+them up on the sand above high-water mark. The bodies were lashed
+together with a piece of new rope having a blue strand in the centre,
+and had a good-sized piece of white granite attached as a sinker. On
+looking at the lashings no one could doubt that the work had been
+done by an able seaman. The bodies presented ghastly wounds, both had
+fractures of the skull, and gaping cuts on the throat and abdomen;
+they had also been gnawed by fishes. The swelling of the bodies had
+sufficed to bring them to the surface, stone and all.
+
+The news of the finding of the corpses did not immediately reach
+the Varadero, and they were conveyed to Cavite, and buried just as
+they were found, tied together with the ropes and stone, without
+being identified. It seemed nobody's business to trouble about them,
+notwithstanding the evident fact that they had been murdered. The
+Manila newspapers did not mention the circumstance.
+
+But at this time other events happened. The patron of the launch
+disappeared without taking his kit with him. Then the boy disappeared,
+and I may as well at once say that, from that time to this, that
+boy has never been heard of by the Varadero Company, who were his
+employers. Next, that gay and lascivious damsel of San Roque, whose
+unbridled sensuality had wrought the trouble, also disappeared as
+mysteriously as the others.
+
+Dr. Juan Perez, of Cavite, was the medical attendant to the staff
+of the Varadero, and used to call there every afternoon. On hearing
+from him about the discovery of the bodies, the resident engineer
+at once thought of his missing men, and the flight of the patron
+confirmed his suspicions. A minute examination of the launch was
+made, and revealed some stains of blood which had not been entirely
+removed by the usual washing down. Several small cuts such as might
+be made with the point of a bolo were found in the flat skylight
+of the cabin, and a deeper cut on the bulwark rail, starboard side
+forward, opposite the skylight. A working rope was missing from the
+launch. It had only recently been supplied to it, and had been cut
+off a whole coil purchased a few weeks before from a sailing-vessel,
+for the use of the Varadero. That rope had a blue strand in the
+centre. Gustav Brown put on a diving-dress, and went down at the head
+of the northern jetty, where the launch used to lie, and carefully
+examined the bottom. Presently his eye rested on an object that he
+recognised. It was the square steel coal-breaker used by the stoker,
+and he brought it up.
+
+Meanwhile, a new coxswain had been found for the launch, and as the
+old patron had left his vessel illegally, there was ground for his
+arrest on that score, so orders were given to the new patron and
+to the engine-driver to give him into custody if he came to claim
+his kit. Next time the launch arrived in Manila, sure enough the
+old patron appeared to fetch his belongings, and was taken to the
+calaboose of the captain of the port. The resident engineer called on
+that official, and, as a result of their conversation, the prisoner
+was put on board the launch to be conveyed to Cavite.
+
+With all the stoicism of the Malay, he sat quite still and silent;
+his impassive features betrayed no sign of anxiety or remorse.
+
+But if the principal actor in this bloody tragedy could thus compose
+his mind, it was not so with others who knew more or less what had
+happened, but whose dread and hatred of the law and its myrmidons
+had kept their tongues quiet.
+
+When the launch approached the Varadero near enough for the prisoner
+to be recognised, an unusual commotion occurred amongst the swarm of
+native workmen. A mysterious magnetism, an inexplicable vibration,
+pervaded the crowd. Unfelt by the senses, it acted on the mind, and
+seemed simultaneously to convey to each individual an identical idea.
+
+The patron was a prisoner, therefore his crime was known; no good
+could be done by keeping silent. Before this nobody knew anything
+about the disappearance of the two men. Now it leaked out, but only in
+confidence to Gustav Brown, whom they trusted. The native divers had
+seen the bodies when at their work on the foundations, and had moved
+them farther off out of their way. Men working at the jetties had seen
+them when they floated, but had looked in another direction. In fact,
+the corpses had been recognised, and the crime was known to scores
+of native and Chinese workmen, but no word or hint ever reached the
+foreman or the engineer till the culprit was arrested.
+
+Now there were sufficient details to reconstitute the tragic scene.
+
+The amour of the brothers with the San Roque girl was known, and also
+the well-founded jealousy of the patron, who at first endeavoured
+to obtain the engine-driver's discharge by the means already
+mentioned. This not succeeding, he determined to kill both of them,
+and without showing a sign of the deadly hatred that possessed him,
+calmly awaited his opportunity.
+
+On the Monday night, 7th June, after the incident of the safety-valve,
+the launch was moored alongside the Varadero jetty, and the two
+brothers lay fast asleep on the flat top of the cabin skylight,
+each wrapped in his blanket.
+
+A native sleeps hard, and is not easily awakened, nor when aroused
+does he quickly regain his faculties. It is an important point in
+the Malay code of manners never to awaken any person suddenly, for
+it is believed that, during sleep, the soul is absent from the body,
+wandering around, and must be given time to return, otherwise serious,
+even fatal consequences, may ensue. The awakened person may become
+an idiot, or some great harm may happen to the unmannerly one who
+awakened him. Many natives have as great a fear of the wandering
+soul of a sleeping person as of an evil spirit or ghost. The soul
+is said to return to the body in the form of a small black ball,
+which enters the mouth.
+
+Moreover, one of the greatest, in fact, the most terrible, curse that
+can be uttered by many tribes, is, "May you die sleeping," for it
+means death to body and soul. That, however, was the fate reserved for
+the brothers. Towards midnight, when the cooking-fires in the coolie
+quarters had burnt down, and the chatter of the Chinese had subsided,
+when the last lights in the Europeans' houses had been extinguished,
+and not a sound broke the stillness of the night, the patron addressed
+himself to the performance of his bloody task. Slipping his sharpened
+bolo through his belt, he descended into the engine-room, and, seizing
+the coal-breaker, crept forward to where the doomed men slumbered,
+perhaps dreaming of the charms of that dark damsel, the enjoyment
+of whose embraces was to cost them so dear. Meanwhile, their fate
+approached; their time was come.
+
+The patron was past his prime; privations at sea and dissipation on
+shore had sapped his strength. But bitter hatred nerving his arm,
+with lightning rapidity and terrific force he discharged a blow on
+each sleeper's unprotected head. The sharp edge of the steel bar
+crashed deep into their skulls, driving in the splintered bone upon
+the brain. One agonised shudder from each, then all was still. A
+European murderer might have been satisfied with this. Not so a
+Tagal. A ceremony still remained to be accomplished. Their blood must
+flow; they must suffer mutilation. Seizing his bolo, the assassin now
+vented his rage in cutting and thrusting at the bodies. The heavy
+and keen-edged blade fell repeatedly, cutting great gashes on the
+throats and bellies of the victims, whilst streams of gore ran down
+the waterways, and trickled out at the scuppers, staining the white
+sides of the launch with crimson streaks.
+
+His blood-thirst assuaged, his vengeance partly accomplished, and
+his spirit comforted by his desperate deed, the murderer probably
+paused for a time, and began to consider how he could conceal his
+crime. No sign of movement anywhere. Apparently the dull sounds of the
+blows had fallen on no mortal ear. Presently, taking up one of his
+working ropes, he mounted the jetty, and walked to the shore, where
+there lay a pile of stone ballast. It was white granite, discharged
+from a sailing-ship that had come from Hong Kong in ballast, and it
+had been purchased for the Varadero. Selecting a suitable piece,
+he carried it to the end of the jetty, and lowered it by the rope
+into the launch. Then, descending, he firmly lashed the two bodies
+together, and fastened the stone to them. Then he drew the bodies to
+the side, preparatory to launching them overboard. Now an incident
+occurred. It is thought that one of the two men was not quite dead,
+notwithstanding his dreadful wounds, and that recovering consciousness,
+and perceiving what awaited him, seized the rail in his death-grasp,
+and resisted the attempt to throw him over.
+
+The patron must once again have had recourse to his murderous bolo,
+bringing it down on the clenched hand, for a deep cut was found on
+the rail with blood driven into the pores of the wood by that savage
+blow. The tendons severed, the hand unclasped, and next moment the
+bodies slid over the rail and down underneath the keel of the launch in
+some four fathoms of water. Throwing the steel coal-breaker after them,
+the patron's next task was to wash away the traces of his crime, and
+this he did fairly well so that nothing was noticed, till, suspicion
+being aroused, a careful scrutiny was made, with the result already
+mentioned. It is not known whether the boy knew anything of the tragedy
+performed so near him, for he was never questioned, having apparently
+disappeared off the face of the earth as soon as the bodies were
+found. What the patron did afterwards can only be conjectured. Guilty
+of two atrocious murders, and of savage mutilation of the slain,
+could he have composed himself to a quiet and dreamless slumber? Or
+was his imagination fired to further revenge by dream-pictures of his
+once-loved mistress in the arms of her youthful lovers? All that is
+known is that he presented himself to the foreman early on the Tuesday
+morning, and reported the absence of the two men without showing on
+his dark visage the slightest sign of trouble or emotion.
+
+We left the patron a prisoner on the launch. Now it became
+necessary to give him in charge to the judicial authorities, for
+it was getting late in the afternoon. They did not show any undue
+eagerness to receive him. The judge first applied to explained that
+he was only acting temporarily, that the judge had departed, having
+been transferred to another place, and that the new judge had not
+yet arrived, therefore he much regretted he could not take up the
+case. An appeal was then made to the Gobernador-Politico-Militar, who
+most courteously explained that a civil court was established in the
+province with full jurisdiction, both criminal and civil, so that he
+could not interfere. It was now nearly sunset, and the prisoner had
+been on the launch all day. The resident engineer then called on the
+Commandante of Canacao--a naval officer who had a few marines at his
+disposal--and obtained as a personal favour that the prisoner should
+be temporarily secured in the guard-room. The next day the resident
+engineer proceeded to Cavite, and, accompanied by Dr. Juan Perez,
+visited the principal authorities, and eventually succeeded in getting
+the prisoner lodged in jail, and a charge of murder entered against
+him. The bodies of the victims were never exhumed for examination. The
+resident engineer made a declaration, which was taken down in writing,
+and on one of his busiest days he was peremptorily summoned to appear
+before the judge, and solemnly ratify his testimony.
+
+About three days after Juan de la Cruz was lodged in Cavite jail,
+the dead body of the San Roque damsel, gashed by savage blows of the
+fatal bolo, was left by the ebb on the sands of Paranaque, a village
+just across the little Bay of Bacoor opposite to San Roque. She had
+paid with her life for her frailty as many another woman has done in
+every clime. From the appearance of the body it was thought it had
+been several days in the water.
+
+No legal evidence was forthcoming to fix the crime on any one,
+although few of those who knew the story harboured a doubt that the
+assassin of the two brothers was the murderer of the girl also.
+
+Juan de la Cruz remained in prison, and from time to time, but with
+increasing intervals, the resident engineer, the foreman and others
+were cited by the judge, interrogated, then cited again to ratify
+their declarations.
+
+The espediente, a pile of stamped paper, grew thicker and thicker,
+but the trial seemed no nearer. Month after month rolled on, the
+Varadero was finished, ships were drawn up, repaired and launched,
+Juan continued in prison.
+
+The resident engineer departed to other climes, and was soon expending
+his energy in building the great harbour at La Guayra. I was the means
+of obtaining an order for six gun-boats for the Varadero Company. They
+were built, launched, tried and delivered, and steamed away to overawe
+the piratical Moros. Still Juan continued in prison. Judges came and
+judges went, but the trial came no nearer. Year after year a judge
+of the Audiencia came in state to inspect the prisoners, and year
+after year Juan was set down as awaiting his trial.
+
+In December, 1892, I left the Philippines for Cuba and Juan de la
+Cruz was still in Cavite jail.
+
+Dr. Juan Perez, the surgeon who had examined the corpses, died, having
+wrongly diagnosed his own case, and Dr. Hugo Perez, a half caste,
+was appointed in his stead. Gustav Brown, the foreman, wearied of the
+monotony of ship repairing, became possessed by a longing to resume his
+nomadic life amongst the palm-clad islands of the Pacific. He purchased
+a schooner and embarked with his wife and family. First running down
+to Singapore to take in trade-goods for bartering with the natives,
+he sailed away for the Carolines where his wife's home lay. He never
+reached them; for, soon after leaving Singapore, he came to a bloody
+end at the hands of his Chinese crew, who killed and decapitated him.
+
+The insurrection broke out in Cavite Province, Colonel Mattone's column
+was defeated by the insurgents with great slaughter. Dr. Hugo Perez,
+the successor of Dr. Juan Perez, was suspected of sympathising with
+the rebels, and, needless to say, he soon came to a bloody end. He
+did not have to wait long for his trial.
+
+In 1896, Mr. George Gilchrist, the engineer at the Varadero, who was
+not in the Philippines when the murders were committed, was cited by
+the judge, and asked if he could identify the prisoner ten years after
+his arrest! Two years more passed, and in April, 1898, Mr. Gilchrist
+returned to Scotland for a well-earned holiday. When he left Canacao,
+Juan de la Cruz was still in prison awaiting his trial.
+
+He may have escaped when the rebels occupied Cavite after Admiral
+Dewey's victory over the Spanish Squadron in the Bay of Bacoor.
+
+For the murderer no pity need be felt, he certainly had nothing to
+gain and all to lose by a trial. A double murder, premeditated,
+accompanied by acts of great barbarity, and committed at night,
+constitutes by the Penal Code a capital offence with three aggravating
+circumstances which would forbid all hope of clemency.
+
+But what can be thought of courts so remiss in their duty? How many
+innocent prisoners have waited years for their trial? How many have
+died in prison?
+
+
+
+Piratical Outrage in Luzon.
+
+At Laguimanoc, a port and village in the Province of Tayabas, there
+resided an Englishman, Mr. H. G. Brown, who had been many years in
+the Philippines. By the exercise of untiring industry, by braving
+the malaria of the primeval forests, and by his never-failing tact in
+dealing with the officials of the Woods and Forests on the one hand,
+and with the semi-barbarous and entirely lawless wood-cutters on
+the other, he had built up an extensive business in cutting timber
+in the state forests of Southern Luzon and the adjacent islands. He
+was owner of several sailing vessels, had a well-appointed saw-mill,
+and a comfortable residence at Languimanoc. He employed large numbers
+of wood-cutters; all under advances of pay, who were scattered about
+the Provinces of Tayabas, and Camarines Norte over a considerable area.
+
+His business was so considerable that he paid the Government fully
+$30,000 per year as royalty on timber which was mostly shipped to
+Hong Kong and Shanghai.
+
+In order to facilitate a business so profitable to them the Government
+placed a Custom House official at Atimonan, in the Bay of Lamon on
+the Pacific coast, to clear and despatch his timber vessels loaded
+at Atimonan, Gumacas, Lopez, Alabat Island, or other places. To show
+how little Mr. Brown spared himself, I may mention that not even
+the dreaded jungle-fever of Mindoro prevented him from personally
+superintending the loading of several vessels at different ports of
+that pestilential island. In persistence and pluck he was a worthy
+predecessor of Professor D. C. Worcester, who years afterwards showed
+his Anglo-Saxon determination in the same fearsome spot.
+
+One day in December of 1884, Mr. Brown being absent in Hong Kong,
+and his manager, Mr. Anderson, busy on the Pacific coast, looking
+after the loading of a vessel, the out-door superintendent, a Swede
+named Alfred Olsen, was in charge of the house, office, and saw-mill
+at Laguimanoc, and was attending to the loading of the Tartar, one
+of Mr. Brown's ships which was anchored in the bay taking in timber
+for China. She had a native crew who occasionally of an evening, when
+ashore to enjoy themselves, got up a disturbance with the villagers. On
+board this vessel there were, as is usual, two Carabineros or Custom
+House guards to prevent smuggling.
+
+Although no one in the village suspected it, two large canoes full of
+armed men were lying concealed behind a point in Capuluan Cove on the
+opposite side of the Bay. At eight o'clock in the evening, it being
+quite dark, they came across, and in perfect order, according to a
+pre-arranged plan advanced in silence on the village. The assailants
+numbered twenty-eight men, and were variously armed with lances, bolos
+and daggers. Only the leader bore a revolver. A guard was left on the
+canoes, four of the gang were stationed at the door of Mr. Brown's
+house, and others at strategic points, whilst the main body attacked
+the Tribunal close by which was also the estanco where there was some
+Government money, postage stamps and stamped paper. At all Tribunales
+there are a couple of cuadrilleros, or village constables on guard,
+armed usually with lance and bolo. These men did their duty and
+manfully resisted the pirates. In the combat which ensued, the sergeant
+of the Cuadrilleros was killed and some on both sides were wounded,
+but the pirates got the best of the fight, and plundered the estanco.
+
+In the meantime, Olsen, having heard the uproar, may have thought that
+the crew of the Tartar were again making a disturbance. At all events
+he left the house unarmed and unsuspicious, thus walking into the trap
+laid for him. The Tagals have a great respect for fire-arms, more
+especially for the revolvers and repeating rifles of the foreigner,
+thus they did not venture to enter the house, but the moment Olsen
+stepped out into the darkness and before he could see round about
+him, he was attacked by two men on each side, who plunged their
+daggers into his body, piercing his lungs. Bleeding profusely and
+vomiting blood he rushed back into the house towards his bedroom to
+get his revolver which was under the bed. His assailants, however,
+followed him into the room and butchered him before he could grasp
+it. At least the revolver was afterwards found in its case with the
+perfect impress of his blood-stained hand upon the oaken lid. A native
+boy named Pablo, about eight years old, was in the house at the time,
+and in his terror squeezed himself into a narrow space behind the door
+and escaped discovery, although he was an eye-witness of the crime.
+
+By this time the alarm had spread all over the little village, and
+the noise was heard on board the Tartar. The two Carabineros, taking
+their Remingtons and cartridge boxes, had themselves paddled on shore,
+and marching up the stairs which led to the rocky eminence on which
+the village stands, bravely advanced against the pirates although
+out-numbered by more than ten to one. They fired their rifles,
+but the gang rushed upon them and in a moment they were cut down,
+and according to Tagal custom, their bellies were ripped open. The
+pirates having now overcome all opposition and having plundered
+the estanco, and the inevitable Chinaman's shop, transferred their
+attention to Mr. Brown's house, which they ransacked, taking the
+contents of the safe, a collection of gold and silver coins, seven
+Martini-Henry rifles with ammunition, and two revolvers, as well as
+any other things they deemed of value. They burst open the desks,
+drawers, and wardrobes, cutting and hacking the furniture with their
+bolos in wanton mischief. Then embarking their spoil, they sailed
+away with the land breeze.
+
+Information had been sent off to the nearest post of the Guardia Civil,
+and on its receipt, an officer with a force of that corps instantly
+set off and captured one party of the pirates red-handed as they
+beached their canoe. Within a week twenty-six had been captured and
+one shot dead whilst escaping. There only remained the leader. He,
+as it was afterwards discovered, was concealed in a secluded wood a
+few miles from Sariaya, and one night he was speared by the Captain
+of Cuadrilleros of that town, who is said to have had valid reasons
+for getting him out of the way.
+
+This band of pirates were a mixed lot; some of them were principales or
+members of the town council of Sariaya, a picturesque little place on
+the southern slope of Mount Banajao, and some from San Juan de Boc-boc;
+others were ordinary inhabitants, a few were outlaws from the San Juan
+mountains, and four or five were fishermen whom the gang had met on
+their passage by sea and had invited to accompany them. This custom
+of Convites is explained in Chapter XXV. Of course the fishermen,
+when interrogated, declared they had been pressed into the service,
+but in fact very few natives have the moral courage to decline so
+pleasing an entertainment, as it appeals to a feeling deeply seated
+in their hearts, the love of rapine, only to be restrained by the
+heavy hand of a military police "who do not hesitate to shoot." The
+provincial doctor arrived next morning with the judge who was to take
+the depositions of the villagers and draw up the sumario. Olsen was
+dead, the sergeant of Cuadrilleros also and one of the Carabineros,
+but strange to say, in spite of a dozen ghastly wounds, the other
+one was still alive, though his bowels were protruding, having fallen
+out through the gash which it is the Tagal custom to finish off with.
+
+When the provincial doctor saw him, he said, "Nothing can possibly
+be done for him," and departed. So, abandoned to his own resources,
+he replaced the bowels himself, and getting one of the villagers to
+bind him up, he eventually recovered. He was seen by Mr. Brown a year
+or two later, and is probably alive now. This seems extraordinary, but
+a similar case occurred to a man who had worked under me. An English
+bricklayer named John Heath had been employed building furnaces and
+kilns in Manila, and having completed his work, took to farming and
+rented some grass meadows (sacate lands) at Mandaloyan. One night he
+and another Englishman staying with him were attacked in his house by a
+party of Tagals with drawn bolos. The visitor, although wounded, leaped
+from the window and escaped, but Heath was cut down, then lifted on to
+the window sill, hacked about, and finally, according to Tagal custom,
+ripped open and left for dead. Yet this man also entirely recovered,
+and after a year seemed as strong as ever, although he was advised
+not to exert his strength. This outrage was clearly agrarian, and was,
+I feel sure, committed by those who had previously rented these lands
+and had been turned out. No one was ever punished for it.
+
+To return to the gang of pirates; two had been killed, the rest were
+in prison. Year after year passed, still they remained in prison;
+judges came, stayed their term, were promoted and went, but still
+these men were never sentenced.
+
+In 1889, I visited Laguimanoc to make a plan and valuation of the
+property, as the business was about to be taken over by a Limited
+Liability Company, established in Hong Kong. This was five years after
+the date of the murders, some of the prisoners had died in prison, the
+others were awaiting their sentence. But I found that the Government
+had established a sergeant's post of the Guardia Civil in the village,
+which effectually prevented a repetition of the outrage.
+
+A year later I again visited Laguimanoc, but the trial of the prisoners
+was no further advanced. No less than nine of them died in prison,
+still no sentence was pronounced. Even for a Philippine Court this
+was extraordinary, for the gang had committed the unpardonable crime
+"Resistencia a fuerza armada" (Resistance to an armed force), and could
+have been tried by Court-martial and summarily shot. They had also
+dared to lay their profane hands on the sacred money-box containing
+a portion of the "Real Haber" (Government money), so that it was not
+only a question of murder and robbery of private people. But the Civil
+Court, negligent, slothful, and corrupt, could not be got to convict,
+and a few years ago, Mr. Brown having left the islands, the surviving
+prisoners were pardoned by the Queen Regent on the occasion of the
+young King's birthday.
+
+The contrast between the military and civil elements in this case is
+very strong.
+
+The military element performed its duties thoroughly well, under great
+difficulties, and promptly arrested the malefactors. In my experience
+this has been always the case, and I draw from it the conclusion
+that military Government is essential to the pacification of the
+Philippines and that authority must be backed up by a native force
+of constabulary under American officers who must be young and active.
+
+Such offences as piracy or gang-robbery should never come before a
+Civil Court, but should be promptly settled by court-martial before
+which no technicalities or legal subtleties need be taken into account.
+
+A firm, nay, a heavy hand over the Philippines is the most merciful
+in the long run.
+
+I am sorry to have to relate that the Company which took over
+Mr. Brown's business did not long prosper. Whilst he remained at the
+head of it, all went well, but as soon as he left to take a much-needed
+rest, it began to fail. The personality of the individual is everything
+in most Spanish countries and especially in the Philippines. No
+manager could be found who could keep on terms with the officials,
+control the wild wood-cutters or risk jungle-fever by entering the
+forests to personally inspect the work.
+
+The organization decayed and the business went to pieces. Let intending
+investors take note.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+CAUSES OF TAGAL REVOLT.
+
+    Corrupt officials--"Laws of the Indies"--Philippines a dependency
+    of Mexico up to 1800--The opening of the Suez Canal--Hordes
+    of useless officials--The Asimilistas--Discontent, but no
+    disturbance--Absence of crime--Natives petition for the expulsion
+    of the Friars--Many signatories of the petition punished.
+
+
+The Spanish Colonial system was based upon the simple and
+well-recognised principle of rewarding political services to the
+Government in power, by the pillage of a colony.
+
+Sometimes special circumstances rendered it necessary for the
+Government to send out the man best fitted to cope with a critical
+situation, but in normal times the good old corrupt plan was followed.
+
+The appointment of a Governor-General would be arranged by the Prime
+Minister and submitted for the approval of the monarch. The Colonial
+Minister, like the other subordinate ministers, counted for little in
+a Cabinet presided over by such commanding personalities as Canovas,
+or Sagasta. They were, in fact, mere heads of departments.
+
+In another chapter I have remarked that it was generally believed
+that General Weyler purchased his appointment as Governor-General of
+the Philippines, by a cash payment and an annual subsidy.
+
+There were, however, certain officials whom it would be unjust to
+class with those who practically had to rob for their living, because
+they were subject to dismissal at any moment. These unfortunates knew
+perfectly well that integrity and ability would not ensure them a
+single day's grace. Whenever the man in power wanted that place for
+his cousin or his uncle, out they would go. Similarly, if they had any
+interest, misbehaviour would not lose the appointment. Considering
+the system, the wonder was that some of them were honest, not that
+most of them were thieves.
+
+Amongst those who had fixed appointments were the Inspector-General
+of Forests and his assistants. Every British and American resident
+in, or visitor to Manila, will remember a Catalan gentleman, Don
+Sebastian Vidal y Soler and his charming wife Dona Ella Paoli de
+Vidal, a lady from Philadelphia. Vidal was a man of great learning
+and equal modesty, a man of the strictest honour, kind-hearted and
+charitable in the extreme. He was well-known in America, in London,
+Paris, and Amsterdam, and wherever botanists congregate. His death
+in 1890 was universally regretted.
+
+In the same branch of the service there was another gentleman whom
+I must name. Don Jose Sainz de Baranda, at one time acting Colonial
+Secretary, is a most courteous gentleman, whose high character and
+marked ability were well worthy of the confidence reposed in him by
+General Terrero. Any country might be proud to own Senor Sainz de
+Baranda. For my part I preserve the most agreeable remembrances of
+these two friends.
+
+In the Department of Public Works there were men of considerable
+attainments as engineers--Don Eduardo Lopez Navarro, author of the
+project for the new harbour; Don Genaro Palacios, who designed and
+carried out the waterworks and designed the Church of Saint Sebastian,
+in both of which works I took part; and Senor Brockman, who constructed
+several lighthouses in different parts of the Archipelago. I feel bound
+to say that so far as my knowledge went, there was no corruption or
+underhand work in either the Inspection of Forests or the Public Works.
+
+As to the patronage of other civil offices I have had the procedure
+explained to me by a Spaniard well up in the subject, and I give an
+imaginary instance to illustrate the system.
+
+When a political party came into power and the question of forming
+the Cabinet was being debated, Senor M----, a leader of a group of
+deputies, might say, "I renounce the honour of entering the Cabinet,
+and instead will take the Presidency of the Chamber and the right to
+appoint the Collector of Customs at Havana, the Intendant General of
+Hacienda at Manila, and the Governor of Batangas, with a dozen second
+and third class governorships or judgeships."
+
+If this was agreed to, perhaps, after some haggling, Senor M----
+distributed the nominations to the lower appointments amongst his
+supporters, who disposed of them for their own advantage.
+
+The nominations to the higher offices remained the absolute private
+property of Senor M----, and he proceeded to pick out men up to the
+job, to undertake the appointments. Some of them paid him large sums
+in cash, and others entered into contracts binding themselves to remit
+him monthly a large proportion of their emoluments and pickings. In
+some cases it was stipulated that if a single payment was in default,
+the unfortunate employe would be instantly dismissed. I have personally
+known of this condition. Those he nominated referred to him as their
+padrino or godfather.
+
+The actual holders of the offices referred to would then be summarily
+dismissed, however well they might have behaved whilst serving, and
+the new horde would be installed in their places and would use every
+means to fill their pockets and to pay their padrino.
+
+Complaints against them were not likely to lead to their removal, for
+they were protected in Madrid by the powerful political interest of
+their padrino. If they kept within the criminal law, they had little
+to fear, however greedy they might be.
+
+Some of the governors and other officials had the talent of filling
+their pockets without making enemies. I have already referred to
+a Governor of Batangas, as eminent in this line. It must not be
+supposed that the illicit gains of the officials were extorted from
+the individual native. They were principally drawn from the fallos,
+or local tax in redemption of polos or personal service. This money
+ought to have been employed in repairing roads, bridges, and public
+buildings. But as nearly the whole was diverted into the pockets
+of the officials and their padrinos, the roads became impassable in
+the wet season, the bridges, if of wood, rotted, if of stone, were
+thrown down by the earthquakes or carried away by floods, whilst the
+tribunales (town halls), fell into decay. I have known cases where
+a planter has been unable for months to send his sugar down to the
+port for shipment, as it was absolutely impossible for carts to pass
+along the road in the wet season. In a wealthy and populous province
+like Batangas, the fallos were sufficient to have paved all the main
+roads in the province with granite and to have bridged every stream.
+
+I may mention here a characteristic trait of Spanish
+administration. When a river-bridge fell down, they not only did
+not repair or renew it, but they put up to auction the monopoly of
+ferrying vehicles and passengers across the stream. The purchaser of
+the right fastened a rattan across the river and provided a couple
+of canoes with a platform of cane laid over them, which served to
+ferry vehicles across by means of the rope; one or two at a time at a
+rather heavy charge. This truly Spanish method provided a revenue for
+the Administration, or pickings for an official, instead of requiring
+an outlay for a new bridge.
+
+Still, the natives, never having known anything better, supported
+these drawbacks with remarkable equanimity. They were left very much
+to themselves, and were not interfered with nor worried. The army
+was small and the conscription did not press heavily upon them.
+
+They lived under the "Leyes de Indias" (may their makers have found
+favour with God), a code of laws deserving of the greatest praise
+for wisdom and humanity. They protected the native against extortion,
+constituting him a perpetual minor as against the usurer. He could not
+be sued for more than five dollars. Compare this wise disposition with
+what has been going on in India ever since the British Government has
+administered it, where the principal occupation of the lower courts
+is to decree the foreclosure of mortgages on the ryot's patches of
+land at the suit of the village usurer. The result has been that
+in some provinces the small landowner class who furnished fighting
+men for the Indian Army has almost disappeared. It is only now in
+1900 that something is proposed to be done to remedy this evil, and
+knowing my countrymen, I quite expect some weak-kneed compromise will
+be arrived at.
+
+The "Leyes de Indias" conferred upon the native the perpetual usufruct
+of any land that he kept under cultivation; and this right descended
+from father to son.
+
+As a result of these laws, most of the arable land in Luzon, Cebu,
+and some other islands belongs to the natives to this day, although
+many of them have no other title than possession. The natives also had
+the privilege of cutting timber in the forests for house-building or
+repairing, or for making a canoe free of dues. They could also cut
+bamboos for their fences or roofs and collect firewood.
+
+These privileges were restricted to natives, and were not extended
+to Spaniards or Chinese. The taxes paid by the natives were light
+and they could live and thrive.
+
+Had these wise and admirable laws been carried out in the spirit in
+which they were made, the Philippines might have been Spanish to this
+day and the natives would have had little to complain of.
+
+The Philippines were for nearly three centuries after their discovery
+by the Spaniards a mere dependency of Mexico, communication being kept
+up by an annual galleon or sometimes two sailing between Acapulco and
+Manila through the Strait of San Bernardino. The long and tedious
+voyage deterred all but priests and officials from proceeding to
+the Philippines.
+
+When this route was given up, which happened some ten years before the
+Independence of Mexico, which was proclaimed in 1820, communication
+with the Peninsula was by sailing vessels via the Cape of Good
+Hope. That was a voyage that would not be lightly undertaken either
+going or returning. Spaniards who then came to the Archipelago often
+stayed there for the rest of their lives.
+
+The opening of the Suez Canal in 1869 and the establishment of a
+line of steamers bringing Manila within thirty days of Barcelona was
+the most important event in the history of the Philippines since the
+conquest, and it had the gravest consequences. It greatly stimulated
+the trade of the Philippines, but it enormously increased the number of
+Spaniards in the Islands. Hordes of hungry-looking Iberians arrived
+by every steamer with nominations to posts for which most of them
+possessed no qualification. It seemed as if all the loafers of the
+Puerta del Sol and the Calle de Alcala were to be dumped in the
+Philippines and fed by the Treasury.
+
+Places had to be found for them, and a bureaucratic administration
+partly copied from French practice, was rapidly substituted for
+the old paternal regime. New departments were organised or the old
+ones greatly extended. Far more money was spent on the salaries
+of engineers and assistant-engineers than on public works. The
+salaries of the officials of the Woods and Forests exceeded the
+revenue derived from dues on timber cut in the Crown forests,
+and their regulations seriously interfered with the privileges of
+the natives previously mentioned, and caused great discontent. The
+salaries of the Inspectors of Mines were almost a useless expense,
+for there was no revenue derived from mines, in fact there were no
+mines, only placers and washings. A medical service was organised at
+great cost and to little advantage. Doctors were appointed to reside
+at the hot springs, and one could not take a bath there without paying
+a fee. Model farms and Schools of Agriculture were started, to find
+places for more Spaniards, for the officials received their salaries,
+but no funds were forthcoming for material or establishment.
+
+In 1886 there took place the separation of the executive and the
+judicial functions, and eighteen civil governors were appointed to
+the principal provinces. Later on, eighteen judges of first instance
+were nominated to these same provinces. After centuries of rule,
+the Alcaldes Mayores were abolished.
+
+Then came a period when certain bureaucrats in Madrid conceived what
+they thought a vast and patriotic idea. They founded a school of
+politicians who called themselves Asimilistas. Their grand idea was
+to assimilate the administration of the Philippines to that of the
+Mother Country. They thought it wise to assimilate the institutions
+of a tropical dependency with eight millions of native inhabitants,
+of whom one-sixth part were independent heathen or Mahometans, to
+the gradually evolved institutions of Old Spain.
+
+By way of a commencement they began to speak and write of the
+Philippines as "that beautiful province of Spain." The Philippine army
+had always been distinct from the Peninsular army, but now by a paper
+reform it was embodied in it, and the regiments were re-numbered,
+the 1st Visayas Regiment becoming the 74th, etc. This was considered
+to be a strong link to bind together the Mother Country and the Colony.
+
+The extra expense of these crowds of employes and of some expeditions
+to Mindanao and Jolo was very heavy, accordingly every year saw
+some new and oppressive tax. In 1883 the "Tributo," or tribute that
+had been paid by the natives since the conquest, was replaced by a
+tax on the Cedula Personal, or document of identity, and this was
+paid by all adults of both sexes, whether Spaniards, foreigners,
+or half-castes. In the Appendix will be found a facsimile of my cedula.
+
+The Customs duties were several times raised, sometimes without much
+notice. A tax on all trades and professions, on horses and carriages,
+a heavy port tax, a vexatious tax on all animals slaughtered, even down
+to a sucking pig, taxes on the hand-looms used by the women in their
+spare time, taxes on sugar-mills, rice-mills, on boats and lighters,
+and on houses; all these and many more were collected.
+
+There were also serious agrarian disputes between the Dominicans,
+the Augustinians, and the tenants on their estates, owing to
+excessive rents demanded by the friars. All these circumstances
+brought about a great change in the relations between the Spaniards
+and the natives. Whereas formerly the wealthy native kept open house
+on feast days, and received with pleasure the visits of Spaniards,
+generally elderly men used to the country and speaking the language
+of the people, he now found his house invaded by a crowd of young
+officials new to the country and its ways, who fell on the eatables
+like a swarm of famishing locusts, and soon devoured the turkeys
+and hams and other good things he had provided to entertain his
+friends. Besides, his women-folk would probably not be treated by the
+new-comers with the courtesy and consideration they had been used to.
+
+An estrangement gradually made itself felt, and increased year by
+year, in direct proportion to the influx of Spaniards. Not one in a
+hundred of these did any useful work or added in any way to the wealth
+of the community. They were the drones of the hive, and were in fact
+directly harmful, for they had to be supported from the Treasury, and
+they irritated the natives by their illegal exactions and overbearing
+conduct whenever they came in contact with them.
+
+Still year after year passed without disturbances. From 1877 to 1892,
+whilst I was in the country, I can testify that almost perfect order
+reigned. The fighting in Mindanao and Jolo went on as a matter of
+course like the Acheen war in Sumatra, and an expedition was sent
+against the Igorrotes. But in the civilised districts of Luzon and
+Visayas good order was kept. The only outbreak I remember was the
+religious excitement in Samar, which closed when the false gods were
+shot down.
+
+Crime was infrequent, and in those fourteen years I do not think
+half-a-dozen executions took place. There was less risk of burglary in
+Manila than in a London suburb. Whatever their faults I must give the
+Spanish Administration credit for the perfect order they kept. Manila,
+in this respect, compared favourably with Hong Kong, and still better
+with Singapore, where the authorities, perhaps remembering the fate of
+Governor Eyre of Jamaica, and in terror of Exeter Hall, tolerated the
+incredible insolence of the Chinese secret societies. These villainous
+organisations, which in Singapore successfully defied the law, never
+raised their heads in Manila, and Rajah Brooke showed how to treat
+them in Sarawak.
+
+In pursuance of the Asimilista policy, in July 1887, the Penal Code
+was put in force in the Philippines by peremptory order from the
+Government at Madrid, and much against the opinion of experienced
+officials. In December of the same year the Civil Code was promulgated.
+
+It cannot be said that these reforms, however well-intended,
+produced any beneficial effect on the natives. Combined with the great
+increase in taxation, they intensified the discontent that was always
+smouldering, more especially in the hearts of the native priests. Their
+grievances against the religious orders, and more particularly against
+the Recollets, who had been compensated for the handing over of their
+benefices in Mindanao to the Jesuits, at the expense of the secular
+clergy, were the cause of their bitter hatred of the Spanish friars.
+
+In 1883 Field-Marshal Jovellar had thought it necessary to strengthen
+the small garrison by bringing out two battalions of Marine
+Infantry. However it was not till March 1st, 1888, that some natives
+and mestizos, emboldened by the fact that an anti-clerical, D. Jose
+Centeno, a mining engineer, was Acting Civil Governor of Manila,
+walked in procession to his official residence and presented a petition
+addressed to the Governor-General, demanding the immediate expulsion of
+the friars of the religious orders, and of the Archbishop, whom they
+declared unworthy to occupy the Primacy of the Islands. They further
+demanded the secularisation of the benefices and the confiscation of
+the estates of the Augustinians and the Dominicans.
+
+To this petition there were 810 signatures, but when the signatories
+were summoned and examined, most of them (as is their custom) declared
+they did not know what they had signed, and denied that they wished
+the friars to be expelled.
+
+The petition was said to have been written by Doroteo Cortes, a
+mestizo lawyer, but I am told he did not sign it.
+
+This manifestation, sixteen years after the mutiny at Cavite, seems
+to have had some relation to that event, for the petition accused
+the friars of compassing the death of Father Burgos, by subornation
+of justice.
+
+The result of this appeal of the natives was that the principal persons
+who took part in it were banished, or sent to reside at undesirable
+spots within the Archipelago.
+
+There were some agrarian disturbances at Calamba and Santa Rosa,
+one of the estates of the Dominicans, in 1890.
+
+I may say that only the Augustinians, the Dominicans, and the
+Recollets possess landed estates, and that I have had the opportunity
+of examining several of them. They are all situated in Tagal territory,
+and as they are the pick of the lands, their possession by the friars
+has caused great heart-burnings amongst the Tagals--there has been
+a smouldering agrarian discontent for years.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+THE RELIGIOUS ORDERS.
+
+    The Augustinians--Their glorious founder--Austin Friars in
+    England--Scotland--Mexico--They sail with Villalobos for the
+    Islands of the Setting Sun--Their disastrous voyage--Fray Andres
+    Urdaneta and his companions--Foundation of Cebu and Manila
+    with two hundred and forty other towns--Missions to Japan and
+    China--The Flora Filipina--The Franciscans--The Jesuits--The
+    Dominicans--The Recollets--Statistics of the religious orders in
+    the islands--Turbulence of the friars--Always ready to fight for
+    their country--Furnish a war ship and command it--Refuse to exhibit
+    the titles of their estates in 1689--The Augustinians take up arms
+    against the British--Ten of them fall on the field of battle--Their
+    rectories sacked and burnt--Bravery of the archbishop and friars in
+    1820--Father Ibanez raises a battalion--Leads it to the assault of
+    a Moro Cotta--Execution of native priests in 1872--Small garrison
+    in the islands--Influence of the friars--Their behaviour--Herr
+    Jagor--Foreman--Worcester--Younghusband--Opinion of Pope Clement
+    X.--Tennie C. Claflin--Equality of opportunity--Statuesque figures
+    of the girls--The author's experience of the Friars--The Philippine
+    clergy--Who shall cast the first stone?--Constitution of the
+    orders--Life of a friar--May become an archbishop--The chapter--The
+    estates--The Peace Commission--Pacification retarded--Who will
+    collect the rents?
+
+
+Before referring further to these estates it may be as well to give a
+brief sketch of the religious orders, whose existence is bound up with
+the history of the Philippines, to the conversion and civilisation of
+which they have so largely contributed. They won the islands for Spain,
+they held them for centuries, and now, having served their purpose,
+they have lost them, doubtless for ever.
+
+The Augustinians were the pioneers in converting the inhabitants of the
+Philippines, and they have maintained their predominance ever since.
+
+I therefore begin my description with this venerable order, and it
+will be proper to say something about its glorious founder.
+
+The following data are taken from the 'Encyclopaedia Britannica'
+and other sources.
+
+Augustine (Aurelius Augustinus) one of the four great fathers of
+the Latin Church, and admittedly the greatest of the four, was born
+at Tagaste (Tajelt), a town of Numidia, North Africa, A.D. 354. His
+father, Patricius, was a burgess of this town, and was still a pagan
+at the time of his son's birth.
+
+His mother, Monica, was not only a Christian, but a woman of the most
+elevated, tender, and devoted piety, whose affectionate and beautiful
+enthusiasm have passed into a touching type of womanly saintliness
+for all ages.
+
+Augustine studied rhetoric at Madaura and Carthage, and visited Rome
+and Milan.
+
+He passed many years in unrest of mind and doubt, but ultimately a
+passage from Romans xii. 13, 14 seemed to pour the light of peace into
+his heart. He became a Christian and was baptised in his thirty-third
+year. Patricius was also converted and baptised, and Monica found the
+desire of her life fulfilled and her dear ones united to her in faith.
+
+After some years of retirement, Augustine made a journey to Hippo
+Regius, a Roman colony on the River Rubricatus in North Africa,
+and became a presbyter.
+
+His principal writings are 'The City of God,' 'Confessions,' and
+'The Trinity.'
+
+He died during the siege of Hippo by the Vandals at the age of 75.
+
+The theological position and influence of Augustine may be said to
+be unrivalled. No single name has ever exercised such power over the
+Christian Church, and no one mind has ever made such an impression
+upon Christian thought.
+
+The Augustinians look upon this great Christian moralist as their
+founder, and reverence his memory and that of his saintly mother.
+
+Whether he personally drew up the rules they observe or not, they
+were his disciples, following in his foot-steps, and finding their
+inspiration in his writings and example.
+
+Great indeed must have been the magnetic force of that vehement nature
+that it could give an impetus to his followers that carried them all
+over Europe, that made them the companions of the discoverers and
+conquerors of the New World, and that filled their hearts with zeal
+and courage to face the dangers of the great lone ocean in company
+with Villalobos and Legaspi.
+
+The Order traces its inception to the town of Hippo, and fixes
+the date at A.D. 395. Many, doubtless, were its vicissitudes, but
+in the year 1061, and again in 1214, we find the Order remodelled
+and extended. The Augustinians were very numerous in England and
+Scotland. In 1105 they had settled at Colchester and at Nostell, near
+Pontefract. Later they had abbeys at Bristol, Llantony, Christchurch,
+Twynham, Bolton and London, where part of their church (Austin Friars)
+is still standing. Altogether they had 170 houses in England. Their
+first house in Scotland was at Scone in 1114, and they soon had 25
+houses, including churches or abbeys at Inchcolm in the Firth of Forth,
+St Andrew's, Holyrood, Cambuskenneth and Inchaffray.
+
+The Austin Friars or Black Canons were then described as an order of
+regular clergy holding a middle position between monks and secular
+canons, almost resembling a community of parish priests living under
+rule, and they have retained these characteristics to the present day.
+
+They were numerous in Spain, and some of the other Orders, such as the
+Dominicans or Preaching Friars, the Franciscans, and the Recollets,
+may almost be looked upon as offshoots of this venerable order, for
+they conformed to its general rule, with certain additions. Thus the
+Dominicans, founded by Saint Dominic de Guzman, were incorporated in
+1216 by a Bull of Pope Honorius III. and adopted a rule of absolute
+poverty or mendicancy in addition to the usual vows of chastity
+and obedience.
+
+This Order held its first chapter in 1220 at Bologna, under the
+presidency of its founder.
+
+The vows of poverty of this powerful Order have not prevented it
+from holding large estates in the Philippines, from owning blocks
+of buildings in Manila and Hong Kong, and from having a huge sum
+invested in British and American securities. These however belong to
+the Corporation and not to the individual members.
+
+From Spain the Augustinians spread to Mexico and assisted the
+Franciscans, who were the pioneers there under Father Bartolome
+de Olmedo and Father Martin de Valencia, to gather in the abundant
+harvest. Father Toribio de Benavente was one of twelve Franciscans
+sent out in 1523, and he has left records of the success of these
+missionaries. They opened schools and founded colleges, and in
+twenty years nine millions of converts had been admitted into the
+Christian fold.
+
+By this time Magellan had passed the narrow straits, and sailing
+across the vast solitudes of the Pacific had reached the Visayas
+Islands to meet his fate, and Sebastian de Elcano had completed the
+circumnavigation of the globe and had arrived in Spain with accounts
+of the new lands which the expedition had discovered.
+
+When, in 1542, Captain Ruy Lopez de Villalobos sailed from Natividad
+(Mexico) for the Islands of the Setting Sun, only to die of grief at
+Amboyna, there accompanied him a group of Augustinian Friars. After
+the loss of his vessels the survivors took ship for Goa and from
+thence returned to Europe, arriving at Lisbon in August 1549, seven
+years after leaving the port of Natividad.
+
+The Order has carefully preserved the names of these early
+missionaries; they are, Frs. Jeronimo de San Esteban, Sebastian de
+Trasierra, Nicolas de Perea, Alonso Alvarado.
+
+In the expedition under General Don Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, which
+sailed in 1564, Fray Andres Urdaneta, an Augustinian, went as chief
+navigator and cartographer, and the following friars accompanied him:
+Frs. Andres de Aiguirre, Martin de Rada, Diego Herrero, Pedro Gamboa.
+
+Since founding the city of Cebu in 1570, and the city of Manila
+the following year, the Augustinians have continued to found town
+after town, and down to 1892 had founded no less than two hundred
+and forty-two, administered by two hundred and forty-seven priests
+of the Order as by the following table:--
+
+
+Year 1892.
+
+        Summary of Towns founded by the Augustinians.
+
+        Handed over to other Orders              28
+        Amalgamated with other towns             11
+        Administered by Augustinians            203
+                                                ---
+                        Total                   242
+
+
+Population of the above 203 towns, 2,082,181.
+
+The Augustinians in the Philippine Islands.
+
+    In Parish Ministry.
+                       Parish Priests               188
+                       Stewards                      37
+                       Coadjutors                     7
+                       Vicars (learning dialects)     3
+                       Missionaries                  12
+                                                    ---
+                                                    247
+
+    Residing in the convents of Manila, Cebu, and Guadalupe.
+                       Superiors or Office bearers   19
+                       Conventual Priests             7
+                       Students                      14
+                       Invalids                       6
+                       Lay Brethren                  17
+                                                     --
+                                                     63
+                                                    ===
+                            Total                   310
+
+
+In former years this Order had established missions in Japan, and they
+were very successful in making converts, but during the persecution
+many members of the Order lost their lives, or, as they phrase it,
+"attained the palm of martyrdom."
+
+At the present time they maintain seven missionaries in the province
+of Hun-nan in China. In Spain they support three colleges, Valladolid,
+La Vid, and La Escorial. They are also in charge of the magnificent
+church of that extraordinary palace, and of the priceless library of
+which they are editing a catalogue.
+
+The Augustinians have published a great many works, such as grammars
+and vocabularies of the native dialects, and many books of devotion.
+
+One of their leading men, Father Manuel Blanco, was a most learned
+and laborious botanist. He collected and classified so many of the
+Philippine plants that the Order decided to complete his work and
+publish it. Fray Andres Naves and Fray Celestino Fernandez Villar,
+both well-known to me, worked for years at this, and were assisted
+by my illustrious friend H. E. Don Sebastian Vidal Soler and others.
+
+The result is a most sumptuous and magnificent work--published in
+Manila--there being four folio volumes enriched by many hundreds
+of coloured plates of the different trees, shrubs, orchids and
+lianas, most beautifully executed from water-colour paintings by
+D. Regino Garcia and others. This monumental book is called the
+'Flora Filipina.' It received a diploma of honour at the International
+Colonial Exhibition of Amsterdam in 1883. The British Museum possesses
+a copy, but unfortunately most of the work was destroyed by fire in
+the bombardment of the Convent of Guadalupe during the war.
+
+However, the widow of Senor Vidal, now Mrs. Amilon of Philadelphia,
+still has some copies to dispose of.
+
+I hope that what I have said about the Augustinians will show that
+they are not the lazy and unprofitable persons they are sometimes
+represented. The same may be said of the Dominicans.
+
+The Augustinians were followed, after an interval of seven years,
+by the Franciscans, four years after that by the Jesuits, six years
+after the Jesuits came the Dominicans.
+
+Last of all came the Recollets, or bare-footed Augustinians.
+
+The following Table gives the numbers of friars of the five religious
+orders in the Philippines, at the dates mentioned, taken from their own
+returns. The first column gives the dates of the first foundation of
+the Order, the second the date of its arrival in the Archipelago. The
+other columns give the statistics of baptisms, marriages and deaths,
+taken from the parish registers.
+
+
+Statement of the Population Administered by the Religious Corporations
+and Secular Clergy in the Philippines, 1896.
+
+Year of Foundation or Revival.
+|    Year of Arrival.
+|    |    Corporation.   Towns.
+|    |    |              |    Provinces.
+|    |    |              |    |  Friars.
+|    |    |              |    |  |      Baptisms.  Marriages.
+|    |    |              |    |  |      |          |       Burials.
+|    |    |              |    |  |      |          |       |       Souls.
+395  1570 Augustinians   203  16   310  98,731     20,355  83,051  2,082,131
+1061
+1532 1606 Recollets      194  20   192  56,259     11,439  40,008  1,175,156
+1208 1577 Franciscans    153  15   455  38,858     11,927  35,737  1,010,753
+1216 1587 Dominicans      69  10   206  27,576      7,307  32,336    699,851
+1534 1581 Jesuits [5]     33   6   167  15,302 [6]  2,017   4,937    191,493
+          Secular Clergy  ..  ..    ..     ..         ..      ..     967,294
+                                 -----                             ---------
+             Total               1,330                             6,126,678
+
+
+N.B.--
+The population of the Islands according to the census of 1877  5,995,160
+Probable Christian population, 1899                            8,000,000
+
+
+These holy men have, since very early times, shown themselves rather
+turbulent, and then and always endeavoured to carry matters with a
+high hand. Thus in 1582 we find them refusing to admit the diocesan
+visit of the Bishop of Manila, and that old dispute has cropped
+up on and off many times since then. At the same time we find them
+taking the part of the natives against the Encomenderos. They have
+always been ready to fight for their country and to subscribe money
+for its defence. When Acting Governor Guido de Lavezares headed the
+column which attacked the pirate Li-ma-Hon, he was accompanied by
+the Provincial of the Augustinians. In 1603 all the friars in Manila
+took up arms against the revolted Chinese, and three years later the
+Augustinians not only furnished a war ship to fight the Portuguese,
+but provided a captain for it in the person of one of their Order,
+Fray Antonio Flores. It appears that the estates of the Augustinians
+and the Dominicans were very early a bone of contention, for in 1689
+a judge arrived in Manila, and, in virtue of a special commission he
+had brought from Madrid, he required them to present their titles. This
+they refused to do, and the judge was sent back to Mexico, and a friend
+of the friars was appointed as Commissioner in his place. Then the
+friars condescended to unofficially exhibit their titles. Now more
+than two centuries after the first abortive attempt, the question of
+the ownership of these lands is still under discussion.
+
+During the British occupation of Manila in 1763 the friars took up
+arms in defence of their flag, and gave their church bells to be
+cast into cannon. No less than ten Augustinians fell on the field
+of battle. The British treated them with great severity, sacking and
+destroying their rectories and estate houses, and selling everything
+of theirs they could lay hands on. I have visited the ruins of the
+old estate house of Malinta which was burnt by the British.
+
+In 1820, when the massacre of foreigners by the Manila mob took
+place, owing the cowardice of General Folgueras, the archbishop and
+friars marched out in procession to the scene of the disturbance and
+succeeded in saving many lives. In 1851 a Recollet, Father Ibanez,
+raised a battalion from his congregation, trained and commanded it. He
+took the field at Mindanao and with the most undaunted bravery led his
+men to the assault of a Moro Cotta, or fort, dying like our General
+Wolfe at the moment of victory. Not one man of this battalion ever
+deserted or hung back from the combats, for the worthy priest had
+all their wives under a solemn vow never to receive them again unless
+they returned victorious from the campaign.
+
+The religious orders have frequently interfered to protect the
+natives against the civil authorities, and were often on very good
+terms with the mass of their parishioners. The greatest jealousy of
+them was felt by the native clergy.
+
+The military revolt which broke out in Cavite in 1872, was doubtless
+inspired by this class, who saw that a policy had been adopted of
+filling vacancies in all benefices except the poorest, with Spanish
+friars instead of natives. The condemnation of Burgos, Gomez,
+and Zamora, three native priests who were executed at Manila soon
+after the suppression of the revolt, is ascribed by the natives and
+mestizos to the subornation of justice to the friars, who are said
+to have paid a large sum for their condemnation.
+
+However this may be, there is no doubt that since that date the
+feeling against the friars has become intensified.
+
+The friars were the chief outposts and even bulwarks of the government
+against rebellions. Almost every rising has been detected by them,
+many plots being revealed by women under the seal of confession. It
+was only by the assistance of the friars that the islands were held
+by Spain for so many centuries almost without any military force.
+
+The islands were not conquered by force of arms--the people were
+converted almost without firing a shot.
+
+The greater part of the fighting was to protect the natives against
+Chinese pirates, Japanese corsairs, Dutch rovers, or the predatory
+heathen.
+
+The defensive forces consisted of local troops and companies of
+Mexican and Peruvian Infantry. It is only since 1828 that Manila has
+been garrisoned by regular troops from the Peninsula.
+
+During my residence in the islands I do not think there were more than
+1500 Spanish troops in garrison in the whole islands, except when
+some marines were sent out. These troops belonged to the Peninsular
+Regiment of Artillery, and were a very fine looking set of men.
+
+That this small force could be sufficient is evidently due to the
+influence of the friars in keeping the people quiet.
+
+Yet the feeling of a great majority of Spanish civilians was against
+the friars, and I think many of those who supported them, only did
+so from interested motives.
+
+The consequence was that as the number of Spaniards increased, the
+influence of the friars diminished, for the Spanish anti-clericals
+had no scruples in criticising the priests and in speaking plainly
+to the natives to their prejudice.
+
+The friars have fared badly at the hands of several writers on the
+Philippines; but it will be noticed that those who know the least
+about them speak the worst of them.
+
+Herr Jagor, who was much amongst them, bears witness to the strict
+decorum of their households, whilst he very justly says that the
+behaviour of the native clergy leaves something to be desired.
+
+Foreman hints at horrors, and with questionable taste relates how he
+found amongst a priest's baggage some very obscene pictures.
+
+Worcester thinks the priests' influence wholly bad. From what he
+states in his book, he must have come across some very bad specimens
+amongst the smaller islands where he wandered.
+
+Younghusband, who perhaps got his information at the bar of the Manila
+Club, describes them as "monsters of lechery."
+
+There is a tradition that when the conclusions of a tribunal
+favourable to the canonisation of Santa Rosa de Lima, Patroness of
+the Indies, were laid before Pope Clement X., that Pontiff manifested
+his incredulity that a tropical climate could produce a saint. He
+is even credited with the saying that bananas and saints are not
+grown together.
+
+The tradition may be erroneous, but there is something in the opinion
+that deserves to be remembered.
+
+Temperature does have something to do with sexual morality, and in
+comparing one country with another an allowance must be made for the
+height of the thermometer.
+
+The friars in the Philippines are but men, and men exposed to great
+temptations. We should remember the tedium of life in a provincial
+town, where, perhaps, the parish priest is the only European, and
+is surfeited with the conversation of his native curates, of the
+half-caste apothecary and the Chinese store-keeper. He has neither
+society nor amusement.
+
+I have previously remarked upon the position of women in the
+Philippines. I may repeat that their position, both by law and custom,
+is at least as good as in the most advanced countries.
+
+I remember reading with great interest, and, perhaps, some sympathy,
+a remarkable article in the New York Herald, of January 10th, 1894,
+headed "Virtue Defined," signed by Tennie C. Claflin (Lady Cook),
+and it seemed to me a plea for "equality of opportunity" between the
+sexes, if I may borrow the phrase from diplomacy. Well, that equality
+exists in the Philippines. Whilst unmarried, the girls enjoy great
+freedom. In that tolerant land a little ante-nuptial incontinence
+is not an unpardonable crime in a girl any more than in a youth,
+nor does it bar the way to marriage.
+
+The girls whilst young possess exceedingly statuesque figures, and what
+charms they have are nature's own, for they owe nothing to art. Their
+dress is modest, yet as they do not wear a superfluity of garments,
+at times, as when bathing, their figures are revealed to view.
+
+Bearing in mind the above condition of things and that the priest
+is the principal man in the town and able to do many favours to his
+friends, it is not surprising if some of the young women, impelled
+by the desire of obtaining his good graces, make a dead set at
+him, such as we sometimes see made at a bachelor curate in our own
+so-very-much-more frigid and, therefore, moral country. The priest,
+should he forget his vows of celibacy, is a sinner, and deserving
+of blame for failing to keep the high standard of virtue which his
+Church demands. But I do not see in that a justification for calling
+him a monster. Have we never heard of a backslider in Brooklyn, or of
+a clerical co-respondent at home, that we should expect perfection in
+the Philippines? As for the statements that the priests take married
+women by force, that is an absurdity. The Tagals are not men to suffer
+such an outrage.
+
+The toleration enjoyed by the girls, above referred to, is a heritage
+from heathen times, which three centuries of Christianity have failed
+to extirpate. In fact, this is a characteristic of the Malay race.
+
+During the many years I was in the islands I had frequent occasion to
+avail myself of the hospitality of the priests on my journeys. This was
+usually amongst the Augustinians, the Dominicans and the Recollets. I
+declare that on none of those many occasions did I ever witness
+anything scandalous, or indecorous in their convents, and I arrived
+at all hours and without notice.
+
+As to Younghusband's denouncement of them as "monsters of lechery,"
+I would say that they were notoriously the most healthy and the
+longest-lived people in the islands, and if that most unjust accusation
+was true, this could hardly be the case. It should be remembered
+that the priest of any large town would be a man advanced in years
+and therefore less likely to misconduct himself.
+
+There was also the certainty that any open scandal would be followed
+by punishment from the provincial and council of the order. I have
+known a priest to be practically banished to a wretched hamlet amongst
+savages for two years for causing scandal.
+
+Some late writers speak of the native clergy as if they were of
+superior morality and better behaved than the Spanish priests. That
+appreciation does not commend itself to those who have had some
+experience of the Philippine clergy.
+
+Some of those I have known were of very relaxed morals, not to say
+scandalous in their behaviour. The Philippine Islands, in short, are
+not the chosen abode of chastity: but I do not know why the Spanish
+friars should be singled out for special censure in this respect.
+
+I can truly say that I was not acquainted with any class out there
+entitled to cast the first stone.
+
+Each of the orders (except the Jesuits) is a little republic governed
+or administered by officers and functionaries elected by the suffrages
+of the members. The head of the order is a Superior or General,
+who resides in Rome, but the head in the Philippines is called the
+Provincial.
+
+The brethren render him the greatest respect and obedience, kneeling
+down to kiss his hand.
+
+There is a council to assist the provincial, they are called
+definidores or padres graves, the exact nomenclature varies in the
+different orders.
+
+There is a Procurator or Commissary in Madrid, a Procurator-General
+in Manila, a Prior or Guardian to each convent not being a rectory,
+an Orator or preacher, lay-brethren in charge of estates or of works,
+parish priests, missionaries, and coadjutors, learning the native
+dialects.
+
+The members of the order were appointed to benefices according to
+their standing and popularity amongst their brethren. The neophytes are
+trained in one of the seminaries of the order in Spain; for instance,
+the Augustinians have colleges at Valladolid, La Vid, and La Escorial,
+with more than 300 students.
+
+When a young priest first arrived in the Philippines, he was sent as
+a coadjutor to some parish priest to learn the dialect of the people
+he is to work amongst. Then he would be appointed a missionary to the
+heathen, where he lived on scanty pay, amongst savages, either in the
+highlands of Luzon or in some remote island, remaining there for two or
+three years. His first promotion would be to a parish consisting of a
+village of thatched houses (nipa) and, perhaps, the church and convent
+would be of the same material. This meant a constant and imminent
+dread of the almost instantaneous destruction of his dwelling by
+fire. Perhaps there is communication with Manila once a month, when,
+by sending to the nearest port, he may get letters and newspapers and
+receive some provisions, an occasional cask of Spanish red wine, some
+tins of chorizos (Estremeno smoked sausages), a sack of garbanzos,
+or frijoles, a box of turron de Alicante, and some cigars from the
+procuration of the convent in Manila. These would be charged to his
+account, and frugally as he might live, many a year might pass over
+his head before he would be out of debt to his Order. And poor as he
+might be, he would never refuse his house or his table to any European
+who might call upon him. Later on, if his conduct had satisfied his
+superiors, the time would come when he would get nominated to a more
+accessible and more profitable parish, that would quickly enable him
+to pay off the debt due to the procuration. He would have a church
+and convent of stone, keep a carriage and pair of ponies, and begin to
+have a surplus, and to contribute a little to the funds of his Order.
+
+Soon he would become Padre Grave, and begin to have influence with
+his colleagues. He would be removed to a richer town and nominated
+Vicario Foraneo, equivalent to an archdeacon in England. Later on,
+he might be elected a Definidor, or councillor. Then, perhaps,
+one of the great prizes of the order fell to his lot. He might be
+appointed parish priest of Taal or Binan, worth at least ten thousand
+dollars a year, or of rich Lipa, high amongst its coffee groves (now,
+alas! withered), which used to be worth twenty thousand dollars in a
+good year. He would treat himself well, and liberally entertain all
+who visited him, and governors of provinces, judges, officers of the
+Guardia Civil, would often be seen at his table.
+
+He would make large contributions to the funds of the Order, with
+the surplus revenue of his parish.
+
+If, however, the priest whose career we have been following, had
+shown sufficient character for a champion, and had become popular
+in the Order, he might, perhaps, be elected Provincial, and then,
+disposing of the influence of his Order, some day get himself made a
+Bishop or even Archbishop of Manila, should a vacancy occur, and so
+become a prince of the Church.
+
+Whatever talents a friar had, a sphere could always be found for
+their exercise. If he had a gift for preaching, he could be appointed
+Orator of the Order. If he was good at Latin and Greek, he could be
+made a professor at the university. If he was a good business man,
+he could be chosen procurator. If he had diplomatic talents, he could
+be made commissary of the order at Madrid. In any case he was sure
+to be taken care of to the end of his days.
+
+As for the Orders in themselves, I have already said that,
+excepting the Society of Jesus, they are little republics, and that
+office-holders are elected by the votes of the members. When a general
+Chapter of the Order is held for this purpose, the members come from
+all parts and assemble in their convent in Manila.
+
+I am sorry to say that there has sometimes been so much feeling aroused
+over the question of the distribution of the loaves and fishes, that
+the opposing parties have broken up the chairs and benches to serve
+as clubs, and furiously attacked each other in the battle royal,
+and with deplorable results.
+
+In consequence of this, when the chapter or general assembly was to
+be held, the governor-general nominated a royal commissary, often
+a colonel in the army, to be present at these meetings, but only to
+interfere to keep the peace. It was something of an anomaly to see a
+son of Mars deputed to keep the peace in an assembly of the clergy. The
+meeting commenced with prayer, then one by one all the dignitaries
+laid down their offices and became private members of the Order,
+so that at the end of this ceremony every one was absolutely equal.
+
+Then the eldest rose and solemnly adjured any one present who held a
+Bull of the Holy Father, to produce it then and there under pain of
+major excommunication. Three times was this solemn warning delivered.
+
+It owes its origin, perhaps, to some surprise sprung on a brotherhood
+in former days, yet it is to be noted that one of the privileges of
+their Catholic majesties the kings of Spain was, that no Bull should
+run in their dominions without their approval.
+
+Then free from outside interference, and all present being on an
+equal footing the election takes place. Amidst great excitement
+the Provincial, the Procurator, the Orator, the Definidores, or
+Councillors, are chosen according to their popularity, or as they are
+deemed best fitted to advance the interests of the voter or the Order.
+
+The selection of office-holders is a matter of the greatest importance
+to the members, as those in power distribute the benefices and are
+apt to be more alive to the merits of their supporters, than to the
+pretensions of those who have voted for others.
+
+But, however divided they may be on these occasions, they unite against
+any outsider, and unless the question is evidently personal, he who
+offends a member finds the Order ranged against him, and, perhaps,
+the other Orders also, for in matters affecting their interests
+the Orders act in unison, and as has been said, have succeeded in
+removing not only governors of provinces, but governors-general also
+when these have failed to do their bidding.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+THEIR ESTATES.
+
+    Malinta and Piedad--Mandaloyan--San Francisco de
+    Malabon--Irrigation works--Imus--Calamba--Cabuyao--Santa
+    Rosa--Binan--San Pedro Tunasan--Naic--Santa Cruz--Estates a
+    bone of contention for centuries--Principal cause of revolt
+    of Tagals--But the Peace Commission guarantee the Orders in
+    possession--Pacification retarded--Summary--The Orders must
+    go!--And be replaced by natives.
+
+
+The Augustinians own some fine estates near Manila. In 1877 I visited
+Malinta and Piedad, which, according to an old plan exhibited to
+me, drawn by some ancient navigator, measured over 14,000 acres in
+extent, a good part of which was cultivated and under paddy; still a
+large expanse was rocky, and grew only cogon (elephant grass). The
+lay-brother in charge, Aureliano Garcia, confided to me that he
+went about in fear, and expected to end his life under the bolos
+of the tenants. I was then new to the country, and saw no signs of
+discontent. I afterwards visited Mandaloyan, another estate nearer
+Manila. This was nearly all arable land. The house was large and
+commodious, and was used as a convalescent home for the friars. I have
+not a note of the extent of this estate, but it occupies a great part
+of the space between the rivers Maibonga and San Juan, to the north
+of the Pasig. The lay-brother in charge, Julian Ibeas, did not seem at
+all anxious about his safety. The land here was more fertile than that
+of Malinta, and there was water carriage to a market for the crops.
+
+In view of my report, which was not, however, unduly optimistic, my
+clients deputed me to ask the Augustinians for a lease of the above
+three estates for twenty-five years, the rent to be $40,000 [7]
+per year for three years, and each year after that an addition of
+a thousand dollars, so that the ultimate rent would be $62,000 per
+annum. However, after taking some time to consider, the procurator
+declined the offer.
+
+On the above estates there was little or nothing done by the owners
+to improve the land. They had limited themselves to building large
+and convenient houses and granaries for their own accommodation,
+and to entertain their friends.
+
+In 1884 I constructed a pumping station on the River Tuliajan in this
+estate, and laid a pipe line right through the property to supply fresh
+water to the sugar refinery at Malabon, five miles distant. I had no
+difficulty in obtaining permission, indeed, Fray Arsenio Campo (now
+Bishop of Nueva Caceres) facilitated the work in every way. The only
+protest was by Doroteo Cortes, a half-caste lawyer, who interposed
+as the pipe had to pass between two fish-ponds belonging to him,
+and he extorted a blackmail $800 to withdraw his opposition. Let the
+reader contrast the behaviour of the Spaniard and the half-caste,
+now posing as an "Americanista."
+
+San Francisco de Malabon, another possession of theirs, is a
+magnificent property, situated on the fertile, well-watered land
+that slopes from the summits of the Tagaytay range, north of the vast
+crater-lake of Bombon, to the shores of the ever-famous Bay of Bacoor,
+the scene of Spain's naval collapse.
+
+Through the volcanic soil three rivers, the Ilang-ilang, the
+Camanchile, and the Jalan, have cut deep gashes down to the bed-rock,
+on the surface of which the rapid waters rush downwards to the sea.
+
+A nobly-proportioned house of stone, almost a fortress, was planted
+where it commanded a grand, a stately view. From its windows the
+spectator looked over fields of waving grain, over fruit trees, and
+town and hamlets, down to the sea shore, and across the vast expanse
+of placid bay to where in the far north solitary Arayat rears his
+head. The thick walls and lofty roof excluded the solar heat, and the
+green-painted Venetians saved the inmate from the glare. Very welcome
+was that hostel, furnished in severe ecclesiastical almost mediaeval
+style, to me, after the dusty up-hill drive of eight miles from Cavite.
+
+I visited this estate in 1879, and found that extensive irrigation
+works had been carried out. A new dam on one of the rivers, about
+fifty feet high, was approaching completion. Unfortunately, the
+work had been executed by a lay-brother, a stone mason, without
+professional supervision. He was ignorant of the necessity of taking
+special precautions when preparing the seat for the dam. Although
+he had a bed of volcanic tuff to build upon he would not go to the
+trouble to cut into and stop all faults and crevices in the rock
+before laying his first course of masonry, and he hurried on the job
+to save expense as he supposed. For the same reason he did not attempt
+to follow the correct profile of the dam. When the pressure came on,
+the water spouted up in little fountains, and gradually increased as
+it cut away the soft stone. I advised them what to do, and after a
+good deal of work, Portland cement and puddled clay got them out of
+their difficulty.
+
+About four miles to the eastward of San Francisco de Malabon, and
+on the same volcanic soil, is the great estate of Imus belonging to
+the Recollets, or unshod Augustinians. It is about five miles from
+the landing-place at Bacoor. Here again three rivers run through the
+property, and the view from the house is the same.
+
+The house itself was a grim fortress and served the rebels well in
+1896, for they found arms and ammunition in it, and successfully
+defended it against General Aiguirre who had to retire, being unable
+to take it without artillery.
+
+In 1897 the army of General Lachambre advanced against Imus, and on
+the 24th March took the outer defences of the town, notwithstanding
+the determined resistance of the Tagals, of whom three hundred were
+killed in a hand-to-hand combat. Next day the estate house, which
+adjoins the town and had been for six months the stronghold of the
+Katipunan, was bombarded and burnt, only the ruins remain.
+
+There are extensive works of irrigation at this place also, and
+formerly a large sugar works was built here by the owners, but it
+failed, as there was no one fit to take charge of it.
+
+I have not visited this Hacienda, and cannot give its extent or value.
+
+Of all the Orders the greatest land-owners are the Dominicans. They
+have vast estates in Calamba, Cabuyao, Santa Rosa, Binan, and San Pedro
+Tunasan, all on the Lake of Bay, also at Naic and Santa Cruz on the
+Bay of Manila. I have several times visited their estates at the first
+two places, and can affirm that they have expended considerable sums
+in building dams for irrigating the lands, and I supplied them with
+some very large cast-iron pipes for the purpose of making a syphon
+across a ravine or narrow valley to convey water for irrigating the
+opposite plain. They have consequently very largely increased the
+value of these lands.
+
+The house at Calamba, solidly built of stone, with a strong and high
+encircling wall, served as a fortified camp and headquarters for the
+Spanish army in operation against the rebels in 1897.
+
+This estate of Calamba has earned a sad notoriety in the Philippines,
+for the disputes which constantly arose between the administration
+and their tenants.
+
+It is hardly too much to say that the possession of estates has been
+fatal to the Orders. They claim to have always been good and indulgent
+landlords, but the fact remains that all these estates are in Tagal
+territory, that only the Tagals revolted, and that the revolt was
+directed against the Orders because of their tyranny and extortions,
+and because they were landlords and rack renters.
+
+It was, is now, and ever will be an Agrarian question that will
+continue to give trouble and be the cause of crime and outrage until
+settled in a broad-minded and statesman-like manner.
+
+These estates have been a bone of contention for centuries, and
+were a principal cause of the last revolt of the Tagals. Yet the
+Peace Commission at Paris appears to have given the three Orders
+a new title to their disputed possessions by guaranteeing to the
+Church the enjoyment of its property, which, if the Spaniards had
+continued to rule the islands, must ultimately have been taken from
+it in the natural course of events, as has happened in every other
+Catholic country.
+
+I have no doubt that the pacification of the Philippines by the
+American forces has been greatly retarded, and is now rendered
+more difficult, by this clause, which must have been accepted by the
+American commissioners under a misapprehension of its import, and from
+imperfect information as to the status quo. This difficult matter can
+still be arranged, but it will require the outlay of a considerable
+sum of money, which, however, would eventually be recouped.
+
+In present circumstances I venture to say that a garrison would be
+needed at each estate to protect an administrator or collector, for the
+Tagal tenants are as averse to paying rent for land as any bog-trotter
+in Tipperary. I do not envy anybody who purchases these estates, nor
+would I consider the life of such a one a good risk for an insurance
+company, if he intended to press the tenants for rents or arrears.
+
+To sum up the Religious Orders, they were hardy and adventurous
+pioneers of Christianity, and in the evangelisation of the Philippines,
+by persuasion and teaching, they did more for Christianity and
+civilisation than any other missionaries of modern times.
+
+Of undaunted courage they have ever been to the front when calamities
+threatened their flocks; they have witnessed and recorded some of the
+most dreadful convulsions of nature, volcanic eruptions, earthquakes,
+and destructive typhoons. In epidemics of plague and cholera they
+have not been dismayed, nor have they ever in such cases abandoned
+their flocks.
+
+When an enemy has attacked the islands they have been the first to
+face the shot. Only fervent faith could enable these men to endure
+the hardships, and overcome the dangers that encompassed them.
+
+They have done much for education, having founded schools for both
+sexes, training colleges for teachers, the university of St. Thomas
+in Manila, and other institutions.
+
+Hospitals and asylums attest their charity. They were formerly,
+and even lately, the protectors of the poor against the rich, and of
+the native against the Spaniard. They have consistently resisted the
+enslavement of the natives.
+
+They restrained the constant inclination of the natives to wander
+away into the woods and return to primitive savagery by keeping them
+in the towns, or, as they said, "Under the bells."
+
+On the other hand, peace and plenty (those blessings for which we
+pray), have corrupted and demoralised the Orders. No longer liable at
+any moment to be called upon to fight for their lives, the sterner
+virtues have decayed. Increased production and export enriched the
+people, a gold coinage was introduced, and the friars allowed avarice
+to possess their souls.
+
+In those lands of perpetual summer no death duties have to be paid
+to a Chancellor of the Exchequer, as in this island of fog and mist.
+
+But the friars have a system of charges for performing the funeral
+ceremonies, which comes to much the same in the end. I call it a
+system; it is a very simple system, and consists in extorting as
+much as they can get, taking into consideration the wealth of the
+family. To give an instance, I have been assured by a son of Capitan
+Natalio Lopez, of Balayan, a native gentleman well known to me,
+that the parish priest charged the family six hundred dollars for
+performing their father's funeral ceremony. The same rule applies to
+baptisms and marriages, and this abuse calls for redress, and for the
+establishment of fixed fees according to the position of the parties.
+
+Each friar, as a parish priest, was an outpost of the central
+government, watching for symptoms of revolt. Only thus could the
+Spaniards hold the archipelago with fifteen hundred Peninsular troops,
+and a small squadron of warships.
+
+The greatest, and the best-founded, complaint of the natives against
+the priests, was that whoever displeased them, either in personal
+or money matters, was liable to be denounced to the authorities as
+a filibuster, and to be torn from home and family and deported to
+some distant and probably unhealthy spot, there to reside, at his own
+cost, for an indefinite time, by arbitrary authority, without process
+of law. Such a punishment, euphoniously termed "forced residence,"
+sometimes involved the death of the exile, and always caused heavy
+expense, as a pardon could not be obtained without bribing some one.
+
+Ysabelo de los Reyes, and other natives, accuse the friars of extorting
+evidence from suspected persons by torture. I fear there can be no
+doubt that many victims, including a number of the native clerics,
+suffered flagellation and other tortures at the hands of the friars
+for the above purpose. The convents of Nueva-Caceres and of Vigan,
+amongst other places, were the scenes of these abominable practices,
+and Augustinians, Dominicans and Franciscans, have taken part in
+them. This is referred to at greater length in another part of this
+work under the heading, "The Insurrection of 1896."
+
+Individual friars were sometimes, nay, often, very worthy parish
+priests. I have known many such. But a community is often worse
+than the individuals of which it is composed. One might say with
+the Italian musician who had served for many years in a cathedral,
+and had obtained the promise of every individual canon to support
+his application for a pension, when he was told that the chapter had
+unanimously refused his request:
+
+"The canons are good, but the chapter is bad."
+
+A board will jointly do a meaner action than the shadiest director
+amongst them, and should it comprise one or two members of obtrusive
+piety, that circumstance enables it to disregard the ordinary standard
+of right and wrong with more assurance.
+
+There is a law in metallurgy which has a curious analogy to this law
+of human nature. It is this: An alloy composed of several metals of
+different melting-points, will fuse at a lower temperature than that
+of its lowest fusing constituent.
+
+The Orders, then, have been of the greatest service in the past; they
+have brought the Philippines and their inhabitants to a certain pitch
+of civilisation, and credit is due to them for this much, even if
+they could go no farther. For years their influence over the natives
+has been decreasing, and year by year the natives have become more
+and more antagonistic to priestly rule.
+
+A considerable intellectual development has taken place of late years
+in the Philippines. The natives are no longer content to continue
+upon the old lines; they aspire to a freer life. Many even harbour
+a sentiment of nationality such as was never thought of before.
+
+But if the Orders had lost ground with the natives and with many
+Spaniards, their influence still preponderated. Owners of vast estates,
+possessors of fabulous riches, armed with spiritual authority, knowing
+the secrets of every family, holding the venal courts of justice as in
+the hollow of their hand, dominating the local government, standing
+above the law, and purchasing the downfall of their enemies from the
+corrupt ministries in Madrid, these giant trusts, jealous of each
+other, yet standing firmly shoulder to shoulder in the common cause,
+constitute a barrier to progress that can have no place nor use under
+an American Protectorate. They are an anachronism in the twentieth
+century, and they must disappear as corporations from the Philippines.
+
+They should not, however, be buried under an avalanche of contumely
+and slander; their long and glorious past should be remembered, and in
+winding up their estates due regard should be paid to the interests
+of every member. I cannot here intimate how this is to be done, for
+it is an intricate subject, rendered more complex by the reluctance
+of the American Government to interfere in religious matters, even
+though they are so bound up with the politics of the Philippines that
+no pacification can be effected without following popular sentiment
+upon this point.
+
+So far as the landed estates are concerned, the settlement could
+be arrived at by a commission with ample powers. In the meantime,
+no sale of these estates should be recognised.
+
+The benefices held by the friars should be gradually bestowed upon
+the secular clergy, as suitable men can be found. The native clergy
+have always been badly used by the friars; they have had to suffer
+abuse and ignominious treatment. They have not been in a position to
+develop their dignity and self-respect.
+
+I have spoken of them in general as leaving something to be desired
+as to decorous conduct, but they will doubtless improve when placed
+in positions of consideration and responsibility.
+
+Amongst them are men of considerable learning; some have passed
+brilliant examinations in theology and canon law.
+
+As regards piety, Malays, whether heathen, Mahometan or Christian,
+take their religion lightly, and we must not expect too much. I
+daresay they are pious enough for the country and the climate.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+SECRET SOCIETIES.
+
+    Masonic Lodges--Execution or exile of Masons in 1872--The
+    "Associacion Hispano Filipina"--The "Liga Filipina"--The
+    Katipunan--Its programme.
+
+
+Fray Eduardo Navarro, Procurator of the Augustinians, and Ysabelo de
+los Reyes, an Ilocano, and author of some notable works, agree that
+the first masonic lodge of the Philippines was founded in Cavite
+about 1860. The latter states that Malcampo and Mendez-Nunez,
+two distinguished naval officers, were the founders. Soon after
+this, another lodge was founded in Zamboanga, also under naval
+auspices. After 1868, a lodge was founded in Manila by foreigners,
+a wealthy Filipino being secretary. Another lodge was founded in
+Pandakan, another in Cebu, and still another in Cavite, to which
+Crisanto Reyes and Maximo Inocencio belonged.
+
+These lodges at first had only Peninsular Spaniards or other Europeans
+as members, but gradually Creoles, Mestizos, and natives, joined the
+brotherhood, and subscribed liberally to its funds.
+
+The Catholic clergy have always looked upon Masons as most dangerous
+enemies, and many pontiffs have launched their anathemas against the
+brotherhood. But, so far as one can see, to quote from 'The Jackdaw
+of Rheims,' "No one seemed a penny the worse."
+
+Masonry grows and flourishes in spite of them all. To give an
+example. Many years ago, in the very Catholic city of Lima, I attended
+the civil funeral of a priest, the learned Doctor Don Francisco de
+Paula Gonzales Vigil, who died excommunicate. Twelve thousand men,
+including the Masons with their insignia, deputations from the Senate
+and Chamber, from the Municipality, Army, Navy, and other bodies,
+formed the funeral cortege. The Municipality presented a tomb in the
+public cemetery, which is one of the finest in the world, and an orator
+pronounced an impassioned eulogy upon the virtues and patriotism of the
+deceased. It was a wonderful manifestation, and remains graven upon my
+memory. On that day every priest and friar found something to occupy
+himself with at home. Whatever may be the case in Great Britain or in
+the United States, there can be no doubt that in Catholic countries
+the lodges are antagonistic to the clergy and the Church.
+
+The lodges in the Philippines were founded by anti-clerical Spaniards
+of liberal views, and the Creoles, Mestizos and natives who joined
+them found brethren disposed to sympathise with them and to work with
+them against the friars. There was no idea of revolting against the
+mother country, but rather to introduce a more liberal government,
+with representation for the civilised provinces in the Spanish
+Cortes. It must be remembered that this representation had already
+existed, and only required to be revived. There had been deputies
+to the Cortes-Generales from 1810 to 1814, and from 1820 to 1823,
+and Procuradores from 1834 to 1837.
+
+The Cortes of Cadiz, on 14th October, 1810, declared:--
+
+
+    "The kingdoms and provinces of America and Asia are, and ought to
+    have been always, reputed an integral part of the Spanish monarchy,
+    and for that same, their natives and free inhabitants are equal
+    in rights and privileges to those of the peninsula."
+
+
+These are very noble words, and, delivered in the majestic language
+of Castile by some enthusiastic orator, must have gone straight to
+the hearts of those that heard them.
+
+Spain is as celebrated for orators as Great Britain for the lack of
+them. Our generation has never produced a speaker like Castelar. But,
+unfortunately for the Philippines, these grand and sonorous phrases
+dissolved in air, and led to nothing practical. The friars stoutly
+opposed what to them seemed dangerous innovations; they were
+successful, and darkness again prevailed.
+
+The insurrection of Cavite, in 1872, resulted in the execution or
+exile of many members of the masonic body, and the brotherhood was
+for some years under a cloud.
+
+The Peninsular Spaniards dissociated themselves from the revolutionary
+party. To use a simile which has been employed in England to describe
+the difference between Liberals and Radicals, they were "going by
+the same train, but not going so far."
+
+The Creoles and Mestizos gradually founded new societies, which were
+alleged to aim at obtaining reforms by legal and constitutional means.
+
+"The Asociacion Hispano-Filipina" had for its first president Doroteo
+Cortes, and amongst its officers Ambrosio Rianzares Bautista, Pedro
+Serrano, and Deodato Arellano.
+
+The "Liga Filipina" was founded by Dr. Rizal and Domingo Franco;
+its first president was shot. Nearly all the members were Masons;
+they were well off, and of fair education, not inclined to put their
+persons or property in danger. They did not want to fight. Their
+programme may be summed up as follows:--
+
+
+    1. Expulsion of the friars, and confiscation of their estates.
+    2. The same political, administrative and economical concessions
+       as had been granted to Cuba. Freedom of the press, and freedom
+       of association.
+    3. Equalisation of the Philippine and Peninsular armies, and a
+       just division of Civil Service posts between natives and
+       Spaniards.
+    4. Return to owners of lands usurped by the friars, and sale of
+       such lands as really belonged to the Orders.
+    5. Prevention of insults to the Philippine natives, either in
+       sermons or in the press.
+    6. Economy in expenditure. Reduction of imposts. Construction of
+       railways and public works.
+
+
+It was certainly not without risk to be a member of one of these
+societies, for the Orders are vindictive in the extreme, and are not
+troubled with scruples when it is a question of punishing an opponent.
+
+Still, the Creole and Mestizo element were made cautious by
+the possession of property, and its members cannot be called
+fighting-men. They did not intend to run the risk of having holes
+bored through them.
+
+They founded newspapers in Spain; they wrote violent articles,
+they made speeches, they obtained the support of some Liberals and
+anti-clericals in the Peninsula, and numbered many adherents in the
+islands. Still, they were comparatively harmless. Not so, however,
+was a society which was formed of very different elements. Taking a
+hint, perhaps, from the murderous brotherhood of the Ku-Klux-Klan,
+some resolute and courageous Tagals imagined and formed that terrible
+secret society, the Katipunan. There is no K in the Spanish alphabet,
+but this letter is found in the Malay dialects, and consequently
+in Tagal. Therefore, the symbol of the society, K.K.K., was as
+distinctly anti-Spanish as was the full title, which was represented
+by the initials--
+
+
+                               N M A N B
+
+
+The words corresponding to these initials were:--
+
+
+            Kataas-taasan   Kagalang-galang   Katipunan
+        or  Sovereign       Worshipful        Association
+
+            Nang     Manga     Anac  Nang     Bayan
+            of the   (plural)  sons  of the   Country.
+
+
+They used signs and passwords. There were three grades of members:--
+
+
+        1st grade   Katipun     word Anak nang bayan.
+        2nd grade   Kanal       word Gom-bur-za. [8]
+        3rd grade   Bayani.
+
+
+Andres Bonifacio, a warehouse-keeper in the service of Messrs. Fressel
+& Co., of Manila, was the guiding spirit of this society, and at
+the meeting of 1st January, 1896, the Supreme Council was elected
+as follows:--
+
+
+        President             Andres Bonifacio.
+        Fiscal and Doctor     Emilio Jacinto o Dison, alias Ping Kian.
+        Treasurer             Vicente Molina.
+        Councillors           Pantaleon Torres.
+                              Hermengildo Reyes.
+                              Francisco Carreon.
+                              Jose Trinidad.
+                              Balbino Florentine
+                              Aguedo del Rosario.
+
+
+                                   K
+                                  K K
+                                 Z LL B
+
+
+The members of the Katipunan were poor people--writers, common
+soldiers, washermen, mechanics, and tenants on the friars'
+estates. They subscribed small sums monthly for the purchase of arms,
+and for other expenses. Bearing in mind how many conspiracies had been
+denounced to the priests by the women, the leaders of this movement
+gave their meetings the outward appearance of benevolent associations,
+and directed the members to represent the society to their wives in
+that light.
+
+Later on a woman's lodge, with twenty-five members was organised,
+under the presidency of Marina Dison, but the women were not informed
+of the true object of the society.
+
+Fray Eduardo Navarro, Procurator of the Augustinians, in a
+cleverly-written work, entitled 'The Philippines; a Study of Certain
+Matters of Moment,' published in 1897, prints under No. 3 of the
+Appendix the title granted by the Walana Lodge, No. 158, certifying
+that "our dear sister, Purificacion Leyva, has been initiated in the
+degree of Companion-Mason at the session of 8th April, 1894."
+
+On reading this work, I infer that the friars considered the Katipunan
+a Masonic body, but this is a mistake. The Katipunan adopted some
+of the Masonic paraphernalia, and some of the initiatory ceremonies,
+but were in no sense Masonic lodges.
+
+The programme of the Katipunan was, in its own words, "to redeem the
+Philippines from its tyrants, the friars, and to found a communistic
+republic." This was simple and direct, and they meant it.
+
+How many men were affiliated to this society cannot be known. Estimates
+range from 10,000 to 50,000 members. I think there can be no doubt
+that it was the most potent factor in the insurrection of 1896, and
+that its members, unlike the Creoles and Mestizos, were ready to give
+their lives for their cause.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+THE INSURRECTION OF 1896-97.
+
+    Combat at San Juan del Monte--Insurrection spreading--Arrival
+    of reinforcements from Spain--Rebel entrenchments--Rebel arms
+    and artillery--Spaniards repulsed from Binacayan--and from
+    Noveleta--Mutiny of Carabineros--Prisoners at Cavite attempt
+    to escape--Iniquities of the Spanish War Office--Lachambre's
+    division--Rebel organization--Rank and badges--Lachambre
+    advances--He captures Silang--Perez Dasmarinas--Salitran--Anabo II.
+
+
+The Augustinians take credit to themselves that one of their order,
+Father Mariano Gil, parish priest of Tondo, discovered the existence
+of the revolutionary conspiracy, on the 19th August. But already on
+the 5th of July a lieutenant of the Guardia Civil had declared in
+a written report that there were over 14,000 men belonging to the
+valley of the Pasig, affiliated to the conspiracy.
+
+A council of the authorities was convened on the 6th of August, but
+nothing was done. On that same date, however, the Governor of Batangas
+telegraphed that a discovery of arms, ammunition and Republican flags
+had been made at Taal. In consequence of this, General Blanco ordered
+some arrests to be made.
+
+On the 19th, Father Gil gave information to General Blanco that
+he had discovered the existence of a secret revolutionary society,
+and two days later Blanco reported to the Government in Madrid that
+there existed a vast organization of secret societies.
+
+At this time the garrison of Manila consisted of some 1500 men, most of
+them being natives. As arrests were being continually made, the members
+of the Katipunan, or those suspected of being such, left their homes
+and took to the woods although very poorly equipped with fire-arms.
+
+On 30th August a party of the rebels under Sancho Valenzuela,
+Modesto Sarmiento, and others had a fight with some native cavalry
+and Guardias Civiles at San Juan del Monte near Manila. The rebels
+lost heavily in killed, their chiefs were taken prisoners and shot
+on the 4th September, at the Paseo de la Luneta.
+
+A Spanish artilleryman was murdered by some rebels at Pandacan about
+this time, and martial law was proclaimed.
+
+The Guardia Civil, all native soldiers, was now concentrated in
+Manila abandoning their outlying posts. After many vacillations and
+contradictory cablegrams to the Government in Madrid, General Blanco
+now definitely asked for large reinforcements.
+
+On September 1st, the people of Noveleta revolted and killed a captain
+and a lieutenant of the Guardia Civil and three days later the rebels
+penetrated to the town of Caridad, close to Cavite.
+
+Early in September rebels were in arms, and dominating great part
+of the Provinces of Manila, Cavite, Batangas, Bulacan, Pampanga and
+Nueva Ecija.
+
+By the middle of the month rebel bands appeared in Tarlac, Pangasinan,
+Laguna, Morong and Tayabas.
+
+On the 9th September, the Cavite rebels attacked San Roque, which is
+close to the town of Cavite, and burned part of it. On the 12th,
+thirteen persons who had been convicted by a court-martial of
+complicity in the revolt were shot in Cavite.
+
+The cables from General Blanco to the Madrid Government were all this
+time misleading and contradictory, and showed that he had no grasp
+of the state of affairs. These dispatches were subjected to severe
+criticism in the Heraldo, a Madrid newspaper.
+
+By the middle of September troops arrived from Zamboanga and other
+southern stations, and the garrison of Manila was brought up to
+6000 men, two-thirds of whom were natives. Reinforcements were sent
+to Cavite, for the rebels were in great force about Silang, Imus,
+and Noveleta.
+
+On the 17th September another attack was made by the rebels on San
+Roque, but was repulsed.
+
+On the 1st October the mail steamer Cataluna arrived with a battalion
+of marines from Spain, greatly to the delight of the Spaniards,
+who gave the force an enthusiastic reception.
+
+Next day the ss. Monserrat arrived with more troops, and from this
+time forward troops kept pouring in.
+
+Still General Blanco remained on the defensive in and around the city
+of Manila and the town of Cavite, and repulsed attacks made by the
+rebels on the magazines at Binancayan and Las Pinas.
+
+The rebels were now firmly established over the rest of the Province
+of Cavite. The natural features of this part of Luzon made the
+movements of regular troops extremely difficult. The country
+abounds in rivers which run from south to north parallel to each
+other at short distances. They run at the bottom of deep ravines,
+which present excellent positions for defence. Many of these rivers
+have dams across them and the sluices in these might be opened by
+the defenders, or the dams could be blown up in case a column of the
+assailants should be entangled in the ravine below, when they would
+inevitably be overwhelmed in the descending torrent.
+
+In places the country could be flooded and thus be rendered impassable
+for troops.
+
+But the industry of the rebels, skilfully directed, had added
+enormously to these natural advantages. From the reports of
+eye-witnesses I can affirm that the entrenchments of the Tagals were
+colossal. Tagals and Boers have demonstrated that a competitive
+examination is not necessary to enable fighting-men to entrench
+themselves. The Tagal lines ran from the delta of the Zapote River to
+Naic in an almost unbroken line, approximately parallel to the coast.
+
+They were doubled and trebled in front of villages or towns and across
+the roads.
+
+The trace was en cremaillere, the section being 6 feet thick at the
+top and 8 feet high, the exterior face vertical, with a revetment
+of bamboos fastened together with rattans. It was in fact a bank of
+earth built up against a strong bamboo fence.
+
+The defenders fired through loop-holes left in the parapet, and were
+very well covered, but they could only fire straight before them
+and horizontally.
+
+The defences of the towns had thicker and loftier parapets; in some
+cases there were three tiers of loop-holes properly splayed.
+
+The insurgents were very insufficiently armed, and at first there were
+ten men to a rifle. The man who was reputed the best shot carried
+the rifle and cartridge belt, and if he was killed or wounded in
+an engagement, the next best shot took the weapon and continued the
+fight. In the early actions there was scarcely ever a rifle left on
+the ground by the insurgents.
+
+The only cannon the rebels had at first were some ancient brass
+swivel guns called falconetes or lantacas, which they took from the
+estate-houses at Imus and Malabon.
+
+They also had some brass mortars like quart pots, which are used
+for firing salutes on feast days. These they fastened at an angle
+to blocks of wood, thus making small howitzers, quite effective at
+short range. They loaded these with the punchings from boiler-plates
+and broken cooking-pots.
+
+They showed a considerable ingenuity in making cannon out of any
+materials at hand. They would take a steel boiler-tube, a stay tube
+for choice, say about three inches bore and a quarter of an inch
+thick. Plugging up one end and drilling a touch-hole, they would
+drive this tube into a hole bored in a log of hard wood turned on the
+outside to a taper, then they drove eight or nine wrought-iron rings
+over the wood. They drilled through the wood to suit the touch-hole
+and the gun was ready.
+
+They fitted no trunnions, but mounted this rude cannon upon a solid
+block of wood.
+
+In other cases they made some wire guns by lapping steel boiler-tubes
+with telegraph-wire.
+
+Towards the end of the campaign of Lachambre's division against the
+rebels, some modern field-pieces of eight centimetres were captured
+from them, but it is not clear where these came from.
+
+To supplement their scanty stock of rifles, they made some hand-guns
+of gas-tube. These were fired by applying a match or lighted cigar
+to the touch-hole, and would seem to be very clumsy weapons. But I
+may say that when on a visit to the estate of Palpa, in Peru, I saw a
+Chinaman who was in charge of the poultry corral, kill a hawk hovering,
+with a similar gun.
+
+The Spanish Military and Naval Authorities now took the revolt very
+seriously, and on the 8th November the squadron comprising the
+Castilla, Reina Cristina, and other vessels, and the guns of the
+forts at Cavite and Puerto Vaga, opened upon the rebel position at
+Cavite, Viejo, Noveleta, Binancayan, and other places within range,
+and kept it up for hours. The next morning the firing was resumed
+at daylight, supplemented by the guns from launches and boats well
+inshore. Troops were landed under the protection of the squadron,
+and advanced against the entrenchments of Binancayan. They delivered
+three frontal attacks with great gallantry, reaching the parapet each
+time, but were beaten back, leaving many dead upon the ground. No
+flanking attack was possible here for the parapet extended for many
+miles each way.
+
+A simultaneous attack was made upon Noveleta by a column of 3000
+Spanish and native infantry under Colonel Fermin Diaz Mattoni.
+
+This force started from Cavite and marched through Dalahican and
+along the road to Noveleta. This road is a raised causeway running
+through a mangrove swamp, having deep mud on each side impassable
+for troops. This is at least a mile of swamp, and the troops advanced
+along the causeway and crossed a bridge which spanned a muddy creek.
+
+No enemy was in sight, and the town was not far off. Suddenly the
+head of the column fell into a most cunningly devised pitfall. The
+road had been dug out, the pit covered with wattle, and the surface
+restored to its original appearance. The bottom of the pit was set
+with pointed bamboo stakes which inflicted serious wounds upon those
+that fell upon them.
+
+At the moment of confusion the rebels opened a withering fire from
+concealed positions amongst the mangroves upon the column standing
+in the open.
+
+The Spaniards and native troops made great efforts to get forward,
+but could not stand the fire and had to retire. When they got back
+to the bridge it was down, and they had to wade across the creek
+under a close fire from the rebels hidden amongst the mangroves. In
+this action the Spaniards are said to have lost 600 killed and many
+hundreds wounded. The loss fell principally on the 73rd and 74th
+Regiments of Native Infantry.
+
+The rebels were greatly encouraged, and got possession of a large
+number of rifles, with ammunition and accoutrements.
+
+Both these attacks were made under the direction of General Blanco,
+who witnessed them from a lofty staging erected within the lines of
+Dalahican. After these disasters he resumed the defensive, except that
+the squadron and the batteries at Cavite and Puerto Vaga frequently
+bombarded the rebel positions.
+
+At this time thousands of natives were in prison in Manila awaiting
+their trial. A permanent court-martial had been organised to try the
+suspects. Great numbers were shot, and many hundreds were transported
+to the Caroline Islands, to Ceuta, and Fernando Po. Wealthy natives
+were mercilessly blackmailed, and it is reported that those who were
+discharged had to pay large sums for their release.
+
+The Spanish Volunteers in Manila committed many arbitrary and even
+outrageous actions, and aroused the hatred of the natives far more
+than the regular troops did. They allowed their patriotism to carry
+them into most lamentable excesses.
+
+On the 25th February a rising and mutiny of the Carbineers or
+Custom-House Guards took place in Manila at the captain of the port's
+office. The scheme miscarried and was only partially successful. The
+officer on duty was shot, and also the sergeant, and the rebels made
+off with some rifles and ammunition.
+
+The volunteers and some troops hastily called together pursued the
+rebels through Tondo as far as the Leper Hospital, till nightfall,
+the last volley being fired at 6.15 P.M. In this affair the mutineers
+lost a great many men, but some of them got away and joined the rebels.
+
+Blanco had not been severe enough with the rebels or suspected
+rebels to please the friars. His management of the attacks upon
+Noveleta and Binancayan had been faulty, and his health was bad. It
+was not surprising, having the priests against him, and the military
+dissatisfied, that he was recalled. He left at the end of 1896. General
+Polavieja, an officer who had risen from the ranks by his military
+talents, and who, when serving in Cuba, had very accurately gauged the
+situation, and had made a remarkably clever report to the government,
+was sent out to replace Blanco. Polavieja was inexorable with the
+rebels and their sympathisers. Military executions took place about
+once a week for two months. Francisco Roxas, a mestizo ship-owner,
+Numeriano Adriano, and many other mestizos and natives were shot at
+the Paseo de la Luneta.
+
+On December 6th the prisoners in Cavite jail rose, murdered their
+jailer, and attempted to escape. One hundred and fifty prisoners were
+concerned in this affair. Of these, forty-seven were shot in the
+streets of the town, and twenty-one were captured, whilst thirteen
+were shot in the bushes behind Canacao. Those recaptured were tried
+for prison-breaking, and were all shot the next morning.
+
+By the beginning of 1897, a large number of troops had arrived from
+Spain. They were, however, largely conscripts, raw youths who had never
+handled a rifle, mere raw material in fact, sent out without uniform
+or equipment, many having only what they stood up in, or at most,
+having a spare shirt and a singlet tied up in a handkerchief. We talk
+about the shortcomings of our War Office officials, and certainly
+they sometimes give examples of wooden-headed stupidity, and are
+behind the age in many particulars. But for deliberate inhumanity,
+for utter callousness to human suffering, to loss of health and
+life, I think the Spanish War Office could hardly be outdone. And I
+speak of their misdeeds from personal knowledge in the Philippines
+and in Cuba. What an enormous amount of suffering was caused to the
+working-people of Spain by the sending to Cuba and to the Philippines
+of over 200,000 men in 1895-96. Never in this generation were men
+shipped away so destitute of clothing, provisions, surgeons and
+medical comforts. Never have I seen troops in the field with such
+wretched equipment, or so devoid of transport, tents, and supplies.
+
+Whatever successes they achieved were secured by the inborn valour of
+the troops, and by extraordinary exertions on the part of the generals
+and staff to improvise on the spot what the national treasury should
+have supplied them with at the commencement of hostilities.
+
+The raw recruits having been drilled and exercised with the rifle were
+organised in fifteen battalions and called Cazadores (chasseurs). These
+battalions, with four regiments of native infantry and some native
+volunteers, were formed into brigades under Generals Cornell, Marina,
+Jaramillo and Galbis. The first three brigades constituted a division,
+which was placed under the command of General Lachambre, an officer
+of great energy, and of long experience in the Cuban wars.
+
+By the beginning of 1897 the Tagal rebellion had concentrated its
+forces in the province of Cavite. Embers of rebellion still smouldered
+in other provinces of Luzon, but many rebels from outlying places
+had thrown in their lot with those of Cavite, and in great numbers,
+very indifferently supplied with arms and ammunition, but amply with
+provisions, they confidently awaited the long-prepared attack of
+the Spanish forces behind the formidable entrenchments that their
+persevering labour had raised. In the interval they had organised
+themselves after a fashion, and had instituted a reign of terror
+wherever they held sway.
+
+The organisation of the rebels in the province of Cavite was of a
+somewhat confused nature, and seemed to respond to the ambition and
+influence of particular individuals rather than to any systematic
+principle.
+
+Thus Silang was declared a vice-royalty under Victor Belarmino,
+styled Victor I.
+
+The rest of the province was divided into two districts, each ruled
+by a council; the first was Imus and its vicinity, under Bernardino
+Aguinaldo with ministers of war, of the treasury, of agriculture and
+of justice.
+
+The second was San Francisco de Malabon, presided over by Mariano
+Alvarez, with ministers of state as above.
+
+But above the kingdom of Silang and the two republics, the President
+of the Katipunan, Andres Bonifacio, held sway as lieutenant of the
+Generalissimo Emilio Aguinaldo. He resided in his palace at San
+Francisco, and from there dictated his orders. The supreme power was
+in the hands of Aguinaldo.
+
+All these authorities exercised despotic power, and certainly
+ill-treated and robbed their own countrymen who did not desire to
+join them, far more than the Spaniards have ever done in the worst
+of times. They frequently inflicted the death-penalty, and their
+so-called courts-martial no more thought of acquitting an accused
+person than a regimental court-martial in England would. The terrible
+President of the Katipunan ultimately became a victim of one of these
+blood-thirsty tribunals.
+
+Their military organization was curious. The province was sub-divided
+into military zones. First Silang, second Imus, third Bacoor, fourth
+San Francisco de Malabon, fifth Alfonso. Each zone had an army which
+consisted of all the population able to work, and was divided into two
+parts, the active or fighting force and the auxiliary but non-combatant
+part. The active force was divided into regiments and companies, and
+these last into riflemen and spearmen, there being commonly five of
+the latter to one of the former. Besides the usual military ranks,
+they instituted the following functionaries:
+
+
+    Minister of Marine                   Marcelo de los Santos.
+    Principal Chaplain to the Forces     Eladio Almeyda.
+    Intendant-General of Taxes           Silvestre Aguinaldo.
+    General of Artillery                 Crispulo Aguinaldo.
+    Inspector of Ordnance Factories      Edilberto Evangelista.
+    General of Engineers
+    Judge Advocate General               Santos Nocon.
+
+
+All the above held the rank of lieutenant-general. The badges of rank
+were as follows:
+
+
+Rebel Badges of Rank.
+
+Generalissimo,          K on the hat or cap.
+                        Z. L. I. B. on the arm.
+                        Vertically stacked Maltese cross, K, and Maltese
+                        cross on the left breast.
+
+Lieutenant Generals,    K in concentric circles with eight segments.
+
+Marshals,               K in lower half of concentric circles.
+
+Brigadiers,             K in triangle with circle at each corner.
+
+Colonels,               Three K's surrounding Maltese cross.
+
+                        K
+Majors,                 K
+                        K
+
+The Ministers,          K
+
+The Secretary to the
+Generalissimo,          K K K
+
+
+The rebels occupied the whole of the province of Cavite, except the
+fortified town of that name containing the naval arsenal, and a small
+strip on the shores of the Laguna where the Spanish troops were posted.
+
+Cornell's brigade was at Calamba and Marina's brigade at Binan. They
+had outlying detachments amounting to 1500 men at Santa Cruz, Santo
+Domingo, Tayabas, and along the line from Tanauan to Banadero, leaving
+each brigade 4000 men for the advance into the rebel territory. The
+divisional troops numbered about 1300, making a total of 9300
+combatants.
+
+The brigade under Jaramillo had its headquarters in Taal, Batangas
+Province, with outlying detachments at Batangas, Calaca, Lian Balayan
+and Punta Santiago, and a force holding the line of the Pansipit River,
+altogether amounting to 1000 men, leaving 1600 free to operate.
+
+Besides this a fourth brigade, not belonging to the division,
+having General Galbis as brigadier, was extended along the northern
+bank of the Zapote River, under the immediate orders of the
+governor-general. The Lakes of Bay and Bombon (Taal) were guarded
+by armed steam-launches and other small craft, whilst the gunboats
+of the squadron patrolled the sea coast. The rebel province was thus
+held in a grip of iron.
+
+On the 12th February, 1897, General Lachambre reported himself ready
+to advance. General Polavieja ordered Jaramillo to attack the rebel
+trenches at Bayuyungan on the 14th, and to keep up the attack until
+Lachambre had seized Silang, when he was to attack Talisay on the Lake
+of Taal. The marines at Dalahican were ordered to attack Noveleta,
+whilst Lachambre was to advance on the 15th, the two brigades taking
+different routes, but converging on Silang.
+
+The march was extremely difficult, and the nine-centimetre guns were
+only taken through, at the cost of most strenuous efforts. The enemy
+tenaciously defended every favourable position, and were only driven
+off at the cost of many lives.
+
+On the 19th, Silang, one of the principal rebel towns, was taken
+by assault and at the point of the bayonet, after a preparatory
+bombardment in which the artillery fired 105 rounds of shell, whilst
+25,000 rifle cartridges were used by the infantry.
+
+The rebels lost 2000 men killed and wounded, whilst the Spanish losses
+were 12 killed and 70 wounded. The town was strongly entrenched and
+stoutly defended, and its capture with so small a loss may justly
+be called a creditable operation. Marina's brigade attacked from the
+south and Cornell's brigade from the east.
+
+The action lasted from 7 to 11.30 A.M. The rebels were discouraged,
+but still, on the 22nd, they delivered an attack as if they would
+retake the town, and pressed on with great fury. They killed four of
+the Spaniards and wounded twenty-one, but in the end were driven off,
+leaving 400 dead on the ground. The houses in Silang were found fully
+furnished and provisioned. In the house of the so-called Viceroy of
+Silang, Victor Belarmino, the principal ornament of the sala was a
+chromo-lithograph portrait of the Queen Regent.
+
+The church-doors were wide open and the altars profusely
+illuminated. On the sacristy table lay the priestly robes and
+ornaments, ready, doubtless, for the celebration of a Te Deum for the
+expected victory. But he who was to wear them, the celebrated Tagal
+Bishop, lay with a bullet through his heart across the parapet he
+had fiercely defended.
+
+Lachambre preserved the best houses around the church and convent and
+utilised them as storehouses, hospital, and barracks, burning the
+rest of the town as a punishment to the rebels. He then garrisoned
+and fortified the post and connected it with the telegraph line.
+
+On the 24th Lachambre marched from Silang, his main body advancing by
+the direct route to Perez Dasmarinas parallel to the River Casundit,
+a flanking force of three companies guarding the left of the column,
+whilst Lieutenant Colonel Villalon, with a battalion and a half
+having started an hour earlier than the main body, took the road to
+Palimparan, having the Rio Grande on his right, and by his advance
+protecting the right flank of the column. Villalon advanced rapidly,
+and, brushing aside all opposition, rushed Palimparan with a loss
+of one killed and one wounded, killing seven of the rebels in the
+attack. Here he bivouacked, and at sunset was joined by another
+force consisting of half a brigade under Colonel Arizon, detached
+from General Galbis' force on the Zapote River.
+
+In the meantime the main body had advanced to within three miles of
+Perez Dasmarinas and bivouacked at the hamlet called Sampalcoc. On
+the following day Perez Dasmarinas was taken by assault, after a
+short bombardment by the mountain batteries. The rebels were strongly
+entrenched, and made a stout resistance. They had flooded the rice
+fields to the east of the town and rendered them impassable.
+
+The town was attacked from the south and west, but it took hours of
+hard fighting for the Spaniards to break in, and even then the rebels
+fought hand to hand, and many preferred death to surrender. Those
+who fled were taken in flank by Arizon's force, which approached the
+northern end of the town from the eastward. The loss of the Spaniards
+was 21 killed and 121 wounded, whilst the natives left 400 dead at
+the foot of their defences, and a great number were killed outside
+the town.
+
+The early part of the defence was directed by Aguinaldo, but he fled
+when the Spanish forces closed up, leaving Estrella, an ex-sergeant
+of the Guardia Civil, in his place. Estrella fled later on when the
+Spaniards had entered the town. Unintimidated by this rude lesson,
+the rebels that same night fired into the town, and on the 27th they
+attacked a column which went out to make a reconnaissance towards
+Palimparan, and gave a mountain battery a chance, which they promptly
+took, of getting at a dense body of them with case. The artillery fired
+22 rounds in this action, and the infantry used 63,000 cartridges. The
+Spanish loss was two killed and ten wounded, whilst the rebels lost
+at least 300.
+
+The church, convent, and stone homes round the Plaza of Perez
+Dasmarinas were loopholed and prepared for defence, and occupied
+by a garrison of two companies of infantry. Owing, however, to the
+difficulty of bringing up supplies, the division could not resume its
+advance till the 7th March. Then the division took the eastern road to
+Imus, whilst the half brigade under Arizon marched by a parallel road
+on the right flank, which converged upon the Imus road at Salitran,
+a village with a large stone estate-house belonging to the Recollets,
+strongly entrenched and held by the rebels.
+
+On arriving within range two guns of Cornell's brigade opened fire
+on the estate-house from an eminence, but after the fifth round the
+Spanish flag was shown from the house, it having been occupied by
+Arizon's force arriving from the east after a very slight resistance,
+for the rebels seemed to have no one in command. They had prepared
+for an attack from the east, but when they found the Spaniards
+arriving in great force upon their right flank, enfilading their
+strong entrenchments, they became demoralised and took to flight.
+
+The scouts now reported that a formidable entrenchment a mile and a
+quarter long, was occupied by the rebels about a mile north of the
+village. This entrenchment, called Anabo II., covered both the roads
+to Imus, and each flank rested on a deep ravine--the eastern end had
+a redoubt, and the western end a flanking epaulement.
+
+The ground in front was perfectly open, and there was difficulty in
+making a flanking attack, so General Zabala, with a half brigade,
+made a direct attack. The fighting line gradually advanced, taking
+such cover as the pilapiles of the rice-fields could give, until they
+arrived within 100 yards of the parapet, when Zabala, waving high
+his sword, gave the order for the assault, falling a moment after
+pierced through the breast by a shot from a lantaca. Two captains fell
+near him, but the lieutenants led their companies to the assault;
+the cazadores sprang across the ditch and clambered up the high
+parapet with the agility and fury of leopards, bayoneting those of
+the defenders who remained to fight it out, and sending volley after
+volley into those who had taken to flight.
+
+The Spanish loss was 11 killed and 33 wounded, whilst 200 of the rebels
+were killed. This heavy loss did not however appear to intimidate them
+in the least, for on the 8th they made two desperate attempts to retake
+the position, in both of which they came within close range of the
+Spaniards, who poured repeated volleys into them by word of command,
+whilst the mountain-guns played upon them with ease. In this action
+the Spaniards lost 5 killed and 25 wounded, and they calculated the
+rebel killed at 300.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+THE INSURRECTION OF 1896-97--CONTINUED.
+
+    The Division encamps at San Nicolas--Work of the native engineer
+    soldiers--The division marches to Salitran--Second action at
+    Anabo II.--Crispulo Aguinaldo killed--Storming the entrenchments
+    of Anabo I.--Burning of Imus by the rebels--Proclamation by
+    General Polavieja--Occupation of Bacoor--Difficult march of the
+    division--San Antonio taken by assault--Division in action with
+    all its artillery--Capture of Noveleta--San Francisco taken by
+    assault--Heavy loss of the Tagals--Losses of the division--The
+    division broken up--Monteverde's book--Polavieja returns to
+    Spain--Primo de Rivera arrives to take his place--General Monet's
+    butcheries--The pact of Biak-na-Bato--The 74th Regiment joins
+    the insurgents--The massacre of the Calle Camba--Amnesty for
+    torturers--Torture in other countries.
+
+
+On the 10th (March) the division marched to Presa-Molino, which was
+occupied that same evening, and leaving three companies of infantry to
+guard the position, the division continued its march through a most
+difficult country, arriving in the afternoon on the Zapote River,
+in touch with the 4th Brigade, formerly commanded by Galbis and now
+by Barraquer.
+
+From there Lachambre with his staff rode over to Paranaque, and
+reported himself to the Captain-General Polavieja.
+
+The troops encamped on the downs of San Nicolas, one brigade on
+each side of the River Zapote. Notwithstanding the comparatively
+favourable emplacement of the camp, the troops and their officers
+suffered severely from the effect of the climate upon frames weakened
+by over-exertion, by indifferent nourishment and by sleeping on
+the ground. Malarial fevers, intestinal catarrh, dysentery, and
+rheumatism sapped their vitality, whilst nostalgia preyed upon the
+younger soldiers and depressed their spirits. Since the 15th February
+the division had lost in killed, wounded, and invalided, no less than
+135 officers, and troops in greater proportion.
+
+Yet still greater exertions were to be required from the soldiers. The
+4th Brigade was incorporated in the division, and two additional
+battalions, one from the 3rd Brigade and the other from the Independent
+Brigade, brought the number of combatants nearly up to 12,000.
+
+Having previously made a practicable road by Almansa to Presa Molino
+and Salitran, defended by redoubts at the most difficult fords,
+and having organised his transport with such means as the country
+afforded, Lachambre again set out, his objective being Imus, but the
+attack was to be from Salitran.
+
+The work of the native engineer soldiers, and of the 74th Native
+Regiment in constructing this road and the redoubts, merits the
+highest praise, and it must be admitted that it is almost impossible
+for an army of white men to carry on a campaign in the Philippines
+or in similar territory, without the assistance of native pioneer or
+engineer troops.
+
+The road being ready, and the convoys of provisions having gone
+forward, on the morning of the 22nd March the division started on
+its march to Salitran, where it arrived on the evening of the 23rd,
+having had some sharp skirmishes on the way.
+
+Early on the 24th the division set out for Imus, and once more the
+formidable trenches and redoubts of Anabo II., restored, strengthened,
+and crowded with determined defenders, barred their path. These works
+had once already been taken by assault, and had cost the division
+the loss of the brave General Zabala and other officers and men.
+
+Protected on each flank by a deep ravine with a river at the bottom,
+and with open ground in front, the attack had been rendered more
+difficult by flooding the arable land before the trenches, and the
+position of the rebels was an exceedingly strong one. Lachambre had
+to accept a direct attack, but he sent a body of troops forward on
+each flank to advance simultaneously and overlap the ends of the
+entrenchment.
+
+The infantry deployed, the firing line advanced under fire without
+stopping to within three hundred yards of the parapet, when
+they halted, taking what cover they could and keeping up a steady
+fire. Then the mountain battery was brought up and fired common shell
+at close range, breaching the parapet. A rush forward soon brought
+the firing-line within 150 yards of the parapet. General Marina,
+watching the engagement well to the front, had one of his staff
+officers killed at his side; seeing the favourable moment arrive,
+he gave the order for the assault.
+
+Once more the troops exhibited their conspicuous bravery. The long
+line, led by its officers, dashed forward with the bayonet, the
+bugles sounding the charge, and with impetuous speed, soon reached
+the parapet. However terrible the attack, the stout-hearted Tagals
+stood firm, disdaining to fly.
+
+Bolo and bayonet clashed, European courage and Malay fury had full
+play, till in the end, as ever in equal numbers and in stand-up fight,
+the European prevailed. Many of the defenders fell, the rest sought
+safety in flight.
+
+The engagement lasted two and a half hours without cessation, and
+over three hundred rebel dead were counted in or near the works,
+amongst them was Crispulo Aguinaldo, a brother of General Emilio
+Aguinaldo. The Spaniards lost 9 killed and 108 wounded.
+
+After a short rest the division resumed the advance upon Imus, and
+bivouacked after marching about a couple of miles.
+
+On the 25th the advance was continued on a broad front. Scarcely had
+the division marched for half-an-hour when the leading ranks came
+in sight of another line of entrenchments more than two miles long,
+six feet high, and five feet thick, well protected with cane fences in
+front, one of these being at a distance of 100 yards from the parapet.
+
+Lachambre orders the centre to make a direct attack and the wings a
+flanking movement. The rebels retain their fire till the Spaniards
+arrive within two hundred yards, and then the parapet is crowned with
+flame both from small arms and lantacas. The scene of the day before
+was repeated, the parapet stormed, with a rebel loss of over six
+hundred. After a short halt the advance against Imus was resumed. The
+distance was short, and the appearance of the thousands of bayonets
+and the explosion of a few shells produced an indescribable panic
+amongst the inhabitants and the many who had come from other towns
+to assist in the defence.
+
+They took to flight, disregarding the protests of their leaders
+Emilio Aguinaldo and Andres Bonifacio. In order to cover his retreat,
+the former ordered the magazine to be blown up and the town to be
+burned. This delayed the advance of the Spaniards in the centre, but
+the wings moved forward and the thousands of fugitives were exposed to
+a flanking fire, and more than eight hundred of them bit the dust. It
+was afternoon before Lachambre could enter what remained of Imus,
+when as a mark of honour for their splendid services, the colour
+of the 74th Regiment of Native Infantry was raised upon the tower
+of the church--all the troops presenting arms and afterwards giving
+enthusiastic cheers.
+
+Thus was taken the citadel of the Katipunan with a loss to the
+Spaniards of 25 killed and 129 wounded.
+
+The taking of Imus gave General Polavieja an opportunity of offering
+an amnesty to the rebels, which he did not neglect. On the 26th of
+March he issued a proclamation offering pardon to all who had borne
+arms against the Royal Authority, or who had assisted the rebels,
+provided they presented themselves before Palm Sunday the 11th of
+April. Leaders of the rebels were to present themselves with their
+forces and arms.
+
+On the 26th March the division, leaving a garrison in Imus, started
+for Bacoor to take the defences in reverse, and such was the effect on
+the rebels of their defeat at Imus and of the advance in overwhelming
+force, that they fled, and the division occupied Bacoor almost without
+firing a shot.
+
+It was otherwise with Binacayan, for Marina's Brigade having made a
+reconnaissance in force on the 28th, were received with a heavy fire,
+and after an hour's skirmish in which some were killed on each side,
+they returned to their camp at Bacoor; Lachambre considering that
+an attack in that direction would result in a useless waste of life,
+for the advance would be along narrow causeways across swamps. Having
+received provisions and ammunition by sea from Manila, he returned
+with his division to Imus, the garrison of which had not been molested
+by the rebels.
+
+At daylight on the 31st March, the division left Imus and marched
+across country in a westerly and southerly direction, fording numerous
+streams running at the bottom of deep ravines, as well as many
+irrigating canals and ditches. Soon after the start the right flank
+was fired upon, the fire increasing as the column moved forward. The
+engineers had to improve the approaches to the fords of the Rivers
+Julian and Batong Dalig under fire.
+
+The leading brigade carried several entrenchments on its front and
+flank without halting, but extending skirmishes on either flank to
+beat off the enemy. The rear brigade was attacked on both flanks and
+had to fight a rearguard action as well. The division bivouacked for
+the night at Bacao, a point from which it threatened the rebel towns of
+San Francisco, Santa Cruz, Rosario and Noveleta, all within easy reach.
+
+The losses on the day's march were 6 killed and 37 wounded, whilst
+400 rebel killed were counted on open ground, and many must have
+fallen amongst the bushes and trees.
+
+They, however, were not at all dismayed, and surrounded the bivouac
+at night, firing repeated volleys and engaging the outposts.
+
+On the following day (1st April), the division with all its baggage
+crossed the River Ladron, and took up a position in the centre of a
+large tract of rice-fields, having Noveleta on the north, San Francisco
+on the south, Rosario and Santa Cruz to the west, and San Antonio on
+the east. San Antonio was first taken by assault after the parapet
+had been breached by the fire of two batteries of mountain guns. The
+fugitive Tagals who escaped with their lives took refuge in Noveleta.
+
+The situation was now as follows: Arizon's Brigade threatened Noveleta,
+Marina's Brigade threatened Rosario and Sarralde's Brigade attacked
+Santa Cruz--the baggage being in the centre and out of fire.
+
+At this moment a dense mass of the enemy issuing from San Francisco,
+made a desperate attack upon the Spaniards nearest to them.
+
+The whole of the division with its twelve guns, was now in action
+and surrounded by the enemy, Lachambre in the centre keenly watching
+the fight. When he judged the right moment had arrived, he ordered
+Arizon's Brigade to storm Noveleta.
+
+The Brigade greeted this order with thundering shouts of "Viva Espana,"
+and with the pluck that has always distinguished the Spanish soldier
+when well led, carried the entrenchments at a run, and fought a hand to
+hand combat with the defenders, who were either killed or driven out,
+notwithstanding that these were the very best of the rebel troops,
+amongst them being many of Aguinaldo's Guards, wearing a special
+uniform, some of them having served in the native regiments. Here,
+again, the 74th Native Infantry distinguished themselves by their
+remarkable bravery, and once more their colour was displayed from
+the church tower as a recognition of their valuable and loyal services.
+
+The capture of Noveleta placed the division in communication with
+the marines occupying the entrenchments of Dalahican.
+
+This action cost the division 11 killed and 58 wounded, but many
+hundreds of the rebels were killed.
+
+In consequence of this, the rebels abandoned Cavite, Viejo, and
+Binacayan, which were occupied the following day without resistance.
+
+The rebels, however, on the 4th, and again on the 5th, attacked the
+troops in Noveleta and sustained the combat for some time, killing
+10 and wounding 33 Spanish, but leaving 50 of their own dead on
+the ground.
+
+On the 6th the division marched from Noveleta, which was occupied
+by a garrison of marines, and took the direction of San Francisco,
+the advanced guard in extended order across the same open ground upon
+which the engagement of April 1st was fought. The rebel positions
+on the right flank were marked by lines of skirmishers with their
+supports and reserves. The Tagals had, however, inundated the part
+of this plain immediately in front of the town, and the advance was
+made with great difficulty; the guns and ammunition boxes having to
+be carried by the gunners with the assistance of the infantry. With
+undaunted bravery the troops struggled on under a heavy fire, but
+Lachambre, realising the difficulty and the danger incurred, changed
+the direction of the advance. The right wing under Arizon inclined to
+the right, and the left, under Marina, bore away to the left. Half a
+brigade crossed the River Ladron, notwithstanding the opposition of
+the rebels, and attacked the town from the east. Firmer ground was soon
+reached, the guns that had cost so much labour taking up, were mounted,
+and a rain of shell soon fell amongst the rebels. The infantry poured
+in steady volleys, advancing in the intervals of firing. The whole
+combined attack being within a proper distance for the final rush,
+Lachambre gave the word, and like greyhounds released, the Spanish
+and native infantry leaped to the assault. The parapet was high and
+deep the ditch, for the defenders had not spared their labour on it,
+and as the Spanish line reached the edge, the rebels boldly mounted
+the parapet and discharged their arms at close quarters. In this
+critical moment the moral superiority of the white man once more was
+manifest. The Spanish troops reached the parapet and a hand-to-hand
+combat with the bolder rebels took place, the bayonet against the
+spear or bolo. The less-determined of the enemy fled, and in a few
+minutes 120 Tagals lay dead against the parapet, and five guns and
+eighty rifles remained as trophies to the victors. The companies
+re-formed for the pursuit, but the enemy fired the thatched huts
+to interpose a curtain of flame between them and their pursuers; a
+measure which was only partially successful, for some of the troops,
+nimbly darting through the lanes, shot down or bayoneted many of
+the fugitives, killing 400 in the pursuit, besides those who died at
+the entrenchments. The Spanish loss was 25 killed and 125 wounded,
+including several officers. The fighting had lasted four hours over
+very difficult ground, and the troops were exhausted. Lachambre
+therefore camped in the town, which has many fine edifices and a
+spacious, church and convent. The bells of the church, in a joyful
+peal, announced the Spanish triumph. The rebels were under the command
+of Andres Bonifacio, the President of the formidable Katipunan. This
+terrible blow to the insurrection was followed by the occupation of
+the towns of Santa Cruz and Rosario, without firing a shot.
+
+Many of the natives had joined the rebellion under compulsion, and
+had long desired to submit themselves. Now they came in by hundreds
+every day to claim the amnesty offered by General Polavieja.
+
+Fifty-two days had the campaign lasted, fifty-seven combats had taken
+place, and the total loss of the division was 1 general, 14 officers,
+and 168 men killed, and 56 officers and 910 men wounded. Probably a
+far larger number died or were invalided from disease, induced by the
+fatigue, exposure and privations inseparable from such a campaign,
+especially as most of the men were mere youths, raw recruits, and
+with little possibility of taking care of themselves, even if they
+knew how. Notwithstanding the excessive fatigue and the depressing
+nature of the surroundings, the Spanish troops maintained a fine
+martial spirit, and ever showed themselves ready to respond to
+the calls made upon them. They were well led by their officers,
+who devoted themselves unsparingly in their country's service, and
+they had confidence in their generals, who were untiring in their
+exertions to do their best for their men. Lachambre displayed the
+greatest solicitude for the well-being of the force under his command;
+whilst showing the utmost resolution, and pushing his attacks home
+in every case, yet he sacrificed his men as little as possible, and
+always had patience to wait till his flanking attacks could join in
+the assault. The distances the division had to traverse were very
+small, but the absence of roads and bridges made the provisioning of
+the army a matter of the utmost difficulty.
+
+Those who know the poverty of the Spanish Army in animals,
+vehicles, and stores, will understand what Lachambre and his staff
+accomplished. On the 12th April, 1897, the division was broken up,
+and the brigades were stationed at various places in Cavite and the
+neighbouring provinces.
+
+The general, brigadiers, officers, and troops, are fortunate in having
+as chronicler of their exploits, so painstaking and appreciative an
+officer as Lieut.-Colonel Don Federico de Monteverde y Sedano, who in
+his book, 'La Division Lachambre,' published in 1898, gives a detailed
+account of the campaign, with sketches illustrative of the various
+actions. Senor Monteverde does justice to every Spaniard, from the
+divisional-general downwards. I could wish he had said something more
+about the services of the 73rd and 74th Regiments of Native Infantry,
+who seem to have been always in the forefront of the battle and where
+the hardest work was being done, as in assisting the magnificent
+engineer corps, without whom I doubt if the campaign could have been
+successful. His book, however, is invaluable to those who may have
+to conduct operations in the Philippines, and the invariable success
+achieved by Lachambre, contrasts remarkably with the failures in the
+early part of the rebellion, and one cannot help seeing a parallel
+between this little war and the greater one in South Africa. Each was
+mismanaged at the beginning, but as soon as the invading forces were
+organised in one command, success was achieved.
+
+A few days after the breaking up of the division, General Polavieja
+embarked for Spain, very much broken in health. In a letter written
+on the 9th March to the Minister of War, Polavieja declared himself
+too ill to ride and asked for his relief. He, however, still remained
+at Paranaque, directing the campaign till after the capture of San
+Francisco.
+
+The Spanish press took sides for or against him, the papers advocating
+the interests of the friars praised him, whilst the Liberal press
+held him up to ridicule.
+
+There is no doubt that he directed the military operations in an
+efficient manner, but under his government the arbitrary arrests,
+cruelties, and tortures, inflicted upon all who were suspected of being
+sympathisers with the rebels, or from whom money would be extorted,
+that had begun under Blanco, continued and increased. For Blanco,
+having been informed of the cruelties inflicted, issued an order
+forbidding the practice.
+
+The next governor-general was General Primo de Rivera, who had held
+that office from 1880 to 1883, and had found it a very profitable
+one. He arrived on the 23rd April and went to the front on the 29th;
+on the 4th May, Naic was taken, also a small place called Quintana,
+and Indang. At Naic there was very heavy fighting, and some at Indang.
+
+The troops then advanced to Maragondon, which was taken on the 10th
+after a most stubborn resistance, the Spaniards losing many men and
+the rebels still more heavily.
+
+This place was the last where the rebels made a stand, in Cavite
+province. After this defeat they dispersed in roving bands and kept
+on the move.
+
+The whole province was a scene of desolation, towns burnt, churches
+bombarded, stone houses blown up, property looted, putrefying bodies
+lying about in hundreds, the fields laid waste, the cattle driven off,
+the country depopulated, a remnant of the inhabitants hiding in the
+woods; a few of the bolder ones returned to the ruined houses. Such
+was the result of this unhappy rebellion.
+
+I have this description from an eye-witness, and he assured me that he
+had been told by a colonel commanding one of the most distinguished
+regiments engaged in the campaign, that not less than 30,000 natives
+lost their lives in that province alone during the rebellion.
+
+The rebels gave no quarter to Spaniards, and the Spaniards only
+occasionally took prisoners. However, once taken they were usually
+released after being exhorted to return to their homes.
+
+Whilst the operations of Lachambre's division were proceeding in
+Cavite, General Monet, with a force of 3000 men, was carrying on an
+indiscriminate butchery of men, women, and children, in Bulacan and
+Pampanga, but he displayed no military qualities, and ultimately
+escaped, leaving his forces to surrender.
+
+The Spanish Volunteers in Manila continued their series of abominable
+outrages, although in August, Primo de Rivera issued a decree
+forbidding intimidation, plundering and ravishing. He was ultimately
+obliged to disband them.
+
+Driven out of Cavite, the remnant of the rebels under Aguinaldo took
+refuge in the hills and held a strong position near Angat, in the
+province of Bulacan. As it would have taken a long time to reduce them,
+Primo de Rivera tried conciliation, and employed Don Pedro Paterno,
+a native gentleman of means, who had been educated in Spain, as
+mediator. By his instrumentality, an arrangement was arrived at which,
+after being approved by the Government in Madrid, was signed by the
+mediator as attorney for the rebels and the governor-general for Spain.
+
+This, known as the pact of Biak-na-bato, was signed on December
+14th, 1897.
+
+In consequence, Aguinaldo and a number of the prominent rebels were
+escorted to Hong Kong by a relative of the governor-general, and
+there received a sum of $400,000, being the first instalment of the
+sum agreed upon.
+
+They lived in a quiet and economical manner upon their own
+resources. They did not divide the indemnity nor convert it to their
+own use, but kept it as a war fund in case of need.
+
+The event showed the wisdom of this course, for Primo de Rivera had
+led them to understand that an amnesty and reforms were to follow,
+but, apparently, had caused the Spanish Government to look upon the
+arrangement in a very different light, and he subsequently denied
+that any treaty existed. No reforms were ever granted, and things
+in Luzon went on in the same old way. The friars joined in raising
+a large subscription for Primo de Rivera, and this seemed to incline
+him more favourably towards them.
+
+The amnesty was disregarded, and the priests continued their arbitrary
+courses against those who had been concerned in the rebellion. Bands
+of marauders infested the provinces and the country was in a very
+unsettled state, some insurgent bands approaching Cavite.
+
+On March 24th, the 74th Regiment of Native Infantry in garrison at
+that town, the regiment that had distinguished itself so remarkably in
+Lachambre's division, being always in the front, was ordered to march
+out against them. Whatever the reason, whether they felt that their
+splendid services had not been duly acknowledged, or, as is likely,
+their pay was months in arrears, they refused to march against their
+own countrymen. Eight corporals were called out of the ranks and shot
+then and there in the presence of the regiment, which was again ordered
+to advance, and a threat made that a refusal would mean death to all.
+
+All did refuse and were sent to barracks to await sentence. The next
+morning the entire regiment with arms and equipment, marched out
+and deserted in a body to the insurgents, saying they were willing
+to fight the foreign enemies of Spain, but not against their own
+friends. The following day another regiment joined them, but I have
+no note of its number.
+
+It was now that an event occurred in Manila that showed how little
+desire there was amongst the Spaniards to treat the natives with
+ordinary justice, much less to conciliate them.
+
+This was the massacre of the Calle de Camba, quite a short distance
+from the American Consulate, and it was perpetrated on the 25th and
+26th of March. On the first of those day a number of Visayan sailors
+from the vessels in the Pasig had assembled in a house in the above
+street, which was their usual resort.
+
+Somehow the story got about that an illegal assembly was being held,
+and the police, without more ado, attacked the meeting and shot down
+a dozen, taking sixty-two prisoners. The next morning the whole of
+these prisoners were marched to the cemetery, and all shot, though
+many them were known to have been merely passing by at the time.
+
+This is vouched for by Mr. Oscar F. Williams in an official letter
+to Mr. Cridler, dated 27th March, 1898. It could hardly have been
+a mere coincidence that a revolt of the Visayas broke out about ten
+days later, when they made a desperate attack upon the city of Cebu
+in which many lives were lost and much property damaged.
+
+It seems hardly worth while to relate any more instances of Tagal
+revenge or Spanish brutality. The country that had been almost pacified
+was now again in revolt and amongst the insurgents were two battalions
+of well-trained and veteran troops.
+
+But now events were impending of transcendent importance--the
+Spanish-American War had broken out.
+
+Previously, however, Primo de Rivera left Manila to return to Spain,
+but before going he granted an amnesty to all who had tortured
+suspected persons to extort evidence from them.
+
+Some of the victims had died under torture rather than bear witness
+against their friends, for the Tagal is a Stoic after the manner
+of the Red Indian. Others survive, mere wrecks, maimed for life,
+and living mementoes of Spanish cruelty.
+
+Torture for extracting evidence from suspected persons is illegal in
+all Christian countries and their dependencies, and also in Japan,
+but has not yet been entirely routed out in British India nor in
+Egypt. In 1897, four cases of police torture in the North-West
+Provinces and Oudh, ended in convictions.
+
+In Spain, some police officers are now on their trial for applying
+the thumb-screw to the fingers of anarchist prisoners in the Castle
+of Monjuich with such severity, that one of them, a railway porter,
+lost the use of his hands and arms. And Ysabelo de los Reyes, a native
+of Ilocos, declares that he was tortured in the same prison by thirst,
+having been fed upon salt food and deprived of water.
+
+Last March (1900), a captain of police was tried at Sambor, in
+Austrian Galicia, for torturing prisoners with the thumb-screw
+and by deprivation of food, and was sentenced to a long term of
+imprisonment. In Corea, China, and Siam, torture forms part of the
+legal procedure before sentence, to say nothing of the various
+and lingering deaths the judge may order after the prisoner has
+confessed. Let us hope that now there will be no more of it in the
+Philippines.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+THE AMERICANS IN THE PHILIPPINES.
+
+    Manila Bay--The naval battle of Cavite--General
+    Aguinaldo--Progress of the Tagals--The Tagal Republic--Who
+    were the aggressors?--Requisites for a settlement--Scenes
+    of drunkenness--The estates of the religious orders to be
+    restored--Slow progress of the campaign--Colonel Funston's
+    gallant exploits--Colonel Stotsenburg's heroic death--General
+    Antonio Luna's gallant rally of his troops at Macabebe--Reports
+    manipulated--Imaginary hills and jungles--Want of co-operation
+    between army and navy--Advice of Sir Andrew Clarke--Naval officers
+    as administrators--Mr. Whitelaw Reid's denunciations--Senator
+    Hoar's opinion--Mr. McKinley's speech at Pittsburgh--The false
+    prophets of the Philippines--Tagal opinion of American Rule--Senor
+    Mabini's manifesto--Don Macario Adriatico's letter--Foreman's
+    prophecy--The administration misled--Racial antipathy--The curse
+    of the Redskins--The recall of General Otis--McArthur calls
+    for reinforcements--Sixty-five thousand men and forty ships of
+    war--State of the islands--Aguinaldo on the Taft Commission.
+
+
+
+Manila Bay.
+
+The width of the entrance to the vast Bay of Manila is nine and a
+half marine miles from shore to shore. It is divided into two unequal
+channels by the Island of Corregidor and Pulo Caballo, and a rock
+called El Frayle, about a mile and a half from the southern shore,
+farther reduces that channel.
+
+The Boca Chica, or northern entrance between Corregidor Island and
+Punta Lasisi, is two marine miles wide, and in the middle of the
+channel the depth of water is about thirty fathoms.
+
+The Boca Grande, or southern entrance between Pulo Caballo and El
+Frayle, is three and a half marine miles wide, with a depth of water
+in the fairway of about twenty fathoms.
+
+In both channels the tide rushes in and out with great force.
+
+With channels of such a width there was no difficulty in taking a
+squadron in at night, and little chance of suffering damage from the
+hastily improvised batteries of the Spaniards.
+
+And it will be evident to all having the slightest knowledge of
+submarine mining that the conditions are most unfavourable to defence
+by such means. As a matter of fact, the Spaniards possessed only
+nine obsolete submarine mines fitted to explode by contact. These
+were sent over to Corregidor, but were not sunk, as it was obvious
+that they were useless.
+
+On the other hand, it was a perfect position for the employment of
+torpedo boats or gunboats, there being excellent anchorage for such
+craft on both sides of the Channel and in Corregidor Cove. But at the
+time of the declaration of war, the Spaniards had no torpedo boats
+in the Philippines. The Elswick-built cruisers Isla de Cuba and Isla
+de Luzon were fitted with torpedoes, and might have been watching the
+channels for a chance to use them. Admiral Montojo knows best why he
+did not detach them on this service.
+
+There was then nothing to prevent the entrance of the American
+Squadron; the mines, torpedo boats and narrow channels only existed
+in the imagination of some American newspaper correspondents.
+
+But Admiral Dewey's exploit does not need any such enhancing, it
+speaks for itself.
+
+To any one having a knowledge of the Spanish navy, and especially
+of the squadron of the Philippines, the result of an action against
+an American Squadron of similar force could not be doubtful. As a
+matter of fact the Spanish ships, except the two small cruisers
+built at Elswick in 1887, were quite obsolete. The Castilla and
+Reina Cristina were wooden vessels, standing very high out of the
+water, and making admirable targets, whilst their guns were small,
+some of them had been landed at Corregidor, though never placed in
+battery. The boilers of one vessel were in the arsenal.
+
+But even allowing for the fact that the tonnage of the American
+Squadron was half as much again as that of the Spaniards, and that
+they had more than twice as many, and heavier guns, no one would
+have supposed it possible that the Spanish Squadron could have been
+completely destroyed without inflicting any damage upon the enemy.
+
+It was indeed a brilliant victory, reflecting great credit upon
+Admiral Dewey and the officers and crews of the American ships, not
+only for what they did that day, but for their careful preparation
+that enabled them to score so decided a success.
+
+The Spanish sailors put up a good fight and showed pluck, but they
+had no skill as gunners, and so failed in the hour of their country's
+need. Admiral Montojo bravely commanded his fleet, but as soon as
+the action was over he seems to have considered that his duty had
+terminated, for he returned to his Villa in San Miguel, leaving the
+remnants of his squadron and the Cavite arsenal to its fate.
+
+We must infer that Admiral Dewey's victory and its consequences
+were not foreseen by the American Government, for they had made no
+preparations to send troops to Manila, and from the time they learned
+of the destruction of the Spanish Squadron, till they had assembled
+a force strong enough to take and hold the city, three weary months
+elapsed. This was a very hap-hazard way of making war, and the delay
+cost many thousands of lives as will be seen later on.
+
+
+
+General Aguinaldo.
+
+On the 19th May, 1898, Don Emilio Aguinaldo, former chief of the
+insurgents, arrived in Manila in pursuance of an arrangement with
+the American Consul-General at Singapore. He came with a suite of
+seventeen persons on board an American gunboat, and after an interview
+with Admiral Dewey, was landed at Cavite and given two field-pieces,
+a number of rifles and a supply of ammunition.
+
+He soon reasserted himself as the leader of the insurrection, which was
+already in active progress, and gained some signal successes against
+the Spaniards. On the 24th May he issued a proclamation enjoining his
+followers to make war in a civilized manner and to respect property.
+
+I do not intend to discuss the negotiations between Mr. Pratt and
+Aguinaldo, nor between the latter and Admiral Dewey. This subject
+has been very fully treated by Mr. Foreman in the second edition of
+his book. The treating with Aguinaldo was not approved by Mr. Day at
+Washington, and the Consul-General and Consuls who had participated
+in it, and even taken credit for it, were severely rapped over the
+knuckles and promptly adopted an apologetic tone (see Blue Book). But
+whatever was the agreement with Aguinaldo, it is evident that had it
+not been for his assistance and that of the insurgents, the Spanish
+forces could have retired from Manila to Tarlac or other place inland
+out of reach of the guns of the fleet and could have prolonged their
+resistance for years.
+
+
+
+The Tagal Republic.
+
+The Tagals had made much progress since the insurrection of
+1896-7. Their ideas had advanced considerably since their rudimentary
+organization in the Province of Cavite, as can be gathered from the
+improved style of the various proclamations and decrees published
+by Aguinaldo.
+
+They now organized a Government, a real Civil Administration, extending
+over a great part of Luzon, and sent an expedition to Visayas. They
+established a Constitution, a representative government, and reopened
+the courts and schools, whilst the native clergy carried on public
+worship as usual. Aguinaldo repeatedly asserted the determination
+of the Tagal people to fight to the death for independence. At this
+time the insurgents held 9000 Spaniards as prisoners of war, and they
+claimed to have 30,000 men under arms.
+
+Paymaster Wilcox, U.S.N., and Mr. Leonard R. Sargent who travelled
+through part of Luzon for more than 600 miles, and during six weeks,
+reported [9] to Admiral Dewey that a regular and orderly Administration
+had been established, and was in full working order.
+
+Aguinaldo was at the head of this Government and of the army
+co-operating with the American forces by the written request of General
+Anderson. This should have ensured him and those with him at the very
+least courteous and considerate treatment at the hands of the American
+Commanders, and in fact he received this from Admiral Dewey. But as
+soon as the direction of affairs passed into the hands of the general
+commanding the army the deeply-rooted contempt felt by Americans for
+the coloured races was allowed full play, Aguinaldo and his staff
+found themselves ignored, or treated with scarcely veiled contempt,
+and the estrangement was gradually increased.
+
+I do not know which party was the aggressor on February the 4th, 1899,
+each swears that it was the other. The cui bono test cuts both ways,
+for whilst it appears that the attack on Manila secured two doubtful
+votes in the Senate for the ratification of the Treaty whereby the
+Philippines were bought from Spain, on the other hand, Aguinaldo may
+have felt it necessary to prove to America that the Philippines would
+fight rather than bow their necks to the Yankee yoke. So that both
+parties may have had an interest in beginning hostilities. In any case,
+the next day Aguinaldo offered to withdraw to a greater distance if an
+armistice was arranged, but Otis declared that "fighting must go on."
+
+Personally, I think that if a sympathetic and conciliatory attitude had
+been adopted, had the local government established been recognized,
+had Aguinaldo and his staff been given commissions in the Native
+Army or Civil Service, and the flower of the Tagal Army taken into
+the service of the United States, a peaceful settlement could have
+been made on the lines of a Protectorate.
+
+I therefore look upon the war as unnecessary, and consider the lives
+already sacrificed, and that will have to be sacrificed, as absolutely
+thrown away.
+
+The tragical side of American unpreparedness is manifest in the state
+of anarchy in which the whole Archipelago has been plunged by the
+American unreadiness to occupy the military posts as soon as they were
+vacated by the Spanish garrisons. A hideous orgy of murder, plunder,
+and slave-raiding has prevailed in Visayas, and especially in Mindanao.
+
+Three conditions were essential to a peaceful settlement:--
+
+First.--A broad-minded and sympathetic representative of America,
+fully authorized to treat, and a lover of peace.
+
+Second.--A strict discipline amongst the American forces.
+
+Third.--The principal aim and object of the Tagal insurrection must
+be secured.
+
+General Otis does not seem to me to fulfil the first condition,
+he lacked prestige and patience, and he showed that he had an
+insufficient conception of the magnitude of his task by occupying
+himself with petty details of all kinds and by displaying an ill-timed
+parsimony. Apparently he had no power to grant anything at all,
+and only dealt in vague generalities which the Tagals could not be
+expected to accept.
+
+As regards the second point, I regret that I am not personally
+acquainted with the gentlemen from Nebraska, Colorado, Dakota and
+other states serving in the United States Army or volunteers. I have
+no doubt that they are good fighting-men, but from all I can hear
+about them they are not conspicuous for strict military discipline,
+and too many of them have erroneous ideas as to the most suitable
+drink for a tropical climate.
+
+Manila was in the time of the Spaniards a most temperate city; a
+drunken man was a very rare sight, and would usually be a foreign
+sailor. Since the American occupation, some hundreds of drinking
+saloons have been opened, and daily scenes of drunkenness and
+debauchery have filled the quiet natives with alarm and horror. When
+John L. Motley wrote his scathing denunciation of the army which the
+great Duke of Alva led from Spain into the Low Countries, "to enforce
+the high religious purposes of Philip II.," not foresee that his
+words would be applicable to an American Army sent to subjugate men
+struggling to be free "for their welfare, not our gain," nor that this
+army, besides bringing in its train a flood of cosmopolitan harlotry,
+[10] would be allowed by its commander to inaugurate amongst a strictly
+temperate people a mad saturnalia of drunkenness that has scarcely
+a parallel.
+
+Such, however, is undoubtedly the case, and I venture to think that
+these occurrences have confirmed many of the Tagals in their resolve
+rather to die fighting for their independence than to be ruled over
+by such as these.
+
+More important still was it to take care that the Tagal insurrection
+should not have been in vain. That rebellion probably cost fifty
+thousand human lives, immense loss of property, and untold misery. It
+was fought against the friars and was at last triumphant. The
+Spanish friars had been expelled and their lands confiscated. Were
+the Americans to bring them back and guarantee them in peaceable
+possession, once more riveting on the chain the Tagals had torn off?
+
+This seems to have been General Otis' intention. I think he might
+have stood upon the accomplished fact. But he did not.
+
+The Treaty of Peace under Article VIII. declares that the cession
+cannot in any respect impair the rights of ecclesiastical bodies
+to acquire and possess property, whilst Article IX. allows Spanish
+subjects to remain in the Islands, to sell or dispose of their property
+and to carry on their professions. Presumably General Otis felt bound
+by the Treaty in which these general stipulations had been embodied
+by the Peace Commission, in direct contradiction to the advice
+given them by Mr. Foreman (see p. 463, 55th Congress, 3rd Sess.,
+Doc. No. 62, part 1), who pointed out the necessity of confiscating
+these lands, but Mr. Gray replied: "We have no law which will allow
+us to arbitrarily do so."
+
+As soon as the effect of the treaty was known, Archbishop Nozaleda,
+who had fled to China from the vengeance he feared, returned to
+Manila. He seemed to have a good deal of interest with General Otis,
+and this did not please the natives, nor inspire them with confidence.
+
+Furthermore, it was reported and generally believed that the friars'
+vast estates had been purchased by an American Syndicate who would
+in due time take possession and exploit them.
+
+One can understand the Tagals' grief and desperation; all their blood
+and tears shed in vain! The friars triumphant after all!
+
+I do not wish to trace the particulars of the wretched war that
+commenced February, 1899, and is still (October, 1900) proceeding.
+
+In it the Americans do not seem to have displayed the resourcefulness
+and adaptability one would have expected from them. For my part, I
+expected a great deal, for so many American generals being selected
+from men in the active exercise of a profession, or perhaps controlling
+the administration of some vast business, they ought naturally to
+have developed their faculties, by constant use, to a far greater
+degree than men who have vegetated in the futile routine of a barrack
+or military station. They prevailed in every encounter, but their
+advance was very slow, and their troops suffered many preventible
+hardships. We know very little as to what happened, for the censors,
+acting under instructions from General Otis, prevented the transmission
+of accurate information; nothing was cabled, except the accounts of
+victories gained by the American troops.
+
+It would not be right, however, to pass over the fighting without
+rendering due tribute to the heroism of the American officers and
+soldiers.
+
+Who can forget Colonel Funston's gallant exploit in crossing the Rio
+Grande on a raft under fire with two companies of Kansas Infantry
+and enfilading the Tagals' position? Or his leading part of same
+regiment in a charge upon an enemy's earthwork near Santo Tomas,
+where he was wounded?
+
+What could be finer than the late Colonel Stotsenburg's leading of the
+Nebraska regiment in the attack on Quingua, where he was killed? And
+since we are speaking of brave men, shall we not remember the late
+General Antonio Luna and his gallant rally of his army in the advance
+from Macabebe, when he fearlessly exposed himself on horseback to
+the American fire, riding along the front of his line? To justify
+the slow progress of the army, jungles, forests, swamps and hills
+were introduced on the perfectly flat arable land such as that around
+Malolos, Calumpit, and San Fernando, extending in fact all the way from
+Manila to Tarlac. [11] This country supports a dense population, and
+almost every bit of it has been under the plough for centuries. The
+only hill is Arayat. During the dry season, say from November to
+May or June, the soil is baked quite hard, and vehicles or guns can
+traverse any part of it with slight assistance from the pioneers. The
+only obstacles are the small rivers and creeks, mostly fordable, and
+having clumps of bamboos growing on their banks providing a perfect
+material for temporary bridges or for making rafts.
+
+The campaign was marked by an absence of co-operation between the land
+and sea forces. Admiral Dewey, apparently, was not pleased with the
+way things were managed, for he is said to have stayed on board his
+ship for months at a time. The warships remained at anchor in Manila
+Bay whilst arms [12] and ammunition were landed at the outposts or
+on the coasts without hindrance, and it was not till November that
+troops were landed at Dagupan, the northern terminus of the railway,
+though this obviously ought to have been done in February, so as to
+attack the enemy front and rear.
+
+The necessity for small gunboats soon made itself felt, but such
+was the jealousy of the army towards the navy that it was decided
+that these must be army gunboats, and General Otis is reported to
+have purchased thirteen small gunboats at Zamboanga, in March 1899,
+without consulting or informing Admiral Dewey or even asking for an
+escort for them. It so happened that the Spaniards evacuated Zamboanga
+before any American forces arrived, and the insurgents promptly took
+possession of the gunboats already paid for and proceeded to plunder
+them of everything useful to them. A native account says that they
+took the gunboats up the Rio Grande into the interior, but this is
+denied by the Americans. Ultimately a cruiser was sent down to convoy
+the gunboats, and if I am correctly informed, they were commissioned
+in charge of junior naval officers.
+
+Obviously, the services of the navy should have been utilised to the
+utmost extent, and advantage should have been taken of the prestige
+they had gained by the victory over the Spaniards, and of the great
+popularity and sympathetic personality of Admiral Dewey. A serious
+responsibility rests upon whoever allowed jealousy to prevent the
+co-operation of the land and sea forces, since by failing to secure
+this they needlessly sacrificed the lives of American soldiers and
+prolonged the war.
+
+Lieut.-General Sir Andrew Clarke, R.E., a former governor of the
+Straits Settlements, and the greatest authority in England on the
+affairs of the Malay States and Islands, was good enough to write a
+letter which was forwarded to Mr. Day, and published in the Blue Book,
+p. 628.
+
+He pointed out that, although a moderate military force might be
+desirable at one or two important centres, a naval force was of more
+value, especially gunboats able to move freely amongst the islands
+and ascend the many rivers and inlets of the sea.
+
+Therefore to the fleet and its officers he advised that political
+and civil administration of the Philippines should, at least in the
+first instance, be entrusted. Sir Andrew believed, and I venture to
+say that I thoroughly agree with him, that amongst the officers of
+the United States navy, active and retired, can be found many men of
+wide experience, broad views, and generous sympathy well fitted to
+administer the affairs of the protectorate. Sir Andrew also advised,
+as Foreman did, and as I do, that the members of the Religious
+Orders, i.e., the Augustinians, the Dominicans, the Franciscans,
+and the Recollets, should be advised to return to Spain, receiving
+compensation for their property.
+
+Sir Andrew Clarke summed up his advice as follows: "Enlist native
+sympathy by fairness and justice, and rule through native agents,
+supervised by carefully selected American residents."
+
+As the fleet, by destroying the Spanish squadron, had rendered it
+possible to bring troops by sea, and by capturing the arsenal and
+blockading the Port of Manila, had invigorated the insurrection,
+and in fact had brought about the cession of the islands by Spain,
+it would appear to outsiders that it and its officers had a strong
+claim to the leading part in completing the settlement and pacification
+of the Archipelago for which the best authorities considered them to
+possess special qualifications. Besides, if peace was really wanted,
+it would have been better to entrust the negotiations to the man
+who had had his fight rather than to one looking for his chance. The
+craze for military renown is nowhere more rampant than in the United
+States. Occasions are few and far between, and we must not expect
+generals to throw them away and fly in the face of Providence.
+
+This, however, did not commend itself to those who pull the strings;
+we ignore the reasons, but we see the result. Perhaps it was thought
+that to allow Dewey to add to his victor's laurel wreath the palm of
+the pacificator would be too much honour for one man, and might raise
+him to an inconvenient height in the estimation of his fellow citizens.
+
+A year and twenty days after his decisive victory Admiral Dewey sailed
+from Manila in his flagship. Wherever the British ensign flew he was
+received with every demonstration of honour and respect both by naval
+and military officers and by civilians. His reception in New York was
+marked by an almost delirious enthusiasm. But long before he arrived,
+Mr. Whitelaw Reid, disgusted with the conduct of the campaign, made
+a speech at the Miami University and denounced the President for
+neglect of duty which brought on the war in the Philippines.
+
+He said: "If the bitterest enemy of the United States had sought to
+bring upon it in that quarter the greatest trouble in the shortest
+time, he could have devised for that end no policy more successful than
+the one we have already pursued." It must be added that Mr. Whitelaw
+Reid, perhaps to prevent being accused of having sympathy with the
+enemy, denounced Aguinaldo and the Tagals as rebels, savages and
+treacherous barbarians, unfit for citizenship or self-government, and
+declared that the Philippines belong to America by right of conquest.
+
+I suppose Mr. Whitelaw Reid, or perhaps any citizen of the United
+States, has a right to denounce his own President, and certainly
+the management of the Philippine annexation has been bad from the
+beginning.
+
+But I think Mr. McKinley was badly served by the Peace Commission. They
+seem to me to have made many and egregious mistakes.
+
+1. They took General Merritt's opinion that the Tagals would submit,
+and accepted Mr. Foreman's assurance of Tagal plasticity and
+accommodating nature.
+
+2. They disregarded the intimation of D. Felipe Agoncillo, the
+accredited agent of the Tagals, that these would accept no settlement
+to which they were not parties.
+
+3. They treated several millions of civilised Christian people like
+a herd of cattle to be purchased with the ranch.
+
+4. Under Article VIII., they guaranteed the religious orders the
+possession of estates already taken from them.
+
+5. Under Article IX., they gave the expelled friars the right to
+return and exercise their profession.
+
+To illustrate their careless procedure, I may add that they did not
+even accurately determine the boundaries of the Archipelago to be
+ceded, and now, in August 1900, $100,000 is to be paid to Spain for
+Sibutu and Cagayan Sulu Islands, left out by mistake. If any man has a
+right to say, "Save me from my friends," that man is William McKinley.
+
+As regards Aguinaldo and the Tagals, I think that Mr. Whitelaw Reid's
+irritation at their protracted resistance has led him on too far. I
+prefer the opinion of Senator Hoar, who, speaking in the Senate of
+three proclamations of Aguinaldo, said: "Mr. President, these are
+three of the greatest state papers in all history. If they were found
+in our own history of our own revolutionary time we should be proud
+to have them stand by the side of those great state papers which
+Chatham declared were equal to the masterpieces of antiquity."
+
+In the same speech he says, and I commend his words to the reader's
+attention: "Mr. President, there is one mode by which the people of
+the Philippine Islands could establish the truth of the charges as
+to their degradation and incapacity for self-government which have
+been made by the advocates of Imperialism in this debate, and that
+mode is by submitting tamely and without resistance to the dominion
+of the United States."
+
+Mr. Whitelaw Reid, however, was perfectly right in one thing. The
+Philippines belong (or will belong) to America by right of conquest. On
+August 28th, 1899, Mr. McKinley addressed the 10th Pennsylvania
+Regiment at Pittsburgh soon after their arrival from Manila. He
+said: "The insurgents struck the first blow. They reciprocated
+our kindness with cruelty, our mercy [13] with Mausers.... They
+assailed our sovereignty, and there will be no useless parley until
+the insurrection is suppressed and American authority acknowledged
+and established. The Philippines are ours as much as Louisiana, by
+purchase, or Texas, or Alaska." Here we get down to the bed rock,
+and discard all flimsy pretences. The Americans have undertaken a war
+of conquest, they bought it in fact, but I fear they are not happy
+either about its material progress or its moral aspect. We shall have
+to wait till November to see what they think about it.
+
+But whenever the cost in lost lives, ruined health, and shattered
+minds, to say nothing of dollars, comes to be known, there will be
+a great outcry in America.
+
+Mr. McKinley and his advisers are much to be pitied, for they were
+misled by the information given them by those they relied on.
+
+
+
+The False Prophets of the Philippines.
+
+Here is an extract from General Merritt's evidence taken from the
+Blue Book, fifty-sixth congress, third session, document No. 62,
+part I, p. 367:
+
+
+    Mr. Reid: Do you think any danger of conflict is now reasonably
+    remote?
+
+    General Merritt: I think there is no danger of conflict as long as
+    these people think the United States is going to take possession
+    there. If they imagine or hear from any source that the Spaniards
+    are to be reinstated there, I think they will be very violent.
+
+    Mr. Davis: Suppose the United States, by virtue of a treaty with
+    Spain, should take Luzon ... paying no attention to the insurgents
+    --how would that be taken by Aguinaldo?
+
+    General Merritt: I think Aguinaldo and his immediate following
+    would resist it; but whether he could resist to any extent I do not
+    know, because his forces are divided. I believe that, as matters
+    go, Aguinaldo will lose more or less of his power there.
+
+    The Chairman: If the United States should say, We will take this
+    country and govern it our own way, do you think they would submit
+    to it?
+
+    General Merritt: Yes, sir.
+
+    Mr. Davis: How many troops in your opinion will be necessary to
+    administer the government of this island--to secure the
+    administration of our government there?
+
+    General Merritt: From 20,000 to 25,000 would be requisite at first.
+
+
+I admire the conviction of this distinguished officer that the benefits
+of American rule would be highly appreciated by the Tagals, of whom,
+by-the-bye, he knew next to nothing, having only been a few weeks in
+Manila amongst sycophantic Mestizo-Americanistas.
+
+That interesting people were, however, of a different opinion. On
+p. 4582 of the 'Congressional Record,' I find that Senor Mabini, in
+a manifesto published at San Isidro, April 15th, 1899, states that
+"race hatred is much more cruel and pitiless among the Anglo-Saxons"
+(he is comparing them with the Spaniards). Again he says, "Annexation,
+in whatever form it may be adopted, will unite us for ever to a nation
+whose manners and customs are different from our own, a nation which
+hates the coloured race with a mortal hatred, and from which we could
+never separate ourselves except by war." The outbreaks against the
+negroes that have recently happened [August, 1900] in New Orleans,
+Liberty City, Georgia, and in New York, seem to justify Senor Mabini's
+remarks.
+
+Don Macario Adriatico, in an answer to a message of General Miller,
+writing from Jaro, January 3rd, 1900, says: "It could easily be
+conceived that the Philippines would not suffer a new reign, least of
+all of a nation on whose conscience the curse of the Redskins rests
+as a heavy load."
+
+In other documents they refer to the probable action of the Trusts,
+and anticipate that, what with the Sugar Trust, the Tobacco Trust,
+and the Hemp Trust, they would soon find themselves reduced to the
+condition of porters and workmen, or even of domestic servants.
+
+They seem to have an intelligent anticipation of what will probably
+befall them when conquered, and hence their desperate resistance to
+a large American army.
+
+But let us now turn up the evidence of another expert on the
+Philippines, Mr. John Foreman, who also ventured to prophesy what
+the Tagals would do (Blue Book, before mentioned, p. 443).
+
+
+    Mr. Foreman (answering Mr. Day): "The Tagals are of a very
+    plastic nature, willing in their nature (sic), I should say, to
+    accommodate themselves and take up any new established dominion
+    which might be decided upon, and I think they would fall into
+    any new system adopted.
+
+    "The inhabitants of the Central Islands or Visayas are more
+    uncouth, decidedly less hospitable, and somewhat more averse
+    to associations and relations with outsiders than the Tagals,
+    but I think they would easily come under sway. They want a little
+    more pressure and would have to be guided, more closely watched,
+    and perhaps a little more of the iron hand used than in Luzon."
+
+
+Thus was the administration in Washington misled, and it is probable
+that the American military chiefs reported that they could easily
+overcome all opposition, so they were allowed to try.
+
+Yet in June, 1900, we read, "The recall of General Otis is taken
+to mean that the administration considers the war to be at an end,
+and that there is no longer any necessity for military rule."
+
+General McArthur is appointed to the command, however, and the first
+thing he does is to cable to Washington for more troops, whilst Admiral
+Remey asks for an extra battalion of marines. These are to be sent,
+also at least three regiments of infantry. Sixty-five thousand men
+and forty ships of war are now admitted to be the proper garrison to
+hold down the Philippines.
+
+However necessary reinforcements may be, so deep is the racial
+antipathy between the United States' soldiers, white or black,
+and the natives, that every additional man sent out is a source of
+disaffection, and even exasperation. Not only will the volunteers
+become demoralised and diseased in mind and body by their sojourn in
+America's new possession, but the very fact of their presence renders
+the pacification of the country more difficult. The more troops are
+kept there, the more discontented the natives will be.
+
+To bring this chapter up to date, the position seems to be as follows:
+There is a recrudescence of activity amongst the insurgents; fighting
+is going on over a great part of the Archipelago, the American troops
+are harassed and overworked, sickness is rife, including the bubonic
+plague; yet, notwithstanding all this, the Taft Commission has taken
+over the administration of the islands from September 1st.
+
+The date fixed is not a convenient one for the Commission, as it is
+in the middle of the rainy season, but it has probably been selected
+to suit the presidential campaign in America.
+
+Aguinaldo has issued a proclamation warning the Filipinos against the
+Taft Commission, which, he says, has no authority from Congress; does
+not represent the sentiments of the American people, and is simply the
+personal instrument of Mr. McKinley sent out to make promises which
+it has no power to keep, and which the United States Government will
+not be bound to observe. He denounces the Americanistas, and threatens
+condign punishment to all who accept offices under the Commission. It
+would appear that a settlement on present lines is still some way off.
+
+Judge Taft seems to have inherited the cheerful optimism of General
+Otis. On September 1st he reported that the insurrection is virtually
+ended, and on 20th forwarded another favourable report. On 21st,
+General McArthur cabled accounts of engagements in several provinces
+of Luzon. The American troops at Pekin are being hurried to Manila,
+as the reinforcement of General McArthur is absolutely imperative.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+NATIVE ADMIRATION FOR AMERICA.
+
+    Their fears of a corrupt government--The islands might be an
+    earthly paradise--Wanted, the man--Rajah Brooke--Sir Andrew
+    Clarke--Hugh Clifford--John Nicholson--Charles Gordon--Evelyn
+    Baring--Mistakes of the Peace Commission--Government should be a
+    protectorate--Fighting men should be made governors--What might
+    have been--The Malay race--Senator Hoar's speech--Four years'
+    slaughter of the Tagals.
+
+
+Not a few of the natives in arms were, and still are, sincere admirers
+of the true greatness of the United States. The noble deeds and words
+of America's great men attain the summit of human grandeur in their
+fervid imaginations.
+
+The statesmen and the historians of the great Republic receive their
+tribute of praise from Filipino lips.
+
+The names of Washington, Lincoln, Prescott, Motley, are known and
+honoured by them. Were the natives treated according to the immortal
+principles of right and justice laid down or praised by such as
+these, they would welcome the tutelage, and, in fact, all Asia might
+envy them.
+
+But they will never consent to become the prey of the politician,
+the boss, the monopolist, and the carpet-bagger, and from these they
+must be assured of protection before they will submit.
+
+What confidence can they have in a form of government under which
+the tariffs on their great staples will be made in the interests of
+their American competitors.
+
+Under such a system, and with a pension list steadily growing by
+millions of dollars year by year, their comfortable competence would,
+in a few years, be reduced to the hideous poverty of over-taxed
+British India.
+
+Having passed so many years amongst this people, I may be expected
+to give some opinion as to whether the Philippines can be governed
+by America.
+
+The islands were badly governed by Spain, yet Spaniards and natives
+lived together in great harmony, and I do not know where I could
+find a colony in which the Europeans mixed as much socially with
+the natives. Not in Java, where a native of position must dismount
+to salute the humblest Dutchman. Not in British India, where the
+Englishwoman has now made the gulf between British and native into
+a bottomless pit.
+
+It will be difficult for the Americans to avoid this social ostracism
+of the natives, and in this respect they are not likely to do as well
+as the Spaniards, being less tolerant.
+
+As regards the administration of the government, no doubt great
+improvements can be made; but I abstain from prophecy, remembering
+Merritt's and Foreman's want of success in that line. There is
+certainly a wonderful opportunity to show the world how to govern a
+tropical protectorate or dependency.
+
+So rich a country with so intelligent and industrious a population
+only requires good guidance to make it an earthly paradise. But
+the guidance should be given by the gentle hand of an elder sister,
+and not by the boot of a frontier ruffian.
+
+Much as our officials praise the administration of the Indian
+Empire, I think it quite possible with a few years of disinterested
+tutelage to weld the Philippines into a nation, more united, freer,
+happier, richer and better educated, than the finest state in that
+vast possession. What is wanted is The Man, no stubborn and tactless
+general "spoiling for a fight," harsh, peremptory, overbearing, but
+a civilian of the highest rank, or a naval officer, one of America's
+very best, full of sympathy, tact and patience, yet firm as Stonewall
+Jackson. He must have a gracious presence, and "magnetism" in the
+highest degree, for he must rule by personal influence, by inspiring
+confidence and affection.
+
+Not otherwise did Rajah Brooke obtain his election to the sovereignty
+of Sarawak; Sir Andrew Clarke pacify the Malay Peninsula; nor is it
+otherwise that Hugh Clifford is leading the Malays of North Borneo
+to peaceful pursuits.
+
+The man, when found, must be invested with absolute power, and be
+backed up by all the forces of the Republic.
+
+The British Government gave America an example of what to avoid
+when it sacrificed Governor Eyre, of Jamaica, to a shrieking gang
+of pseudo-philanthropists, when, in a great emergency, whilst the
+honour of white women and the lives of men were at the mercy of a mob
+of negroes, he omitted some legal technicality before hanging one of
+the cowardly instigators.
+
+However, I do not think America will go back on her sons like that.
+
+Great Britain has produced some men who could have taken up the
+burden of the Philippines. It happens that the three I shall cite
+were all soldiers, but their extraordinary magnetic qualities by no
+means proceeded from their profession.
+
+The God-like man who died at Delhi, the beloved of John Lawrence,
+would have made an ideal ruler: the people would have worshipped him.
+
+The hero who died at Khartoum could have ruled the Philippines,
+or any Asiatic or African country, and the people would have loved him.
+
+To quote one who is still with us, Lord Cromer has coped with
+difficulties of a different kind, yet, perhaps, as great as those of
+the Philippines, and in a few years has changed the face of the land of
+Pharaoh, and lightened the lot of millions. This has been done by the
+assistance of a few engineers, administrators, judges and soldiers. He
+and all of them have displayed the most unfailing tact and patience,
+indomitable courage and fortitude, and each has put honour and duty
+before all. Men like John Nicholson, Charles Gordon and Evelyn Baring,
+are rare, but their peers doubtless exist amongst Americans of the good
+old colonial stock, and it is the President's business to find them,
+and send them out to protect and govern America's great dependency.
+
+America has, I suppose, taken these islands from Spain to save them
+from the ruthless [14] Teuton, and to show the world that she can
+do for the Philippines what we have done for Egypt. Unfortunately,
+she began wrong by treating with Spain, and buying the islands,
+as if the natives were cattle on a ranch.
+
+Then the Peace Committee went wrong over the estates of the Religious
+Orders, as before explained.
+
+In my opinion, the form of government should be a protectorate,
+varying in character with the civilisation of the different islands,
+the executive functions being in the hands of the natives whenever
+possible, but under inspection to prevent abuses. On this basis peace
+could, I think, be made, and then America should remember that the
+most worthy of the natives are precisely those who have been in arms
+for their freedom. Their chiefs (with one or two exceptions), are the
+men who should be appointed to govern provinces, and the fighting-men
+enrolled in the native army.
+
+No offices of government should be given to the so-called
+Americanistas, who are mostly people who need not be taken into
+account, and whose support is worth nothing. They will go on with
+their pettifogging and their pawnbroking, and that is enough reward
+for them. They are Americanistas because they cannot help themselves,
+and not from any attachment to American ways. Formerly the Spaniards
+protected them; now the American bayonets stand between them and the
+Tagal bolos.
+
+Without this, well they know that what happened to the mulattos in
+Hayti would surely happen to them sooner or later--perhaps sooner.
+
+It is, indeed, sad to see what is, and to think what might have been
+accomplished by a little patience, a little forbearance, a tinge of
+sympathy, for a gallant people struggling for freedom and light. But
+no patience was vouchsafed to them, no forbearance was shown them,
+nor can I discover in what has been done the faintest sign of sympathy
+for them.
+
+Yet the Malay race can claim to have enlisted the sympathies of
+some not undistinguished men. Rajah Brooke, Spenser St. John, Hugh
+Clifford, Professor Blumentritt, Louis Becke, Joseph Conrad--the
+names that first occur to me--have all confessed to an affection for
+them. The old Spanish conquerors speak of their dignified courtesy
+and gentle manners.
+
+There are, however, in America, generous souls who can judge
+the Tagals fairly and even indulgently. I do not allude to those
+who raise a clamour to discredit the administration for political
+purposes, but to the noble, eloquent, and truly patriotic speech,
+inspired in the best traditions of the United States, delivered by
+Mr. Hoar in the Senate on April 17th. I hope that touching appeal to
+the national conscience will bear fruit, and that, by the exercise
+of true statesmanship, an end may be put to this dreadful war, and
+a pacification effected satisfactory to Filipinos and Americans.
+
+For four long years, slaughter and destruction have ravaged one of
+the fairest lands on earth, converting what might be a paradise into
+a pandemonium.
+
+What evils have these poor Tagals not suffered in that time? Arbitrary
+imprisonment, torture, confiscation of property, banishment to
+unhealthy places, military executions, bombardments, the storming and
+burning of towns, indiscriminate slaughter, and the bubonic plague,
+added to the calamities they are always exposed to--volcanic eruptions,
+floods, earthquakes, typhoons, locusts, epidemics.
+
+Famine seems to be the only calamity they have been free from, but
+even that may not be far distant.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+RESOURCES OF THE PHILIPPINES.
+
+    At the Spanish conquest--Rice--the lowest use the land
+    can be put to--How the Americans are misled--Substitutes
+    for rice--Wheat formerly grown--Tobacco--Compania
+    General de Tabacos--Abaca--Practically a monopoly of the
+    Philippines--Sugar--Coffee--Cacao--Indigo--Cocoa-nut oil--Rafts of
+    nuts--Copra--True localities for cocoa palm groves--Summary--More
+    sanguine forecasts--Common-sense view.
+
+
+
+Agricultural.
+
+The great wealth of the Archipelago is undoubtedly to be found in
+the development of its agriculture. Although the Central and Ilocan
+Mountains in Luzon and parts of Mindanao are rich in gold, it is the
+fertile land, the heavy rainfall and the solar heat, that must be
+utilized to permanently enrich the country. The land is there and the
+labour is there, and all that is wanting is capital, and a settled
+government that will make roads and bridges and keep them in repair,
+clear the rivers of obstructions and improve the ports, and above
+all, establish and maintain some tolerable courts of justice. The
+sun, the rain, the soil, and the hardy Philippine farmer will do the
+rest--a population equal to that of Java could live in affluence in
+the Philippines.
+
+The agriculture of the Philippines at the time of the first arrival
+of the Spaniards consisted mainly in the cultivation of rice. It is to
+the Spaniards that the natives owe the introduction of maize, coffee,
+cacao, sesame, tobacco, the indigo plant, the sweet potato, and many
+fruits. They also imported horses, horned cattle, and sheep. But
+the great development of the cultivation of sugar and hemp is almost
+entirely due to British capital, with some assistance from Americans.
+
+The natives probably learned from the Chinese how to terrace the
+hillsides and the sloping lands, and how to erect the pilapiles, or
+small dykes, for retaining the rain. At that time, and for centuries
+after, taxes were paid in paddy as they have been in Japan until
+quite recently.
+
+Under the heading "Tagals," a description is given of the planting
+of paddy, and an illustration shows the aspect of a newly-planted
+paddy-field or tubigan. Mountain rice-lands are called bacores or
+dalatanes. The cutting and harvesting of paddy is paid for in kind,
+sometimes in Camarines Sur, a third of the crop is given for getting
+it in, but in the province of Manila it is cultivated in equal shares
+to the farmer and the owner of the land.
+
+By looking at the illustration it will be seen that, the fields
+being divided into such small patches of irregular shapes at
+different levels, it would be difficult, if not impossible, to use a
+reaping-machine. I have elsewhere given the reasons for my opinion
+that the cultivation of rice is the lowest use that the land and
+the husbandmen can be put to, and whenever the cultivation is given
+up, it is probably an indication that the cultivators are raising
+some more profitable crop, and earning money by exporting valuable
+produce, wherewith to import rice from countries in a lower stage
+of civilisation.
+
+This is most certainly the case in the Philippines, and year by year,
+as the exports of hemp, sugar and tobacco have increased, the imports
+of rice from Saigon and Rangoon have risen correspondingly. And yet the
+United States' Department of Agriculture, issued in the latter part of
+1899 a circular with the title,'Plant Products of the Philippines,'
+[15] which, amongst other inaccurate appreciations, says: "It seems
+strange that an almost exclusively agricultural country should not
+produce enough food for its own population, but such is at present the
+case with regard to the Philippines." It proceeds to say that in some
+years the value of rice imported into Manila from Saigon was valued
+at $2,000,000. But I would point out to the author of that circular
+that the export of the three great staples of the Philippines in
+those years averaged, perhaps, $30,000,000, and this, evidently,
+could not have been accomplished if they had cultivated their own rice.
+
+The Spaniards sometimes raised this same groundless clamour, and,
+perhaps, the author of the circular took it from them; but I look
+upon it as a great mistake arising from insufficient knowledge of
+the subject. The rice imported into Manila is largely shipped to the
+tobacco and hemp provinces, Cagayan and Albay, where the people are
+exclusively employed in the cultivation and preparation of those
+valuable products, and are far richer, and on a higher grade of
+civilisation than the rice-growers of Cochin China.
+
+In the Philippines themselves, the people of the rice-growing districts
+are the poorest and most backward of all.
+
+Besides paddy, the natives cultivate the dava or mijo (Panicum
+miliaceum), the mongo, a species of lentil (Phaseolus mungo), called
+in some provinces balat or balatong, for their own consumption.
+
+When rice is dear, they mix a certain amount of maize with it, and
+when it is really scarce they eat the seeds of the sorghum (Holcus
+saccharatus) instead of it. They also make an infusion of these seeds,
+which is not unlike barley-water. The camote (Impomoea batata) is
+the principal food of the more uncivilised tribes.
+
+All the natives find a great resource in the banana, which the Tagals
+called saguin. The following varieties are excellent: Bungulan,
+Lacatan, Ternate, and Tindoc.
+
+Wheat was formerly grown in northern Luzon. The late Archbishop
+of Manila, Fray Pedro Payo, informed me that, when he was a parish
+priest years ago, he always ate bread made from Philippine flour,
+which he thought far better and safer than the Californian flour that
+had superseded it.
+
+Tobacco is an important crop in the Philippines, and from the year
+1781 was cultivated in Cagayan as a government monopoly. In the
+villages of that province the people were called out by beat of drum
+and marched to the fields under the gobernadorcillo and principales,
+who were responsible for the careful ploughing, planting, weeding,
+and tending, the work being overlooked by Spanish officials. Premiums
+were paid to these and to the gobernadorcillos, and fines or floggings
+were administered in default. The native officials carried canes,
+which they freely applied to those who shirked their work.
+
+In another part of the book I have referred to the series of abuses
+committed under the monopoly: how the wretched cultivators had to
+bribe the officials in charge of the scales to allow them the true
+weight, and the one who classified the leaves, so that he should
+not reject them as rubbish and order them to be destroyed; in fact,
+they had to tip every official in whose power it was to do them any
+injustice. Finally, they received orders on the treasury for the
+value of their tobacco, which were not paid for months, or, perhaps,
+for years. They sometimes had to sell their orders for 50 percent of
+the face value, or even less.
+
+However, even the Spanish official conscience can be aroused, and at
+the end of 1882 the monopoly was abolished.
+
+Here it is only right to honourably mention a Spanish gentleman to
+whom the natives of the Cagayan Valley in a great measure owe their
+freedom. Don Jose Jimenez Agius was Intendente General de Hacienda,
+and he laboured for years to bring about this reform, impressed
+with the cruelty and injustice of this worst form of slavery. The
+Cagayanes were prohibited from growing rice, but were allowed as
+an indulgence to plant a row or two of maize around their carefully
+tilled tobacco-fields.
+
+Possibly this circumstance has led the author of the circular I have
+before quoted to make the extraordinary statement: "Tobacco, as a
+cultivated crop, is generally grown in the same field as maize." Does
+he think it grows wild anywhere?
+
+In 1883, the "Compania General de Tabacos de Filipinas" was established
+in the islands, the capital being raised in Paris and Barcelona.
+
+This Company has been under very capable management; the technical
+department being overlooked by M. Armand Villemer, a French engineer
+of great ability and experience. The Company has done a great deal
+to improve the cultivation of the plant and the preparation of the
+leaf. They run light draught paddle-steamers and barges on the Cagayan
+River, and sea-going screw-steamers from Aparri to Manila.
+
+Their estates are mentioned under the heading "Cagayanes."
+
+Besides the Cagayan Valley, the following Provinces produce tobacco
+in considerable quantities.
+
+In Luzon, the Ilocos North and South, Abra, Union, Nueva Ecija. Also
+Masbate, Ticao, and most of the Visayas Islands. The Igorrote also
+raise a considerable quantity.
+
+The quantity of tobacco and cigars exported since 1888 is given in
+the Appendix; and, seeing the enormous extent of land still available
+in the Cagayan Valley, there can be no doubt that the production can
+be very largely increased as the demand grows.
+
+The export of leaf tobacco from Manila, the only shipping port, has
+increased from 204,592 quintals in 1888, to 287,161 quintals in 1897,
+and during the same period the export of cigars has increased from
+109,109 mil to 171,410 mil.
+
+The cultivation of the Musa textilis is almost a monopoly of the
+Philippines, and, indeed, of certain parts of them.
+
+Volcanic soil, a certain elevation above the sea, and exposure to
+the breezes of the Pacific, a bright sun and an ample rainfall,
+seem necessary to the production of a fine quality of this fibre.
+
+Several attempts have been made to produce this fibre elsewhere; the
+Government of British India sent a gentleman to Manila to study the
+question. He wrote a report, but I have never heard that any abaca
+was produced.
+
+The plant was said to grow wild all along the Sarawak rivers; but
+here again some mistake must have been made, for nothing seems to
+have come of it.
+
+There is, in fact, nothing so far to compete with it, and there
+is an immense and growing market. The price has lately fluctuated
+enormously, and I do not intend to prophesy what profits might be
+made in planting it.
+
+In 1897, no less than 915,338 bales were exported, about 114,400
+tons, and if we take the average price at that time as $15 per bale,
+we get a sum of over $13,730,000 as the value of that year's export,
+the largest in quantity, but not in value.
+
+The export of hemp has been almost entirely developed by British and
+American enterprise, and dates from very recent times.
+
+The spread of the sugar-cane cultivation in the Philippines from the
+year 1870 was rapid, and is in great measure due to the advances
+made by British and American houses to the planters. It was for
+many years a most profitable business, and this is proved by the
+large and handsome houses of the planters in the towns of the sugar
+districts. The continual increase of the beet sugar production, however
+brought down prices to such an extent as to reduce the profits below
+the heavy interest paid on loans or advances. But it seems now that
+bottom has been reached, and that rising prices and more economical
+methods of financing and of manufacturing will give the planters a
+fresh start. Those who know what has been and is being done by central
+sugar factories in Cuba, will not doubt the possibility of doing
+better in the Philippines, where labour is cheaper and is on the spot.
+
+Under the headings Pampangos, Pangasinanes, and Visayas, will be found
+many interesting particulars of the working of sugar plantations in
+these provinces.
+
+In 1893, the export of sugar amounted to 260,000 tons; since then it
+has declined, but in 1897 it still amounted to close on 200,000 tons.
+
+The export of coffee has almost entirely ceased, and the cause is
+ascribed to the ravages of an insect which destroys the bushes. Lipa,
+in Batangas province, was the great coffee centre, and became one
+of the richest towns in Luzon. Notwithstanding this prosperity, the
+plantations were never cultivated with proper care. Weeding was much
+neglected. In 1888, the export reached 107,236 piculs, but in 1897
+it had fallen to 2111 piculs.
+
+There is an opening for coffee-planting on many of the elevated
+plateaux of the islands, and capital with skill ought to find its
+reward.
+
+The Moros of Lake Lanao export a certain quantity of coffee of
+indifferent appearance but excellent flavour.
+
+Cacao grows well in many parts of the Archipelago, but I have never
+seen any large plantations of it. A few trees may be seen in the
+gardens of old houses, but they must be protected from insects and
+rats, and require looking after.
+
+The quantity raised in the islands is not sufficient to supply the
+home demand, so that cacao beans are imported from Venezuela and
+chocolate from Spain.
+
+It is a risky business to plant cacao in the northern Philippines;
+the trees are delicate and suffer from the typhoons. And the produce
+is so valuable that, unless watched at night or protected in some way,
+the cones may when nearly ripe be carried away by thieves.
+
+In Palawan, where the typhoons do not ravage, I have seen cacao trees
+30 feet high, with an abundant crop.
+
+The plant from which indigo is elaborated was cultivated in former
+years to a considerable extent in some provinces, notably the Ilocos,
+but the export trade was destroyed by the adulterations of the Chinese.
+
+In 1895, 6672 quintals were exported from Manila, but only 462 quintals
+in 1896. Ten specimens of Ilocos indigo were shown at the Madrid
+Exhibition of 1887, and the price varied from $12 to $67 per quintal.
+
+For home use the dye is sold in a liquid form, contained in large
+earthen jars called tinajas. It is known as Tintarron.
+
+Sesame and other oil-giving seeds are cultivated to a small extent
+in several provinces, but neither the seed nor the oil figure in the
+list of exports.
+
+The cocoa-nut palm grows in most of the lowlands of the Philippines,
+except in the North of Luzon. In suitable soil it grows to the very
+edge of the sea, as in the Cuyos Islands, In the provinces of Laguna
+and Tayabas there are large numbers of these trees and a lively
+business is carried on in making oil from nuts or in sending them to
+Manila for the market or for shipment.
+
+When large quantities are to be sent, they are formed into rafts in
+a very ingenious manner, each nut being attached by a strip of its
+own fibre without any rope being required.
+
+These rafts are sometimes a hundred feet long and ten or twelve feet
+wide, and are navigated across the lake and down the Pasig. Finally
+they are brought alongside a steamer, the nuts are cut adrift and
+thrown into the hold through the cargo ports.
+
+The nuts that are to be used for making oil are stripped of their
+husks and cut in halves. They then pass to a workman who is provided
+with an apparatus called a Cutcuran. This is mounted upon a trestle
+and consists of a revolving shaft of hard polished wood, carrying
+on its overhanging end an iron disc about three inches in diameter
+having teeth like the rowel of a spur.
+
+This is set edgeways in a slot in the shaft. On each side of the
+trestle near the ground is a treadle; from one of these a cotton
+cord passes over the shaft taking a round turn and is made fast
+to the other treadle. The operator sits astride the trestle with a
+foot on each treadle. By working them alternately he produces a rapid
+revolution of the shaft in alternate directions, and the cutting disc
+being double-edged it cuts both ways. By holding a half nut against
+the revolving cutter he in a few seconds rasps out every particle of
+the nut which falls upon a tray in fine shreds.
+
+The shredded material is then heated in a cast-iron pan over a slow
+fire, and whilst hot is filled into bags of strong material which
+are placed in the press.
+
+This is constructed entirely of hard wood, and the pressure is obtained
+by driving wedges with a heavy mallet.
+
+The system is primitive, but all the apparatus is practical and
+very cheap.
+
+D. Carlos Almeida of Binan stated to me in 1890 that 400 large
+cocoa-nuts gave by this process one tinaja or jar of oil, equivalent
+to 101/2 English gallons, which was then worth on the spot six Mexican
+dollars. It is sold in Manila. At this time cocoa-nuts were sold in
+Santa Cruz, the capital of the Laguna, for about $15 per thousand. The
+oil cake was used either to feed pigs or as a manure about the roots
+of coffee-plants. The owner of cocoa-palm groves in Luzon or Visayas
+lives in anxiety during several months of each year, for should
+the vortex of a typhoon pass over or near his plantation, a large
+proportion of his trees may be destroyed.
+
+The true locality for such plantations is in the southern and western
+parts of Mindanao and Palawan, to the south of a line drawn from
+the northern point of Mindanao to Busuanga Island in the Calamianes,
+preferring the most sheltered spots.
+
+In this region the danger from typhoons is inconsiderable, and the
+trees flourish exceedingly. I have been shown trees in bearing at
+Puerta Princesa which I was assured were only three years old. I
+saw older trees bearing immense bunches of nuts, too many to count,
+and it seemed wonderful to see a slender trunk bearing aloft sixty
+feet in the air so heavy a load. From fifty to one hundred trees
+can be planted on an acre according to the space allowed to each,
+and when in full bearing after six or seven years each tree might
+give eighty nuts in a year. The crop goes on all the year round.
+
+Copra is prepared from the nuts either by drying the whole nut under
+cover in the shade, allowing the water to become absorbed and then
+breaking up the kernel for bagging, or else by breaking it up first
+of all and drying it in the sun.
+
+In the first case a large airy shed is required, and the process takes
+three months. In the latter case three days of sunshine will suffice,
+but the kernels must be protected from the dew at night and from any
+chance shower of rain. Artificial heat does not produce good copra,
+and besides is expensive to apply.
+
+Making copra is one of the most paying enterprises in the Philippines,
+but it requires capital to be laid out several years beforehand,
+unless a plantation can be bought to start with.
+
+Previous to 1890, the quantity of copra exported was so small that
+no record was kept of it. In that year 74,447 piculs were exported,
+and the trade has gone up by leaps and bounds, so that in 1897 no
+less than 811,440 piculs were sent out, over fifty thousand tons.
+
+The present position of agriculture seems to be that there are in
+the Philippines somewhere about six millions of civilised Christian
+people tilling eight million acres of land, and exporting some thirty
+million dollars' worth of produce each year. They also raise a large
+quantity of food-stuffs for their own consumption, but import perhaps
+a couple of million dollars' worth of rice because it is cheaper to
+buy it than to grow it, as we in England import wheat for the same
+reason. The area of land under cultivation is computed at one-ninth
+of the total area of the islands.
+
+The author of the circular Plant Products of the Philippines, to
+which I have before referred, makes the following remarks: "In view of
+the natural fertility of the soil and the vast extent of these rich
+lands not yet under cultivation, it is safely assumed that the total
+agricultural production of the islands could be increased tenfold."
+
+This gentleman seems to be of a sanguine disposition, and he reminds
+me rather of Oscar F. Williams' cheerful optimism. But in one way he
+is more cautious than that gentleman. He does not fix a time for his
+prophecy to be accomplished.
+
+I would point out, however, that in the seventy-five million acres
+comprised in the islands there are volcanic cones, peaks of basalt,
+stony plains, unexplored regions, swamps and other undesirable
+localities for establishing farms or plantations, and that some of the
+good lands are held by warlike tribes who would resent any intrusion
+into their domains.
+
+There are, it is true, great tracts of land in Mindanao and Palawan,
+and no doubt in time they will come under cultivation.
+
+Taking everything into consideration, I hold to my view that with
+peace, honest government and a good Vagrancy law, the export of
+produce might be doubled in twenty years if capital is forthcoming in
+sufficient amount. The land is worth nothing without the husbandmen,
+and it will take the Philippines a long time to recover from the
+devastating effects of the insurrection of 1896-7 and the American
+war of subjugation.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+FORESTAL.
+
+    Value exaggerated--Difficulties of labour and transport--Special
+    sawing machinery required--Market for timber in the islands--Teak
+    not found--Jungle produce--Warning to investors in companies--Gutta
+    percha.
+
+
+During the three and a quarter centuries the Spaniards have held the
+Philippines, the forests of Luzon have supplied enormous quantities
+of the finest timber for building houses, churches, convents, bridges,
+warships, lighters and canoes. No care has ever been taken to replant,
+and the consequence is that at this day long logs of many kinds most
+wanted are not obtainable, all the large trees of valuable timber have
+long ago been cut, and only in the most distant and least accessible
+places are any worth having to be found.
+
+The greatest nonsense is talked about the value of the Philippine
+forests, but in fact it is only in the fever-stricken Island of
+Mindoro, and in certain parts of Palawan and Mindanao, that any large
+and valuable trees can be found.
+
+Labour is a great difficulty; wood-cutters are scarce, and they are a
+wild, unruly lot; only men inured to such a rough life can resist the
+malaria of the woods, and even they are occasionally down with fever.
+
+Chinamen would not venture into the forests, and only the natives
+of each district are available, as they do not care to go far from
+their houses. In order to engage them it is necessary to make them
+advances of money which it will seldom be possible to recover. A good
+deal of tact is required in dealing with the cutters, they are very
+independent and will not put up with abuse. A considerable capital
+is required to give advances to, and feed these men, also for buying
+buffaloes, which die unless good care is taken of them.
+
+If a cutter can be found who has buffaloes of his own, it is better
+to hire them with him, as then they are sure to be taken care of.
+
+The dragging the large logs to a river or port can only be done by
+teams of buffaloes. The conditions prevailing prevent the employment
+of chutes, wire ropes and winding engines, or tram-lines.
+
+The valuable trees do not grow together in numbers as in the forests
+of California and Oregon, but are found at considerable distances
+from each other. It is therefore only possible to commence the use
+of mechanical conveyance at the spot where the logs can be assembled
+by animal labour. Even so, the number of logs from any district will
+be so small that it will hardly pay to lay down a tramway.
+
+The logs are squared in the woods and the butt ends are rounded like
+the runners of a sleigh, two holes are chopped at the top corners
+with a small adze called a palacol, through which rattans are passed
+for the buffaloes to be yoked to. They are then dragged down to the
+river or sea. The wood is too heavy to float, and bundles of bamboos
+are attached to it to give it buoyancy.
+
+The idea of putting up saw-mills in the forests is absurd--for the
+reason given above.
+
+The wood is very hard and tough, and specially made machinery is
+required to work it.
+
+The framing must be heavier, the feed lighter, and the teeth of
+the saws much smaller and with less set. I have had some excellent
+machinery and saws specially made in England for this purpose, by
+Thomas Robinson & Son of Rochdale, but I sent home logs of the woods
+required to be worked, for the saws, planers, and moulding cutters
+to be made to suit. The ordinary sawing machinery as shown in trade
+catalogues would be of no use at all.
+
+The whole business is extremely risky, it requires a manager, immune
+to jungle fever, a man of great vigour yet patient and tactful. Such a
+man, understanding the native ways, would probably succeed after years
+of hard and dangerous work; but I warn any one thinking of taking up
+this business that in Luzon valuable trees are few and far between,
+and distant from port or river, whilst in other islands where there
+are timber trees they stand there because no one could ever be induced
+to go and cut them.
+
+As for exporting these timbers to the United States or other places,
+there is no need to do that, for demand for timber in Manila and other
+towns is greater than the supply, and iron construction is increasing
+in consequence.
+
+Oregon or Norway pine is of no use for building purposes in the
+Philippines, for it would be devoured within a year or two by the anay
+(white ants). I am told, however, that in spite of warnings the United
+States military authorities have constructed stables and storehouses
+of this timber.
+
+I think it quite useless to mention the names of the different
+Philippine timbers, as those who take an interest in them can purchase
+the 'Manual de Maderero' (Wood-cutters' Manual) and obtain all the
+information they require from it.
+
+Molave is the most important, being proof against the white ants,
+and almost imperishable. Ypil and yacal are splendid woods for large
+roofs. They can be obtained long enough for tie-beams, even for wide
+spans, and excellent roof-frames can be made by bolting them together.
+
+On the Zambales mountains and in Benguet and Lepanto there are
+forests of coniferae. When the Manila-Dagupan Railway was being
+built, I had some sample sleepers brought down from thence. They
+were quite suitable, but could only be used if thoroughly creosoted,
+as otherwise they would merely provide food for the white ants. As
+there are no gasworks in the Islands, creosote could not be produced,
+nor would it pay to import it from Hong Kong or elsewhere on account
+of the freight and duties.
+
+There is no market in the islands for pine and no one cuts the
+trees. They are not of great size. The Igorrotes burn them to clear
+the land for planting.
+
+True ebony is not found in the forests, but a very handsome and heavy
+wood, called Camagon, is the nearest approach to it, being dark-brown
+nearly black, streaked with bright yellow. It is found of larger size
+than ebony and is sold by the pound.
+
+Teak has often been reported to exist and samples of the alleged
+teak have been shown to me. On comparing them with teak from
+Rangoon a considerable difference was noted and the characteristic
+odour was absent. My own impression is that there is no teak in
+the Philippines. I have paid two dollars a cubic foot for teak in
+Manila and if there was any to be had, this price would, I think,
+have fetched it out.
+
+As for such jungle produce as gum-damar, canes, and rattans, if the
+reader will refer to my remarks on Palawan he will see that the most
+valuable products are mostly worked out, and that in any case this
+is not white man's business.
+
+There is, however, one branch that, in view of increasing scarcity
+and rising price, should be carefully looked after by the Philippine
+Administration; I refer to the collection of gutta-percha in
+Mindanao. This caused quite a boom for a short time, but as usual
+the Chinamen got hold of the stuff and mixed it with various kinds
+of rubbish, so that it was soon discredited in the European market.
+
+An official of high-standing might be appointed to the double office of
+Protector of the Natives, and Conservator of the Forests in Mindanao,
+and rules for collecting the gutta without destroying the trees should
+be prepared and enforced by personal visits from the conservator and
+his deputies, to whom all the gutta should be handed, being paid for
+in cash. This would probably yield a large revenue to the Government
+and greatly benefit the natives, for they might receive half the value
+of the gutta instead of the minute fraction the Chinese now give them.
+
+The reader who has perused the previous remarks will no longer be
+liable to be caught by tales of the fabulous riches of the Philippine
+forests. And, above all, he should keep clear of any companies that
+may be formed to exploit them. Energetic and tactful individuals may
+succeed, but the success will be due to personal qualities, and will
+be contemporaneous with that gifted party and disappear with him. This
+is what happened to the "Laguimanoc Saw Mills and Timber Company"
+as soon as the founder left.
+
+A large proportion of the jungle produce of Mindanao, Palawan, and
+the smaller Southern Islands is smuggled away by the Chinese traders
+to Sandakan or Singapore.
+
+All that appears in the Table of Exports is two or three hundred tons
+of gum copal shipped each year from Manila.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+THE MINERALS.
+
+    Gold: Dampier--Pigafetta--De Comyn--Placers in
+    Luzon--Gapan--River Agno--The Igorrotes--Auriferous
+    quartz from Antaniae--Capunga--Pangutantan--Goldpits at
+    Suyuc--Atimonan--Paracale--Mambulao--Mount Labo--Surigao--River
+    Siga--Gigaquil, Caninon-Binutong, and Cansostral
+    Mountains--Misamis--Pighoulugan--Iponan--Pigtao--Dendritic gold
+    from Misamis--Placer gold traded away surreptitiously--Cannot
+    be taxed--Spanish mining laws--Pettifogging lawyers--Prospects
+    for gold seekers. Copper: Native copper at Surigao and
+    Torrijos (Mindoro)--Copper deposits at Mancayan worked by
+    the Igorrotes--Spanish company--Insufficient data--Caution
+    required. Iron: Rich ores found in the Cordillera of Luzon--Worked
+    by natives--Some Europeans have attempted but failed--Red
+    hematite in Cebu--Brown hematite in Paracale--Both red and
+    brown in Capiz--Oxydized iron in Misamis--Magnetic iron
+    in San Miguel de Mayumo--Possibilities. Coal (so called):
+    Beds of lignite upheaved--Vertical seams at Sugud--Reason
+    of failure--Analysis of Masbate lignite. Various Minerals:
+    Galena--Red lead--Graphite--Quicksilver--Sulphur Asbestos--Yellow
+    ochre--Kaolin, Marble--Plastic clays--Mineral waters.
+
+
+It is a great mistake to suppose that nothing is known of the geology
+and mineralogy of the Philippines, or that no attempts have been made
+to exploit them.
+
+The maps of the Archipelago are marked in dozens or hundreds of places,
+coal, copper, lead, iron, gold, and a number of works treating of
+the subject have been published. Amongst the authors are the mining
+engineers, Don Enrique Abella and Don Jose Centeno. But some of their
+most important reports are still in manuscript, for the revenues of
+the Philippines were almost entirely absorbed in paying the salaries
+of the officials, and there was a great disinclination to spend money
+in any other way.
+
+At the Philippine Exhibition, held at Madrid in 1887, more than
+seven hundred specimens of auriferous earths or sand, gold quartz,
+and ores of various metals were shown, and in this branch alone there
+were 109 exhibitors from all parts of the Archipelago.
+
+Besides ores there were the tools and utensils used by the miners,
+and models of the furnaces and forges in which the metals were reduced
+and worked, with the metals in different stages of concentration or
+manufacture, and a complete show of the finished products.
+
+A great many Mining Companies have been formed in Spain or in Manila
+at different times which have all failed from a variety of causes,
+want of skill, bad management, costly administration, or because the
+richness of the vein or seam had been exaggerated.
+
+The difficulty of getting labour is considerable, as mining is a work
+the generality of natives do not care to take up, although in some
+provinces they are used to it, for example, in Camarines Norte and
+in Surigao.
+
+Employers seem to forget that the ordinary food of a native, rice
+and fish, is not sufficiently nourishing to enable him to do hard
+and continuous work, such as is required in mining. A higher rate of
+pay than the current wage is essential, to allow the miner to supply
+himself with an ample ration of beef or pork, coffee and sugar,
+and provision should be made for him to be comfortably housed.
+
+In this complaint of want of labour it is not always the native who
+is to blame, and if a mine cannot afford to pay a reasonable price
+for labour, it had better stand idle.
+
+Probably the one great reason why mines have not prospered in the
+Philippines is that there has never been slavery there, as in Cuba,
+Peru, Mexico, Brazil, ancient Egypt, and other great mining countries,
+where whole populations have been used up to minister to the avarice
+of their fellow-men.
+
+Names of some Metals in Tagal.
+
+
+                    Gold              Guinto.
+                    Silver            Pilac.
+                    Copper            Tangso.
+                    Lead              Tinga.
+                    Tin               Tinga puti.
+                    Iron              Bacal.
+                    Steel             Patalim.
+                    Forged Steel      Binalon.
+                    Coal              Uling.
+
+
+
+Gold.
+
+From my remarks upon the other minerals it will be seen that I have
+no illusions on the immediate prospects of working them.
+
+With gold, however, it is different. For centuries large quantities
+have been collected or extracted, mostly, no doubt, from placers,
+still some rich veins are known to exist.
+
+The early writers agree that gold is plentiful. Dampier says: "Most,
+if not all, the Philippine Islands are rich in gold."
+
+Speaking of the Batanes Islanders, he says:--
+
+
+"They have no sort of coin, but they have small crumbs of the metal
+before described" (he seemed at first to doubt whether it was gold),
+which they bind up very safe in plantain leaves or the like. This
+metal they exchange for what they want, giving a small quantity of
+it--about two or three grains--for a jar of drink that would hold
+five or six gallons. They have no scales, but give it by guess."
+
+
+In the 'Relacion de las Islas Filipinas,' 1595(?), the author remarks
+that the Tagals "like to put on many ornaments of gold, which they
+have in great abundance."
+
+Farther on, he says of Luzon:--
+
+
+"The people of this island are very clever in knowing" (valuing)
+"gold, and they weigh it with the greatest subtleness and delicacy
+which has ever been seen; the first thing they teach their children
+is to know gold and the weights used for it, for amongst them there
+is no other money."
+
+
+Farther on, he says:--
+
+
+"Ilocos ... has much gold, for the principal mines of these islands
+are in the mountain ranges of this province, of which they get the
+advantage, for they trade with the miners more than any people. The
+Spaniards have many times endeavoured to people the mines so as to
+work them, but it has not been possible up to the present, although
+the Governor, Gonzalo Ronquillo, took the greatest pains, and it cost
+him many men, the country being so rough and destitute of provisions."
+
+
+In Pigafetta's 'Voyage Round the World' (Pinkerton), Vol. ii., p. 333,
+we read that at Caraga (Mindanao) a man offered an ingot of massive
+gold for six strings of glass beads.
+
+On p. 331, he says:--
+
+
+"The king who accompanied us informed us that gold was found in his
+island in lumps as large as walnuts, and even as an egg, mingled with
+earth; that they used a sieve for sifting it, and that all his vessels,
+and even many of the ornaments of his house were of this metal."
+
+
+On p. 348, he says that he saw many utensils of gold in the house of
+the Raja or King of Butuan.
+
+On p. 349, we find the following remarks:--
+
+
+"What most abounds is gold. Valleys were pointed out to me in which
+by signs they made me comprehend there were more lumps of gold than
+we had hair on our heads, but that, for the want of iron, the mines
+exact greater labour to work them than they feel inclined to bestow."
+
+
+Coming down to later days, Thomas de Comyn, 1810, writes:--
+
+
+"Gold abounds in Luzon and in many of these islands; but as the
+mountains which contain it are in the power of pagan Indians, the veins
+are not worked, nor even the mines known. These savages collect it
+from placers or streams, and bring it as dust to the Christians who
+inhabit the plains, in exchange for coarse cloth or fire-arms, and
+at times they have brought it in grains of one or two ounces' weight.
+
+"It is the general opinion that this class of mines abound in the
+province of Caraga, situated on the east of the great island of
+Mindanao, and that there, as well as at various other points, gold
+is found of 22 carat fine."
+
+
+He states that the Royal Fifth, or rather Tenth (for it was found the
+mines could not pay a fifth, and it was reduced by half), in the year
+1809 amounted to $1144. This would represent an extraction of gold
+equal to only $11,440; but this was probably but a small part of the
+whole, as from the circumstances of the case the gold dust from the
+washings would be surreptitiously disposed of, and only the few mines
+that were worked, paid the tax. I had occasion, about twelve years
+ago, to make inquiry how much gold was raised in Camarines Norte,
+and a person well-informed on the subject estimated it at a value of
+$30,000 gold dollars.
+
+Gold is certainly very widely distributed in the islands. I have
+seen women washing the sands of the River San Jose del Puray in the
+province of Manila, and noted what small specks they collected. I
+was informed that their average earnings were about 25 cents per
+day. Whether these sands could be dredged and washed mechanically on
+a large scale with profit I cannot say.
+
+In 1890, I ascended the Puray River and went up the Arroyo Macaburabod
+to where it bifurcates. There, close to the boundary of the province
+of Manila and district of Moron, I found a face of disintegrated
+quartz glittering with large crystals of iron pyrites.
+
+This was near a geological frontier where the igneous and sedimentary
+rocks joined, and the neighbourhood was highly mineralized, there being
+iron, coal, and gold within a short distance. I took a large number
+of samples, and the analyst Anacleto del Rosario declared that one
+of them gave an assay of 17 dwts. of gold to the ton. But of course
+such assays prove nothing, for the accidental presence of a grain of
+gold in the sample would make all the difference in the results.
+
+Near Gapan in Nueva Ecija more profitable washings are situated,
+and at times large numbers of men and women are to be seen at work,
+especially after a sudden flood has come down. The sands of the River
+Agno also yield gold, and the washing for it is quite an industry
+amongst the Pangasinan women about Rosales, but the return is said
+to be small. But after a north-westerly gale has heaped up the black
+sand at the mouth of this river in the Bay of Lingayen, the people
+turn out in numbers to wash it, and sometimes have better luck. But
+although these washings are poor, a considerable quantity of gold
+is obtained from the Igorrotes, and there is no doubt that these
+people have for centuries worked quartz veins or pockets, and that
+they only extract sufficient for their modest requirements in the way
+of purchasing cattle, cloth, and tools. They do not hoard any gold,
+for they say that it is safer in the mine than in their houses. When
+one of them requires a few ounces he goes to his mine, gets it out,
+and immediately proceeds to purchase what he wants. Possibly they
+do not consider the supply inexhaustible, and they have thought for
+to-morrow, or for those who will come after them. It is not their
+object to exhaust the bounties of nature in the shortest possible time.
+
+When they have found a rich pocket they build a house over the pit,
+and when not at work they cover the hole with roughly-hewn planks or
+logs ; they take precautions in disposing of the detritus, so that
+it does not call attention from a distance.
+
+In the Exhibition of 1887 the Comandante Politico-Militar of
+the Province of Benguet showed samples of auriferous quartz from
+Antaniac and from Capunga, also quartz with visible threads of gold
+from the latter place, also leaf gold from the veins, two specimens
+of auriferous quartz from Pangutantan with gold extracted from it,
+and gold-dust from the River Agno.
+
+Other exhibits included specimens of gold-bearing rock from Lepanto
+and Infantas, and compact auriferous quartz from the celebrated
+gold-pits of Suyuc near Mancayan. All these quartz reefs are worked
+by the Igorrotes.
+
+Gold is also found near Atimonan in Tayabas, but the neighbourhood of
+Paracale and Mambulao, and the slopes of Mount Labo are most famous
+in Manila.
+
+During the last century large quantities of gold were taken from
+the surface-workings, which are now exhausted, or only afford a
+miserable living to the natives who treat the auriferous earths in
+a very primitive way.
+
+The gold having been taken, the next thing was to use the reputation of
+the mines to attract capital, and this was done to some considerable
+extent, one company being founded on the ruins of another. One of the
+later ones was the "Ancla de Oro," or Golden Anchor, but its capital
+was expended without results. The late Don Antonio Enriquez, a Spanish
+gentleman well-known to British and Americans in Manila, worked some
+mining properties there for some years, and had faith in them.
+
+He consulted me about them, and I forwarded some samples of the ores
+to my agents in London, who had them analyzed by Messrs. Johnson &
+Matthey, but the results were not encouraging, and did not confirm
+the analysis made in Manila.
+
+About 1890, Messrs. Peele, Hubbell & Co. got out an American mining
+expert, whose name I forget, but I believe he was a mining engineer
+of high standing. He spent some time at Mambulao and Paracale, and
+made a careful examination of the country. It was understood that
+his report did not encourage any further expenditure in prospecting
+or development. But of late years further attempts have been made to
+boom the place, and the Mambulao Gold Mining Syndicate, London, 1893,
+has been formed. I am unaware on what new information the promoters
+rely to justify their bringing this place again before the public.
+
+Surigao, in the old kingdom of Caraga, is rich in gold which is very
+widely disseminated. Father Llovera, a missionary who, in March, 1892,
+made an excursion up the River Siga to visit some unbaptized Mamanuas
+in the mountains, declares that the sands contain much gold, so much
+so that particles were plainly visible. This river takes its rise in
+the eastern Cordillera, between Cantilan and Jabonga, and runs in a
+north-easterly direction into the southern part of Lake Mainit. The
+missionary also declares that veins of gold were visible in some of
+the pieces of rock lying in the bed of the river, which they broke
+to examine. But he does not seem to have brought back any specimens,
+as one would expect.
+
+His declaration is confirmed by Dr. Montano, a French traveller and
+skilled explorer, who however does not say that he saw the gold dust
+amongst the sand.
+
+From Surigao to Gigaquil the people are engaged in washing the sands
+for gold.
+
+Foreman states that for many months remittances of four or five
+pounds weight of gold were sent from Mindanao to a firm in Manila,
+and that it was alluvial gold from Surigao extracted by the natives.
+
+Don Jose Centeno, Inspector of Mines, says in a report: "The most
+important workings effected in Surigao are in the Caninon-Binutong
+and Cansostral mountains, a day's journey from the town.
+
+"These mountains consist of slaty talc much metamorphosed, and of
+serpentine. In the first are found veins of calcite and quartz from
+half-an-inch to three inches thick, in which especially in the calcite
+the gold is visible mixed with iron and copper pyrites, galena and
+blende. It is a remarkable circumstance that the most mineralized
+veins run always in an east and west direction, whilst the poor
+and sterile veins always follow another direction. The workings are
+entirely on the surface, as the abundance of water which flows to
+them prevents sinking shafts, and nothing is known of the richness
+at depth. Rich and sterile parts alternate, the gold being mostly in
+pockets. From one of the veins in Caninoro in a length of eighteen
+inches one hundred ounces of gold were taken."
+
+Some time after this find, Messrs. Aldecoa & Co., a Manila firm,
+erected stamps at Surigao, and a certain amount of gold was sent up by
+every steamer to Manila, but in spite of the apparently favourable
+circumstances, the enterprise was ultimately abandoned and the
+machinery removed.
+
+I do not know the reason, but people in Manila are so used to the
+collapse of mining companies that it is regarded as their natural
+and inevitable end, and no explanations are required.
+
+Nieto (p. 75) mentions the northern parts of the province of Surigao
+and Misamis as the richest in gold. In Misamis there is both alluvial
+gold and rich quartz reefs, the richest known spots being Pighoulugan
+on the River Cagayan, Iponan and Pigtao. The ore at the latter place
+is auriferous iron pyrites, called by the natives Inga.
+
+Nuggets weighing from two and a half to four ounces have been found in
+these places, so that Pigafetta's stories are not without foundation.
+
+On March 20th, 1888, a clerk of Don Louis Genu, a merchant in Manila,
+called upon me on business and exhibited a large pickle bottle full
+of gold which he had just received from Cagayan de Misamis. There
+were several pounds weight of it, and I carefully examined it with
+a lens. I found it in pieces, many of them half an inch or more in
+length, slightly flattened, and having minute particles of white
+quartz adhering to them, and a few loose particles of quartz. The
+pieces were not water-worn, and had evidently formed part of a seam
+of dendritic or lace gold, such as I had seen exhibited by a vendor
+of mining properties in Denver, Col., just a year before.
+
+This exhibit opened my eyes to the possibilities of gold mining in
+Mindanao, but I did not leave my business to go prospecting.
+
+The natives of this part of Mindanao look upon washing for gold as
+their chief resource. A certain quantity of what they collect is used
+to make ornaments, and passes from hand to hand instead of coin in
+payment of gambling debts, and stakes lost at cockfights. The Mestizos
+and Chinamen get hold of the rest and send it away surreptitiously,
+so that no statistics can be collected. It is impossible to tax gold
+collected in this way, but the Government might derive a profit by
+establishing posts in each district where gold would be purchased
+at a fixed price and so get, say, ten or twenty per cent. out of it
+instead of allowing the Chinese and Mestizos to make perhaps forty
+or fifty per cent. according to the ignorance of the vendor.
+
+Foreman is probably quite right in saying that the influence of the
+friars has always been exerted against any mining company, whether
+Spanish or foreign. They did not want a rush of miners and Jews to
+the Philippines. But now, under the American Government, their power
+must decline, and new undertakings will, in a measure, be free from
+this hindrance.
+
+The Spanish mining laws and regulations are excellent and a perfect
+model for legislation on the subject. They are based on the principle
+that the ownership of the surface gives no title to the minerals
+underneath, which belong to the State. The owner can, however, obtain
+a title by developing a mine.
+
+The ingenuity and unscrupulousness of that vile breed, the native
+Pica-Pleito or pettifogging lawyer, has greatly contributed to stop
+Europeans from proceeding with mining enterprises, as success would
+bring down these blackmailers in swarms.
+
+It is to be hoped that the new government will lay a heavy hand on
+these birds of prey. Rightly considered, they are only a species of
+vermin, and should have verminous treatment.
+
+Now that the fortune of war has handed over the sovereignty of the
+Philippines to an enterprising and energetic race, I cannot doubt
+that the mystery of centuries will be dispelled.
+
+Amongst the Californian, Colorado, or Nevada volunteers, there
+should be men having the courage, the knowledge of prospecting,
+and the physical strength necessary for success in this quest, if
+they can obtain permission from their superiors to attempt it. The
+prospects are so good that they should not have any difficulty in
+getting capitalists to finance them.
+
+They will require to go in a strong party to prevent being cut off
+by the savages, and to escort their supplies of provisions.
+
+As deer and wild pig abound they will be able to supply themselves in a
+great measure with meat by sending out a couple of good shots to hunt.
+
+For such as these gold mining ought to be most remunerative, and
+enable those who survive the many perils to retire with a fortune
+after a few years of hard work. But so far as I know there is not at
+present sufficient information about any mines in the Philippines,
+whether of gold or any other metal, to warrant the establishment of
+companies for purchasing and working them.
+
+Mining claims can be staked out and registered under the present
+laws by natives or foreigners, but in limited areas, and placers or
+river beds can be worked by all without leave or license, and cannot
+be monopolised.
+
+I wish to avoid prophesy, but I shall be much surprised if the
+Philippines, in American hands, do not turn out in a few years an
+important gold-producing country.
+
+
+
+Copper.
+
+Native copper has been found in several places in the islands,
+amongst them are Surigao and Torrijos in Mindoro.
+
+In the article on the Igorrotes, I have spoken of the copper mines
+of Mancayan, and related how, when worked by the savages they were
+successful to the extent of supplying themselves with cooking-pots,
+trays and ornaments, besides leaving an annual surplus of about
+nineteen tons of copper, which was sold.
+
+A Spanish company obtained the concession about 1864, and drove out
+the natives.
+
+The title was the Sociedad Minera de Mancayan, and they experienced
+considerable difficulties in getting a merchantable product, their
+science being at a disadvantage compared to the practical knowledge
+of the Igorrotes. They, however, persevered, and got up to a make of
+about 180 tons in one year--nearly ten times the production obtained
+by the Igorrotes. But the usual fate of Philippine mining companies
+overtook them, and the works were closed in 1875, it was said from
+scarcity of labour.
+
+Several kinds of ores are found at Mancayan, almost on the surface,
+red, black and grey copper, also sulphates and carbonates of copper.
+
+About Mambulao cupro-ferruginous quartz and copper pyrites are found,
+but are not worked.
+
+I am quite unable to venture any opinion on the prospects of
+copper-mining and smelting in the Philippines, but no doubt experts
+will shortly obtain the necessary data to decide what can be done,
+but capital should be laid out with great caution, and the many
+difficulties of climate, carriage and labour taken into consideration.
+
+
+
+Iron.
+
+There is plenty of iron ore in the Philippines. In Luzon it occurs
+plentifully in the western spurs of the Cordillera all the way from
+Bosoboso to San Miguel de Mayumo, and it is now worked near the latter
+place in a primitive way. Plough-shares, cooking-pots and bolos are the
+principal productions; the fuel used in all cases is charcoal. I sent
+to the Philippine Exhibition of 1887 at Madrid a dozen bolos made from
+native iron. The ore is very rich, giving 70 to 80 per cent. of iron;
+when polished it is of a beautiful silvery white colour, very tough,
+and of the finest quality. Attempts have been made by Europeans to
+work the iron ores of Luzon, but they have invariably ended in the
+bankruptcy of the adventurers, and in one case even in suicide.
+
+When deer-shooting at the Hacienda de San Ysidro above Bosoboso many
+years ago, I learned from the natives there that in the next valley,
+not far from the hamlet of Santa Ines, there existed the remains
+of some old iron-works, abandoned years ago. They said there were
+unfinished forgings still lying about, amongst them two anchors. I
+did not, however, go to examine them, being intent on shooting.
+
+Red hematite is found in Cebu, brown hematite in Paracale and other
+parts of Camarines Norte, and both red and brown in Capiz. In Misamis
+oxydized iron is found. Some of the iron about San Miguel de Mayumo
+is magnetic.
+
+I do not believe that at present, and for many years to come, it is
+possible to work these ores and make iron and steel to compete with
+American or British imported iron.
+
+But the time may come when, under different conditions, these
+remarkable ores may be turned to account; in fact, it is asserted a
+scarcity of high class iron ore will soon occur, in which case the
+Philippine ores of such extraordinary richness will come into use.
+
+
+
+Coal.
+
+It is common to see coal mentioned amongst the mineral resources of
+the Philippines, but so far as I have been able to learn, no true
+coal has been found there, nor in any of the adjacent islands. There
+are beds of lignite of varying quality, and when enthusiastic finders
+are told of the poor quality of their samples, they reply at once,
+"It will be better at depth."
+
+The Philippine formations seem to greatly resemble those of Borneo,
+and there it was found that the lignite got poorer at depth, so that
+mines were abandoned from this cause alone.
+
+The Philippine beds of lignite have been violently upheaved by the
+cataclysms of former ages, and are often turned up vertically,
+as at the mines of Sugud in Albay. I was consulted about these
+mines after a considerable sum had been thrown away. The Spanish
+engineer employed commenced by building himself a commodious house;
+he then laid a tramway from the port to where the mine was to be,
+and bought a winding engine. The available capital was expended,
+and nothing more was done.
+
+The position of the seams at Sugud very much resembles the occurrence
+of the seams at the Pengaron mine in Borneo, which stopped work 18th
+October, 1884, after a precarious existence of thirty-six years, on
+account of the poor quality of the coal and the relatively high cost
+of extraction. This is on the authority of Dr. Theodor Posewitz in
+'Borneo: its Geology and Mineral Resources,' 1892, and what follows
+so exactly applies to all the so-called coal in the Philippines,
+that I shall quote the paragraph:--
+
+
+P. 480.--"A number of analyses were carried out, and practical tests
+were applied on board various ships. The result was always ore or
+less favourable, yet nobody would have the coal."
+
+
+The coal mine in the British Colony of Labuan was given up after
+several years' working.
+
+People blame the Spanish Government, the priests, the natives,
+the roads, but the reason of failure in the Philippines is very
+simple. "Nobody would have the coal," that is to say on board ship. The
+lignite could be used on land, but there is little demand for it,
+except for navigation. Some of it is liable to spontaneous combustion
+in the bunkers, some is so charged with sulphur as to be bad for the
+furnaces, or else it will not keep steam. I doubt if there is any good
+coal between Japan and Australia, and as long as coal from there can
+be delivered at present prices in Manila, I don't advise anybody to put
+money into Philippine coal unless they know more about it than I do.
+
+It has often been said that the Philippines have never been
+explored. This is, however, only true of certain regions, and as
+regards beds of the so-called coal you will find them marked on the
+maps all over the principal islands.
+
+If you proceed to the village nearest the spot, you will find, very
+probably, that the seam has been known for a century, and that pits or
+adits have been made and a lot of money spent to no purpose. Nobody
+ever made any money out of Philippine lignite that I know of, but I
+don't prophesy whether anybody ever will.
+
+I append an analysis of some so-called coal that was brought me from
+Masbate in 1889.
+
+
+    Analysis of Masbate Lignite.
+
+    Laboratory of A. del Rosario y Sales.
+
+    No. 1367. 16th April, 1889.
+
+    Lignite from Masbate.
+
+        Colour, black.
+        Physical condition, fragile.
+        Fracture, splintery.
+        Colour, when reduced to powder, blackish brown.
+        Burns with difficulty, giving a short flame; not very smoky, and
+        leaves a brick-red ash.
+        Coke not very spongy, pulverulent and lightly agglutinated.
+        Density at 33 deg. C., 1.3082.
+
+    Analysis.
+
+               Hygroscopic water             3.73
+               Volatile constituents        45.49
+        Coke   Fixed carbon                 48.20
+                     Ash Silica             12
+                     Aluminic                2.46
+                     Ferric, calcic
+                     Magnesic
+                     Chloric
+                     Sulphuric acids, etc.
+
+                                           100.00
+
+
+    Coke = 50.79.   Equivalent calories                       5203.44
+    Ash  =  2.58.   Absolute calorific effect, centesimal       64.41
+    Sulphur per 100 of lignite                                   0.1633
+    Iron calculated in metallic state                            1.2173
+    Lead reduced by 1 gramme of combustible (mean) by
+    Berthier's assay grammes                                    21.90
+
+
+
+Various Minerals.
+
+Lead.--Galena is found in Tayabas and in Camarines Norte; in the
+latter province there is found chromate of lead with ferruginous
+quartz. This ore is often found mixed with iron or copper pyrites,
+and sometimes with blende.
+
+I have seen samples of galena from Cebu which was said to be
+auriferous, but I have never heard that any of these ores have been
+worked anywhere in the islands.
+
+If it should be found profitable to smelt the gold-bearing ores, as
+is so splendidly done at Denver, Col., the galena will be necessary
+to the success of the process.
+
+Red Lead is found in Camarines Norte and other places.
+
+Graphite.--In 1891 some pieces of this valuable mineral were shown
+to me by a native, who said he had found the ore in Mindoro, but he
+would not say from what locality.
+
+Quicksilver.--I have seen small bottles of this handed round by
+native disciples of Ananias. But I have never seen a bit of cinnabar
+or other ore of mercury, and I shall not believe there is any of this
+metal in the Philippines until I see the ore in situ, or have good
+testimony to that effect.
+
+Sulphur abounds; there are several places where it can be obtained
+in large quantities near the volcanoes.
+
+Asbestos.--This curious mineral would not strike a native as being
+of value.
+
+All I can say about it is that at the Madrid Exhibition of 1887 a
+specimen of this substance was shown by the Civil Governor of Ilocos
+Norte as having been found in that province.
+
+Yellow Ochre is found in Batangas, Camarines, Albay, Leyte and Antique,
+amongst other places.
+
+Kaolin is found in Manila, Batangas and Camarines Sur, and probably
+in many other places.
+
+Marble of a yellowish colour has been quarried at Montalban. I
+have used some of it, but found it full of faults, and not very
+satisfactory.
+
+Plastic Clays for pottery and for making bricks and tiles abound.
+
+Mineral Waters.--As might be expected in a volcanic region, hot
+springs and mineral waters of very varied constituents abound.
+
+I do not think that the analyses of these would interest the general
+reader.
+
+I may say that I have derived great benefit from the hot-springs of
+Los Banos on the lake, and greatly regretted that I could not remain
+at the extraordinary vapour baths of Tibi near Tabaco.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+MANUFACTURES AND INDUSTRIES.
+
+    Cigars and cigarettes--Textiles--Cotton--Ahaca--Jusi--Rengue--Nipis
+    --Saguran--Sinamay--Guingon--Silk handkerchiefs--Pina--Cordage--
+    Bayones--Esteras--Baskets--Lager beer--Alcohol--Wood oils and
+    resins--Essence of Ylang-ilang--Salt--Bricks--Tiles--Cooking-pots--
+    Pilones--Ollas--Embroidery--Goldsmiths' and silversmiths' work--
+    Salacots--Cocoa-nut oil--Saddles and harness--Carromatas--Carriages
+    --Schooners--Launches--Lorchas--Cascos--Pontines--Bangcas--Engines
+    and boilers--Furniture--Fireworks--Lanterns--Brass Castings--Fish
+    breeding--Drying sugar--Baling hemp--Repacking wet sugar--Packing
+    tobacco and cigars--Oppressive tax on industries--Great future for
+    manufactures--Abundant labour--Exceptional intelligence.
+
+
+The manufactures of the Philippines, such as they are, have been
+mentioned when describing the different tribes or peoples and only
+a summary is necessary here.
+
+The making of cigars and cigarettes employs probably 30,000 people in
+the Province of Manila, the vast majority being women. But the best
+cigars are made by men who have been trained under skilled operatives
+brought from Havana.
+
+A vast improvement has taken place since the Government monopoly has
+been abolished, and now the Manila cigars are as well-made and are
+put up in as tastefully decorated boxes as the Havanas.
+
+Cigarettes are now largely made by machines; the Compania de Tabacos
+de Filipinas having rows of them in their factories.
+
+Textiles are made in hand-looms all over the Archipelago by the women
+in their spare time.
+
+But in certain Provinces large numbers of women are regularly employed
+at the loom-working for those who make a business of it. In Ilocos and
+Union very excellent coverlets, sheets, serviettes, handkerchiefs and
+towels are woven from cotton, as well as the fabrics called abaca,
+jusi or rengue, nipis, saguran, sinamay and guingon. This last is
+very suitable for military or naval uniforms; it is a blue cotton
+cloth similar to what sailors call dungaree.
+
+In some of the towns of Pampanga and Bulacan, notably in Baliuag
+where the people are specially clever and industrious, excellent silk
+handkerchiefs are woven. In Camarines and Albay the fabrics of abaca
+are more commonly woven, and in Cebu the women are accustomed to work
+at the loom.
+
+But it is from Ilo-ilo and neighbourhood that a very large trade is
+done with the other islands in many kinds of textiles. There also the
+Visayas work industriously at it as a trade and produce most beautiful
+fabrics of pina, silk, cotton, and abaca, as well as the cheaper sorts
+for the use of the working classes. In some of the mixed materials a
+beautiful effect is produced by running stripes of silk, either white
+or of the most brilliant colours, lengthways through the piece. I
+have sent some of these jusi dress fabrics to ladies in England and
+they have been greatly appreciated when made up by a bonne faiseuse.
+
+They are very suitable for wearing in the Philippines or elsewhere
+in the tropics, being light and gauzy. This material, as well as
+some of the other fine gauzy fabrics, takes a long time to make in
+a hand-loom, the advance is imperceptible. I should like to put some
+of the calumniators of the Filipinos to work a hand-loom and make a
+dress-length of jusi. I think every one would recant before he had
+made a yard.
+
+At the Philippine Exhibition of 1887 there were more than three hundred
+exhibitors of textiles, and one of them, the Local Board of Namaypacan
+in the Province of Union, showed one hundred and forty-five different
+kinds of cloths.
+
+There are several rope-works at Manila and the material used is abaca,
+the ropes produced are equal to any to be had anywhere.
+
+In Camarines Sur both harness and hammocks are made from this material.
+
+In the Provinces ropes are made of cabo-negro, a black fibre from the
+wild palm, said to be indestructible; of buri, of fibre from the anabo,
+of the bark of the lapuit, and of rattan. Bayones or sacks for sugar,
+esteras or sleeping mats, hats and cigar cases, and baskets of all
+sorts, are made at different places and from the commonest up to the
+very finest. That called the Tampipi is now regularly kept in stock
+in London, and is very handy for travelling.
+
+There is a lager beer brewery in Manila that must have piled up money
+since the American garrison arrived.
+
+Alcohol is distilled both from sugar and from the juice of the
+nipa-palm (Nipa fructicans).
+
+The oils and resins of Ilocos have been mentioned when describing the
+Ilocanos; they are not exported, finding a ready market in the country.
+
+Essence of Ylang-ylang is distilled in Manila and other towns; it
+used to fetch formerly 1000 francs per kilogramme.
+
+Salt is made at many places between Paranaque and Cavite.
+
+Bricks, tiles, cooking pots [bangas], stoves [calanes], sugar moulds
+[pilones], and draining pots for the pilones [ollas], are made in
+many provinces.
+
+The industry of the women is also shown by the very beautiful
+embroideries of all sorts, either in white or coloured silks or in
+gold or silver. Some of this latter work, however, is done by men.
+
+In some cases they introduce seed-pearls or brilliant fish-scales in
+their work. The slippers worn by the women on grand occasions are
+often works of art, being richly embroidered in silver and gold on
+cherry coloured velvet.
+
+Some notable pieces of goldsmiths' and silversmiths' work have been
+done in Manila, and in the provinces some of the natives carve bolo
+handles and other articles out of buffalo horn and mount them in
+silver with much taste.
+
+The salacots, or native hats, are beautifully woven by hand from
+narrow strips of a cane called nito [lygodium], and the headmen have
+them ornamented with many pieces of repousse silver (see Illustration).
+
+Cocoa-nut oil is expressed in the province of the Laguna, in Manila
+and other places. Soap of the ordinary kind is manufactured from it.
+
+Saddles and harness are made in all the leading towns, and the ordinary
+country vehicle, the carromata, is made in the chief towns of provinces
+and some others; but some of the components, such as the springs,
+and axle-arms and boxes are imported. But in Manila really elegant
+carriages are constructed, the leather for the hoods, the cloth for
+the linings, the lamps, as well as a good deal of the ironwork, being,
+however imported.
+
+In former years large frigates have been built, armed, and fitted out
+at Cavite and other ports, but at present the ship-building industry
+is in decadence, and the shipwrights capable of directing so important
+a job have died out. The increasing scarcity and high price of timber
+is now a difficulty, and sailing vessels are in little demand. Small
+steamers and launches are now built, but larger steamers are ordered
+from Hong Kong or Singapore, or, in case of vessels well able to make
+the passage, the order goes to England.
+
+The native craft called lorchas, pailebotes, pontines, barotos, paraos,
+cascos, guilalos, barangayanes, bangcas, vintas and salisipanes are
+still built in large numbers. The last are very light and fast craft
+used by the Moros on their piratical expeditions.
+
+Engines and boilers for steam launches are made in Manila, church
+bells are cast of a considerable size; iron castings are also made.
+
+Amongst the miscellaneous articles manufactured are all sorts of
+household furniture, fireworks and lanterns. Dentists, painters,
+sculptors and photographers all practise their trades.
+
+There is no doubt that the Filipinos have learnt a certain amount
+from the Spaniards as regards their manufactures; but, on careful
+consideration, I think they have learnt more from the Chinese. Their
+first sugar-mills were Chinese and had granite rollers, and from them
+they learnt the trick that many a moulder might not know, of casting
+their sugar-pans in a red-hot mould and cooling slowly and so getting
+the metal extremely thin yet free from defects. The casting of brass
+cannon and of church bells has been learnt from them, and doubtless
+they taught the Igorrotes how to reduce the copper ores and to refine
+that metal. Again, the breeding of fish, an important business near
+Manila, and the manufacture of salt round about Bacoor comes from
+them. I am not sure whether the hand-loom in general use is of the
+Chinese pattern, but I think so.
+
+Distilling the nipa juice is certainly a Chinese industry, as also
+the preparation of sugar for export. This is done in establishments
+called farderias, and is necessary for all sugar made in pilones
+or moulds. The procedure is described under the head of Pampangos,
+and an illustration is given of the process of drying the sugar on
+mats in the sun.
+
+Many native men and women and numbers of Chinese coolies are employed
+in Manila, Ilo-ilo, and Cebu in preparing produce for shipment.
+
+The hemp used to come up from the provinces loose or merely twisted
+into rolls to be pressed into bales at the shipping ports, but of
+late years several presses have been erected at the hemp ports in
+Southern Luzon and on the smaller islands.
+
+There are a number of hemp-presses in Manila, each requiring about
+sixty coolies to work it, and one or two clerks to attend to the
+sorting and weighing.
+
+They were paid so much per bale pressed.
+
+Steam, or hydraulic presses, would long ago have been substituted but
+for the fact that the clerks or personeros were each allowed one or
+two deadheads on the pay list, and this was so profitable to them
+that they strongly opposed any changes, and none of the merchants
+cared to take the risk of the innovations.
+
+Two presses were set in line, astride a pair of flat rails, a small
+one called the Bito-bito for the first pressure on the pile of hemp,
+and the large one to squeeze down the bale to its proper size.
+
+They were simply screw presses having hardwood frames set deep into
+massive stone foundations and surrounded by a granite pavement.
+
+A pair of these presses, i.e., a Bito-bito and a press erected in
+Manila under my direction in 1888, cost $4400, the woodwork foundation
+and pavement costing $2850, and the screws, nuts, capstan-heads,
+etc., costing $1550. The small press had a screw 4 inches diameter
+and 6 feet long, and was worked by two or four men. The large press
+had a screw 8 1/4 inches diameter, and 12 feet long.
+
+Both screws worked in deep gun-metal nuts and had capstan-heads. When
+the large press was near the end of its travel the capstan bars
+were manned by forty coolies putting out their utmost strength and
+shouting to encourage each other as they tramped round on the upper
+floor keeping step.
+
+The turn out was about 250 bales from daylight to dark. Each bale
+weighed 2 piculs, say 280 lbs., or eight to the English ton. The
+bales should measure 10 cubic feet, that is a density of 28 lbs. per
+cubic foot. The hemp could be pressed into a smaller volume, but it
+is asserted that the fibre would be seriously damaged. Sometimes from
+careless pressing the bales measure 12 cubic feet. They swell after
+leaving the press and after being moved.
+
+At the date I have mentioned, the charge for screwage was 50 cents
+per picul, but it has been raised since then.
+
+Dry sugar was exported in its original bags, and loading and shipping
+cost 121/2 cents per picul. Wet sugar usually required repacking for
+export, and the charge for discharging the coaster and rebagging was
+171/2 cents per picul, as well as 121/2 cents for loading and shipping.
+
+It lost 21/2 per cent. in weight in repacking and 10 per cent. during
+the voyage in sailing vessel to Europe or America. So that altogether
+one-eighth of the total was lost to the shipper, and there was a
+good perquisite to the skipper or mate in pumping the molasses out
+of the bilges.
+
+The repacking was usually done by natives, and the old mat bags
+scraped by women who receive half the sugar they save. The mats are
+sold to the distillers and are thrown into their fermenting vats,
+to assist in the manufacture of pure Glenlivat or Bourbon whisky,
+Jamaica rum or Hollands gin.
+
+In 1891 I saw on board a steamer just arrived from Antwerp hundreds
+of cases containing empty gin bottles packed in juniper husk, the
+labels and capsules bearing the marks of genuine Hollands.
+
+They were consigned to one of the Manila distillers, and must have
+enabled that respectable firm to make a large profit by selling their
+cheap spirit as imported liquor.
+
+Undoubtedly the manufactures and industries of the Philippines are in
+a primitive condition, but the tax called the Contribucion Industrial
+has discouraged improvements, for as soon as any improved machinery
+or apparatus was adopted, the tax-gatherer came down upon the works
+for an increased tax. Thus any sort of works employing a steam-engine
+would be charged at a higher rate. This tax, if it cannot be abolished,
+should be reformed.
+
+There is a great future before the manufactures of the Philippines,
+for the people are industrious, exceptionally intelligent, painstaking
+and of an artistic temperament, so that an ample supply of labour is
+always available for any light work if reasonably remunerated. They
+will not need much teaching, and only require tactful treatment to
+make most satisfactory operatives.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL PROSPECTS.
+
+    Philippines not a poor man's country--Oscar F. Williams' letter--No
+    occupation for white mechanics--American merchants unsuccessful
+    in the East--Difficulties of living amongst Malays--Inevitable
+    quarrels--Unsuitable climate--The Mali-mali or Sakit-latah--The
+    Traspaso de hambre--Chiflados--Wreck of the nervous system--Effects
+    of abuse of alcohol--Capital the necessity--Banks--Advances to
+    cultivators--To timber cutters--To gold miners--Central sugar
+    factories--Paper-mills--Rice-mills--Cotton-mills--Saw-mills--Coasting
+    steamers--Railway from Manila to Batangas--From Siniloan to the
+    Pacific--Survey for ship canal--Bishop Gainzas' project--Tramways
+    for Luzon and Panay--Small steamers for Mindanao--Chief prospect
+    is agriculture.
+
+
+The commercial prospects of the Islands are great, even if we do not
+instantly take for gospel the fairy tales we are told about Manila
+becoming the centre of the trade of the Pacific. There can be no
+doubt that if peace and an honest administration can be secured,
+capital will be attracted and considerable increase in the export of
+hemp, tobacco, and sugar will gradually take place as fresh land can
+be cleared and planted. As I have elsewhere said, the Philippines
+in energetic and skilful hands will soon yield up the store of gold
+which the poor Spaniards have been so mercilessly abused for leaving
+behind them. But the Philippines are not and never will be a country
+for the poor white man.
+
+A white man cannot labour there without great danger to his health. He
+cannot compete with the native or Chinese mechanic, in fact he is not
+wanted there at all. For my part, I would never employ a white man
+there as a labourer or mechanic, if I could help it, more especially
+an Englishman or an American, for I know from experience what the
+result would be. As foreman or overseer a white man may be better,
+according to his skill and character.
+
+Now let me, as soon as possible, expose the absurdity of a mischievous
+letter, which I fear may already have done much harm, but I hope my
+warning may do something to counteract its effects. I quote from the
+Blue Book so often mentioned: pp. 330-1.
+
+
+
+Mr. Williams to Mr. Day.
+
+U. S. S. Baltimore, Manila Bay,
+July 2nd, 1898.
+
+Sir,
+
+* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
+
+If long occupation or possession on the part of our government
+be considered, I believe early and strenuous efforts should be
+made to bring here from the United States men and women of many
+occupations--mechanics, teachers, ministers, ship-builders, merchants,
+electricians, plumbers, druggists, doctors, dentists, carriage and
+harness makers, stenographers, type-writers, photographers, tailors,
+blacksmiths, and agents for exporting, and to introduce American
+products natural and artificial of many classes. To all such I pledge
+every aid, and now is the time to start. Good government will be
+easier the greater the influx of Americans.
+
+My despatches have referred to our present percentage of export
+trade. If now our exports come here as intestate, duty free, we have
+practical control of Philippine trade, which now amounts to many
+millions, and because of ingrafting of American energy and methods
+upon the fabulous natural and productive wealth of these islands,
+can and probably will be multiplied by twenty during the coming
+twenty years. All this increment should come to our nation and not
+go to any other.
+
+* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
+
+I hope for an influx this year of 10,000 ambitious Americans, and
+all can live well, become enriched....
+
+
+(Signed) O. F. Williams,
+Consul.
+
+
+
+I venture to say that the man who wrote this astonishing letter,
+taking upon himself the responsibility of advising "early and strenuous
+efforts" to send from the United States thousands of men and women
+of many occupations to Manila, and of assuring them that "all could
+live well and become enriched," knew nothing at all about the state
+of the Philippine Islands, and is a most unsafe guide.
+
+What on earth would all these tradespeople find to do in the
+Islands? Where could they be housed? How could they be supported? If
+they came in numbers, the doctors and druggists might indeed find
+full employment prescribing and making up medicine for the many
+sufferers from tropical ailments, especially the typhoid fevers,
+that would attack the unacclimatised immigrants and the ministers
+could earn their daily bread by reading the Burial Service, whilst
+the type-writers would be busy typing letters to friends at home
+announcing the deaths that occurred; and warning them against
+coming to starve in Manila. But I defy any one to explain how the
+ship-builders, electricians, plumbers, tailors and blacksmiths are
+to make a living. As regards merchants or agents for exporting,
+I may say that Americans have not been very successful in Manila in
+this capacity. The great and influential firm of Russell & Sturgis
+came to grief through over-trading, and another noteworthy firm,
+Messrs. Peele, Hubbell & Co. failed from rash speculations in sugar,
+and not from any persecutions by the Spanish authorities, as has been
+falsely stated in a magazine article. I speak with knowledge on the
+matter, as I was well acquainted with this firm, having been their
+Consulting Engineer for the construction of the Slipway at Canacao for
+which they were agents. I think it only right to say that the gentlemen
+who were heads of these American firms were worthy upholders of the
+high reputation of their country. They failed, but no imputations
+rested on the characters of the partners, and I have always heard
+them spoken of with great respect, especially amongst the natives.
+
+Those of them who were personally known to me were men who invariably
+showed every courtesy and consideration to all who came in contact with
+them, whether Europeans or natives. Notwithstanding their misfortunes
+they were a credit to their country, and they did a good deal towards
+the development of the trade of the Philippines.
+
+I believe that the estates of Russell & Sturgis when realised,
+paid all their liabilities in full, and besides left considerable
+pickings in the hands of the liquidators and their friends. Two or
+three firms were built up out of their ruins. Some Chinese half-castes
+and natives had received heavy advances from this firm, especially
+about Molo and Yloilo. One well-known individual had received $60,000,
+and when summoned before the court he claimed the benefit of the 'Laws
+of the Indies,' by which his liability was limited to $5. The judge,
+however, ordered him to repay the principal at the rate of a dollar
+a month! I had this information from the judge himself.
+
+Curiously enough, American merchants have been equally unsuccessful
+in other parts of the Far East. Many will remember the failure of
+Messrs. Oliphant & Co., the great China merchants, agents for the
+American Board of Missions, [16] notwithstanding their desperate effort
+to retrieve their position by reviving the coolie trade with Peru, and
+in later days Messrs. Russell & Co. of Hong Kong also came to grief.
+
+I can give no explanation of the reasons for these four great failures,
+but I conjecture that all these firms were in too much of a hurry,
+and tried to "hustle the East." Yet in face of this calamitous
+experience, Oscar F. Williams advises more to come, "pledges every
+aid," and predicts that "trade can, and probably will, be multiplied
+by twenty during the coming twenty years."
+
+For my part, I should think it great progress if the exports and
+imports of the Philippines could be doubled in twenty years. The
+idea of sending plumbers to Manila where lead pipes are not used,
+is a comicality only matched by the suggestion that tailors are
+wanted amongst a population dressed in cotton shirts and trousers,
+and where the white people wear veranda-made white duck suits.
+
+Both notions are more suitable for a comic opera than for an official
+document.
+
+There is only one more paragraph in this letter that I need comment on.
+
+Mr. Williams says: "Good government will be easier, the greater the
+influx of Americans."
+
+To those who know the East there is no necessity to argue on this
+point. I therefore state dogmatically that the presence of white
+settlers or working people in the Islands would add enormously to
+the difficulties of government. This is my experience, and during
+the Spanish Administration it was generally admitted to be the case.
+
+In British India the Government does not in the least degree favour the
+immigration of British workmen. The only people who are recognised as
+useful to that country are capitalists and directors of Agricultural
+or Industrial enterprises.
+
+A large number of American mechanics turned loose amongst the
+population would infallibly, by their contempt for native customs,
+and their disregard of native feeling, become an everlasting source
+of strife and vexation. Impartial justice between the parties would
+be unattainable; the whites would not submit to be judged by a native
+magistrate, and the result would be a war of races.
+
+It may be taken as probable that there is no crime, however heinous,
+that could be committed by an American upon a native, that would
+involve the execution of the death penalty on the criminal. [17] On
+the other hand, I can quite believe that natives laying their hands
+upon Americans, whatever the provocation, would be promptly hanged,
+if they were not shot down upon the spot. The natives, it should
+be remembered, are revengeful, and will bide their time; either to
+use the bolo upon one who has offended them, to burn down his house,
+set fire to his crop, or put a crow-bar in amongst his machinery. I
+fear that American brusqueness and impatience would often lead to
+these savage reprisals.
+
+I think, therefore, that the American Administration of the Philippines
+should be empowered to prevent or regulate the immigration of
+impecunious Americans or Europeans whose presence in the Islands
+must be extremely prejudicial to the much-desired pacification. No,
+the poor white is not wanted in the Islands, he would be a curse, and
+a residence there would be a curse to him. He would decay morally,
+mentally, and physically. The gorgeous East not only deteriorates
+the liver, but where a white man lives long amongst natives, he
+suffers a gradual but complete break-up of the nervous system. This
+peculiarity manifests itself amongst the natives of the Far East
+in the curious nervous disorder which is called mali-mali in the
+Philippines and sakit-latah amongst the Malays of the Peninsula and
+Java. It seems to be a weakening of the will, and on being startled,
+the sufferer entirely loses self-control and imitates the movements
+of any person who attracts his attention. It is more prevalent amongst
+women than men. I remember being at a performance of Chiarini's Circus
+in Manila, when General Weyler and his wife were present. The clown
+walked into the ring on his hands, and a skinny old woman amongst the
+spectators who suffered from the mali-mali at once began to imitate
+him with unpleasing results, and had to be forcibly restrained by
+the scandalised bystanders.
+
+Running amok marks a climax of nerve disturbance, when the sufferer,
+instead of committing suicide, prefers to die killing others.
+
+He usually obtains his wish, and is killed without compunction,
+like a mad dog.
+
+Both natives and white residents are at times in rather a low
+condition of health, and if after exercise or labour they fail to get
+their meal at the proper time, when it comes they cannot eat. In its
+lighter form this is called desgana or loss of appetite, but I have
+seen natives collapse under such circumstances with severe headache
+and chills. This more serious form is known as traspaso de hambre,
+and is sometimes the precursor of fever and nervous prostration.
+
+The Roman Catholic Church has had the wisdom to recognise and make
+allowance for the liability of residents and natives of the Philippines
+to this serious disorder, and has relaxed the usual rules of fasting,
+as being dangerous to health.
+
+Amongst the Europeans who have been long in the Islands, many are
+said to be "chiflado," a term I can only render into English by the
+slang word cracked. This occurs more particularly amongst those who
+have been isolated amongst the natives.
+
+It is not easy to account for, but the fact is undeniable. I have
+heard it ascribed to "telluric influence," but that is a wide and
+vague expression. Perhaps the explanation may be found in the extreme
+violence of the phenomena of nature.
+
+The frequent earthquakes, the almost continuous vibration of the soil,
+the awe-inspiring volcanic eruptions, with their sooty black palls of
+ash darkening the sky for days together, over hundreds of miles, the
+frightful detonations, [18] the ear-splitting thunder, the devastating
+rage of the typhoons, the saturated atmosphere of the rainy season,
+and the hot dry winds of Lent, with the inevitable conflagrations,
+combine with depressing surroundings and anxieties to wreck the nerves
+of all but the strongest and most determined natures. If to all this
+the white resident or sojourner in the Philippines adds the detestable
+vice of intemperance, or even indulges in a liberal consumption of
+spirits, then instead of merely shattering his nerves, he is likely
+to become a raving maniac, for it takes much less whisky to bring on
+delirium tremens there, than it does in a temperate climate.
+
+Long sojourn in some other lands appears to act in a different
+manner. In tropical Africa it seems to be the moral balance that
+is lost. The conscience is blunted if not destroyed, the veneer of
+civilisation is stripped off, the white man reverts to savagery. The
+senseless cruelties of Peters, Lothaire, Voulet, Chanoine, and of
+some of the outlying officials of the Congo Free State are not mere
+coincidences. They must be ascribed to one common cause, and that is
+debasement by environment. The moral nature of a white man seems to
+become contaminated by long isolation amongst savages as surely as
+the physical health by living amongst lepers.
+
+If a poor white man wishes to sink to the level of a native, he has
+only to marry a native woman, and his object will be fully attained in
+a few years. But he will find it very much to his pecuniary interest,
+for she will buy cheaper and sell dearer than he can, and will
+manage his house and his business too, most economically. Some of her
+relations will come and live with him, so that he will not feel lonely,
+and a half-caste family will grow up round about him, talking the
+dialect of their mother, which he, perhaps, does not understand. But if
+the poor white man takes out a white wife, he will probably have the
+pain and distress of seeing her fade away under the severity of the
+climate, which his means do not permit him to alleviate. White women
+suffer from the heat far more than men. Children cannot be properly
+brought up there after the age of twelve. They must either be sent
+home to be educated, or allowed to deteriorate and grow up inferior
+to their parents in health, strength, and moral fibre. When I think
+of these things, I feel amazed at Oscar F. Williams' presumption
+in writing that letter. I hope that not many have taken his advice,
+and that any who have will call on him to fulfil his imprudent pledges.
+
+However, now I have done with the poor white man. Capital is the
+great necessity of the Philippines. The labour is there if Generals
+Otis and McArthur have left any natives alive.
+
+More banks are wanted. At present there are three important banks in
+Manila, and two of them have branches in Yloilo. The Hong Kong and
+Shanghai Banking Corporation has the largest resources; next comes the
+Chartered Bank of India, Australasia, and China, and lastly the Banco
+Espanol Filipino. The first two give the most perfect facilities for
+business. I was only interested in importing, but certainly nothing
+more could be desired by an importer than their system of opening
+credits against shipping documents; for practically he only had to
+pay for the goods when they arrived in Manila. All their business
+was done in the most expeditious manner, and I could suggest no
+improvement on their methods.
+
+The Banco Espanol Filipino was in a measure under government control,
+its procedure was consequently very slow, and its ways those of
+bygone days.
+
+These banks, however, did not advance money to cultivators to clear
+lands, plant crops, or erect machinery, as the returns are too slow,
+not to say doubtful. Yet this is what is wanted; banks in Manila
+and the chief towns that will advance money for such purposes, under
+the advice of experts personally acquainted with the cultivators and
+their lands. Such a business certainly requires great intelligence
+and discernment.
+
+Still there is a future for such banks, for agriculturists have to
+pay enormous rates of interest and commissions for money to carry
+on their plantations. Such banks could also finance timber-cutters,
+gold miners, and other bona fide workers.
+
+Amongst the enterprises I have recommended when writing about
+the Pampangos, and others engaged in planting sugar-cane, is the
+establishment of central sugar factories in suitable localities. Such
+undertakings, judiciously administered, would have every prospect
+of success.
+
+There is also room for paper-mills, rice-mills, cotton-mills,
+and saw-mills, but all these, especially the last, need careful
+consideration for the selection of the locality where they are to be
+placed. The manufacture of various kinds of leather could be greatly
+extended and improved. There is employment for more coasting steamers
+and schooners. The latter and hulls of small steamers can be built
+in the country from the native timber.
+
+Although the development of means of communication is all-important,
+it is evident from the configuration of the Archipelago that no great
+length of railway is required, nor would it pay to construct them
+in so mountainous a country. Water-carriage is all-important. In
+Luzon a line of railway might be made from Manila to Batangas with
+a branch into the Laguna province. It would traverse a fertile and
+thickly-populated country.
+
+A short line of railway or electric tramway from near Siniloan on
+the Lake to the Pacific would be most useful in giving access to and
+developing the eastern coast, or contra costa, as it is called. This
+coast is very backward in every way, indeed from Baler to Punta
+Escarpada on its extreme north, it is quite unknown, and remains in the
+possession of the Dumagas, an aboriginal tribe of heathen savages of
+low type, just as at the time of the Spanish conquest; and it would be
+worth while to study the question of cutting a ship-canal through this
+narrow strip of land if the mouth could be protected from the Pacific
+surf. There is also Bishop Gainza's project that might be revived, that
+of cutting a canal for country craft from Pasacao in Camarines Sur to
+the River Vicol. In Negros and Panay some short lines from the ports
+through the sugar lands might pay if constructed very economically.
+
+Tramways between populous towns not far apart in Luzon and Panay
+would probably pay very well, as the people are fond of visiting
+their friends.
+
+It will probably be many years before Mindanao will be in a position
+to warrant the construction of railways. The island has relapsed into
+barbarism as a consequence of the withdrawal of the Spanish garrisons
+and detachments, and of nearly all the Jesuit missionaries.
+
+It could, however, give employment to a flotilla of small steamers
+and sailing vessels on its northern and southern coasts.
+
+Such is my opinion in brief upon the possibilities of the development
+of industries and commerce.
+
+That the commerce of the islands, now mainly British, will ultimately
+pass into American hands, can scarcely be doubted. They are not yet
+firmly seated in power, but their attitude to British and foreign firms
+is already sufficiently pronounced to allow an observant onlooker to
+make a forecast of what it will be later on.
+
+Dominating Cuba, holding the Philippines, the Sandwich Islands and
+Porto Rico, the Americans will control the cane sugar trade, the
+tobacco trade, and the hemp trade, in addition to the vast branches
+of production they now hold in their hands.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX.
+
+LIFE IN MANILA.
+
+(A CHAPTER FOR THE LADIES.)
+
+    Climate--Seasons--Terrible Month of May--Hot
+    winds--Longing for rain--Burst of the monsoon--The
+    Alimoom--Never sleep on the ground floor--Dress--Manila
+    houses--Furniture--Mosquitoes--Baths--Gogo--Servants--Wages
+    in 1892--The Maestro cook--The guild
+    of cooks--The Mayordomo--Household budget,
+    1892--Diet--Drinks--Ponies--Carriage a necessity for a lady--The
+    garden--Flowers--Shops--Pedlars--Amusements--Necessity of access
+    to the hills--Good Friday in Manila.
+
+
+
+Climate.
+
+The average shade temperature of Manila all the year round is 83 deg.
+Fahrenheit. The highest I have ever seen there was 96 deg., at 2 P.M. in
+May, and the lowest 68 deg., at 6 A.M. in December.
+
+The temperature of the sea-water on the shore at Malate is usually
+82 deg., and that of well-water about the same. The water-pipes from the
+reservoir at San Juan del Monte are not buried, but are carried on an
+embankment. They are partly shaded from the sun by clumps of bamboos,
+but on a hot afternoon the water sometimes attains a temperature
+of 90 deg.
+
+Those figures are high, yet the heat is mitigated by the sea-breeze,
+and the nights are usually cool enough to allow a refreshing sleep.
+
+The climate of Manila is not harmful to the constitutions of healthy
+Europeans or Americans between twenty and fifty years of age, provided
+they at once adopt a mode of life suitable to the country, and in
+clothing, diet, habits and recreations, adapt themselves to the new
+conditions. On the other hand, I apprehend that, for persons of either
+sex over fifty who have had no previous experience of life in the
+tropics, there will be great difficulty in acclimatising themselves,
+and the mortality amongst such will be abnormal. Ladies' complexions
+will not suffer more than if they lived in a steam-heated house in
+Harlem, New York.
+
+In all this part of the world the weather depends upon the
+monsoons. These blow with great regularity over the ocean, six months
+from the north-east and six months from the south-west. Their action
+on any particular place is, however, modified by the situation of
+mountains with regard to that place. The changes of the monsoon occur
+in April--May and October--November. It is the south-west monsoon
+that brings rain to Manila, and it has a fine stretch of the China
+Sea to career over, all the way, in fact, from the shores of Sumatra,
+till it drives the billows tumbling and foaming into the bay.
+
+The typhoons form far out in the Pacific near the region of the Western
+Carolines, and, whirling round the opposite way to the hands of a
+watch, they proceed on a curve that may strike Luzon, or, perhaps,
+go on for a thousand miles or more, and carry death and destruction
+to the fishermen of Fo Kien or Japan.
+
+When a typhoon passes clear, the usual result is several days of
+continuous heavy rain, but the air is cleared and purified. But should
+the vortex of the cyclone pass over your residence, you will not be
+likely to forget it for the rest of your life.
+
+The year in Manila may be roughly divided into three seasons:--
+
+
+    Rainy Season--June, July, August, September. In these four months
+    about 100 inches of rain may fall, and 20 more in the rest of
+    the year.
+    Cool Season (so-called)--October, November, December, January.
+    Hot Season--February, March, April, May.
+
+
+May is the terrible month of the year, the month of fevers and
+funerals. Let all who can, leave Manila before this month arrives.
+
+Hot, dry winds, dust-laden, pervade the houses, and have such an
+effect even on well-seasoned hardwoods, that tables, wardrobes and
+door-panels, split from end to end, or from top to bottom, with a
+noise like a pistol-shot, leaving cracks a quarter of an inch wide
+that gape till the rainy season restores the moisture.
+
+At this time the heat is at its maximum, and all nature gasps or
+fades. Not a drop of rain has fallen for months, the roads are inches
+deep in dust, the rivers nearly stagnant, and covered with a green
+scum, the whole country quite brown, the vegetation burnt up by the
+sun. Only the cockroaches rejoice; at this season they fly at night,
+and you may have a few fine specimens of the Blatta Orientalis alight
+on your face, or on the back of your neck, should you doze a moment
+on your long chair. Personally, I am proof against a good deal, but
+must confess that the hairy feet of a cockroach on my face or neck
+make me shudder.
+
+As the month draws to a close, every afternoon the storm-clouds
+gather over the Antipolo Hills. All Manila, lying in the glare and
+dust, prays for rain. Overhead, a sky like burnished copper darts
+down heat-rays that penetrate the roofs, and literally strike the
+heads of the occupants. The dry air is surcharged with electricity to
+such an extent that every living thing feels the powerful influence;
+the sweetest natures become irritable, and quite ready to admit that
+"this is, indeed, a beastly world."
+
+The nervous system suffers, the newspapers relate cases of stabbing,
+or even running amok amongst the natives, and perhaps some suicides
+occur. If, as not unfrequently happens, you should at this time
+receive an invitation to the funeral of a friend or compatriot just
+deceased from typhoid fever, and to be buried within twenty-four
+hours, you will begin to wonder whether Manila is good enough for
+you. Day after day the rain-clouds disperse amidst the rumbling of
+a distant thunder-storm, and day after day do longing eyes watch for
+their coming, and hope for the cloud-burst.
+
+At last, when the limit of endurance seems reached, a cool breath of
+air heralds the downpour. The leaves rustle, the feathery bamboos
+incline before the blast, the sky darkens, the cataracts of heaven
+are loosed, and the water tumbles down in torrents.
+
+Now keep yourself in the house, and on the upper floor, and let the
+water from your roofs run to waste. The natives, usually so careless of
+a wetting, avoid bathing or wetting themselves with the first waters,
+which they consider dangerous, and not without reason. The exhalations
+from the newly-wetted earth are to be avoided; these earth-vapours are
+called by the Tagals Alimoom. Now the dust is washed off the roofs and
+leaves, and in three days the fallows are covered with small shoots
+of grass or weeds, the maidenhair ferns and mosses spring from every
+stone wall. The reign of dust is over; the reign of mud begins. Now the
+frogs inaugurate their nightly concerts. After a time you get used to
+the deafening noise; you do not even hear it. But they suddenly stop,
+and you are astonished at the stillness.
+
+As the rainy season proceeds, the air is almost entirely saturated
+with moisture: the saturation in August sometimes exceeds 97 per cent.
+
+Now green mould will grow upon your boots and other leather articles,
+if left a couple of days without cleaning. Everything feels damp,
+and it is a good plan to air your wardrobe round a brazier of red-hot
+charcoal.
+
+You will have noticed that the natives universally build their houses
+upon piles. So do the Malays all over the Far East. This is the
+expression of the accumulated experience of centuries, and you will
+be wise to conform to it by never sleeping on the ground floor. To
+a dweller in the Philippines this tip is worth the price of the book.
+
+
+
+Dress.
+
+The dress of both sexes should be as light as possible; my advice is,
+wear as little as possible, and wear it thin and loose. The access
+of air to the body is necessary to carry off the perspiration, some
+of which is in the form of vapour.
+
+Ladies will find the greatest comfort in the simple but elegant
+dresses called batas, which are princess robes made of embroidered
+cambric or lawn. The materials for these dresses can be purchased in
+Manila, and excellent sempstresses and embroiderers can be hired at
+moderate wages, and the dresses made in the house. For the evenings,
+thin silk or muslin dresses, cut low, are most suitable.
+
+Men who are young and robust should wear white duck jackets,
+and trousers without waistcoats. Elderly men, or those subject to
+rheumatism, will do well to wear thin flannel suits. The material
+for these can be got in Hong Kong. For travelling and shooting,
+unbleached linen, guingon, or rayadillo, is the best material,
+made into Norfolk jackets and pantaloons. I always found white or
+brown leather shoes the best wear, and canvas shooting-boots capped
+and strapped with leather. A Panama hat, or a solar topee, is the
+best head-wear. If one has to be much in the sun, a white umbrella,
+lined with green, should be carried. Dress is not an expensive item
+in Manila. Up to 1892, the washing for a whole family, with bed and
+table-linen, could be done for $12 per month.
+
+
+
+Houses.
+
+Most of the older houses in Manila are of ample size, and well suited
+to the climate, but some of the newer ones, built to the designs
+of a Spanish architect, and having glass windows, are very hot and
+uncomfortable. It is essential to live in a good-sized house, so
+as to escape the heat by moving to a different part as the sun goes
+round. Thus you will have your early breakfast in one corner of the
+balcony; your tiffin, perhaps, on the ground floor; your tea in the
+open corridor looking on the garden, and your dinner, at 7.30 P.M.,
+in the dining-room under the punkah.
+
+House-rent is paid monthly, and, up to 1892, a good detached house of
+moderate size could be got in one of the best suburbs for $100 per
+month, and for less in Santa Ana. Such a house would stand in its
+own garden, and would have stables for several horses, and shelter
+for one or two carriages.
+
+I understand that house-rent is now nearly doubled in consequence
+of the American competition. From their lavish expenditure, we must
+infer that the new-comers possess large private means in addition to
+their salaries.
+
+
+
+Furniture.
+
+The furnishing of a tropical house is much simplified, because no
+carpets or curtains are needed. The floors are of polished hardwood,
+and they take a good deal of work to keep them in good order. A
+few rugs can be put down here and there, if a little colour is
+required. Where the floor is bad, Chinese matting can be laid down at
+small expense. Some of the Mestizos import costly furniture, but few
+of the European residents attempted to follow their example. Vienna
+bent-wood furniture, with cane seats, was commonly used, and was very
+suitable, also bamboo or rattan furniture, brought from China or made
+in the country. Such things as wardrobes or bookcases should have
+ring-bolts on each side for lashing to the walls. A child or grown
+person might be killed by a heavy piece of furniture falling on it
+during an earthquake.
+
+Furniture of all sorts is made in Manila of Red Narra, or other
+wood, by Chinese cabinet-makers, who will work to purchasers'
+requirements. Very excellent teak-wood furniture is made in Hong Kong
+and Shanghai.
+
+The problem of furnishing a large house for a moderate sum, and making
+it comfortable, and at the same time artistic and refined, is not a
+difficult one, and has often been very satisfactorily solved in Manila.
+
+Large stoneware flower-pots and pedestals can be purchased in Manila,
+and no more suitable ornament can be found than handsome palms, ferns,
+or flowering plants, for halls, corridors, or reception rooms.
+
+The beds should be large, and have thin, hard mattresses and horse-hair
+pillows stuffed rather hard. The coolest thing to lie upon is a fine
+grass mat, or petate. Covering is seldom required. On the bed will
+be seen a large bolster lying at right angles to the pillows, so as
+to be parallel to the sleeper. The use of this is not apparent to
+the newly-arrived Briton or American. This is the Abrazador, used
+throughout the boundless East.
+
+The candidate for repose, whether on the hard bed, or harder floor
+or deck, lies on his side, and rests his upper arm and leg on the
+Abrazador, thus relieving his hip and shoulder from much of his
+weight. He takes care to keep it a little way off his body to allow
+the air to circulate.
+
+A mosquito-net must be fitted to every bed, but may not always be
+required. In the sleeping-room there should be no curtains, and
+the least possible amount of furniture, and, during the hot season,
+the bed should stand in the middle of the room. It is advisable to
+have no light in the bedroom, but good lights are a necessity in
+the dressing-rooms.
+
+By being careful about this you will keep your bedroom free from
+mosquitoes. Petroleum is commonly used in the Philippines for lighting,
+and unless the lamps are of the best quality, and carefully trimmed,
+there is considerable danger of accident. I used to keep some plants
+in pots in each room so as to throw the earth over any oil that might
+get alight. Whenever there was a shock of earthquake, I extinguished
+the petroleum lamps, and lighted candles instead. And whenever we went
+out to a dinner or dance, every petroleum lamp was extinguished, and
+cocoanut-oil lights or candles substituted in case of an earthquake
+whilst we were out.
+
+Frequent baths are indispensable to good health in Manila. Enormous
+earthenware tubs, made in China, can be procured. These are placed
+in the bath-room, and filled in the evening, so that the water gets
+refreshingly cool during the night. It is not at all advisable to get
+into the water, as the effect is not so good as dashing the water over
+the head with a small bucket called a tabo. By using the water thus,
+and rubbing the skin briskly with a towel, a reaction soon sets in,
+and the bather feels quite invigorated.
+
+A bath of this kind when rising, and another before dressing for
+dinner, will do much to mitigate the rigour of the climate.
+
+From several stories told me by friends recently returned from Manila,
+it would seem that the Americans there, or some of them, at least,
+are not sufficiently alive to the necessity of daily baths, but I
+refrain from giving particulars.
+
+This seems strange when one remembers the profusion with which baths
+are provided in all the modern hotels in the great cities of America.
+
+Now I must tell you about gogo. This is the dried bark of a creeper
+that grows wild in the woods, and it is the finest thing possible to
+keep your hair in order.
+
+There are several kinds of this plant, the three most commonly used
+are gogo bayugo (Entada scandens Benth.); gogong casay (Peltophorum
+ferrugineum Benth.); gogong paltaning (Albizzia saponaria Blum.).
+
+As washing the hair with gogo is one of the luxuries of the
+Philippines, I shall describe how it is done.
+
+A servant pounds a piece of the stem and bark, and steeps it in a
+basin, twisting and wringing it occasionally until the soluble part
+has been extracted. He then adds to the liquor two or three limes,
+squeezing the juice out, and soaking the peel. He also throws in
+a handful of crushed citron-leaves, and strains the liquor through
+muslin.
+
+The servant then ladles this over your head with a calabash, or
+cocoa-nut shell, whilst you rub your hair with your hands.
+
+As the liquor is strongly alkaline, you must be careful to keep
+your eyes closed until the head has been rinsed with water. Your
+hair-wash is made fresh whenever you want it, and may cost from two
+to three pence.
+
+The fragrance of the citron-leaves is delicious, and when you have
+rinsed and dried your hair, you will find it as soft, as bright, and as
+sweet-smelling as the costliest perfumes of Bond Street could make it.
+
+
+
+Servants.
+
+In the good old times we were well off for servants in Manila. They
+flocked up from the provinces seeking places, and those employers
+who took pains to enquire closely into the antecedents of applicants,
+could almost ensure being well served.
+
+Englishmen paid good wages, and paid punctually, hence they could
+command the best servants.
+
+Personally, I may say that I kept my servants for years--some nearly
+the whole time I was in the islands. I had very little trouble with
+any of them. There are people who say that they have no feeling,
+but I remember that when I embarked with my family on leaving Manila,
+my servants, on taking leave at the wharf, were convulsed with tears
+at our departure.
+
+A family living comfortably in a good-sized house would require the
+following servants:--
+
+
+                                                     Wages in 1892.
+                                                     Dollars.
+
+    Mayordomo, or steward, who would act as butler    8 per month.
+    Two houseboys, one would valet the master, the
+    other would trim lamps and pull the punkah, @ $6 12 per month.
+    Sempstress or maid to mistress                    6 per month.
+    Gardener or coolie, would carry water for
+    baths, sweep and water                            6 per month.
+    Coachman, would look after one pair of horses
+    and carriage                                     12 per month.
+    Food for six servants, @ $3 each                 18 per month.
+    Maestro cook                                     18 per month.
+                                                     --
+                                                     80
+
+
+American competition for servants has more than doubled these rates
+of pay. Cooks get $50 now.
+
+The house-boys and maid live in the house, and sleep on the floor,
+with a grass mat and pillows. The mayordomo sometimes lives quite
+near, being, perhaps, a married man. The coachman has his room by
+the stables, and the gardener lives in the lodge, or in a small hut
+in the garden.
+
+The maestro-cook does not usually sleep on the premises. He
+arrives about 11 A.M., bearing two baskets depending from a pinga,
+or palma-brava staff, resting on his shoulder. These baskets will
+contain the day's marketing--eggs, fish, meat, chicken, salad,
+tomatoes, bananas, firewood, and many other things.
+
+He promptly sets to work, and by twelve, or half-past, presents a
+tiffin of three or four courses.
+
+His afternoon is devoted to preparing the more elaborate dinner due
+at 7.30 P.M., when he will be ready to serve soup, fish, entrees,
+a roast, a curry, and sweets, all conscientiously prepared, and sent
+in hot. Most excellent curries are made in Manila, both by Chinamen
+and natives. To my mind, the best are made from prawns, from crab,
+or from frogs' legs. If you cannot eat anything else at dinner,
+you can always make out with the curry.
+
+The dinner over, the cook asks for orders, and takes his departure,
+to return with perfect punctuality the following day.
+
+The Chinese cooks all belong to a guild, which is a trades' union
+and a co-operative society, and are bound to follow the rules.
+
+They would never dream of going into a market and bidding one against
+the other.
+
+Their system is to assemble early every morning at the guild house,
+and for each man to state his requirements. A scribe then tabulates the
+orders--so many turkeys, so many chickens, etc., and two experienced
+cooks are commissioned as buyers to go into the market and purchase
+the whole lot, the provisions being afterwards fairly divided amongst
+the members, each having his turn to get the choice pieces, such as
+saddle of mutton, kidneys, etc. But if a dinner-party is contemplated,
+the cook who has to prepare it gets the preference.
+
+They thus obtain everything much cheaper than the native cooks, even
+after taking a good squeeze for themselves. I believe that they have
+a fixed percentage which they charge, and would consider it dishonest
+to take any more, whilst the guild would not approve of their taking
+any less.
+
+If you send away your cook, the guild will settle for you who is
+to replace him. All your culinary fancies will be well known to the
+council of the guild, and they will pick out a man up to your standard.
+
+It was customary to give the cook a fixed sum per day to provide
+tiffin and dinner, and this was paid once a week.
+
+I found that two dollars a day was sufficient to amply provide for my
+family, and I could have one guest to tiffin or dinner without notice,
+and be confident that the meal would be sufficient. In fact, this was
+part of my agreement with the cook. By giving short notice, the dinner
+could be extended for two or three people at an additional charge.
+
+The cook rendered no account of the money he received; but, if I
+was not satisfied with the meals he provided, I admonished him,
+and if he did not do better I discharged him. I may say, however,
+that there was very seldom cause for complaint, for the Chinese are
+thorough business men.
+
+When a dinner-party was given, the cook provided according to order,
+and sent in his bill for the extras. There was no housekeeping, and
+no need to order anything, and you knew exactly how much you were
+spending weekly, and how much a dinner-party cost.
+
+The cleaning and polishing your plate and glass, the laying the
+table, the tasteful adorning of it with variegated leaves, with
+ferns or flowers, and the artistic folding of the serviettes, may
+with confidence be left to the mayordomo's care; every detail will
+be attended to down to the ylang-ylang flowers in the finger-bowls.
+
+With such servants as these, the mistress of the house, free from
+domestic cares, may take her shower-bath, and, clad in Kabaya
+and Sarong, await the moment when she must resume the garments of
+civilisation, and receive her guests looking as fresh, in spite of
+the thermometer, as if she had stepped out of a coupe in Piccadilly
+or Fifth Avenue. Ladies used to the ministry of Irish Biddy or Aunt
+Chloe ought to fancy themselves transported to heaven when they find
+themselves at the head of a household in Manila.
+
+I append a note of household expenses for a family living moderately
+in Manila in 1892. I suppose the cost has been doubled under American
+rule.
+
+
+
+Household Budget in 1892.
+
+For a family of three adults and three children.
+
+
+                                                    Mexican Dollars.
+
+House-rent                                          per month   100
+Servants' wages and food                            per month    80
+Washing                                             per month    12
+Forage and grain for two ponies                     per month    16
+Allowance to cook for market                        per month    60
+Extra for two dinner-parties of six or eight
+guests each                                                      20
+Bill at Almacen (grocery store) for groceries,
+ordinary wines, spirits, and petroleum              per month    65
+Bill at Botica (drug store) for soda water, ice
+and various articles                                per month    20
+Case of champagne for dinner-parties                per month    25
+Repairs to carriage, shoeing horses, materials
+for cleaning stable, etc.                           per month    10
+Garden expenses--plants, tools, hose                per month     5
+Subscriptions to clubs, telephone, newspapers,
+and charities                                       per month    20
+Tobacco and cigars                                  per month     7
+Taxes on servants and horses                        per month    10
+Clothing for self and family                        per month    50
+Pocket money, entertainments, and sundries          per month   100
+                                                               -----
+                                                    Per month   600
+
+                                               Say $7,200 per annum.
+
+
+
+Diet.
+
+For the benefit of Boston readers (if I should be lucky enough to
+have any in that learned city), I may say that pork and beans is not
+a suitable diet for a tropical country. I should also forbid the "New
+England dinner," and roast goose, or sucking pig, stewed terrapin,
+and pumpkin pie. A light diet of eggs or the excellent fish to be had
+in Manila, chickens fattened on maize, beef or mutton, once a day,
+and rice, vegetables and salad, with plenty of ripe fruit, according
+to the season, is desirable. The fare can be diversified by oysters,
+prawns, crabs, wild duck, snipe, and quail, all of which are cheap
+and very good in the season. There are no pheasants in Luzon, but
+the jungle cock (labuyao) is as good or better.
+
+In the tropics a good table is a necessity, for the appetite needs
+tempting. Such a diet as I have mentioned will keep you in health,
+especially if you are careful not to eat too much, but to eat of the
+best. If you economise on your table you will have to spend the money
+at the drug-store. Taboo pork, because--well, when you have been a
+week or two in the country you will not need to ask why--Moses and
+Mahomet knew what they were about.
+
+My remarks about drinks are intended for the men, as ladies do not
+need any advice on this subject. In a tropical climate it is necessary
+to be very careful in the use of spirits.
+
+Having lived for more than twenty-five years in the tropics, and
+having kept my health remarkably well, I feel warranted in giving my
+experience. I have made surveys, or directed works, in many climates,
+exposed to all weathers, and I know that the very worst thing a man
+can take, if he has to work or march in the sun, is spirits. There is
+nothing that will predispose him to sunstroke as much as spirits. For
+marching, walking, or shooting, in the sun, I know nothing like cold
+tea without milk or sugar. It should be poured off the leaves after
+infusing for two minutes.
+
+When you reach shelter you can take a lemon squash or a cagelada--this
+is the juice of cageles (a kind of orange) with sugar and water--which
+is a most cooling drink. Never take spirits to buck you up to your
+work. Whatever spirits you drink, let it be after sunset. I am a
+believer in drinking wine at meals; it makes me shudder to see people
+drinking tea, lemonade, or milk, with their dinners, and laying up
+for themselves torments from dyspepsia, for which they have to swallow
+pills by the boxful.
+
+
+
+Ponies.
+
+There is a race of ponies in the islands that is descended from Spanish
+and Arab horses, and owing to an absolutely haphazard breeding, the
+size has diminished, although the symmetry has been preserved. Those
+from Ilocos are the smallest, but they are the hardiest and most
+spirited.
+
+A pair of ponies and a Victoria is an absolute necessity for a lady
+in Manila, and I have little doubt that an American judge would
+declare the "failure to provide" to be cruelty and grant a divorce
+if applied for.
+
+Both harness and carriages are made in the city, but imported harness
+can be had, better finished, at double the price.
+
+In my time a fine pair of ponies could be bought for $200 to $300;
+a new Victoria for $500, and harness for $60. The cost of keeping a
+pair of ponies was $16 per month, and a coachman $12 per month, food,
+and livery. What the cost is now I have no information.
+
+The public carriages were not fit for a lady to use, though sometimes a
+suitable one could be hired by the week or month from a livery stable.
+
+The ponies are wonderfully strong and sure-footed. I weigh over 200
+lbs., yet some of these ponies have carried me about all day over
+rough ground without stumbling. They carry a lady beautifully, and
+riding is the best form of exercise a lady can take.
+
+
+
+The Garden.
+
+The garden will be a great source of occupation to the mistress of
+the house. If it is sheltered from the wind and supplied with water,
+she can grow almost anything. And plants will come up quickly, too,
+under the influence of the heat and moisture.
+
+There are nursery gardens at Pasay, where all sorts of plants and
+seedlings can be obtained; in fact, these are hawked about morning
+and evening.
+
+The so-called gardener rarely has much skill, but he will clean up
+the garden and water it, and do what he is told.
+
+The most beautiful and delicate ferns can be grown, and
+magnificent orchids got to flower, if they are well sheltered in
+a mat-shed. Bananas and pines grow without trouble, and radishes,
+salads, tomatoes, cucumbers, and melons, can be raised.
+
+
+
+Shops.
+
+You can get most things you want in Manila. The drug-stores are mostly
+in German hands, but there is one English one where the usual English
+articles can be got.
+
+There is an ample supply of wines, spirits, and preserved provisions
+at the grocers, and the drapers keep on hand any quantity of silks,
+muslins, and piece-goods, with all the necessary fixings. French and
+German shoes are in plenty.
+
+The goods in the jewellers' shops and in the fancy bazaars are all of
+a very florid style, to suit the gaudy taste of the wealthy Filipinos.
+
+Such piece-goods and haberdashery as are in common use are brought
+round to the ladies at their own houses by Chinese hawkers, who,
+having small expenses, sell remarkably cheap.
+
+They are always very civil and attentive, and will gladly get you
+any article that they have not in stock at the moment.
+
+Ladies save going about in the heat and dust by purchasing from
+these men.
+
+
+
+Amusements.
+
+The amusements for ladies were limited to riding, lawn-tennis, boating,
+picnics, and frequent dances. I remember many delightful dances
+in Manila. One was given to the officers of the U.S.S. Brooklyn,
+and another to the U.S.S. Richmond. At the latter, the ladies were
+in traje del pais, i.e., dressed as natives and mestizas. And very
+handsome some of them looked. Now and again some theatrical company
+would come over, mostly from Saigon. There were a good many dinner
+parties given amongst the British community, and weekly receptions
+at most of the principal houses, during the time I lived in Manila,
+where you could get a little game of cards, dance, flirt, or take it
+easy, just as you liked.
+
+The ladies very wisely took a rest from two to four, to be fresh for
+the evening. The proper hour for calling was at 9 P.M. or 10 A.M. on
+Sundays after High Mass.
+
+I knew several ladies, English and American, who look back upon a
+term of years spent in Manila as the happiest in their lives.
+
+Children born in Manila can remain there without damage to their
+health till ten or twelve years old, and after having spent a few
+years at home are indistinguishable from children born and brought
+up in England.
+
+The principal thing lacking in Manila is means of access to the hills
+where people could go occasionally for a change and during the hot
+season. I have little doubt that the Americans will provide this
+before long.
+
+Manila was not without its frivolous element; but there was one
+period of the year when all frivolities were suspended, and religious
+observances monopolised the people's time. That was in Lent, and the
+ceremonies culminated on Good Friday.
+
+The Very Noble and always Loyal City of Manila celebrates the
+greatest day of the Christian year very devoutly. On foot, and robed
+in black, its inhabitants high and low throng the churches and attend
+the procession.
+
+All shops are closed, vehicular traffic is suspended, the ensigns
+hang at half-mast, the yards of ships are crossed in saltire; not a
+sound is heard.
+
+The capital and the whole of the civilised Philippines mark the
+crucifixion of our Saviour by two days of devotion, of solemn
+calm. Under Spanish rule a stately procession, attended by the highest
+and the humblest, filed slowly through the silent streets, the Civil
+Government, the Law, the Army, the Navy, the Municipality and the
+Religious Orders, being represented by deputations in full dress,
+who followed bare-headed the emblems of the faith in the presence of
+an immense crowd of natives, who bent the knee and bowed the head in
+homage to the crucified Saviour.
+
+I never failed to witness this imposing spectacle when in Manila,
+and it was mortifying to me to remember that Good Friday in London
+is nothing but a vulgar holiday, and that probably not one person out
+of a hundred in its vast population realises in the least degree the
+event that solemn fast is intended to commemorate.
+
+The death-like stillness of Good Friday remained unbroken till High
+Mass was over on Saturday morning, when the cathedral bells rang out
+a joyous peal, soon taken up by the bells of the numerous churches
+in the city and all over the provinces.
+
+The ensigns were run up to the staff or peak, the yards were squared,
+and royal salutes thundered out over land and sea, whilst clouds of
+white smoke enveloped the moss-grown ramparts of the saluting battery,
+and the useless, lumbering masts and spars of the flagship. Then
+steam-whistles and sirens commenced their hideous din, the great doors
+of the houses were thrown open, and hundreds of bare-backed ponies,
+with half-naked grooms, issued at full gallop to the sea or river.
+
+Then Manila resumed its every-day life till the next Holy Thursday
+came round.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX.
+
+SPORT.
+
+(A CHAPTER FOR MEN.)
+
+    The Jockey Club--Training--The races--An archbishop
+    presiding--The Totalisator or Pari Mutuel--The Manila
+    Club--Boating club--Rifle clubs--Shooting--Snipe--Wild
+    duck--Plover--Quail--Pigeons--Tabon--Labuyao, or jungle
+    cock--Pheasants--Deer--Wild pig--No sport in fishing.
+
+
+Manila was not so badly off for sport as might be thought. The
+pony-races, conducted under the auspices of the Jockey Club, excited
+the greatest interest amongst all classes.
+
+The ponies underwent their training at the race-course in Santa Mesa,
+and their owners and other members of the club were provided with
+early breakfast there. The native grooms took as much interest in
+the success of the pony they attended as the owner, and they backed
+their favourite for all they were worth.
+
+Only members were allowed to ride, and the weights were remarkably
+heavy for such small ponies. When the races came off, business was
+almost suspended for three days, and all Manila appeared at the
+race-course. There were sometimes two thousand vehicles and immense
+crowds on foot.
+
+The ladies in their most resplendent toilettes were received by the
+stewards, presented with elegantly-bound programmes, and conducted
+to their places on the grand stand.
+
+Presently a military band would strike up the "Marcha Real," as the
+Governor-General's equipage entered the enclosure, and that exalted
+personage, dressed in black frock coat and silk hat, white trousers
+and waistcoat, with the crimson silk sash of a general, just peeping
+from under his waistcoat, was conducted to his box, followed by his
+suite and the favoured persons invited to join his party.
+
+The highest authority in the country presided and handed the prizes to
+the winning jockeys, who were brought up to him by the vice-president
+of the club. But on an occasion when the Governor-General and Segundo
+Cabo were absent, I witnessed the races which were presided over
+by no less a personage than His Grace the Archbishop of Manila,
+Fray Pedro Payo, in his archiepiscopal garments, and smoking a big
+Havana cigar. The old gentleman enjoyed the sport and most graciously
+presented the handsome prizes to the winners.
+
+Betting was conducted by the totalisator, or pari-mutuel, the bet
+being five dollars, repeated as often as you liked. As I presume my
+readers understand this system, I shall not describe it. The natives
+bet amongst themselves to a considerable amount.
+
+Pavilions were erected by different clubs or bodies, and a
+profuse hospitality characterised each day. Winners of large
+silver cups usually filled them with champagne and passed them
+round. Bets were made with the ladies as an excuse for giving them
+presents. Dinner-parties were given in the evenings at private houses,
+and there were dinners at the clubs. There were two race-meetings in
+the year. No doubt this sport, temporarily interrupted by insurrection
+and war, will again flourish when tranquillity prevails.
+
+There was a boating-club in connection with the British Club at
+Nagtajan, now removed to Ermita, and some very good skiffs and boats
+were available. There was a regatta and illuminated procession of
+boats each year.
+
+Polo clubs and rifle clubs had a rather precarious existence,
+except that the Swiss Rifle Club was well kept up, and there were
+some excellent shots in it. There was a lawn tennis club, which had
+ladies and gentlemen as members, and some very good games were played
+there and valuable prizes given.
+
+Shooting was a favourite sport with many Englishmen and a few mestizos.
+
+Excellent snipe-shooting is to be had in all the paddy-fields around
+Manila and the lake. But at San Pedro on the Pasig, there is a wide
+expanse of rough ground with clumps of bushes, and it was here that
+the most exciting sport was to be had, and it took some shooting
+to get the birds as they flew across the openings between the
+bushes. Snipe-shooting began in September, when the paddy was high
+enough to give cover, and lasted to the end of November. The birds,
+when they first arrived, were thin, but they soon put on flesh, and
+by November were fat and in splendid condition for the table. There
+is no better bird to be eaten anywhere than a Manila snipe. Bags of
+eighty were sometimes made in a morning by two guns.
+
+Excellent wild-duck and teal-shooting was to be got on and around
+the lake and on the Pinag de Candaba, and wherever there was a sheet
+of water. When crossing the lake I have seen wild fowl resting on the
+surface in such enormous numbers that they looked like sandbanks. They
+are not easy to approach, but I have killed some by firing a rifle
+into the flock. The crested-lapwing and the golden-plover are in
+plenty, and on the seashores widgeon and curlew abound. Inland, on
+the stubbles, there are plenty of quail. Pigeons of all sorts, sizes,
+and colours, abound at all times, especially when the dap-dap tree
+opens its large crimson blossoms. Some kinds of brush-turkeys, such
+as the tabon, a bird (Megapodius cuningi) the size of a partridge,
+that lays an egg as large as a goose egg and buries it in a mound of
+gravel by the shore, are found.
+
+The labuyao, or jungle cock, is rare and not easy to shoot in a
+sportsmanlike way, although a poacher could easily shoot them on a
+moonlight night.
+
+In the Southern Islands some remarkable pheasants of most brilliant
+plumage are to be found, and whilst in Palawan I obtained two good
+specimens of the pavito real (Polyplectron Napoleonis), a very handsome
+game bird with two sharp spurs on each leg. They are rather larger
+than a partridge, but their fan-shaped tails have two rows of eyes
+like a peacock's tail, there being four eyes in each feather.
+
+Deer and wild-pig abound, and can be shot within four hours' journey of
+Manila by road. Round about Montalban is a good place for them. They
+are plentiful at Jala-jala, on the lake at Porac in Pampanga, and
+round about the Puerto Jamelo and Pico de Loro, at the mouth of Manila
+Bay. In fact, they are found wherever there is cover and pasture for
+them. The season is from December to April.
+
+The usual way is to go with a party of five or six guns and employ
+some thirty native beaters, each bringing one or two dogs.
+
+The guns are stationed in suitable spots and the beaters and their
+dogs, fetching a compass, extend their line and drive the game up to
+the guns. This is rather an expensive amusement, as you have to pay
+and feed the beaters and their dogs; but it is very good sport, and
+in proceeding and returning to camp from two beats in the morning and
+two in the afternoon, you got quite as much exercise as you want or as
+is good for you. The venison and wild-pig is very good eating, but it
+is difficult to get it to Manila fresh, whatever precautions you take.
+
+Taken all round, Luzon is well supplied with game, and may be
+considered satisfactory from a sportsman's point of view.
+
+There is no sport to be had in fishing; in Luzon, so far as I know,
+there are no game fish. When living on the banks of the Rio Grande,
+near Macabebe, I noticed some natives taking fish at night by placing
+a torch on the bow of a canoe, which was paddled by one man slowly
+along near the bank, another man standing in the bow with a fish-spear
+of three prongs, similar to the "grains" used in England. As the fish
+came up to the light he struck at them with his spear and managed to
+pick up a good many.
+
+This appeared good sport, and I arranged for a native to come for me
+in a canoe with torch, and I borrowed a spear. We started off, but
+there was some difficulty in standing up in a small, narrow canoe,
+and darting the spear. My first stroke was a miss, the fish escaped;
+my second, however, was all right, and I shook my catch off the spear
+into the canoe, but the native shouted out, "Masamang ahas po!" (a
+poisonous snake, sir) not forgetting to be polite even in that
+somewhat urgent situation. The snake was wriggling towards me, but
+I promptly picked him up again on the spear and threw him overboard,
+much to my own relief and that of the Pampanga.
+
+It was one of those black and yellow water-snakes, reputed as
+poisonous. That was enough fishing for me, and I remembered that I had
+a particular appointment at home, and left fishing to professionals.
+
+Curiously enough, fish cannot be taken by the trawl, for a mestizo
+got out a trawling steamer with gear, and men to handle it, and after
+repeated trials in different places, had to give it up as a bad job.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI.
+
+BRIEF GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION OF LUZON.
+
+    Irregular shape--Harbours--Bays--Mountain ranges--Blank
+    spaces on maps--North-east coast unexplored--River and
+    valley of Cagayan--Central valley from Bay of Lingayen
+    to Bay of Manila--Rivers Agno, Chico, Grande--The Pinag of
+    Candaba--Project for draining--River Pasig--Laguna de Bay--Lake
+    of Taal--Scene of a cataclysm--Collapse of a volcanic cone 8000
+    feet high--Black and frowning island of Mindoro--Worcester's pluck
+    and endurance--Placers of Camarines--River Bicol--The wondrous
+    purple cone of Mayon--Luxuriant vegetation.
+
+
+The island of Luzon is of so irregular a shape that it cannot be
+intelligibly described without the aid of a map.
+
+That part of it to the north and west of the isthmus of Tayabas lies
+with its longitudinal axis due north and south, and has a fairly
+even coast line, there being only two great indentations, the Bays of
+Lingayen and Manila, both on the west coast. There are also on that
+side and to the south the smaller bays of Subic, Balayan, Batangas,
+and Tayabas.
+
+On the east coast of this northern part are the unimportant bays of
+Palanan, Dilasac, Casiguran and Baler, besides the great bay of Lamon,
+sheltered by the islands Calbalete and Alabat.
+
+But in the remainder of Luzon, from the isthmus of Tayabas eastward
+and southward, the coast line is most irregular, and the width much
+reduced. A chain of mountains commencing at and forming the two
+above-mentioned islands and running in a south-easterly direction
+forms the peninsula of Tayabas.
+
+Another range, starting near the Bay of Sogod, runs a little south of
+east as far as Mount Labo (1552 metres), turns south-east, and runs
+along the southern shore of the fertile valley of the River Vicol,
+and with many a break and twist and turn reaches Mount Bulusan, whose
+slopes run down to the waters of the Strait of San Bernardino. The
+convolutions of this range form on the south the secure harbour of
+Sorsogon, and on the north the bays of Albay, Tabaco, Lagonoy and
+Sogod, besides a multitude of smaller ports and bays, for the coast
+line is wonderfully broken up by spurs of the main ranges running out
+into the sea. Luzon generally is very mountainous, and more especially
+so that part lying to the north of 16 deg. 5', where the great ranges
+of mountains run in crooked lines but with general north and south
+direction. The range running parallel to the Pacific coast is called,
+in its most southern part, the Caraballos de Baler, and the rest of
+it, up to Punta Escarpada, is known as the Cordillera del Este, or
+the Sierra Madre. The central range, starting from Mount Caraballo in
+the latitude before mentioned, is called the Cordillera Central for
+about a degree of latitude, and from there is known as the Cordillera
+del Norte, terminating at Punta Lacatacay, in longitude 121 deg. east
+of Greenwich.
+
+The mountains on the western coast are not so lofty, nor do they form
+a connected range. They are known as the Sierras de Ilocos. Some of
+these ranges are thirty or forty miles long. There are cuts in places
+where rivers find an outlet to the sea, such as the Rio Grande de
+Laoag, the Rio Abra, and some lesser streams. All these ranges have
+spurs or buttresses. Those of the Central Cordillera extend as far,
+and join with, the coast range on the west, covering the whole country
+and leaving no large plain anywhere, for the valley of the Abra though
+long is very narrow. There is a little flat land about Vigan.
+
+But the eastern spurs of the central range, in the part of Luzon under
+consideration, do not interlace with the spurs of Sierra Madre, but
+leave a magnificent valley more than two degrees of latitude in length
+and varying breadth. This is the only great valley of northern Luzon,
+and through it runs the Rio Grande de Cagayan and its tributaries,
+the Magat and the Rio Chico, with numerous minor streams.
+
+Coasting steamers with about twelve feet draught cross the bar of
+the Rio Grande and lie at Aparri. The river is navigable in the dry
+season as far as Alcala for light draught steamers. Alligators abound
+in these rivers. In this valley, which extends through the provinces
+of Cagayan and Isabela up into Nueva Vizcaya, there is to be found a
+great extension of rich alluvial soil on which can be raised, besides
+other tropical crops, most excellent tobacco, the cultivation of
+which was for many years obligatory upon the inhabitants, who were
+forbidden to grow rice.
+
+Little has been done in the way of making a trigonometrical survey of
+the Highlands of Luzon, but some military reconnaissance sketches have
+been made from time to time by staff or engineer officers employed in
+building forts, and from these several maps have been compiled. One of
+the most complete of these is by that intrepid explorer and painstaking
+geographer, D'Almonte. Another map has been published by Colonel
+Olleros. It must be admitted that these maps do not agree with each
+other, but that is not unusual in maps of the Philippines, and results
+from a custom of the Spanish engineers of doing too much in the office
+and not enough in the field. Colonel Olleros has, however, on his map
+shown the lesser known mountain ranges very vaguely, and has left more
+than a thousand square miles of territory quite blank. This tract lies
+between the central range and the Cagayan River, and is inhabited by
+the Apayaos, Calingas, Aripas, and Nabayuganes. Olleros also leaves
+some large blanks on the east coast, and he is quite right to do so,
+for this coast has hardly been visited since Salcedo sailed past it at
+the time of the Conquest, and nothing is known about that part of the
+island which remains to this day in possession of the savage Dumagas,
+a Negrito tribe. That coast is almost entirely destitute of shelter,
+and is exposed to the full force of the Pacific surf. It is made more
+dangerous by tidal waves which are formed either by distant cyclones
+or by submarine upheavals and occur without warning.
+
+The largest and richest valley in Luzon is that which extends without
+a break from the shores of the Bay of Lingayen to the Bay of Manila,
+having an area of some 3000 square miles, and comprising the best
+part of the Provinces of Pangasinan, Tarlac, Nueva Ecija, Pampanga,
+Bulacan and Manila.
+
+The town of Tarlac is situated about half-way between the two bays,
+and approximately marks the watershed. About half-way between Tarlac
+and the northern shores of Manila Bay there rises from the plain an
+isolated mountain of volcanic origin, Mount Arayat. The crater has been
+split through and the mountain thus shows two peaks. It is covered with
+forest to the very summit. Arayat was thrown up within historic times,
+and the Indians have a tradition that it was completed in one night,
+which is a most unlikely story.
+
+Mount Arayat is 2880 feet in height, and in fine weather is plainly
+visible from Manila and Cavite, and even from the mouth of the bay.
+
+The principal rivers of this valley are the Agno, the Dagupan, the
+Rio Grande and the Rio Chico of Pampanga.
+
+The Agno rises in the mountains of Lepanto, runs south through the
+province of Benguet, and S.W., W. and N.W. in Pangasinan into a
+labyrinth of creeks communicating by many mouths with the Bay of
+Lingayen. The river between Dagupan and San Isidro is navigable
+for vessels drawing seven or eight feet, and such craft could reach
+Salasa. From there to Rosales only lighters of very small draught
+could pass, and after a long spell of dry weather rice-boats drawing
+only one foot sometimes run aground. Its principal tributaries are
+the Tarlac and the Camiling, with dozens of smaller streams bringing
+the whole drainage of the eastern slopes of the Zambales mountains
+from Mount Iba to San Isidro.
+
+The Dagupan river rises in the mountains about the limits of Union and
+Benguet and runs parallel to the Agno to 16 deg. N. lat., and between it
+and the sea. Then it turns to the westward, and runs past the towns
+of Urdaneta, Sta, Barbara, and Calasiao, entering the Bay of Lingayen
+at Dagupan. It has a multitude of small tributaries which are very
+differently shown on D'Almonte's and Olleros' maps, and undoubtedly
+this part has never been surveyed.
+
+The Pampanga river has its source on the southern slopes of the
+Caraballo, in about 16 deg. 10' N. lat. It runs south in two branches,
+the Rio Grande and the Rio Chico; the first, being the easternmost,
+receives the drainage from the western slopes of the Cordillera del
+Este, whilst the Chico receives tributaries from both sides in the
+flat country and also the overflow from the Lake of Canarem.
+
+These two branches unite just north of Mount Arayat, and continue in
+a southerly direction. The river is navigable for small craft drawing
+three feet as far as Candaba in the dry season, and in the rainy
+season as far as San Isidro in Nueva Ecija. When in flood during
+the rainy season, this river brings down a large body of water and
+annually overflows its banks in certain places, where gaps occur. The
+escaping water spreads itself over a low plain forming an inundation
+some sixteen miles long and several miles wide, called the Pinag de
+Candaba. This remains during the rainy season, and when the level
+of the Rio Grande has fallen sufficiently, the water of the Pinag
+commences to fall also, and during the middle and latter part of the
+dry season, and the beginning of the rainy season, only patches of
+water remain here and there, which are utilized for breeding fish,
+and a crop is raised on the land left dry. A project for draining
+the Pinag and reclaiming the land was many years ago got up by a
+Spanish colonel of engineers, and, at the request of an English
+company, I went up to investigate and report on it. I found that,
+irrespective of the difficulties and expense of the proposed works,
+the vested rights of the natives of the many towns and villages in
+and around the Pinag rendered it impossible to carry out the scheme.
+
+Vast flocks of wild duck and other water-fowl frequent the Pinag,
+and good sport is to be had there. Below the Pinag the river spreads
+itself over the low country, forming a labyrinths of creeks mostly
+navigable for craft drawing three to four feet, but the mouths are
+all very shallow and the bars can only be crossed about high tide. The
+water is brackish or salt. An immense extent of country is intersected
+by these creeks, certainly 200 square miles, and there are said to
+be 120 mouths connecting with the bay. With the exception of two or
+three of the principal channels, this swamp has never been surveyed,
+and what is shown on the map is merely guessed at. The muddy soil
+is covered with mangrove in the low parts submerged at each tide,
+and with the Nipa palm where the banks rise above high water. Under
+the heading Pampangos will be found particulars of the manufacture
+of nipa-thatch carried on here, and of collecting and distilling
+the juice. With the exception of a few half-savage natives the only
+living things are wildfowl, fish in abundance, alligators, snakes,
+and blue crabs. This is indeed a great dismal swamp, more especially
+at low tide.
+
+It is difficult to find one's way in these creeks, and although
+I frequently traversed them, I found it necessary to take a swamp
+Indian as a guide.
+
+The city of Manila is situated astride the River Pasig on a strip
+of land between the Bay of Manila and a great sheet of freshwater
+called the Lake of Bay. In consequence of this situation, Manila
+can communicate by the bay, the lake, the creeks and rivers with the
+provinces of Bataan, Pampanga, Nueva Ecija, Bulacan, Morong, Laguna,
+and Cavite. Until the opening of the Manila-Dagupan railroad the
+whole transport of the Archipelago was by water, and the possession
+of navigable rivers meant progress and wealth, whilst the absence
+of rivers meant stagnation and poverty. Around the city the land is
+quite flat, but at about four miles distance there is a sharp rise
+to a plateau of volcanic tuff, the surface of which is from sixty to
+eighty feet above sea level, of which more anon. The River Pasig is
+the overflow from the lake and the outlet for the River San Mateo,
+which runs into it at right angles. The lake serves as a receiver for
+the great floods that come down the San Mateo valley; for the level of
+that river at Santolan, the intake of the waterworks, sometimes rises
+more than twenty feet. When this occurs, the flood on reaching the
+Pasig is divided; part runs into the lake, and part into the bay. The
+current of the Pasig in that part between the junction of the San
+Mateo and the outlet from the lake is reversed. Then when the flood
+subsides, the water which has entered the lake runs out very slowly
+into the bay, for the head produced by the greatest flood becomes
+insignificant from being spread over the vast extent of the lake.
+
+Rice, sugar, cocoa-nuts, bamboos, timber, and fruits are the principal
+products of the province of La Laguna. The inhabitants supply the
+Manila markets with poultry. The Pasig and the lake are navigated by
+light draught steamers which ply daily to Binan, Calamba, and Santa
+Cruz. There are also numerous native small craft, which bring down
+the produce. To the south of Manila the province of Cavite slopes
+gently up from the shores of the bay and from the lake to the
+high cliffs at the northern end of the volcanic lake of Taal. The
+valley is intersected by numerous streams all of which run into the
+bay. Part of this province, near Manila, is a stony and sandy desert,
+but other parts of it are extremely fertile, and large crops of rice,
+with some coffee, and cacao, and fruits, are raised. The Augustinians
+and Dominicans have large estates here, and have expended considerable
+sums on dams to retain water for irrigation.
+
+The Lake of Bombon, or Taal, has in its centre an island containing
+the remains of the volcano. From the nature of the surrounding
+country it is conjectured that on the spot now occupied by the lake
+a volcanic mountain, some 8000 feet high, formerly stood. The great
+bed of volcanic tuff already mentioned, extending from thence up to
+Meycauayan more than sixty miles distant, is thought to have been
+ejected from that lofty volcano, leaving a vast hollow cone, which
+ultimately collapsed, causing a convulsion in the surrounding country
+that must have rivalled the famous cataclysm of Krakatoa. This is
+the opinion of D. Jose Centeno, a mining engineer employed by the
+Spanish Government, and was fully confirmed by my learned friend,
+the late Rev. J. E. Tenison-Wood, who carefully examined the locality,
+and studied all the records.
+
+The province of Batangas is very rich and fertile; it has some
+mountains, but also a considerable extension of sloping or flat
+land. In beauty it will compare with the best parts of Surrey, such
+as the view from Leith Hill, looking south. Sugar and coffee are the
+principal products, and the towns of Taal, Bauang, Batangas, and Lipa
+are amongst the wealthiest of Luzon. The fields are well cultivated,
+and oxen are much used, both for ploughing and for drawing carts. The
+beef in this province is excellent.
+
+Opposite to this beautiful and wealthy province lies the huge island
+of Mindoro. Ever black and gloomy does it look, its lofty mountains
+almost perpetually shrouded in rain-clouds. When I lived in Balayan
+I had a good view of this island from my windows, and can scarcely
+remember its looking otherwise than dark and forbidding. Nothing
+comes from it but timber and jungle produce. There are known to be
+some beds of lignite. Only the coast is known, and the jungle fever
+prevents exploration. The island of Marinduque is healthier and more
+advanced. It produces hemp of fine quality.
+
+The province of Tayabas is very mountainous, and is still mostly
+covered with forest; there are no wide valleys of alluvial soil. Some
+rice is grown, also large quantities of cocoa-nuts, and some coffee
+and cacao. Timber and jungle produce form the principal exports. I
+have seen many specimens of minerals from this province and think it
+would be well worth prospecting. But the climate is unhealthy, and
+dangerous fevers prevail. This circumstance has been useful to the
+Spanish Government, for when a governor or official had made himself
+disliked he could be appointed to Tayabas with a fair prospect of
+getting rid of him either by death or by invaliding in two or three
+years at most.
+
+Camarines Norte is also mountainous, and there is not much cultivation,
+only a little rice and hemp. The population is very sparse,
+and the inhabitants are mostly employed (when they do anything)
+in washing for gold at Mambulao, Paracale, and other places on the
+Pacific coast. If they strike a pocket, or get a nugget, they go on
+the spree till they have spent it all and can get no more credit,
+and then unwillingly return to work. Camarines Sur possesses a wide
+expanse of fertile soil in the valley of the River Bicol, in which
+are the Lakes of Buhi and Bato, and the Pinag of Baao. The Bicol
+rises in the province of Albay and runs through the whole length of
+Camarines Sur, generally in a north-westerly direction, running into
+the great Bay of San Miguel. It is navigable for small vessels up
+to the town of Nueva Caceres. Alligators abound here. A gap in the
+coast range gives access to this valley from the port of Pasacao. The
+ground is level for leagues around, yet from this plain two extinct
+volcanoes rear their vast bulk, the Ysarog, 6500 feet high, and
+the Yriga, nearly 4000 feet high. Camarines Sur contains more than
+five times as many inhabitants as Camarines Norte, although not very
+different in area. Their principal occupation is the cultivation of
+the extensive rice lands. They also produce some hemp and a little
+sugar. Large quantities of rice are exported to Manila, to Albay,
+and to Bisayas. Cattle are raised in the island of Burias, which
+belongs to this province; it also produces some palm sugar. This
+province is much richer than either Tayabas or Camarines Norte.
+
+The province of Albay is the southernmost and easternmost part of
+Luzon, and is one of the richest and most beautiful regions of that
+splendid island. The northern part, which commences at Punta Gorda
+on the Bay of Lagonoy, is similar to the neighbouring Camarines Sur,
+as is also the western part, about the shores of Lake Bato. A little
+to the southward, however, the gigantic Mayon rears its peak 8000
+feet into the sky. The symmetry of this wondrous cone is but feebly
+rendered by the photograph. Some of the most violent eruptions of this
+remarkable volcano are mentioned under another heading in the Appendix.
+
+On this volcanic soil, with the life-giving heat of the sun tempered
+by frequent rains, the vegetable kingdom flourishes in the utmost
+luxuriance. Tree-ferns, lianas, orchids, palms grow vigorously. On
+the mountain slopes the Musa textilis, or abaca plant, finds its most
+congenial habitat. Little rice is grown, the inhabitants being mostly
+engaged in the more remunerative occupation of planting and preparing
+this fibre.
+
+A description of the manner of its preparation, with photographs
+of the growing plants and of the apparatus for cleaning the fibre,
+will be found under the description of the Vicols.
+
+The island of Catanduanes belongs to Albay province, and its
+characteristics and productions are the same. The configuration of
+the province of Albay is most favourable to the production of this
+fibre. The plant seems to require a light volcanic soil, a certain
+height above the sea, and exposure to the Pacific breezes in order
+to flourish.
+
+To summarise the description of Luzon we may say that its agricultural
+wealth, present and future, lies in the valley of the Rio Grande
+of Cagayan, in the great valley lying between the Gulf of Lingayen
+and the shores of the Bay of Manila, in the rich lands of Cavite,
+Batangas, and Laguna, in the valley of the River Bicol, and on the
+slopes of the volcanoes of Albay.
+
+The production of the great northern valley is principally tobacco;
+of the middle valley, sugar and rice; of the southern valley, rice,
+and of the volcanic slopes, Manila hemp. The Sierras of Ilocos are
+highly mineralised, as are also the mountains of Tayabas, whilst as
+already stated washing for gold is the principal industry of Camarines
+Norte. Parts of this great island, as in Bulacan and Pampanga, support
+a dense population of 500 to the square mile; whilst, in other parts,
+hundreds or even thousands of square miles are absolutely unknown,
+and are only populated by a few scattered and wandering savages,
+many of whom have never seen a white man.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE INHABITANTS OF THE PHILIPPINES.
+
+
+Description of their appearance, dress, arms, religion, manners
+and customs, and the localities they inhabit, their agriculture,
+industries and pursuits, with suggestions as to how they can be
+utilized, commercially and politically. With many unpublished
+photographs of natives, their arms, ornaments, sepulchres, and idols.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII.
+
+Aetas or Negritos, Including Balugas, Dumagas, Mamanuas, and
+Manguianes.
+
+
+These people are generally considered to be the aborigines of the
+Philippines, and perhaps at one time inhabited the entire group. The
+invasion of the Malays dispossessed them of the littoral, and of
+the principal river valleys, and the Spanish Conquest drove them
+gradually back into the mountains. It seems strange that these
+irreclaimable savages should be able from their eyries on Mount
+Mariveles to distinguish a great city with its Royal and Pontifical
+University and yet remain unconverted, uncivilised, and independent
+of all authority, just as they were before Legaspi arrived.
+
+They are a race of negroid dwarfs of a sooty black colour, with
+woolly hair, which they wear short, strong jaws, thick lips, and
+broad flat noses. The men I have seen in the jungle near Porac and at
+Mariveles were about 4 feet 8 inches in height, and the women about
+a couple of inches shorter. The men only wore a cord round the waist
+with a cloth passed between their legs. The women wore a piece of
+cloth around the hips, and as ornaments some strings of beads round
+their necks. However, like many other savages in the Philippines and
+elsewhere, those of them, both men and women, who are accustomed to
+traffic with the Christian natives, are possessed of clothes which
+they put on whenever they enter a village. Their appearance was not
+prepossessing; the skin of a savage is rarely in good order or free
+from some scaly eruption, and the stomach is commonly unduly distended
+from devouring large quantities of vegetable food of an innutritious
+character. Still they were not so unpleasing as might be supposed,
+for although their figures are not good according to our standards,
+nor are their muscles well developed, either on arms or legs,
+yet there was a litheness about them that gave promise of extreme
+agility and great speed in running. As a matter of fact, they do
+run fast, and climb trees in a surprising way. The Tagals and other
+Malays who go barefooted use their toes to pick up an object on the
+ground rather than stoop as a European would do, but the toes of the
+Negritos are more like fingers. They come near the Quadrumanes in
+this respect. The men carried bows, about five feet six inches long
+and a quiver full of iron-pointed arrows--also a wood-knife, or bolo,
+very roughly made. The former they make themselves; but the latter
+they obtain from the Tagals. I can confirm from my own experience a
+statement of various travellers, that they are fond of lying close
+to fires or in the warm ashes, for when I arrived at a bivouac
+of these people near Porac, their skins were covered with ashes,
+and I saw that they had recently arisen from their favourite lair,
+the prints of their forms being plainly visible. They had with them
+some wretched starveling dogs which assist them in the chase.
+
+It would seem that the Negritos must be descended from a race which
+formerly extended over a vast area, for remains of them exist in
+Southern India, in the mountains of Ceylon, and in the Andaman Islands.
+
+In the Malay Peninsula they are called Semang. From the description
+of them given by Hugh Clifford, in his interesting book, 'In
+Court and Kampong,' they appear to be identical with the Philippine
+Negritos. Crauford, in his 'History of the Indian Archipelago,' gives
+the measurement of a Negrito from the hills of Kedah as four feet
+nine inches. Mr. F. V. Christian, in a paper recently read before
+the Royal Geographical Society, stated that he had found tombs of
+Negritos on Ponape one of the Caroline group.
+
+The Negritos build no houses, and are nomadic, in the sense of
+moving about within a certain district. They live in groups of
+twenty or thirty under a chief or elder, and take his advice about
+camping and breaking up camp, which they do according to the seasons,
+the ripening of jungle fruit, movements of game, etc. They seem to
+have great reverence for their dead and for their burial-grounds,
+and apparently dislike going far away from these places where they
+suppose the souls of their ancestors are wandering. They bury their
+dead, placing with them food and weapons for their use, and erect a
+rough shelter over the graves.
+
+It would be curious to learn the opinion of these poor savages
+on the proceedings of some learned Teuton, prowling around their
+graveyards in search of skulls and skeletons for the Berlin or Dresden
+Ethnographical Museum.
+
+They have no tribal organisation and even make war on other groups,
+seeking victims for the death-vengeance. They are therefore unable
+to assemble in large numbers; nor is it easy to see how they could
+subsist if they did so. They put up rough sloping shelters against
+the sun and wind, consisting of a framework of saplings or canes,
+covered with coarse plaited mats of leaves which they carry with them
+when they move their camp.
+
+In Pampanga and Bataan, they are occasionally guilty of cattle
+stealing, and even of murdering Christians, if a favourable opportunity
+presents itself. In such a case an expedition of the Cuadrilleros of
+the neighbouring towns is sent against them.
+
+If they can be found, their bows and arrows are no match for
+the muskets of the Cuadrilleros, and some of them are sure to be
+killed. After a time peace is restored.
+
+The trade for jungle produce is too profitable to the Christians for
+them to renounce it, whatever the authorities may order.
+
+The Negritos do not cultivate the ground but subsist on jungle fruits
+and edible roots, their great luxury is the wild honey which they
+greedily devour, and they barter the wax with the Christians for
+rice and sweet potatoes. They also hunt the deer and wild pigs, and
+as Blumentritt says, they eat everything that crawls, runs, swims,
+or flies, if they can get it. They chew buyo like the Tagals and
+other Malays, and are inordinately fond of smoking.
+
+They are said to hold the lighted end of their cigars in their mouths,
+a thing I have seen done by the negroes on the Isthmus of Panama.
+
+They appear to have no religion, but are very superstitious. They
+celebrate dances at the time of full moon, the women forming a ring
+and the men another ring outside them, something like a figure in the
+Kitchen Lancers. They move round to the sound of some rude musical
+instruments in opposite directions.
+
+Whether this performance is intended as a mark of respect to the
+moon, or is merely held at the full for the convenience of the light,
+I cannot say.
+
+Several travellers have stated that they sacrifice pigs when
+it thunders. As thunder-storms are very frequent and often of
+extraordinary violence in the Philippines, this custom would imply the
+possession of a large number of pigs on the part of the Negritos. Those
+of Mariveles and of the Zambales mountains do not appear to possess
+any domestic animals, except dogs, and they find it difficult to
+kill the wild pigs, active as they are. Consequently, I think this
+must apply to those Negrito tribes, such as the Balugas and Dumagas,
+of whose condition I shall speak later. They are also said to offer
+up prayers to the rainbow. This offering can be made with greater
+ease than the sacrifice of a pig, but the frequency of rainbows at
+certain seasons will keep them pretty closely to their devotions.
+
+Ratzel, 'History of Mankind,' vol. i., p. 471, says: Among the Negritos
+of Luzon, a fabulous beast with a horse's head which lives in trees
+is venerated under the name of Balendik. And on p. 478: When killing
+an animal, the Negritos fling a piece heavenwards crying out at the
+same time, "This is for thee."
+
+They show great respect for old age, and the British War Office might
+learn something from them for they are reported to tend with love
+and care every old man of warlike repute.
+
+Their language largely consists of curious clicks and grunts, and
+those of them who trade with the Christians usually learn enough of
+the local dialect to do the necessary bargaining.
+
+There are some varieties of the Negritos who are more or less mixed
+up with the Malays, but their origin is not clear.
+
+The Malay women are very unprejudiced, perhaps there are no women
+on earth more ready to form temporary or permanent alliances with
+foreigners: they do not disdain even the Chinamen. They perhaps do
+not like them, but they know that John Chinaman makes a good husband,
+provides liberally for his family, and does not expect his wife to
+do any hard work.
+
+By some writers the Malay women, notably the Visayas, are accused
+of unbounded sensuality (Anto. de Morga. Sucesos de Filipinas),
+but anyhow the Tagal women draw the line at Negritos, and will have
+nothing to do with them.
+
+Fray Gaspar de San Agustin however thought that the Visaya women
+would not be so particular.
+
+This being so, the hybrid races in Luzon must have sprung from the
+union of Remontados--that is to say, of Malays who took refuge in
+the hills either from a natural love for savage life, or as fugitives
+from justice--with the Negrito women.
+
+Amongst these varieties are the Balugas, who live in the eastern
+cordillera of Nueva Ecija, in north and south Ilocos, and in the
+mountains of Tayabas. Some of these people have advanced a step in
+civilisation, they build huts and do a little rude cultivation.
+
+The Dumagas, another hybrid race, occupy the eastern slopes of the
+Sierra Madre from the northern frontier of El Principe district to the
+Bay of Palanan, where the last Tagal village is situated, the Tagals
+thinly peopling the shores. But from Palanan to Punta Escarpada the
+whole coast is in the undisputed possession of the Dumagas.
+
+The Dumagas keep up a friendly communication with the few Christian
+villages near them, and do a small trade with them. They even work on
+their lands and help in fishing for a small remuneration, generally
+paid in cotton cloth.
+
+They have no known religion, they marry without ceremony, and are
+said to disregard the ties of kinship.
+
+Those who live far from the Christian villages are said to be entirely
+brutal and devoid of all virtue, for they will sell their own children
+for a little rice. They are almost irreclaimable from their savage
+and independent character.
+
+Some of these Dumagas live amongst the Irayas and the Catalanganes,
+two heathen and semi-independent tribes showing signs of Mongolian
+blood, who occupy a considerable stretch of country in the province of
+Cagayan between the Rio Grande and the Sierra Madre, say about twenty
+geographical miles north and south of the 17th parallel. These Dumagas
+intermarry with the tribes they live amongst, and have adopted their
+dress, religion, and customs.
+
+The Mamanuas, also a hybrid race, inhabit the mountains of the
+north-east promontory of Mindanao. They are few in number. There were,
+in 1887, four Jesuit mission stations amongst them, three of which
+are on Lake Mainit, or Sapongan, as it is called on some maps.
+
+The Manguianes, who are probably a hybrid Negrito-Visaya race, occupy
+almost the whole interior of Mindoro, up to within two leagues of the
+coast. There are a few in the mountains of Romblon and Tablas. There
+are three varieties of these people, those residing near the western
+coast are much whiter, with lighter hair and full beards.
+
+Those living in the centre of the island are of a darker colour, have
+sloping foreheads and less intelligence, while those of the southern
+part, by their oblique eyes, aquiline noses and olive colour, show
+signs of Chinese blood.
+
+They are docile and do not fly from civilised man. A primitive
+agriculture and the collection of jungle produce enables them to
+obtain from the Christians, in exchange, rice, knives, bells, gongs,
+tobacco, and buyo. They are not much advanced in religion, but are
+very superstitious. They believe that the spirits of their ancestors
+and relations never leave the places where they lived, but remain to
+protect their descendants and families. There is noted amongst these
+people a strong sense of morality and honesty, which unfortunately
+is not recognised by their Christian neighbours, who are accustomed
+to oppress them with the most exaggerated usury.
+
+Since these words were written, Dean C. Worcester has published his
+book on the Philippines, and amply confirms these remarks. He saw
+a good deal of the Manguianes, and bears testimony to their honesty
+and morality, and adds: "On the whole, after making somewhat extensive
+observations amongst the Philippine natives, I am inclined to formulate
+the law that their morals improve as the square of the distance from
+churches and other civilising influences."
+
+He gives some particulars of their laws, and of their ordeals, which
+are common to many of the Malays. There are some Manguianes in the
+Island of Palawan. They inhabit the mountains in the interior of
+the southern part of the island, and little is known about them,
+for the pirate races, or Mahometan Malays, who occupy the coasts,
+keep a strict watch to prevent their communicating with outsiders.
+
+The few who have been seen by the Spaniards, are said to be
+industrious, and physically similar to the Tagbanuas. Their customs
+are said to be influenced by their constant intercourse with the
+Mahometans. They were thought to number about 4000 in 1887, by Don
+Felipe Canga Arguelles, the Governor of the Island. The Moors appear
+to oppress the Manguianes of Palawan much as the Christian natives
+do the Manguianes of Mindoro.
+
+The illustration represents a Negrito from the Island of Negros, a very
+favourable specimen of his race. He wears the head-dress of a chief,
+and is armed with a bow and arrow of portentous length. His figure,
+though not muscular, gives promise of great agility.
+
+The Negritos of Palawan are few in number, and resemble those of
+Mariveles. They use a piece of cloth, made of the inner bark of a
+tree as their only garment. They call this the Saligan. They inhabit
+the upper parts of the mountains between Babuyan and Barbacan, say
+from 10 deg. to 10 deg. 20' N. latitude. They do a little agriculture in a
+primitive fashion. The men clear the land, the men and women together
+do the planting, and the women alone the reaping.
+
+Their arms are bows and arrows, and the only education of the young
+is in archery, which is taught them by their mothers from their
+earliest infancy.
+
+They are said to be generous, hospitable, and inoffensive, but
+extremely revengeful if they are ill-treated. They have no religion,
+but perform certain ceremonies from time to time. Canga-Arguelles
+computed them to number about 500 in 1887.
+
+The only use the Negritos can be to the United States will be as
+a subject of study for the elucidation of problems in ethnography,
+and to furnish skeletons for the museums.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+PART I.
+
+Luzon and Adjacent Islands.
+
+
+
+
+
+Chapter XXIII.
+
+Tagals (1). [19]
+
+
+The most important race in the Archipelago is the Tagal, or Tagalog,
+inhabiting Central Luzon, including the following provinces:--
+
+Batangas, Bulacan, Bataan, Camarines Norte, Cavite, Laguna, Manila,
+part of Nueva Ecija and Tayabas, the districts of Infanta, Morong,
+and part of Principe, also the Island of Corregidor and the coast
+of Mindoro. They probably number about one million five hundred
+thousand souls.
+
+Antonio de Morga, in his work 'Sucesos de Philipinas,' says (p. 126):
+"The women wear the baro and saya, and chains of gold upon their
+necks, also bracelets of the same. All classes are very clean in
+their persons and clothing, and of good carriage and graceful (de
+buen ayre y gracia").
+
+They are very careful of their hair, washing it with gogo and anointing
+it with ajonjoli oil [20] perfumed with musk.
+
+In the 'Relacion de las Islas Philipinas,' 1595 (?), the anonymous
+author said of the Tagals: "The people of this province are the best
+of all the Islands, more polite, and more truly our friends. They
+go more clothed than the others, the men as well as the women. They
+are light-coloured people of very good figures and faces, and like
+to put on many ornaments of gold, which they have in great abundance."
+
+In other respects, however, they seem, from the same author, to be
+less worthy of praise, for he goes on to tell us: When some principal
+man died, in vengeance of his death they cut off many heads, with
+which they made many feasts and dances.... They had their houses
+full of wood and stone idols, which they called Tao-tao and Lichac,
+for temples they had none. And they said that when one of their
+parents or children died the soul entered into one of these idols,
+and for this they reverenced them and begged of them life, health,
+and riches. They called these idols anitos, and when they were ill
+they drew lots to find which of these had given them the illness,
+and then made great sacrifices and feasts to it.
+
+They worshipped idols which were called Al Priapo Lacapati, Meilupa,
+but now, by the goodness of God, they are enlightened with the grace
+of the Divine Gospel and adore the living God in spirit.
+
+The old writer then remarks on the cleverness and sharpness of the
+boys, and the ease with which they learned to read and write, sing,
+play, and dance.
+
+This characteristic appears general to the Malay race, for, speaking
+of the Javanese, Crauford says: They have ears of remarkable delicacy
+for musical sounds, are readily taught to play upon any instrument
+the most difficult and complex airs.
+
+According to Morga, at the time of the Conquest, the Tagals wrote
+their language in the Arabic character. He says: They write well in
+these Islands; most people both men and women, can write. This tends
+to show that the equality of the sexes, which I shall refer to later,
+has been customary from ancient times.
+
+Tomas de Comyn (1810) says:
+
+The population of the capital, in consequence of its continual
+communication with the Chinese and other Asiatics, with the sailors
+of different nations, with the soldiers, and with the Mexican convicts
+who are generally mulattoes, and who arrive in some number every year,
+has come to be a mixture of all the bloods and features, or otherwise
+a degeneration of the primitive race.
+
+At Cainta, on a branch of the Pasig, the natives are darker, taller,
+and of a different type. This is accounted for by the fact that,
+in 1762-63, during the English invasion, a regiment of Madras Sepoys
+occupied the town for many months, long enough, in fact, to modify the
+native type to such an extent as to be plainly visible 125 years later.
+
+Crauford says that some Christian inhabitants of Ternate followed
+their priests (Jesuits) to Luzon when the Spaniards were driven out of
+Molucas by the Dutch in 1660. They were located in Marigondon. There
+is now a town called Ternate between Marigondon and the sea, near
+Punta Restinga. But, with the exception of the capital and these
+two places, I think the Tagals have not greatly altered in physical
+characteristics since the Conquest--notwithstanding Ratzel's statement
+that "Spanish-Tagal half-breeds in the Philippines may be numbered
+by the hundred thousand," which I consider erroneous.
+
+The fact is, that wherever a small number of male Europeans live
+amongst a native race, the effect on the type is smaller than may
+be supposed, and what there is becomes obliterated or disseminated
+in course of time. Colour may be a little altered, but all the other
+characteristics remain. The mestizas are not so prolific as the native
+women, and notwithstanding Jagor's assertion to the contrary, they
+often marry natives, and especially if their father has died while
+they were young. I knew in the town of Balayan three handsome sisters,
+daughters of a Spaniard who had died many years before. Although they
+lived in a house which had been at one time the finest in the town,
+and still retained some remnants of its former grandeur, they had
+reverted entirely to the native customs and dress. They spoke only
+Tagal, and all three of them married natives.
+
+The tendency of the Philippine native to revert to old customs is
+well marked, and I agree with Jagor when he says: "Every Indian
+has an innate inclination to abandon the hamlets and retire into
+the solitude of the woods, or live isolated in the midst of his own
+fields," in fact to Remontar.
+
+The Tagals are considered by Wallace as the fourth great tribe of the
+Malay race. He only mentions the Tagals, but in fact the population
+of the Archipelago, except the Negritos and some hybrids, belongs
+to the Malay race, although slightly mixed with Chinese and Spanish
+blood in a few localities. They are here and there modified by mixture
+with other races, and everywhere by their environment, for they have
+been Roman Catholics and subject to Spanish influence, if not rule,
+for upwards of three centuries.
+
+They differ little in physical appearance from the Malays proper
+inhabiting the Peninsula, and although their manners and customs are
+somewhat changed, their nature remains the same. They retain all the
+inherent characteristics of the Malay.
+
+The Tagal possesses a great deal of self-respect, and his demeanour is
+quiet and decorous. He is polite to others, and expects to be treated
+politely himself. He is averse to rowdiness or horse-play of any kind,
+and avoids giving offence.
+
+
+
+Characteristics--Family Life.
+
+For an inhabitant of the tropics he is fairly industrious, sometimes
+even very hard working.
+
+Those who have seen him poling cascos against the stream of the Pasig
+will admit this.
+
+He is a keen sportsman, and will readily put his money on his favourite
+horse or game-cock; he is also addicted to other forms of gambling. The
+position taken by women in a community is often considered as a
+test of the degree of civilisation it has attained. Measured by this
+standard, the Tagals come out well, for amongst them the wife exerts
+great influence in the family, and the husband rarely completes any
+important business without her concurrence.
+
+Crauford considers the equality of the sexes to be general throughout
+the Indian Archipelago, more particularly in the Island of Celebes,
+where the inhabitants are the most warlike of all.
+
+The Tagals treat their children with great kindness and forbearance,
+those who are well-off show much anxiety to secure a good education
+for their sons, and even for their daughters.
+
+Parental authority extends to the latest period in life. I have seen
+a man of fifty years come as respectfully as a child to kiss the
+hands of his aged parents when the vesper bell sounded, and this
+notwithstanding the presence of several European visitors in the house.
+
+Children, in return, show great respect to both parents, and come
+morning and evening to kiss their hands. I may remark that their
+manner of kissing is different to ours. They place the nose and lips
+against the cheek or hand of the person to be saluted, and draw in
+the breath strongly.
+
+
+
+Appearance--Manners.
+
+The Malays in general are not, perhaps, a handsome race, their flat
+noses disfigure them in the eyes of the recently-arrived European or
+American, and it takes time to get accustomed to them.
+
+Still, their rich brown skin often covers a symmetrical, lithe and
+agile figure, the small hands and feet denoting their Turanian origin.
+
+The youth of both sexes up to the age of puberty are not seldom
+of striking beauty, and their appearance is not belied by their
+behaviour. They are trained in good manners from their earliest youth,
+both by precept and example.
+
+Palgrave says of them: "Nowhere are family bonds closer drawn, family
+affections more enduring, than amongst the Malay races.... His family
+is a pleasing sight, much subordination and little restraint, unison in
+gradation, liberty not license. Orderly children, respected parents,
+women subject, but not suppressed, men ruling, but not despotic,
+reverence with kindness, obedience in affection, these form a lovable
+picture, nor by any means a rare one in the villages of the Eastern
+Isles."
+
+It may here be interesting to note the very contradictory opinions
+that have been expressed upon this subject.
+
+
+John Foreman.                       W. G. Palgrave.
+
+'The Philippine Islands,'           'Malay Life in the Philippines,'
+p. 194.                             p. 146.
+
+"Home discipline and training       "Children early trained by
+of manners are quite ignored,       precept and example to good
+even in the well-to-do families.    manners, show less disposition
+Children are left without           to noise and mischief than is
+control, and allowed to do just     ordinary elsewhere at their
+as they please, hence they          age."
+become ill-behaved and boorish."
+
+
+As will be seen in my text, my own experience rather confirms
+Palgrave's opinion, and I should say that even the children of the
+peasantry would compare favourably both in manners and intelligence
+with the children at the Board Schools in London, and to say nothing
+of Glasgow or Liverpool.
+
+Amongst the Tagals, it is customary when speaking of or to a man to use
+the prefix Si--thus Si Jose, Mr. Joseph--whilst a woman is spoken of
+or to as Aling Maria, Miss Mary. The word Po is used for Sir. Thus:
+Oo-po--Yes, sir; Hindi-po--No, sir; Uala-po--There is none, sir;
+Mayroom-po--There is some, sir.
+
+
+
+Cleanliness.
+
+The sense of personal dignity and self-respect, the dominant feeling
+in the Malay nature, is shown in the Tagals by a general cleanliness
+in their persons and clothing. They usually live near water, and
+nearly all of them can swim.
+
+The heat of the climate makes bathing a pleasure, and as the
+temperature of the sea or river is commonly 83 deg.F., a prolonged
+immersion causes no inconvenience.
+
+On the morning of a feast-day the number of bathers is increased,
+and at the time of high tide, a very large proportion of the
+population seems to be in the water, both sexes and all ages mixing
+indiscriminately, the adults decently covered and all behaving
+themselves as decorously as the bathers at Brighton, Newport, or
+Atlantic City.
+
+They have not yet arrived at that precise stage of civilisation that
+develops the Rough, the Larrikin, or the Hooligan. Palgrave says:
+A Malay may be a profligate, a gambler, a thief, a robber, or a
+murderer, he is never a cad.
+
+Palgrave had not great opportunities of knowing the Tagals, but I
+confirm the above opinion, although I do not agree with the views on
+the future of the Philippines, and what is best for them, expressed
+in his fantastic and hyphen-infested verbiage, all seemingly written
+for effect.
+
+
+
+Superstitions.
+
+The Tagal is extremely superstitious, and like his kinsman, the
+Dayak, he is a believer in omens, although he has not reduced them
+so completely to a system, and three centuries of Christianity have
+diverted his superstitions into other channels.
+
+In his mind, each cave, each ravine, each mountain, each pool, each
+stream, has its guardian spirit, to offend or to startle which may
+be dangerous. These are the jinni of Southern Arabia and Socotra.
+
+The Balete tree (Ficus Urostigima--Sp.) corresponds to our Witch Elm,
+and certainly at night has a most uncanny appearance. Each of these
+great trees has its guardian spirit or Tic-balan.
+
+Daring, indeed, would be the Indian who would pass such a tree,
+enter a cave, ascend a mountain, or plunge into a pool without bowing
+and uttering the Pasing tabi sa nono [By your leave, my Lord] that
+may appease the spirit's wrath, just as the Bedouin of Dhofar cry,
+"Aleik Soubera--aleik soubera," to propitiate the jinni.
+
+His mental attitude in this respect reminds me of a story told me
+many years ago by a lady residing in Hampshire. A lady neighbour of
+hers inquired from her whether she taught her children to bow when
+the Devil's name was mentioned. My informant replied in the negative,
+whereupon the lady remarked, "I do, I think it is safer." This is the
+way with the Tagal, he bows because he thinks it is safer. If that
+prudent lady is still alive and may chance to read this, she may be
+pleased to learn that her opinion is shared by the whole Malay race.
+
+Child-birth has its anxieties everywhere, and the more artificial
+the life the woman has led, the more she suffers at that critical
+time. The Tagal woman whose naturally supple frame has never been
+subjected to tight-lacing, nor compressed within a tailor-made costume,
+has a far easier time of it than her European sister, but superstition
+and quackery combine to terrify and ill-use her.
+
+The Patianac, an evil spirit, profits by the occasion, and his
+great delight is to obstruct the birth, or to kill and devour the
+infant. The patianac might be busy elsewhere, but from the ridge-pole
+of the house a bird of ill-omen, the dreadful Tic-tic, raises a warning
+cry, for its office and delight is to call the attention of the evil
+spirit to the opportunity of doing mischief. Instantly every door
+and window is closed and every chink stopped to prevent its entrance,
+whilst the anxious father and his kinsmen, naked as they were born,
+walk around and underneath the house, slashing the air with sticks
+or bolos to frighten away the spirit. Sometimes a man will get up on
+the ridge-pole to drive away the Tic-tic.
+
+Meanwhile, in the stifling room, it is too often the case that violent
+means are used to expedite the birth, so violent indeed, that they
+sometimes result in the permanent injury or in the death of the woman.
+
+Some years ago the Government instituted an examination for midwives,
+and only those were allowed the practice who had been properly
+instructed, so that these absurdities and cruelties are on the wane,
+except amongst the poorest or in outlying districts.
+
+The Asuan is merely a cannibal ghost, but the Tagal ghost throws
+stones, a thing I have not heard of a ghost doing in Europe.
+
+All sorts of stories are told about the Asuan, similar to ghost
+stories in other lands.
+
+About 1891 a house in Malate was stoned night after night, and
+although every effort was made to find out the authors, they were
+never discovered, and the natives steadfastly believed it to be the
+doing of the Asuan.
+
+There is another superstitious idea firmly rooted in the minds of
+the Tagals and other natives, of which the following is an instance:
+A villainous-looking native had been captured with some property stolen
+from my house, and was sent to the lock-up at the police station, from
+whence he promptly escaped, but was recaptured later. My coachman,
+a most meritorious servant who had been with me for years, assured
+me in an impressive manner, and with an air of conviction, that
+the culprit was one of those wizards who are able to pass through
+a keyhole by drawing themselves out into the thinness of a piece of
+string, and my other servants accepted this view implicitly.
+
+The famous Tulisanes or bandits, thoroughly believe in the power of the
+Antin-Antin or amulet to render them invulnerable to bullets. It is,
+indeed, remarkable that notwithstanding the numbers of these criminals
+who have been shot by the Guardia Civil with their Antin-Antin upon
+them, this absurd belief should flourish, but there is no doubt it
+does. These charms consist of any sort of necromancers' rubbish, or
+are sometimes writings in invocations, usually worn round the neck
+under the clothing.
+
+The profession of the Roman Catholic religion has perhaps helped this
+superstition to linger on, for the wearing of scapularies is common,
+especially amongst the women. These articles are manufactured for
+the priests and some are sent out to Antipolo, to be blessed at the
+shrine of Nuestra Senora de Buen Viage y de la Paz, and sold to the
+pilgrims who crowd in thousands to this shrine in May of each year.
+
+A Tagal woman sometimes wears as many as three of these scapularies
+hung from silk threads round her neck and covered by her upper
+garment. They usually dispose two in front, where they conceive the
+danger is greatest, and one on the back, as a further precaution
+against an attack from the rear.
+
+Wearing these holy amulets, and having crossed herself and uttered
+a prayer before coming downstairs in the morning, the Tagal wife or
+maid feels that she has done all she can, and that if any backsliding
+should occur, during the day, it will not be her fault.
+
+She believes greatly in lucky or holy numbers--I heard the following
+story related by a native lady to a native priest when going to
+Batangas by steamer.
+
+The lady was telling the priest of her husband's illness (it appeared
+to have been congestion of the lungs), and she prepared and applied a
+poultice of three heads of garlic in honour of the Three Persons of the
+Blessed Trinity; this not producing the desired effect, she then made a
+poultice of five heads of garlic, in honour of the Five Wounds of our
+Blessed Saviour, and successively others of seven heads, in honour of
+the Seven Pains of the Blessed Virgin; twelve heads in honour of the
+Twelve Apostles, and last of all a poultice of thirty-three heads
+of garlic in honour of the Thirty-three years our Blessed Saviour
+remained on earth. The priest had nodded approval as she went on,
+but as she stopped he said: "And then?" To which the lady replied,
+"Then he died."
+
+This poor man came off easily, for in some cases people who suffer
+from fits and other diseases are thought to be possessed by devils,
+and are severely beaten to drive out the evil spirit. The patient
+does not always escape with his life.
+
+The women often dream of lucky numbers in the Manila Lottery and make
+every endeavour to purchase the number they have dreamt of.
+
+Amongst the Christian superstitions may be mentioned the feast of San
+Pascual Bailon at Obando. Those who attend this function are commonly
+the rowdier class of inhabitants of the Capital, and they go mostly
+on foot, making music and dancing on the way. They also dance in the
+courtyard in front of the church, not forgetting to refresh themselves
+with strong drink in the meanwhile.
+
+This is not at all an edifying spectacle, for the dancers are covered
+with dust and with the perspiration from their active exertions. I
+do not know the legend that gives occasion to this curious form of
+devotion. Occasionally, and especially during Holy Week, another form
+of penitence is practised by the natives. I remember, about 1892,
+seeing one of these penitents, a man having a mask on his face, the
+upper part of his body bare, and a long chain fastened to one ankle
+and dragging on the ground behind him. In one hand he bore a flagellum
+with which he from time to time lashed himself on the shoulders,
+which bore evident marks of the discipline they had received. A youth
+who followed him occasionally jerked the chain, throwing the penitent
+violently at full length upon the dusty road. This form of penitence
+is not approved, however, by the priests, for when I called on the
+parish priest, the same evening, I mentioned the circumstance to him,
+and he directed the penitent to be locked up, to stop what he rightly
+termed a scandal.
+
+On many occasions the natives had got up a religious excitement,
+and great gatherings have taken place at some spot where a miraculous
+appearance of the Blessed Virgin, or some supernatural manifestation
+has been alleged to have occurred.
+
+All these affairs have been somewhat sceptically inquired into by the
+priests under a general order to this effect issued by the archbishop,
+and so far as my experience goes, the excessive religious ardour of
+the natives has rather been checked than stimulated.
+
+When writing about the Visayas I shall have more to say about
+misdirected religious zeal. The Tagals practise circumcision as
+a hygienic measure, and not as a religious rite. The operation is
+usually performed at the age of fourteen by a companion or friend of
+the patient, and a sharp flint or piece of volcanic glass (obsidian)
+is used for this purpose. From what I have heard, this custom is really
+maintained by the women, who refuse their favours to the uncircumcised
+of their own nation, though with foreigners they are more complaisant.
+
+
+
+Cursing.
+
+In cursing, the Tagal displays a directness quite worthy of the
+Anglo-Saxon. All his remarks are very much to the point, and would
+have earned the approval of the late lamented and reverend author of
+the Ingoldsby Legends. Leaving out the world-wide reflections upon
+the virtues of an opponent's female ancestry, since these appear to
+belong indiscriminately to all nations, the principal Tagal curses
+are as follows:--
+
+
+        1. May an evil wind blow upon you.
+        2. May the earth open and swallow you up.
+        3. May the lightning strike you.
+        4. May the alligator eat you.
+
+
+The superiority of the Tagal style as compared with the French
+Mortbleu, Ventre bleu, must be apparent to all unprejudiced
+observers. The Tagal has drawn all his curses from the grand and awful
+operations of nature in his own country, except the last, where he
+invokes the dreaded saurian, the most fearsome inhabitant of the
+Philippine swamps, rivers, and coasts--formerly venerated by his
+ancestors and respectfully addressed by them as nono, or grandfather.
+
+Under American guidance and example, I think the Tagals quite capable
+of developing a startling vocabulary of swear-words, and in course
+of time rivalling their instructors in profanity, with a touch of
+their old style to give a little local colour.
+
+
+
+Courtship.
+
+Courtship is sometimes a long business amongst the Tagals. It is still
+customary in the country districts for the impecunious candidate for
+matrimony to serve the father of the damsel he desires to wed for a
+period which may extend to a couple of years or more. He is called a
+Catipado, and is expected to make himself generally useful, and to
+take a hand in any labour that may be going on, sowing or reaping,
+mending the roof, or patching the canoe.
+
+It is his privilege to assist the girl of his choice in her
+labours. The girls of a household are expected to husk the rice
+for the next day's use. This is done in the cool of the evening,
+out of doors, a wooden mortar and long heavy pestle being used. It
+is a well-recognised occasion for the lover to assist and entertain
+his sweetheart.
+
+Very pretty do the village maidens look, as, lightly clothed in almost
+diaphanous garments, they stand beside the mortars plying the pestle,
+alternately rising on tiptoe, stretching the lithe figure to its full
+height and reach, then bending swiftly to give force to the blow.
+
+No attitude could display to more advantage the symmetry of form which
+is the Tagal maiden's heritage, and few sights are more pleasing than
+a group of these tawny damsels husking paddy midst chat and laughter,
+while a tropical full moon pours its effulgence on their glistening
+tresses and rounded arms.
+
+
+
+Marriage.
+
+But let us return to the Catipado. He must be very careful not to
+give cause of offence to the elders of the family, more especially
+towards the end of his term, as there may be a disposition amongst
+them to dismiss him, and take on another to begin a new term. In fact,
+many natives have shown themselves so unwilling to consent to their
+daughter's marriage, when no sufficient reason could be given for
+their refusal, that the Governor-General, representing the Crown,
+is entrusted with a special power of granting the paternal consent
+in such cases.
+
+No regular marriage can be celebrated whilst the girl is a minor,
+without the father's consent.
+
+When this is refused, and the patience of the lovers is exhausted,
+the girl leaves her father's house and is deposited in the house of
+the fiscal, or churchwarden, under the care of his wife.
+
+A petition on stamped paper is then prepared, reciting the
+circumstances; this goes to the parish priest and to the
+Gobernadorcillo, who require the father to state the grounds of
+his refusal. If they are satisfied that no good reason exists,
+the petition, with their approval noted on it, goes to the
+Governor-General, and in due time a notification appears in the
+official Gazette that the Governor-General has been pleased to overrule
+the father's negative, and a license (on stamped paper also) for the
+marriage to be celebrated, is delivered to the priest. This procedure
+is very necessary, but it has the disadvantage of being slow and
+expensive, so that in some cases, instead of adopting this course,
+the youthful pair allow themselves some advances of the privileges of
+matrimony, and perhaps there arrives a time when the obdurate parent
+finds himself obliged to consent to legalise an accomplished fact to
+avoid an open scandal.
+
+The erring damsel, however, may think herself lucky if she escapes
+a fatherly correction laid on with no grudging hand, before the
+reluctant consent is granted.
+
+The priest will of course require the youthful sinners to confess
+and do penance for their previousness before he will marry them.
+
+The marriage ceremony is a very simple one, and usually takes place
+after early Mass. The priest fixes the fee according to the means
+of the party; it is often a substantial one. After the ceremony
+comes a Catapusan or assembly, when the relatives and friends are
+entertained. There will be music, and unless the priest disapproves
+of dancing, that will be indulged in. The Augustinians mostly allow
+dancing, but the Dominicans often object to it as an immoral amusement.
+
+The house will be hung with bright-coloured cloths and paper lanterns;
+the table loaded with refreshments, both light and heavy.
+
+
+
+Wedding Feasts.
+
+Roast pig is a standing dish at these feasts, the animal being roasted
+whole, on a spit over a fire made on the ground. A professional roaster
+superintends the operation, and the pig is brought to a fine even
+colour all over. Sometimes there are roast turkeys or roast mutton and
+kid, possibly beef cooked in various ways, surely fish of different
+kinds, fresh, salted, or smoked; the indispensable boiled rice or
+morisqueta, and an abundance of sweets, fruits in syrup, guava jelly,
+and Dutch cheese. There will be chocolate and perhaps coffee. As to
+drinks, besides some native brews, there will be Norwegian or German
+export beer, or Tennant's beer in stone bottles, square-face gin,
+and Spanish red wine (Vino Tinto).
+
+Unlimited Buyo, cigarettes and cigars are provided. All these things
+are hospitably pressed upon all comers, especially upon any European
+present. If his politeness prevents his refusing this miscellaneous
+assortment, unless he is favoured with the digestion of an ostrich, he
+will rue it next day, and perhaps for several days. The worthy priest
+is naturally in the place of honour, and like the wise man he mostly
+is, he perhaps brings, slung under his habit, or sends beforehand,
+a capacious leather bottle, with a supply of generous wine direct
+from some convent vineyard on the peninsula, a pure natural wine,
+undefiled and unfortified by German industrial spirit. A tall and
+portly Augustine monk, in his spotless and ample white robes, presents
+a very imposing and apostolic appearance, and looks quite in his place
+at the head of the table. The host seldom sits down with his guests,
+but busies himself attending to their wants.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV.
+
+TAGALS AS SOLDIERS AND SAILORS.
+
+
+The houses of the well-to-do natives are large and airy, and are kept
+scrupulously clean under the vigilant eye of the mistress.
+
+Hospitality is a characteristic of the Tagal. According to his means
+he keeps open house on religious feast-days or on family festivals,
+and readily invites to his table at any time travellers who may be
+passing through the town. Having enjoyed their hospitality on many
+occasions, I can testify to their kindness and liberality. They placed
+at my disposal their riding-ponies, vehicles or canoes, and did all
+in their power to show me anything remarkable in their neighbourhood.
+
+The Tagals make good soldiers, and can march long distances
+barefooted. Morga remarks how quickly they learned to use the arquebus
+or musket in the wars of the conquest. They gave proofs of their
+pluck and endurance when assisting the French in Tonquin. If well
+led they will advance regardless of danger; when once engaged they
+become frenzied and blood-thirsty, most difficult to restrain. They
+are not improved by being made to wear gloves, boots, helmets, and
+European uniforms.
+
+In this they are not singular, for the Ceylon Rifle Regiment (a Malay
+corps) was utterly ruined, and never did any good after being put
+into boots and gloves by some narrow-minded martinet.
+
+As sailors they are unsurpassed in the East. They navigate their
+schooners and lorchas with much skill, although the rigging and
+outfit is seldom kept in thorough good order unless they have a
+Spanish captain.
+
+They serve both as sailors and firemen in the fine flotilla of
+coasting-steamers belonging to Manila, and they manned all the smaller
+vessels of the Spanish Navy in the Philippines.
+
+Most of the British and foreign steamers in the far East carry four
+Manila men as quarter-masters. They are considered to be the most
+skilful helmsmen. Their ability as mechanics is remarkable. They
+bear out entirely Morga's description of them: "Of good talent for
+anything they undertake."
+
+They will, without any European supervision, heave down wooden
+sailing-vessels up to about 1000 tons, and repair the keel, or
+strip, caulk, and re-copper the bottom. I have often seen this
+done. They build from the excellent hard wood of the country,
+brigantines, schooners, lorchas, also cascos, and other craft for
+inland navigation and shallow waters. These latter vessels are most
+ingeniously contrived, and admirably adapted to the conditions under
+which they are to be used, and although not decked, carry their cargoes
+dry, and in good order, in the wettest weather. They make the most
+graceful canoes, and paddle or punt them with remarkable dexterity.
+
+In Manila and Cavite are to be found a fair number of native
+engine-fitters, turners, smiths and boiler-makers.
+
+There must be some 400 steam sugar-mills in the islands (besides
+6000 cattle-mills). The engine-drivers and firemen are all natives,
+and mostly Tagals.
+
+There are also in the capital large numbers of native house-carpenters,
+quarrymen, stone-masons, and some brick-layers and brick-makers.
+
+Curiously enough, foundry work is not much done by Tagals, although
+when Legaspi arrived in Luzon he not only found cannon mounted at
+Manila, but there was a cannon-foundry there, and another at Tondo.
+
+There are foundries at the latter place to this day belonging to
+Chinese half-castes, but church bells are more to their way now
+than cannon. They, however, cast small brass mortars with handles
+like quart pots, which are used for firing salutes at the feasts of
+the church. But I think most of the workmen were then, and are now,
+Chinese.
+
+They make their own gunpowder, and fireworks of all kinds. They are
+inordinately fond of these, and get up very creditable displays. They
+are careless in handling them, and I was eye-witness of an explosion
+of fireworks during a water fete, on the passing in front of the
+governor's palace at Malacanan, when a number of people were killed. I
+never learned how many had perished, and the newspapers were forbidden
+to enlarge upon it.
+
+Excellent carriages are built in Manila entirely by native labour,
+the carromatas, or two-wheeled vehicles used for travelling, being
+made in the suburbs, or in Malabon.
+
+Carriage-building is an important trade, for an incredible number of
+vehicles of all sorts are used in Manila.
+
+Of an evening, in the Luneta, some hundreds may be seen, and on one
+occasion, at the races of the Jockey Club in Santa Mesa, two thousand
+vehicles were reported to be present.
+
+Painting and decorating is executed by Manila men in excellent
+style. This art was taught them by Alberoni, and other Italians. Their
+pupils have covered the walls of many buildings with frescoes in the
+Italian style, very fairly done. There is much scope for their art
+in decorating altars and shrines.
+
+The Tagals also show some talent for sculpture, as any visitor to
+Manila can see for himself by inspecting the Jesuit Church, which
+is a marvel of patient artistic labour, having taken eleven years
+to construct. Some of the carving there, however, is so delicate and
+minutely detailed, that it appears more suitable for a show case in
+a museum than for the adornment of a place of worship. Of course,
+every detail of design is due to the Jesuits themselves, amongst whom
+talented men of every profession can be found.
+
+As a fisherman, the Tagal excels, and the broad expanse of Manila Bay,
+some 700 square miles in area, gives ample scope for his ingenuity. He
+practises every kind of fishing Corrales de Pesca, or fish-stakes
+within the five-fathom line, casting nets and seines in the shallow
+water, huge sinking nets attached to bamboo shear-legs mounted on
+rafts in the estuaries, drift nets and line-fishing in the deeper
+parts of the bay.
+
+From Tondo, from Paranaque, Las Pinas, Bacoor, and Cavite Viejo,
+and from dozens of other villages, go hundreds of large canoes,
+crowded with men, and heaped up with nets, to fish near the San
+Nicolas Bank, or about Corregidor Island, and they often return with
+large catches. Some fish by night, with torch and spear; in fact,
+they seem to be quite at home at any kind of fishing.
+
+The nets and sails of the canoes, and the clothes of the fishermen,
+are all tanned by them with the bark of the camanchile tree.
+
+The salting, drying, or smoking of the fish caught in the bay is quite
+an extensive business. The smoked sardines, or tinapa, are very tasty,
+as also the pickled mullet roes called Bagon de Lisa. But the small
+shrimps fermented in a jar, and brought to a particular stage of
+putrefaction, [21] much appreciated by the natives, will not suit
+European or American tastes.
+
+The vast Bay of Manila holds fish and mammals of all sorts and sizes,
+from small fry to that huge but harmless monster of the deep, Rhinodon
+tipicus, with a mouth like the opening of a hansom cab, scooping in
+jelly-fish by the bushel.
+
+The peje-rey, like a smelt, the lenguado, or sole, the lisa, or
+mullet, the bacoco, corbina, pampano, and others whose names I have
+forgotten, are excellent. The oysters are good, but very small. Prawns
+are excellent, large and cheap. Crabs are good, but large ones are
+not plentiful. Clawless lobsters are caught amongst the rocks of
+Corregidor and Mariveles. The largest turtle I have ever seen was
+caught off Malabon. It can be seen in the Jesuits' Museum, Manila.
+
+Sharks of all sorts, enormous saw-fish, [22] hideous devil-fish,
+[23] and monstrous conger eels, as well as poisonous black and yellow
+sea-snakes, abound, so that the fisherman does not have everything his
+own way. Amongst these men are to be found some excellent divers. I
+have found them quite able to go down to the keel of a large ship and
+report whether any damage has been done. Where a sheet of copper has
+been torn off, they have nailed on a new sheet, getting in two or three
+nails every time they went down. I enquired from one of these men who
+had frequently dived for me, when a European diver with diving-gear
+could not be obtained, if he was not afraid of sharks? He answered,
+"No es hora del tiburon"--it is not the sharks' time--and I found he
+considered that he was very fairly safe from the sharks between ten and
+four. Before ten and after four was a dangerous time, as the sharks
+were on the look-out for a meal. I cannot say that I should like to
+trust to this, especially as I have seen sharks about at other times,
+and one afternoon, in the bay, had to keep off a hammerheaded-shark
+from coming near a British diver who was examining the rudder of a
+steamer, by firing at it from the stern. Some sharks are heavy and
+slow-moving creatures, but the hammer-headed kind are endowed with
+a surprising activity, and twist and turn like an eel.
+
+My native diver informed me that he was much more afraid of the
+Manta than of any shark, and that once when he was diving for some
+purpose--I do not recollect when--at the bottom a shade fell on him,
+and, on looking up, he beheld an enormous manta right above him--in
+his words, "as big as a lighter." However, it passed on, and he was
+able to regain the surface.
+
+Perhaps the most remarkable talent possessed by the Tagal is his gift
+for instrumental music.
+
+Each parish has its brass band supplied with European instruments,
+the musicians generally wearing a quasi-military uniform. If the
+village is a rich one, there is usually a string band as well. They
+play excellently, as do the military bands. Each infantry battalion
+had its band, whilst that of the Peninsular Artillery, of ninety
+performers, under a band-master holding the rank of lieutenant, was
+one of the finest bands I have ever heard. There were few countries
+where more music could be heard gratis than in the Philippines,
+and for private dances these bands could be hired at moderate rates.
+
+The Tagal is also a good agriculturist. According to his lights, he
+cultivates paddy with great care. It is all raised in seed-plots, the
+soil of which is carefully prepared, and fenced about. The fields are
+ploughed and harrowed whilst covered with water, so that the surface
+is reduced to soft mud. When the ground is ready for planting, the
+whole population turns out, and, being supplied with the young shoots
+in bundles, of which tally is kept, proceed to plant each individual
+shoot of paddy by hand.
+
+Ankle-deep in the soft mud of the paddy-fields stand long rows of
+bare-legged men, women and children, each in a stooping position,
+holding against the body with the left hand a large bundle of
+rice-plants, incessantly and rapidly seizing a shoot with the right
+hand, and plunging it into the black slime with the forefinger
+extended.
+
+Hour after hour the patient toil goes on, and day after day, in all the
+glare of the burning sun, reflected and intensified from the surface
+of the black water, till the whole vast surface has been planted. The
+matandang-sa-naya, or village elder, then announces how many millions
+of rice shoots have been put in. The labour is most exhausting,
+from the stooping position, which is obligatory, and because the eyes
+become inflamed from the reflection of the sun on the black water. As
+the paddy is planted during the rainy season, it often happens that
+the work is done under a tropical downpour instead of a blazing sun.
+
+When driving along a road through paddy-fields in October, it
+seems incredible that every blade of that luxuriant crop has been
+transplanted by hand. Yet the people who do this are branded as
+lazy. I think that they are quite ready to work for a sufficient
+inducement. Whenever I had works to execute I never experienced any
+difficulty in obtaining men. I made it a rule to pay every man with
+my own hands every Saturday his full wages without deductions. On
+Monday morning, if I wanted 300 men, there would be 500 to pick and
+choose from. I should like to see some of their depreciators try an
+hour's work planting paddy, or poling a casco up stream.
+
+The undulating nature of the ground renders it necessary to divide
+paddy land into small plots of irregular outline at varying levels,
+divided from each other by ridges of earth called pilapiles, so as
+to retain the rain or irrigation water, allowing it to descend slowly
+from level to level till it reaches its outlet at the lowest point. The
+Tagals fully justify their Turanian origin by the skill and care which
+they show in irrigation. About Manila, the sacate, or meadow-grass,
+which is the principal food of the thousands of ponies in the city,
+is cultivated on lands which are exactly at a level to be flooded by
+the spring-tides.
+
+The mango-tree is carefully cultivated, and the fruit is, to some
+extent, forced by lighting fires of leaves and twigs under these trees
+every evening in the early part of the year to drive off insects,
+and give additional warmth.
+
+In Batangas and La Luguna, and, to some extent, in Bulacan, the Tagals
+cultivate the sugar-cane successfully.
+
+But where they really shine, where all their care is lavished,
+where nothing is too much trouble, is in the cultivation of the buyo
+(Piper betel). This is a climbing plant, and is grown on sticks
+like hops. There were many plantations of this near Pineda, which I
+frequently visited. It is grown in small fields, enclosed by hedges
+or by rows of trees to keep off the wind.
+
+The soil is carefully prepared, and all weeds removed. As the tendrils
+grow up, the sticks are placed for them. The plants are watered by
+hand, and leaf by leaf carefully examined every morning to remove
+all caterpillars or other insects. The plants are protected from the
+glare of the sun by mat-shades supported on bamboos.
+
+The ripe leaves are gathered fresh every morning, and taken to market,
+where they find a ready sale at remunerative prices for chewing with
+the areca nut, and a pinch of slaked shell lime.
+
+Whenever I have had Tagal hunters with me deer-shooting, I have
+been struck with their knowledge of the natural history of their
+locality. They thoroughly understood the habits of the game, and
+almost always foretold correctly the direction from which the deer
+would approach the guns.
+
+They have names for every animal and bird, and for the different ages
+or conditions, or size of antlers, of the deer.
+
+Even insects and reptiles are named by them; they could give details
+of their habits, and knew whether they were poisonous or dangerous.
+
+They always showed themselves greatly interested in sport, and much
+appreciated a good shot. They spoke of a gun that killed well as a hot
+gun (baril mainit). If they were trusted with a gun they were very
+reluctant to spend a cartridge unless for a dead certainty. If two
+cartridges are given to a hunter, he will bring in two deer or pigs,
+otherwise he will apologise for wasting a cartridge, and explain how
+it happened.
+
+Their usual way of taking game is to set strong nets of abaca in the
+woods in the form of a V, then the beaters and dogs drive the game
+towards the hunters, who are concealed near the apex, and who kill
+the deer or wild pigs with their lances whilst entangled in the nets.
+
+I have found the Tagals very satisfactory as domestic servants,
+although not so hard-working as the Ilocanos. Some of them could clean
+glass or plate as well as an English butler, and could lay the table
+for a dinner party and ornament tastefully with flowers and ferns,
+folding the napkins like a Parisian waiter.
+
+They could also write out the menu (their orthography having been
+previously corrected), and serve the dinner and wines in due sequence
+without requiring any directions during the meal.
+
+Some of them remained in my service the whole time I was in the
+Philippines; one of them, Paulino Morillo, came to England with me
+in charge of my two sons, and afterwards made three voyages to Cuba
+with me. I gratefully acknowledge his faithful service. His portrait
+is appended.
+
+I did not find them sufficiently punctual and regular as cooks, nor
+did they make their purchases in the market to as much advantage as the
+Chinese cooks, who never bid one against another to raise the price.
+
+As clerks and store-keepers I found the Tagals honest, assiduous,
+and well-behaved. As draughtsmen they were fairly skilful in drawing
+from hand sketches, and excelled in copying or tracing, but were quite
+untrustworthy in taking out quantities and computing. Some of them
+could write beautiful headings, or design ornamental title-pages. I
+have by me some of their work that could not be done better even in
+Germany or France. But the more skilful they were the more irregular
+was their attendance, and the more they had learned the worse they
+behaved.
+
+When doing business with the Tagals, I found that the elder men could
+be trusted. If I gave them credit, which was often the case, for
+one or two years, I could depend upon the money being paid when due,
+unless some calamity such as a flood or a conflagration had rendered
+it absolutely impossible for them to find the cash. In such a case
+(which seldom happened) they would advise me beforehand, and perhaps
+bring a portion of the money, giving a pagare, bearing interest, for
+the remainder, and never by any possibility denying the debt. I never
+made a bad debt amongst them, and gladly testify to their punctilious
+honesty. This idea of the sacredness of an obligation seems to prevail
+amongst many of the Malay races, even among the pagan savages, as
+I had occasion to observe when I visited the Tagbanuas in Palawan
+(Paragua). They certainly did not learn this from the Spaniards.
+
+
+
+The More Instruction the less Honesty.
+
+When dealing with the younger men who had been educated in Manila,
+in Hong Kong, or even in Europe, I found that this idea had been
+eradicated from them, and that no sufficient sense of honour had been
+implanted in its stead.
+
+In fact, I may say that, whilst the unlettered agriculturist, with his
+old-fashioned dress, and quiet, dignified manner, inspired me with
+the respect due to an honest and worthy man, the feeling evolved
+from a discussion with the younger and educated men, dressed in
+European clothes, who had been pupils in the Ateneo Municipal, or in
+Santo Tomas, was less favourable, and it became evident to me that,
+although they might be more instructed than their fathers, they were
+morally below them. Either their moral training had been deficient,
+or their natures are not improved by education. I usually preferred
+to do business with them on a cash basis.
+
+
+
+Unsuitable Training.
+
+Dare I, at the tail-end of the nineteenth century, in the days of
+Board Schools, County Councils, conscientious objectors, and Hooligans,
+venture to recall to mind a saying of that grand old Conservative, the
+Peruvian Solomon, Tupac Inca Yupanqui? "Science should only be taught
+to those of generous blood, for the meaner sort are only puffed up,
+and rendered vain and arrogant by it. Neither should such mingle in
+the affairs of state, for by that means high offices are brought into
+disrepute." [24]
+
+That great monarch's words exactly express my conclusions about the
+young Tagals and other natives.
+
+To take a young native lad away from his parents, to place him in a
+corrupted capital like Manila, and to cram him with the intricacies
+of Spanish law, while there is probably, not in all those who surround
+him, one single honest and upright man he can look up to for guidance
+and example, is to deprive him of whatever principles of action he may
+once have possessed, whilst giving him no guide for his future conduct.
+
+He acquires the European vices without the virtues; loses his native
+modesty and self-respect, and develops too often into a contemptible
+pica-pleito, or pettifogger, instead of becoming an honest farmer.
+
+The more educated Tagals are fond of litigation, and with the
+assistance of native or half-caste lawyers will carry on the most
+frivolous and vexatious lawsuit with every artifice that cunning and
+utter unscrupulousness can suggest. The corrupt nature of the Spanish
+courts is a mainstay to such people. Although they may be possessed
+of ample means litigants often obtain from the court permission to
+sue a foreigner in forma pauperis.
+
+They are unscrupulous about evidence, and many will perjure themselves
+or bring false witnesses without shame. It is said that blank stamped
+paper of any year can be obtained for a sufficient price for the
+purpose of forging documents relating to the sale of land; as there
+are people who regularly keep it for this purpose.
+
+The feeling of envy is strong within them, and any Spaniard or
+foreigner who appears to be succeeding in an industrial enterprise in
+the provinces, such as planting or mining, is sure, sooner or later,
+to be attacked by the pettifoggers or their men of straw, and he will
+be bled heavily when he comes before the courts, and perhaps have to
+go to the Court of Appeal or even to the Tribunal Supremo in Madrid
+before he can obtain a verdict in his favour.
+
+The credulity of the Tagal is remarkable; he has on occasion given
+way to outbursts of ferocity, involving death and destruction to
+numbers of innocent people.
+
+In 1820, during an epidemic of cholera, he was led to believe that
+this strange sickness had been produced by the foreigners, who had
+poisoned the water. An indiscriminate massacre of foreigners was the
+consequence of this calumny, and but few escaped. The authorities,
+always prompt to repress uprisings against the Government, allowed time
+for the foreigners to be massacred before they interfered. It is not
+easy to say how many English, French, or Americans met their deaths
+at the hands of the populace, for such details are never allowed to
+be published.
+
+I may say, however, that one should not be too hard on the Tagals
+for this crime, since at a much later date a massacre of priests
+occurred in Madrid, on account of a similar belief. It was started
+because a lad, the servant of a priest, was seen to throw some white
+powder into the Fuente Castellana. I have not at hand the details of
+this massacre, but the friars were slaughtered like pigs.
+
+In the dreadful epidemic of cholera in 1882, the natives behaved very
+well, and I must give General Primo de Rivera credit for keeping
+strict order and promptly organising the construction of temporary
+hospitals, the inspection of every parish of the city, the conveyance
+of the sick to hospital, and the burial of the dead. It was done
+under military direction, and with the assistance of the priests,
+the civil authorities, and the principal inhabitants. No disturbances
+occurred owing to the strong hand of the Governor-General, although
+some of the evil-disposed natives began to murmur about the doctors
+carrying about the disease.
+
+The mortality was dreadful; I believe that some 30,000 people lost
+their lives in the city and province of Manila in three or four
+months. In order to nurse the sick and bury the vast number of dead,
+it was necessary to employ the convicts and prisoners. All these people
+behaved remarkably well, although many succumbed to the disease. The
+survivors were pardoned outright, or had their sentences reduced. If
+the Governor-General had shown signs of weakness, the horrors of 1820
+might have been repeated.
+
+To give a better idea of the credulity of the Tagals and other
+natives, I may say that in 1868 telegrams were received in Manila
+(via Hong Kong), which were made public in the islands, announcing
+the Spanish revolution of September, and the news, with stupendous
+exaggerations, reached the remotest villages and the most miserable
+huts. A general and indelible idea took possession of the minds of
+the natives that Revolution (they thought it was a new emperor or a
+great personage) had decreed that all were equal, that there should
+be no difference between Indians and Spaniards, that the latter had
+to return to Spain and Indians be substituted in all employments,
+and that the tribute would be greatly reduced. That there would be
+no conscription nor corvee (personal work), that the Pope would name
+several Indian bishops, and that the Spanish priests would return
+to the Peninsula. That a new captain-general would arrive who would
+marry a native lady, who would be made a princess, that their children
+would be kings and sovereigns of the Philippine Empire.
+
+All this was confirmed by prophecies, by dreams, and revelations, and
+great miracles by the Virgin of Antipolo and of St. Joseph, and other
+patrons of the Indies, not omitting St. Peter, for whom the native
+clergy profess a profound veneration, and who is the patron saint of
+a brotherhood which has caused much trouble in the Philippines.
+
+General Gandara, informed of all these absurdities by the friars,
+did not fail to appreciate the immense importance of the movement
+which, like the teachings of the so-called gods of Panay and Samar
+who collected thousands of followers, might produce a general
+insurrection. He therefore took due precautions, and invited all
+the Spaniards in the Philippines, without distinction of party, in
+support of the Government constituted in Spain. There was, however,
+much agitation and much travelling to and fro amongst the native
+clergy and the pettifogging lawyers. It was, however, not till 1872
+that the conspirators succeeded in producing the mutiny of Cavite,
+which was quickly suppressed, with much slaughter of the mutineers.
+
+The chief amusement of the Tagal is cock-fighting. I shall not
+describe this well-known sport, but will remark that it provides no
+inconsiderable revenue. The right of building and running the cock-pits
+of each province is farmed out to Chinese or Chinese half-breeds,
+and no combats may take place except in these places. They are
+opened after Mass on Sundays and feast-days, and on some other days
+by special leave from the authorities. The love of this sport and the
+hope of gain is so general that the majority of the natives of Manila
+are breeders of game-cocks, which they tend with assiduous care, and
+artisans often carry their favourite birds to their work and tether
+them in the shade, where they can keep them in view. Horse-fights
+occasionally take place. The ponies of the Philippines, although
+not usually vicious to man, will fight savagely with each other, and
+inflict severe bites. I remember a case where two ponies harnessed to
+a victoria began fighting and a Guardia Civil attempted to separate
+them, when one of the ponies seized him by the thigh, lifted him
+off his feet, and shook him as a terrier might shake a rat; the
+flesh of the man's thigh was torn away and the bone left bare. This
+dreadful wound caused his death. The occurrence took place in front
+of the church of Binondo in Manila. Bull fights have been an utter
+failure in Manila, although many attempts have been made to establish
+them. Flying kites is a great amusement with young and old in the
+early months of the year, when the N.E. monsoon blows. Fights are
+organised: the competing kites have crescent-shaped pieces of steel
+attached to the tails, and the competitor who can cut the string of
+his opponent's kite by causing his own to swoop suddenly across it,
+is the winner. Betting on the result is common. The Tagals are also
+fond of the theatre, and some years ago there was a Tagal theatre in
+Binondo where comedies in that language were played. I have also met
+strolling players in the country towns.
+
+But of all kinds of shows a good circus is the one that fetches his
+last dollar out of the Tagal. Guiseppe Chiarini reaped a silver harvest
+in Manila on both occasions he pitched his tents there. His advance
+agent, Maya, a Chilian, paved the way for success, and the pompous
+announcement that Chiarini was born in the sacred city of Rome, greatly
+impressed the natives, who flocked in thousands to his circus. Chiarini
+considered himself able to tame the most vicious horse, and purchased
+a fine Manila pony that no one could manage. The beast, however,
+was not subdued by his powers, and, seizing the tamer's cheek, bit
+off a large piece.
+
+On feast days in the larger towns, open-air plays are sometimes
+given, and what with preparations, rehearsals, and performance,
+absorb the attention of a large number of the inhabitants for a
+couple of months. I witnessed a very notable performance of this
+kind some years ago at Balayan in the province of Batangas, the
+characters being played by the sons and daughters of the principal
+people there. The subject was taken from the 'Wars of Grenada.' In
+the first act we saw a Christian king and his court, also his only
+and peerless daughter. After these had had their say, an ambassador
+from the Moslem king was announced, and the king summoned his council
+to consider the communication. He took his seat upon the throne,
+with grey-bearded councillors on each side. The Moslem envoy, and his
+suite and escort, entered on horseback and very unnecessarily galloped
+about and gave an exhibition of their horsemanship. Then the envoy,
+still on horseback, harangued the king, and arrogantly demanded the
+hand of the beauteous princess for his master, threatening war to
+the knife in case of refusal. He then retired to his camp.
+
+Next came the discussion of the demand which the grey-beards think
+it hopeless to resist. The Moslem envoy was sent for, and amid great
+grief the princess was about to be confided to his care, when there
+rushed in a young Christian warrior and his followers, who swore they
+would never allow a Christian princess to wed a Paynim, and dismissed
+the envoy with contumelious remarks. He retired vowing vengeance. All
+this occupied a long time, and I did not remain for the rest. I think
+it took two days to act. But from the volleys of musketry and firing
+of rockets and mortars which I heard, a sanguinary war must have been
+waged and many of the characters must have perished. The play was
+acted in a more spirited way than usual; some of the male performers
+declaimed their parts with energy. Some were mounted on fine ponies,
+and were well got up and armed.
+
+The girls' dresses were rich, and they wore a great deal of
+jewellery. Some of the princesses were very handsome girls. There is a
+sort of a superstition that any girl performing in one of these pieces
+is sure to be married within a year. This makes them very ready to
+undertake a part, as they obtain an excellent opportunity to display
+their charms to advantage, and so help to fulfil the prediction. The
+play was witnessed by the mass of the population of Balayan and by
+numerous visitors from the neighbouring towns. It was considered a
+very successful performance, and it carried my memory over the wide
+Pacific to Peru, where I have seen similar plays acted by the country
+people in the Plaza of Huacho.
+
+
+
+Tagal Literature.
+
+Tagal literature does not amount to very much, and the policy of
+the Government of late years has been to teach Spanish as well as
+the native dialects in the schools. This did not meet the approval
+of the old school of priests; but many of the younger ones have
+accepted the Government view. In the Exhibition of the Philippines,
+Madrid, 1887, Don Vicente Barrantes showed twenty volumes of grammars
+and vocabularies of the Philippine dialects, and thirty-one volumes
+of popular native poetry, besides two volumes of native plays. The
+Reverend Father Raimundo Lozano exhibited twenty-eight volumes of
+religious works in the Visayas-Panayano dialect, and the Reverend
+Father Francisco Valdez a study of the roots of the Ilocan dialect
+in manuscript. Many works in the native dialects have been written by
+the Spanish priests, such as one by the Reverend Father Manuel Blanco,
+the learned author of the 'Flora Filipina,' of which I give the title
+and the first verse:--
+
+
+    Tagaloc verses to assist in     "Manga dalit na Tagalog at
+    dying well.                     pagtulong sa mamaluatay na
+                                    tanang Cristiana."
+
+
+Manila, 1867, VIII., 62 pag 8o.
+
+
+            "Aba bumabasa baquin baga caya
+            Tila camuntima i nata cang bohala."
+
+
+I now give the title of a secular poem in English and Tagal, that
+the reader may compare the words and note the subject:--
+
+
+        Story of the life of the    "Salita at buhay nang
+        beauteous shepherdess       marilang na pastora na si
+        Jacobina, a native of       Jacobina tubo sa Villa
+        Moncada, who became the     Moncada Naguing asaua
+        wife of the King,           nang Policarpio de
+        Policarpio de Villar,       Villar sa cabarian nang
+        in the kingdom of           Dalmacia nagga roon nang
+        Dalmatia, and bore a        isang supligna anac ang
+        son named Villardo.         pangaia i si Villardo."
+
+
+The poem begins--
+
+            "O maamong Ester mananalong Judit
+            Mariang linanag nitong sang daigdig."
+
+
+and concludes--
+
+
+            "Panang nang pupuri ang lahat nang cabig
+            Sa yanang inaguling ang tinamo i sangit."
+
+
+I do not think it is necessary to quote any more, as this gives the
+reader sufficient idea of the language.
+
+There is much that is good in the Tagal, much to like and
+admire. Antonio de Morga, Sinibaldo de Mas, Tomas de Comyn, Paul de la
+Gironiere, Jagor, Bowring, Palgrave, Foreman, Stevens, Worcester--all
+have some good to say of him, and with reason. But the piratical
+blood is strong in him yet. He requires restraint and guidance from
+those who have a higher standard for their actions than he has. Left
+to himself he would infallibly relapse into savagery. At the same
+time he will not be governed by brute force, and under oppression
+or contumelious treatment he would abandon the plains, retire to the
+mountains, and lead a predatory life. Although not just himself nor
+truthful, he can recognise and revere truth and justice in a master
+or governor. Courageous himself, only a courageous man can win his
+respect. He is grateful, [25] and whoever can secure his reverence
+and gratitude will have no trouble in leading him.
+
+I have testified to the Tagal's excellence in many handicrafts and
+callings, yet I greatly doubt whether they have the mental and moral
+equipment for any of the professions. I should not like to place my
+affairs in the hands of a Tagal lawyer, to trust my life in the hands
+of a Tagal doctor, nor to purchase an estate on the faith of a Tagal
+surveyor's measurement.
+
+I do not say that they are all untrustworthy, nor that they can never
+become fit for the higher callings, but they are not fit for them
+now, and it will take a long time, and a completely changed system
+of education, before they can become fit.
+
+What they want are examples of a high type of honour and morality that
+they could look up to and strive to imitate. There are such men in
+America. Whether they will be sent to the Philippines is best known
+to Mr. McKinley.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV.
+
+Pampangos (2).
+
+
+The Pampangos are close neighbours of the Tagals. They inhabit the
+rich and fertile province of Pampanga and a large part of that of
+Tarlac. There are also some detached colonies of them in the towns
+of Bataan, Nueva Ecija, Pangasinan, and Zambales. The population of
+Pampanga is given in the census of 1876 as 226,000. Allowing one-half
+the population of Tarlac to belong to this race, we have to add
+41,000, and supposing one-tenth the population of Bataan, Nueva Ecija,
+and Zambales, to be Pampangos, say 27,000, we get 294,000 as their
+number in 1876. Doubtless they have largely increased since then. The
+Pampangos speak a different language from the Tagals, yet they can
+understand each other to some extent. Many of the better class speak
+both languages. The Pampango does not greatly differ from the Tagal in
+appearance or character, but his environment and his occupations are
+different. He is not so much a sailor, a fisherman, or a mechanic. He
+excels in agriculture, is a good organiser of labour, rides well,
+is a good hunter, and makes a bold and determined soldier. Large
+numbers of this war-like race have fought under the Spanish flag
+against the Mahometan princes of the Moluccas, of Mindanao, and Sulu,
+as also against the British and the Dutch.
+
+
+Pampangos as Cultivators.
+
+The towns of San Fernando, Guagua Bacolor, Mexico, Angeles, Candaba,
+and many others have been built up by Pampanga industry. They contain
+many fine houses, where the European traveller is sure of a hospitable
+reception.
+
+The staple crop of Pampanga is sugar, and I shall explain their
+organisation for its cultivation and manufacture.
+
+In Luzon the land is usually cultivated under an arrangement known
+as Aparceria.
+
+The conditions of Aparceria vary according to the locality, and to
+established custom, since on the land near a town a smaller share is
+given to the cultivator than on land near the forests, where if he
+were not satisfied he might commence to clear land for himself. Also
+the land near the towns is more valuable than that at a distance for
+various reasons.
+
+The following is an example of the terms usual in Pampanga. The
+land-owner provides:
+
+
+    A. Cleared land ready for the plough.
+    B. Sugar-cane points for the first planting.
+    C. Sugar-mill, boiling-pans and the building for same.
+    D. Money advances to keep the cultivator and his family, and for
+       taking off the crop.
+    E. Carts for carrying the cane to the mill.
+
+
+The cultivator, or inquilino, provides:
+
+
+    1. His labour and that of his family for ploughing, planting and
+       cultivating the cane and fencing the plantations.
+    2. The ploughs and implements of husbandry.
+    3. The cattle (water buffaloes) for the above labours and for
+       working the mill if it is a cattle mill.
+
+
+The money advanced to the cultivator by the land-owner is charged 20
+per cent. per annum interest.
+
+For a daily task of 9 pilones from cattle-mills or 10 pilones from
+steam-mills there are employed:
+
+
+    2 Labourers to cut cane      at 25 cents and food    .50 cents.
+    1 Carter                     at 25 cents and food    .25
+    2 Mill attendants            at 25 cents and food    .50
+    Sugar boiler and fireman     at 25 cents and food    .75
+    1 Megass carrier             at 25 cents and food    .25
+                                                       ------
+    Mexican dollars                                     2.25
+
+                                             Or 25 cents per pilon.
+
+
+
+Sugar Crop.
+
+The land-owner pays the men's wages, and the cultivator gives them
+three meals a day and cigars.
+
+The sugar-moulds (pilones) cost about 121/2 cents each, and the cost
+is divided between the parties.
+
+In making up the account, 61/2 per cent. per annum is charged on the
+value of the land, machinery and building.
+
+The molasses which drains from the sugar belongs to the land-owner.
+
+These pilones are supposed to contain 140 lbs. of sugar when
+filled. They are placed upon a small pot to allow the molasses to drain
+off. When delivered their weight may be from 112 to 120 lbs. according
+to the time they have been draining. This sugar polarises about 80
+per cent. according to circumstances and requires to be treated at
+the farderias in Manila to bring it up to an even sample before it
+is exported. The sugar loaves are cut up, sorted, crushed, mixed
+with other sugars, sun-dried, and a certain quantity of sand added
+before being put into bags for export as Manila Sugar, usually No. 7
+or No. 9 Dutch standard. It will be seen from the above figures how
+moderate the expenses are. Of course each land-owner has a number of
+cultivators, and often a number of mills.
+
+Notwithstanding the low price of sugar which has prevailed for many
+years, the provinces of Pampanga has made money out of it as the
+handsome houses of the land-owners in all their towns testify.
+
+The sugar crop in Pampanga has never quite reached a million pilones,
+but has exceeded nine hundred thousand, say from fifty to sixty
+thousand English tons. The cane is crushed in small steam or cattle
+mills having three horizontal rollers.
+
+These mills are mostly made in Glasgow and have now in Pampanga
+entirely superseded the Chinese mills with vertical rollers of granite
+or the native mills with vertical rollers of hard wood. [26]
+
+In former years I pointed out, in a report written for General
+Jovellar, what a great advantage it would be to Pampanga if the
+planters would abandon the use of pilones and make sugar suitable
+for direct export and so obviate the manipulation in the farderias
+at Manila.
+
+They could make a sugar similar to that produced in Negros and known
+as Ilo-ilo.
+
+Now that the Philippines have passed into the hands of the United
+States, I do not doubt that central sugar factories will be established
+and will turn out centrifugal sugars polarizing 96 per cent. similar
+to the Cuban sugar.
+
+
+
+Pampangos as Fishermen.
+
+There are some Pampanga fishermen on the River Betis, at San Jose,
+and amongst the labyrinth of creeks and mangrove swamps forming the
+north-western shores of Manila Bay.
+
+Their avocation is not destitute of danger, for these swamps are
+the home of the alligator. [27] Although they are not as large as
+some I have seen in the River Paraguay or on the River Daule, in
+Ecuador, they are quite large enough to seize a horse or a man. I
+was once visiting Fr. Enrique Garcia, the parish priest of Macabebe,
+when a native woman came in and presented him with a dollar to say
+a Mass in thanksgiving for the escape of her husband from death that
+morning. She told us that he was pushing a shrimp-net in shallow water
+when the buaya seized him by the shoulder. The fisherman, however,
+called upon his patron saint, and putting out his utmost strength,
+with the aid of Saint Peter, succeeded in extricating himself from
+the reptile's jaws and in beating him off. His shoulder, however,
+was badly lacerated by the alligator's teeth. It was lucky for him
+that he was in shallow water, for the alligator usually holds its
+prey under water and drowns it.
+
+The Pampangos also fish on the Rio Grande, the Rio Chico, and in the
+Pinag de Candaba. This latter is an extensive swampy plain, partly
+under cultivation in the dry season, partly laid out as fish-ponds.
+
+The Nipa palm grows in abundance in the delta of the Betis, and
+small colonies of half-savage people are settled on dry spots amongst
+these swamps engaged in collecting the juice or the leaves of this
+tree. The stems are punctured and the juice runs into small vessels
+made of cane. It is collected daily, poured into jars and carried in
+small canoes to the distillery where it is fermented and distilled.
+
+The distilleries are constructed in a very primitive manner, and are
+worked by Chinese or Chinese half-breeds.
+
+The produce is called Vino de Nipa, and is retailed in the native
+stalls and restaurants.
+
+The leaves are doubled and sewn with rattan strips upon a small piece
+of bamboo, they are taken to market upon a platform laid across the
+gunwales of two canoes. This arrangement is called bangcas mancornadas,
+canoes yoked together. The nipa is sold by the thousand, and serves to
+thatch the native houses anywhere, except in certain parts of Manila
+and other towns where its use is forbidden on account of the great
+danger of its taking fire.
+
+From circumstances that have come under my own observation, I believe
+it to be a fact that when trade in nipa thatch is dull, the canoe-men
+set fire to the native houses in the suburbs of Manila to make a
+market. I have noticed more than once that houses have commenced to
+burn from the upper part of the thatched roof where they could not
+have caught fire accidentally. The Province of Pampanga extends to
+the westward, as far as the crests of the Zambales mountains, and the
+Cordillera of Mabanga is included within its boundaries. There is but
+little cultivated land beyond the town of Porac to the westward. Here
+the Pampangos trade with the Negritos, who inhabit the Zambales range,
+getting from them jungle produce in exchange for rice, tobacco, sugar,
+and other articles. Occasionally the Negritos steal cattle from
+the Pampangos or at times murder one of them if a good opportunity
+presents itself.
+
+
+
+Pampangos as Hunters.
+
+The natives of this part of the province are good wood-men and hunters.
+
+In addition to taking game by nets and ambuscade, some of them hunt
+the deer on ponies which are trained to run at full speed after the
+game, up or down hill, and to get near enough for the rider to throw
+or use his lance.
+
+Being at Porac in 1879 with the late Major Deare, 74th Highlanders
+(now 2nd Batt. Highland Light Infantry), an enthusiastic sportsman,
+we saw two men who had practised this sport for years, and were told
+that their arms, ribs, legs and collar-bones had been broken over and
+over again. We saw them gallop down a rocky and precipitous descent
+after a deer at full speed.
+
+We could only wonder that they were alive if that was a sample of
+their hunting. Their saddles were fitted with strong martingales and
+cruppers and with triple girths so that they could not shift. The
+saddles themselves were of the usual native pattern, like miniature
+Mexicans. The men were light weights.
+
+N.B.--If any reader of this contemplates travelling in the
+Philippines, let him take a saddle with him. It should be as small
+as he could comfortably use, and light. The ponies are from twelve
+to thirteen hands high, but are remarkably strong and clever. I know
+from experience that a good one will carry fourteen stone over rough
+ground with safety.
+
+
+
+Tulisanes.
+
+Pampanga has produced some notable bandits or Tulisanes who have given
+the Spaniards much trouble. Of late years there has been a diminution
+in the number of crimes of violence, due in a great measure to the
+establishment of the Guardia Civil by General Gandara in 1867.
+
+I once built a nipa house on the banks of the Rio Grande, near
+Macabebe, and resided there for several months, carrying on some
+works. I was new to the country and ignorant of the customs of
+the people.
+
+There were no other Europeans in the vicinity, except the priests.
+
+I took care to treat all my native neighbours with strict justice,
+neither infringing their rights, nor allowing them to impose on me.
+
+There came to stay with me Mr. A. B. Whyte, then an employe, now a
+partner in one of the leading British firms in Manila, who frequently
+had ten thousand dollars in gold in his safe, and similar sums were
+remitted to him from Manila at different times for the purchase
+of sugar.
+
+One day we received a visit from an officer of the Civil Guard who came
+to warn us that we were in danger of an attack, that his post was too
+far off for him to protect us, and that the locality bore a very bad
+name for crimes of violence. We thanked him for his visit and warning,
+entertained him to lunch, and informed him that we intended to remain,
+after which he returned to his post at Apalit. On making inquiry we
+found that some of our immediate neighbours were well-known bandits,
+but were thought to have retired from business. However, they never
+attacked us, and probably prevented any other Tulisanes from doing so
+lest they should get the blame. But had I encroached on their land or
+treated them contemptuously, or had I allowed them to impose upon me,
+I do not doubt we should have been attacked and to say the least we
+might have found ourselves in a tight place.
+
+A nipa house is no place to defend, for it can be burnt in a few
+minutes in the dry season, and a spear can be pushed through the sides,
+or up through the floor with ease.
+
+In cases like this one cannot entirely depend upon the assistance
+of native servants, for they have sometimes joined with criminals to
+rob or murder their master.
+
+There is a curious custom amongst bandits to invite an outsider to
+join them in a particular enterprise, and it is considered mean and as
+denoting a want of courage to refuse, even when a servant is invited
+to help rob or kill his master. Moreover, there is much danger in
+refusing to join the bandits, for it will give dire offence to them and
+perhaps have fatal consequences. This invitation is called a Convite
+[see Chap. V.].
+
+The hereditary taint of piracy in the Malay blood, and the low
+moral standard prevailing in the Archipelago, as well as fear of the
+consequences of a refusal, render it more difficult than a stranger
+can realise for a native servant to resist such a temptation.
+
+
+
+Pampanga Women.
+
+The women in Pampanga are smart in appearance, clever in business,
+and good at a bargain, whether buying or selling. The men are well
+aware of this and when selling their produce or buying a sugar-mill,
+they like to have the assistance of their wives, who are always the
+hardest customers to deal with.
+
+They are excellent sempstresses and good at embroidery. In some
+villages they make very durable silk handkerchiefs with coloured
+borders of blue, red or purple. Straw hats, mats, salacots, cigar
+and cigarette cases are also made by them.
+
+Their houses are kept clean, and the larger ones are well-suited for
+entertainments, as the sala and caida are very spacious, and have
+polished floors of narra, or some other hard close-grained wood very
+pleasant to dance on.
+
+A ball at a big Pampanga house is a sight that will be
+remembered. Capitan Joaquin Arnedo Cruz of Sulipan, on the Rio Grande,
+a wealthy native sugar-planter, used to assemble in his fine house the
+principal people of the neighbourhood to meet royal or distinguished
+guests. One of his daughters is married to a distinguished lawyer,
+my friend Don Felipe Buencamino, author of the remarkable State
+paper addressed to the United States Senate, and published in the
+Congressional Record of January 9th, 1900, pp. 752-53-54. Capitan
+Joaquin possessed a magnificent porcelain table-service of two hundred
+pieces, specially made and marked with his monogram, sent him by a
+prince who had enjoyed his hospitality.
+
+He gave a ball for the Grand Duke Alexis of Russia, who afterwards
+declared that the room presented one of the most brilliant sights he
+had ever seen.
+
+This from a son of an Emperor might seem an exaggeration, but brilliant
+is the only word that can describe the effect produced on the spectator
+by the bright costumes and sparkling jewellery of the women.
+
+Their dress seems to exercise a fascination upon Europeans which the
+costume of any other eastern country fails to do.
+
+Monsieur Paul de la Gironiere, in his charming book, 'Vingt Ans aux
+Philippines,' says, about the Mestiza dress: "Nothing so charming,
+so coquet, so provocative as this costume which excites to the highest
+point the admiration of all strangers."
+
+He goes on to say that the women are well aware of this, and that on
+no account would they make a change. I will add my opinion that they
+are quite right, and may they ever stick to the saya, the baro, and
+the tapis under the Stars and Stripes, may they ever be as natural,
+as handsome and as prosperous as when the writer dwelt amongst them
+on the banks of the Rio Grande under the paternal rule of Alcalde
+Mayor Don Jose Feced y Temprado.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVI.
+
+Zambales (3).
+
+
+The Zambales are a small and unimportant tribe of the Malay race, with
+some admixture of Negrito blood. They inhabit part of the province of
+Zambales from the River Naja down to South Felipe, a coast village
+in 15 deg. N. latitude, and in their mountains there roam a good many
+Negritos. The Zambales are subjugated and converted to Christianity,
+but some still maintain a partial independence amongst the mountains,
+paying, however, the "Reconocimentio de Vassallaje." At the time of
+the conquest, these people were famous head-hunters, and otherwise
+manifested a bloodthirsty disposition. They lived in villages of
+thirty to forty families, quite independent of each other, and their
+chiefs possessed but little influence. When one of a family died the
+surviving male relatives put on a black head-cloth or turban, which
+they durst not remove until one of them had killed some one else so
+as to satisfy the death vengeance. A murder could be atoned for by a
+payment in gold or in goods, or a slave or Negrito might be delivered
+up to be sacrificed to the manes of the departed. It was customary
+amongst them to take with them to their feasts the heads or skulls
+they possessed. The heads were placed on poles and ceremonial dances
+were performed around them. They also emulated the Vikings by making
+drinking cups out of their enemies' skulls.
+
+Their religion was similar to that of the Tagals. Their principal god
+was called Malayari, but he had under him two deputy gods, Acasi and
+Manglobag, and a large number of inferior gods. Their chief priest
+was called Bayoc, and exercised great influence amongst them. They
+celebrated baptism with the blood of a pig. Amongst them, as in
+Borneo and with many tribes of Malays who are not Mahometans, the
+pig is considered as the most acceptable sacrifice to the gods. For
+particulars about this I refer the reader to 'Life in the Forests of
+the Far East,' by Spenser St. John.
+
+Now, at last, they have been brought into the Christian fold,
+though, perhaps, amongst the pine-clad mountains, heathen customs
+maintain their hold upon the wild hillmen. These latter trade with
+their Christian and partly-civilised brethren, bringing them jungle
+produce, tobacco, and the small bezoar stones, so highly prized
+by the Chinese, in return for articles they require. The Zambales
+raise some rice and a little sugar. Their trade is inconsiderable,
+their exports being limited to Sapan wood, jungle produce, timber,
+fire-wood, and charcoal, all of which is shipped to Manila, where it
+finds a ready sale. The total population of this province was 94,551
+in 1876, but only a portion of these were Zambales.
+
+
+
+Pangasinanes (4).
+
+The Pangasinanes inhabit the north-western part of the province of
+Pangasinan, and the northern part of the province of Zambales from
+the River Naja, which runs into the Bay of Bazol, round Cape Bolinao
+to Sual, including the Island of Cabarruyan and Santiago. But the
+southern and eastern part of their province is partly inhabited by
+Pampangos and Ilocanos.
+
+On the other hand, there are some Pangasinanes scattered about the
+northern part of Nueva Ecija amongst Tagals and Ilocanos, and there
+are a few as colonists in Benguet.
+
+In former times the Pangasinanes occupied a wider extent of
+country. When Juan Salcedo arrived he found them occupying the southern
+part of La Union; but they have been and are still being pushed back
+by the more hard working and energetic Ilocanos.
+
+As the limits of their province do not correspond to the ethnographical
+boundaries, it is not easy to estimate their numbers. I think there
+may be about 300,000 of them.
+
+The Pangasinanes were subjugated by the Spaniards in 1572, and in
+1576 they were all Christians. Their manners and customs are similar
+to those of the Pampangos and Tagals, but they have a rougher and
+more uncouth appearance. Their chief occupation is cultivating rice,
+and whenever this is the case the people are poor and little advanced
+in civilisation. It is the lowest kind of agriculture any people
+can follow. The first sign of prosperity in an eastern people is
+given when they begin to import rice, as it shows that they have
+a more remunerative occupation to follow than cultivating it for
+themselves. Thus the Cagayanes who grow tobacco, the Pampangos who
+grow sugar, and the Vicols of Albay and neighbouring islands who grow
+hemp, all import rice.
+
+Mr. J. W. Jamieson, the Acting British Consul at Sumao, in a report on
+the trade of Yunnan, issued the 7th of December, 1898, says: "Apart
+from minerals, the province possesses a few other resources and the
+inhabitants are lazy and unenterprising to a degree. So long as they
+can grow enough rice to feed themselves and procure enough cotton to
+make the few articles of clothing necessary in this equable climate,
+they are content."
+
+I am glad to find this confirmation of my views in this
+matter. Mr. Jamieson's remarks apply to all the rice-growers I
+have seen.
+
+The rice is raised in the delta of the Agno and about that
+river. Formerly, the Pangasinanes not only sent rice to Manila,
+but exported it to China, Siam, and Annan.
+
+For this trade they built their own vessels at Lingayen, and in the
+flourishing period, some twenty-five years ago, their shipwrights used
+to turn out eight or ten schooners in a year, vessels able to carry
+300 to 400 tons dead weight. Since the introduction of steamers into
+the coasting trade, the construction of sailing vessels has greatly
+diminished. Still, they turn out two or three a year.
+
+In some parts of the province they make sugar, but it will not compare
+in quality with that made in Pampanga. It has a smaller grain and a
+paler colour, but less sweetening power. The average of thirty samples,
+taken as the sugar was ladled out of the tacho, was--
+
+
+            Crystallizable sugar        70.40 per cent.
+            Uncrystallizable            13.00
+            Ash                          1.97
+
+
+It is drained in pilones, or earthenware moulds; but, unlike the
+Pampanga custom, the moulds are not delivered with the sugar, but
+the leaf is wrapped in the dried sheaths of the palm, tied about
+with split rattan. Most of the sugar is sent by sea to Manila and
+exported to China for direct consumption in one of the provinces
+where it finds a ready sale.
+
+Indigo was formerly cultivated here and exported, and at one time
+a good deal of Sapan wood was also exported, but the trade in these
+articles has almost ceased.
+
+Amongst the industries of Pangasinan may be mentioned the manufacture
+of hats, hundreds of thousands of which were made at Calasiao from
+grass or nito, and sent to Boston or New York. There are also at
+Calasiao, and in some other towns, blacksmiths who forge excellent
+bolos or wood-knives from the iron-bands taken off bales of cotton
+cloth or sacking.
+
+Carromatas, the two-wheeled vehicles of the country, are constructed
+in Lingayen and Dagupan, and are said to be very well made.
+
+I may mention here that the ponies raised in these provinces are
+inferior to the Ilocanos or even the Albay breed.
+
+The sands of the River Agno near Rosales, and of the streams coming
+down from Mount Lagsig, are washed for gold, principally by women
+who obtain but a meagre return.
+
+The civilisation of the Pangasinanes is only skin-deep, and one of
+their characteristics is a decided propensity to remontar, that is,
+to abandon their towns or villages and take to the mountains, out of
+reach of all authority. There are some great land-owners in Pangasinan;
+one of them, Don Rafael Sison, owns an estate that stretches from
+Calasiao and Santa Barbara to Urdaneta.
+
+
+
+Ilocanos (5).
+
+This hard-working and industrious race occupies the northern and
+western shores of Luzon, from Point Lacatacay on the 121st meridian,
+east from Greenwich, to San Fabian, on the Gulf of Lingayen. This
+includes the three provinces of Ilocos Norte, Ilocos Sur, and La
+Union. The Ilocanos have also pushed into the north-eastern part of
+Pangasinan, where they occupy seven towns, and they inhabit the town
+of Alcala in the province of Cagayan, several villages in Benguet,
+parts of the towns of Capas and O'Donnell in the provinces of Tarlac,
+and some towns in Zambales and Nueva Ecija. They are all civilised
+and have been Christians for three centuries. Amongst them dwell many
+converted Tinguianes and Igorrotes, who speak the Ilocan dialect.
+
+Blumentritt attributes the energy and activity of the Ilocanos to an
+admixture, even though it be small, of these brave and hardy races. In
+dress and appearance they are similar to the Tagals, and like them
+carry the indispensable bolo. They cultivate tobacco, cotton, rice,
+maize, indigo, sugar-cane, and a little cacao and coffee. They also
+grow the pita (Agave Americana), which gives the fibre for the nipis
+textiles, ajonjoli (Sesamum indicum, L.), from which they extract oil,
+which is used in medicine and for the hair, and they even grow some
+wheat. They extract a black resin from the Antong (Canarum Pimela),
+which is used as incense or for making torches; another resin from
+the Bangad, which is used as a varnish, another from the Cajel (Citrus
+Aurantium), and many others used either in medicine, for torches, for
+varnishing, or for paying the seams of wooden vessels. They get gum
+from the Balete (Ficus Urostigma), and from the Lucban, or orange tree
+(Citrus decumana, L.), oil from the Palomaria (Calophyllum inophyllum,
+L.), and from a large number of other trees, some only known by the
+native name, and the use of which is uncertain. They obtain dyes
+from many trees growing wild in the forests, amongst others from the
+Tabungao (Jatropha Curcas, L.), the Lomboy (Eugenia Lambolana, Lam.),
+the sibucao (Coesalpinia Sappan, L.). Their cultivation of indigo is
+declining, partly because the demand has diminished in consequence of
+the introduction of chemical substitutes, and also because the Chinese,
+into whose hands the whole produce of these provinces found its way,
+adulterated it so abominably as to discredit it altogether. Yet so
+great is the facility of Ilocan territory for growing indigo, that
+Gregorio Sy Quia of Vigan exhibited in Madrid in 1887 no less than
+seventy-five different kinds of indigo, and seventy-five different
+seeds corresponding to the samples. At the same exhibition, no less
+than twenty-four different kinds of rice were exhibited from Ilocos,
+and this by no means exhausts the list. Every kind has a distinctive
+name. The textile industry flourishes amongst these industrious
+people. The Local Committee of Namagpacan, in the province of La
+Union, sent to Madrid for the above-mentioned exhibition, no less
+than 145 different textiles, whilst other towns sent looms and other
+implements. Amongst the articles woven are quilts, cotton blankets
+(the celebrated Mantos de Ilocos), napkins and towels, and a great
+variety of material for coats, trousers, women's dresses and other
+uses. Guingon (called by sailors dungaree), a blue stuff for clothing,
+costs from $0.50 to $0.31, 2s. 8d. per vara (2 feet 9 inches),
+a mixture of cotton and silk, for men's wear, $1.25 per vara, silk
+handkerchiefs $0.25 each.
+
+The Ilocans also make nets for fish, and for deer and pigs; baskets
+of all sorts, salacots or hats.
+
+They grow two kinds of cotton for textiles, the white and the
+Coyote. Another kind, a tree cotton from the Boboy (Eriodendron
+anfractuosum, D.C.), is only used for stuffing pillows. They extract
+oil from the seeds of all three kinds.
+
+Like the other civilized natives they live principally on rice and
+fish, which they capture in large quantities. Blumentritt mentions
+two kinds, the "Ipon" and the "Dolon," which they salt or pickle.
+
+They have fine cattle, which they sell to the Igorrotes. It will
+be noted that the Tinguianes, on the other hand, sell cattle to
+the Ilocanos. The ponies of Ilocos are highly valued in Manila,
+where there is a great demand for them. They are smaller than the
+ponies of other provinces, but are very hardy and spirited, and
+go at a great pace. Tulisanes formerly infested these provinces
+and found a ready refuge in the mountains, when pursued by the
+cuadrilleros, or village constables, who were only armed with bolos,
+lances, and a few old muskets. But the creation of the Civil Guard,
+formed of picked officers and men, who were armed with Remingtons and
+revolvers, and whose orders were, "Do not hesitate to shoot," made this
+business very dangerous, and the three provinces suffer little from
+brigandage. When Juan Salcedo conquered the Ilocos, he found a caste
+of nobles amongst them who possessed all the riches of the country,
+and treated the cailanes, or serfs, with great rigour. Their tyranny
+caused several bloody rebellions, and although at present matters in
+this respect have improved, there is still room for complaint that
+the people who do the work do not get a fair remuneration for it,
+the rich man always endeavouring to keep the poor man in permanent
+indebtedness. In consequence of this, the Ilocanos are ever ready to
+emigrate, and besides the places I have mentioned, there are thousands
+of them in Manila and other parts of the islands. They easily obtain
+employment either as servants, cultivators, or labourers, for they are
+superior in stamina to most of the civilised races, and in industry
+superior to them all.
+
+I have no doubt that there is a great future before this hardy,
+enterprising, and industrious people.
+
+
+
+Ibanags or Cagayanes (6).
+
+The Ibanags inhabit the Babuyanes and Batanes Islands and the northern
+coast of Luzon, from Point Lacaytacay to Punta Escarpada, and all
+the country comprised between the Rio Grande and the summits of the
+Sierra Madre as far south as Balasig.
+
+They also hold the left bank of the river from the sea, right up to the
+confluence of the River Magat for an average width of some five miles.
+
+They are said to be the finest race and the most valiant men in the
+islands, and to have manfully resisted the Spaniards.
+
+However, they were conquered and converted to Christianity. From the
+year 1781 they have been subjected to the worst form of slavery, the
+forced cultivation of tobacco. The detestable abuses brought into this
+system by the unblushing rascality of the agents of the treasury,
+became, finally, so glaring, and the condition of the Ibanags so
+dreadful, that, in 1882, the Governor-General, Moriones (see Chapter
+"Spanish Government"), forced the hand of Canovas and the royal family,
+who desired to sell the monopoly, and this horrible slavery ceased,
+having lasted over a century, going from bad to worse.
+
+Since that date the condition of the Ibanags has greatly improved; they
+have continued the cultivation of tobacco, and private enterprise has
+done much to introduce the finest seed and to improve the cultivation
+and preparatory operations. The "Compania Tabacalera de Filipinas,"
+a Franco-Catalan enterprise, has established the Haciendas of San
+Antonio, San Rafael, and Santa Isabel, in the district of Isabela.
+
+They have built large warehouses in Tumauini and have agents in all
+the principal towns.
+
+On the river they have a stern-wheel steamer, the Antonio Lopez,
+and a number of steel-lighters for carrying down tobacco.
+
+The tobacco is ready for transport in December and January. It is sent
+down the river to Aparri, from whence it is shipped to Manila. In a
+normal dry season (February to August), the river is navigable for
+steamers of two feet draught up to Alcala, the trade of which town
+is not important; but that of Tuguegarao is so, and up to that point
+the current is not strong.
+
+Amongst the Ibanags the distinction of noble and plebeian has been
+as strongly marked as amongst the Tagals, Pampangos, and Ilocanos,
+and the intense cupidity of the nobles, or rather usurers, which name
+better describes them, has led to many bloody outbreaks on the part
+of the oppressed and enslaved debtors.
+
+The government has steadily encouraged the Ilocanos and others to
+settle in Cagayan and plant tobacco, giving them free passages and
+advances of money in the days of the monopoly.
+
+On the other hand, the discontent of the Ibanags has led them
+to migrate to other provinces when possible, for the authorities
+prevented them from doing so by force when they could. They especially
+endeavoured to get to Manila, and I remember many years ago the
+arrival of a starving and ragged band, who had tramped all the way
+from Isabela to Manila to escape from their cruel task-masters.
+
+However, things are better with them now, and I hope means will be
+found under the Stars and Stripes to introduce a better system of
+finance, and to curb the greed of the usurer, either by legislation
+or by competition on a fair and humane basis. The Ibanag language is
+spreading greatly amongst the hill-tribes around them as a commercial
+language, just as Ilocano is spreading on the West Coast.
+
+Under American influence an immense development of the provinces
+of Cagayan and Isabela may be expected in the near future, and the
+Ibanags will doubtless benefit by this.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVII.
+
+Igorrotes (7).
+
+
+This is an important, and to me, the most interesting of the
+independent or partly subdued races of the Philippines. They are a
+fine, hardy, industrious, and warlike race, well worth a great and
+patient effort to bring them within the pale of Christianity, and
+to advance the civilisation they have already attained. They are of
+a dark bronze colour, with straight black and abundant hair, large
+dark eyes set rather obliquely as amongst Chinese. Their faces are
+broad with high cheek-bones, the nose aquiline and the head large. The
+features in general have a Mongolian cast, and a certain nasal twang
+in their speech resembles that of the Southern Chinese. The men have
+capacious chests, showing good lung-power, their muscles well developed
+indicating great strength and ability to resist fatigue. The women
+have also well-marked figures and rounded limbs. The fashions vary
+with different tribes, but it is common to find both sexes wearing
+their hair cut in a fringe over the forehead, but reaching down to
+the eyebrows, long enough at the sides to cover the ears, left long
+at the back of the head, where it is gathered up into a knot.
+
+The Igorrotes of Lepanto wear beards, some of them are as thick
+as a Spaniard's, but the tribes farther South pull out, not only
+their beards, but all the hair on their bodies, except that of the
+head. Their dress varies from a mere apron (Bahaque) when at work in
+the fields, to an ornamental jacket very smartly cut and elaborate
+sword-belt when at war or on any full-dress occasion. These jackets are
+very handsome and have stripes of blue, crimson and white. They wear
+a variety of head-dresses, turban, Salacot or a kind of cocked-hat
+and feathers. Both men and women wear cloaks or plaids of bright
+colours made of cotton. Although the word Igorrote has come to be
+almost a generic name for the heathen Highlanders of North Luzon,
+it is here limited to those who dwell on the Western part of the
+Cordillera Central, comprising the whole of the districts of Benguet
+and Lepanto, part of Bontoc and parts of the Provinces of La Union
+and Ilocos Sur. The sub-tribes Buriks and Busaos are included.
+
+Tattooing is very general amongst them. In some districts you can
+hardly find a man or woman who has not a figure of the sun tattooed in
+blue on the back of the hand, for in Central Benguet they worship the
+sun. Some of them tattoo the breast and arms in patterns of straight
+and curved lines pricked in with a needle in indigo blue. The Busao
+Igorrotes, who live in the North of Lepanto, tattoo flowers on their
+arms, and in war-dress wear a cylindrical shako made of wood or plaited
+rattan, and large copper pendants in their ears. These people do not
+use the Talibon, and prefer the spear. The Burik Igorrotes tattoo
+the body in a curious manner, giving them the appearance of wearing
+a coat of mail. But this custom is probably now becoming obsolete,
+for at least those of the Igorrotes who live near the Christian
+natives are gradually adopting their dress and customs.
+
+White is the colour of mourning, as amongst the Moros of Mindanao and
+Sulu. Both sexes are fond of personal ornaments, such as ear-rings,
+collars, arm-rings, bangles, leg-rings and belts. Collars of
+crocodiles' teeth are highly esteemed. In the long list of their
+manufactures I shall enumerate their ornaments. Their arms are the
+talibon, a short double-edged sword; the gayang, a javelin or assegai;
+and the aligua, a light axe, having a spike at the back opposite to
+the cutting edge. After throwing their javelins, they rush on with
+their drawn swords, holding their shield, called a calata, on the
+left arm. This is made of light wood and is long and narrow. With the
+exception of the shape of the shield their equipment is much like
+that of the Roman Legionaries twenty centuries since. The aligua
+appears to be used, not as a fighting weapon, but to decapitate
+their fallen enemies and as a means of carrying the head home on a
+spike. Great rejoicings, with feasts and dances, were held after a
+successful skirmish, and large quantities of liquor consumed. But the
+constant pressure of the Spanish authority has in a great measure
+stopped these petty wars. They make a kind of beer called Basi by
+fermenting cane-juice, and another liquor, something like the chicha
+of the Peruvian Coast Indians, from rice. This latter is called
+bundang. They are great smokers, and make their own pipes of various
+materials. They appear not to have universally adopted the Malay
+custom of chewing buyo. There is a settlement of Christian Igorrotes
+on the coast of Ilocos Sur, close to the boundary of La Union,
+which has been established many years. But in general the Igorrotes
+have steadily refused to embrace Christianity, and evidently do not
+want to go to the same heaven as the Spaniards. The behaviour of the
+troops led against them in 1881 by General Primo de Rivera doubtless
+confirmed them in this repugnance. The expedition did not do much in
+the way of fighting, Remingtons and mountain-guns failed to subdue
+the bold mountaineers armed only with javelin and sword. The Spanish
+officers and men, however, are reported to have abominably mishandled
+the Igorrote women. For this ravishing foray the late King Alfonso
+XII. bestowed the title of Vizconde de la Union upon Primo de Rivera,
+and showered promotions and crosses upon his staff.
+
+The Igorrotes live in villages with a population of three or four
+hundred souls. There is a chief to each, but the villages are
+not organised into states, each being independent. The chief is
+supposed to be chosen from the families called Mainguel, who have
+distinguished themselves in war. As a matter of fact, the richest
+man usually becomes chief. The wealthy families vie with each other
+in the grand feasts which they give to all comers. The noble and
+the illustrious guests are personally invited to these feasts, but
+the common people assemble at beat of drum. The chief presides at the
+meeting of the Bacuanes or nobles in whom are vested the village lands,
+and who direct its affairs.
+
+The common people are in a kind of bondage to the nobles, and
+cultivate their lands for them. In Lepanto they are called cailianes
+as in Ilocos. Their houses are square, and similar to those of
+the other natives in the outlying districts, being raised on posts
+above the ground-level. A framework of bamboos is supported on four
+trunks of trees, the roof is thatched with cogon (elephant grass)
+and the sides are closed in by canes, bamboos or pine planks. Each
+house stands in an enclosure of its own, strongly fenced with rough
+stones or posts. They are far inferior to the Christian natives
+in the arrangement of their houses. Instead of having a separate
+kitchen on a pantalan or raised platform, the fire is made in the
+centre of the house, and the smoke finds its way out through a hole
+in the roof. The rafters and inside of the thatch is blackened by
+the soot. They make no windows to their houses and only a small door,
+the ladder to which is drawn up when they retire to rest. They are not
+clean in their persons, and neglect to wash their clothes, or clean
+the interiors of their houses. They thus compare very unfavourably
+with the Tagals as regards cleanliness, although, as we shall see,
+in some other respects they are greatly above them. Each village has
+its Town Hall, which they call the Balta-oa. This is where the Town
+Council assembles to settle the affairs of the community, to hear
+requests for divorces, and to administer the law to offenders. Public
+festivities also take place here.
+
+They are monogamous, and have the highest respect for the holiness
+of the marriage tie. It is not absolutely indissoluble, but can be
+dissolved by the village council on serious grounds; but apparently
+divorce is systematically discouraged, and the sacredness of marriage
+is upheld. In former times adulteresses were punished by beheading,
+but more lenient views now prevail, and a good whipping is considered
+sufficient to meet the case. Generally death only dissolves the tie,
+and even then only partially, as re-marriage is difficult; for it is
+not proper for the widow to marry again without the consent of her
+late husband's family, which may not easily be obtained, and if she
+contracts new ties, the children of her first marriage are removed from
+her control. On the other hand, Igorrote respectability requires that
+a widower should entirely neglect his toilet and commune silently with
+his grief for several years before taking to himself a new wife. Like
+most heathen, they show the greatest respect and affection for their
+parents, and cherish them to their life's end.
+
+In sharp contrast with the license accorded to young girls by the
+Tagals and Visayas, the Igorrotes carefully guard the chastity of their
+daughters, and do not allow them to go about without a chaperon. The
+father even often accompanies them on their excursions. When they
+arrive at the age of puberty, the boys and girls are separated.
+
+In each village there are two special buildings not too near each
+other. In one of these the girls sleep under the watchful guard of
+a duenna, who looks after their morals, and in the other the youths
+under the care of an elder. The youth caught violating the sanctity of
+the damsels' dormitory, or the maiden who is detected in an intrigue,
+or shows signs of maternity, may expect a severe correction. They do
+not seem to raise as many difficulties about the marriage of their
+daughters as the Tagals do, and they do not make it a matter of a
+mercenary bargain. When a youth takes a fancy to a marriageable maiden
+of his own degree, he applies through his parents to the father of the
+girl, and if he and his daughter look with favour on the proposal,
+the young man is admitted to cohabit with the damsel. But if within
+a certain period the girl does not show signs of succession, the
+would-be bridegroom is sent about his business. On the other hand,
+if pregnancy is announced, the wedding takes place with all possible
+ceremony, including an invocation of the Anitos or ancestral gods,
+feasts and dances, which last eight or nine days, but the young couple
+are excused from attendance. The Igorrotes, in fact, openly recognise
+a custom which is practised to a great extent in the agricultural
+districts of England and Scotland, with this difference, that the
+Christian youth in the latter countries often evades the marriage,
+while the heathen Igorrote carries out his engagement. I think,
+on the whole, the heathen comes out best.
+
+Although so desirous of offspring, they like to have them come one
+at a time, and they consider it to be an evil omen when one of their
+women brings forth twins. In such a case the last born is handed over
+to whoever desires to adopt it. This is held to avert the omen and
+straighten things out again.
+
+Of late years the establishment of forts with the Tagal or Visayas
+garrisons in the Igorrote territory, and closer contact with Christians
+generally, have tended to demoralise the heathen, and, above all,
+to lower somewhat their lofty ideal of chastity.
+
+Amongst the Igorrotes of Lepanto, and those farthest removed from
+Spanish influence, when a man of position dies, a notification is
+sent to all his blood-relations, even though they reside at a great
+distance, and the corpse is not buried until they have all arrived
+and have each taken the dead man's hand in theirs, inquiring of him
+tenderly why he has abandoned his family. All this time a great feast
+is going on outside the house, vast quantities of rice and meat are
+provided and consumed, and an unlimited allowance of beer drunk by
+the guests. The expense is often out of all proportion to the means
+of the family and perhaps involves them in debt for years.
+
+In the Igorrote territory under Spanish influence this extravagance
+and delay of burial is discouraged. Some of the Igorrotes dry their
+dead over a fire in a similar way to the Tinguianes. The dead are
+buried in a sitting posture, after the manner of the Peruvian Indians,
+but enclosed in coffins, which are placed in any small cave or cleft
+in the rocks, enlarged by hand if necessary. The Igorrotes believe
+in a Supreme Being, the creator and preserver; he is called Apo in
+Benguet, and Lu-ma-oig in Lepanto. The wife of Apo is called Bangan,
+the daughter Bugan and the son Ubban. There are two inferior gods,
+Cabigat and Suyan, these deities hold intercourse with mankind
+through the Anitos or ancestral spirits, some good, some evil,
+who reward or chastise mankind in this life. They represent these
+spirits by roughly-carved idols of wood. Some of these idols are
+male and others female. Occasionally the carving is of an obscene
+nature, and similar to some clay images I have seen taken from tombs
+in Peru. They practise family prayer, and the object of it is to
+solicit the favour of the Anitos. Sometimes the will of the Anitos
+is declared through an old priestess called an Asitera, who receives
+a fee for her pains. The ancestral spirits are more worshipped than
+the gods. Poultry, swine, and dogs, may not be slaughtered except in
+a sacrificial manner. There is a priest in every village called the
+Manbunung who first consecrates the animal to the Anitos, and then
+kills it and returns it to the owner, reserving, however, the best
+piece for himself. In company with his first-born son he takes the
+lead at prayer-meetings, or on special occasions, such as illness,
+marriage, the commencing some important work, or averting some evil
+omen. This man makes some pretence at healing the sick, but rather
+with charms and incantations than by administering medicine. There
+is a sacred tree near each village, which is regarded as the seat of
+the Anitos. In the shade of this is a sacrificial stone. Sometimes
+near a house may been seen a small bench for the Anitos to repose on,
+and a dish of rice or other food for their refreshment. The Igorrotes
+believe that there are two places where the souls of the dead travel
+to. One is an agreeable residence provided with everything necessary
+to happiness, and is for the spirits of those who have died a natural
+death. But if they have been evil-doers, such as robbers or murderers,
+and have escaped due punishment on earth, they are punished here by
+the other souls before being allowed to enjoy the advantages of the
+place. But the souls of brave warriors killed in battle, and of women
+who have died in child-birth, arrive at a much more desirable place,
+a real heaven, and reside amongst the gods.
+
+The Igorrotes of Cabugalan in Lepanto regard eels as the embodiment
+of their ancestors; they will not catch them or do them any harm,
+but feed them when opportunity offers. The Asiteras assist at feasts
+and make invocations and propose toasts which are drunk by the men
+present. The private or family feasts are called Bumaguil, being
+held in the giver's house or courtyard, but public entertainments or
+feasts of the whole village are called Regnas, and are held in or in
+front of the Balta-oa or Town Hall. They are preceded and followed
+by songs and dances. The songs are inharmonious and monotonous. The
+dances vary with the localities. In one dance bowing to the beer-mugs
+is a feature. As amongst other Malay races, ordeals are in fashion
+to decide disputes. One consists in a priest or chief scratching the
+scalps of the disputants with a small iron fork. Whoever loses most
+blood during this operation has lost his case. The Igorrotes work
+hard at their agriculture, and their rice-farming is excellent. They
+plough the valleys with the aid of buffaloes and terrace the hillsides,
+which they cultivate by hand. They burn down the pine-forests to clear
+the hills. They irrigate where possible, carrying the canals over any
+ravine by means of rude aqueducts. They grow considerable quantities
+of tobacco, [28] which is, however, of inferior quality. This they
+sell to the civilised natives, and it is exported. I suppose it goes
+to Hamburg to make German Havana cigars, just as conger eels go to
+Paris to make fillets of soles. They cultivate sweet potatoes, also
+the ordinary potatoes, which grow well, and although small, are much
+prized in Manila, and meet with a ready sale. The Igorrotes of Lepanto
+eagerly seek new seeds to plant. It is strange that an agricultural
+people like this should have little or no idea of breeding cattle, but
+instead of doing so, they purchase from the Ilocanos and others cattle,
+horses, and pigs for consumption, paying good prices for them. They
+even buy dogs to eat. I have been assured by Mr. Ernest Heald, formerly
+British Vice-Consul at Sual, that he has often seen Igorrotes returning
+to the hills from Dagupan, leading strings of dogs, which they had
+purchased for food at prices varying from twenty-five to fifty cents,
+and that the dogs seemed to have an instinctive idea what they were
+being taken away for. The cooking of the Igorrotes is abominable,
+especially their way of cooking meat. It would not obtain the approval
+of Brillat Savarin. They seem to have no objection to eating it putrid,
+and their robust constitutions apparently prevent their suffering
+from ptomaine poisoning. The most remarkable characteristic of the
+Igorrotes is their skill as smiths, miners, and metallurgists. Their
+forges are not usually in their villages, but are hidden away in the
+forest; they use piston-blowers instead of bellows, and charcoal as
+fuel. Their lance-heads, swords, and other weapons are well shaped
+and of excellent quality. They worked the copper ores of Mancayen in
+Lepanto very successfully. From official documents it appears that
+from 1840 to 1855 they sold on an average each year about nineteen
+tons of copper, either in ingots or manufactured. Then a Spanish
+Company took up the work and ignominiously failed. Gold mining and
+washing was formerly a monopoly of the nobles, and the washing is
+so still to some extent. For centuries, and long before the Spanish
+conquest, the Igorrotes have brought down gold to trade with the coast
+natives. Such particulars as are known to me about Igorrote mining,
+smelting, and gold-washing, will be found under the headings Gold,
+Copper, Iron, in Chapter XVI.
+
+I have added to this account of them a list of such of their
+manufactures as I have seen or could learn of, and in most instances
+I have given the Igorrote name. The Igorrotes have several dialects,
+so that the names of the various articles may vary according to the
+locality. Herewith a list of the dialects and the places where each
+is spoken, taken from Spanish official sources.
+
+
+    Dialect.                        Locality.
+
+    Benguetano.                     The greater part of Benguet.
+    Igorrote.                       Lepanto.
+    Igorrote del Abra.              Five villages of Bontoc.
+    Igorrote de la Gran Cordillera. By the reduced Igorrotes and
+                                    the independent tribes of the
+                                    Caraballo.
+    Igorrote Suflin.                In fifteen villages of that
+                                    Cordillera.
+
+
+Many of the Principales or head-men and others under Spanish influence
+speak and write Ilocano, which they find necessary for their trade
+with that people. More than twenty years ago there were seven schools
+in Lepanto regularly attended by five hundred and sixty-two children,
+of whom one hundred and ten could then read and write Spanish. No
+doubt by this time these schools have considerably increased.
+
+I am much impressed by the great industry of these people and with the
+great skill they show in everything they undertake. It is therefore
+disappointing to read in Foreman's book 'The Philippine Islands,'
+p. 213: "Like all the races of the Philippines, they are indolent to
+the greatest degree." Foreman goes on to say, Polygamy seems to be
+permitted, murders are common, their huts are built bee-hive fashion,
+they keep a Dr. and Cr. account of heads with the Negritos. All this
+is probably in consequence of accepting idle stories as facts, and
+is nothing less than a libel on the Igorrotes. A people who believe
+in a Supreme Being, Creator of heaven and earth, in the immortality
+of the soul, in an upper and lower heaven, in punishment after
+death, if it has been evaded in life, who are strict monogamists,
+and who have a high belief in the sacredness of the marriage tie;
+a people who guard the chastity of their daughters as carefully as
+the British or the Americans; a people physically strong, brave,
+skilful, and industrious, have nothing in common with the wretches
+Foreman described under their name. These people live in the fairest
+and healthiest parts of Luzon, no fevers lurk amongst those pine-clad
+mountains, no sultry heats sap the vital powers. What an opportunity
+for a grand missionary enterprise! What a noble material to work on,
+every condition seems favourable. The very fact of their rejection of
+the form of Christianity presented to them, and their distrust of the
+Spaniards, may influence them in favour of some simpler doctrine. I
+shall feel well repaid for my labour in describing these people,
+if the truthful picture I have attempted to present of them should
+interest those who have the means and the will to inaugurate a new era,
+to help them along the Path. A perusal of what the old chroniclers say
+about them convinces me that they have done much themselves to improve
+their moral condition, and that many detestable customs, at all events
+attributed to them, have long since been relegated to oblivion.
+
+I now give a list of the Missions in the Igorrote and Tinguian
+territory that existed in 1892.
+
+
+    Missions in Tinguian and Igorrote Territory.
+
+    1892.
+
+    Province.    Town.             Population.   Missionaries.
+                                                 Rev. Father--
+
+    Abra         Pidigan.                2,418     P. Ornia.
+                 Bucay.                  3,688     J. Lopez.
+                 La Paz y San Gregorio.  2,802     P. Fernandez.
+                 Villavieja.             1,912     M. Fonturbel.
+                 Bangued.                8,702     A. Perez.
+                 Tayum.                  3,064     L. Vega.
+                 Dolores.                2,522     F. Franco.
+    Lepanto      Cervantes y Cayan.      2,200     A. Oyanguren.
+    Benguet      La Trinidad y Galiano.    849     J. Garcia.
+                                                   R. Rivera.
+                                        --------
+                                         28,157
+
+
+All the inhabitants of these towns and villages are Christians, and
+either they or their ancestors were baptised by missionaries of the
+Augustinian order.
+
+
+Some Manufactures of the Igorrotes.
+
+Weapons.
+
+Native Name.
+
+Say-ang                     Lance, for war or for killing deer.
+Talibon                     Short double-edged sword.
+Ligua, or Aligua            Axe used for decapitating the fallen enemy.
+Calasag or Calata           Long narrow wooden shields.
+Bunneng                     Wood knife.
+Sayac or Dayac              Sharp bamboo spikes to be set in the paths.
+                            Bows and arrows (the Igorrotes possess
+                            these, but are not skilful archers).
+                            Clubs.
+Gay-ang                     Javelins (favourite weapons of Igorrotes).
+
+Accoutrements.
+
+Alpilan or Sacupit          Knapsacks.
+Lagpi.                      Haversacks.
+                            Saddles.
+                            Bridles.
+Rangan                      Saddle-bags.
+Baot                        Whips.
+Upit                        Pouch for medicine and antidote for
+                            snake bite.
+Sac-dey                     Uniform or war jackets.
+Bariques                    Chief's sword belt.
+Balques                     Ancient sword belts used by their ancestors
+                            are preserved as heirlooms in the family.
+
+Clothing.
+
+Tacoco                      Hat made of rattan for head-men.
+                             ,, for married men.
+Suebong                      ,, ,,  bachelors, woven from cane.
+                             ,, ,,  women.
+Sachong                      ,, ,,  chiefs.
+Calogon or catlocon          ,, made of rattan and cane used by
+                            Christian Igorrotes.
+Sarquet or Barguet          Headcloth used by head-men.
+Loc-bo                      Caps.
+Olei or Ulas                Cloaks or plaids.
+Cobal                       Loin-cloth of bark or cotton.
+Baag or Bahaque             Aprons.
+Palingay                      ,,   for women.
+Atten                       Skirts used by head-men's wives or
+                            daughters.
+Tachun                      Waterproof hoods to cover the head and the
+                            load carried on the back, e.g., to keep
+                            tobacco dry in transit.
+An-nanga                    Waterproof capes of Anajas leaves.
+                            Sandals.
+                            Clogs.
+Ampaya, Samit               Tapis, cloth worn by women round the hips.
+Barique or canes            Sashes.
+Baquet                      Woman's belt to hold up the tapis.
+Bado                        Woman's shirt.
+                            Shirts made of the bark of the pacag.
+
+Ornaments.
+
+Chacang                     A gold plate used by head-men or chiefs
+                            to cover their teeth at feasts or when
+                            they present themselves to Europeans of
+                            distinction.
+Balangat                    A coronet of rattan.
+Aponque                     Collar or necklace.
+Apongont                    A coronet of scented wood (candaroma).
+Ono                         Necklace of reeds and coloured seeds.
+Bariques                       ,,    vertebrae of snakes.
+Siquel                      Necklace made of seed of climbing plant
+                            called Bugayon.
+                               ,,     ,,  white stones.
+                               ,,     ,,  crocodiles' teeth.
+                               ,,     ,,  boars' tusks.
+                               ,,     ,,  mother-of-pearl.
+Al-taque                    Coronet of polished mother-of-pearl.
+Garin                       Bangles or bracelets of copper.
+Bali                        Arm-rings, often of copper and gilt.
+Baney                       Leg rings of nito and fibre, or of copper,
+                            used by men.
+Arisud                      Ear-rings.
+Tabin                          ,,     of copper, used by men.
+Bit-jal or Bit-hal          Bracelets of boars' tusks.
+Galaong or Galang           Bracelets of mother-of-pearl.
+Onon-ipit                   Necklace or collar of metal, having three
+                            pendants, the centre one being tweezers
+                            for pulling out hairs, the other two
+                            instruments for cleaning out the ears.
+
+Household Goods.
+
+Gui-pan                     Small knife for peeling roots and
+                            splitting cane.
+Lodo                        Ladle of cocoa-nut shell for water.
+Idas                        Wooden spoons.
+Latoc                       Large wooden dish, with receptacles for
+                            sauce and salt.
+Dalela                      Rice dish of copper.
+Sagatan                     Strainer of cane and rattan.
+Sarangos-an                 Funnel made of a cocoa-nut shell.
+Labba                       Basket used for carrying provisions.
+Pidasen                     Baskets for domestic use.
+Tinac-dag
+Alat or Minuiniata          Small basket for collecting eggs.
+Babaco                      Provision basket.
+Bigao                       Basket for cleaning rice.
+Opit-daguil                 Provision basket.
+Opigan or Acuba-quigan      Basket for keeping clothes in.
+Cal-culven                  Cane basket blackened by smoke.
+Tapil                       Small basket of cane.
+Hugones                     Great baskets to hold rice.
+Agabin                      Creels for carrying fish.
+Apisang or Sacupif          Large basket used for carrying tobacco on
+                            the back.
+Sulpac                      Large bamboos for carrying water.
+Tang-tang                   Calabashes for measuring or holding basi.
+Ting-galon                  Goblet of plaited cane used at feasts for
+                            drinking basi.
+Pambian                     Spinning wheels.
+Paga-blang                  Looms.
+La-labayan                  Apparatus for holding skeins of cotton.
+Qui-tan-gang                Wooden drainer for the spoons or paddles
+                            used for stirring up the basi when
+                            brewing it.
+Balai-ti-ado                Rack to hold spoons.
+Quil-lit                    Earthen cooking-pot.
+Ongot                       Drinking-cup for water.
+Soled                       Dish of plaited rattan for boiled camote
+                            (sweet potatoes).
+Dapilag                     Dish of plaited rattan for boiled rice.
+
+Personal Effects.
+
+Palting                     Pouches for tobacco and gold.
+Upit                        Tobacco pouch plaited of rattan.
+Suput                       Purse made of cotton ornamented with
+                            copper wire.
+Cuaco                       Pipes of wood, stone, clay, or metal.
+Nupit                       Tobacco boxes.
+Sacopit                     Carved walking sticks.
+Tad                         Umbrellas.
+Pamiguin                    Pneumatic tinder-box, or fire squirt.
+Apit                        Pocket book of cane and rattan.
+Dubong                      Deer-skin pouch used when travelling.
+Quidatang                   Case with fittings for striking a light.
+Sagay say                   Combs.
+                            Tooth-brushes.
+
+Miscellaneous.
+
+Tali                        Ropes of Alinao bark.
+Sinal-lapid                 Ropes of Labtang bark.
+Raten                       Nets for taking deer and pigs.
+Chi-ay                      Traps for taking jungle-fowl.
+Anitos                      Images of the household gods.
+Sipas                       Foot-balls of rattan.
+Disig                       Humming tops.
+Casabang                    Branch of a tree used to frighten away
+                            snakes.
+                            Hammocks for sleeping or travelling.
+Tugas                       Throne for a chief and his favourite.
+                            Harrows.
+                            Ploughs.
+                            Cradles.
+                            Coffins.
+
+Musical Instruments.
+
+Sulibao or Culibao          Large drum, played with one stick.
+Quinibal                    Small drum held between the knees and
+                            played with two sticks.
+Calalen or Bab-balasan      Flutes played by single women.
+Cong-gala or                Flutes (nose flutes) played by men.
+Tong-gala
+Ganza                       Large flat gong held in right hand, and
+                            played with left, vibrations stopped with
+                            right elbow. If a human jaw-bone, taken
+                            from a dead enemy, is fitted as a handle,
+                            the value is enhanced.
+Pinsac                      A small gong.
+Bating-ting or              Triangles made of iron.
+Palas-bating-ting
+Cingo-cingco                Violin played by single men.
+                            Guitar, the body made from cocoa-nut shell.
+Palgong-bocancang           Cane instrument played by the women going
+                            to and coming from their work. Holding it
+                            in the right hand, they cover the orifice
+                            with the index-finger, and strike the other
+                            end on the left hand.
+
+Mining Tools, etc.
+
+Native names unknown        Crow-bars.
+                            Hammers.
+                            Wedges.
+                            Outfit for gold washing.
+                            Blowers for smiths' forges.
+                            Furnaces for smelting copper.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVIII.
+
+
+Isinays (11).
+
+A small tribe living in the northern part of Pangasinan, towards
+Mount Caraballo del Sur. They are now merged in the Pangasinanes,
+and have lost all distinctive customs.
+
+
+
+Abacas (12).
+
+A small tribe living about Caranglan in the South Caraballo. They were
+formerly fierce and warlike, but have been pacified and converted
+to Christianity. They had a separate language which has died out,
+and their customs are now those of the Christian natives.
+
+
+
+Italones (13).
+
+These people live in the south-west corner of Nueva Vizcaya, about
+the head-waters of the River Magat. They are numerous, and occupy
+many towns and villages, amongst them Bayombong, Dupax, Bambang,
+and Aritas. They were formerly warlike head-hunters, and are said to
+have devoured the hearts and brains of their slain enemies in order
+to inherit their courage and wisdom. This is a Chinese idea, and is
+even now practised in Canton, where pieces of the heart and liver of
+a particularly hardened and desperate criminal are retailed by the
+executioner at a high price for the above purpose. They wear their
+hair long like the Ilongotes. Their weapons were the lance, shield,
+or wood-knife, and in their customs and religion they resembled the
+Igorrotes. They were said to ornament the hilts of their swords with
+the teeth of their slain enemies. All these detestable customs have
+now disappeared; they have been converted to Christianity, and now are
+peaceful agriculturists and hunters. Game and fish abound; a telegraph
+line runs through their territory with a station at Bayombong. This
+is part of the line from Manila to Aparri.
+
+
+
+Ibilaos (14).
+
+These savages inhabit the hilly country about the sources of the River
+Casepuan, which, according to D'Almonte's map, is a tributary of the
+River Casiguran, which runs into the Bay of Baler; but, according
+to Olleros, is a tributary of the Rio Grande de Cagayan. However
+this may be, their habitat is on the borders of Nueva Ecija and
+Nueva Vizcaya. Some of these people have been subjugated, but the
+others live a nomadic life in the mountain forests, and resemble the
+Negritos. Their pleasure is to lie in wait and shoot the passers-by
+with their arrows. Like the Italones they are said to ornament
+their weapons with the teeth of the slain, and, like them, wear
+their hair long. The independent Ibilaos live by the chase, and on
+jungle produce, and do no cultivation. They are small of stature and
+weak. It is possible that they are a hybrid Negrito Malay race. Their
+bloodthirsty propensities make them a curse to their neighbours.
+
+
+
+Ilongotes (15).
+
+The Ilongotes inhabit the rocky fastnesses of the range of mountains
+on the east coast, called the Caraballo de Baler, the whole length
+of the Distrito del Principe, the north-east corner of Nueva Vizcaya
+and a strip of the southern part of Isabela.
+
+Their neighbours on the east are the Negritos, who live along the
+sea-shore. These people are also their neighbours on the north,
+where they inhabit the mountains.
+
+On the west they have the Ifugaos in the northerly part of their
+boundary, and civilised Indians of mixed races in the southern
+part. Their nearest neighbours to the south are some scattered Tagals.
+
+Blumentritt describes them from a photograph lent him by
+Dr. A. B. Meyer, as having eyes long and deeply sunk, upper lip and
+chin hairy, the hair long plaited in a tail, and often reaching the
+hips. A Spanish authority describes them as similar to the other
+hillmen, but wearing long hair, and dirty and disagreeable in their
+aspect
+
+Their dress is as primitive as that of the other savage races,
+the adult men wearing a band of beaten bark round the waist, the
+women wearing a tapis, and the children going quite naked. They wear
+rings or spirals of brass wire on their arms, necklaces, and other
+ornaments. But when the men have occasion to go into the Christian
+villages, they wear shirts and trousers. I have myself seen instances
+of this custom amongst the Tagbanuas in Palawan.
+
+They are clever smiths and know how to temper their weapons. Their
+lances have different shaped heads, and the shafts are made of Palma
+Brava. Their swords are well-made and ornamented, and are carried in
+a wooden scabbard from a belt of webbing. This appears to be their
+favourite weapon. They never go unarmed, even for a few paces, and
+they sleep with their weapons beside them. Their shields are of light
+wood, carved, and painted red.
+
+Their domestic life is not unlike that of the Christian natives,
+for they are not polygamists; they, however, are more careless and
+dirty. They purchase their wife from her parents. They subsist by
+hunting and fishing, and by cultivating rice, maize, sweet potatoes,
+and other vegetables. They grow tobacco, which they exchange for
+other goods with the Christian natives. They catch the wild carabaos
+in traps. They are ineradicably addicted to head-hunting, and wage
+a continual war with all their neighbours, but if an interval of
+peace occurs, they fight one family or clan against another, for they
+must have heads. The marriage ceremony cannot be completed till the
+bridegroom has presented the bride with some of these grisly trophies;
+heads of Christians for choice.
+
+They signify war by placing arrows in the path and sprinkling blood
+upon it. Treaties of peace, or rather truces, are sometimes ratified by
+human sacrifices, and the ceremony of blood-brothership is practised.
+
+They have few religious practices, although they believe in a Supreme
+Being, and in the ancestor-worship common to the country. The relatives
+assemble to celebrate a birth by a feast. On the fifth day a name
+is given to the infant. They take care of the sick and endeavour to
+cure them with herbs, to which they ascribe medicinal virtues. If the
+patient dies, the relatives devour everything in the house in order to
+mitigate their grief, and they bury the corpse within twenty-four hours
+of death, placing some provisions upon the grave. From a statement
+in a Spanish official publication, the Ilongote dialect is spoken
+in two towns and twenty-two rancherias of Nueva Vizcaya, and in four
+rancherias in the district of Principe. This shows that at least on
+their western border they are now somewhat held in check. But the
+poor Negritos still have to suffer their incursions.
+
+
+
+Mayoyaos and Silipanes (16).
+
+These people are very numerous, and inhabit the north-west corner
+of Nueva Vizcaya, and the south-west corner of Isabela, between the
+Cordillera Central and the River Magat. For neighbours, they have on
+the east the Ifugaos, those deadly lasso-throwers; on the west, the
+Igorrotes are separated from them by the Cordillera; to the north
+they have the Gaddanes, and the Itetapanes, and to the south the
+Italones. In appearance, dress, arms and ornaments, they resemble the
+Igorrotes of Lepanto. The Ifugao language is spoken at the missions
+of Quiangan and Silipan, and in a large number of hamlets of these
+people. They were pacified and converted to Christianity about half
+a century ago, and are gradually improving in civilisation.
+
+
+
+Ifugaos (17).
+
+The Ifugaos, who bear a strong resemblance to the Japanese, inhabit
+a territory in central Nueva Vizcaya, and in the south of Isabela,
+mostly between the River Magat and the Rio Grande, but they have
+a great many hamlets on the left bank of the Magat. They cultivate
+rice, camote, and other crops, but prefer to live by robbery whenever
+possible. They are persistent head-hunters, frequently at war with
+the neighbouring tribes, or amongst themselves.
+
+One notable peculiarity must be mentioned. Besides the lance, knife,
+and bow and arrows, they use the lasso, which they throw with great
+dexterity. Lurking near a trail, they cast the fatal coil over some
+unwary traveller, and promptly decapitate him, to add his skull to
+their collection, and decorate their hut.
+
+It is their custom to wear as many rings in their ears as they have
+taken heads.
+
+Major Galvez, after a skirmish with these people, found the corpse
+of one of their warriors who wore thirty-two death-rings in his ears.
+
+Their religion is said to be after the style of the Igorrotes, and
+some other hill-tribes of Luzon. Their chief god Cabunian had two
+sons, Sumabit and Cabigat, and two daughters, Buingan and Daunguen,
+who married amongst themselves, and from them the human race is
+descended. Ancestor-worship is also practised. The Spaniards built
+and garrisoned a chain of forts in the Ifugao territory to keep them
+in order, and of late years their murderous incursions have been
+kept in check. It would require an enquiry on the spot to say whether
+there is any prospect of this tribe becoming civilised, and converted
+to Christianity.
+
+
+
+Gaddanes (18).
+
+The Gaddanes occupy the north-east quarter of Saltan and Bondoc,
+and their territory stretches over into Isabela in a south-easterly
+direction to the River Magat, thus bordering on the five-mile strip
+of Ibanag territory on the left bank of the Rio Grande. The upper
+part of the Rio Chico runs through their Saltan territory, and the
+River Libug through their Isabela territory.
+
+In appearance they are darker than any other of the hillmen of
+Luzon. They are not as well built as the Igorrotes. They have round
+eyes, and large, flat noses. They are very dirty. Their houses are
+built on lofty piles, and the ladder is drawn up at night, or in war
+time. They are partly converted to Christianity, and are of a milder
+disposition than their neighbours.
+
+
+
+Itetapanes (19).
+
+These people live in Bontoc, almost the centre of Northern Luzon. On
+the west they have the Busaos Igorrotes, on the east the Gaddanes,
+to the north-west they have the Guinanes, and to the south the
+Mayoyaos. They are more like the Gaddanes than any other neighbours,
+especially in the eyes and hair, yet in other respects they are
+something like the Negritos in appearance, and much more so in their
+dispositions and customs, for it has not been possible to civilise
+them. Their arms are the same as the Busaos, and, like them, they wear
+a cylindrical shako, which they dye a brilliant red. They appear to
+be a hopeless race.
+
+
+
+Guinanes (20).
+
+These terrible neighbours of the peaceful Tinguianes inhabit both
+slopes of the Cordillera Central in Abra and Bontoc. They do not pass
+to the west of the River Abra, or its affluent, the Pusulguan.
+
+On the south the Guinanes have the warlike Busaos, who are well able to
+defend themselves, and to retaliate on their aggressors. Consequently,
+the Tinguianes are the principal victims; in fact, some years back,
+they had no peace, and are not now free from danger.
+
+The fame and respect enjoyed by a successful head-hunter is the great
+incentive to them to persevere in their sanguinary forays, which they
+conduct with the greatest cunning.
+
+The return of the head-hunters to their village with their ghastly
+trophies is celebrated by prolonged and frantic orgies--feasting
+and drinking, singing war-songs, music and dancing. In fact, their
+rejoicings only differ in degree and intensity from those customary
+in Christian nations to celebrate the slaughter of their enemies.
+
+So fond are the Guinanes of getting heads, that when not at war with
+other tribes they fight amongst themselves.
+
+They are much like the Igorrotes, and, like them, are settled in towns
+and villages. They practise agriculture, and are excellent smiths,
+and forge specially good knives, which are much esteemed by the Busaos,
+and find a ready sale amongst them.
+
+Little is known of their manners and customs, or of their numbers,
+since few travellers care to run the risk of having their skulls
+added to the collection of some connoisseur.
+
+I cannot suggest any use this tribe could be to the United States,
+for I do not think the most enthusiastic or devoted missionary would
+hanker after being appointed to convert them, and even if such an
+one could be found, the probability of his success would be very small.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIX
+
+
+Calauas, or Itaves (21).
+
+A small tribe, living in a strip of country stretching across the
+great loop formed by the Rio Chico de Cagayan just before it enters
+the Rio Grande. They are peaceful and industrious cultivators,
+and grow rice and excellent tobacco. In former days, when the State
+monopoly was in force, they used to smuggle this, and were attacked,
+and their plantations laid waste in consequence. But now they are
+able to trade freely, and must have become prosperous. Very little
+is known about them. The word Calauas is also spelt Calaguas.
+
+
+
+Camuangas and Bayabonanes (22).
+
+These people live in the southern part of the province of Cagayan,
+say about 17 deg. 30' north latitude. On the north they have the Calauas,
+or Calaguas, and on the south the Dadayags. D'Almonte's map shows no
+hamlets in their territory, and the nearest visita is Gamuasan. Nothing
+is known about them, and Blumentritt considers it not improbable that
+they are a branch of the Dadayags.
+
+
+
+Dadayags (23).
+
+A small tribe living in the north-west comer of Isabela, not far from
+the left bank of the Rio Grande.
+
+
+
+Nabayuganes (24).
+
+These people, who have a language of their own, live in two
+long valleys extending from the Cordillera Central towards the
+east. According to D'Almonte's map, these parallel valleys lead down
+to the town of Malaneg, and in each of them there is a river. That
+in the northern valley is called the River Nabbuangan, and that in
+the southern valley the River Nabbuanguan. They join before reaching
+Malaneg, forming the River Nagalat, a tributary of the Rio Chico
+de Cagayan. Nothing is known of their religion or nature. On the
+north-east of the Nabayuganes live the Aripas.
+
+
+
+Aripas (25).
+
+This tribe inhabits the hills to the west of the junction of the Rio
+Grande and Rio Chico of Cagayan. They have the Apayaos on the west,
+the Ibanags on the east, the Calingas on the north, and the Ilanes
+on the south. They are peaceful, and partly converted to Christianity.
+
+
+
+Calingas (26).
+
+These people inhabit the mountains to the north of the Aripas. On
+their north and east they have the Ibanags, and on the west the
+Apayaos. They are supposed to have a good deal of Chinese blood in
+their veins. They are now peaceful, like the Aripas.
+
+
+
+Tinguianes (27).
+
+The Tinguianes inhabit the western half of the province of Abra, and
+their villages are thickly scattered about on the eastern slopes of
+the Ilocos mountains, and on the banks of the River Abra. They have
+also pushed their way to the extreme north-east corner of Abra, and
+they extend southwards and westwards along the coast as far as Punta
+Darigayos. Santiago is a Christian Tinguian town, and was founded
+in 1736.
+
+The Tinguianes are of a peaceful disposition, and are gradually
+becoming civilised and converted to Christianity. In fact, of late
+years, the advance of the Spaniards has been considerable. It is only
+in the more remote parts of their territory that some of them retain
+their independence, and their ancient laws, beliefs and customs. The
+constant intercourse they have with the Ilocanos has resulted in
+spreading that dialect amongst them, whilst their own language is
+dying out.
+
+In appearance the Tinguianes differ considerably from the other
+mountain tribes of Luzon, being taller, and of a much lighter
+colour. Their noses are not flattened like those of the Malays, but
+are aquiline, and remind one of the features of the Cholos of the
+Peruvian coast. They are a cleanly people; the men wear turbans,
+jacket and trousers; the women belonging to their nobility have
+their garments beautifully embroidered. They wear arm-sheaths, and
+sometimes leg-sheaths, made of plaited fibre, and ornamented with
+beads, or with coloured stones, brought from the Batanes islands,
+which they purchase in Ilocos. They also wear necklaces of these
+stones, copper or silver ear-rings, and other trinkets.
+
+Spanish writers consider these people to have a strong admixture of
+Chinese blood, and suppose it may be from a remnant of the pirates
+under Li-ma-hon, who were defeated by Juan Salcedo in 1574. The learned
+Blumentritt, however, dissents from this opinion, which he considers to
+be a modern invention, and gives Salcedo credit for doing his work very
+thoroughly, and not letting many of the pirates escape. He says that,
+although in dress and appearance the Tinguianes are very similar to
+the fishermen of the province of Fo-Kien, there are no Chinese words
+to be found in their dialect, and that consequently the intermixture
+of Chinese can only have been small. However this may be, the coast of
+Fo-Kien, which is opposite Formosa, is only about 500 miles from the
+Port of Vigan, the currents are favourable for the southerly voyage,
+and sailing craft can cross in either monsoon. Consequently, either
+as traders, fugitives, or castaways, Fo-Kien sailors or fishermen
+could easily have arrived on the coast.
+
+The Tinguianes assiduously cultivate their land, and irrigate their
+rice-fields with some skill. They breed horses and cattle, which
+they sell in the markets of Ilocos, as well as jungle produce, wax,
+skins and gold-dust. They raft timber down the Abra River and make
+for sale various articles of wood, such as bateas, ladles and spoons,
+also they make mats and baskets.
+
+Their marriages are conducted in a similar manner to those of other
+tribes, the ceremony, whether Christian or heathen, being followed by
+the usual feasts and dancing, and music in the intervals of eating and
+drinking. Their instruments are drums, flutes and guitars. As usual,
+roast pig is the principal dish, the animal being roasted whole on
+a spit of cane. When the feast is over the newly-married couple are
+conducted to their house by the principal chief or elder. A large mat
+being spread on the ground they lie down on it keeping at a distance
+of several feet from each other. A boy of six or eight years of age
+then lies down between them, and the elders retire leaving the trio
+together. The bride and bridegroom are forbidden to indulge in any
+caresses, nor even to speak to each other till the following day. The
+healthy life led by the women enables them to recover very rapidly
+after child-birth. In fact, they return to their usual avocations
+directly after the ceremony of purification, which consists of washing
+the newly-born infant in running water. Divorce among the heathen is
+merely a matter of paying a fine of some thirty dollars, in money or
+in kind, to the village chief or elder, or to the Goberna-doreillo,
+if the village is under Spanish rule. Divorce is not allowed amongst
+those who are converted, and this must be a great hindrance to their
+acceptance of Christianity.
+
+They take little care of the sick, and when hope is given up the
+patient is left alone to die. The Peruvian Indians have a similar
+custom. Amongst the Serranos, when a sick person does not soon show
+signs of recovery, a family meeting is called, and a fixed sum is
+voted for his cure, say twelve or twenty reals. When this amount has
+been spent, the patient is removed from his couch and laid upon a
+hide on the ground outside the house. A child is posted to fan him
+and keep off the flies, and only water is given him till he dies.
+
+The Tinguianes formerly buried their dead in pits dug under their
+houses, after subjecting the corpses to a baking or drying process,
+and on certain days in the year food was placed near the tombs for the
+souls of the dead to partake of. Those who are converted have of course
+to bury their dead in the cemetery, and to pay a fee to the priest.
+
+They share the idea that seems to prevail amongst all Malays, that the
+soul is absent from the body during sleep, and that consequently it
+is dangerous and wicked to awake anybody suddenly. The most dreadful
+thing that can happen to anybody, therefore, is to die whilst sleeping,
+leaving his soul wandering about. Their most desperate curse is to
+wish that this may happen to an adversary. This seems to reach a higher
+level of cursing than the oaths of the Tagals which I have previously
+mentioned. The usual respect for ancestors is shown, and any weapons
+or ornaments which have belonged to them are carefully preserved as
+valued heirlooms. The names of an ancestor must, however, on no account
+be pronounced by his descendants, so that if any necessity arises to
+answer a question which involves mentioning the name of one, a friend
+not related to the person enquired about must be called in to answer.
+
+Monsieur de la Gironiere visited these people, and describes them
+as men of good stature, slightly bronzed, with straight hair,
+regular profiles, and aquiline noses. The women truly beautiful and
+graceful. They appeared to him to resemble the people of the South
+of France, except for their costume and language. The men wore a
+belt and a sort of turban made from the bark of the fig-tree. Their
+arms consisted of a long lance, a small axe, called aligua, and a
+shield. The women wore a belt and a narrow apron which came down to
+their knees, their heads being ornamented with pearls, and grains of
+coral and gold were fixed amongst their hair. The upper parts of their
+hands were painted blue, and they wore plaited sheaths ornamented
+with beads on their fore-arms; these sheaths strongly compressed the
+fore-arm, being put on when the women were young, and they prevented
+the development of the fore-arm, whilst causing the wrists and hands
+to swell. This is a beauty amongst the Tinguianes as the little foot
+is amongst the Chinese.
+
+They occupied seventeen villages, and each family had two habitations,
+one on the ground for use in the day, and one fixed on piles or on
+the summits of lofty trees, as much as sixty or eighty feet from the
+ground, where they sleep, to protect themselves from the nocturnal
+attacks of the Guinanes, their mortal and sanguinary enemies. From
+these lofty dwellings they threw down stones upon assailants. In
+the middle of each village there is a large shed which serves for
+meetings and public ceremonies. He further states that after an attack
+of the Guinanes had been repulsed from Laganguilan-y-Madalay by the
+Tinguianes he went to an assembly at that village and witnessed a
+ceremony in honour of the victory. The heads of the slain enemies were
+exhibited to the crowd, and various speeches were made. The skulls
+were then split open and the brains removed and given to some young
+girls, who worked them up with their hands in a quantity of basi or
+native beer. The compound was then served in cups to the chiefs, who
+partook of it with every appearance of enjoyment, and was afterwards
+handed round to all the warriors in due order. M. de la Gironiere and
+his Tagal servant also partook of this refreshment out of politeness
+to their hosts. The ceremony was followed by a dance and a smoking
+concert, during which copious libations of basi were consumed.
+
+M. de la Gironiere has omitted to mention how his hosts, after this
+drunken orgy, managed to regain their elevated sleeping quarters,
+sixty or eighty feet from the ground. One would think that the Tinguian
+coroner would have been busy the next morning. He, however, does tell
+us that, being unable to sleep, he got up in the night and looked
+about him, finding a well or pit, which he descended. At different
+levels in this shaft were short galleries or niches, and in each of
+these was a dried or mummified corpse. This shaft was sunk inside
+the house where he slept.
+
+He learnt from the Tinguianes that they believed in the existence
+of the soul, that it leaves the body after death, but remains in
+the family. Also that they venerated any strange object, such as a
+rock or tree which resembled some animal. They would make a hut over
+or near it, and celebrate a feast, at which they sacrificed pigs;
+they afterwards danced and drunk basi, then burnt down the hut and
+retired. They had, he says, only one wife, but might have several
+concubines, who, however, did not inhabit the conjugal domicile, but
+each had a hut of her own. The riches of a Tinguian was demonstrated
+by the number of porcelain vases he possessed. According to M. de la
+Gironiere, the Tinguianes mummified their dead by subjecting them to a
+long drying process. The body, propped up on a stool, was surrounded
+by braziers with charcoal or wood embers, and the moisture which
+exuded from it was wiped off by the women with cotton. When the body
+was well dried up it was kept above ground for fifteen days and then
+committed to the tomb. The neighbours and friends kept up the wake
+and pronounced eulogies on the defunct until they had consumed all
+the eatables and liquor in the house, when they took their departure.
+
+These people must have very greatly increased in numbers, as the
+Spanish authority has extended its protection to them, checking the
+incursions of the Guinanes and other savages. It has been stated that
+in former years the Tinguianes were much sought after as recruits for
+the garrison of Manila. They do not appear to be a warlike race, yet so
+fine a body of men ought to be able to supply a battalion of infantry
+for the native army which the United States will have to raise, for
+nobody can suppose that 25,000 young Americans can be permanently kept
+in garrison in the Archipelago. But this I discuss in another chapter.
+
+
+
+Adangs (28).
+
+According to D'Almonte's map in the latitude of Pasuquin, Province
+of Ilocos Notre, the Cordillera del Norte bends to the eastward and
+throws out a spur to the north-west, forming a Y, and enclosing a
+considerable valley, through which runs a river called the Bate,
+Bucarog, or Arimit, which falls into the Bay of Bangui. This is the
+habitat of the Adangs, a small tribe, yet a nation, for their language
+has no resemblance to that of any of their neighbours. Their customs
+are nearer those of the Apayaos than any other. They are civilised and
+have been Christians for generations. Their chief town is Adan or Adam.
+
+
+
+Apayaos (29).
+
+This race was formerly very warlike, but is now more civilized, and
+many even converted to Christianity. They inhabit the mountainous
+region round about the River Apayao, on the east of the Cordillera
+del Norte and extend down towards the plains of the Rio Chico.
+
+They pay some attention to agriculture, and besides growing vegetables
+and maize for their own use, they raise tobacco and cacao which
+they trade away to the Ilocanos in exchange for such articles as
+they require.
+
+Their houses compare favourably with those of the other
+hill-tribes. They are raised to a considerable height, being square
+in form with heavy hardwood posts at the corners. The floor is made of
+cedar planks, the roof is thatched with cogon or reeds, and the walls
+and partitions are of plaited palm leaves. A fire-place is arranged in
+one corner. They ornament the walls with remarkable taste, hanging up
+the ornaments and arms of their ancestors, which they greatly prize
+and will not part with for any price.
+
+They also highly value Chinese and Japanese pottery or porcelain.
+
+Needless to say that the worship of ancestors is with them piously
+performed.
+
+They used to be head-hunters and made the death of any of their
+chief men an excuse to lie in ambush and massacre any inoffensive
+passers-by for the purpose of taking the heads to place round the
+corpse and afterwards bury them with it.
+
+However, the steady pressure of the Spanish authority, during long
+terms of years, has nearly eradicated this detestable custom, and
+if practised at all, it is only in the remoter fastnesses of the
+mountains, where they cannot yet be controlled.
+
+The Apayaos living in the plains are mostly reduced to obedience,
+and many pay the poll-tax.
+
+It would seem that there is a prospect of these people being civilised
+and becoming useful cultivators.
+
+
+
+Catalanganes and Irayas (30-31).
+
+The Irayas live in scattered hamlets on the summits of the Sierra
+Madre, and on its western slopes right down to the Rio Grande. Their
+territory extends for about twenty geographical miles on each side of
+the 17th parallel. Amongst them live many Negritos who have renounced
+their nomadic life, and have adopted the manners and customs of their
+hosts. The tattooing of the Irayas and Negritos is similar. The Irayas
+are a Malay tribe amongst whom are found individuals of a Mongolian
+type, others are hybrid Negrito Malays.
+
+They do a little slovenly agriculture, using buffaloes for
+ploughing. They catch an abundance of fish from the four considerable
+streams running through their territory. They consume a large quantity
+of fish with their rice, and salt and sell the surplus to their
+neighbours. They are characteristically light-hearted and hospitable,
+and readily receive remontados and other strangers. Their religion is
+the usual Anito worship. They build wretched houses, and are very dirty
+in their habits, throwing their refuse down in front of the house.
+
+The Catalanganes take their name from the River Catalangan which runs
+into the Rio Grande near Ilagan. They are a branch of the Irayas,
+but show a more strongly marked Mongolian type.
+
+They are cleaner than the Irayas, and more industrious, and provident,
+storing up provisions against a bad harvest.
+
+Their fields are much better kept than those of the Irayas, and they
+employ their spare time in felling trees and hewing them into canoes,
+which find a ready sale at Ilagan.
+
+They dress much like the Christian Malays, but are tattooed in patterns
+of Chinese or Japanese origin.
+
+Their laws prescribe severe penalties for theft and other
+crimes. Their weapons are bows and arrows, and they are said to be
+very cowardly. Their choice of weapons confirms this statement.
+
+They differ much from the Irayas in character, for they are
+inhospitable, avaricious and greedy, and of a gloomy disposition. On
+the other hand, they keep their houses cleaner.
+
+They have temples for worship, and some roughly-made
+monuments. According to Semper, they have two pairs of gods which they
+specially worship in June: Tschichenan, with his wife Bebenaugan,
+and Sialo with his wife Binalinga. The usual ancestor-worship also
+prevails, and they show great respect for the Anitos according to
+seniority, providing special shelters and little benches near their
+houses for their convenience.
+
+Both Irayas and Catalanganes have Gobernadorcillos appointed by the
+Spanish Military Governor of Isabela. They pay the poll-tax, called
+by the Spaniards "Acknowledgment of Vassalage," but are otherwise
+independent and administer their own laws and customs. They are quite
+peaceful, and will doubtless in time advance in civilisation.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXX
+
+
+Catubanganes (32).
+
+A tribe of savages inhabiting the mountains of Guinayangan in
+Tayabas, from whence they raid the Christian villages and drive off
+cattle. Nothing is known about their origin or habits; they have some
+wandering Negritos as neighbours.
+
+
+
+Vicols (33).
+
+The Vicols inhabit the southern half of the province of Camarines
+Norte, the whole of Camarines Sur and Albay, the islands of
+Catanduanes, Burias, and Ticao, and the northern shores of
+Masbate. They are civilised, and have been Christians for centuries.
+
+They speak a dialect of their own, which, according to Jagor,
+is midway between Tagal and Visay, which dialect is spoken in its
+greatest purity by the inhabitants of the Isarog volcano and its
+immediate neighbourhood, and that thence towards the west the dialect
+becomes more and more like the Tagal, and towards the east like the
+Visay until by degrees, before reaching the ethnographical boundary,
+it merges into those kindred languages.
+
+In manners and customs they appear to be half-bred between these two
+races, yet, according to F. Blumentritt, they preceded the Tagals,
+and were in fact the first Malays to arrive in Luzon. They show signs
+of intermixture with Polynesian or Papuan stock.
+
+They are physically inferior to the Tagals, nor do they possess the
+proud warlike spirit of the dwellers in north Luzon. They are less
+cleanly, and live in poorer houses.
+
+The men dress like the Tagals, but the women wear the patadion instead
+of a saya, and a shirt of guinara.
+
+Blumentritt says the men carry the Malay kris instead of the bolo, but
+I did not see a kris carried by any one when I visited the province.
+
+In fact, the regulations enforced at that time by the Guardia Civil
+were against carrying such a weapon. The bolo, on the other hand,
+is a necessary tool.
+
+I visited the province of Camarines Sur, going from Manila to Pasacao
+by sea, and from there travelled by road to an affluent of the River
+Vicol, and then by canoe on a moonlit night to Nueva Caceres, the
+capital of the province.
+
+Here I met a remarkable man, the late Bishop Gainza, and was much
+impressed by his keen intellect and great knowledge of the country.
+
+He was said to be a man of great ambition, and I can quite believe
+it. Originally a Dominican monk, it was intended that he should have
+been made Archbishop of Manila, but, somehow, Father Pedro Paya, at
+that time Procurator of the Order in Madrid, got himself nominated
+instead, and Gainza had to content himself with the bishopric of
+Nueva Caceres.
+
+He was a model of self-denial, living most frugally on a small part of
+his revenue, contributing a thousand dollars a year to the funds of
+the Holy Father, and spending the remainder in building or repairing
+churches and schools in his diocese, or in assisting undertakings he
+thought likely to benefit the province.
+
+Amongst other works, I remember that he had tried to cut a canal from
+the River Vicol to the Bay of Ragay. He had excavated a portion of
+it, but either on his death, or from the difficulties raised by the
+Public Works Department, the work was abandoned.
+
+The Franciscan friars, who held the benefices in that province,
+opposed him, and annoyed him in every possible way.
+
+The present bishop, Father Arsenio Ocampo, formerly an Augustinian
+monk, is a clever and enlightened man, with whom I had dealings when
+he was Procurator-General of his Order.
+
+I have made this digression from my subject, because so much has
+been said against the clergy of the Philippines, that I feel impelled
+to bring before my readers this instance of a bishop who constantly
+endeavoured to promote the interests of his province.
+
+Nueva Caceres possessed several schools, a hospital, a lepers'
+hospital, and a training-college for school-mistresses had just been
+established by Bishop Gainza's initiative.
+
+The shops were mostly in the hands of Chinese, who did a flourishing
+trade in Manchester goods, patadoins, and coloured handkerchiefs.
+
+There were several Spanish and Mestizo merchants who dealt in hemp
+and rice.
+
+From Nueva Caceres I travelled by a good road to Iriga, a town near
+the volcano of that name, passing close to the Isarog on my way. From
+Iriga I visited the country round about, and Lake Bula.
+
+Some years after I went from Manila by sea to Tabaco, on the Pacific
+coast of Albay, getting a fine night view of the Mayon volcano (8272
+feet) in violent eruption.
+
+From Tabaco I drove to Tivi and visited the celebrated boiling-well
+and hot-springs at that place, much frequented by the natives, and
+sometimes by Europeans, for the cure of rheumatism and other diseases.
+
+Now that the Stars and Stripes float over the Philippines it is to
+be hoped that a regular sanatorium will be erected at this beautiful
+and health-restoring spot, the advantages of which might attract
+sufferers from all the Far East.
+
+On these journeys I had a good opportunity of studying the people. The
+chief exports are Abaca (Manila hemp), and rice. In Camarines Sur
+the principal crop is rice, whilst in Albay the hemp predominates,
+and they import rice.
+
+The cultivation of rice, which I have briefly described when writing
+of the Tagals, is not an occupation calculated to improve the minds
+or bodies of those engaged in it, and I have noticed that wherever
+this is the staple crop the peasantry are in a distinctly lower
+condition than where cane is planted and sugar manufactured. Their
+lives are passed in alternate periods of exhausting labour and of utter
+idleness, there is nothing to strive for, nothing to learn, nothing
+to improve. The same customs go on from generation to generation,
+the same rude implements are used, and the husbandman paid for his
+labour in kind lives destitute of comfort in the present, and without
+hope for the future.
+
+Nor can the cultivation and preparation of hemp be considered as a
+much more improving occupation.
+
+Little care, indeed, is required by the Musa textilis after the
+first planting, and the cleaning of the fibre is a simple matter,
+but very laborious.
+
+Several Spaniards are settled in these provinces, also a few agents
+of British houses in Manila, and some Chinese and Mestizos. They
+usually complain bitterly of the difficulty they experience in getting
+hemp delivered to them owing to the laziness and unpunctuality of
+the natives.
+
+Yet, notwithstanding this, most of them live in affluence and some
+have amassed fortunes by Vicol labour. There is, in fact, a good deal
+of money in Albay, Daraga, and other towns in the hemp districts, and
+they are the happy hunting-ground of the Jew pedlar who there finds
+a good market for yellow diamonds and off-colour gems unsaleable in
+London or Paris. Houndsditch and Broadway will do well to note.
+
+The peasantry, however, either from improvidence or aversion to steady
+labour, seem to be rather worse off than the Tagals and Pampangos,
+more especially those amongst them who cultivate paddy.
+
+The whole of the large amount of hemp exported from Manila and Cebu
+is cleaned by hand.
+
+Several attempts have been made to employ machinery, but the inherent
+conditions of the industry are unfavourable to success in this line.
+
+The plants are grown principally on the eastern slopes of the volcanic
+mountains of Southern Luzon, and the adjacent islands where the soil
+is soft and friable and roads are unknown.
+
+The heavy stems of the plants cannot profitably be conveyed to fixed
+works for treatment, and no machine has yet been devised light enough
+to be carried up to the lates or plantations and able to compete with
+hand labour. In a recent report to the British North Borneo Company,
+Mr. W. C. Cowie mentions his hopes that Thompson's Fibre Company
+are about to send out a trial decorticator, with engine and boiler
+to drive it, to the River Padas, in that company's territories, for
+cleaning the fibre of the numerous plants of the Musa textilis growing
+in that region. It will be interesting to learn the result. Possibly
+the conditions of transport by rail or river are more favourable than
+in the Philippines, and in that case a measure of success is quite
+possible. But few errors are more expensive than to unwarrantably
+assume that machinery must necessarily be cheaper than hand labour.
+
+Anyhow, as regards the Philippines here is a nice little problem. If
+the mechanics of Massachusetts and Connecticut cannot solve it,
+I do not know who can.
+
+The Vicol labourers proceed to the lates in couples, carrying their
+simple and efficient apparatus, all of which, except the knife,
+they make themselves.
+
+One man cuts down the plant, removes the outer covering, and separates
+the layers forming the stem, dividing them into strips about one and
+a half inches wide, and spreading them out to air.
+
+The other man standing at his bench, takes a strip and places the
+middle of it across the convex block and under the knife, which is
+held up by the spring of a sapling overhead. Then, placing one foot
+on a treadle hanging from the handle of the knife, he firmly presses
+the latter down on the block. It should be explained that the knife
+is not sharp enough to cut the fibres. Firmly grasping the strip
+in both hands, and throwing his body backwards, he steadily draws
+the strip towards him till all the fibre has passed the knife; then,
+removing his foot from the treadle, the knife is lifted from the block
+by the spring, leaving the pulp and waste behind it. Sweeping this
+off, he reverses the half-cleaned strip, and twisting the cleaned
+fibre round one hand and wrist, and grasping it also with the other,
+he draws the part he formerly held, under the knife, pressing the
+treadle with the foot as before, and thus completes the cleaning of
+one strip. The fibre is often six feet long, and only requires drying
+in the sun to be marketable.
+
+A man is able to clean about twenty-five pounds of hemp per day,
+and receives one half of it for his labour.
+
+He usually sells his share to his employer for a trifle under the
+market price.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXI
+
+
+The Chinese in Luzon.
+
+    Mestizos or half-breeds.
+
+
+When Legaspi founded the city of Manila, in 1571, he found that Chinese
+junks frequented the port, and carried on a trade with Tondo and the
+other native towns.
+
+Three years later, the Chinese pirate, Li-ma-hon, made an attack on
+the new city with a force of 2000 men in ninety-five small vessels,
+but was repulsed.
+
+In 1603, the Chinese in Manila, under Eng-cang, rose against the
+Spaniards, and entrenched themselves in the suburbs. The Spaniards
+failed in the first assault with heavy loss, but ultimately the Chinese
+were defeated, and 23,000 were massacred, the few remaining being made
+galley-slaves. In 1639, another insurrection of the Chinese occurred
+and again some 23,000 were massacred.
+
+In 1662, in consequence of the Chinese pirate Cong-seng demanding
+tribute from the governor of the Philippines, a decree was made that
+all Chinese must leave. The Chinese, however, refused, and entrenched
+themselves in the Parian, or market-place, outside the walls. They were
+attacked, and many thousands were killed. A body of 2000 endeavoured
+to march north, but were massacred by the Pampangos.
+
+In 1762, when Manila was taken by the forces of the Honourable East
+India Company, the Chinese eagerly joined in the plundering. It having
+been rumoured that the Chinese intended to join the British forces,
+Don Simon de Anda condemned them all to death, and most of them were
+hung, their property passing to their executioners.
+
+In 1820, there occurred the fifth and last massacre of the
+Chinese. The mob of Manila took advantage of the abject cowardice of
+the acting-governor, General Folgueras, and of other authorities,
+and for hours vented their spite on the unhappy Chinamen, showing
+them no mercy, and carrying off their goods.
+
+Since that time no general massacre has taken place, but such is the
+dislike of the natives to the Chinese, that these latter would have
+been quickly exterminated if the Spanish Government had failed at
+any time to protect them.
+
+The Chinese are mostly herded together in Manila, and in some of
+the larger towns. Some few venture to keep stores in the villages,
+and others travel about at the risk of their lives in the sugar,
+hemp and tobacco districts, as purchasers and collectors of produce.
+
+I consider that they should not be allowed to do this, for the
+invariable result of their interference is to reduce the quality of
+everything they handle. Their trade is based upon false weights and
+measures, and upon adulteration, or insufficient preparation of the
+produce. They are very patient with the natives, and this gives them
+a very great advantage over a European, even if the latter is used
+to Eastern ways. An American would probably have less patience than
+any European in negotiating a purchase of produce from an up-country
+native; the waste of time would exasperate him. I feel sure that most
+of those who know the Philippines will agree with me as to the evil
+results of the operations of the Chinese produce-brokers. Adulterated
+sugar, half-rotten hemp, half-cured tobacco, badly-prepared
+indigo--that is what the Chinaman brings in. He spoils every article
+he trades in, and discredits it in the world's markets.
+
+The Chinese nowhere cultivate the soil, except the gardens and
+market-gardens around Manila, and a few of the large towns.
+
+This is, perhaps, not due to their unwillingness to do so, but because
+they dare not; the natives are too jealous of them, and their lives
+would not be safe away from the towns.
+
+Their genius is commercial, and they are at home in shop, bazaar, or
+office. I think that the Chinese agriculturist does not leave his home
+for the Philippines. Most of those in the islands come from Amoy, and
+the district round that port. Some few are from Macao; they seem to be
+all townsmen, not countrymen. Each shopkeeper has several assistants,
+ranging in age from boys of ten or twelve upwards. On arrival, they are
+placed in a sort of school--a very practical one--to learn Spanish;
+for instance, numbers and coins, with such terms as Muy barato--very
+cheap. As a Chinaman cannot pronounce the letter R, but substitutes L,
+this becomes Muy balato. Thus, also, the Roo-Kiu Islands become the
+Loo-Chew Islands, in Chinese.
+
+The Chinaman is an excellent shop-keeper or pedlar, and some years
+ago, the British importers of Manchester goods made it a practice
+to give credit for goods supplied to the Chinese; the banks also
+extended some facilities to them. In consequence, however, of heavy
+losses to several British firms, this custom has been abandoned,
+or considerably restricted.
+
+The Chinese are good barbers, cooks and gardeners. As breeders of
+fish they are unrivalled. Besides this they compete successfully
+with the Tagal in the following trades: blacksmiths, boiler-makers,
+stokers, engine-drivers, ship and house carpenters, boat-builders,
+cabinet-makers and varnishers, iron and brass-founders, shoe-makers,
+tin-smiths. These artisans are very industrious, and labour constantly
+at their trades. Their great feast is at the Chinese New Year, which
+occurs in February, when they take about a week's holiday, and regale
+themselves on roast pig, and other delicacies, making also presents
+of sweets, fruits, and Jocchiu hams, to their patrons and customers.
+
+There are Chinese apothecaries in Manila, but they are mostly resorted
+to by their own countrymen, and their awful concoctions are nasty
+beyond belief. They deal largely in aphrodisiacs.
+
+Some Chinese doctors practise in Manila, and are said to make wonderful
+cures, even on patients given up by the orthodox medicos. They feel
+the pulse at the temporal artery, or else above the bridge of the nose.
+
+They used to suffer a good deal from the jealousy of the Spanish
+practitioners, and were persecuted for practising without a
+qualification.
+
+Large numbers of Chinese coolies are employed in Manila handling coal,
+loading and unloading ships and lighters, pressing hemp, drying sugar,
+and in other work too hard and too constant for the natives.
+
+The number of Chinese in Luzon has been variously estimated at from
+30,000 to 60,000 men, and two or three hundred women. The anonymous
+author of 'Filipinas--Problema Fundamental' (Madrid, 1891), gives
+the number of Chinese in the whole Archipelago as 125,000, and he
+evidently had access to good information. The fact is nobody knows,
+and in all probability the Spanish authorities had an interest in
+understating the number.
+
+The Chinese were organised quite separately from the natives. Wherever
+their numbers were considerable, they had their own tribunal, with
+a Gobernadorcillo and Principales, the former called the Capitan-China.
+
+In Manila, this Capitan was a man of importance, or else the nominee of
+such a person. Certain governors-general received, nay, even extorted,
+large sums from the Capitan-China. Weyler is said to have been one of
+these offenders, but Jovellar caused the Capitan-China to be turned out
+of Malacanan for offering him a present. No one who knew them would
+ever believe that Moriones or Despujols would condescend to accept
+presents from the Chinamen. One favourite trick of the more corrupt
+governors-general was to have some very obnoxious law made in Spain;
+for instance, obliging the Chinese to become cabezas-de-barangay, or
+responsible tax-collectors of their own countrymen, and then extort
+a ransom for not putting the law in force. Weyler was said to have
+received $80,000 from the Chinese on this account, but some of this
+would have to go to Madrid.
+
+At another time it was proposed that the Chinese should be obliged to
+keep their accounts in Spanish on books having every leaf stamped, and
+that every firm should employ a trained accountant who had passed an
+examination in book-keeping, and obtained a diploma as a commercial
+expert. What it cost the Celestials to avoid this infliction I do
+not know.
+
+Amidst all this extortion from the Spaniard, and notwithstanding the
+ever-present hatred of the native, the Manila Chinaman is a sleek
+and prosperous-looking person, and seems cheerful and contented. If
+he becomes wealthy he may very likely become a Christian, less,
+perhaps, from any conviction or faith, but from motives of interest,
+and to facilitate his marriage to a native woman, or half-caste. He
+invariably selects an influential god-father, and dutifully takes him
+complimentary presents on his feast-day, wife's feast-day, etc. Baptism
+used to cost him a substantial fee, but it brought him business, for
+the priests were good customers to him. Now, however, with freedom
+of religion, with civil marriage and the withdrawal of the friars,
+he may be able to marry without the trouble of changing his religion.
+
+Whether Christian or heathen, he usually keeps a few sticks of incense
+burning before an image at the back of his shop, and contributes to
+any subscription the priest may be raising.
+
+I look upon the Chinaman as a necessity in the Philippines, but
+consider that he must be governed by exceptional legislation, and not
+be allowed to enter indiscriminately, nor to engage, as a matter of
+course, in every calling.
+
+If attempts are to be made to settle them on the land, great care must
+be shown in selecting the localities, and great precautions taken
+to prevent fighting between the Chinese and the natives. However,
+there should be plenty of room for tens of thousands of agricultural
+labourers in Palawan and Mindanao; but I consider women to be
+essential to the success of such colonies. The family is the base of
+any permanent settlement, and it ought to be made a condition that
+a considerable number of women should come over with the men.
+
+
+
+Mestizos, or Half-Breeds.
+
+From the intercourse of Spanish and other Europeans with
+the native women, there has sprung a race called Mestizo, or
+Mestizo-Espanol. Similarly, the Chinese, by their alliance with native
+women, have produced the Mestizo-Chino, or Sangley.
+
+It is very difficult to say how many there are of these people, for
+opinions differ widely. The anonymous author of a pamphlet called
+'Filipinas' (Madrid, 1891), gives the number of Spanish Mestizos in
+the Archipelago, in 1890, as 75,000, whilst he estimates the number
+of Chinese Mestizos at no less than half a million. The Spanish
+Mestizos vary much in appearance, character and education, according
+to whether they have come under the influence of their father or
+their mother. Many of them are people of considerable property, and
+have been educated in Spain, Germany or England, or at the university
+in Manila. Others have relapsed into the ordinary native life. As a
+class they are possessed of much influence. Both in Manila and in the
+country towns they own large houses, and much landed property. Their
+superior intelligence and education enables them to prosper in business
+or in professions. Some of them are doctors of medicine, or lawyers. A
+very few have studied engineering. Again, a fair number are priests,
+and of these, some are men of great learning.
+
+The Mestizos are the capitalists, which is to say the usurers of the
+country. They have not personally participated much in the revolts
+against the Spaniards, nor yet in the fighting against the Americans,
+though they may have given small sums to assist the movement. They will
+be there, though, when offices are to be distributed, and will make
+hard masters, more oppressive, in fact, than any European or American.
+
+This is what M. Andre, Belgian Consul-General, says of them: "This
+class is composed entirely of usurers and pawnees. All the pawn-shops
+and gambling-houses belong to the principal Mestizo families. There
+is not one family free from that stigma. In the plantations belonging
+to the rich families of Mestizos or Indians, the workmen are treated
+very inhumanly."
+
+There can be no doubt that the Spanish Mestizos are very unpopular
+amongst the natives, and that an uncomfortable time would await them
+should the islands become independent. They are perfectly aware of
+this, and in their hearts long for the protection of one of the Great
+Powers. At the same time, they are anxious to get the lion's share
+of the loaves and fishes.
+
+The Chinese Mestizos differ both in appearance and character from
+the Spanish Mestizos, owning less land, and being more addicted
+to commercial pursuits, for which both sexes show a remarkable
+aptitude. It is customary for the daughters, even of wealthy
+families, to trade on their own account from an early age. A case
+was mentioned to me where five dollars was given to a young girl to
+begin trading. With this she purchased a pilon of sugar, and sending
+out some of her father's servants to the woods, collected a large
+quantity of guavas. She then caused the cook to make the material
+into guava jelly, which she packed in tins or jars collected for the
+purpose. Then another servant took the jelly out for sale, and disposed
+of it all. The capital was soon doubled, and invested in sayas and
+handkerchiefs bought at wholesale prices, which were then hawked round
+by a servant. Some years afterwards, I made the acquaintance of this
+young lady, and found that she was then dealing in diamond and pearl
+jewellery, and had a large iron safe in which she kept her stock,
+which was then worth several thousand dollars, all made by her trading.
+
+Chinese Mestizos are owners of cascos and lorchas for loading or
+unloading vessels, also of farderias, or establishments for mixing
+and drying sugar.
+
+In Manila, the Sangleyes, as they are called by the Spaniards
+and natives, have a gobernadorcillo and tribunal of their own. In
+Santa Cruz they are very numerous, and amongst them are to be found
+jewellers, silversmiths, watch-makers, or rather repairers, sculptors,
+gilders and painters, besides one or two dentists of good renown.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+PART II
+
+THE VISAYAS AND PALAWAN
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXII
+
+THE VISAYAS ISLANDS.
+
+    Area and population--Panay--Negros--Cebu--Bohol--Leyte--Samar.
+
+
+This name is given to the group of six considerable islands
+lying between Luzon and Mindanao, and also to the race inhabiting
+them. Beginning at the west, these islands are Panay, Negros, Cebu,
+Bohol, Leyte, and Samar. There are also a number of smaller islands.
+
+Many of the larger as well as the smaller islands are thickly
+populated, and an extensive emigration takes place to the great and
+fertile island of Mindanao, where any amount of rich land waits the
+coming of the husbandmen. I can find no later records of population
+than the census of 1877. This may seem strange to an American,
+but to those who know the ignorance and ineptitude of the Spanish
+administration, it will seem a matter of course. Such data of the
+population as the Government Offices possess, are mostly due to the
+priests and the archbishop.
+
+Since 1877 there has undoubtedly been a great increase of population
+amongst the Visayas, and in 1887 the population of Panay was considered
+to be more than a million.
+
+The Visayas Islands contain fewer heathen than any other part of the
+Philippines. In Panay there are a few Negritos and Mundos; in Negros
+some Negritos and Carolanos. The illustration opposite p. 207 is a
+full-length photograph of Tek Taita, a Negrito from this island. In
+Cebu a few Mundos live around the peak of Danao. In Bohol, Leyte,
+and Samar there are no heathen savages.
+
+It may be said that the heathen in these islands would have died out
+before now but that they are reinforced continually by remontados,
+or fugitives from justice, also by people whose inclination for a
+savage life, or whose love of rapine renders the humdrum life of
+their village insupportable to them.
+
+The following Table gives the area of each of the six larger islands,
+and the population in 1877.
+
+
+                      Area in square miles.
+                                Population according to Census of 1877.
+                                                Capitals.
+
+Panay
+  (divided into       4,898     777,777 [29]    Capiz.
+  three provinces--                             Antique.
+  Capiz, Antique,                               Ilo-ilo.
+  Ilo-ilo)
+Negros                3,592     204,669         Bacolod.
+Cebu                  2,285     403,296         Cebu.
+Bohol                 1,226     226,546         Tagbilaran.
+Leyte                 3,706     220,515         Tacloban.
+Samar                 5,182     178,890         Catbalogan.
+                              ---------
+                              2,011,693
+
+
+Panay.--This island is approximately an equilateral triangle, with
+the western edge nearly north and south, having one apex pointing
+south. A chain of mountains extends in a curved line from the northern
+to the southern point, enclosing an irregular strip of land which
+forms the province of Antique. The rivers in this part of the island
+are naturally short and unimportant. The northern part of the island
+is the province of Capiz, the principal river is the Panay, which,
+rising in the centre of the island, runs in a northerly direction for
+over thirty miles, entering the sea at the Bay of Sapian. The eastern
+and southern part of the island is the province of Ilo-ilo. The
+principal river is the Talana, which, rising quite near the source
+of the River Panay, runs in a southerly and south-easterly direction
+into the channel between Negros and Panay to the north of the island of
+Guimaras. There are many spurs to the principal range of mountains, but
+between them is a considerable extent of land under cultivation. The
+province of Ilo-ilo is one of the richest and most densely-populated in
+the Philippines. It now contains at least half a million inhabitants.
+
+Ilo-ilo is open to foreign commerce, and vice-consuls of many nations
+reside there. Yet the port has neither wharves, cranes, moorings or
+lights. The coasting steamers drawing up to 13 feet enter a muddy
+creek and discharge their cargo on the banks as best they can, whilst
+the ocean-going ships lie out in the bay and receive their cargoes
+of sugar and other produce from lighters, upon each of which pilotage
+used to be charged for the benefit of an unnecessary number of pilots,
+and of the captain of the port, who received a share of the pilotage
+and strenuously resisted a reform of this abuse.
+
+Under American protection, Ilo-ilo may be expected to become a
+flourishing port, provided with every convenience for discharging,
+loading, and repairing ships, as becomes the importance of its
+trade. The town of Ilo-ilo contained many large buildings, some
+of them owned by British subjects. During the fighting last year,
+however, several buildings were burnt.
+
+During the Spanish rule the streets were entirely uncared for, being
+a series of mud-holes in the rainy season, and thick with dust and
+garbage in the dry season.
+
+The town and port together are notorious examples of all the worst
+characteristics of Spanish rule.
+
+The principal towns of this wealthy province are Pototan, Santa
+Barbara, Janiuay, and Cabatuan, each of which has more than 20,000
+inhabitants.
+
+The industries and productions of this and the other islands are
+treated of under Visayas when describing the inhabitants.
+
+Negros.--A long island of irregular shape, lying between Panay and
+Cebu. Its axis is nearly north and south, and a chain of mountains
+runs up it, but nearer to the east than to the west coast.
+
+A little to the north of the centre of this chain, the celebrated
+volcano Canlaon raises its peak over 8300 feet. It is frequently in
+active eruption, and can be perceived at an immense distance when the
+atmosphere is clear. I have seen it and its long plume of vapour from
+a steamer when passing the north of the island.
+
+In the Sierra de Dumaguete, a range occupying the centre of the
+southern promontory of the island, and about the centre of the range,
+there is the volcano of Bacon, about which little is known.
+
+Cebu is a long and narrow island something in the shape of an
+alligator, looked at from above, with the snout pointing to the
+southward and westward. It is opposite to Negros, and separated
+from that island by the Strait of Tanon. It is, in fact, a range of
+mountains rising out of the sea, and is very narrow, being nowhere
+more than 22 miles wide. There being a large population of Visayas,
+and the mountains not being very high, the wandering heathen have to
+a great extent been weeded out, and only a remnant of wretched Mundos
+remain about the crests of the cordillera.
+
+The capital city, Cebu, was the first in the Archipelago to possess
+a municipality, and was, in fact, until 1571, the capital of the
+Philippines.
+
+It possesses some fine buildings; is the seat of a bishop, and formerly
+of the Governor-General of Visayas. It is open to foreign commerce,
+and vice-consuls of the principal nations reside there.
+
+There can be no rivers in an island of this configuration, for the
+water runs away as from the roof of a house. The crops and industries
+have been spoken of under the head of Visayas.
+
+There are considerable beds of lignite near Compostela, and various
+efforts have been made to work them, so far, I fear, without much
+success. Remarkable shells, and some pearls are obtained round about
+Cebu and the adjacent islands.
+
+Bohol lies off the southern half of the eastern coast of Cebu, and
+is only half the size of that island, but it has more than half the
+population. It is hilly, and the towns and villages are situated
+on the coast. Only the southern and eastern coast is visited by
+coasting vessels, the navigation to the north and west being impeded
+by a labyrinth of coral reefs. The soil of this island is not rich,
+and the more enterprising of the natives emigrate to Mindanao.
+
+Leyte is an island of very irregular shape--something like a hide
+pegged out on the ground--and lies between the northern half of Cebu
+and the southern part of Samar, from which it is only separated by a
+very narrow passage called the Janabatas Channel, and the Strait of
+San Juanico. The southern extremity of Leyte approaches the northern
+promontory of Mindanao, and forms the Straits of Surigao, the second
+entrance from the Pacific to the seas of the Archipelago. The island is
+mountainous, and has two lakes, one called Bito is at the narrowest
+part, and one called Jaro, near the town of that name. There are
+several good ports. The exports, which go to Manila, are hemp and
+sulphur of great purity.
+
+Samar.--This is the largest of the Visayas, and yet has fewest
+inhabitants. It lies to the eastward of all the other islands,
+and consequently its east coast, like that of Luzon and Mindanao,
+is exposed to the full fury of the north-east monsoon, and to the
+ravages of the heavy rollers of the Pacific that burst without warning
+on its rocky coast.
+
+Its chief port, Catbalogan, is situated on the western coast, and
+is well-sheltered. From the coast many lofty peaks are visible,
+but the interior of this island is little known. The exports are
+hemp and cocoa-nut oil. The northern point of Samar approaches
+the southern extremity of Luzon, and forms the historic Strait of
+San Bernardino, one of the entrances to the Philippine Archipelago
+from the Pacific. It was by this Strait that the annual galleon from
+Acapulco entered, and here also the British privateers lay in wait
+for their silver-laden prey.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIII
+
+The Visayas Race.
+
+    Appearance--Dress--Look upon Tagals as foreigners--Favourable
+    opinion of Tomas de Comyn--Old Christians--Constant wars with the
+    Moro pirates and Sea Dayaks--Secret heathen rites--Accusation of
+    indolence unfounded--Exports of hemp and sugar--Ilo-ilo sugar--Cebu
+    sugar--Textiles--A promising race.
+
+
+The most numerous and, after the Tagals, the most important race in
+the Philippines is the Visaya, formerly called Pintados, or painted
+men, from the blue painting or tattooing which was prevalent at the
+time of the conquest. They form the mass of the inhabitants of the
+islands called Visayas and of some others.
+
+They occupy the south coast of Masbate, the islands of Romblon,
+Bohol, Sibuyan, Samar, and Leyte, Tablas, Panay, Negros, and Cebu,
+all the lesser islands of the Visayas group and the greater part of
+the coast of the great island of Mindanao. In that island the Caragas,
+a very warlike branch of the Visayas, occupy the coast of the old
+kingdom of Caraga on the east from Punta Cauit to Punta San Agustin.
+
+Another branch of the Visayas distinguished by a darker colour and
+by a curliness of the hair, suggesting some Negrito mixture, occupies
+the Calamiancs and Cuyos Islands, and the northern coasts of Paragua
+or Palawan as far as Bahia Honda.
+
+In appearance the Visayas differ somewhat from the Tagals, having
+a greater resemblance to the Malays of Borneo and Malacca. The men
+wear their hair longer than the Tagals, and the women wear a patadion
+instead of a saya and tapis.
+
+The patadion is a piece of cloth a yard wide and over two yards long,
+the ends of which are sewn together. The wearer steps into it and wraps
+it round the figure from the waist downward, doubling it over in front
+into a wide fold, and tucking it in securely at the waist. The saya is
+a made skirt tied at the waist with a tape, and the tapis is a breadth
+of dark cloth, silk or satin, doubled round the waist over the saya.
+
+In disposition they are less sociable and hospitable than the Tagals,
+and less clean in their persons and clothing. They have a language of
+their own, and there are several dialects of it. The basis of their
+food is rice, with which they often mix maize. They flavour their
+food with red pepper to a greater extent than the Tagals. They are
+expert fishermen, and consume large quantities of fish. In smoking
+and chewing betel they resemble the other races of the islands. They
+are great gamblers, and take delight in cock-fighting. They are fond
+of hunting, and kill numbers of wild pig and deer. They cut the flesh
+of the latter into thin strips and dry it in the sun, after which it
+will keep a long time. It is useful to take as provision on a journey,
+but it requires good teeth to get through it.
+
+The Visayas build a number of canoes, paraos, barotos, and vintas, and
+are very confident on the water, putting to sea in their ill-found and
+badly-equipped craft with great assurance, and do not come to grief
+as often as might be expected. Their houses are similarly constructed
+to those of the other inhabitants of the littoral.
+
+Ancient writers accused the Visaya women of great sensuality and
+unbounded immorality, and gave details of some very curious customs,
+which are unsuitable for general publication. However, the customs I
+refer to have been long obsolete among the Visayas, although still
+existing amongst some of the wilder tribes in Borneo. The Visaya
+women are very prolific, many having borne a dozen children, but
+infant mortality is high, and they rear but few of them. The men
+are less sober than the Tagals--they manufacture and consume large
+quantities of strong drink. They are not fond of the Tagals, and a
+Visaya regiment would not hesitate to fire upon them if ordered. In
+fact the two tribes look upon each other as foreigners. When discovered
+by the Spaniards, they were to a great extent civilised and organised
+in a feudal system. Tomas de Comyn formed a very favourable opinion of
+them--he writes, both men and women are well-mannered and of a good
+disposition, of better condition and nobler behaviour than those of
+the Island of Luzon and others adjacent.
+
+They had learnt much from Arab and Bornean adventurers, especially
+from the former, whose superior physique, learning, and sanctity, as
+coming from the country of the Prophet, made them acceptable suitors
+for the hands of the daughters of the Rajas or petty kings. They had
+brought with them the doctrines of Islam, which had begun to make
+some converts before the Spanish discovery. The old Visaya religion
+was not unlike that of the Tagals, they called their idols Dinatas
+instead of Anitos--their marriage customs were not very different
+from those of the Tagals.
+
+The ancestors of the Visayas were converted to Christianity at, or
+soon after, the Spanish conquest. They have thus been Christians for
+over three centuries, and in constant war with the Mahometan pirates
+of Mindanao and Sulu, and with the Sea Dayaks of Borneo. However, in
+some localities they still show a strong hankering after witchcraft,
+and practise secret heathen rites, notwithstanding the vigilance of
+the parish priests.
+
+A friar of the order of Recollets who had held a benefice in Bohol,
+assured me that they have a secret heathen organisation, although
+every member is a professing Christian, taking the Sacrament on the
+great feasts of the Church. They hold a secret triennial meeting of
+their adherents, who come over from other islands to be present. The
+meeting is held in some lonely valley, or on some desert island,
+where their vessels can lie concealed, always far from any church or
+priest. All the Recollet could tell me about the ceremonies was that
+the sacrifice of pigs formed an important part of it
+
+The Visayas are no less credulous than the Tagals, for in Samar,
+during my recollection, there have been several disturbances caused by
+fanatics who went about in rags, and by prayers, incoherent speeches,
+and self-mortification acquired a great reputation for sanctity. The
+poor ignorant people, deluded by these impostors, who gave themselves
+out to be gods, and as such, impervious to bullets, and immortal,
+abandoned their homes and followed these false gods wherever they went,
+listening to their wild promises, and expecting great miracles. They
+soon came into collision with the Guardia Civil; and on one occasion,
+armed only with clubs and knives, they made a determined charge on a
+small party of this corps under the command of a native officer. The
+Guardia Civil formed across the road and poured several steady volleys
+into the advancing crowd, breaking them up and dispersing them with
+heavy loss and killing the false god. The native officer received
+the laurel-wreathed cross of San Fernando as a reward for his services.
+
+The Visayas are taxed with great indolence, yet they are almost the
+only working people in districts which export a great quantity of
+produce. Leyte and Samar produce a good many bales of excellent
+hemp, and it should be remembered that every bale represents at
+least twelve days' hard work of one man in cleaning the fibre only,
+without counting the cultivation, conveyance to the port, pressing,
+baling, and shipping.
+
+In Negros and Panay the sugar estates are much larger than in Luzon,
+and mostly belong to Spaniards or mestizos. They are not worked by
+aparceria as in Luzon, but the labourers are paid by the day. Great
+troubles often occur as bands of labourers present themselves
+on the plantations and offer to work, but demand an advance of
+pay. Sometimes, after receiving it, they work a few days and then
+depart without notice, leaving the planter in great difficulty and
+without redress. Strict laws against vagrants are urgently required
+in Visayas. On the other hand the planter is more free to introduce
+improvements and alterations than when working by aparceria when he has
+to consult the inquilino or cultivator about any change. The cane-mills
+are much larger than in Luzon, and are mostly worked by steam engines.
+
+The sugar is handled differently from the custom of Pampanga. Pilones
+are not used, and no manipulation in farderias is required to
+prepare it for export. The cane-juice is carefully clarified and
+skimmed, then boiled in open pans to a much higher point than when
+making pilon-sugar, and to get it to this point without burning or
+over-heating much care and experience is required.
+
+From the teache it is ladled into large wooden trays, always in
+thin layers, and is there beaten up with heavy spatulas until it
+becomes, on cooling, a pale yellow amorphous mass. It is packed in
+mat-bags, and is then ready for shipment. It travels well and loses
+but little during a Voyage to San Francisco or New York. None of it
+goes to England, which is now entirely supplied by the vile beet sugar
+"made in Germany," except for a few hundred tons of Demerara crystals
+imported for use by connoisseurs to sweeten their coffee.
+
+Ilo-ilo sugar is shipped under three marks, No. 1, No. 2, No. 3. An
+assortment or cargo of this sugar should consist of 1-8th No. 1,
+2-8ths No. 2, 5-8ths No. 3.
+
+A representative analysis of Ilo-ilo sugar is as follows:
+
+
+                             No. 1.    No. 2.    No. 3.
+
+                             Per Cent. Per Cent. Per Cent.
+        Crystallizable sugar  86.60     84.50     81.20
+        Glucose                5.40      5.50      6.56
+        Mineral matter (ash)   1.50      2.56      3.72
+        Sand                  trace       .24      1.28
+
+
+In Cebu the properties are small and are mostly in the hands of
+Visayas. There are, perhaps, five or six steam-mills, but most of the
+cane is ground in cattle-mills. They follow the practice of negroes
+in making sugars direct for export, but the produce is of a lower
+quality. An analysis of the Cebu sugar is as follows:
+
+
+                        Cebu Superior.    Cebu Current.
+
+                            Per Cent.       Per Cent.
+    Crystallizable sugar     81.10            71.00
+    Glucose                   7.90            12.50
+    Mineral matter (ash)      2.16             2.23
+
+
+The sugar produced in the other Visayas islands is quite insignificant.
+
+Ilo-ilo and Cebu are the principal ports in the Visayas
+territory. Besides what they shipped to Manila in 1897, they exported
+directly to the United States, Great Britain, or other countries,
+the following: Ilo-ilo, 127,744 tons of sugar; 51,300 piculs of Sapan
+wood; Cebu, 15,444 tons of sugar; 80,271 bales of hemp; 46,414 piculs
+of Copra. And it must be remembered that the Visayas cultivate most
+of the rice, maize, and other food-stuffs which they consume, and
+also make their own instruments of agriculture. Besides this, Ilo-ilo
+exported to other parts of the Philippines a million dollars' worth of
+textiles of cotton, silk, and other fibres, made by the Visayas women
+in hand-looms. The women in Antique make the finest pina, a beautiful
+transparent texture of the utmost delicacy, woven from the fibres of
+the leaves of a non-fruiting pine (ananas). When doing the finest work
+they have to keep their doors and windows closed, for the least draught
+would break or disarrange the delicate filaments. The export from other
+ports in Visayas of textiles of cotton and silk is considerable, and,
+in addition to what they sell, the Visayas women weave most of the
+material for their own clothing and for that of the men.
+
+The Visayas also export mat-bags for sugar, which are called bayones;
+mats for sleeping on, called petates or esteras; pillows stuffed
+with cotton, hides, mother-of-pearl shell, Balate (Beche de Mer),
+edible bird's-nests, gutta-percha, gum-dammar, wax, rattans, coffee
+(of indifferent quality), and leaf tobacco. Both the island of Panay
+and the coasts of Negros are dotted over with cane plantations.
+
+The Visayas extract oil from cocoa-nuts and forge excellent weapons
+from scrap iron. The bands from bales of Manchester goods are much
+esteemed for this purpose.
+
+If we take all these points into consideration, the Visayas may not
+appear so deplorably indolent as they have been said to be. When
+writing of the other races, I have pointed out that the indolence
+imputed to them rather goes beyond what is warranted by the facts.
+
+It will be understood that there are degrees in the civilisation of
+the Visayas, and as amongst the Tagals and other races, considerable
+differences will be found to exist between the dwellers in the towns
+and those in the outlying hamlets, whilst the Remontados may be
+considered to have relapsed into savagery.
+
+The Visayas do a certain amount of trade with the heathen hill-men
+of their islands, and as will be pointed out when describing these
+tribes, it is hard to say whether the Christian Visayas or the
+Mahometan Malays rob these poor savages more shamefully.
+
+The Visayas are a promising race, and I feel sure that when they have
+a good government that will not extort too heavy taxes from them,
+nor allow the native and half-caste usurers to eat them up, their
+agriculture and industries will surprisingly increase.
+
+It is to the Visayas that the American Government must look to provide
+a militia that will now hold in check, and ultimately subjugate,
+the piratical Moros of Mindanao and Paragua. The fighting qualities
+of this race, developed by centuries of combat with their Mahometan
+aggressors in defence of hearths and homes, will be found quite
+sufficient if they are well armed and led to make an end of the Moro
+power within a very few years.
+
+That this aspiration is one well worthy of the countrymen of Decatur,
+will, I think, be admitted by all who have read my description of
+the Moros under the heading of Mindanao.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIV
+
+The Island of Palawan, or Paragua.
+
+    The Tagbanuas--Tandulanos--Manguianes--Negritos--Moros of southern
+    Palawan--Tagbanua alphabet.
+
+
+The island of Palawan, or, as it is called by the Spaniards,
+La Paragua, is situated between the parallels 8 deg. 25' and 11 deg. 30'
+N. lat. The capital, Puerto Princesa, was founded in 1872, and is
+situated on the east coast in lat. 9 deg. 45', being 354 miles from Manila,
+210 miles from North Borneo, and 510 miles from Singapore. Palawan is
+about 250 miles long, and from 10 to 25 wide, with an area of about
+5833 square miles, the third in size of the Philippine Islands. There
+are several good ports in the northern part, which is much broken up,
+and its coasts studded with numerous islets, forming secure anchorages.
+
+Off the western coast is a large submarine bank, with many coral
+reefs and islets. The navigation on this coast is very dangerous,
+and can only be done in daylight.
+
+The harbour of Puerto Princesa is an excellent one, and sufficiently
+large for all requirements.
+
+Limestone and other sedimentary formations predominate. No volcanic
+rocks are known to exist. It is conjectured that the island has been
+formed by an upheaval, and it bears little resemblance geologically
+to any of the other Philippines. Plastic clays suitable for making
+bricks, tiles, and pottery, abound.
+
+Nothing is known about the mineralogy, except that rock-crystal is
+found, a magnificent specimen of great purity and value was sent from
+the island to the Madrid Exhibition of 1887.
+
+A chain of mountains, with peaks of varying elevation up to 6500 feet,
+runs lengthways of the island, much nearer to the western coast than
+to the eastern. The descent from the summits to the eastern coast
+is, therefore, gradual, and on the western coast it is abrupt. Mount
+Staveley, Mount Beaufort (3740 feet), Pico Pulgar (4330 feet), and
+the Peaks of Anepalian, are in the central part of the island.
+
+The following record is taken from the observations made by Captain
+Canga-Arguelles, a former governor, during his residence of three
+years in Puerto Princesa.
+
+
+        Month.       Mean Temp.    Barometer.
+                     Fahrenheit.   Inches.   Rainy Days.
+
+        January          85          30.34            4
+        February         81          30               3
+        March            85          30.07            4
+        April            87          29.92            5
+        May              84          29.80            4
+        June             82          29.90           12
+        July             80            ..            17
+        August           82          29.84            4
+        September        79          29.88           20
+        October          85          29.90           20
+        November         82          29.95            8
+        December         82          30               4
+                                                   -----
+        Mean             82.83                      105
+
+
+It will be seen that the temperature is not excessive, and that
+the distribution of the rainfall is favourable to agriculture and
+planting. The force of the monsoon is much spent when it arrives
+on the coast of Paragua, and the typhoons only touch the northern
+extremity of the island.
+
+Volcanic phenomena are unknown, and there is no record of earthquakes.
+
+From the lay of the island there is always one coast with calm water,
+whichever way the monsoon is blowing.
+
+The troops and civil population of Puerto Princesa suffer to some
+extent from intermittent fevers; but the reports of the military,
+naval, and civil infirmaries, state that the disease is not very
+severe, and that it yields to treatment, and this assertion is
+confirmed by the reports of the French travellers, Drs. Montano and
+Rey and M. Alfred Marche.
+
+The northern part of the island has been colonised from the other
+Philippines, and the Christian inhabitants number about 10,000
+distributed amongst several small villages. The southern coasts are
+occupied by Mahometan Malays, who number about 6000, and the rest
+of this large island, except Puerta Princesa, is only populated by
+savages, the principal tribes being the--
+
+
+        Tagbuanas, estimated to number          6,000
+        Tandulanos, estimated to number         1,500
+        Negritos, estimated to number             500
+        Manguianes, estimated to number         4,000
+                                              --------
+                                               12,000
+
+
+This gives a grand total of 28,000 inhabitants, or 5.6 to the
+square mile. In the island of Luzon, in which extensive districts
+are uncultivated and unexplored, the mean density of the population
+in 1875, was 76.5 per square mile, and in the provinces of Batangan
+and Pasgasinan, which are, perhaps, the best cultivated, the density
+was 272 inhabitants to the square mile.
+
+The fauna has been studied to some extent, a French collector having
+resided for a considerable period on the island. It comprises monkeys,
+pigs, civets, porcupines, flying squirrels, pheasants, and a small
+leopard, this latter not found in any other of the Philippines,
+and showing a connection with Borneo.
+
+The island is covered with dense forests, which have been little
+explored.
+
+The Inspeccion de Montes (Department of Woods and Forests) gives a
+list of 104 different kinds of forest-trees known to be growing there,
+and states that ebony abounds there more than in any other province
+of the Philippines. According to Wallace, the camphor-tree is found
+in the island.
+
+Amongst the timbers mentioned in the Woods and Forests lists are
+ebony, camagon, teak, cedar, dungon, banaba, guijo, molave, and
+many others of value. The forest or jungle-produce will comprise:
+charcoal, firewood, bamboos, rattans, nipa (attap), orchids, wax,
+gums, resins, and camphor. Edible birds'-nests are found in various
+localities. Fish is abundant in the waters, and balate (Beche de mer)
+is collected on the shores and reefs.
+
+Puerto Princesa is visited by a mail steamer from Manila once in
+twenty-eight days. A garrison of two companies of infantry was kept
+there, and several small gun-boats were stationed there, which went
+periodically round the island. Piracy was completely suppressed,
+and the Mahometan Malays were kept in good order by the Spanish forces.
+
+The dense primeval forests which have existed for ages, untouched
+by the hand of man, undevastated by typhoons, volcanic eruptions, or
+earthquakes, must necessarily have produced an enormous quantity of
+decayed vegetable matter, rich in humus, and such a soil on a limestone
+subsoil, mixed with the detritus washed down from the mountains, may
+reasonably be expected to be of the highest fertility, and, perhaps,
+to be equal to the richest lands of the earth, most specially for
+the cultivation of tobacco.
+
+The varied climates to be found from the sea-level to the tops of the
+mountains should allow the cultivation of maize, rice, sugar-cane,
+cotton, cacao, coffee, and hemp, each in the zone most favourable
+to its growth and fruitfulness. The exemption from typhoons enjoyed
+by this region is most important as regards the cultivation of
+the aborescent species, and the cocoa-nut palm would prove highly
+remunerative on land not suited for other crops.
+
+
+
+Tagbanuas.
+
+The Tagbanuas are said to be the most numerous of the inhabitants of
+Palawan. I understand that this word comes from Taga, an inhabitant,
+and banua, country, and therefore means an original inhabitant of
+the country, as opposed to later arrivals.
+
+They inhabit the district between Inagahuan, on the east coast,
+and Ulugan and Apurahuan, on the west coast. Their numbers in 1888
+were estimated at 6000. In 1890 I spent ten days amongst these
+people, and employed a number of them as porters to carry my tent,
+provisions, and equipment, when travelling on foot through the
+forests to report on the value of a concession in the neighbourhood
+of Yuahit and Inagahuan. I therefore describe them from personal
+knowledge. They are of a yellowish colour, and generally similar to
+the Mahometan Malays of Mindanao. Those who have settled down and
+cultivated land have a robust and healthy appearance; but those who
+are nomadic, mostly suffered from skin diseases, and some were quite
+emaciated. Their Maestro de Campo, the recognised head of their tribe,
+lived near Inagahuan, and I visited him at his house, and found him
+quite communicative through an interpreter.
+
+Maestro de Campo is an obsolete military rank in Spain, and a
+commission granting this title and an official staff, is sometimes
+conferred by the Governor-General of the Philippines, or even by
+the King of Spain, upon the chiefs of heathen tribes, who have
+supported the Spanish forces against the pirates of Sulu, Mindanao,
+or Palawan. Sometimes a small pension accompanies the title.
+
+I also learnt much about the Tagbanuas from a solitary missionary,
+a member of the Order of Recollets, Fray Lorenzo Zapater, who had
+resided more than two years amongst them, and had built a primitive
+sort of church at Inagahuan.
+
+They are sociable and pacific; their only weapons are the cerbatana,
+or blow-pipe, with poisoned darts, and bows and arrows, for the knives
+they carry are tools and not weapons. They do not make war amongst
+themselves, but formerly fought sometimes to defend their possessions
+against the piratical Mahometans, who inhabit the southern part of the
+island. These heartless robbers, for centuries made annual raids upon
+them, carrying off the paddy they had stored for their subsistence,
+and everything portable worth taking. They seized the boys for slaves,
+to cultivate their lands, and the girls for concubines, killing the
+adults who dared to resist them. However, since the establishment of
+a naval station and the penal colony at Puerto Princesa in 1872, the
+coast has been patrolled by the Spanish gun-boats and the piratical
+incursions have come to an end. The nomadic Tagbanuas, both men and
+women, were quite naked, except for a cloth (tapa-rabo) which the men
+wore, whilst the women wore a girdle, from which hung strips of bark or
+skin reaching nearly to the knees. Round their necks they wore strings
+of coloured beads, a turquoise blue seemed to be the favourite kind,
+and on their arms and ankles, bangles made of brass wire. Coming out
+of the forest into a clearing where there were two small huts built in
+the usual manner, and another constructed in the fork of a large tree,
+I found a group of these people threshing paddy. Amongst them were two
+young women with figures of striking symmetry, who, on being called by
+the interpreter, approached my party without the slightest timidity or
+embarrassment, although wearing only the fringed girdle. I learnt that
+they had both been baptized but on asking the taller girl her name,
+instead of answering me, she turned to her companion and said to her,
+"What is my name?" to which the other answered, "Ursula." I then asked
+the shorter girl her name, and she also, instead of answering me, asked
+the other girl, "What is my name?" to which the taller one answered,
+"Margarita." These names had recently been given them instead of their
+heathen names, and I could not be sure whether they had forgotten
+their new names or whether, as is the case in several tribes, they must
+never pronounce their own names nor the names of their ancestors. They
+thankfully accepted a cigarette each, which they immediately lighted.
+
+On the following Sunday, these girls came to Mass at the Inagahuan
+Church, completely dressed like Tagal women, and although they passed
+in front of me, I did not recognize them until I was told, for they
+looked much shorter.
+
+When the missionary accompanied me to visit any of these people,
+I observed that as we approached a house the people were hurriedly
+putting on their clothes to receive us, but they were evidently more
+at ease in the garb of Adam before the fall.
+
+The Tagbanuas have no strong religious convictions, and can be easily
+persuaded to allow their children to be baptised. The population of
+Inagahuan and Abortan at the time of my visit was, according to the
+missionary, 1080, of whom 616 were baptised. But from this number
+many had been taken away by their half-caste or Chinese creditors
+to Lanugan, a visita of Trinitian, to collect wax and almaciga--the
+forests near Inagahuan and Yuahit being entirely exhausted. The
+heathen Tagbanuas believe in future rewards and punishment, and call
+the infernal regions basaud. They believe in a Great Spirit, the
+creator and preserver, who presides over all the important acts of
+life. They call him Maguindose, and make offerings to him of rice and
+fish. Polygamy is allowed amongst them, but from what I saw is not
+much practised. When a Tagbanua proposes marriage to the object of
+his affections, he leaves at the door of her hut the fresh trunk of
+a banana plant. If she delays answering till the trunk has withered,
+he understands this as a negative, and the damsel is spared the pain
+of verbally refusing; but if she approves of his suit, she sends him
+her answer in good time.
+
+The lover then conveys to the house of the bride's parents, where
+all her relations are assembled, large baskets of boiled rice. He
+takes a morsel of this and places it in the mouth of the girl, she
+then does the same to him, and by this symbolic act they assume the
+responsibilities of matrimony. This particular ceremony is common to
+many Philippine tribes. The remainder of the cooked rice furnishes
+the basis of the marriage feast.
+
+They are said to cruelly punish adultery; on the other hand, divorce
+is easily obtained.
+
+When one of their number is very ill, they get up a concert (?) of
+gongs and drums with the hope of curing him, and during the performance
+nobody must approach the patient's couch. I could not learn whether
+the music was intended to cheer up the sick person, or to frighten
+away the evil spirit, which they look upon as the cause of his malady;
+but I incline to the latter belief, because the so-called music is
+calculated to frighten away any living thing.
+
+If, however, the patient does not improve, he is then consulted as
+to where he would like to be buried, and about other details of the
+ceremony and funeral feast. This reminds me that I have read of a
+Scotchwoman consulting her dying husband as to whether the scones
+to be made for his funeral should be square or round. Such, however,
+is the custom of the Tagbanuas.
+
+Immediately after death the relatives place by the corpse the weapons
+and effects belonging to the deceased and sprinkle ashes on the floor
+all around--then they retire and leave the dead alone for a time. Later
+on, they return and carefully examine the ashes to see whether the
+soul of the defunct, when abandoning the body, left any foot-marks.
+
+Then, forming a circle round the dead, they chant a dirge in honour
+of the departed, after which they commit his body to the earth in the
+midst of his cleared land, unless he has selected some other spot,
+burying with him his arms and utensils, not forgetting the wood-knife
+and a liberal ration of cooked rice and condiments for his journey
+to the other world. They then abandon both hut and land and never
+return to it. They bury small children in jars called basinganis.
+
+I was much interested in these people, and felt a great pity for
+them. All energy and determination seemed to have been crushed out
+of them by centuries of oppression from their predatory neighbours,
+and when at last the Spanish gun-boats delivered them from these
+periodical attacks, they were held in what was practically slavery by
+their half-caste or Chinese creditors. The respectability of a Tagbanua
+is measured by the weight of gongs he possesses, just as the importance
+of a Malay pirate-chief depends on the weight of brass-guns he owns.
+
+The half-castes, or Chinese, will supply them with a brass-gong worth,
+say $5, for which they charge them thirty dollars to account. This must
+be paid in almaciga (gum-dammar) at $5 per picul. Consequently the poor
+savage has to supply six piculs of almaciga. Now this gum was worth $12
+per picul in Singapore, and the freight was trifling. Consequently the
+savage pays the greedy half-caste, or avaricious Chinaman, $72 worth
+of gum (less expenses) for a $5 gong, and these rascally usurers take
+care that the savage never gets out of their debt as long as he lives,
+and makes his sons take over his debt when he dies. These terms are
+considered very moderate indeed; when I come to speak of Mindanao
+I shall quote some much more striking trade figures. Many of the
+traders there would think it very bad business to get only $72 for
+goods costing $5.
+
+Instead, therefore, of being allowed to till their land, these people
+are hurried off to the most distant and least accessible forests to
+dig for almaciga. This gum is found in crevices in the earth amongst
+the roots of secular trees. I was assured that deposits had been found
+of 25 piculs in one place--more than a ton and a half, but such finds
+are rare, as the gum is now scarce. The savage has to hide or guard his
+treasure when found, and he or his family must transport it on their
+backs for twenty, thirty, or forty miles, as the case may be, making
+repeated journeys to deliver it to their creditor. I think this hard
+work, and want of good food, explains the emaciation I noticed amongst
+these people. Some few of them were not in debt. Near Inagahuan, I
+found a man named Amasa who had a small cane-field, and was at work
+squeezing the cane with a great lever-press, which reminded me of
+the wine-presses in Teneriffe. The lever was made of the trunk of a
+tree; the fulcrum was a growing tree, whilst the pressing block was a
+tree-stump hollowed at the top. The juice was boiled to a thick syrup,
+and found a ready sale in the neighbourhood. Amasa was the biggest
+and strongest man I saw amongst the Tagbanuas, and stood five feet
+nine inches high. He possessed a comfortable house and clothes,
+yet he accompanied me on one of my journeys as a porter, but the
+exposure at night was too much for him, and he had an attack of fever
+when he returned. Near Amasa lived a Christian woman named Ignacia,
+a widow. She had lived ten years in one place, and had an abundant
+supply of paddy stored in huge baskets in her house. She also had a
+plantation of cacao trees, many of them in full bearing. They were
+rather neglected, but had grown remarkably. I bought some of her
+produce for my own use.
+
+I was surprised to find that the Tagbanuas could read and write;
+one day I observed a messenger hand to one of them a strip of bark
+with some figures scratched on it, which the latter proceeded to
+read, and on inquiring from the missionary, I learnt that they had
+an alphabet of sixteen or seventeen letters. I obtained a copy of
+this from the Padre Zapater, and it will be found on page 319. They
+do not use a pen, but scratch the letters with the point of a knife,
+or with a nail, or thorn.
+
+The Tagbanuas are very fond of music and dancing. On the evening of
+my arrival at Yuahit, a collection of about a dozen huts with forty
+inhabitants, they gave an open-air performance in my honour. My party
+consisted of a boat's-crew of eight Tagal sailors of the Navy, two
+servants, an interpreter, and two companions. The orchestra consisted
+of four brass gongs of varying sizes, and a tom-tom. Torches were stuck
+in the ground to illuminate the scene, and the whole of the inhabitants
+of the hamlet turned out and watched the proceedings with greatest
+interest. The dances were performed by men, women, and children,
+one at a time, and were perfectly modest and graceful. The women were
+dressed in shirts and bright-coloured patadions, and were adorned with
+silver rings, brass bangles, and armlets, some had strings of beads
+round their necks. The best dance was performed by a young woman,
+holding in each hand a piece of a branch of the bread-fruit tree,
+which they call Rima, with two of the large handsome leaves. These
+she waved about very gracefully in harmony with her movements. The
+spectators behaved very well, and were careful not to crowd round me. I
+rewarded the dancers with beads and handkerchiefs, and the musicians
+with cigars. This dancing seemed to me a very innocent amusement,
+but I was sorry to find that the missionary took a different view. He
+associated the dances with heathen rites and forbade them, confiscating
+the dearly-bought gongs of his converts, as he said they were used
+to call up evil spirits. However, I observed that he had hung up the
+largest gong to serve as a church-bell, after having sprinkled it with
+holy water. I remembered having read how the Moravian missionaries
+in Greenland put a stop to the dancing which formerly enlivened the
+long dark winter of that desolate region, and I asked myself why the
+Christian missionary, whether teaching in the icy gloom of the Arctic
+circle, or in brilliant sunshine on a palm-fringed strand, must forbid
+his converts to indulge in such a healthful and harmless recreation,
+in both cases almost the sole possible amusement. I could see no reason
+why the heathen should have all the fun. The labours of the missionary
+were, however, very much to the benefit of the Tagbanuas, as inducing
+them to settle down, build houses, and raise crops for their support.
+
+The Spanish gun-boats had stopped the inroads of Moros by sea, and
+detachments of native troops along the coast stopped the raiding by
+land. For twenty years the Tagbanuas had suffered little, and for
+several years absolutely nothing from the Moros, yet they apparently
+could not realise their security, and were afraid to accumulate
+anything lest it should be taken from them. To the ravages of the
+pirate, there has succeeded the extortion of the usurer, and John
+Chinaman waxes fat whilst the wretched Tagbanua starves.
+
+Whilst travelling through the jungle I found some natives cutting
+canes, and my interpreter pointed out to me an emaciated couple, and
+assured me that during the famine of the previous season, these poor
+wretches had killed and eaten their own child to save their lives. What
+a state of things in a country where maize will grow up and give edible
+grain in forty-two days from the date of planting it! I trust that the
+change of government may result in some benefit to these poor people,
+and that a Governor or Protector of Aborigines may be appointed with
+absolute power who will check the abuses of the half-caste and Chinese
+usurers, and give the poor down-trodden Tagbanuas, at one time I firmly
+believe a comparatively civilised people, a chance to live and thrive.
+
+
+
+Tandulanos.
+
+The Tandulanos are physically similar to the Negritos, but less
+robust. They inhabit the shores of Palawan, being scattered along
+the western coast between the Bay of Malampaya and Caruray. They
+are more savage than the other races of the island, but they fulfil
+their engagements with rigorous exactness. They make rough canoes,
+and subsist principally on fish and shell-fish, and they do no
+cultivation. They are very skilful in the use of the harpoon which
+they employ for fishing. If they can obtain iron, they use it for
+their harpoon-points, otherwise they point them with the spike from
+the tail of a skate.
+
+They use a most active poison on their harpoons and darts, so much so,
+that it is said to produce almost instantaneous death.
+
+This poison is unknown to the other tribes. They refuse to sell their
+cerbatanas, or blow-pipes, from which they shoot their darts.
+
+They are said to intermarry indiscriminately, without regard to
+kinship. Their number was computed at 1500 in the year 1888, and they
+are probably not much more numerous now.
+
+These people are, like the Negritos, whom they resemble, a hopeless
+race, not capable of advancing in civilisation.
+
+
+
+Manguianes and Negritos of Palawan.
+
+These people have been described under the heading Aetas or Negritos,
+in Part I. The first-named inhabit the interior of that part of the
+island occupied by the Moros who jealously prevent them from holding
+any intercourse with strangers.
+
+Moros of Southern Palawan.--These people do not differ in any essential
+particular from the Moros of Mindanao. They look back with regret on
+the good old days before the advent of the steam gun-boats, and the
+establishment of the fortified posts along their shores when they
+could make their annual raids and massacre, plunder, and enslave,
+the wretched Tagbanuas without interference. They will doubtless take
+full advantage of any negligence of the United States authorities to
+keep up the gun-boat flotilla, and to maintain the military posts.
+
+They now live by agriculture, all the labour being performed by
+slaves, and by trading with the savages of the mountains, vying with
+the Christians in usurious rapacity.
+
+John Chinaman in Palawan is just the same as his brother in Mindanao--a
+remorseless usurer, and a skilful manipulator of false weights and
+measures, but no worse in the treatment of the unhappy aboriginal
+than the Christian native or half-caste.
+
+Puerto Princesa, the capital, had a population at the time of my
+visit in 1890 of about 1500, of which number 1200 were males and 300
+females. About half the males were soldiers and sailors, one-fourth
+convicts, and the remainder civilians. Most of the women had been
+deported from Manila as undesirable characters in that decorous
+city. Notwithstanding their unsavoury antecedents, they found new
+husbands or protectors in Puerto Princesa the moment they landed. Such
+was the competition for these very soiled doves, that most of them
+had made their new arrangements before leaving the jetty alongside
+which the steamer they arrived in lay.
+
+There was some little cultivation round about the capital, but as
+usual trading with the aborigines for gum, rattans, balate, green
+snail-shells, and other jungle produce was the most entrancing pursuit.
+
+At a short distance from the town was a Government Sugar Plantation,
+which I visited. If sugar planting could flourish anywhere, it surely
+should have done so here, for the land cost nothing, the convicts
+did all the unskilled labour and the machinery was paid for by the
+Government. Yet the blighting influence of the official mind succeeded
+even here in causing the place to be run at a loss. The sugar badly
+prepared was shipped to Manila to be sold at a reduced price, and
+sugar for the troops and general use was imported from other parts.
+
+The governor of the island, during the later period of Spanish rule,
+has usually been a naval officer, and as the communications are
+principally by sea, and any punitive operations have to be performed
+by the gun-boat flotilla, this would seem to be a precedent the United
+States might follow with advantage.
+
+
+
+
+
+Tagbanua Alphabet.
+
+Communicated to F. H. Sawyer by Fray Lorenzo Zapater, Missionary at
+Inagahuan, Palawan.
+
+
+[Illustration: Tagbanua Alphabet.]
+
+
+N.B.--The Roman letters are to be pronounced as in Spanish and the
+Tagbanua correspondingly, Ah, bay, say, day, aye or ee, o or oo, pay,
+ku, etc.
+
+
+
+Notes by the Padre Zapater.
+
+(Translation.)
+
+1. The consonants in the Tagbanua alphabet are eleven and sometimes
+twelve, but the vowels are three, since the ia and the oa which
+are vowels, are compound letters, although strictly they may be
+considered as vowels, but the ia and the ua are written the same,
+as has been said.
+
+2. In reading the Tagbanua alphabet, you begin from the bottom upwards.
+
+3. To write the consonants with their vowels, for example, ba, be,
+bi, bo, bu, you put a dash at the right or left. If on the right,
+it means be, bi, and if on the left of the consonant bo, bu.
+
+N.B.--Father Zapater's note 3 is somewhat obscure, or rather badly
+expressed. It perhaps ought to have been said that a dash right and
+left means ba.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+PART III
+
+MINDANAO, INCLUDING BASILAN.
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXV.
+
+BRIEF GEOGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTION.
+
+    Configuration--Mountains--Rivers--Lakes--Division into
+    districts--Administration--Productions--Basilan.
+
+
+Mindanao is of a very irregular shape, which it is not easy to
+describe. It has some resemblance to a winged skate, with a long tail,
+one of the Raiidae, which is common in Manila Bay. The head of the skate
+is turned to the east; the peninsula of Surigao forms the northern
+wing, and Punta Panguian the tip of the southern wing, out of which,
+however, a great piece has been bitten, corresponding to the Gulf of
+Davao. The body is represented by the main part of the island, and
+the tail commences at the isthmus of Tucuran and stretches westward
+for a degree of longitude. This straight part is the old kingdom of
+Sibuguey. On the north of it, however, a huge excrescence appears; this
+is the peninsula of Dapitan, and on the south, opposite to it, there is
+a similar projection, which is cut in two by the Gulf of Dumanquilas.
+
+Mt. Silingan represents the spike or hook usually found on the tails of
+these fish, and from here the tail bends southward and westward through
+an arc of 60 deg. This part represents the peninsula of Zamboanga, and
+the town of that name is situated at the tip of the tail. A continuous
+chain of mountains down the centre of the tail represents the vertebrae.
+
+Beginning on the east, we find a long stretch of coast from Surigao to
+Cape San Agustin with only one or two anchorages for small vessels. The
+rest of the coast is exposed to the full force of the Pacific Ocean,
+and from November to April is quite open to the N.E. monsoon. It is
+also subject to tidal waves or rollers just as are the coasts of Peru
+and Chili. A destructive bore enters the river mouths and inlets,
+and heavy seas get up off all the headlands. In the channels between
+Surigao and the islands off the northern coasts, rapid currents
+are formed and overfalls render navigation dangerous for country
+vessels. In fact, during the strength of the N.E. monsoon the east
+coast, from Placer to the Bay of Mayo, is hemmed in with surf, and
+without a single port. Behind point Taucanan, however, is found Port
+Balete and Port Pujada. This latter is the best port in the island,
+being well sheltered from the N. and N.E. The country about it is well
+watered, and produces timber trees of great size and fine quality. The
+waters contain plenty of fish, and turtle, also some mother-of-pearl
+shells. The forests give the best kinds of almaciga, and wax.
+
+The hill-men are partly independent but pacific, and the Visaya
+population is considerable in the district of Mati.
+
+In general, the east coast is rocky, and very foul in many
+places. The land is fertile and well-wooded. Gold is found in the
+Cordillera, and on its eastern slopes all the way from Surigao to
+Punta Tagobong. One of the northern towns is called Placer on this
+account. The inaccessibility of the east coast during the strength
+of the N.E. monsoon has retarded the civilisation of Surigao which
+was settled in the early years of the conquest. The Caraga-Visaya,
+who inhabit a considerable district on this coast, are old Christians
+and have always been ready to fight for their faith.
+
+Practically parallel to this coast is a chain of mountains which
+begins at Surigao and extends down to Punta San Agustin with hardly
+a break. I shall call this the eastern Cordillera. In this chain,
+near the northern end, lies Lake Mainit (Hot Lake), having steep sides
+with twenty fathoms close to the edge, and two hundred fathoms in the
+middle. This cavity has, no doubt, been formed by volcanic action,
+like the lake of Taal. On the slopes of the mountains around it are
+many thermal springs which run into the lake, and in rainy weather the
+summits are always shrouded in vapour by the evaporation of the rain.
+
+The lake is subject to tremendous floods. Dr. Montano, who visited
+it in December, 1880, speaks of a rise of twelve fathoms. He also
+says that a ground-swell gets up in this sheltered lake; this must
+be from some modified volcanic action still going on. As usual in
+Philippine crater-lakes, this is a great breeding-place for alligators.
+
+The Eastern Cordillera being so near the coast, there are of course
+no navigable rivers running into the Pacific, but the streams become
+impassable torrents during the heavy rains which begin in June, and
+prevent communication by land for many days or even weeks at a stretch.
+
+Approximately parallel to the Eastern Cordillera, and at about
+fifty geographical miles distance, there stands another range which
+I shall call the Central Cordillera. A line drawn from Punta Diuata
+to the middle of the Gulf of Sarangani, nearly due north and south,
+intersects Mt. Sinalagao, Mt. Panamoyan, the active volcano, Mt. Apo
+and Mt. Matutuan, which appear to be the loftiest peaks of the range.
+
+From Mt. Panamoyan in about 7 deg. 50' N. Lat. a spur strikes eastwards at
+right angles to the range, reaching half-way across the valley. This
+spur then turns to the south parallel to the range for some twenty
+miles, and from the middle of the east and west part, another spur
+turns south for about 20 miles, thus forming a letter E with the
+points looking south.
+
+In the wide valley between the Eastern and Central Cordilleras, and
+taking the drainage of the whole watershed is the River Agusan. Rising
+about the 7th parallel on the slopes of Mt. Tagoppo, this river runs
+a very sinuous course in a general northerly direction, but inclining
+slightly to the west, receiving innumerable tributaries on either
+side. At about 8 deg. 15' N. Lat. the Agusan expands or overflows, forming
+a series of shallow lakes, choked up with driftwood and vegetation,
+and varying in extent with the rainfall.
+
+Continually gathering volume, it runs into the Bay of Butuan about 9 deg.
+N. Lat.
+
+At Moncayo, in 7 deg. 45' N. Lat., the Agusan is one hundred yards wide,
+and is navigable for canoes even much higher up.
+
+The spur previously spoken of as striking east and south from
+Mt. Panamoyan, forms two small watersheds. The western one gives rise
+to the River Libaganon, and the eastern to the River Salug. Both these
+rivers run in a southerly direction, and unite to form the River Tagum,
+which runs for a short distance S.E. and falls into the head of the
+Gulf of Davao.
+
+A little way south of Mt. Panamoyan some mountain streams dash down
+the sides of the Cordillera and running through a gap unite to form
+the River Davao which flows in a south-easterly direction till it
+reaches the plain, when it changes its course and runs east into the
+Gulf of Davao. From Point Sipaca, in 9 deg. N. Lat., a range of mountains
+stretches in a southerly direction for about sixty miles. Amongst
+these are Mt. Sipaca, Mt. Saorag, and Mt. Quimanquil. With the
+Central Cordillera this range forms a watershed, and the torrents
+on the steep sides of Sinalagao and Quimanquil dash down and take
+a southerly direction to form the headwaters of the River Pulangui
+and ultimately become the Rio Grande. In 7 deg. 50' N. Lat. two important
+affluents join, the River Sauaga and the River Malupati, a few miles
+lower the Calibatojan and the Kaya-Kaya bring their tribute, and the
+united flood with rapid current casts itself headlong into the deep
+Canon of Locosocan and runs in this for over four miles to Salagalpon,
+where another cataract occurs. The river continues for miles a rushing
+torrent amongst huge boulders, at the bottom of this cleft, so narrow
+in places, where the rocks jut out and nearly meet overhead, that it
+seems like a tunnel. In 7 deg. 46' N. Lat. there is a small volcano close
+to the left bank which, whenever it rains, becomes active and gives
+off stifling fumes of sulphur. At Mantanil, in 7 deg. 40' N., the river
+can be navigated on bamboo rafts, handled by skilled Manobo pilots,
+but not without much risk; for some distance down there are two buchis,
+or sinks, where the water runs down into subterraneous passages through
+the river-bed, forming dangerous whirlpools. There are also several
+rapids which require great dexterity to pass safely. The banks are
+still high; but, on approaching the confluence of the Kulaman river,
+on the left bank, the gorge is much lower, and on arriving at Ilang
+the country opens out.
+
+South of the confluence of the River Molita, vintas can navigate
+the river, and a little lower down, at the confluence of the River
+Simuni, is the place reached by the gunboat Taal in 1863 on a 6-foot
+draught. The river now runs in a southerly and westerly direction,
+with dozens of bends till about 6 deg. 45' N. Lat., when, on reaching
+Lake Liguasan (really a Pinag) a shallow and weedy expanse of water,
+it turns to the west, and then north-west. At Tumbao it bifurcates,
+and enters the Bay of Illana by two mouths forming a long narrow
+delta of deep and rich alluvial soil.
+
+From Tumbao to Tamontaca is the most beautiful and fertile part of
+this river. On both banks grow cocoa-palms, areca-palms, banana and
+cacao-trees, coffee-bushes, and hemp plants in abundance, and amongst
+them are groups of native houses forming a continuous village,
+of which the placid river, here fifty yards wide, forms the main
+street. These houses are mostly occupied by friendly Moros.
+
+Nearly parallel to the Sipaca-Soarag-Quimanquil range a second
+range stretches irregularly in a north and south line, ending at the
+coast near Cagayan. Amongst these mountains is Mt Quitanglag. From
+Pt. Sulanan the western extremity of the Bay of Macajalar, a third
+range stretches south, then south-east, then south again for some
+thirty miles. Between this range and the Bay of Iligan there is
+a fourth range of hills. These four ranges form three valleys or
+watersheds, each of which has its river, with a general course from
+south to north, all three running into the Bay of Macajalar.
+
+The most easterly is the River of Tagoloan which has fourteen
+tributaries, the next is the River Cagayan with only three, then the
+River Capay with seven tributaries, all on the left bank.
+
+Proceeding westward we come to the great and deep Lake of Lanao,
+described under the heading Moros, but which has never been surveyed,
+and then to the Gulf of Panguil, which, on the map, looks like a
+forearm and clenched fist, which nearly cuts Mindanao in two. The
+isthmus is only fourteen miles across in a straight line.
+
+This was formerly a regular pirates' track, over which they hauled
+their vessels, but it was till lately guarded by a chain of forts
+connected by a military road called the Trocha of Tucuran.
+
+Two rivers running in a general direction from west to east and having
+between them a dozen tributaries, run into the Gulf of Panguil. The
+most northerly of the two is the Mipangi and the other is the Lintogo.
+
+We now arrive at the peninsula of Sibuguey which I have likened
+to the tail of the skate. Around Lake Lanao there is an irregular
+loop of hills, and from the western end of this starts a cordillera
+which stretches right down the centre of the peninsula of Sibuguey
+and Zamboanga. A line drawn from Punta Sicayati (in the Dapitan
+excrescence) to the eastern shore of the Gulf of Dumanquilas will
+intersect a range of mountains which cross the Cordillera of Sibuguey
+nearly at right angles and with equal arms north and south. But the end
+of the northern arm bifurcates and throws out two ranges N.E. and N.W.
+
+In the watershed thus formed three rivers take their rise, and have
+a general course from south to north but bearing a little to the
+westward. The easternmost of these is called the Dapitan, and runs
+into the bay of the same name. The next is the Dipolog, which runs
+into the sea west of Punta Sicayab; and the last is the Lubungan,
+running in about two leagues more to the west.
+
+The other rivers in the peninsula are so unimportant that I do not
+enumerate them. Like those on the east coast they become raging
+torrents in the rainy season.
+
+On the northern and southern coasts, which are more protected than the
+eastern, sheltered anchorages are to be found here and there, but no
+such fine natural harbours exist as abound in Southern Luzon. There is,
+however, less need for them, as it is very rare that the typhoons,
+which are so destructive in Luzon and the Visayas, cause damage in
+Mindanao, except at its northern and eastern corner. But for service
+on these coasts, vessels of a light draught of water are the most
+useful, as they can more easily find sheltered anchorage.
+
+Mindanao is not nearly so unhealthy as is commonly supposed. Zamboanga
+and neighbourhood, Davao, Surigao, Talisay, and several other
+places, are really quite healthy for Europeans, if they take care
+of themselves.
+
+Earthquakes are frequent. They would sometimes be destructive, but
+there is so little in the way of buildings to destroy.
+
+
+Divisions for Administrative Purposes.
+
+Zamboanga is the chief military station and the residence of the
+commandant-general of the island.
+
+Mindanao is divided into five districts:--
+
+
+    1st. District chief town Zamboanga (capital of the island).
+    2nd. District chief town Misamis (includes Lake Lanao).
+    3rd. District chief town Surigao (includes the whole kingdom
+         of Caraga, also the valley of the Agusan).
+    4th. District chief town Davao (shores of the bay and peninsula
+         of San Agustin).
+    5th. District chief town Cotta-bato (valley of the Rio Grande
+         and ancient Sultanate of Buhayen).
+
+
+The island of Basilan forms a sixth district under the
+commandant-general of Mindanao.
+
+Each of these districts was under a politico-military governor and
+other officials, as follows:--
+
+
+    1st District, Major, Naval Lieutenant, Captain of Port.
+    2nd District, Lieut.-Colonel.
+    3rd District, Lieut.-Colonel.
+    4th District, Major.
+    5th District, Lieut.-Colonel.
+    6th District, Naval Lieutenant, Naval Station.
+
+
+Besides these politico-military governors there were the following
+officers in charge of military districts:--
+
+
+    Mumungan in 2nd district (Fort Weyler and vicinity to look after
+    the Moros of Lake Lanao) Major.
+    Dapitan in 2nd district (To look after the Moros of Sindangan
+    Bay) Major.
+    Bislig in 3rd district (To look after the Mandayas and Manobos)
+    Captain.
+
+
+To attend to the administration of justice there was a third-class
+judge in each district. From their decisions there was an appeal to
+the Audiencia at Cebu, and from there to the Supreme Court, Madrid.
+
+In Zamboanga where there is (or was) a custom-house, there resided a
+Treasury delegate of the second class. In each of the other districts
+there is one of the fourth class.
+
+The southern naval division has its headquarters at Isabela de Basilan.
+
+
+
+Productions of Mindanao.
+
+The climate and soil of Mindanao are suitable for growing almost
+any tropical crop to great advantage: hemp, sugar cane, tobacco,
+coffee, cacao, rice, indigo, sesame, maize, sweet potatoes, pepper,
+all flourish. But the island is very backward; it is only recently
+that the savage races have been settled in the reducciones. The
+population is very sparse, and natives are more addicted to washing
+the sands for gold or seeking jungle-produce than disposed to apply
+themselves to agriculture.
+
+The exports have hitherto been very small. About some of the northern
+ports a good beginning has been made in cultivating and preparing hemp,
+and several Spaniards have laid out plantations there.
+
+There is a small export of coffee and cacao, and the circumstance
+that the greater part of the island is free from typhoons renders it
+exceptionally favourable for planting these valuable products, or for
+growing unlimited quantities of cocoa-nut for making copra. For the
+same reason the timber in Mindanao is larger than in the best districts
+of Luzon, and some of the trees are truly magnificent. Mindanao,
+with its inhabitants busily engaged in murdering their neighbours
+and enslaving their children, can, of course, never prosper; but if
+such outrages are repressed, and peace assured, the population will
+rapidly increase and agriculture will prosper.
+
+Amongst the forest produce gutta-percha took a leading place,
+but this product came through the hands of the Chinese traders,
+who, as their custom is, adulterated it to such an extent that its
+value became greatly depreciated in European and American markets,
+and the trade fell off. Some lignite is found in Mindanao, but I have
+no confidence in the value of Philippine coal-fields. They have been
+too much broken up by volcanic action. I have very little doubt that
+petroleum will be found in Mindanao when it is explored. It has been
+reported in Mindoro and Cebu.
+
+The early explorers of the Archipelago state that the natives wore
+little clothes, but abundance of gold ornaments. Now they wear more
+clothes but little gold. It is surprising how quickly the heathen
+become impoverished whenever they have Christian neighbours.
+
+
+
+Basilan.
+
+The sixth district of Mindanao is formed of the Basilan group of some
+forty islands lying opposite to Zamboanga, having a total area of
+170,000 acres. The only important one of the group is Basilan Island,
+which has an irregular outline, an oval with two projections opposite
+each other, east and west, the latter resembles a turtle's head and
+the former a turtle's tail, so that the shape of the island on the
+map is that of a turtle with his head to the west. The total length
+from the point of the beak to the tip of the tail is about thirty-two
+geographical miles, and the width across the body about twenty-one
+miles. The port of Isabela is sheltered by the Island of Malamaui,
+on which there is a Moro rancheria called Lucbalan, and a Christian
+visita, Sta. Barbara. The capital, Isabela, is situated about the
+centre of the channel, and to the east of the mouth of the Pasahan
+(now called Isabela) River.
+
+To the south of the town, which is situated on a stony slope at a
+short distance, the fort is placed at an elevation of about sixty
+feet above the sea. It commands both entrances of the channel.
+
+There is a barrack near the fort, a prison, military infirmary, school,
+town hall. The naval station consists of store-houses and workshops,
+marine-barracks, hospital, and magazine.
+
+There is a church, and missionaries' residence. The island is hilly but
+fertile in places. Some twenty to thirty acres are under cultivation
+near Isabela, and the Moros who form the principal population make
+their slaves work on the lands about their hamlets. There are no
+manufactures worth mentioning.
+
+The Christian population is as follows:--
+
+
+                                         Inhabitants.
+
+        Town of Isabela                       921
+        Hamlet of San Pedro de Guihanan       130
+        Hamlet of Santa Barbara                50
+        Reduccion of Panigayan                 25
+        Reduccion of Tabuc                     12
+        Scattered Christians                   12
+        Members of the Naval Station           86 variable.
+        Garrison of the Fort                   40    ,,
+                                            ------
+                                             1276
+
+
+The Moro population is distributed in about fifty villages or
+hamlets. They can turn out about 4400 fighting-men, and are considered
+valiant and hardy.
+
+The Moros of Basilan, according to Father Foradada, have not the
+sanguinary instincts of those of Lake Lanao or of Jolo, and any
+outrages they commit are, he thinks, due to the instigations of the
+Moros of Jolo, who unfortunately keep up a communication with them
+and corrupt them.
+
+Amongst the most influential Dattos of Basilan is Pedro Cuevas,
+a Tagal. He was formerly a convict, but escaped, and, by force of
+character and desperate courage, he became a leading man amongst
+the Moros. Having rendered some services to Spain, he received a
+pardon, and now has extensive plantations, a sugar-mill, and herds
+of cattle. He is, in fact, about the richest and most influential
+man in the island, and has become reconciled to the Church, and was
+much trusted both by the military and naval authorities and by the
+missionaries.
+
+The map of the island is from a report of Father Cavalleria who went
+by sea right round it in 1893.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVI
+
+THE TRIBES OF MINDANAO.
+
+
+Visayas (1) [Old Christians].
+
+In another part of the book I have given a description of the Visayas
+in their own islands, and have spoken of their enterprise and industry
+as manifested in the extent of their exports of sugar and hemp,
+and in their manufacture of textiles of the most varied kind.
+
+The Visayas of Mindanao have been modified by their environment both
+for good and evil. Thus they are bolder and more warlike than their
+brethren at home, having had for centuries to defend themselves
+against bloodthirsty Moros. The Visayas of Caraga are especially
+valiant and self-reliant, and they needed to be so, for the Spaniards,
+whenever hard pressed by English, Dutch or Portuguese, had a way of
+recalling their garrisons, and leaving their dependents to shift for
+themselves. The Visaya of Mindanao, therefore, though not a soldier,
+is a fighting-man, and their towns possess a rudimentary defensive
+organisation called the somaten. This, I believe is a Catalan word,
+and indicates a body of armed townsmen called together by the church
+bell to defend the place against attack. This service is compulsory
+and unpaid.
+
+The arms have been supplied by the Spanish Government, and have
+generally been of obsolete pattern. I have seen in Culion flint-lock
+muskets in the hands of the guards. Latterly, however, Remington
+rifles have been supplied, and they are very serviceable and quite
+suitable for these levies.
+
+The Visayas have been the assistants of the missionaries, and from
+them come most of the school-masters and mistresses who instruct the
+children of the recently-converted natives.
+
+Their language is fast extending, and their numbers are increasing,
+both naturally, and by a considerable voluntary immigration from the
+southern Visayas Islands.
+
+To the inhabitants of these small islands, fertile Mindanao, with its
+broad lands, free to all, is what the United States were a generation
+ago to the cotters of Cork or Kerry--a land of promise.
+
+There is, however, a demoralising tendency at work amongst the
+Visayas. The profits of bartering with the hill-men are so great, that
+they are tempted away from their agriculture, and from their looms,
+to take up this lucrative trade, in competition with the Chinese.
+
+The Visaya has one great advantage over the Chinaman; he has the
+courage to go up into the hills, and find his customers in their
+haunts. This the Celestial could not do, but has to remain at his
+store on the coast and await the hill-men.
+
+Both traders cheat the hill-tribes most abominably.
+
+Dr. Montano mentions a case which happened in Butuan in December, 1879.
+
+A Visaya went into the interior taking with him some threads of
+different colours which he had purchased for seventy-five cents, and
+returned with jungle produce worth ten dollars. This he invested in
+beads, brass-wire, and other articles of trade, and returned to the
+woods. In a month he came back, bringing produce to the value of 100
+dollars, and 400 dollars to his credit with the natives.
+
+The tribes of Mindanao pay their debts with scrupulous exactness. If
+they die before paying, their sons assume the debt, and unless they
+are killed or taken as slaves by other races, the money is sure to
+be paid. Consequently, this rapacious usurer had sold them goods
+costing 10 dollars, 75 cents, for 510 dollars, of which 110 dollars
+in cash, and 400 dollars credit. It is satisfactory to learn that
+the commandant at Butuan made him disgorge, and freed the hill-men
+from their heavy debt.
+
+To sum up, the Visaya is a necessary man in Mindanao, and the
+immigration should be encouraged. All the Visaya towns bordering on
+the Moros should have their somatenes armed, exercised, and supplied
+with ammunition. Amongst Visayas are to be found plenty of men well
+suited to command these bands. As they are fighting the Moros for
+life and property, they may be trusted to stand up to them manfully.
+
+The illustration shows a party of Visayas militia belonging to the
+town of Baganga, in Caraga, under a native officer of gigantic stature,
+Lieutenant Don Prudencio Garcia.
+
+
+
+
+Mamanuas (2).
+
+A hybrid race between Negritos and Malays.
+
+They are not numerous, and live in the northern promontory of
+Surigao, from near the River Agusan to the east coast, south of Lake
+Mainit. They are, indeed, miserable wretches, wandering in the hills
+and forest without any fixed habitation, their only property a lance,
+a bolo, and some starveling curs.
+
+Sometimes they plant a few sweet potatoes, and at certain times
+in the year they get wild honey; at other times they hunt the
+wild pig. They lay up no provisions, and wander about naked and
+hungry. They are difficult to convert, having no good qualities to
+work upon. They promise anything, but never perform, being able to
+give as a reason--some evil omen, for instance--that, on coming out
+in the morning, they have heard the cry of the turtle-dove (limbucun)
+on the left hand.
+
+Notwithstanding all these difficulties, the zeal of the missionaries
+has not been wasted, and several reducciones of Mamanuas have been
+founded, and are progressing to some extent.
+
+
+
+Manobos (3).
+
+The Manobos are a warlike heathen race, widely extended in
+Mindanao. The great River Agusan, taking its rise in the district
+of Davao, in 7 deg. N. latitude, falls into the Bay of Butuan about
+9 deg. N. latitude. Its general course is parallel to the eastern
+Cordillera, from which it receives numerous tributaries. At almost
+8 deg. 15' N. latitude it expands, and forms four considerable lakes of
+no great depth, and varying in extent according to the season. They
+are partly covered by aquatic plants. These lakes are called Linao,
+Dagun, Dinagat and Cadocun; they are quite near each other. The Manobos
+inhabit this spacious valley from Moncado, in 7 deg. 45', to about 8 deg. 45'
+N. latitude on the right bank, where they come in contact with the
+Mamanuas and Mandayas; but on the left bank they extend nearly to the
+sea, and up to the eastern slopes of the Central Cordillera. They even
+extend over the Cordillera to the head waters of the Rio Grande. They
+occupy the left bank of the Pulangui, and their southern frontier on
+the Rio Grande is at 7 deg. 30' N. latitude, where one of their chiefs,
+called the Datto Capitan Manobo, lives. The river is navigable for
+vintas up to here, and, in 1863, the gunboat Taal, drawing six feet,
+steamed to within five miles of this point, say up to the River
+Simuni. They extend up the Pulangui to about 8 deg. 15' N. latitude. In
+appearance they have a Mongolian cast of feature. Their faces are
+longer than amongst the Mandayas; their noses are not flattened,
+but straight, and projecting, and slightly curved at the lower
+end. Their general aspect is robust; their stature is about 5 feet 7
+inches. Their usual dress consists of short drawers reaching to the
+knee, and a sort of singlet, or short shirt.
+
+They live in clans under a bagani, or head-murderer (see Mandayas for
+explanation), who is usually accompanied by his brothers-in-law. They
+are polygamists; still, the first wife is the head, and all the others
+must obey her. Each wife has her own house, just as the late Brigham
+Young's harem had at Salt Lake City. But they are satisfied with fewer
+than that prophet, there being none amongst their dattos who have
+nineteen wives. They are slaveholders, as the children taken in war
+become slaves, and all the work of cultivation is done by the women,
+children and slaves.
+
+Their houses are built on piles, as are also their granaries. They
+cultivate on a considerable scale, and raise quantities of rice, maize,
+sweet potatoes and tobacco, not only to supply their own wants, but
+to sell in boat-loads to the Visayas. Their arms are lances, shields,
+swords and daggers, and, in some parts, bows and arrows. They are
+said to be expert archers where they use the bow. They raise numbers
+of horses for riding.
+
+In valour, and in disposition to come to close quarters in fighting,
+they resemble the Igorrotes of Luzon. They stand up squarely to the
+Moros, which few other races have the pluck to do. Like the Igorrotes,
+their religion consists in ancestor-worship, but they call their
+idols Dinatas instead of Anitos. They are much impressed by thunder,
+which they call the voice of the lightning, and a rainbow fills them
+with awe. Like the Tagals, and some races in British India, they
+consider the crocodile a sacred animal, and respectfully address it as
+grandfather. They also, like the old heathen Tagals, consider rocks,
+caves, or balete trees, as residences of spirits. They celebrate a
+feast in honour of the Dinatas after the harvest, and make sacrifices
+of swine.
+
+Tag-Busan is their god of war, and it is usual amongst them to go on
+the war-path after the harvest is secured; the bagani, as high priest
+of this god, carries his talisman hung round his neck.
+
+They make ambuscades, and attack neighbours or enemies in the
+most treacherous manner, either by setting fire to their houses and
+murdering them as they attempt to escape from the flames, or they cut
+through the piles supporting the houses, covering themselves with their
+shields interlocked whilst doing so, and spearing the occupants when
+the house falls. When an enemy has been felled, the bagani, taking
+a consecrated sword, never used in fighting, cuts open the chest,
+and immerses the talisman of the god in the blood; then, tearing
+out the heart or liver, he eats a piece. The Sacopes are not allowed
+this privilege, which belongs only to the chief, as the high priest
+of the god of war. The children of the slain are taken as slaves,
+and the young women for concubines. One of the prisoners is kept to
+be sacrificed in some cruel manner to Tag-Busan on the return of the
+expedition as a thank-offering.
+
+The death of a relative requires to be atoned for by the murder of
+any innocent person passing by, the avenger concealing himself near
+a path, and killing the first stranger who comes.
+
+The Manobos are very smart in handling canoes or rafts on their
+rivers, which are very dangerous to navigate, and have many rapids and
+whirlpools; the Pulangui even precipitates itself into a chasm, and
+runs underground for a league and a half. However, the terrible picture
+I have drawn of their habits is becoming year by year a thing of the
+past to thousands of Manobos, although still kept up in places. The
+intrepidity of the Jesuit missionaries is proof against every danger
+and every privation, has carried them up the River Agusan, on which,
+at short distances apart, they have established towns or villages, and
+have brought many thousands of Manobos within the Christian communion.
+
+Father Urios, one of these missionaries, baptized 5200 heathen in one
+year, and now no less than twenty Christian towns or villages stand
+on the banks of the River Agusan and its tributaries, populated by
+perhaps fifteen thousand Manobos, formerly heathens, who have given
+up their detestable practices and their murderous slave-raids to
+occupy themselves in cultivating the soil, whilst their children of
+both sexes are receiving instruction from Visaya school-masters and
+mistresses. There is always a tendency to remontar amongst them, and
+sometimes nearly all the inhabitants of a village take to the woods
+and hills. Yet, secure from attack, the number of converts steadily
+increases. The Baganis have become gobernadorcillos, and their chief
+vassals tenientes, jueces de paz, and cuadrilleros. Some of the old
+Baganis who were well off were so anxious not to be behind the Visayas,
+that they sent to Manila for hats, black cloth coats and trousers,
+and patent leather shoes, to wear on the great feasts of the Church,
+and on the occasion of the annual village festival.
+
+This is a long way from human sacrifices to the Tag-Busan, and
+ceremonial cannibal rites, which these men formerly practised. I look
+on this warlike and vigorous race as capable of becoming valuable
+citizens, but they will require careful handling for some years to
+come. They must not be rushed, for, if alarmed by innovations, they
+may take to the woods en masse, and the labour of years will have
+been wasted.
+
+I look to this tribe, when trained to use fire-arms, and stiffened
+with a few Americans, to destroy the power of the pirate races--the
+murderous, slave-hunting Moros, with whom it is useless to make
+treaties, who cannot be converted till the power of their dattos is
+broken, and who must be sternly put down by force unless the nascent
+civilisation of Mindanao is to be thrown back for a century.
+
+In the beginning of June, 1892, a Bagani of the Manobos performed
+the paghuaga, or human sacrifice, on a hill opposite Veruela, on the
+River Agusan. The victim was a Christian girl whom he had bought for
+the purpose from some slave-raiders.
+
+
+
+Mandayas (4).
+
+The Mandayas live on the Eastern Cordillera of Mindanao which
+runs parallel to the coast, and their territory extends from the
+7th to the 9th parallel. They occupy the country down to the River
+Salug. They are remarkable for their light colour, some having quite
+fair complexions. Their faces are wide, the cheek-bones being very
+prominent; yet their appearance is not unpleasing, for they have
+large dark eyes shaded by long eye-lashes.
+
+They are much respected by other tribes as an ancient and aristocratic
+race, and the war-like Manobos eagerly seek, by fair means or foul,
+to obtain Mandaya women for wives.
+
+They usually shave off their beards, and also their eyebrows, wearing
+their hair long, tied in a knot at the back.
+
+They are powerfully built, and of good stature. The men wear short
+drawers, and on grand occasions don an embroidered jacket. Both men
+and women wear large ear-ornaments. The women are clad in a bodice
+and patadion with ornaments of shells, beads, or small bells. The
+men are of a bold and warlike disposition, ready to fight against
+other villages of their tribe when not at war with the Manobos, the
+Guiangas, or the Manguangas, their neighbours. They have a language
+of their own which has a great affinity to the Visaya.
+
+Their houses, four or five forming a village, are built on lofty piles
+thirty or forty, or even fifty feet above the ground. The floor is
+of thick planks and has a parapet all round pierced with loop-holes
+for defence. Above this parapet the house is open all round up to
+the eaves, but this space can be closed in by hanging shutters in bad
+weather. The construction of dwellings at such a height must involve
+an enormous amount of labour. Each group of houses forming a village
+is usually surrounded by a strong palisade of sharp-pointed posts,
+and further defended by pits lined with sharp stakes, which are
+lightly covered over with twigs and leaves.
+
+Several families live in one house, after the custom of the Dayaks of
+Borneo, to provide a garrison for defence. An ample supply of arms is
+kept in the house, bows and arrows, spears, swords and knives. They
+are liable to be attacked in the night, either by the Manobos,
+the Moros, or by the sacopes of some neighbouring datto, who shoot
+flaming arrows covered with resin into the roof to set it on fire,
+or covering themselves with their shields from the arrows of the
+defenders, make a determined attempt to cut down the piles so that the
+house will fall. The attacking party is most often victorious, and the
+defenders, driven out by fire, or bruised and entangled amongst the
+fallen timbers, are easily killed, the women and children, with the
+other booty, being carried off by the assailants. Under this reign
+of terror the population is diminishing. These people not only kill
+for booty, but also for the honour and glory of it. Each warrior is
+anxious to become a bagani, and to be allowed to wear the honourable
+insignia of that rank. The dress of a bagani indicates approximately
+the number of murders he has committed. A scarlet head-cloth shows
+that he has killed from five to ten men; a red shirt, in addition,
+from ten to twenty, whilst a complete suit of red shows that he has
+murdered more than twenty persons, and is a much-desired and very
+honourable distinction, a sort of D.S.O. or K.C.B. amongst them.
+
+All the dattos are baganis; they could hardly possess enough prestige
+to govern their sacopes without this title.
+
+The Mandayas are superstitious, and much attached to their own
+beliefs, and on this account it is difficult to convert them to
+Christianity. The devotion of the Jesuits, however, has not been in
+vain, and several pueblos on the east coast round about Bislig, Caraga,
+and Cateel-Baganga are now inhabited by Christian Mandayas, some of
+whom have intermarried with the Visayas, or "old Christians." These
+Mandayas are now safe from attack. They give their attention to
+cultivation, and are increasing in numbers and rising in the scale
+of civilisation.
+
+Ancestral-worship is their religion, and their Dinatas, or wooden
+idols, are stained red with the sap of the narra tree. They have
+priestesses whom they call Bailanes, and they are said to occasionally
+make human sacrifices.
+
+As amongst other tribes in Mindanao, the Limbucun, or turtle-dove,
+is a sacred bird, and rice and fruit is placed for its use on a small
+raised platform, and it is never molested.
+
+They are organised in a strict feudal system, the headman or datto of
+each village is in fact the only free man of his clan. The others are
+Sacopes--that is, followers or vassals who, as well as the datto,
+possess slaves. A Mandaya datto can seldom raise more than fifty
+spears; sometimes two or three federate, but expeditions on a large
+scale cannot be undertaken, for it would be impossible to feed several
+hundred men in their country, such is the poverty of the inhabitants.
+
+Sometimes a small group of Mandaya dattos recognises as suzerain
+some neighbouring datto of the piratical Moros, who always tries to
+keep them isolated and to prevent any intercourse or trade with the
+Christians, unless through themselves.
+
+The Mandayas have canoes and bamboo rafts on the streams and rivers
+running through their territory. They catch a good many fish.
+
+Their agriculture is on a very reduced scale, and is limited to small
+plantations of rice and sweet potatoes near their villages; they
+keep poultry. They do not dare to travel far from their houses for
+fear they might be seized for slaves, or even sold to be sacrificed
+on the death of a datto. Sometimes when a man has been condemned to
+death for some crime his datto sells him to some person requiring a
+victim for the death-vengeance, if he is assured that it is intended
+to kill him. The datto thus combines the execution of justice with
+a due regard to his own profit.
+
+
+
+Manguangas (5).
+
+According to Blumentritt, this tribe lives in the Cordillera Sagat,
+and extends as far as the Great Lake Boayan or Magindanao, and an
+old estimate gives their number as 80,000. On his map he shows, the
+Lake and River Boayan in dotted lines, the latter is made to fall
+into the Rio Grande.
+
+On two modern maps of Mindanao which I have, one by Jesuits and the
+other from Don Jose Nieto Aguilar's book on this Island, neither
+the river nor the lake appear; but, in their stead, a lofty range
+of mountains is shown. In each of these maps the Manguanga territory
+occupies an entirely different location.
+
+As the Jesuits have three reducciones or villages amongst this
+tribe, I accept their map as constructed according to the latest
+information. They show in their earlier maps the Manguanga territory
+at the head of the Bay of Davao, its southern frontier being some
+twelve miles from the sea, and about the head-waters of the River
+Salug and the River Agusan.
+
+The reducciones are called Gandia, Pilar, and Compostela. In the
+general Report of the Jesuit Missions of 1896, the mission station of
+Jativa is stated to consist of six reducciones of Manobos, Mandayas
+and Manguangas, with a total population of 1389.
+
+In the general report of the following year the Manguangas and other
+tribes are not specifically mentioned, and the total population of
+the mission station of Jativa is given as 1458.
+
+In a later ethnographical map of Mindanao the Manguanga territory
+appears still more circumscribed, being limited to a strip of land
+between the Rivers Julep and Nabo, affluents of the River Agusan;
+Nieto's map, however, shows them extending over the Eastern Cordillera
+towards Linguit, which is situated on the coast in about 7 deg. 50'
+N. latitude.
+
+Dr. Montano, who went up the Rio Salug in 1880, passing through the
+Manguanga territory, says he found the banks deserted.
+
+There can be no doubt that this once numerous tribe has been reduced
+to a mere remnant, part settled in the before-mentioned reducciones,
+and part still wandering in mountains.
+
+
+
+Monteses or Buquidnones (6).
+
+The Spanish word Montes, means hill-man. Buquid, in Tagal, means
+arable land; and Taga-buquid, a countryman. The Tagal equivalent of
+hill-man is Taga-bundoc, which corresponds to the jungle-wallah of
+British India. The word Buquidnones may mean cultivators, and their
+extensive plantations fully justify this designation. It is therefore
+rather a vague expression, but still designates a particular tribe
+in Mindanao, whose numbers were estimated to amount to 13,000 ten
+years ago, and who have probably largely increased since then.
+
+They occupy the valleys through which the Rivers of Cagayan and
+Tagoloan run, and the hills between them and on both sides.
+
+They hold the country of the head-waters of the Pulangui, and the right
+bank, as far south as the Manobos extend on the left bank, say to 7 deg.
+30' N. latitude. In the north they extend right up into the peninsula
+between the Bay of Macajalar and the Bay of Lunao, occupying the lofty
+mountains of Sabrac, Sinalagao, Quimanquil, and the sacred Balatucan,
+whence the souls of the dead jump from earth to heaven.
+
+Father Clotet, from whose letters to his superiors I have taken these
+particulars, considers them to be divided into three large groups.
+
+The first consists of those living in the hills and valleys of the
+rivers Tagoloan, Cagayan, and Iponam; the second, of those bordering
+on the Manobos of the Agusan between Gingoog and Nasipit, and the
+third of those who live on the right bank of the Pulangui and on some
+of its affluents.
+
+They bear some resemblance to their neighbours the Manobos, being of
+good stature, well-built, even handsome, and are of an affable and
+friendly disposition; some of them are so smart and well-bred as to
+be not in the least inferior to the most civilised of the Visayas,
+and to judge by their free and open address, and the absence of all
+affectation when settling their business with the old Christians,
+nobody would take them for heathens.
+
+Father Urios said that, from the extent of their intelligence, they
+were fit to be kings of the Manobos, so much superior were they
+to these.
+
+In their dress they show a far greater idea of decorum and modesty
+than any other race in Mindanao, both men and women. The latter wear a
+white shirt, which is held in at the waist by a long skirt, reaching
+to the ankles. Over this they wear a very short and tight jacket,
+to the edges of which they sew strips of cloth of many colours in a
+pleasing tracery, the short wide sleeves being trimmed in the same way.
+
+They show great taste in choosing the colours and designs with which
+they ornament their dresses. On the left side at the waist they hang
+some bead ornaments, small bells, and bunches of scented herbs. On
+their legs they wear many loose rings of brass, copper, or silver,
+which rattle when they walk. Their manner of dressing their hair
+is singular, and characteristic. They take the bulk of the hair,
+and without plaiting it they twist and knot it in a high and large
+coil. All round the head fall curls cut to one length, but on the
+forehead there is a fringe coming down almost to the eye-brows. They
+secure the coil with a handsome and showy comb, well made of metal,
+or precious metals, according to the means of the wearer. Many of them
+are loaded with bracelets from the wrists to near the elbows, either of
+metal, of tortoise-shell, or mother-of-pearl. In their ears they wear
+large ornaments called balaring, made of a plug of soft wood, having
+on each end a circular plate of brass, copper, silver, or of engraved
+gold, one larger than the other. The hole of the ear is greatly
+stretched to allow the smaller plate to pass through; the plug then
+remains in the hole, and is covered at each end by the plates. They
+wear also necklaces, sometimes of great value. These manufactures
+seem to be very similar to those of the Igorrotes, which have been
+detailed at length in the description of that interesting people.
+
+Father Clotet mentioned a curious necklace worn by one of these women,
+formed of ancient silver coins, diminishing in size from the centre to
+the extremities. In the middle was a silver dollar of Charles III. He
+considered this to be worth thirty dollars, which was quite a capital
+to a Montes in a small hamlet.
+
+Even when pressed by necessity they will not sell these ornaments, and
+they consequently pass from father to son for many generations. They
+wear rings of brass, silver or gold, not only on their fingers,
+but also on their toes.
+
+The dress of the men on ordinary occasions is quite simple, but on
+grand occasions they wear long trousers of European cloth, jackets of
+the same stuff, and fine beaver hats. Their shirts of fine linen are
+not worn outside the trousers as amongst the Tagals, only the front
+being shown, which is often beautifully embroidered. Those amongst
+them who, although heathens, have a frequent intercourse with the
+Christians, have their hair cut short and take great care of it; but
+those living amongst the hills let it grow long, and, rolling it into a
+knot, tie it up in a kerchief like the charros of Aragon. Some of them
+paint their teeth black, and file them into points. The wealthy men and
+women cover their teeth with thin gold plates, like the chiefs amongst
+the Igorrotes, but unlike them they take them off to eat. It would
+seem to be indecent to show one's teeth to any person of superior rank.
+
+They believe in a future life, and are polytheists. They worship
+the gods of the cardinal points: the god of the north is called
+Domalongdong; he of the south, Ongli; of the east, Tagolambong;
+of the west, Magbabaya.
+
+This last god, Magbabaya, which means Almighty, has, however, two other
+gods of equal rank: Ibabasag and Ipamahandi. The first is invoked for
+the safe delivery of pregnant women; the second takes care of the
+horses and cattle, and as there is hardly a Buquidnon who does not
+possess some of these animals to assist him in his labour, Ipamahandi
+is constantly called upon to help them when any accident happens.
+
+Tagum-Banua, the god of the fields, is prayed to for a good harvest,
+and a feast called the Caliga, corresponding to our harvest festival,
+is held in his honour. The Tao-sa-sulup, or men of the woods,
+correspond to the Tic-Balan of the old heathen Tagals, and inhabit
+the trunks of secular trees, especially the Balete, or rocky crags
+or caves, intervening in the affairs of mortals to favour them or
+upset them. Consequently they make sacrifices to these spirits to
+propitiate them and gain their favour.
+
+Tigbas is a much respected god, looked upon with special reverence
+as having come down from heaven. He is represented by stone idols
+on stone pedestals, only possessed by the principal dattos, who keep
+them amongst the heir-looms of their ancestors, and only allow their
+near relations or intimate friends to see them.
+
+Talian is a small idol in the figure of a monkey squatting, usually
+made from the root of the willow. This they carry about with them,
+hanging from a cord round its neck. When on a journey, if they fear
+an ambush, they hold out the cord with the little idol on it like a
+plumb-line, and let it spin. When it comes to rest, its face is turned
+in the direction where the enemy is concealed. They then carefully
+avoid that direction, if they have been following it, by turning off
+and taking another path. If one of them is ill, they submerge the idol
+in a cup of water which he immediately drinks. Otherwise, by simply
+touching the suffering part, they find relief, and even a radical cure.
+
+The Busao, an evil spirit, must be kept in good humour, and to this
+end they offer to it meat and drink, and sing and dance in its honour,
+praying to it to deliver them from any calamity they fear.
+
+The elders are charged with the duty of offering fruits and of
+sacrificing the pigs and fowls to the deities. It will be seen what a
+strong religious bias prevails amongst these people, who are convinced
+that all the affairs of life are in the hands of Divine Providence,
+and of the necessity of prayer and sacrifice.
+
+Marriages amongst them are arranged by the parents or by the head
+chief of their tribe, the Masalicampo (Maestro de Campo). A house
+is prepared for the young couple, and an abundant feast is made
+ready, including an ample supply of a fermented drink called pangasi,
+which is preserved in large jars. When the guests have assembled, and
+everything is ready, the bride and bridegroom exchange a few words, and
+each receives from their respective fathers a small morsel of cooked
+rice. This they hold out for a short time on the palms of their hands,
+and then each places the morsel in the mouth of the other, and this
+action solemnises the marriage. The Tagbanuas have the same custom.
+
+Immediately an animated conversation bursts out amongst the guests,
+and a profuse and carefully-cooked feast is served.
+
+To the feast succeeds a prolonged drinking bout, the guests sucking
+up the liquor through straws or canes from the jars which contain
+it. Amongst the Monteses it is not considered good form to return
+home from a wedding ostentatiously sober.
+
+Polygamy is allowed, but little practised, only the dattos having
+two or perhaps three wives.
+
+Father Barrado, who was a missionary amongst them, remarked on the
+repugnance these people have to pass through the territory of some
+other datto, and Dr. Montano, who crossed Mindanao from Davao to
+Butuan, confirms this very fully as regards Mandayas and Manobos. In
+order that they may do this in safety, the principal dattos have a
+large and highly-ornamented lance called a quiap. In return for a
+small fee they lend this to any of their Sacopes who desire to pass
+through another datto's territory as a passport, or safe conduct. When
+carrying this lance, far from being molested, travellers are treated
+with consideration and deference, even in time of war.
+
+The principal dattos show their grandeur by having enormous jars,
+in which they preserve their heir-looms or rare and curious objects,
+or use for holding provisions. Gongs also are much esteemed amongst
+them. But their most precious possessions are certain wooden-boxes
+or trunks with copper coins nailed all over them in patterns, in
+which they keep their clothes and arms. In this they resemble the
+rajahs and sultans of the Malays. They use swords and lances, bolos,
+and sometimes the Malay kris with inscriptions and marks in Arabic,
+these last are got from the Moros. Some of their arms are beautifully
+made with carved handles of hard wood, and inlaid with silver,
+having sheaths of polished wood. Some of them have coats of mail,
+made of brass plates and wires, ornamented with silver. These appear
+to be of great antiquity, and it is not known where they came from
+originally. Others have quilted jackets such as Cortes found amongst
+the Mexicans. Notwithstanding their amiable characteristics, they make
+forays like the Manobos, and attack other tribes, killing the adults,
+and carrying off the children as slaves and the girls as concubines.
+
+They use the pneumatic tinder-box like the Igorrotes. They are fond
+of smoking, and raise large crops of excellent tobacco, selling their
+surplus in Cagayan de Misamis. They prefer to smoke their tobacco
+in pipes, which they make themselves. They also chew buyo. On their
+voyages they carry pouches to contain their belongings, and a curious
+crescent-shaped box made of brass plate, which they tie on in front.
+
+Although able to make long journeys on foot, they usually ride, and
+are excellent horsemen, riding up and down the steepest paths. Their
+horses are adorned with one or two necklaces of sleigh-bells, so that
+they can be heard approaching from a distance.
+
+They have no calendar, but know from the appearance of certain
+constellations in the heavens, to which they give names of their own,
+that the rainy season is approaching, and they then set to work busily
+to prepare their land for sowing or planting.
+
+They use the plough, and make extensive plantations of maize,
+which is their principal article of food, and also of rice, they
+sell the surplus to the inhabitants of the coast towns, for articles
+they require, especially salt. They make small stone hand-mills for
+grinding maize, and what is much more curious, they have invented
+and manufactured cotton gins, having two wooden rollers geared
+together, worked by a crank on the upper one. These gins work with
+great regularity.
+
+In 1889 they were much interested in planting and preparing Abaca,
+and Gingoog, one of their outlets, exported no less than 11,000 piculs,
+or the equivalent of 5500 bales in twelve months. They also take down
+to the coast-towns quantities of wax and resin. Their labour ought
+to make them wealthy, but here again we find the rascally Chinaman,
+who, intoxicating them with some vile spirits, deceives them in the
+price, cheats them in the weight, and sends them back sick and ill
+from their unaccustomed libations, with some wretched rubbish in
+exchange for their valuable produce. By this means their industry is
+checked, and those who take down goods return in worse plight than
+they went. Any decent Government would prohibit the demoralisation
+of this interesting people, but the Chinaman well understands how to
+deal with the local Spanish authorities, and even subscribes largely
+to the church, for he likes to have two strings to his bow.
+
+The musical instruments of the Monteses are clarinets, flutes,
+guitars of three strings, and a small drum.
+
+At the time of the harvest, from the first peep of day to sunrise,
+before beginning to work, they sing or chant certain songs, the men
+and women taking alternate verses.
+
+They have courts of justice to punish robbery and other offences. Their
+laws are traditional, passing from father to son, and occasionally
+altered at the discretion of the principal datto, to whom they appeal
+if they have been gravely offended. The principal datto having taken
+his seat, his head is bound round with the pinditon, or head-cloth,
+with three points, and he takes the quiap (already mentioned) in his
+hand. He then invites two inferior dattos, who take seats one on each
+side of him. The prisoner is then led forward by a guard, who sticks
+their lances in the earth near the seats of the tribunal. The case
+is argued on both sides, the court deliberates and gives judgment and
+sentence, which is executed upon the spot, fine, corporal-punishment,
+or death. This is quite an ideal criminal court, and worthy of all
+respect.
+
+Amongst them it is considered as a want of education and good manners
+to mention their own names, and if a stranger asks, "What is your
+name?" the person interrogated does not answer, but some one else
+replies, "His name is so-and-so." This actually happened to me amongst
+the Tagbanuas of Paragua, when I visited them. (See Tagbanuas.)
+
+They believe in omens, and have many curious customs, too long to
+relate, but I shall mention one.
+
+If a stranger enters a house to visit those who inhabit it, and during
+the conversation a fowl should fly and pass before him, the people of
+the house instantly kill it, and cooking it as quickly as possible,
+they eat it in company with the visitor to allay his fright, and cause
+his soul to return to his body, for it might have left him when he
+was startled.
+
+The houses in their villages are large and well-built, sometimes the
+walls are of thick planks of hard wood tied together with rattan,
+for they use no nails. The houses in the country are smaller, and
+low in the roof, but always so high from the ground that the longest
+lance will not reach the floor.
+
+Great respect is shown to the dead. They are usually buried in their
+fields with lance, sword, and bolo laid beside them. They make a
+mound of earth over the grave, fixing several stakes like St Andrew's
+crosses, and protecting the whole with the bark of a tree fastened over
+the stakes. From a high post hangs a bag of rice, that the soul of the
+defunct may sustain itself on the long journey to Mount Bolotucan,
+the highest peak of the whole region. The soul having arrived on
+this peak, gives one great jump, and reaches heaven, at a higher or
+lower level, according to the greater or lesser probity of its life
+on earth. Wherever it lands, there it remains to all eternity. The
+relations make great lamentations at the death, and loose their hair
+which they do not roll up for a greater or lesser period, according
+to the love they bore the dead.
+
+It is pleasing to be able again to state that the bravery, the wisdom,
+and the faith and charity of the Jesuits exercised amongst this race
+has had a rich reward. During the four years which concluded in 1889,
+no less than 6600 heathen Monteses renounced their superstitions, their
+polygamy, and their slave-hunting murdering raids, and, accepting
+the doctrines of our Saviour, were baptized into the Christian
+faith. Besides the older coast towns, mostly occupied by Visayas,
+twenty-four Christian villages extend from the Bay of Macajalar far
+into the Montese country, now giving the hand to the military garrisons
+on the Rio Grande amongst those irreclaimable pirates the Moros.
+
+The Cross was triumphing over the Crescent in Mindanao quite as much,
+nay, much more, by the voices of the missionaries as by the Spanish
+bayonets. It will be an outrage on Christianity, a blot on their
+renown, if through ignorance or folly, the United States should so act
+as to put a stop to this holy and civilising work, and so give occasion
+for some future author to write another "Century of Dishonour."
+
+
+
+Atas or Ata-as (7).
+
+These people occupy a considerable territory from the River Libaganon,
+which falls into the Gulf of Davao round the northern slopes of Mount
+Apo, about the head-waters of the rivers running into Lakes Liguan
+and Buluan. To the north they have the Tagavauas and the Manobos;
+to the south the Vilanes, and on the east the Guiangas, Bagobos and
+Calaganes. The swampy country on the west separates them from the
+Moros of Lake Liguan. From the extent of their territory the Atas
+are probably very numerous.
+
+They appear to be a hybrid Malayo-Negrito race, but have advanced
+considerably in social organisation. They go decently dressed, the men
+wearing short drawers and a shirt of Chinese pattern, and the women a
+patadion and an embroidered bodice--with strings of beads round the
+neck for ornament. They weave stuffs similar to those made by the
+neighbouring tribes. They are said to be of a determined character,
+and to stand up to the Moros in defence of their families and property.
+
+They also attack other tribes and commit atrocious murders, not
+sparing women and children.
+
+A missionary passing near their territory on the River Libaganon in
+November 1892, found several households in great grief on account of
+unprovoked murders committed by the Atas.
+
+As the Atas live remote from the sea-coast and have no navigable rivers
+running through their territory, the missionaries have not yet been
+able to make much impression on them, but they are working their way
+up the Davao River, and the reduction of Belen established in 1891
+is quite on the borders of the Atas territory. Murders, slave-raids,
+and human sacrifices, are still the ordinary events of Atas life.
+
+The illustration shows two determined-looking Atas warriors with spear
+and shield, two women and two young girls, all carefully dressed and
+wearing their ornaments.
+
+
+
+Guiangas (8).
+
+The Guiangas live on the slopes of Mount Apo, to the North of the
+Bagobos, whom they much resemble in manners and customs. In view of
+the small territory they occupy, they cannot be numerous.
+
+They have a rather effeminate air, the men wearing their hair long;
+but notwithstanding this, they are quite robust, of remarkable agility,
+and very adroit in the use of arms.
+
+Montano gives the average height of the man as 5 feet 41/2 inches,
+and measured some up to 5 feet 71/2 inches. The men wear short drawers
+and huge ear ornaments. Their weapons are the bow and spear. They
+are organised on the same feudal system as the other tribes being
+governed by their dattos. Their houses, as usual, are built on high
+piles. They are tolerably industrious, and occasionally work for the
+Visayas on their plantations. They possess horses, cattle, and poultry,
+and make the usual plantations of rice, camote, and maize.
+
+As regards their religion, Tighiama is the Creator, and Manama the
+governor of the world. Todlay, the god of love, is husband of the
+Virgin Todlibun, and the women celebrate certain rites in his honour.
+
+Dewata is the protector of the house, and he is said to love blood. It
+is therefore incumbent on the head of every household to avenge any
+insult in the blood of the offender.
+
+As amongst other tribes, the death of a datto, or of one of his
+wives, requires a human sacrifice in number proportionate to the
+rank of the defunct. The victims are usually taken from amongst the
+slaves of the datto, but in some cases they are purchased by public
+subscription. Being securely fastened to trees so that they cannot
+move, the largest subscriber inflicts a stab--politely avoiding
+giving a mortal wound, then the others follow in accordance with
+the importance of their subscription. The cries of the victim, thus
+gradually done to death, are drowned by the vociferations of his
+executioners. These sacrifices are still carried on in the remoter
+districts, but the missionaries are beginning to convert the Guiangas
+nearest the coast, and have established several reducciones in Guianga
+territory, such as Garellano, Oran, Guernica, Oyanguren. In the parish
+of Davao and its missions, there were at the end of 1896 nearly
+12,000 Christians, and the missionaries were actively at work and
+were meeting with success. If they are re-established, and supported,
+in a few years' time human sacrifices will only be a dread tradition
+of the past.
+
+The illustration shows a group of Guiangas, both men and women,
+the latter wearing many ornaments.
+
+
+
+Bagobos (9).
+
+This small tribe occupies the southern and eastern slopes of the
+Apo volcano, reaching down to the coast of the Bay of Davao, between
+the River Taumo on the north, and the River Digos on the south. They
+also have an outlying settlement at Piapi--now called Vera--on the
+Ensenada de Casilaran. The lower part of their territory is swampy,
+and the inhabitants of this district suffer from fever and ague, and
+present a sickly appearance. They resemble the Manobos in disposition
+and in customs, and their weapons are the same. Their dress consists of
+short drawers and a jacket. The women wear a shirt and patadion. They
+are moderate in eating, and cleanly in their persons. Dr. Montano
+greatly praises the beauty of their country, especially about the
+banks of the Rio Matina.
+
+The peculiarity of the Bagobos is that they are horse-Indians,
+everybody--men, women and children--rides in their country.
+
+They breed these horses, which are small, but endowed with remarkable
+endurance, and their saddles, although rude, are scientifically
+constructed, like miniature McClellans. They ride with very short
+stirrups, and the men are always seen spear in hand when mounted. They
+carefully preserve by tradition the genealogy of their horses, and
+give their favourite animals a ration of 41/2 lbs. of paddy per day,
+as well as grass.
+
+The basis of their food is rice and sweet potatoes, which they
+cultivate, using the buffalo and plough, and getting the manual labour
+done by their slaves.
+
+They plant coffee, cacao, and bananas, but having assured their
+subsistence, they love to wander off into the woods to seek for
+jungle-produce, such as wax, honey, almaciga, and the coarse cinnamon
+of the country, all of which finds a ready sale on the coast.
+
+They are said to strictly perform all their engagements.
+
+They cultivate abaca, and from the filament of this plant their women
+weave the tissues called dagmays, which they polish by rubbing them
+with shells till they take a lustre like silk. They dye these stuffs
+in a primitive manner, but with satisfactory results.
+
+The men are tolerable smiths, and forge their weapons from old
+iron, which they obtain in barter. They make bits (for horses),
+and bracelets, and collars of brass. Amongst them gold is said to be
+dearer than in Paris, although the sands about Malalag, just south
+of their territory, yield gold.
+
+The Jesuits have made many converts amongst them, and they were, till
+the Spanish-American war, under the spiritual care of the veteran
+missionary, Father Urios, and his assistants. In October, 1894, 400
+Bagobos were baptized. I am unable to give the numbers of the Bagobos,
+even approximately, but, from the small territory they occupy, they
+cannot be numerous.
+
+The illustration shows the celebrated Datto Manib, one of the principal
+baganis (head-murderers) of the Bagobos, of the Apo, accompanied by
+his lance-bearers, one of whom holds the quiap. Behind him are some
+of his wives and children, and other followers. But not even the hard
+heart of this blood-stained wretch could withstand the persuasion of
+the Jesuits, and in 1894 he was baptized, and commenced to build the
+town of Santillana for himself and followers.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVII
+
+THE TRIBES OF MINDANAO--CONTINUED.
+
+
+Calaganes (10).
+
+A small tribe living on the south-eastern slopes of Mount Apo, about
+the head-waters of the River Digos, which runs into the Gulf of Davao,
+a little north of the Ensenada de Casilaran.
+
+They are reported to be of good stature, and of a dark colour, to
+understand the language of the Vilanes, but to speak their own tongue,
+which is similar to the Manobo. They are industrious cultivators of
+the soil, and store provisions for their use, never suffering from
+famine, but rather assisting others less careful. Their country is
+very broken, consisting of deep valleys, divided from each other by
+lofty crests. These valleys are full of people, so that the tribe
+must be numerous.
+
+Father Urios visited them in January of 1894, and was well treated. The
+reducciones of Aviles and Melitta have been recently formed amongst
+them, and their conversion was proceeding till the war began. Their
+territory forms part of the parish and missions of Davao.
+
+
+
+Tagacaolos (11).
+
+The Tagacaolos live in the district of Davao, on the west coast of the
+gulf from Malalao as far south as Lais. There are also some living on
+the peninsula of San Agustin, between Cuabo and Macambol. Physically,
+they are inferior to the neighbouring tribes, not so much in stature
+as in muscular development. They are timid, and those who are
+still heathen select places for their hamlets that cannot easily
+be surprised, such as rocks, or crags without forest round them,
+although this obliges them to carry water from a great distance.
+
+A considerable number of them have been converted, and settled in
+hamlets near the coast, but the mass of them are still heathen.
+
+Their faces are long, the nose thin, and the extremity of it slightly
+curved.
+
+They are the victims of the Bagobos and Guiangas, who attack them for
+the purpose of carrying them off into slavery. They themselves prey
+on the Vilanes, who are less capable of defence, and make slaves of
+them. They also fight amongst themselves. They make human sacrifices
+to their god Mandarangan, who lives in the crater of the Apo volcano,
+to avert his wrath, and when any noise is heard from the volcano,
+they consider that he is demanding a victim.
+
+In 1896, more than 300 Tagacaolos had been baptized, and were
+living in a civilised manner in the town of Malalag, now called Las
+Mercedes. The conversion of this tribe was being actively carried on
+by the assistants of the veteran missionary, Father Urios, who resided
+in Davao until the Spanish-American war. Las Mercedes was improving,
+and promised to become a town of some importance.
+
+A detachment of infantry was stationed there.
+
+The influence of the missionaries extended beyond the reducciones, and
+had some effect amongst the heathen in discouraging human sacrifices
+and tribal wars. It may be expected that, before long, these dreadful
+rites will be put an end to, if the missionaries are enabled to return.
+
+
+
+Dulanganes (12).
+
+The Dulanganes hold a territory about twenty miles square to the south
+of the Tirurayes, which extends from the crests of the mountains to
+the coast. On the east they have the Vilanes. I have not been able
+to learn anything whatever about this people, nor, so far as I know,
+are there any reducciones in their territory.
+
+
+
+Tirurayes (13).
+
+The Tirurayes occupy the hills to the south of the delta of the Rio
+Grande, the coast being occupied by Moros.
+
+They are reported to be of low type, physically, and to hold the
+chastity of their wives and daughters as of no account.
+
+The proximity of the Moros probably accounts for this looseness of
+morals. The missionaries have been working amongst them for years,
+and in 1891 they had baptized 109. However, the converts were not
+settled in towns, but wandered about the hills as they liked. Since
+then, more of them have been baptized, and were settled in Tamontaca,
+and several reducciones have been founded in their territory. In
+Tamontaca, during 1896, between heathen and Moros, there were 152
+conversions and baptisms during the year, besides 197 baptisms of
+infants born of Christian parents. The Tagacaolos used to apply
+to the missionaries for everything they required--medicine for the
+sick, Spanish red wine for women after child-birth, or boards to make
+coffins. So the missionaries not only had to bury them for nothing,
+but had to find them the coffin into the bargain.
+
+On the other hand, the Tirurayes declined to cut timber for the
+chapels at their reducciones, or to haul it to place, or to do any
+kind of work unless paid for it. Their zeal does not lead them to do
+anything for the Church as a free offering. They find it very hard to
+break themselves of their nomadic customs, and are particularly apt to
+remontar. However, they treated the missionaries with great respect,
+and these could go anywhere amongst them without danger.
+
+Since the war, the missionaries have abandoned Tamontaca, and the
+whole neighbourhood is in disorder.
+
+
+
+Tagabelies (14).
+
+The Tagabelies inhabit the hilly country between Lake Buluan and
+the Gulf of Sarangani, to the west of the volcanoes Magolo and
+Maluturin. They are reported to be very ferocious, and have not been
+visited by the missionaries.
+
+
+
+Samales (15).
+
+These people inhabit the islands of Samal and Talicud, in the Gulf
+of Davao, and are not to be confounded with the Moros Samales of
+Tawi-tawi and Jolo.
+
+The Samales surpass both the Moros and Nisayas in muscular development
+and stature.
+
+Their feet and hands are large; they have high and projecting
+cheek-bones, and a stiff beard standing out round the face gives it,
+according to Montano, something of a cat-like appearance. Both sexes
+dress like the Moros.
+
+They are less ferocious than their neighbours, and do not, like them,
+go about armed.
+
+They do not commit any aggressions, and are industrious. In character,
+they are superior to the Moros, and are not like them--cunning and
+deceitful.
+
+They have been on good terms with the Spaniards for a long time,
+but until quite lately they were very obstinate, and could not be
+persuaded to be baptized.
+
+They cultivate the usual crops, fish, and make salt. The women weave
+dagmays.
+
+They used to have slaves, whom they purchased from the Moros or
+Manobos, and treated them well.
+
+Formerly, they enclosed their dead in wooden coffins, made in two
+parts, the shallower part serving as a lid. Each piece was hollowed
+out of a solid log. They placed the coffins on a rude platform in a
+cave or niche in the rocks, or else built a thatched roof over it to
+keep off the rain.
+
+They placed near the coffin buyo and bonga for chewing, and vases
+containing rice and maize. Each year after the harvest they went to
+visit the dead, and renewed the offerings.
+
+Little is known of their former religion, but they worshipped the
+serpent, and believed in the immortality of the soul, and in a place
+of punishment by fire, which they called Quilut.
+
+The patience and zeal of the missionaries has, however, been richly
+rewarded, and in June, 1894, a number of Samales were baptized,
+including most of their dattos. By the autumn of that year there was
+not a heathen left in the islands, and the Samales are now settled in
+seven villages--San Jose, San Ramon, Alcira, Tarifa, Carmona, Cervera,
+and Pena Plata. This last was the residence of the missionary, who
+was accompanied by a lay brother. The population at the beginning of
+1897 was 1625.
+
+
+
+Vilanes (16).
+
+These people, the prey of every warlike tribe, and even of the
+Tagacaolos, live on the summit of the mountains of Buhian, to the
+east and west of the lake of that name.
+
+Some of them extend as far south as the eastern shore of the Gulf of
+Sarangani, and they people the two islands of Sarangani and Balut.
+
+They are short and thickset, with little agility.
+
+Montano describes them as having flat, broad noses, underhung jaws,
+and receding foreheads, giving them an appearance of stupidity.
+
+Father Urios, however, writing about the Vilanes of Sarangani and
+Balut, gives a more favourable description of them. He says they
+are docile and industrious, and more active and intelligent than the
+Moros Sanguiles, who live on these same islands.
+
+He thought them easy to convert, for they have no religious system of
+their own; but they believe in God, and in the immortality of the soul.
+
+Although living so near the Moros, they have not adopted any of their
+religious ideas.
+
+The Sarangani Vilanes dress like the Bagobos, and handle the lance
+and the bow, and are good shots in hunting game.
+
+
+
+Subanos (17).
+
+The word Subanos means dwellers by the rivers, from suba--a river.
+
+This numerous tribe inhabits the western peninsula of Mindanao from
+Misamis to Zamboanga, except the coasts which are mostly occupied by
+Visayas or Moros.
+
+They are of a darker colour and inferior in physique to the Mandayas
+and Monteses.
+
+Like other races in Mindanao the Subanos are organised under dattos
+or baganis in a feudal system. It is said that he who has killed one
+enemy may wear a red head-cloth, whilst other tribes only concede
+this distinction to a warrior who has killed five.
+
+In religion, they are polytheists, and worship the following deities
+amongst others:
+
+
+        Tagma-sa-dugat, or Lord of the Sea.
+        Tagma-sa-yuta, or Lord of the Earth.
+        Tagma-sa-manga bugund, or Lord of the Woods.
+        Tagma-sa-manga Suba, or Lord of the Rivers.
+        Tagma-sa-Saquit, or Lord Protector of the sick.
+
+
+But they are said not to possess wooden idols like the Manobos,
+Mandayas and Monteses. They raise rough altars of sticks, on which
+they lay out offerings to their deities. They call these altars
+Paga-paga. The offerings consist of rice, chickens, eggs, buyo and
+tobacco, also a large jar of pangasi, a beer brewed from rice. When
+making their offerings, they sing, dance, and pray round the altar
+to the sound of the sucaran, a rough kind of cymbal or gong. Amongst
+the Subanos only the dattos or rich men have more than one wife. The
+marriage ceremonies are very elaborate, and conclude with two great
+feasts or drinking bouts, one in the house of the bride's father,
+the other in the house of the bridegroom. Divorce can be obtained if
+the couple cannot agree, or if either quarrels with the father- or
+mother-in-law. It is not readily conceded, and the case is sometimes
+argued for days before the council of elders of the village. Children
+are only given names when four or five years old. The Subanos have
+no money in circulation, and any trading is effected by barter.
+
+They bury their dead the day after their decease, wrapping the body
+in a mat. The grave is dug about a yard deep, and near the house. The
+Balian or priest accompanies the bearers, and sprinkles water on
+the house and ground as he goes. Women do not accompany the funeral
+party. The body is laid on a bed of leaves, resting on a framework of
+sticks or canes at the bottom of the grave. The sides are protected
+in the same way, and over it another framework is constructed,
+carrying an earthen jar containing food and clothing. The weapons
+of the defunct are laid over him, and the grave is filled in with
+earth, great care being taken not to let a particle of it touch the
+body. Sacrifices are made to the god Diuata; these constitute the
+funeral feast, which is consumed in silence. When it is concluded,
+the dishes and pots which contained it are turned upside down.
+
+On the eighth day another feast is held, when they talk and dance,
+intoxicating themselves with copious libations of pangasi. The priest
+then goes through a ceremony the purport of which is to hand over the
+soul of the defunct to Diuata-sa-langit, the god of heaven. He begs
+the soul to go away with the god, and to trouble them no more. They
+then renew the dancing and drinking, and thus conclude the period
+of mourning.
+
+The houses of the Subanos are similarly constructed to those of the
+Manobos, Monteses, and other tribes, but are not always raised so
+high from the ground, and are more roughly built. Their food is
+similar to that of the other heathen tribes. The men wear their
+hair long, but coiled up on the head, and covered with a kerchief
+worn like a turban. They dress in a tight jacket and trousers,
+either white, blue, or red. Sometimes they wear a sash. The men do
+not wear ear-ornaments of any kind. The women wear large combs made
+by themselves from bamboos, but no head-covering. Their ornaments
+are ear-rings, strings of beads round the neck, and many bangles
+or bracelets of brass or silver. They are clothed in a short shirt,
+either of homespun or Manchester cotton, and a skirt worn tight round
+the body, and reaching below the knees.
+
+The weapons of the Subanos are the lance, which they call talanan,
+a round shield they call taming, a scimitar they call campilan,
+the Malay kris they call caliz, the machete or pes.
+
+Their agriculture and industries are very primitive, and on a small
+scale.
+
+They have scarcely any other musical instrument than brass gongs
+called Agum, which are played as dance music to their two dances,
+the Saldiringan and the Sinigay. In the first of these dances the men
+stand up in a row, opposite a row of women. All hold a palm-branch
+in each hand with which to beat time. They jump up and down with eyes
+fixed on the ground.
+
+For the Sinigay, however, the partners touch each other's hands,
+but only with the points of the fingers. The Subano, equivalent to
+our Mrs. Grundy, would feel shocked to see gentlemen dancing with
+their arms round their partners' waists.
+
+The principal feast is called Birclog, and it lasts eight days. A large
+shed is built, the priests offer prayers to the before-mentioned gods,
+and sacrifice swine and poultry. The pigs are strangled by a rope
+held or jerked by all the priests, and are placed on the altar one
+at a time. Above the carcass is placed a live cock, which they kill
+by wounding it through the mouth and letting it bleed to death. They
+also offer tobacco, rice, and pangasi.
+
+The offerings are taken away to be cut up and cooked. They are then
+served, and the pangasi goes round, the priests being always served
+first and getting the best of everything, as seems to be the case
+all the world over.
+
+When the first lot of people have been fed, they vacate the shed,
+which is instantly filled by a fresh lot. Sometimes in one of these
+feasts they consume twenty pigs and forty ten-gallon jars of the
+strong rice-beer. When intoxicated, their conduct, according to Father
+Sanchez, S.J., is apt to overstep the bounds of propriety, but in this
+they are very much like more civilised people in the same condition.
+
+The only vessels possessed by the Subanos are some canoes, or dug-outs,
+on the rivers. These are sometimes of great length, and are called
+by them Sacayan. They propel them with great skill, using a long
+double-ended paddle which they use standing up, and alternately on
+either side. Like many other races of the Far East, they consider
+a lunar eclipse as the precursor of great calamities, and make
+a deafening noise to frighten away the serpent or dragon which is
+swallowing the moon. They consider the turtle-dove, or limocon, as an
+omen-bird, and will halt or perhaps return if they hear its cry when
+starting on a journey. Also if they hear any one sneeze whilst going
+down the ladder of the house, they return, and remain within doors.
+
+Some of the Subanos bear Moro titles, such as Timuay, which is
+equivalent to third class judge. Father Vilaclara, S.J., a bold and
+enterprising missionary, visited, in 1890, the house of a Subano
+named Audos, who had recently succeeded his father as Timuay of the
+Sindangan River.
+
+He counted twenty-nine persons, great and small, in the house,
+but this did not include the whole family, as several were absent
+at their occupations. The house was built on piles, according to the
+universal custom, and the floor could not be reached from the ground
+by the longest lance. It measured eighteen yards long by ten yards
+wide, and formed one vast apartment, there being no partitions of
+any kind. The floor was made of strips of bamboo, and on this account
+it must be out of reach, for as the inhabitants sleep on grass mats
+laid on the floor, they could easily be speared in the night through
+the interstices of the canes.
+
+Five married couples and their children occupied this apartment,
+each having its own part of the floor, its own store of rice, its own
+pigs and poultry. Each family cooked and ate independently, but all
+showed the greatest respect to the aged grandparents, and consulted
+them about their affairs. Father Vilaclara appears to have ultimately
+converted the whole family, beginning with the boys, whom he took under
+his charge, dressed and fed them, and taught them to speak Visaya.
+
+Gold-washing and gold-mining is practised by the Subanos between
+Dapitan and Misamis, where there is a vast extension of gold-bearing
+sand and earth. Near Pigtao auriferous iron pyrites occurs. The native
+name for this ore is Inga.
+
+Horses are very abundant in the district of Misamis, and in common
+use for riding and as pack carriers.
+
+The Subanos have the reputation of being war-like, yet until
+lately they were entirely dominated by the Moros wherever they came
+in contact. Since 1893 the Spaniards have isolated them from the
+Ilanao Moros by establishing a chain of forts, and making a Trocha,
+or military road, across the narrow neck of land from Tucuran on the
+Bahia Illana to Balatacan on Bahia Panquil. The width of the isthmus
+here is about sixteen miles, and the forts are called Alfonso XIII,
+Infanta Isabel, Sta. Paz, and Sta. Eulalia, and Maria Cristina.
+
+The Subanos appear to be much more refractory to civilisation and
+Christianity than the Monteses, the Manobos or the Mandayas. This no
+doubt comes from the strong influence that vile nests of pirates and
+slave-traders around Lake Lanao has for centuries exercised over them,
+but in time the Trocha, if kept as it should be, in the interests of
+civilisation, will destroy that.
+
+The Jesuit missionaries were actively at work round about the Bay of
+Dapitan in the extreme north of the Subano territory, and to some
+extent round about Zamboanga in the extreme south, until the war
+between Spain and America broke out.
+
+In the Dapitan district there were at the end of 1896 nearly 15,000
+Christians residing in the towns and villages under the spiritual,
+and temporal guidance of the Jesuits. During that year 208 heathen
+were baptized in the Dapitan district, but only 21 in the Zamboanga
+district.
+
+It is safe to assume that in the Dapitan district alone there are
+10,000 Christian Subanos.
+
+The number of heathen Subanos, amongst whom there are a few
+semi-Mahometans, may be about 90,000. From these figures it is quite
+evident that the missionary enterprise should be extended, but in
+order to do this the insolence of the Moros must be chastised.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVIII
+
+The Moros, or Mahometan Malays (18 to 23).
+
+
+These terrible pirates who have for centuries laid waste the coasts
+of the Philippines and the adjacent islands, with fire and sword,
+carrying off tens of thousands of Christians or heathen into slavery,
+have only within the last few years had their power definitely broken
+by the naval and military forces of Spain and by the labours of the
+Jesuit missionaries, amongst the heathen tribes of the island.
+
+It is scarcely half a century since they annually attacked the
+Visayas Islands and even Southern Luzon, and they have been, up to
+quite lately, the great obstacle to the civilisation of the Southern
+Philippines. In Culion, Cuyos and other islands the churches are built
+within a stone fort, in which the population took refuge when the
+Moros appeared. The old Spanish sailing men-of-war could not cope with
+these sea rovers, who in their light prahus, salisipanes, or vintas,
+kept in shallow water or amongst reefs where these vessels could not
+reach them. Of course, if the pirates were surprised when crossing
+open water, they ran great risks, since their artillery was always very
+deficient, but they sailed in great numbers, and if it fell calm they
+would cluster round a solitary man-of-war and take her by boarding.
+
+In consequence, a special force was raised in the Philippines to
+protect the coasts against these pests. It was called "La Marina
+Sutil," or the Light Navy. This force consisted of large flat-bottomed
+launches propelled by oars and sails. They were half-decked forward,
+and carried a long brass gun, on a slide, and some swivels on the
+quarters. These boats were coppered and fitted with a cabin at the
+after part. They carried forty or fifty men, all natives, and squadrons
+of them were stationed at the principal southern ports from whence they
+patrolled the coasts. Most of the officers were natives or mestizos;
+some of them survive to this day. These vessels rendered good service,
+and to some extent checked the incursions of the pirates, but they
+had not the speed to follow up the fast-rowing vintas of the Moros,
+which could always escape from them unless caught in narrow waters. In
+1824, D. Alonso Morgado was appointed Captain of the Marina Sutil,
+and severely chastised the Moros.
+
+Some of these rowing gun-boats are still to be seen rotting on the
+beach at the southern naval stations. But the introduction of steam
+gun-boats in 1860 gradually did away with the Marina Sutil, and sounded
+the knell of piracy in the Philippines. The Moros received terrible
+chastisement at the hands of these steam gun-boats, one of which,
+with a crew of only forty men, has been known to destroy a whole
+fleet of pirates, and now their power on the sea has become only a
+dread tradition of the past.
+
+Even with all the advantages of steam propulsion, their suppression
+has been a matter of the utmost difficulty, for the Moros are not only
+possessed of the greatest personal valour, but are extremely skilful in
+taking advantage of every circumstance that can favour their defence.
+
+Their towns are mostly built in the water, like the City of Brunei,
+the houses having bamboo bridges to connect them with the shore,
+which can be removed when desirable. They select a site well protected
+by reefs or islands, or only to be approached by long and tortuous
+channels through mangrove swamps enfiladed by guns cunningly concealed
+from view; a very death-trap to an attack by boats.
+
+On rising ground and flanking their settlements they built their
+Cottas or forts. The walls of these strongholds are a double stockade
+of great trunks of trees, the space between them being filled with
+rock, stones, or earth rammed in. Some of these walls are 24 feet
+thick and as much as 30 feet high, defended by brass and iron guns,
+and by numerous lantacas. Such places can stand a deal of battering,
+and are not easily taken by assault, for the Moros mount the ramparts
+and make a brave defence, firing grape from their guns and lantacas,
+and as the assailants approach, hurling their spears on them to a
+surprising distance, with accurate aim, and manfully standing up to
+them in the breaches.
+
+Should the assault slacken they never fail to rush out, helmet on
+head, clad in coats of mail, and with sword and buckler engage the
+foe in a desperate hand-to-hand struggle where quarter is neither
+asked nor given.
+
+The annals of Moro-Spanish war include many well-contested combats,
+where, to use the language of Froissart, "many heavy blows were
+given and received," where the most desperate exertions of Spain's
+bravest officers, backed up by their war-like and hardy troops, not
+seldom failed to carry the forts held by the indomitable and fanatic
+Moros. Such Homeric combats were those between that dreaded Sultan
+of Mindanao, Cachit Corralat and Don Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera,
+and Captain Atienzas' bold attack on the hosts of the confederated
+Moros of Lake Lanao. Nor were the Spanish missionaries less active
+than the soldiers on the field of battle, or in the most desperate
+assaults. Crucifix in hand, Father San Agustin and Father Ducos
+calmly walked through many a hail of bullets and many a flight of
+spears leading and encouraging their half-savage converts in their
+resistance to these cruel oppressors.
+
+Not to be out-done by either soldier or priest, Captain Malcampo, of
+the Spanish Navy, drove his vessel, the Constancia, right up to the
+Cotta of Pangalungan till her bowsprit touched the ramparts, then,
+sword in hand, leading a company of boarders, and using the bowsprit
+as a bridge, he carried the fort by assault, and put the garrison to
+the sword.
+
+The thirsty soil of Mindanao has drunk freely of Spanish blood,
+and Pampango, Tagal, and Visaya have all worthily borne their part
+in this long drawn-out crusade of the Cross against the Crescent.
+
+But not alone the Moro sword and spear has delayed for so long the
+conquest of Mindanao. Deadly fevers lurk in the lowlands, the swamps
+and the creeks of that rich and fertile island.
+
+The Moros appear impervious to the malaria. At all events they live
+and thrive in, or in close proximity to, mangrove swamp and flooded
+jungle. The Tagal or the Visaya is not immune, and some even resist
+an attack of the terrible perniciosa less than a white man. I shall
+never in my life forget the awful sights I witnessed in 1887 and
+1892 when some native regiments returned to Manila from the war in
+Mindanao. Any one who saw Shafter's army disembark on their return
+from Cuba will understand me. Those who could march were mere walking
+corpses, but the shrunken forms, the livid tint and the glassy eyes
+of those who could not stand (and there were hundreds of them),
+brought the horrors of mismanaged war to the onlooker like one of
+Vereschagin's realistic masterpieces.
+
+But as the slaughter of the Dervishes at Omdurman teaches, not even the
+most dauntless bravery can prevail against modern weapons in the hands
+of tolerably disciplined troops. The quick-firing gun, the howitzer
+with shrapnell shell, the machine-gun and the magazine-rifle must
+inevitably bring about the subjugation of every lowland population not
+supplied with these dread engines of civilisation, and only the hardy
+dwellers in Nature's loftiest fastnesses, the Himalayas or the Andes,
+may hope to retain their independence in the future.
+
+It is a striking instance of the irony of fate that, just as modern
+weapons have turned the scale in favour of the Spaniards in this
+long struggle, and brought the Moros within measurable distance of
+subjection, when only one more blow required to be struck, Spain's
+Oriental Empire should suddenly vanish in the smoke of Dewey's guns,
+and her flag disappear for ever from battlements where (except for
+the short interval of British occupation, 1762-3) it has proudly waved
+through storm and sunshine for three hundred and twenty-eight years.
+
+Such, however, is the case, and it now falls to the United States to
+complete the task of centuries, to stretch out a protecting hand over
+the Christian natives of Mindanao, and to suppress the last remains of
+a slave-raiding system, as ruthless, as sanguinary and as devastating
+as the annals of the world can show.
+
+The Moros of Mindanao are divided into five groups or tribes; Illanos,
+Sanguiles, Lutangas, Calibuganes, and Yacanes.
+
+(18) The Moros Illanos, who are the most important and the most
+dangerous community, are described fully later on. They inhabit the
+country between the Bay of Iligan and Illana Bay, also round Lake
+Lanao, the Rio Grande and Lake Liguan.
+
+(19) The Moros Sanguiles live on the south coast from the Bay of
+Sarangani to the River Kulut.
+
+(20) The Moros Lutangas occupy the Island of Olutanga and parts of
+the adjacent coasts, all round the Bay of Dumanguilas and Maligay,
+and the eastern coast of the Bay of Sibuguay.
+
+(21) The Moros Calibuganes occupy the western coast of the Bay of
+Sibuguay, they are also dotted along the outer coast of the Peninsula
+as far as the Bay of Sindangan. They communicate by land across
+the mountains.
+
+(22) The Moros Yacanes occupy the western part of the Island of
+Basilan, and the islands of the Tapul group.
+
+(23) The Moros Samales are not inhabitants of Mindanao, but occupy
+and dominate the Islands of Jolo, Tawi-tawi and most of the smaller
+islands of those groups.
+
+Physically, the Moro is a man built for the fatigues of war, whether
+by sea or land.
+
+His sinewy frame combines strength and agility, and the immense
+development of the thorax gives him marvellous powers of endurance
+at the oar or on the march.
+
+Trained to arms from his earliest youth, he excels in the management of
+the lance, the buckler and the sword. These weapons are his inseparable
+companions: the typical Moro is never unarmed. He fights equally
+well on foot, on horseback, in his fleet war canoe, or in the water,
+for he swims like a fish and dives like a penguin.
+
+Absolutely indifferent to bloodshed or suffering, he will take the life
+of a slave or a stranger merely to try the keenness of a new weapon. He
+will set one of his sons, a mere boy, to kill some defenceless man,
+merely to get his hand in at slaughter. [30] If for any reason he
+becomes disgusted with his luck, or tired of life, he will shave
+off his eyebrows, dress himself entirely in red, and taking the oath
+before his Pandit, run amok in some Christian settlement, killing man,
+woman and child, till he is shot down by the enraged townsmen.
+
+Wanton destruction is his delight. After plundering and burning some
+sea-coast town in Visayas or Luzon, they would take the trouble to
+cut down the fruit trees, destroy the crops and everything else that
+they could not carry away.
+
+Yet, as they made annual raids, it would have appeared to be good
+policy to leave the dwellings, the fruit trees, and the crops,
+in order to tempt the natives to re-occupy the town and accumulate
+material for subsequent plundering.
+
+Commonly, very ignorant of his own religion, he is none the less
+a fanatic in its defence, and nourishes a traditional and fervent
+hatred against the Christian, whether European or native.
+
+Looking upon work as a disgrace, his scheme of life is simple; it
+consists in making slaves of less war-like men, to work for him,
+and taking their best looking girls for his concubines. His victims
+for centuries, when not engaged on a piratical cruise, have been the
+hill-tribes of the island, the Subanos, the Tagacaolos, the Vilanes,
+the Manguangas and others.
+
+Originally immigrants from Borneo, from Celehes or Ternate, with some
+Arab admixture, the Moros have for centuries filled their harems
+with the women of the hill-tribes, and with Tagal and Visayas and
+even Spanish women, taken in their piratical excursions. They are
+now a very mixed race, but retain all their war-like characteristics.
+
+Cut off from the sea by the Spanish Naval forces, they turned
+with greater energy than ever to the plundering and enslaving
+of their neighbours, the hill-men. These poor creatures, living
+in small groups, could offer but little resistance, and fell an
+easy prey. But now the devoted labours of the Jesuit missionaries
+began to bear fruit. They converted the hill-men, and gathered them
+together in larger communities, better able to protect themselves,
+and although the Moros sometimes burnt whole towns and slew all who
+resisted, carrying off the women and children into slavery, yet,
+on the other hand, it often happened that, getting notice of their
+approach, the Jesuits assembled the fighting men of several towns,
+and, being provided with a few fire-arms by the Government, they fell
+upon the Moros and utterly routed them, driving them back to their
+own territory with great loss. Of late years the Moros have found
+their slave-raids involve more danger than they care to face, and
+even the powerful confederation of Lake Lanao was, till the Spanish
+American war, hemmed in by chains of forts and by Christian towns.
+
+But they have by no means entirely renounced their slave-raiding,
+and in order to give a specific instance of their behaviour in recent
+years, I will mention that on the 31st. of December, 1893, a party
+of 370 of them, under the Datto Ali, son to Datto Nua, accompanied
+by seven other Dattos, all well armed, and forty of them carrying
+muskets or rifles, and plenty of ammunition, made an unprovoked and
+treacherous attack on Lepanto, a Christian village in the Montes
+country, near the confluence of the Kulaman River with the Pulangui,
+between the Locosocan and Salagalpon cataracts. This is the extreme
+southern settlement of the Jesuits, and the nearest missionary resided
+at Linabo, whilst the nearest garrison was at Bugcaon, some four
+leagues distant.
+
+The inhabitants, not being provided with fire-arms, sought safety
+in flight, but the Moros captured fourteen of them. They profaned
+the church, hacked to pieces the image of Our Saviour, and cut up
+a painting of Our Lady of the Rosary, smashed the altar, and with
+the debris, lighted a bonfire in the middle of the church, which,
+strange to say, however, did not take fire.
+
+They stole the cattle and horses, looted the village, and marched
+off with their spoil and the fourteen captives.
+
+When, however, they reached the ford on the River Mulita, five of
+the Christians refused to proceed into slavery. These were the Datto
+Mausalaya, another man named Masumbalan, and three women. They were
+all put to death by the Moros and barbarously mutilated. The flesh
+was cut from their bones, and it is said that the Moros consumed some
+of it, and so terrified the other captives that they marched forward
+into life-long slavery.
+
+Had the converts in Lepanto been supplied with a few fire-arms,
+this disaster would not have happened.
+
+The Mindanao Moros commonly wear a bright coloured handkerchief as a
+head-cloth or turban, a split shirt of Chinese pattern, wide trousers,
+and gaudy sashes.
+
+The young men shave their heads, but after marriage they let their
+hair grow long.
+
+The dattos, mandarines, and pandits usually cultivate a moustache,
+others pluck out all the hair on the face. The poorer women commonly
+dress in white and wear a jacket and a skirt coming down well below
+the knee. The richer ones wear silks of the brightest colours.
+
+A white turban or head-cloth is a sign of mourning.
+
+The illustration shows a group of Moros of the East coast. They are
+unarmed, unlike those of Lake Lanao.
+
+The Moro noble takes great pride in his long descent, and in the
+distinction gained in war by his ancestors. During the long hours of
+their friendly meetings called Bicharas, they relate to each other
+tales of their ancestors' heroism.
+
+Their feudal system has been more or less copied by Subanos, Manobos,
+Monteses and other hill-races. The datto or mandarin is the feudal
+chief amongst all these, but the Moros have gone a step further,
+and have instituted rajahs and sultans, although with only a shadowy
+authority; for every important matter must come before the council
+of dattos for approval.
+
+They use titles similar to those of the Malays of Borneo and
+Johore. Tuang, the head-man of a village; Cuano, a Justice of the
+Peace; Lamudia, Nacuda and Timuay, 1st, 2nd, and 3rd class judges;
+Gangalia, a constable; Baguadato, a principal, or Cabeza; Maradiadina,
+eldest son of a principal. A datto is known by the richness of his
+apparel and by using gold buttons, and especially by always carrying
+a handkerchief in his hand. He is usually followed by a slave carrying
+his siri-box.
+
+Like the Malays, they call the heir of a rajah the Rajah-muda; the
+nephew of a sultan uses the epithet Paduca; the son of a sultan calls
+himself Majarasin, the pure or mighty.
+
+Orang-Kaya, corresponds to a magnate; Cachil, to a prince of the
+blood. The war-minister of a sultan is called the Datto Realao.
+
+A principal priest is called a Sarif or sheriff; and an ordinary
+priest a Pandita, or learned man.
+
+The learning of these worthies is of the most rudimentary description,
+and consists in being able to read the Koran in Arabic, and to recite
+certain prayers which they often do not understand.
+
+They have some wretched sheds for places of worship which they call
+Langa. During the fast of Sanibayang, which lasts for seven days,
+they are supposed to abstain from all nourishment. However, at
+midnight, when they think their god may be napping, they indulge in
+a hurried meal on the quiet. At the end of their week of abstinence
+they undergo a purification by bathing, and indemnify themselves for
+their fasts by several sumptuous banquets. They are forbidden to eat
+swine's flesh, or drink spirituous liquors, but they are not at all
+strict in their religion, and the savoury smell of roast pork has
+been known to overcome their scruples.
+
+They are very fond of smoking tobacco, and of chewing buyo; some
+indulge in opium smoking.
+
+Their amusements are gambling, cock-fighting, and combats of
+buffaloes. Their slave-girls perform various libidinous dances to
+the sound of the agun, or brass gong, and the calintangang, a kind
+of harmonium of strips of metal struck by a small drum-stick.
+
+The dance called the Paujalay is usually performed at a marriage of
+any importance, and the young dancers, clad in diaphanous garments,
+strive to present their charms in the most alluring postures, for
+the entertainment of the dattos and their guests.
+
+They have also a war-dance called the Moro-moro, which is performed by
+their most skilful and agile swordsmen, buckler on arm and campilan
+in hand to the sound of martial music. It simulates a combat, and
+the dancers spring sideways, backwards or forwards, and cut, thrust,
+guard, or feint with surprising dexterity.
+
+The Moros are polygamists in general, although the influence of the
+Christian women taken as captives and sometimes married to their
+captors, has, in many cases, succeeded in preventing their husbands
+from taking a second wife. The cleverness and aptitude for business
+of Christian Visayas, and Tagal women captives, has sometimes raised
+them to the highest position in rank and wealth amongst the Moros;
+and few of them would have returned to their former homes, even if
+an occasion had offered. The custom of seizing girls for slaves and
+concubines which has prevailed amongst the Moros for centuries, has
+of course had the effect of encouraging sensuality, and the morals
+of Moro society may be compared to those of a rabbit-warren.
+
+The Moros do not always treat their slaves with cruelty, they rather
+strive to attach them to their new home by giving them a female
+captive or a slave-girl they have tired of, as a wife, assisting them
+to build a house, and making their lot as easy as is compatible with
+getting some work out of them.
+
+But perhaps the greatest allurement to one of these slaves is when
+his master takes him with him on a slave-raid, and gives him the
+opportunity of securing some plunder, and perhaps a slave for himself.
+
+Once let him arrive at this stage, and his master need have no fear
+of his absconding.
+
+The Spaniards have for years refused to send back any slaves who
+claim their protection, yet it has been remarked by Dr. Montano, and
+by missionaries and Spanish military officers, that slaves have been
+employed fishing or tilling the ground near the Spanish outposts,
+and only rarely would one step within the lines to obtain his liberty.
+
+If caught running away from their masters, the dattos, they are
+sometimes put to death, or mutilated in a most cruel manner.
+
+The famous Datto Utto, of the Rio Grande, is said to have stripped
+a runaway slave naked and to have tied him to a tree, leaving him to
+be stung to death by the mosquitos or devoured piecemeal by ants.
+
+This same Datto Utto, towards the end of 1889, made himself so
+objectionable to the Datto Abdul, one of his neighbours, that the
+latter determined to place himself and his people under Spanish
+protection. His village consisted of eighty houses and was situated
+on the banks of Rio Grande.
+
+Datto Abdul gave proofs of engineering skill, for he constructed
+eighty rafts of bamboos, and placing a house upon each with all its
+belongings, inhabitants and cattle, he floated his whole village
+fifteen miles down the river and landed at Tumbao, establishing
+himself under the protection of the fort.
+
+The Datto Ayunan, who resides in the same neighbourhood, also came
+over to the Spaniards, and learned to understand and speak Spanish very
+fairly. He had at least three thousand followers, and in the fighting
+on the Rio Grande in 1886-87 he took the field, supported the Spanish
+forces against the other dattos, and rendered important services.
+
+Several other dattos and chiefs have submitted to the Spaniards;
+for instance, the Sultan of Bolinson, who has settled at Lintago,
+near the barracks of Maria Christina. In the district of Davao more
+than five thousand Moros are living peacefully under Spanish rule.
+
+The famous Datto Utto, who gave so much trouble, lost followers and
+prestige, and now where the Moro King of Tamontaca held his court and
+reigned in power and splendour on the Rio Grande, a Jesuit Orphan
+Asylum, and Industrial School flourished [till the war caused it
+to be abandoned], bringing up hundreds of children of both sexes,
+mostly liberated slaves of the Moros, to honest handicrafts or
+agricultural labour.
+
+Amongst the Moros, the administration of justice is in the hands
+of the dattos or of their nominees. Offences are punished by death,
+corporal chastisement, or by fines.
+
+However, the customs of the country admit of an offended person taking
+the law into his own hand. Thus he who surprises his wife in the act
+of adultery may cut off one of her ears, shave her head, and degrade
+her to be the slave of his concubines.
+
+If he catches the co-respondent he may kill him (if he can).
+
+A calumny not justified, is fined 15 dollars; a slight wound costs the
+aggressor 5 dollars; a serious wound, 15 dollars, and the weapon that
+did the mischief; a murder can be atoned by giving three to six slaves.
+
+Adultery incurs a fine of 60 dollars, and two slaves; or death,
+if the fine is not paid.
+
+He who insults a datto is condemned to death, unless he can pay 15
+taels of gold, but he becomes a slave for life. The datto acting as
+judge takes as his fee one-eighth of the fine he imposes.
+
+A slave is considered to be worth from 15 to 30 dollars according to
+his or her capabilities or appearance.
+
+The dattos impose an annual tax on all their subjects whether Moros
+or heathen. It is called the Pagdatto, and consists of a piece of
+cloth called a Jabol, a bolo, and twenty gantas of paddy (equal to 10
+gantas of rice) from each married couple. A ganta equals two-thirds
+of a gallon, so that the tax in rice would only be 6.6 gallons,
+a little over 3/4 bushel.
+
+Their language is a degraded Arabic with words from Malay, Chinese,
+Visaya, Tagal, and some idioms of the hill-tribes.
+
+Very few of them can read or write.
+
+Their year is divided into 13 lunar months, and the days of the week
+are as follows:--
+
+
+                Monday.     Sapto.
+                Tuesday.    Ahat.
+                Wednesday.  Isnin.
+                Thursday.   Sarasa.
+                Friday.     Araboja.
+                Saturday.   Cammis.
+                Sunday.     Diammat.
+
+
+Their era is the Hejira, like other Mahometans.
+
+Their marriage customs are peculiar. When one of them takes a fancy
+to a damsel, he sends his friend, of the highest rank, to the house of
+the girl's father, to solicit her hand. The father consults the girl,
+and if she is favourable he makes answer that the young man may come
+for her. The would-be bridegroom then proceeds to the mosque and calls
+the Imam, who goes through a form of prayers with him, after which they
+proceed in company to the maiden's house, followed by a slave bearing
+presents, and from the street call out for leave to enter. The father
+appears at a window and invites them in, but when about to enter, the
+male relations of the damsel simulate an attack on the visitor, which
+he beats off, and throws them the presents he has brought with him.
+
+He then enters with the Imam and finds the lady of his desires
+reclining upon cushions, and presents his respects to her. The priest
+then causes her to rise and, taking hold of her head he twirls her
+round twice to the right, then taking the hand of the man he places
+it on the forehead of the girl, who immediately covers her face. The
+priest then retires, leaving them alone. The bridegroom attempts
+to kiss and embrace the bride, who defends herself with tooth and
+nail. She shrieks and runs, and the bridegroom chases her round and
+round the room.
+
+Presently the father appears, and assures the bridegroom that he
+may take for granted the virginity of his daughter. The bridegroom
+then leaves the house to make preparations for the wedding-feast,
+which begins that night, and finishes on the third night, when the
+bride takes off all the garments she has worn as a maid and dresses in
+handsome robes provided by the bridegroom. At the end of the feast, the
+emissary who first solicited her hand for his friend conducts her to
+the house of the bridegroom, accompanied by the guests singing verses
+allusive to the occasion, and cracking jokes more or less indecent.
+
+Contrary to the custom in other countries, it is easier to get
+divorced than to get married, for this is the privilege of the man,
+who can repudiate his wife at any time.
+
+They celebrate the baptism of their children, and the circumcision of
+their boys, with feasts and entertainments. They fire off cannon and
+lantacas on the death of a datto, and with all sorts of instruments
+make a hideous discord in front of the house of death.
+
+Professional wailers are employed, and the pandits go through many
+days of long-winded prayer, for which they receive most ample fees.
+
+They have regular cemeteries, and, after the burial, place on the
+grave the head of a cock with a hot cinder on the top of it. I am
+quite unable to explain what meaning is attached to this custom, but
+they are soaked in all sorts of superstitions, and thoroughly believe
+in amulets or talismen, as do the Tagals in their Anting-Anting.
+
+Owing to the multitude of slaves they possess, they make considerable
+plantations of rice, maize, coffee, and cacao. They sell the surplus
+of this produce to Chinamen or Visayas settled in the coast towns, as
+also wax, gum, resin, jungle-produce, tortoise-shell, mother-of-pearl
+shell, balate and cinnamon. It is estimated that they sell produce to
+the value of a million dollars a year. They also employ their slaves
+in washing the sands for gold, and, according to Nieto, in mining
+for silver and other metal.
+
+I have not seen this latter statement confirmed by any other author.
+
+Their industries are the forging of swords, cris, and lance-heads,
+casting and boring their lantacas.
+
+To bore these long guns they sink them in a pit, ramming in the
+earth so as to keep the piece in a truly vertical position. They
+then bore by hand, two or four men walking round and turning the bit
+with cross-bars. Some of these lantacas are worthy to be considered
+perfect works of art, and are highly decorated. I have seen several
+double-barrelled. (See Illustration.)
+
+The Moro women employ their slaves in spinning and weaving. They make
+excellent stuffs of cotton and of abaca, dyeing them various colours
+with extracts of the woods grown in the country.
+
+Their houses are large and spacious, and they live in a patriarchal
+manner, master and mistress, concubines, children, and slaves with
+their children, all jumbled together. They possess plenty of horses,
+cattle, buffaloes, goats and poultry.
+
+They use Spanish or Mexican silver coins, but most of their
+transactions are by barter.
+
+To wind up this description of the Moros of Mindanao, it must be
+said of them that they are always ready to fight for the liberty of
+enslaving other people, and that nothing but force can restrain them
+from doing so. That they will not work themselves, and that as long
+as their sultans, dattos, and pandits have a hold on them, they will
+keep no engagements, respect no treaties, and continue to be in the
+future, as they have always been in the past, a terror and a curse
+to all their neighbours.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIX
+
+THE CHINESE IN MINDANAO.
+
+
+
+Tagabauas (24).
+
+These people live in the very centre of Mindanao on the high peaks of
+the cordillera. If a straight line be drawn on the map from Nasipit,
+on the Bay of Butuan, to Glan, on the Gulf of Sarangani, it will
+intersect their habitat which may extend from about 7 deg. 30' to 8 deg.
+N. lat. I can learn nothing about their manners and customs. They
+are reputed to be ferocious.
+
+
+
+The Chinese in Mindanao.
+
+The Chinese in Mindanao are almost entirely settled in the coast
+towns, and are occupied in trade. They do not engage in agriculture,
+but keep stores and sell to the civilised natives and to the hill-men.
+
+They understand that they need protection, and are equally ready to
+make a present to the judge, to subscribe for a gilded altar for the
+church, or to render service to the governor, in order to be on good
+terms with the court, the priest, and the military.
+
+Very few Chinese women come over, therefore the men have native
+wives or concubines, and are begetting Chinese half-castes on an
+extensive scale.
+
+They are not averse to a little slave-dealing, and will casually buy
+a boy or girl from slave-hunters, or will order such a slave as they
+require from the slave-hunters, who then proceed to execute the order,
+which probably involves the sacrifice of several lives.
+
+Thus they will order a smart boy, or a pretty girl, of fifteen or
+sixteen, and so forth.
+
+Father Barrado, writing from Cotta-Bato, June 3rd, 1890, relates
+that a boy of eight years of age was purchased by a Chinaman for
+thirty dollars.
+
+As soon as his master had brought him to the house, he fastened the
+door, and being assisted by four other Chinamen, tied the boy's hands
+and feet, and gagged him.
+
+The four assistants then laid him out at full length on the ground,
+face downwards, and held him firmly, whilst his master took a red-hot
+marking-iron from the fire, and branded him on both thighs, just as
+if he was marking a horse or a cow.
+
+Luckily, the boy escaped from the house, and found refuge with Father
+Barrado, who took charge of him, and administered a severe reprimand
+to the brutal Chinaman.
+
+The Chinamen abominably cheat all those who are unable to protect
+themselves. Their business is based upon false weights and measures,
+and on adulteration. In the end, they spoil every business they enter
+upon, just as they have done the tea trade in their own country,
+and the tobacco and indigo trade in the Philippines.
+
+They require to be closely looked after, and should be made to pay
+special taxes, which they can well afford.
+
+Some of the Chinese become converts, not that their mean and sordid
+souls are in any degree susceptible to the influence of the Christian
+religion, but in order to obtain material advantages.
+
+They hope to be favoured in business, and to be able to get a Christian
+wife, which otherwise might not be easy; for although a Visayas woman
+does not disdain a Chinaman, she would not care to marry a heathen.
+
+In any case, the Chinaman most likely remains a heathen at heart,
+and if he returns to China he becomes a renegade.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XL
+
+THE POLITICAL CONDITION OF MINDANAO, 1899.
+
+    Relapse into savagery--Moros the great danger--Visayas
+    the mainstay--Confederation of Lake Lanao--Recall of
+    the Missionaries--Murder and pillage in Davao--Eastern
+    Mindanao--Western Mindanao--The three courses--Orphanage
+    of Tamontaca--Fugitive slaves--Polygamy an impediment to
+    conversion--Labours of the Jesuits--American Roman Catholics
+    should send them help.
+
+
+The present condition of the island is most lamentable. Nothing could
+be more dreadful; robbery, outrage and murder are rampant. Every evil
+passion is let loose, and the labour of years has been lost. Mindanao,
+which promised so well, has relapsed into savagery, as the direct
+consequence of the Spanish-American war, and the cession of the
+Archipelago to the United States.
+
+It should be understood that Spain, far from drawing any profit from
+Mindanao, has, on the contrary, expended annually considerable sums,
+derived from the revenues of Luzon and Visayas, in maintaining a
+squadron of gunboats to police the seas, and keep down piracy, in
+building and garrisoning forts to suppress the slave-trade, and in
+assisting the missionaries to attract the heathen, by providing them
+with seeds, implements of husbandry, and with clothing, also in giving
+them fire-arms and ammunition to protect themselves from the Moros.
+
+Annuities were paid to friendly Moro dattos as rewards for services
+rendered, or as compensation for the cession of some of their rights.
+
+The Moros have always been the great danger to the peace of the island,
+as the Visayas have always been the mainstay of Spanish authority.
+
+Had it not been for the war with America, the Moros would have been,
+by this time, completely subdued.
+
+Even as it was, half the island was practically free from danger
+from them. If you draw a line on the map from Cagayan de Misamis to
+the head of the Bay of Sarangani, it will roughly divide the island
+into halves. The Moros who lived to the eastward of this line were
+pacific, and some thousands of them had been baptized, and had given
+up polygamy and slave-trading.
+
+Had they risen in arms--which was not at all likely--they could have
+been put down by the Visayas militia under the local authorities.
+
+To the west of this line, until quite lately, the Spanish garrisons
+dotted along the banks of the Rio Grande from Polloc and Cotta-bato to
+Piquit and Pinto, dominated the Moro dattos of that region, and nearly
+joined hands with the forts and garrisons on the rivers running into
+the Bay of Macajalar.
+
+The only remaining seat of the Moro power was the country around Lake
+Lanao, where the dattos had formed the Illana confederation to resist
+the advances of the Christians.
+
+This lake has never been surveyed, and no two maps agree on its size,
+shape or position. It is, however, known to be very different from
+the other large lakes in Mindanao, which are shallow, whilst this,
+on the contrary, is deep; in some places, three or four fathoms will
+be found close in shore. At Lugud and Tugana the banks are steep.
+
+There are five or six islands in it; the largest is called Nuza. It
+is high and flat-topped, situated near the middle of the lake, and
+on it are five hundred houses.
+
+The length of the lake may be about 14 miles, and its greatest breadth
+about the same.
+
+There is a road all round it, reported to be in good condition for
+vehicles, except at Taraca, where the ground is soft. This road may be
+about fifty miles long, and is said to have houses on both sides of it
+nearly all the way. The accompanying sketch, from D. Jose Nietos' map,
+shows forty-three towns clustered round the lake, but in reality it is
+only one vast town, and the names are those of districts or parishes,
+each under the rule of a datto. The Sultan lives at Taraca.
+
+The land about the lake is very fertile, and is cultivated by the
+slaves.
+
+The produce is of excellent quality, and the Moros not only supply
+themselves, but export annually about 1000 tons of rice, and 900 tons
+of coffee.
+
+The River Agus, which drains the lake, is not navigable.
+
+Although it has a great body of water, the impetuosity of the current,
+rushing amongst rocks, forms dangerous rapids.
+
+The surface of the lake must be considerably above the sea-level.
+
+The approaches to the northern end of the lake on both sides of the
+river were defended by many cottas, or forts. Most of those were
+taken and destroyed by the Spanish forces in 1894-96, but they are
+now probably being rebuilt.
+
+Half-way between the lake and the Bay of Iligan stands Fort Weyler,
+which had a strong garrison of infantry, cavalry, artillery and
+engineers, and was impregnable to any Moro attack. To the south of
+the lake, on the shores of Illana Bay, stand Forts Corcuera and Baras,
+whilst to the westward, between Illana Bay and Panguil Bay, lie four
+forts across the narrow isthmus called Alfonso XIII., Infanta Isabel,
+Santas Paz, and Eulalia and Maria Cristina.
+
+These, with the trocha, or military road of Tucuran, cut off the
+Illano Moros from communication with their brethren of Sibuguey,
+or with their former victims, the Subanos.
+
+Further to the northward, Fort Almonte kept watch over the quondam
+pirates of the Liangan River.
+
+These forts and posts were garrisoned by nearly 3000 regular troops,
+all natives, except the artillery (see List of Posts in Mindanao,
+p. 386), and in addition a field force of several thousand men,
+also of the regular army, was encamped at Ulama, Pantar, and other
+places to the north of the lake, and three small steam-vessels had
+been transported overland in sections, and launched upon the lake.
+
+Thus everything was ready for the final blow, for the Moros were
+completely hemmed in by Spanish garrisons or Jesuit reducciones;
+but the breaking out of the Tagal insurrection, in 1896, obliged
+General Blanco to withdraw, not only the field army, but to reduce
+the garrisons in order to hold Manila and Cavite until the Peninsular
+troops could arrive.
+
+Later on, the war between the United States and Spain, and the
+immediate destruction of the Spanish naval forces by the American
+squadron, caused the Spanish authorities to sink the flotilla in
+the lake, to abandon all the posts on the north coast of Mindanao,
+the trocha of Tucuran, and all the forts on the Rio Grande,
+and to concentrate their whole force at Zamboanga, leaving the
+recently-converted heathen and the missionaries to defend themselves
+against the Moros as best they could.
+
+The missionaries of the district of Cotta-bato have taken refuge in
+Zamboanga, fearing to fall into the hands of the Moros, who would exact
+a heavy ransom for their delivery. As for the hundreds of liberated
+slave children, both girls and boys, who were gathered together under
+the protection of the missionaries at the asylum of Tamontaca, they
+are doubtless once more in the hands of the cruel Moros of Lake Lanao;
+some, perhaps, have been sold by these wretches to the heathen tribes
+for twenty or thirty dollars each, to be offered up as sacrifices to
+Tag-busan, the god of war of the Manobos, or to Dewata, the sanguinary
+house-god of the Guiangas.
+
+The missionaries of the north of Mindanao were recalled by the Father
+Superior to Manila; but in some of the towns the native converts
+and Visayas have detained them by force, and keep a watch on them to
+prevent their escape. They treat them well, and allow them to exercise
+their ministry.
+
+As there are no Moros in that part of the island, the missionaries
+are not in danger, for they are much beloved by their converts,
+whose only desire is to keep them amongst them.
+
+The district of Davao has been, like other localities, the scene of
+murder and pillage since the withdrawal of the Spanish authorities. At
+midnight of February 6th, the bad characters and outlaws of the chief
+town, under the leadership of Domingo Fernandez, a native of Zamboanga,
+and formerly interpreter and writer in the office of the Governor
+of Davao, rose in arms, and attacked the house of Don Bonifacio
+Quidato, sub-lieutenant of the local militia. They cut his throat,
+and bayoneted his wife as she lay in her bed. They then attacked all
+the well-to-do people of the place, committing many barbarous acts,
+and plundering their houses.
+
+Most of the Spanish residents escaped from the town in a lorcha, and,
+after a terrible voyage of sixteen days, suffering from hunger, and
+undergoing many severe privations, arrived in Zamboanga more dead
+than alive. The veteran missionary, Father Urios, and three other
+Spaniards, could not escape, and remained in the power of the bandits.
+
+This is only one instance of what is going on all over the island. In
+the words of one who knows the country well, Mindanao has become a
+seething hell, and is in a condition more dreadful than ever before
+in historic times.
+
+But amongst these various tribes, Christian or heathen, there is said
+to be one subject, and one only, upon which they all agree. They have
+combined to resist by force the American invasion. If it is attempted
+to conquer them by force of arms, it will be a difficult, a tedious,
+and a costly operation--a campaign far more sickly than that now
+proceeding in the arable lands around Manila, where the ground is hard,
+the country very level, and where field-guns can be taken anywhere
+during the dry season. It is my belief that, if skilfully handled,
+half the island--the eastern half--could be pacified without war,
+although, no doubt, gangs of bandits would have to be destroyed;
+but this could be done by the Visayas and the converts, organised as
+a militia, and paid whilst on active service.
+
+But this pacification requires the assistance of the missionaries. They
+are not likely to give that assistance unless terms are made with them,
+and one of those terms will surely be that they shall be allowed to
+continue their beneficent work unhindered and unvexed.
+
+So the United States Government is confronted with a dilemma. Either
+they must shoot down the new Christians, to introduce and enforce
+freedom of worship which the converts do not want, and cannot
+understand, or they must negotiate with the Jesuits for them to use
+their influence to pacify the island, and thus subject themselves
+to the abuse and the outcry such a proceeding will bring upon them
+from the divines and missionaries of Protestant sects, and from their
+political opponents.
+
+As for the western half of the island, a part may be pacified with the
+help of the missionaries, but military operations on a considerable
+scale will be required there sooner or later against the Moros of
+Lake Lanao.
+
+This would be a holy war, a war of humanity, and I would say to
+the Americans: Look back on the deeds of your forefathers, on the
+days when your infant navy covered itself with imperishable glory,
+when it curbed the insolence of the Bashaw of Tripoli, the Bey of
+Tunis, and the Dey of Algiers, teaching all Europe how to deal with
+Mediterranean pirates. Inspire yourselves with the Spirit of Decatur
+and his hero-comrades whose gallant deeds at Tripoli earned Nelson's
+praise as being "the most bold and daring act of the age," and do not
+hesitate to break up this last community of ex-pirates and murderous
+slave-hunters.
+
+The Moros of Lake Lanao could be simultaneously attacked from north and
+south. In 1894, the Spaniards attacked by the north, and transported
+all their artillery and stores and their small steamers built in
+sections, by paths on the eastern side of the River Agus. Some of
+the Moros remained neutral in that campaign. Such were the Dattos of
+Lumbayangin and Guimba. Their cottas were spared. The distance in a
+straight line from the mouth of the Agus near Iligan to the lake is
+fifteen miles.
+
+The path winds a good deal, and the country is hilly, wooded on the
+heights, and intersected by streams. There is a path on the west
+bank of the Agus, the country there is more open, and a large part
+of it is under cultivation. A good outfit of mountain-guns would be
+required on this northern expedition.
+
+The other attack could be made from the south, the forces landing at
+Fort Baras, or at Lalabuan. From either of these places there is what
+in the Philippines is called a road to Ganasi at the southern end of
+the lake. The distance in a straight line is about twenty miles. The
+two roads join at about half way, just before coming to the cotta of
+Kurandangan in the Sultanate of Pualas.
+
+This road is reported to have no steep gradients, no boggy parts,
+and no unfordable streams. The country is fairly open, as there is
+no thick forest, but only scrub and cogon, or elephant grass. From
+a description given by a Tagal who traversed this road, it appears
+to be practicable for field artillery. The combined attack, north and
+south, could be supported by an advance from the eastward of irregular
+forces of the Monteses from the reducciones of the Tagoloan, Sawaga
+and Malupati Rivers, if they were supplied with arms and ammunition
+for this purpose.
+
+It seems to me that we have here the usual three courses; the fourth,
+to do nothing, and allow Moro and Christian to fight it out, would
+be unworthy of the United States, or of any civilized government.
+
+1. Put a stop to slave-hunting and murdering by a military expedition
+against the Moro Dattos.
+
+2. Maintain garrisons to keep the peace and protect the missionaries
+and their converts and trust to their efforts to gradually convert
+the Moros.
+
+3. Arm all the Christian towns round about the Moros and organise
+the men as local militia, so that they can protect themselves against
+Moro aggression.
+
+All these courses are expensive, the second less expensive than the
+first, the third less expensive than the second.
+
+However, if either the second or third course is adopted, it is very
+probable that before long the first course would become imperative,
+for the Moros are faithless and treacherous in the extreme, and no
+treaty unsupported by bayonets has the least chance of being respected.
+
+To adopt the second or third course, then, only amounts to putting
+off the evil day.
+
+The missionaries can be of the greatest service in pacifiying the Moros
+whenever the power of the dattos is broken and when slavery can be put
+an end to. The object of the expedition I have spoken of should not be
+to exterminate the Moros, but merely to break the power of the dattos
+and pandits, and to free their followers and slaves from their yoke.
+
+It is generally taken for granted that a Moro cannot be converted,
+but this is not the case in Mindanao. Father Jaoquin Sancho, S.J.,
+informs me that when the political power of the dattos has been
+destroyed, their followers have been found ready to listen to the
+teachings of the missionaries and beginning by sending their children
+to school, then perhaps sanctioning the marriage of their daughters
+with Christians, they have finally cast in their lot with the Roman
+Catholic Church, not in scores, nor hundreds, but by thousands. He says
+that his colleagues baptized in one year after 1892, in the district
+of Davao alone, more than three thousand Mahometan Moros. He adds that
+their religious receptivity is much greater than that of the heathen
+tribes, that once baptized they remain fervent Christians, whilst
+the Mandayas, Manobos, Monteses and other heathen are only too apt,
+with or without reason, to slip away to the forests and mountains and
+resume their nomadic life, their heathen orgies, and human sacrifices.
+
+I have already spoken of the success of the missionaries on the
+Rio Grande and of their industrial and agricultural orphanage at
+Tamontacca, where they were bringing up hundreds of children of both
+sexes, mostly liberated slaves of the Moros, to be useful members
+of society. This noble institution occupied the very spot where the
+former Moro Sultan of Tamontacca held his court.
+
+Two or three more institutions like this, established at points a few
+miles distant from Lake Lanao, and protected from aggression on the
+part of the Moro, would gradually undermine the power of the Dattos
+by affording an asylum to all fugitive slaves attempting to escape
+from cruelties of their masters.
+
+For years past the Spaniards have protected all slaves who have fled
+to them from their masters. The Datto Utto applied to General Weyler
+to restore to him forty-eight slaves who had taken refuge at a Spanish
+fort on the Rio Grande, but Weyler refused, reminding the datto that
+he had signed an engagement to keep no slaves, but only free labourers,
+who had the right to fix their residence where they pleased.
+
+I assume that no slaves who seek the shelter of the Stars and Stripes
+will ever be sent back again into bondage.
+
+As a guide to the strength of the expedition which will sooner or
+later have to be sent against the Moros of Lake Lanao, I may say that
+the total war strength of the Moros of Mindanao was estimated in 1894
+at 19,000 fighting-men, 35 guns, 1896 Lantacas and 2167 muskets or
+rifles. (See list, p. 387).
+
+They have probably since then obtained a large supply of rifles and
+ammunition. This traffic in arms should be at once stopped.
+
+Swords and spears they have in abundance.
+
+But of these 19,000 men many have submitted to the Spanish rule,
+or have become allies of the Spaniards, like the Datto Ayunan, the
+Datto Abdul, the Sultan of Bolinson and many others.
+
+Probably 10,000 men would be the very utmost that the Moros of Lake
+Lanao could bring on the field, and only a part of these would have
+fire-arms, which they could have little skill in handling.
+
+They would on no account give battle in the open, but would fight
+in the bush, and desperately defend their cottas. They would not
+concentrate their forces, for want of transport for their food supply;
+besides, the nature of the country would prevent this.
+
+They could not stop a flotilla from being launched on the lake and
+from capturing the islands as a base of operations.
+
+The flotilla would be operating on inside lines of communication. It
+could threaten one side of the lake, and in less than two hours be
+landing troops on the opposite side.
+
+In fact, with a moderate force, their subjugation would not be so
+difficult as has often been supposed.
+
+It should be made clear to the Sacopes and to the slaves that
+the war is waged against the Sultans and Dattos, that the people
+would have their lives and property and the free exercise of their
+religion guaranteed to them, and that the adults should be exempt
+from taxation and conscription for the rest of their lives or for
+a term of years. Then the resistance would soon slacken, and the
+sultans and dattos might be captured. Those who would not conform to
+the new condition of things might be allowed to emigrate to Borneo or
+elsewhere, but their subjects and slaves should by no means be allowed
+to go with them, for they will soon become useful agriculturists and
+good Christians, and Mindanao cannot spare them.
+
+The question of slavery, more especially of slave-concubines,
+will require delicate handling, but by adopting a conciliatory but
+firm policy, this curse may gradually be got rid of without causing
+disturbance or bloodshed. Cranks and faddists should not be allowed
+to handle this question, but it should be placed in the hands of some
+one well versed in human nature, and a true friend of freedom.
+
+The wise policy of the British authorities in Zanzibar and Pemba is
+well worthy of imitation.
+
+As happens in Africa, the greatest impediment to the conversion of
+the heathen polygamist is the obligation to renounce all his wives
+but one. This is a sore trial, more especially when they have paid
+a good price for them, or if they are good cooks.
+
+Father Urios having persuaded a Manobo, who wished to be baptized,
+to do this, the man said to him: "Of my two wives I have decided to
+keep the elder, but I make a great sacrifice in separating from the
+other, for I had so much trouble to obtain her. Her father would only
+give her to me in exchange for fifteen slaves. As I did not possess
+them, I was obliged to take the field against the timid tribes in an
+unknown country, and to capture these fifteen slaves. I was obliged
+to fight often, and to kill more than thirty men."
+
+The illustration represents a scene from the labours of Father Gisbert
+amongst the Bagobos. He is exhorting a blood-stained old datto and
+his wives and followers to abandon their human sacrifices, exhibiting
+to them the image of the crucified Redeemer, whose followers he urges
+them to become.
+
+As regards the maintenance of the missions, I do not for one moment
+doubt that the liberality of the Roman Catholics of the United States
+is quite equal to the needs of the pioneers of civilisation, who have
+laboured with such remarkable success.
+
+Altogether the Jesuits administered the spiritual, and some of the
+temporal affairs of 200,000 Christians in Mindanao.
+
+They educated the young, taught them handicrafts, attended to the
+sick, consoled the afflicted, reconciled those at variance, explored
+the country, encouraged agriculture, built churches, laid out roads,
+and assisted the Administration. Finally, when bands of slave-hunting,
+murdering Moros swept down like wolves on their flocks, they placed
+themselves at the head of their ill-armed parishioners and led them
+into battle against a ferocious enemy who gives no quarter, with
+the calmness of men who, long before, had devoted their lives to the
+Master's cause, to whom nothing in this world is of any consequence
+except the advancement of the Faith and the performance of duty.
+
+They received very meagre monetary assistance from the Spanish
+Government, and had to depend greatly upon the pious offerings of
+the devout in Barcelona and in Madrid. It is to be feared that these
+subscriptions will now fall off as Spain has lost the islands; if so,
+it is all the more incumbent upon the Roman Catholics of America to
+find the means of continuing the good work.
+
+I feel sure that this will be so--Christian charity will not fail,
+and the missions will be maintained.
+
+For their devotion and zeal, I beg to offer the Jesuit missionaries
+my profound respect and my earnest wishes for their welfare under
+the Stars and Stripes.
+
+To my mind, they realise very closely the ideal of what a Christian
+missionary should be. Although a Protestant born and bred, I see in
+that no reason to close my eyes to their obvious merit, nor to seek to
+be-little the great good they have done in Mindanao. Far from doing so,
+I wish to state my conviction that the easiest, the best, and the most
+humane way of pacifying Mindanao is by utilising the powerful influence
+of the Jesuit missionaries with their flocks, and this before it is
+too late, before the populations have had time to completely forget
+the Christian teaching, and to entirely relapse into barbarism.
+
+
+List of Posts in Mindanao Garrisoned by Detachments of the Native
+Army with Spanish Officers in 1894.
+
+                                 Field Officers.
+                                         Officers.
+                                                 Men.
+1st District.
+
+    San Ramon                    ..        1      12 Infantry.
+    Santa Maria                  ..        1      34 Infantry.
+    Margos-sa-tubig              ..        2      60 Infantry.
+
+2nd District.
+    Fort Weyler, Mumungan         1        7     321 Infantry.
+    Fort Weyler, Mumungan        ..        1      18 Artillery.
+    Fort Weyler, Mumungan        ..        2     112 Engineers.
+    Fort Weyler, Mumungan        ..        1      30 Cavalry.
+    Fort Weyler, Mumungan        ..        3     158 Disciplinary Battn.
+    Iligan                       ..        1      30 Tercio
+    Civil.
+    Almonte                      ..        2      58 Infantry.
+    Almonte                      ..       ..       8 Artillery.
+    Almonte                      ..        1      20 Disciplinary Battn.
+    Tangok, Alfonso XIII.        ..        1      20 Infantry.
+    Balatacan, Infanta Isabel    ..        1      20 Infantry.
+    Trocha de Tucuran, Sta. Pax
+        and Sta. Eulalia Maria
+        Cristina                 ..        3     150 Infantry.
+
+Dapitan.
+    Sundangan                    ..        1      32 Infantry.
+    Parang-parang                 1        3     500 Infantry.
+    Parang-parang                ..        1      12 Artillery.
+    Parang-parang                ..        2      60 Disciplinary Battn.
+    Parang-parang                ..        3      60 Engineers.
+    Matabang                     ..        3     200 Infantry.
+    Matabang                     ..       ..      10 Artillery.
+    Baras                        ..        3     200 Infantry.
+    Baras                        ..       ..      10 Artillery.
+
+Sarangani.
+    Glan                         ..        2      45 Infantry.
+    Makra                        ..        1      32 Infantry.
+    Balut                        ..        1      20 Infantry.
+    Tumanao                      ..     1 Sergt.  15 Infantry.
+
+5th District.
+    Cottabato                    ..        3     100 Infantry.
+    Cottabato                    ..        1      12 Artillery.
+    Libungan                     ..     1 Sergt.  12 Infantry.
+    Tamontaca                    ..        1      20 Infantry.
+    Taviran                      ..        1      22 Infantry.
+    Tumbao                       ..        1      60 Infantry.
+    Kudaranga                    ..        1      20 Infantry.
+    Reina Regente                ..        3     100 Infantry.
+    Pikit                        ..        1      60 Infantry.
+                                                   6 Artillery.
+    Pinto                        ..       ..      60 Infantry.
+                                                   6 Artillery.
+
+Coast.
+    Pollok                       ..     1 Sergt.  11 Infantry.
+    Panay                        ..         1     11 Infantry.
+    Lebak                        ..         1     11 Infantry.
+                                ----      ---- ------
+                                  2        65   2758
+
+This number is exclusive of the garrisons of Zamoanga and Davao.
+
+Basilan                              2 officers, 50 men.
+
+
+Estimate of the Moro Forces in Mindanao in the Year 1894.
+
+
+District.            Fighting-men.  Guns. Lantacas. Rifles.
+
+Tucaran                 1,000      2        54       162
+Parang-parang           2,500      2        29       117
+Malabang                3,500      1       342       265
+Baras                   2,000      4        19        23
+Lake Lanao and
+surrounding district   10,000     26     1,452     1,600
+                      --------   ----   -------   -------
+                       19,000     35     1,896     2,167
+
+
+The fighting-men of the River Pulangui, and the Rio Grande comprised
+within the 5th District are not included in this list, as many of
+them have submitted to the Spaniards, and there appears little to
+fear from them. Only those who are quite independent and war-like,
+and who may be considered dangerous have been set down.
+
+
+Population of Mindanao in 1894.
+
+As given by Jose Nieto Aguilar.
+
+     Districts.     Area in   Population Christians.  Moros.  Heathen.
+                    Hectares.   Total.
+
+[31] Zamboanga      2,984,696   17,000    8,000       90,000  115,000
+[32] Misamis
+     (Dapitan and
+     Camiguin Is.)  1,098,000  116,000  100,000       20,000  236,000
+[33] Surigao        1,070,190   68,000    8,000       12,000   88,000
+     Bislig           441,291   21,076     ..         10,000   31,076
+[34] Davao          1,044,333    1,500     ..         17,300   18,800
+     Cotta-bato     2,829,379    4,000   80,000 [35] 120,000  204,000
+                               -------  -------      -------  -------
+                               227,576  196,000      269,300  692,876
+
+
+
+
+
+
+APPENDIX.
+
+SOME OF THE COMBATS, MASSACRES AND REBELLIONS, DISPUTES AND CALAMITIES
+OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.
+
+
+1521. Magellan and several of his followers killed in action by the
+natives of Mactan, near Cebu; Juan Serrano and many other Spaniards
+treacherously killed by Hamabar, King of Cebu.
+
+1525. Salazar fights the Portuguese off Mindanao, and suffers great
+losses in ships and men.
+
+1568. Legaspi's expedition attacked in Cebu by a Portuguese fleet,
+which was repulsed.
+
+1570. Legaspi founds the city of Cebu, with the assistance of the
+Augustinians.
+
+1571. Legaspi founds the city of Manila, with the assistance of
+the Augustinians.
+
+1572. Juan Salcedo fights the Datto of Zambales, and delivers his
+subjects from oppression.
+
+1574. Siege of Manila by the Chinese pirate Li-ma-hon with 95
+small vessels and 2000 men. The Spaniards and natives repulse the
+attack. The pirates retire to Pangasinan, and are attacked and
+destroyed by Juan Salcedo.
+
+1577. War against Mindanao and Jolo, parts of which are
+occupied. Disputes between the missionaries and the military
+officers who desire to enrich themselves by enslaving the natives,
+which the former stoutly oppose, desiring to convert them, and grant
+them exemption from taxes according to the "Leyes de Indias." They
+considered the cupidity of the soldiers as the chief obstacle to
+the conversion of the heathen. The Crown decided in favour of the
+natives, but they did not derive all the benefits they were entitled
+to, as the humane laws were not respected by the governors.
+
+The Franciscans arrived in Manila.
+
+1580. Expedition sent by Gonzalo Ronquillo to Borneo to assist
+King Sirela.
+
+1581. Expedition sent by the same to Cagayan to expel a Japanese
+corsair who had established himself there. The expedition succeeded,
+but with heavy loss.
+
+Expedition against the Igorrotes to get possession of the
+gold-mines, but without success.
+
+The Jesuits arrive in Manila.
+
+1582. Expedition against the Molucas, under Sebastian Ronquillo. An
+epidemic destroyed two-thirds of the expedition, which returned
+without accomplishing anything.
+
+Great disputes between the encomenderos and the friars in consequence
+of the ill-treatment of the natives by the former. Dissensions
+between the Bishop of Manila and the friars who refused to submit to
+his diocesan visit.
+
+Manila burnt down.
+
+1584. Second expedition against the Molucas, with no better luck
+than the first.
+
+Rebellion of the Pampangos and Manila men, assisted by some
+Mahometans from Borneo. Combat between the English pirate, Thomas
+Schadesh, and Spanish vessels.
+
+Combat between the English adventurer Thomas Cavendish
+(afterwards Sir Thomas), and Spanish vessels.
+
+1587. The Dominicans arrive in Manila.
+
+1589. Rebellion in Cagayan and other provinces.
+
+1593. Third expedition against the Molucas under Gomez Perez
+Dasmarinias. He had with him in his galley 80 Spaniards and 250 Chinese
+galley-slaves. In consequence of contrary winds, his vessel put into
+a port near Batangas for shelter. In the silence of the night, when
+the Spaniards were asleep, the galley-slaves arose and killed them
+all except a Franciscan friar and a secretary. Dasmarinias built the
+castle of Santiago, and fortified Manila with stone walls, cast a
+large number of guns, and established the college of Sta. Potenciana.
+
+1596. The galleon which left Manila for Acapulco with rich
+merchandise, was obliged to enter a Japanese port by stress of weather,
+and was seized by the Japanese authorities. The crew were barbarously
+put to death.
+
+1597. Expedition of Luis Perez Dasmarinias against Cambodia, which
+gained no advantage.
+
+1598. The Audiencia re-established in Manila, and the bishopric
+raised to an archbishopric.
+
+Expedition against Mindanao and Jolo, the people from which were
+committing great devastations in Visayas, taking hundreds of captives.
+
+Much fighting, and many killed on both sides, without any
+definite result.
+
+1599. Destructive earthquake in Manila and neighbourhood.
+
+1600. Great sea combat between four Spanish ships, commanded by
+Judge Morga, and two Dutch pirates. One of the Dutchmen was taken,
+but the other escaped.
+
+Another destructive earthquake on January 7th, and one less violent,
+but long, in November.
+
+1603. Conspiracy of Eng-Cang and the Chinese against the
+Spaniards. The Chinese entrench themselves near Manila; Luis Perez
+Dasmarinias marches against them with 130 Spaniards. They were all
+killed and decapitated by the Chinese, who then besieged Manila, and
+attempted to take it by assault. Being repulsed by the Spaniards,
+all of whom, including the friars, took up arms, they retired to
+their entrenchments. They were ultimately defeated, and 23,000 of
+them were massacred. Only 100 were left alive, and these were sent
+to the galleys as slaves.
+
+1606. The Recollets arrive in Manila.
+
+Fourth expedition against the Molucas. Pedro de Acuna, having received
+a reinforcement of 800 men--Mexicans and Peruvians--attacked and took
+Ternate, Tidore, Marotoy and Herrao, with all their artillery and
+provisions. He left 700 men in garrison there, and returned to Manila,
+dying a few days after his arrival. The Augustinians furnished a
+galleon for this expedition. It was commanded by the Rev. Father
+Antonio Flores.
+
+1607. Revolt of the Japanese living in and near Manila, and heavy
+losses on both sides.
+
+1609. Arrival of Juan de Silva with five companies of Mexican
+and Peruvian infantry. Attack on Manila by a Dutch squadron of five
+vessels. They were beaten off with the loss of three of their ships.
+
+1610. Unsuccessful expedition against Java. This was to have been
+a combined attack on the Dutch by Portuguese and Spaniards, but
+the Spanish squadron did not arrive in time to join their allies,
+who were beaten by the Dutch fleet in the Straits of Malacca.
+
+Terrific earthquake in Manila and the eastern provinces.
+
+1616. Violent eruption of the Mayon volcano.
+
+1622. Revolt of the natives in Bohol, Leyte and Cagayan, which were
+easily suppressed.
+
+1624. The Dutch landed on Corregidor Island, but were beaten off.
+
+1627. August. Great earthquake.
+
+1628. Destructive earthquake in Camarines.
+
+1638. Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera makes an attack on the Moros
+of Mindanao, and conquers the Sultanate of Buhayen and island of
+Basilan. He also defeats the Joloans.
+
+1639. Insurrection of Chinese in the province of Laguna and in
+Manila. Out of 30,000, 7000 ultimately surrendered. All the rest were
+massacred by the Tagals.
+
+1640. The Dutch attacked the Spanish garrisons in Mindanao and
+Jolo. The governor-general, fearing they might attack Manila, withdrew
+the garrisons from the above places to strengthen his own defences,
+thus leaving the Moros masters of both islands.
+
+1641. Eruption of the Taal volcano. Violent earthquake in Ilocos.
+
+1645. The Dutch attacked Cavite and other ports, but were repulsed.
+
+Rebellion of the Moros in Jolo, and of the natives of Cebu and other
+provinces, who were oppressed by forced labour in building vessels,
+and other services.
+
+In these years there were great disputes between the Spaniards of the
+capital and the friars.
+
+Great earthquake in Manila, 30th November, called St. Andrew's
+earthquake.
+
+1646. Long series of strong earthquakes, which began in March with
+violent shocks, and lasted for sixty days.
+
+1648. Great earthquakes in Manila.
+
+1653. Great devastations by the Moros of Mindanao, which were
+severely punished.
+
+Rebellion in Pampanga and Pangasinan against being forced to cut
+timber gratuitously for the navy. Suppressed after a serious
+resistance.
+
+1658. Destructive earthquake in Manila and Cavite.
+
+1662. The Chinese pirate, Cong-seng, demands tribute from the
+Governor of the Philippines. A decree is issued ordering all Chinamen
+to leave the Philippines. The Chinese entrench themselves in the
+Parian, and resist. Thousands were killed, and 2000 who marched into
+Pampanga were all massacred by the natives.
+
+Great troubles occurred between the governor, Diego de Salcedo,
+and the archbishop.
+
+1665. 19th June, violent and destructive earthquake in Manila.
+
+1669. During the government of Manuel de Leon, further troubles
+occurred between the archbishop and the Audiencia. The archbishop
+was banished, and sent by force to Pangasinan. But a new governor,
+Gabriel de Cruzalegui, arrived, and restored the archbishop, who
+excommunicated the dean and chapter.
+
+1675. Destructive earthquake in South Luzon and Mindoro.
+
+1683. Great earthquake in Manila.
+
+1689. Archbishop Pardo having died, was succeeded by P. Camacho,
+and now great disorders arose from his insisting on making the diocesan
+visit, which the friars refused to receive, and would only be visited
+by their own Provincial. Again Judge Sierra required the Augustinians
+and Dominicans to present the titles of the estates they possessed
+in virtue of a special commission he had brought from Madrid, which
+they refused to obey, and the end of the dispute was that Sierra was
+sent back to Mexico, and another commissioner, a friend of the friars,
+was appointed, to whom they unofficially exhibited the titles.
+
+1716. Destructive eruption of the Taal volcano, and violent
+earthquake in Manila.
+
+1717. Fernando Bustillo Bustamente became governor, and
+re-established garrisons in Zamboanga and Paragua. He caused various
+persons who had embezzled the funds of the colony to restore them,
+imprisoning a corrupt judge. He was assassinated by the criminals he
+had punished, and nothing came of the inquiry into his death.
+
+1735. Earthquake in Baler, and tidal wave.
+
+At this time, the audacity of the Moro pirates was incredible. They
+ravaged the Visayas and southern Luzon, and carried away the
+inhabitants by thousands for slaves. The natives began to desert the
+coast, and take to the interior. Pedro Manuel de Arandia, obeying
+repeated orders, decreed the expulsion of the Chinese.
+
+1744. Another rising in Bohol, due to the tyranny of a Jesuit priest
+named Morales. The chief of this rising was a native named Dagohoy,
+who put the Jesuit to death, and maintained the independence of
+Bohol, paying no tribute for thirty-five years. When the Jesuits
+were expelled from the Philippines, Recollets were sent to Bohol,
+and the natives submitted on receiving a free pardon.
+
+1749. Eruption of the Taal volcano, and earthquake in Manila. The
+eruption lasted for twenty days.
+
+1754. Violent eruption of the Taal volcano, which began on 15th
+May, and lasted till the end of November. This was accompanied
+by earthquakes, an inundation, terrifying electrical discharges,
+and destructive storms. The ashes darkened the country for miles
+round, even as far as Manila. When the eruption ceased, the stench
+was dreadful, and the sea and lake threw up quantities of dead fish
+and alligators. A malignant fever burst out, which carried off vast
+numbers of the population round about the volcano.
+
+1762. A British squadron, with troops from India, arrived in the
+bay 22nd September, and landed the forces near the powder-magazine of
+S. Antonio Abad. On the 24th, the city was bombarded. The Spaniards
+sent out 2000 Pampangos to attack the British, but they were repulsed
+with great slaughter, and ran away to their own country.
+
+The civil population of Manila were decidedly in favour of resisting
+to the last drop of the soldiers' blood; but the soldiers were not at
+all anxious for this. Confusion arose in the city, and whilst
+recriminations were in progress, the British took the city by assault,
+meeting only a half-hearted resistance.
+
+The natives immediately began plundering, and were turned out of the
+city by General Draper. The Chinese also joined in the robbery, and a
+few were hanged in consequence. The city was pillaged. The British
+regiments are said to have behaved well, but the sepoys ravished the
+women, and killed many natives.
+
+Cavite was about to be surrendered, but as soon as the native troops
+there knew what was going on, they began at once to plunder the town
+and arsenal.
+
+1763. A British expedition sailing in small craft took possession
+of Malolos on January 19th, 1763. The Augustin and Franciscan friars
+took arms to defend Bulacan, where two of them were killed in action.
+
+It was said that the Chinese were conspiring to exterminate the
+Spaniards. Simon de Anda, the chief of the war-party amongst the
+Spaniards, issued an order that all the Chinese in the Philippines
+should be hanged, and this order was in a great measure carried
+out. This was the fourth time the Spaniards and natives exterminated
+the Chinese in the Philippines.
+
+Peace having been made in Europe, the British evacuated Manila
+in March, 1774.
+
+In order to satisfy their vanity, and account for the easy victory
+of the British, the Spaniards made various accusations of treachery
+against a brave Frenchman named Falles, and a Mexican, Santiago de
+Orendain. Both those men gallantly led columns of Pampangos against
+the British lines in the sortie before mentioned. Although the
+Pampangos, full of presumption, boldly advanced against the British
+and sepoys, they were no match for disciplined troops led by British
+officers, and were hurled back at the point of the bayonet. The
+inevitable defeat and rout was made a pretext for the infamous charges
+against their leaders. It may be asked, Was there no Spaniard brave
+enough to lead the sorties, that a Frenchman and a Mexican were
+obliged to take command?
+
+The Spaniards in this campaign showed themselves more at home in
+making proclamations, accusations, and intriguing against each other,
+than in fighting. However, the friars are exempt from this reproach,
+for Augustinians, Dominicans and Franciscans, fought and died, and
+shamed the soldiers.
+
+No less than ten Augustinians fell on the field of battle, nineteen
+were made prisoners, and twelve were banished. The British are said
+by the Augustinians to have sacked and destroyed fifteen of their
+conventos, or priests' houses, six houses of their haciendas, and to
+have sold everything belonging to them in Manila. The Augustinians
+gave their church bells to be cast into cannon for the defence of
+the islands.
+
+Spaniards and natives, however, showed great unanimity and enthusiasm
+in massacring or hanging the unwarlike Chinamen, and in pillaging their
+goods. Nearly all the Chinese in the islands, except those in the parts
+held by the British, were killed.
+
+During the Anglo-Spanish war there were revolts of the natives in
+Pangasinan and in Ilocos, then a very large province (it is now divided
+into four), but both these risings were suppressed. The same happened
+with a revolt in Cagayan. Disturbances also occurred in many other
+provinces.
+
+Simon de Anda became Governor-General, and carried out the expulsion of
+the Jesuits from the Philippines. Great troubles again occurred between
+the Archbishop and the friars over the diocesan visit.
+
+1766. 20th July, violent eruption of the Mayon volcano.
+
+23rd October, terrible typhoon in Albay, causing enormous destruction
+of life and property.
+
+1777. Jose Basco y Vargas, a naval officer, came out as
+Governor-General, and found the country overrun with banditti. He made
+a war of extermination against them, and then initiated a vigorous
+campaign against the Moros. He repaired the forts, built numbers of
+war vessels, and cut up the pirates in many encounters. Basco governed
+for nearly eleven years.
+
+1784. During the government of Felix Marquina, a naval officer, the
+Compania de Filipinas was founded to commence a trade between Spain and
+the Philippines. Marquina was succeeded by Rafael Maria de Aguilar,
+an army officer, who organized the land and naval forces, and made
+fierce war on the Moros. He governed the islands for fourteen years.
+
+1787. Violent and destructive earthquake in Panay.
+
+1796. Disastrous earthquake in Manila.
+
+1800. Destructive eruption of the Mayon volcano.
+
+1807. Rebellion in Ilocos.
+
+When the parish priest of Betal, an Augustinian, was preaching to his
+flock, exhorting them to obedience to their sovereign, a woman stood
+up in the church and spoke against him, saying that they should not
+believe him, that his remarks were all humbug, that with the pretence
+of God, the Gospel, and the King, the priest merely deceived them, so
+that the Spaniards might skin them and suck their blood, for the
+priests were Spaniards like the rest. However, the townsmen declared
+for the King, and took the field under the leadership of the priest.
+
+1809. The first English commercial house established in Manila.
+
+1811. Rebellion in Ilocos to change the religion, nominating a
+new god called Lungao. The leaders of this rebellion entered into
+negotiations with the Igorrotes and other wild tribes to exterminate
+the Spaniards, but the conspiracy was discovered and frustrated.
+
+1814. Rebellion in Ilocos and other provinces.
+
+Prisoners released in some towns in Ilocos. This rebellion was in
+consequence of General Gandaras proclaiming the equality of races,
+which the Indians interpreted by refusing to pay taxes.
+
+1st February, violent earthquake in south Luzon and destructive
+eruption of the Mayon volcano. Astonishing electrical discharges.
+
+A discharge of ashes caused five hours' absolute darkness, through
+which fell showers of red hot stones which completely burnt the towns
+of Camalig, Cagsana, and Budiao with half of the towns of Albay and
+Guinchatau, and part of Bulusan.
+
+The darkness caused by the black ashes reached over the whole of Luzon,
+and even to the coast of China. So loud was the thunder that it was
+heard in distant parts of the Archipelago.
+
+Great epidemic of cholera in Manila.
+
+1820. Massacre of French, English, and Americans in Manila by the
+natives who plundered their dwellings, after which they proceeded with
+the fifth massacre of the Chinese. They asserted that the Europeans had
+poisoned the wells and produced the cholera. The massacre was due to
+the villainous behaviour of a Philippine Spaniard named Varela, who was
+Alcalde of Tondo, equivalent to Governor of Manila, and to the criminal
+weakness and cowardice of Folgueras the acting governor-general, who
+abstained from interference until the foreigners had been killed,
+and only sent out troops when forced by the remonstrances of the
+friars and other Spaniards.
+
+The archbishop and the friars behaved nobly, for they marched out in
+procession to the streets of Binondo, and did their best to stop the
+massacre, whilst Folgueras, only attentive to his own safety, remained
+with the fortifications.
+
+1822. Juan Antonio Martinez took over the government in
+October. Folgueras having reported unfavourably of the officers of
+the Philippine army, Martinez brought with him a number of officers
+of the Peninsular army to replace those who were inefficient.
+
+This caused a mutiny of the Spanish officers of the native army, and
+they murdered Folgueras in his bed. He thus expiated his cowardice in
+1820. The mutiny was, however, suppressed, and Novales and twenty
+sergeants were shot. Novales' followers had proclaimed him Emperor of
+the Philippines. The constitution was abolished by Martinez, without
+causing any rising.
+
+1824. Destructive earthquake in Manila.
+
+Alonzo Morgado appointed by Martinez to be captain of the Marina Sutil,
+commenced an unrelenting persecution of the piratical Moros, causing
+them enormous losses.
+
+1828. Another military insurrection, headed by two brothers,
+officers in the Philippine army.
+
+From this date Peninsular troops were permanently maintained in Manila,
+which had never been done before.
+
+1829. Father Bernardo Lago, an indefatigable missionary of the
+Augustinian Order, with his assistants baptised in the provinces of
+Abra and Benguet more than 5300 heathen Tinguianes and Igorrotes,
+and settled them in towns.
+
+1834. Foreign vessels allowed to enter Manila by paying double dues.
+
+1836-7. Great disturbances amongst the natives in consequence of
+the ex-claustration of the friars in Spain. The natives divided into
+two parties. One wished to turn out the friars and all Spaniards,
+the others to turn out all Spaniards except the friars, who were to
+remain and take charge of the government.
+
+The disturbances were ultimately smoothed over.
+
+1841. Marcelino de Oraa being Governor-General, a sanguinary
+insurrection burst out in Tayabas, under the leadership of a native,
+Apolinario de la Cruz. He murdered the Alcalde of the province, and
+persuaded his fanatical adherents that he would make the earth open
+and swallow up the Spanish forces when they attacked.
+
+His following was composed of 3000 men, women, and children. They were
+attacked by four hundred soldiers and as many cuadrilleros and
+coast-guards, and suffered a crushing defeat, and a third of them were
+slain.
+
+Apolinario de la Cruz was apprehended, and immediately put to death.
+
+Apolinario called himself the "King of the Tagals," and told his
+followers that a Tagal virgin would come down from Heaven to wed him,
+that with a handful of rice he could maintain all who followed him,
+and that the Spanish bullets could not hurt them, and many other
+absurd things. His followers declared that he had signified his
+intention, in case of being victorious, to tie all the friars and other
+Spaniards to trees, and to have them shot by the women with arrows.
+
+There lay in garrison at Manila at this time a regiment composed of
+Tagals of Tayabas, and they also mutinied, and were shot down by
+the other troops.
+
+1844. Royal order prohibiting the admission of foreigners to the
+interior of the country.
+
+Narciso de Claveria became Governor-General, and organised a police
+force called the Public Safety for Manila, and similar corps for the
+provinces. Up to this time the Alcaldes Mayores of provinces had been
+allowed to trade, and, in fact, were almost the only traders in their
+provinces, buying up the whole crop. This forced trade is quite a
+Malay custom, and is practised in Borneo and the Malay States under
+the name of Serra-dagang.
+
+The Alcaldes Mayores used to pay the crown one third, or half, or all
+their salary for this privilege, and took in return all they could
+squeeze out of their provinces without causing an insurrection, or
+without causing the friars to complain of them to the Government, for
+the parish priests were ever the protectors of the natives against the
+civil authority. This privilege of trading was now abolished as being
+unworthy of the position of governor of a province.
+
+1851. Expedition by the Governor-General Antonio de Urbiztondo
+against Jolo. The force consisted of four regiments, with artillery,
+and a battalion of the inhabitants of Cebu, under the command of a
+Recollet friar, Father Ibanez. These latter behaved in the bravest
+manner, in fact they had to; for their wives, at the instance of the
+priest, had sworn never to receive them again if they turned their
+backs on the enemy.
+
+The undaunted Father Ibanez led them to the assault, and lost his life
+in the moment of victory. Eight cottas (forts), with their artillery
+and ammunition, were captured by this expedition, and a great number
+of Moros were killed.
+
+After this the Jolo pirates abated their insolent attacks. Claveria
+made an expedition against the piratical Moros and seized their island
+of Balanguingin, killing 400 Moros, and taking 300 prisoners, also
+rescuing 200 captives. He also captured 120 guns and lantacas, and
+150 piratical vessels. This exemplary chastisement tranquillised the
+Moros for some time.
+
+1853. 13th June. Loud subterranean noises in Albay and eruption of
+the Mayon volcano. Fall of ashes and red-hot stones which rolled down
+the mountain and killed thirty-three people.
+
+1854. Insurrection in Nueva Ecija under Cuesta, a Spanish mestizo
+educated in Spain, where Queen Isabela had taken notice of him.
+
+He arrived in Manila with the appointment of Commandant of Carabineros
+in Nueva Ecija, and immediately began to plot. The Augustine friars
+harangued his followers and persuaded them to disperse, and Cuesta was
+captured and executed, with several other conspirators; others were
+banished to distant islands.
+
+In this year Manuel Crespo became Governor-General, and a military
+officer, named Zapatero, endeavoured to strangle him in his own office.
+
+1855. Strong shocks of earthquake in all Luzon. Eruption of the
+Mayon volcano.
+
+1856. In the latter part of this year a submarine volcanic explosion
+took place at the Didica shoal, eight miles north-east of the island
+of Camiguin in the Babuyanes, to the north of Luzon. It remains an
+active volcano, and has raised a cone nearly to the height of the
+volcano of Camiguin, which is 2414 feet high.
+
+1857. The old decrees against foreigners renewed.
+
+Fernando de Norzagaray became governor-general, and found the country
+over-run by bandits, against whom he employed severe measures. He
+greatly improved Manila.
+
+The French in Cochin-China, finding more resistance than they expected,
+appealed to Norzagaray for help. He lent them money, ships, and about
+a thousand native troops, who behaved with great bravery during the
+campaign.
+
+1860. Ramon Maria Solano succeeded to the Government.
+
+In this year two steam sloops and nine steam gunboats were added to
+the naval forces, and now the Moros could only put to sea running
+great risks of destruction.
+
+These nine gunboats were the greatest blessings the Philippines
+had received for many years.
+
+1861. Jose de Lemery y Ibarrola, Governor-General. Mendez-Nunez,
+with the steam sloops and gunboats, inflicted terrible chastisement
+on the piratical Moros.
+
+1862. Rafael de Echague y Bermingham became Governor-General.
+
+Second visitation of cholera in the islands, but not so severe
+as in 1820.
+
+1863. Terrible earthquake in Manila and the surrounding country,
+causing thousands of victims, destroying the cathedral, the palace
+of the governor-general, the custom houses, the principal churches
+(except St. Augustine), the public and private buildings, in fact,
+reducing the city to a ruin.
+
+At this time the steam gunboats continually hostilised the Moros of
+Jolo, and caused them great losses.
+
+1865. Juan de Lara y Irigoyen became Governor-General, and
+took measures to subdue the bandits, who were committing great
+depredations and murders. Hostilities continued in Jolo, as the Moros
+had recommenced their piratical cruises.
+
+1866. Frequent earthquakes in Manila and Benguet.
+
+At this time the Treasury was in the greatest difficulty, and could
+not meet the current payments. A large quantity of tobacco was sold
+to meet the difficulty.
+
+1867. Jose de la Gandara y Navarro became Governor-General. To him
+is due the credit of creating that excellent institution the Guardia
+Civil, which has extirpated the banditti who infested the islands
+for so many years.
+
+An expedition was sent against the Igorrotes, but without effecting
+anything of consequence.
+
+1868. June 4th. Intense earthquake in the island of Leyte.
+
+1869. Carlos Maria de la Torre became Governor-General, and was not
+ashamed to publish a proclamation offering the bandits a free pardon if
+they presented themselves within three months. Hundreds and thousands
+of men now joined the bandits for three months murder and pillage, with
+a free pardon at the end of it. This idiotic and cowardly proclamation
+was most prejudicial to the interests of the country. Finally a special
+corps, called La Torre's Guides, was organised to pursue the bandits.
+
+1871. Rafael Izquierdo y Guttierez became Governor-General, and
+raised the excellent corps called La Veterana to act as the police
+of the capital.
+
+December 8th, eruption of the Mayon volcano, and discharge of ashes
+and lava. Two persons smothered, and one burnt.
+
+16th February. Commencement of the series of earthquakes which
+preceded the frightful volcanic eruption in the island of Camiguin
+on 30th April. Full details of this terrible event are preserved. A
+volcanic outburst took place on the above date at 344 metres from
+the town of Cabarman, and near the sea. Great volumes of inflammable
+gases were ejected from deep cracks in the neighbouring hills,
+which presently took fire, and soared in flames of incredible height,
+setting fire to the forests. The wretched inhabitants who had remained
+in their houses found themselves surrounded by smoke, steam, water,
+ashes, and red hot stones, whilst their island seemed on fire, and they
+had sent away all their seaworthy craft with the women and children.
+
+At first the volcanic vent was only two metres high, but it continually
+increased.
+
+After the eruption, the earthquakes decreased, and on 7th May entirely
+ceased.
+
+The volcano gradually raised itself by the material thrown out to a
+height of 418 metres.
+
+1872. Military revolt in Cavite, in which the native clergy were
+mixed up. A secret society had been working at this plot for several
+years, and was very widely extended. It inundated the towns of the
+Archipelago with calumnious and libellous leaflets in the native
+languages. The conspiracy coincided with the return of the Jesuits in
+accordance with a Royal Order, and their substitution for the Recollets
+missionaries in many parishes in Mindanao. In turn, the Recollets,
+removed from Mindanao, were given benefices in Luzon which, for one
+hundred years, had been in the hands of the native clergy, who were,
+in consequence, very dissatisfied, and great hatred was aroused
+against the Recollets. The mutiny was suppressed by the Spaniards
+and the Visayas troops, who bayoneted the Tagals without mercy,
+even when they had laid down their arms.
+
+Besides many who were shot for complicity in this revolt, three native
+priests--D. Mariano Gomez, D. Jacinto Zamora, and D. Jose Burgos--were
+garrotted in Bagumbayan on the 28th February. Much discussion arose
+about the guilt or innocence of these men, and it is a matter on which
+friars and native clergy are never likely to agree.
+
+Later on, a rising took place in Zamboanga penal establishment, but
+this was put down by the warlike inhabitants of that town, who are
+always ready to take up arms in their own defence, and are very loyal
+to Spain.
+
+Loud subterranean noises in Albay. Eruption of the Mayon volcano, which
+lasted for four days.
+
+1873. Juan de Alaminos y Vivar became governor-general.
+
+The ports of Legaspi, Tacloban and Leyte, were opened to foreign
+commerce.
+
+November 14, 1873, violent earthquake in Manila. Eruption of the
+Mayon volcano, from 15th June to 23rd July.
+
+1874. Manuel Blanco Valderrama, being acting governor-general,
+fighting took place in Balabac, where the Spanish garrison was
+surprised by the Moros. Jose Malcampo y Monge, a rear-admiral, took
+over the government of the islands, and, during his administration,
+the news of the proclamation of Alfonso XII, as King of Spain was
+received, and gave great satisfaction in Manila, which had never
+taken to the Republican Government in Spain.
+
+Malcampo led a strong expedition, consisting of 9000 men, against the
+Moros, and took Jolo by assault, after bombarding the Cottas by the
+ships' guns. At the end of his time, the regiment of Peninsular
+Artillery had become demoralised, and its discipline very lax. Finally,
+the soldiers refused to obey their officers, and broke out of barracks.
+
+Two of them were shot dead by the officer of the guard at the
+barrack-gate, Captain Brull, but the affair was hushed up, and
+no one was punished. Discipline was quite lost.
+
+1877. Great devastation by locusts in province of Batangas. Domingo
+Moriones y Murillo arrived, and took over the government on 28th
+February. His first act was to shoot a number of the Spanish mutineers,
+put others in prison, and send back fifty to Spain in the same vessel
+with Malcampo. This incident is related in greater detail in Chapter
+III. The Treasury was in the greatest poverty, and the poor natives of
+Cagayan obliged to cultivate tobacco and deliver it to the government
+officials, had not been paid for it for two or three years, and were
+actually starving. Moriones did what he could for them, and strongly
+insisted on the abolition of the "estanco."
+
+To this worthy governor, Manila and the Philippines owe much. He
+insisted on the legacy of Carriedo being employed for the object
+it was left for, instead of remaining in the hands of corrupt
+officials.
+
+He also made good regulations against rogues and vagabonds.
+
+1879. Nov. 8th. Violent typhoon passed over Manila, doing much
+damage.
+
+July 1st. Commencement of earthquakes in Surigao (Mindanao), which
+lasted over two months.
+
+1880. Fernando Primo de Rivera became Governor-General, 15th April.
+
+On July 14th, a violent earthquake took place, doing enormous damage
+in the city of Manila and the central provinces of Luzon. The seismic
+disturbance lasted till the 25th July. The inhabitants of Manila were
+panic-stricken, and took refuge in the native nipa houses.
+
+General Primo de Rivera made an expedition against the Igorrotes, and
+the vile treatment the soldiers meted out to the Igorrote women has
+delayed for years the conversion of those tribes.
+
+1881. Eruption of the Mayon volcano, which began on July 6th,
+and lasted till the middle of 1882.
+
+At times there were loud subterranean noises, after which the flow of
+lava usually increased.
+
+1882. Dreadful epidemic of cholera which, in less than three months,
+carried off 30,000 victims in the city and province of Manila. In the
+height of the epidemic the deaths reached a thousand a day. The victims
+were mostly natives, but many Spaniards died of the disease. Only
+one Englishman died, and this was from his own imprudence. A typhoon
+passed over Manila on October 20th, and caused great damage on shore
+and afloat. Twelve large ships and a steamer were driven on shore,
+or very seriously damaged.
+
+On November 5th, another typhoon, not quite so violent as the first,
+took place. After this, the cholera almost entirely stopped. On
+December 31st, another typhoon occurred.
+
+1883. Joaquin Jovellar y Soler, captain-general in the army, and
+the pacificator of Cuba, assumed the government 7th April, and was
+received with great show of satisfaction by the Spaniards.
+
+The old tribute of the natives was replaced by the tax on the
+Cedulas-personales.
+
+During his time there were threats of insurrection, and additional
+Peninsular troops were sent out. He resigned from ill-health
+1st April, 1885.
+
+October 28th. Typhoon passed over Manila.
+
+1885. Emilio Terrero y Perinat assumed the government of the islands
+on April 4th.
+
+He conducted successful expeditions against the Moros of Mindanao
+and Jolo.
+
+In the month of May, during the great heat, the River Pasig was covered
+with green scum from the lake. The water was charged with gas, the fish
+and cray-fish died, and the stench was overpowering, even at a couple
+of miles distance from the river.
+
+A huge waterspout was formed in the bay, and passed inland.
+
+November. Death of King Alfonso XII., and mourning ceremonies in
+all the islands.
+
+October 2nd. Eruption of the Taal volcano.
+
+1886. 5th March. Separation of the executive and judicial
+powers. Appointment of eighteen civil governors instead of
+alcaldes--mayores of provinces. Very great inconvenience occurred
+through the delay in sending out the Judges of First Instance, and
+the duties were, in some cases, temporarily performed by ignorant
+persons devoid of any legal training.
+
+11 P.M., 2nd April, an enormous flaming meteor traversed the sky,
+travelling from E. to W., and when about the zenith it split into two
+with a loud explosion, the pieces diverging at an angle of perhaps
+45 deg.; they fell, apparently, at a great distance, producing a violent
+concussion like a sharp shock of earthquake.
+
+24th April. Attack by bandits on the village of Montalban. Two of
+them were killed by the Guardia Civil.
+
+8th July. Eruption of the Mayon volcano in Albay. It continued to
+discharge ashes and lava, bursting out into greater violence at times
+till the middle of March, 1887.
+
+March 19th. Don German Gamazo, Minister for the Colonies, lays before
+the Queen-Regent, for her approbation, the project of the General
+Exhibition of the Philippines, to be held in Madrid in 1887. In it
+he says:--
+
+"By this we shall bring about that the great sums of money which are
+sent from the metropolis to purchase in foreign countries cotton,
+sugar, cacao, tobacco, and other products, will go to our possessions
+in Oceania, where foreign merchants buy them up, with evident damage
+to the material interests of the country."
+
+When it is considered that the freight from Manila to Barcelona in the
+subsidised Spanish Royal Mail steamers was considerably higher than
+that charged in the same steamers to Liverpool, that enormous duties
+were charged in Spain on sugar and hemp, which enter British ports
+duty free, and that British capital was advanced to the cultivators
+to raise these very crops, the idiotic absurdity and contemptible
+hypocrisy of such a statement may be faintly realised by the reader.
+
+In May the mud of the Pasig became permeated with bubbles of gas, and
+floated to the surface. On May 23rd, the writer witnessed several
+violent explosions of fetid gas smelling like sulphuretted hydrogen
+from the mud of the Pasig at Santa Ana.
+
+June 7th. Triple murder committed at Canacao by a Tagal from
+jealousy.
+
+20th May. Three days' holiday and public rejoicings ordered in
+honour of the birth of the King of Spain (Alfonso XIII.).
+
+1887. January 3rd. Troops embarked in Manila for the expedition
+against the Moros of Mindanao under General Terrero.
+
+March 5th. The United States warship Brooklyn arrived in Manila.
+
+July 14th. The Penal Code put in force in the Philippines.
+
+December 3rd. The Civil Code put in force in the Philippines.
+
+1888. March 1st. A petition is presented to the Acting Civil
+Governor of Manila by the Gobernadorcillo and Principales of Santa
+Cruz, praying for the expulsion of the religious orders and of the
+Archbishop, the secularization of all benefices, and the confiscation
+of the estates of the Augustinians and Dominicans. See Chapter VI.
+
+December 15th. Violent eruption of Mayon volcano with subterranean
+noises, storms, thunder and lightning. Don Valeriano Weyler, Marques
+de Tenerife, became governor-general.
+
+1890. Agrarian disturbances occurred at Calamba and Santa
+Rosa between the tenants on the Dominicans' estates and the lay
+brother in charge. During this year there was a great increase
+of secret societies. A woman admitted as a mason. A woman's lodge
+established. See Chapter IX.
+
+February 21st. Violent eruption of the Mayon.
+
+February 24th. Several explosions occurred at the summit, discharging
+showers of white-hot bombs. About 100 metres of the top toppled
+over. Many of the inhabitants of the neighbouring towns fled to
+a distance.
+
+1891. Don Emilio Despujols, Conde de Caspe, became
+governor-general. See Chapter III.
+
+1893. Doroteo Cortes banished to the Province of La Union, other
+malcontents banished to different localities.
+
+October 3rd. Eruption of the Mayon and explosion of volcanic
+bombs. Loud subterranean noises and deafening thunder.
+
+A vast column of smoke ascended to the sky, from which proceeded
+violet-coloured lightning.
+
+The eruption lasted till the end of October.
+
+1894. May. The Datto Julcainim, with seventy armed Moros from Sulu,
+landed in Basilan Island to recover tribute from the natives, but
+was sent back by a Spanish gunboat.
+
+1896. August 30th. Tagal insurrection broke out near Manila and in
+Cavite Province. See Chapter X.
+
+1897. June 25th. Violent and disastrous eruptions of the
+Mayon. Complete destruction of the villages San Antonio, San Isidro,
+Santo Nino, San Roque, Santa Misericordia, and great damage to other
+places by the incandescent lava. A dreadful tempest destroyed houses
+and plantations in places where the lava did not reach. About 300
+people were either killed outright or died of their wounds. Fifty
+wounded persons recovered.
+
+1898. March 24th. Revolt of the famous Visayas or 74th Regiment
+at Cavite.
+
+March 25th. Massacre of the Calle Camba.
+
+April 24th. Meeting at Singapore between Aguinaldo and the United
+States' Consul, Mr. Spencer Pratt.
+
+April 26th. Aguinaldo proceeds to Hong Kong.
+
+May 1st. Naval battle of Cavite. Destruction of the Spanish squadron
+and capture of Cavite Arsenal by the Americans.
+
+May 19th. Aguinaldo and seventeen followers land at Cavite from
+the United States' vessel Hugh McCullough, and are furnished with
+arms by Admiral Dewey.
+
+May 24th. Aguinaldo proclaims a Dictatorial Government.
+
+June 23rd. He issues a manifesto claiming for the Philippines a
+place, if a modest one, amongst the nations.
+
+August 6th. He sends a message to foreign powers claiming
+recognition.
+
+August 13th. The American troops enter Manila, the Spaniards making
+only a show of resistance.
+
+August 14th. The capitulation signed. General Merritt issues his
+proclamation establishing a military government.
+
+August 15th. General McArthur appointed military commandant of the
+Walled City and Provost-Marshal-General of the city and suburbs.
+
+September 29th. General Aguinaldo makes a speech at Malolos to
+the Philippine Congress, the keynote of which was independence:
+"The Philippines for the Filipinos."
+
+October 2nd. The Peace Commission holds its preliminary meeting
+in Paris.
+
+November 13th. The insurgents invest Ilo-ilo. Fighting proceeding
+in other parts of Visayas between Spaniards and natives.
+
+December 10th. The Peace Commission signs the Treaty. Don Felipe
+Agoncillo, representative of the Philippine Government, hands in a
+formal protest, of which no notice is taken.
+
+December 24th. The Spaniards evacuate Ilo-ilo.
+
+December 26th. The insurgents occupy the city. The Spaniards evacuate
+all the southern island stations except Zamboanga. The Philippine
+Congress at Malolos adjourns.
+
+December 29th. New Philippine cabinet formed; all the members
+pledged to independence.
+
+President of Congress and Minister for Foreign Affairs, Senor Mabini;
+Secretary for War, Senor Luna; Interior, Senor Araneta; Agriculture
+and Commerce, Senor Buencamino; Public Works, Senor Canon.
+
+1899. January 5th. The Washington officials announce that they
+"expect a peaceful adjustment." [Blessed are they who expect nothing.]
+
+President McKinley instructs General Otis to extend military
+government with all dispatch to the whole ceded territory.
+
+January 8th. Protest of Aguinaldo against the Americans.
+
+January 12th. General Otis telegraphs to the War Department that
+conditions are apparently improving.
+
+Other dispatches represent the situation as daily growing more acute.
+
+January 16th. A telegram was received at Washington from General
+Otis, of so reassuring a character regarding the position at Manila
+and Ilo-ilo, that the government officials accept without question
+the correctness of his statement, that the critical stage of the
+trouble there is now past and that he controls the situation.
+
+A commission nominated by President McKinley, consisting of
+Dr. Schurman, President of Cornell University; Professor Worcester
+of Michigan University, and Mr. Denby.
+
+January 21st. The Philippine constitution is proclaimed at Malolos.
+
+February 4th. Fighting between Filipinos and Americans began at
+Santa Mesa 8.45 P.M., and continued through the night.
+
+February 5th. Fighting continued all day and ended in the repulse
+of the Filipinos with heavy loss.
+
+General Otis wires: "The situation is most satisfactory, and
+apprehension need not be felt."
+
+February 6th. The U.S. Senate ratifies the Peace Treaty with Spain
+by 57 to 27.
+
+Senator Gorman in the course of the debate expressed his belief
+that the battle at Manila was only the beginning. If the treaty was
+ratified war would follow, lasting for years, and costing many lives,
+and millions upon millions of money.
+
+[Senator Gorman makes a better prophet than General Merritt or
+Mr. Foreman.]
+
+February 8th. General Otis wires: "The situation is rapidly
+improving. The insurgent army is disintegrating, Aguinaldo's influence
+has been destroyed."
+
+February 10th. The Americans attack and capture Calocan. President
+McKinley signs the Treaty.
+
+February 11th. Ilo-ilo captured by General Miller without loss,
+but a considerable part of the town was burned.
+
+February 18th. The American flag hoisted at Bacolod in Negros Island,
+opposite Ilo-ilo.
+
+February 22nd. Tagals attempt to burn Manila, setting fire
+simultaneously to the Santa Cruz, San Nicolas, and Tondo. Sharp
+fighting at Tondo. Many natives were burned while penned in by the
+cordon of guards.
+
+February 23rd. The Americans burned all that remained of
+Tondo. General Otis issued an order requiring the inhabitants to
+remain in their homes after 7 P.M.
+
+March 13. Oscar F. Williams does not expect to live to see the
+end of the war. This is the man who on July 2nd, 1898, "hoped for an
+influx that year of 10,000 ambitious Americans," who he said could
+all live well and become enriched. See Chapter XVIII.
+
+Since the American occupation three hundred drinking saloons have
+been opened in Manila.
+
+March 19th. Urgent instructions sent from Washington to Generals
+Otis and Lawton to hasten the end.
+
+March 24th. Engagement at Marilao--the Filipinos are defeated.
+
+New York Times says the situation is both surprising and painful
+to the American people.
+
+March 31st. The Americans occupy Malolos which the Filipinos had
+set on fire, after some skirmishing.
+
+April 1st. Troops resting at Malolos.
+
+The ironclad Monadnock was fired on by Filipinos artillery at
+Paranaque (three miles from Manila), and replied silencing the
+guns on shore.
+
+April 20th. A column of General Lawton's force, 140 strong,
+surrounded and captured by the Filipinos near Binangonan.
+
+April 23rd. Fighting at Quingua. Col. Stotsenburg killed. This was
+a severe engagement.
+
+April 26th. Americans capture Calumpit. Washington "profoundly
+relieved."
+
+April 27th. Fighting near Apalit.
+
+April 30th. General Otis believes that the Filipinos are tired of
+the war.
+
+May 1st. Anniversary of the Battle of Cavite.
+
+May 2nd. Conference between Filipino envoys and General Otis with
+the American Civil Commissioners.
+
+General Lawton captures Baliuag.
+
+May 12th. The Nebraska Regiment petitions General McArthur to relieve
+them from duty, being exhausted by the campaign. Since February 4th,
+the regiment has lost 225 killed and wounded, and 59 since the fight
+at Malolos.
+
+May 18th. Filipino peace delegates enter General Lawton's lines at
+San Isidro.
+
+May 20th. Admiral Dewey leaves Manila in the Olympia.
+
+May 22nd. The U.S. Civil Commission received Aguinaldo's Peace
+Commissioners, and explained to them President McKinley's scheme
+of Government.
+
+May 29th. Aguinaldo reported dead.
+
+May 30th. The authorities at Washington admit that more troops are
+needed for Manila.
+
+June 1st. Mr. Spencer Pratt obtains an interim injunction in the
+Supreme Court, Singapore, against the sale of Mr. Foreman's book,
+"The Philippine Islands."
+
+June 5th. Skirmishing in the Laguna district. An attempt by the
+Americans to surround Pio del Pilar fails.
+
+June 13th. A Filipino battery at Las Pinas, between Manila and
+Cavite, consisting of an old smooth bore gun and two one-pounders
+open fire on the American lines. A battery of the 1st Artillery,
+the ironclad Monadnock, and the gunboat Helena directed their fire
+upon this antiquated battery, and kept it up all the morning.
+
+A correspondent remarks, "This was the first real artillery duel
+of the war."
+
+This developed into one of the hardest fights in the war, the
+Filipinos made a determined stand at the Zapote bridge.
+
+Reports arrive that General Antonio Luna had been killed by some
+of General Aguinaldo's guards.
+
+June 16th. The Filipinos attack the Americans at San Fernando and
+are repulsed with heavy loss.
+
+Mr. Whitelaw Reid, addressing the Miami University of Ohio, denounces
+the President's policy, or want of policy, in the Philippines.
+
+June 19th. American troops under General Wheaton march through
+Cavite Province.
+
+June 21st. General Miles describes the situation at Manila as
+"very serious."
+
+June 26th. Twelve per cent. of the American forces sick. Little
+can now be attempted as the rainy season is now on.
+
+June 27th. General Otis reports that the Filipinos have no civil
+government.
+
+June 28th. It is stated that General Otis will have 40,000 men
+available for active operations after the rainy season.
+
+July 12th. General Otis asks for 2500 horses for the organisation
+of a brigade of cavalry after the rainy season.
+
+The entire staff of correspondents of the American newspapers protest
+against the methods of General Otis in exercising too strict a
+censorship over telegrams and letters. They say, "We believe that,
+owing to the official despatches sent from Manilla and published in
+Washington, the people of the United States have received a false
+impression of the situation in the Philippines, and that these
+despatches present an ultra-optimistic view which is not shared by
+general officers in the field."
+
+July 20th. The rainfall at Manila since 1st June has been 41 inches
+and the country is flooded.
+
+July 23rd. Mr. Elihu Root nominated to succeed Mr. Alger as Secretary
+for War.
+
+July 27th. General Hall's division captures Calamba on the lake.
+
+August 1st. Mr. Root sworn in as Secretary for War. He contemplates
+increasing General Otis' available force to 40,000 men.
+
+August 15th. General McArthur's force captures Angeles.
+
+August 17th. Orders issued at Washington to form ten additional
+regiments to serve in the Philippines. General Otis to have 62,000
+men under his command.
+
+August 23rd. General Otis applies the Chinese Exclusion law to
+the Philippines.
+
+August 24th. The Moros sign an agreement acknowledging the
+sovereignty of the United States over the entire Philippine Islands.
+
+The Moros of Western Mindanao are asking for permission to drive out
+the insurgents.
+
+August 28th. President McKinley makes a speech to the 10th
+Pennsylvanian Regiment lately arrived from Manila. See Chapter XII.
+
+September 1st. Fighting in Negros, American successes.
+
+September 14th. U.S. cruiser Charleston engages a gun mounted by
+the Filipinos at Olongapo, Subic Bay, and fired sixty-nine shells
+from her 8-inch guns without silencing the gun, notwithstanding that
+the Filipinos used black powder.
+
+September 18th. Some of the U.S. Civil Commission had already
+started to return; remainder leave.
+
+September 23rd. A U.S. squadron, consisting of the Monterey,
+Charleston, Concord and Zafiro, bombarded the one-gun battery of
+the Filipinos at Olongapo for six hours, and then landed 250 men who
+captured and destroyed the gun which was 16-centimetre calibre.
+
+General Otis, in an interview, is reported to have stated that "Things
+are going very satisfactorily."
+
+September 28th. General McArthur captures Porac.
+
+September 30th. General Aguinaldo releases fourteen American
+prisoners. They looked well and hearty, and it was evident that they
+had been well treated.
+
+October 8th. General Schwan advanced against Noveleta and encountered
+a heavy resistance, but ultimately took the town and next day occupied
+Rosario.
+
+October 18th. War now said to be beginning in its most serious
+phase. The American troops, men and officers, said to be thoroughly
+discouraged by the futility of the operations ordered by General
+Otis. They feel that their lives are being sacrificed without anything
+being accomplished.
+
+October 28th. 17,000 sick and tired soldiers have been sent home
+and replaced by 27,000 fresh men. 34,000 are on the way or under
+orders. Total will be 65,000 men and forty ships of war.
+
+October 31st. General Otis reports to the War Department that the
+continuance of the rainy season still harasses the prosecution of
+the campaign.
+
+Count Almenas, speaking in the Spanish Senate, said that through the
+ignorance of the Peace Commission the Batanes Islands, Cagayan Sulu,
+and Sibutu were not included in the scope of the treaty.
+
+November 7th. General Wheaton, with an American force lands at San
+Fabian [Pangasinan] and marches towards Dagupan, driving the Filipinos
+before him.
+
+November 13th. Tarlac captured by the Americans under Colonel
+Bell. Telegrams from Manila state, "A careful review of the situation
+made on the spot justifies the prediction that all organised hostile
+operations on a definite plan are at an end."
+
+November 14th. The U.S. cruiser Charleston lost on the Guinapak
+rocks to the north of Luzon, and the crew land on Camiguin Island.
+
+November 28th. The province of Zamboanga [Mindanao] said to have
+surrendered unconditionally to the commander of the gunboat Castine.
+
+December 20th. General Lawton shot by the insurgents at San Mateo
+whilst personally directing the crossing of the river by two battalions
+of the 29th U.S. infantry.
+
+1900. January 20th. The Filipinos capture a pack train of twenty
+ponies in the Laguna Province. American losses, two killed, five
+wounded, nine missing.
+
+February 15th. American newspapers report many cases of insanity
+amongst the U.S. soldiers.
+
+February 20th. General Otis signifies to the War Department his
+desire for leave of absence from Manila to recruit his health.
+
+March 30th. The bubonic plague, extending in Luzon, and appears
+in other islands of the Archipelago. Cases suspected to be leprosy
+reported amongst the U.S. troops.
+
+Independent reports represent the situation in the Philippines
+as most unsatisfactory. The islands are practically in a state
+of anarchy.
+
+April 6th. The War Department issues an order recalling General
+Otis, because his work has been accomplished, and appoints General
+McArthur in his place.
+
+May 1st. Judge Canty, of Minnesota, makes a report upon the condition
+of the Philippines.
+
+He says: "All the native tribes, except a small band of Macabebes and
+the Sulu Mahometans, are against us, and hate the Americans worse
+than the Spaniards.... The American soldiers are undergoing terrible
+hardships, and are a prey to deadly tropical diseases."
+
+June 2nd. General McArthur asks for more troops, and at least three
+regiments are to be sent.
+
+June 14th. Rear-Admiral Raney cables for another battalion of
+marines.
+
+June 15th. Macaboulos, a Filipino chieftain, surrenders at Tarlac
+with 8 officers and 120 riflemen.
+
+June 17th. A regiment of infantry and a battery of artillery embark
+at Manila for China.
+
+June 19th. It is reported that, in all, 5000 men are to be sent
+from Manila to China.
+
+June 20th. But to-day, the idea prevails in Washington that, under
+present conditions, every soldier in the Philippines is needed there.
+
+July 27. Negotiations are being carried on between Spain and the
+United States for the cession by the former to the latter of the
+Sibutu and Cagayan Islands on payment of a sum of $100,000.
+
+August 4th. The Filipinos kill or capture a lieutenant of Engineers
+and fifteen soldiers.
+
+August 8th. Miss Margaret Astor Chanler, who was engaged in Red
+Cross work in Manila, declares that the hospitals are inadequate. This
+is confirmed by the Washington correspondent of the World. He says
+3700 men are now in hospital, and large numbers are unable to find
+accommodation. Thousands who are down with fever and other diseases
+are without doctors or medical supplies. Eight per cent. of the entire
+force is incapacitated.
+
+August 15th. The Filipinos reported to be gaining ground.
+
+The cost of the war said to be nearly L40,000,000, 2394 deaths,
+3073 wounded. There are said to be still 70,000 American troops in
+the Philippines. The "goodwill" of the war cost L4,000,000.
+
+August 19th. Censored news despatches from Manila show that the
+Filipinos are increasing their activity, and scorn the offers of
+amnesty.
+
+September 1st. The Civil Commission in the Philippines, presided
+over by Judge Taft, assumes the direction of the Government. Judge
+Taft reports that the insurrection is virtually ended, and that a
+modus vivendi is established with the ecclesiastical authorities!
+
+September 3rd. General McArthur cables that an outbreak has occurred
+in Bohol, and that in an engagement near Carmen the Americans lost
+1 killed and 6 wounded, and the Filipinos 120 killed.
+
+September 6th. The estimated cost of the Philippines to America is
+estimated at three-quarters of a million dollars per day.
+
+September 12th. The first public legislative session of the Civil
+Commission was held. Two million dollars (Mexican) were voted for
+the construction of roads and bridges, $5000 for the expenses of a
+preliminary survey of a railroad between Dagupan and Benguet, and
+$5400 towards the expenses of the educational system.
+
+September 17th. General McArthur cables that Captain McQuiston,
+who had become temporarily insane, shot a number of men of his
+company. The others, in self-defence, shot and killed the captain.
+
+September 20th. The Civil Commission reports that large numbers of
+the people in the Philippines are longing for peace, and are willing
+to accept the government of the United States.
+
+General McArthur cables reports of fighting in the Ilocos Provinces,
+from whence General Young telegraphs for reinforcements, also in
+Bulacan, and in Tayabas.
+
+A desperate engagement is fought in the Laguna Province, where the
+Americans made an attack upon the Filipino positions, and were repulsed
+with heavy loss, including Captain Mitchell and Lieutenant Cooper.
+
+The Filipinos are constantly harassing and attacking the
+American outposts and garrisons around Manila, and have caused fourteen
+casualties amongst the troops.
+
+
+
+
+    CUSTOMS DUES ON EXPORTS, 1896-97.
+
+    Articles.                            Tax per 100 kilos
+                                         Gross Weight.
+
+                                                $ cts.
+
+    Hemp or cordage                             0.75
+    Indigo                                      0.50
+    Tintarron liquid indigo                     0.05
+    Rice                                        2.00
+    Sugar                                       0.10
+    Cocoa-nuts or copra                         0.10
+    Tobacco in cigars or cigarettes             3.00
+    Tobacco in leaf from the provinces of
+    Cagayan, Isabela, and Nueva Vizcaya
+    in Luzon                                    3.00
+    Tobacco in leaf from Visayas and Mindanao   2.00
+    Tobacco in leaf from any other province     1.50
+
+    Estimated receipts from above tax in the
+    financial year 1896-97                              $1,292,550
+
+
+
+
+
+    EXTRA IMPORT TAX ON CONSUMABLE ARTICLES.
+
+    (This is in addition to the Customs dues.)
+
+                                                        $ cts.
+
+    Spirits  In barrels or demijohns        per litre   0.20
+             In bottles or flasks           per litre   0.30
+    Beer                                                0.10
+    Vegetables or fruits, dried or green per kilog.     0.02
+    Wheat flour                          per 100 kilog. 0.50
+    Common salt                          per 100 kilog. 1.00
+    Petroleum and mineral oils           per 100 kilog. 1.00
+
+    Estimated receipts from above tax in the
+    financial year 1896-97                                  $301,000
+
+
+
+
+
+EXPORT STATISTICS.
+
+
+16 piculs = 1 ton of 20 cwt.; 8 bales hemp = 1 ton of 20 cwt.;
+1 quintal = 100 lbs. Spanish, or about 1013/4 English.
+
++-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|             |         |       |          |       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             | Sugar.  |Hemp.  |  Copra.  |Coffee.|Cordage.|Sapan-wood.|Hides and|M.-o'-P.| Gum.  | Indigo. | Tobacco |Cigars.|
+|             |         |       |          |       |        |           |Cuttings.|Shells. |       |         |  Leaf.  |       |
++-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|             | Piculs. |Bales. | Piculs.  |Piculs.|Piculs. |  Piculs.  | Piculs. |Piculs. |Piculs.|Quintals.|Quintals.| Mil.  |
+|     {Manila |1,500,139|571,047|   ..     |107,236|   1,985|     12,006|   32,658|     184|  5,276|    4,639|  204,592|109,109|
+|1888 {Cebu   |  267,100| 90,385|          |       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|1,197,851|   ..  |  Small   |   ..  |    ..  |     93,575|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+quantities+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |2,965,090|661,432|   only   |107,236|   1,985|    105,581|   32,658|     184|  5,276|    4,639|  204,592|109,109|
+|-------------+---------+-------+ shipped. +-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|     {Manila |1,565,668|475,638|    No    | 92,993|   1,487|     17,965|    7,701|     387|  7,326|    3,545|  203,085|120,532|
+|1889 {Cebu   |  187,791| 92,933| records  |       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|1,748,049|   ..  |  kept.   |   ..  |    ..  |     60,739|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+          +-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |3,501,508|568,571|    ..    | 92,993|   1,487|     78,704|    7,701|     387|  7,326|    3,545|  203,085|120,532|
+|-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|     {Manila |  874,088|449,606|    74,447| 76,756|   3,141|     21,934|    6,300|     501|  3,016|      374|  179,054|109,636|
+|1890 {Cebu   |   55,280| 56,549|          |       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|1,431,054|   ..  |     ..   |   ..  |    ..  |     22,635|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |2,360,422|506,155|    74,447| 76,756|   3,141|     44,569|    6,300|     501|  3,016|      374|  179,054|109,636|
+|-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|     {Manila |1,174,374|546,854|   245,309| 45,917|   2,403|     17,051|    5,439|     452|  4,168|    2,039|  195,925| 93,248|
+|1891 {Cebu   |  140,200| 88,693|          |       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|1,357,685|   ..  |      ..  |   ..  |        |     52,886|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |2,672,259|635,547|   245,309| 45,917|   2,403|     69,937|    5,439|     452|  4,168|    2,039|  195,925| 93,248|
++-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|     {Manila |1,089,054|702,228|   259,539| 21,242|   1,762|     29,634|    6,032|     507|  5,005|    5,894|  253,850|138,389|
+|1892 {Cebu   |  294,220| 88,280|          |       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|2,571,989|   ..  |      ..  |   ..  |        |     36,277|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |3,955,263|790,508|   259,539| 21,242|   1,762|     65,911|    6,032|     507|  5,005|    5,894|  253,850|138,389|
+|-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|     {Manila |1,712,059|561,391|   184,304|  4,910|   2,251|     53,319|    6,145|     671|  3,638|      940|  230,686|137,458|
+|1893 {Cebu   |  271,400| 80,080|          |       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|2,203,523|   ..  |      ..  |   ..  |        |     25,376|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |4,186,982|641,471|   184,304|  4,910|   2,251|     78,695|    6,145|     671|  3,638|      940|  230,686|137,458|
+|-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|     {Manila |1,577,523|661,550|   512,729|  9,502|   1,787|     43,368|    5,236|     347|  1,788|    1,025|  191,706|137,877|
+|1894 {Cebu   |  163,172|119,721|          |       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|1,369,507|   ..  |      ..  |   ..  |        |     26,124|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |3,110,202|781,271|   512,729|  9,502|   1,787|     69,492|    5,236|     347|  1,788|    1,025|  191,706|137,877|
+|-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|     {Manila |1,729,625|749,777|   549,319|  3,099|   2,938|     25,034|    6,714|   1,730|  4,044|    6,672|  233,702|146,372|
+|1895 {Cebu   |  209,352| 89,212|    44,352|       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|1,719,115|   ..  |      ..  |   ..  |        |     11,100|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |3,658,092|838,989|   593,671|  3,099|   2,938|     36,134|    6,714|   1,730|  4,044|    6,672|  233,702|146,372|
+|-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|     {Manila |1,563,477|669,778|   558,509|  1,421|   3,484|     12,930|    7,127|     204|  2,803|      462|  219,640|185,017|
+|1896 {Cebu   |  106,228| 86,818|    49,200|       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|1,957,099|   ..  |      ..  |   ..  |        |     35,300|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |3,626,804|756,596|   607,709|  1,421|   3,484|     48,230|    7,127|     204|  2,803|      462|  219,640|185,017|
++-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|     {Manila |  811,059|835,067|   765,026|  2,111|   3,786|     17,325|   11,081|     689|  4,029|      251|  287,161|171,410|
+|1897 {Cebu   |  247,110| 80,271|    46,414|       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|2,051,113|   ..  |      ..  |   ..  |    ..  |     51,300|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |3,109,282|915,338|   811,440|  2,111|   3,786|     68,625|   11,081|     689|  4,029|      251|  287,161|171,410|
+|-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|     {Manila |  251,169|510,958|   252,840|    176|      72|      5,102|    3,648|     261|  1,122|      206|  175,170|103,707|
+|1898 {Cebu   |  159,469|235,597|    10,562|       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|2,449,023| 46,051|      ..  |   ..  |    ..  |     51,610|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |2,859,661|792,606|   263,402|    176|      72|     56,712|    3,648|     261|  1,122|      206|  175,170|103,707|
+|-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|     {Manila |   80,374|437,751|   215,819|    784|     183|       ..  |    6,226|     517|  2,840|    2,578|  114,261|111,646|
+|1899 {Cebu   |  210,780|148,049|    66,282|       |        |           |         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|     {Ilo-ilo|1,197,700| 14,938|     9,221|   ..  |    ..  |      5,700|         |        |       |         |         |       |
+|             +---------+-------+----------+---- --+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+|      Total  |1,488,854|600,738|[1]291,322|    784|     183|      5,700|    6,226|     517|  2,840|    2,578|  114,261|111,646|
++-------------+---------+-------+----------+-------+--------+-----------+---------+--------+-------+---------+---------+-------+
+
+[1] Value $1,600,000. The copra comes from Laguna, Tayahas, Albay,
+Samar, Leyte and Mindanao, and the bulk of it goes to Marseilles,
+some to Liverpool, a little to Spain and Italy.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+VALUE OF LAND.
+MANILA-DAGUPAN RAILWAY.
+
+
+First Section--Manila to San Fernando.
+
+    First sub-section, Manila to Polo.
+    Second sub-section, Polo to Guiguinto.
+    Third  sub-section, Guiguinto to Calumpit.
+    Fourth sub-section, Calumpit to San Fernando.
+
+
+Second Section--San Fernando to Tarlac.
+
+    First sub-section, San Fernando to Angeles.
+    Second sub-section, Angeles to Bamban.
+    Third  sub-section, Bamban to Capas.
+    Fourth sub-section, Capas to Tarlac.
+
+
+Third Section--Tarlac to Dagupan.
+
+    First sub-section, Tarlac to Panique.
+    Second sub-section, Panique to Moncada.
+    Third  sub-section, Moncada to Bayambang.
+    Fourth sub-section, Bayambang to San Carlos.
+    Fifth  sub-section, San Carlos to Dagupan.
+
+
+
+
+
+AN ESTIMATE OF THE POPULATION OF THE PHILIPPINES IN 1890.
+
+
+Peninsular Spaniards, including the garrisons, friars,
+officials and private persons.                               14,000
+Spaniards born in the islands.                                8,000
+Spanish mestizos                                             75,000
+Foreigners of white races                                     2,000
+Foreign mestizos                                              7,000
+Chinese                                                     125,000
+Chinese mestizos                                            500,000
+Moros of Mindanao, Jolo, Tawi-tawi, Basilan, Balabac, and
+other islands                                               600,000
+Heathen in all the archipelago--Igorrotes, Manobos,
+Subanos, Monteses, Ibilaos, Aetas, Ifugaos, etc., etc.      800,000
+Christian natives                                         5,869,000
+                                                          ---------
+Total                                                     8,000,000
+
+
+The above is taken from a pamphlet called 'Filipinas' Fundamental
+Problem,' by a Spaniard long resident in those islands, published in
+Madrid, 1891, by D. Luis Aguado. The pamphlet itself is a violent
+attack on Rizal and those who sympathised with him, and holds out
+as the only remedy against insurrection the encouragement of Spanish
+immigration on an extensive scale.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ESTIMATE OF PHILIPPINE INCOME AND EXPENDITURE, 1896-97.
+
+
+                                                                       $
+Direct Taxes--
+
+Property tax, $140,280; industrial and commercial tax,
+$1,400,700; cedulas personales, [37]$5,600,000;
+capitation tax on Chinese, $510,190; acknowledgment of
+vassalage from outlaws and heathen, $20,000; tax of 10
+per cent. on railway fares, $32,000; various surtaxes,
+$63,000; tax of 10 per cent. on the pay of employes
+paid by local funds, $80,000; tax of 10 per cent. on
+the pay of employes paid by the State, $650,000                8,496,170
+
+Custom House--
+
+Imports, $3,600,000; exports,  [38]$1,292,550; loading
+tax, $410,000; unloading, $570,000; trans-shipment,
+$1000; warehousing, $4000; fines, surtaxes, etc.,
+$22,000; tax on consumable goods, [39]$301,000                 6,200,550
+
+Monopoly--
+
+Opium contract (farmed out) [40]                                 576,000
+
+Stamps--
+
+Stamped paper, do. for fines, for bills of exchange,
+post office stamps, patent medicine stamps, stamps for
+telegrams, receipts, signatures, passports, less
+$200,000 paid to Bolmao and Hong Kong Cable Co., etc.            646,000
+
+Lottery--
+
+Profits of the Manila lottery, licenses for raffles,
+etc.                                                           1,000,000
+
+Crown Property--
+
+Rents of mining claims, $2000; royalties on forest
+produce, $170,000; sale of Crown lands, of buildings,
+and fines                                                        257,000
+
+Miscellaneous--
+
+Unexpended balances, $50,000; produce of convict labour,
+$4000; sale of buildings and stores of War Department and
+Navy, $3800; profits on coining money, $200,000; sundry
+receipts, $40,500                                                298,300
+
+            Total                                        [41]$17,474,020
+
+
+
+                                                                       $
+General charges--
+
+Ministry of the Colonies, Court of Audit, expenses of
+Fernando Po, civil, military and naval pensions, interest
+on savings bank deposits, passages of Government employes      1,507,900
+
+State--
+
+Diplomatic and consular expenses                                  74,000
+
+Grace and Justice--
+
+Courts of Justice, register of property, gaols, the
+clergy, missionaries, public worship, passages of
+missionaries, college for missionaries                         1,896,277
+
+Army--
+
+Pay and allowances, provisions, forage, clothing,
+war-like stores, invalids, orphans, extraordinary
+credit for the campaign in Mindanao ($624,680)                 6,042,442
+
+Treasury--
+
+Central administration, mint at Manila, provincial
+administration, pay and allowances of corps of
+carbineers (custom house guards), cost of selling
+stamped paper, of collecting taxes, of working the
+lottery                                                        1,393,184
+
+Navy--
+
+Pay and allowances, victualling and clothing, material
+for the station, for the squadron, material for the
+arsenal ($1,260,652)                                           3,566,528
+
+Civil Service--
+
+Colonial Secretary (pay and allowances), Governor-
+General, civil governors, political and military
+governors, council of administration, the Guardia
+Civil, post office, telegraph, health officers of
+ports                                                          2,198,350
+
+Education and public works--
+
+Technical schools, nautical do. of drawing, painting,
+sculpture and engraving, university, normal school,
+observatory of Manila ($20,000 per annum), pay and
+allowances of engineers and assistants of public
+works, of the woods and forests, of mines, and of the
+model farms                                                      615,198
+
+            Total                                             17,293,879
+
+
+N.B.--Expenditure on Army and Navy $9,608,970, considerably more than
+half the total revenue.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Value of Land.
+
+
+Official valuation of land required for the construction of the
+Manila-Dagupan Railway. The expropriation commenced in 1888 and
+continued up to end of 1892, and the prices paid were far in excess
+of estimate.
+
++-------------------------------------+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
+|                                     |    First Section.     |    Second Section.    |       Third Section.        |
++-------------------------------------+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
+|                         Sub-section |  1. |  2. |  3. |  4. |  1. |  2. |  3. |  4. |  1. |  2. |  3. |  4. |  5. |
++-------------------------------------+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
+|                           From kil. |  0  | 13.8| 29.2| 45.8| 60.7| 75.5| 90.5|107.3|116.5|134.6|149.2|162.9|179.3|
+|                           To    ,,  | 13.8| 29.2| 45.8| 60.7| 75.5| 90.5|107.3|116.5|134.6|149.2|162.9|179.3|192.3|
++-------------------------------------+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
+|                                     |  $  |  $  |  $  |  $  |  $  |  $  |  $  |  $  |  $  |  $  |  $  |  $  |  $  |
+|Water meadows or irrigated rice land |480  |240  |240  |240  |220  |200  |120  |100  | 88  | 80  |100  |140  |180  |
+|Rice lands (dry), 1st class          |200  |192  |180  |168  |120  |108  | 40  | 40  | 40  | 32  | 48  | 72  | 80  |
+|    ,,            2nd class          |168  |160  |160  |152  | 72  | 60  | 24  | 24  | 24  | 16  | 28  | 40  | 44  |
+|Cane fields, 1st class               |272  |240  |260  |100  | 80  | 60  | 28  | 20  | 20  | 16  | 32  | 40  | 48  |
+|    ,,       2nd class               |200  |160  |192  | 80  | 56  | 40  | 20  | 12  | 12  |  8  | 20  | 28  | 32  |
+|Stony land near the sea              |140  |120  |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |     |
+|Buyo (betel) plantations             |240  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | 72  | 72  |
+|Nipa palm groves                     | 88  | 80  | 72  | 60  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | 24  |
+|Mangrove swamp                       | 76  | 60  | 48  | 32  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | 12  | 16  |
+|Gardens and building lots            |200  |180  |180  |160  |100  | 88  | 32  | 28  | 28  | 20  | 32  | 48  | 56  |
+|Forest land                          | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | 10  |  6.4|  4  |  2.4|  1.6|  4  |  4  |     |
+|Bush land                            | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  |  8  |  4.8|  2.4|  1.6|  1.6|  2.4|     |     |
+|Pasture                              | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | ..  | 12  | 10  |     |     |     |     |     |
++-------------------------------------+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
+
+
+
+Price is given in Mexican dollars per acre.
+
+
+
+
+
+CARDINAL NUMBERS IN SEVEN DIALECTS.
+
+
+    Peninsula  Luzon.                    Borneo.                      North
+    and                                  Three Dayak Dialects.        Borneo.
+    Islands.
+
+    Malay.     Tagal.     Pampango.      Sabuyan.  Lara.    Salakan.  Ida'an.
+
+ 1  Satu.      Isa.       Isa or metung. Sat.      Asa.     Asa.      Iso or san.
+ 2  Dua.       Dalaua.    Adua.          Dua.      Dua.     Dua.      Duo.
+ 3  Tiga.      Tatlo.     Atlu.          Tiga.     Taru.    Talu.     Telo.
+ 4  Ampat.     Apat.      Apat.          Ampat.    Apat.    Ampat.    Apat.
+ 5  Lima.      Lima.      Lima.          Lima.     Rima.    Lima.     Limo.
+ 6  Anam.      Anim.      Anam.          Anam.     Unum.    Anam.     Anam.
+ 7  Tujoh.     Pito.      Pitu.          Tujoh.    Ijo.     Tujoh.    Turo.
+ 8  Dulapan.   Ualo.      Ualu.          Lapan.    Mahi.    Delapan.  Walo.
+ 9  Sumbilan.  Siam.      Siam.          Sambilan. Pire.    Sambilau. Siam.
+10  Sa'puloh.  Sang puot. Apulu.         Sapulo.   Sapuloh. Sapuloh.  Opod.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+London: Printed by William Clowes and Sons, Limited, Stamford Street
+and Charing Cross.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+NOTES
+
+
+[1] England has 51,000 square miles area; Wales, 7378; Ireland,
+31,759; Scotland, nearly 30,000. Total, Great Britain and Ireland,
+etc., 121,000 square miles.
+
+[2] Worcester, p. 446, mentions Conifers at sea level in Sibuyan
+Island, province of Romblon.
+
+[3] Called in Spanish the oropendola (Broderipus achrorchus).
+
+[4] A whip made from hippopotamus hide.
+
+[5] Expelled in 1768. Readmitted, 1852, for charge of schools and
+missions.
+
+[6] Of these 4102 were baptisms of heathen in 1896.
+
+[7] Exchange was then at 4s. 2d.
+
+[8] This word is formed of the first syllable of the names of three
+native priests executed after the Cavite mutiny, Fathers Gomez,
+Burgos, and Zamora.
+
+[9] Report published in Outlook, September 1st and 21st, 1899.
+
+[10] The Abbe de Brantome, whose appreciative remarks upon the
+courtesans who accompanied the Army of the Duke of Alva are quoted by
+Motley in 'The Rise of the Dutch Republic,' would have been delighted
+to take up his favourite subject and chronicle the following of the
+American Army.
+
+[11] My remarks apply to the accounts published in the Times.
+
+[12] May 11th, 1899, The New York Herald's correspondent at Manila
+reports that the insurgents have succeeded in landing ten machine
+guns on the island of Panay.
+
+[13] The kindness and mercy are not obvious.
+
+[14] I think, in view of the German atrocities in Africa, including
+many cases of flogging women, that this epithet is well earned.
+
+[15] In making these remarks, I am not in any way desirous of
+depreciating the Department of Agriculture, for I hold the belief
+that its reports are written with exceptional ability. But this
+circular bears internal evidence of having been written by some
+person, perhaps a consul, unfamiliar with Philippine agriculture,
+and published without correction.
+
+[16] Their Hong was colloquially known as Sion Corner.
+
+[17] See the sentence of court-martial on Julius Arnold, musician
+of M Company, 25th Infantry, for murdering a woman under the most
+atrocious circumstances it is possible to imagine.
+
+[18] The Krakatoa explosion was heard all over the Southern Philippines
+like the firing of heavy guns, although the distance in a straight
+line is over 1500 miles. This will give some idea of the loudness of
+volcanic explosions.
+
+[19] The territory occupied by each tribe is shown on the general
+map of Mindanao by the number on this list.
+
+[20] Ajonjoli (Sesamun Indicum, L.). See Chap. XIX. for Gogo.
+
+[21] The Blachang of the Malays.
+
+[22] Pristiophoridae.
+
+[23] Raiidae.
+
+[24] 'Comentarios Reales.' Garcilasso Inca de la Vega.
+
+[25] Some ridiculous person has stated in a magazine article that
+they have no word in Tagal equivalent to Thank you. This is not true,
+for the word Salamat is the exact equivalent.
+
+[26] The roller pinions in both Chinese and native mills are of
+hard wood.
+
+[27] Crocodilus Porosus.
+
+[28] They sell about 25,000 bales per annum.
+
+[29] The above was the Christian Visyas population, and is exclusive
+of Negritos, Mundos, and other heathen savages and remontados. The
+area is taken from a Spanish official report.
+
+[30] See 'In Court and Kampong,' by Hugh Clifford.
+
+[31] The territory of Sibuguey is almost unexplored.
+
+[32] The principal industry of Christians or Moros, is washing the
+sands and alluvial soils for gold, which is found in abundance.
+Agriculture is progressing.
+
+[33] The principal industry is washing the sands and mining for gold.
+
+[34] From Jesuit records the Christian population of Davao was 12,000
+in 1896. This number included over 3000 converted Moros. There were
+also some 2,000 Moros residing there. The Jesuits residing on the
+spot must know best.
+
+[35] Nieto gives the total as 200,000. I have divided them as above.
+
+[36] Value $1,600,000. The copra comes from Laguna, Tayahas, Albay,
+Samar, Leyte and Mindanao, and the bulk of it goes to Marseilles,
+some to Liverpool, a little to Spain and Italy.
+
+[37] The total receipts from this tax are        $7,000,000
+     The local funds receive 20 per cent., say   $1,400,000
+                                                 ----------
+                      Remainder                  $5,600,000
+
+[38] See Table of dues on Exports.
+
+[39] See Table of this tax.
+
+[40] In August 1900 the Straits Settlements Government received offers
+for the opium and spirit farms in Singapore, Penang and Malacca, for
+three years from January 7th, 1901, amounting to $385,000 per month.
+
+[41] In 1886-87 the revenue only amounted to $9,324,974; the Army
+estimates for 1888 were $3,918,760, the Navy $2,573,776. If to the
+revenue of 1896-97 we add the amount paid over to local funds, the
+total will be double the revenue raised ten years before.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Inhabitants of the Philippines, by
+Frederic H. Sawyer
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE INHABITANTS OF THE PHILIPPINES ***
+
+***** This file should be named 38081.txt or 38081.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/0/8/38081/
+
+Produced by Tamiko I. Rollings, Jeroen Hellingman and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+(This file was produced from images generously made
+available by Cornell University Digital Collections)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/38081.zip b/38081.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd1ea38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38081.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d56dd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #38081 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/38081)